From ee9da4840dd680d1fe2927692ea4ab5f8cd7c91c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yasuhiro Matsumoto Date: Fri, 12 Jun 2015 13:26:42 +0900 Subject: [PATCH] hack to use libsqlite3 $ go build -tags "libsqlite3 windows" --- code/sqlite3-binding.c | 147782 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ code/sqlite3-binding.h | 7478 ++ sqlite3ext.h => code/sqlite3ext.h | 0 sqlite3-binding.c | 147782 +-------------------------- sqlite3-binding.h | 7479 +- sqlite3_libsqlite3.go | 13 + 6 files changed, 155278 insertions(+), 155256 deletions(-) create mode 100644 code/sqlite3-binding.c create mode 100644 code/sqlite3-binding.h rename sqlite3ext.h => code/sqlite3ext.h (100%) create mode 100644 sqlite3_libsqlite3.go diff --git a/code/sqlite3-binding.c b/code/sqlite3-binding.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9228d24 --- /dev/null +++ b/code/sqlite3-binding.c @@ -0,0 +1,147782 @@ +/****************************************************************************** +** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite +** version 3.8.5. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation +** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be +** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements +** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single +** translation unit. +** +** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other +** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within +** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start +** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed +** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming +** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a +** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE +# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif +/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. +** +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ +#define _SQLITEINT_H_ + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. +** +** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any +** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first +** code in all source files. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +** +** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written +** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so +** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might +** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. +** +** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* +** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its +** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW +** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header +** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this +** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and +** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block +** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting +** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define +** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the +** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be +** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be +** disabled. +*/ +#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) +# include "mingw.h" +#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) +# include "_mingw.h" +#endif + +/* +** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime +** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). +*/ +#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ + defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ + defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ + defined(__MSVCRT__) +# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +#endif + +/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear +** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for +** MinGW. +*/ +/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ +#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Add the ability to override 'extern' +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif + + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** Fossil configuration management +** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 +** hash of the entire source tree. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.5" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus insure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** 
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+**
)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() +** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements +** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes +** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the +** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is +** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with +** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which +** destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], +** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or +** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation +** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], +** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +** +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer +** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. +** +** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. +** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase +** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect +** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. +** +** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always +** be exactly zero. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +** +** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +** +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST +** is defined. +** +*/ +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle +** +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an +** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. +** +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. +** +** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in +** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this +** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between +** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not +** modified. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] +** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of +** a pathname in this VFS. +** +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. +** +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access +** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs +** object once the object has been registered. +** +** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must +** be unique across all VFS modules. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** call, depending on the object being opened: +** +** )^ +** +** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make +** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** +** +** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a +** directory. +** +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** included in the VFS structure for completeness. +** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes +** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ + int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ + void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int flags, int *pOutFlags); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method +** +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +** +** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given no the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and +** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using +** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all +** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking +** sqlite3_shutdown(). +** +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. +** +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if +** the call is considered successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, +** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
+**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes +** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
+**
^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a +** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation +** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the +** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +**
    +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_used()] +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +**
  • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +**
  • [sqlite3_status()] +**
)^ +** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** allocation statistics are disabled by default. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be +** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), +** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz +** argument must be a multiple of 16. +** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer +** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So +** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. +** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 +** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional +** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then +** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. +** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page +** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. +** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned +** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each +** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on +** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** to make sz a little too large. The first +** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its +** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then +** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. +** The pointer in the first argument must +** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite +** will be undefined.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
+**
^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use +** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided +** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place +** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default +** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each +** [database connection]. The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the +** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to +** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface +** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
+**
^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current +** page cache implementation into that object.)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
+**
The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +**
^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as +** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for +** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +**
These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +**
This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.
+** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +**
^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size +** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +**
^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows +** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined. +** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
+** +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
+** +**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
+**
^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
+** +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available +** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those +** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column +** is another alias for the rowid. +** +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the +** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. +** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables +** have ever occurred on the database connection D, +** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ +** +** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this +** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, +** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this +** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE +** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The +** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused +** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change +** the return value of this interface.)^ +** +** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to +** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. +** +** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the +** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed +** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement +** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. +** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], +** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by +** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes +** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. +** +** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] +** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. +** +** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table +** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that +** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, +** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other +** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ +** +** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and +** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. +** Most SQL statements are +** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" +** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a +** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one +** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. +** +** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does +** not create a new trigger context. +** +** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the +** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same +** trigger context. +** +** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the +** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, +** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of +** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** statement within the body of the same trigger. +** However, the number returned does not include changes +** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ +** +** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], +** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. +** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes +** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by +** [foreign key actions]. However, +** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, +** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The +** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], +** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes +** are counted.)^ +** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as +** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle +** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). +** +** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** +** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. +** +** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. +** +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. +** +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. +** +** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] +** is running then bad things will likely happen. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or +** if additional input is needed before sending the text into +** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string +** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within +** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not +** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. +** +** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** +** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** +** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever +** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread +** or process has locked. +** +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. +** +** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt +** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** ^The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the +** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will +** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs +** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache +** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent +** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory +** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error +** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to +** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion +** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the +** +** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why +** this is important. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** +** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** +** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** complete query results from one or more queries. +** +** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But +** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These +** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows +** and M be the number of columns. +** +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. +** +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** is as follows: +** +** 
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
+** +** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored +** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** +** 
+**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 +** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the +** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. +** +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access +** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public +** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** +** These routines all implement some additional formatting +** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. +** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there +** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. +** +** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated +** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. +** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' +** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into +** the string. +** +** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
+** +** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText +** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
+** +** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL +** would have looked like this: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
+** +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should +** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. +** +** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around +** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the +** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without +** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL +** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the +** addition that after the string has been read and copied into +** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem +** +** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own +** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence +** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The +** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns +** a NULL pointer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is +** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed +** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. +** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). +** +** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the +** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first +** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() +** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling +** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or +** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling +** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. +** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes +** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned +** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation +** is not freed. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. +** +** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define +** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in +** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability +** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. +** +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called +** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting +** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite +** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. +** +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have +** not yet been released. +** +** The application must not read or write any part of +** a block of memory after it has been released using +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics +** +** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], +** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. +** +** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** prior to the reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator +** +** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to +** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that +** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for +** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows +** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. +** +** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer. +** +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness +** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then +** the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness +** method. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular +** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. +** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** the authorizer will fail with an error message. +** +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that +** access is denied. +** +** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies +** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters +** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional +** details about the action to be authorized. +** +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the +** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute +** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] +** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual +** columns of a table. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. +** +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] +** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements +** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not +** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that +** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. +** +** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] +** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] +** in addition to using an authorizer. +** +** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. +** The authorizer is disabled by default. +** +** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. +** +** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] +** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization +** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur +** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers +** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ +** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains +** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The +** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is +** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** +** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is +** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a +** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. +** +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] +** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error following a failure of any +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. +** +** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and +** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources +** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() +** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control +** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to +** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of +** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ +** +**
+** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
+**
The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not +** already exist, an error is returned.
)^ +** +** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
+**
The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading +** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either +** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
)^ +** +** ^(
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
+**
The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if +** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
)^ +**
+** +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection +** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread +** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens +** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was +** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be +** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared +** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not +** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. +** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** +** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database +** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when +** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might +** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. +** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with +** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as +** "./" to avoid ambiguity. +** +** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary +** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be +** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. +** +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

URI Filenames

+** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +** +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

URI filename examples

+** +** +**
URI filenames Results +**
file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db
+** file:///home/fred/data.db
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
+** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +**
file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
+** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. +** +** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international +** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** +** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or +** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call +** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed +** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from +** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are +** disabled. +** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language +** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. +** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. +** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by +** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** +** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the +** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between +** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. +** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these +** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid +** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after +** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. +** +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface +** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the +** error code and message may or may not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object +** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} +** +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. +** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a +** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". +** +** The life of a statement object goes something like this: +** +**
    +**
  1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related +** function. +**
  2. Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() +** interfaces. +**
  3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +**
  4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +**
  5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +**
+** +** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional +** information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** +** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited +** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the +** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The +** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a +** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the +** new limit for that construct.)^ +** +** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a +** [limits | hard upper bound] +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. +** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ +** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are +** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. +** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** +** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage +** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled +** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a +** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and +** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded +** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the +** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can +** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] +** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database +** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the +** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. +** +** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories +** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} +** +** These constants define various performance limits +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. +** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. +** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+**
The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
+**
The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
+**
The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the +** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index +** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
+**
The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+**
The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
+**
The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program +** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently +** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of +** SQLite.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
+**
The maximum number of arguments on a function.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
+**
The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
+** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+**
The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or +** [GLOB] operators.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
+**
The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
+**
The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
)^ +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** +** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. +** +** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** +** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() +** use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the +** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or +** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows +** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small +** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that +** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including +** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to +** make a copy of the input string. +** +** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte +** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only +** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to +** what remains uncompiled. +** +** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty +** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. +** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** ppStmt may not be NULL. +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; +** otherwise an [error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are +** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained +** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave differently in three ways: +** +**
    +**
  1. +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. +**
    2. +** +**
  2. +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] +** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare +** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. +**
    3. +** +**
  3. +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. +**
    4. +**
+*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** +** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original +** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was +** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** 
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+**
+** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} +** +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values +** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects +** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. +** +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. +** +** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with +** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. +*/ +typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object +** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. +** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} +** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following +** templates: +** +** +** +** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these +** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** +** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. +** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named +** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. +** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** +** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** +** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the +** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the +** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is +** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. +** +** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and +** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), +** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. +** ^If the fifth argument is +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then +** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() +** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the +** result is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an +** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** +** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] +** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the +** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] +** to the parameters at a later time. +** +** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) +** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the +** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, +** there may be gaps in the list.)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. +** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** respectively. +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" +** is included as part of the name.)^ +** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name +** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". +** +** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is +** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is +** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** +** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The +** index value returned is suitable for use as the second +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero +** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter +** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** +** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL +** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** +** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] +** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the +** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. +** +** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. +** +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a +** NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for +** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause +** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from +** one release of SQLite to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** +** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and +** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in +** [SELECT] statement. +** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. +** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. +** +** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or +** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return +** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, +** or column that query result column was extracted from. +** +** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return +** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same +** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are +** undefined. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** for the same [prepared statement] and result column +** at the same time then the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** +** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. +** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. +** +** ^(For example, given the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** and the following statement to be compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result +** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ +** +** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function +** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or +** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. +** +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] +** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the +** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** +** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT +** +** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +** )^ +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query +** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** +** These routines form the "result set" interface. +** +** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current +** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. +** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. +** +** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] +** are called from a different thread while any of these routines +** are pending, then the results are undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value +** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type +** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, +** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object +** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. +** +** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For +** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions +** that are applied: +** +**
+** +**
Internal
Type 		Requested
Type 		Conversion +** +**
NULL INTEGER Result is 0 +**
NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 +**
NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer +**
NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer +**
INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float +**
INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer +**
INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT +**
FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float +**
FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB +**
TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL +**
TEXT BLOB No change +**
BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL +**
BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed +**
+**
)^ +** +** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() +** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its +** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are +** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most +** C programmers. +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +** +** +** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they +** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +** +** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +** +** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any +** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value +** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL +** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return +** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** back to the beginning of its program. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** these routines are the text encoding expected for +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. +** +** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL +** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database +** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added +** to each database connection separately. +** +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. +** +** ^The third parameter (nArg) +** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is +** undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. +** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. +** +** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ +** +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or +** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, +** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. +** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being +** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ +** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. +** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it +** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data +** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** +** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use +** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative +** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with +** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding +** matches the database encoding is a better +** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be +** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is +** between UTF8 and UTF16. +** +** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. +** +** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other +** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not +** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared +** statement in which the function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED +** +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid +** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** +** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses +** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on +** the function or aggregate. +** +** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters +** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. +** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for +** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to +** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** object results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other +** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) +** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread as +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this +** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. +** +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite +** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally +** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one +** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match +** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function +** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** first time from within xFinal().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. +** +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the +** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. +** +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** +** The first parameter must be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the aggregate SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the application-defined function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to +** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: )^ +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. +** +** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread in which +** the SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of +** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed +** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the +** third parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of +** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero +** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified +** by its 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. +** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native +** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message all text up through the first zero character. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() +** routines make a private copy of the error message text before +** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or +** modify the text after they return without harm. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces +** set the return value of the application-defined function to be +** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, +** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter +** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text +** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has +** finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite +** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not +** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content +** when it has finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** If these routines are called from within the different thread +** than the one containing the application-defined function that received +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +** )^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an +** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +**
    +**
  1. If A==B then B==A. +**
  2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. +**
  3. If A<B THEN B>A. +**
  4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. +**
+** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** +** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation +** sequence is required. +** +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, +** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. +** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. +** +** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence.)^ +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be +** called right after sqlite3_open(). +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); + +/* +** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not +** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the +** database is decrypted. +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); + +/* +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD +/* +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +** +** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] +** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable +** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate +** temporary file directory. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +** 
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+**       NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+**
+*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode +** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, +** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. +** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. +** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. +** +** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to +** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after +** an error is to use this function. +** +** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database +** connection while this routine is running, then the return value +** is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** that was the first argument +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** create the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after +** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL +** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement +** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement +** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. +** +** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. +** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, +** then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call for each function on D. +** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. +** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** or rollback hook in the first place. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] +** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook +** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. +** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit +** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. +** +** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. +** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is +** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a rowid table. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** +** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. +** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to be invoked. +** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the +** database and table name containing the affected row. +** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. +** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. +** +** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. +** +** ^In the current implementation, the update hook +** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an +** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook +** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. +** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** +** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** returns the P argument from the previous call +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] +** interfaces. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] +** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true +** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ +** +** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. +** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. +** +** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. +** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode +** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ +** +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ +** +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in +** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared +** cache setting should set it explicitly. +** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** +** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations +** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database +** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. +** +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** +** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** +** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +** )^ +** +** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because +** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most +** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** +** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific +** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle +** passed as the first function argument. +** +** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters +** may be NULL. +** +** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th +** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be +** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. +** +** ^(
+** +**
Parameter Output
Type 		Description +** +**
5th const char* Data type +**
6th const char* Name of default collation sequence +**
7th int True if column has a NOT NULL constraint +**
8th int True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +**
9th int True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] +**
+**
)^ +** +** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** call to any SQLite API function. +** +** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. +** +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no +** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output +** parameters are set as follows: +** +** 
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+**
)^ +** +** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an +** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column +** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left +** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ +** +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** +** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. +** +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. +** +** ^The entry point is zProc. +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^Extension loading must be enabled using +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, +** otherwise an error will be returned. +** +** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** +** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** +** ^Extension loading is off by default. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn +** it back off again. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** 
+**    int xEntryPoint(
+**      sqlite3 *db,
+**      const char **pzErrMsg,
+**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+**    );
+**
)^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} +** +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. +** +** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent +** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. +** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different +** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content +** of this structure must not change while it is registered with +** any database connection. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info +** +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: +** +**
column OP expr
+** +** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ +** +** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are +** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ +** +** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the +** [xFilter] method. +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros defined the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** +** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. +** ^Module names must be registered before +** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a +** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. +** +** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to +** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth +** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through +** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module +** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will +** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** destructor. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass +** of this object to describe a particular instance +** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will +** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. +** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are +** common to all module implementations. +** +** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the +** following structure to describe cursors that point into the +** [virtual table] and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods +** of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table +** +** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a +** [virtual table module] call this interface +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** +** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ +** +** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded +** by a [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} +** +** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** +** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located +** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; +** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: +** +** 
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+**
)^ +** +** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read +** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. +** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary +** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is +** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. +** +** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains +** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that +** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. +** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". +** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written +** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set +** to be a null pointer.)^ +** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message +** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related +** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a +** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob +** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. +** +** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an +** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects +** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". +** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column +** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not +** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually +** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ +** +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this +** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a +** blob. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID] +** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, +** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using +** this interface. +** +** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** +** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. +** +** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit +** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the +** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. +** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache +** until the close operation if they will fit. +** +** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes +** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur +** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during +** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ +** +** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns +** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ +** +** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned +** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The +** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing +** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z +** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is +** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the +** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might +** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle +** or by other independent statements. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects +** +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object +** that SQLite uses to interact +** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a +** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. +** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. +** The following interfaces are provided. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^Names are case sensitive. +** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. +** +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). +** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. +** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. +** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again +** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the +** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a +** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as +** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutexes +** +** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread +** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal +** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is +** permitted to use any of these routines. +** +** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations +** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation +** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following +** implementations are available in the SQLite core: +** +** )^ +** +** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in +** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. +** +** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** implementation is included with the library. In this case the +** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +** )^ +** +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in +** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates +** a static mutex. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] +** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other +** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. +** SQLite will never exhibit +** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ +** +** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will +** never do either.)^ +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** behave as no-ops. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object +** +** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines +** used to allocate and use mutexes. +** +** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are +** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom +** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user +** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an +** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** +** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. +** +** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The +** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding +** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially +** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** +** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, +** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and +** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): +** +** )^ +** +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated +** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead +** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined +** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results +** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined +** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if +** it is passed a NULL pointer). +** +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without +** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to +** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. +** +** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite +** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. +** +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. +** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself +** prior to returning. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { + int (*xMutexInit)(void); + int (*xMutexEnd)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines +** +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core +** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only +** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is +** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. +** +** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. +** +** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working +** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always +** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But +** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not +** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types +** +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** which is one of these integer constants. +** +** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the +** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be +** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument +** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. +** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this +** routine returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated +** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for +** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. +** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the +** main database file. +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine +** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of +** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl +** method becomes the return value of this routine. +** +** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER +** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the +** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** +** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying +** xFileControl method. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface +** +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing +** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines +** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. +** +** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely +** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending +** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. +** +** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters +** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. +** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to +** operate consistently from one release to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes +** +** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. +** +** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change +** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. +** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 22 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for +** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. +** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the +** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after +** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest +** value. For those parameters +** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ +** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current +** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be +** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite +** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and +** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time +** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter +** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} +** +** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
+**
This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory +** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their +** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
+**
This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
+**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The +** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they +** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** no space was left in the page cache.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the +** [scratch memory allocator] configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not +** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation +** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads +** using scratch memory at the same time.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
+**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values +** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too +** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the +** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer +** slots were available. +**
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
+**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
+**
This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only +** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
)^ +**
+** +** New status parameters may be added from time to time. +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the +** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. +** +** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur +** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If +** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is +** reset back down to the current value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} +** +** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. +** +** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs +** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently +** checked out.
)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
+**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
+**
This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
+**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
+**
This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +**
+** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
+**
This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +**
+**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** +** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can +** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared +** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds +** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate +** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than +** an index. +** +** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from +** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement +** object to be interrogated. The second argument +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] +** to be interrogated.)^ +** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. +** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this +** interface call returns. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} +** +** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. +** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: +** +**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
+**
^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in +** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** careful use of indices.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
+**
^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
+**
^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
+** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
+**
^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +**
+**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of +** its size or internal structure and never deals with the +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** to the object. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. +** KEYWORDS: {page cache} +** +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** how long. +** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence +** the application may discard the parameter after the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ +** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ +** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up +** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. +** +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe +** in multithreaded applications. +** +** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** though this is not guaranteed. ^The +** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends +** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation +** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; +** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will +** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will +** never contain any unpinned pages. +** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] +** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the +** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache +** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable +** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this +** value; it is advisory only. +** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". +** +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: +** +** +**
createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache +**
0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. +**
1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. +** Otherwise return NULL. +**
2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return +** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. +**
+** +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. +** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] +** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation +** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. +** +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). +** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be +** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not +** to be pinned. +** +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any +** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that +** they can be safely discarded. +** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] +** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). +** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 +** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object +** +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. +** +** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. +** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +** +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from +** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: +**
    +**
  1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the +** backup, +**
  2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +** the data between the two databases, and finally +**
  3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. +**
)^ +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() +** +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** and the database name, respectively. +** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the +** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in +** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** and database name of the source database, respectively. +** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** an error. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the +** destination [database connection] D. +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** operation. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +**
    +**
  1. the destination database was opened read-only, or +**
  2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +**
  3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +**
)^ +** +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** [database connection] +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. +** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an +** external process or via a database connection other than the one being +** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used +** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically +** updated at the same time. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() +** +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any +** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. +** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() +** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** +** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside +** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed +** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. +** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces +** retrieve these two values, respectively. +** +** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup +** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra +** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file +** changing. +** +** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles +** +** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other +** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. +** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database +** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently +** from within other threads. +** +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] +** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction +** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a +** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** +** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must +** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database +** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is +** possible that they return invalid values. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ + const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** +** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. +** +** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** +** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked +** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] +** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. +** +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ +** +** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a +** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. +** +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is +** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** crash or deadlock may be the result. +** +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** Callback Invocation Details +** +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. +** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass +** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to +** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, +** and the second is the number of entries in the array. +** +** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be +** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the +** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function +** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers +** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** related to the set of unblocked database connections. +** +** Deadlock Detection +** +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further +** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the +** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for +** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection +** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection +** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. +** +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no +** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in +** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection +** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection +** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so +** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has +** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection +** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any +** number of levels of indirection are allowed. +** +** The "DROP TABLE" Exception +** +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, +** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is +** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" +** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. +** +** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ + void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ + void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Comparison +** +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches +** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match +** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case +** sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface +** +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. +** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so +** is considered bad form. +** +** The zFormat string must not be NULL. +** +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine +** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in +** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than +** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the +** buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a +** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in +** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** +** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X +** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an +** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of +** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in +** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** +** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be +** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
+**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
+** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#if 0 +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ + +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + + +/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. +*/ + +/* +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. +** +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** This is the maximum number of +** +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. +** +** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. +** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced +** at all times. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database +** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 +#endif + +/* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap +** is used internally to track attached databases. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 +#endif + + +/* +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 +#endif + +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + + +/* +** The default size of a database page. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + + +/* +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. +** +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif + +/* Needed for various definitions... */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) +# define _BSD_SOURCE +#endif + +/* +** Include standard header files as necessary +*/ +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. +** +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. +*/ +#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +# if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +# else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. +** It determines whether or not the features related to +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can +** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. +** +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() +** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ + are defined but at most one is allowed:\ + SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ + SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#endif + +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. +** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit +** it. +*/ +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 +#endif + +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. +** +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the +** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, +** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but +** currently they are just comments for human readers. +*/ +#define likely(X) (X) +#define unlikely(X) (X) + +/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Hash Hash; +typedef struct HashElem HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +** +** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. +** Hash.first points to the head of this list. +** +** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in +** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the +** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. +** +** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements +** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage +** the hash table. +*/ +struct Hash { + unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + struct _ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct HashElem { + HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Hash h; +** HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) +/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ +/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ + +#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_WITHOUT 25 +#define TK_COMMA 26 +#define TK_ID 27 +#define TK_INDEXED 28 +#define TK_ABORT 29 +#define TK_ACTION 30 +#define TK_AFTER 31 +#define TK_ANALYZE 32 +#define TK_ASC 33 +#define TK_ATTACH 34 +#define TK_BEFORE 35 +#define TK_BY 36 +#define TK_CASCADE 37 +#define TK_CAST 38 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 39 +#define TK_CONFLICT 40 +#define TK_DATABASE 41 +#define TK_DESC 42 +#define TK_DETACH 43 +#define TK_EACH 44 +#define TK_FAIL 45 +#define TK_FOR 46 +#define TK_IGNORE 47 +#define TK_INITIALLY 48 +#define TK_INSTEAD 49 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 50 +#define TK_MATCH 51 +#define TK_NO 52 +#define TK_KEY 53 +#define TK_OF 54 +#define TK_OFFSET 55 +#define TK_PRAGMA 56 +#define TK_RAISE 57 +#define TK_RECURSIVE 58 +#define TK_REPLACE 59 +#define TK_RESTRICT 60 +#define TK_ROW 61 +#define TK_TRIGGER 62 +#define TK_VACUUM 63 +#define TK_VIEW 64 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 65 +#define TK_WITH 66 +#define TK_REINDEX 67 +#define TK_RENAME 68 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 69 +#define TK_ANY 70 +#define TK_OR 71 +#define TK_AND 72 +#define TK_IS 73 +#define TK_BETWEEN 74 +#define TK_IN 75 +#define TK_ISNULL 76 +#define TK_NOTNULL 77 +#define TK_NE 78 +#define TK_EQ 79 +#define TK_GT 80 +#define TK_LE 81 +#define TK_LT 82 +#define TK_GE 83 +#define TK_ESCAPE 84 +#define TK_BITAND 85 +#define TK_BITOR 86 +#define TK_LSHIFT 87 +#define TK_RSHIFT 88 +#define TK_PLUS 89 +#define TK_MINUS 90 +#define TK_STAR 91 +#define TK_SLASH 92 +#define TK_REM 93 +#define TK_CONCAT 94 +#define TK_COLLATE 95 +#define TK_BITNOT 96 +#define TK_STRING 97 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 98 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 99 +#define TK_DEFAULT 100 +#define TK_NULL 101 +#define TK_PRIMARY 102 +#define TK_UNIQUE 103 +#define TK_CHECK 104 +#define TK_REFERENCES 105 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 106 +#define TK_ON 107 +#define TK_INSERT 108 +#define TK_DELETE 109 +#define TK_UPDATE 110 +#define TK_SET 111 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 112 +#define TK_FOREIGN 113 +#define TK_DROP 114 +#define TK_UNION 115 +#define TK_ALL 116 +#define TK_EXCEPT 117 +#define TK_INTERSECT 118 +#define TK_SELECT 119 +#define TK_VALUES 120 +#define TK_DISTINCT 121 +#define TK_DOT 122 +#define TK_FROM 123 +#define TK_JOIN 124 +#define TK_USING 125 +#define TK_ORDER 126 +#define TK_GROUP 127 +#define TK_HAVING 128 +#define TK_LIMIT 129 +#define TK_WHERE 130 +#define TK_INTO 131 +#define TK_INTEGER 132 +#define TK_FLOAT 133 +#define TK_BLOB 134 +#define TK_VARIABLE 135 +#define TK_CASE 136 +#define TK_WHEN 137 +#define TK_THEN 138 +#define TK_ELSE 139 +#define TK_INDEX 140 +#define TK_ALTER 141 +#define TK_ADD 142 +#define TK_TO_TEXT 143 +#define TK_TO_BLOB 144 +#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 145 +#define TK_TO_INT 146 +#define TK_TO_REAL 147 +#define TK_ISNOT 148 +#define TK_END_OF_FILE 149 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 150 +#define TK_SPACE 151 +#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 152 +#define TK_FUNCTION 153 +#define TK_COLUMN 154 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 155 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 156 +#define TK_UMINUS 157 +#define TK_UPLUS 158 +#define TK_REGISTER 159 + +/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +# define float sqlite_int64 +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 +# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) +# endif +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 +# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#endif + +/* +** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 +#else +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#endif + +/* +** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever +** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the +** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format +** that the library can read. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#endif + +/* +** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be +** changed at run-time using a pragma. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 +#endif + +/* +** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified +** on the command-line +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it +** ourselves. +*/ +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. +*/ +#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) +#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) + +/* +** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or +** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +*/ +#if 'A' == '\301' +# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#endif + +/* +** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures +** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the +** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** +** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +*/ +#ifndef UINT32_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T +# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t +# else +# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T +# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t +# else +# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T +# define INT16_TYPE int16_t +# else +# define INT16_TYPE short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T +# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t +# else +# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T +# define INT8_TYPE int8_t +# else +# define INT8_TYPE signed char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ +typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ +typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ + +/* +** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value +** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value +** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we +** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) + +/* +** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a +** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of +** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer +** can be used at compile-time if desired. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS + typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ +#else + typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ +#endif + +/* +** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit +** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This +** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. +** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. +** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst +** of 40. However, since LogEst quantaties are suppose to be estimates, +** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. +** +** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". +** +** Examples: +** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 +** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 +** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 +** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 +** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 +** +** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. +** Examples: +** +** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 +*/ +typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; + +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. +** +** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order +** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if +** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined +** at run-time. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; +#endif +#if (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ + defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE +#endif +#if (defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__)) \ + && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +#endif + +/* +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. +*/ +#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) + +/* +** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used +** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. +*/ +#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) + +/* +** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 +*/ +#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) + +/* +** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This +** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets +** all alignment restrictions correct. +** +** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the +** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned +** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) +#else +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) +#endif + +/* +** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work +*/ +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS +*/ +#ifdef __APPLE__ +# include +# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# if defined(__linux__) \ + || defined(_WIN32) \ + || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ + || defined(__sun) +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ +# else +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger +** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does +** not exceed the maximum mmap size. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined. +** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also +** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler +** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** +** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy +** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite +** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler +** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. +*/ +typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; +struct BusyHandler { + int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ + void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ + int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ +}; + +/* +** Name of the master database table. The master database table +** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all +** user tables and indices. +*/ +#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" +#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" + +/* +** The root-page of the master database table. +*/ +#define MASTER_ROOT 1 + +/* +** The name of the schema table. +*/ +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) + +/* +** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in +** an array. +*/ +#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + +/* +** Determine if the argument is a power of two +*/ +#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) + +/* +** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC +** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) + +/* +** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does +** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. +** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from +** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered +** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD +** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable +** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated +** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer +** for the run-time allocated buffer. +** +** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL +** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD const + #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); +#else + #define SQLITE_WSD + #define GLOBAL(t,v) v + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the +** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, +** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. +** +** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, +** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. +** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to +** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. +** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these +** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. +*/ +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) + +/* +** Forward references to structures +*/ +typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; +typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; +typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; +typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; +typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; +typedef struct Column Column; +typedef struct Db Db; +typedef struct Schema Schema; +typedef struct Expr Expr; +typedef struct ExprList ExprList; +typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; +typedef struct FKey FKey; +typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; +typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; +typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; +typedef struct IdList IdList; +typedef struct Index Index; +typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; +typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; +typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; +typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; +typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; +typedef struct Module Module; +typedef struct NameContext NameContext; +typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; +typedef struct RowSet RowSet; +typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; +typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; +typedef struct SrcList SrcList; +typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; +typedef struct Table Table; +typedef struct TableLock TableLock; +typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct Trigger Trigger; +typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; +typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; +typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; +typedef struct VTable VTable; +typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; +typedef struct Walker Walker; +typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; +typedef struct With With; + +/* +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque +** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. +*/ +/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file +** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description +** of what each interface routine does. +*/ +#ifndef _BTREE_H_ +#define _BTREE_H_ + +/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It +** needs to be revisited. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 + +/* +** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise +** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ + +/* +** Forward declarations of structure +*/ +typedef struct Btree Btree; +typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; +typedef struct BtShared BtShared; + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ +); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the +** following values. +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in +** pager.h. +*/ +#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ +#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ +#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR +** of the flags shown below. +** +** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. +** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data +** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With +** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored +** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL +** indices.) +*/ +#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ +#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); + +/* +** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an +** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: +** +** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) +** +** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of +** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at +** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). +*/ +#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 +#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 +#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 +#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 +#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 +#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 +#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 +#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 +#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 + +/* +** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an +** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call. +*/ +#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ + int iTable, /* Index of root page */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ + struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ + BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( + BtCursor*, + UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, + i64 intKey, + int bias, + int *pRes +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, + const void *pData, int nData, + int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); + +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + +/* +** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to +** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the +** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); +#endif +#else + +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 +# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) + +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 +# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 +#endif + + +#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ + +/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) +** +** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine +** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a +** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +/* #include */ + +/* +** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines +** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides +** of this structure. +*/ +typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; + +/* +** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required +** for the VdbeOp definition. +*/ +typedef struct Mem Mem; +typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; + +/* +** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode +** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded +** as an instance of the following structure: +*/ +struct VdbeOp { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ + u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ + u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ + int p1; /* First operand */ + int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + int p3; /* The third parameter */ + union { /* fourth parameter */ + int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ + void *p; /* Generic pointer */ + char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ + i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ + double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ + VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ + int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); + } p4; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ +#endif +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + u32 cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ + u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + int iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; + + +/* +** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. +*/ +struct SubProgram { + VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ + int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ + int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ + void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ + SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ +}; + +/* +** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because +** it takes up less space. +*/ +struct VdbeOpList { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p1; /* First operand */ + signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; + +/* +** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type +*/ +#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ +#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ +#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ +#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ +#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ +#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ +#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ +#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ +#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ +#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ +#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ +#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ +#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ + +/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ +#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 +#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 +#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 +#define P5_ConstraintFK 4 + +/* +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** number of columns of data returned by the statement. +*/ +#define COLNAME_NAME 0 +#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 +#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 +#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 +#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ +# else +# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field +** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that +** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling +** the macro again restores the address. +*/ +#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) + +/* +** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" +** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. +*/ +/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ +#define OP_Function 1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Savepoint 2 +#define OP_AutoCommit 3 +#define OP_Transaction 4 +#define OP_SorterNext 5 +#define OP_PrevIfOpen 6 +#define OP_NextIfOpen 7 +#define OP_Prev 8 +#define OP_Next 9 +#define OP_AggStep 10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Checkpoint 11 +#define OP_JournalMode 12 +#define OP_Vacuum 13 +#define OP_VFilter 14 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */ +#define OP_VUpdate 15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ +#define OP_Goto 16 +#define OP_Gosub 17 +#define OP_Return 18 +#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ +#define OP_InitCoroutine 20 +#define OP_EndCoroutine 21 +#define OP_Yield 22 +#define OP_HaltIfNull 23 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ +#define OP_Halt 24 +#define OP_Integer 25 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ +#define OP_Int64 26 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_String 27 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Null 28 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ +#define OP_SoftNull 29 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */ +#define OP_Blob 30 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Variable 31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ +#define OP_Move 32 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ +#define OP_Copy 33 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */ +#define OP_SCopy 34 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_ResultRow 35 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ +#define OP_CollSeq 36 +#define OP_AddImm 37 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ +#define OP_MustBeInt 38 +#define OP_RealAffinity 39 +#define OP_Permutation 40 +#define OP_Compare 41 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_Jump 42 +#define OP_Once 43 +#define OP_If 44 +#define OP_IfNot 45 +#define OP_Column 46 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */ +#define OP_Affinity 47 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_MakeRecord 48 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_Count 49 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ +#define OP_ReadCookie 50 +#define OP_SetCookie 51 +#define OP_OpenRead 52 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenWrite 53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 54 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 55 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_SorterOpen 56 +#define OP_OpenPseudo 57 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ +#define OP_Close 58 +#define OP_SeekLT 59 +#define OP_SeekLE 60 +#define OP_SeekGE 61 +#define OP_SeekGT 62 +#define OP_Seek 63 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2] */ +#define OP_NoConflict 64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotFound 65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Found 66 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotExists 67 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_Sequence 68 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ +#define OP_NewRowid 69 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Insert 70 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Or 71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ +#define OP_And 72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ +#define OP_InsertInt 73 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Delete 74 +#define OP_ResetCount 75 +#define OP_IsNull 76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_NotNull 77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_Ne 78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Eq 79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Gt 80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Le 81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Lt 82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_SorterCompare 84 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ +#define OP_BitAnd 85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ +#define OP_BitOr 86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Add 89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ +#define OP_Subtract 90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ +#define OP_Multiply 91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ +#define OP_Divide 92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ +#define OP_Remainder 93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ +#define OP_Concat 94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ +#define OP_SorterData 95 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_BitNot 96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */ +#define OP_String8 97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ +#define OP_RowKey 98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key */ +#define OP_RowData 99 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_Rowid 100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_NullRow 101 +#define OP_Last 102 +#define OP_SorterSort 103 +#define OP_Sort 104 +#define OP_Rewind 105 +#define OP_SorterInsert 106 +#define OP_IdxInsert 107 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxDelete 108 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_IdxRowid 109 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_IdxLE 110 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGT 111 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxLT 112 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGE 113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Destroy 114 +#define OP_Clear 115 +#define OP_ResetSorter 116 +#define OP_CreateIndex 117 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_CreateTable 118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_ParseSchema 119 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 120 +#define OP_DropTable 121 +#define OP_DropIndex 122 +#define OP_DropTrigger 123 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 124 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 125 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ +#define OP_RowSetRead 126 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ +#define OP_RowSetTest 127 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ +#define OP_Program 128 +#define OP_Param 129 +#define OP_FkCounter 130 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ +#define OP_FkIfZero 131 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_MemMax 132 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ +#define OP_Real 133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_IfPos 134 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfNeg 135 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfZero 136 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_AggFinal 137 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ +#define OP_IncrVacuum 138 +#define OP_Expire 139 +#define OP_TableLock 140 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ +#define OP_VBegin 141 +#define OP_VCreate 142 +#define OP_ToText 143 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ +#define OP_ToBlob 144 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ +#define OP_ToNumeric 145 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC */ +#define OP_ToInt 146 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ +#define OP_ToReal 147 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ +#define OP_VDestroy 148 +#define OP_VOpen 149 +#define OP_VColumn 150 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ +#define OP_VNext 151 +#define OP_VRename 152 +#define OP_Pagecount 153 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 154 +#define OP_Init 155 /* synopsis: Start at P2 */ +#define OP_Noop 156 +#define OP_Explain 157 + + +/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in +** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c +** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: +*/ +#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ +#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ +/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\ +/* 16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\ +/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ +/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\ +/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 48 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08,\ +/* 64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x4c,\ +/* 72 */ 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\ +/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ +/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\ +/* 96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\ +/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15,\ +/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x02, 0x05, 0x05,\ +/* 136 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\ +/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\ +/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,} + +/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ + +/* +** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation +** for a description of what each of these routines does. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); + +typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); +#endif + +/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on +** each VDBE opcode. +** +** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op +** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code +** generator. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# else +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +# endif +#else +# define VdbeComment(X) +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +#endif + +/* +** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point +** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line +** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing +** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch +** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application +** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on. +** +** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction +** // as a branch +** +** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true +** +** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken +** +** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken +** +** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above. +** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and +** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch() +** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int); +# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2); +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1); +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x) +#else +# define VdbeCoverage(v) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0 +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page +** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +*/ + +#ifndef _PAGER_H_ +#define _PAGER_H_ + +/* +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 +#endif + +/* +** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file +** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +*/ +typedef u32 Pgno; + +/* +** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +*/ +typedef struct Pager Pager; + +/* +** Handle type for pages. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; + +/* +** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is +** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to +** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c +** for details. +*/ +#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) + +/* +** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +*/ +#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). +*/ +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 + +/* +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +*/ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ + +/* +** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire(). +*/ +#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ +#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ + +/* +** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() +*/ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */ +#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ +#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ + +/* +** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** a detailed description of each routine. +*/ + +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs*, + Pager **ppPager, + const char*, + int, + int, + int, + void(*)(DbPage*) +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); + +/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); + +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); +#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); + +/* Operations on page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); + +/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); + +/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); + +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); +#endif + +/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); + void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); + void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ + +/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. +*/ + +#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ + +typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; +typedef struct PCache PCache; + +/* +** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following +** structure. +*/ +struct PgHdr { + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ + void *pData; /* Page data */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ + PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ + Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ +#endif + u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ + + /********************************************************************** + ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c + ** and should not be accessed by other modules. + */ + i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ + PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ + + PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ + PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ +}; + +/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ +#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before + ** writing this page to the database */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ +#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ +#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ + +#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */ + +/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); + +/* Page cache buffer management: +** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); + +/* Create a new pager cache. +** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. +** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( + int szPage, /* Size of every page */ + int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ + int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ + int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ + void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ + PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ +); + +/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); + +/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate +** storage space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); + +/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. +** Reference counted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ + +/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); + +/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); + +/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); + +/* Reset and close the cache object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); + +/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); + +/* Discard the contents of the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); + +/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); + +/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); + +/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); + +#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** library is built. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); +#endif + +/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit +** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum +** of the suggested cache-sizes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); +#endif + +/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); + +#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ + +/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file +** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that +** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. +** +** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up +** being included by every source file. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ +#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ + +/* +** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the +** necessary pre-processor macros for it. +*/ +/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ +/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system +** detection and/or setup. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_ +#define _OS_SETUP_H_ + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating +** system. +** +** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, +** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of +** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# else +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ + defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +# endif +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# endif +#else +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# endif +#endif + +#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */ + +/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ + +/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it +** a no-op +*/ +#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC +# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) +#endif + +/* +** The default size of a disk sector +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 +#endif + +/* +** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random +** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the +** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. +** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the +** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits +** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done +** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. +** +** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then +** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it +** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the +** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but +** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart +** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid +** of the file. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX +# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" +#endif + +/* +** The following values may be passed as the second argument to +** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: +** +** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. +** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at +** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. +** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at +** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new +** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. +** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. +** +** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a +** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING +** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to +** sqlite3OsLock(). +*/ +#define NO_LOCK 0 +#define SHARED_LOCK 1 +#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 +#define PENDING_LOCK 3 +#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 + +/* +** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) +** +** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because +** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and +** UnlockFile(). +** +** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. +** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. +** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking +** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. +** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from +** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. +** +** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, +** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks +** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used +** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme +** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. +** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single +** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. +** +** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. +** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which +** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** +** The same locking strategy and +** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having +** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file +** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever +** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between +** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by +** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. +** +** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store +** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates +** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so +** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. +** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE +** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. +** +** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible +** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice +** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. +** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the +** 1GB boundary. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) +#else +# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte +#endif +#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) +#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) +#define SHARED_SIZE 510 + +/* +** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); + + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); + +/* +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); + +#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ + +/************** End of os.h **************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. +** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available +** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code +** better organized. +** +** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. +** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file +** include this one indirectly. +*/ + + +/* +** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The +** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden +** at start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No +** mutual exclusion is provided. But this +** implementation can be overridden at +** start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. +*/ +#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +#endif +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) +# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +# else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +/* +** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. +*/ +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3MutexEnd() +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) +#else +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + + +/* +** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance +** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures +** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and +** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional +** databases may be attached. +*/ +struct Db { + char *zName; /* Name of this database */ + Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ + u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. +** +** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is +** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. +** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple +** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. +** +** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that +** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by +** sqlite3_close(). +* +** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order +** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be +** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. +** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. +*/ +struct Schema { + int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ + int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ + Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ + Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ + Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ + Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ + Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ + u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ + u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ +}; + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Db.pSchema->flags field. +*/ +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) + +/* +** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. +** +** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been +** read into internal hash tables. +** +** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that +** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might +** changes and so the view will need to be reset. +*/ +#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ +#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ +#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ + +/* +** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited +** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) + +/* +** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used +** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects +** associated with a particular database connection. The use of +** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement +** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing +** SQL statements. +** +** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the +** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in +** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot +** objects. +** +** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated +** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot +** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information +** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing +** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that +** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. +*/ +struct Lookaside { + u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ + u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ + u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ + int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ + int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ + int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ + LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ + void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ + void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ +}; +struct LookasideSlot { + LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ +}; + +/* +** A hash table for function definitions. +** +** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. +** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. +*/ +struct FuncDefHash { + FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ +}; + +/* +** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3 { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ + Db *aDb; /* All backends */ + int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ + int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ + i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ + i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ + unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ + int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ + u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ + u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ + u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ + u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ + u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ + signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ + u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ + u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ + u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ + int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ + int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ + int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ + int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ + struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ + int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ + u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ + u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ + } init; + int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ + int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ + int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ + int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ + int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ + void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ + void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ + void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ + void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ + int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pUpdateArg; + void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); + void *pWalArg; +#endif + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); + void *pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ + union { + volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ + double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ + } u1; + Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + /* Access authorization function */ + void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ + void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ + unsigned nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ + Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ + VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ + VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ + VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ +#endif + FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ + Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ + BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ + Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ + Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ + int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ + int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ + int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ + int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER + ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. + ** + ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to + ** unlock so that it can proceed. + ** + ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried + ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks + ** held by Y. + */ + sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ + sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ + void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ + sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. +*/ +#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ +#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000004 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000010 /* OK to spill pager cache */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ +#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ + /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ + /* the count using a callback. */ +#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ + /* result set is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ +#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ +#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ +#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */ +#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00020000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ +#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00040000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ +#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00080000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ +#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ +#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00800000 /* True to enable triggers */ +#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x01000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ +#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x02000000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x04000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ + + +/* +** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the +** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to +** selectively disable various optimizations. +*/ +#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */ +#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */ +#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ +#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ +/* not used 0x0010 // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */ +#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ +#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */ +#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ +#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */ +#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */ +#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ +#define SQLITE_Stat3 0x0800 /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */ +#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst 0x1000 /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */ +#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ + +/* +** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) +#else +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0 +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1 +#endif + +/* +** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization +** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. +*/ +#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. +** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other +** than being distinct from one another. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ + +/* +** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc +** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table +** points to a linked list of these structures. +*/ +struct FuncDef { + i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ + u16 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ + FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ + char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ + FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as +** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When +** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, +** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to +** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether +** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor +** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated +** FuncDestructor. +** +** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference +** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor +** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. +*/ +struct FuncDestructor { + int nRef; + void (*xDestroy)(void *); + void *pUserData; +}; + +/* +** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF +** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There +** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x040 /* Built-in length() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ + +/* +** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are +** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. +** +** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The +** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available +** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If +** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. +** +** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. +** +** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) +** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by +** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters +** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to +** FUNCTION(). +** +** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C +** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made +** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The +** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags +** parameter. +*/ +#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ + {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ + (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} +#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} + +/* +** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at +** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently +** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe +** OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +struct Savepoint { + char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Number of deferred imm fk. */ + Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ +}; + +/* +** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), +** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 +#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 +#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 + + +/* +** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an +** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule +** hash table. +*/ +struct Module { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ + const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ + void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance +** of this structure. +*/ +struct Column { + char *zName; /* Name of this column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ + char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ + char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ + char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ + u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ + char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ + u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of this column. INT==1 */ + u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ +}; + +/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: +*/ +#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ +#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ + +/* +** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and +** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. +** +** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the +** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined +** collating sequence may not be read or written. +*/ +struct CollSeq { + char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ + void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ + int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); + void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ +}; + +/* +** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ + +/* +** Column affinity types. +** +** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and +** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve +** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. +** +** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, +** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and +** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. +** +** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing +** for a numeric type is a single comparison. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' +#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' +#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' + +#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) + +/* +** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an +** affinity value. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 + +/* +** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without +** changing the affinity. +** +** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. +** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison +** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to +** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. +*/ +#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ +#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ +#define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ +#define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x88 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ + +/* +** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in +** the database schema. +** +** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this +** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared +** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique +** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table +** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between +** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database +** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database +** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method +** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers +** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database +** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. +** +** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared +** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by +** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. +** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual +** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the +** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct +** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. +** +** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the +** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not +** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed +** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to +** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the +** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected +** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done +** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. +** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an +** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect +** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. +** +** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by +** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as +** the first argument. +*/ +struct VTable { + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ + Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ + int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ + VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ +}; + +/* +** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the +** following structure. +** +** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original +** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for +** comparisons. +** +** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a +** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. +** +** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of +** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note +** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to +** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of +** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid +** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if +** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. +** +** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the +** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend +** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that +** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set +** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted +** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum +** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root +** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a +** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause +** of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct Table { + char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ + Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ + Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ + Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ +#endif + LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ + int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ + i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ + i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ + u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ + u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ + u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ + char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ + VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ +#endif + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ + Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. +*/ +#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ +#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ +#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ +#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ +#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ +#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x20 /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ + + +/* +** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is +** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual +** table support is omitted from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +#else +# define IsVirtual(X) 0 +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#endif + +/* Does the table have a rowid */ +#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) + +/* +** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. +** +** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is +** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign +** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. +** Consider this example: +** +** CREATE TABLE ex1( +** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, +** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) +** ); +** +** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** Equivalent names: +** +** from-table == child-table +** to-table == parent-table +** +** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure +** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when +** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +** +** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. +** +** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) +** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. +*/ +struct FKey { + Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ + char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ + FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ + /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ + Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ + } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ +}; + +/* +** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint +** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation +** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction +** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process +** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, +** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that +** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior +** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback +** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint +** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error +** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused +** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or +** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. +** +** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. +** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the +** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign +** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the +** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the +** foreign key. +** +** The following symbolic values are used to record which type +** of action to take. +*/ +#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ +#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ +#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ +#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ +#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ +#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ + +#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ +#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ +#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ +#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ + +#define OE_Default 10 /* Do whatever the default action is */ + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** comparison of the two index keys. +** +** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There +** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot +** for the rowid at the end. +*/ +struct KeyInfo { + u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ + u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ + u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ + CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds information about a +** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual +** values. +** +** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. +** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store +** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by +** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the +** OP_Column opcode. +** +** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled +** into its constituent fields. +** +** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison +** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString(). +*/ +struct UnpackedRecord { + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ + u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ + i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ + u8 isCorrupt; /* Corruption detected by xRecordCompare() */ + Mem *aMem; /* Values */ + int r1; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ + int r2; /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */ +}; + + +/* +** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an +** instance of the following structure. +** +** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described +** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose +** we have the following table and index: +** +** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); +** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); +** +** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are +** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing +** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. +** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in +** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. +** +** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns +** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, +** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index +** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution +** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique +** element. +*/ +struct Index { + char *zName; /* Name of this index */ + i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ + Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ + char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ + Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */ + int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ + LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ + u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ + u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + unsigned idxType:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ + unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ + unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ + unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ + unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ + int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ + tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ + IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Index.idxType +*/ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ + +/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ +#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) + +/* +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory +** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the +** analyze.c source file for additional information. +*/ +struct IndexSample { + void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ + int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ + tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ + tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ +}; + +/* +** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of +** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. +** +** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and +** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn +** and Token.n when Token.z==0. +*/ +struct Token { + const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ + unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate +** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. +** +** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a +** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in +** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate +** code for that node. +** +** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the +** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These +** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. +*/ +struct AggInfo { + u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly + ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ + u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather + ** than the source table */ + int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ + int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ + int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + int mnReg, mxReg; /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ + struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ + Table *pTab; /* Source table */ + int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ + int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ + int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ + } *aCol; + int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ + int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. + ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to + ** aggregate functions */ + struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ + } *aFunc; + int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ +}; + +/* +** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. +** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater +** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because +** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user +** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications +** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want +** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them +** the option is available (at compile-time). +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 +typedef i16 ynVar; +#else +typedef int ynVar; +#endif + +/* +** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance +** of this structure. +** +** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused +** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer +** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused +** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression +** tree. +** +** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, +** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If +** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the +** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), +** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. +** +** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a +** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. +** +** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, +** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". +** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of +** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the +** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is +** valid. +** +** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. +** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is +** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and +** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the +** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the +** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that +** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. +** +** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark +** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index +** number for that variable. +** +** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer +** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the +** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery +** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing +** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. +** +** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from +** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the +** corresponding table definition. +** +** ALLOCATION NOTES: +** +** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To +** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be +** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes +** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, +** together with Expr.zToken strings. +** +** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when +** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all +** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees +** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that +** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately +** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. +*/ +struct Expr { + u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ + char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ + u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ + union { + char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ + int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ + } u; + + /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no + ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + *********************************************************************/ + + Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ + Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ + union { + ExprList *pList; /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */ + Select *pSelect; /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */ + } x; + + /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no + ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + *********************************************************************/ + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ +#endif + int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column + ** TK_REGISTER: register number + ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old + ** EP_Unlikely: 1000 times likelihood */ + ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid. + ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */ + i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ + i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ + u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op + ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column + ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */ + AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */ + Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */ +}; + +/* +** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. +*/ +#define EP_FromJoin 0x000001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */ +#define EP_Agg 0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ +#define EP_Resolved 0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */ +#define EP_Error 0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */ +#define EP_Distinct 0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ +#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ +#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */ +#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ +#define EP_Collate 0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */ +#define EP_Generic 0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */ +#define EP_IntValue 0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */ +#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */ +#define EP_Skip 0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */ +#define EP_Reduced 0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */ +#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ +#define EP_Static 0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ +#define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ +#define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ +#define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ +#define EP_Constant 0x080000 /* Node is a constant */ + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Expr.flags field. +*/ +#define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) +#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) +#define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) +#define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) + +/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation, +** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA +** processes but is a no-op for delivery. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) +#else +# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr +** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags +** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. +*/ +#define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */ +#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */ +#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */ + +/* +** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment +** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. +*/ +#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ + +/* +** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a +** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such +** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the +** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can +** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName +** field is not used. +** +** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of +** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and +** column labels. In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a +** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement. However, if +** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name +** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN. This later +** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses. +*/ +struct ExprList { + int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */ + struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */ + char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */ + char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */ + u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */ + unsigned done :1; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */ + unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */ + unsigned reusable :1; /* Constant expression is reusable */ + union { + struct { + u16 iOrderByCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */ + u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */ + } x; + int iConstExprReg; /* Register in which Expr value is cached */ + } u; + } *a; /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both +** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an +** expression. +*/ +struct ExprSpan { + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */ + const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */ + const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, +** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: +** +** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; +** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); +** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; +** +** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of +** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement +** +** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... +** +** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. +*/ +struct IdList { + struct IdList_item { + char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */ + int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ + } *a; + int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */ +}; + +/* +** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. +** +** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of +** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size +** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. +*/ +typedef u64 Bitmask; + +/* +** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". +*/ +#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) + +/* +** A bit in a Bitmask +*/ +#define MASKBIT(n) (((Bitmask)1)<<(n)) +#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n)) + +/* +** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. +** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of +** the SrcList.a[] array. +** +** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure +** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that +** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL, +** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can +** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID. +** +** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table +** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. +** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each +** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. +** +** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table +** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. +*/ +struct SrcList { + int nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ + u32 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ + struct SrcList_item { + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema to which this item is fixed */ + char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */ + char *zName; /* Name of the table */ + char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ + Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ + Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ + int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ + int regResult; /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */ + u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */ + unsigned notIndexed :1; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ + unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ + unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */ + unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */ +#endif + int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ + Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ + Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<" clause */ + Index *pIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */ + } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */ +}; + +/* +** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field +*/ +#define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */ +#define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */ +#define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */ +#define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */ +#define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */ +#define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */ +#define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */ + + +/* +** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin() +** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member. +*/ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ +#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ +#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ +#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */ +#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */ +#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */ +#define WHERE_AND_ONLY 0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */ +#define WHERE_GROUPBY 0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY 0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */ +#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT 0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */ +#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP 0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */ + +/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct() +*/ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP 0 /* DISTINCT keyword not used */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 /* No duplicates */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 /* All duplicates are adjacent */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3 /* Duplicates are scattered */ + +/* +** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column +** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and +** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may +** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or +** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The +** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for +** other statements. +** +** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most +** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer +** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context +** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found +** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of +** the context containing the match is incremented. +** +** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the +** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the +** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer +** subqueries looking for a match. +*/ +struct NameContext { + Parse *pParse; /* The parser */ + SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */ + ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of result-set columns */ + AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */ + NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */ + int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */ + u8 ncFlags; /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field. +*/ +#define NC_AllowAgg 0x01 /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */ +#define NC_HasAgg 0x02 /* One or more aggregate functions seen */ +#define NC_IsCheck 0x04 /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */ +#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */ +#define NC_PartIdx 0x10 /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure contains all information +** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement. +** +** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause. nOffset is set to 0. +** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the +** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not +** offset). But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations +** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters. +** +** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes. +** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in +** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor +** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time +** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not +** enough information about the compound query is known at that point. +** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences +** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating +** sequences for the ORDER BY clause. +*/ +struct Select { + ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */ + u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */ + u16 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */ + int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ + int addrOpenEphm[2]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ + u64 nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */ + Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */ + Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */ + Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */ + With *pWith; /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for +** "Select Flag". +*/ +#define SF_Distinct 0x0001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */ +#define SF_Resolved 0x0002 /* Identifiers have been resolved */ +#define SF_Aggregate 0x0004 /* Contains aggregate functions */ +#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0008 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ +#define SF_Expanded 0x0010 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ +#define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x0020 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ + /* 0x0040 NOT USED */ +#define SF_Values 0x0080 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */ + /* 0x0100 NOT USED */ +#define SF_NestedFrom 0x0200 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */ +#define SF_MaybeConvert 0x0400 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ +#define SF_Recursive 0x0800 /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */ +#define SF_Compound 0x1000 /* Part of a compound query */ + + +/* +** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined +** by one of the following macros. The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result +** Type". +** +** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary index +** identified by pDest->iSDParm. +** +** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm. +** +** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result +** set is not empty. +** +** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT +** statements within triggers whose only purpose is +** the side-effects of functions. +** +** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that +** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause. +** +** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow +** opcode) for each row in the result set. +** +** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. +** Store the first column of the first result row +** in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest +** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". +** +** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each +** row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. +** Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing +** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". +** +** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store +** the result there. The cursor is left open after +** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that +** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create +** the table first. +** +** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of +** results each time it is invoked. The entry point +** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm +** and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers +** starting with pDest->iSdst. +** +** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm. +** SRT_Fifo This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table +** is assumed to already be open. SRT_Fifo has +** the additional property of being able to ignore +** the ORDER BY clause. +** +** SRT_DistFifo Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm. +** But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as +** a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate +** rows. Name means: "Distinct Fifo". +** +** SRT_Queue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really +** an index). Append a sequence number so that all entries +** are distinct. +** +** SRT_DistQueue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if +** the same record has never been stored before. The +** index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores. +*/ +#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */ +#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */ +#define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ +#define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */ +#define SRT_Fifo 5 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ +#define SRT_DistFifo 6 /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */ +#define SRT_Queue 7 /* Store result in an queue */ +#define SRT_DistQueue 8 /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */ + +/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ +#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue) + +#define SRT_Output 9 /* Output each row of result */ +#define SRT_Mem 10 /* Store result in a memory cell */ +#define SRT_Set 11 /* Store results as keys in an index */ +#define SRT_EphemTab 12 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ +#define SRT_Coroutine 13 /* Generate a single row of result */ +#define SRT_Table 14 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ + +/* +** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of +** a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct SelectDest { + u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */ + char affSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */ + int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ + int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */ + int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */ +}; + +/* +** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT +** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p +** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that +** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement +** information in case inserts are down within triggers. Triggers do not +** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the +** loading and saving of autoincrement information. +*/ +struct AutoincInfo { + AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */ + Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */ + int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */ + int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */ +}; + +/* +** Size of the column cache +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE +# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10 +#endif + +/* +** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each +** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at +** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been +** completed. +** +** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger +** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of +** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable. +** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same +** values for both pTrigger and orconf. +** +** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns +** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT +** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to +** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. +*/ +struct TriggerPrg { + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */ + TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */ + int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */ + u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */ +}; + +/* +** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 + typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask; +#else + typedef unsigned int yDbMask; +#endif + +/* +** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through +** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to +** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. +** +** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code +** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure +** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of +** each recursion. +** +** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache +** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are +** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being +** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the +** list. +*/ +struct Parse { + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */ + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ + int rc; /* Return code from execution */ + u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ + u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ + u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ + u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */ + u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */ + u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ + u8 hasCompound; /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ + u8 okConstFactor; /* OK to factor out constants */ + int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */ + int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */ + int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ + int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */ + int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */ + int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */ + int iFixedOp; /* Never back out opcodes iFixedOp-1 or earlier */ + int ckBase; /* Base register of data during check constraints */ + int iPartIdxTab; /* Table corresponding to a partial index */ + int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */ + int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */ + int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ + int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ + struct yColCache { + int iTable; /* Table cursor number */ + i16 iColumn; /* Table column number */ + u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */ + int iLevel; /* Nesting level */ + int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */ + int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */ + } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */ + ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */ + Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */ + yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ + yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ + int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */ + int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */ + int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */ + int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ + TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ +#endif + AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */ + + /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */ + Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ + Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */ + int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */ + int addrSkipPK; /* Address of instruction to skip PRIMARY KEY index */ + u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */ + u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ + u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */ + u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ + u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ + u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */ + + /************************************************************************ + ** Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after + ** each recursion. The boundary between these two regions is determined + ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field + ** in the recursive region. + ************************************************************************/ + + int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ + int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */ + u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + u8 bFreeWith; /* True if pWith should be freed with parser */ + u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ + int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ +#endif + int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */ + int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSelectId; /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */ + int iNextSelectId; /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */ +#endif + char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */ + Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ + const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ + Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ + Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ + const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ + Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ + Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */ + Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */ +#endif + Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */ + TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */ + With *pWith; /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */ +}; + +/* +** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 +#else + #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab) +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used +** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. +*/ +struct AuthContext { + const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ + Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */ +}; + +/* +** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes. +*/ +#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* Set to update db->nChange */ +#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x02 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ +#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ +#define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */ +#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */ +#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE 0x20 /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */ +#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG 0x40 /* OP_Column only used for length() */ +#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG 0x80 /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */ +#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR 0x01 /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */ +#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG 0x02 /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */ +#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */ + +/* + * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of + * struct Trigger. + * + * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. + * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the + * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. + * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the + * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the + * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated + * struct Table. + * + * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list + * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. + */ +struct Trigger { + char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */ + char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ + u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */ + u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */ + IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF trigger, + the is stored here */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */ + Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */ + TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */ + Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */ +}; + +/* +** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants +** determine which. +** +** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. +** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. +*/ +#define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1 +#define TRIGGER_AFTER 2 + +/* + * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement + * that is a part of a trigger-program. + * + * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked + * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the + * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is + * the first step of the trigger-program. + * + * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or + * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the + * value of "op" as follows: + * + * (op == TK_INSERT) + * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm + * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then + * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL. + * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into. + * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then + * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. + * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... + * statement, then this stores the column-names to be + * inserted into. + * + * (op == TK_DELETE) + * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from. + * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. + * Otherwise NULL. + * + * (op == TK_UPDATE) + * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of. + * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. + * Otherwise NULL. + * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update + * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" + * argument. + * + */ +struct TriggerStep { + u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ + u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */ + Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ + Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */ + Token target; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ + ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */ + IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */ + TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */ + TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ +}; + +/* +** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... +** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references +** explicit. +*/ +typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; +struct DbFixer { + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Fix items to this schema */ + int bVarOnly; /* Check for variable references only */ + const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ + const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ + const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ +}; + +/* +** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we +** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. +*/ +struct StrAccum { + sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */ + char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */ + char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ + int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ + int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ + int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */ + u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */ + u8 accError; /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */ +}; +#define STRACCUM_NOMEM 1 +#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG 2 + +/* +** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information +** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. +*/ +typedef struct { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */ + char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */ + int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ + int rc; /* Result code stored here */ +} InitData; + +/* +** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. +** +** This structure also contains some state information. +*/ +struct Sqlite3Config { + int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ + int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ + int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ + int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ + int bUseCis; /* Use covering indices for full-scans */ + int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ + int neverCorrupt; /* Database is always well-formed */ + int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ + int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ + sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ + sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */ + sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */ + void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */ + int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */ + int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ + sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* mmap() space per open file */ + sqlite3_int64 mxMmap; /* Maximum value for szMmap */ + void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */ + int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */ + int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */ + void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */ + int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ + int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ + int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ + /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always + ** initially be zero, however. */ + int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */ + int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */ + int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */ + int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ + int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ + int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ + sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */ + void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ + void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int); + void *pSqllogArg; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch + ** operation. Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE. + */ + void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx); /* Callback */ + void *pVdbeBranchArg; /* 1st argument */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + int (*xTestCallback)(int); /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */ +#endif + int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ +}; + +/* +** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that +** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database. Instead of: +** +** assert( X ); +** +** One writes: +** +** assert( X || CORRUPT_DB ); +** +** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation. CORRUPT_DB does not indicate +** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt. +** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special +** sqlite3_test_control(). This enables assert() statements to prove +** things that are always true for well-formed databases. +*/ +#define CORRUPT_DB (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0) + +/* +** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk. +*/ +struct Walker { + int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */ + int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */ + void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */ + int walkerDepth; /* Number of subqueries */ + union { /* Extra data for callback */ + NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */ + int i; /* Integer value */ + SrcList *pSrcList; /* FROM clause */ + struct SrcCount *pSrcCount; /* Counting column references */ + } u; +}; + +/* Forward declarations */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); + +/* +** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their +** callbacks. +*/ +#define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */ +#define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */ +#define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */ + +/* +** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs +** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause. +*/ +struct With { + int nCte; /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */ + With *pOuter; /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */ + struct Cte { /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */ + char *zName; /* Name of this CTE */ + ExprList *pCols; /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */ + Select *pSelect; /* The definition of this CTE */ + const char *zErr; /* Error message for circular references */ + } a[1]; +}; + +/* +** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, +** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \ + if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \ + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \ + } \ +} + +/* +** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with +** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke +** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated +** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place +** to set a debugger breakpoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) +#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) + + +/* +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +#endif + +/* +** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also +** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)) +# include +#endif + +/* +** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(), +** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The +** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20)) +# define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01) +# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06) +# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02) +# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04) +# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08) +# define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)]) +#else +# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x)) +#endif + +/* +** Internal function prototypes +*/ +#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); +#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); + +/* +** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make +** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default, +** obtain space from malloc(). +** +** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths +** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA +# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) +# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) +# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) +#else +# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) +# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) +# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double); +#else +# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0 +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL +** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function. +*/ +struct PrintfArguments { + int nArg; /* Total number of arguments */ + int nUsed; /* Number of arguments used so far */ + sqlite3_value **apArg; /* The argument values */ +}; + +#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01 +#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC 0x02 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...); +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*); +#endif + +/* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*); +#else +# define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X) +# define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B) +# define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B) +# define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B) +# define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X) +# define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0 +#endif + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, + sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); +#else +# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); +#else +# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X) +# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, + Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, + Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, + Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, u8); +#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP 0x01 /* Deep, not shallow copies */ +#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR 0x02 /* Factor out constant terms */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int, + u8,u8,int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, + Expr*,int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, + int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int); + void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*, + Select*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); +# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) +#else +# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0 +# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B) +# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) +# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) +# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) +# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F) +# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0 +# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p +# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int); +#else +# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d) +# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) +# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst); + +/* +** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to +** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c +** file. Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions +** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which +** the MACRO form does). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); + +/* +** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers. +** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte. +** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode +** and decode of the integers in a record header. It is faster for the common +** case where the integer is a single byte. It is a little slower when the +** integer is two or more bytes. But overall it is faster. +** +** The following expressions are equivalent: +** +** x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B ); +** x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B ); +** +** x = getVarint32( A, B ); +** x = putVarint32( A, B ); +** +*/ +#define getVarint32(A,B) \ + (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) +#define putVarint32(A,B) \ + (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ + sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B))) +#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint +#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); +#else +# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, + void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; +#endif +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*); +#endif + +/* +** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*); +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); +#else + #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3VtabClear(Y) +# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) +# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) +# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 +# define sqlite3VtabLock(X) +# define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) +# define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) +# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y) ((VTable*)0) +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); +# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8); +#else +#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z) +#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y) +#endif + +/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by +** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign +** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but +** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In +** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is +** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); +#else + #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f) + #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f) + #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c) + #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0 + #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**); +#else + #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) + #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e) +#endif + + +/* +** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0 +#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1 + +/* +** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign" +** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +** is not defined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void); +#else + #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() + #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() +#endif + +#define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1 +#define IN_INDEX_EPH 2 +#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC 3 +#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC 4 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p); +#else + #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile) + #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int); +#else + #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y) + #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0 + #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y) +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db); +#else + #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) + #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) + #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); +#endif + +/* +** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable +** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to +** print I/O tracing messages. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE +# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); +#else +# define IOTRACE(A) +# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) +#endif + +/* +** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator +** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory +** allocations are properly tracked by the system. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of +** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with +** a single bit set. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** +** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP +** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means +** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was +** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify +** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not +** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the +** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify +** this constraint. +** +** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into +** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); +#else +# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ +# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 +# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 +#endif +#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Might have been lookaside memory */ +#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_DB 0x10 /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */ + +#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */ + +/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 June 13 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants. +*/ + +/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding +** lower-case character. +** +** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not +** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables +** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, + 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, + 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, + 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, + 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, + 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, + 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, + 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, + 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, + 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, + 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, + 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, + 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, + 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, + 252,253,254,255 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */ + 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */ + 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */ + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */ + 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */ + 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */ + 96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */ + 112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */ + 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */ + 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */ + 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */ + 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */ + 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */ + 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */ + 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */ + 239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in +** equivalents to the following standard library functions: +** +** isspace() 0x01 +** isalpha() 0x02 +** isdigit() 0x04 +** isalnum() 0x06 +** isxdigit() 0x08 +** toupper() 0x20 +** SQLite identifier character 0x40 +** +** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper +** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character. +** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent +** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as: +** +** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20)) +** +** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] +** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. +** +** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an +** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any +** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is +** part of an identifier is 0x46. +** +** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a +** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */ + 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */ + 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */ + 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */ + 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */ + + 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */ + 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */ + + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */ + + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */ +}; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI +# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 +#endif + +/* +** The following singleton contains the global configuration for +** the SQLite library. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { + SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ + 1, /* bCoreMutex */ + SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ + SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ + SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, /* bUseCis */ + 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ + 0, /* neverCorrupt */ + 128, /* szLookaside */ + 500, /* nLookaside */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */ + (void*)0, /* pHeap */ + 0, /* nHeap */ + 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ + SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE, /* szMmap */ + SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE, /* mxMmap */ + (void*)0, /* pScratch */ + 0, /* szScratch */ + 0, /* nScratch */ + (void*)0, /* pPage */ + 0, /* szPage */ + 0, /* nPage */ + 0, /* mxParserStack */ + 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ + /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */ + 0, /* isInit */ + 0, /* inProgress */ + 0, /* isMutexInit */ + 0, /* isMallocInit */ + 0, /* isPCacheInit */ + 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ + 0, /* pInitMutex */ + 0, /* xLog */ + 0, /* pLogArg */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + 0, /* xSqllog */ + 0, /* pSqllogArg */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + 0, /* xVdbeBranch */ + 0, /* pVbeBranchArg */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + 0, /* xTestCallback */ +#endif + 0 /* bLocaltimeFault */ +}; + +/* +** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all +** database connections. After initialization, this table is +** read-only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; + +/* +** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = { + { "0", 1 }, + { "1", 1 } +}; + + +/* +** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the +** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses +** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts +** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign +** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. +** +** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to +** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to +** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller +** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to +** move the pending byte. +** +** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than +** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! +** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined +** and dileterious behavior. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; +#endif + +/* +** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is +** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained +** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in +** the vdbe.c file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; + +/************** End of global.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options +** SQLite was built with. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + + +/* +** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should +** be sorted A-Z. +** +** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses +** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually +** rather short and uses little memory space. +*/ +static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { + +/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define +** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */ +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) + +#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID + "32BIT_ROWID", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC + "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + "CHECK_PAGES", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST + "COVERAGE_TEST", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + "DEBUG", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE), +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc) + "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + "DISABLE_DIRSYNC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS + "DISABLE_LFS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + "ENABLE_CEROD", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + "ENABLE_FTS1", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + "ENABLE_FTS2", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + "ENABLE_FTS3", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS + "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 + "ENABLE_FTS4", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + "ENABLE_ICU", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE + "ENABLE_IOTRACE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS3", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS5", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK + "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + "ENABLE_RTREE", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + "ENABLE_STAT4", +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) + "ENABLE_STAT3", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + "HAS_CODEC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN + "HAVE_ISNAN", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + "INT64_TYPE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE + "LOCK_TRACE", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc) + "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY + "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + "MEMDEBUG", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT + "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + "NO_SYNC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + "OMIT_ALTERTABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + "OMIT_ANALYZE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH + "OMIT_ATTACH", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + "OMIT_AUTOINIT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + "OMIT_AUTORESET", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + "OMIT_CAST", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + "OMIT_CHECK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + "OMIT_COMPLETE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + "OMIT_CTE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + "OMIT_DECLTYPE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + "OMIT_DEPRECATED", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + "OMIT_DISKIO", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + "OMIT_EXPLAIN", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + "OMIT_GET_TABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + "OMIT_INCRBLOB", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + "OMIT_LOCALTIME", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + "OMIT_LOOKASIDE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + "OMIT_MEMORYDB", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA + "OMIT_PRAGMA", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX + "OMIT_REINDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + "OMIT_SUBQUERY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + "OMIT_TEMPDB", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + "OMIT_TRACE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "OMIT_TRIGGER", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + "OMIT_UTF16", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM + "OMIT_VACUUM", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + "OMIT_VIEW", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + "OMIT_WAL", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + "OMIT_WSD", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + "OMIT_XFER_OPT", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG + "PROXY_DEBUG", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + "RTREE_INT_ONLY", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + "SECURE_DELETE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK + "SMALL_STACK", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + "SOUNDEX", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC + "SYSTEM_MALLOC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TCL + "TCL", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc) + "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + "TEST", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) + "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA + "USE_ALLOCA", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC + "WIN32_MALLOC", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC + "ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +}; + +/* +** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option +** was used and false if not. +** +** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix +** is not required for a match. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ + int i, n; + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); + + /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a + ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */ + for(i=0; i=0 && NaDb[] (or -1) */ + u8 nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ + u8 rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */ + u8 deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ + Bool isEphemeral:1; /* True for an ephemeral table */ + Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ + Bool isTable:1; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */ + Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */ + i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ + i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ + i64 lastRowid; /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */ + + /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the + ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches + ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of + ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that + ** the cache is out of date. + ** + ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might + ** be NULL. + */ + u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ + u32 payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ + u32 szRow; /* Byte available in aRow */ + u32 iHdrOffset; /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */ + const u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ + u32 aType[1]; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ + /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one + ** static element declared in the structure. nField total array slots for + ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; + +/* +** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type +** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as +** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific +** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, +** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, +** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program +** began executing. +** +** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory +** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or +** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it +** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame +** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing +** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive +** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the +** child frame are released. +** +** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is +** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program. +*/ +typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; +struct VdbeFrame { + Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ + VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */ + Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */ + Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */ + u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */ + void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ + i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ + int nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ + int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */ + int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ + int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ + int nOnceFlag; /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */ + int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ + int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ + int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */ +}; + +#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) + +/* +** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. +*/ +#define CACHE_STALE 0 + +/* +** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem +** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, +** integer etc.) of the same value. +*/ +struct Mem { + sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ + char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ + double r; /* Real value */ + union { + i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ + int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ + RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */ + } u; + int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ + u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ + u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ + void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */ +#endif + void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */ + char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */ +}; + +/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK +** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. +** +** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. +** No other flags may be set in this case. +** +** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. +** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main +** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also +** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real +** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. +*/ +#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ +#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ +#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ +#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ +#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ +#define MEM_AffMask 0x001f /* Mask of affinity bits */ +#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */ +#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */ +#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */ +#define MEM_Cleared 0x0100 /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */ +#define MEM_TypeMask 0x01ff /* Mask of type bits */ + + +/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of +** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management +** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the +** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated +*/ +#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ +#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */ +#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ +#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ +#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ +#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + #undef MEM_Zero + #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 +#endif + +/* +** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f +*/ +#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ + ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) + +/* +** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro +** is for use inside assert() statements only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0 +#endif + +/* +** Each auxilliary data pointer stored by a user defined function +** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance +** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM +** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed +** when the VM is halted (if not before). +*/ +struct AuxData { + int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */ + int iArg; /* Index of function argument. */ + void *pAux; /* Aux data pointer */ + void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ + AuxData *pNext; /* Next element in list */ +}; + +/* +** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an +** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used +** implement the SQL functions. +** +** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, +** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. +** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this +** structure are known. +** +** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures +** (Mem) which are only defined there. +*/ +struct sqlite3_context { + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */ + Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */ + Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */ + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* The VM that owns this context */ + int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function */ + int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ + u8 skipFlag; /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */ + u8 fErrorOrAux; /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */ +}; + +/* +** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful +** in describing recursive data structures. +*/ +struct Explain { + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */ + StrAccum str; /* The string being accumulated */ + int nIndent; /* Number of elements in aIndent */ + u16 aIndent[100]; /* Levels of indentation */ + char zBase[100]; /* Initial space */ +}; + +/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures. Always follow with :N where +** N is the number of bits. +*/ +typedef unsigned bft; /* Bit Field Type */ + +/* +** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete +** state of the virtual machine. +** +** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare() +** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. +** +** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of +** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is +** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This +** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute +** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of +** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table +** method function. +*/ +struct Vdbe { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ + Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ + Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ + Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ + Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ + Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ + int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ + int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ + Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ + Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ + char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ + ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ + ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */ + u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ + int pc; /* The program counter */ + int rc; /* Value to return */ + u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ + u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ + u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ + bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ + bft inVtabMethod:2; /* See comments above */ + bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */ + bft expired:1; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ + bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */ + bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */ + bft readOnly:1; /* True for statements that do not write */ + bft bIsReader:1; /* True for statements that read */ + bft isPrepareV2:1; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */ + bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */ + int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ + yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ + yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */ + int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ + u32 aCounter[5]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ +#endif + i64 iCurrentTime; /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */ + i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ + i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ + i64 nStmtDefImmCons; /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ + void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN + Explain *pExplain; /* The explainer */ + char *zExplain; /* Explanation of data structures */ +#endif + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ + VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */ + int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ + u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */ + int nOnceFlag; /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */ + u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Flags for OP_Once */ + AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */ +}; + +/* +** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic +*/ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ + +/* +** Function prototypes +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); +void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int); + +int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p); +#define VdbeMemDynamic(X) \ + (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0) +#define VdbeMemRelease(X) \ + if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); + #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) +#else + #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK + #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ + +/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/ + +/* +** Variables in which to record status information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { + int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ + int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ +} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; + + +/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat) +# define wsdStat x[0] +#else +# define wsdStatInit +# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat +#endif + +/* +** Return the current value of a status parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){ + wsdStatInit; + assert( op>=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } +} + +/* +** Set the value of a status to X. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){ + wsdStatInit; + assert( op>=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } +} + +/* +** Query status information. +** +** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned +** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true, +** then this routine is not threadsafe. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){ + wsdStatInit; + if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op]; + if( resetFlag ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Query status information for a single database connection +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */ + int op, /* Status verb */ + int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */ + int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */ + int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: { + *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut; + *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut; + if( resetFlag ){ + db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + } + break; + } + + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: { + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 ); + *pCurrent = 0; + *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]; + if( resetFlag ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used + ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The + ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: { + int totalUsed = 0; + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager); + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + *pCurrent = totalUsed; + *pHighwater = 0; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed + ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: { + int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){ + HashElem *p; + + nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( + pSchema->tblHash.count + + pSchema->trigHash.count + + pSchema->idxHash.count + + pSchema->fkeyHash.count + ); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht); + + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + } + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nByte; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store all prepared statements. + ** *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: { + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe); + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nByte; + + break; + } + + /* + ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all + ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set + ** to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{ + int i; + int nRet = 0; + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 ); + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 ); + + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt); + sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet); + } + } + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nRet; + break; + } + + /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign + ** key constraints. Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints + ** have been satisfied. The *pHighwater is always set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: { + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0; + break; + } + + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of status.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2003 October 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time +** functions for SQLite. +** +** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function +** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. +** All other code has file scope. +** +** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The +** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon +** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian +** calendar system. +** +** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 +** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 +** +** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number +** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can +** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider +** range of dates. +** +** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, +** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually +** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some +** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. +** +** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions +** in the following text: +** +** Jean Meeus +** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 +** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 +** Willmann-Bell, Inc +** Richmond, Virginia (USA) +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +#include + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + + +/* +** A structure for holding a single date and time. +*/ +typedef struct DateTime DateTime; +struct DateTime { + sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */ + int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ + int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ + int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ + double s; /* Seconds */ + char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */ + char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */ + char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */ + char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */ +}; + + +/* +** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments +** come in groups of 5 as follows: +** +** N number of digits in the integer +** min minimum allowed value of the integer +** max maximum allowed value of the integer +** nextC first character after the integer +** pVal where to write the integers value. +** +** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. +** The function returns the number of successful conversions. +*/ +static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ + va_list ap; + int val; + int N; + int min; + int max; + int nextC; + int *pVal; + int cnt = 0; + va_start(ap, zDate); + do{ + N = va_arg(ap, int); + min = va_arg(ap, int); + max = va_arg(ap, int); + nextC = va_arg(ap, int); + pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); + val = 0; + while( N-- ){ + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; + zDate++; + } + if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + *pVal = val; + zDate++; + cnt++; + }while( nextC ); +end_getDigits: + va_end(ap); + return cnt; +} + +/* +** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. +** The extension is of the form: +** +** (+/-)HH:MM +** +** Or the "zulu" notation: +** +** Z +** +** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes +** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs, +** return non-zero. +** +** A missing specifier is not considered an error. +*/ +static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int sgn = 0; + int nHr, nMn; + int c; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } + p->tz = 0; + c = *zDate; + if( c=='-' ){ + sgn = -1; + }else if( c=='+' ){ + sgn = +1; + }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){ + zDate++; + goto zulu_time; + }else{ + return c!=0; + } + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); +zulu_time: + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } + return *zDate!=0; +} + +/* +** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. +** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The +** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. +** +** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. +*/ +static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int h, m, s; + double ms = 0.0; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + if( *zDate==':' ){ + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 2; + if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){ + double rScale = 1.0; + zDate++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ + ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; + rScale *= 10.0; + zDate++; + } + ms /= rScale; + } + }else{ + s = 0; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = h; + p->m = m; + p->s = s + ms; + if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; + p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume +** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. +** +** Reference: Meeus page 61 +*/ +static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; + + if( p->validJD ) return; + if( p->validYMD ){ + Y = p->Y; + M = p->M; + D = p->D; + }else{ + Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ + M = 1; + D = 1; + } + if( M<=2 ){ + Y--; + M += 12; + } + A = Y/100; + B = 2 - A + (A/4); + X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100; + X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000; + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000); + p->validJD = 1; + if( p->validHMS ){ + p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000); + if( p->validTZ ){ + p->iJD -= p->tz*60000; + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Parse dates of the form +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM +** YYYY-MM-DD +** +** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 +** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed +** date. +*/ +static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, neg; + + if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ + zDate++; + neg = 1; + }else{ + neg = 0; + } + if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 10; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } + if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + /* We got the time */ + }else if( *zDate==0 ){ + p->validHMS = 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validYMD = 1; + p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; + p->M = M; + p->D = D; + if( p->validTZ ){ + computeJD(p); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS. +** +** Return the number of errors. +*/ +static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ + p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); + if( p->iJD>0 ){ + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return +** the number of errors. +** +** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM +** DDDD.DD +** now +** +** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional +** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion +** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long +** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long +** as there is a year and date. +*/ +static int parseDateOrTime( + sqlite3_context *context, + const char *zDate, + DateTime *p +){ + double r; + if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ + return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); + }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ + int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; + if( p->validYMD ) return; + if( !p->validJD ){ + p->Y = 2000; + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + }else{ + Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000); + A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25); + A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); + B = A + 1524; + C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25); + D = (36525*C)/100; + E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001); + X1 = (int)(30.6001*E); + p->D = B - D - X1; + p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; + p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; + } + p->validYMD = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ + int s; + if( p->validHMS ) return; + computeJD(p); + s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000); + p->s = s/1000.0; + s = (int)p->s; + p->s -= s; + p->h = s/3600; + s -= p->h*3600; + p->m = s/60; + p->s += s - p->m*60; + p->validHMS = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute both YMD and HMS +*/ +static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ + computeYMD(p); + computeHMS(p); +} + +/* +** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ +*/ +static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; +} + +/* +** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available +** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to +** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the +** order of the parameters is reversed. +** +** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. +** +** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() +** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides +** localtime_s(). +*/ +#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \ + defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) +#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME +/* +** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r() +** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that +** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and +** non-zero on any kind of error. +** +** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this +** routine will always fail. +** +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C +** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of +** local time. +*/ +static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ + int rc; +#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \ + && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) + struct tm *pX; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + pX = localtime(t); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0; +#endif + if( pX ) *pTm = *pX; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + rc = pX==0; +#else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1; +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R + rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0; +#else + rc = localtime_s(pTm, t); +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */ +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME +/* +** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC +** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, +** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. +** +** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value +** is undefined in this case. +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset( + DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */ +){ + DateTime x, y; + time_t t; + struct tm sLocal; + + /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */ + memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal)); + + x = *p; + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only + ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range, + ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this + ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back. + */ + x.Y = 2000; + x.M = 1; + x.D = 1; + x.h = 0; + x.m = 0; + x.s = 0.0; + } else { + int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5); + x.s = s; + } + x.tz = 0; + x.validJD = 0; + computeJD(&x); + t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); + if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1); + *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 0; + } + y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; + y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; + y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; + y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; + y.m = sLocal.tm_min; + y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; + y.validYMD = 1; + y.validHMS = 1; + y.validJD = 0; + y.validTZ = 0; + computeJD(&y); + *pRc = SQLITE_OK; + return y.iJD - x.iJD; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ + +/* +** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are +** as follows: +** +** NNN days +** NNN hours +** NNN minutes +** NNN.NNNN seconds +** NNN months +** NNN years +** start of month +** start of year +** start of week +** start of day +** weekday N +** unixepoch +** localtime +** utc +** +** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error +** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written +** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is +** written to pCtx. +*/ +static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ + int rc = 1; + int n; + double r; + char *z, zBuf[30]; + z = zBuf; + for(n=0; niJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + } + break; + } +#endif + case 'u': { + /* + ** unixepoch + ** + ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of + ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. + */ + if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ + p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 c1; + computeJD(p); + c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iJD -= c1; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + } + } +#endif + break; + } + case 'w': { + /* + ** weekday N + ** + ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of + ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the + ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 + && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8) + && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ + sqlite3_int64 Z; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7; + if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; + p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case 's': { + /* + ** start of TTTTT + ** + ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, + ** or month or year. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; + z += 9; + computeYMD(p); + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = p->m = 0; + p->s = 0.0; + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + computeYMD(p); + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case '+': + case '-': + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': { + double rRounder; + for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){} + if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + rc = 1; + break; + } + if( z[n]==':' ){ + /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the + ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds + ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be + ** omitted. + */ + const char *z2 = z; + DateTime tx; + sqlite3_int64 day; + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++; + memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); + if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; + computeJD(&tx); + tx.iJD -= 43200000; + day = tx.iJD/86400000; + tx.iJD -= day*86400000; + if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD; + computeJD(p); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->iJD += tx.iJD; + rc = 0; + break; + } + z += n; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; + if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } + computeJD(p); + rc = 0; + rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5; + if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder); + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder); + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder); + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder); + }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + int x, y; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->M += (int)r; + x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; + p->Y += x; + p->M -= x*12; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + y = (int)r; + if( y!=r ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); + } + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + int y = (int)r; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->Y += y; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + if( y!=r ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); + } + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + break; + } + default: { + break; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. +** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write +** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 +** on success and 1 if there are any errors. +** +** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined) +** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. +*/ +static int isDate( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv, + DateTime *p +){ + int i; + const unsigned char *z; + int eType; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + if( argc==0 ){ + return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); + } + if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT + || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5); + p->validJD = 1; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ + return 1; + } + } + for(i=1; iaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( n(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + }else{ + z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + } + computeJD(&x); + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ + if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ + z[j++] = zFmt[i]; + }else{ + i++; + switch( zFmt[i] ){ + case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; + case 'f': { + double s = x.s; + if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; + sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); + j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; + case 'W': /* Fall thru */ + case 'j': { + int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ + DateTime y = x; + y.validJD = 0; + y.M = 1; + y.D = 1; + computeJD(&y); + nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000); + if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ + int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ + wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7); + sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); + j += 2; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); + j += 3; + } + break; + } + case 'J': { + sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0); + j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; + case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; + case 's': { + sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", + (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); + j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; + case 'w': { + z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; + break; + } + case 'Y': { + sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + default: z[j++] = '%'; break; + } + } + } + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, + z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC); +} + +/* +** current_time() +** +** This function returns the same value as time('now'). +*/ +static void ctimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + timeFunc(context, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** current_date() +** +** This function returns the same value as date('now'). +*/ +static void cdateFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + dateFunc(context, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** current_timestamp() +** +** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). +*/ +static void ctimestampFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS +/* +** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time +** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version +** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() +** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that +** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. +** +** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() +** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied +** as the user-data for the function. +*/ +static void currentTimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + time_t t; + char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + sqlite3 *db; + sqlite3_int64 iT; + struct tm *pTm; + struct tm sNow; + char zBuf[20]; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); + if( iT<=0 ) return; + t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676; +#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R + pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); +#else + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + pTm = gmtime(&t); + if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +#endif + if( pTm ){ + strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL +** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with +** external linkage. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ), + FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ), + FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ), + FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ), + FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ), + FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ), + FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc), + FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ), +#else + STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), + STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc), + STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), +#endif + }; + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs); + + for(i=0; ipMethods ){ + rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); + pId->pMethods = 0; + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ + return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ + return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); +} + +/* +** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail +** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint() +** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not +** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it +** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint() +** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){ + /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite + ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding + ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point + ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM + ** but the transaction is committed anyway. + ** + ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(), + ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably + ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned + ** to the user. */ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + } +#endif + return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; + return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ + return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ + return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ + id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ + return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( + sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ + int iPage, + int pgsz, + int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ + return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p); +} +#else +/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ + *pp = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the +** VFS methods. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int flags, + int *pFlagsOut +){ + int rc; + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed + ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before + ** reaching the VFS. */ + rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 ); + return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, + int *pResOut +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nPathOut, + char *zPathOut +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + zPathOut[0] = 0; + return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ + return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ + pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){ + return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ + pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ + return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ + return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){ + int rc; + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() + ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available + ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and + ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is + ** unavailable. + */ + if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){ + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut); + }else{ + double r; + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r); + *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); + } + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zFile, + sqlite3_file **ppFile, + int flags, + int *pOutFlags +){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_file *pFile; + pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile); + if( pFile ){ + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pFile); + }else{ + *ppFile = pFile; + } + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pFile ); + rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile); + sqlite3_free(pFile); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of +** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the +** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an +** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){ + void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_free(p); + return sqlite3_os_init(); +} + +/* +** The list of all registered VFS implementations. +*/ +static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; +#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) + +/* +** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the +** first VFS on the list. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return 0; +#endif +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ + if( zVfs==0 ) break; + if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return pVfs; +} + +/* +** Unlink a VFS from the linked list +*/ +static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); + if( pVfs==0 ){ + /* No-op */ + }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ + vfsList = pVfs->pNext; + }else if( vfsList ){ + sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; + while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ + p = p->pNext; + } + if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ + p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same +** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is +** true. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ + MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + vfsUnlink(pVfs); + if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ + pVfs->pNext = vfsList; + vfsList = pVfs; + }else{ + pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; + vfsList->pNext = pVfs; + } + assert(vfsList); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + vfsUnlink(pVfs); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/************** End of os.c **************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 Jan 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" +** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the +** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory +** and returns 0). +** +** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite +** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually +** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily +** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this +** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The +** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure +** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. +*/ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + +/* +** Global variables. +*/ +typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks; +static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks { + void (*xBenignBegin)(void); + void (*xBenignEnd)(void); +} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks +** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdHooksInit \ + BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks) +# define wsdHooks x[0] +#else +# define wsdHooksInit +# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks +#endif + + +/* +** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and +** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks( + void (*xBenignBegin)(void), + void (*xBenignEnd)(void) +){ + wsdHooksInit; + wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin; + wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd; +} + +/* +** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that +** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() +** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){ + wsdHooksInit; + if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){ + wsdHooks.xBenignBegin(); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){ + wsdHooksInit; + if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){ + wsdHooks.xBenignEnd(); + } +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented +** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These +** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using +** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is +** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time +** macros. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC + +/* +** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; } +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; } +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; } +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; } +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; } +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; } + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */ + +/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when +** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface +** to obtain the memory it needs. +** +** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation +** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. The content of +** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined. The +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined. The +** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this +** file. +** +** C-preprocessor macro summary: +** +** HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE The configure script sets this symbol if +** the malloc_usable_size() interface exists +** on the target platform. Or, this symbol +** can be set manually, if desired. +** If an equivalent interface exists by +** a different name, using a separate -D +** option to rename it. +** +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC Some older macs lack support for the zone +** memory allocator. Set this symbol to enable +** building on older macs. +** +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE Set this symbol to disable the use of +** _msize() on windows systems. This might +** be necessary when compiling for Delphi, +** for example. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is +** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time +** macros. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC +#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) + +/* +** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined. +*/ +#include +#include +#include +static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; +#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x)) +#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x)); +#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y)) +#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \ + (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x)) + +#else /* if not __APPLE__ */ + +/* +** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. +** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) +#define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x) +#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y)) + +/* +** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function +** on some systems (e.g. Linux). +*/ +#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE +/* +** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize(). The +** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with +** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE. Using the _msize() function also requires +** the malloc.h header file. +*/ +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE) +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H +# define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE +#endif + +/* +** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary. Also set define macro +** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize() +** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux). +** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining +** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) +# include +# if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) +# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) +# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x) +# endif +# elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE) +# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) +# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize +# endif +# endif +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */ + +#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */ + +/* +** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation +** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). +** +** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because +** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level +** routines. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte ); + if( p==0 ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); + } + return p; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p; + assert( nByte>0 ); + nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 ); + if( p ){ + p[0] = nByte; + p++; + }else{ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); + } + return (void *)p; +#endif +} + +/* +** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() +** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). +** +** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since +** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with +** by higher-level routines. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + SQLITE_FREE(pPrior); +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + p--; + SQLITE_FREE(p); +#endif +} + +/* +** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() +** or xRealloc(). +*/ +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p; + if( pPrior==0 ) return 0; + p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + p--; + return (int)p[0]; +#endif +} + +/* +** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from +** sqlite3MemMalloc(). +** +** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where +** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and +** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses +** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level +** routines and redirected to xFree. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", + SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte); + } + return p; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); + assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + p--; + p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 ); + if( p ){ + p[0] = nByte; + p++; + }else{ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", + sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte); + } + return (void*)p; +#endif +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ + return ROUND8(n); +} + +/* +** Initialize this module. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) + int cpuCount; + size_t len; + if( _sqliteZone_ ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + len = sizeof(cpuCount); + /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */ + sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0); + if( cpuCount>1 ){ + /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ + _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); + }else{ + /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, + ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ + bool success; + malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); + malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap"); + do{ + success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, + (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_); + }while(!_sqliteZone_); + if( !success ){ + /* somebody registered a zone first */ + malloc_destroy_zone(newzone); + } + } +#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return; +} + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ + +/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when +** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface +** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging +** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory +** leaks and memory usage errors. +** +** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation +** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + +/* +** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC +*/ +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + extern int backtrace(void**,int); + extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); +#else +# define backtrace(A,B) 1 +# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) +#endif +/* #include */ + +/* +** Each memory allocation looks like this: +** +** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | +** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +** +** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have +** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The +** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of +** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the +** MemBlockHdr. +*/ +struct MemBlockHdr { + i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ + struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ + char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ + char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ + u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ + u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */ + int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ +}; + +/* +** Guard words +*/ +#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 +#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 + +/* +** Number of malloc size increments to track. +*/ +#define NCSIZE 1000 + +/* +** All of the static variables used by this module are collected +** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the +** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution +** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. +*/ +static struct { + + /* + ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. + */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; + + /* + ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations + */ + struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; + struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; + + /* + ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. + */ + int nBacktrace; + void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **); + + /* + ** Title text to insert in front of each block + */ + int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ + char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ + + /* + ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. + ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. + */ + int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ + + /* + ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. + ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 + ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for + ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. + */ + int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */ + int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */ + int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */ + +} mem; + + +/* +** Adjust memory usage statistics +*/ +static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){ + int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8; + if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){ + i = NCSIZE - 1; + } + if( increment>0 ){ + mem.nAlloc[i]++; + mem.nCurrent[i]++; + if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){ + mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i]; + } + }else{ + mem.nCurrent[i]--; + assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 ); + } +} + +/* +** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. +** +** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and +** if they are incorrect it asserts. +*/ +static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ + struct MemBlockHdr *p; + int *pInt; + u8 *pU8; + int nReserve; + + p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; + p--; + assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD ); + nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize); + pInt = (int*)pAllocation; + pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; + assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); + /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due + ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure + ** they haven't been overwritten. + */ + while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + if( !p ){ + return 0; + } + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + return (int)pHdr->iSize; +} + +/* +** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 ); + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already + ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */ + mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + mem.mutex = 0; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ + return ROUND8(n); +} + +/* +** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes. This is used to preset +** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and +** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values. +*/ +static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){ + unsigned int x, y, r; + x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf); + y = nByte | 1; + while( nByte >= 4 ){ + x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); + y = y*1103515245 + 12345; + r = x ^ y; + *(int*)pBuf = r; + pBuf += 4; + nByte -= 4; + } + while( nByte-- > 0 ){ + x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); + y = y*1103515245 + 12345; + r = x ^ y; + *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + char *z; + int *pInt; + void *p = 0; + int totalSize; + int nReserve; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + assert( mem.disallow==0 ); + nReserve = ROUND8(nByte); + totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + + mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; + p = malloc(totalSize); + if( p ){ + z = p; + pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; + pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; + pHdr->pNext = 0; + pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; + if( mem.pLast ){ + mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; + }else{ + mem.pFirst = pHdr; + } + mem.pLast = pHdr; + pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; + pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP; + pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; + pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; + if( mem.nBacktrace ){ + void *aAddr[40]; + pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; + memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); + assert(pBt[0]); + if( mem.xBacktrace ){ + mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]); + } + }else{ + pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; + } + if( mem.nTitle ){ + memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); + } + pHdr->iSize = nByte; + adjustStats(nByte, +1); + pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; + pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; + randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte); + memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte); + p = (void*)pInt; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); + return p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + char *z; + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 + || mem.mutex!=0 ); + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); + pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + if( pHdr->pPrev ){ + assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); + pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; + }else{ + assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); + mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; + } + if( pHdr->pNext ){ + assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); + pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; + }else{ + assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); + mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; + } + z = (char*)pBt; + z -= pHdr->nTitle; + adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1); + randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + + (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); + free(z); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. +** +** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the +** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the +** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is +** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find +** the error. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; + void *pNew; + assert( mem.disallow==0 ); + assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); + pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize)); + if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ + randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize); + } + sqlite3MemFree(pPrior); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +/* +** Set the "type" of an allocation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); + pHdr->eType = eType; + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. +** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded +** up to a multiple of 2. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){ + if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } + if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } + depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; + mem.nBacktrace = depth; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){ + mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace; +} + +/* +** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){ + unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; + memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); + mem.zTitle[n] = 0; + mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ + void **pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]); + } +} + +/* +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** allocations into that log. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ + FILE *out; + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + int i; + out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); + if( out==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", + zFilename); + return; + } + for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ + char *z = (char*)pHdr; + z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; + fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", + pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); + if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ + fflush(out); + pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + } + fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); + for(i=0; i=1 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + assert( size>=2 ); + if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); + }else{ + hash = size % N_HASH; + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + } +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted +** at *pRoot. +*/ +static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; + if( *pRoot ){ + mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; + } + *pRoot = i; +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate +** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. +*/ +static void memsys3Link(u32 i){ + u32 size, hash; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( i>=1 ); + assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + assert( size>=2 ); + if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ + memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); + }else{ + hash = size % N_HASH; + memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + } +} + +/* +** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex +** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. +*/ +static void memsys3Enter(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){ + mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); +} +static void memsys3Leave(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); +} + +/* +** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. +*/ +static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ + if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){ + mem3.alarmBusy = 1; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); + sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); + mem3.alarmBusy = 0; + } +} + + +/* +** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its +** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the +** user portion of the chunk. +*/ +static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ + u32 x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( i>=1 ); + assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ); + assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); + x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; + mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2); + mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; + mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; + return &mem3.aPool[i]; +} + +/* +** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. +** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk +** is not large enough, return 0. +*/ +static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); + if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ + /* Use the entire master */ + void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); + mem3.iMaster = 0; + mem3.szMaster = 0; + mem3.mnMaster = 0; + return p; + }else{ + /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ + u32 newi, x; + newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; + assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; + mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; + mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; + mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ + mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; + } + return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; + } +} + +/* +** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size +** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either +** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. +** +** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries +** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. +** +** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces +** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for +** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be +** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of +** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master +** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly +** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. +*/ +static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ + u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ + iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; + assert( (size&1)==0 ); + if( (size&2)==0 ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); + assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; + if( prev==iNext ){ + iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next; + } + memsys3Unlink(prev); + size = i + size/4 - prev; + x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; + memsys3Link(prev); + i = prev; + }else{ + size /= 4; + } + if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ + mem3.iMaster = i; + mem3.szMaster = size; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. +** Return NULL if unable. +** +** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are +** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". +*/ +static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ + u32 i; + u32 nBlock; + u32 toFree; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); + if( nByte<=12 ){ + nBlock = 2; + }else{ + nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8; + } + assert( nBlock>=2 ); + + /* STEP 1: + ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small + ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is + ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). + */ + if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ + i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; + if( i>0 ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); + return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); + } + }else{ + int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; + for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){ + if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); + } + } + } + + /* STEP 2: + ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end + ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. + */ + if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + } + + + /* STEP 3: + ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free + ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. + ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off + ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very + ** rarely (we hope!) + */ + for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ + memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); + if( mem3.iMaster ){ + memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); + mem3.iMaster = 0; + mem3.szMaster = 0; + } + for(i=0; i=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + } + } + } + + /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free an outstanding memory allocation. +** +** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are +** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". +*/ +static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ + Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; + int i; + u32 size, x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] ); + i = p - mem3.aPool; + assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 ); + mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1; + mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; + mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; + memsys3Link(i); + + /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ + if( mem3.iMaster ){ + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ + size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; + mem3.iMaster -= size; + mem3.szMaster += size; + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + } + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); + mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The +** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only +** works for chunks that are currently checked out. +*/ +static int memsys3Size(void *p){ + Mem3Block *pBlock; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; + assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 ); + return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int memsys3Roundup(int n){ + if( n<=12 ){ + return 12; + }else{ + return ((n+11)&~7) - 4; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate nBytes of memory. +*/ +static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ + sqlite3_int64 *p; + assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */ + memsys3Enter(); + p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + memsys3Leave(); + return (void*)p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){ + assert( pPrior ); + memsys3Enter(); + memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + memsys3Leave(); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + int nOld; + void *p; + if( pPrior==0 ){ + return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); + } + if( nBytes<=0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pPrior); + return 0; + } + nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); + if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ + return pPrior; + } + memsys3Enter(); + p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + if( p ){ + if( nOld>1)!=(size&1) ){ + fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); + assert( 0 ); + break; + } + if( size&1 ){ + fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); + }else{ + fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, + i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); + } + } + for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ + fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], + (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ + fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], + (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); + fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); + fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); + if( out==stdout ){ + fflush(stdout); + }else{ + fclose(out); + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The +** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. +** +** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore +** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = { + memsys3Malloc, + memsys3Free, + memsys3Realloc, + memsys3Size, + memsys3Roundup, + memsys3Init, + memsys3Shutdown, + 0 + }; + return &mempoolMethods; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */ + +/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 October 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all +** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, +** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot +** be changed. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included +** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. +** +** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm: +** +** 1. All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2. +** +** 2. If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block, +** then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block. +** +** 3. New memory is allocated from the first available free block. +** +** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions +** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for +** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. +** +** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum +** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M +** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let +** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson +** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to +** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: +** +** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 +** +** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so +** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint. +*/ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is used only when +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + +/* +** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure. +** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the +** size of the array is a power of 2. +** +** The size of this object must be a power of two. That fact is +** verified in memsys5Init(). +*/ +typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link; +struct Mem5Link { + int next; /* Index of next free chunk */ + int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */ +}; + +/* +** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); + assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); + + next = MEM5LINK(i)->next; + prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev; + if( prev<0 ){ + mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next; + }else{ + MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next; + } + if( next>=0 ){ + MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev; + } +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize +** free list. +*/ +static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){ + int x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) ); + assert( i>=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); + assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); + + x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; + MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1; + if( x>=0 ){ + assert( xprev = i; + } + mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i; +} + +/* +** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex +** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. +*/ +static void memsys5Enter(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex); +} +static void memsys5Leave(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex); +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The +** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only +** works for chunks that are currently checked out. +*/ +static int memsys5Size(void *p){ + int iSize = 0; + if( p ){ + int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); + assert( i>=0 && i0 ); + + /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled + ** requests are counted */ + if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){ + mem5.maxRequest = nByte; + } + + /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest + ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers. + */ + if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */ + for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSzLOGMAX ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte); + return 0; + } + i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]; + memsys5Unlink(i, iBin); + while( iBin>iLogsize ){ + int newSize; + + iBin--; + newSize = 1 << iBin; + mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin; + memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin); + } + mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize; + + /* Update allocator performance statistics. */ + mem5.nAlloc++; + mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz; + mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte; + mem5.currentCount++; + mem5.currentOut += iFullSz; + if( mem5.maxCount=0 && iBlock0 ); + assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) ); + mem5.currentCount--; + mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom; + assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 ); + assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 ); + + mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; + while( ALWAYS(iLogsize>iLogsize) & 1 ){ + iBuddy = iBlock - size; + }else{ + iBuddy = iBlock + size; + } + assert( iBuddy>=0 ); + if( (iBuddy+(1<mem5.nBlock ) break; + if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break; + memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize); + iLogsize++; + if( iBuddy0 ){ + memsys5Enter(); + p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + memsys5Leave(); + } + return (void*)p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +** +** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from +** being called with pPrior==0. +*/ +static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + memsys5Enter(); + memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + memsys5Leave(); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. +** +** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from +** being called with pPrior==0. +** +** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to +** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power +** of two. If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation +** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this +** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior. +*/ +static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + int nOld; + void *p; + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + if( nBytes==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior); + if( nBytes<=nOld ){ + return pPrior; + } + memsys5Enter(); + p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + if( p ){ + memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); + memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + } + memsys5Leave(); + return p; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. If +** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system, +** return 0. +** +** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a +** 32-bit signed integer. Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000 +** or 1073741824 bytes. +*/ +static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ + int iFullSz; + if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0; + for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz 0 +** memsys5Log(2) -> 1 +** memsys5Log(4) -> 2 +** memsys5Log(5) -> 3 +** memsys5Log(8) -> 3 +** memsys5Log(9) -> 4 +*/ +static int memsys5Log(int iValue){ + int iLog; + for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<mem5.szAtom ){ + mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1; + } + + mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8))); + mem5.zPool = zByte; + mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom]; + + for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){ + mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1; + } + + iOffset = 0; + for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){ + int nAlloc = (1<mem5.nBlock); + } + + /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){ + mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + mem5.mutex = 0; + return; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** allocations into that log. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ + FILE *out; + int i, j, n; + int nMinLog; + + if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ + out = stdout; + }else{ + out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); + if( out==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", + zFilename); + return; + } + } + memsys5Enter(); + nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom); + for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){ + for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){} + fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n); + } + fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc); + fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc); + fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess); + fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut); + fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest); + memsys5Leave(); + if( out==stdout ){ + fflush(stdout); + }else{ + fclose(out); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods +** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = { + memsys5Malloc, + memsys5Free, + memsys5Realloc, + memsys5Size, + memsys5Roundup, + memsys5Init, + memsys5Shutdown, + 0 + }; + return &memsys5Methods; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */ + +/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. +** +** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. +*/ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) +/* +** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized +** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to +** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +/* +** Initialize the mutex system. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ + /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not + ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to + ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to + ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; + sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); + }else{ + pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); + } + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc)); + memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree, + sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree)); + pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; + } + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by +** sqlite3MutexInit(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0; +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + return 0; + } + assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); +} + +/* +** Free a dynamic mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); + } +} + +/* +** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block +** until it can be obtained. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); + } +} + +/* +** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another +** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously +** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex +** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument +** this function is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); + } +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use inside assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 07 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. +** +** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual +** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications +** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined +** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working +** mutex routines at start-time using the +** +** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) +** +** interface. +** +** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted +** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being +** called correctly. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Stub routines for all mutex methods. +** +** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. +*/ +static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); + return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; +} +static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + noopMutexInit, + noopMutexEnd, + noopMutexAlloc, + noopMutexFree, + noopMutexEnter, + noopMutexTry, + noopMutexLeave, + + 0, + 0, + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing +** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any +** mutual exclusion. +*/ + +/* +** The mutex object +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { + int id; /* The mutex type */ + int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ +} sqlite3_debug_mutex; + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use inside assert() statements. +*/ +static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + return p==0 || p->cnt>0; +} +static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + return p==0 || p->cnt==0; +} + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ + static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6]; + sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; + switch( id ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->id = id; + pNew->cnt = 0; + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( id-2 >= 0 ); + assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) ); + pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; + pNew->id = id; + break; + } + } + return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; +} + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. +*/ +static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->cnt==0 ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); + p->cnt++; +} +static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); + p->cnt++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); + p->cnt--; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + debugMutexInit, + debugMutexEnd, + debugMutexAlloc, + debugMutexFree, + debugMutexEnter, + debugMutexTry, + debugMutexLeave, + + debugMutexHeld, + debugMutexNotheld + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation +** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + return sqlite3NoopMutex(); +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe +** under unix with pthreads. +** +** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that +** supports recursive mutexes. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS + +#include + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields +** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using +** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 +#endif + +/* +** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3_mutex { + pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + int id; /* Mutex type */ + volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ + volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ + int trace; /* True to trace changes */ +#endif +}; +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 } +#else +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } +#endif + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, +** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to +** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is +** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery +** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a +** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are +** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines +** will not always work correctly on HPUX. +** +** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite +** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to +** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these +** routines are never called. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); +} +static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +**
    +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +**
+** +** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ + static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + }; + sqlite3_mutex *p; + switch( iType ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to + ** build our own. See below. */ + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); +#else + /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ + pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; + pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); + pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); + pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->id = iType; +#endif + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->id = iType; +#endif + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); + assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) ); + p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->id = iType; +#endif + break; + } + } + return p; +} + + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously +** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** mutex that it allocates. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow + ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() + ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self + ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values + ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same + ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions + ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. + */ + { + pthread_t self = pthread_self(); + if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ + p->nRef++; + }else{ + pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + p->owner = self; + p->nRef = 1; + } + } +#else + /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. + */ + pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); + p->owner = pthread_self(); + p->nRef++; +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} +static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + int rc; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow + ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() + ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self + ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values + ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same + ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions + ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. + */ + { + pthread_t self = pthread_self(); + if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ + p->nRef++; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + p->owner = self; + p->nRef = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + } +#else + /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. + */ + if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->owner = pthread_self(); + p->nRef++; +#endif + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; +#endif + assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); + } +#else + pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + pthreadMutexInit, + pthreadMutexEnd, + pthreadMutexAlloc, + pthreadMutexFree, + pthreadMutexEnter, + pthreadMutexTry, + pthreadMutexLeave, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pthreadMutexHeld, + pthreadMutexNotheld +#else + 0, + 0 +#endif + }; + + return &sMutex; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */ + +/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32 +*/ + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN +/* +** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. +*/ +/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/ +/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2013 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_ +#define _OS_WIN_H_ + +/* +** Include the primary Windows SDK header file. +*/ +#include "windows.h" + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# include +# include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. +** +** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or +** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: +** +** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +** #else +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 +** #endif +** +** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as +** it ought to, so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that +** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise +** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced +** API. +*/ +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of +** the full Win32 API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 +#endif + +#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */ + +/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ +#endif + +/* +** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded +** on a win32 system. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 + +/* +** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3_mutex { + CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ + int id; /* Mutex type */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ + volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ + int trace; /* True to trace changes */ +#endif +}; +#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } +#else +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, +** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. +** +** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack +** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that +** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to +** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or +** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call +** the LockFileEx() API. +** +** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call, +** which is only available if your application was compiled with +** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only +** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef +** this out as well. +*/ +#if 0 +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT +# define mutexIsNT() (1) +#else + static int mutexIsNT(void){ + static int osType = 0; + if( osType==0 ){ + OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; + sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); + GetVersionEx(&sInfo); + osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; + } + return osType==2; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use only inside assert() statements. +*/ +static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); +} +static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ + return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; +} +static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); +} +#endif + + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = { + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +}; +static int winMutex_isInit = 0; +/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part +** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown() +** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not +** strictly necessary. +*/ +static LONG winMutex_lock = 0; + +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */ + +static int winMutexInit(void){ + /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ + if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +** +** +** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ + sqlite3_mutex *p; + + switch( iType ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = iType; +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0); +#else + InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#endif + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); + assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); + assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ); + p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = iType; +#endif + break; + } + } + return p; +} + + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously +** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** mutex that it allocates. +*/ +static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); +#endif + EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); + p->owner = tid; + p->nRef++; + if( p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} +static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif + int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); + /* + ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it + ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always + ** fail. + ** + ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. + ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without + ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. + ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See + ** ticket #2685. + */ +#if 0 + if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ + p->owner = tid; + p->nRef++; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ + printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + assert( p->owner==tid ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; + assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); +#endif + LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + winMutexInit, + winMutexEnd, + winMutexAlloc, + winMutexFree, + winMutexEnter, + winMutexTry, + winMutexLeave, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + winMutexHeld, + winMutexNotheld +#else + 0, + 0 +#endif + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ + +/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. +*/ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently +** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to +** cache database pages that are not currently in use. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); +#else + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine + ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with + ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** An instance of the following object records the location of +** each unused scratch buffer. +*/ +typedef struct ScratchFreeslot { + struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */ +} ScratchFreeslot; + +/* +** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ + + /* + ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem0.mutex lock will + ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into + ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be + ** issued. + */ + sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; + void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int); + void *alarmArg; + + /* + ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory + ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation + ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of + ** unused scratch allocations. + */ + void *pScratchEnd; + ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree; + u32 nScratchFree; + + /* + ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. + */ + int nearlyFull; +} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + +#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) + +/* +** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the +** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap +** limit. +*/ +static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( + void *NotUsed, + sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2, + int allocSize +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); +} + +/* +** Change the alarm callback +*/ +static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm( + void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), + void *pArg, + sqlite3_int64 iThreshold +){ + int nUsed; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; + mem0.alarmArg = pArg; + mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; + nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code +** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm( + void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), + void *pArg, + sqlite3_int64 iThreshold +){ + return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold); +} +#endif + +/* +** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or +** negative value indicates no limit. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ + sqlite3_int64 priorLimit; + sqlite3_int64 excess; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return -1; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + if( n<0 ) return priorLimit; + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n); + }else{ + sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0); + } + excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; + if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); + return priorLimit; +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n); +} + +/* +** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ + sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + } + memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){ + int i, n, sz; + ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz; + pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch; + n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree = n; + for(i=0; ipNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot); + pSlot = pSlot->pNext; + } + pSlot->pNext = 0; + mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1]; + }else{ + mem0.pScratchEnd = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512 + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0; + } + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); +} + +/* +** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other +** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ + return mem0.nearlyFull; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); + } + memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); +} + +/* +** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ + int n, mx; + sqlite3_int64 res; + sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0); + res = (sqlite3_int64)n; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ + return res; +} + +/* +** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been +** checked out since either the beginning of this process +** or since the most recent reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ + int n, mx; + sqlite3_int64 res; + sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag); + res = (sqlite3_int64)mx; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ + return res; +} + +/* +** Trigger the alarm +*/ +static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ + void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); + sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; + void *pArg; + if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return; + xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback; + nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + pArg = mem0.alarmArg; + mem0.alarmCallback = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; + mem0.alarmArg = pArg; +} + +/* +** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the +** lock is already held. +*/ +static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ + int nFull; + void *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) ); + nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n); + if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){ + int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ + mem0.nearlyFull = 1; + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); + }else{ + mem0.nearlyFull = 0; + } + } + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); + } +#endif + if( p ){ + nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); + } + *pp = p; + return nFull; +} + +/* +** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it +** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){ + void *p; + if( n<=0 /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ + || n>=0x7fffff00 + ){ + /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum + ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the + ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving + ** 255 bytes of overhead. SQLite itself will never use anything near + ** this amount. The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */ + p = 0; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ + return p; +} + +/* +** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. +** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the +** allocation. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3Malloc(n); +} + +/* +** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from +** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded +** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation +** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) +static int scratchAllocOut = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away. +** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended +** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This +** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data +** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an +** embedded processor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ + void *p; + assert( n>0 ); + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){ + p = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext; + mem0.nScratchFree--; + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); + n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); + if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH); + } + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) ); + + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) + /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread + ** are outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the + ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case + ** would be much more complicated.) */ + assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 ); + if( p ) scratchAllocOut++; +#endif + + return p; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){ + if( p ){ + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) + /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread + ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the + ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case + ** would be much more complicated.) */ + assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 ); + scratchAllocOut--; +#endif + + if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && ppNext = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree++; + assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch ); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + /* Release memory back to the heap */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE +static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + return p>=db->lookaside.pStart && plookaside.pEnd; +} +#else +#define isLookaside(A,B) 0 +#endif + +/* +** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from +** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + return db->lookaside.sz; + }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); + } +} + +/* +** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p)); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + } +} + +/* +** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( p==0 ) return; + if( db ){ + if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ + *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p); + return; + } + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */ + memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz); +#endif + pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; + db->lookaside.nOut--; + return; + } + } + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ + int nOld, nNew, nDiff; + void *pNew; + if( pOld==0 ){ + return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */ + } + if( nBytes<=0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */ + return 0; + } + if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ + /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ + return 0; + } + nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second + ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to + ** xRoundup. */ + nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes); + if( nOld==nNew ){ + pNew = pOld; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes); + nDiff = nNew - nOld; + if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= + mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); + } + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes); + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + } + if( pNew ){ + nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ + return pNew; +} + +/* +** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory +** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); +} + + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){ + void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make +** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){ + void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make +** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. +** +** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc +** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. +** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts +** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. +** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the +** code that do things like this: +** +** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100); +** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200); +** if( b ) a[10] = 9; +** +** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed +** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){ + void *p; + assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + if( db ){ + LookasideSlot *pBuf; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return 0; + } + if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){ + if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; + }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[2]++; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; + db->lookaside.nOut++; + db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; + if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ + db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + } + return (void*)pBuf; + } + } + } +#else + if( db && db->mallocFailed ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + if( !p && db ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB | + ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); + return p; +} + +/* +** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the +** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ + void *pNew = 0; + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + if( p==0 ){ + return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + } + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){ + return p; + } + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP); + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | + (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); + } + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p +** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ + void *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These +** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This +** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are +** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the +** ThreadData structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ + char *zNew; + size_t n; + if( z==0 ){ + return 0; + } + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; + assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); + zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); + if( zNew ){ + memcpy(zNew, z, n); + } + return zNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ + char *zNew; + if( z==0 ){ + return 0; + } + assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); + zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1); + if( zNew ){ + memcpy(zNew, z, n); + zNew[n] = 0; + } + return zNew; +} + +/* +** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows. +** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz +** point to that string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz); + *pz = z; +} + + +/* +** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. +** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or +** sqlite3_realloc. +** +** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this +** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous +** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. +** +** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred, +** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) +** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ + /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle + ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed + ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). + */ + assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + db->mallocFailed = 0; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); +} + +/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ +/* +** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in +** the public domain. The original comments are included here for +** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as +** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed +** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). +** +************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These +** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C +** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support +** SQLlite. +*/ + +/* +** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the +** following enumeration. +*/ +#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ +#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ +#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ +#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ +#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ +#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ +#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ +#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ +#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ +/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ +#define etSQLESCAPE 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ +#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', + NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ +#define etTOKEN 12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ +#define etSRCLIST 13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ +#define etPOINTER 14 /* The %p conversion */ +#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ +#define etORDINAL 16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ + +#define etINVALID 0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ + + +/* +** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. +*/ +typedef unsigned char etByte; + +/* +** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described +** by an instance of the following structure +*/ +typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ + char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ + etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ + etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ + etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ + etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ + etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ +} et_info; + +/* +** Allowed values for et_info.flags +*/ +#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ +#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ +#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ + + +/* +** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the +** most frequently used conversion types first. +*/ +static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; +static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; +static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { + { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, + { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, + { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, + { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, + { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, + { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, + { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, + { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, + { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, + { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, + { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, +#endif + { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, + { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, + { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, + +/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal +** use only */ + { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, + { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, + { 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, +}; + +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point +** conversions will work. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 +** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then +** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. +** +** Example: +** input: *val = 3.14159 +** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' +** +** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds +** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is +** always returned. +*/ +static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ + int digit; + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; + if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0'; + (*cnt)--; + digit = (int)*val; + d = digit; + digit += '0'; + *val = (*val - d)*10.0; + return (char)digit; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ + +/* +** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode. +*/ +static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){ + p->accError = eError; + p->nAlloc = 0; +} + +/* +** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){ + if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; + return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); +} +static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){ + if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0; + return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); +} +static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){ + if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; + return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); +} + + +/* +** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the +** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70 +#endif +#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ + +/* +** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( + StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ + u32 bFlags, /* SQLITE_PRINTF_* flags */ + const char *fmt, /* Format string */ + va_list ap /* arguments */ +){ + int c; /* Next character in the format string */ + char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ + int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ + int length; /* Length of the field */ + int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ + int width; /* Width of the current field */ + etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ + etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ + etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ + etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ + etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ + etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ + etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ + etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ + etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ + etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */ + u8 bArgList; /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ + u8 useIntern; /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */ + char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ + sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ + const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ + char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */ + int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */ + char *zExtra; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ + int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ + double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ + etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ + etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ +#endif + PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ + char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ + + bufpt = 0; + if( bFlags ){ + if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){ + pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*); + } + useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; + }else{ + bArgList = useIntern = 0; + } + for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ + if( c!='%' ){ + bufpt = (char *)fmt; + while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ){}; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt)); + if( c==0 ) break; + } + if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1); + break; + } + /* Find out what flags are present */ + flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = + flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; + done = 0; + do{ + switch( c ){ + case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; + case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; + case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; + case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; + case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; + case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; + default: done = 1; break; + } + }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); + /* Get the field width */ + width = 0; + if( c=='*' ){ + if( bArgList ){ + width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); + }else{ + width = va_arg(ap,int); + } + if( width<0 ){ + flag_leftjustify = 1; + width = -width; + } + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + width = width*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + } + /* Get the precision */ + if( c=='.' ){ + precision = 0; + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='*' ){ + if( bArgList ){ + precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); + }else{ + precision = va_arg(ap,int); + } + if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + } + }else{ + precision = -1; + } + /* Get the conversion type modifier */ + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_long = 1; + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_longlong = 1; + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + flag_longlong = 0; + } + }else{ + flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; + } + /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ + infop = &fmtinfo[0]; + xtype = etINVALID; + for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ + xtype = infop->type; + }else{ + return; + } + break; + } + } + zExtra = 0; + + /* + ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: + ** + ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. + ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. + ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. + ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the + ** field width was negative. + ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. + ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. + ** width The specified field width. This is + ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. + ** precision The specified precision. The default + ** is -1. + ** xtype The class of the conversion. + ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. + */ + switch( xtype ){ + case etPOINTER: + flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); + flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); + /* Fall through into the next case */ + case etORDINAL: + case etRADIX: + if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ + i64 v; + if( bArgList ){ + v = getIntArg(pArgList); + }else if( flag_longlong ){ + v = va_arg(ap,i64); + }else if( flag_long ){ + v = va_arg(ap,long int); + }else{ + v = va_arg(ap,int); + } + if( v<0 ){ + if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; + }else{ + longvalue = -v; + } + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + longvalue = v; + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + }else{ + if( bArgList ){ + longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList); + }else if( flag_longlong ){ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); + }else if( flag_long ){ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); + }else{ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); + } + prefix = 0; + } + if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; + if( flag_zeropad && precision=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ + x = 0; + } + *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1]; + *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2]; + } + { + const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; + u8 base = infop->base; + do{ /* Convert to ascii */ + *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; + longvalue = longvalue/base; + }while( longvalue>0 ); + } + length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); + for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ + *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ + } + if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ + if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ + const char *pre; + char x; + pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; + for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; + } + length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); + break; + case etFLOAT: + case etEXP: + case etGENERIC: + if( bArgList ){ + realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList); + }else{ + realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + length = 0; +#else + if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ + if( realvalue<0.0 ){ + realvalue = -realvalue; + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; + for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} + if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; + /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ + exp = 0; + if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ + bufpt = "NaN"; + length = 3; + break; + } + if( realvalue>0.0 ){ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; + while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;} + while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; } + while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; } + while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; } + realvalue /= scale; + while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } + while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } + if( exp>350 ){ + if( prefix=='-' ){ + bufpt = "-Inf"; + }else if( prefix=='+' ){ + bufpt = "+Inf"; + }else{ + bufpt = "Inf"; + } + length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt); + break; + } + } + bufpt = buf; + /* + ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP + ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. + */ + if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ + realvalue += rounder; + if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ + flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; + if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ + xtype = etEXP; + }else{ + precision = precision - exp; + xtype = etFLOAT; + } + }else{ + flag_rtz = flag_altform2; + } + if( xtype==etEXP ){ + e2 = 0; + }else{ + e2 = exp; + } + if( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){ + bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width+15 ); + if( bufpt==0 ){ + setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return; + } + } + zOut = bufpt; + nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10; + flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; + /* The sign in front of the number */ + if( prefix ){ + *(bufpt++) = prefix; + } + /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ + if( e2<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + for(; e2>=0; e2--){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + } + /* The decimal point */ + if( flag_dp ){ + *(bufpt++) = '.'; + } + /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first + ** significant digit of the number */ + for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ + assert( precision>0 ); + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + } + /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ + while( (precision--)>0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ + if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ + while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; + assert( bufpt>zOut ); + if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ + if( flag_altform2 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + *(--bufpt) = 0; + } + } + } + /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ + if( xtype==etEXP ){ + *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; + if( exp<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; + }else{ + *(bufpt++) = '+'; + } + if( exp>=100 ){ + *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ + exp %= 100; + } + *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ + *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ + } + *bufpt = 0; + + /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. + ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with + ** integer conversions. */ + length = (int)(bufpt-zOut); + bufpt = zOut; + + /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is + ** set and we are not left justified */ + if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ + int i; + int nPad = width - length; + for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ + bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; + } + i = prefix!=0; + while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; + length = width; + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ + break; + case etSIZE: + if( !bArgList ){ + *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; + } + length = width = 0; + break; + case etPERCENT: + buf[0] = '%'; + bufpt = buf; + length = 1; + break; + case etCHARX: + if( bArgList ){ + bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); + c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0; + }else{ + c = va_arg(ap,int); + } + buf[0] = (char)c; + if( precision>=0 ){ + for(idx=1; idx=0 ){ + for(length=0; lengthetBUFSIZE ){ + bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); + if( bufpt==0 ){ + setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return; + } + }else{ + bufpt = buf; + } + j = 0; + if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; + k = i; + for(i=0; i=0 && precisionn ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); + } + length = width = 0; + break; + } + case etSRCLIST: { + SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); + int k = va_arg(ap, int); + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; + assert( bArgList==0 ); + assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); + if( pItem->zDatabase ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName); + length = width = 0; + break; + } + default: { + assert( xtype==etINVALID ); + return; + } + }/* End switch over the format type */ + /* + ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is + ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do + ** the output. + */ + width -= length; + if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length); + if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width); + + if( zExtra ) sqlite3_free(zExtra); + }/* End for loop over the format string */ +} /* End of function */ + +/* +** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is +** able to accept at least N more bytes of text. +** +** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept +** after the attempted enlargement. The value returned might be zero. +*/ +static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){ + char *zNew; + assert( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */ + if( p->accError ){ + testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG); + testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return 0; + } + if( !p->useMalloc ){ + N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); + return N; + }else{ + char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText); + i64 szNew = p->nChar; + szNew += N + 1; + if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); + return 0; + }else{ + p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; + } + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc); + } + if( zNew ){ + assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); + if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); + p->zText = zNew; + }else{ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return 0; + } + } + return N; +} + +/* +** Append N space characters to the given string buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *p, int N){ + if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ) return; + while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = ' '; +} + +/* +** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[]. +** So enlarge if first, then do the append. +** +** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case +** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the +** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics. +*/ +static void enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ + N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N); + if( N>0 ){ + memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); + p->nChar += N; + } +} + +/* +** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. Increase the +** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ + assert( z!=0 ); + assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError ); + assert( N>=0 ); + assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 ); + if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ + enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N); + return; + } + assert( p->zText ); + memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); + p->nChar += N; +} + +/* +** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z)); +} + + +/* +** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. +** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL +** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ + if( p->zText ){ + p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; + if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){ + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); + }else{ + p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1); + } + if( p->zText ){ + memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); + }else{ + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + } + } + } + return p->zText; +} + +/* +** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ + if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){ + if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(p->zText); + } + } + p->zText = 0; +} + +/* +** Initialize a string accumulator +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ + p->zText = p->zBase = zBase; + p->db = 0; + p->nChar = 0; + p->nAlloc = n; + p->mxAlloc = mx; + p->useMalloc = 1; + p->accError = 0; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char *z; + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + StrAccum acc; + assert( db!=0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + acc.db = db; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap); + z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting +** the string and before returnning. This routine is intended to be used +** to modify an existing string. For example: +** +** x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x); +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr); + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char *z; + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + StrAccum acc; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + acc.useMalloc = 2; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the +** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we +** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as +** specified by some locales. +** +** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards +** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change +** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the +** mistake. +** +** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + StrAccum acc; + if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0); + acc.useMalloc = 0; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); +} +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message. +** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using +** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled. +** +** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically +** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator +** mutex is held. +*/ +static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */ + char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */ + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0); + acc.useMalloc = 0; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode, + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); +} + +/* +** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; /* Vararg list */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. +** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld +** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + StrAccum acc; + char zBuf[500]; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + acc.useMalloc = 0; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); + fflush(stdout); +} +#endif + +/* +** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, u32 bFlags, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(p, bFlags, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number +** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. +** +** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order +** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. +*/ + + +/* All threads share a single random number generator. +** This structure is the current state of the generator. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { + unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ + unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ + unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ +} sqlite3Prng; + +/* +** Return N random bytes. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ + unsigned char t; + unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; + + /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator + ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, + ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common + ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly + ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); +# define wsdPrng p[0] +#else +# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng +#endif + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); +#endif + + if( N<=0 ){ + wsdPrng.isInit = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return; + } + + /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, + ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does + ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not + ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... + ** + ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of + ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random + ** number generator) not as an encryption device. + */ + if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ + int i; + char k[256]; + wsdPrng.j = 0; + wsdPrng.i = 0; + sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; + } + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; + t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; + wsdPrng.s[i] = t; + } + wsdPrng.isInit = 1; + } + + assert( N>0 ); + do{ + wsdPrng.i++; + t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; + wsdPrng.j += t; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; + t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; + *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t]; + }while( --N ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +/* +** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of +** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or +** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish +** those tasks. +** +** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to +** control the PRNG. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){ + memcpy( + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), + sizeof(sqlite3Prng) + ); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){ + memcpy( + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), + sizeof(sqlite3Prng) + ); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of random.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 13 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, +** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. +** +** Notes on UTF-8: +** +** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value +** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx +** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx +** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** +** +** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu) +** +** Word-0 Word-1 Value +** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** +** +** BOM or Byte Order Mark: +** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows +** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows +** +*/ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* +** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and +** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +/* +** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of +** a multi-byte UTF8 character. +*/ +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = (*zIn++); \ + c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = (*zIn++); \ + c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c += (*zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c2 += (*zIn++); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} + +/* +** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. +** +** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points +** is a 0x00. +** +** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. +** +** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: +** +** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to +** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that +** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. +** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between +** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first +** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters +** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically +** invalid characters. +** +** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings +** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length +** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. +*/ +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( + const unsigned char **pz /* Pointer to string from which to read char */ +){ + unsigned int c; + + /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. + ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. + */ + c = *((*pz)++); + if( c>=0xc0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; + while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++)); + } + if( c<0x80 + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } + } + return c; +} + + + + +/* +** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is +** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). +*/ +/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to +** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired +** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ + int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ + unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ + unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ + unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ + unsigned int c; + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); + assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc ); + assert( pMem->enc!=0 ); + assert( pMem->n>=0 ); + +#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { + char zBuf[100]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); + fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf); + } +#endif + + /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then + ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled + ** differently from the others. + */ + if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + u8 temp; + int rc; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; + zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1]; + while( zInenc = desiredEnc; + goto translate_out; + } + + /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */ + if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from + ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character. + ** A single byte is required for the output string + ** nul-terminator. + */ + pMem->n &= ~1; + len = pMem->n * 2 + 1; + }else{ + /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused + ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16 + ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the + ** nul-terminator. + */ + len = pMem->n * 2 + 2; + } + + /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1 + ** byte past the end. + ** + ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained + ** from sqlite3_malloc(). + */ + zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; + zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; + zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len); + if( !zOut ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + z = zOut; + + if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ + /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */ + while( zIn UTF-16 Big-endian */ + while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); + *z++ = 0; + }else{ + assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ + /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ + while( zIn UTF-8 */ + while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); + } + *z = 0; + assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem); + pMem->enc = desiredEnc; + pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term); + pMem->z = (char*)zOut; + pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z; + +translate_out: +#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { + char zBuf[100]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); + fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the +** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and +** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any +** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. +** +** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be +** changed by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 bom = 0; + + assert( pMem->n>=0 ); + if( pMem->n>1 ){ + u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z; + u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1); + if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){ + bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + } + if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){ + bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + } + } + + if( bom ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pMem->n -= 2; + memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n); + pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0'; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0'; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + pMem->enc = bom; + } + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, +** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) +** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the +** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to +** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ + int r = 0; + const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn; + const u8 *zTerm; + if( nByte>=0 ){ + zTerm = &z[nByte]; + }else{ + zTerm = (const u8*)(-1); + } + assert( z<=zTerm ); + while( *z!=0 && zmallocFailed ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + m.z = 0; + } + assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed ); + return m.z; +} + +/* +** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long. +** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters +** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ + int c; + unsigned char const *z = zIn; + int n = 0; + + if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + while( n0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z); + t = i; + if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD; + if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD; + assert( c==t ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } + for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ + if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; + z = zBuf; + WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); + n = (int)(z-zBuf); + assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); + assert( c==i ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } + for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ + if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; + z = zBuf; + WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); + n = (int)(z-zBuf); + assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); + assert( c==i ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. +** +** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing +** strings, and stuff like that. +** +*/ +/* #include */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +# include +#endif + +/* +** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ + static unsigned dummy = 0; + dummy += (unsigned)x; +} +#endif + +/* +** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults +** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means +** of inputs. +** +** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know +** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit. +** +** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return +** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){ + int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback; + return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN). +** +** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. +** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ + int rc; /* The value return */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) + /* + ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably + ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. But we have + ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so + ** this implementation is provided as an alternative. + ** + ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math. + ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following + ** warning: + ** + ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any + ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs + ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO + ** rules/specifications for math functions. + ** + ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- + ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN + ** documentation: + ** + ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons + ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN + ** ... + */ +#ifdef __FAST_MATH__ +# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC. +#endif + volatile double y = x; + volatile double z = y; + rc = (y!=z); +#else /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */ + rc = isnan(x); +#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */ + testcase( rc ); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ + +/* +** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in +** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. +** +** The value returned will never be negative. Nor will it ever be greater +** than the actual length of the string. For very long strings (greater +** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ + const char *z2 = z; + if( z==0 ) return 0; + while( *z2 ){ z2++; } + return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z); +} + +/* +** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite +** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code". +** +** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the +** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following +** format characters are allowed: +** +** %s Insert a string +** %z A string that should be freed after use +** %d Insert an integer +** %T Insert a token +** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList +** +** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be +** encoded in UTF-8. +** +** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error +** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set +** to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){ + assert( db!=0 ); + db->errCode = err_code; + if( zFormat && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else if( db->pErr ){ + sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr); + } +} + +/* +** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr. +** The following formatting characters are allowed: +** +** %s Insert a string +** %z A string that should be freed after use +** %d Insert an integer +** %T Insert a token +** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList +** +** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst +** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The +** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error +** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error(). +** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution +** (sqlite3_step() etc.). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *zMsg; + va_list ap; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( db->suppressErr ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg); + }else{ + pParse->nErr++; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); + pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } +} + +/* +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. +** +** The input string must be zero-terminated. A new zero-terminator +** is added to the dequoted string. +** +** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the +** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does +** occur. +** +** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style +** brackets from around identifers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes +** "a-b-c". +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; + int i, j; + if( z==0 ) return -1; + quote = z[0]; + switch( quote ){ + case '\'': break; + case '"': break; + case '`': break; /* For MySQL compatibility */ + case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */ + default: return -1; + } + for(i=1, j=0;; i++){ + assert( z[i] ); + if( z[i]==quote ){ + if( z[i+1]==quote ){ + z[j++] = quote; + i++; + }else{ + break; + } + }else{ + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + } + z[j] = 0; + return j; +} + +/* Convenient short-hand */ +#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower + +/* +** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because +** there is no consistency, we will define our own. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and +** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare +** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a +** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ + register unsigned char *a, *b; + a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; + b = (unsigned char *)zRight; + while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } + return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ + register unsigned char *a, *b; + a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; + b = (unsigned char *)zRight; + while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } + return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; +} + +/* +** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. +** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. +** +** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and +** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. +** +** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE +** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers +** are in one of these formats: +** +** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] +** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] +** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] +** +** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining +** validity. +** +** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine +** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result +** into *pResult. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + int incr; + const char *zEnd = z + length; + /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ + int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ + i64 s = 0; /* significand */ + int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ + int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ + int e = 0; /* exponent */ + int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ + double result; + int nDigits = 0; + int nonNum = 0; + + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ + + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + incr = 1; + }else{ + int i; + incr = 2; + assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + for(i=3-enc; i=zEnd ) return 0; + + /* get sign of significand */ + if( *z=='-' ){ + sign = -1; + z+=incr; + }else if( *z=='+' ){ + z+=incr; + } + + /* skip leading zeroes */ + while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + + /* if decimal point is present */ + if( *z=='.' ){ + z+=incr; + /* copy digits from after decimal to significand + ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ + while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + + /* if exponent is present */ + if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ + z+=incr; + eValid = 0; + if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + /* get sign of exponent */ + if( *z=='-' ){ + esign = -1; + z+=incr; + }else if( *z=='+' ){ + z+=incr; + } + /* copy digits to exponent */ + while( z0 ){ + while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10; + }else{ + while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10; + } + + /* adjust the sign of significand */ + s = sign<0 ? -s : s; + + /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate + ** and store in result. */ + if( e ){ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; + /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */ + if( e>307 && e<342 ){ + while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } + if( esign<0 ){ + result = s / scale; + result /= 1.0e+308; + }else{ + result = s * scale; + result *= 1.0e+308; + } + }else if( e>=342 ){ + if( esign<0 ){ + result = 0.0*s; + }else{ + result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */ + } + }else{ + /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be + ** represented exactly. */ + while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } + while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; } + if( esign<0 ){ + result = s / scale; + }else{ + result = s * scale; + } + } + } else { + result = (double)s; + } + } + + /* store the result */ + *pResult = result; + + /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ + return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0; +#else + return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ +} + +/* +** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation +** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive +** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. +** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. +** +** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference +** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the +** last digit. So, for example, +** +** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) +** +** will return -8. +*/ +static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ + int c = 0; + int i; + /* 012345678901234567 */ + const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; + for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ + c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; + } + if( c==0 ){ + c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; + testcase( c==(-1) ); + testcase( c==0 ); + testcase( c==(+1) ); + } + return c; +} + + +/* +** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. +** +** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement +** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0. +** +** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2. This special +** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a +** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be. +** +** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not +** 9223372036854775808 or if zNum contains any non-numeric text, +** then return 1. +** +** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters). +** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is +** given by enc. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){ + int incr; + u64 u = 0; + int neg = 0; /* assume positive */ + int i; + int c = 0; + int nonNum = 0; + const char *zStart; + const char *zEnd = zNum + length; + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + incr = 1; + }else{ + incr = 2; + assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + for(i=3-enc; i='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ + u = u*10 + c - '0'; + } + if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ + *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; + }else if( neg ){ + *pNum = -(i64)u; + }else{ + *pNum = (i64)u; + } + testcase( i==18 ); + testcase( i==19 ); + testcase( i==20 ); + if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]19*incr || nonNum ){ + /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer + ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */ + return 1; + }else if( i<19*incr ){ + /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ + assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); + return 0; + }else{ + /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers. Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */ + c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr); + if( c<0 ){ + /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */ + assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); + return 0; + }else if( c>0 ){ + /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ + return 1; + }else{ + /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The + ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ + assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); + return neg ? 0 : 2; + } + } +} + +/* +** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set +** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false. +** +** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored. +** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the +** input number to be zero-terminated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ + sqlite_int64 v = 0; + int i, c; + int neg = 0; + if( zNum[0]=='-' ){ + neg = 1; + zNum++; + }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){ + zNum++; + } + while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; + for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){ + v = v*10 + c; + } + + /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits: + ** + ** 1234567890 + ** 2^31 -> 2147483648 + */ + testcase( i==10 ); + if( i>10 ){ + return 0; + } + testcase( v-neg==2147483647 ); + if( v-neg>2147483647 ){ + return 0; + } + if( neg ){ + v = -v; + } + *pValue = (int)v; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the +** string is not an integer, just return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ + int x = 0; + if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); + return x; +} + +/* +** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** 28 bits - BBBA +** 35 bits - BBBBA +** 42 bits - BBBBBA +** 49 bits - BBBBBBA +** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA +** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC +*/ + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number +** of bytes written is returned. +** +** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte +** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th +** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full +** 8 bits and is the last byte. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ + int i, j, n; + u8 buf[10]; + if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ + p[8] = (u8)v; + v >>= 8; + for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ + p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + } + return 9; + } + n = 0; + do{ + buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + buf[0] &= 0x7f; + assert( n<=9 ); + for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ + p[i] = buf[j]; + } + return n; +} + +/* +** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only +** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for +** the common case of small integers. A MACRO version, putVarint32, +** is provided which inlines the single-byte case. All code should use +** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has +** already been handled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ +#ifndef putVarint32 + if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){ + p[0] = v; + return 1; + } +#endif + if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){ + p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80); + p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f); + return 2; + } + return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v); +} + +/* +** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants +** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions +** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. +** +** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f +** +** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 +*/ +#define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f +#define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f + + +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ + u32 a,b,s; + + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + *v = a; + return 1; + } + + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 2; + } + + /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ + assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_2_0; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 3; + } + + /* CSE1 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_2_0; + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 4; + } + + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + s = a; + /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 5; + } + + /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + s = s<<7; + s |= b; + /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 6; + } + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>11; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 7; + } + + /* CSE2 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_4_2_0; + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>4; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 8; + } + + p++; + a = a<<15; + a |= *p; + /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ + + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<8; + a |= b; + + s = s<<4; + b = p[-4]; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b>>3; + s |= b; + + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + + return 9; +} + +/* +** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. +** +** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned +** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. +** +** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the +** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as +** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ + u32 a,b; + + /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. Handled inline + ** by the getVarin32() macro */ + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ +#ifndef getVarint32 + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 0 and 127 */ + *v = a; + return 1; + } +#endif + + /* The 2-byte case */ + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 2; + } + + /* The 3-byte case */ + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ + a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 3; + } + + /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. + ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. + ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size + ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. + ** + ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very + ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint + ** routine. + */ +#if 1 + { + u64 v64; + u8 n; + + p -= 2; + n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); + assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); + if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ + *v = 0xffffffff; + }else{ + *v = (u32)v64; + } + return n; + } + +#else + /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an + ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases. This code is + ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test. + */ + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */ + b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + a = a<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 4; + } + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */ + a &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b = b<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 5; + } + + /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database + ** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively + ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the + ** value. */ + { + u64 v64; + u8 n; + + p -= 4; + n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); + assert( n>5 && n<=9 ); + *v = (u32)v64; + return n; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given +** 64-bit integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){ + int i = 0; + do{ + i++; + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) ); + return i; +} + + +/* +** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ + testcase( p[0]&0x80 ); + return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ + p[0] = (u8)(v>>24); + p[1] = (u8)(v>>16); + p[2] = (u8)(v>>8); + p[3] = (u8)v; +} + + + +/* +** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. +** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal +** character: 0..9a..fA..F +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ + assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + h += 9*(1&(h>>6)); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + h += 9*(1&~(h>>4)); +#endif + return (u8)(h & 0xf); +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) +/* +** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary +** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the +** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by +** the calling routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ + char *zBlob; + int i; + + zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1); + n--; + if( zBlob ){ + for(i=0; imagic; + if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){ + if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + logBadConnection("unopened"); + } + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){ + u32 magic; + magic = db->magic; + if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK && + magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && + magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + logBadConnection("invalid"); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against +** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA. +** Return 0 on success. Or if the operation would have resulted in an +** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + i64 iA = *pA; + testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 ); + testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 ); + if( iB>=0 ){ + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB ); + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 ); + if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1; + }else{ + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 ); + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 ); + if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; + } + *pA += iB; + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 ); + if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 ); + if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1; + *pA -= iB; + return 0; + }else{ + return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB); + } +} +#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32) +#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + i64 iA = *pA; + i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r; + + iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32; + iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32; + iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32; + iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32; + if( iA1==0 ){ + if( iB1==0 ){ + *pA *= iB; + return 0; + } + r = iA0*iB1; + }else if( iB1==0 ){ + r = iA1*iB0; + }else{ + /* If both iA1 and iB1 are non-zero, overflow will result */ + return 1; + } + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 ); + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 ); + if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1; + r *= TWOPOWER32; + if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1; + *pA = r; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or +** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ + if( x>=0 ) return x; + if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; + return -x; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +/* +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database +** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and +** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than +** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three +** characters of the original suffix. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always +** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. +** +** Examples: +** +** test.db-journal => test.nal +** test.db-wal => test.wal +** test.db-shm => test.shm +** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) ) +#endif + { + int i, sz; + sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} + if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is +** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic +** value. +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){ + static const unsigned char x[] = { + 10, 10, /* 0,1 */ + 9, 9, /* 2,3 */ + 8, 8, /* 4,5 */ + 7, 7, 7, /* 6,7,8 */ + 6, 6, 6, /* 9,10,11 */ + 5, 5, 5, /* 12-14 */ + 4, 4, 4, 4, /* 15-18 */ + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, /* 19-24 */ + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* 25-31 */ + }; + if( a>=b ){ + if( a>b+49 ) return a; + if( a>b+31 ) return a+1; + return a+x[a-b]; + }else{ + if( b>a+49 ) return b; + if( b>a+31 ) return b+1; + return b+x[b-a]; + } +} + +/* +** Convert an integer into a LogEst. In other words, compute an +** approximation for 10*log2(x). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){ + static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; + LogEst y = 40; + if( x<8 ){ + if( x<2 ) return 0; + while( x<8 ){ y -= 10; x <<= 1; } + }else{ + while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; } + while( x>15 ){ y += 10; x >>= 1; } + } + return a[x&7] + y - 10; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Convert a double into a LogEst +** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){ + u64 a; + LogEst e; + assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 ); + if( x<=1 ) return 0; + if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x); + memcpy(&a, &x, 8); + e = (a>>52) - 1022; + return e*10; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** Convert a LogEst into an integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ + u64 n; + if( x<10 ) return 1; + n = x%10; + x /= 10; + if( n>=5 ) n -= 2; + else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1; + if( x>=3 ){ + return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3); + } + return (n+8)>>(3-x); +} + +/************** End of util.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables +** used in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include */ + +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; +} + +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ + HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + sqlite3_free(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + sqlite3_free(elem); + elem = next_elem; + } + pH->count = 0; +} + +/* +** The hashing function. +*/ +static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){ + unsigned int h = 0; + assert( nKey>=0 ); + while( nKey > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; + nKey--; + } + return h; +} + + +/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH. If pEntry!=0 then also +** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket. +*/ +static void insertElement( + Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + if( pEntry ){ + pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0; + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; + }else{ + pHead = 0; + } + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } +} + + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** +** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or +** if the new size is the same as the prior size. +** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not. +*/ +static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ + struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + +#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0 + if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){ + new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht); + } + if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0; +#endif + + /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is + ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the + ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of + ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero() + ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will + ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which + ** may be larger than the requested amount). + */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + if( new_ht==0 ) return 0; + sqlite3_free(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht); + memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size; + next_elem = elem->next; + insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } + return 1; +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. +*/ +static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( + const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const char *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */ + unsigned int h /* The hash for this key. */ +){ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + + if( pH->ht ){ + struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + }else{ + elem = pH->first; + count = pH->count; + } + while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){ + if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; + } + elem = elem->next; + } + return 0; +} + +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void removeElementGivenHash( + Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + unsigned int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; + } + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; + } + if( pH->ht ){ + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; + } + pEntry->count--; + assert( pEntry->count>=0 ); + } + sqlite3_free( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count==0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + sqlite3HashClear(pH); + } +} + +/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){ + HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ + unsigned int h; /* A hash on key */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + assert( pKey!=0 ); + assert( nKey>=0 ); + if( pH->ht ){ + h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; + }else{ + h = 0; + } + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h); + return elem ? elem->data : 0; +} + +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created and NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ + unsigned int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + assert( pKey!=0 ); + assert( nKey>=0 ); + if( pH->htsize ){ + h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; + }else{ + h = 0; + } + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; + elem->pKey = pKey; + assert(nKey==elem->nKey); + } + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + new_elem->pKey = pKey; + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + new_elem->data = data; + pH->count++; + if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){ + if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){ + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; + } + } + if( pH->ht ){ + insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + }else{ + insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem); + } + return 0; +} + +/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X +#else +# define OpHelp(X) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ + static const char *const azName[] = { "?", + /* 1 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 2 */ "Savepoint" OpHelp(""), + /* 3 */ "AutoCommit" OpHelp(""), + /* 4 */ "Transaction" OpHelp(""), + /* 5 */ "SorterNext" OpHelp(""), + /* 6 */ "PrevIfOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 7 */ "NextIfOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 8 */ "Prev" OpHelp(""), + /* 9 */ "Next" OpHelp(""), + /* 10 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 11 */ "Checkpoint" OpHelp(""), + /* 12 */ "JournalMode" OpHelp(""), + /* 13 */ "Vacuum" OpHelp(""), + /* 14 */ "VFilter" OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"), + /* 15 */ "VUpdate" OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"), + /* 16 */ "Goto" OpHelp(""), + /* 17 */ "Gosub" OpHelp(""), + /* 18 */ "Return" OpHelp(""), + /* 19 */ "Not" OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"), + /* 20 */ "InitCoroutine" OpHelp(""), + /* 21 */ "EndCoroutine" OpHelp(""), + /* 22 */ "Yield" OpHelp(""), + /* 23 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"), + /* 24 */ "Halt" OpHelp(""), + /* 25 */ "Integer" OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"), + /* 26 */ "Int64" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), + /* 27 */ "String" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"), + /* 28 */ "Null" OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"), + /* 29 */ "SoftNull" OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"), + /* 30 */ "Blob" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"), + /* 31 */ "Variable" OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"), + /* 32 */ "Move" OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"), + /* 33 */ "Copy" OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"), + /* 34 */ "SCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"), + /* 35 */ "ResultRow" OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"), + /* 36 */ "CollSeq" OpHelp(""), + /* 37 */ "AddImm" OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"), + /* 38 */ "MustBeInt" OpHelp(""), + /* 39 */ "RealAffinity" OpHelp(""), + /* 40 */ "Permutation" OpHelp(""), + /* 41 */ "Compare" OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"), + /* 42 */ "Jump" OpHelp(""), + /* 43 */ "Once" OpHelp(""), + /* 44 */ "If" OpHelp(""), + /* 45 */ "IfNot" OpHelp(""), + /* 46 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"), + /* 47 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"), + /* 48 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"), + /* 49 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"), + /* 50 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""), + /* 51 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""), + /* 52 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), + /* 53 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), + /* 54 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), + /* 55 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), + /* 56 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 57 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"), + /* 58 */ "Close" OpHelp(""), + /* 59 */ "SeekLT" OpHelp(""), + /* 60 */ "SeekLE" OpHelp(""), + /* 61 */ "SeekGE" OpHelp(""), + /* 62 */ "SeekGT" OpHelp(""), + /* 63 */ "Seek" OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"), + /* 64 */ "NoConflict" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 65 */ "NotFound" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 66 */ "Found" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 67 */ "NotExists" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"), + /* 68 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"), + /* 69 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 70 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"), + /* 71 */ "Or" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"), + /* 72 */ "And" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"), + /* 73 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"), + /* 74 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""), + /* 75 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""), + /* 76 */ "IsNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"), + /* 77 */ "NotNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"), + /* 78 */ "Ne" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 79 */ "Eq" OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 80 */ "Gt" OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 81 */ "Le" OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 82 */ "Lt" OpHelp("if r[P1]=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 84 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"), + /* 85 */ "BitAnd" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"), + /* 86 */ "BitOr" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"), + /* 87 */ "ShiftLeft" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1]"), + /* 89 */ "Add" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"), + /* 90 */ "Subtract" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"), + /* 91 */ "Multiply" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"), + /* 92 */ "Divide" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"), + /* 93 */ "Remainder" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"), + /* 94 */ "Concat" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"), + /* 95 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 96 */ "BitNot" OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"), + /* 97 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"), + /* 98 */ "RowKey" OpHelp("r[P2]=key"), + /* 99 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 100 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 101 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), + /* 102 */ "Last" OpHelp(""), + /* 103 */ "SorterSort" OpHelp(""), + /* 104 */ "Sort" OpHelp(""), + /* 105 */ "Rewind" OpHelp(""), + /* 106 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp(""), + /* 107 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), + /* 108 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), + /* 109 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 110 */ "IdxLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 111 */ "IdxGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 112 */ "IdxLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 113 */ "IdxGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 114 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 115 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""), + /* 116 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""), + /* 117 */ "CreateIndex" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), + /* 118 */ "CreateTable" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), + /* 119 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""), + /* 120 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""), + /* 121 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""), + /* 122 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""), + /* 123 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""), + /* 124 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""), + /* 125 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"), + /* 126 */ "RowSetRead" OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"), + /* 127 */ "RowSetTest" OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"), + /* 128 */ "Program" OpHelp(""), + /* 129 */ "Param" OpHelp(""), + /* 130 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"), + /* 131 */ "FkIfZero" OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"), + /* 132 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"), + /* 133 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), + /* 134 */ "IfPos" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"), + /* 135 */ "IfNeg" OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"), + /* 136 */ "IfZero" OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"), + /* 137 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"), + /* 138 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""), + /* 139 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""), + /* 140 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"), + /* 141 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""), + /* 142 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""), + /* 143 */ "ToText" OpHelp(""), + /* 144 */ "ToBlob" OpHelp(""), + /* 145 */ "ToNumeric" OpHelp(""), + /* 146 */ "ToInt" OpHelp(""), + /* 147 */ "ToReal" OpHelp(""), + /* 148 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 149 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 150 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"), + /* 151 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""), + /* 152 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""), + /* 153 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""), + /* 154 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""), + /* 155 */ "Init" OpHelp("Start at P2"), + /* 156 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""), + /* 157 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""), + }; + return azName[i]; +} +#endif + +/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems +** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. +** +** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. +** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default +** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations +** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply +** skip locking all together. +** +** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various +** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE +** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed +** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. +** +** The layout of divisions is as follows: +** +** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. +** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. +** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): +** + for Posix Advisory Locks +** + for no-op locks +** + for dot-file locks +** + for flock() locking +** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) +** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) +** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. +** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking +** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. +** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. +** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) +** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods +** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ + +/* +** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency +** control: +** +** 1. POSIX locking (the default), +** 2. No locking, +** 3. Dot-file locking, +** 4. flock() locking, +** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), +** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), +** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) +** +** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic +** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem +** where the database is located. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on +** vxworks, or 0 otherwise. +*/ +#ifndef OS_VXWORKS +# if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) +# define OS_VXWORKS 1 +# else +# define OS_VXWORKS 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** standard include files. +*/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* #include */ +#include +#include +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +#include +#endif + + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +# include +# if OS_VXWORKS +# include +# include +# else +# include +# include +# endif +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS) +# include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UTIME +# include +#endif + +/* +** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags +*/ +#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1 + +/* +** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define +** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +/* # include */ +# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Default permissions when creating a new file +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 +#endif + +/* +** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum supported path-length. +*/ +#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 + +/* +** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not +** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK +*/ +#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) + +/* Forward references */ +typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ +typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ +typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ +typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ + +/* +** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor +** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following +** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an +** opportunity to either close or reuse it. +*/ +struct UnixUnusedFd { + int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ + int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ + UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */ +}; + +/* +** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix +** VFS implementations. +*/ +typedef struct unixFile unixFile; +struct unixFile { + sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ + int h; /* The file descriptor */ + unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ + unsigned short int ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ + int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ + void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ + const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ + unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ + int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ + void *pMapRegion; /* Memory mapped region */ +#endif +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + int sectorSize; /* Device sector size */ + int deviceCharacteristics; /* Precomputed device characteristics */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) + unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ +#endif +#if OS_VXWORKS + struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the + ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated + ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will + ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction + ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the + ** one described by ticket #3584. + */ + unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ + unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ + unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ + +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that + ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. + */ + char aPadding[32]; +#endif +}; + +/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness() +** method was called. If xOpen() is called from a different process id, +** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset. +*/ +static int randomnessPid = 0; + +/* +** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: +*/ +#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ +#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ +#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ +#else +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 +#endif +#define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ +#define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */ +#define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */ +#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */ +#define UNIXFILE_WARNED 0x0100 /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */ + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/ +/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to +** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those +** files. +** +** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a +** general purpose header file. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ +#define _OS_COMMON_H_ + +/* +** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG +** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the +** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. +*/ +#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG +# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define OSTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works +** on i486 hardware. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ + +static sqlite_uint64 g_start; +static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; +#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() +#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start +#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed +#else +#define TIMER_START +#define TIMER_END +#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) +#endif + +/* +** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block +** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This +** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) +#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ + if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ + || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ + { local_ioerr(); CODE; } +static void local_ioerr(){ + IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); + sqlite3_io_error_hit++; + if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; +} +#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ + local_ioerr(); \ + sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ + sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ + CODE; \ + }else{ \ + sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ + } \ + } +#else +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) +#define SimulateIOError(A) +#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) +#endif + +/* +** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; +#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) +#else +#define OpenCounter(X) +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ + +/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/ + +/* +** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. +*/ +#ifndef O_LARGEFILE +# define O_LARGEFILE 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# undef O_LARGEFILE +# define O_LARGEFILE 0 +#endif +#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW +# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 +#endif +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + +/* +** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for +** testing and debugging only. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +#define threadid pthread_self() +#else +#define threadid 0 +#endif + +/* +** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else. +*/ +#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP) +# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define HAVE_MREMAP 1 +# else +# define HAVE_MREMAP 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use +** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...). +** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function. +** +** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper +** which always has the same well-defined interface. +*/ +static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){ + return open(zFile, flags, mode); +} + +/* +** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security +** log if they come from non-root processes. So avoid calling fchown() if +** we are not running as root. +*/ +static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){ + return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid); +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static int openDirectory(const char*, int*); +static int unixGetpagesize(void); + +/* +** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that +** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during +** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers +** to all overrideable system calls. +*/ +static struct unix_syscall { + const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ +} aSyscall[] = { + { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 }, +#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) + + { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 }, +#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) + + { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 }, +#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) + + { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 }, +#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) + + { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 }, +#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) + +/* +** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it +** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something +** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under +** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? +*/ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ + { "fstat", 0, 0 }, +#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 +#else + { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, +#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) +#endif + + { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 }, +#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) + + { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 }, +#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) + + { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 }, +#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 }, +#else + { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD64) + { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 }, +#else + { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) + + { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 }, +#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 }, +#else + { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ + aSyscall[12].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD64) + { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 }, +#else + { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ + aSyscall[13].pCurrent) + + { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 }, +#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) + +#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE + { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 }, +#else + { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) + + { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 }, +#define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) + + { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 }, +#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) + + { "mkdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir, 0 }, +#define osMkdir ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) + + { "rmdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir, 0 }, +#define osRmdir ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) + + { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown, 0 }, +#define osFchown ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap, 0 }, +#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) + + { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap, 0 }, +#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) + +#if HAVE_MREMAP + { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap, 0 }, +#else + { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) +#endif + + { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 }, +#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) + +}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ + +/* +** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the +** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the +** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable +** system call named zName. +*/ +static int unixSetSystemCall( + sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ + const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ +){ + unsigned int i; + int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); + if( zName==0 ){ + /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default + ** settings and return NULL + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + for(i=0; i=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break; + osClose(fd); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, + "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd); + fd = -1; + if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break; + } + if( fd>=0 ){ + if( m!=0 ){ + struct stat statbuf; + if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 + && statbuf.st_size==0 + && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m + ){ + osFchmod(fd, m); + } + } +#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0) + osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + } + return fd; +} + +/* +** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The +** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and +** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be +** shared by multiple threads. +** +** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** statements. e.g. +** +** unixEnterMutex() +** assert( unixMutexHeld() ); +** unixEnterLeave() +*/ +static void unixEnterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +static void unixLeaveMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int unixMutexHeld(void) { + return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +#endif + + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging +** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied +** integer lock-type. +*/ +static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){ + switch( eFileLock ){ + case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; + case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; + case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; + case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; + case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; + } + return "ERROR"; +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE +/* +** Print out information about all locking operations. +** +** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded +** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE +** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally +** turned off. +*/ +static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ + char *zOpName, *zType; + int s; + int savedErrno; + if( op==F_GETLK ){ + zOpName = "GETLK"; + }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ + zOpName = "SETLK"; + }else{ + s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); + return s; + } + if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ + zType = "RDLCK"; + }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ + zType = "WRLCK"; + }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ + zType = "UNLCK"; + }else{ + assert( 0 ); + } + assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); + s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); + savedErrno = errno; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", + threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, + (int)p->l_pid, s); + if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ + struct flock l2; + l2 = *p; + osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); + if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ + zType = "RDLCK"; + }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ + zType = "WRLCK"; + }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ + zType = "UNLCK"; + }else{ + assert( 0 ); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", + zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); + } + errno = savedErrno; + return s; +} +#undef osFcntl +#define osFcntl lockTrace +#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ + +/* +** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR +*/ +static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ + int rc; + do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something +** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is +** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY +** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into +** SQLITE_IOERR +** +** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, +** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. +*/ +static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { + switch (posixError) { +#if 0 + /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch + ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after + ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with + ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed, + ** errno should be non-zero. + ** + ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return + ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be + ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0 + ** will be handled by the "default:" case below. + */ + case 0: + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif + + case EAGAIN: + case ETIMEDOUT: + case EBUSY: + case EINTR: + case ENOLCK: + /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support + * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + + case EACCES: + /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/ + if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + /* else fall through */ + case EPERM: + return SQLITE_PERM; + + /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And + ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself + ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons + ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK, + ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */ +#if 0 + case EDEADLK: + return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; +#endif + +#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP + case EOPNOTSUPP: + /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support + * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ +#endif +#ifdef ENOTSUP + case ENOTSUP: + /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which + * it actually means what it says */ +#endif + case EIO: + case EBADF: + case EINVAL: + case ENOTCONN: + case ENODEV: + case ENXIO: + case ENOENT: +#ifdef ESTALE /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */ + case ESTALE: +#endif + case ENOSYS: + /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */ + + default: + return sqliteIOErr; + } +} + + +/****************************************************************************** +****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks *************** +** +** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating +** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks. +** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename. +** +** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a +** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains +** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. +** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to +** zero. +** +** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not +** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these +** structures on a linked list. +*/ +struct vxworksFileId { + struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */ + int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */ + int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */ + char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */ +}; + +#if OS_VXWORKS +/* +** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this +** variable: +*/ +static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0; + +/* +** Simplify a filename into its canonical form +** by making the following changes: +** +** * removing any trailing and duplicate / +** * convert /./ into just / +** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just / +** +** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length. +** +** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of +** characters in the simplified name. +*/ +static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){ + int i, j; + while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; } + for(i=j=0; i0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } + if( j>0 ){ j--; } + i += 2; + continue; + } + } + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + z[j] = 0; + return j; +} + +/* +** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return +** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique +** file ID. +** +** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before +** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created +** and added to the global list if necessary. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL. +*/ +static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ + struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */ + struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */ + int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */ + + assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' ); + n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName); + pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1); + n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n); + + /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name. + ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to + ** the existing file ID. + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ + if( pCandidate->nName==n + && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 + ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + pCandidate->nRef++; + unixLeaveMutex(); + return pCandidate; + } + } + + /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */ + pNew->nRef = 1; + pNew->nName = n; + pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList; + vxworksFileList = pNew; + unixLeaveMutex(); + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free +** the object when the reference count reaches zero. +*/ +static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ + unixEnterMutex(); + assert( pId->nRef>0 ); + pId->nRef--; + if( pId->nRef==0 ){ + struct vxworksFileId **pp; + for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){} + assert( *pp==pId ); + *pp = pId->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pId); + } + unixLeaveMutex(); +} +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ +/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks **************** +******************************************************************************/ + + +/****************************************************************************** +*************************** Posix Advisory Locking **************************** +** +** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) +** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process +** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set +** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies +** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different +** file descriptor. Consider this test case: +** +** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); +** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); +** +** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because +** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set +** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock +** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to +** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. +** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the +** second overrides the first, even though they were on different +** file descriptors opened on different file names. +** +** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access +** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine +** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not +** threads within the same process. +** +** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally +** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the +** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the +** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) +** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are +** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the +** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same +** inode. +** +** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks. +** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on +** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.) +** +** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file +** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file +** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal +** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure +** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures +** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps +** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" +** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the +** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. +** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. +** +** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking +** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a +** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between +** a locked and an unlocked state. +** +** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks. +** +** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, +** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are +** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object +** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode. +** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are +** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call +** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. +** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to +** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock +** clears. +** +** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks. +** +** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is +** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread +** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B. +** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct +** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL) +** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks +** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which +** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at +** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. +** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the +** current process. +** +** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads +** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with +** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection +** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections +** do not move across threads. +*/ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used +** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object. +*/ +struct unixFileId { + dev_t dev; /* Device number */ +#if OS_VXWORKS + struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */ +#else + ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open +** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for +** each inode opened by each thread. +** +** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile +** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this +** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. +*/ +struct unixInodeInfo { + struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ + int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ + unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ + unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */ + int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ + unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */ + unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */ +#endif +#if OS_VXWORKS + sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ + char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects. +*/ +static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0; + +/* +** +** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro +** unixLogError(). +** +** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been +** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of +** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or +** strerror_r(). +** +** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that +** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path, +** if any. +*/ +#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) +static int unixLogErrorAtLine( + int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ + const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ + int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ +){ + char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */ + int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */ + + /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use + ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message + ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). + */ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) + char aErr[80]; + memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); + zErr = aErr; + + /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, + ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that + ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer + ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. + ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of + ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. + ** + ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is + ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a + ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available + ** could lead to a segfault though. + */ +#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) + zErr = +# endif + strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); + +#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE + /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */ + zErr = ""; +#else + /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */ + zErr = strerror(iErrno); +#endif + + if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; + sqlite3_log(errcode, + "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", + iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr + ); + + return errcode; +} + +/* +** Close a file descriptor. +** +** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a +** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail. +** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the +** error. +** +** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the +** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread. +** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error +** and move on. +*/ +static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){ + if( osClose(h) ){ + unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close", + pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno); + } +} + +/* +** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. +*/ +static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + UnixUnusedFd *p; + UnixUnusedFd *pNext; + for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + pInode->pUnused = 0; +} + +/* +** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo(). +** +** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held +** when this function is called. +*/ +static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){ + pInode->nRef--; + if( pInode->nRef==0 ){ + assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 ); + closePendingFds(pFile); + if( pInode->pPrev ){ + assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode ); + pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext; + }else{ + assert( inodeList==pInode ); + inodeList = pInode->pNext; + } + if( pInode->pNext ){ + assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode ); + pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev; + } + sqlite3_free(pInode); + } + } +} + +/* +** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that +** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The +** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs. +** +** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held +** when this function is called. +** +** Return an appropriate error code. +*/ +static int findInodeInfo( + unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ + unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */ +){ + int rc; /* System call return code */ + int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ + struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */ + struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */ + + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + + /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to + ** create a unique name for the file. + */ + fd = pFile->h; + rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); + if( rc!=0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; +#ifdef EOVERFLOW + if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS; +#endif + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + +#ifdef __APPLE__ + /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported + ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work + ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite) + ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte + ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is + ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte + ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there + ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated + ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. + */ + if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){ + do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + if( rc!=1 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); + if( rc!=0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + } +#endif + + memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId)); + fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev; +#if OS_VXWORKS + fileId.pId = pFile->pId; +#else + fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino; +#endif + pInode = inodeList; + while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ + pInode = pInode->pNext; + } + if( pInode==0 ){ + pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) ); + if( pInode==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode)); + memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId)); + pInode->nRef = 1; + pInode->pNext = inodeList; + pInode->pPrev = 0; + if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode; + inodeList = pInode; + }else{ + pInode->nRef++; + } + *ppInode = pInode; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened. +*/ +static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){ + struct stat buf; + return pFile->pInode!=0 && + (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino); +} + + +/* +** Check a unixFile that is a database. Verify the following: +** +** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file +** (2) The file is not a symbolic link +** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked +** +** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right. +*/ +static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){ + struct stat buf; + int rc; + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){ + /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued. Do not + ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */ + return; + } + rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); + if( rc!=0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath); + pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; + return; + } + if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath); + pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; + return; + } + if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath); + pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; + return; + } + if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath); + pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; + return; + } +} + + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. + */ +#ifndef __DJGPP__ + if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){ + struct flock lock; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1; + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + } +#endif + + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is +** described by pLock. +** +** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock +** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once +** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking +** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally, +** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections +** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the +** operating system does not participate. +** +** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using +** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl" +** and is read-only. +** +** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call +** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()). +*/ +static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){ + int rc; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + assert( pInode!=0 ); + if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock) + && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0) + ){ + if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + struct flock lock; + assert( pInode->nLock==0 ); + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); + if( rc<0 ) return rc; + pInode->bProcessLock = 1; + pInode->nLock++; + }else{ + rc = 0; + } + }else{ + rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and + ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive + ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid + ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated + ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously + ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. + ** + ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved + ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte + ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. + ** + ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending + ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte + ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. + ** + ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. + ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the + ** 'reserved byte'. + ** + ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a + ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock + ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be + ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process + ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. + ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file + ** after a crash. + ** + ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is + ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte + ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes + ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the + ** database. + ** + ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte + ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By + ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist + ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. + */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + struct flock lock; + int tErrno = 0; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), + azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid())); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as + ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct. + ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. + ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. + ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. + */ + assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + + /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* + ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. + */ + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto end_lock; + } + + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already + ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and + ** return SQLITE_OK. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nShared++; + pInode->nLock++; + goto end_lock; + } + + + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before + ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will + ** be released. + */ + lock.l_len = 1L; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLocklastErrno = tErrno; + } + goto end_lock; + } + } + + + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make + ** operating system calls for the specified lock. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); + assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Now get the read-lock */ + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + } + + /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ + lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1L; + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This could happen with a network mount */ + tErrno = errno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + } + + if( rc ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + goto end_lock; + }else{ + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nLock++; + pInode->nShared = 1; + } + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ + /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this + ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is + ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file + ** already. + */ + assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + + assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ + lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1L; + }else{ + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + } + + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + } + } + + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when + ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change + ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal + ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK + && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK + ){ + pFile->transCntrChng = 0; + pFile->dbUpdate = 0; + pFile->inNormalWrite = 1; + } +#endif + + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + } + +end_lock: + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding +** pUnused list. +*/ +static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused; + p->pNext = pInode->pUnused; + pInode->pUnused = p; + pFile->h = -1; + pFile->pUnused = 0; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED +** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then +** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works +** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to +** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. +*/ +static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + struct flock lock; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, + getpid())); + + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start + ** reading the database file again, make sure that the + ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database + ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, + ** other connections to the same file might not realize that + ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their + ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. + */ + pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; +#endif + + /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock + ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade + ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a + ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: + ** 1: [WWWWW] + ** 2: [....W] + ** 3: [RRRRW] + ** 4: [RRRR.] + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + +#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + (void)handleNFSUnlock; + assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 ); +#endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + if( handleNFSUnlock ){ + int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ + off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; + + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = divSize; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + goto end_unlock; + } + lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = divSize; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + goto end_unlock; + } + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + goto end_unlock; + } + }else +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + { + lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another + ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this + ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking + ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning + ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes + ** an assert to fail). */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + goto end_unlock; + } + } + } + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ + pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + goto end_unlock; + } + } + if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ + /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an + ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released + ** the lock. + */ + pInode->nShared--; + if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + } + } + + /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the + ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close + ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. + */ + pInode->nLock--; + assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); + if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ + closePendingFds(pFile); + } + } + +end_unlock: + unixLeaveMutex(); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 ); +#endif + return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0); +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte); +static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd); +#endif + +/* +** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation +** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file +** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile +** structure to 0. +** +** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called, +** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the +** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine. +*/ +static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + unixUnmapfile(pFile); +#endif + if( pFile->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); + pFile->h = -1; + } +#if OS_VXWORKS + if( pFile->pId ){ + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ + osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); + } + vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); + pFile->pId = 0; + } +#endif + OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h)); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused); + memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a file. +*/ +static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; + verifyDbFile(pFile); + unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + unixEnterMutex(); + + /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close + ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead. + */ + assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ + /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just + ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file + ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed + ** when the last lock is cleared. + */ + setPendingFd(pFile); + } + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + rc = closeUnixFile(id); + unixLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation ***************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** +** +** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the +** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database +** file for reading or writing. +** +** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases +** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can +** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to +** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more +** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database +** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple +** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same +** time and one or more of those connections are writing. +*/ + +static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + *pResOut = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close the file. +*/ +static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + return closeUnixFile(id); +} + +/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************* Begin dot-file Locking ****************************** +** +** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock +** files (really a directory) to control access to the database. This works +** on just about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides: +** +** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other +** connections from reading or writing the database. +** +** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files +** sitting around that need to be cleared manually. +** +** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no +** other locking strategy is available. +** +** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as +** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added. +** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other +** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE. +*/ + +/* +** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the +** lock directory. +*/ +#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock" + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +** +** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this +** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock +** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked. +*/ +static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process + ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */ + reserved = 1; + }else{ + /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */ + const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext; + reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0; + } + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +** +** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. +** But we track the other locking levels internally. +*/ +static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + + /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have + ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. + */ + if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ +#ifdef HAVE_UTIME + utime(zLockFile, NULL); +#else + utimes(zLockFile, NULL); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* grab an exclusive lock */ + rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); + if( rc<0 ){ + /* failed to open/create the lock directory */ + int tErrno = errno; + if( EEXIST == tErrno ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } else { + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + } + return rc; + } + + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. +*/ +static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; + int rc; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the + ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ + assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); + rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); + if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile); + if( rc<0 ){ + int tErrno = errno; + rc = 0; + if( ENOENT != tErrno ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + } + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + return rc; + } + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing. +*/ +static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( id ){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); + rc = closeUnixFile(id); + } + return rc; +} +/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation ******************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************** Begin flock Locking ******************************** +** +** Use the flock() system call to do file locking. +** +** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various +** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into +** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and +** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite +** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since +** only a single process can be reading the database at a time. +** +** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if +** compiling for VXWORKS. +*/ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS + +/* +** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR +*/ +#ifdef EINTR +static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ + int rc; + do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + return rc; +} +#else +# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) +#endif + + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ + if( !reserved ){ + /* attempt to get the lock */ + int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); + if( !lrc ){ + /* got the lock, unlock it */ + lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); + if ( lrc ) { + int tErrno = errno; + /* unlock failed with an error */ + lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + rc = lrc; + } + } + } else { + int tErrno = errno; + reserved = 1; + /* someone else might have it reserved */ + lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + rc = lrc; + } + } + } + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + reserved=1; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate +** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or +** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from +** access the file. +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( pFile ); + + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ + if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* grab an exclusive lock */ + + if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { + int tErrno = errno; + /* didn't get, must be busy */ + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + } else { + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + } + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ + if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* no, really, unlock. */ + if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + }else{ + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** Close a file. +*/ +static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( id ){ + flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + rc = closeUnixFile(id); + } + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */ + +/******************* End of the flock lock implementation ********************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************ +** +** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks. +** +** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only +** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write +** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but +** makes the lock implementation much easier. +*/ +#if OS_VXWORKS + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ + if( !reserved ){ + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; + struct stat statBuf; + + if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ + int tErrno = errno; + if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){ + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } else { + /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ + reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK); + } + }else{ + /* we could have it if we want it */ + sem_post(pSem); + } + } + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate +** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or +** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from +** access the file. +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int fd; + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ + if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto sem_end_lock; + } + + /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ + if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto sem_end_lock; + } + + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + + sem_end_lock: + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; + + assert( pFile ); + assert( pSem ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ + if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* no, really unlock. */ + if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { + int rc, tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + return rc; + } + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* + ** Close a file. + */ +static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + if( id ){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + assert( pFile ); + unixEnterMutex(); + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + unixLeaveMutex(); + closeUnixFile(id); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ +/* +** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks. +** +*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation **************** +******************************************************************************/ + + +/****************************************************************************** +*************************** Begin AFP Locking ********************************* +** +** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found +** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX. +** +** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here +** only works on OSX. +*/ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* +** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state +*/ +typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; +struct afpLockingContext { + int reserved; + const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ +}; + +struct ByteRangeLockPB2 +{ + unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ + unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ + unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ + unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ + unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ + int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ +}; + +#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) + +/* +** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an +** AFP filesystem. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. +*/ +static int afpSetLock( + const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */ + unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */ + unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */ + unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */ + int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */ +){ + struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; + int err; + + pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; + pb.startEndFlag = 0; + pb.offset = offset; + pb.length = length; + pb.fd = pFile->h; + + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", + (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), + offset, length)); + err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); + if ( err==-1 ) { + int rc; + int tErrno = errno; + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", + path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno))); +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; +#else + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, + setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */ + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; + } + return rc; + } else { + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + afpLockingContext *context; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + if( context->reserved ){ + *pResOut = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. + */ + if( !reserved ){ + /* lock the RESERVED byte */ + int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ + /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore + ** the original state */ + lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); + } else { + /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ + reserved = 1; + } + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ + rc=lrc; + } + } + + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), + azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid())); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as + ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. + ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. + ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. + */ + assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + + /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* + ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. + */ + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already + ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and + ** return SQLITE_OK. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nShared++; + pInode->nLock++; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before + ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will + ** be released. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLockdbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); + if (failed) { + rc = failed; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + } + + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make + ** operating system calls for the specified lock. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; + long lk, mask; + + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); + assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); + + mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; + /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ + /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ + lk = random(); + pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); + lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ + lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; + } + /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ + lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); + + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { + pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno; + rc = lrc1; + goto afp_end_lock; + } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){ + rc = lrc2; + goto afp_end_lock; + } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { + rc = lrc1; + } else { + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nLock++; + pInode->nShared = 1; + } + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ + /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this + ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is + ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file + ** already. + */ + int failed = 0; + assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); + if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) { + /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + if( !failed ){ + context->reserved = 1; + } + } + if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { + /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ + + /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to + ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock + */ + if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ + int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; + /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, + SHARED_SIZE, 1); + if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ + /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is + ** a critical I/O error + */ + rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : + SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + }else{ + rc = failed; + } + } + if( failed ){ + rc = failed; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + } + +afp_end_lock: + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + int skipShared = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + int h = pFile->h; +#endif + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, + getpid())); + + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start + ** reading the database file again, make sure that the + ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database + ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, + ** other connections to the same file might not realize that + ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their + ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. + */ + assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 + || pFile->dbUpdate==0 + || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); + pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; +#endif + + if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ + /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ + int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); + } else { + skipShared = 1; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); + if( !rc ){ + context->reserved = 0; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ + pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ + + /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an + ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released + ** the lock. + */ + unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; + pInode->nShared--; + if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + if( !skipShared ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); + } + if( !rc ){ + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInode->nLock--; + assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); + if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ + closePendingFds(pFile); + } + } + } + + unixLeaveMutex(); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context +*/ +static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( id ){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + unixEnterMutex(); + if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ + /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just + ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file + ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when + ** the last lock is cleared. + */ + setPendingFd(pFile); + } + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); + rc = closeUnixFile(id); + unixLeaveMutex(); + } + return rc; +} + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ +/* +** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific +** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative +** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp" +** VFS is not available. +** +********************* End of the AFP lock implementation ********************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* + ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock + ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. + ** + ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below + ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. + */ +static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1); +} + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ +/* +** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific +** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative +** is available. +** +********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** +** +** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the +** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking +** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per +** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes +** are gather together into this division. +*/ + +/* +** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt +** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. +** +** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also +** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from +** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD +** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. +** See tickets #2741 and #2681. +** +** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value +** is set before returning. +*/ +static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ + int got; + int prior = 0; +#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64)) + i64 newOffset; +#endif + TIMER_START; + assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) ); + assert( id->h>2 ); + cnt &= 0x1ffff; + do{ +#if defined(USE_PREAD) + got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); +#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) + got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); +#else + newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); + SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); + if( newOffset!=offset ){ + if( newOffset == -1 ){ + ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; + }else{ + ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; + } + return -1; + } + got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); +#endif + if( got==cnt ) break; + if( got<0 ){ + if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; } + prior = 0; + ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; + break; + }else if( got>0 ){ + cnt -= got; + offset += got; + prior += got; + pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf); + } + }while( got>0 ); + TIMER_END; + OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", + id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED)); + return got+prior; +} + +/* +** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all +** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes +** wrong. +*/ +static int unixRead( + sqlite3_file *id, + void *pBuf, + int amt, + sqlite3_int64 offset +){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; + int got; + assert( id ); + assert( offset>=0 ); + assert( amt>0 ); + + /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp + ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ +#if 0 + assert( pFile->pUnused==0 + || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + ); +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offsetmmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + + got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt); + if( got==amt ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( got<0 ){ + /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ + /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to +** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from +** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, +** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than +** nBuf). +*/ +static int seekAndWriteFd( + int fd, /* File descriptor to write to */ + i64 iOff, /* File offset to begin writing at */ + const void *pBuf, /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */ + int nBuf, /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */ + int *piErrno /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */ +){ + int rc = 0; /* Value returned by system call */ + + assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) ); + assert( fd>2 ); + nBuf &= 0x1ffff; + TIMER_START; + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) + do{ rc = osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); +#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) + do{ rc = osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR); +#else + do{ + i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET); + SimulateIOError( iSeek-- ); + + if( iSeek!=iOff ){ + if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0); + return -1; + } + rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf); + }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); +#endif + + TIMER_END; + OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED)); + + if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. +** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. +** +** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value +** is set before returning. +*/ +static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ + return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno); +} + + +/* +** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code on failure. +*/ +static int unixWrite( + sqlite3_file *id, + const void *pBuf, + int amt, + sqlite3_int64 offset +){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int wrote = 0; + assert( id ); + assert( amt>0 ); + + /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp + ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ +#if 0 + assert( pFile->pUnused==0 + || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + ); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to + ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a + ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database + ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that + ** fact too. + */ + if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){ + pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */ + if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){ + int rc; + char oldCntr[4]; + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){ + pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */ + } + } + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offsetmmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + + while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){ + amt -= wrote; + offset += wrote; + pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; + } + SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); + SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); + + if( amt>0 ){ + if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){ + /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test +** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. +** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower) +** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, +** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync +*/ +#if !defined(fdatasync) +# define fdatasync fsync +#endif + +/* +** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not +** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently +** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. +*/ +#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC +# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 +#else +# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 +#endif + + +/* +** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many +** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make +** it work better. +** +** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful +** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. +** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC +** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash +** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. +** +** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. +** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content +** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is +** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, +** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the +** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() +** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the +** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed. +** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so +** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate. +** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of +** the value of the dataOnly flag. +*/ +static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ + int rc; + + /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as + ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering + ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); +#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); +#endif + + /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and + ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure + ** gets called with the correct arguments. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; + sqlite3_sync_count++; +#endif + + /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a + ** no-op + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC + if( fullSync ){ + rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). + ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local + ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC + ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync + ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. + ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid + ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. + */ + if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly + ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync + */ + rc = fsync(fd); +#else + rc = fdatasync(fd); +#if OS_VXWORKS + if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ + rc = fsync(fd); + } +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ + + if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){ + rc = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. +** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM +** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined +** value. +** +** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to +** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events +** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer +** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems. +** +** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface. +** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the +** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are +** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to +** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine +** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves +** *pFd set to a negative number. +** +** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing +** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). +*/ +static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ + int ii; + int fd = -1; + char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; + + sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); + for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); + if( ii>0 ){ + zDirname[ii] = '\0'; + fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); + if( fd>=0 ){ + OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); + } + } + *pFd = fd; + return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname)); +} + +/* +** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. +** +** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file +** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the +** file data is synced. +** +** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file +** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. +** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory +** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next +** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because +** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction +** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. +*/ +static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ + int rc; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); + int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + + /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ + assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL + || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL + ); + + /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This + ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. + */ + SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h)); + rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); + SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); + if( rc ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath); + } + + /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag + ** is set. This is a one-time occurrence. Many systems (examples: AIX) + ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync. + */ + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){ + int dirfd; + OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath, + HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync)); + rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){ + full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0); + robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Truncate an open file to a specified size +*/ +static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; + int rc; + assert( pFile ); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); + + /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the + ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the + ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested + ** size). + */ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + } + + rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte); + if( rc ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to + ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a + ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length, + ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen + ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length + ** source. + */ + if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ + pFile->transCntrChng = 1; + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently + ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will + ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. + */ + if( nBytemmapSize ){ + pFile->mmapSize = nByte; + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** Determine the current size of a file in bytes +*/ +static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ + int rc; + struct stat buf; + assert( id ); + rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); + SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); + if( rc!=0 ){ + ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + *pSize = buf.st_size; + + /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure + ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug + ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper + ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is + ** really 1. Ticket #3260. + */ + if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0; + + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) +/* +** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the +** proxying locking division. +*/ +static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +#endif + +/* +** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT +** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size +** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already +** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ + struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ + + if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + + nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ + +#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE + /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() + ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, + ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ + int err; + do{ + err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size); + }while( err==EINTR ); + if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; +#else + /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use + ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to + ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This + ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate() + ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call. + */ + int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */ + i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */ + + if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); + } + iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1; + while( iWrite0 + if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){ + int rc; + if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){ + if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); + } + } + + rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte); + return rc; + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to +** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. +** +** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. +*/ +static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ + if( *pArg<0 ){ + *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; + }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; + }else{ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; + } +} + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf); + +/* +** Information and control of an open file handle. +*/ +static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { + *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { + *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { + pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { + int rc; + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + return rc; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { + unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { + unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { + *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { + char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname ); + if( zTFile ){ + unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile); + *(char**)pArg = zTFile; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: { + *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { + i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ + newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; + } + *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; + if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ + pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; + if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ + unixUnmapfile(pFile); + rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1); + } + } + return rc; + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done + ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and + ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be + ** unchanged. + */ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: { + ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) + case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: + case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { + return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ + } + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; +} + +/* +** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for +** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be +** larger for some devices. +** +** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that +** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. +** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the +** same for both. +*/ +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ +static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} +#endif + +/* +** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX. +*/ +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ +#include +#include +static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){ + struct statvfs fsInfo; + + /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */ + pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; + if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) { + return pFile->sectorSize; + } + + if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) { + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K | /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */ + (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) | + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | /* All filesystem writes are atomic */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ + ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ + ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else{ + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 | /* blocks are atomic */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + 0; + } + } + /* Last chance verification. If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512 + ** then it isn't valid.*/ + if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){ + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; + pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; + } + return pFile->sectorSize; +} +#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */ + +/* +** Return the device characteristics for the file. +** +** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default. +** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying +** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites. (In other +** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never +** written might end up being altered.) However, non-PSOW behavior is very, +** very rare. And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount +** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated. +** Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control +** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off. +*/ +static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ + unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = 0; +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id); + rc = p->deviceCharacteristics; +#endif + if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){ + rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE; + } + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + + +/* +** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. +** +** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread +** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance +** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened +** only once per process. +** +** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object. +** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean +** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most +** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So +** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object +** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed. +** +** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying +** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: +** +** nRef +** +** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: +** +** fid +** zFilename +** +** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and +** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field +** in this structure. +*/ +struct unixShmNode { + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */ + int h; /* Open file descriptor */ + int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ + u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ + u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ + char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ + int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ + unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ + u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an +** open shared memory connection. +** +** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and +** are read-only thereafter: +** +** unixShm.pFile +** unixShm.id +** +** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held +** while accessing any read/write fields. +*/ +struct unixShm { + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */ + unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */ + u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */ + u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */ + u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ +}; + +/* +** Constants used for locking +*/ +#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ +#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ + +/* +** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1. +** +** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking +** otherwise. +*/ +static int unixShmSystemLock( + unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ + int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */ + int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */ + int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ +){ + struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */ + + /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 ); + + /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */ + assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK ); + + /* Locks are within range */ + assert( n>=1 && nh>=0 ){ + /* Initialize the locking parameters */ + memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); + f.l_type = lockType; + f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + f.l_start = ofst; + f.l_len = n; + + rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f); + rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { u16 mask; + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK ")); + mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<exclMask &= ~mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; + }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst)); + pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask; + }else{ + assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); + OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst)); + pShmNode->exclMask |= mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else{ + if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst)); + }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("read-lock failed")); + }else{ + assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); + OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst)); + } + } + OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n", + pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask)); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the system page size. +** +** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. +** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize(). +*/ +static int unixGetpagesize(void){ +#if defined(_BSD_SOURCE) + return getpagesize(); +#else + return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at +** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the +** current system page-size. +** +** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured +** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two +** shm regions. +*/ +static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){ + int shmsz = 32*1024; /* SHM region size */ + int pgsz = osGetpagesize(); /* System page size */ + assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 ); /* Page size must be a power of 2 */ + if( pgszpInode->pShmNode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + if( p && p->nRef==0 ){ + int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); + int i; + assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); + for(i=0; inRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){ + if( p->h>=0 ){ + osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]); + } + } + sqlite3_free(p->apRegion); + if( p->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__); + p->h = -1; + } + p->pInode->pShmNode = 0; + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. +** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. +** +** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory +** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database +** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file +** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped +** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". +** +** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an +** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory +** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions +** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same +** database to end up using different files for shared memory - +** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting +** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage +** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" +** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time +** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite +** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the +** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely +** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered +** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release. +** +** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that +** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then +** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. +** +** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS +** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and +** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In +** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory +** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory. +*/ +static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ + struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */ + struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */ + char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */ + int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */ + + /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */ + p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); + + /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing + ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary. + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pDbFd->pInode; + pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode; + if( pShmNode==0 ){ + struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */ + + /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If + ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it + ** with the same permissions. + */ + if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + goto shm_open_err; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY + nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31; +#else + nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath); +#endif + pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename ); + if( pShmNode==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto shm_open_err; + } + memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); + zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; +#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, + SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", + (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); +#else + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename); +#endif + pShmNode->h = -1; + pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode; + pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode; + pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto shm_open_err; + } + + if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){ + openFlags = O_RDONLY; + pShmNode->isReadonly = 1; + } + pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777)); + if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename); + goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file + ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database. Otherwise, + ** the original owner will not be able to connect. + */ + osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid); + + /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. + ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); + } + if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; + } + } + + /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */ + p->pShmNode = pShmNode; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; +#endif + pShmNode->nRef++; + pDbFd->pShm = p; + unixLeaveMutex(); + + /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under + ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the + ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is + ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting + ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex + ** mutex. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; + pShmNode->pFirst = p; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Jump here on any error */ +shm_open_err: + unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ + sqlite3_free(p); + unixLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** bytes in size. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory +** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. +** +** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int unixShmMap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ + int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ + int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ + int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ +){ + unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; + unixShm *p; + unixShmNode *pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); + int nReqRegion; + + /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ + if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){ + rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + p = pDbFd->pShm; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); + assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + + /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */ + nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap; + + if( pShmNode->nRegionszRegion = szRegion; + + if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ + /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. + ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is + ** large enough to contain the requested region). + */ + if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; + goto shmpage_out; + } + + if( sStat.st_sizeh, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){ + const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename; + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile); + goto shmpage_out; + } + } + } + } + } + + /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ + apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( + pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *) + ); + if( !apNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + goto shmpage_out; + } + pShmNode->apRegion = apNew; + while( pShmNode->nRegionh>=0 ){ + pMem = osMmap(0, nMap, + pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, + MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion + ); + if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename); + goto shmpage_out; + } + }else{ + pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion); + if( pMem==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto shmpage_out; + } + memset(pMem, 0, szRegion); + } + + for(i=0; iapRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i]; + } + pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap; + } + } + +shmpage_out: + if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ + *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion]; + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. +** +** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little +** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked +** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may +** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. +*/ +static int unixShmLock( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ + int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ + int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ + int flags /* What to do with the lock */ +){ + unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ + unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ + unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + + assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + assert( n>=1 ); + assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); + assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); + assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); + assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + + mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<1 || mask==(1<mutex); + if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ + u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ + + /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX==p ) continue; + assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); + allMask |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Unlock the system-level locks */ + if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + + /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. + ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return + ** SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + allShared |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + } + }else{ + /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + } + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also mark the local connection as being locked. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + p->exclMask |= mask; + } + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", + p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** +** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before +** any load or store begun after the barrier. +*/ +static void unixShmBarrier( + sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + unixEnterMutex(); + unixLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** storage if deleteFlag is true. +** +** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this +** routine is a harmless no-op. +*/ +static int unixShmUnmap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */ + int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ +){ + unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ + unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ + unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */ + + pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + + /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated + ** with pShmNode */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} + *pp = p->pNext; + + /* Free the connection p */ + sqlite3_free(p); + pDbFd->pShm = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + + /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying + ** shared-memory file, too */ + unixEnterMutex(); + assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); + pShmNode->nRef--; + if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ + if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename); + unixShmPurge(pDbFd); + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +#else +# define unixShmMap 0 +# define unixShmLock 0 +# define unixShmBarrier 0 +# define unixShmUnmap 0 +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* +** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd. +*/ +static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){ + assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + if( pFd->pMapRegion ){ + osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual); + pFd->pMapRegion = 0; + pFd->mmapSize = 0; + pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file +** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded. +** +** If successful, this function sets the following variables: +** +** unixFile.pMapRegion +** unixFile.mmapSize +** unixFile.mmapSizeActual +** +** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and +** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should +** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite() +** methods. +*/ +static void unixRemapfile( + unixFile *pFd, /* File descriptor object */ + i64 nNew /* Required mapping size */ +){ + const char *zErr = "mmap"; + int h = pFd->h; /* File descriptor open on db file */ + u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion; /* Pointer to current file mapping */ + i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual; /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */ + u8 *pNew = 0; /* Location of new mapping */ + int flags = PROT_READ; /* Flags to pass to mmap() */ + + assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize ); + assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax ); + assert( nNew>0 ); + assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize ); + assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 ); + + if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE; + + if( pOrig ){ +#if HAVE_MREMAP + i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize; +#else + const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize(); + i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1)); +#endif + u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse]; + + /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */ + if( nReuse!=nOrig ){ + osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse); + } + +#if HAVE_MREMAP + pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE); + zErr = "mremap"; +#else + pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse); + if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){ + if( pNew!=pReq ){ + osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse); + pNew = 0; + }else{ + pNew = pOrig; + } + } +#endif + + /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */ + if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){ + osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse); + } + } + + /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */ + if( pNew==0 ){ + pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0); + } + + if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){ + pNew = 0; + nNew = 0; + unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath); + + /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls + ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively + ** in this case. */ + pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0; + } + pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew; + pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew; +} + +/* +** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file +** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if +** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still +** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. +** +** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of +** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the +** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the +** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured +** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not +** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error +** code otherwise. +*/ +static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){ + i64 nMap = nByte; + int rc; + + assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( nMap<0 ){ + struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ + rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + nMap = statbuf.st_size; + } + if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ + nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; + } + + if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ + if( nMap>0 ){ + unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap); + }else{ + unixUnmapfile(pFd); + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ + +/* +** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset +** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. +** +** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. +** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. +** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final +** value of *pp is undefined in this case. +** +** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually +** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch(). +*/ +static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ +#endif + *pp = 0; + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ + if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ + int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ + *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; + pFd->nFetchOut++; + } + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a +** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second +** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding +** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. +** +** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called +** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping +** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. +*/ +static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); + + /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding + ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), + ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ + assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); + + /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ + assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); + + if( p ){ + pFd->nFetchOut--; + }else{ + unixUnmapfile(pFd); + } + + assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. +** +********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that +** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions +** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate +** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData +** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to +** the correct finder-function for that VFS. +** +** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods +** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which +** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking +** strategy from that. +** +** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created: +** +** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()". +** +** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F". +** +** +** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS +** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point +** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void* +** from be cast into a function pointer. +** +** +** Each instance of this macro generates two objects: +** +** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking +** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK. +** +** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer +** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. +*/ +#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \ +static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ + VERSION, /* iVersion */ \ + CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ + unixRead, /* xRead */ \ + unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ + unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \ + unixSync, /* xSync */ \ + unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \ + LOCK, /* xLock */ \ + UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \ + CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ + unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ + unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ + unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ + unixShmMap, /* xShmMap */ \ + unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \ + unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \ + unixShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ \ + unixFetch, /* xFetch */ \ + unixUnfetch, /* xUnfetch */ \ +}; \ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \ + return &METHOD; \ +} \ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \ + = FINDER##Impl; + +/* +** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the +** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods +** are also created. +*/ +IOMETHODS( + posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 3, /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */ + unixClose, /* xClose method */ + unixLock, /* xLock method */ + unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) +IOMETHODS( + nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + nolockClose, /* xClose method */ + nolockLock, /* xLock method */ + nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + nolockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) +IOMETHODS( + dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ + dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ + dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + dotlockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS +IOMETHODS( + flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + flockClose, /* xClose method */ + flockLock, /* xLock method */ + flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + flockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) +#endif + +#if OS_VXWORKS +IOMETHODS( + semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + semClose, /* xClose method */ + semLock, /* xLock method */ + semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + semCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) +#endif + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +IOMETHODS( + afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + afpClose, /* xClose method */ + afpLock, /* xLock method */ + afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + afpCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) +#endif + +/* +** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it +** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and +** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those +** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements +** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need +** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function +** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods. +*/ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*); +static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int); +static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); +static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); +IOMETHODS( + proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + proxyClose, /* xClose method */ + proxyLock, /* xLock method */ + proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + proxyCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) +#endif + +/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +IOMETHODS( + nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + unixClose, /* xClose method */ + unixLock, /* xLock method */ + nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ +) +#endif + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* +** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy +** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods +** object that implements that strategy. +** +** This is for MacOSX only. +*/ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( + const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ + unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */ +){ + static const struct Mapping { + const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */ + } aMap[] = { + { "hfs", &posixIoMethods }, + { "ufs", &posixIoMethods }, + { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods }, + { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods }, + { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + int i; + struct statfs fsInfo; + struct flock lockInfo; + + if( !filePath ){ + /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file + ** that does not need to be locked. */ + return &nolockIoMethods; + } + if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){ + if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){ + return &nolockIoMethods; + } + for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){ + if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){ + return aMap[i].pMethods; + } + } + } + + /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". + ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, + ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. + */ + lockInfo.l_len = 1; + lockInfo.l_start = 0; + lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; + if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { + if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){ + return &nfsIoMethods; + } else { + return &posixIoMethods; + } + }else{ + return &dotlockIoMethods; + } +} +static const sqlite3_io_methods + *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* +** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy +** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods +** object that implements that strategy. +** +** This is for VXWorks only. +*/ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( + const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ + unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */ +){ + struct flock lockInfo; + + if( !filePath ){ + /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file + ** that does not need to be locked. */ + return &nolockIoMethods; + } + + /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks. + ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method. + */ + lockInfo.l_len = 1; + lockInfo.l_start = 0; + lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; + if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { + return &posixIoMethods; + }else{ + return &semIoMethods; + } +} +static const sqlite3_io_methods + *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; + +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +/* +** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function: +*/ +typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*); + + +/**************************************************************************** +**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** +** +** This division contains the implementation of methods on the +** sqlite3_vfs object. +*/ + +/* +** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId. +*/ +static int fillInUnixFile( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ + int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ + sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ + int ctrlFlags /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */ +){ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; + unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pNew->pInode==NULL ); + + /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The + ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that + ** include the special Apple locking styles. + */ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' + || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder ); +#else + assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' ); +#endif + + /* No locking occurs in temporary files */ + assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 ); + + OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename)); + pNew->h = h; + pNew->pVfs = pVfs; + pNew->zPath = zFilename; + pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; +#endif + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0), + "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW; + } + if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){ + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL; + } + +#if OS_VXWORKS + pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); + if( pNew->pId==0 ){ + ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#endif + + if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){ + pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods; + }else{ + pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew); +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for + ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name) + ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */ + pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename; +#endif + } + + if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods +#endif + ){ + unixEnterMutex(); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor + ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail + ** in two scenarios: + ** + ** (a) A call to fstat() failed. + ** (b) A malloc failed. + ** + ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other + ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file + ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by + ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close + ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released + ** by doing so. + ** + ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The + ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in + ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much. + */ + robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + h = -1; + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) + else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){ + /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in + ** the afpLockingContext. + */ + afpLockingContext *pCtx; + pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); + if( pCtx==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed + ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a + ** copy of the filename. */ + pCtx->dbPath = zFilename; + pCtx->reserved = 0; + srandomdev(); + unixEnterMutex(); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext); + robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + h = -1; + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } + } +#endif + + else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ + /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in + ** the dotlockLockingContext + */ + char *zLockFile; + int nFilename; + assert( zFilename!=0 ); + nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6; + zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename); + if( zLockFile==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename); + } + pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile; + } + +#if OS_VXWORKS + else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){ + /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be + ** included in the semLockingContext + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); + if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){ + char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName; + int n; + sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem", + pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); + for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ ) + if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; + pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); + if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0'; + } + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } +#endif + + pNew->lastErrno = 0; +#if OS_VXWORKS + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + h = -1; + osUnlink(zFilename); + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; + } +#endif + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + }else{ + pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; + OpenCounter(+1); + verifyDbFile(pNew); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files. +** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL. +*/ +static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){ + static const char *azDirs[] = { + 0, + 0, + 0, + "/var/tmp", + "/usr/tmp", + "/tmp", + 0 /* List terminator */ + }; + unsigned int i; + struct stat buf; + const char *zDir = 0; + + azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; + if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); + if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR"); + for(i=0; imxPathname bytes. +*/ +static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + static const unsigned char zChars[] = + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "0123456789"; + unsigned int i, j; + const char *zDir; + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + + zDir = unixTempFileDir(); + if( zDir==0 ) zDir = "."; + + /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file + ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR. + */ + if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + do{ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir); + j = (int)strlen(zBuf); + sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); + for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ + zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; + } + zBuf[j] = 0; + zBuf[j+1] = 0; + }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) +/* +** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile. +** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen() +** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined. +*/ +static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); +#endif + +/* +** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database +** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname +** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second +** argument to this function. +** +** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed +** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some +** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. +** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment +** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for +** further details. Also, ticket #4018. +** +** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no +** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned. +*/ +static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0; + + /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because + ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), + ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better + ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure + ** feature. */ +#if !OS_VXWORKS + struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ + + /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is + ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail. + ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is + ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file + ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite. + ** + ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of + ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire. */ + if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = inodeList; + while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev + || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){ + pInode = pInode->pNext; + } + if( pInode ){ + UnixUnusedFd **pp; + for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + pUnused = *pp; + if( pUnused ){ + *pp = pUnused->pNext; + } + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } +#endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */ + return pUnused; +} + +/* +** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions +** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned +** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is +** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. +** +** In most cases cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become +** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using +** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask. +** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then +** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the +** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever +** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions +** as the associated database file. +** +** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the +** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for +** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use +** the default permissions. +*/ +static int findCreateFileMode( + const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */ + int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */ + mode_t *pMode, /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */ + uid_t *pUid, /* OUT: uid to set on the file */ + gid_t *pGid /* OUT: gid to set on the file */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + *pMode = 0; + *pUid = 0; + *pGid = 0; + if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ + char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */ + int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */ + struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */ + + /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives + ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles + ** the following naming conventions: + ** + ** "-journal" + ** "-wal" + ** "-journalNN" + ** "-walNN" + ** + ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are + ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. + */ + nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES + while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--; + if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK; +#else + while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ + assert( nDb>0 ); + assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' ); + nDb--; + } +#endif + memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb); + zDb[nDb] = '\0'; + + if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){ + *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777; + *pUid = sStat.st_uid; + *pGid = sStat.st_gid; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ + *pMode = 0600; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open the file zPath. +** +** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this +** one: +** +** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); +** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); +** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); +** +** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: +** +** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) +** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) +** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) +** +** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If +** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the +** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new +** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for +** OpenExclusive(). +*/ +static int unixOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */ + const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */ + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */ + int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */ + int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */ +){ + unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile; + int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ + int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ + int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ + int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ + int ctrlFlags = 0; /* UNIXFILE_* flags */ + + int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); + int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); + int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); + int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY); +#endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + struct statfs fsInfo; +#endif + + /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open + ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() + ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. + */ + int syncDir = (isCreate && ( + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + )); + + /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open + ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. + */ + char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; + const char *zName = zPath; + + /* Check the following statements are true: + ** + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and + ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + */ + assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); + assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); + assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); + assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); + + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); + + /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG. There is a race condition + ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at + ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG. But multiple resets + ** are harmless. + */ + if( randomnessPid!=getpid() ){ + randomnessPid = getpid(); + sqlite3_randomness(0,0); + } + + memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); + + if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; + pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags); + if( pUnused ){ + fd = pUnused->fd; + }else{ + pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused)); + if( !pUnused ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + p->pUnused = pUnused; + + /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not + ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into + ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ + assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); + + }else if( !zName ){ + /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */ + assert(isDelete && !syncDir); + rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + zName = zTmpname; + + /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated + ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ + assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); + } + + /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function + ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as + ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the + ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ + if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; + if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; + if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT; + if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); + openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); + + if( fd<0 ){ + mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */ + uid_t uid; /* Userid for the file */ + gid_t gid; /* Groupid for the file */ + rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( !p->pUnused ); + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + return rc; + } + fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); + OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags)); + if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ + /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ + flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); + openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT); + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + openFlags |= O_RDONLY; + isReadonly = 1; + fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); + } + if( fd<0 ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName); + goto open_finished; + } + + /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback + ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be + ** the same as the original database. + */ + if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ + osFchown(fd, uid, gid); + } + } + assert( fd>=0 ); + if( pOutFlags ){ + *pOutFlags = flags; + } + + if( p->pUnused ){ + p->pUnused->fd = fd; + p->pUnused->flags = flags; + } + + if( isDelete ){ +#if OS_VXWORKS + zPath = zName; +#else + osUnlink(zName); +#endif + } +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + else{ + p->openFlags = openFlags; + } +#endif + + noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; + + +#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ + ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno; + robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); + return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; + } + if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { + ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; + } +#endif + + /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */ + if( isDelete ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; + if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY; + if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; + if( syncDir ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI; + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING + isAutoProxy = 1; +#endif + if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){ + char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); + int useProxy = 0; + + /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means + ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ + if( envforce!=NULL ){ + useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; + }else{ + if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ + /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened + ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open + ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it, + ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice, + ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least + ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on + ** the same file are working. */ + p->lastErrno = errno; + robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; + goto open_finished; + } + useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); + } + if( useProxy ){ + rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile + ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, + ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op + */ + unixClose(pFile); + return rc; + } + } + goto open_finished; + } + } +#endif + + rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); + +open_finished: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(p->pUnused); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() +** the directory after deleting the file. +*/ +static int unixDelete( + sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */ + const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */ + int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); + if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){ + if( errno==ENOENT ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; + }else{ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath); + } + return rc; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){ + int fd; + rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#if OS_VXWORKS + if( fsync(fd)==-1 ) +#else + if( fsync(fd) ) +#endif + { + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath); + } + robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The +** test performed depends on the value of flags: +** +** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists +** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. +** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. +** +** Otherwise return 0. +*/ +static int unixAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */ + const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */ + int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */ + int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */ +){ + int amode = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); + switch( flags ){ + case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: + amode = F_OK; + break; + case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: + amode = W_OK|R_OK; + break; + case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: + amode = R_OK; + break; + + default: + assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); + } + *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0); + if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){ + struct stat buf; + if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){ + *pResOut = 0; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path +** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by +** zPath. +** +** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes +** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to +** this buffer before returning. +*/ +static int unixFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ + const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ + int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ + char *zOut /* Output buffer */ +){ + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the + ** current working directory has been unlinked. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + + assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + + zOut[nOut-1] = '\0'; + if( zPath[0]=='/' ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); + }else{ + int nCwd; + if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){ + return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); + } + nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut); + sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points +** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. +*/ +#include +static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); +} + +/* +** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or +** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error +** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message +** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default +** error message. +*/ +static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ + const char *zErr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + unixEnterMutex(); + zErr = dlerror(); + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); + } + unixLeaveMutex(); +} +static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ + /* + ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be + ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine + ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we + ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors? + ** + ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking + ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. + ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. + ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that + ** x points to. + ** + ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where + ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the + ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have + ** not really lost anything. + */ + void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym; + return (*x)(p, zSym); +} +static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + dlclose(pHandle); +} +#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ + #define unixDlOpen 0 + #define unixDlError 0 + #define unixDlSym 0 + #define unixDlClose 0 +#endif + +/* +** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. +*/ +static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); + + /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting + ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would + ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the + ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry + ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize + ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness + ** in the random seed. + ** + ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means + ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the + ** tests repeatable. + */ + memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); + randomnessPid = getpid(); +#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) + { + int fd, got; + fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0); + if( fd<0 ){ + time_t t; + time(&t); + memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); + memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid)); + assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); + nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid); + }else{ + do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); + robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); + } + } +#endif + return nBuf; +} + + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. +** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which +** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less +** than the argument. +*/ +static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ +#if OS_VXWORKS + struct timespec sp; + + sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000; + sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000; + nanosleep(&sp, NULL); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return microseconds; +#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP + usleep(microseconds); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return microseconds; +#else + int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; + sleep(seconds); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return seconds*1000000; +#endif +} + +/* +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as +** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of +** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ +#endif + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow +** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In +** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian +** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the +** proleptic Gregorian calendar. +** +** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date +** cannot be found. +*/ +static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ + static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#if defined(NO_GETTOD) + time_t t; + time(&t); + *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch; +#elif OS_VXWORKS + struct timespec sNow; + clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); + *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000; +#else + struct timeval sNow; + if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){ + *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; + } +#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ + sqlite3_int64 i = 0; + int rc; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i); + *prNow = i/86400000.0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing +** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up +** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented +** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely +** a place-holder. +*/ +static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3); + return 0; +} + + +/* +************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************** Begin Proxy Locking ******************************** +** +** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the +** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a +** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For +** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred +** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have +** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available +** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking. +** +**** +** +** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the +** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers +** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking +** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented +** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl), +** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl +** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states. +** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected +** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire +** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): +** +** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 +** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 +** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 +** +** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x +** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables +** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read +** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X +** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the +** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency +** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively +** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple +** readers and writers +** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html]. +** +** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking +** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a +** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file +** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. +** +** +** Using proxy locks +** ----------------- +** +** C APIs +** +** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, +** | ":auto:"); +** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &); +** +** +** SQL pragmas +** +** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file= | :auto: +** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file +** +** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching +** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise +** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir +** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the +** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the +** database file. For example: +** +** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" +** The lock path will be "/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") +** +** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not +** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via +** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another +** connection or process). +** +** +** How proxy locking works +** ----------------------- +** +** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: +** +** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host +** at a time +** +** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally +** taken on the database +** +** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch" +** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the +** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock +** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is +** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name +** is patterned after the database file name as ".-conch". +** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the +** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive +** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy +** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch +** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock +** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. +** +** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks +** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing +** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same +** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). +** +** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is +** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. +** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where +** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. +** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until +** the connection to the database is closed. +** +** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need +** to be created the first time they are used. +** +** Configuration options +** --------------------- +** +** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING +** +** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are +** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are +** named automatically using the same logic as +** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" +** +** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG +** +** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file +** retrieval and creation +** +** LOCKPROXYDIR +** +** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that +** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting +** +** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS +** +** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the +** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. +** +** +** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, +** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will +** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 +** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database +** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or +** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING). +*/ + +/* +** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX +*/ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + +/* +** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote +** and local proxy files in it +*/ +typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; +struct proxyLockingContext { + unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */ + char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */ + unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */ + char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */ + char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ + int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */ + void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */ + sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ +}; + +/* +** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, +** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length +** file path. +*/ +static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ + int len; + int dbLen; + int i; + +#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR + len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen); +#else +# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR + { + if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){ + OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", + lPath, errno, getpid())); + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + } + len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); + } +# else + len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); +# endif +#endif + + if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ + len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); + } + + /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ + dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); + for( i=0; i 0) ){ + /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ + if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') + || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ + buf[i]='\0'; + if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ + int err=errno; + if( err!=EEXIST ) { + OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " + "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", + buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid())); + return err; + } + } + } + start=i+1; + } + buf[i] = lockPath[i]; + } + OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid())); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor. +** +** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor +** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor. +*/ +static int proxyCreateUnixFile( + const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */ + unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */ + int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */ +) { + int fd = -1; + unixFile *pNew; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; + sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs; + int terrno = 0; + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL; + + /* 1. first try to open/create the file + ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating + ** the parent directories and then try again. + ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only + ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file + */ + pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags); + if( pUnused ){ + fd = pUnused->fd; + }else{ + pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused)); + if( !pUnused ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( fd<0 ){ + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); + terrno = errno; + if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){ + if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){ + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); + } + } + } + if( fd<0 ){ + openFlags = O_RDONLY; + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); + terrno = errno; + } + if( fd<0 ){ + if( islockfile ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + switch (terrno) { + case EACCES: + return SQLITE_PERM; + case EIO: + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ + default: + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + } + + pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); + if( pNew==NULL ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto end_create_proxy; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); + pNew->openFlags = openFlags; + memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs)); + dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder; + dummyVfs.zName = "dummy"; + pUnused->fd = fd; + pUnused->flags = openFlags; + pNew->pUnused = pUnused; + + rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppFile = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +end_create_proxy: + robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); + sqlite3_free(pNew); + sqlite3_free(pUnused); + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; +#endif + +#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */ + +/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */ +extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); + +/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN +** bytes of writable memory. +*/ +static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ + assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t)); + memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); +#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\ + && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050 + { + static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ + if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ + int err = errno; + if( pError ){ + *pError = err; + } + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ + if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){ + pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path + */ +#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */ +#define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */ +#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) +#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) + +/* +** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves +** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the +** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is +** closed. Returns zero if successful. +*/ +static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; + char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath; + size_t readLen = 0; + size_t pathLen = 0; + char errmsg[64] = ""; + int fd = -1; + int rc = -1; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID); + + /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ + pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); + if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || + (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); + goto end_breaklock; + } + /* read the conch content */ + readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); + if( readLenh, __LINE__); + conchFile->h = fd; + conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; + +end_breaklock: + if( rc ){ + if( fd>=0 ){ + osUnlink(tPath); + robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); + } + fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg); + } + return rc; +} + +/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the +** host id matches. +*/ +static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nTries = 0; + struct timespec conchModTime; + + memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); + do { + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); + nTries ++; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* If the lock failed (busy): + * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. + * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait + * 10 sec and try again + * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. + */ + struct stat buf; + if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + } + + if( nTries==1 ){ + conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; + usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ + continue; + } + + assert( nTries>1 ); + if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || + conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + if( nTries==2 ){ + char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); + if( len<0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = errno; + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + } + if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){ + /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */ + if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + }else{ + /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ + continue; + } + + assert( nTries==3 ); + if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); + } + if( !rc ){ + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); + } + } + } + } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); + + return rc; +} + +/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if +** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL +** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the +** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically +** and written to the conch file. +*/ +static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + + if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + uuid_t myHostID; + int pError = 0; + char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN]; + char *tempLockPath = NULL; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int createConch = 0; + int hostIdMatch = 0; + int readLen = 0; + int tryOldLockPath = 0; + int forceNewLockPath = 0; + + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); + + rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ + pFile->lastErrno = pError; + goto end_takeconch; + } + rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_takeconch; + } + /* read the existing conch file */ + readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN); + if( readLen<0 ){ + /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ + pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + goto end_takeconch; + }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || + readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ + /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new + ** conch file. + */ + createConch = 1; + } + /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch + ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll + ** retry with a new auto-generated path + */ + do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ + + if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ + hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, + PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); + /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ + if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll + ** use the local lock file path that's already in there + */ + if( hostIdMatch ){ + size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); + + if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ + pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; + } + memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen); + lockPath[pathLen] = 0; + tempLockPath = lockPath; + tryOldLockPath = 1; + /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */ + goto end_takeconch; + } + }else if( hostIdMatch + && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], + readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) + ){ + /* conch host and lock path match */ + goto end_takeconch; + } + } + + /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ + if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto end_takeconch; + } + + /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ + if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); + tempLockPath = lockPath; + /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ + } + + /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process + ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big + ** stick. + */ + futimes(conchFile->h, NULL); + if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){ + if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){ + /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this + ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } else { + rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + }else{ + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + int writeSize = 0; + + writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; + memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); + if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ + strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN); + }else{ + strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN); + } + writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]); + robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); + rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); + fsync(conchFile->h); + /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a + ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ + struct stat buf; + int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); + if( err==0 ){ + mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP | + S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); + /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */ +#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG + osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); +#else + do{ + rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); + }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR ); + if( rc!=0 ){ + int code = errno; + fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", + cmode, code, strerror(code)); + } else { + fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode); + } + }else{ + int code = errno; + fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", + err, code, strerror(code)); +#endif + } + } + } + conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); + + end_takeconch: + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ + int fd; + if( pFile->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); + } + pFile->h = -1; + fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0); + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd)); + if( fd>=0 ){ + pFile->h = fd; + }else{ + rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called + during locking */ + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){ + char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath; + rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ + /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path + ** so try again via auto-naming + */ + forceNewLockPath = 1; + tryOldLockPath = 0; + continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */ + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value + ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack + */ + if( tempLockPath ){ + pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath); + if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCtx->conchHeld = 1; + + if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ + afpLockingContext *afpCtx; + afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; + afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; + } + } else { + conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); + } + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, + rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); + return rc; + } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - + ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ + } +} + +/* +** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. +*/ +static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ + unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ + + pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), + getpid())); + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); + } + pCtx->conchHeld = 0; + OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, + (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file. +** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory. +** +** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory +** space is eventually freed. +** +** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs. +*/ +static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */ + char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ + + /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to + ** the name of the original database file. */ + *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8); + if( conchPath==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); + + /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ + for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ + if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ + i++; + break; + } + } + conchPath[i]='.'; + while ( ilockingContext; + char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ + if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || + (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + pCtx->lockProxy=NULL; + pCtx->conchHeld = 0; + if( lockProxy!=NULL ){ + rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_free(lockProxy); + } + sqlite3_free(oldPath); + pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath +** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size. +** +** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it +** int dbPath. +*/ +static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ +#if defined(__APPLE__) + if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ + /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field + ** of the struct */ + assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); + strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN); + } else +#endif + if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){ + /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock + ** file path */ + int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX); + memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1); + }else{ + /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */ + assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); + strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking +** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields +** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and +** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: +** ->lockingContext +** ->pMethod +*/ +static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { + proxyLockingContext *pCtx; + char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ + char *lockPath=NULL; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); + if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){ + lockPath=NULL; + }else{ + lockPath=(char *)path; + } + + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, + (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); + + pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); + if( pCtx==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx)); + + rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){ + /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and + ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access. + ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts + ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR. + */ + struct statfs fsInfo; + struct stat conchInfo; + int goLockless = 0; + + if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { + int err = errno; + if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){ + goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY; + } + } + if( goLockless ){ + pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ + pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath); + if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, + ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. + */ + pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; + pFile->lockingContext = pCtx; + pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; + pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; + }else{ + if( pCtx->conchFile ){ + pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); + } + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx); + } + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, + (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific +** to proxy locking. +*/ +static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath; + }else{ + *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)"; + } + } else { + *(const char **)pArg = NULL; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods); + if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){ + if( isProxyStyle ){ + /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; + }else{ + /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; + if( isProxyStyle ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = + (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; + if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") + || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && + !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath); + } + }else{ + /* turn on proxy file locking */ + rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath); + } + } + return rc; + } + default: { + assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */ + } + } + /*NOTREACHED*/ + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures +** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the +** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow. +*/ + + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut); + }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ + pResOut=0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); + pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; + }else{ + /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ + } + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); + pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; + }else{ + /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a file that uses proxy locks. +*/ +static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + if( id ){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( lockProxy ){ + rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_free(lockProxy); + pCtx->lockProxy = 0; + } + if( conchFile ){ + if( pCtx->conchHeld ){ + rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_free(conchFile); + } + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath); + /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ + pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; + pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; + sqlite3_free(pCtx); + return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ +/* +** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. +** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also +** restricted to MacOSX. +** +** +******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Initialize the operating system interface. +** +** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating +** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows, +** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other +** files. +** +** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a +** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not +** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they +** should not be used. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ + /* + ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. + ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer + ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because + ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer + ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems + ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.) + ** + ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the + ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the + ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking + ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS + ** macro for addition information on finder-functions. + ** + ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods + ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little + ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the + ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for + ** that filesystem time. + */ + #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ + 3, /* iVersion */ \ + sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ + MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ + 0, /* pNext */ \ + VFSNAME, /* zName */ \ + (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \ + unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \ + unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \ + unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \ + unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \ + unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \ + unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \ + unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \ + unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \ + unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ + unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ + unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ + unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \ + unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \ + unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \ + unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \ + unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \ + } + + /* + ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array. + ** + ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified + ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following + ** array cannot be const. + */ + static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = { +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__)) + UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ), +#else + UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ), +#endif + UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ), +#if OS_VXWORKS + UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ), +#if !OS_VXWORKS + UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ), +#endif +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) + UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ), +#endif + }; + unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed + ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ + assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 ); + + /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ + for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ + sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Shutdown the operating system interface. +** +** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine, +** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. +** This routine is a no-op for unix. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ + +/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for Windows only */ + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/ +/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to +** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those +** files. +** +** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a +** general purpose header file. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ +#define _OS_COMMON_H_ + +/* +** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG +** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the +** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. +*/ +#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG +# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define OSTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works +** on i486 hardware. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ + +static sqlite_uint64 g_start; +static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; +#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() +#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start +#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed +#else +#define TIMER_START +#define TIMER_END +#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) +#endif + +/* +** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block +** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This +** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) +#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ + if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ + || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ + { local_ioerr(); CODE; } +static void local_ioerr(){ + IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); + sqlite3_io_error_hit++; + if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; +} +#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ + local_ioerr(); \ + sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ + sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ + CODE; \ + }else{ \ + sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ + } \ + } +#else +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) +#define SimulateIOError(A) +#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) +#endif + +/* +** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; +#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) +#else +#define OpenCounter(X) +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ + +/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/ + +/* +** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. +*/ + +/* +** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only +** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel. +*/ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +# error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\ + with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL." +#endif + +/* +** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions +** based on the sub-platform)? +*/ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI) +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI +#endif + +/* +** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions +** based on the sub-platform)? +*/ +#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \ + !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE) +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE +#endif + +/* +** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) +# error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\ + must be defined." +#endif + +/* +** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not +** already available. +*/ +#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8 +# define NTDDI_WIN8 0x06020000 +#endif + +#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE +# define NTDDI_WINBLUE 0x06030000 +#endif + +/* +** Check if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions should be considered deprecated +** and avoid using them in that case. It should be noted here that if the +** value of the SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX pre-processor macro is zero +** (whether via this block or via being manually specified), that implies +** the underlying operating system will always be based on the Windows NT +** Kernel. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX +# if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file). +*/ +#ifndef MAX_PATH +# define MAX_PATH (260) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32. This should normally be +** MAX_PATH. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS +# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS (MAX_PATH) +#endif + +/* +** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file). +*/ +#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS +# define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS (32767) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT. This should normally be +** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS +# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32. The MAX_PATH macro is in +** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of +** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES +# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT. This should normally be +** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES +# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES \ + (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS +# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024) +#endif + +/* +** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory +** separator. +*/ +#ifndef winIsDirSep +# define winIsDirSep(a) (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\')) +#endif + +/* +** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is +** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation). +*/ +#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE +# define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x) +#endif + +/* +** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator. +*/ +#ifndef winGetDirSep +# define winGetDirSep() '\\' +#endif + +/* +** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL +** mode (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows CE SDK; however, they +** are not present in the header file)? +*/ +#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +/* +** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT. Figure out which +** set we need. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT +WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR); + +WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T); +#else +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) +WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR); +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) +WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR); +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */ + +WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T); +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ + +/* +** This file mapping API is common to both Win32 and WinRT. +*/ +WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID); +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */ + +/* +** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. +*/ +#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES +# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) +#endif + +#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK +# define FILE_FLAG_MASK (0xFF3C0000) +#endif + +#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK +# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (0x0003FFF7) +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */ +typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */ +typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */ +#endif + +/* +** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it +** with some code of our own. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE +typedef struct winceLock { + int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ + BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ + BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ + BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ +} winceLock; +#endif + +/* +** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 +** portability layer. +*/ +typedef struct winFile winFile; +struct winFile { + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */ + HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ + u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ + short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ + u8 ctrlFlags; /* Flags. See WINFILE_* below */ + DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ +#endif + const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */ + int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ + HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ + HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ + winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ + winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */ + HANDLE hMap; /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */ + void *pMapRegion; /* Area memory mapped */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapped region */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags +*/ +#define WINFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ +#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ +#define WINFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ + +/* + * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug(). + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD))) +#endif + +/* + * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that + * the data directory should be changed. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1) +#endif + +/* + * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that + * the temporary directory should be changed. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2) +#endif + +/* + * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the + * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC + +/* + * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32 + * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used. This + * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT. By default, this is enabled + * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data. + * + ****************************************************************************** + * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the + * winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown + * function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will + * be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed + * data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation. + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE (TRUE) +#endif + +/* + * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \ + (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304) +#endif + +/* + * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0) +#endif + +/* + * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be + * zero for the default behavior. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0) +#endif + + +/* +** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific +** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation. +*/ +typedef struct winMemData winMemData; +struct winMemData { +#ifndef NDEBUG + u32 magic1; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ +#endif + HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */ + BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + u32 magic2; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ +#endif +}; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#define WINMEM_MAGIC1 0x42b2830b +#define WINMEM_MAGIC2 0xbd4d7cf4 +#endif + +static struct winMemData win_mem_data = { +#ifndef NDEBUG + WINMEM_MAGIC1, +#endif + NULL, FALSE +#ifndef NDEBUG + ,WINMEM_MAGIC2 +#endif +}; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ) +#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ) +#define winMemAssertMagic() winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2(); +#else +#define winMemAssertMagic() +#endif + +#define winMemGetDataPtr() &win_mem_data +#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap +#define winMemGetOwned() win_mem_data.bOwned + +static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes); +static void winMemFree(void *pPrior); +static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes); +static int winMemSize(void *p); +static int winMemRoundup(int n); +static int winMemInit(void *pAppData); +static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void); +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ + +/* +** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes +** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win9x +** or WinNT. +** +** 0: Operating system unknown. +** 1: Operating system is Win9x. +** 2: Operating system is WinNT. +** +** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture +** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0; +#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) +static int sqlite3_os_type = 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SYSCALL +# define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr +#endif + +/* +** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT. + */ + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT +# define osAreFileApisANSI() 1 +#endif + +/* +** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that +** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during +** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers +** to all overrideable system calls. +*/ +static struct win_syscall { + const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ +} aSyscall[] = { +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI, 0 }, +#else + { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI +#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)CharLowerW, 0 }, +#else + { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)CharUpperW, 0 }, +#else + { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) + + { "CloseHandle", (SYSCALL)CloseHandle, 0 }, + +#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileA, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) + +#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \ + !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)) + { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ + !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)) + { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \ + LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA, 0 }, +#else + { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW, 0 }, +#else + { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 }, +#else + { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ + LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime, 0 }, +#else + { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ + LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent) + + { "FlushFileBuffers", (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers, 0 }, + +#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA, 0 }, +#else + { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \ + DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW, 0 }, +#else + { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ + DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary, 0 }, +#else + { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) + + { "GetCurrentProcessId", (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId, 0 }, + +#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \ + LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)GetFileSize, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \ + LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ + LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) + + { "GetLastError", (SYSCALL)GetLastError, 0 }, + +#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */ + { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA, 0 }, +#else + /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take + ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ + { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress, 0 }, +#endif +#else + { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \ + LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo, 0 }, +#else + { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent) + + { "GetSystemTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime, 0 }, + +#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 }, +#else + { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ + LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \ + SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX + { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ + LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX + { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ + LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent) + + { "HeapAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc, 0 }, + +#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)HeapCreate, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent) + + { "HeapFree", (SYSCALL)HeapFree, 0 }, + +#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent) + + { "HeapReAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc, 0 }, + +#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent) + + { "HeapSize", (SYSCALL)HeapSize, 0 }, + +#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)HeapValidate, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)HeapCompact, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA, 0 }, +#else + { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ + !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW, 0 }, +#else + { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)LocalFree, 0 }, +#else + { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)LockFile, 0 }, +#else + { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osLockFile +#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)LockFileEx, 0 }, +#else + { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osLockFileEx +#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)) + { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile, 0 }, +#else + { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent) + + { "MultiByteToWideChar", (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar, 0 }, + +#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \ + int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent) + + { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 }, + +#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ + LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent) + + { "ReadFile", (SYSCALL)ReadFile, 0 }, + +#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent) + + { "SetEndOfFile", (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile, 0 }, + +#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer, 0 }, +#else + { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)Sleep, 0 }, +#else + { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent) + + { "SystemTimeToFileTime", (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime, 0 }, + +#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \ + LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)UnlockFile, 0 }, +#else + { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osUnlockFile +#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx, 0 }, +#else + { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) + { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile, 0 }, +#else + { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent) + + { "WideCharToMultiByte", (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte, 0 }, + +#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \ + LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent) + + { "WriteFile", (SYSCALL)WriteFile, 0 }, + +#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \ + DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject, 0 }, +#else + { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx, 0 }, +#else + { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx, 0 }, +#else + { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \ + PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ + FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) + { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp, 0 }, +#else + { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)CreateFile2, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary, 0 }, +#else + { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo, 0 }, +#else + { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ + LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA, 0 }, +#else + { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW, 0 }, +#else + { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent) + + { "GetProcessHeap", (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap, 0 }, + +#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) + { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent) + +}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ + +/* +** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the +** "win32" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the +** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable +** system call named zName. +*/ +static int winSetSystemCall( + sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ + const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ +){ + unsigned int i; + int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); + if( zName==0 ){ + /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default + ** settings and return NULL + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + for(i=0; i0 ){ + memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); + memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); + osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf); + }else{ + osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf); + } +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); + if ( osMultiByteToWideChar( + osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf, + nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){ + return; + } + osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf); +#else + if( nMin>0 ){ + memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); + memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); + fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms +** milliseconds. This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT +static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL; +#endif + +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if ( sleepObj==NULL ){ + sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET, + SYNCHRONIZE); + } + assert( sleepObj!=NULL ); + osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE); +#else + osSleep(milliseconds); +#endif +} + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, +** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. +** +** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack +** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that +** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to +** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or +** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call +** the LockFileEx() API. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX +# define osIsNT() (1) +#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) +# define osIsNT() (1) +#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) +# define osIsNT() (0) +#else + static int osIsNT(void){ + if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){ +#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8 + OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo; + sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); + osGetVersionExW(&sInfo); +#else + OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo; + sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); + osGetVersionExA(&sInfo); +#endif + sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; + } + return sqlite3_os_type==2; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC +/* +** Allocate nBytes of memory. +*/ +static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){ + HANDLE hHeap; + void *p; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", + nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){ + HANDLE hHeap; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); +#endif + if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */ + if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p", + pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + } +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + HANDLE hHeap; + void *p; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); +#endif + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + if( !pPrior ){ + p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + }else{ + p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + } + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", + pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(), + (void*)hHeap); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. +*/ +static int winMemSize(void *p){ + HANDLE hHeap; + SIZE_T n; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) ); +#endif + if( !p ) return 0; + n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p); + if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p", + p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + return 0; + } + return (int)n; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int winMemRoundup(int n){ + return n; +} + +/* +** Initialize this module. +*/ +static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){ + winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; + + if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); + assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE; + DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap; + if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){ + dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE; + }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){ + dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize; + } + pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, + dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize); + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu", + osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize, + dwMaximumSize); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE; + assert( pWinMemData->bOwned ); + } +#else + pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap(); + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError()); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; + assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned ); +#endif + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 ); + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){ + winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; + + if( !pWinMemData ) return; + assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); + assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); + + if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){ + if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p", + osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap); + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; + } + pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL; + } +} + +/* +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The +** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. +** +** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore +** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = { + winMemMalloc, + winMemFree, + winMemRealloc, + winMemSize, + winMemRoundup, + winMemInit, + winMemShutdown, + &win_mem_data + }; + return &winMemMethods; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32()); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ + +/* +** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. +*/ +static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ + int nChar; + LPWSTR zWideFilename; + + nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); + if( nChar==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); + if( zWideFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, + nChar); + if( nChar==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zWideFilename); + zWideFilename = 0; + } + return zWideFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is +** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ + int nByte; + char *zFilename; + + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + return 0; + } + zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); + if( zFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, + 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zFilename); + zFilename = 0; + } + return zFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the +** current codepage settings for file apis. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained +** from sqlite3_malloc. +*/ +static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ + int nByte; + LPWSTR zMbcsFilename; + int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; + + nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, + 0)*sizeof(WCHAR); + if( nByte==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); + if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, + nByte); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename); + zMbcsFilename = 0; + } + return zMbcsFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the +** user's ANSI codepage. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ + int nByte; + char *zFilename; + int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; + + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + return 0; + } + zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); + if( zFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, + nByte, 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zFilename); + zFilename = 0; + } + return zFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the +** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){ + char *zFilenameUtf8; + LPWSTR zTmpWide; + + zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename); + if( zTmpWide==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); + sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); + return zFilenameUtf8; +} + +/* +** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the +** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){ + char *zFilenameMbcs; + LPWSTR zTmpWide; + + zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + if( zTmpWide==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); + sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); + return zFilenameMbcs; +} + +/* +** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on +** the provided arguments. The type argument must be 1 in order to set the +** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory. The zValue +** argument is the name of the directory to use. The return value will be +** SQLITE_OK if successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){ + char **ppDirectory = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ + ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory; + }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ + ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory; + } + assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE + || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE + ); + assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + if( ppDirectory ){ + char *zValueUtf8 = 0; + if( zValue && zValue[0] ){ + zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue); + if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory); + *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg +** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero +** otherwise (if the message was truncated). +*/ +static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it + ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output + ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. + */ + DWORD dwLen = 0; + char *zOut = 0; + + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1]; + dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + lastErrno, + 0, + zTempWide, + SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS, + 0); +#else + LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL; + dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + lastErrno, + 0, + (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, + 0, + 0); +#endif + if( dwLen > 0 ){ + /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ + osLocalFree(zTempWide); +#endif + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + char *zTemp = NULL; + dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + lastErrno, + 0, + (LPSTR) &zTemp, + 0, + 0); + if( dwLen > 0 ){ + /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ + osLocalFree(zTemp); + } + } +#endif + if( 0 == dwLen ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno); + }else{ + /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); + /* free the UTF8 buffer */ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** +** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro +** winLogError(). +** +** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function. +** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of +** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from +** FormatMessage. +** +** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that +** failed and the associated file-system path, if any. +*/ +#define winLogError(a,b,c,d) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__) +static int winLogErrorAtLine( + int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ + DWORD lastErrno, /* Win32 last error */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ + const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ + int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ +){ + char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + zMsg[0] = 0; + winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg); + assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; + for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){} + zMsg[i] = 0; + sqlite3_log(errcode, + "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s", + iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg + ); + + return errcode; +} + +/* +** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile() +** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by +** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry. +** The delay increases linearly with each retry. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY +# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY +# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25 +#endif +static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY; +static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY; + +/* +** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O +** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried. It +** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return +** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation +** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being +** retried. The argument to this macro should be a variable. +** +** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined. If it +** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1" +** returns zero. The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and +** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should +** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller. If +** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics +** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro. +*/ +#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1) +#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE)) +#endif + +/* +** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine +** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE +** to give up with an error. +*/ +static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){ + DWORD e = osGetLastError(); + if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){ + if( pError ){ + *pError = e; + } + return 0; + } + if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); + ++*pnRetry; + return 1; + } +#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2) + else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); + ++*pnRetry; + return 1; + } +#endif + if( pError ){ + *pError = e; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Log a I/O error retry episode. +*/ +static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){ + if( nRetry ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, + "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict", + winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2 + ); + } +} + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE +/************************************************************************* +** This section contains code for WinCE only. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API +/* +** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. So +** create a substitute. +*/ +/* #include */ +struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) +{ + static struct tm y; + FILETIME uTm, lTm; + SYSTEMTIME pTm; + sqlite3_int64 t64; + t64 = *t; + t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; + uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF); + uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32); + osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); + osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); + y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; + y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; + y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; + y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; + y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; + y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; + y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; + return &y; +} +#endif + +#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)] + +/* +** Acquire a lock on the handle h +*/ +static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ + DWORD dwErr; + do { + dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); + } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); +} +/* +** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() +*/ +#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) + +/* +** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file +** descriptor pFile +*/ +static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ + LPWSTR zTok; + LPWSTR zName; + DWORD lastErrno; + BOOL bLogged = FALSE; + BOOL bInit = TRUE; + + zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + if( zName==0 ){ + /* out of memory */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + + /* Initialize the local lockdata */ + memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local)); + + /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it + ** to derive a mutex name. */ + zTok = osCharLowerW(zName); + for (;*zTok;zTok++){ + if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; + } + + /* Create/open the named mutex */ + pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); + if (!pFile->hMutex){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + sqlite3_free(zName); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, + "winceCreateLock1", zFilename); + } + + /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are + ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name + ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. + */ + osCharUpperW(zName); + pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, + PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), + zName); + + /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it + ** must be zero-initialized */ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ + bInit = FALSE; + } + + sqlite3_free(zName); + + /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ + if( pFile->hShared ){ + pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, + FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); + /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ + if( !pFile->shared ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, + "winceCreateLock2", zFilename); + bLogged = TRUE; + osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); + pFile->hShared = NULL; + } + } + + /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ + if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){ + if( !bLogged ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, + "winceCreateLock3", zFilename); + bLogged = TRUE; + } + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); + pFile->hMutex = NULL; + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + + /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ + if( bInit ){ + memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks +*/ +static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ + if (pFile->hMutex){ + /* Acquire the mutex */ + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they + are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ + if (pFile->local.nReaders){ + pFile->shared->nReaders --; + } + if (pFile->local.bReserved){ + pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; + } + if (pFile->local.bPending){ + pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; + } + if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ + pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; + } + + /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ + osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); + osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); + + /* Done with the mutex */ + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); + pFile->hMutex = NULL; + } +} + +/* +** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE +*/ +static BOOL winceLockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, + DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh +){ + winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); + BOOL bReturn = FALSE; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh); + + if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ + if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST + && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){ + if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ + pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; + pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a read-only lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && + nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ + pFile->local.nReaders ++; + if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ + pFile->shared->nReaders ++; + } + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a pending lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ + if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { + pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; + pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a reserved lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { + pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; + pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return bReturn; +} + +/* +** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE +*/ +static BOOL winceUnlockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, + DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh +){ + winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); + BOOL bReturn = FALSE; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh); + + if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ + if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){ + /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ + if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ + assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE); + pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + + /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ + else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ + assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE + || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1); + pFile->local.nReaders --; + if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) + { + pFile->shared->nReaders --; + } + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Releasing a pending lock */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->local.bPending){ + pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + /* Releasing a reserved lock */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->local.bReserved) { + pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return bReturn; +} +/* +** End of the special code for wince +*****************************************************************************/ +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ + +/* +** Lock a file region. +*/ +static BOOL winLockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD flags, + DWORD offsetLow, + DWORD offsetHigh, + DWORD numBytesLow, + DWORD numBytesHigh +){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* + ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 + ** API LockFile. + */ + return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, + numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); +#else + if( osIsNT() ){ + OVERLAPPED ovlp; + memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; + ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; + return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); + }else{ + return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, + numBytesHigh); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Unlock a file region. + */ +static BOOL winUnlockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD offsetLow, + DWORD offsetHigh, + DWORD numBytesLow, + DWORD numBytesHigh +){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* + ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 + ** API UnlockFile. + */ + return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, + numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); +#else + if( osIsNT() ){ + OVERLAPPED ovlp; + memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; + ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; + return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); + }else{ + return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, + numBytesHigh); + } +#endif +} + +/***************************************************************************** +** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified +** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. +*/ +#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER +# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) +#endif + +/* +** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first +** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. +** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero. +*/ +static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */ + LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */ + DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */ + DWORD lastErrno; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ + + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset)); + + upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); + lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff); + + /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword + ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails, + ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, + ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine + ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call + ** GetLastError(). + */ + dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); + + if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER + && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, + "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); + return 1; + } + + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return 0; +#else + /* + ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT. + */ + + LARGE_INTEGER x; /* The new offset */ + BOOL bRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */ + + x.QuadPart = iOffset; + bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN); + + if(!bRet){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, + "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); + return 1; + } + + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return 0; +#endif +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */ +static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64); +static int winUnmapfile(winFile*); +#endif + +/* +** Close a file. +** +** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes +** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious +** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If +** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As +** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before +** giving up and returning an error. +*/ +#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 +static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ + int rc, cnt = 0; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + + assert( id!=0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); +#endif + assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); + OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p\n", pFile->h)); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + winUnmapfile(pFile); +#endif + + do{ + rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h); + /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */ + }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) ); +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE +#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 + winceDestroyLock(pFile); + if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ + int cnt = 0; + while( + osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 + && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff + && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS + ){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ + } + sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + pFile->h = NULL; + } + OpenCounter(-1); + OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed")); + return rc ? SQLITE_OK + : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(), + "winClose", pFile->zPath); +} + +/* +** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all +** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes +** wrong. +*/ +static int winRead( + sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ + void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ + int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ + sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ +){ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for ReadFile. */ +#endif + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */ + DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */ + int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */ + + assert( id!=0 ); + assert( amt>0 ); + assert( offset>=0 ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); + OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", + pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offsetmmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); + OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){ + OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){ +#else + memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); + overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); + while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) && + osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){ +#endif + DWORD lastErrno; + if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno, + "winRead", pFile->zPath); + } + winLogIoerr(nRetry); + if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){ + /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead); + OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } + + OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code on failure. +*/ +static int winWrite( + sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ + const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ + int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ +){ + int rc = 0; /* True if error has occurred, else false */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */ + int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */ + + assert( amt>0 ); + assert( pFile ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); + SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); + + OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", + pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offsetmmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); + OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset); + if( rc==0 ){ +#else + { +#endif +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for WriteFile. */ +#endif + u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */ + int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */ + DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */ + DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); + overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); +#endif + + while( nRem>0 ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){ +#else + if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){ +#endif + if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; + break; + } + assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem ); + if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + break; + } +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + offset += nWrite; + overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); + overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); +#endif + aRem += nWrite; + nRem -= nWrite; + } + if( nRem>0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = 1; + } + } + + if( rc ){ + if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL ) + || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){ + OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno, + "winWrite1", pFile->zPath); + } + OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno, + "winWrite2", pFile->zPath); + }else{ + winLogIoerr(nRetry); + } + OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Truncate an open file to a specified size +*/ +static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */ + DWORD lastErrno; + + assert( pFile ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); + OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n", + pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype)); + + /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the + ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the + ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested + ** size). + */ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + } + + /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */ + if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, + "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath); + }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) && + ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, + "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath); + } + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently + ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will + ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. + */ + if( pFile->pMapRegion && nBytemmapSize ){ + pFile->mmapSize = nByte; + } +#endif + + OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test +** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. +*/ +static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ +#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + /* + ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined. + */ + BOOL rc; +#endif +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)) + /* + ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or + ** OSTRACE() macros. + */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); +#endif + + assert( pFile ); + /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ + assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL + || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL + ); + + /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This + ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. + */ + SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); + + OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n", + pFile->h, flags, pFile->locktype)); + +#ifndef SQLITE_TEST + UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); +#else + if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ + sqlite3_fullsync_count++; + } + sqlite3_sync_count++; +#endif + + /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a + ** no-op + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; +#else + rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h); + SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE ); + if( rc ){ + OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno, + "winSync", pFile->zPath); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Determine the current size of a file in bytes +*/ +static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( id!=0 ); + assert( pSize!=0 ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); + OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize)); + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { + FILE_STANDARD_INFO info; + if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo, + &info, sizeof(info)) ){ + *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, + "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); + } + } +#else + { + DWORD upperBits; + DWORD lowerBits; + DWORD lastErrno; + + lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); + *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; + if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE) + && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, + "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); + } + } +#endif + OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. +*/ +#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY +# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 +#endif + +#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2 +#endif + +/* +** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions. +** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail +** immediately if the lock could not be obtained. Also, it always expected to +** obtain an exclusive lock. These flags are used with the LockFileEx function +** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS +# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \ + LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) +#endif + +/* +** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the +** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS +# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY) +#endif + +/* +** Acquire a reader lock. +** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this +** is Win9x or WinNT. +*/ +static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){ + int res; + OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* + ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 + ** API LockFileEx. + */ + res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); +#else + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, + SHARED_SIZE, 0); +#endif + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + int lk; + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); + pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1)); + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, + SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); + } +#endif + if( res == 0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + /* No need to log a failure to lock */ + } + OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); + return res; +} + +/* +** Undo a readlock +*/ +static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ + int res; + DWORD lastErrno; + OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); + if( osIsNT() ){ + res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); + } +#endif + if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno, + "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath); + } + OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); + return res; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine +** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. +** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You +** must go straight to locking level 0. +*/ +static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ + int res = 1; /* Result of a Windows lock call */ + int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ + int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; + + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as + ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + */ + assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or + ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of + ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. + */ + newLocktype = pFile->locktype; + if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK) + || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) + && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)) + ){ + int cnt = 3; + while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, + PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ + /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. This is needed to work + ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on + ** Windows systems. + ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not + ** copy this retry logic. It is a hack intended for Windows only. + */ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n", + pFile->h, cnt, res)); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1); + } + gotPendingLock = res; + if( !res ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + } + } + + /* Acquire a shared lock + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); + res = winGetReadLock(pFile); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + } + } + + /* Acquire a RESERVED lock + */ + if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + } + } + + /* Acquire a PENDING lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; + gotPendingLock = 0; + } + + /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); + res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile); + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, + SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + winGetReadLock(pFile); + } + } + + /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then + ** release it now. + */ + if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + + /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then + ** return the appropriate result code. + */ + if( res ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n", + pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype)); + } + pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype; + OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return +** non-zero, otherwise zero. +*/ +static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int res; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut)); + + assert( id!=0 ); + if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + res = 1; + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res)); + }else{ + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + if( res ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + res = !res; + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res)); + } + *pResOut = res; + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument +** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine +** might return SQLITE_IOERR; +*/ +static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ + int type; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pFile!=0 ); + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); + type = pFile->locktype; + if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){ + /* This should never happen. We should always be able to + ** reacquire the read lock */ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(), + "winUnlock", pFile->zPath); + } + } + if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ + winUnlockReadLock(pFile); + } + if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype; + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to +** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. +** +** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. +*/ +static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ + if( *pArg<0 ){ + *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; + }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; + }else{ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; + } +} + +/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */ +static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **); +static int winIsDir(const void *); +static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *); + +/* +** Control and query of the open file handle. +*/ +static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg)); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { + *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { + *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { + pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 oldSz; + int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; + if( newSz>oldSz ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = winTruncate(id, newSz); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { + winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { + winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { + *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: { + int *a = (int*)pArg; + if( a[0]>0 ){ + winIoerrRetry = a[0]; + }else{ + a[0] = winIoerrRetry; + } + if( a[1]>0 ){ + winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1]; + }else{ + a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay; + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: { + LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg; + HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h; + pFile->h = *phFile; + *phFile = hOldFile; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + hOldFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#endif + case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { + char *zTFile = 0; + int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *(char**)pArg = zTFile; + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { + i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ + newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; + } + *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; + if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ + pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; + if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ + winUnmapfile(pFile); + rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1); + } + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } +#endif + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; +} + +/* +** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for +** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be +** larger for some devices. +** +** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that +** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. +** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the +** same for both. +*/ +static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + (void)id; + return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} + +/* +** Return a vector of device characteristics. +*/ +static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ + winFile *p = (winFile*)id; + return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN | + ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0); +} + +/* +** Windows will only let you create file view mappings +** on allocation size granularity boundaries. +** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo() +** to get the granularity size. +*/ +static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +/* +** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The +** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by +** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads. +** +** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** statements. e.g. +** +** winShmEnterMutex() +** assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); +** winShmLeaveMutex() +*/ +static void winShmEnterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +#ifndef NDEBUG +static int winShmMutexHeld(void) { + return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} +#endif + +/* +** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide +** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same +** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all +** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each +** log-summary is opened only once per process. +** +** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying +** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: +** +** nRef +** pNext +** +** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: +** +** fid +** zFilename +** +** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and +** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field +** in this structure. +** +*/ +struct winShmNode { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */ + winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */ + + int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ + int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ + struct ShmRegion { + HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */ + void *pMap; + } *aRegion; + DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ + + int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */ + winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */ + winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A global array of all winShmNode objects. +** +** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. +*/ +static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0; + +/* +** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an +** open shared memory connection. +** +** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and +** are read-only thereafter: +** +** winShm.pShmNode +** winShm.id +** +** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held +** while accessing any read/write fields. +*/ +struct winShm { + winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */ + winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */ + u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */ + u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Constants used for locking +*/ +#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ +#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ + +/* +** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. +*/ +#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 +#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 +#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 +static int winShmSystemLock( + winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ + int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */ + int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ + int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ +){ + int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */ + + /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 ); + + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n", + pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte)); + + /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */ + if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){ + rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); + }else{ + /* Initialize the locking parameters */ + DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY; + if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; + rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); + } + + if( rc!= 0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n", + pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" : + "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + + return rc; +} + +/* Forward references to VFS methods */ +static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*); +static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int); + +/* +** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0. +** +** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called +** by VFS shared-memory methods. +*/ +static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){ + winShmNode **pp; + winShmNode *p; + assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag)); + pp = &winShmNodeList; + while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){ + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + int i; + if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); } + for(i=0; inRegion; i++){ + BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); + UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); + bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); + UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); + } + if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + if( deleteFlag ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + *pp = p->pNext; + sqlite3_free(p->aRegion); + sqlite3_free(p); + }else{ + pp = &p->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd. +** +** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that +** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then +** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. +*/ +static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){ + struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */ + struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */ + int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */ + + assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */ + + /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively + ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename. + */ + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath); + pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1]; + sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); + + /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used. + ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one. + */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){ + /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps + ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break; + } + if( pShmNode ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + }else{ + pShmNode = pNew; + pNew = 0; + ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList; + winShmNodeList = pShmNode; + + pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + goto shm_open_err; + } + + rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, + pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ + (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */ + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, + 0); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. + ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. + */ + if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(), + "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + } + if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */ + p->pShmNode = pShmNode; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; +#endif + pShmNode->nRef++; + pDbFd->pShm = p; + winShmLeaveMutex(); + + /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under + ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the + ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is + ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting + ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex + ** mutex. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; + pShmNode->pFirst = p; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Jump here on any error */ +shm_open_err: + winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ + sqlite3_free(p); + sqlite3_free(pNew); + winShmLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** storage if deleteFlag is true. +*/ +static int winShmUnmap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */ + int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */ + winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ + winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ + winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ + + pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated + ** with pShmNode */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} + *pp = p->pNext; + + /* Free the connection p */ + sqlite3_free(p); + pDbFd->pShm = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + + /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying + ** shared-memory file, too */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); + pShmNode->nRef--; + if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ + winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag); + } + winShmLeaveMutex(); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. +*/ +static int winShmLock( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ + int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ + int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ + int flags /* What to do with the lock */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ + winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ + winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ + winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + + assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + assert( n>=1 ); + assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); + assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); + + mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<1 || mask==(1<mutex); + if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ + u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ + + /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX==p ) continue; + assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); + allMask |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Unlock the system-level locks */ + if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + + /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. + ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return + ** SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + allShared |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + } + }else{ + /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + } + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also mark the local connection as being locked. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + p->exclMask |= mask; + } + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, + sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** +** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before +** any load or store begun after the barrier. +*/ +static void winShmBarrier( + sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + winShmLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** bytes in size. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory +** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. +** +** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int winShmMap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ + int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ + int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ + int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; + winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; + winShmNode *pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !p ){ + rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + } + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); + + if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ + struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */ + int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ + sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */ + + pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; + + /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. + ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is + ** large enough to contain the requested region). + */ + rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), + "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath); + goto shmpage_out; + } + + if( szhFile, nByte); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), + "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath); + goto shmpage_out; + } + } + + /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ + apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc( + pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0]) + ); + if( !apNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + goto shmpage_out; + } + pShmNode->aRegion = apNew; + + while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ + HANDLE hMap = NULL; /* file-mapping handle */ + void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */ + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h, + NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL + ); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, + NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL + ); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, + NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL + ); +#endif + OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte, + hMap ? "ok" : "failed")); + if( hMap ){ + int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion; + int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, + iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift + ); +#else + pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, + 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift + ); +#endif + OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, + szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed")); + } + if( !pMap ){ + pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno, + "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath); + if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap); + goto shmpage_out; + } + + pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap; + pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap; + pShmNode->nRegion++; + } + } + +shmpage_out: + if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ + int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion; + int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; + char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap; + *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift]; + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#else +# define winShmMap 0 +# define winShmLock 0 +# define winShmBarrier 0 +# define winShmUnmap 0 +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){ + assert( pFile!=0 ); + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " + "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion, + pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax)); + if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ + if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " + "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, + pFile->pMapRegion)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, + "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath); + } + pFile->pMapRegion = 0; + pFile->mmapSize = 0; + pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; + } + if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){ + if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, + "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath); + } + pFile->hMap = NULL; + } + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file +** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if +** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still +** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. +** +** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of +** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the +** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the +** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured +** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not +** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error +** code otherwise. +*/ +static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ + sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte; + int rc; + + assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte)); + + if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( nMap<0 ){ + rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap); + if( rc ){ + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + } + if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ + nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; + } + nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1); + + if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){ + winUnmapfile(pFd); + } + if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ + void *pNew = 0; + DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY; + DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ; + + winUnmapfile(pFd); + if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){ + protect = PAGE_READWRITE; + flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE; + } +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect, + (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), + (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect, + (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), + (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); +#endif + if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){ + pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, + "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath); + /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 ); + assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff ); +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); +#else + pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); +#endif + if( pNew==NULL ){ + osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap); + pFd->hMap = NULL; + pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, + "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath); + /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pFd->pMapRegion = pNew; + pFd->mmapSize = nMap; + pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap; + } + + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ + +/* +** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset +** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. +** +** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. +** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. +** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final +** value of *pp is undefined in this case. +** +** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually +** release the reference by calling winUnfetch(). +*/ +static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ +#endif + *pp = 0; + + OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp)); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ + if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ + int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + } + if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ + *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; + pFd->nFetchOut++; + } + } +#endif + + OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a +** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second +** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding +** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. +** +** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called +** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping +** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. +*/ +static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ + + /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding + ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), + ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ + assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); + + /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ + assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); + + OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p)); + + if( p ){ + pFd->nFetchOut--; + }else{ + /* FIXME: If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a + ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call + ** is unnecessary can can be omitted - potentially improving + ** performance. */ + winUnmapfile(pFd); + } + + assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); +#endif + + OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. +** +********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an +** sqlite3_file for win32. +*/ +static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { + 3, /* iVersion */ + winClose, /* xClose */ + winRead, /* xRead */ + winWrite, /* xWrite */ + winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + winSync, /* xSync */ + winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + winLock, /* xLock */ + winUnlock, /* xUnlock */ + winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ + winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ + winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ + winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ + winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ + winShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ + winFetch, /* xFetch */ + winUnfetch /* xUnfetch */ +}; + +/**************************************************************************** +**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** +** +** This division contains the implementation of methods on the +** sqlite3_vfs object. +*/ + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +/* +** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system +** supports for filenames into UTF-8. Space to hold the result is +** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function. +*/ +static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){ + char *zConverted = 0; + if( osIsNT() ){ + zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename); + } +#endif + /* caller will handle out of memory */ + return zConverted; +} +#endif + +/* +** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying +** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result +** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling +** function. +*/ +static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ + void *zConverted = 0; + if( osIsNT() ){ + zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename); + } +#endif + /* caller will handle out of memory */ + return zConverted; +} + +/* +** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer +** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully +** added to it. +*/ +static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + if( zBuf ){ + int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); + if( nLen>0 ){ + if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){ + return 1; + }else if( nLen+1mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2; + zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf ); + if( !zBuf ){ + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + + /* Figure out the effective temporary directory. First, check if one + ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one + ** configured by the operating system. + */ + nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15); + assert( nDir>0 ); + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( nDirLen>0 ){ + if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){ + nDirLen++; + } + if( nDirLen>nDir ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0); + } + sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); + } + } +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + else{ + static const char *azDirs[] = { + 0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */ + 0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */ + 0, /* getenv("TMP") */ + 0, /* getenv("TEMP") */ + 0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */ + "/var/tmp", + "/usr/tmp", + "/tmp", + ".", + 0 /* List terminator */ + }; + unsigned int i; + const char *zDir = 0; + + if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); + if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); + if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP"); + if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP"); + if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE"); + for(i=0; i/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0" + ** + ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR. The number 17 is used here in order to + ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the + ** two trailing NUL characters. The final directory separator character + ** has already added if it was not already present. + */ + nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); + if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0); + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX); + + j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); + sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); + for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ + zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; + } + zBuf[j] = 0; + zBuf[j+1] = 0; + *pzBuf = zBuf; + + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory. Return false if +** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory +** allocation failure. +*/ +static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){ + DWORD attr; + int rc = 0; + DWORD lastErrno; + + if( osIsNT() ){ + int cnt = 0; + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; + memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); + while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + GetFileExInfoStandard, + &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} + if( !rc ){ + return 0; /* Invalid name? */ + } + attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 + }else{ + attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); +#endif + } + return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY); +} + +/* +** Open a file. +*/ +static int winOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Used to get maximum path name length */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ + int flags, /* Open mode flags */ + int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ +){ + HANDLE h; + DWORD lastErrno = 0; + DWORD dwDesiredAccess; + DWORD dwShareMode; + DWORD dwCreationDisposition; + DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + int isTemp = 0; +#endif + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ + const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ + int cnt = 0; + + /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open + ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. + */ + char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */ + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE + int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ +#endif + + int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); + int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); + int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); + int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); + +#ifndef NDEBUG + int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + )); +#endif + + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n", + zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags)); + + /* Check the following statements are true: + ** + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and + ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + */ + assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); + assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); + assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); + assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); + + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); + + /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + assert( pFile!=0 ); + memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile)); + pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, + "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT"); + } +#endif + + /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a + ** temporary file name to use + */ + if( !zUtf8Name ){ + assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal ); + rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + zUtf8Name = zTmpname; + } + + /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not + ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into + ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). + */ + assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || + zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 ); + + /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */ + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + + if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name)); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR; + } + + if( isReadWrite ){ + dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; + }else{ + dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; + } + + /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is + ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" + ** as it is usually understood. + */ + if( isExclusive ){ + /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ + /* If the file exists, it fails. */ + dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW; + }else if( isCreate ){ + /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ + dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; + }else{ + /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ + dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; + } + + dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; + + if( isDelete ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; + isTemp = 1; +#else + dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN + | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; +#endif + }else{ + dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; + } + /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always + ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; +#endif + + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters; + extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS); + extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes = + dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK; + extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK; + extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS; + extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL; + extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL; + while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, + dwCreationDisposition, + &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + /* Noop */ + } +#else + while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, NULL, + dwCreationDisposition, + dwFlagsAndAttributes, + NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + /* Noop */ + } +#endif + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, NULL, + dwCreationDisposition, + dwFlagsAndAttributes, + NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + /* Noop */ + } + } +#endif + winLogIoerr(cnt); + + OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, + dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); + + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ + return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, + ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & + ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), + pOutFlags); + }else{ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + } + + if( pOutFlags ){ + if( isReadWrite ){ + *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; + }else{ + *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + } + } + + OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, " + "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ? + *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB + && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK + ){ + osCloseHandle(h); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + if( isTemp ){ + pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + } + + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; + pFile->pVfs = pVfs; + pFile->h = h; + if( isReadonly ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY; + } + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW; + } + pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; + pFile->zPath = zName; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + pFile->hMap = NULL; + pFile->pMapRegion = 0; + pFile->mmapSize = 0; + pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; + pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; +#endif + + OpenCounter(+1); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the named file. +** +** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other +** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program +** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do +** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the +** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this +** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up +** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving +** up and returning an error. +*/ +static int winDelete( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ + int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ +){ + int cnt = 0; + int rc; + DWORD attr; + DWORD lastErrno = 0; + void *zConverted; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); + + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); + OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir)); + + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ + do { +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; + memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); + if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, + &sAttrData) ){ + attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND + || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + break; + } +#else + attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted); +#endif + if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND + || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + break; + } + if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ + break; + } + if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ + break; + } + if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ + break; + } + } while(1); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + do { + attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted); + if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND + || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + break; + } + if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ + break; + } + if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ + break; + } + if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ + break; + } + } while(1); + } +#endif + if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename); + }else{ + winLogIoerr(cnt); + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Check the existence and status of a file. +*/ +static int winAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ + int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ + int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ +){ + DWORD attr; + int rc = 0; + DWORD lastErrno = 0; + void *zConverted; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); + OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n", + zFilename, flags, pResOut)); + + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ + int cnt = 0; + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; + memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); + while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + GetFileExInfoStandard, + &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} + if( rc ){ + /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file + ** as if it does not exist. + */ + if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS + && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 + && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){ + attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + }else{ + attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; + } + }else{ + winLogIoerr(cnt); + if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess", + zFilename); + }else{ + attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + } + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); + } +#endif + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + switch( flags ){ + case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: + case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: + rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + break; + case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: + rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && + (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; + break; + default: + assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); + } + *pResOut = rc; + OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter +** followed by a colon character. +*/ +static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon( + const char *zPathname +){ + return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' ); +} + +/* +** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim. If +** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply +** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name +** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available). +*/ +static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname( + const char *zPathname +){ + /* + ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either + ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the + ** "Unix" format on Windows. There is no easy way to differentiate between + ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE + ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim. + */ + if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){ + return TRUE; + } + + /* + ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume + ** relative path or an absolute path. Callers of this function must not + ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use + ** it verbatim). + */ + if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){ + return TRUE; + } + + /* + ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely + ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative). + */ + return FALSE; +} + +/* +** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full +** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname +** bytes in size. +*/ +static int winFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ + const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ + int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ + char *zFull /* Output buffer */ +){ + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); + assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname ); + if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ + /* + ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data + ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis + ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute + ** one by prepending the data directory and a slash. + */ + char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); + if( !zOut ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + if( cygwin_conv_path( + (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) | + CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, + "winFullPathname1", zRelative); + }else{ + char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); + if( !zUtf8 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", + sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + } + }else{ + char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); + if( !zOut ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + if( cygwin_conv_path( + (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A), + zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, + "winFullPathname2", zRelative); + }else{ + char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); + if( !zUtf8 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif + +#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ + /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */ + if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ + /* + ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data + ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis + ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute + ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. + */ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", + sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + DWORD nByte; + void *zConverted; + char *zOut; + + /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic + ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. + */ + if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){ + zRelative++; + } + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the + ** current working directory has been unlinked. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ + /* + ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data + ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis + ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute + ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. + */ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", + sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ + LPWSTR zTemp; + nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname1", zRelative); + } + nByte += 3; + zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); + if( zTemp==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname2", zRelative); + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + char *zTemp; + nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname3", zRelative); + } + nByte += 3; + zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); + if( zTemp==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname4", zRelative); + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + } +#endif + if( zOut ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } +#endif +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points +** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. +*/ +static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ + HANDLE h; +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull ); + void *zConverted = 0; + if( zFull==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); + return 0; + } + if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zFull); + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); + return 0; + } + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull); + sqlite3_free(zFull); +#else + void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); +#endif + if( zConverted==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); + return 0; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0); +#else + h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted); +#endif + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); + } +#endif + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h)); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return (void*)h; +} +static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut); +} +static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){ + FARPROC proc; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym); + OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n", + (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc)); + return (void(*)(void))proc; +} +static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); + OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle)); +} +#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ + #define winDlOpen 0 + #define winDlError 0 + #define winDlSym 0 + #define winDlClose 0 +#endif + + +/* +** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. +*/ +static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + int n = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) + n = nBuf; + memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); +#else + if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){ + SYSTEMTIME x; + osGetSystemTime(&x); + memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); + n += sizeof(x); + } + if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ + DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId(); + memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid)); + n += sizeof(pid); + } +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){ + ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64(); + memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); + n += sizeof(cnt); + } +#else + if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ + DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount(); + memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); + n += sizeof(cnt); + } +#endif + if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){ + LARGE_INTEGER i; + osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i); + memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i)); + n += sizeof(i); + } +#endif + return n; +} + + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; +} + +/* +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as +** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of +** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ +#endif + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow +** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In +** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian +** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the +** proleptic Gregorian calendar. +** +** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date +** cannot be found. +*/ +static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ + /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of + 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). + */ + FILETIME ft; + static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#endif + /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */ + static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + + (sqlite3_int64)294967296; + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + SYSTEMTIME time; + osGetSystemTime(&time); + /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */ + if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } +#else + osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); +#endif + + *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch + + ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; + } +#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ + int rc; + sqlite3_int64 i; + rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); + if( !rc ){ + *prNow = i/86400000.0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The idea is that this function works like a combination of +** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and +** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS +** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to +** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the +** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message +** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling +** thread. +** +** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, +** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError +** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero +** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, +** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character +** in the output buffer. +** +** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect +** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never +** returns an error message: +** +** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ +** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); +** return 0; +** } +** +** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated +** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using +** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. +*/ +static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf); +} + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ + static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { + 3, /* iVersion */ + sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ + SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ + 0, /* pNext */ + "win32", /* zName */ + 0, /* pAppData */ + winOpen, /* xOpen */ + winDelete, /* xDelete */ + winAccess, /* xAccess */ + winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ + winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ + winDlError, /* xDlError */ + winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ + winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ + winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ + winSleep, /* xSleep */ + winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ + winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ + winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ + winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ + winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ + winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ + }; +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = { + 3, /* iVersion */ + sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ + SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ + 0, /* pNext */ + "win32-longpath", /* zName */ + 0, /* pAppData */ + winOpen, /* xOpen */ + winDelete, /* xDelete */ + winAccess, /* xAccess */ + winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ + winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ + winDlError, /* xDlError */ + winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ + winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ + winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ + winSleep, /* xSleep */ + winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ + winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ + winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ + winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ + winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ + winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ + }; +#endif + + /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed + ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ + assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==76 ); + + /* get memory map allocation granularity */ + memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO)); +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); +#else + osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); +#endif + assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 ); + assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 ); + + sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1); + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0); +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if( sleepObj!=NULL ){ + osCloseHandle(sleepObj); + sleepObj = NULL; + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */ + +/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 February 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length +** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1. +** +** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been +** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write" +** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. +** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. +** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most +** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, +** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs +** to handle both cases well. +** +** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. +** +** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits +** may be set or cleared one at a time. +** +** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations. +** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between +** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can +** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the +** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the +** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand, +** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database. +*/ + +/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ +#define BITVEC_SZ 512 + +/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how +** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ +#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) + +/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. +** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. +** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve +** performance. */ +#define BITVEC_TELEM u8 +/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */ +#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8 +/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */ +#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM)) +/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */ +#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM) + +/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ +#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) +/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before +** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ +#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) +/* Hashing function for the aHash representation. +** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier +** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided +** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ +#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) + +#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *)) + + +/* +** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure. +** +** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits +** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive. +** +** There are three possible representations of the bitmap. +** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight +** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1. +** +** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is +** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values. +** +** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR +** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap +** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds +** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between +** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between +** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized +** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor. +*/ +struct Bitvec { + u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */ + u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash + ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, + ** this would be 125. */ + u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */ + /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */ + /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */ + /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */ + union { + BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */ + u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */ + Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */ + } u; +}; + +/* +** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, +** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if +** malloc fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ + Bitvec *p; + assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ ); + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ + p->iSize = iSize; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false. +** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if +** i is out of range, then return false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ + if( p==0 ) return 0; + if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0; + i--; + while( p->iDivisor ){ + u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; + i = i%p->iDivisor; + p = p->u.apSub[bin]; + if (!p) { + return 0; + } + } + if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ + return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0; + } else{ + u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); + while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ + if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1; + h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT; + } + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if +** anything goes wrong. +** +** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing +** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only +** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid. +** +** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object +** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object. +** Otherwise the behavior is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ + u32 h; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( i>0 ); + assert( i<=p->iSize ); + i--; + while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) { + u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; + i = i%p->iDivisor; + if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){ + p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor ); + if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p = p->u.apSub[bin]; + } + if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ + p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); + /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */ + /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */ + /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ + if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){ + if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) { + goto bitvec_set_end; + } else { + goto bitvec_set_rehash; + } + } + /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */ + /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */ + do { + if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK; + h++; + if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; + } while( p->u.aHash[h] ); + /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */ + /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */ + /* make our hash too "full". */ +bitvec_set_rehash: + if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){ + unsigned int j; + int rc; + u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + if( aiValues==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub)); + p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR; + rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i); + for(j=0; jnSet++; + p->u.aHash[h] = i; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Clear the i-th bit. +** +** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage +** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){ + if( p==0 ) return; + assert( i>0 ); + i--; + while( p->iDivisor ){ + u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; + i = i%p->iDivisor; + p = p->u.apSub[bin]; + if (!p) { + return; + } + } + if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ + p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))); + }else{ + unsigned int j; + u32 *aiValues = pBuf; + memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + p->nSet = 0; + for(j=0; jnSet++; + while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ + h++; + if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; + } + p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j]; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + if( p->iDivisor ){ + unsigned int i; + for(i=0; iu.apSub[i]); + } + } + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p +** was created. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){ + return p->iSize; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +/* +** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold +** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I>3] |= (1<<(I&7)) +#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7)) +#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0 + +/* +** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code. +** +** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program +** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed +** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another +** opcode follows immediately after the last operand. +** +** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the +** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end. +** +** 0 Halt and return the number of errors +** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X +** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X +** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits +** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits +** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec +** +** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed +** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc. +** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec. +** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to +** confirm that error detection works. +** +** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared +** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences, +** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ + Bitvec *pBitvec = 0; + unsigned char *pV = 0; + int rc = -1; + int i, nx, pc, op; + void *pTmpSpace; + + /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of + ** bits to act as the reference */ + pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz ); + pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 ); + pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ); + if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0 ) goto bitvec_end; + + /* NULL pBitvec tests */ + sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1); + sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace); + + /* Run the program */ + pc = 0; + while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){ + switch( op ){ + case 1: + case 2: + case 5: { + nx = 4; + i = aOp[pc+2] - 1; + aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3]; + break; + } + case 3: + case 4: + default: { + nx = 2; + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); + break; + } + } + if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0; + pc += nx; + i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz; + if( (op & 1)!=0 ){ + SETBIT(pV, (i+1)); + if( op!=5 ){ + if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end; + } + }else{ + CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1)); + sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace); + } + } + + /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the + ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do + ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy + ** is found. + */ + rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1) + + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0) + + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz); + for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){ + if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){ + rc = i; + break; + } + } + + /* Free allocated structure */ +bitvec_end: + sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace); + sqlite3_free(pV); + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements that page cache. +*/ + +/* +** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure. +*/ +struct PCache { + PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */ + PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */ + int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */ + int szCache; /* Configured cache size */ + int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */ + int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */ + u8 bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */ + u8 eCreate; /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */ + int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */ + void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */ + sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */ + PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */ +}; + +/* +** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run +** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running +** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the +** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT +# define expensive_assert(X) assert(X) +#else +# define expensive_assert(X) +#endif + +/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/ + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT) +/* +** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it +** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return +** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows: +** +** expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); +*/ +static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *p; + for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){ + assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ); + } + return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0); +} +#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ + +/* +** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages. +*/ +static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ + PCache *p = pPage->pCache; + + assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); + assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); + + /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ + if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ + PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; + while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ + pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev; + } + p->pSynced = pSynced; + } + + if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ + pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; + }else{ + assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); + p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev; + } + if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ + pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; + }else{ + assert( pPage==p->pDirty ); + p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext; + if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){ + assert( p->eCreate==1 ); + p->eCreate = 2; + } + } + pPage->pDirtyNext = 0; + pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0; + + expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); +} + +/* +** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to +** pPage). +*/ +static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ + PCache *p = pPage->pCache; + + assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage ); + + pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty; + if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ + assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 ); + pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage; + }else if( p->bPurgeable ){ + assert( p->eCreate==2 ); + p->eCreate = 1; + } + p->pDirty = pPage; + if( !p->pDirtyTail ){ + p->pDirtyTail = pPage; + } + if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ + p->pSynced = pPage; + } + expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); +} + +/* +** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is +** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ + PCache *pCache = p->pCache; + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + if( p->pgno==1 ){ + pCache->pPage1 = 0; + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0); + } +} + +/*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** +** +** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these +** functions are threadsafe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the + ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined + ** page cache. */ + sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); + } + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); + } +} + +/* +** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } + +/* +** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object +** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. +** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by +** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( + int szPage, /* Size of every page */ + int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ + int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ + int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */ + void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ + PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ +){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache)); + p->szPage = szPage; + p->szExtra = szExtra; + p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable; + p->eCreate = 2; + p->xStress = xStress; + p->pStress = pStress; + p->szCache = 100; +} + +/* +** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there +** are no outstanding page references when this function is called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){ + assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 ); + if( pCache->pCache ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); + pCache->pCache = 0; + pCache->pPage1 = 0; + } + pCache->szPage = szPage; +} + +/* +** Compute the number of pages of cache requested. +*/ +static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ + if( p->szCache>=0 ){ + return p->szCache; + }else{ + return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); + } +} + +/* +** Try to obtain a page from the cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch( + PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ + int createFlag, /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */ + PgHdr **ppPage /* Write the page here */ +){ + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; + PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0; + int eCreate; + + assert( pCache!=0 ); + assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 ); + assert( pgno>0 ); + + /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated, + ** allocate it now. + */ + if( !pCache->pCache ){ + sqlite3_pcache *p; + if( !createFlag ){ + *ppPage = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate( + pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable + ); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); + pCache->pCache = p; + } + + /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist. + ** 0 Do not allocate a new page. (createFlag==0) + ** 1 Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive. + ** (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty) + ** 2 Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult. + ** (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty) + */ + eCreate = createFlag==0 ? 0 : pCache->eCreate; + assert( (createFlag*(1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty)))==eCreate ); + pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate); + if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){ + PgHdr *pPg; + + /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a + ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other + ** unreferenced dirty page. + */ + expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); + for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; + pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev + ); + pCache->pSynced = pPg; + if( !pPg ){ + for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev); + } + if( pPg ){ + int rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, + "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", + pPg->pgno, pgno, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), + numberOfCachePages(pCache)); +#endif + rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + + pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2); + } + + if( pPage ){ + pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra; + + if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){ + memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr)); + pPgHdr->pPage = pPage; + pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf; + pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1]; + memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra); + pPgHdr->pCache = pCache; + pPgHdr->pgno = pgno; + } + assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache ); + assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno ); + assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf ); + assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] ); + + if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){ + pCache->nRef++; + } + pPgHdr->nRef++; + if( pgno==1 ){ + pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr; + } + } + *ppPage = pPgHdr; + return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the +** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + PCache *pCache = p->pCache; + pCache->nRef--; + if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){ + pcacheUnpin(p); + }else{ + /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */ + pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); + pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); + } + } +} + +/* +** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){ + assert(p->nRef>0); + p->nRef++; +} + +/* +** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the +** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the +** page pointed to by p is invalid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){ + PCache *pCache; + assert( p->nRef==1 ); + if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){ + pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); + } + pCache = p->pCache; + pCache->nRef--; + if( p->pgno==1 ){ + pCache->pPage1 = 0; + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1); +} + +/* +** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already, +** make it so. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){ + p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ + p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY; + pcacheAddToDirtyList( p); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already, +** make it so. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){ + if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ + pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); + p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + pcacheUnpin(p); + } + } +} + +/* +** Make every page in the cache clean. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *p; + while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){ + sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); + } +} + +/* +** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *p; + for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ + p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + } + pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; +} + +/* +** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ + PCache *pCache = p->pCache; + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + assert( newPgno>0 ); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno); + p->pgno = newPgno; + if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ + pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); + pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); + } +} + +/* +** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The +** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages +** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno. +** +** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this +** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but +** the page object is not dropped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ + if( pCache->pCache ){ + PgHdr *p; + PgHdr *pNext; + for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pDirtyNext; + /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right + ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages, + ** it must be that pgno==0. + */ + assert( p->pgno>0 ); + if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){ + assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); + } + } + if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){ + memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage); + pgno = 1; + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1); + } +} + +/* +** Close a cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ + if( pCache->pCache ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); + } +} + +/* +** Discard the contents of the cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ + sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0); +} + +/* +** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. +** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers. +*/ +static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ + PgHdr result, *pTail; + pTail = &result; + while( pA && pB ){ + if( pA->pgnopgno ){ + pTail->pDirty = pA; + pTail = pA; + pA = pA->pDirty; + }else{ + pTail->pDirty = pB; + pTail = pB; + pB = pB->pDirty; + } + } + if( pA ){ + pTail->pDirty = pA; + }else if( pB ){ + pTail->pDirty = pB; + }else{ + pTail->pDirty = 0; + } + return result.pDirty; +} + +/* +** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are +** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are +** corrupted by this sort. +** +** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database, +** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter. +** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something +** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect. +*/ +#define N_SORT_BUCKET 32 +static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){ + PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p; + int i; + memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); + while( pIn ){ + p = pIn; + pIn = p->pDirty; + p->pDirty = 0; + for(i=0; ALWAYS(ipDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ + p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext; + } + return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); +} + +/* +** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ + return pCache->nRef; +} + +/* +** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ + return p->nRef; +} + +/* +** Return the total number of pages in the cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ + int nPage = 0; + if( pCache->pCache ){ + nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache); + } + return nPage; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Get the suggested cache-size value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){ + return numberOfCachePages(pCache); +} +#endif + +/* +** Set the suggested cache-size value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){ + pCache->szCache = mxPage; + if( pCache->pCache ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, + numberOfCachePages(pCache)); + } +} + +/* +** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){ + if( pCache->pCache ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache); + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified +** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is +** defined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){ + PgHdr *pDirty; + for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){ + xIter(pDirty); + } +} +#endif + +/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2008 November 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the +** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation +** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features. +** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of +** these two features are available. +*/ + + +typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; +typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; +typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; +typedef struct PGroup PGroup; + +/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set +** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned +** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of +** the following object. +** +** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes: +** +** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is +** one PGroup per PCache. +** +** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member +** of. +** +** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob +** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex, +** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be +** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently. +** +** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single +** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is +** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU. +*/ +struct PGroup { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */ + unsigned int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */ + unsigned int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */ + unsigned int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */ + unsigned int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ + PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */ +}; + +/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every +** open database file (including each in-memory database and each +** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which +** is an instance of this object. +** +** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as +** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. +*/ +struct PCache1 { + /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable + ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be + ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. + ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. + */ + PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */ + int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */ + int szExtra; /* Size of extra space in bytes */ + int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ + unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ + unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ + unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */ + unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */ + + /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed + ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex. + */ + unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ + unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ + unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */ + PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */ +}; + +/* +** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following +** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of +** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure +** in memory. +*/ +struct PgHdr1 { + sqlite3_pcache_page page; + unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */ + u8 isPinned; /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */ + PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */ + PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */ + PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */ + PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */ +}; + +/* +** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using +** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism. +*/ +struct PgFreeslot { + PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */ +}; + +/* +** Global data used by this cache. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { + PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */ + + /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The + ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all + ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection. + ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection. + */ + int isInit; /* True if initialized */ + int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ + int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ + int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ + void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */ + /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */ + PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ + int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */ + /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on + ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and + ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this + ** is really just an optimization. */ + int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */ +} pcache1_g; + +/* +** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the +** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when +** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD. +*/ +#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g)) + +/* +** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex. +*/ +#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex) +#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex) + +/******************************************************************************/ +/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ + +/* +** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is +** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE +** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large +** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. +** +** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed +** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ + if( pcache1.isInit ){ + PgFreeslot *p; + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); + pcache1.szSlot = sz; + pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n; + pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1); + pcache1.pStart = pBuf; + pcache1.pFree = 0; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0; + while( n-- ){ + p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; + p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; + pcache1.pFree = p; + pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz]; + } + pcache1.pEnd = pBuf; + } +} + +/* +** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer +** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no +** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls +** back to sqlite3Malloc(). +** +** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables +** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex. +*/ +static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ + void *p = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); + if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; + if( p ){ + pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; + pcache1.nFreeSlot--; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=0 ); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + } + if( p==0 ){ + /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get + ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead. + */ + p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS + if( p ){ + int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + } +#endif + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). +*/ +static int pcache1Free(void *p){ + int nFreed = 0; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + if( p>=pcache1.pStart && ppNext = pcache1.pFree; + pcache1.pFree = pSlot; + pcache1.nFreeSlot++; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=pcache1.pStart && ppGroup->mutex) ); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER + pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage); + p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra); + if( !pPg || !p ){ + pcache1Free(pPg); + sqlite3_free(p); + pPg = 0; + } +#else + pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra); + p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage]; +#endif + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + + if( pPg ){ + p->page.pBuf = pPg; + p->page.pExtra = &p[1]; + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++; + } + return p; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage(). +** +** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent. But it turns out +** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine +** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS(). +*/ +static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ + if( ALWAYS(p) ){ + PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf); +#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER + sqlite3_free(p); +#endif + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--; + } + } +} + +/* +** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured +** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer +** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ + return pcache1Alloc(sz); +} + +/* +** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ + pcache1Free(p); +} + + +/* +** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache +** entry. +** +** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using +** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then +** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because +** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient +** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the +** allocation onto the heap. +** +** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is +** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid +** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing +** the heap even further. +*/ +static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){ + if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){ + return pcache1.bUnderPressure; + }else{ + return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(); + } +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/ + +/* +** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed +** as the first argument. +** +** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ + PgHdr1 **apNew; + unsigned int nNew; + unsigned int i; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) ); + + nNew = p->nHash*2; + if( nNew<256 ){ + nNew = 256; + } + + pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup); + if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } + apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); + if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } + pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup); + if( apNew ){ + for(i=0; inHash; i++){ + PgHdr1 *pPage; + PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i]; + while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){ + unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew; + pNext = pPage->pNext; + pPage->pNext = apNew[h]; + apNew[h] = pPage; + } + } + sqlite3_free(p->apHash); + p->apHash = apNew; + p->nHash = nNew; + } + + return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); +} + +/* +** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the +** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup +** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. +** +** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ + PCache1 *pCache; + PGroup *pGroup; + + assert( pPage!=0 ); + assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); + pCache = pPage->pCache; + pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + assert( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ); + assert( pPage->pLruPrev || pPage==pGroup->pLruHead ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + if( pPage->pLruPrev ){ + pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; + }else{ + pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext; + } + if( pPage->pLruNext ){ + pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; + }else{ + pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev; + } + pPage->pLruNext = 0; + pPage->pLruPrev = 0; + pPage->isPinned = 1; + pCache->nRecyclable--; +} + + +/* +** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table +** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. +** +** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){ + unsigned int h; + PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; + PgHdr1 **pp; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; + for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + + pCache->nPage--; +} + +/* +** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try +** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage. +*/ +static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){ + PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail; + assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup ); + assert( p->isPinned==0 ); + pcache1PinPage(p); + pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); + pcache1FreePage(p); + } +} + +/* +** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) +** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this +** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. +** +** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( + PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */ + unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */ +){ + TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */ + unsigned int h; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + for(h=0; hnHash; h++){ + PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; + PgHdr1 *pPage; + while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ + if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ + pCache->nPage--; + *pp = pPage->pNext; + if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage); + pcache1FreePage(pPage); + }else{ + pp = &pPage->pNext; + TESTONLY( nPage++; ) + } + } + } + assert( pCache->nPage==nPage ); +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/ + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method. +*/ +static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( pcache1.isInit==0 ); + memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); + pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM); + } + pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10; + pcache1.isInit = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. +** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does +** not need to be freed. +*/ +static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 ); + memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method. +** +** Allocate a new cache. +*/ +static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ + PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */ + PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */ + int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */ + + /* + ** The separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private + ** PGroup. In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no + ** mutexing is required. + ** + ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + ** + ** * Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications + ** + ** * Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off) + ** use separate caches (mode-1) + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 + const int separateCache = 0; +#else + int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0; +#endif + + assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 ); + assert( szExtra < 300 ); + + sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache; + pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz); + if( pCache ){ + if( separateCache ){ + pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1]; + pGroup->mxPinned = 10; + }else{ + pGroup = &pcache1.grp; + } + pCache->pGroup = pGroup; + pCache->szPage = szPage; + pCache->szExtra = szExtra; + pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); + if( bPurgeable ){ + pCache->nMin = 10; + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin; + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + } + } + return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. +** +** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. +*/ +static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + pCache->nMax = nMax; + pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. +** +** Free up as much memory as possible. +*/ +static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + int savedMaxPage; + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage; + pGroup->nMaxPage = 0; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); + pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage; + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. +*/ +static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ + int n; + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + n = pCache->nPage; + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); + return n; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. +** +** Fetch a page by key value. +** +** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on +** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new +** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 +** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. +** +** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory +** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So +** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on +** a non-purgeable cache. +** +** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, +** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). +** +** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a +** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. +** +** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is +** returned. +** +** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then +** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following +** conditions are true: +** +** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than +** PCache1.nMax, or +** +** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than +** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of +** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or +** +** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked +** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: +** +** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already +** PCache1.nMax, or +** +** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is +** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all +** purgeable caches, +** +** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid +** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations +** +** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right +** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and +** proceed to step 5. +** +** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. +*/ +static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, + int createFlag +){ + unsigned int nPinned; + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PGroup *pGroup; + PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; + + assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 ); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 ); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 ); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 ); + assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable ); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup); + + /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ + if( pCache->nHash>0 ){ + unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; + for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext); + } + + /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */ + if( pPage ){ + if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage); + goto fetch_out; + } + if( createFlag==0 ){ + goto fetch_out; + } + + /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the + ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above. But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined, + ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the + ** local variable here. Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an + ** optimization: The common case is to exit the module before reaching + ** this point. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + pGroup = pCache->pGroup; +#endif + + /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */ + assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable ); + nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; + assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage ); + assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 ); + if( createFlag==1 && ( + nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned + || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct + || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) + )){ + goto fetch_out; + } + + if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){ + goto fetch_out; + } + assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash ); + + /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */ + if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && ( + (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) + || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage + || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) + )){ + PCache1 *pOther; + pPage = pGroup->pLruTail; + assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); + pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); + pcache1PinPage(pPage); + pOther = pPage->pCache; + + /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther + ** and pCache. Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */ + assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 ); + assert( pCache->szExtra<512 ); + assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 ); + assert( pOther->szExtra<512 ); + + if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){ + pcache1FreePage(pPage); + pPage = 0; + }else{ + pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); + } + } + + /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, + ** attempt to allocate a new one. + */ + if( !pPage ){ + if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache); + if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + + if( pPage ){ + unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; + pCache->nPage++; + pPage->iKey = iKey; + pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; + pPage->pCache = pCache; + pPage->pLruPrev = 0; + pPage->pLruNext = 0; + pPage->isPinned = 1; + *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0; + pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; + } + +fetch_out: + if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ + pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; + } + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage; +} + + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method. +** +** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). +*/ +static void pcache1Unpin( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, + int reuseUnlikely +){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + + assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + + /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already + ** part of the PGroup LRU list. + */ + assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); + assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage ); + assert( pPage->isPinned==1 ); + + if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){ + pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); + pcache1FreePage(pPage); + }else{ + /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */ + if( pGroup->pLruHead ){ + pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage; + pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead; + pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; + }else{ + pGroup->pLruTail = pPage; + pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; + } + pCache->nRecyclable++; + pPage->isPinned = 0; + } + + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. +*/ +static void pcache1Rekey( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, + unsigned int iOld, + unsigned int iNew +){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; + PgHdr1 **pp; + unsigned int h; + assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); + assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); + + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + + h = iOld%pCache->nHash; + pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; + while( (*pp)!=pPage ){ + pp = &(*pp)->pNext; + } + *pp = pPage->pNext; + + h = iNew%pCache->nHash; + pPage->iKey = iNew; + pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; + pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; + if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){ + pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; + } + + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. +** +** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to +** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number +** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned. +*/ +static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ + pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); + pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; + } + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. +** +** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). +*/ +static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) ); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); + assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax ); + pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; + assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin ); + pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); + sqlite3_free(pCache); +} + +/* +** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to +** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not +** already provided an alternative. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* pArg */ + pcache1Init, /* xInit */ + pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ + pcache1Create, /* xCreate */ + pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */ + pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */ + pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */ + pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */ + pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */ + pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */ + pcache1Destroy, /* xDestroy */ + pcache1Shrink /* xShrink */ + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* +** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory +** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated +** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. +** +** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has +** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number +** of bytes of memory released. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ + int nFree = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) ); + if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){ + PgHdr1 *p; + pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp); + while( (nReq<0 || nFreepage.pBuf); +#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER + nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p); +#endif + assert( p->isPinned==0 ); + pcache1PinPage(p); + pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); + pcache1FreePage(p); + } + pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp); + } + return nFree; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state +** of the global cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( + int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */ + int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */ + int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */ + int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */ +){ + PgHdr1 *p; + int nRecyclable = 0; + for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){ + assert( p->isPinned==0 ); + nRecyclable++; + } + *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage; + *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage; + *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage; + *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; +} +#endif + +/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 December 3 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet". +** +** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids. Rowids +** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order. Inserts +** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been +** previously inserted into the RowSet. +** +** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the +** elements of the RowSet in sorted order. Once this extraction +** process has started, no new elements may be inserted. +** +** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are: +** +** CREATE +** INSERT +** TEST +** SMALLEST +** DESTROY +** +** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor, +** obviously. The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet. +** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet. SMALLEST +** extracts the least value from the RowSet. +** +** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is +** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an +** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed +** until DESTROY. +** +** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number. The TEST primitive +** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change +** in the batch number. In other words, if an INSERT occurs between +** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the +** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST. +** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains +** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs. +** +** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST. An assertion will fail if +** that is attempted. +** +** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant. (Sometime new memory +** has to be allocated on an INSERT.) The cost of a TEST with a new +** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet. +** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN). The cost +** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN). Second and subsequent SMALLEST +** primitives are constant time. The cost of DESTROY is O(N). +** +** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and +** SMALLEST primitives. +*/ + + +/* +** Target size for allocation chunks. +*/ +#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024 + +/* +** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk. +*/ +#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK \ + ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)) + +/* +** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object. +** +** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry +** objects. In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry +** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The +** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list. +*/ +struct RowSetEntry { + i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ + struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ +}; + +/* +** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the +** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The +** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated +** when the RowSet is destroyed. +*/ +struct RowSetChunk { + struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk; /* Next chunk on list of them all */ + struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */ +}; + +/* +** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure. +** +** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h. +*/ +struct RowSet { + struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries using pRight */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */ + struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */ + struct RowSetEntry *pForest; /* List of binary trees of entries */ + u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */ + u16 rsFlags; /* Various flags */ + int iBatch; /* Current insert batch */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags +*/ +#define ROWSET_SORTED 0x01 /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */ +#define ROWSET_NEXT 0x02 /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */ + +/* +** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory +** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context +** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur. +** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object. +** +** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not +** an assertion fault occurs. +** +** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial +** allocation of entries available to be filled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){ + RowSet *p; + assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) ); + p = pSpace; + p->pChunk = 0; + p->db = db; + p->pEntry = 0; + p->pLast = 0; + p->pForest = 0; + p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p); + p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)); + p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; + p->iBatch = 0; + return p; +} + +/* +** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that +** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is +** the destructor for the RowSet. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){ + struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk; + for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){ + pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk; + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk); + } + p->pChunk = 0; + p->nFresh = 0; + p->pEntry = 0; + p->pLast = 0; + p->pForest = 0; + p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the +** given RowSet. Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized +** objected. +** +** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this +** routine returns NULL. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->nFresh==0 ){ + struct RowSetChunk *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk; + p->pChunk = pNew; + p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry; + p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK; + } + p->nFresh--; + return p->pFresh++; +} + +/* +** Insert a new value into a RowSet. +** +** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a +** memory allocation fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ + struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* The new entry */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* The last prior entry */ + + /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ + assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); + + pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p); + if( pEntry==0 ) return; + pEntry->v = rowid; + pEntry->pRight = 0; + pLast = p->pLast; + if( pLast ){ + if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){ + p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED; + } + pLast->pRight = pEntry; + }else{ + p->pEntry = pEntry; + } + p->pLast = pEntry; +} + +/* +** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. +** +** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are +** assumed to each already be in sorted order. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( + struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */ + struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */ +){ + struct RowSetEntry head; + struct RowSetEntry *pTail; + + pTail = &head; + while( pA && pB ){ + assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); + assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); + if( pA->vv ){ + pTail->pRight = pA; + pA = pA->pRight; + pTail = pTail->pRight; + }else if( pB->vv ){ + pTail->pRight = pB; + pB = pB->pRight; + pTail = pTail->pRight; + }else{ + pA = pA->pRight; + } + } + if( pA ){ + assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); + pTail->pRight = pA; + }else{ + assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); + pTail->pRight = pB; + } + return head.pRight; +} + +/* +** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of +** increasing v. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){ + unsigned int i; + struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40]; + + memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket)); + while( pIn ){ + pNext = pIn->pRight; + pIn->pRight = 0; + for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){ + pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn); + aBucket[i] = 0; + } + aBucket[i] = pIn; + pIn = pNext; + } + pIn = 0; + for(i=0; ipLeft ){ + struct RowSetEntry *p; + rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p); + p->pRight = pIn; + }else{ + *ppFirst = pIn; + } + if( pIn->pRight ){ + rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast); + }else{ + *ppLast = pIn; + } + assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 ); +} + + +/* +** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary +** tree with depth of iDepth. A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single +** node taken from the head of *ppList. A depth of 2 means a tree with +** three nodes. And so forth. +** +** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the +** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list. If the input +** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree +** and leave *ppList set to NULL. +** +** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree( + struct RowSetEntry **ppList, + int iDepth +){ + struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Root of the new tree */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ + if( *ppList==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( iDepth==1 ){ + p = *ppList; + *ppList = p->pRight; + p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; + return p; + } + pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); + p = *ppList; + if( p==0 ){ + return pLeft; + } + p->pLeft = pLeft; + *ppList = p->pRight; + p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); + return p; +} + +/* +** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree +** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){ + int iDepth; /* Depth of the tree so far */ + struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Current tree root */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ + + assert( pList!=0 ); + p = pList; + pList = p->pRight; + p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; + for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){ + pLeft = p; + p = pList; + pList = p->pRight; + p->pLeft = pLeft; + p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and +** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry. +** +** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet. +*/ +static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){ + + /* This routine is called only once */ + assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); + + if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ + p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry); + } + + /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext() + ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet. So + ** there is never a forest to deal with. Should this change, simply + ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */ + assert( p->pForest==0 ); +#if 0 + while( p->pForest ){ + struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft; + if( pTree ){ + struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail; + rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail); + p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead); + } + p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight; + } +#endif + p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT; /* Verify this routine is never called again */ +} + +/* +** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet. +** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return +** 0 if the RowSet is already empty. +** +** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert() +** routine may not be called again. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){ + assert( p!=0 ); + + /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */ + if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p); + + /* Return the next entry on the list */ + if( p->pEntry ){ + *pRowid = p->pEntry->v; + p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight; + if( p->pEntry==0 ){ + sqlite3RowSetClear(p); + } + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as +** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch. Return 1 or 0. +** +** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entires +** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entires into the forest at +** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ + struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree; + + /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ + assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); + + /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch + */ + if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){ + p = pRowSet->pEntry; + if( p ){ + struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest; + if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ + p = rowSetEntrySort(p); + } + for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ + ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight; + if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){ + pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); + break; + }else{ + struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail; + rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail); + pTree->pLeft = 0; + p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p); + } + } + if( pTree==0 ){ + *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet); + if( pTree ){ + pTree->v = 0; + pTree->pRight = 0; + pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); + } + } + pRowSet->pEntry = 0; + pRowSet->pLast = 0; + pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED; + } + pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch; + } + + /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest. + ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. + */ + for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ + p = pTree->pLeft; + while( p ){ + if( p->vpRight; + }else if( p->v>iRowid ){ + p = p->pLeft; + }else{ + return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". +** +** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements +** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that +** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file +** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database +** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while +** another is writing. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO +/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging +** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to +** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. +*/ + +#ifndef _WAL_H_ +#define _WAL_H_ + + +/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of +** sqlite3WalFrames(): +*/ +#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS 0x20 /* Sync at the end of each transaction */ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK 0x13 /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y) +# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z) +# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0 +# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0 +# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0 +# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z) +# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z) 0 +#else + +#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 + +/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. +** There is one object of this type for each pager. +*/ +typedef struct Wal Wal; + +/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *); + +/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); + +/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A +** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database +** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and +** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes +** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the +** transaction and releases the lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal); + +/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *); + +/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal); + +/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); + +/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx); + +/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write +** position in the WAL */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); + +/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in +** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); + +/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); + +/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ + int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ + int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */ + u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ +); + +/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the +** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since +** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since +** the last call, then return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal); + +/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released) +** by the pager layer on the database file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); + +/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using +** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content +** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal); +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ +#endif /* _WAL_H_ */ + +/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/ + + +/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ +** +** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback +** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, +** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. +** +** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced +** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. +** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS +** is called successfully on the file containing the page. +** +** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if +** one or more of the following are true about the page: +** +** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of +** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and +** synced. +** +** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. +** +** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in +** the database file at the start of the transaction. +** +** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the +** following are true: +** +** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. +** +** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire +** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence +** number consists of a single page change. +** +** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches +** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written +** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current +** transaction. +** +** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size +** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. +** +** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and +** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the +** first 100 bytes of the database file. +** +** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal +** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. +** +** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file +** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. +** +** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) +** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to +** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf +** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence +** of the database. +** +** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, +** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the +** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical +** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. +** +** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS +** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at +** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate +** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will +** invoke it.) +** +** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range +** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing +** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same +** database to flush their caches. +** +** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less +** than one billion transactions. +** +** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion +** of every transaction. +** +** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to +** the database file. +** +** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any +** content out of the database file. +** +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off +*/ +#if 0 +int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ +#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf +#define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } +#else +#define PAGERTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above +** to print out file-descriptors. +** +** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The +** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file +** struct as its argument. +*/ +#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) +#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) + +/* +** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A +** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following +** state diagram. +** +** OPEN <------+------+ +** | | | +** V | | +** +---------> READER-------+ | +** | | | +** | V | +** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR +** | | ^ +** | V | +** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| +** | | | +** | V | +** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| +** | | | +** | V | +** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ +** +** +** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: +** +** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] +** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] +** +** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] +** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] +** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] +** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] +** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] +** +** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] +** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] +** +** +** OPEN: +** +** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this +** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is +** unknown. The database may not be read or written. +** +** * No read or write transaction is active. +** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. +** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. +** +** READER: +** +** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in +** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently +** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is +** open. The database size is known in this state. +** +** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when +** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state +** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection +** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in +** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way +** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN +** is via the ERROR state (see below). +** +** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). +** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read +** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables +** may not be trusted at this point. +** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. +** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that +** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. +** +** WRITER_LOCKED: +** +** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction +** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks +** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual +** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. +** +** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with +** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when +** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened +** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while +** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database +** file. +** +** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. +** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt +** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater +** lock is held on the database file. +** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction +** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully +** called). +** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. +** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. +** * The journal file may or may not be open. +** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. +** +** WRITER_CACHEMOD: +** +** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is +** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file +** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the +** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. +** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. +** +** WRITER_DBMOD: +** +** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state +** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections +** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, +** just the log file). +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** and synced to disk. +** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly +** written to disk). +** +** WRITER_FINISHED: +** +** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. +** +** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD +** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the +** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply +** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is +** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper +** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. +** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to +** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need +** to rollback the transaction. +** +** ERROR: +** +** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including +** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it +** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, +** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. +** +** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers +** cannot. +** +** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, +** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. +** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state +** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might +** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if +** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database +** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state +** instead of READER following such an error. +** +** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager +** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all +** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to +** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the +** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything +** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) +** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning +** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered +** from the error. +** +** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: +** +** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in +** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). +** +** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file +** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). +** +** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or +** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up +** memory. +** +** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree +** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition +** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. +** +** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only +** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error +** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not +** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a +** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent +** state. +** +** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. +** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the +** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). +** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. +** +** +** Notes: +** +** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the +** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one +** of the first four states. +** +** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN +** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has +** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are +** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". +** +** * See also: assert_pager_state(). +*/ +#define PAGER_OPEN 0 +#define PAGER_READER 1 +#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 +#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 +#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 +#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 +#define PAGER_ERROR 6 + +/* +** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the +** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on +** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by +** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. +** +** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY +** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not +** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and +** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated +** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the +** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set +** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held +** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. +** +** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may +** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than +** required, but nothing really goes wrong. +** +** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves +** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file +** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED +** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() +** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this +** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part +** of hot-journal detection. +** +** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED +** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may +** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but +** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens +** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active +** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database +** without rolling it back. +** +** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the +** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It +** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call +** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition +** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK +** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE +** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function +** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. +** +** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in +** PAGER_OPEN state. +*/ +#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) + +/* +** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ + if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } +# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ + if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ + if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } +#else +# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ +# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D +#endif + +/* +** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method +** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. +** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on +** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. +*/ +#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active +** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures +** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and +** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). +** +** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is +** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while +** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset +** immediately following the last journal record written into the main +** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint +** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). +*/ +typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; +struct PagerSavepoint { + i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ + i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ + Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ + Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ + Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. +*/ +#define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ +#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ +#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ + +/* +** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of +** some of the more important member variables follows: +** +** eState +** +** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state +** diagram above for a description of the pager state. +** +** eLock +** +** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - +** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** +** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any +** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such +** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager +** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever +** need (and no reason to release them). +** +** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to +** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for +** details. +** +** changeCountDone +** +** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter +** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is +** not updated more often than necessary. +** +** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which +** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. +** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is +** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, +** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of +** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. +** +** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection +** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction +** committed. +** +** setMaster +** +** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may +** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the +** journal file before it is synced to disk. +** +** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects +** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is +** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. +** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is +** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If +** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized +** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were +** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. +** +** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized +** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the +** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any +** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. +** +** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either +** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the +** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag +** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). +** +** doNotSpill +** +** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by +** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data +** to the file-system in order to free up memory). +** +** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, +** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. +** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that +** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module +** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written +** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF +** case is a user preference. +** +** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress() +** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set +** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than +** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening +** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. +** +** subjInMemory +** +** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal +** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory +** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. +** +** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new +** write-transaction is opened. +** +** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize +** +** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. +** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for +** OPEN and ERROR). +** +** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be +** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset +** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file +** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in +** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). +** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered +** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads +** to dbSize==1). +** +** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than +** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. +** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), +** dbSize is updated. +** +** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states +** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize +** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, +** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before +** being modified. +** +** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of +** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the +** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made +** to write or truncate the database file on disk. +** +** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress +** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, +** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates +** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), +** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() +** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. +** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case +** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be +** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, +** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. +** +** dbHintSize +** +** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to +** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. +** +** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a +** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and +** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, +** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the +** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for +** details. +** +** errCode +** +** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It +** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode +** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX +** sub-codes. +*/ +struct Pager { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ + u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ + u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ + u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ + u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ + u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ + u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ + u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ + u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ + u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ + u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ + u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ + u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ + + /************************************************************************** + ** The following block contains those class members that change during + ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed + ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a + ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, + ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe + ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the + ** "configuration" of the pager. + */ + u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ + u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ + u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ + u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ + u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ + u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ + Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ + Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ + Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ + Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ + int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ + int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ + u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ + u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ + Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ + sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ + sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ + sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ + i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ + i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ + sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ + PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ + int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ + char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ + + u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ + int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ + sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ + PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ + /* + ** End of the routinely-changing class members + ***************************************************************************/ + + u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ + i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ + u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ + int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ + Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ + i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ + char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ + int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + int nRead; /* Database pages read */ +#endif + void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ + void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ + void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ + void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ +#endif + char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ + PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ + char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains +** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS +** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). +*/ +#define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 +#define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 +#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 + +/* +** The following global variables hold counters used for +** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in +** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ +# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ +#else +# define PAGER_INCR(v) +#endif + + + +/* +** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data +** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. +** +** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity +** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being +** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal +** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made +** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional +** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the +** journal and ignore it. +** +** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists +** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both +** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. +** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the +** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, +** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely +** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the +** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might +** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which +** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. +*/ +static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { + 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, +}; + +/* +** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by +** the following macro. +*/ +#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) + +/* +** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same +** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). +*/ +#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) + +/* +** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. +** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, +** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize +** out code that would never execute. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB +# define MEMDB 0 +#else +# define MEMDB pPager->memDb +#endif + +/* +** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch +** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) +#else +# define USEFETCH(x) 0 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). +*/ +#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 + +/* +** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). +** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. +** +** This is so that expressions can be written as: +** +** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... +** +** instead of +** +** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... +*/ +#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) + +/* +** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual +** rollback journal. Otherwise false. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ + return (pPager->pWal!=0); +} +#else +# define pagerUseWal(x) 0 +# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 +# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 +# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK +# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Usage: +** +** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); +** +** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in +** the internal state of the Pager object. +*/ +static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ + Pager *pPager = p; + + /* State must be valid. */ + assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || p->eState==PAGER_READER + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED + || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + + /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves + ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates + ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. + */ + assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); + + /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". + ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. + */ + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); + assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); + + /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since + ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter + ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing + ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may + ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It + ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR + ** state. + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( p->noSync ); + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + ); + assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); + } + + /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held + ** on the file. + */ + assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + + switch( p->eState ){ + case PAGER_OPEN: + assert( !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); + break; + + case PAGER_READER: + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + } + assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); + assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the + ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during + ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off + ** to journal_mode=wal. + */ + assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + } + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: + assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: + assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + break; + + case PAGER_ERROR: + /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if + ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped + ** back to OPEN state. + */ + assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); + break; + } + + return 1; +} +#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer +** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This +** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative +** to "print *pPager" in gdb: +** +** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) +*/ +static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ + static char zRet[1024]; + + sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, + "Filename: %s\n" + "State: %s errCode=%d\n" + "Lock: %s\n" + "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" + "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" + "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" + "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" + "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" + , p->zFilename + , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : + p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : + p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" + , (int)p->errCode + , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : + p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : + p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : + p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : + p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" + , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" + , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" + , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal + , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr + , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize + ); + + return zRet; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. +** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one +** or more open savepoints for which: +** +** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and +** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in +** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. +*/ +static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + PagerSavepoint *p; + Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; + int i; + for(i=0; inSavepoint; i++){ + p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; + if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. +*/ +static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ + return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); +} + +/* +** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer +** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an +** error code is something goes wrong. +** +** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. +*/ +static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ + unsigned char ac[4]; + int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. +*/ +#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) + + +/* +** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. +*/ +static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ + char ac[4]; + put32bits(ac, val); + return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); +} + +/* +** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK +** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() +** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. +** +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of +** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. +*/ +static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); + assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); + rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); + if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ + pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; + } + IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, +** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the +** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. +** +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation +** of this. +*/ +static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + if( pPager->eLockeLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ + rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ + pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; + IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization +** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: +** +** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that +** a database page may be written atomically, and +** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal +** to the page size. +** +** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is +** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory +** database. +** +** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, +** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it +** contains rollback data for exactly one page. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + if( !pPager->tempFile ){ + int dc; /* Device characteristics */ + int nSector; /* Sector size */ + int szPage; /* Page size */ + + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); + nSector = pPager->sectorSize; + szPage = pPager->pageSize; + + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); + if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ + return 0; + } + } + + return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); +} +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking +** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing +** and debugging only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES +/* +** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. +*/ +static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ + u32 hash = 0; + int i; + for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); +} +static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ + pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); +} + +/* +** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES +** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks +** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. +*/ +#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) +static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); +} + +#else +#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 +#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 +#define pager_set_pagehash(X) +#define CHECK_PAGE(x) +#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ + +/* +** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. +** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the +** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied +** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format +** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. +** +** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by +** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is +** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal +** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a +** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name +** were present in the journal. +** +** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal +** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A +** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master +** journal file name. +** +** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present +** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. +** +** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ + i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ + u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ + unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ + zMaster[0] = '\0'; + + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) + || szJ<16 + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) + || len>=nMaster + || len==0 + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) + || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ + for(u=0; ujournalOff, assuming a sector +** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. +** +** i.e for a sector size of 512: +** +** Pager.journalOff Return value +** --------------------------------------- +** 0 0 +** 512 512 +** 100 512 +** 2000 2048 +** +*/ +static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ + i64 offset = 0; + i64 c = pPager->journalOff; + if( c ){ + offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + } + assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); + assert( offset>=c ); + assert( (offset-c)jfd) ); + if( pPager->journalOff ){ + const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ + + IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) + if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); + }else{ + static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); + } + + /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock + ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for + ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more + ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need + ** to sync the file following this operation. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ + i64 sz; + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal +** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the +** current location. +** +** The format for the journal header is as follows: +** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. +** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. +** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. +** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. +** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. +** - 4 bytes: Database page size. +** +** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. +*/ +static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ + u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ + u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ + + if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ + nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + } + + /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created + ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the + ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. + */ + for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ + if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ + pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; + } + } + + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + + /* + ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this + ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. + ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, + ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number + ** of records (see syncJournal()). + ** + ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When + ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the + ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption + ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal + ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios + ** where this risk can be ignored: + ** + ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a + ** power failure in this case anyway. + ** + ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees + ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. + */ + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); + if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) + ){ + memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); + }else{ + memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); + } + + /* The random check-hash initializer */ + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); + /* The initial database size */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); + /* The assumed sector size for this process */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); + + /* The page size */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); + + /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything + ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing + ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to + ** take the performance hit. + */ + memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, + nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); + + /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the + ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the + ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next + ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file + ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). + ** + ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can + ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, + ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of + ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what + ** is done. + ** + ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the + ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize + ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required + ** to populate the entire journal header sector. + */ + for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader)) + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); + assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); + pPager->journalOff += nHeader; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file +** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal +** file. The current location in the journal file is given by +** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for +** a description of the journal header format. +** +** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of +** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the +** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit +** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned +** in this case. +** +** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is +** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes +** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. +*/ +static int readJournalHdr( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + int isHot, + i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ + u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ + u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ + i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ + + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ + + /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the + ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this + ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. + */ + pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; + + /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match + ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return + ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, + ** proceed. + */ + if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + + /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec + ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start + ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ + u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ + u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ + + /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the + ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize + ** variable is already set to the correct page size. + */ + if( iPageSize==0 ){ + iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; + } + + /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields + ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power + ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their + ** respective compile time maximum limits. + */ + if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 + || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE + || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 + ){ + /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is + ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have + ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading + ** the journal file here. + */ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. + ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within + ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by + ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was + ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine + ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value + ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. + */ + pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; + } + + pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager +** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last +** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the +** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before +** anything is written. The format is: +** +** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. +** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. +** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). +** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. +** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. +** +** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master +** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. +** +** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), +** this call is a no-op. +*/ +static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ + i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ + i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ + u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ + + assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + if( !zMaster + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pPager->setMaster = 1; + assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); + + /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ + for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ + cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; + } + + /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing + ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to + ** the journal has already been synced. + */ + if( pPager->fullSync ){ + pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + } + iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; + + /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If + ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. + */ + if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) + || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) + || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) + || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) + || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) + ){ + return rc; + } + pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); + + /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical + ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name + ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is + ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file + ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine + ** whether or not the journal is hot. + ** + ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal + ** file to the required size. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) + && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff + ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return +** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not +** already in memory. +*/ +static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ + PgHdr *p = 0; /* Return value */ + + /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to + ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made. + */ + (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p); + return p; +} + +/* +** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. +*/ +static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ + sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); + sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); +} + +/* +** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both +** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal +** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. +*/ +static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ + int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ + for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); + } + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); + } + sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); + pPager->aSavepoint = 0; + pPager->nSavepoint = 0; + pPager->nSubRec = 0; +} + +/* +** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint +** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful +** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. +*/ +static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + + for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ + PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; + if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ + rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not +** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN +** state. +** +** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is +** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does +** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is +** closed (if it is open). +** +** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the +** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to +** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode +** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated +** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction +** is opened (by this or by any other connection). +*/ +static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER + || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ + int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; + + /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then + ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise + ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file + ** out from under us. + */ + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); + if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) + || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) + ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } + + /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database + ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment + ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this + ** is necessary. + */ + rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ + pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; + } + + /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here + ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error + ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. + */ + assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + pPager->changeCountDone = 0; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + } + + /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be + ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, + ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both + ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. + */ + if( pPager->errCode ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + pager_reset(pPager); + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; + if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); + } + + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires +** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. +** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second +** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The +** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. +** +** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the +** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code +** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, +** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. +** +** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache +** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding +** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when +** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need +** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if +** it were a hot-journal). +*/ +static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ + int rc2 = rc & 0xff; + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); + assert( + pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || + pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || + (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR + ); + if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ + pPager->errCode = rc; + pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; + } + return rc; +} + +static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); + +/* +** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by +** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called +** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening +** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a +** database transaction. +** +** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called +** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less +** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. +** +** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. +** +** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal +** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a +** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this +** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized +** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and +** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: +** +** journalMode==MEMORY +** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an +** in-memory journal. +** +** journalMode==TRUNCATE +** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. +** +** journalMode==PERSIST +** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates +** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal +** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. +** +** journalMode==DELETE +** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). +** +** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing +** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is +** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under +** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. +** +** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. +** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is +** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during +** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the +** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the +** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still +** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the +** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related +** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is +** returned. +*/ +static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ + + /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction + ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there + ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is + ** held under two circumstances: + ** + ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with + ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. + ** + ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE + ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a + ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER + ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. + */ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + if( pPager->eStateeLockjfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + /* Finalize the journal file. */ + if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ + if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); + } + pPager->journalOff = 0; + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) + ){ + rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); + pPager->journalOff = 0; + }else{ + /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if + ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal + ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to + ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. + */ + int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + if( bDelete ){ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + } + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); + if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ + PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1); + if( p ){ + p->pageHash = 0; + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); + } + } +#endif + + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + pPager->nRec = 0; + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in + ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE + ** lock held on the database file. + */ + rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); + assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ + /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal + ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. + ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction + ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the + ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum + ** required size. */ + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode + && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) + ){ + rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + pPager->changeCountDone = 0; + } + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); +} + +/* +** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the +** database file. +** +** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt +** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The +** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock +** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this +** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next +** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) +** will roll it back. +** +** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or +** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause +** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the +** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. +*/ +static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); + } + } + pager_unlock(pPager); +} + +/* +** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes +** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the +** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. +** +** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the +** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte +** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). +** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. +** +** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an +** incompatible journal file format. +** +** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely +** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. +** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be +** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, +** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. +*/ +static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ + u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ + int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ + while( i>0 ){ + cksum += aData[i]; + i -= 200; + } + return cksum; +} + +/* +** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back +** to the codec. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ + pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, + (int)pPager->nReserve); + } +} +#else +# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ +#endif + +/* +** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or +** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. +** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset +** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. +** +** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does +** not. +** +** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file +** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is +** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already +** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back +** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. +** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set +** prior to returning. +** +** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file +** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs +** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing +** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data +** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be +** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in +** two circumstances: +** +** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or +** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file +** and the checksum field does not match the record content. +** +** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. +** +** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically +** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, +** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +*/ +static int pager_playback_one_page( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ + i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ + Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ + int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ + int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ +){ + int rc; + PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ + Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ + u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ + char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ + sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ + int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ + + assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ + assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ + assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ + assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ + + aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; + assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); + + /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction + ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is + ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager + ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback + ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. + */ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) + ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); + + /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal + ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. + */ + jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; + rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; + + /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally + ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, + ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to + ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. + */ + if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + assert( !isSavepnt ); + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( isMainJrnl ){ + rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + + /* If this page has already been played by before during the current + ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. + */ + if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting + */ + if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ + pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; + pagerReportSize(pPager); + } + + /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this + ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, + ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. + ** + ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode + ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may + ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs + ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache + ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not + ** assert()able. + ** + ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the + ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked + ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for + ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty + ** if the pager is in OPEN state. + ** + ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is + ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. + ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement + ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a + ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know + ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback + ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the + ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can + ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be + ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be + ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced + ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else + ** the page is marked as needSync==0. + ** + ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it + ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. + ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. + */ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + pPg = 0; + }else{ + pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + } + assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); + PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), + (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") + )); + if( isMainJrnl ){ + isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); + }else{ + isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + } + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + && isSynced + ){ + i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; + testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); + if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ + pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; + } + if( pPager->pBackup ){ + CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); + sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); + CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); + } + }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ + /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to + ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential + ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it + ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be + ** current. + ** + ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite + ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen + ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then + ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). + ** + ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing + ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty + ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as + ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. + */ + assert( isSavepnt ); + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; + rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); + } + if( pPg ){ + /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except + ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the + ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result + ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to + ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). + */ + void *pData; + pData = pPg->pData; + memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); + pPager->xReiniter(pPg); + if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ + /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main + ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the + ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page + ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the + ** database. + ** + ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled + ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an + ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe + ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as + ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is + ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and + ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to + ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but + ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially + ** be written out into the database file before its journal file + ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, + ** database corruption may ensue. + */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); + } + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); + + /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. + ** Do this before any decoding. */ + if( pgno==1 ){ + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + + /* Decode the page just read from disk */ + CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); + sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal +** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. +** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, +** and does so if it is. +** +** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not +** available for use within this function. +** +** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names +** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 +** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a +** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal +** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: +** +** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" +** +** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child +** journals have been rolled back. +** +** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into +** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For +** each child journal, it checks if: +** +** * if the child journal exists, and if so +** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal +** file zMaster +** +** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria +** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if +** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from +** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). +** +** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This +** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors +** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load +** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be +** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page +** size. +*/ +static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ + sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ + char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ + i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ + char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ + char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ + int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ + + /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. + ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. + */ + pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); + pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); + if( !pMaster ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + + /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from + ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain + ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master + ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); + if( !zMasterJournal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto delmaster_out; + } + zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; + + zJournal = zMasterJournal; + while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)pageSize bytes). +** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS +** xTruncate() method to truncate it. +** +** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than +** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if +** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it +** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to +** the end of the new file instead. +** +** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying +** the database file, return the error code to the caller. +*/ +static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + ){ + i64 currentSize, newSize; + int szPage = pPager->pageSize; + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); + newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ + if( currentSize>newSize ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); + }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ + char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; + memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); + testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); + testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The +** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); + if( iRet<32 ){ + iRet = 512; + }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ + assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); + iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; + } + return iRet; +} + +/* +** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given +** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method +** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used +** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and +** master journal pointers within created journal files. +** +** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. +** +** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is +** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if +** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it +** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. +** +** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set +** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of +** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that +** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in +** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero +** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector +** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, +** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. +*/ +static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + + if( pPager->tempFile + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & + SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 + ){ + /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file + ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() + ** call will segfault. */ + pPager->sectorSize = 512; + }else{ + pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); + } +} + +/* +** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to +** the state it was in before we started making changes. +** +** The journal file format is as follows: +** +** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. +** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records +** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the +** number of page records from the journal size. +** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the +** sanity checksum. +** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the +** database to during a rollback. +** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header +** is this many bytes in size. +** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. +** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. +** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: +** + 4 byte page number. +** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. +** + 4 byte checksum +** +** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. +** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. +** +** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of +** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the +** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power +** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the +** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but +** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, +** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For +** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. +** +** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed +** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the +** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption +** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be +** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. +** +** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed +** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled +** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file +** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had +** been encountered. +** +** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted +** and an error code is returned. +** +** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal +** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is +** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. +** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling +** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is +** needed. +*/ +static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ + u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ + Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ + int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ + int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ + char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ + int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ + int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ + + /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if + ** the journal is empty. + */ + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_playback; + } + + /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. + ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not + ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be + ** played back. + ** + ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that + ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that + ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, + ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value + ** for pageSize. + */ + zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; + rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); + } + zMaster = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ + goto end_playback; + } + pPager->journalOff = 0; + needPagerReset = isHot; + + /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or + ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error + ** occurs. + */ + while( 1 ){ + /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are + ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or + ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. + ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. + */ + rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + goto end_playback; + } + + /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process + ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal + ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute + ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. + */ + if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ + assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); + nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); + } + + /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this + ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means + ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been + ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining + ** size of the file. + ** + ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. + ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next + ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But + ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in + ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional + ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages + ** should be computed based on the journal file size. + */ + if( nRec==0 && !isHot && + pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ + nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); + } + + /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the + ** database file back to its original size. + */ + if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_playback; + } + pPager->dbSize = mxPg; + } + + /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the + ** database file and/or page cache. + */ + for(u=0; ujournalOff,0,1,0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nPlayback++; + }else{ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + pPager->journalOff = szJ; + break; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and + ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was + ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that + ** case, the database should have never been written in the + ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto end_playback; + }else{ + /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error + ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state + ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next + ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. + */ + goto end_playback; + } + } + } + } + /*NOTREACHED*/ + assert( 0 ); + +end_playback: + /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original + ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the + ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the + ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); + } +#endif + + /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or + ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but + ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter + ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive + ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not + ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency + ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just + ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. + */ + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; + rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ + /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, + ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. + */ + rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + if( isHot && nPlayback ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", + nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); + } + + /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling + ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size + ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. + */ + setSectorSize(pPager); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into +** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database +** file before this function is called. +** +** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to +** the value read from the database file. +** +** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. +** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ + Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ + + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + if( iFrame ){ + /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ + rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); + }else +#endif + { + i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( pgno==1 ){ + if( rc ){ + /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something + ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy + ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be + ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 + ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling + ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. + ** + ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes + ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of + ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so + ** we should still be ok. + */ + memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + }else{ + u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + } + CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); + + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); + PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); + IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in +** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. +** +** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() +** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually +** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. +*/ +static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ + u32 change_counter; + + /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ + change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); + + /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in + ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number + ** is valid. */ + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been +** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. +** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument +** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. +** +** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, +** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding +** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the +** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, +** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; + PgHdr *pPg; + + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); + if( pPg ){ + if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ + sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); + }else{ + u32 iFrame = 0; + rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->xReiniter(pPg); + } + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); + } + } + + /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are + ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the + ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as + ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one + ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore + ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, + ** the backups must be restarted. + */ + sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. +*/ +static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ + + /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already + ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the + ** following: + ** + ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or + ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). + */ + pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; + rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); + pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; + rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); + pList = pNext; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging +** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), +** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have +** changed. +** +** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. +** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. +*/ +static int pagerWalFrames( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ + Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ + int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) + PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ +#endif + + assert( pPager->pWal ); + assert( pList ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ + for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ + assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); + } +#endif + + assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); + if( isCommit ){ + /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing + ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. + ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty + ** list here. */ + PgHdr *p; + PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; + nList = 0; + for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ + if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ + ppNext = &p->pDirty; + nList++; + } + } + assert( pList ); + }else{ + nList = 1; + } + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; + + if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); + rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, + pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ + PgHdr *p; + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + pager_set_pagehash(p); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. +** +** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially +** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves +** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by +** other writers or checkpointers. +*/ +static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ + + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + + /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous + ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we + ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, + ** the duplicate call is harmless. + */ + sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); + + rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN +** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file +** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database +** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps +** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. +*/ +static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ + Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ + + /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() + ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or + ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not + ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or + ** contains no valid committed transactions. + */ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); + nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); + + /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system, + ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size + ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size, + ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0 + ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page. + */ + if( nPage==0 ){ + i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); + } + + /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the + ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so + ** that the file can be read. + */ + if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ + pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; + } + + *pnPage = nPage; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager +** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does +** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. +** +** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager +** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and +** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. +** +** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this +** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete +** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition +** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some +** other connection. +*/ +static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); + + if( !pPager->tempFile ){ + int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ + Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ + + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( nPage==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + isWal = 0; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isWal ){ + testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; + } + } + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback +** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when +** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction +** savepoint. +** +** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is +** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, +** performed in the order specified: +** +** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte +** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to +** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal +** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. +** +** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played +** back starting from the journal header immediately following +** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. +** +** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting +** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of +** the journal file. +** +** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the +** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the +** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only +** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. +** +** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main +** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. +** +** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable +** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint +** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value +** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. +*/ +static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ + i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ + i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ + + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + + /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ + if( pSavepoint ){ + pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); + if( !pDone ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint + ** being reverted was opened. + */ + pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + + if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); + } + + /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback + ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in + ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything + ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. + */ + szJ = pPager->journalOff; + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); + + /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at + ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. + ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number + ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those + ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they + ** are played back. + */ + if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; + pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + }else{ + pPager->journalOff = 0; + } + + /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at + ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end + ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and + ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. + */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" + ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the + ** pager_playback() function for additional information. + */ + if( nJRec==0 + && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff + ){ + nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); + } + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iijournalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); + + /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were + ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) + ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. + */ + if( pSavepoint ){ + u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ + i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); + } + for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSubRec; ii++){ + assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + } + + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->journalOff = szJ; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ + sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); +} + +/* +** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. +*/ +static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; + if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ + sqlite3_int64 sz; + sz = pPager->szMmap; + pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ + pPager->szMmap = szMmap; + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); +} + +/* +** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ + sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); +} + +/* +** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. +** +** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness +** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by +** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. +** There are three levels: +** +** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default +** for temporary and transient files. +** +** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the +** database. This is normally adequate protection, but +** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, +** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal +** in a state which would cause damage to the database +** when it is rolled back. +** +** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the +** database (with some additional information - the nRec field +** of the journal header - being written in between the two +** syncs). If we assume that writing a +** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides +** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the +** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. +** +** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues +** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced +** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced +** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL +** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for +** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL +** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the +** syncs associated with NORMAL. +** +** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The +** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync +** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an +** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL +** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the +** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when +** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. +** +** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, +** and FULL=3. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ + unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ +){ + unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; + assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); + pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; + pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; + if( pPager->noSync ){ + pPager->syncFlags = 0; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; + }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + }else{ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + } + pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; + if( pPager->fullSync ){ + pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; + } + if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ + pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; + }else{ + pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library +** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for +** testing and analysis only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Open a temporary file. +** +** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically +** delete the temporary file when it is closed. +** +** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified +** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: +** +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE +** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE +** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE +*/ +static int pagerOpentemp( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ +#endif + + vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the busy handler function. +** +** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns +** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, +** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE +** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from +** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE +** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: +** +** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler +** -------------------------------------------------------- +** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes +** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No +** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No +** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes +** +** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is +** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is +** returned to the caller of the pager API function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ + void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ +){ + pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; + pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; + assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); + assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); + } +} + +/* +** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size +** is passed in *pPageSize. +** +** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it +** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. +** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). +** +** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: +** +** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power +** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and +** +** * there are no outstanding page references, and +** +** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is +** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. +** +** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. +** +** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() +** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. +** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated +** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this +** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, +** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this + ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state + ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. + ** + ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in + ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that + ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function + ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. + */ + + u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; + assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); + if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) + && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 + && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize + ){ + char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ + i64 nByte = 0; + + if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); + if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); + pPager->pageSize = pageSize; + sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); + pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; + sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); + } + } + + *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; + assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); + pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; + pagerReportSize(pPager); + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally +** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the +** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally +** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback +** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as +** no rollbacks are happening. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->pTmpSpace; +} + +/* +** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. +** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the +** maximum page count below the current size of the database. +** +** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ + if( mxPage>0 ){ + pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; + } + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ + assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ + return pPager->mxPgno; +} + +/* +** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated +** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated +** errors in places where we do not care about errors. +** +** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops +** and generate no code. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; +static int saved_cnt; +void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ + saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; + sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; +} +void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ + sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; +} +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +/* +** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory +** that pDest points to. +** +** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or +** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is +** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this +** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or +** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. +** +** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, +** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the +** output buffer undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + memset(pDest, 0, N); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + + /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating + ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition + ** to WAL mode yet. + */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on +** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. +** +** However, if the file is between 1 and bytes in size, then +** this is considered a 1 page file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); + *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; +} + + +/* +** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If +** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op +** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). +** +** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke +** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat +** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to +** obtain the lock succeeds. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain +** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state +** variable to locktype before returning. +*/ +static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is + ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler + ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above + ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). + */ + assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) + || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) + || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) + ); + + do { + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); + }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the +** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: +** +** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the +** current database image, in pages, OR +** +** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not +** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal +** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). +** +** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the +** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() +** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to +** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after +** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current +** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either +** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and +** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the +** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that +** this circumstance cannot arise. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ + assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); +} +static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ + sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); +} +#else +# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) +#endif + +/* +** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This +** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It +** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the +** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. +** +** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. +** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be +** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and +** then continue writing to the database. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ + assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); + pPager->dbSize = nPage; + + /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to + ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, + ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint + ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled + ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only + ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the + ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), + ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call + ** is no longer correct. */ +} + + +/* +** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It +** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the +** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows +** that the entire journal file has been synced. +** +** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures +** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that +** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal +** content as this process. +** +** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !pPager->noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. +** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). +** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference +** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set +** *ppPage to zero. +** +** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released +** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). +*/ +static int pagerAcquireMapPage( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ + void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ + PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ +){ + PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ + + if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ + *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; + pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; + p->pDirty = 0; + memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); + }else{ + *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; + p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; + p->nRef = 1; + p->pPager = pPager; + } + + assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); + assert( p->pPage==0 ); + assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); + assert( p->pPager==pPager ); + assert( p->nRef==1 ); + + p->pgno = pgno; + p->pData = pData; + pPager->nMmapOut++; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an +** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). +*/ +static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + pPager->nMmapOut--; + pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; + pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; + + assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); +} + +/* +** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. +*/ +static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *p; + PgHdr *pNext; + for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pDirty; + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + + +/* +** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. +** +** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that +** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated +** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated +** with this page cache after this function returns will likely +** result in a coredump. +** +** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt +** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback +** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned +** to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ + u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; + + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + disable_simulated_io_errors(); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); + /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ + pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); + pPager->pWal = 0; +#endif + pager_reset(pPager); + if( MEMDB ){ + pager_unlock(pPager); + }else{ + /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. + ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal + ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs + ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. + ** + ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager + ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the + ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it + ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal + ** rollback before accessing the database file. + */ + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); + } + pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + enable_simulated_io_errors(); + PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); + sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); + sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); +#endif + + assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); + assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); + + sqlite3_free(pPager); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +/* +** Return the page number for page pPg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ + return pPg->pgno; +} +#endif + +/* +** Increment the reference count for page pPg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ + sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); +} + +/* +** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have +** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the +** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. +** +** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. +** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the +** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: +** +** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need +** be taken. +** +** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, +** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header +** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have +** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync +** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. +** +** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then +** journal file is synced. +** +** Or, in pseudo-code: +** +** if( NOT ){ +** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ +** if( ) xSync(); +** +** } +** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(); +** } +** +** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every +** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO +** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. +*/ +static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + if( !pPager->noSync ){ + assert( !pPager->tempFile ); + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + + if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ + /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection + ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal + ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger + ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal + ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the + ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure + ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes + ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its + ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the + ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all + ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, + ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. + ** + ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain + ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 + ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. + ** + ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this + ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used + ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of + ** the potential journal header. + */ + i64 iNextHdrOffset; + u8 aMagic[8]; + u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; + + memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); + + iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ + static const u8 zerobyte = 0; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in + ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that + ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark + ** it as a candidate for rollback. + ** + ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the + ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible + ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field + ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written + ** and never needs to be updated. + */ + if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ + PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite( + pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ + PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| + (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; + if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ + pPager->nRec = 0; + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + }else{ + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; + } + } + + /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just + ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on + ** all pages. + */ + sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected +** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the +** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may +** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is +** a no-op. +** +** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function +** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock +** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, +** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. +** +** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file +** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is +** written out. +** +** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, +** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing +** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: +** +** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or +** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. +** +** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize +** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached +** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in +** the database file. +** +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot +** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. +*/ +static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + + /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It + ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch + ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. + */ + if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); + } + + /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final + ** file size will be. + */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && pPager->dbHintSizedbSize + && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); + pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ + Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; + + /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater + ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to + ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write + ** any such pages to the file. + ** + ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag + ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). + */ + if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ + i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ + char *pData; /* Data to write */ + + assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); + if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); + + /* Encode the database */ + CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); + + /* Write out the page data. */ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); + + /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match + ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this + ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. + */ + if( pgno==1 ){ + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ + pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; + } + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; + + /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ + sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); + + PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); + IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); + }else{ + PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); + } + pager_set_pagehash(pList); + pList = pList->pDirty; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this +** function is a no-op. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An +** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() +** fails. +*/ +static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ + if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ + sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); + }else{ + rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. +** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check +** that it is really required before calling this function. +** +** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs +** for all open savepoints before returning. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO +** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or +** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint +** bitvec. +*/ +static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + + /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ + assert( pPager->useJournal ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) + || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) + || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize + ); + rc = openSubJournal(pPager); + + /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), + ** write the journal record into the file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + void *pData = pPg->pData; + i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); + char *pData2; + + CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); + PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); + rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->nSubRec++; + assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); + rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some +** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object +** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory +** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is +** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page +** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first +** argument. +** +** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents +** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the +** journal file. +** +** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and +** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the +** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be +** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK +** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. +*/ +static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); + assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + + /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of + ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs + ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple + ** pages belonging to the same sector. + ** + ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling + ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during + ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. + ** + ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could + ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it + ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1 + ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to + ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() + ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. + */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; + testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); + testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); + testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); + if( pPager->doNotSpill + && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 + || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + pPg->pDirty = 0; + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ + if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ + rc = subjournalPage(pPg); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + + /* Sync the journal file if required. */ + if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + ){ + rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); + } + + /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of + ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. + ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not + ** actually write data to the file in this case. + ** + ** Consider the following sequence of events: + ** + ** BEGIN; + ** + ** + ** SAVEPOINT sp; + ** + ** pagerStress(page X) + ** ROLLBACK TO sp; + ** + ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written + ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, + ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read + ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it + ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" + ** was executed. + ** + ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the + ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will + ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is + ** executed. + */ + if( NEVER( + rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) + ) ){ + rc = subjournalPage(pPg); + } + + /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); + rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); + } + } + + /* Mark the page as clean. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); + sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); + } + + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + + +/* +** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it +** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it +** to sqlite3PagerClose(). +** +** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. +** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created +** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted +** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then +** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. +** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. +** +** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated +** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user +** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. +** +** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the +** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination +** of the PAGER_* flags. +** +** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter +** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. +** +** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened +** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to +** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL +** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM +** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or +** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ + Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ + int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ + int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ + int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ +){ + u8 *pPtr; + Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ + int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ + int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ + int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ + char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ + int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ + int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ + int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ + u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ + const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ + int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ + + /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle + ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This + ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle + ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" + ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal + ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see + ** source file journal.c). + */ + if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ + journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); + }else{ + journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); + } + + /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ + *ppPager = 0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ + memDb = 1; + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ + zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); + if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); + zFilename = 0; + } + } +#endif + + /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed + ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, + ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. + */ + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ + const char *z; + nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); + if( zPathname==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ + rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); + nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); + z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; + while( *z ){ + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; + } + nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); + assert( nUri>=0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ + /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by + ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname + ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, + ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even + ** check for a hot-journal before reading. + */ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); + return rc; + } + } + + /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the + ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal + ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: + ** + ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) + ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) + ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) + ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) + ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) + ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) + ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) + */ + pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( + ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ + ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ + ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ + journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ + nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ + nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ +#endif + ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); + if( !pPtr ){ + sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); + pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); + pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); + pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); + pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); + pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); + + /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ + if( zPathname ){ + assert( nPathname>0 ); + pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); + memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); + if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); + memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); + memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; + memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); + memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); + } + pPager->pVfs = pVfs; + pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; + + /* Open the pager file. + */ + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ + int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); + assert( !memDb ); + readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + + /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, + ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the + ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: + ** + ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, + ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() + ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); + if( !readOnly ){ + setSectorSize(pPager); + assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); + if( szPageDfltsectorSize ){ + if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ + szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; + }else{ + szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + { + int ii; + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); + assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); + for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ + if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ + szPageDflt = ii; + } + } + } +#endif + } + pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); + if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 + || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ + vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + goto act_like_temp_file; + } + } + }else{ + /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. + ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually + ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). + ** + ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory + ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to + ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. + ** + ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. + */ +act_like_temp_file: + tempFile = 1; + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ + pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */ + pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ + readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + } + + /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of + ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + + /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the + ** Pager structure and close the file. + */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace ); + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); + sqlite3_free(pPager); + return rc; + } + + /* Initialize the PCache object. */ + assert( nExtra<1000 ); + nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); + sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, + !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); + + PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); + IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) + + pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; + /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ + /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ + /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ + pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; + /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ + /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ + pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; + assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); + pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; + pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; + assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); + pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; + if( pPager->noSync ){ + assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); + assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); + assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); + assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); + }else{ + pPager->fullSync = 1; + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + } + /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ + /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ + /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ + pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; + pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); + setSectorSize(pPager); + if( !useJournal ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; + }else if( memDb ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; + } + /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ + /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ + pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; + /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ + /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ + + *ppPager = pPager; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from +** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought +** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error +** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. +*/ +static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ + int bHasMoved = 0; + int rc; + + if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file + ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to + ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to +** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in +** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that +** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal +** file exists if the following criteria are met: +** +** * The journal file exists in the file system, and +** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and +** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and +** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. +** +** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file +** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior +** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is +** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. +** +** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename +** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file +** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this +** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() +** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and +** will not roll it back. +** +** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and +** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is +** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying +** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error +** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. +*/ +static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ + sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ + int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); + + assert( pPager->useJournal ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + + assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & + SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN + )); + + *pExists = 0; + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ + int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ + + /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the + ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() + ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before + ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that + ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when + ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will + ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ + Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ + + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the + ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where + ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial + ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. + ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care + ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to + ** journal_mode=PERSIST. + */ + if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + }else{ + /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved + ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is + ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. + ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, + ** it can be ignored. + */ + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 first = 0; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } + *pExists = (first!=0); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ + /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if + ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or + ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in + ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. + ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the + ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal + ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to + ** worry so much with race conditions. + */ + *pExists = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. +** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function +** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when +** this function is called, it is a no-op. +** +** The following operations are also performed by this function. +** +** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held +** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a +** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining +** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, +** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal +** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking +** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and +** discarded if they are found to be invalid. +** +** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently +** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, +** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding +** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal +** file. +** +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or +** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no + ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either + ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in + ** exclusive access mode. + */ + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } + + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ + int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ + + assert( !MEMDB ); + + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + goto failed; + } + + /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the + ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. + */ + if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ + rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto failed; + } + if( bHotJournal ){ + if( pPager->readOnly ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; + goto failed; + } + + /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is + ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the + ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the + ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the + ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the + ** hot-journal back. + ** + ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any + ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to + ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock + ** on the database file. + ** + ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is + ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. + */ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto failed; + } + + /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the + ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because + ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open + ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access + ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist + ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). + ** + ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some + ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before + ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it + ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this + ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. + */ + if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ + int fout = 0; + int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; + assert( !pPager->tempFile ); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } + } + } + + /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write + ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before + ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with + ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing + ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal + ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync + ** the journal before playing it back. + */ + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + } + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open + ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The + ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock + ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be + ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for + ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). + ** + ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to + ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition + ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, + ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very + ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling + ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible + ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page + ** references. + */ + pager_error(pPager, rc); + goto failed; + } + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) + || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) + ); + } + + if( !pPager->tempFile && ( + pPager->pBackup + || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 + || USEFETCH(pPager) + )){ + /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file + ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous + ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database + ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the + ** cache. + ** + ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning + ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are + ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The + ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when + ** a codec is in use. + ** + ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be + ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that + ** it can be neglected. + */ + Pgno nPage = 0; + char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; + + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc ) goto failed; + + if( nPage>0 ){ + IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + goto failed; + } + }else{ + memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); + } + + if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + + /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes + ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back + ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. + ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears + ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this + ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ + if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); + } + } + } + + /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL + ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. + */ + rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); +#endif + } + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); + } + + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); + } + + failed: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + pager_unlock(pPager); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + }else{ + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active +** transaction and unlock the pager. +** +** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in +** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is +** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ + pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); + } +} + +/* +** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page +** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is +** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. +** +** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. +** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data +** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may +** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing +** object with no outstanding references. +** +** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the +** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is +** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra +** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. +** +** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a +** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the +** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no +** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the +** page is initialized to all zeros. +** +** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents +** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: +** +** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and +** +** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load +** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read +** from the savepoint journal. +** +** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of +** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding +** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the +** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open +** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any +** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents +** will not be journaled. This saves IO. +** +** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, +** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. +** +** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt +** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already +** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() +** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it +** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. +** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks +** or journal files. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ + DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ + int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + PgHdr *pPg = 0; + u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ + const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); + + /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except + ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY + ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a + ** temporary or in-memory database. */ + const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager) + && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + && pPager->xCodec==0 +#endif + ); + + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); + + if( pgno==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. + ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ + if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pPager->errCode; + }else{ + + if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; + } + + if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ + void *pData = 0; + + rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, + (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ + if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ + (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); + } + if( pPg==0 ){ + rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); + }else{ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); + } + if( pPg ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + *ppPage = pPg; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + } + + rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the + ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. + ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ + pPg = 0; + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); + assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 ); + + if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){ + /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of + ** the page. Return without further ado. */ + assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; + return SQLITE_OK; + + }else{ + /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to + ** be initialized. */ + + pPg = *ppPage; + pPg->pPager = pPager; + + /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page + ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ + if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + + if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSizefd) ){ + if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + if( noContent ){ + /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. + ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a + ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure + ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set + ** a bit in a bit vector. + */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ + TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + } + TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); + IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + }else{ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; + } + assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; + rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + } + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; + +pager_acquire_err: + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pPg ){ + sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); + } + pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); + + *ppPage = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do +** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, +** or 0 if the page is not in cache. +** +** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine +** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read +** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine +** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error +** has ever happened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ + PgHdr *pPg = 0; + assert( pPager!=0 ); + assert( pgno!=0 ); + assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); + return pPg; +} + +/* +** Release a page reference. +** +** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the +** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages +** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is +** removed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ + Pager *pPager; + assert( pPg!=0 ); + pPager = pPg->pPager; + if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ + pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); + }else{ + sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); + } + pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ + if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); +} + +/* +** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. +** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database +** file when this routine is called. +** +** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header +** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal +** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being +** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used +** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. +** +** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), +** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the +** already open file. +** +** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the +** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or +** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. +*/ +static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); + + /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on + ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in + ** an error state. */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; + + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); + if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ + if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); + }else{ + const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| + (pPager->tempFile ? + (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): + (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) + ); + + /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when + ** it was originally opened. */ + rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( + pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) + ); +#else + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); +#endif + } + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + } + + + /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open + ** the sub-journal if necessary. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ + pPager->nRec = 0; + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + }else{ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a +** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. +** +** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED +** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least +** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking +** functions need be called. +** +** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened +** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This +** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when +** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a +** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required +** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, +** or using a temporary file otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eStatesubjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; + + if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ + assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an + ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. + */ + if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); + } + + /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to + ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. + ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already + ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. + */ + rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); + }else{ + /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter + ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The + ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE + ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. + */ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. + ** + ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD + ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. + ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint + ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database + ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in + ** WAL mode. + */ + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; + pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->journalOff = 0; + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + } + + PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the +** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into +** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the +** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs +** of any open savepoints as appropriate. +*/ +static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int inJournal; + + /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already + ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. + ** It is never called in the ERROR state. + */ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); + assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); + + CHECK_PAGE(pPg); + + /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already + ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the + ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. + ** + ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. + ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then + ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state + ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. + */ + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written + ** to the journal then we can return right away. + */ + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); + inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg); + if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + }else{ + + /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an + ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to + ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. + */ + if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); + if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + u32 cksum; + char *pData2; + i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; + + /* We should never write to the journal file the page that + ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies + ** that we do not. */ + assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); + + assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); + CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); + cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); + + /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the + ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. + ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in + ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored + ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, + ** then corruption may follow. + */ + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, + pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); + PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, + ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); + + pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; + pPager->nRec++; + assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + return rc; + } + }else{ + if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + } + PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, + ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); + } + } + + /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, + ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that + ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format + ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. + */ + if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ + rc = subjournalPage(pPg); + } + } + + /* Update the database size and return. + */ + if( pPager->dbSizepgno ){ + pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before +** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value +** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless +** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this +** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages +** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages +** must have been written to the journal file before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned +** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + + assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ + Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ + Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ + int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ + Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); + + /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow + ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by + ** this function. + */ + assert( !MEMDB ); + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; + + /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are + ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier + ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. + */ + pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; + + nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; + if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ + nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; + }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ + nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; + }else{ + nPage = nPagePerSector; + } + assert(nPage>0); + assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); + assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); + + for(ii=0; iipgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ + if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_write(pPage); + if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ + needSync = 1; + } + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); + } + } + }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ + if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ + needSync = 1; + } + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); + } + } + + /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages + ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because + ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the + ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them + ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + for(ii=0; iiflags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); + } + } + } + + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; + }else{ + rc = pager_write(pDbPage); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed +** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok +** to change the content of the page. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ + return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY; +} +#endif + +/* +** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to +** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though +** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when +** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its +** content no longer matters. +** +** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data +** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so +** that it does not get written to disk. +** +** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large +** DELETE operations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ + PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file +** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at +** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at +** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. +** +** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. +** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. +** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an +** unconditional update of the change counters. +** +** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling +** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the +** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current +** transaction is committed. +** +** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled +** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, +** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly +** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the +** sqlite3OsWrite() function. +*/ +static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the + ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect + ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter + ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. + ** + ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not + ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of + ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the + ** "if( isDirect )" condition. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +# define DIRECT_MODE 0 + assert( isDirectMode==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); +#else +# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode +#endif + + if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ + PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ + + assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + + /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); + assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not + ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in + ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() + ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. + */ + if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ + pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); + + /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ + if( DIRECT_MODE ){ + const void *zBuf; + assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); + CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the + ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be + ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ + const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + pPager->changeCountDone = 1; + } + }else{ + pPager->changeCountDone = 1; + } + } + + /* Release the page reference. */ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases +** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. +** +** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this +** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in +** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on +** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. +** +** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is +** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is +** returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name +** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual +** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master +** journal (a single database transaction). +** +** This routine ensures that: +** +** * The database file change-counter is updated, +** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), +** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, +** * the database file is truncated (if required), and +** * the database file synced. +** +** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize +** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or +** delete the master journal file if specified). +** +** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value +** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. +** +** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself +** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to +** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the +** journal file in this case. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ + int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; + + PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", + pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); + + /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ + if( pPager->eStatepBackup); + }else{ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; + if( pList==0 ){ + /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. + ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); + pList = pPageOne; + pList->pDirty = 0; + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ + rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + } + }else{ + /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it + ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization + ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the + ** runtime criteria to use the operation: + ** + ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for + ** blocks of size page-size, and + ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and + ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. + ** + ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the + ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change + ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but + ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() + ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call + ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect + ** mode. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, + ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter + ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be + ** created for this transaction. + */ + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + PgHdr *pPg; + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) + && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) + && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize + && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) + ){ + /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The + ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 + ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 + ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write + ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. + */ + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); + } + } + #else + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); + #endif + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master + ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, + ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. + */ + rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. + ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not + ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. + ** + ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the + ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the + ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive + ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is + ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant + ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. + */ + rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); + goto commit_phase_one_exit; + } + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + + /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use + ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database + ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the + ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the + ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file + ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ + if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ + Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + } + + /* Finally, sync the database file. */ + if( !noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); + } + IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + } + } + +commit_phase_one_exit: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** When this function is called, the database file has been completely +** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and +** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system +** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually +** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. +** +** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, +** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used +** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is +** irrevocably committed. +** +** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager +** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. + ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get + ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED + || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during + ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is + ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. + ** + ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal + ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as + ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made + ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal + ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need + ** to drop any locks either. + */ + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + && pPager->exclusiveMode + && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + ){ + assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + +/* +** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the +** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. +** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR +** state if an error occurs. +** +** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, +** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. +** +** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: +** +** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and +** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction +** was opened, and +** +** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot +** rollback at any point in the future. +** +** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the +** rollback is successful. +** +** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the +** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to +** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or +** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + + /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If + ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not + ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. + */ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; + if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + int rc2; + rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); + rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + int eState = pPager->eState; + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); + if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error + ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. + ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. + */ + pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; + pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; + return rc; + } + }else{ + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); + } + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT + || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR + || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN + ); + + /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager + ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. + */ + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE +** if the database is (in theory) writable. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->readOnly; +} + +/* +** Return the number of references to the pager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ + return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); +} + +/* +** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently +** used by the pager and its associated cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ + int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) + + 5*sizeof(void*); + return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) + + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) + + pPager->pageSize; +} + +/* +** Return the number of references to the specified page. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ + return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ + static int a[11]; + a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); + a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); + a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); + a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; + a[4] = pPager->eState; + a[5] = pPager->errCode; + a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; + a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; + a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ + a[9] = pPager->nRead; + a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; + return a; +} +#endif + +/* +** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or +** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the +** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the +** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before +** returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ + + assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT + || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS + || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE + ); + + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); + assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); + + *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; + if( reset ){ + pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ + return MEMDB; +} + +/* +** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are +** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints +** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already +** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. +** +** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error +** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is +** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ + + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ + int ii; /* Iterator variable */ + PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ + + /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a + ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. + */ + aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( + pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint + ); + if( !aNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); + pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; + + /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ + for(ii=nCurrent; iidbSize; + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ + aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; + }else{ + aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + } + aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; + aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); + if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); + } + pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; + } + assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); + assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. +** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently +** created savepoint. +** +** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. +** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with +** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes +** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. +** +** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter +** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint +** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate +** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than +** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. +** +** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current +** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling +** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate +** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the +** contents of the database to its original state. +** +** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint +** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), +** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. +** +** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, +** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a +** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ + + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepointnSavepoint ){ + int ii; /* Iterator variable */ + int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ + + /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this + ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated + ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. + */ + nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); + for(ii=nNew; iinSavepoint; ii++){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); + } + pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; + + /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate + ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ + if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ + /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ + if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + } + pPager->nSubRec = 0; + } + } + /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. + ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has + ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to + ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. + */ + else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; + rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); + assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the database file. +** +** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if +** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when +** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy +** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to +** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can +** participate in shared-cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ + return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; +} + +/* +** Return the VFS structure for the pager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->pVfs; +} + +/* +** Return the file handle for the database file associated +** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has +** not yet been opened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->fd; +} + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the journal file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->zJournal; +} + +/* +** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE +** if fsync()s are executed normally. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->noSync; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( + Pager *pPager, + void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), + void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), + void (*xCodecFree)(void*), + void *pCodec +){ + if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); + pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; + pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; + pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; + pPager->pCodec = pCodec; + pagerReportSize(pPager); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->pCodec; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content +** into the log file. +** +** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted +** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ + void *aData = 0; + CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); + return aData; +} + +/* +** Return the current pager state +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->eState; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. +** +** There must be no references to the page previously located at +** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be +** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already +** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. +** +** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any +** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes +** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. +** +** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be +** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction +** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement +** transaction is active). +** +** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being +** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction +** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page +** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. +** +** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error +** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ + PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ + Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ + + assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal + ** the page we are moving from. + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest + ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the + ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: + ** + ** BEGIN; + ** + ** SAVEPOINT one; + ** + ** ROLLBACK TO one; + ** + ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not + ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" + ** statement were is processed. + ** + ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into + ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function + ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. + */ + if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY + && subjRequiresPage(pPg) + && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); + IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) + + /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can + ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. + ** + ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that + ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno + ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. + */ + if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ + needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || + pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); + assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + } + + /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it + ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for + ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained + ** for the page moved there. + */ + pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); + if( pPgOld ){ + pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); + if( MEMDB ){ + /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might + ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); + }else{ + sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); + } + } + + origPgno = pPg->pgno; + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); + + /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues + ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld + ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( pPgOld ); + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); + } + + if( needSyncPgno ){ + /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be + ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. + ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the + ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by + ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + ** flag. + ** + ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due + ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] + ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in + ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before + ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in + ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. + */ + PgHdr *pPgHdr; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ + assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); + sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); + } + return rc; + } + pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ + assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); + return pPg->pData; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space +** allocated along with the specified page. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ + return pPg->pExtra; +} + +/* +** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one +** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then +** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. +** +** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) +** locking-mode. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ + assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); + assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); + if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ + pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; + } + return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; +} + +/* +** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: +** +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL +** +** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. +** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: +** +** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF +** or _MEMORY. +** +** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. +** +** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ + u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger + ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ + print_pager_state(pPager); +#endif + + + /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ + assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); + + /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and + ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed + ** to WAL mode. + */ + assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); + + /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to + ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); + if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + eMode = eOld; + } + } + + if( eMode!=eOld ){ + + /* Change the journal mode. */ + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; + + /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal + ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, + ** delete the journal file. + */ + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); + + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ + + /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is + ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file + ** here is an optimization only. + ** + ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the + ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted + ** while it is in use by some other client. + */ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + }else{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int state = pPager->eState; + assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); + if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); + } + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ + pager_unlock(pPager); + } + assert( state==pPager->eState ); + } + } + } + + /* Return the new journal mode */ + return (int)pPager->journalMode; +} + +/* +** Return the current journal mode. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ + return (int)pPager->journalMode; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the +** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database +** is unmodified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; + if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. +** +** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. +** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ + if( iLimit>=-1 ){ + pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; + sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); + } + return pPager->journalSizeLimit; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module +** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module +** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and +** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ + return &pPager->pBackup; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM +/* +** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ + if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", +** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() +** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->pWal ){ + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, + pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, + pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, + pnLog, pnCkpt + ); + } + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ + return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); +} + +/* +** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the +** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; + return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); +} + +/* +** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock +** is obtained instead, immediately release it. +*/ +static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the + ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in +** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE +** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index +** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. +*/ +static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); + assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + + /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use + ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory + ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL + ** file, to make sure this is safe. + */ + if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + } + + /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, + ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, + pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, + pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal + ); + } + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call +** this function. +** +** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database +** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file +** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does +** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is +** not modified in either case. +** +** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if +** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK +** without doing anything. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); + assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); + assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); + + if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ + if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + + /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + + rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + } + }else{ + *pbOpen = 1; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior +** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. +** +** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an +** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an +** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. +** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); + + /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, + ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to + ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. + */ + if( !pPager->pWal ){ + int logexists = 0; + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ + rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); + } + } + + /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on + ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ + rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, + pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); + pPager->pWal = 0; + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); + } + } + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +/* +** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If +** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more +** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the +** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file +** is empty, return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); +} +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ + +/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in +** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. +** +** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT +** +** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames". +** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the +** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing +** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that +** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record +** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is +** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a +** "checkpoint". +** +** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the +** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new +** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning +** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are +** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which +** are leftovers from prior checkpoints. +** +** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight +** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values: +** +** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683 +** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000 +** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024 +** 12: Checkpoint sequence number +** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint +** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt +** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). +** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). +** +** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each +** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a bytes +** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned +** integer values, as follows: +** +** 0: Page number. +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** after the commit. For all other records, zero. +** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) +** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) +** 16: Checksum-1. +** 20: Checksum-2. +** +** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are +** true: +** +** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match +** salt values in the wal-header +** +** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header +** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the +** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames +** up to and including the current frame. +** +** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the +** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it +** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682. +** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a +** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute +** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as +** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The +** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: +** +** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: +** s0 += x[i] + s1; +** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; +** endfor +** +** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights +** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element +** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit +** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. +** +** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the +** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed. +** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched +** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the +** xSync begins. +** +** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2 +** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from +** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together +** following a crash. +** +** READER ALGORITHM +** +** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader +** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the +** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame +** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL +** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit +** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from +** the database file. +** +** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last +** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value +** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended +** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value +** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot +** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows +** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database +** content simultaneously. +** +** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but +** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the +** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the +** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, +** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate +** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the +** search for frames of a particular page. +** +** WAL-INDEX FORMAT +** +** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations +** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because +** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL +** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to +** share memory. +** +** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should +** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required +** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last +** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can +** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform. +** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values +** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native +** byte order of the host computer. +** +** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given +** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the +** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return +** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M. +** +** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or +** more index blocks. +** +** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL +** in the mxFrame field. +** +** Each index block except for the first contains information on +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and +** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the +** wal-index. +** +** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the +** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table +** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. +** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE +** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the +** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the +** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block +** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in +** the log, and so on. +** +** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full +** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers, +** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the +** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely +** contains unused entries. +** +** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P +** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block +** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and +** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the +** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame +** holding the content for that page. +** +** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. +** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the +** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash +** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions +** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an +** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same +** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in +** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will +** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block +** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table +** contain a value of 0. +** +** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on +** P as follows: +** +** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT +** +** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey +** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is +** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot +** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was +** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, +** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let +** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, +** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists +** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the +** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the +** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references +** page P. +** +** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the +** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On +** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be +** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to +** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block +** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient +** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10 +** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the +** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This +** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL. +** +** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one +** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started +** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL +** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0. +** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get +** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with +** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused +** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as +** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table +** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the +** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted +** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. +** +** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries +** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed +** from the hash table at this point. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; +# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define WALTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats +** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. +** +** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum +** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not +** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +** +** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the +** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not +** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite +** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000 +#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000 + +/* +** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number +** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. +*/ +#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0 +#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1 +#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1 +#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2 +#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I)) +#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3) + + +/* Object declarations */ +typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr; +typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator; +typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; + + +/* +** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content. +** +** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this +** object. +** +** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. +** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was +** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. +*/ +struct WalIndexHdr { + u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ + u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */ + u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */ + u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */ + u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */ + u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */ + u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */ + u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */ + u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */ + u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */ +}; + +/* +** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately +** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores +** information used by checkpoint. +** +** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written +** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to +** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than +** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads +** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread). +** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from +** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset. +** +** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader +** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than +** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) +** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is +** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder +** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding +** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content +** directly from the database. +** +** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that +** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of +** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark +** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). +** +** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where +** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is +** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding +** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the +** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there +** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the +** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything +** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers +** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will +** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore +** the WAL. +** +** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, +** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been +** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL +** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then +** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start +** writing new content beginning at frame 1. +** +** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in +** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries. +*/ +struct WalCkptInfo { + u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */ + u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */ +}; +#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff + + +/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at +** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems +** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data +** from the region of the file on which locks are applied. +*/ +#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo)) +#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16 +#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED) + +/* Size of header before each frame in wal */ +#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24 + +/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */ +/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */ +#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32 + +/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least +** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit +** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. +** +** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL +** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit +** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting +** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. +*/ +#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 + +/* +** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, +** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned +** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. +*/ +#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ + WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ +) + +/* +** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the +** following object. +*/ +struct Wal { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ + sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ + sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ + u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ + i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ + int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ + int szFirstBlock; /* Size of first block written to WAL file */ + volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ + u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ + i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ + u8 syncFlags; /* Flags to use to sync header writes */ + u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ + u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ + u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ + u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ + u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */ + u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */ + u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */ + WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ + const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ + u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. +*/ +#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 +#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 +#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 + +/* +** Possible values for WAL.readOnly +*/ +#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ +#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ +#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ + +/* +** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of +** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. +*/ +typedef u16 ht_slot; + +/* +** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through +** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames +** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the +** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with +** the largest index). +** +** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: +** +** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, +** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, +** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. +** +** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). +*/ +struct WalIterator { + int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ + int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ + struct WalSegment { + int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ + ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ + u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ + int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ + int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ + } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ +}; + +/* +** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There +** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the +** wal-index. +** +** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and +** create incompatibilities. +*/ +#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ +#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ +#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ + +/* +** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a +** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete +** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. +*/ +#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) + +/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ +#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ + sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ +) + +/* +** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index +** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are +** numbered from zero. +** +** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index +** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, +** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. +*/ +static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ + if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ + int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); + volatile u32 **apNew; + apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + *ppPage = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, + sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); + pWal->apWiData = apNew; + pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; + } + + /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ + if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); + if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, + pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ + pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; + assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. +*/ +static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. +*/ +static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; +} + +/* +** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian +** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting +** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it +** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes +** of the input value as a little-endian integer. +*/ +#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ + (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ + + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ +) + +/* +** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in +** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or +** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). +** +** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. +** +** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. +*/ +static void walChecksumBytes( + int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ + u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ + int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ + const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ + u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ +){ + u32 s1, s2; + u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; + u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; + + if( aIn ){ + s1 = aIn[0]; + s2 = aIn[1]; + }else{ + s1 = s2 = 0; + } + + assert( nByte>=8 ); + assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); + + if( nativeCksum ){ + do { + s1 += *aData++ + s2; + s2 += *aData++ + s1; + }while( aDataexclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); + } +} + +/* +** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. +** +** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. +*/ +static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ + volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); + const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); + + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; + pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; + walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); + memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); +} + +/* +** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer +** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of +** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: +** +** 0: Page number. +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** after the commit. For all other records, zero. +** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) +** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) +** 16: Checksum-1. +** 20: Checksum-2. +*/ +static void walEncodeFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ + u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ + u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ + u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ + u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ +){ + int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ + u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; + assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); + memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); + + nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); + + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); +} + +/* +** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content +** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and +** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. +*/ +static int walDecodeFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ + u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ + u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ + u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ + u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ +){ + int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ + u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; + u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ + assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); + + /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header + ** match the salt values in the wal-header. + */ + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. + */ + pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); + if( pgno==0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, + ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, + ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 + ** bytes of this frame-header. + */ + nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); + if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) + || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) + ){ + /* Checksum failed. */ + return 0; + } + + /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number + ** and the new database size. + */ + *piPage = pgno; + *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); + return 1; +} + + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not +** a part of an ordinary build. +*/ +static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ + if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ + return "WRITE-LOCK"; + }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ + return "CKPT-LOCK"; + }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ + return "RECOVER-LOCK"; + }else{ + static char zName[15]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", + lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + return zName; + } +} +#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ + + +/* +** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. +** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go +** through the unlocked state first. +** +** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. +*/ +static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ + int rc; + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, + SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + return rc; +} +static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; + (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, + SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); +} +static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ + int rc; + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, + SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + return rc; +} +static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; + (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, + SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), n)); +} + +/* +** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land +** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances +** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. +*/ +static int walHash(u32 iPage){ + assert( iPage>0 ); + assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); + return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); +} +static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ + return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); +} + +/* +** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on +** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages +** numbered starting from 0. +** +** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table +** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame +** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a +** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number +** (*piZero+N) in the log. +** +** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the +** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1). +*/ +static int walHashGet( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ + volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */ + volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */ + u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + volatile u32 *aPgno; + + rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 iZero; + volatile ht_slot *aHash; + + aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; + if( iHash==0 ){ + aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; + iZero = 0; + }else{ + iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; + } + + *paPgno = &aPgno[-1]; + *paHash = aHash; + *piZero = iZero; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table +** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame +** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages +** are numbered starting from 0. +*/ +static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ + int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; + assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) + && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) + && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) + && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) + && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) + ); + return iHash; +} + +/* +** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. +*/ +static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ + int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); + if( iHash==0 ){ + return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; + } + return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; +} + +/* +** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater +** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. +** +** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due +** to a rollback or savepoint. +** +** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be +** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when +** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are +** actually needed. +*/ +static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ + volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */ + volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */ + u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */ + int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ + + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); + + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; + + /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing + ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed + ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. + */ + assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); + assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); + walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + + /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater + ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero; + assert( iLimit>0 ); + for(i=0; iiLimit ){ + aHash[i] = 0; + } + } + + /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with + ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]); + memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable + ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. + */ + if( iLimit ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iKey; /* Hash key */ + for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){ + for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; + } + assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ +} + + +/* +** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number +** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. +*/ +static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */ + volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */ + volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */ + + rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + + /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the + ** page number array and hash table entry. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iKey; /* Hash table key */ + int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ + int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ + + idx = iFrame - iZero; + assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); + + /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the + ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. + */ + if( idx==1 ){ + int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]); + memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte); + } + + /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer + ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after + ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). + ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from + ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. + */ + if( aPgno[idx] ){ + walCleanupHash(pWal); + assert( !aPgno[idx] ); + } + + /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ + nCollide = idx; + for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + aPgno[idx] = iPage; + aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals + ** the number of entries in the mapping region. + */ + { + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ + for(i=0; ickptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); + assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); + assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; + nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock; + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); + + memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto recovery_error; + } + + if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ + u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ + u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ + int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ + int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ + i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ + int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ + u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ + u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ + int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ + + /* Read in the WAL header. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto recovery_error; + } + + /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than + ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid + ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole + ** WAL file. + */ + magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); + szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); + if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC + || szPage&(szPage-1) + || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || szPage<512 + ){ + goto finished; + } + pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); + pWal->szPage = szPage; + pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); + memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); + + /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ + walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, + aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum + ); + if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) + || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) + ){ + goto finished; + } + + /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that + ** are able to understand */ + version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); + if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + goto finished; + } + + /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ + szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame); + if( !aFrame ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto recovery_error; + } + aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; + + /* Read all frames from the log file. */ + iFrame = 0; + for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ + u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ + u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ + + /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ + iFrame++; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); + if( !isValid ) break; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + + /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ + if( nTruncate ){ + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; + pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; + pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; + aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aFrame); + } + +finished: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; + int i; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + + /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is + ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and + ** checkpointers. + */ + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + pInfo->nBackfill = 0; + pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + + /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an + ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance + ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without + ** checkpointing the log file. + */ + if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL, + "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", + pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName + ); + } + } + +recovery_error: + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close an open wal-index. +*/ +static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inWiData; i++){ + sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); + pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; + } + }else{ + sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); + } +} + +/* +** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must +** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points +** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. +** +** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function +** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other +** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process +** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the +** system would be badly broken. +** +** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and +** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, +** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ + sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ + const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ + int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ + i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ + Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ + int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ + + assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); + assert( pDbFd ); + + /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before + ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets + ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. + */ +#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE + assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); +#endif +#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE + assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); +#endif + + + /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ + *ppWal = 0; + pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); + if( !pRet ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pRet->pVfs = pVfs; + pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1]; + pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; + pRet->readLock = -1; + pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; + pRet->zWalName = zWalName; + pRet->syncHeader = 1; + pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1; + pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); + + /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ + flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ + pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + walIndexClose(pRet, 0); + sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); + sqlite3_free(pRet); + }else{ + int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd); + if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; } + if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){ + pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0; + } + *ppWal = pRet; + WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ + if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; +} + +/* +** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that +** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the +** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where +** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page +** number. +** +** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page +** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. +*/ +static int walIteratorNext( + WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ + u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ + u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ +){ + u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ + u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ + int i; /* For looping through segments */ + + iMin = p->iPrior; + assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); + for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ + struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; + while( pSegment->iNextnEntry ){ + u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; + if( iPg>iMin ){ + if( iPgiZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; + } + break; + } + pSegment->iNext++; + } + } + + *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; + return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); +} + +/* +** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. +** +** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is +** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following +** is guaranteed for all J0 && nRight>0 ); + while( iRight=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); + assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); + } + + *paRight = aLeft; + *pnRight = iOut; + memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); +} + +/* +** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. +** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the +** larger aList[] values. +** +** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in +** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J0 ); + assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); + + for(iList=0; iListaList && p->nList<=(1<aList==&aList[iList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); + } + aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; + aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; + } + + for(iSub++; iSubnList<=(1<aList==&aList[nList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); + } + } + assert( aMerge==aList ); + *pnList = nMerge; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { + int i; + for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ + assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); + } + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). +*/ +static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ + sqlite3ScratchFree(p); +} + +/* +** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all +** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint +** lock. +** +** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object +** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine +** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined. +** +** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the +** WalIterator object when it has finished with it. +*/ +static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){ + WalIterator *p; /* Return value */ + int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */ + u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + + /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And + ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0). + */ + assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); + iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + + /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ + nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; + nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) + + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); + p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->nSegment = nSegment; + + /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block + ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. + */ + aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc( + sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) + ); + if( !aTmp ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iaSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero]; + iZero++; + + for(j=0; jaSegment[i].iZero = iZero; + p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; + p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; + p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno; + } + } + sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + walIteratorFree(p); + } + *pp = p; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and +** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a +** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the +** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. +*/ +static int walBusyLock( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ + int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ +){ + int rc; + do { + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); + }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. +** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. +*/ +static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ + return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); +} + +/* +** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file +** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. +** +** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited +** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page +** that a concurrent reader might be using. +** +** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when +** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if +** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background +** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. +** +** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and +** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent +** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. +** +** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire +** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes +** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the +** database file. +** +** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. +** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill. +** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase +** its value.) +** +** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other +** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same +** time. +*/ +static int walCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ + int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ + int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ + u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int szPage; /* Database page-size */ + WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ + u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ + u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ + u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ + u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ + int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */ + + szPage = walPagesize(pWal); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Allocate the iterator */ + rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pIter ); + + if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall; + + /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is + ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might + ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus + ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. + */ + mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; + if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ + assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + mxSafeFrame = y; + xBusy = 0; + }else{ + goto walcheckpoint_out; + } + } + } + + if( pInfo->nBackfillnBackfill; + + /* Sync the WAL to disk */ + if( sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); + } + + /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint + ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSizepDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); + } + } + + + /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ + i64 iOffset; + assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); + if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue; + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; + testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + + /* If work was actually accomplished... */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ + i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; + testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; + } + } + + /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure + ** just because there are active readers. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal + ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all + ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next + ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ + assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + } + } + } + + walcheckpoint_out: + walIteratorFree(pIter); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate +** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it. +*/ +static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){ + i64 sz; + int rx; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); + if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){ + rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( rx ){ + sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); + } +} + +/* +** Close a connection to a log file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ + int nBuf, + u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pWal ){ + int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ + + /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the + ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the + ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to + ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both + ** the wal and wal-index files. + ** + ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; + } + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bPersist = -1; + sqlite3OsFileControlHint( + pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist + ); + if( bPersist!=1 ){ + /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and + ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal + ** mode (!bPersist) */ + isDelete = 1; + }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ + /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint + ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent + ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a + ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0). Note that we truncate + ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might + ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */ + walLimitSize(pWal, 0); + } + } + } + + walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); + sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); + if( isDelete ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); + sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); + sqlite3_free(pWal); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if +** there is a problem. +** +** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might +** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to +** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected +** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by +** a checksum on the header. +** +** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from +** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header +** and *pChanged is set to 1. +** +** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header +** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. +*/ +static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ + WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ + WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ + + /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + + /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the + ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, + ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read + ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. + ** + ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. + ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. + ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from + ** reordering the reads and writes. + */ + aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); + memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); + + if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ + return 1; /* Dirty read */ + } + if( h1.isInit==0 ){ + return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ + } + walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); + if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ + return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ + } + + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ + *pChanged = 1; + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); + testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); + } + + /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. +** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the +** wal-index from the WAL before returning. +** +** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is +** changed by this opertion. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged +** to 0. +** +** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ + volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ + + /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the + ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. + */ + assert( pChanged ); + rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + }; + assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); + + /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the + ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually + ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently + ** being modified by another thread or process. + */ + badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); + + /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race + ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. + */ + assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); + if( badHdr ){ + if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){ + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); + rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; + } + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ + badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); + if( badHdr ){ + /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding + ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and + ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. + */ + rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); + *pChanged = 1; + } + } + pWal->writeLock = 0; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + } + } + + /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make + ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that + ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. + */ + if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to +** be retried. +*/ +#define WAL_RETRY (-1) + +/* +** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or +** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to +** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. +** +** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an +** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running +** recovery) return a positive error code. +** +** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable +** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely +** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() +** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the +** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication +** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be +** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already +** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. +** +** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to +** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. +** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the +** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive +** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The +** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue +** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small +** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really +** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that +** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. +** +** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on +** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is +** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) +** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not +** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and +** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will +** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 +** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL +** completely and get all content directly from the database file. +** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and +** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. +** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the +** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. +** +** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header +** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the +** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might +** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does +** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding +** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. +*/ +static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ + u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ + int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ + + /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. + ** + ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest + ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the + ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But + ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get + ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, + ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, + ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. + ** + ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few + ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this + ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th + ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, + ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds. + ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second. + */ + if( cnt>5 ){ + int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ + if( cnt>100 ){ + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) + return SQLITE_PROTOCOL; + } + if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238; /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */ + sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); + } + + if( !useWal ){ + rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process + ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to + ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here + ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY + ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with + ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be + ** right on the second iteration. + */ + if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. + ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The + ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS + ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the + ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region + ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. + */ + rc = WAL_RETRY; + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); + rc = WAL_RETRY; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). + ** and can be safely ignored. + */ + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ + /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames + ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. + ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, + ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy + ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from + ** happening, this is usually correct. + ** + ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log + ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) + ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may + ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before + ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. + */ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + return WAL_RETRY; + } + pWal->readLock = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + + /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use + ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is + ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to + ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. + */ + mxReadMark = 0; + mxI = 0; + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; + if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); + mxReadMark = thisMark; + mxI = i; + } + } + /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */ + { + if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 + && (mxReadMarkhdr.mxFrame || mxI==0) + ){ + for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + mxI = i; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + break; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + if( mxI==0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); + return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK; + } + + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); + if( rc ){ + return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; + } + /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the + ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index + ** header have changed. + ** + ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change + ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained + ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility + ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames + ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been + ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things + ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of + ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry + ** instead. + ** + ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to + ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow + ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or + ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on + ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid. + */ + walShmBarrier(pWal); + if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark + || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) + ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); + return WAL_RETRY; + }else{ + assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Begin a read transaction on the database. +** +** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: +** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current +** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. +** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but +** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. +** +** If the database contents have changes since the previous read +** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The +** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and +** needs to be flushed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ + + do{ + rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); + }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the +** read-lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); + if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); + pWal->readLock = -1; + } +} + +/* +** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that +** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead +** to zero. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an +** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ + u32 *piRead /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */ +){ + u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ + u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ + int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ + + /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); + + /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then + ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early + ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, + ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the + ** WAL were empty. + */ + if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){ + *piRead = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number + ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one + ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). + ** + ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() + ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash + ** table). This means the value just read from the hash + ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the + ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the + ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - + ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume + ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was + ** opened remain unmodified. + ** + ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner + ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required + ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: + ** + ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): + ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. + ** + ** (iFrame<=iLast): + ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash + ** table after the current read-transaction had started. + */ + for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){ + volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */ + volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */ + u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */ + int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ + int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ + int rc; /* Error code */ + + rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; + for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero; + if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ + /* assert( iFrame>iRead ); -- not true if there is corruption */ + iRead = iFrame; + } + if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search + ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the + ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ + { + u32 iRead2 = 0; + u32 iTest; + for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){ + if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ + iRead2 = iTest; + break; + } + } + assert( iRead==iRead2 ); + } +#endif + + *piRead = iRead; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut +** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an +** error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + u32 iRead, /* Frame to read */ + int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ + u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ +){ + int sz; + i64 iOffset; + sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; + sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16); + testcase( sz<=32768 ); + testcase( sz>=65536 ); + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ + return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset); +} + +/* +** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ + return pWal->hdr.nPage; + } + return 0; +} + + +/* +** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. +** +** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call +** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(). +** +** If another thread or process has written into the database since +** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this +** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine +** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. +** +** There can only be a single writer active at a time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + int rc; + + /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read + ** transaction. */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); + + if( pWal->readOnly ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return + ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable. + */ + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + pWal->writeLock = 1; + + /* If another connection has written to the database file since the + ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then + ** the write is disallowed. + */ + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + pWal->writeLock = 0; + rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This +** routine merely releases the lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal->writeLock ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + pWal->writeLock = 0; + pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this +** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. +** +** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written +** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns +** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is +** returned to the caller. +** +** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this +** function returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ + Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + Pgno iFrame; + + /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it + ** was in before the client began writing to the database. + */ + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + + for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; + ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; + iFrame++ + ){ + /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number + ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and + ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op + ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) + ** is false). + ** + ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there + ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And + ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is + ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. + */ + assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); + rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); + } + if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal); + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 +** values. This function populates the array with values required to +** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current +** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; + aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; +} + +/* +** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by +** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array +** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated +** by a call to WalSavepoint(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + + if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ + /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction + ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around + ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. + */ + aWalData[0] = 0; + aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; + } + + if( aWalData[0]hdr.mxFrame ){ + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; + walCleanupHash(pWal); + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log +** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending +** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the +** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, +** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left +** unchanged. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether +** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned +** if an error occurs. +*/ +static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int cnt; + + if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ + u32 salt1; + sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no + ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions + ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the + ** wal-index header to reflect this. + ** + ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only + ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also + ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo() + ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. + */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ + + pWal->nCkpt++; + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; + sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); + aSalt[1] = salt1; + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + pInfo->nBackfill = 0; + pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0; + for(i=2; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + pWal->readLock = -1; + cnt = 0; + do{ + int notUsed; + rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt); + }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); + assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where +** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into +** walWriteToLog(). +*/ +typedef struct WalWriter { + Wal *pWal; /* The complete WAL information */ + sqlite3_file *pFd; /* The WAL file to which we write */ + sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint; /* Fsync at this offset */ + int syncFlags; /* Flags for the fsync */ + int szPage; /* Size of one page */ +} WalWriter; + +/* +** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset. +** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary. +** +** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt, +** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the +** rest. +*/ +static int walWriteToLog( + WalWriter *p, /* WAL to write to */ + void *pContent, /* Content to be written */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Start writing at this offset */ +){ + int rc; + if( iOffsetiSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){ + int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset); + if( rc ) return rc; + iOffset += iFirstAmt; + iAmt -= iFirstAmt; + pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent); + assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) ); + rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); + if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write out a single frame of the WAL +*/ +static int walWriteOneFrame( + WalWriter *p, /* Where to write the frame */ + PgHdr *pPage, /* The page of the frame to be written */ + int nTruncate, /* The commit flag. Usually 0. >0 for commit */ + sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Byte offset at which to write */ +){ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + void *pData; /* Data actually written */ + u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + pData = pPage->pData; +#endif + walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); + rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); + if( rc ) return rc; + /* Write the page data */ + rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock +** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ + int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ + PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ + Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ + int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ + int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ +){ + int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ + u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ + PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ + PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ + int szFrame; /* The size of a single frame */ + i64 iOffset; /* Next byte to write in WAL file */ + WalWriter w; /* The writer */ + + assert( pList ); + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + + /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0. If + ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */ + assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) ); + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", + pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); + } +#endif + + /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the + ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL + ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of + ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. + */ + iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + if( iFrame==0 ){ + u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ + + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); + if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); + memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); + walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); + + pWal->szPage = szPage; + pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; + pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1; + + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless + ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF). Otherwise + ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in + ** database corruption. See the ticket: + ** + ** http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee + */ + if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + } + assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); + + /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */ + w.pWal = pWal; + w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd; + w.iSyncPoint = 0; + w.syncFlags = sync_flags; + w.szPage = szPage; + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); + szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + + /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */ + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + int nDbSize; /* 0 normally. Positive == commit flag */ + iFrame++; + assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ); + nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; + rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset); + if( rc ) return rc; + pLast = p; + iOffset += szFrame; + } + + /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad + ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file. + ** + ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a + ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL. If synchronous==NORMAL + ** or synchonous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed. + ** + ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not + ** needed and only the sync is done. If padding is needed, then the + ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector + ** boundary is crossed. Only the part of the WAL prior to the last + ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends + ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync. + */ + if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){ + if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){ + int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); + w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize; + while( iOffsettruncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ + i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize; + if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){ + sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage); + } + walLimitSize(pWal, sz); + pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; + } + + /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the + ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index + ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may + ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. + */ + iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){ + iFrame++; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){ + iFrame++; + nExtra--; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Update the private copy of the header. */ + pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; + if( isCommit ){ + pWal->hdr.iChange++; + pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; + } + /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ + if( isCommit ){ + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + pWal->iCallback = iFrame; + } + } + + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and +** related interfaces. +** +** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as +** we can from WAL into the database. +** +** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler +** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ + int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ + int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ + u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ + int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ + + assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); + assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); + + if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + if( rc ){ + /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process + ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might + ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */ + return rc; + } + pWal->ckptLock = 1; + + /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well + ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway. + ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below. + ** + ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is + ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock, + ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no + ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller. + */ + if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Read the wal-index header. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); + if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0); + } + } + + /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); + } + + /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); + } + } + + if( isChanged ){ + /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was + ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now + ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that + ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that + ** the cache needs to be reset. + */ + memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + } + + /* Release the locks. */ + sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + pWal->ckptLock = 0; + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); +} + +/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the +** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since +** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since +** the last call, then return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ + u32 ret = 0; + if( pWal ){ + ret = pWal->iCallback; + pWal->iCallback = 0; + } + return (int)ret; +} + +/* +** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out +** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. +** +** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE +** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock +** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL +** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the +** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This +** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive +** lock on the main database file. +** +** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into +** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must +** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the +** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this +** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock +** on the main database file before invoking this operation. +** +** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do +** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it +** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking +** the op==1 case. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ + int rc; + assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); + assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); + + /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a + ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot + ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock + ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to + ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. + */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); + + if( op==0 ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = 0; + if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; + } + rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; + }else{ + /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ + rc = 0; + } + }else if( op>0 ){ + assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 ); + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); + pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; + rc = 1; + }else{ + rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using +** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ + return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +/* +** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a +** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known, +** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 ); + return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0); +} +#endif + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. +** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too +** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like +** a good breakout. +*/ +/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/ +/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to +** +** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: +** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley +** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. +** +** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database +** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. +** +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** +** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less +** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have +** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys +** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And +** so forth. +** +** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the +** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. +** +** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate +** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The +** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A +** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database +** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus +** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry +** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each +** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other +** information such as the size of key and data. +** +** FORMAT DETAILS +** +** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, +** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates +** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536. +** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow +** page, or a pointer-map page. +** +** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first +** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. +** The format of the file header is as follows: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" +** 16 2 Page size in bytes. (1 means 65536) +** 18 1 File format write version +** 19 1 File format read version +** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page +** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64) +** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32) +** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32) +** 24 4 File change counter +** 28 4 Reserved for future use +** 32 4 First freelist page +** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file +** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers +** +** 40 4 Schema cookie +** 44 4 File format of schema layer +** 48 4 Size of page cache +** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) +** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be +** 60 4 User version +** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode +** 68 4 Application-ID +** 72 20 unused +** 92 4 The version-valid-for number +** 96 4 SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +** +** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). +** +** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed +** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed +** and thus when they need to flush their cache. +** +** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable +** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard +** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default +** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit +** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. +** +** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra +** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, +** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting +** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. +** +** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction +** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum +** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it +** not specified in the header. +** +** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the +** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte +** file header that occurs before the page header. +** +** |----------------| +** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. +** |----------------| +** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes +** |----------------| +** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. +** | array | | Grows downward +** | | v +** |----------------| +** | unallocated | +** | space | +** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards +** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. +** | area | | and free space fragments. +** |----------------| +** +** The page headers looks like this: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf +** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock +** 3 2 number of cells on this page +** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area +** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes +** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. +** +** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that +** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries +** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer +** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in +** the payload area. +** +** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. +** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are +** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell +** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives +** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can +** be easily added without having to defragment the page. +** +** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the +** beginning of the page. +** +** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of +** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset +** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in +** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, +** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot +** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called +** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. +** in the page header at offset 7. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock +** 2 Bytes in this freeblock +** +** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at +** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array +** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily +** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. +** +** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable +** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each +** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and +** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer +** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. +** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This +** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. +** +** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 +** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 +** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 +** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 +** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 +** +** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of +** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. +** +** The content of a cell looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. +** * Payload +** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow +** +** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely +** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little +** as 1 byte of data. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next overflow page +** * Data +** +** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The +** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk +** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is +** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next trunk page +** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page +** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves +*/ + + +/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page +** size give above. +*/ +#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8)) + +/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This +** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself +** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such +** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. +*/ +#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) + +/* Forward declarations */ +typedef struct MemPage MemPage; +typedef struct BtLock BtLock; + +/* +** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. +** +** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a +** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The +** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so +** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change +** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read +** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools +** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ +# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" +#endif + +/* +** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the +** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. +*/ +#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 +#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 +#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 +#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 + +/* +** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following +** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores +** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. +** +** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to +** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to +** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. +** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. +** +** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex +** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. +*/ +struct MemPage { + u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ + u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ + u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ + u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ + u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ + u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ + u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ + u8 max1bytePayload; /* min(maxLocal,127) */ + u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ + u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ + u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ + u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ + u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ + u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ + u16 aiOvfl[5]; /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th + ** non-overflow cell */ + u8 *apOvfl[5]; /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */ + BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ + u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */ + u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +}; + +/* +** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended +** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold +** that extra information. +*/ +#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) + +/* +** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. +** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor +** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed +** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when +** a btree handle is closed. +*/ +struct BtLock { + Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ + Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ + u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ + BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ +}; + +/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ +#define READ_LOCK 1 +#define WRITE_LOCK 2 + +/* A Btree handle +** +** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of +** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure +** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot +** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to +** this structure. +** +** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be +** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection +** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object +** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the +** schema associated with the database file are all contained within +** the BtShared object. +** +** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. +** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors +** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those +** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and +** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. +*/ +struct Btree { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ + BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ + u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ + u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ + u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ + int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ + int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ + Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ + Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. +** +** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users +** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, +** but any number may have active read transactions. +*/ +#define TRANS_NONE 0 +#define TRANS_READ 1 +#define TRANS_WRITE 2 + +/* +** An instance of this object represents a single database file. +** +** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two +** or more database connections. When two or more connections are +** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own +** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points +** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of +** connections currently sharing this database file. +** +** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex +** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the +** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field +** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. +** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and +** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. +** +** isPending: +** +** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database +** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), +** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is +** set to true. +** +** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of +** the following occur: +** +** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR +** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. +** +** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new +** transaction. +** +** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. +*/ +struct BtShared { + Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ + BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ + MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ + u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ + u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ + u8 bDoTruncate; /* True to truncate db on commit */ +#endif + u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ + u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */ + u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */ + u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ + u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ + int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ + u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ + void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */ + Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ + BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ + BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ + Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ +#endif + u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags +*/ +#define BTS_READ_ONLY 0x0001 /* Underlying file is readonly */ +#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED 0x0002 /* Page size can no longer be changed */ +#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE 0x0004 /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */ +#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY 0x0008 /* Database was empty at trans start */ +#define BTS_NO_WAL 0x0010 /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */ +#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE 0x0020 /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */ +#define BTS_PENDING 0x0040 /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information +** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure +** based on information extract from the raw disk page. +*/ +typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; +struct CellInfo { + i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ + u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ + u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ + u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ + u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ + u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ + u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ + u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ +}; + +/* +** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than +** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a +** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a +** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. +** +** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is +** assumed that the database is corrupt. +*/ +#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 + +/* +** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular +** b-tree within a database file. +** +** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in +** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. +** +** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections, +** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a +** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. +** +** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex +** found at self->pBt->mutex. +*/ +struct BtCursor { + Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ + BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ + Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ + CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ + i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ + void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */ + Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ + int nOvflAlloc; /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */ + int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */ + u8 curFlags; /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */ + u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ + u8 hints; /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */ + i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ + u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ + MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ +}; + +/* +** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags +*/ +#define BTCF_WriteFlag 0x01 /* True if a write cursor */ +#define BTCF_ValidNKey 0x02 /* True if info.nKey is valid */ +#define BTCF_ValidOvfl 0x04 /* True if aOverflow is valid */ +#define BTCF_AtLast 0x08 /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */ +#define BTCF_Incrblob 0x10 /* True if an incremental I/O handle */ + +/* +** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. +** +** CURSOR_INVALID: +** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) +** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been +** called. +** +** CURSOR_VALID: +** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. +** +** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT: +** Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero +** indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious() +** operation should be a no-op. +** +** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: +** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been +** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved +** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in +** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to +** seek the cursor to the saved position. +** +** CURSOR_FAULT: +** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred +** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this +** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. +** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor +** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip +*/ +#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 +#define CURSOR_VALID 1 +#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT 2 +#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3 +#define CURSOR_FAULT 4 + +/* +** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. +*/ +# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) + +/* +** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a +** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable +** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the +** page number to look up in the pointer map. +** +** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map +** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns +** the offset of the requested map entry. +** +** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, +** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be +** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements +** this test. +*/ +#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) +#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) +#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) + +/* +** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for +** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that +** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains +** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers +** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map +** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. +** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. +** +** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one +** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page +** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the +** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. +** +** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not +** used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number +** is not used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that +** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous +** page in the overflow page list. +** +** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number +** identifies the parent page in the btree. +*/ +#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 +#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 +#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 + +/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables +** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. +*/ +#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); + + +/* +** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine +** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used +** within an expression that is an argument to another macro +** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. +** So, this macro is defined instead. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) +#else +#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + + +/* +** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines +** in order to keep track of some global state information. +** +** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in +** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in +** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to +** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which +** indicate corruption). +*/ +typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; +struct IntegrityCk { + BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ + Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ + u8 *aPgRef; /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */ + Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ + int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ + int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ + StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ +}; + +/* +** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. +*/ +#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) +#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) +#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte +#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte + +/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + +/* +** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, +** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the +** p->locked boolean to true. +*/ +static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ + assert( p->locked==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); + p->pBt->db = p->db; + p->locked = 1; +} + +/* +** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and +** clear the p->locked boolean. +*/ +static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( p->locked==1 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + assert( p->db==pBt->db ); + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); + p->locked = 0; +} + +/* +** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. +** +** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required +** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. +** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior +** of this interface is recursive. +** +** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order +** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other +** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree +** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on +** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait +** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the +** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ + Btree *pLater; + + /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees + ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by + ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to + ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); + assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); + assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); + assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); + + /* Check for locking consistency */ + assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); + assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); + + /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db + ** should already be set correctly. */ + assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); + + if( !p->sharable ) return; + p->wantToLock++; + if( p->locked ) return; + + /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we + ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock + ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. + */ + if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; + p->locked = 1; + return; + } + + /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger + ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire + ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending + ** order. + */ + for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ + assert( pLater->sharable ); + assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); + assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); + if( pLater->locked ){ + unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); + } + } + lockBtreeMutex(p); + for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ + if( pLater->wantToLock ){ + lockBtreeMutex(pLater); + } + } +} + +/* +** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ + if( p->sharable ){ + assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); + p->wantToLock--; + if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ + unlockBtreeMutex(p); + } + } +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the +** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. +** +** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); +} +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that +** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be +** omitted if that module is not used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + + +/* +** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database +** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing +** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names +** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being +** reset out from under us. +** +** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. +** +** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address +** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with +** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees +** at the same instant. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + Btree *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + Btree *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } +} + +/* +** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if +** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ + return p->sharable; +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection +** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. +** +** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ + return 0; + } + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p; + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p && p->sharable && + (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the +** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema +** access are: +** +** (1) The mutex on db +** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt. +** +** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and +** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){ + Btree *p; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0; + if( iDb==1 ) return 1; + p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + assert( p!=0 ); + return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */ +/* +** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use +** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for +** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and +** are null #defines in btree.h. +** +** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including +** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. +*/ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; + } + } +} +#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. +** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. +*/ + +/* +** The header string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database. +*/ +static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; + +/* +** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE +** macro. +*/ +#if 0 +int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ +# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} +#else +# define TRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. +** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. +** +** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value +** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page +** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. +** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. +*/ +#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) + +/* +** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage() +*/ +#define BTALLOC_ANY 0 /* Allocate any page */ +#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1 /* Allocate exact page if possible */ +#define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */ + +/* +** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not +** defined, or 0 if it is. For example: +** +** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum); +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr) +#else +#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation +** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, +** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for +** test builds. +** +** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; +#else +static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. +** +** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. +** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to +** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + + + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + /* + ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), + ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() + ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store + ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the + ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user + ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. + ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. + */ + #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) + #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) + #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 + #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** +** +** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the +** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. +** +** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via +** Btree connection pBtree: +** +** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); +** +** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the +** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of +** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, +** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine +** the table corresponding to the index being written, this +** function has to search through the database schema. +** +** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may +** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also +** acceptable. +*/ +static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( + Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ + Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ + int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ + int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ +){ + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; + Pgno iTab = 0; + BtLock *pLock; + + /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading + ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. + ** Return true immediately. + */ + if( (pBtree->sharable==0) + || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) + ){ + return 1; + } + + /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is + ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if + ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. + ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. + */ + if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ + return 1; + } + + /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table + ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or + ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated + ** table. */ + if( isIndex ){ + HashElem *p; + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ + iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; + } + } + }else{ + iTab = iRoot; + } + + /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a + ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a + ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ + for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ + if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree + && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) + && pLock->eLock>=eLockType + ){ + return 1; + } + } + + /* Failed to find the required lock. */ + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** +** +** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the +** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are +** simultaneously reading that same table or index. +** +** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that +** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing +** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the +** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to +** have a read cursor. +** +** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index +** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: +** +** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); +*/ +static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ + BtCursor *p; + for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot + && p->pBtree!=pBtree + && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) + ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock +** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return +** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling +** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. +*/ +static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock *pIter; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( p->db!=0 ); + assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); + + /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write + ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there + ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. + */ + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + + /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ + if( !p->sharable ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the + ** requested lock may not be obtained. + */ + if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) + ** statement is a simplification of: + ** + ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) + ** + ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection + ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can + ** only be a single writer). + */ + assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); + if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); + if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ + assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING; + } + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used +** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or +** WRITE_LOCK. +** +** This function assumes the following: +** +** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable +** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and +** +** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts +** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has +** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM +** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. +*/ +static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock *pLock = 0; + BtLock *pIter; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( p->db!=0 ); + + /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to + ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained + ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master + ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ + assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + + /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it + ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ + assert( p->sharable ); + assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); + + /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ + pLock = pIter; + break; + } + } + + /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p + ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. + */ + if( !pLock ){ + pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); + if( !pLock ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pLock->iTable = iTable; + pLock->pBtree = p; + pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; + pBt->pLock = pLock; + } + + /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock + ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held + ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. + */ + assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); + if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ + pLock->eLock = eLock; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to +** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. +** +** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write +** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag +** may be incorrectly cleared. +*/ +static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); + assert( p->inTrans>0 ); + + while( *ppIter ){ + BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); + assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); + if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ + *ppIter = pLock->pNext; + assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); + if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ + sqlite3_free(pLock); + } + }else{ + ppIter = &pLock->pNext; + } + } + + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter ); + if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ + pBt->pWriter = 0; + pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); + }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ + /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its + ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not + ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other + ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case + ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0. + ** + ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must + ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. + */ + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING; + } +} + +/* +** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. +*/ +static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ + BtLock *pLock; + pBt->pWriter = 0; + pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); + for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ + assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); + pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; + } + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ + +/* +***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** +** +** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ + return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); +} +#endif + +/* +** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument. +** on the shared btree structure pBt. +*/ +#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl) + +/* +** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened +** on the shared btree structure pBt. +*/ +static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ + BtCursor *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + invalidateOverflowCache(p); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table +** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the +** row or one of the rows being modified. +** +** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the +** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob +** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. +** +** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with +** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate +** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. +*/ +static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( + Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ + i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ + int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ +){ + BtCursor *p; + BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ + p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + } +} + +#else + /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */ + #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + +/* +** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called +** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf +** page. +** +** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure +** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding +** free-list leaf pages: +** +** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes +** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database +** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes +** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, +** why bother journalling it?). +** +** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read +** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it +** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). +** +** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy +** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if +** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same +** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when +** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it +** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data +** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible +** to restore the database to its original configuration. +** +** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is +** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is +** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, +** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already +** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared +** at the end of every transaction. +*/ +static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ + assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); + pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); + if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ + rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. +** +** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the +** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the +** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. +*/ +static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; + return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); +} + +/* +** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be +** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. +*/ +static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); + pBt->pHasContent = 0; +} + +/* +** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor. +*/ +static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); + pCur->apPage[i] = 0; + } + pCur->iPage = -1; +} + + +/* +** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey +** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. +** +** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) +** prior to calling this routine. +*/ +static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + + assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); + assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ + + /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() + ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is + ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey + ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key + ** data. + */ + if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ + void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); + if( pKey ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->pKey = pKey; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pKey); + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; + } + + invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on +** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor +** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). +*/ +static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ + BtCursor *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){ + if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + testcase( p->iPage>0 ); + btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p); + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Clear the current cursor position. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; +} + +/* +** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record +** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the +** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. +*/ +static int btreeMoveto( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ + i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ + int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ + int *pRes /* Write search results here */ +){ + int rc; /* Status code */ + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ + char aSpace[200]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ + char *pFree = 0; + + if( pKey ){ + assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); + pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree + ); + if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); + if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + }else{ + pIdxKey = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); + if( pFree ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) +** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the +** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be +** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each +** saveCursorPosition(). +*/ +static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + return pCur->skipNext; + } + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); + if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; + } + } + return rc; +} + +#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ + (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ + btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ + SQLITE_OK) + +/* +** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it +** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing +** at is deleted out from under them. +** +** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The +** integer *pHasMoved is set as follows: +** +** 0: The cursor is unchanged +** 1: The cursor is still pointing at the same row, but the pointers +** returned by sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() or sqlite3BtreeDataFetch() +** might now be invalid because of a balance() or other change to the +** b-tree. +** 2: The cursor is no longer pointing to the row. The row might have +** been deleted out from under the cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ + int rc; + + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + *pHasMoved = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc ){ + *pHasMoved = 2; + return rc; + } + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){ + *pHasMoved = 2; + }else{ + *pHasMoved = 1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page +** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the +** input page number. +** +** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is +** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic +** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. +*/ +static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + int nPagesPerMapPage; + Pgno iPtrMap, ret; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pgno<2 ) return 0; + nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; + iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; + ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; + if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + ret++; + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** Write an entry into the pointer map. +** +** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' +** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. +** +** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is +** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written +** into *pRC. +*/ +static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ + u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ + Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ + int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ + int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ + assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); + + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + if( key==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return; + } + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); + if( offset<0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto ptrmap_exit; + } + assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + + if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ + TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); + *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPtrmap[offset] = eType; + put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); + } + } + +ptrmap_exit: + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); +} + +/* +** Read an entry from the pointer map. +** +** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing +** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. +** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ + int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ + u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ + int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ + int rc; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); + if( rc!=0 ){ + return rc; + } + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); + if( offset<0 ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); + assert( pEType!=0 ); + *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; + if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); + + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) + #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK + #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) +#endif + +/* +** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on +** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer +** to the cell content. +** +** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. +*/ +#define findCell(P,I) \ + ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) +#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I))))) + + +/* +** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for +** pages that do contain overflow cells. +*/ +static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + int i; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ + int k; + k = pPage->aiOvfl[i]; + if( k<=iCell ){ + if( k==iCell ){ + return pPage->apOvfl[i]; + } + iCell--; + } + } + return findCell(pPage, iCell); +} + +/* +** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There +** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a +** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() +** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. +** +** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of +** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. +*/ +static void btreeParseCellPtr( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ + u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + + pInfo->pCell = pCell; + assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); + n = pPage->childPtrSize; + assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); + if( pPage->intKey ){ + if( pPage->hasData ){ + assert( n==0 ); + n = getVarint32(pCell, nPayload); + }else{ + nPayload = 0; + } + n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); + pInfo->nData = nPayload; + }else{ + pInfo->nData = 0; + n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); + pInfo->nKey = nPayload; + } + pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; + pInfo->nHeader = n; + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ + /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits + ** on the local page. No overflow is required. + */ + if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; + pInfo->iOverflow = 0; + }else{ + /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have + ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto + ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused + ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage + ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. + ** + ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any + ** way will result in an incompatible file format. + */ + int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ + int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ + int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ + + minLocal = pPage->minLocal; + maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; + surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); + testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); + testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); + if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; + }else{ + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; + } + pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); + pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; + } +} +#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ + btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) +static void btreeParseCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); +} + +/* +** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell +** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell +** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or +** the space used by the cell pointer. +*/ +static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ + u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize]; + u32 nSize; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as + ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the + ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of + ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ + CellInfo debuginfo; + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); +#endif + + if( pPage->intKey ){ + u8 *pEnd; + if( pPage->hasData ){ + pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); + }else{ + nSize = 0; + } + + /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length + ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte + ** past the end of the key value. */ + pEnd = &pIter[9]; + while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pItermaxLocal ); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ + int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; + nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ + nSize = minLocal; + } + nSize += 4; + } + nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); + + /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */ + if( nSize<4 ){ + nSize = 4; + } + + assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize ); + return (u16)nSize; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements +** only. */ +static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer +** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map +** for the overflow page. +*/ +static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ + CellInfo info; + if( *pRC ) return; + assert( pCell!=0 ); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); + if( info.iOverflow ){ + Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); + ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the +** end of the page and all free space is collected into one +** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell +** pointer array and the cell content area. +*/ +static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ + int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ + int size; /* Size of a cell */ + int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ + int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ + int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ + unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ + unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ + int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ + int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ + + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; + nCell = pPage->nCell; + assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); + usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; + cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); + cbrk = usableSize; + iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; + iCellLast = usableSize - 4; + for(i=0; iiCellLast ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } +#endif + assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); + size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); + cbrk -= size; +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) + if( cbrkusableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } +#endif + assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); + testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); + testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); + memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); + put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); + } + assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); + data[hdr+1] = 0; + data[hdr+2] = 0; + data[hdr+7] = 0; + memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed +** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] +** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or +** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). +** +** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the +** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring +** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using +** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this +** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will +** also end up needing a new cell pointer. +*/ +static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ + const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ + u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ + int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ + int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ + int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ + int rc; /* Integer return code */ + int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ + assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; + assert( nByte < usableSize-8 ); + + nFrag = data[hdr+7]; + assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); + gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + testcase( gap+2==top ); + testcase( gap+1==top ); + testcase( gap==top ); + + if( nFrag>=60 ){ + /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */ + rc = defragmentPage(pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + }else if( gap+2<=top ){ + /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy + ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in + ** the list that is large enough to accommodate it. + */ + int pc, addr; + for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ + int size; /* Size of the free slot */ + if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc=nByte ){ + int x = size - nByte; + testcase( x==4 ); + testcase( x==3 ); + if( x<4 ){ + /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of + ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ + memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); + data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); + }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account + ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ + put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); + } + *pIdx = pc + x; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy + ** the allocation. If not, defragment. + */ + testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); + if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ + rc = defragmentPage(pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( gap+nByte<=top ); + } + + + /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array + ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already + ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there + ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. + ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. + */ + top -= nByte; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); + assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + *pIdx = top; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. +** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] +** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. +** +** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent +** free blocks into a single big free block. +*/ +static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ + int addr, pbegin, hdr; + int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; + + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); + assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ + + if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete + ** option is enabled */ + memset(&data[start], 0, size); + } + + /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that + ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), + ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or + ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the + ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these + ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt + ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning + ** the freelist. + */ + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + addr = hdr + 1; + iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4; + assert( start<=iLast ); + while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ + if( pbeginiLast ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); + put2byte(&data[addr], start); + put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); + put2byte(&data[start+2], size); + pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size; + + /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ + addr = hdr + 1; + while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ + int pnext, psize, x; + assert( pbegin>addr ); + assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); + pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); + psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); + if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ + int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); + if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag; + x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); + put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); + x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; + put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); + }else{ + addr = pbegin; + } + } + + /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ + if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ + int top; + pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); + } + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page +** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. +** +** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different +** indicates a corrupt database files: +** +** PTF_ZERODATA +** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF +** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY +** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF +*/ +static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ + BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ + + assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); + flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; + pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; + pBt = pPage->pBt; + if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ + pPage->intKey = 1; + pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; + }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ + pPage->intKey = 0; + pPage->hasData = 0; + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; + }else{ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does +** not contain a well-formed database page, then return +** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not +** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that +** we failed to detect any corruption. +*/ +static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ + + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + if( !pPage->isInit ){ + u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ + u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ + u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ + int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ + u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ + int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ + int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ + int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ + int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ + + pBt = pPage->pBt; + + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + data = pPage->aData; + if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); + pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; + pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize]; + pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset]; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ + /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); + + /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end + ** of page when parsing a cell. + ** + ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends + ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be + ** returned if it does. + */ + iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + iCellLast = usableSize - 4; +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) + { + int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ + int sz; /* Size of a cell */ + + if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); + testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); + testcase( pc==iCellLast ); + if( pciCellLast ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); + testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); + if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; + } +#endif + + /* Compute the total free space on the page */ + pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; + while( pc>0 ){ + u16 next, size; + if( pciCellLast ){ + /* Start of free block is off the page */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + next = get2byte(&data[pc]); + size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); + if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ + /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of + ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + nFree = nFree + size; + pc = next; + } + + /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start + ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within + ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size + ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also + ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content + ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. + */ + if( nFree>usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); + pPage->isInit = 1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding +** no entries. +*/ +static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + u16 first; + + assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); + } + data[hdr] = (char)flags; + first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8); + memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); + data[hdr+7] = 0; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); + pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); + decodeFlags(pPage, flags); + pPage->cellOffset = first; + pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize]; + pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first]; + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); + pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); + pPage->nCell = 0; + pPage->isInit = 1; +} + + +/* +** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by +** the btree layer. +*/ +static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ + MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); + pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; + pPage->pBt = pBt; + pPage->pgno = pgno; + pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; + return pPage; +} + +/* +** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and +** MemPage.aData elements if needed. +** +** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about +** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk +** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. +** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that +** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk +** read should occur at that point. +*/ +static int btreeGetPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ + int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ +){ + int rc; + DbPage *pDbPage; + + assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags); + if( rc ) return rc; + *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not +** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and +** MemPage.aData elements if needed. +*/ +static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + DbPage *pDbPage; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); + if( pDbPage ){ + return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of +** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). +*/ +static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ + return pBt->nPage; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); + return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt); +} + +/* +** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a +** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and +** btreeInitPage(). +** +** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It +** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. +*/ +static int getAndInitPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ + int bReadonly /* PAGER_GET_READONLY or 0 */ +){ + int rc; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( bReadonly==PAGER_GET_READONLY || bReadonly==0 ); + + if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, bReadonly); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ + rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + } + } + + testcase( pgno==0 ); + assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior +** call to btreeGetPage. +*/ +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ + if( pPage ){ + assert( pPage->aData ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage); + } +} + +/* +** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache +** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of +** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. +** +** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the +** page to agree with the restored data. +*/ +static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ + MemPage *pPage; + pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); + assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); + if( pPage->isInit ){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + pPage->isInit = 0; + if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ + /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page + ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following + ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. + ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that + ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make + ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ + btreeInitPage(pPage); + } + } +} + +/* +** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. +*/ +static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ + BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; + assert( pBt->db ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); + return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); +} + +/* +** Open a database file. +** +** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL +** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might +** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. +** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted +** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. +** +** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created +** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. +** +** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like +** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY. +** +** If the database is already opened in the same database connection +** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared +** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead +** to problems with locking. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ + int flags, /* Options */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ + Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ + u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ + unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ + + /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ + const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; + + /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or + ** false for a file-based database. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + const int isMemdb = 0; +#else + const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0) + || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db)) + || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; +#endif + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( pVfs!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ + + /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ + assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); + + /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */ + assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb ); + + if( isMemdb ){ + flags |= BTREE_MEMORY; + } + if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){ + vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; + } + p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + p->db = db; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + p->lock.pBtree = p; + p->lock.iTable = 1; +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* + ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an + ** existing BtShared object that we can share with + */ + if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){ + if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ + int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname); + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) + p->sharable = 1; + if( !zFullPathname ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( isMemdb ){ + memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, + nFullPathname, zFullPathname); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + sqlite3_free(p); + return rc; + } + } +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); + mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); +#endif + for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ + assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); + if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0)) + && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ + int iDb; + for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ + Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + } + p->pBt = pBt; + pBt->nRef++; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + else{ + /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable + ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and + ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) + ** statements to find locking problems. + */ + p->sharable = 1; + } +#endif + } +#endif + if( pBt==0 ){ + /* + ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are + ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result + ** when compiling on a different architecture. + */ + assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); + assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); + + pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); + if( pBt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto btree_open_out; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, + EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap); + rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto btree_open_out; + } + pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; + pBt->db = db; + sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); + p->pBt = pBt; + + pBt->pCursor = 0; + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; +#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; +#endif + pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); + if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ + pBt->pageSize = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then + ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if + ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if + ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a + ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. + */ + if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ + pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); + } +#endif + nReserve = 0; + }else{ + nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); + if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; + assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. + */ + if( p->sharable ){ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) + pBt->nRef = 1; + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) + if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + db->mallocFailed = 0; + goto btree_open_out; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); + pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); + GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + } +#endif + } + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new + ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. + ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. + */ + if( p->sharable ){ + int i; + Btree *pSib; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ + while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } + if( p->pBtpBt ){ + p->pNext = pSib; + p->pPrev = 0; + pSib->pPrev = p; + }else{ + while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ + pSib = pSib->pNext; + } + p->pNext = pSib->pNext; + p->pPrev = pSib; + if( p->pNext ){ + p->pNext->pPrev = p; + } + pSib->pNext = p; + } + break; + } + } + } +#endif + *ppBtree = p; + +btree_open_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + } + sqlite3_free(pBt); + sqlite3_free(p); + *ppBtree = 0; + }else{ + /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the + ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, + ** do not change the pager-cache size. + */ + if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ + sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + } + } + if( mutexOpen ){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, +** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return +** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return +** false if it is still positive. +*/ +static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) + BtShared *pList; + int removed = 0; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + pBt->nRef--; + if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ + if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ + GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; + }else{ + pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); + while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ + pList=pList->pNext; + } + if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ + pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; + } + } + if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ + sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); + } + removed = 1; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + return removed; +#else + return 1; +#endif +} + +/* +** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of +** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. +*/ +static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ + if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ + pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); + + /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before + ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If + ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes + ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which + ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3 + ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from + ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it + ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized + ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error, + ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here. */ + if( pBt->pTmpSpace ) memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 4); + } +} + +/* +** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation +*/ +static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ + sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); + pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; +} + +/* +** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtCursor *pCur; + + /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + pCur = pBt->pCursor; + while( pCur ){ + BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; + pCur = pCur->pNext; + if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); + } + } + + /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. + ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by + ** this handle. + */ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + + /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree + ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans + ** up the shared-btree. + */ + assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); + if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ + /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access + ** it without having to hold the mutex. + ** + ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. + */ + assert( !pBt->pCursor ); + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ + pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); + } + sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); + freeTempSpace(pBt); + sqlite3_free(pBt); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); + assert( p->locked==0 ); + if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; + if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; +#endif + + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. +** +** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute +** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will +** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s +** to insure data is written to the disk surface before +** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, +** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program +** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is +** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database +** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. +** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not +** normally a worry. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* +** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be +** memory mapped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ + +/* +** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease +** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power +** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and +** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There +** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the +** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( + Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ + unsigned pgFlags /* Various PAGER_* flags */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other +** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); + rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. +** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY +** without changing anything. +** +** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page +** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not +** changed. +** +** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region +** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, +** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur +** at the beginning of a page. +** +** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved +** bytes per page is left unchanged. +** +** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size +** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + if( nReserve<0 ){ + nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; + } + assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); + if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && + ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); + pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; + freeTempSpace(pBt); + } + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; + if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the currently defined page size +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pageSize; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it +** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already +** held. +** +** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is +** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the +** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter() +** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the +** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); + return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) +/* +** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that +** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is +** sometimes used by extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ + int n; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return n; +} + +/* +** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. +** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. +** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + int n; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return n; +} + +/* +** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, +** then make no changes. Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE +** setting after the change. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ + int b; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( newFlag>=0 ){ + p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE; + if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; + } + b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return b; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ + +/* +** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' +** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it +** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is +** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return SQLITE_READONLY; +#else + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + }else{ + pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; + pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is +** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; +#else + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = ( + (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: + (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: + BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR + ); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +#endif +} + + +/* +** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will +** also acquire a readlock on that file. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a +** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. +** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM +** is returned if we run out of memory. +*/ +static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ + int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is + ** a valid database file. + */ + nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); + if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ + nPage = nPageFile; + } + if( nPage>0 ){ + u32 pageSize; + u32 usableSize; + u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; + rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; + if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + if( page1[18]>1 ){ + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; + } + if( page1[19]>1 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } +#else + if( page1[18]>2 ){ + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; + } + if( page1[19]>2 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + + /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed + ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then + ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. + ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is + ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer + ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log + ** file. + */ + if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){ + int isOpen = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + }else if( isOpen==0 ){ + releasePage(pPage1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; + } +#endif + + /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum + ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. + ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of + ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. + */ + if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); + if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 + || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || pageSize<=256 + ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; + if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ + /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size + ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is + ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at + ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function + ** again with the correct page-size. + */ + releasePage(pPage1); + pBt->usableSize = usableSize; + pBt->pageSize = pageSize; + freeTempSpace(pBt); + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, + pageSize-usableSize); + return rc; + } + if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto page1_init_failed; + } + if( usableSize<480 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + pBt->pageSize = pageSize; + pBt->usableSize = usableSize; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } + + /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for + ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout + ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. + ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: + ** 2-byte pointer to the cell + ** 4-byte child pointer + ** 9-byte nKey value + ** 4-byte nData value + ** 4-byte overflow page pointer + ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as + ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow + ** page pointer. + */ + pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); + pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); + pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); + pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); + if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){ + pBt->max1bytePayload = 127; + }else{ + pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal; + } + assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; + pBt->nPage = nPage; + return SQLITE_OK; + +page1_init_failed: + releasePage(pPage1); + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + return rc; +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use +** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not +** defined. +** +** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true. If wrOnly is +** false then all cursors are counted. +** +** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that +** is capable of reading or writing to the databse. Cursors that +** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted. +*/ +static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ + BtCursor *pCur; + int r = 0; + for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ + if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0) + && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; + } + return r; +} +#endif + +/* +** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle +** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then +** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which +** has the effect of releasing the read lock. +** +** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); + if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ + assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); + assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); + assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); + releasePage(pBt->pPage1); + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + } +} + +/* +** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file +** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of +** the database. +*/ +static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ + MemPage *pP1; + unsigned char *data; + int rc; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pP1 = pBt->pPage1; + assert( pP1!=0 ); + data = pP1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); + assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); + data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); + data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); + data[18] = 1; + data[19] = 1; + assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); + data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); + data[21] = 64; + data[22] = 32; + data[23] = 32; + memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); + zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); + assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); + put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); + put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); +#endif + pBt->nPage = 1; + data[31] = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database +** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + p->pBt->nPage = 0; + rc = newDatabase(p->pBt); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction +** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- +** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive +** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed +** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be +** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the +** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. +** +** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any +** changes to the database. None of the following routines +** will work unless a transaction is started first: +** +** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() +** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() +** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() +** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() +** sqlite3BtreeInsert() +** sqlite3BtreeDelete() +** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() +** +** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention +** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler +** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not +** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is +** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. +** +** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has +** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because +** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. +** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be +** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback +** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B +** proceed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ + sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it + ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction + ** is requested, this is a no-op. + */ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ + goto trans_begun; + } + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 ); + + /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ + if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + goto trans_begun; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction + ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is + ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. + */ + if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) + || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0 + ){ + pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; + }else if( wrflag>1 ){ + BtLock *pIter; + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ + pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; + break; + } + } + } + if( pBlock ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + goto trans_begun; + } +#endif + + /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on + ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock + ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; + + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; + if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; + do { + /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or + ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() + ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after + ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database + ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update + ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. + */ + while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ + if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = newDatabase(pBt); + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + } + }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && + btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ + pBt->nTransaction++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( p->sharable ){ + assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); + p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; + p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; + pBt->pLock = &p->lock; + } +#endif + } + p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); + if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; + } + if( wrflag ){ + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + assert( !pBt->pWriter ); + pBt->pWriter = p; + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE; + if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE; +#endif + + /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old + ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing + ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely + ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction + ** rollback occurs within the transaction. + */ + if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); + } + } + } + } + + +trans_begun: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ + /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of + ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and + ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); + } + + btreeIntegrity(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + +/* +** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if +** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer +** map entries for the overflow pages as well. +*/ +static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Counter variable */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; + } + nCell = pPage->nCell; + + for(i=0; ileaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); + ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); + } + } + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); + } + +set_child_ptrmaps_out: + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so +** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to +** be modified, as follows: +** +** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child +** page of pPage. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow +** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next +** overflow page in the list. +*/ +static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ + /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ + if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); + }else{ + u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + int i; + int nCell; + + btreeInitPage(pPage); + nCell = pPage->nCell; + + for(i=0; iaData+pPage->maskPage + && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) + ){ + put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo); + break; + } + }else{ + if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ + put4byte(pCell, iTo); + break; + } + } + } + + if( i==nCell ){ + if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || + get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); + } + + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the +** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. +** +** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that +** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno +** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that +** page. +*/ +static int relocatePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ + MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ + u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ + int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ +){ + MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ + Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; + int rc; + + assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || + eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); + + /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ + TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", + iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); + rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; + + /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells + ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these + ** pages need to be changed. + ** + ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a + ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then + ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. + */ + if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); + if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + + /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so + ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for + ** iPtrPage. + */ + if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pPtrPage); + return rc; + } + rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); + releasePage(pPtrPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ +static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); + +/* +** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return +** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in +** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error +** occurs, return some other error code. +** +** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the database so +** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use. +** +** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain +** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE. +** +** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the +** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE +** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commmit +** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum. +*/ +static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ + Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ + int rc; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( iLastPg>nFin ); + + if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + u8 eType; + Pgno iPtrPage; + + nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + if( nFreeList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + if( bCommit==0 ){ + /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required + ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be + ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't + ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. + */ + Pgno iFreePg; + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); + releasePage(pFreePg); + } + } else { + Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ + MemPage *pLastPg; + u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY; /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ + Pgno iNear = 0; /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ + + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg + ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. + ** + ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep + ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages + ** of the file is found. + */ + if( bCommit==0 ){ + eMode = BTALLOC_LE; + iNear = nFin; + } + do { + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pLastPg); + return rc; + } + releasePage(pFreePg); + }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin ); + assert( iFreePgbDoTruncate = 1; + pBt->nPage = iLastPg; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database +** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected +** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation. +*/ +static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ + int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ + Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ + Pgno nFin; /* Return value */ + + nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; + nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; + nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; + if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinpBt; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); + Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); + + if( nOrig0 ){ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction +** is committed for an auto-vacuum database. +** +** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages +** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. +** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc +** pages are in use. +*/ +static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; + VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + assert(pBt->autoVacuum); + if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ + Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ + Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ + Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ + Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ + + nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); + if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page + ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one + ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. + */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); + if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( nFinnFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ + rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1); + } + if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); + pBt->bDoTruncate = 1; + pBt->nPage = nFin; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); + } + } + + assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); + return rc; +} + +#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ +# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +/* +** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine +** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) +** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs +** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back +** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to +** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the +** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. +** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the +** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not +** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the +** commit process. +** +** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. +** +** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to +** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the +** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file +** (single database transaction). +** +** When this is called, the master journal should already have been +** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. +** +** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit +** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; + } + } + if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){ + sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage); + } +#endif + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() +** at the conclusion of a transaction. +*/ +static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->bDoTruncate = 0; +#endif + if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ + /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database + ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements + ** may still be reading from the database. */ + downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); + p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; + }else{ + /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the + ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count + ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() + ** call below will unlock the pager. */ + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ + clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); + pBt->nTransaction--; + if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; + } + } + + /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the + ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + } + + btreeIntegrity(p); +} + +/* +** Commit the transaction currently in progress. +** +** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The +** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should +** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() +** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the +** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this +** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the +** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and +** drop locks. +** +** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to +** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and +** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument +** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file +** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed +** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this +** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, +** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write +** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have +** transitioned to the error state. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ + + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees + ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. + */ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; + } + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; + btreeClearHasContent(pBt); + } + + btreeEndTransaction(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Do both phases of a commit. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error +** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree +** references. +** +** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong +** to other database connections that happen to be sharing +** the cache with pBtree. +** +** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. +** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped +** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after +** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables +** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to +** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be +** invalidated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ + BtCursor *p; + if( pBtree==0 ) return; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + int i; + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); + p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; + p->skipNext = errCode; + for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(p->apPage[i]); + p->apPage[i] = 0; + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); +} + +/* +** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be +** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor +** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result +** in an error. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pPage1; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + if( tripCode ){ + sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode); + } + btreeIntegrity(p); + + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc2; + + assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); + rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + + /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So + ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make + ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ + if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); + testcase( nPage==0 ); + if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); + testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); + pBt->nPage = nPage; + releasePage(pPage1); + } + assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 ); + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; + btreeClearHasContent(pBt); + } + + btreeEndTransaction(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled +** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction +** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically +** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. +** +** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements +** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint +** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement +** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. +** +** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The +** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, +** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there +** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, +** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back +** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + assert( iStatement>0 ); + assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with + ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using + ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any + ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK +** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the +** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value +** of op. +** +** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the +** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different +** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the +** transaction remains open. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){ + pBt->nPage = 0; + } + rc = newDatabase(pBt); + pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); + + /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header + ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset + ** 28 is nonzero. */ + assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page +** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that +** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open +** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then +** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. +** +** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. +** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for +** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These +** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to +** be allowed: +** +** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 +** +** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache +** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have +** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise +** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to +** the read cursors in the other database connection. +** +** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) +** +** 4: There must be an active transaction. +** +** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the +** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired +** will not work correctly. +** +** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called +** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. +*/ +static int btreeCursor( + Btree *p, /* The btree */ + int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ + BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); + + /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable + ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, + ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with + ** this lock. */ + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); + + /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); + + if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ + assert( wrFlag==0 ); + iTable = 0; + } + + /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor + ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ + pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; + pCur->iPage = -1; + pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + pCur->pBtree = p; + pCur->pBt = pBt; + assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTCF_WriteFlag ); + pCur->curFlags = wrFlag; + pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; + if( pCur->pNext ){ + pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; + } + pBt->pCursor = pCur; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree *p, /* The btree */ + int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ + BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. +** +** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate +** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque +** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call +** this routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ + return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); +} + +/* +** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. +** +** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object +** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays +** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot +** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ + memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); +} + +/* +** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released +** when the last cursor is closed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; + if( pBtree ){ + int i; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); + if( pCur->pPrev ){ + pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; + }else{ + pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; + } + if( pCur->pNext ){ + pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; + } + for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); + } + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + sqlite3DbFree(pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow); + /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid +** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call +** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. +** +** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. +** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). +** +** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the +** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. +** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc +** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the +** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function +** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG + static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + CellInfo info; + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); + assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); + } +#else + #define assertCellInfo(x) +#endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER + /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ + static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; + }else{ + assertCellInfo(pCur); + } + } +#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ + /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ +#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ + if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ + int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; \ + }else{ \ + assertCellInfo(pCur); \ + } +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ +/* +** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one +** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. +** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ + return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +/* +** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of +** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing +** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. +** +** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key +** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. +** +** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. +** +** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + *pSize = 0; + }else{ + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the +** cursor currently points to. +** +** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL +** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee +** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. +** +** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. +** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue +** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nData; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter +** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the +** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum +** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. +** +** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: +** +** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is +** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked +** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. +** +** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding +** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that +** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() +** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because +** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then +** *ppPage is set to zero. +*/ +static int getOverflowPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ + Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ + Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ +){ + Pgno next = 0; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert(pPgnoNext); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the + ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in + ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns + ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page + ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgno; + Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; + u8 eType; + + while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + iGuess++; + } + + if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ + next = iGuess; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + } +#endif + + assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + next = get4byte(pPage->aData); + } + } + + *pPgnoNext = next; + if( ppPage ){ + *ppPage = pPage; + }else{ + releasePage(pPage); + } + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); +} + +/* +** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. +** +** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. +** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied +** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, +** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes +** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. +*/ +static int copyPayload( + void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ + void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ + int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ + int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ + DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ +){ + if( eOp ){ + /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ + int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); + }else{ + /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ + memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information +** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp +** argument is interpreted as follows: +** +** 0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache. +** 1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache. +** 2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache. +** +** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". +** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. +** +** The content being read or written might appear on the main page +** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. +** +** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the +** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily +** popluates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). +** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset +** more efficient. +** +** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be +** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if +** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum +** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. +** +** * An incremental vacuum, +** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, +** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). +*/ +static int accessPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ + u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ + unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ + int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ +){ + unsigned char *aPayload; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u32 nKey; + int iIdx = 0; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + int bEnd; /* True if reading to end of data */ +#endif + + assert( pPage ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 ); /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */ + + getCellInfo(pCur); + aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; + nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + bEnd = (offset+amt==nKey+pCur->info.nData); +#endif + + if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) + || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] + ){ + /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ + if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ + int a = amt; + if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ + a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; + } + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage); + offset = 0; + pBuf += a; + amt -= a; + }else{ + offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ + Pgno nextPage; + + nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); + + /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now. + ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2. + ** + ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page + ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is + ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array + ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated). + */ + if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){ + int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; + if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){ + Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3DbRealloc( + pCur->pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno) + ); + if( aNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2; + pCur->aOverflow = aNew; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno)); + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl; + } + } + + /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the + ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip + ** directly to it. + */ + if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ + iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; + offset = (offset%ovflSize); + } + + for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ + + /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ + if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){ + assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); + pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; + } + + if( offset>=ovflSize ){ + /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page + ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page + ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow + ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() + ** function. + ** + ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2 + ** here. If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken. + */ + assert( eOp!=2 ); + assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl ); + if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; + }else{ + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); + } + offset -= ovflSize; + }else{ + /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the + ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + sqlite3_file *fd; +#endif + int a = amt; + if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ + a = ovflSize - offset; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + /* If all the following are true: + ** + ** 1) this is a read operation, and + ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and + ** 3) the database is file-backed, and + ** 4) there is no open write-transaction, and + ** 5) the database is not a WAL database, + ** 6) all data from the page is being read. + ** + ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the + ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds + ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages. + */ + if( (eOp&0x01)==0 /* (1) */ + && offset==0 /* (2) */ + && (bEnd || a==ovflSize) /* (6) */ + && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (4) */ + && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (3) */ + && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01 /* (5) */ + ){ + u8 aSave[4]; + u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4]; + memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4); + rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1)); + nextPage = get4byte(aWrite); + memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4); + }else +#endif + + { + DbPage *pDbPage; + rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage, + ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0) + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + offset = 0; + } + } + amt -= a; + pBuf += a; + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row +** in the table. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); +} + +/* +** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + int rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; + } +#endif + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the +** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of +** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for +** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available +** key/data is written into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value +** returned will not be a valid pointer. +** +** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key +** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow +** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the +** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills +** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble +** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. +** +** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached +** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time +** any btree routine is called. +*/ +static const void *fetchPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + u32 *pAmt /* Write the number of available bytes here */ +){ + assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 ); + *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal; + return (void*)(pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader); +} + + +/* +** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as +** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local +** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. +** +** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move +** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, +** including calls from other threads against the same cache. +** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling +** this routine. +** +** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data +** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ + return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ + return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); +} + + +/* +** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the +** page number of the child page to move to. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of +** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. +** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or +** vice-versa). +*/ +static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ + int rc; + int i = pCur->iPage; + MemPage *pNewPage; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=0 ); + if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, + (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; + pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; + pCur->iPage++; + + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if 0 +/* +** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function +** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th +** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of +** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of +** the page. +*/ +static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ + assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); + if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ + assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); + }else{ + assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); + } +} +#else +# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** Move the cursor up to the parent page. +** +** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer +** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the +** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than +** the largest cell index. +*/ +static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + + /* UPDATE: It is actually possible for the condition tested by the assert + ** below to be untrue if the database file is corrupt. This can occur if + ** one cursor has modified page pParent while a reference to it is held + ** by a second cursor. Which can only happen if a single page is linked + ** into more than one b-tree structure in a corrupt database. */ +#if 0 + assertParentIndex( + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno + ); +#endif + testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); + + releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); + pCur->iPage--; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); +} + +/* +** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. +** +** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point +** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a +** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a +** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. +** +** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to +** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first +** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state +** is set to CURSOR_VALID. +** +** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the +** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected +** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not +** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, +** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo +** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index +** b-tree). +*/ +static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ + MemPage *pRoot; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); + return pCur->skipNext; + } + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); + } + + if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ + while( pCur->iPage ) releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); + }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0], + (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return rc; + } + pCur->iPage = 0; + } + pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; + assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); + + /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor + ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is + ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, + ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. + ** + ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail + ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e. + ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted + ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table + ** (or the freelist). */ + assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 ); + if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + + if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){ + Pgno subpage; + if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); + }else{ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the +** entry to which it is currently pointing. +** +** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first +** in ascending order. +*/ +static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); + pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the +** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference +** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() +** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() +** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. +** +** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last +** key in ascending order. +*/ +static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidNKey; + } + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + }else{ + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + + /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ + if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point + ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); + } + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + }else{ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast; + }else{ + pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast; + } + + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key +** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. +** +** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey +** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey +** is ignored. +** +** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always +** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it +** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes +** before or after the key. +** +** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of +** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is +** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into +** *pRes is as follows: +** +** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty +** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. +** +** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. +** +** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( + BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ + i64 intKey, /* The table key */ + int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ + int *pRes /* Write search results here */ +){ + int rc; + RecordCompare xRecordCompare; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( pRes ); + assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); + + /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying + ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 + && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey + ){ + if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKeyisCorrupt = 0; + assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 + || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 + || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1 + ); + }else{ + xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */ + } + + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + *pRes = -1; + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); + for(;;){ + int lwr, upr, idx, c; + Pgno chldPg; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ + + /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page + ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop + ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine + ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must + ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise + ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ + assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); + assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); + lwr = 0; + upr = pPage->nCell-1; + assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 ); + idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */ + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + if( xRecordCompare==0 ){ + for(;;){ + i64 nCellKey; + pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; + if( pPage->hasData ){ + while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){ + if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); + if( nCellKeyupr ){ c = -1; break; } + }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){ + upr = idx-1; + if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; } + }else{ + assert( nCellKey==intKey ); + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; + pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + lwr = idx; + goto moveto_next_layer; + }else{ + *pRes = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto moveto_finish; + } + } + assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); + idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */ + } + }else{ + for(;;){ + int nCell; + pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; + + /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that + ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree + ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte + ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing + ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is + ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first + ** 2 bytes of the cell. + */ + nCell = pCell[0]; + if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){ + /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a + ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main + ** b-tree page. */ + testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); + c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey, 0); + }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) + && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal + ){ + /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record + ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ + testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); + c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey, 0); + }else{ + /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In + ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated + ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the + ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */ + void *pCellKey; + u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); + nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; + pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell ); + if( pCellKey==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto moveto_finish; + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(pCellKey); + goto moveto_finish; + } + c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey, 0); + sqlite3_free(pCellKey); + } + assert( pIdxKey->isCorrupt==0 || c==0 ); + if( c<0 ){ + lwr = idx+1; + }else if( c>0 ){ + upr = idx-1; + }else{ + assert( c==0 ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + if( pIdxKey->isCorrupt ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + goto moveto_finish; + } + if( lwr>upr ) break; + assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); + idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */ + } + } + assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) ); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( pPage->leaf ){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + *pRes = c; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto moveto_finish; + } +moveto_next_layer: + if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ + chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + }else{ + chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); + if( rc ) break; + } +moveto_finish: + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. +** +** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves +** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past +** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ + /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries + ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code + ** as well as the boolean result value. + */ + return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); +} + +/* +** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** +** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value +** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and +** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been +** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. +** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the +** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current +** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree +** implementation does use this hint, however.) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + int idx; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pRes!=0 ); + assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); + assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRes = 0; + return rc; + } + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->skipNext ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ + pCur->skipNext = 0; + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->skipNext = 0; + } + } + + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + + /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx + ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies + ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can + ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the + ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */ + testcase( idx>pPage->nCell ); + + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + if( rc ){ + *pRes = 0; + return rc; + } + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + *pRes = 0; + return rc; + } + do{ + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + *pRes = 1; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + moveToParent(pCur); + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); + *pRes = 0; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; + } + *pRes = 0; + if( pPage->leaf ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** +** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value +** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and +** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been +** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. +** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the +** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current +** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree +** implementation does use this hint, however.) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pRes!=0 ); + assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); + assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) ){ + rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRes = 0; + return rc; + } + } + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->skipNext ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ + pCur->skipNext = 0; + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->skipNext = 0; + } + } + + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); + if( rc ){ + *pRes = 0; + return rc; + } + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + }else{ + while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + moveToParent(pCur); + } + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + *pRes = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new page from the database file. +** +** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() +** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also +** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling +** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates +** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. +** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. +** +** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to +** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an +** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, +** which in turn can make database access faster. +** +** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists +** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned. If +** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal +** to nearby if any such page exists. If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there +** are no restrictions on which page is returned. +*/ +static int allocateBtreePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */ + Pgno *pPgno, /* Store the page number here */ + Pgno nearby, /* Search for a page near this one */ + u8 eMode /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */ +){ + MemPage *pPage1; + int rc; + u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ + u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ + MemPage *pTrunk = 0; + MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; + Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) ); + pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; + mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); + n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); + if( n>=mxPage ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( n>0 ){ + /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ + Pgno iTrunk; + u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ + + /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map + ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then + ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){ + if( nearby<=mxPage ){ + u8 eType; + assert( nearby>0 ); + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + searchList = 1; + } + } + }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ + searchList = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the + ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); + + /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable + ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the + ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT) + ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT) + */ + do { + pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; + if( pPrevTrunk ){ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); + }else{ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + } + testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); + if( iTrunk>mxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + } + if( rc ){ + pTrunk = 0; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + assert( pTrunk!=0 ); + assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 ); + + k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */ + if( k==0 && !searchList ){ + /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. + ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly + ** allocated page */ + assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + *pPgno = iTrunk; + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + *ppPage = pTrunk; + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); + }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ + /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + }else if( searchList + && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunkpDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + if( k==0 ){ + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + } + }else{ + /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains + ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk + ** page in this case. + */ + MemPage *pNewTrunk; + Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); + if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + goto end_allocate_page; + } + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); + } + } + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); +#endif + }else if( k>0 ){ + /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ + u32 closest; + Pgno iPage; + unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; + if( nearby>0 ){ + u32 i; + closest = 0; + if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ + for(i=0; imxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + testcase( iPage==mxPage ); + if( !searchList + || (iPage==nearby || (iPagepgno, n-1)); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; + if( closestpDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + } + searchList = 0; + } + } + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + pPrevTrunk = 0; + }while( searchList ); + }else{ + /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the + ** database image. + ** + ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the + ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager + ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the + ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum + ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content + ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do + ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal + ** the current page content before overwriting it. + ** + ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal + ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database + ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization + ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the + ** database image and the end of the database file. + */ + int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0; + + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + pBt->nPage++; + if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ + /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages + ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page + ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. + */ + MemPage *pPg = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); + assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); + releasePage(pPg); + } + if( rc ) return rc; + pBt->nPage++; + if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } + } +#endif + put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); + *pPgno = pBt->nPage; + + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); + } + + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + +end_allocate_page: + releasePage(pTrunk); + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + *ppPage = 0; + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; + }else{ + *ppPage = 0; + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. +** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. +** +** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. +** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object +** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. +** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. +** +** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, +** its reference count is not altered by this function. +*/ +static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ + MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ + Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( iPage>1 ); + assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); + + if( pMemPage ){ + pPage = pMemPage; + sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); + }else{ + pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); + } + + /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) goto freepage_out; + nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); + + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then + ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. + */ + if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) + || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) + ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); + } + + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map + ** to indicate that the page is free. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); + if( rc ) goto freepage_out; + } + + /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two + ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first + ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a + ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the + ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it + ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. + */ + if( nFree!=0 ){ + u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ + + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + + nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); + assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); + if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto freepage_out; + } + if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ + /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page + ** being freed as a new leaf. + ** + ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains + ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have + ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to + ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than + ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order + ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, + ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 + ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded + ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above + ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); + if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){ + sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + } + rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); + } + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); + goto freepage_out; + } + } + + /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the + ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. + ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the + ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed + ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. + */ + if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); + put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); + +freepage_out: + if( pPage ){ + pPage->isInit = 0; + } + releasePage(pPage); + releasePage(pTrunk); + return rc; +} +static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ + if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); + } +} + +/* +** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. +*/ +static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + CellInfo info; + Pgno ovflPgno; + int rc; + int nOvfl; + u32 ovflPageSize; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ + } + if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */ + } + ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); + assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); + ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; + nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; + assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); + while( nOvfl-- ){ + Pgno iNext = 0; + MemPage *pOvfl = 0; + if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an + ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the + ** file the database must be corrupt. */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( nOvfl ){ + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) + && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 + ){ + /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference + ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. + ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it + ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. + ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as + ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is + ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the + ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this + ** can be problematic. + */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); + } + + if( pOvfl ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); + } + if( rc ) return rc; + ovflPgno = iNext; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage +** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are +** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure +** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated +** for pCell[]. +** +** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData +** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will +** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData +** later. +*/ +static int fillInCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ + unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ + const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ + int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ + int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ +){ + int nPayload; + const u8 *pSrc; + int nSrc, n, rc; + int spaceLeft; + MemPage *pOvfl = 0; + MemPage *pToRelease = 0; + unsigned char *pPrior; + unsigned char *pPayload; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; + int nHeader; + CellInfo info; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + + /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary + ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ + assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + /* Fill in the header. */ + nHeader = 0; + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + nHeader += 4; + } + if( pPage->hasData ){ + nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); + }else{ + nData = nZero = 0; + } + nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); + assert( info.nKey==nKey ); + assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); + + /* Fill in the payload */ + nPayload = nData + nZero; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + pSrc = pData; + nSrc = nData; + nData = 0; + }else{ + if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + nPayload += (int)nKey; + pSrc = pKey; + nSrc = (int)nKey; + } + *pnSize = info.nSize; + spaceLeft = info.nLocal; + pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; + pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; + + while( nPayload>0 ){ + if( spaceLeft==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + do{ + pgnoOvfl++; + } while( + PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + ); + } +#endif + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent + ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map + ** for that page now. + ** + ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry + ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, + ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() + ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the + ** wrong pages from the database. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pOvfl); + } + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pToRelease); + return rc; + } + + /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area + ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ + assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + + /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage + ** is still writeable */ + assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); + releasePage(pToRelease); + pToRelease = pOvfl; + pPrior = pOvfl->aData; + put4byte(pPrior, 0); + pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; + spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; + } + n = nPayload; + if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; + + /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area + ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ + assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + + /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage + ** is still writeable */ + assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + if( nSrc>0 ){ + if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; + assert( pSrc ); + memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); + }else{ + memset(pPayload, 0, n); + } + nPayload -= n; + pPayload += n; + pSrc += n; + nSrc -= n; + spaceLeft -= n; + if( nSrc==0 ){ + nSrc = nData; + pSrc = pData; + } + } + releasePage(pToRelease); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. +** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that +** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just +** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. +** +** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. +*/ +static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ + u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ + u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ + u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ + int rc; /* The return code */ + int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + + assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); + assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + data = pPage->aData; + ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx]; + pc = get2byte(ptr); + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); + testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return; + } + rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); + if( rc ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + pPage->nCell--; + memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx)); + put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); + pPage->nFree += 2; +} + +/* +** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the +** content of the cell. +** +** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it +** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if +** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry +** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either +** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. +** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that +** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. +** +** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the +** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If +** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location +** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). +*/ +static void insertCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ + int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ + u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ + int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ + u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ + Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ + int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ +){ + int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ + int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ + int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ + u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ + int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0); + + if( *pRC ) return; + + assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); + assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) ); + assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a + ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size + ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size + ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence + ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ + assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); + if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ + if( pTemp ){ + memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); + pCell = pTemp; + } + if( iChild ){ + put4byte(pCell, iChild); + } + j = pPage->nOverflow++; + assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) ); + pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell; + pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i; + }else{ + int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + data = pPage->aData; + cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; + end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + ins = cellOffset + 2*i; + rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); + if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } + /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties + ** if it returns success */ + assert( idx >= end+2 ); + assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + pPage->nCell++; + pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); + memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); + if( iChild ){ + put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); + } + memmove(&data[ins+2], &data[ins], end-ins); + put2byte(&data[ins], idx); + put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write + ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. + */ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. +** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. +*/ +static void assemblePage( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ + int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ + u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ + u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ + int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ + u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */ + const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */ + const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */ + + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) + && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */ + assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); + assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable ); + + pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2]; + cellbody = nUsable; + for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ + u16 sz = aSize[i]; + pCellptr -= 2; + cellbody -= sz; + put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody); + memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz); + } + put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody); + pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody); + pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; +} + +/* +** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved +** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side +** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the +** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and +** NN neighbors on either side. +** +** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 +** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance +** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. +** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. +*/ +#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ +#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE +/* +** This version of balance() handles the common special case where +** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the +** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest +** entry in the tree. +** +** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add +** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in +** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat +** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries +** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly +** fill up. On average. +** +** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. +** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry +** which is also the right-most entry on the page. +** +** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider +** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 +** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other +** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at +** least 13 bytes in size. +*/ +static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ + BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ + MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); + + /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ + if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + + /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of + ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell + ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. + */ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; + u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0]; + u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); + u8 *pStop; + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); + zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); + assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); + + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map + ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the + ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these + ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents + ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. + ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to + ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a + ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); + if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); + } + } + + /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell + ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and + ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the + ** largest key on pPage). + ** + ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most + ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the + ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) + ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). + ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length + ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the + ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. + */ + pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); + pStop = &pCell[9]; + while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellnCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), + 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); + + /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ + put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); + + /* Release the reference to the new page. */ + releasePage(pNew); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ + +#if 0 +/* +** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. +** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible +** for setting pointer-map entries. +*/ +static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ + int i, j; + for(i=0; ipBt; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + + for(j=0; jnCell; j++){ + CellInfo info; + u8 *z; + + z = findCell(pPage, j); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info); + if( info.iOverflow ){ + Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); + ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno child = get4byte(z); + ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + } + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + } + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +/* +** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored +** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then +** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the +** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained +** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer +** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. +** +** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the +** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. +** +** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). +** +** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by +** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of +** which are called often under normal circumstances. +*/ +static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ + if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ + BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; + u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; + u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; + int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; + int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); + int rc; + int iData; + + + assert( pFrom->isInit ); + assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); + assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); + + /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ + iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); + memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); + memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); + + /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure + ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under + ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized + ** page pFrom. + */ + pTo->isInit = 0; + rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries + ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); + } + } +} + +/* +** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent +** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the +** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the +** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one +** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page +** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page +** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings +** participate in the balancing. +** +** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by +** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. +** +** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page +** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen +** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated +** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. +** +** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be +** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so +** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this +** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct +** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). +** +** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database +** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should +** be rolled back. +** +** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a +** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent +** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is +** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts +** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum +** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 +** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large +** enough for all overflow cells. +** +** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM) +#pragma optimize("", off) +#endif +static int balance_nonroot( + MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ + int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ + u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ + int isRoot, /* True if pParent is a root-page */ + int bBulk /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */ +){ + BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ + int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ + int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ + int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ + int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ + int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ + u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ + int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ + int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ + int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ + int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ + int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ + int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ + int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ + MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ + MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ + MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ + u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ + u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ + int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ + int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ + u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ + u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ + u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ + Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ + + pBt = pParent->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + +#if 0 + TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); +#endif + + /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if + ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with + ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function + ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). + */ + assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); + assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx ); + + if( !aOvflSpace ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent + ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on + ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, + ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent + ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. + ** + ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This + ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any + ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will + ** have already been removed. + */ + i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; + if( i<2 ){ + nxDiv = 0; + }else{ + assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 ); + if( iParentIdx==0 ){ + nxDiv = 0; + }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ + nxDiv = i-2+bBulk; + }else{ + assert( bBulk==0 ); + nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; + } + i = 2-bBulk; + } + nOld = i+1; + if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ + pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; + }else{ + pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + } + pgno = get4byte(pRight); + while( 1 ){ + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0); + if( rc ){ + memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); + goto balance_cleanup; + } + nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; + if( (i--)==0 ) break; + + if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){ + apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0]; + pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); + szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); + pParent->nOverflow = 0; + }else{ + apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); + szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); + + /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to + ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. + ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first + ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first + ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use + ** later on. + ** + ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, + ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. + ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] + ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer + ** is allocated. */ + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + int iOff; + + iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); + if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); + goto balance_cleanup; + }else{ + memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); + apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; + } + } + dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); + } + } + + /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte + ** alignment */ + nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; + + /* + ** Allocate space for memory structures + */ + k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); + szScratch = + nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ + + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ + + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ + + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */ + apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); + if( apCell==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; + aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); + + /* + ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells + ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells + ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the divider cells + ** from pParent. + ** + ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the + ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied + ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without + ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in + ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] + ** are alike. + ** + ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. + ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. + */ + leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4; + leafData = apOld[0]->hasData; + for(i=0; ipageSize + k*i]; + memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage)); + pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1]; + memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); + + limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow; + if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ + for(j=0; jaData; + u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; + u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset; + for(j=0; jmaxLocal+23 ); + assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); + memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); + apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; + assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); + szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection; + if( !pOld->leaf ){ + assert( leafCorrection==0 ); + assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); + /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left + ** pointer of the divider cell */ + memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); + }else{ + assert( leafCorrection==4 ); + if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ + /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ + szCell[nCell] = 4; + } + } + nCell++; + } + } + + /* + ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. + ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total + ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index + ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. + ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. + ** + ** Values computed by this block: + ** + ** k: The total number of sibling pages + ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. + ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to + ** the right of the i-th sibling page. + ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. + ** + */ + usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; + for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ + szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; + cntNew[k] = i; + if( leafData ){ i--; } + subtotal = 0; + k++; + if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } + } + } + szNew[k] = subtotal; + cntNew[k] = nCell; + k++; + + /* + ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings + ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the + ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts + ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. + ** + ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might + ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most + ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. + */ + for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ + int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ + int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ + int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ + int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ + + r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; + d = r + 1 - leafData; + assert( d0) or pPage is + ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root + ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. + ** + ** UPDATE: The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database + ** file is corrupt. The corruption will be detected and reported later + ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now. + */ +#if 0 + assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); +#endif + + TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ", + apOld[0]->pgno, + nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, + nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0 + )); + + /* + ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. + */ + if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; + for(i=0; ipDbPage); + nNew++; + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + }else{ + assert( i>0 ); + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0); + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + apNew[i] = pNew; + nNew++; + + /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } + } + } + + /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. + */ + while( ipgno; + int minI = i; + for(j=i+1; jpgno<(unsigned)minV ){ + minI = j; + minV = apNew[j]->pgno; + } + } + if( minI>i ){ + MemPage *pT; + pT = apNew[i]; + apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; + apNew[minI] = pT; + } + } + TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", + apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], + nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, + nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, + nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, + nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); + + /* + ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. + ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. + */ + j = 0; + for(i=0; inCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); + assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); + + j = cntNew[i]; + + /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, + ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. + */ + assert( ileaf ){ + memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); + }else if( leafData ){ + /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, + ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider + ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of + ** the sibling-page assembled above only. + */ + CellInfo info; + j--; + btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); + pCell = pTemp; + sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); + pTemp = 0; + }else{ + pCell -= 4; + /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was + ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 + ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this + ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of + ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to + ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. + ** + ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all + ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used + ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. + */ + if( szCell[j]==4 ){ + assert(leafCorrection==4); + sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); + } + } + iOvflSpace += sz; + assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); + assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); + insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + + j++; + nxDiv++; + } + } + assert( j==nCell ); + assert( nOld>0 ); + assert( nNew>0 ); + if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ + u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; + memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); + } + + if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ + /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling + ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the + ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the + ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" + ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. + ** + ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() + ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages + ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. + ** + ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented + ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This + ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database + ** image. */ + assert( nNew==1 ); + assert( apNew[0]->nFree == + (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) + ); + copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); + freePage(apNew[0], &rc); + }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. + ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to + ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but + ** many have not. The following is a summary: + ** + ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not + ** siblings when this function was called. These have already + ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were + ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care + ** of those. + ** + ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow + ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These + ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code. + ** + ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of + ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated. + ** + ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any + ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated + ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages). + ** + ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map + ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need + ** to be updated. + ** + ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next + ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since + ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this + ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have + ** actually moved between pages. */ + MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; + MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0]; + int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; + int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow; + int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aiOvfl[0] : -1); + j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */ + k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */ + for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow; + if( pOld->nOverflow ){ + nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; + iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aiOvfl[0]; + } + isDivider = !leafData; + } + + assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflowaiOvfl[0]==pOld->aiOvfl[1]-1); + assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aiOvfl[1]==pOld->aiOvfl[2]-1); + if( i==iOverflow ){ + isDivider = 1; + if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){ + iOverflow++; + } + } + + if( i==cntNew[k] ){ + /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new + ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an + ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */ + pNew = apNew[++k]; + if( !leafData ) continue; + } + assert( jpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ + if( !leafCorrection ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); + } + if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc); + } + } + } + + if( !leafCorrection ){ + for(i=0; iaData[8]); + ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); + } + } + +#if 0 + /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that + ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while + ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may + ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ + ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); + ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); +#endif + } + + assert( pParent->isInit ); + TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", + nOld, nNew, nCell)); + + /* + ** Cleanup before returning. + */ +balance_cleanup: + sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); + for(i=0; i= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM) +#pragma optimize("", on) +#endif + + +/* +** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is +** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). +** +** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root +** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root +** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child +** pointer pointing to the new page. +** +** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages +** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The +** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root +** page is also updated. +** +** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child +** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required +** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, +** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. +*/ +static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ + int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ + MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ + Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ + BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ + + assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + + /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new + ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents + ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); + copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); + } + } + if( rc ){ + *ppChild = 0; + releasePage(pChild); + return rc; + } + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); + assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); + + TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); + + /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ + memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl, + pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0])); + memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl, + pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0])); + pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; + + /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ + zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); + put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); + + *ppChild = pChild; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in +** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the +** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing +** routine. Balancing routines are: +** +** balance_quick() +** balance_deeper() +** balance_nonroot() +*/ +static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; + u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; + u8 *pFree = 0; + + TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); + TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); + + do { + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; + + if( iPage==0 ){ + if( pPage->nOverflow ){ + /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the + ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page + ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The + ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. + */ + assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); + rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->iPage = 1; + pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; + pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; + assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); + } + }else{ + break; + } + }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ + break; + }else{ + MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; + int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; + + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + if( pPage->hasData + && pPage->nOverflow==1 + && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell + && pParent->pgno!=1 + && pParent->nCell==iIdx + ){ + /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which + ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell + ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this + ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent + ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this + ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] + ** buffer. + ** + ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a + ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this + ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse + ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. + */ + assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); + rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); + }else +#endif + { + /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells + ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves + ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to + ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop + ** will balance the parent page to correct this. + ** + ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells + ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. + ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by + ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, + ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a + ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() + ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by + ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been + ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new + ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). + */ + u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); + rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints); + if( pFree ){ + /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used + ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are + ** now stored either on real database pages or within the + ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ + sqlite3PageFree(pFree); + } + + /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to + ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever + ** comes first. */ + pFree = pSpace; + } + } + + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + + /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ + releasePage(pPage); + pCur->iPage--; + } + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( pFree ){ + sqlite3PageFree(pFree); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) +** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to +** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor +** is left pointing at a random location. +** +** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is +** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. +** +** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to +** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already +** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative +** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or +** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than +** (pKey, nKey)). +** +** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that +** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be +** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may +** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek +** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ + const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ + int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ + int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ +){ + int rc; + int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ + int szNew = 0; + int idx; + MemPage *pPage; + Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + unsigned char *oldCell; + unsigned char *newCell = 0; + + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); + return pCur->skipNext; + } + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE + && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); + + /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened + ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob + ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an + ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a + ** blob of associated data. */ + assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); + + /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. + ** + ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For + ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer + ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the + ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the + ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes + ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without + ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important + ** not to clear the cursor here. + */ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + + if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob + ** cursors open on the row being replaced */ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); + + /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a + ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary btreeMoveto() + ** call */ + if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0 && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){ + loc = -1; + } + } + + if( !loc ){ + rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); + + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); + assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); + + TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", + pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, + loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + allocateTempSpace(pBt); + newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; + if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); + assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + if( loc==0 ){ + u16 szOld; + assert( idxnCell ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_insert; + } + oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); + } + szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); + rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); + dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + }else{ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + } + insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); + + /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() + ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move + ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey + ** variables. + ** + ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor + ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents + ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, + ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations + ** slightly faster. + ** + ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting + ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can + ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it + ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in + ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last + ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key + ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the + ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. + */ + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey); + rc = balance(pCur); + + /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() + ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. + ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() + ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); + +end_insert: + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor +** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ + Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc; /* Return code */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ + unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ + int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ + int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ + + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); + assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); + + if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) + || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) + ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */ + } + + iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; + iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; + pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; + pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); + + /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move + ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than + ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted + ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead + ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the + ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes + ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + int notUsed = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before + ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be + ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the + ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page. + */ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, + ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ + if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); + } + + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); + dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor + ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed + ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal + ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal + ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + int nCell; + Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; + unsigned char *pTmp; + + pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); + nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell); + assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); + + allocateTempSpace(pBt); + pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; + + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); + insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); + dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, + ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first + ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is + ** never true. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then + ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to + ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly + ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may + ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm + ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the + ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has + ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, + ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as + ** well. */ + rc = balance(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ + while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); + } + rc = balance(pCur); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + moveToRoot(pCur); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page +** number for the root page of the new table. +** +** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the +** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for +** flags might not work: +** +** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys +** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices +*/ +static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pRoot; + Pgno pgnoRoot; + int rc; + int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } +#else + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ + MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ + + /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database + ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns + ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches + ** held by open cursors. + */ + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + + /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the + ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page + ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). + */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); + pgnoRoot++; + + /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the + ** PENDING_BYTE page. + */ + while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || + pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + pgnoRoot++; + } + assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); + + /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will + ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens + ** to reside at pgnoRoot). + */ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ + /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of + ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were + ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated + ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove + ** is already journaled. + */ + u8 eType = 0; + Pgno iPtrPage = 0; + + /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in + ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference + ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot. */ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); + releasePage(pPageMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); + releasePage(pRoot); + + /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + }else{ + pRoot = pPageMove; + } + + /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + + /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in + ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the + ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. + */ + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); + if( NEVER(rc) ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + + }else{ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + } +#endif + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); + if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ + ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; + }else{ + ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; + } + zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); + assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); + *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return +** the page to the freelist. +*/ +static int clearDatabasePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ + int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ + int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ +){ + MemPage *pPage; + int rc; + unsigned char *pCell; + int i; + int hdr; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + pCell = findCell(pPage, i); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + }else if( pnChange ){ + assert( pPage->intKey ); + *pnChange += pPage->nCell; + } + if( freePageFlag ){ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ + zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF); + } + +cleardatabasepage_out: + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is +** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, +** the root page is empty, but still exists. +** +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the +** root of the table. +** +** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The +** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of +** entries in the table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable + ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is + ** a no-op). */ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on. +** +** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0); +} + +/* +** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to +** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on +** page 1) is never added to the freelist. +** +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** cursors on the table. +** +** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last +** root page in the database file, then the last root page +** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by +** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page +** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all +** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which +** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the +** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before +** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. +** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of +** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. +*/ +static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + + /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the + ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may + ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted + ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would + ** occur. + ** + ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. + */ + if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; + } + + *piMoved = 0; + + if( iTable>1 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); +#else + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno maxRootPgno; + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); + + if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ + /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page + ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. + */ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page + ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the + ** gap left by the deleted root-page. + */ + MemPage *pMove; + releasePage(pPage); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pMove = 0; + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + freePage(pMove, &rc); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + *piMoved = maxRootPgno; + } + + /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This + ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to + ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the + ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. + */ + maxRootPgno--; + while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ + maxRootPgno--; + } + assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); + }else{ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); + } +#endif + }else{ + /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. + ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt + ** database. + */ + zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); + releasePage(pPage); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already +** has a read or write transaction open on the database. +** +** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] +** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] +** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] +** is read-only, the others are read/write. +** +** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema +** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of +** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); + assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); + assert( pBt->pPage1 ); + assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); + + *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); + + /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum + ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){ + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; + } +#endif + + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); +} + +/* +** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is +** read-only and may not be written. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + unsigned char *pP1; + int rc; + assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); + pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ + assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); + assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); + pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; + } +#endif + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +/* +** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the +** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. +** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database +** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ + i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ + *pnEntry = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + + /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each + ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). + */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ + + /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then + ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter + ** accordingly. + */ + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ + nEntry += pPage->nCell; + } + + /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it + ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of + ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The + ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell + ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page + ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. + ** + ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the + ** caller. + */ + if( pPage->leaf ){ + do { + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ + *pnEntry = nEntry; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + moveToParent(pCur); + }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + } + + /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently + ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). + */ + iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + }else{ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); + } + } + + /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for +** testing and debugging only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pPager; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** Append a message to the error message string. +*/ +static void checkAppendMsg( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, + char *zMsg1, + const char *zFormat, + ... +){ + va_list ap; + if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; + pCheck->mxErr--; + pCheck->nErr++; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); + } + if( zMsg1 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1); + } + sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + +/* +** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that +** corresponds to page iPg is already set. +*/ +static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ + assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); + return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07))); +} + +/* +** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg. +*/ +static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ + assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); + pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07)); +} + + +/* +** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second +** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. +** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if +** if this is the first reference to the page. +** +** Also check that the page number is in bounds. +*/ +static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ + if( iPage==0 ) return 1; + if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); + return 1; + } + if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); + return 1; + } + setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage); + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to +** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message +** to pCheck. +*/ +static void checkPtrmap( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ + Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ + u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ + Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ + char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ +){ + int rc; + u8 ePtrmapType; + Pgno iPtrmapParent; + + rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); + return; + } + + if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", + iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. +** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. +*/ +static void checkList( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ + int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ + int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ + int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ + char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ +){ + int i; + int expected = N; + int iFirst = iPage; + while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ + DbPage *pOvflPage; + unsigned char *pOvflData; + if( iPage<1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", + N+1, expected, iFirst); + break; + } + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; + if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); + break; + } + pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); + if( isFreeList ){ + int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); + } +#endif + if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); + N--; + }else{ + for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); + } +#endif + checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); + } + N -= n; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + else{ + /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last + ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for + ** the following page matches iPage. + */ + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ + i = get4byte(pOvflData); + checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); + } + } +#endif + iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return +** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages +** return 1, and so forth. +** +** These checks are done: +** +** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap +** but combine to completely cover the page. +** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. +** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. +** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. +** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. +** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. +** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. +** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is +** the root of the tree. +*/ +static int checkTreePage( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ + int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ + char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */ + i64 *pnParentMinKey, + i64 *pnParentMaxKey +){ + MemPage *pPage; + int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; + int hdr, cellStart; + int nCell; + u8 *data; + BtShared *pBt; + int usableSize; + char zContext[100]; + char *hit = 0; + i64 nMinKey = 0; + i64 nMaxKey = 0; + + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); + + /* Check that the page exists + */ + pBt = pCheck->pBt; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + if( iPage==0 ) return 0; + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; + if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); + return 0; + } + + /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in + ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ + pPage->isInit = 0; + if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); + releasePage(pPage); + return 0; + } + + /* Check out all the cells. + */ + depth = 0; + for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ + u8 *pCell; + u32 sz; + CellInfo info; + + /* Check payload overflow pages + */ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, + "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); + pCell = findCell(pPage,i); + btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + sz = info.nData; + if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; + /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order. + */ + else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey; + else{ + if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey); + } + nMaxKey = info.nKey; + } + assert( sz==info.nPayload ); + if( (sz>info.nLocal) + && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) + ){ + int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); + Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); + } + + /* Check sanity of left child page. + */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(pCell); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey); + if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); + } + depth = d2; + } + } + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, + "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey); + } + + /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order + ** with any left/parent/right pages. + */ + if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){ + /* if we are a left child page */ + if( pnParentMinKey ){ + /* if we are the left most child page */ + if( !pnParentMaxKey ){ + if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)", + nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey); + } + }else{ + if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)", + nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey); + } + if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)", + nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey); + } + *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey; + } + /* else if we're a right child page */ + } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){ + if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)", + nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey); + } + } + } + + /* Check for complete coverage of the page + */ + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); + if( hit==0 ){ + pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + }else{ + int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); + memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); + nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; + for(i=0; i=usableSize ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage); + }else{ + for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; + } + } + i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + while( i>0 ){ + int size, j; + assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); + assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; + j = get2byte(&data[i]); + assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + i = j; + } + for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); + break; + } + } + if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", + cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); + } + } + sqlite3PageFree(hit); + releasePage(pPage); + return depth+1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is +** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of +** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. +** +** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling +** this function. +** +** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory +** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from +** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is +** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( + Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ + int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ + int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ + int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ + int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ +){ + Pgno i; + int nRef; + IntegrityCk sCheck; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + char zErr[100]; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); + nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); + sCheck.pBt = pBt; + sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; + sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); + sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; + sCheck.nErr = 0; + sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; + *pnErr = 0; + if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return 0; + } + + sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1); + if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){ + *pnErr = 1; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return 0; + } + i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); + if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2; + + /* Check the integrity of the freelist + */ + checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), + get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); + + /* Check all the tables. + */ + for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ + checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); + } +#endif + checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL); + } + + /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced + */ + for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); + } +#else + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain + ** references to pointer-map pages. + */ + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); + } + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); + } +#endif + } + + /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. + ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check + ** of the integrity check. + */ + if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, + "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", + nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) + ); + } + + /* Clean up and report errors. + */ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef); + if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); + *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; + return 0; + } + *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; + if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. Return +** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database. +** +** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is +** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1); +} + +/* +** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return +** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file +** has been created or not. +** +** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is +** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ + assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. +** +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open +** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return p->nBackup!=0; +} + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with +** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own +** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with +** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. +** +** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory +** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent +** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob +** of memory returned. +** +** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been +** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been +** allocated, it is returned as normal. +** +** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the +** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the +** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() +** on the memory, the btree layer does that. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ + pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); + pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return pBt->pSchema; +} + +/* +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared +** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the +** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ + int rc; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The +** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock +** if it is false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); + if( p->sharable ){ + u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; + assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an +** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. +** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. +** +** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to +** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with +** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, +** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ + int rc; + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob ); + + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; + } + + /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is + ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch + ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below. + ** + ** Note that pCsr must be open on a BTREE_INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition() + ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence + ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK. + */ + VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Check some assumptions: + ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, + ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, + ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), + ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and + ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. + */ + if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 + && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); + assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); + assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); + + return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); +} + +/* +** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob; +} +#endif + +/* +** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and +** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database +** header to iVersion. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ + BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); + + /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the + ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. + */ + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; + if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; + if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; + aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; + } + } + } + } + + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; + return rc; +} + +/* +** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr. Currently the only valid +** values are 0 and BTREE_BULKLOAD. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){ + assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==0 ); + pCsr->hints = mask; +} + +/* +** Return true if the given Btree is read-only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){ + return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0; +} + +/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2009 January 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() +** API functions and the related features. +*/ + +/* +** Structure allocated for each backup operation. +*/ +struct sqlite3_backup { + sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ + Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ + u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ + int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ + + Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ + sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ + Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ + + int rc; /* Backup process error code */ + + /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are + ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). + */ + Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ + Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ + + int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ + sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ +}; + +/* +** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: +** +** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup +** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: +** +** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and +** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database +** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared +** structure, in that order. +** +** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are +** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in +** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex +** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always +** be held when either of these functions are invoked. +** +** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and +** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called +** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), +** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to +** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() +** or backup_pagecount(). +** +** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or +** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. +** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have +** associated mutexes. +*/ + +/* +** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") +** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return +** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. +** +** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this +** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an +** error message to pErrorDb. +*/ +static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ + int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); + + if( i==1 ){ + Parse *pParse; + int rc = 0; + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory"); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pParse->db = pDb; + if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse); + } + if( rc ){ + return 0; + } + } + + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); + return 0; + } + + return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; +} + +/* +** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size +** of the source. +*/ +static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from +** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return +** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. +** +** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message +** stored in database handle pDestDb. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ + const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ + sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ + const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ +){ + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ + + /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database + ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in + ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no + ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration + ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination + ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause + ** a malfunction or a deadlock. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); + + if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ + sqlite3Error( + pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" + ); + p = 0; + }else { + /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object... + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a + ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to + ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ + p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + } + } + + /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ + if( p ){ + p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); + p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); + p->pDestDb = pDestDb; + p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; + p->iNext = 1; + p->isAttached = 0; + + if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM + ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the + ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the + ** sqlite3_backup structure. + */ + sqlite3_free(p); + p = 0; + } + } + if( p ){ + p->pSrc->nBackup++; + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); + return p; +} + +/* +** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is +** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors +** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. +*/ +static int isFatalError(int rc){ + return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED)); +} + +/* +** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for +** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the +** destination database. +*/ +static int backupOnePage( + sqlite3_backup *p, /* Backup handle */ + Pgno iSrcPg, /* Source database page to backup */ + const u8 *zSrcData, /* Source database page data */ + int bUpdate /* True for an update, false otherwise */ +){ + Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); + const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); + int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); + const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); + const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is + ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle + ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */ + int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc); + int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest); +#endif + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + i64 iOff; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 ); + assert( p->bDestLocked ); + assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); + assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); + assert( zSrcData ); + + /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the + ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. + */ + if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing + ** and a codec is in use. + */ + if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ + ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to + ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, + ** then the backup cannot proceed. + */ + if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ + u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } +#endif + + /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source + ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset + ** of the destination page. + */ + for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) + ){ + const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; + u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); + u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; + + /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. + ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module + ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte + ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers + ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked + ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. + */ + memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); + ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; + if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){ + sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc)); + } + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to +** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then +** this function is a no-op. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error +** code if an error occurs. +*/ +static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ + i64 iCurrent; + int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for +** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated. +*/ +static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){ + sqlite3_backup **pp; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) ); + pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); + p->pNext = *pp; + *pp = p; + p->isAttached = 1; +} + +/* +** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ + int rc; + int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */ + int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */ + int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */ + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + + rc = p->rc; + if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ + Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ + Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable */ + int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ + int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ + + /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return + ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. + */ + if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) + ){ + p->bDestLocked = 1; + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema); + } + + /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open + ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed + ** before this function exits. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); + bCloseTrans = 1; + } + + /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode + ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */ + pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); + pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); + destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)); + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the + ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. + */ + nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc); + assert( nSrcPage>=0 ); + for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || iiiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ + const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ + if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ + DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ + rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg, + PAGER_GET_READONLY); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); + } + } + p->iNext++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; + p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; + if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else if( !p->isAttached ){ + attachBackupObject(p); + } + } + + /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This + ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in + ** the case where the source and destination databases have the + ** same schema version. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + if( nSrcPage==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest); + nSrcPage = 1; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb); + } + if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nDestTruncate; + /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination + ** database. The complication here is that the destination page + ** size may be different to the source page size. + ** + ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, + ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will + ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call + ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the + ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are + ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed + ** by the file truncation. + */ + assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) ); + assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) ); + if( pgszSrcpDest->pBt) ){ + nDestTruncate--; + } + }else{ + nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest); + } + assert( nDestTruncate>0 ); + + if( pgszSrc= iSize || ( + nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) + && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest + )); + + /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original + ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the + ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify + ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure + ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the + ** journal file. */ + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage); + for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){ + if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){ + DbPage *pPg; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1); + } + + /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ + iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); + for( + iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest, 0)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + } + + /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction + ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is + ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as + ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. + */ + if( bCloseTrans ){ + TESTONLY( int rc2 ); + TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); + TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); + assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->rc = rc; + } + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){ + sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ + sqlite3 *pSrcDb; /* Source database connection */ + int rc; /* Value to return */ + + /* Enter the mutexes */ + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + + /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ + if( p->pDestDb ){ + p->pSrc->nBackup--; + } + if( p->isAttached ){ + pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); + while( *pp!=p ){ + pp = &(*pp)->pNext; + } + *pp = p->pNext; + } + + /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK); + + /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ + rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0); + + /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a + ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to + ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ + sqlite3_free(p); + } + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent +** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ + return p->nRemaining; +} + +/* +** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most +** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ + return p->nPagecount; +} + +/* +** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the +** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been +** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the +** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs +** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is +** complete. +** +** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object +** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is +** called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ + for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); + if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ + /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it + ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy + ** the new data into the backup. + */ + int rc; + assert( p->pDestDb ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer +** detects that the database has been modified by an external database +** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the +** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still +** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. +** +** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object +** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is +** called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ + for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); + p->iNext = 1; + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM +/* +** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction +** must be active for both files. +** +** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything +** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the +** transaction is committed before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ + int rc; + sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File descriptor for database pTo */ + sqlite3_backup b; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); + + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) ); + pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo)); + if( pFd->pMethods ){ + i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom); + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( rc ) goto copy_finished; + } + + /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set + ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() + ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called + ** from this function, not directly by the user. + */ + memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); + b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; + b.pSrc = pFrom; + b.pDest = pTo; + b.iNext = 1; + + /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database + ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to + ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes + ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement + ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE + ** or an error code. + */ + sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); + assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; + }else{ + sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest)); + } + + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 ); +copy_finished: + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ + +/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" +** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible +** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the +** name sqlite_value +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Check invariants on a Mem object. +** +** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like +** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ + /* The MEM_Dyn bit is set if and only if Mem.xDel is a non-NULL destructor + ** function for Mem.z + */ + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 ); + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || p->xDel==0 ); + + /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly + ** one of the following: + ** + ** (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object + ** (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel + ** (3) An ephermal string or blob + ** (4) A static string or blob + */ + if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->z!=0 ){ + assert( + ((p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) + + ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + + ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + + ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1 + ); + } + + return 1; +} +#endif + + +/* +** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine +** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is +** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. +** +** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string +** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this +** routine is a no-op. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). +** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion +** between formats. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + int rc; +#endif + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE + || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + return SQLITE_ERROR; +#else + + /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, + ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. + */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); + assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); + assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); + assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); + return rc; +#endif +} + +/* +** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least +** min(n,32) bytes. +** +** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of +** pMem->z into the new allocation. pMem must be either a string or +** blob if bPreserve is true. If bPreserve is false, any prior content +** in pMem->z is discarded. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){ + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already + ** contain a valid string or blob value. */ + assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 ); + + if( pMem->zMalloc==0 || sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)z==pMem->zMalloc ){ + pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); + bPreserve = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); + } + if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){ + VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->z = 0; + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ + memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); + } + if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){ + assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); + } + + pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); + pMem->xDel = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so +** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from +** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be +** overwritten or altered. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ + int f; + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + ExpandBlob(pMem); + f = pMem->flags; + if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; +#endif + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary +** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + int nByte; + assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + + /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ + nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; + if( nByte<=0 ){ + nByte = 1; + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); + pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers +** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string +** is a no-op. +** +** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated. +** +** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is +** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via +** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree +** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the +** user and the later is an internal programming error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int fg = pMem->flags; + const int nByte = 32; + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); + assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); + assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8 + ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding + ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. + ** + ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. + */ + if( fg & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); + }else{ + assert( fg & MEM_Real ); + sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r); + } + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. +** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The +** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. +** +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK +** otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){ + sqlite3_context ctx; + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); + ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; + ctx.s.db = pMem->db; + ctx.pMem = pMem; + ctx.pFunc = pFunc; + pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel ); + sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s)); + rc = ctx.isError; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by +** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function +** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){ + assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); + }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){ + assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 ); + p->xDel((void *)p->z); + p->xDel = 0; + }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){ + sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet); + }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p); + } +} + +/* +** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an +** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and +** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); + VdbeMemRelease(p); + if( p->zMalloc ){ + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc); + p->zMalloc = 0; + } + p->z = 0; + assert( p->xDel==0 ); /* Zeroed by VdbeMemRelease() above */ +} + +/* +** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. +** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then +** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer. +*/ +static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ + return r; +#else + /* + ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the + ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them + ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. + ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing + ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. + */ + static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; + static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; + + if( r<=(double)minInt ){ + return minInt; + }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){ + return maxInt; + }else{ + return (i64)r; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do +** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. +** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is +** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. +** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert +** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an +** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. +** +** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ + int flags; + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + flags = pMem->flags; + if( flags & MEM_Int ){ + return pMem->u.i; + }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ + return doubleToInt64(pMem->r); + }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + i64 value = 0; + assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); + testcase( pMem->z==0 ); + sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); + return value; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a +** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its +** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. +** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ + return pMem->r; + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ + return (double)pMem->u.i; + }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + double val = (double)0; + sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); + return val; + }else{ + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + return (double)0; + } +} + +/* +** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a +** MEM_Int if we can. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r); + + /* Only mark the value as an integer if + ** + ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and + ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest + ** possible integer (ticket #3922) + ** + ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces + ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes + ** values to wrap around. + */ + if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i + && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 + && pMem->u.iflags |= MEM_Int; + } +} + +/* +** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. +** Invalidate any prior representations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. +** Invalidate any prior representations. +** +** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input +** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert +** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ + if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){ + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){ + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); + }else{ + pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem); + } + } + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 ); + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){ + VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame; + pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame; + pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; + } + if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ + sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet); + } + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); +} + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length +** n containing all zeros. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; + pMem->n = 0; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + pMem->u.nZero = n; + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0); + if( pMem->z ){ + pMem->n = n; + memset(pMem->z, 0, n); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, +** manifest type INTEGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->u.i = val; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, +** manifest type REAL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ + if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->r = val; + pMem->flags = MEM_Real; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an +** empty boolean index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ + sqlite3 *db = pMem->db; + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + }else{ + assert( pMem->zMalloc ); + pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, + sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc)); + assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 ); + pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet; + } +} + +/* +** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is +** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ + assert( p->db!=0 ); + if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + int n = p->n; + if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + n += p->u.nZero; + } + return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + } + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking +** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow +** copies of this cell as invalid. +** +** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow +** copies are not misused. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ + int i; + Mem *pX; + for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){ + if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){ + pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined; + pX->pScopyFrom = 0; + } + } + pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member. +*/ +#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc) + +/* +** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of +** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If +** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z +** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ + assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + VdbeMemRelease(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); + pTo->xDel = 0; + if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ + pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); + assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); + pTo->flags |= srcType; + } +} + +/* +** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are +** freed before the copy is made. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + VdbeMemRelease(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); + pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; + pTo->xDel = 0; + + if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ + pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is +** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. +** +** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); + assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); + assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); + pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; + pFrom->xDel = 0; + pFrom->zMalloc = 0; +} + +/* +** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. +** +** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel +** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the +** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the +** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the +** pointer copied. +** +** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH +** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be +** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation +** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In +** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( + Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ + const char *z, /* String pointer */ + int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ +){ + int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ + int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ + u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ + if( !z ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( pMem->db ){ + iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + }else{ + iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; + } + flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); + if( nByte<0 ){ + assert( enc!=0 ); + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){} + }else{ + for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} + } + flags |= MEM_Term; + } + + /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It + ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory + ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). + */ + if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ + int nAlloc = nByte; + if( flags&MEM_Term ){ + nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); + } + if( nByte>iLimit ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); + }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; + pMem->xDel = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->z = (char *)z; + pMem->xDel = xDel; + flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); + } + + pMem->n = nByte; + pMem->flags = flags; + pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#endif + + if( nByte>iLimit ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. +** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing +** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. +** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written +** into the pMem element. +** +** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content +** is overwritten without being freed. +** +** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable +** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ + u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ + u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ + int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ + Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ +){ + char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ + u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + + /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() + ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + if( key ){ + zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); + }else{ + zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); + } + assert( zData!=0 ); + + if( offset+amt<=available ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->z = &zData[offset]; + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; + pMem->n = (int)amt; + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){ + if( key ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pMem->z[amt] = 0; + pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term; + pMem->n = (int)amt; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the +** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), +** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second +** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or +** SQLITE_UTF8. +** +** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. +** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte +** boundary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ + if( !pVal ) return 0; + + assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); + assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); + assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ + return 0; + } + assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str ); + pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3; + ExpandBlob(pVal); + if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); + if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ + assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return 0; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */ + }else{ + assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc); + assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); + } + assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 + || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ + return pVal->z; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Create a new sqlite3_value object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ + Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + p->flags = MEM_Null; + p->db = db; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to +** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details. +*/ +struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { + Parse *pParse; + Index *pIdx; + UnpackedRecord **ppRec; + int iVal; +}; + +/* +** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If +** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated +** by calling sqlite3ValueNew(). +** +** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is +** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not +** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that +** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer +** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array. +*/ +static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( p ){ + UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0]; + + if( pRec==0 ){ + Index *pIdx = p->pIdx; /* Index being probed */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + int i; /* Counter variable */ + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */ + + nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)); + pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pRec ){ + pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx); + if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){ + assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol ); + assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))); + for(i=0; iaMem[i].flags = MEM_Null; + pRec->aMem[i].db = db; + } + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec); + pRec = 0; + } + } + if( pRec==0 ) return 0; + p->ppRec[0] = pRec; + } + + pRec->nField = p->iVal+1; + return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal]; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */ + return sqlite3ValueNew(db); +} + +/* +** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described +** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object +** using valueNew(). +** +** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object +** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not +** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object +** in all cases. +*/ +static int valueFromExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal, /* Write the new value here */ + struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx /* Second argument for valueNew() */ +){ + int op; + char *zVal = 0; + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int negInt = 1; + const char *zNeg = ""; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !pExpr ){ + *ppVal = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + op = pExpr->op; + if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2; + + /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the + ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808. + */ + if( op==TK_UMINUS + && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){ + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + op = pExpr->op; + negInt = -1; + zNeg = "-"; + } + + if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); + if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt); + }else{ + zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken); + if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } + if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8); + }else{ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); + } + if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str; + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); + } + }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { + /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) + && pVal!=0 + ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); + if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Int; + pVal->flags |= MEM_Real; + pVal->r = (double)SMALLEST_INT64; + }else{ + pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i; + } + pVal->r = -pVal->r; + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); + } + }else if( op==TK_NULL ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); + if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ + int nVal; + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); + pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); + if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; + zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; + nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1; + assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, + 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +#endif + + *ppVal = pVal; + return rc; + +no_mem: + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal); + assert( *ppVal==0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); +#else + assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); +#endif + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +} + +/* +** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. +** +** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant +** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can +** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and +** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating +** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression +** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ +){ + return valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts +** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database +** record (a blob) containing the argument value. +** +** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the +** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally. +*/ +static void recordFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const int file_format = 1; + int iSerial; /* Serial type */ + int nSerial; /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */ + int nVal; /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */ + int nRet; + sqlite3 *db; + u8 *aRet; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); + iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format); + nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial); + nVal = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(iSerial); + db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal; + aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet); + if( aRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + aRet[0] = nSerial+1; + sqlite3PutVarint(&aRet[1], iSerial); + sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial); + sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet); + } +} + +/* +** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = { + FUNCTION(sqlite_record, 1, 0, 0, recordFunc), + }; + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAnalyzeTableFuncs); + for(i=0; idb; + + + struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc; + alloc.pParse = pParse; + alloc.pIdx = pIdx; + alloc.ppRec = ppRec; + alloc.iVal = iVal; + + /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + + if( !pExpr ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc); + if( pVal ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal); + } + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE + || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE) + ){ + Vdbe *v; + int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar); + if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc); + if( pVal ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db)); + } + pVal->db = pParse->db; + } + } + }else{ + rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, &alloc); + } + *pbOk = (pVal!=0); + + assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned +** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes +** the object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){ + if( pRec ){ + int i; + int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField; + Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem; + sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db; + for(i=0; ipKeyInfo); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec); + } +} +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr( + sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ + int n, /* Length of string z */ + const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ +){ + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); +} + +/* +** Free an sqlite3_value object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ + if( !v ) return; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); + sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v); +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming +** that it uses the encoding "enc" +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ + Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; + if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){ + if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + return p->n + p->u.nZero; + }else{ + return p->n; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2003 September 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating +** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior +** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file. +** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out. +*/ + +/* +** Create a new virtual database engine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *p; + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + p->db = db; + if( db->pVdbe ){ + db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; + } + p->pNext = db->pVdbe; + p->pPrev = 0; + db->pVdbe = p; + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; + p->pParse = pParse; + assert( pParse->aLabel==0 ); + assert( pParse->nLabel==0 ); + assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 ); + return p; +} + +/* +** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){ + assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 ); + if( p==0 ) return; +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG) + if( !isPrepareV2 ) return; +#endif + assert( p->zSql==0 ); + p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); + p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2; +} + +/* +** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0; +} + +/* +** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ + Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; + char *zTmp; + tmp = *pA; + *pA = *pB; + *pB = tmp; + pTmp = pA->pNext; + pA->pNext = pB->pNext; + pB->pNext = pTmp; + pTmp = pA->pPrev; + pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; + pB->pPrev = pTmp; + zTmp = pA->zSql; + pA->zSql = pB->zSql; + pB->zSql = zTmp; + pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2; +} + +/* +** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than +** it was. +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain +** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be +** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). +*/ +static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v){ + VdbeOp *pNew; + Parse *p = v->pParse; + int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); + if( pNew ){ + p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op); + v->aOp = pNew; + } + return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will +** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using +** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on". +*/ +static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){ + static int n = 0; + n++; +} +#endif + +/* +** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the +** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. +** +** Parameters: +** +** p Pointer to the VDBE +** +** op The opcode for this instruction +** +** p1, p2, p3 Operands +** +** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and +** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 +** operand. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ + int i; + VdbeOp *pOp; + + i = p->nOp; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); + if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){ + if( growOpArray(p) ){ + return 1; + } + } + p->nOp++; + pOp = &p->aOp[i]; + pOp->opcode = (u8)op; + pOp->p5 = 0; + pOp->p1 = p1; + pOp->p2 = p2; + pOp->p3 = p3; + pOp->p4.p = 0; + pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + pOp->zComment = 0; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + int jj, kk; + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + for(jj=kk=0; jjaColCache + jj; + if( x->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel || x->iReg==0 ) continue; + printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn); + kk++; + } + if( kk ) printf("\n"); + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); + test_addop_breakpoint(); + } +#endif +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + pOp->cycles = 0; + pOp->cnt = 0; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + pOp->iSrcLine = 0; +#endif + return i; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); +} + + +/* +** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ + int op, /* The new opcode */ + int p1, /* The P1 operand */ + int p2, /* The P2 operand */ + int p3, /* The P3 operand */ + const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ + int p4type /* P4 operand type */ +){ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); + return addr; +} + +/* +** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from +** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees +** as having been used. +** +** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ + int j; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); + for(j=0; jdb->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); +} + +/* +** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( + Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ + int op, /* The new opcode */ + int p1, /* The P1 operand */ + int p2, /* The P2 operand */ + int p3, /* The P3 operand */ + int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ +){ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32); + return addr; +} + +/* +** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be +** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The +** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when +** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan +** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match +** the label into the resolved address. +** +** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are +** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. +** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. +** +** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){ + Parse *p = v->pParse; + int i = p->nLabel++; + assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){ + p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, + (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); + } + if( p->aLabel ){ + p->aLabel[i] = -1; + } + return -1-i; +} + +/* +** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to +** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from +** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){ + Parse *p = v->pParse; + int j = -1-x; + assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( jnLabel ); + if( ALWAYS(j>=0) && p->aLabel ){ + p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp; + } + p->iFixedOp = v->nOp - 1; +} + +/* +** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ + p->runOnlyOnce = 1; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */ + +/* +** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes +** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may +** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: +** +** Op *pOp; +** VdbeOpIter sIter; +** +** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); +** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* +** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ +** // Do something with pOp +** } +** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); +** +*/ +typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; +struct VdbeOpIter { + Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ + SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ + int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ + int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ + int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ +}; +static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ + Vdbe *v = p->v; + Op *pRet = 0; + Op *aOp; + int nOp; + + if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ + + if( p->iSub==0 ){ + aOp = v->aOp; + nOp = v->nOp; + }else{ + aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; + nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; + } + assert( p->iAddriAddr]; + p->iAddr++; + if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ + p->iSub++; + p->iAddr = 0; + } + + if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ + int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); + int j; + for(j=0; jnSub; j++){ + if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; + } + if( j==p->nSub ){ + p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); + if( !p->apSub ){ + pRet = 0; + }else{ + p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; + } + } + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may +** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction +** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any +** sub-programs contains any of the following: +** +** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. +** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. +** * OP_Destroy +** * OP_VUpdate +** * OP_VRename +** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) +** +** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an +** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does +** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as +** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: +** +** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ + int hasAbort = 0; + Op *pOp; + VdbeOpIter sIter; + memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); + sIter.v = v; + + while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ + int opcode = pOp->opcode; + if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) +#endif + || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) + && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) + ){ + hasAbort = 1; + break; + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); + + /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred. + ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated + ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return + ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame + ** from failing. */ + return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort ); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */ + +/* +** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative +** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the +** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value. +** +** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted. +** +** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument +** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by +** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array. +** +** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes. +*/ +static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ + int i; + int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; + Op *pOp; + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel; + p->readOnly = 1; + p->bIsReader = 0; + for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ + u8 opcode = pOp->opcode; + + /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.awk when adding or removing + ** cases from this switch! */ + switch( opcode ){ + case OP_Function: + case OP_AggStep: { + if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5; + break; + } + case OP_Transaction: { + if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0; + /* fall thru */ + } + case OP_AutoCommit: + case OP_Savepoint: { + p->bIsReader = 1; + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + case OP_Checkpoint: +#endif + case OP_Vacuum: + case OP_JournalMode: { + p->readOnly = 0; + p->bIsReader = 1; + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + case OP_VUpdate: { + if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; + break; + } + case OP_VFilter: { + int n; + assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 ); + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); + n = pOp[-1].p1; + if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; + break; + } +#endif + case OP_Next: + case OP_NextIfOpen: + case OP_SorterNext: { + pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; + pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; + break; + } + case OP_Prev: + case OP_PrevIfOpen: { + pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; + pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; + break; + } + } + + pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode]; + if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){ + assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel ); + pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2]; + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel); + pParse->aLabel = 0; + pParse->nLabel = 0; + *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; + assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || p->btreeMask==0 ); +} + +/* +** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + return p->nOp; +} + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with +** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility +** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the +** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. +** +** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned +** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and +** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the +** returned program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ + VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; + assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ + assert( p->btreeMask==0 ); + + resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); + *pnOp = p->nOp; + p->aOp = 0; + return aOp; +} + +/* +** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the +** address of the first operation added. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){ + int addr; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){ + return 0; + } + addr = p->nOp; + if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){ + int i; + VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp; + for(i=0; ip2; + VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr]; + pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode; + pOut->p1 = pIn->p1; + if( p2<0 ){ + assert( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP ); + pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2); + }else{ + pOut->p2 = p2; + } + pOut->p3 = pIn->p3; + pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; + pOut->p4.p = 0; + pOut->p5 = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + pOut->zComment = 0; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i; +#else + (void)iLineno; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]); + } +#endif + } + p->nOp += nOp; + } + return addr; +} + +/* +** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction. +** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a +** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a +** few minor changes to the program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ + p->aOp[addr].p1 = val; + } +} + +/* +** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction. +** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ + p->aOp[addr].p2 = val; + } +} + +/* +** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ + p->aOp[addr].p3 = val; + } +} + +/* +** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently +** added operation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->aOp ){ + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val; + } +} + +/* +** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to +** the address of the next instruction to be coded. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); + p->pParse->iFixedOp = p->nOp - 1; +} + + +/* +** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If +** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. +*/ +static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ + if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef); + } +} + +static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int); + +/* +** Delete a P4 value if necessary. +*/ +static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ + if( p4 ){ + assert( db ); + switch( p4type ){ + case P4_REAL: + case P4_INT64: + case P4_DYNAMIC: + case P4_INTARRAY: { + sqlite3DbFree(db, p4); + break; + } + case P4_KEYINFO: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4); + break; + } + case P4_MPRINTF: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4); + break; + } + case P4_FUNCDEF: { + freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); + break; + } + case P4_MEM: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4); + }else{ + Mem *p = (Mem*)p4; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + break; + } + case P4_VTAB : { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); + break; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the +** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain +** nOp entries. +*/ +static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ + if( aOp ){ + Op *pOp; + for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){ + freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); +#endif + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp); +} + +/* +** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked +** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program +** objects when the VM is no longer required. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){ + p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram; + pVdbe->pProgram = p; +} + +/* +** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + if( p->aOp ){ + VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); + memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0])); + pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; + if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--; + } +} + +/* +** Remove the last opcode inserted +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){ + if( (p->nOp-1)>(p->pParse->iFixedOp) && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. +** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a +** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a +** few minor changes to the program. +** +** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of +** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the +** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. +** +** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points +** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of +** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. +** +** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ + Op *pOp; + sqlite3 *db; + assert( p!=0 ); + db = p->db; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ + if( n!=P4_VTAB ){ + freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); + } + return; + } + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + assert( addrnOp ); + if( addr<0 ){ + addr = p->nOp - 1; + } + pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED + || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 + || pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); + freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); + pOp->p4.p = 0; + if( n==P4_INT32 ){ + /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int + ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ + pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); + pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; + }else if( zP4==0 ){ + pOp->p4.p = 0; + pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; + }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){ + pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; + pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; + }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){ + pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; + pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB; + sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4); + assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db ); + }else if( n<0 ){ + pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; + pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; + }else{ + if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4); + pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); + pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; + } +} + +/* +** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the +** index given. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx), + P4_KEYINFO); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +/* +** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction. Or +** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This +** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens +** in a production build. +*/ +static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); + assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); + if( p->nOp ){ + assert( p->aOp ); + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment); + p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( p ){ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( p ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); + va_start(ap, zFormat); + vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE +/* +** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */ + +/* +** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then +** return the most recently inserted opcode. +** +** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this +** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode +** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. +** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning +** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from +** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, +** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and +** by running with Valgrind. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all + ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */ + static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */ + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( addr<0 ){ + addr = p->nOp - 1; + } + assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; + }else{ + return &p->aOp[addr]; + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) +/* +** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp +** determined by character c. +*/ +static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){ + if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1; + if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2; + if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3; + if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i; + return pOp->p5; +} + +/* +** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing. +** +** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted +** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName(). In the +** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode. +** Some translation occurs: +** +** "PX" -> "r[X]" +** "PX@PY" -> "r[X..X+Y-1]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1 +** "PX@PY+1" -> "r[X..X+Y]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 +** "PY..PY" -> "r[X..Y]" or "r[x]" if y<=x +*/ +static int displayComment( + const Op *pOp, /* The opcode to be commented */ + const char *zP4, /* Previously obtained value for P4 */ + char *zTemp, /* Write result here */ + int nTemp /* Space available in zTemp[] */ +){ + const char *zOpName; + const char *zSynopsis; + int nOpName; + int ii, jj; + zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); + nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName); + if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){ + int seenCom = 0; + char c; + zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1; + for(ii=jj=0; jjzComment); + seenCom = 1; + }else{ + int v1 = translateP(c, pOp); + int v2; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1); + if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){ + ii += 3; + jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); + v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp); + if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){ + ii += 2; + v2++; + } + if( v2>1 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1); + } + }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){ + ii += 4; + } + } + jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); + }else{ + zTemp[jj++] = c; + } + } + if( !seenCom && jjzComment ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment); + jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); + } + if( jjzComment ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment); + jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); + }else{ + zTemp[0] = 0; + jj = 0; + } + return jj; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ + || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. +** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. +*/ +static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ + char *zP4 = zTemp; + assert( nTemp>=20 ); + switch( pOp->p4type ){ + case P4_KEYINFO: { + int i, j; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); + i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); + for(j=0; jnField; j++){ + CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; + const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "nil"; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl); + if( n==6 && memcmp(zColl,"BINARY",6)==0 ){ + zColl = "B"; + n = 1; + } + if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){ + memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4); + break; + } + zTemp[i++] = ','; + if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){ + zTemp[i++] = '-'; + } + memcpy(&zTemp[i], zColl, n+1); + i += n; + } + zTemp[i++] = ')'; + zTemp[i] = 0; + assert( ip4.pColl; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName); + break; + } + case P4_FUNCDEF: { + FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); + break; + } + case P4_INT64: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); + break; + } + case P4_INT32: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i); + break; + } + case P4_REAL: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); + break; + } + case P4_MEM: { + Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ + zP4 = pMem->z; + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i); + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r); + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL"); + }else{ + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); + zP4 = "(blob)"; + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + case P4_VTAB: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule); + break; + } +#endif + case P4_INTARRAY: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray"); + break; + } + case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program"); + break; + } + case P4_ADVANCE: { + zTemp[0] = 0; + break; + } + default: { + zP4 = pOp->p4.z; + if( zP4==0 ){ + zP4 = zTemp; + zTemp[0] = 0; + } + } + } + assert( zP4!=0 ); + return zP4; +} +#endif + +/* +** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. +** +** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of +** attached databases that will be use. A mask of these databases +** is maintained in p->btreeMask. The p->lockMask value is the subset of +** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ + assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 ); + assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 ); + p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ + p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<0 +/* +** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, +** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure +** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also +** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring +** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. +** +** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then +** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables +** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle +** associated with the VM. +** +** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this +** function is a no-op. +** +** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared +** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask +** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of +** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not +** be a problem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){ + int i; + yDbMask mask; + sqlite3 *db; + Db *aDb; + int nDb; + if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ + db = p->db; + aDb = db->aDb; + nDb = db->nDb; + for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt); + } + } +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +/* +** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ + int i; + yDbMask mask; + sqlite3 *db; + Db *aDb; + int nDb; + if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ + db = p->db; + aDb = db->aDb; + nDb = db->nDb; + for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt); + } + } +} +#endif + +#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ + char *zP4; + char zPtr[50]; + char zCom[100]; + static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n"; + if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; + zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom)); +#else + zCom[0] = 0; +#endif + /* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created + ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the + ** information from the vdbe.c source text */ + fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, + sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, + zCom + ); + fflush(pOut); +} +#endif + +/* +** Release an array of N Mem elements +*/ +static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ + if( p && N ){ + Mem *pEnd; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed; + if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ + for(pEnd=&p[N]; pzMalloc); + } + return; + } + for(pEnd=&p[N]; pflags & MEM_Agg ); + testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ); + testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame ); + testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ); + if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); + }else if( p->zMalloc ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); + p->zMalloc = 0; + } + + p->flags = MEM_Undefined; + } + db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed; + } +} + +/* +** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are +** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ + int i; + Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p); + VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem]; + for(i=0; inChildCsr; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); + } + releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); + sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/* +** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. +** +** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of +** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. +** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". +** +** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When +** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these +** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement +** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** +** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of +** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( + Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ +){ + int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ + int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ + SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ + Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ + + assert( p->explain ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + + /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for + ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls + ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. + */ + releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); + p->pResultSet = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or + ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the + ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. + ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus + ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered + ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are + ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. + */ + nRow = p->nOp; + if( p->explain==1 ){ + /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will + ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers + ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 + ** cells. */ + assert( p->nMem>9 ); + pSub = &p->aMem[9]; + if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ + /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is + ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ + nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + } + for(i=0; inOp; + } + } + + do{ + i = p->pc++; + }while( iexplain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); + if( i>=nRow ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); + }else{ + char *zP4; + Op *pOp; + if( inOp ){ + /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the + ** main program. */ + pOp = &p->aOp[i]; + }else{ + /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and + ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ + int j; + i -= p->nOp; + for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ + i -= apSub[j]->nOp; + } + pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; + } + if( p->explain==1 ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ + pMem++; + + pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ + assert( pMem->z!=0 ); + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem++; + + /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has + ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms + ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram + ** has not already been seen. + */ + if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ + int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); + int j; + for(j=0; jp4.pProgram ) break; + } + if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){ + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; + pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; + pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); + } + } + } + + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ + pMem++; + + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ + pMem++; + + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ + pMem++; + + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32); + if( zP4!=pMem->z ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + }else{ + assert( pMem->z!=0 ); + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + pMem++; + + if( p->explain==1 ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->n = 2; + sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem++; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 500, 0) ){ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#else + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ +#endif + } + + p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); + p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ + const char *z = 0; + if( p->zSql ){ + z = p->zSql; + }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){ + const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0]; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ + z = pOp->p4.z; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; + } + } + if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) +/* +** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ + int nOp = p->nOp; + VdbeOp *pOp; + if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return; + if( nOp<1 ) return; + pOp = &p->aOp[0]; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ + int i, j; + char z[1000]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); + for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} + for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ + if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){ + if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ + z[j++] = ' '; + } + }else{ + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + } + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ + +/* +** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to +** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL. +** +** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will +** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not +** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that +** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not +** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf +** is NULL. +** +** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed. +** +** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the +** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past +** the end of the allocated space. +** +** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed +** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the +** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request. +*/ +static void *allocSpace( + void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */ + int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */ + u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */ + u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */ + int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */ +){ + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) ); + if( pBuf ) return pBuf; + nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){ + pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom; + *ppFrom += nByte; + }else{ + *pnByte += nByte; + } + return pBuf; +} + +/* +** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for +** running it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) + int i; +#endif + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + + /* There should be at least one opcode. + */ + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + + /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(i=1; inMem; i++){ + assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db ); + } +#endif + p->pc = -1; + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; + p->nChange = 0; + p->cacheCtr = 1; + p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; + p->iStatement = 0; + p->nFkConstraint = 0; +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; + p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after +** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such +** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter. +** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more +** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). +** +** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine. +** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready +** to run. After this routine is called, futher calls to +** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects +** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the +** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be +** destroyed. +** +** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back +** to its initial state after it has been run. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( + Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ + Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int nVar; /* Number of parameters */ + int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */ + int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ + int n; /* Loop counter */ + u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */ + u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */ + int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */ + + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( pParse==p->pParse ); + db = p->db; + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); + nVar = pParse->nVar; + nMem = pParse->nMem; + nCursor = pParse->nTab; + nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; + nOnce = pParse->nOnce; + if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */ + + /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory + ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by + ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for + ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with + ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1) + ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc. + ** + ** See also: allocateCursor(). + */ + nMem += nCursor; + + /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and + ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. + */ + zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */ + zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[pParse->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */ + + resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); + p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); + if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){ + nMem = 10; + } + memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr); + zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) ); + p->expired = 0; + + /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two + ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the + ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory + ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second + ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation. + ** + ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from + ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly + ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. + */ + do { + nByte = 0; + p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*), + &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); + if( nByte ){ + p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + } + zCsr = p->pFree; + zEnd = &zCsr[nByte]; + }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed ); + + p->nCursor = nCursor; + p->nOnceFlag = nOnce; + if( p->aVar ){ + p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; + for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; + p->aVar[n].db = db; + } + } + if( p->azVar ){ + p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar; + memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0])); + memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0])); + } + if( p->aMem ){ + p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */ + p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */ + for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){ + p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Undefined; + p->aMem[n].db = db; + } + } + p->explain = pParse->explain; + sqlite3VdbeRewind(p); +} + +/* +** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor +** happens to hold. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ + if( pCx==0 ){ + return; + } + sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx); + if( pCx->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); + /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by + ** the call above. */ + }else if( pCx->pCursor ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor; + const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; + p->inVtabMethod = 1; + pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This +** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore +** control to the main program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ + Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; + v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag; + v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag; + v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; + v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; + v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; + v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; + v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; + v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; + v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; + v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; + return pFrame->pc; +} + +/* +** Close all cursors. +** +** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory +** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain +** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to +** open cursors. +*/ +static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ + if( p->pFrame ){ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); + } + p->pFrame = 0; + p->nFrame = 0; + + if( p->apCsr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCursor; i++){ + VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; + if( pC ){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); + p->apCsr[i] = 0; + } + } + } + if( p->aMem ){ + releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem); + } + while( p->pDelFrame ){ + VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame; + p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent; + sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel); + } + + /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */ + sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0); + assert( p->pAuxData==0 ); +} + +/* +** Clean up the VM after execution. +** +** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or +** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of +** variables in the aVar[] array. +*/ +static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and + ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ + int i; + if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; inCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 ); + if( p->aMem ){ + for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined ); + } +#endif + + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + p->pResultSet = 0; +} + +/* +** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL +** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during +** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can +** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ + Mem *pColName; + int n; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + + releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); + n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; + p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; + p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); + if( p->aColName==0 ) return; + while( n-- > 0 ){ + pColName->flags = MEM_Null; + pColName->db = p->db; + pColName++; + } +} + +/* +** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. +** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. +** +** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). +** +** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC +** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed +** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( + Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ + int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ + int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ + const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ +){ + int rc; + Mem *pColName; + assert( idxnResColumn ); + assert( vardb->mallocFailed ){ + assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + assert( p->aColName!=0 ); + pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); + assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle +** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a +** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine +** takes care of the master journal trickery. +*/ +static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + int i; + int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int needXcommit = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply + ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. + */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#endif + + /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any + ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to + ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is + ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database + ** to the transaction. + */ + rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p); + + /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and + ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not + ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than + ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal + ** file is required for an atomic commit. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + needXcommit = 1; + if( i!=1 ) nTrans++; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); + rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ + if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ + rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); + if( rc ){ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK; + } + } + + /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the + ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the + ** master-journal. + ** + ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length + ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In + ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the + ** simple case then too. + */ + if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) + || nTrans<=1 + ){ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); + } + } + + /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. + ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an + ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, + ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VtabCommit(db); + } + } + + /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. + ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is + ** committed atomicly. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + else{ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + int needSync = 0; + char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ + char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); + sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; + i64 offset = 0; + int res; + int retryCount = 0; + int nMainFile; + + /* Select a master journal file name */ + nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile); + zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile); + if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + do { + u32 iRandom; + if( retryCount ){ + if( retryCount>100 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + break; + }else if( retryCount==1 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster); + } + } + retryCount++; + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); + sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X", + (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff); + /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must + ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */ + assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' ); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster); + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Open the master journal. */ + rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 + ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + + /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new + ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close + ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files + ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll + ** back independently if a failure occurs. + */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); + if( zFile==0 ){ + continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ + } + assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); + if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){ + needSync = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); + offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + } + } + + /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device + ** flag is set this is not required. + */ + if( needSync + && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) + && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) + ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + + /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call + ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If + ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. + ** + ** If the error occurs during the first call to + ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the + ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, + ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal + ** file before the failure occurred. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); + } + } + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + + /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After + ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual + ** transaction files are deleted. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + zMaster = 0; + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + + /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following + ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and + ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while + ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the + ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals + ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. + */ + disable_simulated_io_errors(); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); + } + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + enable_simulated_io_errors(); + + sqlite3VtabCommit(db); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable +** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are +** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. +** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing +** step. +** +** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ + Vdbe *p; + int cnt = 0; + int nWrite = 0; + int nRead = 0; + p = db->pVdbe; + while( p ){ + if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){ + cnt++; + if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; + if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive ); + assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite ); + assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead ); +} +#else +#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) +#endif + +/* +** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, +** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement +** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the +** statement transaction is committed. +** +** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. +** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ + sqlite3 *const db = p->db; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a + ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception + ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback. + ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do. + */ + if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ + int i; + const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; + + assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); + assert( db->nStatement>0 ); + assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); + + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + db->nStatement--; + p->iStatement = 0; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); + } + } + + /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the + ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when + ** the statement transaction was opened. */ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; + db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database +** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be +** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint +** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns +** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY +** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) + || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) + ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE +** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those +** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. +** +** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from +** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to +** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. +** +** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of +** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it +** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + + /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or + ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the + ** execution of this virtual machine. + ** + ** If any of the following errors occur: + ** + ** SQLITE_NOMEM + ** SQLITE_IOERR + ** SQLITE_FULL + ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT + ** + ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent + ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is + ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. + */ + + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); + closeAllCursors(p); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); + + /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the + ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file. */ + if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){ + int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ + int eStatementOp = 0; + int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ + + /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ + sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); + + /* Check for one of the special errors */ + mrc = p->rc & 0xff; + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */ + isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR + || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; + if( isSpecialError ){ + /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, + ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint + ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a + ** consistent state. + ** + ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform + ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error + ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database + ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function + ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore + ** the pager to a consistent state. + */ + if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ + if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; + }else{ + /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing + ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. + */ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + } + } + } + + /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); + } + + /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer + ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. + ** + ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled + ** above has occurred. + */ + if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) + && db->autoCommit + && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) + ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; + }else{ + /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful + ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign + ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit + ** is required. */ + rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + }else{ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + } + }else{ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + } + db->nStatement = 0; + }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; + }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; + }else{ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + } + } + + /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to + ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to + ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement + ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the + ** current statement error code. + */ + if( eStatementOp ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); + if( rc ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + } + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + } + } + + /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction + ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. + */ + if( p->changeCntOn ){ + if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); + } + p->nChange = 0; + } + + /* Release the locks */ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + } + + /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ + if( p->pc>=0 ){ + db->nVdbeActive--; + if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--; + if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--; + assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead ); + assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite ); + assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 ); + } + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; + checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held + ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() + ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. + */ + if( db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + } + + assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); + return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK); +} + + +/* +** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call +** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed +** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be +** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()). +** +** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just +** copies them to the database handle. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + int rc = p->rc; + if( p->zErrMsg ){ + u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed; + db->errCode = rc; + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG +/* +** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, +** invoke it. +*/ +static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){ + char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql); + assert( v->db->init.busy==0 ); + if( zExpanded ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog( + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1 + ); + sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded); + } + } +} +#else +# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x) +#endif + +/* +** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. +** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. +** +** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed +** again. +** +** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the +** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to +** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + db = p->db; + + /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an + ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt + ** it now. + */ + sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + + /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code + ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But + ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any + ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. + */ + if( p->pc>=0 ){ + vdbeInvokeSqllog(p); + sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; + }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ + /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call + ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was + ** called), set the database error in this case as well. + */ + sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + } + + /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE + */ + Cleanup(p); + + /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. + */ +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + { + FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); + if( out ){ + int i; + fprintf(out, "---- "); + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + if( p->zSql ){ + char c, pc = 0; + fprintf(out, "-- "); + for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){ + if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- "); + putc(c, out); + pc = c; + } + if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + char zHdr[100]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ", + p->aOp[i].cnt, + p->aOp[i].cycles, + p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 + ); + fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr); + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); + } + fclose(out); + } + } +#endif + p->iCurrentTime = 0; + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; + return p->rc & db->errMask; +} + +/* +** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is +** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); + assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); + } + sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for +** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as +** the first argument. +** +** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is +** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user +** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of +** VM pVdbe, and only then if: +** +** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting +** from left to right), or +** +** * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first +** function parameter corrsponds to bit 0 etc.). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){ + AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData; + while( *pp ){ + AuxData *pAux = *pp; + if( (iOp<0) + || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg)))) + ){ + testcase( pAux->iArg==31 ); + if( pAux->xDelete ){ + pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); + } + *pp = pAux->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(pVdbe->db, pAux); + }else{ + pp= &pAux->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument, +** except for object itself, which is preserved. +** +** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that +** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with +** the database connection and frees the object itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + SubProgram *pSub, *pNext; + int i; + assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db ); + releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); + releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); + for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){ + pNext = pSub->pNext; + vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub); + } + for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]); + vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree); +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zExplain); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain); +#endif +} + +/* +** Delete an entire VDBE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; + db = p->db; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p); + if( p->pPrev ){ + p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; + }else{ + assert( db->pVdbe==p ); + db->pVdbe = p->pNext; + } + if( p->pNext ){ + p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; + } + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; + p->db = 0; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it +** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error +** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. +** +** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that +** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been +** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as +** a NULL row. +** +** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has +** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ + if( p->deferredMoveto ){ + int res, rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + extern int sqlite3_search_count; +#endif + assert( p->isTable ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); + if( rc ) return rc; + p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget; + if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + p->rowidIsValid = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + p->deferredMoveto = 0; + p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + }else if( p->pCursor ){ + int hasMoved; + int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( hasMoved ){ + p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( hasMoved==2 ) p->nullRow = 1; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The following functions: +** +** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() +** +** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite +** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a +** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned +** integer, stored as a varint. +** +** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before +** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial +** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at +** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the +** serial-type and data blob separately. +** +** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: +** +** serial type bytes of data type +** -------------- --------------- --------------- +** 0 0 NULL +** 1 1 signed integer +** 2 2 signed integer +** 3 3 signed integer +** 4 4 signed integer +** 5 6 signed integer +** 6 8 signed integer +** 7 8 IEEE float +** 8 0 Integer constant 0 +** 9 0 Integer constant 1 +** 10,11 reserved for expansion +** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB +** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text +** +** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions +** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. +*/ + +/* +** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ + int flags = pMem->flags; + int n; + + if( flags&MEM_Null ){ + return 0; + } + if( flags&MEM_Int ){ + /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ +# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) + i64 i = pMem->u.i; + u64 u; + if( i<0 ){ + if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6; + /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */ + u = -i; + }else{ + u = i; + } + if( u<=127 ){ + return ((i&1)==i && file_format>=4) ? 8+(u32)u : 1; + } + if( u<=32767 ) return 2; + if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; + if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; + if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; + return 6; + } + if( flags&MEM_Real ){ + return 7; + } + assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); + n = pMem->n; + if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ + n += pMem->u.nZero; + } + assert( n>=0 ); + return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); +} + +/* +** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ + if( serial_type>=12 ){ + return (serial_type-12)/2; + }else{ + static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + return aSize[serial_type]; + } +} + +/* +** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating +** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the +** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. +** +** For most architectures, this is a no-op. +** +** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem +** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems +** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit +** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated +** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. +** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. +** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different +** ABI get the byte order right. +** +** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their +** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG +** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of +** floating point values is correct. +** +** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely +** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank +** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware +** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full +** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the +** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point +** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, +** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer +** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here +** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently +** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about +** so we trust him. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ + union { + u64 r; + u32 i[2]; + } u; + u32 t; + + u.r = in; + t = u.i[0]; + u.i[0] = u.i[1]; + u.i[1] = t; + return u.r; +} +# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) +#else +# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) +#endif + +/* +** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into +** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. +** Return the number of bytes written. +** +** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. The caller is responsible +** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive +** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value. +** +** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number +** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only +** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ + u32 len; + + /* Integer and Real */ + if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ + u64 v; + u32 i; + if( serial_type==7 ){ + assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) ); + memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v)); + swapMixedEndianFloat(v); + }else{ + v = pMem->u.i; + } + len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); + while( i-- ){ + buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); + v >>= 8; + } + return len; + } + + /* String or blob */ + if( serial_type>=12 ){ + assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) + == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); + len = pMem->n; + memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); + return len; + } + + /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ + return 0; +} + +/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a +** big-endian integer. Return the equivalent native integer +*/ +#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x) ((i8)(x)[0]) +#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x) (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1]) +#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x) (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2]) +#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) + +/* +** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type +** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( + const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ + u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ + Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ +){ + u64 x; + u32 y; + switch( serial_type ){ + case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ + case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ + case 0: { /* NULL */ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + break; + } + case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 1; + } + case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 2; + } + case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 3; + } + case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ + y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf); + pMem->u.i = (i64)*(int*)&y; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 4; + } + case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ + pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 6; + } + case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ + case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) + /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same + ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is + ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed + ** endian. + */ + static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; + static const double r1 = 1.0; + u64 t2 = t1; + swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); + assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); +#endif + x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf); + y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4); + x = (x<<32) | y; + if( serial_type==6 ){ + pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + }else{ + assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 ); + swapMixedEndianFloat(x); + memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x)); + pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; + } + return 8; + } + case 8: /* Integer 0 */ + case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ + pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 0; + } + default: { + static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem }; + u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2; + pMem->z = (char *)buf; + pMem->n = len; + pMem->xDel = 0; + pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1]; + return len; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord +** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if +** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. +** +** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within +** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably +** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should +** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the +** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL +** before returning. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */ + char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */ + int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ + char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */ +){ + UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ + int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ + + /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. + ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift + ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. + */ + nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); + if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){ + p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); + *ppFree = (char *)p; + if( !p ) return 0; + }else{ + p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff]; + *ppFree = 0; + } + + p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; + assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; + return p; +} + +/* +** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the +** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the +** contents of the decoded record. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ + int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ + const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ + UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ +){ + const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; + int d; + u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ + u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ + u32 szHdr; + Mem *pMem = p->aMem; + + p->default_rc = 0; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); + d = szHdr; + u = 0; + while( idxnField && d<=nKey ){ + u32 serial_type; + + idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type); + pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; + /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */ + pMem->zMalloc = 0; + d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); + pMem++; + u++; + } + assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 ); + p->nField = u; +} + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way +** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(), +** this function deserializes and compares values using the +** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used +** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in +** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives. +*/ +static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ +){ + u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ + u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ + u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ + int i = 0; + int rc = 0; + const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + Mem mem1; + + pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; + mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; + /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */ + VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ + + /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. + ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. + ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing + ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance + ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose + ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. + */ + /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ + + idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); + d1 = szHdr1; + assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 ); + assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); + do{ + u32 serial_type1; + + /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ + idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); + + /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid + ** a buffer overread. The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will + ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space. + ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to + ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case. + */ + if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1 + && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 + ){ + break; + } + + /* Extract the values to be compared. + */ + d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); + + /* Do the comparison + */ + rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]); + if( rc!=0 ){ + assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ + if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ + rc = -rc; /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */ + } + return rc; + } + i++; + }while( idx1nField ); + + /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using + ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a + ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). + */ + assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); + + /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and + ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc + ** value. */ + return pPKey2->default_rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values +** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero +** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than +** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);". +*/ +static int vdbeCompareMemString( + const Mem *pMem1, + const Mem *pMem2, + const CollSeq *pColl +){ + if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ + /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the + ** comparison function directly */ + return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); + }else{ + int rc; + const void *v1, *v2; + int n1, n2; + Mem c1; + Mem c2; + memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1)); + memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2)); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); + v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); + n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; + v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); + n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; + rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); + return rc; + } +} + +/* +** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning +** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater +** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers +** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating +** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). +** +** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ + int rc; + int f1, f2; + int combined_flags; + + f1 = pMem1->flags; + f2 = pMem2->flags; + combined_flags = f1|f2; + assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values + ** are NULL, return 0. + */ + if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ + return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); + } + + /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less. + ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers + ** if both values are integers. + */ + if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ + double r1, r2; + if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; + if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1; + return 0; + } + if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ + r1 = pMem1->r; + }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i; + }else{ + return 1; + } + if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ + r2 = pMem2->r; + }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i; + }else{ + return -1; + } + if( r1r2 ) return 1; + return 0; + } + + /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. + ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. + */ + if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ + if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return 1; + } + if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return -1; + } + + assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc ); + assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || + pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + + /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if + ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is + ** compiled (this was not always the case). + */ + assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); + + if( pColl ){ + return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl); + } + /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through + ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ + } + + /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ + rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n); + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that +** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive +** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value +** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes +** and returns the value. +*/ +static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ + u32 y; + assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) ); + switch( serial_type ){ + case 0: + case 1: + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + case 2: + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + case 3: + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + case 4: { + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + return (i64)*(int*)&y; + } + case 5: { + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + } + case 6: { + u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); + return (i64)*(i64*)&x; + } + } + + return (serial_type - 8); +} + +/* +** This function compares the two table rows or index records +** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero +** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or +** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob +** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 +** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from +** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. +** +** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already +** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal. +** +** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all +** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is +** returned. +** +** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->isCorrupt to non-zero +** and return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ + int bSkip /* If true, skip the first field */ +){ + u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ + int i; /* Index of next field to compare */ + u32 szHdr1; /* Size of record header in bytes */ + u32 idx1; /* Offset of first type in header */ + int rc = 0; /* Return value */ + Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem; /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; + const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; + Mem mem1; + + /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first + ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so + ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */ + if( bSkip ){ + u32 s1; + idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1); + szHdr1 = aKey1[0]; + d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1); + i = 1; + pRhs++; + }else{ + idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); + d1 = szHdr1; + if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + } + i = 0; + } + + VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField + || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 ); + assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); + do{ + u32 serial_type; + + /* RHS is an integer */ + if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){ + serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; + testcase( serial_type==12 ); + if( serial_type>=12 ){ + rc = +1; + }else if( serial_type==0 ){ + rc = -1; + }else if( serial_type==7 ){ + double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i; + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); + if( mem1.rrhs ){ + rc = +1; + } + }else{ + i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]); + i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i; + if( lhsrhs ){ + rc = +1; + } + } + } + + /* RHS is real */ + else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){ + serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; + if( serial_type>=12 ){ + rc = +1; + }else if( serial_type==0 ){ + rc = -1; + }else{ + double rhs = pRhs->r; + double lhs; + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); + if( serial_type==7 ){ + lhs = mem1.r; + }else{ + lhs = (double)mem1.u.i; + } + if( lhsrhs ){ + rc = +1; + } + } + } + + /* RHS is a string */ + else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){ + getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); + testcase( serial_type==12 ); + if( serial_type<12 ){ + rc = -1; + }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ + rc = +1; + }else{ + mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2; + testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){ + mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; + mem1.flags = MEM_Str; + mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1]; + rc = vdbeCompareMemString(&mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i]); + }else{ + int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n); + rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); + if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; + } + } + } + + /* RHS is a blob */ + else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){ + getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); + testcase( serial_type==12 ); + if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){ + rc = -1; + }else{ + int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2; + testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + }else{ + int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n); + rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); + if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n; + } + } + } + + /* RHS is null */ + else{ + serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; + rc = (serial_type!=0); + } + + if( rc!=0 ){ + if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ + rc = -rc; + } + assert( CORRUPT_DB + || (rc<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0) + || (rc>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0) + || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed + ); + assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ + return rc; + } + + i++; + pRhs++; + d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); + idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); + }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && inField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 ); + + /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using + ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a + ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */ + assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); + + /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and + ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc + ** value. */ + assert( CORRUPT_DB + || pPKey2->default_rc==vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2) + ); + return pPKey2->default_rc; +} + +/* +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the +** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single +** byte (i.e. is less than 128). +** +** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used +** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less. +*/ +static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ + int bSkip /* Ignored */ +){ + const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F]; + int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1]; + int res; + u32 y; + u64 x; + i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i; + i64 lhs; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip); + + assert( bSkip==0 ); + assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB ); + switch( serial_type ){ + case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ + lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ + lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ + lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ + y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y; + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ + lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */ + x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); + lhs = *(i64*)&x; + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 8: + lhs = 0; + break; + case 9: + lhs = 1; + break; + + /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running + ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch + ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and + ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated + ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other + ** compilers might be similar. */ + case 0: case 7: + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0); + + default: + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0); + } + + if( v>lhs ){ + res = pPKey2->r1; + }else if( vr2; + }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ + /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing + ** fields. */ + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); + }else{ + /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing + ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */ + res = pPKey2->default_rc; + } + + assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0) + || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0) + || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0) + || CORRUPT_DB + ); + return res; +} + +/* +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field +** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint +** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte. +*/ +static int vdbeRecordCompareString( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ + int bSkip +){ + const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1; + int serial_type; + int res; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip); + + assert( bSkip==0 ); + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type); + + if( serial_type<12 ){ + res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */ + }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ + res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */ + }else{ + int nCmp; + int nStr; + int szHdr = aKey1[0]; + + nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2; + if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + } + nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr ); + res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp); + + if( res==0 ){ + res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n; + if( res==0 ){ + if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); + }else{ + res = pPKey2->default_rc; + } + }else if( res>0 ){ + res = pPKey2->r2; + }else{ + res = pPKey2->r1; + } + }else if( res>0 ){ + res = pPKey2->r2; + }else{ + res = pPKey2->r1; + } + } + + assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0) + || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0) + || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0) + || CORRUPT_DB + ); + return res; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function +** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed +** as the only argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){ + /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume + ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record + ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt() + ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the + ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is + ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each + ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to + ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field + ** is an integer. + ** + ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with + ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal + ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes. */ + if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){ + int flags = p->aMem[0].flags; + if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ + p->r1 = 1; + p->r2 = -1; + }else{ + p->r1 = -1; + p->r2 = 1; + } + if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){ + return vdbeRecordCompareInt; + } + testcase( flags & MEM_Real ); + testcase( flags & MEM_Null ); + testcase( flags & MEM_Blob ); + if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){ + assert( flags & MEM_Str ); + return vdbeRecordCompareString; + } + } + + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare; +} + +/* +** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. +** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. +** +** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. +** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ + i64 nCellKey = 0; + int rc; + u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ + u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ + u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ + Mem m, v; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + + /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less + ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. + ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so + ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits + */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ + assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); + + /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ + memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + + /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ + (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); + testcase( szHdr==3 ); + testcase( szHdr==m.n ); + if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ + goto idx_rowid_corruption; + } + + /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. + ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ + (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); + testcase( typeRowid==1 ); + testcase( typeRowid==2 ); + testcase( typeRowid==3 ); + testcase( typeRowid==4 ); + testcase( typeRowid==5 ); + testcase( typeRowid==6 ); + testcase( typeRowid==8 ); + testcase( typeRowid==9 ); + if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ + goto idx_rowid_corruption; + } + lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); + testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); + if( unlikely((u32)m.npCursor; + Mem m; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ + /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way + ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ + if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ + *res = 0; + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked, 0); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + db->nChange = nChange; + db->nTotalChange += nChange; +} + +/* +** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised +** or reset. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ + v->changeCntOn = 1; +} + +/* +** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection +** as expired. +** +** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is +** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their +** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating +** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of +** things that make prepared statements obsolete. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){ + Vdbe *p; + for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ + p->expired = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ + return v->db; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound +** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return +** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* +** constants) to the value before returning it. +** +** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ + assert( iVar>0 ); + if( v ){ + Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; + if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ + sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db); + if( pRet ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); + } + return pRet; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals +** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result +** in a better query plan. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ + assert( iVar>0 ); + if( iVar>32 ){ + v->expmask = 0xffffffff; + }else{ + v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored +** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored +** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the +** VDBE. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs +** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the +** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program +** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or +** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is +** added or changed. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return p==0 || p->expired; +} +#endif + +/* +** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log +** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise +** invalid). Return false if it is ok. +*/ +static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ + if( p->db==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); + return 1; + }else{ + return vdbeSafety(p); + } +} + +/* +** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by +** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ +** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual +** machine. +** +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL + ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + sqlite3 *db = v->db; + if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it +** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from +** the prior execution is returned. +** +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); + sqlite3VdbeRewind(v); + assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; inVar; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); + p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; + } + if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){ + p->expired = 1; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return rc; +} + + +/**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* +** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; + if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p); + p->flags |= MEM_Blob; + return p->n ? p->z : 0; + }else{ + return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + } +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); +} +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ + static const u8 aType[] = { + SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x00 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x01 */ + SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x02 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x03 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x04 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x05 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x06 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x07 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x08 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x09 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x0a */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0b */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0c */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0d */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0e */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0f */ + SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x10 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x11 */ + SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x12 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x13 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x14 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x15 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x16 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x17 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x18 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x19 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x1a */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1b */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1c */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1d */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1e */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1f */ + }; + return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask]; +} + +/**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* +** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify +** the function result. +** +** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the +** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it +** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG +*/ +static void setResultStrOrError( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ + const char *z, /* String pointer */ + int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ +){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); + } +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( n>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} +#endif +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n); +} +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ + pCtx->isError = errCode; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} + +/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1; +} + +/* +** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It +** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. +*/ +static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); + if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry); + } + } + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the +** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. +** +** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() +** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a +** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the +** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. +*/ +static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + int rc; + + assert(p); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ + /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying + ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning + ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would + ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. + ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, + ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by + ** definition. + ** + ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written + ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE + ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a + ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the + ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the + ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED + ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); + }else{ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#else + sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); +#endif + } + + /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ + db = p->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto end_of_step; + } + if( p->pc<0 ){ + /* If there are no other statements currently running, then + ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt + ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. + */ + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + } + + assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 + || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0) + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime); + } +#endif + + db->nVdbeActive++; + if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++; + if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++; + p->pc = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( p->explain ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + { + db->nVdbeExec++; + rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); + db->nVdbeExec--; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one + */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ + sqlite3_int64 iNow; + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow); + db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000); + } +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + db->errCode = rc; + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +end_of_step: + /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be + ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy + ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only + ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc + ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() + ** were called on statement p. + */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR + || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE + ); + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ + /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an + ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the + ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. + */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); + } + return (rc&db->errMask); +} + +/* +** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call +** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, +** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ + int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + + if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + db = v->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + v->doingRerun = 0; + while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA + && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY + && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + v->doingRerun = 1; + assert( v->expired==0 ); + } + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. + ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded + ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message + ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement + ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is + ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via + ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). + */ + const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + assert( zErr!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); + v->rc = rc2; + } else { + v->zErrMsg = 0; + v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a +** pointer to it. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pFunc ); + return p->pFunc->pUserData; +} + +/* +** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a +** pointer to it. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface +** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st +** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and +** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the +** application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pFunc ); + return p->s.db; +} + +/* +** Return the current time for a statement +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){ + Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe; + int rc; + if( v->iCurrentTime==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->s.db->pVfs, &v->iCurrentTime); + if( rc ) v->iCurrentTime = 0; + } + return v->iCurrentTime; +} + +/* +** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always +** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the +** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct +** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist +** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction +** method of virtual tables. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction( + sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ + int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ +){ + const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; + char *zErr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); +} + +/* +** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new +** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the +** same context that was returned on prior calls. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ + Mem *pMem; + assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) ); + pMem = p->pMem; + testcase( nByte<0 ); + if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ + if( nByte<=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem); + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + pMem->z = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0); + pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; + pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; + if( pMem->z ){ + memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); + } + } + } + return (void*)pMem->z; +} + +/* +** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to +** the user-function defined by pCtx. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ + AuxData *pAuxData; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){ + if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break; + } + + return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0); +} + +/* +** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th +** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is +** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int iArg, + void *pAux, + void (*xDelete)(void*) +){ + AuxData *pAuxData; + Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); + if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; + + for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){ + if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break; + } + if( pAuxData==0 ){ + pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData)); + if( !pAuxData ) goto failed; + pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp; + pAuxData->iArg = iArg; + pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData; + pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData; + if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){ + pCtx->isError = 0; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + } + }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){ + pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); + } + + pAuxData->pAux = pAux; + pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; + return; + +failed: + if( xDelete ){ + xDelete(pAux); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been +** called. +** +** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is +** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function +** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate +** context. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); + return p->pMem->n; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; +} + +/* +** Return the number of values available from the current row of the +** currently executing statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; + return pVm->nResColumn; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value. +*/ +static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){ + /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element + ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler + ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary + ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when + ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s + ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent + ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined + ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical + ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ + static const Mem nullMem +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) + __attribute__((aligned(8))) +#endif + = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, 0, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + 0, 0, /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */ +#endif + 0, 0 }; + return &nullMem; +} + +/* +** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If +** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. +** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value +** of NULL. +*/ +static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Vdbe *pVm; + Mem *pOut; + + pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); + pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; + }else{ + if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); + } + pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue(); + } + return pOut; +} + +/* +** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a +** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the +** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If +** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result +** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. +** +** Specifically, this is called from within: +** +** sqlite3_column_int() +** sqlite3_column_int64() +** sqlite3_column_text() +** sqlite3_column_text16() +** sqlite3_column_real() +** sqlite3_column_bytes() +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** sqiite3_column_blob() +*/ +static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) +{ + /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an + ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to + ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR + ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. + */ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( p ){ + p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } +} + +/**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* +** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row +** in the result set. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const void *val; + val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might + ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() + ** expression. + */ + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); + if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ + pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + } + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return (sqlite3_value *)pOut; +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return iType; +} + +/* +** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using +** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. +** +** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which +** name is returned. Here are the names: +** +** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output +** 1 The datatype name for the column +** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from +** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from +** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from +** +** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression +** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. +*/ +static const void *columnName( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int N, + const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), + int useType +){ + const void *ret = 0; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + int n; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + + assert( db!=0 ); + n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + if( N=0 ){ + N += useType*n; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); + ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); + /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this + ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + db->mallocFailed = 0; + ret = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL +** statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); +} +#endif + +/* +** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must +** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) +# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \ + and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA" +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +/* +** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column +** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +/* +** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ + + +/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** +** +** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. +*/ +/* +** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the +** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is +** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. +** +** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. +** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. +** +** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return +** value in any case. +*/ +static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ + Mem *pVar; + if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + return SQLITE_RANGE; + } + i--; + pVar = &p->aVar[i]; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); + pVar->flags = MEM_Null; + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + + /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then + ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host + ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan + ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, + ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call + ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter. + */ + if( p->isPrepareV2 && + ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff) + ){ + p->expired = 1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Bind a text or BLOB value. +*/ +static int bindText( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ + int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ + const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ + int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ + void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ + u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ +){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + Mem *pVar; + int rc; + + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zData!=0 ){ + pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); + } + sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ + xDel((void*)zData); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ + return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ + int rc; + switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); + break; + } + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, + pValue->enc); + break; + } + default: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); + break; + } + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. +** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return p ? p->nVar : 0; +} + +/* +** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index +** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. +** +** The result is always UTF-8. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){ + return 0; + } + return p->azVar[i-1]; +} + +/* +** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable +** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, +** return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ + int i; + if( p==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( zName ){ + for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ + const char *z = p->azVar[i]; + if( z && strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){ + return i+1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ + return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)); +} + +/* +** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ + Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; + Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; + int i; + assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); + assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); + for(i=0; inVar; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code +** should call sqlite3TransferBindings. +** +** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different +** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we +** will not bother to check for that condition. +** +** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then +** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ + Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; + Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; + if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){ + pTo->expired = 1; + } + if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){ + pFrom->expired = 1; + } + return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given +** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was +** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create +** the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the +** database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1; +} + +/* +** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return v!=0 && v->pc>0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated +** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first +** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there +** are no more. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + sqlite3_stmt *pNext; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); + if( pStmt==0 ){ + pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; + }else{ + pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); + return pNext; +} + +/* +** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ + Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + u32 v = pVdbe->aCounter[op]; + if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0; + return (int)v; +} + +/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2009 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters +** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace(). +** +** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + +/* +** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of +** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in +** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return +** the total number of bytes in the text. +*/ +static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ + int tokenType; + int nTotal = 0; + int n; + + *pnToken = 0; + while( zSql[0] ){ + n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); + assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); + if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ + *pnToken = n; + break; + } + nTotal += n; + zSql += n; + } + return nTotal; +} + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory +** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the +** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to +** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, +** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended +** to each line of text. +** +** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then +** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes. This +** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing +** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs. +** +** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned +** is eventually freed. +** +** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of +** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within +** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, +** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared +** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host +** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render +** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( + Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ + const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ + int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ + int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ + int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ + StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ + char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ + + db = p->db; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + out.db = db; + if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ + while( *zRawSql ){ + const char *zStart = zRawSql; + while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3); + assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart)); + } + }else{ + while( zRawSql[0] ){ + n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); + assert( n>0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n); + zRawSql += n; + assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); + if( nToken==0 ) break; + if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ + if( nToken>1 ){ + assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); + sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); + }else{ + idx = nextIndex; + } + }else{ + assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); + idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); + assert( idx>0 ); + } + zRawSql += nToken; + nextIndex = idx + 1; + assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); + pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; + if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->r); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ + int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + u8 enc = ENC(db); + Mem utf8; + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); + utf8.db = db; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8); + pVar = &utf8; + } +#endif + nOut = pVar->n; +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){ + nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; + while( nOutn && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; } + } +#endif + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z); +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOutn ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); +#endif + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); + }else{ + int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */ + assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2); + nOut = pVar->n; +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; +#endif + for(i=0; iz[i]&0xff); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1); +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOutn ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); + } +#endif + } + } + } + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out); +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/***************************************************************************** +** The following code implements the data-structure explaining logic +** for the Vdbe. +*/ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) + +/* +** Allocate a new Explain object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe *pVdbe){ + if( pVdbe ){ + Explain *p; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + p = (Explain *)sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(Explain) ); + if( p ){ + p->pVdbe = pVdbe; + sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain); + pVdbe->pExplain = p; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&p->str, p->zBase, sizeof(p->zBase), + SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + p->str.useMalloc = 2; + }else{ + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + } +} + +/* +** Return true if the Explain ends with a new-line. +*/ +static int endsWithNL(Explain *p){ + return p && p->str.zText && p->str.nChar + && p->str.zText[p->str.nChar-1]=='\n'; +} + +/* +** Append text to the indentation +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe *pVdbe, const char *zFormat, ...){ + Explain *p; + if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){ + va_list ap; + if( p->nIndent && endsWithNL(p) ){ + int n = p->nIndent; + if( n>ArraySize(p->aIndent) ) n = ArraySize(p->aIndent); + sqlite3AppendSpace(&p->str, p->aIndent[n-1]); + } + va_start(ap, zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&p->str, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} + +/* +** Append a '\n' if there is not already one. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe *pVdbe){ + Explain *p; + if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 && !endsWithNL(p) ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&p->str, "\n", 1); + } +} + +/* +** Push a new indentation level. Subsequent lines will be indented +** so that they begin at the current cursor position. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe *pVdbe){ + Explain *p; + if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){ + if( p->str.zText && p->nIndentaIndent) ){ + const char *z = p->str.zText; + int i = p->str.nChar-1; + int x; + while( i>=0 && z[i]!='\n' ){ i--; } + x = (p->str.nChar - 1) - i; + if( p->nIndent && xaIndent[p->nIndent-1] ){ + x = p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1]; + } + p->aIndent[p->nIndent] = x; + } + p->nIndent++; + } +} + +/* +** Pop the indentation stack by one level. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe *p){ + if( p && p->pExplain ) p->pExplain->nIndent--; +} + +/* +** Free the indentation structure +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe *pVdbe){ + if( pVdbe && pVdbe->pExplain ){ + sqlite3_free(pVdbe->zExplain); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + pVdbe->zExplain = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&pVdbe->pExplain->str); + sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain); + pVdbe->pExplain = 0; + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } +} + +/* +** Return the explanation of a virtual machine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe *pVdbe){ + return (pVdbe && pVdbe->zExplain) ? pVdbe->zExplain : 0; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ + +/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** The code in this file implements the function that runs the +** bytecode of a prepared statement. +** +** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML +** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting +** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments +** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing +** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. +*/ + +/* +** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the +** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are +** not misused. A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a +** pointer to the string or blob, not the content. If the original +** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might +** be changed out from under the copy. This macro verifies that nothing +** like that ever happens. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M) +#else +# define memAboutToChange(P,M) +#endif + +/* +** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor +** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test +** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are +** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to +** help verify the correct operation of the library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before +** each instruction in the VDBE. When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted +** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt. +** +** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function +** in an ordinary build. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode +** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that +** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable +** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the +** library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob +** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures +** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality +** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to +** help verify the correct operation of the library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; +static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ + if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ + sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode +** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key +** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable +** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the +** library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. +** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST) +# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) +#else +# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) +#endif + +/* +** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined. This +** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an +** production builds. +** +** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the +** branch can go. It is usually 2. "I" is the direction the branch +** goes. 0 means falls through. 1 means branch is taken. 2 means the +** second alternative branch is taken. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE) +# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) +#else +# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M) + static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){ + if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){ + M = iSrcLine; + /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and + ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */ + assert( (M & I)==I ); + }else{ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return; /*NO_TEST*/ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg, + iSrcLine,I,M); + } + } +#endif + +/* +** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one +** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. +*/ +#define Stringify(P, enc) \ + if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \ + { goto no_mem; } + +/* +** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains +** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity +** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register +** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register +** knowing it. +** +** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated +** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it +** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc. +*/ +#define Deephemeralize(P) \ + if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ + && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} + +/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */ +#define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0) + +/* +** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL +** if we run out of memory. +*/ +static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( + Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ + int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ + int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ + int iDb, /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ + int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */ +){ + /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory + ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a + ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a + ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: + ** + ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different + ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require + ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable + ** allocations. + ** + ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can + ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This + ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. + ** + ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address + ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for + ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc. + */ + Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur]; + + int nByte; + VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; + nByte = + ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + + (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0); + + assert( iCurnCursor ); + if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); + p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; + } + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ + p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; + memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor)); + pCx->iDb = iDb; + pCx->nField = nField; + if( isBtreeCursor ){ + pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*) + &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField]; + sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor); + } + } + return pCx; +} + +/* +** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can +** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string +** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not +** look like a number, leave it alone. +*/ +static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){ + if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){ + double rValue; + i64 iValue; + u8 enc = pRec->enc; + if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return; + if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){ + pRec->u.i = iValue; + pRec->flags |= MEM_Int; + }else{ + pRec->r = rValue; + pRec->flags |= MEM_Real; + } + } +} + +/* +** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: +** +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: +** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: +** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a +** floating-point representation if an integer representation +** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is +** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because +** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. +** +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: +** Convert pRec to a text representation. +** +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE: +** No-op. pRec is unchanged. +*/ +static void applyAffinity( + Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ + char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ + u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ +){ + if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ + /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real + ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string + ** representation. + */ + if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc); + } + pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); + }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + applyNumericAffinity(pRec); + if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); + } + } +} + +/* +** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column +** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever +** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without +** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; + applyNumericAffinity(pMem); + eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); + } + return eType; +} + +/* +** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, +** not the internal Mem* type. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( + sqlite3_value *pVal, + u8 affinity, + u8 enc +){ + applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); +} + +/* +** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or +** none. +** +** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags. +** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately. +*/ +static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){ + if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ + return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real); + } + if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){ + return MEM_Int; + } + return MEM_Real; + } + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem +** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ + char *zCsr = zBuf; + int f = pMem->flags; + + static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; + + if( f&MEM_Blob ){ + int i; + char c; + if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ + c = 'z'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ + c = 't'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ + c = 'e'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); + }else{ + c = 's'; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + } + for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ + char z = pMem->z[i]; + if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; + else *zCsr++ = z; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + if( f & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + } + *zCsr = '\0'; + }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ + int j, k; + zBuf[0] = ' '; + if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ + zBuf[1] = 'z'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ + zBuf[1] = 't'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ + zBuf[1] = 'e'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); + }else{ + zBuf[1] = 's'; + } + k = 2; + sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); + zBuf[k++] = '['; + for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){ + u8 c = pMem->z[j]; + if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ + zBuf[k++] = c; + }else{ + zBuf[k++] = '.'; + } + } + zBuf[k++] = ']'; + sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); + zBuf[k++] = 0; + } +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: +*/ +static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){ + if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){ + printf(" undefined"); + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ + printf(" NULL"); + }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ + printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i); + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ + printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ + printf(" r:%g", p->r); +#endif + }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ + printf(" (rowset)"); + }else{ + char zBuf[200]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); + printf(" %s", zBuf); + } +} +static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){ + printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg); + memTracePrint(p); + printf("\n"); +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M) +#else +# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) +#endif + + +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ + +#endif + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It +** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to +** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the +** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. +** +** Usage: +** +** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); +*/ +static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){ + int n = 0; + Savepoint *p; + for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; + assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); + return 1; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can. +** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( + Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ +){ + int pc=0; /* The program counter */ + Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */ + Op *pOp; /* Current operation */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ + u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ + u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ + int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */ + unsigned nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */ +#endif + Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */ + Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */ + Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */ + Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */ + Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */ + int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */ + i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */ +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ +#endif + /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/ + + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */ + sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or + ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ + goto no_mem; + } + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); + assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 ); + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + p->iCurrentTime = 0; + assert( p->explain==0 ); + p->pResultSet = 0; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; + sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + if( db->xProgress ){ + assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps ); + nProgressLimit = (unsigned)p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]; + if( nProgressLimit==0 ){ + nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps; + }else{ + nProgressLimit %= (unsigned)db->nProgressOps; + } + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( p->pc==0 + && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0 + ){ + int i; + int once = 1; + sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){ + printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]); + } + } + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){ + for(i=0; inOp; i++){ + if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){ + if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n"); + printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z); + once = 0; + } + } + } + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ) printf("VDBE Trace:\n"); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); +#endif + for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){ + assert( pc>=0 && pcnOp ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + start = sqlite3Hwtime(); +#endif + nVmStep++; + pOp = &aOp[pc]; + + /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, pc, pOp); + } +#endif + + + /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens + ** if we have a special test build. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){ + sqlite3_interrupt_count--; + if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){ + sqlite3_interrupt(db); + } + } +#endif + + /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelease" tag, free any + ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be + ** an undefined integer. Opcodes will either fill in the integer + ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type. + */ + assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] ); + if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){ + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + VdbeMemRelease(pOut); + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + } + + /* Sanity checking on other operands */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p1>0 ); + assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]); + } + if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); + } + if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + } + if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]); + } + if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + } +#endif + + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + +/***************************************************************************** +** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a +** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual +** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But +** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within +** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another +** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where +** we transition back to normal indentation. +** +** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite +** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this +** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files +** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each +** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where +** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the +** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/" +** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode. +** +** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to +** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[]. +** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See +** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information. +** +** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file +** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent +** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation +** file. +** +** SUMMARY: +** +** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file. +** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use. +** +*****************************************************************************/ + +/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * +** +** An unconditional jump to address P2. +** The next instruction executed will be +** the one at index P2 from the beginning of +** the program. +** +** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode. However, it +** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell +** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down +** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output. +*/ +case OP_Goto: { /* jump */ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + + /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev, + ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon + ** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called + ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. + ** + ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean. + ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this + ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress + ** checks on every opcode. This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5% + ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */ +check_for_interrupt: + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number + ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of + ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called). + ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with + ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT. + */ + if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){ + assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 ); + nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps); + if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){ + rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + goto vdbe_error_halt; + } + } +#endif + + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * * +** +** Write the current address onto register P1 +** and then jump to address P2. +*/ +case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; + pIn1->u.i = pc; + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * * +** +** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1. After +** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. +*/ +case OP_Return: { /* in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); + pc = (int)pIn1->u.i; + pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Set up register P1 so that it will OP_Yield to the co-routine +** located at address P3. +** +** If P2!=0 then the co-routine implementation immediately follows +** this opcode. So jump over the co-routine implementation to +** address P2. +*/ +case OP_InitCoroutine: { /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2nOp ); + assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3nOp ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ); + pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1; + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: EndCoroutine P1 * * * * +** +** The instruction at the address in register P1 is an OP_Yield. +** Jump to the P2 parameter of that OP_Yield. +** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. +*/ +case OP_EndCoroutine: { /* in1 */ + VdbeOp *pCaller; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); + assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.inOp ); + pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i]; + assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield ); + assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2nOp ); + pc = pCaller->p2 - 1; + pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Yield P1 P2 * * * +** +** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1. +** +** If the co-routine ends with OP_Yield or OP_Return then continue +** to the next instruction. But if the co-routine ends with +** OP_EndCoroutine, jump immediately to P2. +*/ +case OP_Yield: { /* in1, jump */ + int pcDest; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); + pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; + pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i; + pIn1->u.i = pc; + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); + pc = pcDest; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt +** +** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using +** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the +** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op. +** The P5 parameter should be 1. +*/ +case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break; + /* Fall through into OP_Halt */ +} + +/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5 +** +** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed +** automatically. +** +** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(), +** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0). +** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine +** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback +** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, +** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the +** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. +** +** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. +** +** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string. +** +** 0: (no change) +** 1: NOT NULL contraint failed: P4 +** 2: UNIQUE constraint failed: P4 +** 3: CHECK constraint failed: P4 +** 4: FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4 +** +** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is +** omitted. +** +** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of +** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program +** is the same as executing Halt. +*/ +case OP_Halt: { + const char *zType; + const char *zLogFmt; + + if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){ + /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame; + p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent; + p->nFrame--; + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); + lastRowid = db->lastRowid; + if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ + /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program + ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt + ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing + ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified + ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */ + pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1; + } + aOp = p->aOp; + aMem = p->aMem; + break; + } + p->rc = pOp->p1; + p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2; + p->pc = pc; + if( p->rc ){ + if( pOp->p5 ){ + static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK", + "FOREIGN KEY" }; + assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 ); + testcase( pOp->p5==1 ); + testcase( pOp->p5==2 ); + testcase( pOp->p5==3 ); + testcase( pOp->p5==4 ); + zType = azType[pOp->p5-1]; + }else{ + zType = 0; + } + assert( zType!=0 || pOp->p4.z!=0 ); + zLogFmt = "abort at %d in [%s]: %s"; + if( zType && pOp->p4.z ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed: %s", + zType, pOp->p4.z); + }else if( pOp->p4.z ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z); + }else{ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed", zType); + } + sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); + } + rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 ); + rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE; + } + goto vdbe_return; +} + +/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1 +** +** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2. +*/ +case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */ + pOut->u.i = pOp->p1; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 +** +** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value. +** Write that value into register P2. +*/ +case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */ + assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 ); + pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64; + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 +** +** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value. +** Write that value into register P2. +*/ +case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */ + pOut->flags = MEM_Real; + assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) ); + pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal; + break; +} +#endif + +/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' +** +** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed +** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time. During +** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored +** as the P1 parameter. +*/ +case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */ + assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); + pOp->opcode = OP_String; + pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem; + assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z ); + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 ); + pOut->zMalloc = 0; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Static; + if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z); + } + pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; + pOp->p4.z = pOut->z; + pOp->p1 = pOut->n; + } +#endif + if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ +} + +/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) +** +** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2. +*/ +case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */ + assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); + pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; + pOut->z = pOp->p4.z; + pOut->n = pOp->p1; + pOut->enc = encoding; + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL +** +** Write a NULL into registers P2. If P3 greater than P2, then also write +** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3. If P3 +** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is +** set to NULL. +** +** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that +** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on +** OP_Ne or OP_Eq. +*/ +case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */ + int cnt; + u16 nullFlag; + cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null; + while( cnt>0 ){ + pOut++; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + VdbeMemRelease(pOut); + pOut->flags = nullFlag; + cnt--; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]=NULL +** +** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord +** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with +** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was +** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid. +*/ +case OP_SoftNull: { + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) +** +** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this +** blob in register P2. +*/ +case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */ + assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0); + pOut->enc = encoding; + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) +** +** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2 +** +** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4. +** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(). +*/ +case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */ + Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ + + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); + assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] ); + pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1]; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){ + goto too_big; + } + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] +** +** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into +** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are +** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges +** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap. It is an error +** for P3 to be less than 1. +*/ +case OP_Move: { + char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */ + int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ + int p1; /* Register to copy from */ + int p2; /* Register to copy to */ + + n = pOp->p3; + p1 = pOp->p1; + p2 = pOp->p2; + assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 ); + assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 ); + + pIn1 = &aMem[p1]; + pOut = &aMem[p2]; + do{ + assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] ); + assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] ); + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + VdbeMemRelease(pOut); + zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc; + memcpy(pOut, pIn1, sizeof(Mem)); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){ + pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2; + } +#endif + pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; + pIn1->xDel = 0; + pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc; + REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut); + pIn1++; + pOut++; + }while( --n ); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] +** +** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3. +** +** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate +** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy. +*/ +case OP_Copy: { + int n; + + n = pOp->p3; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); + while( 1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); + Deephemeralize(pOut); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pOut->pScopyFrom = 0; +#endif + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut); + if( (n--)==0 ) break; + pOut++; + pIn1++; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] +** +** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2. +** +** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value +** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the +** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy. +** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid. +** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change +** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete +** copy. +*/ +case OP_SCopy: { /* out2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1; +#endif + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] +** +** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of +** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate +** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt +** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as +** the result row. +*/ +case OP_ResultRow: { + Mem *pMem; + int i; + assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 ); + assert( pOp->p1>0 ); + assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + /* Run the progress counter just before returning. + */ + if( db->xProgress!=0 + && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit + && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0 + ){ + rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + goto vdbe_error_halt; + } +#endif + + /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do + ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement + ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){ + assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); + assert( p->usesStmtJournal ); + break; + } + + /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then + ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows + ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that + ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. + ** + ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction + ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to + ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping. + ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user + ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This + ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions. + ** + ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence + ** the RELEASE call below can never fail. + */ + assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){ + break; + } + + /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */ + p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1; + + /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated + ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as + ** a side effect. + */ + pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + for(i=0; ip2; i++){ + assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) ); + Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]); + assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 + || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; + + /* Return SQLITE_ROW + */ + p->pc = pc + 1; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; + goto vdbe_return; +} + +/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] +** +** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in +** register P2 and store the result in register P3. +** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3. +** +** P3 = P2 || P1 +** +** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes, +** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able +** to avoid a memcpy(). +*/ +case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ + i64 nByte; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pIn1!=pOut ); + if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + break; + } + if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem; + Stringify(pIn1, encoding); + Stringify(pIn2, encoding); + nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n; + if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){ + goto no_mem; + } + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str); + if( pOut!=pIn2 ){ + memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n); + } + memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n); + pOut->z[nByte]=0; + pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Term; + pOut->n = (int)nByte; + pOut->enc = encoding; + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] +** +** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] +** +** +** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] +** +** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] +** +** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in +** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is +** NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] +** +** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by +** register P1 and store the result in register P3. +** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL. +** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ + char bIntint; /* Started out as two integer operands */ + u16 flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ + u16 type1; /* Numeric type of left operand */ + u16 type2; /* Numeric type of right operand */ + i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ + i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ + double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ + double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + type1 = numericType(pIn1); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + type2 = numericType(pIn2); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags; + if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + iA = pIn1->u.i; + iB = pIn2->u.i; + bIntint = 1; + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Divide: { + if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math; + iB /= iA; + break; + } + default: { + if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; + iB %= iA; + break; + } + } + pOut->u.i = iB; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + }else{ + bIntint = 0; +fp_math: + rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1); + rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2); + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + case OP_Add: rB += rA; break; + case OP_Subtract: rB -= rA; break; + case OP_Multiply: rB *= rA; break; + case OP_Divide: { + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + rB /= rA; + break; + } + default: { + iA = (i64)rA; + iB = (i64)rB; + if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; + rB = (double)(iB % iA); + break; + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + pOut->u.i = rB; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); +#else + if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){ + goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + } + pOut->r = rB; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real); + if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){ + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut); + } +#endif + } + break; + +arithmetic_result_is_null: + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4 +** +** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function +** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will +** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif() +** functions. +** +** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or +** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or +** maximum. The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction. +** +** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions +** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available +** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c. +*/ +case OP_CollSeq: { + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); + if( pOp->p1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) +** +** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that +** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and +** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3. +** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. +** +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first +** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine +** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next +** invocation of this opcode. +** +** See also: AggStep and AggFinal +*/ +case OP_Function: { + int i; + Mem *pArg; + sqlite3_context ctx; + sqlite3_value **apVal; + int n; + + n = pOp->p5; + apVal = p->apArg; + assert( apVal || n==0 ); + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + + assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) ); + assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n ); + pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + for(i=0; ip2+i, pArg); + } + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ); + ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; + ctx.iOp = pc; + ctx.pVdbe = p; + + /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move + ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use + ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one. + */ + memcpy(&ctx.s, pOut, sizeof(Mem)); + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + pOut->xDel = 0; + pOut->zMalloc = 0; + MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null); + + ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0; + if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + assert( pOp>aOp ); + assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; + } + db->lastRowid = lastRowid; + (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + lastRowid = db->lastRowid; + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the + ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function + ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources + ** associated with such a value. + */ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s); + goto no_mem; + } + + /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ + if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){ + if( ctx.isError ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s)); + rc = ctx.isError; + } + sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1); + } + + /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding); + assert( pOut->flags==MEM_Null ); + memcpy(pOut, &ctx.s, sizeof(Mem)); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){ + goto too_big; + } + +#if 0 + /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this + ** statement to expire. (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec() + ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.) + */ + if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT; +#endif + + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] +** +** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and +** store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] +** +** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and +** store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] +** +** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the +** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. +** Store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ + i64 iA; + u64 uA; + i64 iB; + u8 op; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + break; + } + iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); + iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); + op = pOp->opcode; + if( op==OP_BitAnd ){ + iA &= iB; + }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){ + iA |= iB; + }else if( iB!=0 ){ + assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft ); + + /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */ + if( iB<0 ){ + assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 ); + op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op; + iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64; + } + + if( iB>=64 ){ + iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1; + }else{ + memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA)); + if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){ + uA <<= iB; + }else{ + uA >>= iB; + /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */ + if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB); + } + memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA)); + } + } + pOut->u.i = iA; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 +** +** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. +** The result is always an integer. +** +** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0. +*/ +case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); + pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value +** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer +** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 +** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception. +*/ +case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); + VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + if( pOp->p2==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; + goto abort_due_to_error; + }else{ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + break; + } + } + } + MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int); + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * * +** +** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value. +** +** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that +** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as +** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them +** to have only a real value. +*/ +case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); + } + break; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST +/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * * +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be text. +** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the +** equivalent of sprintf(). Blob values are unchanged and +** are afterwards simply interpreted as text. +** +** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. +*/ +case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; + assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); + pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; + applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); + rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1); + assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); + pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * * +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB. +** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first. +** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change +** to the underlying data. +** +** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. +*/ +case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ + applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); + assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); + MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob); + }else{ + pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob); + } + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * * +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an +** integer or a floating-point number.) +** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the +** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion +** is possible. +** +** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. +*/ +case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1); + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + +/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * * +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If +** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part. +** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the +** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible. +** +** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. +*/ +case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); + } + break; +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) +/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * * +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number. +** If The value is currently an integer, convert it. +** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the +** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible. +** +** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. +*/ +case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); + } + break; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ + +/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]r[P3] goto P2 +** +** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if +** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of +** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. +*/ +/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 +** +** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if +** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of +** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. +*/ +case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ + int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ + char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */ + u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */ + u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + flags1 = pIn1->flags; + flags3 = pIn3->flags; + if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){ + /* One or both operands are NULL */ + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){ + /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is + ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether + ** or not both operands are null. + */ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); + assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 ); + assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 ); + if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0 + && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0 + && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0 + ){ + res = 0; /* Results are equal */ + }else{ + res = 1; /* Results are not equal */ + } + }else{ + /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL, + ** then the result is always NULL. + ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set. + */ + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){ + pc = pOp->p2-1; + } + } + break; + } + }else{ + /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */ + affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK; + if( affinity ){ + applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding); + applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; + } + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 ); + ExpandBlob(pIn1); + ExpandBlob(pIn3); + res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl); + } + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + case OP_Eq: res = res==0; break; + case OP_Ne: res = res!=0; break; + case OP_Lt: res = res<0; break; + case OP_Le: res = res<=0; break; + case OP_Gt: res = res>0; break; + default: res = res>=0; break; + } + + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + pOut->u.i = res; + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2-1; + } + } + /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */ + pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1&MEM_TypeMask); + pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3&MEM_TypeMask); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 * +** +** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array +** of integers in P4. +** +** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has +** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should +** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare. +*/ +case OP_Permutation: { + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY ); + assert( pOp->p4.ai ); + aPermute = pOp->p4.ai; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] +** +** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this +** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of +** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is +** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator. If the +** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential +** order. +** +** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort +** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers +** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially. +** +** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal, +** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings, +** and strings are less than blobs. +*/ +case OP_Compare: { + int n; + int i; + int p1; + int p2; + const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + int idx; + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ + int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ + + if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0; + n = pOp->p3; + pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( n>0 ); + assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); + p1 = pOp->p1; + p2 = pOp->p2; +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + if( aPermute ){ + int k, mx = 0; + for(k=0; kmx ) mx = aPermute[k]; + assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + }else{ + assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + for(i=0; inField ); + pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i]; + bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i]; + iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl); + if( iCompare ){ + if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare; + break; + } + } + aPermute = 0; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether +** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than +** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively. +*/ +case OP_Jump: { /* jump */ + if( iCompare<0 ){ + pc = pOp->p1 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(0,3); + }else if( iCompare==0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,3); + }else{ + pc = pOp->p3 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) +** +** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and +** write the result into register P3. +** +** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if +** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give +** a NULL output. +*/ +/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) +** +** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and +** store the answer in register P3. +** +** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true) +** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs +** give a NULL output. +*/ +case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ + int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ + int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ + v1 = 2; + }else{ + v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; + } + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){ + v2 = 2; + }else{ + v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0; + } + if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){ + static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 }; + v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2]; + }else{ + static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 }; + v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2]; + } + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( v1==2 ){ + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); + }else{ + pOut->u.i = v1; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] +** +** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the +** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is +** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. +*/ +case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] +** +** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the +** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds +** a NULL then store a NULL in P2. +*/ +case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * * +** +** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, +** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction. In other words, +** this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2 (but not including +** P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent times through the loop. +*/ +case OP_Once: { /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1nOnceFlag ); + VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2); + if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){ + pc = pOp->p2-1; + }else{ + p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value +** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value +** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is non-zero. +*/ +/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value +** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value +** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is zero. +*/ +case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */ +case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ + int c; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ + c = pOp->p3; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; +#else + c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0; +#endif + if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c; + } + VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2); + if( c ){ + pc = pOp->p2-1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. +*/ +case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. +*/ +case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX +** +** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using +** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional +** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column +** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) +** values in the record, extract a NULL. +** +** The value extracted is stored in register P3. +** +** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or, +** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as +** the result. +** +** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor, +** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column. +** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content +** register has changed should have this bit set. +** +** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when +** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length() +** or typeof() function, respectively. The loading of large blobs can be +** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof(). +*/ +case OP_Column: { + i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */ + int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ + BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ + u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */ + u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ + int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ + Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ + const u8 *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ + const u8 *zHdr; /* Next unparsed byte of the header */ + const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ + u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ + u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ + u32 avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ + u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ + Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ + + p2 = pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pDest); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( p2nField ); + aType = pC->aType; + aOffset = aType + pC->nField; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */ +#endif + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */ + assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow ); /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */ + + /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr || (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE)!=0 ){ + if( pC->nullRow ){ + if( pCrsr==0 ){ + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); + pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg]; + assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob ); + assert( memIsValid(pReg) ); + pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n; + pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z; + }else{ + MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null); + goto op_column_out; + } + }else{ + assert( pCrsr ); + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ + /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the + ** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be + ** larger than 32 bits. */ + assert( (payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)payloadSize64 ); + pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail); + pC->payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64; + }else{ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ + pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail); + } + assert( avail<=65536 ); /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */ + if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){ + pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize; + }else{ + pC->szRow = avail; + } + if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + } + pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr; + pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset); + pC->nHdrParsed = 0; + aOffset[0] = offset; + if( availaRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least + ** need to cover the header of the record. If pC->aRow does not contain + ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be + ** dynamically allocated. */ + pC->aRow = 0; + pC->szRow = 0; + } + + /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header. + ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation. + ** + ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte + ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of + ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a + ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three + ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307. + */ + if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto op_column_error; + } + } + + /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been + ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and aType[]. + */ + if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ + /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try + ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field + */ + if( pC->iHdrOffsetaRow==0 ){ + memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, aOffset[0], + !pC->isTable, &sMem); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto op_column_error; + } + zData = (u8*)sMem.z; + }else{ + zData = pC->aRow; + } + + /* Fill in aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */ + i = pC->nHdrParsed; + offset = aOffset[i]; + zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset; + zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0]; + assert( i<=p2 && zHdrnHdrParsed = i; + pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData); + if( pC->aRow==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); + sMem.flags = MEM_Null; + } + + /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header, + ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the + ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end + ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing + ** with a corrupt database. + */ + if( (zHdr > zEndHdr) + || (offset > pC->payloadSize) + || (zHdr==zEndHdr && offset!=pC->payloadSize) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto op_column_error; + } + } + + /* If after trying to extra new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is + ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2 + ** columns. So the result will be either the default value or a NULL. + */ + if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ + if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static); + }else{ + MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null); + } + goto op_column_out; + } + } + + /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column. Control can only + ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and aType[p2] are + ** all valid. + */ + assert( p2nHdrParsed ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) ); + if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){ + /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original + ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */ + VdbeMemRelease(pDest); + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest); + }else{ + /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */ + t = aType[p2]; + if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0 + && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0)) + || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0 + ){ + /* Content is irrelevant for the typeof() function and for + ** the length(X) function if X is a blob. So we might as well use + ** bogus content rather than reading content from disk. NULL works + ** for text and blob and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable + ** will work for everything else. Content is also irrelevant if + ** the content length is 0. */ + zData = t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0; + sMem.zMalloc = 0; + }else{ + memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable, + &sMem); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto op_column_error; + } + zData = (u8*)sMem.z; + } + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest); + /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the + ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that + ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure. + ** This prevents a memory copy. */ + if( sMem.zMalloc ){ + assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc ); + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest)==0 ); + assert( (pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))==0 || pDest->z==sMem.z ); + pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); + pDest->flags |= MEM_Term; + pDest->z = sMem.z; + pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc; + } + } + pDest->enc = encoding; + +op_column_out: + Deephemeralize(pDest); +op_column_error: + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) +** +** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1. +** +** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the +** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth +** memory cell in the range. +*/ +case OP_Affinity: { + const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ + char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */ + + zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; + assert( zAffinity!=0 ); + assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){ + assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] ); + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding); + pIn1++; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) +** +** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format] +** use as a data record in a database table or as a key +** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. +** +** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the +** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth +** field of the index key. +** +** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_ +** macros defined in sqliteInt.h. +** +** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE. +*/ +case OP_MakeRecord: { + u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ + Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ + u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ + int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ + i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ + int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ + int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ + u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ + Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ + Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ + int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ + char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ + int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ + int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */ + int j; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */ + int len; /* Length of a field */ + + /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks + ** like this: + ** + ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | + ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + ** + ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 + ** and so froth. + ** + ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the + ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The + ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning + ** of the record to data0. + */ + nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ + nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ + nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ + nField = pOp->p1; + zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; + assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + pData0 = &aMem[nField]; + nField = pOp->p2; + pLast = &pData0[nField-1]; + file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; + + /* Identify the output register */ + assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + + /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs + */ + assert( pData0<=pLast ); + if( zAffinity ){ + pRec = pData0; + do{ + applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding); + assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast ); + }while( zAffinity[0] ); + } + + /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure + ** out how much space is required for the new record. + */ + pRec = pLast; + do{ + assert( memIsValid(pRec) ); + serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format); + len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); + if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + if( nData ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec); + }else{ + nZero += pRec->u.nZero; + len -= pRec->u.nZero; + } + } + nData += len; + testcase( serial_type==127 ); + testcase( serial_type==128 ); + nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); + }while( (--pRec)>=pData0 ); + + /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */ + testcase( nHdr==126 ); + testcase( nHdr==127 ); + if( nHdr<=126 ){ + /* The common case */ + nHdr += 1; + }else{ + /* Rare case of a really large header */ + nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr); + nHdr += nVarint; + if( nVarintdb->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + + /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store + ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to + ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to + ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used). + */ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte, 0) ){ + goto no_mem; + } + zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z; + + /* Write the record */ + i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr); + j = nHdr; + assert( pData0<=pLast ); + pRec = pData0; + do{ + serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format); + i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */ + j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */ + }while( (++pRec)<=pLast ); + assert( i==nHdr ); + assert( j==nByte ); + + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pOut->n = (int)nByte; + pOut->flags = MEM_Blob; + pOut->xDel = 0; + if( nZero ){ + pOut->u.nZero = nZero; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero; + } + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */ + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=count() +** +** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index +** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +case OP_Count: { /* out2-prerelease */ + i64 nEntry; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + + pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr ); + nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry); + pOut->u.i = nEntry; + break; +} +#endif + +/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 * +** +** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending +** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an +** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2. +*/ +case OP_Savepoint: { + int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ + char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ + int nName; + Savepoint *pNew; + Savepoint *pSavepoint; + Savepoint *pTmp; + int iSavepoint; + int ii; + + p1 = pOp->p1; + zName = pOp->p4.z; + + /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open + ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. + */ + assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); + assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 ); + assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); + assert( p->bIsReader ); + + if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ + if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ + /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write + ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). + */ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - " + "SQL statements in progress"); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction + ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks. + ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed + ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */ + assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, + db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; +#endif + + /* Create a new savepoint structure. */ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1); + + /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special + ** "transaction savepoint". */ + if( db->autoCommit ){ + db->autoCommit = 0; + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1; + }else{ + db->nSavepoint++; + } + + /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */ + pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pNew; + pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons; + pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; + } + } + }else{ + iSavepoint = 0; + + /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an + ** an error is returned to the user. */ + for( + pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; + pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName); + pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext + ){ + iSavepoint++; + } + if( !pSavepoint ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", zName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are + ** active write statements. + */ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, + "cannot release savepoint - SQL statements in progress" + ); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + + /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, + ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction + ** is committed. + */ + int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; + if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto vdbe_return; + } + db->autoCommit = 1; + if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->pc = pc; + db->autoCommit = 0; + p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto vdbe_return; + } + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; + rc = p->rc; + }else{ + iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1; + if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ + sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt, SQLITE_ABORT); + } + } + for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); + } + } + + /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all + ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ + while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){ + pTmp = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + db->nSavepoint--; + } + + /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on + ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred + ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored + ** when the savepoint was created. */ + if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint ); + db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint); + if( !isTransaction ){ + db->nSavepoint--; + } + }else{ + db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons; + db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons; + } + + if( !isTransaction ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + } + + break; +} + +/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * * +** +** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll +** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active +** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if +** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache. +** +** This instruction causes the VM to halt. +*/ +case OP_AutoCommit: { + int desiredAutoCommit; + int iRollback; + int turnOnAC; + + desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1; + iRollback = pOp->p2; + turnOnAC = desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit; + assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 ); + assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 ); + assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */ + assert( p->bIsReader ); + +#if 0 + if( turnOnAC && iRollback && db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ + /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are + ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating + ** that the other VMs must complete first. + */ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - " + "SQL statements in progress"); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else +#endif + if( turnOnAC && !iRollback && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ + /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing + ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. + */ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - " + "SQL statements in progress"); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){ + if( iRollback ){ + assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 ); + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + db->autoCommit = 1; + }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto vdbe_return; + }else{ + db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit; + if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->pc = pc; + db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit); + p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto vdbe_return; + } + } + assert( db->nStatement==0 ); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + goto vdbe_return; + }else{ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, + (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( + (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": + "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); + + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already +** active. +** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a +** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction. +** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started. +** +** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is +** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the +** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for +** attached databases. +** +** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is +** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may +** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened. +** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database +** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other +** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this +** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the +** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction +** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts. +** +** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3 +** and the schema generation counter against P4. +** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes. +** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed +** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. If the schema +** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or +** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current +** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution +** halts. The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the +** statement and rerun it from the beginning. +*/ +case OP_Transaction: { + Btree *pBt; + int iMeta; + int iGen; + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); + if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->pc = pc; + p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto vdbe_return; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + + if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal + && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) + ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ); + if( p->iStatement==0 ){ + assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); + db->nStatement++; + p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; + } + + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement); + } + + /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint + ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back, + ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */ + p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons; + p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; + } + + /* Gather the schema version number for checking */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta); + iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration; + }else{ + iGen = iMeta = 0; + } + assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); + /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie + ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do + ** not reload the schema from the database file. + ** + ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization. + ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which + ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using + ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to + ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the + ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself + ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within + ** a v-table method. + */ + if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1); + } + p->expired = 1; + rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2. +** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format. +** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is +** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store +** temporary tables. +** +** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction +** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before +** executing this instruction. +*/ +case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */ + int iMeta; + int iDb; + int iCookie; + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + iDb = pOp->p1; + iCookie = pOp->p3; + assert( pOp->p3=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta); + pOut->u.i = iMeta; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer) +** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version. +** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache +** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the +** database file used to store temporary tables. +** +** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. +*/ +case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */ + Db *pDb; + assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; + assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3); + /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i); + if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){ + /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i; + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){ + /* Record changes in the file format */ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i; + } + if( pOp->p1==1 ){ + /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database + ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + p->expired = 0; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 +** +** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is +** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. +** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for +** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached +** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 +** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. +** It is an error for P1 to be negative. +** +** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not +** the value of P2 itself. +** +** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an +** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction +** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read +** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits +** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is +** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts +** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an +** SQLITE_BUSY error code. +** +** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating +** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table. +** +** See also OpenWrite. +*/ +/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 +** +** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root +** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the +** root page. +** +** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating +** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the +** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used. +** +** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor +** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only +** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both. +** +** See also OpenRead. +*/ +case OP_OpenRead: +case OP_OpenWrite: { + int nField; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + int p2; + int iDb; + int wrFlag; + Btree *pX; + VdbeCursor *pCur; + Db *pDb; + + assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 ); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 ); + assert( p->bIsReader ); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || p->readOnly==0 ); + + if( p->expired ){ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + break; + } + + nField = 0; + pKeyInfo = 0; + p2 = pOp->p2; + iDb = pOp->p3; + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[iDb]; + pX = pDb->pBt; + assert( pX!=0 ); + if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ + wrFlag = 1; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ + p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format; + } + }else{ + wrFlag = 0; + } + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){ + assert( p2>0 ); + assert( p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pIn2 = &aMem[p2]; + assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); + assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); + p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i; + /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and + ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail. + ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted + ** before reaching this instruction. */ + if( NEVER(p2<2) ) { + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){ + pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); + nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField; + }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){ + nField = pOp->p4.i; + } + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( nField>=0 ); + testcase( nField==0 ); /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */ + pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1); + if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCur->nullRow = 1; + pCur->isOrdered = 1; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor); + pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD ); + sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR)); + + /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that + ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of + ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point + ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has + ** since moved into the btree layer. */ + pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 +** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 +** +** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. +** The cursor is always opened read/write even if +** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral +** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. +** +** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table. +** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index +** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure +** that defines the format of keys in the index. +** +** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined +** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of +** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are +** added automatically. +*/ +/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 +** +** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a +** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using +** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient +** indices in joins. +*/ +case OP_OpenAutoindex: +case OP_OpenEphemeral: { + VdbeCursor *pCx; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + + static const int vfsFlags = + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | + SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); + pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); + if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCx->nullRow = 1; + pCx->isEphemeral = 1; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBt, + BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling + ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before + ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the + ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table). + */ + if( (pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){ + int pgno; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); + assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); + assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, pKeyInfo, pCx->pCursor); + } + pCx->isTable = 0; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor); + pCx->isTable = 1; + } + } + pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 * P4 * +** +** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens +** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large +** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm. +*/ +case OP_SorterOpen: { + VdbeCursor *pCx; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); + pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); + if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db ); + assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pCx); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] +** +** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single +** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory +** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the +** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. +** +** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single +** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into +** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode +** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table. +** +** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by +** the pseudo-table. +*/ +case OP_OpenPseudo: { + VdbeCursor *pCx; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( pOp->p3>=0 ); + pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0); + if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCx->nullRow = 1; + pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2; + pCx->isTable = 1; + assert( pOp->p5==0 ); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * * +** +** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not +** currently open, this instruction is a no-op. +*/ +case OP_Close: { + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]); + p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe +*/ +/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than +** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe +*/ +/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than +** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe +*/ +/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt +*/ +case OP_SeekLT: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekLE: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekGE: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3 */ + int res; + int oc; + VdbeCursor *pC; + UnpackedRecord r; + int nField; + i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 ); + assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 ); + assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 ); + assert( pC->isOrdered ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + oc = pOp->opcode; + pC->nullRow = 0; + if( pC->isTable ){ + /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, + ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do + ** the seek, so covert it. */ + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + applyNumericAffinity(pIn3); + iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + + /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without + ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ + /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number, + ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); + break; + } + + /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search + ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term + ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5: + ** + ** (x > 4.9) -> (x >= 5) + ** (x <= 4.9) -> (x < 5) + */ + if( pIn3->r<(double)iKey ){ + assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) ); + assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) ); + assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ); + if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--; + } + + /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search + ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=. */ + else if( pIn3->r>(double)iKey ){ + assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) ); + assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) ); + assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) ); + if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++; + } + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( res==0 ){ + pC->rowidIsValid = 1; + pC->lastRowid = iKey; + } + }else{ + nField = pOp->p4.i; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + assert( nField>0 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)nField; + + /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: + ** if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){ + ** r.default_rc = -1; + ** }else{ + ** r.default_rc = +1; + ** } + */ + r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 ); + + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; ipCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + } + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){ assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT ); + if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){ + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + }else{ + res = 0; + } + }else{ + assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE ); + if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){ + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + }else{ + /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to + ** see if this is the case. + */ + res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor); + } + } + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P2] +** +** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange +** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2. +** +** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until +** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads +** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. +*/ +case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable ); + pC->nullRow = 0; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->deferredMoveto = 1; + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and +** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry. +** +** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe +*/ +/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 +** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control +** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the +** matching entry. +** +** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict +*/ +/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the +** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the +** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix. If there are no matches, jump +** immediately to P2. If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1 +** cursor pointing to the matching row. +** +** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the +** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL. +** +** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists +*/ +case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ + int alreadyExists; + int ii; + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + char *pFree; + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; + UnpackedRecord r; + char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7]; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++; +#endif + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + pFree = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */ + if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + r.aMem = pIn3; + for(ii=0; iip3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]); +#endif + } + pIdxKey = &r; + }else{ + pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree + ); + if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); + assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey); + } + pIdxKey->default_rc = 0; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){ + /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the + ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not + ** conflict */ + for(ii=0; iip2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); + break; + } + } + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res); + if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + break; + } + pC->seekResult = res; + alreadyExists = (res==0); + pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2); + if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists==0,2); + if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] +** +** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer +** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with +** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. If P1 does contain a record +** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall +** through to the next instruction. +** +** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees +** (with arbitrary multi-value keys). +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict +*/ +case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + u64 iKey; + + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + res = 0; + iKey = pIn3->u.i; + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res); + pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i; + pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0; + pC->nullRow = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res!=0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); + } + pC->seekResult = res; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ +** +** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. +** Write the sequence number into register P2. +** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this +** instruction. +*/ +case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); + pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++; + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. +** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database +** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written +** written to register P2. +** +** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds +** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are +** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, +** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' +** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the +** AUTOINCREMENT feature. +*/ +case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ + i64 v; /* The new rowid */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ + int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ + int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ + Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ + + v = 0; + res = 0; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){ + /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */ + }else{ + /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same + ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. + ** + ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one + ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum + ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second + ** probabilistic algorithm + ** + ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if + ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have + ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one + ** and try again, up to 100 times. + */ + assert( pC->isTable ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID +# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff +#else + /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. + ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems + ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. + */ +# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) +#endif + + if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( res ){ + v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ + }else{ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->pCursor) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */ + if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){ + pC->useRandomRowid = 1; + }else{ + v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ + } + } + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( pOp->p3 ){ + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + if( p->pFrame ){ + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem ); + pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; + }else{ + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pMem); + } + assert( memIsValid(pMem) ); + + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ + if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( vu.i+1 ){ + v = pMem->u.i + 1; + } + pMem->u.i = v; + } +#endif + if( pC->useRandomRowid ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the + ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database + ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until + ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ + assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is + ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ + /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */ + v = lastRowid; + v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ + v++; /* ensure non-zero */ + cnt = 0; + while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)v, + 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK) + && (res==0) + && (++cnt<100)){ + /* collision - try another random rowid */ + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v); + if( cnt<5 ){ + /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */ + v &= 0xffffff; + }else{ + v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ + } + v++; /* ensure non-zero */ + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + assert( v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ + } + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + } + pOut->u.i = v; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] +** +** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is +** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing +** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register +** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must +** be a MEM_Int. +** +** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is +** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set, +** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the +** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified). +** +** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of +** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this +** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing +** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is +** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode +** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization +** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks. +** +** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an +** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode +** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to +** the update hook. +** +** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or +** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook +** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert. +** +** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically +** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor +** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the +** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not +** cause any problems.) +** +** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction +** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. +*/ +/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] +** +** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the +** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. +*/ +case OP_Insert: +case OP_InsertInt: { + Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ + Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ + i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ + int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ + int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ + const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ + const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ + int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ + + pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( memIsValid(pData) ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( pC->isTable ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData); + + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ + pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( memIsValid(pKey) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey); + iKey = pKey->u.i; + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); + iKey = pOp->p3; + } + + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey; + if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ + pData->z = 0; + pData->n = 0; + }else{ + assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + } + seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0); + if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + nZero = pData->u.nZero; + }else{ + nZero = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey, + pData->z, pData->n, nZero, + (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult + ); + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + + /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ + zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName; + zTbl = pOp->p4.z; + op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); + assert( pC->isTable ); + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey); + assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 * +** +** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. +** +** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous +** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then +** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete +** a record from within an Next loop. +** +** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is +** incremented (otherwise not). +** +** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with +** multiple rows. +** +** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is +** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists. +** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned +** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode. +*/ +case OP_Delete: { + i64 iKey; + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */ + iKey = pC->lastRowid; /* Only used for the update hook */ + + /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or + ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that + ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor pC is always pointing + ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation + ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail. We will run it anyhow, though, + ** to guard against future changes to the code generator. + **/ + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + + /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable ){ + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, + db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName, pOp->p4.z, iKey); + assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); + } + if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + break; +} +/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * * +** +** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle +** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()). +** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0. +** This is used by trigger programs. +*/ +case OP_ResetCount: { + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + p->nChange = 0; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4 +** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 +** +** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the +** the record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that +** the sorter cursor currently points to. The final P4 fields of both +** the P3 and sorter record are ignored. +** +** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant +** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then +** the comparison is assumed to be equal. +** +** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to +** each other. Jump to P2 if they are different. +*/ +case OP_SorterCompare: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + int nIgnore; + + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + nIgnore = pOp->p4.i; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nIgnore, &res); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2-1; + } + break; +}; + +/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=data +** +** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. +*/ +case OP_SorterData: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) ); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=data +** +** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1. +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** it is found in the database file. +** +** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) +** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. +*/ +/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=key +** +** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1. +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** it is found in the database file. +** +** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) +** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. +*/ +case OP_RowKey: +case OP_RowData: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + u32 n; + i64 n64; + + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + + /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC)==0 ); + assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->nullRow==0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); + + /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or + ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate + ** the cursor. Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always + ** a no-op and can never fail. But we leave it in place as a safety. + */ + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; + + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + assert( !pC->isTable ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ + if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + n = (u32)n64; + }else{ + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ + if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pOut->n = n; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); + } + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that +** P1 is currently point to. +** +** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to +** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this +** one opcode now works for both table types. +*/ +case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + i64 v; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow ); + if( pC->nullRow ){ + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + break; + }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){ + v = pC->movetoTarget; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){ + pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xRowid ); + rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + }else{ + assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pC->rowidIsValid ){ + v = pC->lastRowid; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */ + } + } + pOut->u.i = v; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * * +** +** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations +** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always +** write a NULL. +*/ +case OP_NullRow: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pC->nullRow = 1; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pC->pCursor ){ + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * +** +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. +** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. +** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through +** to the following instruction. +*/ +case OP_Last: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + res = 0; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res); + pC->nullRow = (u8)res; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pOp->p2>0 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * * +** +** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that +** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. +** +** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, +** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to +** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the +** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and +** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is +** correctly optimizing out sorts. +*/ +case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ +case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_sort_count++; + sqlite3_search_count--; +#endif + p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++; + /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ +} +/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * +** +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. +** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. +** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through +** to the following instruction. +*/ +case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); + res = 1; + if( isSorter(pC) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res); + }else{ + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res); + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + } + pC->nullRow = (u8)res; + assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp ); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its +** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through +** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, +** jump immediately to P2. +** +** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. P1 must have +** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault. +** +** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that +** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been +** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is +** always either 0 or 1. +** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreeNext(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. +** +** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen +*/ +/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that if cursor P1 is not +** open it behaves a no-op. +*/ +/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its +** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through +** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, +** jump immediately to P2. +** +** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. If P1 is +** not open then the behavior is undefined. +** +** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that +** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been +** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is +** always either 0 or 1. +** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreePrevious(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. +*/ +/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** This opcode works just like OP_Prev except that if cursor P1 is not +** open it behaves a no-op. +*/ +case OP_SorterNext: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res); + goto next_tail; +case OP_PrevIfOpen: /* jump */ +case OP_NextIfOpen: /* jump */ + if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break; + /* Fall through */ +case OP_Prev: /* jump */ +case OP_Next: /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p5aCounter) ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + res = pOp->p3; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pC->pCursor ); + assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) ); + testcase( res==1 ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious); + rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res); +next_tail: + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2); + if( res==0 ){ + pC->nullRow = 0; + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + }else{ + pC->nullRow = 1; + } + pC->rowidIsValid = 0; + goto check_for_interrupt; +} + +/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P2] +** +** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the +** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key +** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. +** +** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this +** insert is likely to be an append. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is +** incremented by this instruction. If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear, +** then the change counter is unchanged. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have +** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted. +** This flag avoids doing an extra seek. +** +** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction +** for tables is OP_Insert. +*/ +case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ +case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int nKey; + const char *zKey; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isSorter(pC) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, pC, pIn2); + }else{ + nKey = pIn2->n; + zKey = pIn2->z; + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, + ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) + ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + } + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] +** +** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form +** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the +** index opened by cursor P1. +*/ +case OP_IdxDelete: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + UnpackedRecord r; + + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p5==0 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; + r.default_rc = 0; + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; ideferredMoveto==0 ); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at +** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be +** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. +** +** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. +*/ +case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ + BtCursor *pCrsr; + VdbeCursor *pC; + i64 rowid; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error; + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + if( !pC->nullRow ){ + rowid = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, &rowid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pOut->u.i = rowid; + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** fields at the end. +** +** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value +** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** fields at the end. +** +** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value +** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against +** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or +** ROWID on the P1 index. +** +** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. +** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against +** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or +** ROWID on the P1 index. +** +** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump +** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_IdxLE: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxGT: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + UnpackedRecord r; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->isOrdered ); + assert( pC->pCursor!=0); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + if( pOp->opcodeopcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + r.default_rc = -1; + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); + r.default_rc = 0; + } + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; iopcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); + res = -res; + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + res++; + } + VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2); + if( res>0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database +** file is given by P1. +** +** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If +** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file +** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. +** +** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page +** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all +** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former +** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - +** is stored in register P2. If no page +** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already +** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2. +** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2. +** +** See also: Clear +*/ +case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */ + int iMoved; + int iCnt; + Vdbe *pVdbe; + int iDb; + + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + iCnt = 0; + for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe = pVdbe->pNext){ + if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->bIsReader + && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 + ){ + iCnt++; + } + } +#else + iCnt = db->nVdbeRead; +#endif + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + if( iCnt>1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + }else{ + iDb = pOp->p3; + assert( iCnt==1 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved); + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + pOut->u.i = iMoved; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){ + sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1); + /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ + assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 ); + resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1; + } +#endif + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3 +** +** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page +** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not +** remove the table or index from the database file. +** +** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If +** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file +** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. +** +** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an +** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change +** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is +** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** +** See also: Destroy +*/ +case OP_Clear: { + int nChange; + + nChange = 0; + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p2))!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( + db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0) + ); + if( pOp->p3 ){ + p->nChange += nChange; + if( pOp->p3>0 ){ + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange; + } + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * * +** +** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter +** that is open on cursor P1. +** +** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and +** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen. +*/ +case OP_ResetSorter: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + if( pC->pSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->pSorter); + }else{ + assert( pC->isEphemeral ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->pCursor); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 +** +** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the +** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if +** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into +** register P2 +** +** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must +** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index +** has an arbitrary key but no data. +** +** See also: CreateIndex +*/ +/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 +** +** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the +** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if +** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into +** register P2. +** +** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information. +*/ +case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */ +case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */ + int pgno; + int flags; + Db *pDb; + + pgno = 0; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; + assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); + if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ + /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ + flags = BTREE_INTKEY; + }else{ + flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags); + pOut->u.i = pgno; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * +** +** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 +** that match the WHERE clause P4. +** +** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, +** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. +*/ +case OP_ParseSchema: { + int iDb; + const char *zMaster; + char *zSql; + InitData initData; + + /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes + ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking + ** sqlite3InitCallback(). + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + } +#endif + + iDb = pOp->p1; + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); + /* Used to be a conditional */ { + zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = pOp->p1; + initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + db->init.busy = 1; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + db->init.busy = 0; + } + } + if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + goto no_mem; + } + break; +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) +/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * * +** +** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content +** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause +** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. +*/ +case OP_LoadAnalysis: { + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); + break; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ + +/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table +** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropTable: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index +** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropIndex: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger +** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropTrigger: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5 +** +** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in +** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems. +** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1. +** +** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors. +** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. +** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are +** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. +** +** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer +** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables +** total. +** +** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database +** file, not the main database file. +** +** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. +*/ +case OP_IntegrityCk: { + int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ + int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ + char *z; /* Text of the error report */ + Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + nRoot = pOp->p2; + assert( nRoot>0 ); + aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) ); + if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + for(j=0; jp5nDb ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p5))!=0 ); + z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot, + (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot); + pnErr->u.i -= nErr; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); + if( nErr==0 ){ + assert( z==0 ); + }else if( z==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); + } + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] +** +** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index +** held in register P1. +** +** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer. +*/ +case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; + } + sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) +** +** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into +** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3 +** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. +*/ +case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ + i64 val; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 + || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0 + ){ + /* The boolean index is empty */ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); + }else{ + /* A value was pulled from the index */ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val); + VdbeBranchTaken(0,2); + } + goto check_for_interrupt; +} + +/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4 +** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 +** +** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1 +** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains +** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the +** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the +** next opcode. +** +** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets +** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set +** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set +** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or +** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4 +** bits are significant. +** +** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test +** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it, +** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will +** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is +** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was +** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously +** inserted as part of some other set). +*/ +case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ + int iSet; + int exists; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + iSet = pOp->p4.i; + assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); + + /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, + ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset + */ + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; + } + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 ); + if( iSet ){ + exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i); + VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2); + if( exists ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + break; + } + } + if( iSet>=0 ){ + sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i); + } + break; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + +/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). +** +** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory +** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 +** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE +** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address +** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the +** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. +** +** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. +** +** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled. +*/ +case OP_Program: { /* jump */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ + Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ + Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ + void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ + + pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; + pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pProgram->nOp>0 ); + + /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is + ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program + ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set + ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). + ** + ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is + ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one + ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different + ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a + ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token + ** variable. */ + if( pOp->p5 ){ + t = pProgram->token; + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + if( pFrame ) break; + } + + if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion"); + break; + } + + /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state + ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute + ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt + ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ + if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ + /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the + ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory + ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local + ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. + */ + nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr; + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) + + nMem * sizeof(Mem) + + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *) + + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8); + pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( !pFrame ){ + goto no_mem; + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt); + pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; + pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame; + + pFrame->v = p; + pFrame->nChildMem = nMem; + pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr; + pFrame->pc = pc; + pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; + pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; + pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; + pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; + pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; + pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; + pFrame->token = pProgram->token; + pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag; + pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag; + + pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem]; + for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined; + pMem->db = db; + } + }else{ + pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame; + assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem ); + assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr ); + assert( pc==pFrame->pc ); + } + + p->nFrame++; + pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; + pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid; + pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; + p->nChange = 0; + p->pFrame = pFrame; + p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[-1]; + p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem; + p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr; + p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1]; + p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp; + p->nOp = pProgram->nOp; + p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor]; + p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce; + pc = -1; + memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); + + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * +** +** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the +** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory +** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames +** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* +** and old.* values. +** +** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding +** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the +** calling OP_Program instruction. +*/ +case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + Mem *pIn; + pFrame = p->pFrame; + pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem); + break; +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 +** +** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). +** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented +** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the +** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). +*/ +case OP_FkCounter: { + if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){ + db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2; + }else if( pOp->p1 ){ + db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2; + }else{ + p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 +** +** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. +** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next +** instruction. +** +** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter +** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is +** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero +** (immediate foreign key constraint violations). +*/ +case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ + if( pOp->p1 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); + if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); + if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; + } + break; +} +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) +** +** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is +** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed +** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of +** its current value and the value in register P2. +** +** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially +** an integer. +*/ +case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + if( p->pFrame ){ + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; + }else{ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + } + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); + if( pIn1->u.iu.i){ + pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + +/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 +** +** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2. +** +** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does +** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. +*/ +case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2 +** +** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. +** +** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does +** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. +*/ +case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 +** +** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the +** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. +** +** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does +** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. +*/ +case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3; + VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) +** +** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The +** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef +** structure that specifies the function. Use register +** P3 as the accumulator. +** +** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its +** successors. +*/ +case OP_AggStep: { + int n; + int i; + Mem *pMem; + Mem *pRec; + sqlite3_context ctx; + sqlite3_value **apVal; + + n = pOp->p5; + assert( n>=0 ); + pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + apVal = p->apArg; + assert( apVal || n==0 ); + for(i=0; ip4.pFunc; + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + pMem->n++; + ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; + ctx.s.z = 0; + ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; + ctx.s.xDel = 0; + ctx.s.db = db; + ctx.isError = 0; + ctx.pColl = 0; + ctx.skipFlag = 0; + if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + assert( pOp>p->aOp ); + assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; + } + (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + if( ctx.isError ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s)); + rc = ctx.isError; + } + if( ctx.skipFlag ){ + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + i = pOp[-1].p1; + if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1); + } + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s); + + break; +} + +/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 +** +** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is +** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate. +** +** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and +** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 +** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate +** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The +** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where +** the step function was not previously called. +*/ +case OP_AggFinal: { + Mem *pMem; + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem)); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){ + goto too_big; + } + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in +** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL +** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns +** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the +** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages +** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint +** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and +** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. +*/ +case OP_Checkpoint: { + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int aRes[3]; /* Results */ + Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ + + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + aRes[0] = 0; + aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1; + assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART + ); + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + aRes[0] = 1; + } + for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]); + } + break; +}; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA +/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback +** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple +** operation. No IO is required. +** +** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. +** +** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. +*/ +case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */ + Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ + Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ + int eNew; /* New journal mode */ + int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ +#endif + + eNew = pOp->p3; + assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY + ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager); + if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld; + if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1); + + /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database + ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory + */ + if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ + || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ + ){ + eNew = eOld; + } + + if( (eNew!=eOld) + && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) + ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, + "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", + (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") + ); + break; + }else{ + + if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call + ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log + ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file + ** after a successful return. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); + } + }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF + ** as an intermediate */ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); + } + + /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal + ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. + */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); + } + } + } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + + if( rc ){ + eNew = eOld; + } + eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); + + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; + pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew); + pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z); + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); + break; +}; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) +/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * * +** +** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual +** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within +** a transaction. +*/ +case OP_Vacuum: { + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db); + break; +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) +/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * * +** +** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on +** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction +** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ + Btree *pBt; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt); + VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + break; +} +#endif + +/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * * +** +** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement +** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed +** (via sqlite3_step()). +** +** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, +** then only the currently executing statement is affected. +*/ +case OP_Expire: { + if( !pOp->p1 ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + }else{ + p->expired = 1; + } + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 +** +** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when +** the shared-cache feature is enabled. +** +** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database +** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or +** a write lock if P3==1. +** +** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. +** +** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only +** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. +*/ +case OP_TableLock: { + u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; + if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){ + int p1 = pOp->p1; + assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb ); + assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); + if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + const char *z = pOp->p4.z; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z); + } + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * +** +** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the +** xBegin method for that table. +** +** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from +** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error +** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED. +*/ +case OP_VBegin: { + VTable *pVTab; + pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; + rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab); + if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab); + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method +** for that table. +*/ +case OP_VCreate: { + rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg); + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method +** of that table. +*/ +case OP_VDestroy: { + p->inVtabMethod = 2; + rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual +** table and stores that cursor in P1. +*/ +case OP_VOpen: { + VdbeCursor *pCur; + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pModule; + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + pCur = 0; + pVtabCursor = 0; + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + assert(pVtab && pModule); + rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ + pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab; + + /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */ + pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0); + if( pCur ){ + pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor; + }else{ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); + } + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' +** +** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if +** the filtered result set is empty. +** +** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex +** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left +** to the module implementation. +** +** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified +** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register +** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the +** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc +** additional parameters which are passed to +** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter. +** +** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. +*/ +case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ + int nArg; + int iQuery; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + Mem *pQuery; + Mem *pArgc; + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + VdbeCursor *pCur; + int res; + int i; + Mem **apArg; + + pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + pArgc = &pQuery[1]; + pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( memIsValid(pQuery) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery); + assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); + pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor; + pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + + /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ + assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); + nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i; + iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i; + + /* Invoke the xFilter method */ + { + res = 0; + apArg = p->apArg; + for(i = 0; iinVtabMethod = 1; + rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor); + } + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + } + pCur->nullRow = 0; + + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) +** +** Store the value of the P2-th column of +** the row of the virtual-table that the +** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3. +*/ +case OP_VColumn: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + Mem *pDest; + sqlite3_context sContext; + + VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); + pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pDest); + if( pCur->nullRow ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); + break; + } + pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xColumn ); + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + + /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move + ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function + ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a + ** new one. + */ + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest); + MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null); + + rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( sContext.isError ){ + rc = sContext.isError; + } + + /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We + ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any + ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. + */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding); + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); + + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){ + goto too_big; + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * * +** +** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and +** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached +** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + int res; + VdbeCursor *pCur; + + res = 0; + pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); + if( pCur->nullRow ){ + break; + } + pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xNext ); + + /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the + ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during + ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that + ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or + ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. + */ + p->inVtabMethod = 1; + rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor); + p->inVtabMethod = 0; + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor); + } + VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2); + if( !res ){ + /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } + goto check_for_interrupt; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value +** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. +*/ +case OP_VRename: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + Mem *pName; + + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename ); + assert( memIsValid(pName) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName); + assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + p->expired = 0; + } + break; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values +** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate +** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the +** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. +** +** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. +** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) +** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no +** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new +** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new +** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are +** the values of columns in the new row. +** +** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of +** a row to delete. +** +** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call +** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() +** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. +** +** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to +** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update. +*/ +case OP_VUpdate: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pModule; + int nArg; + int i; + sqlite_int64 rowid; + Mem **apArg; + Mem *pX; + + assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback + || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace + ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + nArg = pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){ + u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; + apArg = p->apArg; + pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + for(i=0; ivtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; + rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid); + db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){ + assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); + db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid; + } + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ + if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); + } + }else{ + p->nChange++; + } + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * * +** +** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. +*/ +case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */ + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); + break; +} +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. +** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and +** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. +** +** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. +*/ +case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */ + unsigned int newMax; + Btree *pBt; + + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + newMax = 0; + if( pOp->p3 ){ + newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt); + if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; + } + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); + break; +} +#endif + + +/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: Start at P2 +** +** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first +** opcode. +** +** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then +** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. +** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql(). +** +** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2. +*/ +case OP_Init: { /* jump */ + char *zTrace; + char *z; + + if( pOp->p2 ){ + pc = pOp->p2 - 1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( db->xTrace + && !p->doingRerun + && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 + ){ + z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace); + db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE + zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql); + if( zTrace ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( (MASKBIT(i) & p->btreeMask)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 + && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 + ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: Noop * * * * * +** +** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump +** destination. +*/ +/* +** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which +** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) +** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the +** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. +*/ +default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ); + break; +} + +/***************************************************************************** +** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented +** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the +** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are +** restored. +*****************************************************************************/ + } + +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + { + u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime(); + if( endTime>start ) pOp->cycles += endTime - start; + pOp->cnt++; + } +#endif + + /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality + ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. + ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through + ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + assert( pc>=-1 && pcnOp ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc); + if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){ + registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); + } + if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){ + registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ + + /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with + ** an error of some kind. + */ +vdbe_error_halt: + assert( rc ); + p->rc = rc; + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", + pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); + sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); + } + + /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to + ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the + ** top. */ +vdbe_return: + db->lastRowid = lastRowid; + testcase( nVmStep>0 ); + p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep; + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return rc; + + /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH + ** is encountered. + */ +too_big: + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big"); + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + goto vdbe_error_halt; + + /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. + */ +no_mem: + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory"); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto vdbe_error_halt; + + /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable + ** should hold the error number. + */ +abort_due_to_error: + assert( p->zErrMsg==0 ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + } + goto vdbe_error_halt; + + /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt + ** flag. + */ +abort_due_to_interrupt: + assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); + rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto vdbe_error_halt; +} + + +/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. +*/ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + +/* +** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. +*/ +typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; +struct Incrblob { + int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */ + int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ + int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ + int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ + BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ +}; + + +/* +** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks +** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the +** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may +** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using +** sqlite3DbFree(). +** +** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ + int rc; /* Error code */ + char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; + + /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. + ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid + ** triggering asserts related to mutexes. + */ + assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int ); + v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow; + + rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0]; + u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol]; + if( type<12 ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", + type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + }else{ + p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField]; + p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); + p->pCsr = pC->pCursor; + sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( p->pStmt ){ + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); + } + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + + *pzErr = zErr; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ + const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ + const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ + sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ + int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ +){ + int nAttempt = 0; + int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ + + /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified + ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead + ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the + ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, + ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. + ** + ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. + ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and + ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and + ** blob_bytes() functions. + ** + ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, + ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the + ** transaction. + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(4); + static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { + /* {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, // 0: Inserted separately */ + {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Acquire a read or write lock */ + /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */ + {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */ + {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */ + {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */ + {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 5: Seek the cursor */ + {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 6 */ + {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 7 */ + {OP_Goto, 0, 4, 0}, /* 8 */ + {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ + {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ + }; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zErr = 0; + Table *pTab; + Parse *pParse = 0; + Incrblob *pBlob = 0; + + flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ + *ppBlob = 0; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); + if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out; + + do { + memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); + pParse->db = db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = 0; + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb); + if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable); + } + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable); + } +#endif + if( !pTab ){ + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = pParse->zErrMsg; + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + } + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } + + /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++) { + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ + break; + } + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } + + /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the + ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. + ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these + ** descriptions applies for writing. */ + if( flags ){ + const char *zFault = 0; + Index *pIdx; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It + ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent + ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this + ** case. */ + FKey *pFKey; + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){ + zFault = "foreign key"; + } + } + } + } +#endif + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){ + zFault = "indexed"; + } + } + } + if( zFault ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } + } + + pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); + assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pBlob->pStmt ){ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, + pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie, + pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn); + + /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + + /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 1); +#else + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->tnum); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, flags); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); +#endif + + /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 + ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 3 - flags); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2 + flags, pTab->tnum); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2 + flags, iDb); + + /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to + ** think that the table has one more column than it really + ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will + ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means + ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type + ** and offset cache without causing any IO. + */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->nVar = 1; + pParse->nMem = 1; + pParse->nTab = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); + } + } + + pBlob->flags = flags; + pBlob->iCol = iCol; + pBlob->db = db; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto blob_open_out; + } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow); + rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); + } while( (++nAttempt)mallocFailed==0 ){ + *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; + }else{ + if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a blob handle that was previously created using +** sqlite3_blob_open(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + int rc; + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p ){ + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Perform a read or write operation on a blob +*/ +static int blobReadWrite( + sqlite3_blob *pBlob, + void *z, + int n, + int iOffset, + int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) +){ + int rc; + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; + + if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ + /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0); + }else if( v==0 ){ + /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has + ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + }else{ + /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is + ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. + */ + assert( db == v->db ); + sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); + rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); + p->pStmt = 0; + }else{ + db->errCode = rc; + v->rc = rc; + } + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read data from a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ + return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData); +} + +/* +** Write data to a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ + return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData); +} + +/* +** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. +** +** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob +** so no mutex is required for access. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; +} + +/* +** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same +** database table. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the +** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all +** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ + int rc; + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + if( p->pStmt==0 ){ + /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has + ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + }else{ + char *zErr; + rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ); + } + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + +/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2011 July 9 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with +** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for +** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main +** memory). +*/ + + + +typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter; +typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; +typedef struct FileWriter FileWriter; + +/* +** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES: +** +** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series +** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly +** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order +** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order, +** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment +** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports +** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison +** operations. +** +** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged. +** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For +** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually +** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal +** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are +** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). +** +** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in +** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable. +** +** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing +** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of +** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the +** aTree element is set to the index of it. +** +** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any +** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF +** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. +** +** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described +** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators. +** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that +** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. +** +** Example: +** +** aIter[0] -> Banana +** aIter[1] -> Feijoa +** aIter[2] -> Elderberry +** aIter[3] -> Currant +** aIter[4] -> Grapefruit +** aIter[5] -> Apple +** aIter[6] -> Durian +** aIter[7] -> EOF +** +** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } +** +** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by +** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will +** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is +** "Eggplant": +** +** aIter[5] -> Eggplant +** +** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator +** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator +** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. +** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator +** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (BananaaAlloc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aBuffer); + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter)); +} + +/* +** Read nByte bytes of data from the stream of data iterated by object p. +** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data +** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite +** error code. +** +** The buffer indicated by *ppOut may only be considered valid until the +** next call to this function. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterRead( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for malloc) */ + VdbeSorterIter *p, /* Iterator */ + int nByte, /* Bytes of data to read */ + u8 **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */ +){ + int iBuf; /* Offset within buffer to read from */ + int nAvail; /* Bytes of data available in buffer */ + assert( p->aBuffer ); + + /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next + ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less + ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */ + iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; + if( iBuf==0 ){ + int nRead; /* Bytes to read from disk */ + int rc; /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */ + + /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */ + if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){ + nRead = p->nBuffer; + }else{ + nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff); + } + assert( nRead>0 ); + + /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; + + if( nByte<=nAvail ){ + /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this + ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a + ** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */ + *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf]; + p->iReadOff += nByte; + }else{ + /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer. + ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested + ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller. */ + int nRem; /* Bytes remaining to copy */ + + /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */ + if( p->nAllocnAlloc*2; + while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; + p->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->aAlloc, nNew); + if( !p->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + p->nAlloc = nNew; + } + + /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of + ** p->aAlloc[]. */ + memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail); + p->iReadOff += nAvail; + nRem = nByte - nAvail; + + /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into + ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer. */ + while( nRem>0 ){ + int rc; /* vdbeSorterIterRead() return code */ + int nCopy; /* Number of bytes to copy */ + u8 *aNext; /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */ + + nCopy = nRem; + if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer; + rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, nCopy, &aNext); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc ); + memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy); + nRem -= nCopy; + } + + *ppOut = p->aAlloc; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to +** the value read. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterVarint(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *p, u64 *pnOut){ + int iBuf; + + iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; + if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){ + p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut); + }else{ + u8 aVarint[16], *a; + int i = 0, rc; + do{ + rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, 1, &a); + if( rc ) return rc; + aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0]; + }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 ); + sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if +** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterNext( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter /* Iterator to advance */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + u64 nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ + + if( pIter->iReadOff>=pIter->iEof ){ + /* This is an EOF condition */ + vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nRec); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIter->nKey = (int)nRec; + rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, pIter, (int)nRec, &pIter->aKey); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile +** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function +** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the +** PMA is empty). +*/ +static int vdbeSorterIterInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ + i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter, /* Iterator to populate */ + i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nBuf; + + nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + + assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart ); + assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 ); + assert( pIter->aBuffer==0 ); + pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1; + pIter->iReadOff = iStart; + pIter->nAlloc = 128; + pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc); + pIter->nBuffer = nBuf; + pIter->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf); + + if( !pIter->aBuffer ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int iBuf; + + iBuf = iStart % nBuf; + if( iBuf ){ + int nRead = nBuf - iBuf; + if( (iStart + nRead) > pSorter->iWriteOff ){ + nRead = (int)(pSorter->iWriteOff - iStart); + } + rc = sqlite3OsRead( + pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, iStart + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u64 nByte; /* Size of PMA in bytes */ + pIter->iEof = pSorter->iWriteOff; + rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nByte); + pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte; + *pnByte += nByte; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, +** size nKey2 bytes). Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions +** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. +** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive +** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2. +** +** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid +** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid +** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to +** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values. +** +** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace +** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterCompare( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */ + int nIgnore, /* Ignore the last nIgnore fields */ + const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ + const void *pKey2, int nKey2, /* Right side of comparison */ + int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ +){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; + int i; + + if( pKey2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); + } + + if( nIgnore ){ + r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField - nIgnore; + assert( r2->nField>0 ); + for(i=0; inField; i++){ + if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ + *pRes = -1; + return; + } + } + assert( r2->default_rc==0 ); + } + + *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 0); +} + +/* +** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging +** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] +** value to recalculate. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int i1; + int i2; + int iRes; + VdbeSorterIter *p1; + VdbeSorterIter *p2; + + assert( iOutnTree && iOut>0 ); + + if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){ + i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2; + i2 = i1 + 1; + }else{ + i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2]; + i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1]; + } + + p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1]; + p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2]; + + if( p1->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = i2; + }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + int res; + assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */ + vdbeSorterCompare( + pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res + ); + if( res<=0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + iRes = i2; + } + } + + pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ + int mxCache; /* Cache size */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ + char *d; /* Dummy */ + + assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 ); + pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter)); + if( pSorter==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d); + if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d ); + + if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz; + mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; + if( mxCachemxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext; + for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} + +/* +** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){ + if( pSorter->aIter ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inTree; i++){ + vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter); + pSorter->aIter = 0; + } + if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1); + pSorter->pTemp1 = 0; + } + vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord); + pSorter->pRecord = 0; + pSorter->iWriteOff = 0; + pSorter->iReadOff = 0; + pSorter->nInMemory = 0; + pSorter->nTree = 0; + pSorter->nPMA = 0; + pSorter->aTree = 0; +} + + +/* +** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + if( pSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter); + pCsr->pSorter = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, +** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){ + int dummy; + return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile, + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy + ); +} + +/* +** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. +** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterMerge( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* For pKeyInfo */ + SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ + SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */ + SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */ +){ + SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; + SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; + void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0; + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + int res; + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res); + if( res<=0 ){ + *pp = p1; + pp = &p1->pNext; + p1 = p1->pNext; + pVal2 = 0; + }else{ + *pp = p2; + pp = &p2->pNext; + p2 = p2->pNext; + if( p2==0 ) break; + pVal2 = p2->pVal; + } + } + *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2; + *ppOut = pFinal; +} + +/* +** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error +** occurs. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterSort(const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int i; + SorterRecord **aSlot; + SorterRecord *p; + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + + aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); + if( !aSlot ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + p = pSorter->pRecord; + while( p ){ + SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext; + p->pNext = 0; + for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); + aSlot[i] = 0; + } + aSlot[i] = p; + p = pNext; + } + + p = 0; + for(i=0; i<64; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); + } + pSorter->pRecord = p; + + sqlite3_free(aSlot); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize a file-writer object. +*/ +static void fileWriterInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database (for malloc) */ + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* File to write to */ + FileWriter *p, /* Object to populate */ + i64 iStart /* Offset of pFile to begin writing at */ +){ + int nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + + memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); + p->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf); + if( !p->aBuffer ){ + p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf); + p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart; + p->nBuffer = nBuf; + p->pFile = pFile; + } +} + +/* +** Write nData bytes of data to the file-write object. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static void fileWriterWrite(FileWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ + int nRem = nData; + while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){ + int nCopy = nRem; + if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){ + nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd; + } + + memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy); + p->iBufEnd += nCopy; + if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){ + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart + ); + p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0; + p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer; + } + assert( p->iBufEndnBuffer ); + + nRem -= nCopy; + } +} + +/* +** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the file-writer object. +** The results of using the file-writer after this call are undefined. +** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not +** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. +** +** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the +** last byte written to the file. +*/ +static int fileWriterFinish(sqlite3 *db, FileWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ + int rc; + if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){ + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart + ); + } + *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aBuffer); + rc = p->eFWErr; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the file-write object. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static void fileWriterWriteVarint(FileWriter *p, u64 iVal){ + int nByte; + u8 aByte[10]; + nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal); + fileWriterWrite(p, aByte, nByte); +} + +/* +** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** The format of a PMA is: +** +** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content +** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). +** +** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. +** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the +** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + FileWriter writer; + + memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); + + if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){ + assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 ); + return rc; + } + + rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); + + /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){ + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 ); + assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 ); + assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext = 0; + + fileWriterInit(db, pSorter->pTemp1, &writer, pSorter->iWriteOff); + pSorter->nPMA++; + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pSorter->nInMemory); + for(p=pSorter->pRecord; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal); + fileWriterWrite(&writer, p->pVal, p->nVal); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + pSorter->pRecord = p; + rc = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &pSorter->iWriteOff); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add a record to the sorter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ + + assert( pSorter ); + pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n; + + pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n); + pNew->nVal = pVal->n; + pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord; + pSorter->pRecord = pNew; + } + + /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They + ** are written out when either of the following are true: + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * cache-size), or + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && ( + (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize) + || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull()) + )){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + i64 nExpect = pSorter->iWriteOff + + sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory) + + pSorter->nInMemory; +#endif + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); + pSorter->nInMemory = 0; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nExpect==pSorter->iWriteOff) ); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). +*/ +static int vdbeSorterInitMerge( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor handle for this sorter */ + i64 *pnByte /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */ + i64 nByte = 0; /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */ + + /* Initialize the iterators. */ + for(i=0; iaIter[i]; + rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte); + pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break; + } + + /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */ + for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){ + rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); + } + + *pnByte = nByte; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare +** for iterating through its contents in sorted order. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0; /* Second temp file to use */ + i64 iWrite2 = 0; /* Write offset for pTemp2 */ + int nIter; /* Number of iterators used */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */ + int N = 2; /* Power of 2 >= nIter */ + + assert( pSorter ); + + /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, + ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly + ** from the in-memory list. */ + if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){ + *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; + assert( pSorter->aTree==0 ); + return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); + } + + /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. */ + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */ + nIter = pSorter->nPMA; + if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + assert( nIter>0 ); + while( NaIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N]; + pSorter->nTree = N; + + do { + int iNew; /* Index of new, merged, PMA */ + + for(iNew=0; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNTnPMA; + iNew++ + ){ + int rc2; /* Return code from fileWriterFinish() */ + FileWriter writer; /* Object used to write to disk */ + i64 nWrite; /* Number of bytes in new PMA */ + + memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); + + /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1, + ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop. + ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls + ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(). + ** + ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs, + ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs + ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2. + */ + rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + break; + } + + /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */ + if( pTemp2==0 ){ + assert( iWrite2==0 ); + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bEof = 0; + fileWriterInit(db, pTemp2, &writer, iWrite2); + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, nWrite); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; + assert( pIter->pFile ); + + fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pIter->nKey); + fileWriterWrite(&writer, pIter->aKey, pIter->nKey); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof); + } + rc2 = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &iWrite2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + } + + if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + break; + }else{ + sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1; + pSorter->nPMA = iNew; + pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2; + pTemp2 = pTmp; + pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2; + pSorter->iReadOff = 0; + iWrite2 = 0; + } + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( pTemp2 ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2); + } + *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance to the next element in the sorter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + if( pSorter->aTree ){ + int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */ + rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter1; /* First iterator to compare */ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter2; /* Second iterator to compare */ + u8 *pKey2; /* To pIter2->aKey, or 0 if record cached */ + + /* Find the first two iterators to compare. The one that was just + ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array. */ + pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)]; + pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev | 0x0001)]; + pKey2 = pIter2->aKey; + + for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){ + /* Compare pIter1 and pIter2. Store the result in variable iRes. */ + int iRes; + if( pIter1->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = +1; + }else if( pIter2->pFile==0 ){ + iRes = -1; + }else{ + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, + pIter1->aKey, pIter1->nKey, pKey2, pIter2->nKey, &iRes + ); + } + + /* If pIter1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index. + ** Then set pIter2 to the next iterator to compare to pIter1. In this + ** case there is no cache of pIter2 in pSorter->pUnpacked, so set + ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pIter2. + ** + ** Alternatively, if pIter2 contains the smaller of the two values, + ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pIter1. If vdbeSorterCompare() + ** was actually called above, then pSorter->pUnpacked now contains + ** a value equivalent to pIter2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent + ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pIter2 again. */ + if( iRes<=0 ){ + pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter1 - pSorter->aIter); + pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; + pKey2 = pIter2->aKey; + }else{ + if( pIter1->pFile ) pKey2 = 0; + pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter2 - pSorter->aIter); + pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; + } + + } + *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); + } + }else{ + SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord; + pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext; + pFree->pNext = 0; + vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); + *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the +** current key. +*/ +static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( + const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ + int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ +){ + void *pKey; + if( pSorter->aTree ){ + VdbeSorterIter *pIter; + pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; + *pnKey = pIter->nKey; + pKey = pIter->aKey; + }else{ + *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal; + pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal; + } + return pKey; +} + +/* +** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ + + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pOut->n = nKey; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); + memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor +** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of +** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM). +** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the +** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter +** key. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ + int nIgnore, /* Ignore this many fields at the end */ + int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ + + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nIgnore, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used +** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization +** is enabled. +** +** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the +** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, +** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to +** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file +** on disk is not created or populated until either: +** +** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated +** buffer, or +** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + + +/* +** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by +** as an open file handle for journal files. +*/ +struct JournalFile { + sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ + int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ + char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ + int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ + int flags; /* xOpen flags */ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ + sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ + const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ +}; +typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; + +/* +** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file +** for JournalFile p. +*/ +static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !p->pReal ){ + sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pReal = pReal; + if( p->iSize>0 ){ + assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before + ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to + ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this + ** function was called. */ + sqlite3OsClose(pReal); + p->pReal = 0; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close the file. +*/ +static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); + } + sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Read data from the file. +*/ +static int jrnlRead( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ + void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); + }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + }else{ + memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write data to the file. +*/ +static int jrnlWrite( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ + const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ + rc = createFile(p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); + }else{ + memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); + if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ + p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Truncate the file. +*/ +static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); + }else if( sizeiSize ){ + p->iSize = size; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Sync the file. +*/ +static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ + int rc; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Query the size of the file in bytes. +*/ +static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + if( p->pReal ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); + }else{ + *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. +*/ +static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + jrnlClose, /* xClose */ + jrnlRead, /* xRead */ + jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ + jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + jrnlSync, /* xSync */ + jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + 0, /* xLock */ + 0, /* xUnlock */ + 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + 0, /* xFileControl */ + 0, /* xSectorSize */ + 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xShmMap */ + 0, /* xShmLock */ + 0, /* xShmBarrier */ + 0 /* xShmUnmap */ +}; + +/* +** Open a journal file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ + int flags, /* Opening flags */ + int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ +){ + JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; + memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); + if( nBuf>0 ){ + p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); + if( !p->zBuf ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); + } + p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; + p->nBuf = nBuf; + p->flags = flags; + p->zJournal = zName; + p->pVfs = pVfs; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying +** file has not yet been created, create it now. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ + if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + return createFile((JournalFile *)p); +} + +/* +** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open +** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a +** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened, +** return 0. Otherwise, return 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){ + return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0); +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs +** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ + return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); +} +#endif + +/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. +** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for +** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. +*/ + +/* Forward references to internal structures */ +typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; +typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; +typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; + +/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of +** this many bytes. +** +** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way, +** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills +** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two +** memory allocators. +*/ +#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*))) + +/* +** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. +*/ +struct FileChunk { + FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ + u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. +** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. +*/ +struct FilePoint { + sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ + FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ +}; + +/* +** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal +** is an instance of this class. +*/ +struct MemJournal { + sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ + FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ + FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ + FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ +}; + +/* +** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation +** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. +*/ +static int memjrnlRead( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ + void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ +){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + u8 *zOut = zBuf; + int nRead = iAmt; + int iChunkOffset; + FileChunk *pChunk; + + /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */ + assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); + + if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; + for(pChunk=p->pFirst; + ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; + pChunk=pChunk->pNext + ){ + iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE; + } + }else{ + pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; + } + + iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); + do { + int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset; + int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset)); + memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy); + zOut += nCopy; + nRead -= iSpace; + iChunkOffset = 0; + } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); + p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt; + p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write data to the file. +*/ +static int memjrnlWrite( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ + const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ +){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + int nWrite = iAmt; + u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; + + /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random + ** access writes are not required by sqlite. + */ + assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst); + + while( nWrite>0 ){ + FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; + int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); + int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset); + + if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ + /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ + FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk)); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + pNew->pNext = 0; + if( pChunk ){ + assert( p->pFirst ); + pChunk->pNext = pNew; + }else{ + assert( !p->pFirst ); + p->pFirst = pNew; + } + p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; + } + + memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace); + zWrite += iSpace; + nWrite -= iSpace; + p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Truncate the file. +*/ +static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + FileChunk *pChunk; + assert(size==0); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(size); + pChunk = p->pFirst; + while( pChunk ){ + FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk; + pChunk = pChunk->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pTmp); + } + sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close the file. +*/ +static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Sync the file. +** +** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine +** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation +** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other +** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. +*/ +static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Query the size of the file in bytes. +*/ +static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. +*/ +static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ + memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ + memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ + memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ + memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + 0, /* xLock */ + 0, /* xUnlock */ + 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + 0, /* xFileControl */ + 0, /* xSectorSize */ + 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xShmMap */ + 0, /* xShmLock */ + 0, /* xShmBarrier */ + 0, /* xShmUnmap */ + 0, /* xFetch */ + 0 /* xUnfetch */ +}; + +/* +** Open a journal file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); + memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize()); + p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; +} + +/* +** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is +** an in-memory journal +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ + return sizeof(MemJournal); +} + +/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for +** an SQL statement. +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node +** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback +** is invoked before visiting children.) +** +** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_* +** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk. +** +** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree. +** +** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow +** the walk to continue with sibling nodes. +** +** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and +** return the top-level walk call. +** +** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk +** and WRC_Continue to continue. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int rc; + if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); + testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); + rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr); + if( rc==WRC_Continue + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){ + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort; + }else{ + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort; + } + } + return rc & WRC_Abort; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until +** an abort request is seen. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( p ){ + for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do +** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke +** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries. +** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort; + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the +** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select +** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery +** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return +** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + pSrc = p->pSrc; + if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. +** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and +** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. +** +** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before +** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2() +** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the +** expressions and FROM clause. +** +** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if +** there is an abort request. +** +** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine +** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + int rc; + if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){ + return WRC_Continue; + } + rc = WRC_Continue; + pWalker->walkerDepth++; + while( p ){ + if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){ + rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p); + if( rc ) break; + } + if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) + || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) + ){ + pWalker->walkerDepth--; + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){ + pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p); + } + p = p->pPrior; + } + pWalker->walkerDepth--; + return rc & WRC_Abort; +} + +/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 18 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and +** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular +** table and column. +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function +** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node. +** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an +** outer query into an inner subquery. +** +** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..) +** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker. +*/ +static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.i; + return WRC_Continue; +} +static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){ + if( N>0 ){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth; + w.u.i = N; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the +** result set in pEList. +** +** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine +** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this +** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the +** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be +** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias. +** +** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple +** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as +** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. +** +** The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means +** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence: +** +** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x +** +** Is equivalent to: +** +** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5 +** +** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different +** from the result in the result-set. On the other hand Standard SQL does +** not allow the GROUP BY clause to contain references to result-set columns. +** So this should never come up in well-formed queries. +** +** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure +** the COLLATE operator is preserved. For example: +** +** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase; +** +** Should be transformed into: +** +** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase; +** +** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the +** alias is removed from the original expression. The usually value is +** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery +** of the original expression. The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION +** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount. +*/ +static void resolveAlias( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ + int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ + const char *zType, /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ + int nSubquery /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */ +){ + Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ + Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnExpr ); + pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + assert( pOrig!=0 ); + assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved ); + db = pParse->db; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); + if( pDup==0 ) return; + if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){ + incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery); + pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0); + if( pDup==0 ) return; + ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Skip); + if( pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias==0 ){ + pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias); + } + pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias; + } + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken); + } + + /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This + ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, + ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. + ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the + ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to + ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree(). + */ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){ + assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); + pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken); + pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup); +} + + +/* +** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause. +** +** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain +** zCol. +*/ +static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){ + if( pUsing ){ + int k; + for(k=0; knId; k++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their +** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN". +** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab, +** and zCol. If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will +** match anything. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName( + const char *zSpan, + const char *zCol, + const char *zTab, + const char *zDb +){ + int n; + for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} + if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){ + return 0; + } + zSpan += n+1; + for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} + if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){ + return 0; + } + zSpan += n+1; + if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up +** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr +** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes +** are made to pExpr: +** +** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X +** (even if X is implied). +** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained +** from pSrcList. +** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if +** X and/or Y are implied.) +** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. +** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. +** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted +** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. +** +** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be +** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database +** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This +** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it +** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table +** can be used. +** +** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message +** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success. +*/ +static int lookupName( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ + const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ + Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ + int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ + int nSubquery = 0; /* How many levels of subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ + struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ + NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ + Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ + int isTrigger = 0; /* True if resolved to a trigger column */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table hold the row */ + Column *pCol; /* A column of pTab */ + + assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ + assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + + /* Initialize the node to no-match */ + pExpr->iTable = -1; + pExpr->pTab = 0; + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + + /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding + ** schema. If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match + ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine + */ + if( zDb ){ + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx ); + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ); + if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){ + /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and partial + ** indices. Do not raise errors because that might break legacy and + ** because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the database name. */ + zDb = 0; + }else{ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + assert( db->aDb[i].zName ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){ + pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ + while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ + ExprList *pEList; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + + if( pSrcList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + pTab = pItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); + if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + int hit = 0; + pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList; + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){ + cnt++; + cntTab = 2; + pMatch = pItem; + pExpr->iColumn = j; + hit = 1; + } + } + if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue; + } + if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){ + continue; + } + if( zTab ){ + const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName; + assert( zTabName!=0 ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + } + if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ + pMatch = pItem; + } + for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match + ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a + ** USING clause, then skip this match. + */ + if( cnt==1 ){ + if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue; + if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue; + } + cnt++; + pMatch = pItem; + /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j; + break; + } + } + } + if( pMatch ){ + pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor; + pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; + pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema; + } + } /* if( pSrcList ) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe + ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference + */ + if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ + int op = pParse->eTriggerOp; + assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT ); + if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = 1; + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = 0; + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else{ + pTab = 0; + } + + if( pTab ){ + int iCol; + pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + cntTab++; + for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iColnCol; iCol++, pCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + iCol = -1; + } + break; + } + } + if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* IMP: R-24309-18625 */ + /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ + iCol = -1; + } + if( iColnCol ){ + cnt++; + if( iCol<0 ){ + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){ + testcase( iCol==31 ); + testcase( iCol==32 ); + pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<iColumn = (i16)iCol; + pExpr->pTab = pTab; + isTrigger = 1; + } + } + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + + /* + ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID + */ + if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && pMatch && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) + && HasRowid(pMatch->pTab) ){ + cnt = 1; + pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } + + /* + ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z + ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when + ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: + ** + ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; + ** + ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that + ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. + ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been + ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. + ** + ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY, + ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDRE BY + ** clause is not standard SQL. This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that + ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. TO DO: Issue a warning + ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used. + */ + if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 + && zTab==0 + && cnt==0 + ){ + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; + if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ + Expr *pOrig; + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); + pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; + if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); + return WRC_Abort; + } + resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery); + cnt = 1; + pMatch = 0; + assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); + goto lookupname_end; + } + } + } + + /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either + ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. + */ + if( cnt==0 ){ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + nSubquery++; + } + } + + /* + ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is + ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then + ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that + ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to + ** pExpr. + ** + ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef + ** fields are not changed in any context. + */ + if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + pExpr->pTab = 0; + return WRC_Prune; + } + + /* + ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or + ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. + */ + if( cnt!=1 ){ + const char *zErr; + zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; + if( zDb ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); + }else if( zTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + pTopNC->nErr++; + } + + /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record + ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes + ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the + ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask + ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. + */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ + int n = pExpr->iColumn; + testcase( n==BMS-1 ); + if( n>=BMS ){ + n = BMS-1; + } + assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); + pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); + pExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); + pExpr->pRight = 0; + pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN); +lookupname_end: + if( cnt==1 ){ + assert( pNC!=0 ); + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AS ){ + sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); + } + /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to + ** the point where the name matched. */ + for(;;){ + assert( pTopNC!=0 ); + pTopNC->nRef++; + if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; + pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; + } + return WRC_Prune; + } else { + return WRC_Abort; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol +** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); + if( p ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc]; + p->pTab = pItem->pTab; + p->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){ + p->iColumn = -1; + }else{ + p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); + } + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a partial index WHERE +** clause. +*/ +static void notValidPartIdxWhere( + Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ + const char *zMsg /* Type of error */ +){ + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in partial index WHERE clauses", + zMsg); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK +/* +** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a CHECK constraint. +*/ +static void notValidCheckConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ + const char *zMsg /* Type of error */ +){ + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s prohibited in CHECK constraints", zMsg); + } +} +#else +# define notValidCheckConstraint(P,N,M) +#endif + +/* +** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0. +** Return 1024 times this value. Or return -1 if p is not a floating point +** value between 1.0 and 0.0. +*/ +static int exprProbability(Expr *p){ + double r = -1.0; + if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1; + sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( r>=0.0 ); + if( r>1.0 ) return -1; + return (int)(r*1000.0); +} + +/* +** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr(). +** +** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current +** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down +** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. +** +** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for +** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed +** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. +*/ +static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + NameContext *pNC; + Parse *pParse; + + pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + assert( pNC!=0 ); + pParse = pNC->pParse; + assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); + + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune; + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + int i; + for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ + assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); + } + } +#endif + switch( pExpr->op ){ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first + ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY + ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. + */ + case TK_ROW: { + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); + pItem = pSrcList->a; + pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; + pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + pExpr->iColumn = -1; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + + /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. + */ + case TK_ID: { + return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr); + } + + /* A table name and column name: ID.ID + ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID + */ + case TK_DOT: { + const char *zColumn; + const char *zTable; + const char *zDb; + Expr *pRight; + + /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ + pRight = pExpr->pRight; + if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ + zDb = 0; + zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; + zColumn = pRight->u.zToken; + }else{ + assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); + zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; + zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken; + zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken; + } + return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr); + } + + /* Resolve function names + */ + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ + int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ + int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ + int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ + int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ + int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ + int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ + const char *zId; /* The function name. */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "functions"); + zId = pExpr->u.zToken; + nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + no_such_func = 1; + }else{ + wrong_num_args = 1; + } + }else{ + is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip); + if( n==2 ){ + pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr); + if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a " + "constant between 0.0 and 1.0"); + pNC->nErr++; + } + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to + ** likelihood(X, 0.0625). + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for + ** likelihood(X,0.0625). */ + pExpr->iTable = 62; /* TUNING: Default 2nd arg to unlikely() is 0.0625 */ + } + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pDef ){ + auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); + if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", + pDef->zName); + pNC->nErr++; + } + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + return WRC_Prune; + } + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant); + } +#endif + if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); + pNC->nErr++; + is_agg = 0; + }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + }else if( wrong_num_args ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", + nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + } + if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; + sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); + if( is_agg ){ + NameContext *pNC2 = pNC; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; + pExpr->op2 = 0; + while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){ + pExpr->op2++; + pNC2 = pNC2->pNext; + } + if( pNC2 ) pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg; + pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; + } + /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return + ** type of the function + */ + return WRC_Prune; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: + case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); +#endif + case TK_IN: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + int nRef = pNC->nRef; + notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "subqueries"); + notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "subqueries"); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); + assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); + if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); + } + } + break; + } + case TK_VARIABLE: { + notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "parameters"); + notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "parameters"); + break; + } + } + return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the +** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. +** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds +** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, +** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of +** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is +** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine +** return 0. +** +** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. +*/ +static int resolveAsName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ + Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + + if( pE->op==TK_ID ){ + char *zCol = pE->u.zToken; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; + if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ + return i+1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the +** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been +** name resolved. +** +** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the +** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That +** case is handled by the calling routine. +** +** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most +** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, +** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. +** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the +** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate +** the column. +** +** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. +*/ +static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ + NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */ + u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */ + + assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + + /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression + */ + memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); + nc.pParse = pParse; + nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + nc.pEList = pEList; + nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; + nc.nErr = 0; + db = pParse->db; + savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr; + db->suppressErr = 1; + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE); + db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr; + if( rc ) return 0; + + /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression + ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching + ** result-set entry. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){ + return i+1; + } + } + + /* If no match, return 0. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. +*/ +static void resolveOutOfRangeError( + Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ + const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ + int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ + int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ +){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " + "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); +} + +/* +** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify +** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 +** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. +** +** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are +** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of +** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions +** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT +** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. +** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into +** the integer column number. +** +** Return the number of errors seen. +*/ +static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ +){ + int i; + ExprList *pOrderBy; + ExprList *pEList; + sqlite3 *db; + int moreToDo = 1; + + pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; + if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; + db = pParse->db; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); + return 1; + } +#endif + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; + } + pSelect->pNext = 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ){ + pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + } + while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + moreToDo = 0; + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + int iCol = -1; + Expr *pE, *pDup; + if( pItem->done ) continue; + pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ + if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); + return 1; + } + }else{ + iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); + if( iCol==0 ){ + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert(pDup); + iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + } + } + if( iCol>0 ){ + /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol, + ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return 1; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = iCol; + if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){ + pItem->pExpr = pNew; + }else{ + assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE ); + pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE); + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + pItem->done = 1; + }else{ + moreToDo = 1; + } + } + pSelect = pSelect->pNext; + } + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " + "column in the result set", i+1); + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of +** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a +** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol +** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set +** column. +** +** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and +** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ + const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ +){ + int i; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + ExprList *pEList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + + if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); + return 1; + } +#endif + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */ + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){ + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); + return 1; + } + resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. +** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either +** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. +** +** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. +** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the +** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression +** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If +** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of +** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the +** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in +** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then +** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors +** excepted.) +*/ +static int resolveOrderGroupBy( + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ + const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int iCol; /* Column number */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ + + if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; + nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + pParse = pNC->pParse; + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; + Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE); + if( zType[0]!='G' ){ + iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2); + if( iCol>0 ){ + /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being + ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to + ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a + ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + continue; + } + } + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){ + /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column + ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the + ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ + if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); + return 1; + } + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + continue; + } + + /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ + return 1; + } + for(j=0; jpEList->nExpr; j++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1; + } + } + } + return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); +} + +/* +** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents. +*/ +static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ + int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ + int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ + Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + + + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + + /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have + ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within + ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a + ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let + ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. + ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and + ** this routine in the correct order. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; + } + + isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; + nCompound = 0; + pLeftmost = p; + while( p ){ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); + p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; + + /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These + ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries + */ + for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ + int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ + const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + + /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its + ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in + ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then + ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the + ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; + + if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; + + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; + assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); + pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); + } + } + + /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to + ** resolve the result-set expression list. + */ + sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; + sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; + + /* Resolve names in the result set. */ + pEList = p->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + + /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY + ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. + */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){ + p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; + }else{ + sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; + } + + /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the + ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that + ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by + ** aliases in the result set. + ** + ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be + ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. + */ + sNC.pEList = p->pEList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; + + /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in + ** outer queries + */ + sNC.pNext = 0; + sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; + + /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. + ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled + ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of + ** the compound have been resolved. + */ + if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure + ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + + if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " + "the GROUP BY clause"); + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + } + + /* Advance to the next term of the compound + */ + p = p->pPrior; + nCompound++; + } + + /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of + ** the compound have been resolved. + */ + if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + return WRC_Prune; +} + +/* +** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to +** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error +** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions +** are seen. +** +** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the +** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where +** +** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or +** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. +** +** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger +** one of the special names "old" or "new". +** +** Z: The name of a column in table Y. +** +** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: +** +** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN +** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y +** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. +** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y +** +** +** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the +** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand +** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression +** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. +** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression +** tree. For example, in: +** +** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; +** +** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: +** +** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; +** +** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is +** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. +** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is +** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. +** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg +** property on the expression is set. +** +** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number +** if errors is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( + NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ +){ + u8 savedHasAgg; + Walker w; + + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + { + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){ + return 1; + } + pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; + } +#endif + savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg; + pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_HasAgg; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; + w.pParse = pNC->pParse; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; +#endif + if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); + } + if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); + }else if( savedHasAgg ){ + pNC->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg; + } + return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); +} + + +/* +** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all +** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, +** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause +** terms. +** +** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of +** transformations that occur. +** +** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using +** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ +){ + Walker w; + + assert( p!=0 ); + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; + w.pParse = pParse; + w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); +} + +/* +** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table: +** +** * CHECK constraints +** * WHERE clauses on partial indices +** +** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression +** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number. +** +** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being referenced */ + int type, /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to resolve. May be NULL. */ + ExprList *pList /* Expression list to resolve. May be NUL. */ +){ + SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx ); + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); + sSrc.nSrc = 1; + sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName; + sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab; + sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; + sNC.ncFlags = type; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){ + return; + } + } + } +} + +/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and +** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. +*/ + +/* +** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. +** +** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, +** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the +** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, +** indicating no affinity for the expression. +** +** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all +** have an affinity: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; +** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + int op; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_SELECT ){ + assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); + return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + if( op==TK_CAST ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); + } +#endif + if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) + && pExpr->pTab!=0 + ){ + /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally + ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ + int j = pExpr->iColumn; + if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + assert( pExpr->pTab && jpTab->nCol ); + return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity; + } + return pExpr->affinity; +} + +/* +** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating +** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to a new Expr node that +** implements the COLLATE operator. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db +** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */ + const Token *pCollName /* Name of collating sequence */ +){ + if( pCollName->n>0 ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, 1); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->pLeft = pExpr; + pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip; + pExpr = pNew; + } + } + return pExpr; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){ + Token s; + assert( zC!=0 ); + s.z = zC; + s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z); + return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s); +} + +/* +** Skip over any TK_COLLATE or TK_AS operators and any unlikely() +** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){ + while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); + pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + }else{ + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_AS ); + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + } + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If +** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL. +** +** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator +** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence. +** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take +** precedence over right operands. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + Expr *p = pExpr; + while( p ){ + int op = p->op; + if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break; + if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){ + p = p->pLeft; + continue; + } + if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken); + break; + } + if( p->pTab!=0 + && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN + || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER) + ){ + /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally + ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ + int j = p->iColumn; + if( j>=0 ){ + const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); + } + break; + } + if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){ + if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ + p = p->pLeft; + }else{ + p = p->pRight; + } + }else{ + break; + } + } + if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ + pColl = 0; + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the +** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the +** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ + char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); + if( aff1 && aff2 ){ + /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric + ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. + */ + if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ + return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + }else{ + return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ + /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the + ** results directly. + */ + return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + }else{ + /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ + assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); + return (aff1 + aff2); + } +} + +/* +** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should +** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. +*/ +static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + char aff; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || + pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || + pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft ); + aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->pRight ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); + }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); + }else if( !aff ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + return aff; +} + +/* +** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. +** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true +** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement +** the comparison in pExpr. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ + char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + switch( aff ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: + return 1; + case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: + return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + default: + return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); + } +} + +/* +** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison +** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. +*/ +static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ + u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); + aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; + return aff; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by +** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. +** +** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is +** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression +** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating +** type. +** +** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, +** it is not considered. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, + Expr *pLeft, + Expr *pRight +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); + }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); + }else{ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a comparison operator. +*/ +static int codeCompare( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ + Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ + Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ + int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ + int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ + int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ + int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ +){ + int p5; + int addr; + CollSeq *p4; + + p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); + p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, + (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); + return addr; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 +/* +** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum +** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in +** pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; + if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return rc; +} + +/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() +** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height +** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the +** first argument. +** +** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed +** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that +** value. +*/ +static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ + *pnHeight = p->nHeight; + } + } +} +static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); + } + } +} +static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); + heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); + } +} + +/* +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an +** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or +** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression +** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other +** referenced Expr plus one. +*/ +static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); + }else{ + heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); + } + p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; +} + +/* +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If +** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, +** leave an error in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ + exprSetHeight(p); + sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); +} + +/* +** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced +** by the select statement passed as an argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); + return nHeight; +} +#else + #define exprSetHeight(y) +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ + +/* +** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes. +** +** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory +** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation +** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function +** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. +** +** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted. +** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance. The deQuote +** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not +** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes) +** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node. +** +** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that +** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not +** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written +** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage +** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ + int dequote /* True to dequote */ +){ + Expr *pNew; + int nExtra = 0; + int iValue = 0; + + if( pToken ){ + if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ + nExtra = pToken->n+1; + assert( iValue>=0 ); + } + } + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->op = (u8)op; + pNew->iAgg = -1; + if( pToken ){ + if( nExtra==0 ){ + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = iValue; + }else{ + int c; + pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; + assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 ); + if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); + pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; + if( dequote && nExtra>=3 + && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){ + sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); + if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; + } + } + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pNew->nHeight = 1; +#endif + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has +** already been dequoted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ +){ + Token x; + x.z = zToken; + x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0; + return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0); +} + +/* +** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot. +** +** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred. +** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees( + sqlite3 *db, + Expr *pRoot, + Expr *pLeft, + Expr *pRight +){ + if( pRoot==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); + }else{ + if( pRight ){ + pRoot->pRight = pRight; + pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags; + } + if( pLeft ){ + pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; + pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags; + } + exprSetHeight(pRoot); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees. +** +** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new +** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed, +** free the subtrees and return NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ + Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ + const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ +){ + Expr *p; + if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight ){ + /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */ + p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight); + }else{ + p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1); + sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); + } + if( p ) { + sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively), +** then return 1. If one cannot determine the truth value of the +** expression at compile-time return 0. +** +** This is an optimization. If is OK to return 0 here even if +** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative). +** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different +** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.) +** +** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a +** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not +** is it true or false, so always return 0. +*/ +static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){ + int v = 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; + return v!=0; +} +static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){ + int v = 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; + return v==0; +} + +/* +** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is +** NULL, then just return the other expression. +** +** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead +** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with +** a value of false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ + if( pLeft==0 ){ + return pRight; + }else if( pRight==0 ){ + return pLeft; + }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); + return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0); + }else{ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight); + return pNew; + } +} + +/* +** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple +** arguments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ + Expr *pNew; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( pToken ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ + return 0; + } + pNew->x.pList = pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew); + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard +** in the original SQL statement. +** +** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential +** variable number. +** +** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make +** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when +** the SQL statement comes from an external source. +** +** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number +** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first +** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is +** assigned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *z; + + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ); + z = pExpr->u.zToken; + assert( z!=0 ); + assert( z[0]!=0 ); + if( z[1]==0 ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ + assert( z[0]=='?' ); + pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); + }else{ + ynVar x = 0; + u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( z[0]=='?' ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and + ** use it as the variable number */ + i64 i; + int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8); + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i; + testcase( i==0 ); + testcase( i==1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); + if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); + x = 0; + } + if( i>pParse->nVar ){ + pParse->nVar = (int)i; + } + }else{ + /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable + ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name + ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number + */ + ynVar i; + for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ + if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){ + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1; + break; + } + } + if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); + } + if( x>0 ){ + if( x>pParse->nzVar ){ + char **a; + a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0])); + if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */ + pParse->azVar = a; + memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0])); + pParse->nzVar = x; + } + if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]); + pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n); + } + } + } + if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); + } +} + +/* +** Recursively delete an expression tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ + assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); + } + } + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure +** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, +** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. +*/ +static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; + return EXPR_FULLSIZE; +} + +/* +** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required +** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in +** how much of the tree is measured. +** +** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure +** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token +** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components +** +*************************************************************************** +** +** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: +** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and +** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. +** The return values is always one of: +** +** EXPR_FULLSIZE +** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced +** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly +** +** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value +** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the +** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly. +** +** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size +** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser. +** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into +** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped +** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to +** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal +** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation +** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt +** to enforce this constraint. +*/ +static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nSize; + assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ + assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff ); + assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); + if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){ + nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; + }else{ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); + if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){ + nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; + }else{ + assert( p->pRight==0 ); + nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly; + } + } + return nSize; +} + +/* +** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy +** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that +** string is defined.) +*/ +static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff; + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ + nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1; + } + return ROUND8(nByte); +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a +** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. +** +** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct +** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. +** +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes +** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft +** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or +** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). +*/ +static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nByte = 0; + if( p ){ + nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); + if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ + nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags); + } + } + return nByte; +} + +/* +** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer +** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough +** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken +** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, +** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the +** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. +*/ +static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){ + Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */ + if( p ){ + const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + u8 *zAlloc; + u32 staticFlag = 0; + + assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced ); + + /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ + if( pzBuffer ){ + zAlloc = *pzBuffer; + staticFlag = EP_Static; + }else{ + zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags)); + } + pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; + + if( pNew ){ + /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to + ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or + ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed + ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any). + */ + const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags); + const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff; + int nToken; + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ + nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1; + }else{ + nToken = 0; + } + if( isReduced ){ + assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); + memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); + }else{ + int nSize = exprStructSize(p); + memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); + memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); + } + + /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */ + pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken); + pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); + pNew->flags |= staticFlag; + + /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ + if( nToken ){ + char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize]; + memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken); + } + + if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){ + /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced); + }else{ + pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced); + } + } + + /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ + zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); + if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){ + pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); + pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); + } + if( pzBuffer ){ + *pzBuffer = zAlloc; + } + }else{ + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); + pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); + } + } + + } + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second +** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned +** and the db->mallocFailed flag set. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){ + With *pRet = 0; + if( p ){ + int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1); + pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + pRet->nCte = p->nCte; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0); + pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0); + pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName); + } + } + } + return pRet; +} +#else +# define withDup(x,y) 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, +** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can +** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) +** without effecting the originals. +** +** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), +** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded +** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. +** +** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. +** +** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a +** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as +** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ + return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ + ExprList *pNew; + struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; + int i; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr; + if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; inExpr; i+=i){} + pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, i*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pItem==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + return 0; + } + pOldItem = p->a; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ + Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; + pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); + pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan); + pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; + pItem->done = 0; + pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab; + pItem->u = pOldItem->u; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from +** the build, then none of the following routines, except for +** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes +** called with a NULL argument. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ + || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ + SrcList *pNew; + int i; + int nByte; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + Table *pTab; + pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema; + pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); + pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); + pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; + pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; + pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; + pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; + pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated; + pNewItem->viaCoroutine = pOldItem->viaCoroutine; + pNewItem->isRecursive = pOldItem->isRecursive; + pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex); + pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed; + pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex; + pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); + pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); + pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); + pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; + } + return pNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ + IdList *pNew; + int i; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nId = p->nId; + pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pNew->a==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + return 0; + } + /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not + ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called + ** on the duplicate created by this function. */ + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; + } + return pNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ + Select *pNew, *pPrior; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags); + pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); + pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); + pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); + pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); + pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); + pNew->op = p->op; + pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags); + if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pNext = 0; + pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); + pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags); + pNew->iLimit = 0; + pNew->iOffset = 0; + pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow; + pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith); + return pNew; +} +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ + assert( p==0 ); + return 0; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is +** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and +** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed +** that the new entry was successfully appended. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ + Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); + if( pList==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem; + }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){ + struct ExprList_item *a; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( a==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pList->a = a; + } + assert( pList->a!=0 ); + if( 1 ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; + memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + } + return pList; + +no_mem: + /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item +** on the expression list. +** +** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be +** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag +** is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ + Token *pName, /* Name to be added */ + int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ +){ + assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + if( pList ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; + assert( pItem->zName==0 ); + pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); + if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName); + } +} + +/* +** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item +** on the expression list. +** +** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be +** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag +** is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ + ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + if( pList ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); + pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, + (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); + } +} + +/* +** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, +** leave an error message in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pEList, + const char *zObject +){ + int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]; + testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); + testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire expression list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 ); + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer +** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see +** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is +** not constant. +** +** These callback routines are used to implement the following: +** +** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() +** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() +** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() +** +*/ +static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + + /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from + ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression + ** from being considered constant. */ + if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + pWalker->u.i = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant + ** and either pWalker->u.i==2 or the function as the SQLITE_FUNC_CONST + ** flag. */ + case TK_FUNCTION: + if( pWalker->u.i==2 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){ + return WRC_Continue; + } + /* Fall through */ + case TK_ID: + case TK_COLUMN: + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + pWalker->u.i = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + default: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ + return WRC_Continue; + } +} +static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + pWalker->u.i = 0; + return WRC_Abort; +} +static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.u.i = initFlag; + w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; + w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); + return w.u.i; +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 1); +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. +** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from +** an ON or USING clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 3); +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there +** are any variables. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 2); +} + +/* +** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough +** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer +** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big +** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ + int rc = 0; + + /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit + ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ + assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); + + if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + *pValue = p->u.iValue; + return 1; + } + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_UPLUS: { + rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); + break; + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + int v; + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ + assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) ); + *pValue = -v; + rc = 1; + } + break; + } + default: break; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. +** +** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex +** to tell return TRUE. +** +** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes +** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive +** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might +** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other +** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL) +** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return +** TRUE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ + u8 op; + while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } + op = p->op; + if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; + switch( op ){ + case TK_INTEGER: + case TK_STRING: + case TK_FLOAT: + case TK_BLOB: + return 0; + default: + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be +** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second +** argument. +** +** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation +** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative +** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong +** answer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){ + u8 op; + if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1; + while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } + op = p->op; + if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; + switch( op ){ + case TK_INTEGER: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + } + case TK_FLOAT: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + } + case TK_STRING: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + } + case TK_BLOB: { + return 1; + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */ + return p->iColumn<0 + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC); + } + default: { + return 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a +** query of the form +** +** x IN (SELECT ...) +** +** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this +** routine. +** +** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no +** errors have been found. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; + ExprList *pEList; + Table *pTab; + if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */ + if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ + if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ + testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ + } + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ + if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */ + if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ + if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */ + pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0; + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */ + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */ + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +/* +** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the +** address of the new instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++); +} + +/* +** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator. +** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which +** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery. +** +** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can +** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through +** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates. +** +** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that the RHS of the IN operator +** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor. +** +** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: +** +** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. +** IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC - The cursor was opened on an ascending index. +** IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index. +** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and +** populated epheremal table. +** +** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple +** subquery such as: +** +** SELECT FROM +** +** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then +** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then +** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an +** existing table. +** +** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate +** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an +** epheremal table must be used unless the selected is guaranteed +** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it +** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. +** +** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used +** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must +** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can +** be found with as its left-most column. +** +** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function +** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL +** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)". +** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at +** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written +** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a +** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged. +** +** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then +** its initial value is NULL. If the (...) does not remain constant +** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...) +** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is +** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the +** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following: +** +** if( register==NULL ){ +** has_null = +** register = 1 +** } +** +** in order to avoid running the +** test more often than is necessary. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ + Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ + int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ + int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0); /* True if RHS must be unique */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ + + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + + /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to + ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new + ** ephemeral table. + */ + p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); + if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Table *pTab; /* Table
    . */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column */ + i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ + + assert( p ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn; + + /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for
    . */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe + ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always + ** successful here. + */ + assert(v); + if( iCol<0 ){ + int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + }else{ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + + /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to + ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according + ** to this collation sequence. */ + CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); + + /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the + ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If + ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. + */ + int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity); + + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) + && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq + && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None)) + ){ + int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); + eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; + + if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ + *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + } + } + } + } + + if( eType==0 ){ + /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. + ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. + */ + u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + int rMayHaveNull = 0; + eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; + if( prNotFound ){ + *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound); + }else{ + pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; + if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + } + } + sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); + pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; + }else{ + pX->iTable = iTab; + } + return eType; +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, +** or IN operators. Examples: +** +** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery +** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery +** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side +** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right +** +** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN +** operator or subquery. +** +** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed +** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where is a reference +** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an +** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual +** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. +** +** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN +** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. +** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want +** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate +** all corresponding LHS elements. All this routine does is initialize +** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL. Calling routines will take +** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. +** +** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used +** for membership testing only. There is no need to initialize any +** registers to indicate the presence or absence of NULLs on the RHS. +** +** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the +** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ + int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ + int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ +){ + int testAddr = -1; /* One-time test address */ + int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + + /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered + ** if any of the following is true: + ** + ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery + ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables + ** * We are inside a trigger + ** + ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once + ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. + */ + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){ + testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( + pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ", + pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +#endif + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_IN: { + char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */ + + if( rMayHaveNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull); + } + + affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); + + /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' + ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is + ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results + ** from the SELECT or the . + ** + ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... + ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that + ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the + ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used + ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither + ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity + ** is used. + */ + pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); + pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1); + + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) + ** + ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary + ** table allocated and opened above. + */ + SelectDest dest; + ExprList *pEList; + + assert( !isRowid ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); + dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity; + assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); + pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0; + testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */ + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); + return 0; + } + pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList; + assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */ + assert( pEList!=0 ); + assert( pEList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, + pEList->a[0].pExpr); + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ + /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) + ** + ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and + ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use + ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not + ** a column, use numeric affinity. + */ + int i; + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int r1, r2, r3; + + if( !affinity ){ + affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + } + + /* Loop through each expression in . */ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); + for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; + int iValToIns; + + /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to + ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure + ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant + ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. + */ + if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr); + testAddr = -1; + } + + /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ + if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); + }else{ + r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); + if( isRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); + } + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + break; + } + + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: + default: { + /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the + ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number + ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write + ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell + ** and record that memory cell in iColumn. + */ + Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ + SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */ + + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); + if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ + dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); + }else{ + dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); + pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, + &sqlite3IntTokens[1]); + pSel->iLimit = 0; + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ + return 0; + } + rReg = dest.iSDParm; + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + break; + } + } + + if( testAddr>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); + } + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + + return rReg; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate code for an IN expression. +** +** x IN (SELECT ...) +** x IN (value, value, ...) +** +** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS) +** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is +** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL) +** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the +** RHS contains one or more NULL values. +** +** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not +** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS +** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained +** within the RHS then fall through. +*/ +static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ + int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ + int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ +){ + int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ + char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */ + int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ + int r1; /* Temporary use register */ + Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ + + /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor + ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS. + */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull); + + /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results + ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for + ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. + */ + affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + + /* Code the LHS, the from " IN (...)". + */ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); + + /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending + ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. + */ + if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ + /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are + ** the same. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); + + /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the + ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set + ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set + ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the + ** expression is also NULL. + */ + if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){ + /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS + ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result + ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. + ** + ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE + ** for this particular IN operator. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and + ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the + ** outcome. + */ + int j1, j2; + + /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so, + ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump + ** over all of the code that follows. + */ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not + ** contained within the RHS. Generate additional code that + ** tests the RHS for NULLs. If the RHS contains a NULL then + ** jump to destIfNull. If there are no NULLs in the RHS then + ** jump to destIfFalse. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); + j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rRhsHasNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, rRhsHasNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); + + /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, + ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through. + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +/* +** Duplicate an 8-byte value +*/ +static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ + char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8); + if( out ){ + memcpy(out, in, 8); + } + return out; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point +** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** +** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the +** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look +** like the continuation of the number. +*/ +static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ + if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ + double value; + char *zV; + sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ + if( negateFlag ) value = -value; + zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by +** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** +** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. +*/ +static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + int i = pExpr->u.iValue; + assert( i>=0 ); + if( negFlag ) i = -i; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); + }else{ + int c; + i64 value; + const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; + assert( z!=0 ); + c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); + if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ + char *zV; + if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } + zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); +#else + codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); +#endif + } + } +} + +/* +** Clear a cache entry. +*/ +static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){ + if( p->tempReg ){ + if( pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ + pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg; + } + p->tempReg = 0; + } +} + + +/* +** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a +** particular table is stored in a particular register. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){ + int i; + int minLru; + int idxLru; + struct yColCache *p; + + assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */ + assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */ + + /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used + ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer + ** with and without the column cache. + */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return; + + /* First replace any existing entry. + ** + ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed + ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol ); + } +#endif + + /* Find an empty slot and replace it */ + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 ){ + p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; + p->iTable = iTab; + p->iColumn = iCol; + p->iReg = iReg; + p->tempReg = 0; + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + return; + } + } + + /* Replace the last recently used */ + minLru = 0x7fffffff; + idxLru = -1; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; ilrulru; + } + } + if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){ + p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru]; + p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; + p->iTable = iTab; + p->iColumn = iCol; + p->iReg = iReg; + p->tempReg = 0; + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + return; + } +} + +/* +** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten. +** Purge the range of registers from the column cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ + int i; + int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; + if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + p->iReg = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added +** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the +** corresponding pop occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->iCacheLevel++; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the +** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation. In other words, restore +** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 ); + pParse->iCacheLevel--; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("POP to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); + } +#endif + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + p->iReg = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is +** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same +** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to +** get them all. +*/ +static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ + p->tempReg = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( + Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ + Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ + int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ + int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */ +){ + if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); + }else{ + int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; + int x = iCol; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut); + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from +** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort +** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is +** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned. +** +** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine +** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ + int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ + int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ + int iReg, /* Store results here */ + u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){ + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); + return p->iReg; + } + } + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); + if( p5 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); + } + return iReg; +} + +/* +** Clear all column cache entries. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("CLEAR\n"); + } +#endif + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + p->iReg = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount +** registers starting with iStart. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount); +} + +/* +** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 +** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; + if( x>=iFrom && xiReg += iTo-iFrom; + } + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +/* +** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) +** is used as part of the column cache. +** +** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only +** and does not appear in a normal build. +*/ +static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; + if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/ + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */ + +/* +** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER +*/ +static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){ + p->op2 = p->op; + p->op = TK_REGISTER; + p->iTable = iReg; + ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip); +} + +/* +** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given +** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". +** Return the register where results are stored. +** +** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will +** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other +** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function +** must check the return code and move the results to the desired +** register. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ + int op; /* The opcode being coded */ + int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Expr tempX; /* Temporary expression node */ + + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); + if( v==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return 0; + } + + if( pExpr==0 ){ + op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + op = pExpr->op; + } + switch( op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; + if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ + assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); + inReg = pCol->iMem; + break; + }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, + pCol->iSorterColumn, target); + break; + } + /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + int iTab = pExpr->iTable; + if( iTab<0 ){ + if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){ + /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */ + inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; + break; + }else{ + /* Deleting from a partial index */ + iTab = pParse->iPartIdxTab; + } + } + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, + pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target, + pExpr->op2); + break; + } + case TK_INTEGER: { + codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + case TK_FLOAT: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_STRING: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); + break; + } + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + int n; + const char *z; + char *zBlob; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); + z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; + assert( z[n]=='\'' ); + zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_VARIABLE: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); + if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' + || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC); + } + break; + } + case TK_REGISTER: { + inReg = pExpr->iTable; + break; + } + case TK_AS: { + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + int aff, to_op; + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); + to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; + assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToText ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt ); + testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal ); + if( inReg!=target ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + inReg = target; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg); + testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: { + testcase( op==TK_IS ); + testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_AND: + case TK_OR: + case TK_PLUS: + case TK_STAR: + case TK_MINUS: + case TK_REM: + case TK_BITAND: + case TK_BITOR: + case TK_SLASH: + case TK_LSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: { + assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); + assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); + assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); + assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); + assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); testcase( op==TK_REM ); + assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); + assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); + assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); + assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); + assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); + assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ + codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); +#endif + }else{ + tempX.op = TK_INTEGER; + tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly; + tempX.u.iValue = 0; + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + } + inReg = target; + break; + } + case TK_BITNOT: + case TK_NOT: { + assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); + assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_NOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + inReg = target; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + int addr; + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + if( pInfo==0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; + } + break; + } + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ + int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ + int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */ + const char *zId; /* The function name */ + u32 constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pFarg = 0; + }else{ + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; + } + nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zId = pExpr->u.zToken; + nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId); + break; + } + + /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and + ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of + ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ + int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( nFarg>=2 ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + for(i=1; ia[i].pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); + break; + } + + /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value + ** of the first argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ + assert( nFarg>=1 ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + break; + } + + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + testcase( i==31 ); + constMask |= MASKBIT32(i); + } + if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + if( pFarg ){ + if( constMask ){ + r1 = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nFarg; + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); + } + + /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument, + ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG + ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data + ** loading. + */ + if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){ + u8 exprOp; + assert( nFarg==1 ); + assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); + exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op; + if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); + testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = + pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + } + } + + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, + SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ + }else{ + r1 = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is + ** a virtual table column. + ** + ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the + ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to + ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because + ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to + ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test + ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". + */ + if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); + }else if( nFarg>0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); + } +#endif + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, + (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); + if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: { + testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); + inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); + break; + } + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + + /* + ** x BETWEEN y AND z + ** + ** This is equivalent to + ** + ** x>=y AND x<=z + ** + ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. + ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. + */ + case TK_BETWEEN: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; + Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, + r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); VdbeCoverage(v); + pLItem++; + pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); + break; + } + case TK_COLLATE: + case TK_UPLUS: { + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + break; + } + + case TK_TRIGGER: { + /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference + ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to + ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the + ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn + ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to + ** read the rowid field. + ** + ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 + ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) + ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where + ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is + ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. + ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 + ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For + ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is + ** declared as: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); + ** + ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: + ** + ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid + ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a + ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b + */ + Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; + int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; + + assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol ); + assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); + assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d", + (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), + (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName), + target + )); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an + ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 + && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); + } +#endif + break; + } + + + /* + ** Form A: + ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form B: + ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: + ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... + ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is + ** odd. The Y is also optional. If the number of elements in x.pList + ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL. + ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. + ** + ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, + ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is + ** no ELSE term, NULL. + */ + default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { + int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ + int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ + int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ + struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ + Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ + Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ + Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ + VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; ) + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); + assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); + pEList = pExpr->x.pList; + aListelem = pEList->a; + nExpr = pEList->nExpr; + endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + tempX = *pX; + testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); + exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1)); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + opCompare.op = TK_EQ; + opCompare.pLeft = &tempX; + pTest = &opCompare; + /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: + ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. + ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other + ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ + regFree1 = 0; + } + for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); + } + if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + } + assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 + || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case TK_RAISE: { + assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore + ); + if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); + return 0; + } + if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER, + pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); + } + + break; + } +#endif + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + return inReg; +} + +/* +** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */ + int regDest, /* Store the value in this register */ + u8 reusable /* True if this expression is reusable */ +){ + ExprList *p; + assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) ); + p = pParse->pConstExpr; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); + p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; + pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; + pItem->reusable = reusable; + } + pParse->pConstExpr = p; +} + +/* +** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results +** into a register. Return the register number where the results +** are stored. +** +** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, +** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not +** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. +** +** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this +** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the +** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ + int r2; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) + && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER + && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) + ){ + ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr; + int i; + *pReg = 0; + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){ + if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){ + return pItem->u.iConstExprReg; + } + } + } + r2 = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); + if( r2==r1 ){ + *pReg = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + *pReg = 0; + } + } + return r2; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + int inReg; + + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); + if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); + }else{ + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); + assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. If the expression is constant, then this routine +** might choose to code the expression at initialization time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result +** in register target. +** +** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register +** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, +** the result is a copy of the cache register. +** +** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple +** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression +** are reused. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iMem; + + assert( target>0 ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem); + exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem); +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) +/* +** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){ + int op; /* The opcode being coded */ + const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */ + const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */ + if( pExpr==0 ){ + op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + op = pExpr->op; + } + switch( op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}", + pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); + break; + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ + /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}", + pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); + } + break; + } + case TK_INTEGER: { + if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + case TK_FLOAT: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_STRING: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL"); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_VARIABLE: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)", + pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn); + break; + } + case TK_REGISTER: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable); + break; + } + case TK_AS: { + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + const char *zAff = "unk"; + switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0) ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: zAff = "TEXT"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: zAff = "NONE"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER"; break; + case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: zAff = "REAL"; break; + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_LT: zBinOp = "LT"; break; + case TK_LE: zBinOp = "LE"; break; + case TK_GT: zBinOp = "GT"; break; + case TK_GE: zBinOp = "GE"; break; + case TK_NE: zBinOp = "NE"; break; + case TK_EQ: zBinOp = "EQ"; break; + case TK_IS: zBinOp = "IS"; break; + case TK_ISNOT: zBinOp = "ISNOT"; break; + case TK_AND: zBinOp = "AND"; break; + case TK_OR: zBinOp = "OR"; break; + case TK_PLUS: zBinOp = "ADD"; break; + case TK_STAR: zBinOp = "MUL"; break; + case TK_MINUS: zBinOp = "SUB"; break; + case TK_REM: zBinOp = "REM"; break; + case TK_BITAND: zBinOp = "BITAND"; break; + case TK_BITOR: zBinOp = "BITOR"; break; + case TK_SLASH: zBinOp = "DIV"; break; + case TK_LSHIFT: zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break; + case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break; + case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break; + + case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break; + case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break; + case TK_BITNOT: zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break; + case TK_NOT: zUniOp = "NOT"; break; + case TK_ISNULL: zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break; + case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break; + + case TK_COLLATE: { + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,".COLLATE(%s)",pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } + + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pFarg = 0; + }else{ + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; + } + if( op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG_FUNCTION%d:%s(", + pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "FUNCTION:%s(", pExpr->u.zToken); + } + if( pFarg ){ + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg); + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS("); + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); + break; + } + case TK_SELECT: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "("); + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; + } + case TK_IN: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN("); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + /* + ** x BETWEEN y AND z + ** + ** This is equivalent to + ** + ** x>=y AND x<=z + ** + ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. + ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. + */ + case TK_BETWEEN: { + Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN("); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); + break; + } + case TK_TRIGGER: { + /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference + ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to + ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the + ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn + ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to + ** read the rowid field. + */ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", + pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); + break; + } + case TK_CASE: { + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE("); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case TK_RAISE: { + const char *zType = "unk"; + switch( pExpr->affinity ){ + case OE_Rollback: zType = "rollback"; break; + case OE_Abort: zType = "abort"; break; + case OE_Fail: zType = "fail"; break; + case OE_Ignore: zType = "ignore"; break; + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#endif + } + if( zBinOp ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,","); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); + }else if( zUniOp ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); + } +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) +/* +** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)"); + return; + }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){ + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i); + sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr); + sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); + if( pList->a[i].zName ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName); + } + if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan); + } + if( inExpr-1 ){ + sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut); + } + } + sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given +** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. +** +** Return the number of elements evaluated. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being +** filled using OP_SCopy. OP_Copy must be used instead. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be +** factored out into initialization code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ + int target, /* Where to write results */ + u8 flags /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */ +){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i, n; + u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( target>0 ); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ + n = pList->nExpr; + if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr; + if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0); + }else{ + int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); + if( inReg!=target+i ){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( copyOp==OP_Copy + && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy + && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg + && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i + ){ + pOp->p3++; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i); + } + } + } + } + return n; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. +** +** x BETWEEN y AND z +** +** The above is equivalent to +** +** x>=y AND x<=z +** +** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression +** elementation of x. +*/ +static void exprCodeBetween( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ + int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */ + int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */ + int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ +){ + Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ + Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ + Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ + Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; + exprAnd.op = TK_AND; + exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; + exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; + compLeft.op = TK_GE; + compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; + compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + compRight.op = TK_LE; + compRight.pLeft = &exprX; + compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1)); + if( jumpIfTrue ){ + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + + /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is false. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then +** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. +** +** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) +** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding +** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in +** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code +** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; + + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ + op = pExpr->op; + switch( op ){ + case TK_AND: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: { + testcase( op==TK_IS ); + testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + break; + } +#endif + default: { + if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); + }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + /* No-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is true. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then +** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull +** is 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; + + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + + /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: + ** + ** pExpr->op op + ** --------- ---------- + ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull + ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull + ** TK_NE OP_Eq + ** TK_EQ OP_Ne + ** TK_GT OP_Le + ** TK_LE OP_Gt + ** TK_GE OP_Lt + ** TK_LT OP_Ge + ** + ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. + ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we + ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. + ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. + */ + op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); + + /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants + */ + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AND: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + if( jumpIfNull ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); + }else{ + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + } + break; + } +#endif + default: { + if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); + }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + /* no-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); +} + +/* +** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two +** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only +** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences +** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. +** +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. +** +** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER. If that is the case and pB is +** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0. +** +** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions +** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are +** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine +** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two +** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you +** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where +** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that +** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning +** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ + u32 combinedFlags; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){ + return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; + } + combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags; + if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){ + if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){ + return 0; + } + return 2; + } + if( pA->op!=pB->op ){ + if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + return 2; + } + if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken ){ + if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ + return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2; + } + } + if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; + if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){ + if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2; + if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) ){ + if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; + if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable + && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and +** non-zero if they differ in any way. +** +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. +** +** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The +** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine +** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or +** a malfunction will result. +** +** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer +** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){ + int i; + if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; + if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; + Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; + if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is +** true. Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might +** be false. Examples: +** +** pE1: x==5 pE2: x==5 Result: true +** pE1: x>0 pE2: x==5 Result: false +** pE1: x=21 pE2: x=21 OR y=43 Result: true +** pE1: x!=123 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x!=?1 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x IS NULL pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: false +** pE1: x IS ?2 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Reuslt: false +** +** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has +** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. +** +** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance +** improvement. Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but +** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){ + return 1; + } + if( pE2->op==TK_OR + && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab) + || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) ) + ){ + return 1; + } + if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL + && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 + && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS) + ){ + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker +** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an +** aggregate function, in order to implement the +** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. +*/ +struct SrcCount { + SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */ + int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */ + int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */ +}; + +/* +** Count the number of references to columns. +*/ +static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() + ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the + ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. If + ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the + ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){ + int i; + struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount; + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; + } + if( inSrc ){ + p->nThis++; + }else{ + p->nOther++; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference +** pSrcList. Return true if they do. Also return true if the function +** has no arguments or has only constant arguments. Return false if pExpr +** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ + Walker w; + struct SrcCount cnt; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount; + w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt; + cnt.pSrc = pSrcList; + cnt.nThis = 0; + cnt.nOther = 0; + sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList); + return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0; +} + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aCol, + sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), + &pInfo->nColumn, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aFunc, + sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), + &pInfo->nFunc, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to +** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates +** for additional information. +*/ +static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int i; + NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM + ** clause of the aggregate query */ + if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + struct AggInfo_col *pCol; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ + /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** + ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there + ** is not an entry there already. + */ + int k; + pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; + for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ + if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) + && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 + ){ + pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; + pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; + pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; + pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; + pCol->pExpr = pExpr; + if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ + int j, n; + ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; + struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; + n = pGB->nExpr; + for(j=0; jpExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = j; + break; + } + } + } + if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; + } + } + /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either + ** because it was there before or because we just created it). + ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that + ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. + */ + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; + break; + } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ + } /* end loop over pSrcList */ + } + return WRC_Prune; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 + && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 + ){ + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure + */ + struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; + for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + break; + } + } + if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ + /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] + */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); + i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); + if( i>=0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, + pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), + pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ + pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + pItem->iDistinct = -1; + } + } + } + /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry + */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + return WRC_Prune; + }else{ + return WRC_Continue; + } + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} +static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and +** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo +** points to. Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as +** necessary. +** +** This routine should only be called after the expression has been +** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; + w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an +** expression list. Return the number of errors. +** +** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( pList ){ + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); + } + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ + return ++pParse->nMem; + } + return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; +} + +/* +** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other +** purpose. +** +** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then +** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses +** the register becomes stale. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ + if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ + p->tempReg = 1; + return; + } + } + pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ + int i, n; + i = pParse->iRangeReg; + n = pParse->nRangeReg; + if( nReg<=n ){ + assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ); + pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; + pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; + }else{ + i = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nReg; + } + return i; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg); + if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ + pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; + pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; + } +} + +/* +** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->nTempReg = 0; + pParse->nRangeReg = 0; +} + +/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2005 February 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code +** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the +** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + + +/* +** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or +** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in +** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third +** argument and the result returned. Examples: +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' +*/ +static void renameTableFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + int token; + Token tname; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE + ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that + ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ + return; + } + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = (char*)zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + } while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); + + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), + zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code +** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition +** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the +** parent table. It is passed three arguments: +** +** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, +** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and +** 3) The new name of the table being renamed. +** +** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example: +** +** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3') +** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static void renameParentFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zOutput = 0; + char *zResult; + unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + + unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */ + int n; /* Length of token z */ + int token; /* Type of token */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return; + for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){ + n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); + if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){ + char *zParent; + do { + z += n; + n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); + }while( token==TK_SPACE ); + + zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n); + if( zParent==0 ) break; + sqlite3Dequote(zParent); + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ + char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", + (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); + zOutput = zOut; + zInput = &z[n]; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent); + } + } + + zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER +** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE +** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result +** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE +** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. +*/ +static void renameTriggerFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + int token; + Token tname; + int dist = 3; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly + ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one + ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ + return; + } + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = (char*)zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + }while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + + /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most + ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN + ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above + ** to be met. + ** + ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so + ** there is no need to worry about syntax like + ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. + */ + dist++; + if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ + dist = 0; + } + } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); + + /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name + ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. + */ + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), + zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), +#endif + }; + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs); + + for(i=0; i OR name= OR ... +** +** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text +** "name=" is returned, where is the quoted version +** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is +** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the +** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. +** +** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is +** " OR name=", where is the contents of zWhere. +** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning. +** +*/ +static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ + char *zNew; + if( !zWhere ){ + zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant); + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + } + return zNew; +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +/* +** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all +** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e. +** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master +** table. +*/ +static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + FKey *p; + char *zWhere = 0; + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName); + } + return zWhere; +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all +** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If +** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the +** temporary database, NULL is returned. +*/ +static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Trigger *pTrig; + char *zWhere = 0; + const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ + + /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is + ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger + ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE + ** expression being built up in zWhere. + */ + if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ + if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ + zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName); + } + } + } + if( zWhere ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); + zWhere = zNew; + } + return zWhere; +} + +/* +** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table +** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. +** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at +** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from +** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an +** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. +*/ +static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + Trigger *pTrig; +#endif + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ + for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ + int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0); + } +#endif + + /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + + /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); + if( !zWhere ) return; + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp + ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. + */ + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered +** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). +** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message +** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. +** +** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. +*/ +static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ + Token *pName /* The new table name. */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ + const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ + Vdbe *v; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ +#endif + VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ + int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ + + savedDbFlags = db->flags; + if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; + assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + + /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; + + /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist + ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } + + /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name + ** that the table is being renamed to. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto + exit_rename_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ + pVTab = 0; + } + } +#endif + + /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. + ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the + ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual + ** table. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + + /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if + ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names + ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other + ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pVTab ){ + int i = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } +#endif + + /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE + ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints + ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ + if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " + "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + } + } +#endif + + /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " +#else + "sql = CASE " + "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" + "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " +#endif + "tbl_name = %Q, " + "name = CASE " + "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " + "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " + "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " + "ELSE name END " + "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + zName, +#endif + zName, nTabName, zTabName + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + ** it with the new table name. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", + zDb, zName, pTab->zName); + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master + ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in + ** the temp database. + */ + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " + "tbl_name = %Q " + "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Table *pFrom = p->pFrom; + if( pFrom!=pTab ){ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName); + } + } + } +#endif + + /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); + +exit_rename_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; +} + + +/* +** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. +** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ + Vdbe *v; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called. + ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this + ** point */ + if( ALWAYS(v) ){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int j1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement +** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new +** column definition. +** +** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include +** the new column during parsing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ + Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + const char *zDb; /* Database name */ + const char *zTab; /* Table name */ + char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ + Column *pCol; /* The new column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ + + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + pNew = pParse->pNewTable; + assert( pNew ); + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ + pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; + pDflt = pCol->pDflt; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); + assert( pTab ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking + ** for an SQL NULL default below. + */ + if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ + pDflt = 0; + } + + /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. + ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the + ** column must not be NULL. + */ + if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); + return; + } + if( pNew->pIndex ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); + return; + } + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); + return; + } + if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); + return; + } + + /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() + ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) + */ + if( pDflt ){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return; + } + if( !pVal ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); + return; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + } + + /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ + zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); + if( zCol ){ + char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; + int savedDbFlags = db->flags; + while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ + *zEnd-- = '\0'; + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, + zTab + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; + } + + /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file + ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, + ** the file format becomes 3. + */ + sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); + + /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in +** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. +** +** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure +** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point +** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** after parsing is finished. +** +** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete +** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + Table *pNew; + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; + int i; + int nAlloc; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Look up the table being altered. */ + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } +#endif + + /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + + assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the + ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify + ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this + ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing + ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" + ** prefix on their name. + */ + pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pParse->pNewTable = pNew; + pNew->nRef = 1; + pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; + assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); + nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; + assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); + pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); + pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); + if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; + pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); + pCol->zColl = 0; + pCol->zType = 0; + pCol->pDflt = 0; + pCol->zDflt = 0; + } + pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; + pNew->nRef = 1; + + /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + +exit_begin_add_column: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ + +/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2005-07-08 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. +** +** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables +** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner +** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. +** +** The following system tables are or have been supported: +** +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** +** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version +** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only +** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 +** is a superset of sqlite_stat2. The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced +** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later. It is +** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time. If they +** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence. +** +** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statisics required +** for the query planner to make good choices. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat1: +** +** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the +** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to +** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be +** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this +** list is the number of rows in the index. (This is the same as the +** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.) The second +** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same +** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average +** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two +** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in +** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For +** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If +** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. +** +** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed +** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, +** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the +** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that +** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat +** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of +** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat2: +** +** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between +** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information +** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by +** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which +** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2 +** table for each index. +** +** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 +** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at +** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S +** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. +** Then the sampled rows are given by: +** +** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) +** +** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into +** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. +** +** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This +** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor +** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports +** sqlite_stat3. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4. Hence, the +** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first. Further information +** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat4: +** +** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data +** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values +** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of +** queries. +** +** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index. +** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the +** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is +** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a blob which is the +** binary encoding of a key from the index. The nEq column is a +** list of integers. The first integer is the approximate number +** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches +** the left-most column of the sample. The second integer in nEq +** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the +** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample. +** And so forth. nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate +** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first +** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the +** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. +** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries +** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the +** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the +** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the +** sample. +** +** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index. +** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables +** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across +** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with +** large nEq values. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only +** looks at the left-most column of the index. The sqlite_stat3.sample +** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead +** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in +** sqlite_stat4.sample. The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3 +** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first +** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) +# define IsStat4 1 +# define IsStat3 0 +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) +# define IsStat4 0 +# define IsStat3 1 +#else +# define IsStat4 0 +# define IsStat3 0 +# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES +# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1 +#endif +#define IsStat34 (IsStat3+IsStat4) /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */ + +/* +** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables. +** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant. sqlite_stat2 is now +** obsolete. sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when +** appropriate compile-time options are provided. +** +** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created. +** +** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, +** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in +** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted. +** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries. +*/ +static void openStatTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ + int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ + const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ + const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ +){ + static const struct { + const char *zName; + const char *zCols; + } aTable[] = { + { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, + { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) + { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, + { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, +#else + { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, + { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, +#endif + }; + int i; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; + u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; + + if( v==0 ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them + ** if they do already exist. + */ + for(i=0; izName))==0 ){ + if( aTable[i].zCols ){ + /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a + ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage + ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important + ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols + ); + aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; + aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; + } + }else{ + /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries + ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the + ** entire contents of the table. */ + aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; + aCreateTbl[i] = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); + if( zWhere ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere + ); + }else{ + /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); + } + } + } + + /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ + for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){ + assert( inRowid ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + if( p->u.aRowid ){ + p->nRowid = n; + memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n); + }else{ + p->nRowid = 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; + p->u.iRowid = iRowid; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo). +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ + pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample; + pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol; + pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash; + memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + if( pFrom->nRowid ){ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid); + }else{ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure. +*/ +static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); + for(i=0; imxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); + sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_init(N,C) SQL function. The two parameters +** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of columns +** in the index (N). The second argument (C) is only used for STAT3 and STAT4. +** +** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return +** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. +** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). +*/ +static void statInit( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p; + int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */ + int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */ + int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES; +#endif + + /* Decode the three function arguments */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + assert( nCol>1 ); /* >1 because it includes the rowid column */ + nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol; + + /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */ + n = sizeof(*p) + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */ + + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample) +#endif + ; + db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + + p->db = db; + p->nRow = 0; + p->nCol = nCol; + p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1]; + p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp]; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + { + u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */ + + p->iGet = -1; + p->mxSample = mxSample; + p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); + p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; + p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])*0xd0944565; + + /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ + p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; + p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; + pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]); + for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){ + p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + } + assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); + + for(i=0; iaBest[i].iCol = i; + } + } +#endif + + /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller */ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), stat4Destructor); +} +static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { + 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statInit, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_init", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +/* +** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for +** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and +** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this +** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected +** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. +** +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. +*/ +static int sampleIsBetterPost( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld +){ + int nCol = pAccum->nCol; + int i; + assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol ); + for(i=pNew->iCol+1; ianEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1; + if( pNew->anEq[i]anEq[i] ) return 0; + } + if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1; + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. +*/ +static int sampleIsBetter( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld +){ + tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; + tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol]; + + assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 ); + assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) ); + + if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){ + if( pNew->iColiCol ) return 1; + return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld)); + } + return 0; +#else + return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash); +#endif +} + +/* +** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary, +** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room. +*/ +static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ + Stat4Sample *pSample = 0; + int i; + + assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){ + Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0; + assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); + + /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column + ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already + ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add + ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority + ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i]; + if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){ + if( pOld->isPSample ) return; + assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol ); + assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) ); + if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){ + pUpgrade = pOld; + } + } + } + if( pUpgrade ){ + pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol; + pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol]; + goto find_new_min; + } + } +#endif + + /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */ + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; + tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq; + tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt; + tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt; + sampleClear(p->db, pMin); + memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1)); + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; + pSample->nRowid = 0; + pSample->anEq = anEq; + pSample->anDLt = anDLt; + pSample->anLt = anLt; + p->nSample = p->mxSample-1; + } + + /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that + ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would + ** be out of order. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + assert( p->nSample==0 + || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); +#endif + + /* Insert the new sample */ + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample]; + sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew); + p->nSample++; + + /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */ + memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + find_new_min: +#endif + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + int iMin = -1; + for(i=0; imxSample; i++){ + if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue; + if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){ + iMin = i; + } + } + assert( iMin>=0 ); + p->iMin = iMin; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point +** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the +** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are +** correct at this point. +*/ +static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int i; + + /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed + ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */ + for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; + pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i]; + if( p->nSamplemxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ + sampleInsert(p, pBest, i); + } + } + + /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=iChng; jnCol; j++){ + if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j]; + } + } +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + if( iChng==0 ){ + tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0]; + tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0]; + + /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ + if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){ + p->current.isPSample = 1; + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); + p->current.isPSample = 0; + }else + + /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */ + if( p->nSamplemxSample + || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) + ){ + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); + } + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + UNUSED_PARAMETER( p ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng ); +#endif +} + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R) +** Arguments: +** +** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init() +** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row +** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for +** WITHOUT ROWID tables. +** +** The SQL function always returns NULL. +** +** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 +*/ +static void statPush( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + + /* The three function arguments */ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( context ); + assert( p->nCol>1 ); /* Includes rowid field */ + assert( iChngnCol ); + + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + }else{ + /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */ + samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); + + /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply + ** to the current row of the index. */ + for(i=0; icurrent.anEq[i]++; + } + for(i=iChng; inCol; i++){ + p->current.anDLt[i]++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; +#endif + p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + } + } + p->nRow++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); + }else{ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), + sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); + } + p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + { + tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; + + /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ + if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){ + p->current.isPSample = 1; + p->current.iCol = 0; + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1); + p->current.isPSample = 0; + } + + /* Update the aBest[] array. */ + for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ + p->current.iCol = i; + if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){ + sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current); + } + } + } +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { + 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statPush, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_push", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ +}; + +#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0 /* "stat" column of stat1 table */ +#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1 /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NEQ 2 /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NLT 3 /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NDLT 4 /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */ + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is +** used to query the results. Content is returned for parameter J +** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above. +** +** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always +** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes +** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the +** stat1 table entry information. +*/ +static void statGet( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */ + int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + assert( argc==2 ); + assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ + || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT + || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT + ); + if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) +#else + assert( argc==1 ); +#endif + { + /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 + ** table for this index. + ** + ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing + ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of + ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list + ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of + ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using + ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, + ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is + ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: + ** + ** * the index contains 100 rows, + ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and + ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. + ** + ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of + ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: + ** + ** I = (K+D-1)/D + */ + char *z; + int i; + + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow); + z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); + for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ + u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1; + u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct; + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); + assert( p->current.anEq[i] ); + } + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); + + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){ + if( p->iGet<0 ){ + samplePushPrevious(p, 0); + p->iGet = 0; + } + if( p->iGetnSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; + if( pS->nRowid==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + } + }else{ + tRowcnt *aCnt = 0; + + assert( p->iGetnSample ); + switch( eCall ){ + case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; + case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; + default: { + aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; + p->iGet++; + break; + } + } + + if( IsStat3 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]); + }else{ + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); + } + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); + z[-1] = '\0'; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = { + 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statGet, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_get", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ +}; + +static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){ + assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1); +#elif SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 ); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam ); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4, regOut); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34); +} + +/* +** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with +** a single table. +*/ +static void analyzeOneTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ + Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ + int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ + int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */ + int iTab /* Next available cursor */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ + int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */ + int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ + int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */ + int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */ +#endif + int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ + int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ + int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ + int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ + int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ + return; + } + if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ + return; + } + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ + return; + } + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. + ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number + ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at + ** this time though. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + iTabCur = iTab++; + iIdxCur = iTab++; + pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int nCol; /* Number of columns indexed by pIdx */ + int *aGotoChng; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ + int addrRewind; /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */ + int addrGotoChng0; /* Address of "Goto addr_chng_0" */ + int addrNextRow; /* Address of "next_row:" */ + const char *zIdxName; /* Name of the index */ + + if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0; + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName)); + nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nCol+1)); + if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue; + + /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + zIdxName = pTab->zName; + }else{ + zIdxName = pIdx->zName; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0); + + /* + ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push(): + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto chng_addr_0; + ** + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto chng_addr_N + ** + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + ** + ** chng_addr_N: + ** regRowid = idx(rowid) + ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) + ** Next csr + ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; + ** + ** end_of_scan: + */ + + /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate + ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required + ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nCol); + + /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */ + assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + + /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: + ** + ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid, + ** (2) the number of rows in the index, + ** + ** The second argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+2); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol+1, regStat4+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1+IsStat34); + + /* Implementation of the following: + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto next_push_0; + ** + */ + addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng); + addrGotoChng0 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + + /* + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto chng_addr_N + */ + addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + for(i=0; iazColl[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); + aGotoChng[i] = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regChng); + aGotoChng[nCol] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + + /* + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGotoChng0); + for(i=0; ipTable); + int j, k, regKey; + regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); + } +#endif + assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */ + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + + /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + { + int regEq = regStat1; + int regLt = regStat1+1; + int regDLt = regStat1+2; + int regSample = regStat1+3; + int regCol = regStat1+4; + int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol; + int addrNext; + int addrIsNull; + u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol+1); + + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); + addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0); + /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by + ** the previous loop. Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never + ** be taken */ + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, + pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample); +#else + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol+1, regSample); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + + /* End of analysis */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng); + } + + + /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index + ** name and the row count as the content. + */ + if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){ + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1); + jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); + } +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to +** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. +*/ +static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database +*/ +static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ + HashElem *k; + int iStatCur; + int iMem; + int iTab; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); + iMem = pParse->nMem+1; + iTab = pParse->nTab; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab); + } + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in +** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index +** in pTab that should be analyzed. +*/ +static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ + int iDb; + int iStatCur; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + if( pOnlyIdx ){ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); + }else{ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); + } + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab); + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine +** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. +** +** ANALYZE -- 1 +** ANALYZE -- 2 +** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. +** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. +** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int i; + char *z, *zDb; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + Token *pTableName; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); + if( pName1==0 ){ + /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); + } + }else if( pName2->n==0 ){ + /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); + }else{ + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); + if( z ){ + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } + } + }else{ + /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); + if( z ){ + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the +** callback routine. +*/ +typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; +struct analysisInfo { + sqlite3 *db; + const char *zDatabase; +}; + +/* +** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a +** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into +** the array aOut[]. +*/ +static void decodeIntArray( + char *zIntArray, /* String containing int array to decode */ + int nOut, /* Number of slots in aOut[] */ + tRowcnt *aOut, /* Store integers here */ + LogEst *aLog, /* Or, if aOut==0, here */ + Index *pIndex /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */ +){ + char *z = zIntArray; + int c; + int i; + tRowcnt v; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( z==0 ) z = ""; +#else + if( NEVER(z==0) ) z = ""; +#endif + for(i=0; *z && i='0' && c<='9' ){ + v = v*10 + c - '0'; + z++; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( aOut ){ + aOut[i] = v; + }else +#else + assert( aOut==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut); +#endif + { + aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); + } + if( *z==' ' ) z++; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + assert( pIndex!=0 ); +#else + if( pIndex ) +#endif + { + if( strcmp(z, "unordered")==0 ){ + pIndex->bUnordered = 1; + }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){ + int v32 = 0; + sqlite3GetInt32(z+3, &v32); + pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(v32); + } + } +} + +/* +** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the +** sqlite_stat1 table. +** +** argv[0] = name of the table +** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) +** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column +** +** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in +** the table. +*/ +static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; + Index *pIndex; + Table *pTable; + const char *z; + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + + if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); + if( pTable==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + pIndex = 0; + }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){ + pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable); + }else{ + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); + } + z = argv[2]; + + if( pIndex ){ + decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex); + if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0]; + }else{ + Index fakeIdx; + fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow; + decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx); + pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array +** and its contents. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( pIdx->aSample ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnSample; j++){ + IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); + } + if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + pIdx->nSample = 0; + pIdx->aSample = 0; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently +** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. +*/ +static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ + if( pIdx ){ + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1]; + int iCol; + for(iCol=0; iColnKeyCol; iCol++){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through samples */ + tRowcnt sumEq = 0; /* Sum of the nEq values */ + tRowcnt nSum = 0; /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */ + tRowcnt avgEq = 0; + tRowcnt nDLt = pFinal->anDLt[iCol]; + + /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that + ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set + ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same + ** set (adding the value only once where there exist dupicate + ** prefixes). */ + for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){ + if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){ + sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + nSum++; + } + } + if( nDLt>nSum ){ + avgEq = (pFinal->anLt[iCol] - sumEq)/(nDLt - nSum); + } + if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1; + pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq; + if( pIdx->nSampleCol==1 ) break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Look up an index by name. Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table +** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table. +*/ +static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + const char *zDb +){ + Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ){ + Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + } + return pIdx; +} + +/* +** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table +** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays. +** +** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return +** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3, +** see the caller of this function for details): +** +** zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx +** zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 +** +** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed. +*/ +static int loadStatTbl( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int bStat3, /* Assume single column records only */ + const char *zSql1, /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */ + const char *zSql2, /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */ + const char *zDb /* Database name (e.g. "main") */ +){ + int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ + Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ + IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ + + assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int nIdxCol = 1; /* Number of columns in stat4 records */ + int nAvgCol = 1; /* Number of entries in Index.aAvgEq */ + + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nSample; /* Number of samples */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space required */ + int i; /* Bytes of space required */ + tRowcnt *pSpace; + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 ); + /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been + ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ + if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue; + if( bStat3==0 ){ + nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol+1; + nAvgCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + } + pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol; + nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample; + nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample; + nByte += nAvgCol * sizeof(tRowcnt); /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */ + + pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample]; + pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nAvgCol; + for(i=0; iaSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + } + assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc ) return rc; + + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nCol = 1; /* Number of columns in index */ + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ) continue; + /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ + nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; + if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue; + if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ + initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + pPrevIdx = pIdx; + } + pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample]; + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0); + + /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer. + ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the + ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the + ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with + ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing + ** a buffer overread. */ + pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2); + if( pSample->p==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n); + pIdx->nSample++; + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into +** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. +*/ +static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + + assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ + rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0, + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", + zDb + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){ + rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1, + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", + zDb + ); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The +** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] +** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the +** Index.aSample[] arrays. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR +** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined +** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is +** read from it. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the +** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is +** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 +** table (if it is present) before returning. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. +** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return +** code may be ignored. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + analysisInfo sInfo; + HashElem *i; + char *zSql; + int rc; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); + + /* Clear any prior statistics */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); + pIdx->aSample = 0; +#endif + } + + /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */ + sInfo.db = db; + sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + } + + + /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase); + db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled; + } +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return rc; +} + + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ + +/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH +/* +** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This +** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple +** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. +** +** i.e. if the parser sees: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def +** +** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of +** looking for columns of the same name. +** +** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' +** +** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. +*/ +static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) +{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); + }else{ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z +** +** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) +** +** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the +** third argument. +*/ +static void attachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int rc = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + const char *zName; + const char *zFile; + char *zPath = 0; + char *zErr = 0; + unsigned int flags; + Db *aNew; + char *zErrDyn = 0; + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + + /* Check for the following errors: + ** + ** * Too many attached databases, + ** * Transaction currently open + ** * Specified database name already being used. + */ + if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] + ); + goto attach_error; + } + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); + goto attach_error; + } + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; + assert( z && zName ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); + goto attach_error; + } + } + + /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema + ** hash tables. + */ + if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ + aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; + memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); + }else{ + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; + } + db->aDb = aNew; + aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; + memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); + + /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use + ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may + ** or may not be initialized. + */ + flags = db->openFlags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + assert( pVfs ); + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags); + sqlite3_free( zPath ); + db->nDb++; + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Pager *pPager; + aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); + if( !aNew->pSchema ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); +#endif + } + aNew->safety_level = 3; + aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); + switch( t ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + + case SQLITE_TEXT: + case SQLITE_BLOB: + nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + break; + + case SQLITE_NULL: + /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + } + break; + } + } +#endif + + /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way + ** we found it. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + } + if( rc ){ + int iDb = db->nDb - 1; + assert( iDb>=2 ); + if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); + db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; + } + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + db->nDb = iDb; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); + }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); + } + goto attach_error; + } + + return; + +attach_error: + /* Return an error if we get here */ + if( zErrDyn ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); + } + if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: +** +** DETACH DATABASE x +** +** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) +*/ +static void detachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int i; + Db *pDb = 0; + char zErr[128]; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; + } + + if( i>=db->nDb ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( i<2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, + "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); + goto detach_error; + } + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + return; + +detach_error: + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); +} + +/* +** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the +** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. +*/ +static void codeAttach( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ + FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ + Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ + Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ + Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ + Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ +){ + int rc; + NameContext sName; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3* db = pParse->db; + int regArgs; + + memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sName.pParse = pParse; + + if( + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) + ){ + pParse->nErr++; + goto attach_end; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pAuthArg ){ + char *zAuthArg; + if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ + zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; + }else{ + zAuthArg = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); + if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto attach_end; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); + + assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3); + assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + + /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this + ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing + ** statements). + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); + } + +attach_end: + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. +** +** DETACH pDbname +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ + static const FuncDef detach_func = { + 1, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + detachFunc, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. +** +** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ + static const FuncDef attach_func = { + 3, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + attachFunc, /* xFunc */ + 0, /* xStep */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ + 0, /* pHash */ + 0 /* pDestructor */ + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ + +/* +** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior +** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit( + DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ + Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ + int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ + const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ + const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + + db = pParse->db; + assert( db->nDb>iDb ); + pFix->pParse = pParse; + pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pFix->zType = zType; + pFix->pName = pName; + pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1); +} + +/* +** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign +** a specific database to all table references where the database name +** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure +** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). +** +** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or +** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. +** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are +** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made +** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to +** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything +** checks out, these routines return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDb; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; + zDb = pFix->zDb; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){ + if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, + "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", + pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); + return 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase); + pItem->zDatabase = 0; + pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema; + } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; +#endif + } + return 0; +} +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pSelect ){ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){ + return 1; + } + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType); + return 1; + } + } + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; + }else{ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ + return 1; + } + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pStep ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ + return 1; + } + pStep = pStep->pNext; + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2003 January 11 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() +** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded +** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling +** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 +*/ + +/* +** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single +** macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + +/* +** Set or clear the access authorization function. +** +** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation +** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on +** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function +** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument +** to the auth function is one of these constants: +** +** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW +** SQLITE_DELETE +** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW +** SQLITE_INSERT +** SQLITE_PRAGMA +** SQLITE_READ +** SQLITE_SELECT +** SQLITE_TRANSACTION +** SQLITE_UPDATE +** +** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of +** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function +** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If +** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY +** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call +** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement +** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL +** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. +** +** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default +** setting of the auth function is NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xAuth = xAuth; + db->pAuthArg = pArg; + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the +** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. +*/ +static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from +** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization +** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). +** +** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed +** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE +** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + const char *zCol, /* Column name */ + int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */ + int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ + + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol); + } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. +** +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, +** then generate an error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ + Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ + SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ + int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ + int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ + int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ + + if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); + if( iDb<0 ){ + /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other + ** temporary table. */ + return; + } + + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else{ + assert( pTabList ); + for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; + break; + } + } + } + iCol = pExpr->iColumn; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; + + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iColnCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; + }else{ + zCol = "ROWID"; + } + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + } +} + +/* +** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return +** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY +** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are +** modified appropriately. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( + Parse *pParse, + int code, + const char *zArg1, + const char *zArg2, + const char *zArg3 +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int rc; + + /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising + ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. + */ + if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( db->xAuth==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + rc = SQLITE_DENY; + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the +** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until +** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( + Parse *pParse, + AuthContext *pContext, + const char *zContext +){ + assert( pParse ); + pContext->pParse = pParse; + pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; +} + +/* +** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed +** by sqlite3AuthContextPush +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ + if( pContext->pParse ){ + pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; + pContext->pParse = 0; + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + +/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser +** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the +** following kinds of SQL syntax: +** +** CREATE TABLE +** DROP TABLE +** CREATE INDEX +** DROP INDEX +** creating ID lists +** BEGIN TRANSACTION +** COMMIT +** ROLLBACK +*/ + +/* +** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to +** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ + pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag; + pParse->nVar = 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and +** codeTableLocks() functions. +*/ +struct TableLock { + int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ + int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ + const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ +}; + +/* +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** +** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. +** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. +** +** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The +** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to +** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ + int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ + const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ +){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i; + int nBytes; + TableLock *p; + assert( iDb>=0 ); + + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; + if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ + p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); + return; + } + } + + nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); + pToplevel->aTableLock = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); + if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; + p->iDb = iDb; + p->iTab = iTab; + p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; + p->zName = zName; + }else{ + pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; + pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the +** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). +*/ +static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + Vdbe *pVdbe; + + pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ + + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; + int p1 = p->iDb; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, + p->zName, P4_STATIC); + } +} +#else + #define codeTableLocks(x) +#endif + +/* +** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been +** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been +** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the +** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next +** parse. +** +** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that +** no VDBE code was generated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 ); + db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( pParse->nested ) return; + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + + /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the + ** vdbe program + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite + || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); + if( v ){ + while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){} + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + + /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. + ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are + ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a + ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie + ** on each used database. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (pParse->cookieMask || pParse->pConstExpr) ){ + yDbMask mask; + int iDb, i; + assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init ); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0); + for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ + if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, + OP_Transaction, /* Opcode */ + iDb, /* P1 */ + (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0, /* P2 */ + pParse->cookieValue[iDb], /* P3 */ + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration /* P4 */ + ); + if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ + char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); + } + pParse->nVtabLock = 0; +#endif + + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + ** shared-cache feature is enabled. + */ + codeTableLocks(pParse); + + /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. + */ + sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); + + /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */ + if( pParse->pConstExpr ){ + ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr; + pParse->okConstFactor = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg); + } + } + + /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1); + } + } + + + /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution + */ + if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ + /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used + * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ + if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + pParse->colNamesSet = 0; + }else{ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pParse->nTab = 0; + pParse->nMem = 0; + pParse->nSet = 0; + pParse->nVar = 0; + pParse->cookieMask = 0; +} + +/* +** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate +** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context +** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively +** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization +** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the +** outermost parser. +** +** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit +** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use +** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) + char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; + + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + return; /* A malloc must have failed */ + } + pParse->nested++; + memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); + memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); + pParse->nested--; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the +** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table +** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any +** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. +** +** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ + Table *p = 0; + int i; + int nName; + assert( zName!=0 ); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an +** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this +** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where +** sqlite3FindTable() does not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( + Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ + int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ + const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ +){ + Table *p; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return 0; + } + + p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); + if( p==0 ){ + const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; + if( zDbase ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the table identified by *p. +** +** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between +** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts +** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be +** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See +** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( + Parse *pParse, + int isView, + struct SrcList_item *p +){ + const char *zDb; + assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 ); + if( p->pSchema ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema); + zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + }else{ + zDb = p->zDatabase; + } + return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb); +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** a particular index given the name of that index +** and the name of the database that contains the index. +** Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the +** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking +** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is +** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added +** using the ATTACH command. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ + Index *p = 0; + int i; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; + assert( pSchema ); + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Reclaim the memory used by an index +*/ +static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); +#endif + if( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->pKeyInfo); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); + if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, +** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from +** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated +** with the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ + Index *pIndex; + int len; + Hash *pHash; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; + len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName); + pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ + if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ + pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; + }else{ + Index *p; + /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of + ** indices. */ + p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; + while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } + if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ + p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; + } + } + freeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if +** any have been closed, remove them from the list. Reallocate the +** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible. +** +** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database) +** are never candidates for being collapsed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); + pDb->zName = 0; + continue; + } + if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; + } + j++; + } + memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); + db->nDb = j; + if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ + memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + } +} + +/* +** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb. Also reset the +** TEMP schema. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + Db *pDb; + assert( iDbnDb ); + + /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + + /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP + ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the + ** other database. + */ + if( iDb!=1 ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[1]; + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + } + return; +} + +/* +** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including +** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + } + } + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when a commit occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the +** Table.aCol[] array). +*/ +static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + int i; + Column *pCol; + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); + } +} + +/* +** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given +** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. +** +** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink +** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** the table. +** +** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object +** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use +** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the +** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory +** used by the Table object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + Index *pIndex, *pNext; + TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */ + + assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 ); + + /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ + if( !pTable ) return; + if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; + + /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables + ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use + ** lookaside, this number should not change. */ + TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ? + db->lookaside.nOut : 0 ); + + /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ + for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ + pNext = pIndex->pNext; + assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + char *zName = pIndex->zName; + TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( + &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0 + ); + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); + } + freeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + + /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ + sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); + + /* Delete the Table structure itself. + */ + sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); + + /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */ + assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut ); +} + +/* +** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the +** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ + Table *p; + Db *pDb; + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( zTabName ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, + sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that +** token. Space to hold the returned string +** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling +** function. +** +** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that +** surround the body of the token are removed. +** +** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so +** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string +** is \000 terminated and is persistent. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + char *zName; + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + }else{ + zName = 0; + } + return zName; +} + +/* +** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for +** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5); + if( p->nTab==0 ){ + p->nTab = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name +** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This +** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or +** -1 if the named db cannot be found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ + int i = -1; /* Database number */ + if( zName ){ + Db *pDb; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ + if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && + 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ + break; + } + } + } + return i; +} + +/* +** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or +** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** does not exist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + int i; /* Database number */ + char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return i; +} + +/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens +** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: +** +** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if +** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: +** +** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". +** +** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or +** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the +** database "xxx" is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ + Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ + Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){ + if( db->init.busy ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); + pParse->nErr++; + return -1; + } + *pUnqual = pName2; + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); + pParse->nErr++; + return -1; + } + }else{ + assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); + iDb = db->init.iDb; + *pUnqual = pName1; + } + return iDb; +} + +/* +** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal +** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or +** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string +** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace +** is reserved for internal use. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){ + Index *p; + for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){} + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table +** column iCol. Return -1 if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is +** the first of several action routines that get called in response +** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called +** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp +** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database +** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case +** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between +** CREATE and TABLE. +** +** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. +** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action +** routines will be called to add more information to this record. +** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine +** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ + int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ + int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ + int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ + int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ +){ + Table *pTable; + char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ + Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ + + /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens + ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); + ** + ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if + ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); + ** + ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". + ** + ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or + ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is + ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be + ** created in. + */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless + ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); + return; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; + + pParse->sNameToken = *pName; + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( zName==0 ) return; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); + { + int code; + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; + } + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; + } + } + if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + } +#endif + + /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing + ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if + ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed + ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names + ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace + ** collisions. + */ + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTable ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); + goto begin_table_error; + } + } + + pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTable==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + pParse->nErr++; + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable->zName = zName; + pTable->iPKey = -1; + pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTable->nRef = 1; + pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + pParse->pNewTable = pTable; + + /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, + ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure + ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; + } +#endif + + /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into + ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead + ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any + ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated + ** now. + */ + if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int j1; + int fileFormat; + int reg1, reg2, reg3; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + ** set them now. + */ + reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; + reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v); + fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? + 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + + /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. + ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced + ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). + ** + ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. + ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. + ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that + ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( isView || isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); + }else +#endif + { + pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); + } + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + } + + /* Normal (non-error) return. */ + return; + + /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ +begin_table_error: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return; +} + +/* +** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. +** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but +** produces larger code. +** +** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It +** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. +*/ +#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ +sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ +sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ +&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) + +/* +** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. +** +** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called +** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each +** column. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *z; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); + return; + } +#endif + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( z==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + } + if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ + Column *aNew; + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + if( aNew==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + p->aCol = aNew; + } + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; + memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + pCol->zName = z; + + /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity + ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will + ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. + */ + pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + pCol->szEst = 1; + p->nCol++; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has +** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on +** the column currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ + Table *p; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; + p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError; +} + +/* +** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the +** associated affinity type. +** +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is +** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. +** +** Substring | Affinity +** -------------------------------- +** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER +** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE +** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** +** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){ + u32 h = 0; + char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + const char *zChar = 0; + + if( zIn==0 ) return aff; + while( zIn[0] ){ + h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; + zIn++; + if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + zChar = zIn; + }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; +#endif + }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } + } + + /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size. The + ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1. */ + if( pszEst ){ + *pszEst = 1; /* default size is approx 4 bytes */ + if( aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + if( zChar ){ + while( zChar[0] ){ + if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){ + int v = 0; + sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v); + v = v/4 + 1; + if( v>255 ) v = 255; + *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */ + break; + } + zChar++; + } + }else{ + *pszEst = 5; /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5 (approx 20 bytes)*/ + } + } + } + return aff; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first +** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the +** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token +** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string +** that contains the typename of the column and store that string +** in zType. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; + assert( pCol->zType==0 ); + pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); + pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType, &pCol->szEst); +} + +/* +** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column +** of the table currently under construction. +** +** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this +** is not the case. +** +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p!=0 ){ + pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); + if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", + pCol->zName); + }else{ + /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains + ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression + ** is required by pragma table_info. + */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); + pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, + (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); + } + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr); +} + +/* +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the +** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. +** +** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has +** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an +** error. +** +** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, +** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey +** field of the table under construction to be the index of the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is +** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +** +** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique +** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ + int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ + int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ + int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ +){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + char *zType = 0; + int iCol = -1, i; + int nTerm; + if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); + goto primary_key_exit; + } + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; + if( pList==0 ){ + iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + nTerm = 1; + }else{ + nTerm = pList->nExpr; + for(i=0; inCol; iCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + break; + } + } + } + } + if( nTerm==1 + && zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 + && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC + ){ + pTab->iPKey = iCol; + pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; + assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); + pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; + if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder; + }else if( autoInc ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " + "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); +#endif + }else{ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + Index *p; + if( v ) pParse->addrSkipPK = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); + p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, + 0, sortOrder, 0); + if( p ){ + p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->addrSkipPK); + } + pList = 0; + } + +primary_key_exit: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + return; +} + +/* +** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB + && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt) + ){ + pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); + if( pParse->constraintName.n ){ + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1); + } + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column +** to the CollSeq given. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + i = p->nCol-1; + db = pParse->db; + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + if( !zColl ) return; + + if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + Index *pIdx; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); + p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; + + /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", + ** then an index may have been created on this column before the + ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. + */ + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ + pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; + } + } + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text +** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. +** +** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available +** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to +** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, +** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is +** returned instead. +** +** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or +** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into +** pParse. +** +** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine +** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found +** and generates an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + u8 enc = ENC(db); + u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; + CollSeq *pColl; + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); + if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName); + } + + return pColl; +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. +** +** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the +** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value +** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the +** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, +** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed +** since it was last read. +** +** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for +** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be +** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent +** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only +** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +/* +** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given +** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used +** but does not include the null terminator. +** +** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is +** really needed. +*/ +static int identLength(const char *z){ + int n; + for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ + if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } + } + return n + 2; +} + +/* +** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second +** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at +** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the +** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, +** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer +** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. +** +** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric +** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, +** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, +** it is quoted using double-quotes. +*/ +static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ + unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; + int i, j, needQuote; + i = *pIdx; + + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; + } + needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) + || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID + || zIdent[j]!=0 + || j==0; + + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + z[i++] = zIdent[j]; + if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; + } + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + z[i] = 0; + *pIdx = i; +} + +/* +** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given +** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained +** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. +*/ +static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + int i, k, n; + char *zStmt; + char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; + Column *pCol; + n = 0; + for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; + } + n += identLength(p->zName); + if( n<50 ){ + zSep = ""; + zSep2 = ","; + zEnd = ")"; + }else{ + zSep = "\n "; + zSep2 = ",\n "; + zEnd = "\n)"; + } + n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; + zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); + if( zStmt==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 0; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); + k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); + identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); + zStmt[k++] = '('; + for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + static const char * const azType[] = { + /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE */ "", + /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", + /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" + }; + int len; + const char *zType; + + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); + zSep = zSep2; + identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 ); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + + zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT]; + len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE + || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); + memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); + k += len; + assert( k<=n ); + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); + return zStmt; +} + +/* +** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error. +*/ +static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){ + char *zExtra; + int nByte; + if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( pIdx->isResized==0 ); + nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; + zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->azColl = (char**)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra; + pIdx->nColumn = N; + pIdx->isResized = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Estimate the total row width for a table. +*/ +static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){ + unsigned wTable = 0; + const Column *pTabCol; + int i; + for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){ + wTable += pTabCol->szEst; + } + if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++; + pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4); +} + +/* +** Estimate the average size of a row for an index. +*/ +static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){ + unsigned wIndex = 0; + int i; + const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + assert( xpTable->nCol ); + wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst; + } + pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4); +} + +/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[] +*/ +static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){ + while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that +** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause. The job of this routine is to convert both +** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they +** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table. +** Changes include: +** +** (1) Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex. There is +** no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID. Instead, the canonical +** data storage is a covering index btree. +** (2) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry +** for the PRIMARY KEY as the the primary key index is now +** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself. +** (3) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the +** schema to the rootpage from the main table. +** (4) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. +** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object +** so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index. The surplus +** columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for +** sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks. +** (6) Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE +** indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns. +*/ +static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Index *pIdx; + Index *pPk; + int nPk; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + + /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the + ** root-page for the table into a OP_CreateIndex opcode. The index + ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index. + */ + if( pParse->addrCrTab ){ + assert( v ); + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex; + } + + /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master + ** table entry. + */ + if( pParse->addrSkipPK ){ + assert( v ); + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrSkipPK)->opcode = OP_Goto; + } + + /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally + ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. + */ + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); + if( pList==0 ) return; + pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, + pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder; + assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab ); + pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( pPk==0 ) return; + pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; + pTab->iPKey = -1; + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + } + pPk->isCovering = 1; + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + + /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */ + for(i=0; iaCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1; + } + pPk->uniqNotNull = 1; + + /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */ + pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum; + + /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting + ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int n; + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + for(i=n=0; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++; + } + if( n==0 ){ + /* This index is a superset of the primary key */ + pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol; + continue; + } + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return; + for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){ + pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i]; + j++; + } + } + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n ); + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j ); + } + + /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index + */ + if( nPknCol ){ + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return; + for(i=0, j=nPk; inCol; i++){ + if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){ + assert( jnColumn ); + pPk->aiColumn[j] = i; + pPk->azColl[j] = "BINARY"; + j++; + } + } + assert( pPk->nColumn==j ); + assert( pTab->nCol==j ); + }else{ + pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol; + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates +** a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** The table structure that other action routines have been building +** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have +** occurred. +** +** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless +** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 +** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just +** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has +** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in +** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** +** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine +** was called to create a table generated from a +** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of +** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ + Token *pEnd, /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */ + u8 tabOpts, /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */ + Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ +){ + Table *p; /* The new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* Database in which the table lives */ + Index *pIdx; /* An implied index of the table */ + + if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){ + return; + } + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 ) return; + + assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); + + /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the + ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. + ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number + ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number + ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + } + + /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */ + if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){ + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables"); + return; + } + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName); + }else{ + p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid; + convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p); + } + } + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. + */ + if( p->pCheck ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */ + estimateTableWidth(p); + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + estimateIndexWidth(pIdx); + } + + /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table + ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. + ** + ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary + ** file instead of into the main database file. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + int n; + Vdbe *v; + char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ + char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ + char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); + + /* + ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. + */ + if( p->pSelect==0 ){ + /* A regular table */ + zType = "table"; + zType2 = "TABLE"; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + }else{ + /* A view */ + zType = "view"; + zType2 = "VIEW"; +#endif + } + + /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT + ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the + ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. + ** + ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a + ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used + ** by the new table. + ** + ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, + ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since + ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would + ** be redundant. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + SelectDest dest; + Table *pSelTab; + + assert(pParse->nTab==1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG); + pParse->nTab = 2; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); + if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); + if( pSelTab==0 ) return; + assert( p->aCol==0 ); + p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + } + } + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ + if( pSelect ){ + zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); + }else{ + Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; + n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); + if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z + ); + } + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + zType, + p->zName, + p->zName, + pParse->regRoot, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for + ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. + */ + if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", + pDb->zName + ); + } + } +#endif + + /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName)); + } + + + /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, + sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p); + if( pOld ){ + assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return; + } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + if( !p->pSelect ){ + const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; + int nName; + assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); + if( pCons->z==0 ){ + pCons = pEnd; + } + nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); + p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); + } +#endif + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ + int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ + int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ +){ + Table *p; + int n; + const char *z; + Token sEnd; + DbFixer sFix; + Token *pName = 0; + int iDb; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return; + } + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return; + } + sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return; + } + + /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. + ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically + ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that + ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. + */ + p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return; + } + if( !db->init.busy ){ + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); + } + + /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to + ** the end. + */ + sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; + if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ + sEnd.z += sEnd.n; + } + sEnd.n = 0; + n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); + z = pBegin->z; + while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } + sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; + sEnd.n = 1; + + /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +/* +** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of +** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number +** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ + Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ + Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + + assert( pTable ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are + ** already known. + */ + if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; + + /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently + ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with + ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: + ** + ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; + ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; + ** + ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. + ** But the following test is still important as it does come up + ** in the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); + ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; + ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; + */ + if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); + return 1; + } + assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); + + /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. + ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any + ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors + ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes + ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT + ** statement that defines the view. + */ + assert( pTable->pSelect ); + pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); + if( pSel ){ + u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + n = pParse->nTab; + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); + pTable->nCol = -1; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); + db->xAuth = xAuth; +#else + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); +#endif + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + pParse->nTab = n; + if( pSelTab ){ + assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); + pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); + pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; + }else{ + pTable->nCol = 0; + nErr++; + } + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); + } else { + nErr++; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + return nErr; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. +*/ +static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ + HashElem *i; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); + if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); + pTab->aCol = 0; + pTab->nCol = 0; + } + } + DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); +} +#else +# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +/* +** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema +** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The +** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom +** to iTo. +** +** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information +** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. +** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might +** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices +** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. +** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with +** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo +** in order to be certain that we got the right one. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ + HashElem *pElem; + Hash *pHash; + Db *pDb; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ + pTab->tnum = iTo; + } + } + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ + pIdx->tnum = iTo; + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. +** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema +** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst +** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer + ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to + ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to + ** reflect this. + ** + ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value + ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER + ** token for additional information. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); +#endif + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +/* +** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. +** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions +** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer +** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Index *pIdx; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } +#else + /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages + ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the + ** following were coded: + ** + ** OP_Destroy 4 0 + ** ... + ** OP_Destroy 5 0 + ** + ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit + ** a free-list page. + */ + int iTab = pTab->tnum; + int iDestroyed = 0; + + while( 1 ){ + Index *pIdx; + int iLargest = 0; + + if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ + iLargest = iIdx; + } + } + if( iLargest==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbdb->nDb ); + destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); + iDestroyed = iLargest; + } + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) +** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. +*/ +static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database number */ + const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ + const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + for(i=1; i<=4; i++){ + char zTab[24]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i); + if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + zDbName, zTab, zType, zName + ); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to drop a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Trigger *pTrigger; + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code + ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or + ** sqlite_temp_master if required. + */ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + while( pTrigger ){ + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with + ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped + ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to + ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). + */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", + pDb->zName, pTab->zName + ); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the + ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes + ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being + ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be + ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another + ** database. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", + pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + destroyTable(pParse, pTab); + } + + /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify + ** the schema cookie. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. +** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]); + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; + + if( pTab==0 ){ + if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + + /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure + ** it is initialized. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zArg2 = 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; + zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; +#endif + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; + } + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + } +#endif + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used + ** on a table. + */ + if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table + ** on disk. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); + sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); + sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); + } + +exit_drop_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table +** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns +** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then +** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of +** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table). pToCol is a list +** of tables in the parent pTo table. flags contains all +** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified +** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. +** +** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently +** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. +** +** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call +** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ + Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ + ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ + int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FKey *pFKey = 0; + FKey *pNextTo; + Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; + int nByte; + int i; + int nCol; + char *z; + + assert( pTo!=0 ); + if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + int iCol = p->nCol-1; + if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; + if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" + " should reference only one column of table %T", + p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); + goto fk_end; + } + nCol = 1; + }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " + "columns in the referenced table"); + goto fk_end; + }else{ + nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; + } + nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; + } + } + pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); + if( pFKey==0 ){ + goto fk_end; + } + pFKey->pFrom = p; + pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; + z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; + pFKey->zTo = z; + memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); + z[pTo->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(z); + z += pTo->n+1; + pFKey->nCol = nCol; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; + }else{ + for(i=0; inCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; + break; + } + } + if( j>=p->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + pFromCol->a[i].zName); + goto fk_end; + } + } + } + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; ia[i].zName); + pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; + memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); + z[n] = 0; + z += n+1; + } + } + pFKey->isDeferred = 0; + pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ + pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, + pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey + ); + if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + goto fk_end; + } + if( pNextTo ){ + assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); + pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; + pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; + } + + /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. + */ + p->pFKey = pFKey; + pFKey = 0; + +fk_end: + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED +** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred +** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. +** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted +** accordingly. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + Table *pTab; + FKey *pFKey; + if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; + assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; +#endif +} + +/* +** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is +** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the +** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. +** +** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly +** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the +** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then +** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and +** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. +*/ +static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ + int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ + int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ + int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ + int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ + int tnum; /* Root page of index */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + if( memRootPage>=0 ){ + tnum = memRootPage; + }else{ + tnum = pIndex->tnum; + } + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex); + + /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ + iSorter = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*) + sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO); + + /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index + ** records into the sorter. */ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, + (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); + + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ); + if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){ + int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord, + pKey->nField - pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex); + }else{ + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); +} + +/* +** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns. +** +** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes +** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a +** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + i16 nCol, /* Total number of columns in the index */ + int nExtra, /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */ + char **ppExtra /* Pointer to the "extra" space */ +){ + Index *p; /* Allocated index object */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */ + + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */ + ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) + /* Index.azColl */ + ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowLogEst */ + sizeof(i16)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ + sizeof(u8)*nCol); /* Index.aSortOrder */ + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra); + if( p ){ + char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index)); + p->azColl = (char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol); + p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1); + p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol; + p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1; + *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a +** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable +** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is +** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this +** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added +** to the table currently under construction. +** +** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index +** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index +** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ + SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ + ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ + int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ + Expr *pPIWhere, /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ + int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ +){ + Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ + Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ + int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ + int i, j; + DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ + int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ + int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ + Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ + struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ + const Column *pTabCol; /* A column in the table */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */ + int nExtraCol; /* Number of extra columns needed */ + char *zExtra = 0; /* Extra space after the Index object */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ + if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* + ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. + */ + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db + ** before looking up the table. + */ + assert( pName1 && pName2 ); + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName && pName->z ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table + ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this + ** if initialising a database schema. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); + if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } + } +#endif + + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){ + /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, + ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ + assert(0); + } + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); + if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", + pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + }else{ + assert( pName==0 ); + assert( pStart==0 ); + pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + } + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif + + /* + ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another + ** index or table with the same name. + ** + ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the + ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and + ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or + ** index, then we will continue to process this index. + ** + ** If pName==0 it means that we are + ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our + ** own name. + */ + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName->z!=0 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !db->init.busy ){ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ + if( !ifNotExist ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + }else{ + int n; + Index *pLoop; + for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); + if( zName==0 ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + + /* Check for authorization to create an index. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + const char *zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary + ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. + ** So create a fake list to simulate this. + */ + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); + if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, + pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName); + pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder; + } + + /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly + ** specified collation sequence names. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr ){ + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken)); + } + } + + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. + */ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; + pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol, + nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) ); + pIndex->zName = zExtra; + zExtra += nName + 1; + memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); + pIndex->pTable = pTab; + pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; + pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None; + pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE; + pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr; + if( pPIWhere ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0); + pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere; + pPIWhere = 0; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + + /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns + */ + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ + sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ + }else{ + sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ + } + + /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and + ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error + ** if any column is not found. + ** + ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named + ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of + ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the + ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would + ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. + */ + for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ + const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; + int requestedSortOrder; + char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ + + for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", + pTab->zName, zColName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_create_index; + } + assert( pTab->nCol<=0x7fff && j<=0x7fff ); + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j; + if( pListItem->pExpr ){ + int nColl; + assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken; + nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; + assert( nExtra>=nColl ); + memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); + zColl = zExtra; + zExtra += nColl; + nExtra -= nColl; + }else{ + zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + if( !zColl ) zColl = "BINARY"; + } + if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; + requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; + if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; + } + if( pPk ){ + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; + if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){ + pIndex->nColumn--; + }else{ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; + pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j]; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j]; + i++; + } + } + assert( i==pIndex->nColumn ); + }else{ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = -1; + pIndex->azColl[i] = "BINARY"; + } + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); + if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex); + + if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ + /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a + ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or + ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. + ** i.e. one of: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); + ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); + ** + ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If + ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to + ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with + ** explicit indices. + ** + ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent + ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different + ** sort orders. + ** + ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of + ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are + ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. + */ + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int k; + assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); + assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ); + assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); + + if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue; + for(k=0; knKeyCol; k++){ + const char *z1; + const char *z2; + if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; + z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; + z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; + if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; + } + if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ + /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous + ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit + ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the + ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. + */ + if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); + } + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ + pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; + } + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + } + + /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other + ** in-memory database structures. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + Index *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName), + pIndex); + if( p ){ + assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + goto exit_create_index; + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + } + } + + /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the + ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then + ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for + ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with + ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master + ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table. + ** + ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY + ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table + ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization + ** step can be skipped. + */ + else if( pParse->nErr==0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0) ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zStmt; + int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + + + /* Create the rootpage for the index + */ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); + + /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into + ** the zStmt variable + */ + if( pStart ){ + int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--; + /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", + onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z); + }else{ + /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ + /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ + zStmt = 0; + } + + /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pIndex->zName, + pTab->zName, + iMem, + zStmt + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + + /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire + ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. + */ + if( pTblName ){ + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); + } + } + + /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make + ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled + ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check + ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of + ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. + */ + if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ + if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 + || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ + pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; + pTab->pIndex = pIndex; + }else{ + Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; + while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ + pOther = pOther->pNext; + } + pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pIndex; + } + pRet = pIndex; + pIndex = 0; + } + + /* Clean up before exiting */ +exit_create_index: + if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information +** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. +** +** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. +** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the +** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the +** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number +** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns +** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that +* +** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] +** aiRowEst[N]>=1 +** +** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to +** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here +** are based on typical values found in actual indices. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ + /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ + LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; + LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst; + int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol); + int i; + + /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated + ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows + ** in the table is less than that. */ + a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; + if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) ); + + /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is + ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */ + memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst)); + for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + a[i] = 23; assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) ); + } + + assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); + if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0; +} + +/* +** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine +** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ + Index *pIndex; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + if( !ifExists ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " + "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); + goto exit_drop_index; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName + ); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); + } + +exit_drop_index: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the +** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc() +** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end. +** +** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of +** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes +** in total). +** +** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the +** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to +** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation +** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains +** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ + int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ + int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ + int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ +){ + char *z; + int n = *pnEntry; + if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){ + int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n; + void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry); + if( pNew==0 ){ + *pIdx = -1; + return pArray; + } + pArray = pNew; + } + z = (char*)pArray; + memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry); + *pIdx = n; + ++*pnEntry; + return pArray; +} + +/* +** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if +** need be. +** +** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + } + pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pList->a, + sizeof(pList->a[0]), + &pList->nId, + &i + ); + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Delete an IdList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 +** if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return -1; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by +** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. +** New slots are zeroed. +** +** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. +** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); +** +** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. +** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result +** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, +** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would +** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. +** +** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The +** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ + int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ + int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ +){ + int i; + + /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ + assert( iStart>=0 ); + assert( nExtra>=1 ); + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); + + /* Allocate additional space if needed */ + if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ + SrcList *pNew; + int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; + int nGot; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, + sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + return pSrc; + } + pSrc = pNew; + nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; + pSrc->nAlloc = nGot; + } + + /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots + ** out of the way */ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ + pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + } + pSrc->nSrc += nExtra; + + /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ + memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); + for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; + } + + /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ + return pSrc; +} + + +/* +** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if +** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. +** +** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned +** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be +** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList +** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. +** +** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional +** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase +** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. +** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, +** or with NULL if no database is specified. +** +** In other words, if call like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); +** +** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called +** like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); +** +** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined +** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); +** +** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted +** before being added to the SrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ + Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ + Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 1; + } + pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; + if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ + pDatabase = 0; + } + if( pDatabase ){ + Token *pTemp = pDatabase; + pDatabase = pTable; + pTable = pTemp; + } + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); + pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the +** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of +** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL +** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase +** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. +** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the +** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the +** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the +** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and +** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing +** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** +** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new +** term added. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ + Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ + Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ + Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ + Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ + Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", + (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") + ); + goto append_from_error; + } + p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ + goto append_from_error; + } + pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pAlias!=0 ); + if( pAlias->n ){ + pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + } + pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; + pItem->pOn = pOn; + pItem->pUsing = pUsing; + return p; + + append_from_error: + assert( p==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added +** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ + assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); + if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); + if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ + /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y + ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ + pItem->notIndexed = 1; + }else{ + pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); + } + } +} + +/* +** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator +** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator +** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine +** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM +** clause. +** +** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** +** A natural cross join B +** +** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored +** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the +** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ + if( p ){ + int i; + assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 ); + for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ + p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; + } + p->a[0].jointype = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Begin a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + int i; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); +/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) return; + if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Commit a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Rollback a transaction +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, +** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ + char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; + assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); +#endif + if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); + return; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return +** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ + int rc; + Btree *pBt; + static const int flags = + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | + SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " + "file for storing temporary tables"); + pParse->rc = rc; + return 1; + } + db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; + assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified +** for database iDb. The code to actually verify the schema cookie +** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated +** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; + yDbMask mask; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); + assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ + pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask; + pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); + } + } +} + +/* +** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each +** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){ + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that +** might change the database. +** +** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within +** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint +** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should +** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of +** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to +** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints +** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never +** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<isMultiWrite |= setStatement; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write +** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, +** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) +** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will +** be necessary to undo the completed writes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; +} + +/* +** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is +** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to +** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make +** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. +** +** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the +** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency +** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes +** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm +** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency +** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in +** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective +** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen +** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement +** and/or current transaction is rolled back. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int errCode, /* extended error code */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + char *p4, /* Error message */ + i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */ + u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); + if( onError==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type); + if( p5Errmsg ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg); +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + Index *pIdx /* The index that triggers the constraint */ +){ + char *zErr; + int j; + StrAccum errMsg; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); + errMsg.db = pParse->db; + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; + if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, pTab->zName); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ".", 1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, zCol); + } + zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, + IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY + : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, + onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ + Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ +){ + char *zMsg; + int rc; + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY; + }else{ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID; + } + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC, + P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + +/* +** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return +** true if it does and false if it does not. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ + int i; + assert( zColl!=0 ); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; + assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 ); + if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. +** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the +** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute +** all indices everywhere. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + assert( pDb!=0 ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for the REINDEX command. +** +** REINDEX -- 1 +** REINDEX -- 2 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. +** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named +** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all +** indices associated with the named table. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ + char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + if( pName1==0 ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); + return; + }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ + char *zColl; + assert( pName1->z ); + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); + if( !zColl ) return; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); + if( pColl ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + return; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); + if( z==0 ) return; + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + if( pIndex ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + return; + } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index. +** +** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object. +** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer. The +** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object. +** +** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object +** when it has finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db!=pParse->db ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo); + pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0; + } +#endif + if( pIdx->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + int i; + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol; + KeyInfo *pKey; + if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey); + }else{ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0); + } + if( pKey ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) ); + for(i=0; iazColl[i]; + assert( zColl!=0 ); + pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 : + sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); + pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + } + if( pParse->nErr ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey); + }else{ + pIdx->pKeyInfo = pKey; + } + } + } + return sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pIdx->pKeyInfo); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a +** WITH clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + With *pWith, /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */ + Token *pName, /* Name of the common-table */ + ExprList *pArglist, /* Optional column name list for the table */ + Select *pQuery /* Query used to initialize the table */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + With *pNew; + char *zName; + + /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If + ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName && pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName); + } + } + } + + if( pWith ){ + int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte); + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith)); + } + assert( zName!=0 || pNew==0 ); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pNew==0 ); + + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + pNew = pWith; + }else{ + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zErr = 0; + pNew->nCte++; + } + + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ + if( pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith); + } +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */ + +/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2005 May 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables +** of user defined functions and collation sequences. +*/ + + +/* +** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence +** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. +*/ +static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ + assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); + if( db->xCollNeeded ){ + char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( !zExternal ) return; + db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ + char const *zExternal; + sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zExternal ){ + db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a +** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions +** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one +** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if +** possible. +*/ +static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ + CollSeq *pColl2; + char *z = pColl->zName; + int i; + static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; + for(i=0; i<3; i++){ + pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); + if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ + memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); + pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback +** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the +** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** +** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database +** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation +** sequence can be found. If no collation is found, leave an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ + CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ + const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ +){ + CollSeq *p; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + p = pColl; + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ + /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. + ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. + */ + callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ + p = 0; + } + assert( !p || p->xCmp ); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to +** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when +** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences +** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. +** +** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different +** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ + if( pColl ){ + const char *zName = pColl->zName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( p==pColl ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +/* +** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry +** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is +** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an +** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence +** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. +** +** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of +** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in +** each collation sequence structure. +*/ +static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ + int create /* Create a new entry if true */ +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + + if( 0==pColl && create ){ + pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); + if( pColl ){ + CollSeq *pDel = 0; + pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); + pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; + pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); + + /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added + ** to the hash table). + */ + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); + if( pDel!=0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + pColl = 0; + } + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. +** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName +** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. +** +** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a +** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around +** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory +** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence +** cannot be found. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( + sqlite3 *db, + u8 enc, + const char *zName, + int create +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( zName ){ + pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); + }else{ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; + return pColl; +} + +/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure +** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument +** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system +** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the +** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. +** +** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg +** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that +** takes a variable number of arguments. +** +** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function +** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive +** match score for any +** +** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: +** +** 0: Not a match. +** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments. +** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args. +** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments +** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 6: Perfect match: encoding and argument count match exactly. +** +** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is +** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is +** a non-match. +*/ +#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6 /* The score for a perfect match */ +static int matchQuality( + FuncDef *p, /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */ + int nArg, /* Desired number of arguments. (-1)==any */ + u8 enc /* Desired text encoding */ +){ + int match; + + /* nArg of -2 is a special case */ + if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH; + + /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */ + if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0; + + /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments + ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */ + if( p->nArg==nArg ){ + match = 4; + }else{ + match = 1; + } + + /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */ + if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){ + match += 2; /* Exact encoding match */ + }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){ + match += 1; /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */ + } + + return match; +} + +/* +** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return +** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. +*/ +static FuncDef *functionSearch( + FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ + int h, /* Hash of the name */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ + int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ +){ + FuncDef *p; + for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ + return p; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( + FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ + FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ +){ + FuncDef *pOther; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); + u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; + int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); + pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); + if( pOther ){ + assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); + pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pDef; + }else{ + pDef->pNext = 0; + pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; + pHash->a[h] = pDef; + } +} + + + +/* +** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag +** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a +** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return +** NULL if the function does not exist. +** +** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef +** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a +** no matching function previously existed. +** +** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned. A +** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero. The nArg==(-2) +** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number +** of arguments. If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0. +** +** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and +** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not +** match that requested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ + int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ + u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ + u8 createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +){ + FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ + FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ + int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ + int h; /* Hash value */ + + assert( nArg>=(-2) ); + assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 ); + h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); + + /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. + */ + p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + + /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in + ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give + ** priority to built-in functions. + ** + ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to + ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will + ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the + ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. + ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. + */ + if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + bestScore = 0; + p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + } + + /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an + ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a + ** new entry to the hash table and return it. + */ + if( createFlag && bestScorezName = (char *)&pBest[1]; + pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; + pBest->funcFlags = enc; + memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); + pBest->zName[nName] = 0; + sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); + } + + if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ + return pBest; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the +** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents +** of the schema hash tables). +** +** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ + Hash temp1; + Hash temp2; + HashElem *pElem; + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; + + temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; + temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); + pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; + if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ + pSchema->iGeneration++; + pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; + } +} + +/* +** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create +** a new one if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ + Schema * p; + if( pBt ){ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); + }else{ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); + } + if( !p ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ + sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); + p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + return p; +} + +/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. +*/ + +/* +** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries +** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains +** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, +** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and +** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table +** name is not found or if any other error occurs. +** +** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: +** +** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object +** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + Table *pTab; + assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); + pItem->pTab = pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ + pTab = 0; + } + return pTab; +} + +/* +** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not +** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is +** writable return 0; +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ + /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: + ** + ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method + ** has been provided, or + ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not + ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not + ** been specified. + ** + ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. + */ + if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) + && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) + || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && pParse->nested==0 ) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); + return 1; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); + return 1; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +/* +** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The +** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the +** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pView, /* View definition */ + Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ + int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ +){ + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSel; + SrcList *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pFrom ){ + assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); + pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); + pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); + } + pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, +** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; +** \__________________________/ +** pLimitWhere (pInClause) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ + Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ + Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ + char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */ +){ + Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ + Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ + Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ + ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ + SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ + Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ + + /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. + */ + if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); + goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + } + + /* We only need to generate a select expression if there + ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. + */ + if( pLimit == 0 ) { + /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ + assert( pOffset == 0 ); + return pWhere; + } + + /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset + ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** becomes: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( + ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** ); + */ + + pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); + if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + + /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree + ** and the SELECT subtree. */ + pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); + if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); + goto limit_where_cleanup_2; + } + + /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, + pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); + if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; + + /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ + pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; + pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); + if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; + + pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; + pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); + return pInClause; + + /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ +limit_where_cleanup_1: + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); + return 0; + +limit_where_cleanup_2: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); + return 0; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */ + /* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + +/* +** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; +** \________/ \________________/ +** pTabList pWhere +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */ + int iDataCur; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number of the first index */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ + AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ + int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ + int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */ + int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */ + int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */ + i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */ + int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ + int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */ + int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */ + int addrDelete = 0; /* Jump directly to the delete logic */ + int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephermeral table */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ +#endif + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be + ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we + ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect + ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** deleted from is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); + assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); + if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert(!isView || pTrigger); + + /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Start the view context + */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + + /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into + ** a ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur); + iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; + } +#endif + + /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if + ** we are counting rows. + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. + ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, + ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by + ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ + if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) + && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) + ){ + assert( !isView ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, + pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ + { + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */ + pPk = 0; + nPk = 1; + iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); + }else{ + /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephermeral table used to + ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + iEphCur = pParse->nTab++; + addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + + /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row + ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. + */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, + WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK, + iTabCur+1); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + + /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); + } + + /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ + if( pPk ){ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i], iPk+i); + } + iKey = iPk; + }else{ + iKey = pParse->nMem + 1; + iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0); + if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey; + } + + if( okOnePass ){ + /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only + ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the + ** delete code. + */ + nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nIdx+2); + if( aToOpen==0 ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen); + addrDelete = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Jump to DELETE logic */ + }else if( pPk ){ + /* Construct a composite key for the row to be deleted and remember it */ + iKey = ++pParse->nMem; + nKey = 0; /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey); + }else{ + /* Get the rowid of the row to be deleted and remember it in the RowSet */ + nKey = 1; /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); + } + + /* End of the WHERE loop */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + if( okOnePass ){ + /* Bypass the delete logic below if the WHERE loop found zero rows */ + addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBypass); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrDelete); + } + + /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are + ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the + ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF + ** triggers. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen, + &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur ); + assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 ); + } + + /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the + ** where-clause loop above. + */ + if( okOnePass ){ + /* Just one row. Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */ + assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){ + assert( pPk!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( pPk ){ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey); + assert( nKey==0 ); /* OP_Found will use a composite key */ + }else{ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( nKey==1 ); + } + + /* Delete the row */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else +#endif + { + int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, okOnePass); + } + + /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ + if( okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrLoop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + } + + /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur); + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i); + } + } + } /* End non-truncate path */ + + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +delete_from_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a +** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and +** all indices are removed. +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data +** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself, +** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case +** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. +** +** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a +** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means +** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the +** single memory location iPk. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */ + i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */ + u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ + u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ + u8 bNoSeek /* iDataCur is already pointing to the row to delete */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ + int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ + int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ + u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */ + + /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ + assert( v ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); + + /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists + ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do + ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ + iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + if( !bNoSeek ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); + } + + /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to + ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ + if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ + u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ + int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ + int addrStart; /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */ + + /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to + ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ + mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf + ); + mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); + iOld = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); + + /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be + ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 ); + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 ); + if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1); + } + } + + /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the + ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved + ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was + ** pointing to. + */ + if( addrStartpSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); + if( count ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + } + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just deleted. */ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); + + /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE + ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a + ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); +} + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all +** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage +** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself +** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID +** tables.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex +** index is the 0-th index.) +** +** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row +** that is to be deleted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ +){ + int i; /* Index loop counter */ + int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */ + Index *pIdx; /* Current index */ + Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */ + + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx ); + if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + if( pIdx==pPk ) continue; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName)); + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1, + &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1, + pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + pPrior = pIdx; + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register +** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. +** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to +** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then +** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index. +** +** Return a register number which is the first in a block of +** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The +** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time +** this routine returns. +** +** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump +** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped. +** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates +** to false or null. If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel +** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by +** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** +** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to +** avoid unnecessary register loads. If pPrior is not NULL, then it is +** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been +** computed into register regPrior. If the current pIdx index is generating +** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share +** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already +** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. +** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK +** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or +** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor number from which to take column data */ + int regOut, /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */ + int prefixOnly, /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */ + int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */ + Index *pPrior, /* Previously generated index key */ + int regPrior /* Register holding previous generated key */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int j; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + int regBase; + int nCol; + + if( piPartIdxLabel ){ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pParse->iPartIdxTab = iDataCur; + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + }else{ + *piPartIdxLabel = 0; + } + } + nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn; + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0; + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ) continue; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], + regBase+j); + /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it + ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact + ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode. + ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where + ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again. So omit the OP_RealAffinity + ** opcode if it is present */ + sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity); + } + if( regOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + return regBase; +} + +/* +** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label +** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to +** resolve that label. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){ + if( iLabel ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + } +} + +/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2002 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL +** functions of SQLite. +** +** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function +** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. +** All other code has file scope. +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Return the collating function associated with a function. +*/ +static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ + return context->pColl; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this +** iteration of the aggregate loop. +*/ +static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){ + context->skipFlag = 1; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions +*/ +static void minmaxFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ + int iBest; + CollSeq *pColl; + + assert( argc>1 ); + mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; + pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + assert( pColl ); + assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); + iBest = 0; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + for(i=1; i=0 ){ + testcase( mask==0 ); + iBest = i; + } + } + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); +} + +/* +** Return the type of the argument. +*/ +static void typeofFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *z = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; + default: z = "null"; break; + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + + +/* +** Implementation of the length() function +*/ +static void lengthFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int len; + + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_BLOB: + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + while( *z ){ + len++; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + sqlite3_result_int(context, len); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the abs() function. +** +** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of +** the numeric argument X. +*/ +static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( iVal<0 ){ + if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808 + ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no + ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); + return; + } + iVal = -iVal; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); + break; + } + case SQLITE_NULL: { + /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + default: { + /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not + ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: + ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that + ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. + */ + double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; + sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the instr() function. +** +** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle +** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1, +** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack. +** +** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than +** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle, +** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack. +*/ +static void instrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zHaystack; + const unsigned char *zNeedle; + int nHaystack; + int nNeedle; + int typeHaystack, typeNeedle; + int N = 1; + int isText; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]); + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + isText = 0; + }else{ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + isText = 1; + } + while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){ + N++; + do{ + nHaystack--; + zHaystack++; + }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ); + } + if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0; + sqlite3_result_int(context, N); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the printf() function. +*/ +static void printfFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + PrintfArguments x; + StrAccum str; + const char *zFormat; + int n; + + if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + x.nArg = argc-1; + x.nUsed = 0; + x.apArg = argv+1; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + str.db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC, zFormat, &x); + n = str.nChar; + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n, + SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the substr() function. +** +** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. +** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character +** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. +** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. +** +** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +** +** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1. +*/ +static void substrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z; + const unsigned char *z2; + int len; + int p0type; + i64 p1, p2; + int negP2 = 0; + + assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) + ){ + return; + } + p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + if( p1<0 ){ + for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + } + } + if( argc==3 ){ + p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + if( p2<0 ){ + p2 = -p2; + negP2 = 1; + } + }else{ + p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + } + if( p1<0 ){ + p1 += len; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + p1 = 0; + } + }else if( p1>0 ){ + p1--; + }else if( p2>0 ){ + p2--; + } + if( negP2 ){ + p1 -= p2; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + p1 = 0; + } + } + assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); + if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + while( *z && p1 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + p1--; + } + for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + if( p1+p2>len ){ + p2 = len-p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + } + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the round() function +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + int n = 0; + double r; + char *zBuf; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( argc==2 ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( n>30 ) n = 30; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, + ** handle the rounding directly, + ** otherwise use printf. + */ + if( n==0 && r>=0 && r0 ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + z = 0; + }else{ + z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); + if( !z ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + } + } + return z; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. +*/ +static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); + if( z1 ){ + for(i=0; imatchOne; + u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; + u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; + u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; + int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ + + while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){ + if( c==matchAll && !prevEscape ){ + while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll + || c == matchOne ){ + if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( c==esc ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ + assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ + while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return *zString!=0; + } + while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString))!=0 ){ + if( noCase ){ + GlobUpperToLower(c2); + GlobUpperToLower(c); + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + GlobUpperToLower(c2); + } + }else{ + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + } + } + if( c2==0 ) return 0; + if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; + } + return 0; + }else if( c==matchOne && !prevEscape ){ + if( sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + u32 prior_c = 0; + assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ + seen = 0; + invert = 0; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + if( c==0 ) return 0; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c2=='^' ){ + invert = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==']' ){ + if( c==']' ) seen = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ + if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; + prior_c = 0; + }else{ + if( c==c2 ){ + seen = 1; + } + prior_c = c2; + } + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ + prevEscape = 1; + }else{ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + if( noCase ){ + GlobUpperToLower(c); + GlobUpperToLower(c2); + } + if( c!=c2 ){ + return 0; + } + prevEscape = 0; + } + } + return *zString==0; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_strglob() interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){ + return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, 0)==0; +} + +/* +** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is +** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing +** only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B,A). +** +** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes +** the GLOB operator. +*/ +static void likeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA, *zB; + u32 escape = 0; + int nPat; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ + + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zEsc==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc); + } + if( zA && zB ){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + + sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first +** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the +** arguments are equal to each other. +*/ +static void nullifFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version +** of the SQLite library that is running. +*/ +static void versionFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string +** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build +** SQLite. +*/ +static void sourceidFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around +** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for +** its side-effects. +*/ +static void errlogFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); + sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. +** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option +** was used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptionusedFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zOptName; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL + ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ + ** function. + */ + if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. +** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options +** used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptiongetFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int n; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function + ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. + */ + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex +** digits. */ +static const char hexdigits[] = { + '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' +}; + +/* +** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single +** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as +** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string +** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with +** single-quote escapes. +*/ +static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + double r1, r2; + char zBuf[50]; + r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1); + sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( r1!=r2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + } + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + char *zText = 0; + char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); + if( zText ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; + zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; + } + zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; + zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; + zText[0] = 'X'; + zText[1] = '\''; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zText); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + int i,j; + u64 n; + const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + char *z; + + if( zArg==0 ) return; + for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } + z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); + if( z ){ + z[0] = '\''; + for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ + z[j++] = zArg[i]; + if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ + z[j++] = '\''; + } + } + z[j++] = '\''; + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value +** for the first character of the input string. +*/ +static void unicodeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + (void)argc; + if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z)); +} + +/* +** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is +** an integer. It constructs a string where each character of the string +** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument. +*/ +static void charFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char *z, *zOut; + int i; + zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc( argc*4+1 ); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + for(i=0; i0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd; + c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff); + if( c<0x00080 ){ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); + }else if( c<0x00800 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else if( c<0x10000 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else{ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + } \ + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(zOut-z), sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return +** a hexadecimal rendering as text. +*/ +static void hexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i, n; + const unsigned char *pBlob; + char *zHex, *z; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); + if( zHex ){ + for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; + *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; + } + *z = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); + } +} + +/* +** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. +*/ +static void zeroblobFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + i64 n; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ + } +} + +/* +** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call +** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived +** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C. The match +** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +*/ +static void replaceFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ + const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ + const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ + int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ + int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ + int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ + i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ + int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zStr==0 ) return; + nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zPattern==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + return; + } + nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zRep==0 ) return; + nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); + nOut = nStr + 1; + assert( nOutaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return; + } + zOld = zOut; + zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); + if( zOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + sqlite3_free(zOld); + return; + } + memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); + j += nRep; + i += nPattern-1; + } + } + assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); + memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); + j += nStr - i; + assert( j<=nOut ); + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. +** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +*/ +static void trimFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ + const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ + int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ + int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ + unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ + int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + return; + } + zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) return; + nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( argc==1 ){ + static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; + static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; + nChar = 1; + aLen = (u8*)lenOne; + azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; + zCharSet = 0; + }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + const unsigned char *z; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); + if( azChar==0 ){ + return; + } + aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); + } + } + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); + if( flags & 1 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + zIn += len; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( flags & 2 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( zCharSet ){ + sqlite3_free(azChar); + } + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + + +/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It +** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used +** when SQLite is built. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX +/* +** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. +** +** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the +** soundex encoding of the string X. +*/ +static void soundexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + char zResult[8]; + const u8 *zIn; + int i, j; + static const unsigned char iCode[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + }; + assert( argc==1 ); + zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; + for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} + if( zIn[i] ){ + u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); + for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ + int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + if( code>0 ){ + if( code!=prevcode ){ + prevcode = code; + zResult[j++] = code + '0'; + } + }else{ + prevcode = 0; + } + } + while( j<4 ){ + zResult[j++] = '0'; + } + zResult[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument + ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. +*/ +static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zProc; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zErrMsg = 0; + + if( argc==2 ){ + zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + }else{ + zProc = 0; + } + if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a +** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. +*/ +typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; +struct SumCtx { + double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ + i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ + i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ + u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ + u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ +}; + +/* +** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. +** +** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means +** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns +** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where +** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point +** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if +** it overflows an integer. +*/ +static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + SumCtx *p; + int type; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); + if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + p->cnt++; + if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + p->rSum += v; + if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ + p->overflow = 1; + } + }else{ + p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + p->approx = 1; + } + } +} +static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + if( p->overflow ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); + }else if( p->approx ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + } + } +} +static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + } +} +static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); +} + +/* +** The following structure keeps track of state information for the +** count() aggregate function. +*/ +typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; +struct CountCtx { + i64 n; +}; + +/* +** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +*/ +static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ + p->n++; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make + ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our + ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be + ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ + assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff + || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); +#endif +} +static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); +} + +/* +** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +*/ +static void minmaxStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; + Mem *pBest; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); + if( !pBest ) return; + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + }else if( pBest->flags ){ + int max; + int cmp; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, + ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the + ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the + ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it + ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. + ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() + ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). + */ + max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; + cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); + if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + }else{ + sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + } + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + } +} +static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3_value *pRes; + pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pRes ){ + if( pRes->flags ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); + } +} + +/* +** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) +*/ +static void groupConcatStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zVal; + StrAccum *pAccum; + const char *zSep; + int nVal, nSep; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + + if( pAccum ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0; + pAccum->useMalloc = 2; + pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + if( !firstTerm ){ + if( argc==2 ){ + zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + }else{ + zSep = ","; + nSep = 1; + } + if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); + } + zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); + } +} +static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + StrAccum *pAccum; + pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pAccum ){ + if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, + sqlite3_free); + } + } +} + +/* +** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most +** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. +** This routine only deals with those that are not global. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. +*/ +static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ + FuncDef *pDef; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), + 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ + pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal; + } +} + +/* +** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive +** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case +** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo; + if( caseSensitive ){ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; + }else{ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + } + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, + (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", + caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); +} + +/* +** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If +** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function +** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and +** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then +** return FALSE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ + FuncDef *pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION + || !pExpr->x.pList + || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 + ){ + return 0; + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), + 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are + ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The + ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + */ + memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); + assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); + *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; + return 1; +} + +/* +** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above +** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as +** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). +** +** After this routine runs +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ + /* + ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions + ** defined in this file. + ** + ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the + ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array + ** are read-only after initialization is complete. + */ + static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { + FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), + FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), + FUNCTION2(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), + FUNCTION2(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH), + FUNCTION(instr, 2, 0, 0, instrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(printf, -1, 0, 0, printfFunc ), + FUNCTION(unicode, 1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc ), + FUNCTION(char, -1, 0, 0, charFunc ), + FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), + FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), +#endif + FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), + FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION2(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), + FUNCTION2(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + FUNCTION2(unlikely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION2(likelihood, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), + VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), + FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), + VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), + VFUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), + VFUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), + FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), + FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), + #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), + #endif + #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), + FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), + #endif + AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), + /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ + {0,SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0}, + AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + + LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #else + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + #endif + }; + + int i; + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); + + for(i=0; idb->mallocFailed flag is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ + Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ + Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ + int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ +){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ + char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ + + /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ + assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); + assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); + assert( pParse ); + + /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it + ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx + ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. + ** + ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate + ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). + ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. + */ + if( nCol==1 ){ + /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: + ** + ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly + ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or + ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY. + */ + if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ + if( !zKey ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; + } + }else if( paiCol ){ + assert( nCol>1 ); + aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); + if( !aiCol ) return 1; + *paiCol = aiCol; + } + + for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ + /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number + ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key + ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ + + if( zKey==0 ){ + /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to + ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be + ** identified by the test. */ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + if( aiCol ){ + int i; + for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; + } + break; + } + }else{ + /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to + ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this + ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses + ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ + int i, j; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ + char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ + char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ + + /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from + ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is + ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ + zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; + if( !zDfltColl ){ + zDfltColl = "BINARY"; + } + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; + + zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; + for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ + if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; + break; + } + } + if( j==nCol ) break; + } + if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ + } + } + } + + if( !pIdx ){ + if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"", + pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo); + } + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); + return 1; + } + + *ppIdx = pIdx; + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the +** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed +** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row +** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the +** new row. +** +** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the +** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into +** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no +** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be +** found in the parent table: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". +*/ +static void fkLookupParent( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ + Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ + Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ + int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ + int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ + int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ + int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ + int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ + + /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any + ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need + ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. + ** + ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If + ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to + ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ + if( nIncr<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + if( isIgnore==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY + ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ + int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. + ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there + ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of + ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column + ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); + iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about + ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), + ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not + ** increment the constraint-counter. */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + } + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); + }else{ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; + assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ + iParent = regData; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); + } + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); + } + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly + ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of + ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being + ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ + assert( nIncr==1 ); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + }else{ + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + } + + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); +} + + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding +** to column iCol of table pTab. +** +** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data +** for pTab. regBase itself holds the rowid. regBase+1 holds the first +** column. regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableRegister( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */ + int regBase, /* Contents of table pTab */ + i16 iCol /* Which column of pTab is desired */ +){ + Expr *pExpr; + Column *pCol; + const char *zColl; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1; + pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity; + zColl = pCol->zColl; + if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl); + }else{ + pExpr->iTable = regBase; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which +** has cursor iCur. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableColumn( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */ + int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */ + i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */ +){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + pExpr->pTab = pTab; + pExpr->iTable = iCursor; + pExpr->iColumn = iCol; + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted +** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is +** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating +** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - +** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. +** +** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child +** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. +** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". +*/ +static void fkScanChildren( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The child table to be scanned */ + Table *pTab, /* The parent table */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */ + FKey *pFKey, /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ + int regData, /* Parent row data starts here */ + int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ + NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ + int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) ); + + if( nIncr<0 ){ + iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: + ** + ** = AND = ... + ** + ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of + ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should + ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + + iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + } + + /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms + ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned. + ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this: + ** + ** $current_rowid!=rowid + ** NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... ) + ** + ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used + ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the primary key is + ** (a,b,...) + */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ + Expr *pNe; /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1); + pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1); + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); + }else{ + Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0; + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq); + } + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0); + } + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe); + } + + /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ + memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; + sNameContext.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); + + /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE + ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for + ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the + ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + if( pWInfo ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + if( iFkIfZero ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by +** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab. For example, +** given the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); +** +** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer +** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table +** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a +** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent +** table). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); + return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); +} + +/* +** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the +** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure +** and all of its sub-components. +** +** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from +** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. +*/ +static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ + if( p ){ + TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); + sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is +** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument +** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to +** table pTab. +** +** Normally, no code is required. However, if either +** +** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or +** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is +** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK +** constraint violations in the database, +** +** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping +** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this +** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ + int iSkip = 0; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ + if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ + /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table + ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without + ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over + ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints + ** when this statement is run. */ + FKey *p; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break; + } + if( !p ) return; + iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + pParse->disableTriggers = 1; + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); + pParse->disableTriggers = 0; + + /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint + ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before + ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement + ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as + ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK + ** constraints are violated. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + } + + if( iSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); + } + } +} + + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** child key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkChildIsModified( + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated */ + FKey *p, /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating modified columns */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is modified by this update */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; + if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; + if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkParentIsModified( + Table *pTab, + FKey *p, + int *aChange, + int bChngRowid +){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; + int iKey; + for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ + if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){ + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; + if( zKey ){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1; + }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + return 1; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of +** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint +** processing for the operation. +** +** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the +** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the +** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values +** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed +** zero in this case. +** +** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the +** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new +** row data. +** +** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before +** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention +** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted +** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ + int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ + int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ + int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; + + /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ + assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); + + /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the + ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ + int *aiFree = 0; + int *aiCol; + int iCol; + int i; + int isIgnore = 0; + + if( aChange + && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 + && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index + ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these + ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return + ** early. */ + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + }else{ + pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + } + if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ + assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( pTo==0 ){ + /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this + ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped + ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. + ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is + ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant + ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. + */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); + } + continue; + } + assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); + + if( aiFree ){ + aiCol = aiFree; + }else{ + iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + aiCol = &iCol; + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + aiCol[i] = -1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the + ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any + ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ + if( db->xAuth ){ + int rcauth; + char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); + isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); + } +#endif + } + + /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate + ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns + ** in the parent table. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); + pParse->nTab++; + + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. + ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an + ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); + } + if( regNew!=0 ){ + /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot + ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); + } + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table. + ** (the "child" constraints) */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ + SrcList *pSrc; + int *aiCol = 0; + + if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ + continue; + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); + /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate + ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ + continue; + } + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + continue; + } + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table. We need the + ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; + pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + pItem->pTab->nRef++; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + + if( regNew!=0 ){ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); + } + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation + ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception + ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a + ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking + ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented + ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); + } + pItem->zName = 0; + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + } +} + +#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ +){ + u32 mask = 0; + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + int i; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); + } + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; + sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); + if( pIdx ){ + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); + } + } + } + return mask; +} + + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then +** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points +** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. +** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding +** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, +** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the +** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. +** +** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns +** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function +** returns false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ + int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ + int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ +){ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + if( !aChange ){ + /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the + ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any + ** foreign key constraint. */ + return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); + }else{ + /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the + ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ + FKey *p; + + /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; + } + + /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being +** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. +** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is +** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a +** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. +** +** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger +** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. +** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is +** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers +** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). +** +** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in +** the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); +** +** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: +** +** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN +** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; +** END; +** +** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It +** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by +** sqlite3FkDelete(). +*/ +static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ + ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ + int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ + + action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; + pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + + if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ + u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ + char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ + int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ + TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ + Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ + Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ + int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + + iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iFromCol>=0 ); + tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; + tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; + + tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z); + tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); + + /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important + ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so + ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the + ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) + , 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) + , 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + + /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. + ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: + ** + ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) + */ + if( pChanges ){ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), + 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), + 0), + 0); + pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); + } + + if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ + Expr *pNew; + if( action==OE_Cascade ){ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) + , 0); + }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ + Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; + if( pDflt ){ + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + + zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); + + if( action==OE_Restrict ){ + Token tFrom; + Expr *pRaise; + + tFrom.z = zFrom; + tFrom.n = nFrom; + pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); + if( pRaise ){ + pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, + sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), + sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), + pWhere, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + ); + pWhere = 0; + } + + /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ + enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + + pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ + sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ + nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ + ); + if( pTrigger ){ + pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; + pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; + pStep->target.n = nFrom; + memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); + + pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + } + } + + /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ + fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); + return 0; + } + assert( pStep!=0 ); + + switch( action ){ + case OE_Restrict: + pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + break; + case OE_Cascade: + if( !pChanges ){ + pStep->op = TK_DELETE; + break; + } + default: + pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; + } + pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; + pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; + pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); + } + + return pTrigger; +} + +/* +** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement +** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ + int regOld, /* Address of array containing old row */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that + ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK + ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated + ** trigger sub-program. */ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){ + Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); + if( pAct ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); + } + } + } + } +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to +** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash +** hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ + + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ + + /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ + pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; + }else{ + void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; + const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); + sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p); + } + if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ + pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; + } + } + + /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is + ** classified as either immediate or deferred. + */ + assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); + + /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); +#endif + + pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); + } +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ + +/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. +*/ + +/* +** Generate code that will +** +** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then +** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. +** +** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index +** for that table that is actually opened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ + int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ + int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, + (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + assert( pPk->tnum=pTab->tnum ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index +** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in +** the table, according to the affinity of the column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL +** +** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the +** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. +** +** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string +** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be +** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is + ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as + ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. + ** + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned + ** up. + */ + int n; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return 0; + } + for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n]; + pIdx->zColAff[n] = x<0 ? SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER : pTab->aCol[x].affinity; + } + pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; + } + + return pIdx->zColAff; +} + +/* +** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been +** computed. As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_NONE affinities. +** +** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_NONE values) and +** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities +** for register iReg and following. Or if affinities exists and iReg==0, +** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should be +** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string. +** +** A column affinity string has one character per column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ + int i; + char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff; + if( zColAff==0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); + if( !zColAff ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return; + } + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; + } + do{ + zColAff[i--] = 0; + }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); + pTab->zColAff = zColAff; + } + i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff); + if( i ){ + if( iReg ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices +** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if +** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can +** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. +*/ +static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + int i; + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; +#endif + + for(i=1; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ + Index *pIndex; + int tnum = pOp->p2; + if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ + assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + return 1; + } +#endif + } + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* +** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab +** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register +** that holds the maximum rowid. +** +** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the +** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within +** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the +** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original +** AutoincInfo structure is used. +** +** Three memory locations are allocated: +** +** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. +** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. +** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab +** +** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the +** insert routine needs to know about. +*/ +static int autoIncBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ +){ + int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + AutoincInfo *pInfo; + + pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; + while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } + if( pInfo==0 ){ + pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); + if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; + pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; + pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; + pInfo->pTab = pTab; + pInfo->iDb = iDb; + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ + pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ + } + memId = pInfo->regCtr; + } + return memId; +} + +/* +** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the +** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ + int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ + int addr; /* A VDBE address */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ + + /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is + ** only called from the top-level */ + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); + assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); + + assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + memId = p->regCtr; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + } +} + +/* +** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. +** +** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a +** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is +** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the +** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. +*/ +static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ + if( memId>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); + } +} + +/* +** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement +** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. +** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement +** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this +** routine just before the "exit" code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( v ); + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + int j1; + int iRec; + int memId = p->regCtr; + + iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); + } +} +#else +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines +** above are all no-ops +*/ +# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) +# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +); + +/* +** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms: +** +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select +** +** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, +** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST +** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. +** +** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT +** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is +** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate +** data for the insert. +** +** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple +** insert with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes +** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this +** the "1st template"): +** +** open write cursor to
    and its indices +** put VALUES clause expressions into registers +** write the resulting record into
    +** cleanup +** +** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +** +** INSERT INTO
    SELECT ... +** +** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - +** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table +** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and +** if and are distinct tables but have identical +** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization +** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . +** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this +** template. This is the 2nd template. +** +** open a write cursor to
    +** open read cursor on +** transfer all records in over to
    +** close cursors +** foreach index on
    +** open a write cursor on the
    index +** open a read cursor on the corresponding index +** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors +** close cursors +** end foreach +** +** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply +** and the SELECT clause does not read from
    at any time. +** The generated code follows this template: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the rows in the SELECT +** load values into registers R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end-coroutine X +** B: open write cursor to
    and its indices +** C: yield X, at EOF goto D +** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n +** goto C +** D: cleanup +** +** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its +** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table +** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, +** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of +** the select. The template is like this: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the tables in the SELECT +** load value into register R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end co-routine R +** B: open temp table +** L: yield X, at EOF goto M +** insert row from R..R+n into temp table +** goto L +** M: open write cursor to
    and its indices +** rewind temp table +** C: loop over rows of intermediate table +** transfer values form intermediate table into
    +** end loop +** D: cleanup +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ + char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ + int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ + int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ + int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */ + int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */ + int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ + int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ + int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ + int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ + SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ + int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ + Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ + u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ + u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ + u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 bIdListInOrder = 1; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */ + + /* Register allocations */ + int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ + int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ + int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ + int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ + int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ +#endif + + db = pParse->db; + memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a + ** single row values (the common case) then keep that one row of values + ** and go ahead and discard the Select object + */ + if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){ + pList = pSelect->pEList; + pSelect->pEList = 0; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + pSelect = 0; + } + + /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; + if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** inserted into is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define tmask 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Cannot insert into a read-only table. + */ + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a VDBE + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + /* If the statement is of the form + ** + ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; + ** + ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer + ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. + ** + ** This is the 2nd template. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ + assert( !pTrigger ); + assert( pList==0 ); + goto insert_end; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + + /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the + ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. + */ + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); + + /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, + ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. + */ + regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + regRowid++; + pParse->nMem++; + } + regData = regRowid+1; + + /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** remember the column indices. + ** + ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column + ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable + ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. ipkColumn is + ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as + ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) + */ + if( pColumn ){ + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; + } + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = j; + if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + ipkColumn = i; assert( !withoutRowid ); + } + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){ + ipkColumn = i; + bIdListInOrder = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", + pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + } + + /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data + ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that + ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The + ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT */ + int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + + regYield = ++pParse->nMem; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); + dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0; + dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + regFromSelect = dest.iSdst; + assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); + if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) goto insert_cleanup; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); /* label B: */ + assert( pSelect->pEList ); + nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + + /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement + ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to + ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into + ** the destination table (template 3). + ** + ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** temp table in the case of row triggers. + */ + if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ + useTempTable = 1; + } + + if( useTempTable ){ + /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT + ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated + ** here is from the 4th template: + ** + ** B: open temp table + ** L: yield X, goto M at EOF + ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table + ** goto L + ** M: ... + */ + int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ + int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ + int addrL; /* Label "L" */ + + srcTab = pParse->nTab++; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); + addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrL); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); + } + }else{ + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES + ** clause + */ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + srcTab = -1; + assert( useTempTable==0 ); + nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + + /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary + ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key + ** column index in the original table definition. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ + ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey; + } + + /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number + ** of columns to be inserted into the table. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); + } + } + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", + pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } + + /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ + if( !isView ){ + int nIdx; + nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, -1, 0, + &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); + if( aRegIdx==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + for(i=0; inMem; + } + } + + /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ + if( useTempTable ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 4): + ** + ** rewind temp table, if empty goto D + ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table + ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    + ** end loop + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + }else if( pSelect ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 3): + ** + ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D + ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n + ** goto C + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any + */ + endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); + + /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be + ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, + ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has + ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 + */ + if( ipkColumn<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + }else{ + int j1; + assert( !withoutRowid ); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols); + } + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, + ** this block would have to account for hidden column. + */ + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + + /* Create the new column data + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pColumn==0 ){ + j = i; + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); + } + } + + /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, + ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. + ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the + ** table column affinities. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1); + } + + /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, + pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); + } + + /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of + ** registers beginning at regIns. + */ + if( !isView ){ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); + } + if( ipkColumn>=0 ){ + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else{ + VdbeOp *pOp; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); + if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + appendFlag = 1; + pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; + pOp->p1 = iDataCur; + pOp->p2 = regRowid; + pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; + } + } + /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid + ** to generate a unique primary key value. + */ + if( !appendFlag ){ + int j1; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + }else{ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + appendFlag = 1; + } + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + + /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning + ** with the first column. + */ + nHidden = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. + ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted + ** in its place. Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid + ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. + ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore); + continue; + } + if( pColumn==0 ){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + j = -1; + nHidden++; + }else{ + j = i - nHidden; + } + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); + }else if( pSelect ){ + if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); + } + } + + /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and + ** do the insertion. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else +#endif + { + int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace + ); + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0); + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0); + } + } + + /* Update the count of rows that are inserted + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } + + if( pTrigger ){ + /* Code AFTER triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, + pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); + } + + /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source + ** is a SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + } + + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ + /* Close all tables opened */ + if( iDataCurpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur); + } + } + +insert_end: + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +insert_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); +} + +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif +#ifdef tmask + #undef tmask +#endif + +/* +** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE +** on table pTab. +** +** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains +** the data to be inserted or the data after the update. There will be +** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range. The first register (the one +** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the +** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table. The second register in the range will +** contain the content of the first table column. The third register will +** contain the content of the second table column. And so forth. +** +** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains +** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards. regOldData is zero +** for an INSERT. This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by +** checking regOldData for zero. +** +** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the +** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table) +** might be modified by the UPDATE. If pkChng is false, then the key of +** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE. +** +** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid +** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement. If pkChng +** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or +** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT, +** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer +** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias. +** +** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into +** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for +** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is +** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices +** at pTab->pIndex. +** +** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main +** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which +** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when +** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY +** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor +** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices +** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list. +** +** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, +** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, +** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible +** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. +** +** Constraint type Action What Happens +** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- +** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and +** sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command +** only (do not do a complete rollback) then +** cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately +** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any FAIL Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The +** transaction is not rolled back and any +** changes to prior rows are retained. +** +** any IGNORE The attempt in insert or update the current +** row is skipped, without throwing an error. +** Processing continues with the next row. +** (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.) +** +** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default +** value for that column. If the default value +** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. +** +** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row +** being inserted is removed. +** +** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. +** +** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. +** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter +** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value +** for the constraint is used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */ + int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */ + int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */ + u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */ + u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ + int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ + int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* The PRIMARY KEY index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int i; /* loop counter */ + int ix; /* Index loop counter */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns */ + int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ + int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ + int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ + int nPkField; /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */ + int ipkTop = 0; /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */ + int ipkBottom = 0; /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */ + u8 isUpdate; /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */ + u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */ + int regRowid = -1; /* Register holding ROWID value */ + + isUpdate = regOldData!=0; + db = pParse->db; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + nCol = pTab->nCol; + + /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for + ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the + ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the + ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pPk = 0; + nPkField = 1; + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol; + } + + /* Record that this module has started */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng)); + + /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. + */ + for(i=0; iiPKey ){ + continue; + } + onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; + if( onError==OE_None ) continue; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + /* Fall through */ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Fail: { + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[i].zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError, + regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + } + default: { + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + break; + } + } + } + + /* Test all CHECK constraints + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ + ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck; + pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; + onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + }else{ + char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName; + if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName; + if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK, + onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT, + P5_ConstraintCheck); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); + } + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously + ** exist in the table. + */ + if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){ + int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */ + onError = pTab->keyConf; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + if( isUpdate ){ + /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that + ** it might have changed. Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid + ** is unchanged. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response + ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need + ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after + ** the UNIQUE constraints have run. + */ + if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){ + ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + break; + } + } + } + + /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table. Skip + ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */ + switch( onError ){ + default: { + onError = OE_Abort; + /* Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the + ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to + ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire + ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. + ** + ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers + ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call + ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries + ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry + ** when it is inserted. + ** + ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, + ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require + ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete + ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, + ** but being more selective here allows statements like: + ** + ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) + ** + ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the + ** table. + */ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1); + }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0); + } + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk); + if( ipkTop ){ + ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop); + } + } + + /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE + ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. + ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go. + ** + ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. + */ + for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){ + int regIdx; /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */ + int regR; /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */ + int iThisCur; /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */ + int addrUniqueOk; /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */ + + if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue; /* Skip indices that do not change */ + if( bAffinityDone==0 ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); + bAffinityDone = 1; + } + iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix; + addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]); + pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pParse->ckBase = 0; + } + + /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after + ** the insert or update. Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register + */ + regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + int x; + if( iField<0 || iField==pTab->iPKey ){ + if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */ + x = regNewData; + regRowid = pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i; + }else{ + x = iField + regNewData + 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName)); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + + /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the + ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection + ** logic below can all be skipped. */ + if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; + } + + /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ + onError = pIdx->onError; + if( onError==OE_None ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ + } + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, + regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code to handle collisions */ + regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField); + if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR); + /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry + ** is different from old-rowid */ + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else{ + int x; + /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and + ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */ + if( pIdx!=pPk ){ + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); + } + } + if( isUpdate ){ + /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID + ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually + ** different from the old. + ** + ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values + ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY + ** KEY values of this row before the update. */ + int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; + int op = OP_Ne; + int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); + + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); + x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){ + addrJump = addrUniqueOk; + op = OP_Eq; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, + regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ + ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne); + } + } + } + } + + /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + default: { + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, pIdx==pPk); + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField); + } + if( ipkTop ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ipkTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom); + } + + *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace)); +} + +/* +** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation +** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the +** rowid and the content to be inserted. +** +** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six +** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* Range of content */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ + int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ + int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */ + u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */ + int regData; /* Content registers (after the rowid) */ + int regRec; /* Register holding assemblied record for the table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + bAffinityDone = 1; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]); + pik_flags = 0; + if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + assert( pParse->nested==0 ); + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + } + if( pik_flags ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return; + regData = regNewData + 1; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); + if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); + if( pParse->nested ){ + pik_flags = 0; + }else{ + pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + } + if( appendBias ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; + } + if( useSeekResult ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); +} + +/* +** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate +** code to open and initialized those cursors. +** +** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally +** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT +** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is +** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned. +** +** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables +** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative. +** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor. +** +** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur. +** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range +** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the +** pTab->pIndex list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ + int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ + int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */ + u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */ + int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */ + int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */ +){ + int i; + int iDb; + int iDataCur; + Index *pIdx; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite ); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + assert( aToOpen==0 ); + *piDataCur = 0; + *piIdxCur = 1; + return 0; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab; + iDataCur = iBase++; + if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur; + if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName); + } + if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase; + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + int iIdxCur = iBase++; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) && piDataCur ){ + *piDataCur = iIdxCur; + } + if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + } + } + if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase; + return i; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the +** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing +** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really +** is happening when it is suppose to. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT +/* +** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. +*/ +static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ + if( z1==0 ){ + return z2==0; + } + if( z2==0 ){ + return 0; + } + return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; +} + + +/* +** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data +** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules +** for a compatible index: +** +** * The index is over the same set of columns +** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns +** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) +** * The same collating sequence on each column +** * The index has the exact same WHERE clause +*/ +static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ + int i; + assert( pDest && pSrc ); + assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); + if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){ + return 0; /* Different number of columns */ + } + if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ + return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ + } + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ + } + if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + } + if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ + return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ + } + } + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){ + return 0; /* Different WHERE clauses */ + } + + /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ + return 1; +} + +/* +** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form +** +** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; +** +** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. +** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves +** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. +** +** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible. +** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments +** embedded in the code for details. +** +** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used. +** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table +** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that +** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also +** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the +** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine +** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate +** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there +** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied. +** +** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster. +*/ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +){ + ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ + Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ + int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ + int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ + int emptyDestTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ + int emptySrcTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ + Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ + int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ + int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ + int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ + + if( pSelect==0 ){ + return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ + } + if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){ + /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses + ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx" + ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx". */ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( onError==OE_Default ){ + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf; + if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ + if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ + } + if( pSelect->pWhere ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ + } + /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but + ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ + if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ + } + assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ + if( pSelect->pPrior ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ + } + if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ + return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ + } + assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ + return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ + } + + /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the + ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now + ** we have to check the semantics. + */ + pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; + pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ + } + if( pSrc==pDest ){ + return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ + } + if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + return 0; /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( pSrc->pSelect ){ + return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ + } + if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ + return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ + } + if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ + return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; + Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; + if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){ + return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){ + return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + } + /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */ + if( i>0 + && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) + || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0)) + ){ + return 0; /* Default values must be the same for all columns */ + } + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ + destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + } + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ + return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){ + return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains + ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. + ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM + ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So + ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably + ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] + */ + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */ + } + + /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at + ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination + ** table (tab1) is initially empty. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_xferopt_count++; +#endif + iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); + iSrc = pParse->nTab++; + iDest = pParse->nTab++; + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); + regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); + assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx ); + if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */ + || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */ + || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */ + ){ + /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization + ** only if the destination table is initially empty. This code makes + ** that determination. Conditions under which the destination must + ** be empty: + ** + ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices. + ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields + ** of index entries might need to change.) + ** + ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization + ** is unable to test uniqueness.) + ** + ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. + */ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); + emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName); + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + assert( pSrcIdx ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + } + if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); + if( emptyDestTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + +/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ + + +/* +** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure +** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from +** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. +** +** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result +** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first +** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback +** is invoked, even for queries. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ + void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ + char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ + int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ + + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){ + int nCol; + char **azVals = 0; + + pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + continue; + } + if( !pStmt ){ + /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ + zSql = zLeftover; + continue; + } + + callbackIsInit = 0; + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + + while( 1 ){ + int i; + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + /* Invoke the callback function if required */ + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit + && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ + if( !callbackIsInit ){ + azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); + if( azCols==0 ){ + goto exec_out; + } + for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; + goto exec_out; + } + } + } + if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); + goto exec_out; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + zSql = zLeftover; + while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; + break; + } + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + azCols = 0; + } + +exec_out: + if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ + int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); + if( *pzErrMsg ){ + memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + } + }else if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = 0; + } + + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into +** the SQLite library. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ +#endif +/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ +#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ + +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, + const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, + char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, + sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + /* Added ??? */ + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + /* Added by 3.3.13 */ + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Added by 3.4.1 */ + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, + void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + /* Added by 3.5.0 */ + int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, + int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); + int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*)(void*)); + int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); + void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); + int (*release_memory)(int); + void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*sleep)(int); + void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); + sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); + int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); + int (*xthreadsafe)(void); + void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*test_control)(int, ...); + void (*randomness)(int,void*); + sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); + sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); + const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ + int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*errstr)(int); + int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); + int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); + sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); + char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); + int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); +}; + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#endif +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#endif +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#endif +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#endif +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes +#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close +#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open +#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read +#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 +#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater +#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter +#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave +#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try +#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 +#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig +#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit +#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find +#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister +#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code +#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control +#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes +#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit +#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt +#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql +#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ +#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename +#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory +#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly +#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter +#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->vsnprintf +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 +#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + ** extension */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ + extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#else + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + ** application */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ +#endif + +#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ + +/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + +/* +** Some API routines are omitted when various features are +** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer +** for any missing APIs. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 +# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 +# define sqlite3_open16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE +# define sqlite3_complete 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3_create_module 0 +# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +# define sqlite3_profile 0 +# define sqlite3_trace 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE +# define sqlite3_free_table 0 +# define sqlite3_get_table 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. +** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are +** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite +** library. +** +** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure +** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. +** +** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the +** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they +** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should +** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is +** not NULL before calling it. +*/ +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { + sqlite3_aggregate_context, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_aggregate_count, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_bind_blob, + sqlite3_bind_double, + sqlite3_bind_int, + sqlite3_bind_int64, + sqlite3_bind_null, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, + sqlite3_bind_text, + sqlite3_bind_text16, + sqlite3_bind_value, + sqlite3_busy_handler, + sqlite3_busy_timeout, + sqlite3_changes, + sqlite3_close, + sqlite3_collation_needed, + sqlite3_collation_needed16, + sqlite3_column_blob, + sqlite3_column_bytes, + sqlite3_column_bytes16, + sqlite3_column_count, + sqlite3_column_database_name, + sqlite3_column_database_name16, + sqlite3_column_decltype, + sqlite3_column_decltype16, + sqlite3_column_double, + sqlite3_column_int, + sqlite3_column_int64, + sqlite3_column_name, + sqlite3_column_name16, + sqlite3_column_origin_name, + sqlite3_column_origin_name16, + sqlite3_column_table_name, + sqlite3_column_table_name16, + sqlite3_column_text, + sqlite3_column_text16, + sqlite3_column_type, + sqlite3_column_value, + sqlite3_commit_hook, + sqlite3_complete, + sqlite3_complete16, + sqlite3_create_collation, + sqlite3_create_collation16, + sqlite3_create_function, + sqlite3_create_function16, + sqlite3_create_module, + sqlite3_data_count, + sqlite3_db_handle, + sqlite3_declare_vtab, + sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, + sqlite3_errcode, + sqlite3_errmsg, + sqlite3_errmsg16, + sqlite3_exec, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_expired, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_finalize, + sqlite3_free, + sqlite3_free_table, + sqlite3_get_autocommit, + sqlite3_get_auxdata, + sqlite3_get_table, + 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ + sqlite3_interrupt, + sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, + sqlite3_libversion, + sqlite3_libversion_number, + sqlite3_malloc, + sqlite3_mprintf, + sqlite3_open, + sqlite3_open16, + sqlite3_prepare, + sqlite3_prepare16, + sqlite3_profile, + sqlite3_progress_handler, + sqlite3_realloc, + sqlite3_reset, + sqlite3_result_blob, + sqlite3_result_double, + sqlite3_result_error, + sqlite3_result_error16, + sqlite3_result_int, + sqlite3_result_int64, + sqlite3_result_null, + sqlite3_result_text, + sqlite3_result_text16, + sqlite3_result_text16be, + sqlite3_result_text16le, + sqlite3_result_value, + sqlite3_rollback_hook, + sqlite3_set_authorizer, + sqlite3_set_auxdata, + sqlite3_snprintf, + sqlite3_step, + sqlite3_table_column_metadata, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_thread_cleanup, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_total_changes, + sqlite3_trace, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_transfer_bindings, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_update_hook, + sqlite3_user_data, + sqlite3_value_blob, + sqlite3_value_bytes, + sqlite3_value_bytes16, + sqlite3_value_double, + sqlite3_value_int, + sqlite3_value_int64, + sqlite3_value_numeric_type, + sqlite3_value_text, + sqlite3_value_text16, + sqlite3_value_text16be, + sqlite3_value_text16le, + sqlite3_value_type, + sqlite3_vmprintf, + /* + ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any + ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But + ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the + ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with + ** a library that is new enough to support that API. + ************************************************************************* + */ + sqlite3_overload_function, + + /* + ** Added after 3.3.13 + */ + sqlite3_prepare_v2, + sqlite3_prepare16_v2, + sqlite3_clear_bindings, + + /* + ** Added for 3.4.1 + */ + sqlite3_create_module_v2, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.0 + */ + sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, + sqlite3_blob_bytes, + sqlite3_blob_close, + sqlite3_blob_open, + sqlite3_blob_read, + sqlite3_blob_write, + sqlite3_create_collation_v2, + sqlite3_file_control, + sqlite3_memory_highwater, + sqlite3_memory_used, +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, +#else + sqlite3_mutex_alloc, + sqlite3_mutex_enter, + sqlite3_mutex_free, + sqlite3_mutex_leave, + sqlite3_mutex_try, +#endif + sqlite3_open_v2, + sqlite3_release_memory, + sqlite3_result_error_nomem, + sqlite3_result_error_toobig, + sqlite3_sleep, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, + sqlite3_vfs_find, + sqlite3_vfs_register, + sqlite3_vfs_unregister, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.8 + */ + sqlite3_threadsafe, + sqlite3_result_zeroblob, + sqlite3_result_error_code, + sqlite3_test_control, + sqlite3_randomness, + sqlite3_context_db_handle, + + /* + ** Added for 3.6.0 + */ + sqlite3_extended_result_codes, + sqlite3_limit, + sqlite3_next_stmt, + sqlite3_sql, + sqlite3_status, + + /* + ** Added for 3.7.4 + */ + sqlite3_backup_finish, + sqlite3_backup_init, + sqlite3_backup_pagecount, + sqlite3_backup_remaining, + sqlite3_backup_step, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + sqlite3_compileoption_get, + sqlite3_compileoption_used, +#else + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_create_function_v2, + sqlite3_db_config, + sqlite3_db_mutex, + sqlite3_db_status, + sqlite3_extended_errcode, + sqlite3_log, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, + sqlite3_sourceid, + sqlite3_stmt_status, + sqlite3_strnicmp, +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + sqlite3_unlock_notify, +#else + 0, +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, + sqlite3_wal_hook, +#else + 0, + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_blob_reopen, + sqlite3_vtab_config, + sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, + sqlite3_close_v2, + sqlite3_db_filename, + sqlite3_db_readonly, + sqlite3_db_release_memory, + sqlite3_errstr, + sqlite3_stmt_busy, + sqlite3_stmt_readonly, + sqlite3_stricmp, + sqlite3_uri_boolean, + sqlite3_uri_int64, + sqlite3_uri_parameter, + sqlite3_vsnprintf, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 +}; + +/* +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a +** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use +** of the default name is recommended. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. +** +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). +*/ +static int sqlite3LoadExtension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + void *handle; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + char *zErrmsg = 0; + const char *zEntry; + char *zAltEntry = 0; + void **aHandle; + int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + int ii; + + /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ + static const char *azEndings[] = { +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + "dll" +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + "dylib" +#else + "so" +#endif + }; + + + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + + /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older + ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the + ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One + ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension + ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init"; + + handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN + for(ii=0; ii sqlite3_example_init + ** C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll ==> sqlite3_mathfuncs_init + */ + if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){ + int iFile, iEntry, c; + int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc(ncFile+30); + if( zAltEntry==0 ){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8); + for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){} + iFile++; + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3; + for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){ + if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){ + zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c]; + } + } + memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6); + zEntry = zAltEntry; + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry); + } + if( xInit==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry); + *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); + if( zErrmsg ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile); + sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + } + } + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ + aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); + if( aHandle==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( db->nExtension>0 ){ + memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); + db->aExtension = aHandle; + + db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order +** to clean up loaded extensions +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); +} + +/* +** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by +** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( onoff ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ + +/* +** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension +** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that +** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that +** dummy pointer. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; +#endif + + +/* +** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded +** extensions. +** +** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** mutex must be held while accessing this list. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { + int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ + void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ +} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdAutoextInit \ + sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) +# define wsdAutoext x[0] +#else +# define wsdAutoextInit +# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext +#endif + + +/* +** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically +** loaded by every new database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + }else +#endif + { + int i; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; i=0; i--){ + if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){ + wsdAutoext.nExt--; + wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt]; + n++; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return n; +} + +/* +** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) +#endif + { +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); + wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; + wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + } +} + +/* +** Load all automatic extensions. +** +** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + int go = 1; + int rc; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + + wsdAutoextInit; + if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ + /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ + return; + } + for(i=0; go; i++){ + char *zErrmsg; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ + xInit = 0; + go = 0; + }else{ + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + zErrmsg = 0; + if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, + "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); + go = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + } +} + +/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif + +/*************************************************************************** +** The next block of code, including the PragTyp_XXXX macro definitions and +** the aPragmaName[] object is composed of generated code. DO NOT EDIT. +** +** To add new pragmas, edit the code in ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl and rerun +** that script. Then copy/paste the output in place of the following: +*/ +#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0 +#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1 +#define PragTyp_FLAG 2 +#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4 +#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 5 +#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 6 +#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 7 +#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 8 +#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 9 +#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 10 +#define PragTyp_ENCODING 11 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 12 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 13 +#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 14 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 15 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 16 +#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 17 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 18 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 19 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 20 +#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 21 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 22 +#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 23 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 24 +#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 25 +#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 26 +#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 27 +#define PragTyp_STATS 28 +#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 29 +#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 30 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 31 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 32 +#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 33 +#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 34 +#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 35 +#define PragTyp_HEXKEY 36 +#define PragTyp_KEY 37 +#define PragTyp_REKEY 38 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 39 +#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE 40 +#define PragFlag_NeedSchema 0x01 +static const struct sPragmaNames { + const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */ + u8 ePragTyp; /* PragTyp_XXX value */ + u8 mPragFlag; /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */ + u32 iArg; /* Extra argument */ +} aPragmaNames[] = { +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + { /* zName: */ "activate_extensions", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "application_id", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + { /* zName: */ "auto_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) + { /* zName: */ "automatic_index", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_AutoIndex }, +#endif +#endif + { /* zName: */ "busy_timeout", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "cache_spill", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CacheSpill }, +#endif + { /* zName: */ "case_sensitive_like", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "checkpoint_fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "collation_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS) + { /* zName: */ "compile_options", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "count_changes", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CountRows }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN + { /* zName: */ "data_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "database_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + { /* zName: */ "default_cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "defer_foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_DeferFKs }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "empty_result_callbacks", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_NullCallback }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16) + { /* zName: */ "encoding", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ENCODING, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "freelist_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "full_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullColNames }, + { /* zName: */ "fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullFSync }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "hexkey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "hexrekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + { /* zName: */ "incremental_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "index_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "index_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "integrity_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "journal_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "journal_size_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "key", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "legacy_file_format", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { /* zName: */ "lock_proxy_file", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + { /* zName: */ "lock_status", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "locking_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "max_page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "mmap_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "page_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "parser_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "query_only", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_QueryOnly }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "quick_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "read_uncommitted", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, + { /* zName: */ "recursive_triggers", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "rekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_REKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "schema_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "secure_delete", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "short_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ShortColNames }, +#endif + { /* zName: */ "shrink_memory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "soft_heap_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "sql_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "stats", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_STATS, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "synchronous", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "table_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "temp_store", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "temp_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "user_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_addoptrace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_debug", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_eqp", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_listing", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeListing }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) + { /* zName: */ "wal_autocheckpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "wal_checkpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "writable_schema", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, +#endif +}; +/* Number of pragmas: 56 on by default, 69 total. */ +/* End of the automatically generated pragma table. +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, +** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or +** unrecognized string argument. The FULL option is disallowed +** if the omitFull parameter it 1. +** +** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that +** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done +** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean +** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +*/ +static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, int dflt){ + /* 123456789 123456789 */ + static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; + static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; + static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; + static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; + int i, n; + if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); + } + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file +** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database +** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +*/ +static int getTempStore(const char *z){ + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ + return z[0] - '0'; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ + return 2; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed +** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +*/ +static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " + "from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema +** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. +*/ +static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ + int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + db->temp_store = (u8)ts; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Generate code to return a single integer value. +*/ +static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int mem = ++pParse->nMem; + i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); + if( pI64 ){ + memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); +} + + +/* +** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb. Or if iDb<0 +** set these values for all pagers. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db->autoCommit ){ + Db *pDb = db->aDb; + int n = db->nDb; + assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL ); + assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL) + == PAGER_FLAGS_MASK ); + assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level ); + while( (n--) > 0 ){ + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt, + pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) ); + } + pDb++; + } + } +} +#else +# define setAllPagerFlags(X) /* no-op */ +#endif + + +/* +** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static const char *actionName(u8 action){ + const char *zName; + switch( action ){ + case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; + case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; + case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; + case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; + default: zName = "NO ACTION"; + assert( action==OE_None ); break; + } + return zName; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants +** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase +** journal-mode name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ + static char * const azModeName[] = { + "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + , "wal" +#endif + }; + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); + assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); + + if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; + return azModeName[eMode]; +} + +/* +** Process a pragma statement. +** +** Pragmas are of this form: +** +** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] +** +** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and +** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is +** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** +** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name +** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the +** id and pId2 is any empty string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( + Parse *pParse, + Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ + Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ + Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ + int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ +){ + char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ + char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ + const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ + Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ + char *aFcntl[4]; /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + int iDb; /* Database index for */ + int lwr, upr, mid; /* Binary search bounds */ + int rc; /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* The specific database being pragmaed */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Prepared statement */ + + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); + pParse->nMem = 2; + + /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the + ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. + */ + if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); + if( !zLeft ) return; + if( minusFlag ){ + zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); + }else{ + zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); + } + + assert( pId2 ); + zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS + ** connection. If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS + ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement. + */ + aFcntl[0] = 0; + aFcntl[1] = zLeft; + aFcntl[2] = zRight; + aFcntl[3] = 0; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( aFcntl[0] ){ + int mem = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, mem, 0, aFcntl[0], 0); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "result", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + } + goto pragma_out; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + if( aFcntl[0] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + } + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */ + lwr = 0; + upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1; + while( lwr<=upr ){ + mid = (lwr+upr)/2; + rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName); + if( rc==0 ) break; + if( rc<0 ){ + upr = mid - 1; + }else{ + lwr = mid + 1; + } + } + if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out; + + /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */ + if( (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ + switch( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp ){ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the + ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current + ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value + ** stored in the database file. + ** + ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a + ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous + ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache + ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache + ** size of historical compatibility. + */ + case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: { + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, + { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ + { OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, + }; + int addr; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + if( !zRight ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); + pParse->nMem += 2; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize,iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the + ** database page size value. The value can only be set if + ** the database has not yet been created. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; + returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); + }else{ + /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal + ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). + */ + db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete + ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete + ** flag setting and reports thenew value. + */ + case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + int b = -1; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( zRight ){ + b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0); + } + if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); + } + } + b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); + returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both + ** forms return the current setting. + ** + ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might + ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test + ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function. + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count + ** + ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: { + int iReg; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, + sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) + */ + case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: { + const char *zRet = "normal"; + int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); + + if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ + /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for + ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to + ** the locking-mode of the main database). + */ + eMode = db->dfltLockMode; + }else{ + Pager *pPager; + if( pId2->n==0 ){ + /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part + ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be + ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. + ** + ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that + ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified + ** locking mode. + */ + int ii; + assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); + for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + + assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ + zRet = "exclusive"; + } + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = + ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: { + int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); + + if( zRight==0 ){ + /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the + ** current mode */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + }else{ + const char *zMode; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); + for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; + } + if( !zMode ){ + /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, + ** then do a query */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + } + } + if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ + /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ + iDb = 0; + pId2->n = 1; + } + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit + ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N + ** + ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: { + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + i64 iLimit = -2; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8); + if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; + } + iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); + returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); + break; + } + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N + ** + ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. + ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt)); + }else{ + int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); + assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); + db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; + /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and + ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection + ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created + ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. + */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database + ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates + ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, + { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ + }; + int iAddr; + iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + } + } + break; + } +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) + ** + ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: { + int iLimit, addr; + if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ + iLimit = 0x7fffffff; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache size. The second form sets the local + ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the + ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the + ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes + ** of memory. + */ + case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: { + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N) + ** + ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is + ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the + ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping + ** is not used at all. If N is negative, then the default memory map + ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set. + ** The parameter N is measured in bytes. + ** + ** This value is advisory. The underlying VFS is free to memory map + ** as little or as much as it wants. Except, if N is set to 0 then the + ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS. + */ + case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: { + sqlite3_int64 sz; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( zRight ){ + int ii; + sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &sz, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8); + if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz; + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz); + } + } + } + sz = -1; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); +#else + sz = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "mmap_size", sz); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store + ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default + ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. + ** + ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to + ** override this setting + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); + }else{ + changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. + ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. + ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) + ){ + invalidateTempStorage(pParse); + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + /* + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that + ** were specified with a relative pathname. Setting to a null string reverts + ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with + ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the + ** process. Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted + ** by this setting, regardless of its value. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + if( sqlite3_data_directory ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "data_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_data_directory, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file + ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" + ** + ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: { + if( !zRight ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + char *proxy_file_path = NULL; + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + &proxy_file_path); + + if( proxy_file_path ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + }else{ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + int res; + if( zRight[0] ){ + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + zRight); + } else { + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + NULL); + } + if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the + ** default value will be restored the next time the database is + ** opened. + */ + case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); + }else{ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); + }else{ + pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1; + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + case PragTyp_FLAG: { + if( zRight==0 ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, aPragmaNames[mid].zName, + (db->flags & aPragmaNames[mid].iArg)!=0 ); + }else{ + int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not + ** in auto-commit mode. */ + mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); + } + + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ + db->flags |= mask; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~mask; + if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + } + + /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL + ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all + ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA table_info(
    ) + ** + ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of + ** the returned data set are: + ** + ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) + ** name: Column name + ** type: Column declaration type. + ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration + ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. + */ + case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + int i, k; + int nHidden = 0; + Column *pCol; + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); + pParse->nMem = 6; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ + nHidden++; + continue; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); + if( pCol->zDflt ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); + } + if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){ + k = 0; + }else if( pPk==0 ){ + k = 1; + }else{ + for(k=1; ALWAYS(k<=pTab->nCol) && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){} + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_STATS: { + Index *pIdx; + HashElem *i; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4); + pParse->nMem = 4; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "index", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "width", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "height", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->szTabRow), 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->nRowLogEst), 4); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->szIdxRow), 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, + (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]), 4); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pIdx ){ + int i; + pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); + assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + int i; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: { + int i; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; + assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: { + int i = 0; + HashElem *p; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + pParse->nMem = 2; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){ + FKey *pFK; + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pFK = pTab->pFKey; + if( pFK ){ + int i = 0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); + pParse->nMem = 8; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); + while(pFK){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; + char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); + char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, + pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); + } + ++i; + pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: { + FKey *pFK; /* A foreign key constraint */ + Table *pTab; /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */ + Table *pParent; /* Parent table that child points to */ + Index *pIdx; /* Index in the parent table */ + int i; /* Loop counter: Foreign key number for pTab */ + int j; /* Loop counter: Field of the foreign key */ + HashElem *k; /* Loop counter: Next table in schema */ + int x; /* result variable */ + int regResult; /* 3 registers to hold a result row */ + int regKey; /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */ + int regRow; /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */ + int addrTop; /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */ + int addrOk; /* Jump here if the key is OK */ + int *aiCols; /* child to parent column mapping */ + + regResult = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += 4; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + regRow = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "rowid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "parent", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "fkid", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash); + while( k ){ + if( zRight ){ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb); + k = 0; + }else{ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + k = sqliteHashNext(k); + } + if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult, 0, pTab->zName, + P4_TRANSIENT); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + if( pParent==0 ) continue; + pIdx = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0); + if( x==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + } + }else{ + k = 0; + break; + } + } + assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 ); + if( pFK ) break; + if( pParse->nTabnTab = i; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + pIdx = 0; + aiCols = 0; + if( pParent ){ + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols); + assert( x==0 ); + } + addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){ + int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iKey>=0 && iKeynCol ); + if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow); + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + }else{ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0, + aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pParent ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), pFK->nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult+2, 0, + pFK->zTo, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-1, regResult+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG + case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: { + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ + sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); + }else{ + sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); + } + } + } + break; +#endif + + /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE + ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. + */ + case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0)); + } + } + break; + +#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX +# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of + ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption + ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. + */ + case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: { + int i, j, addr, mxErr; + + /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error + ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the + ** error message + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { + { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, + }; + + int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); + + /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA .integrity_check", + ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by . + ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by + ** the VDBE created below. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or + ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb + ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity + ** of all attached databases. */ + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z ); + if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1; + + /* Initialize the VDBE program */ + pParse->nMem = 6; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); + + /* Set the maximum error count */ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); + if( mxErr<=0 ){ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ + + /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + HashElem *x; + Hash *pTbls; + int cnt = 0; + + if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; + if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue; + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree + ** + ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers + ** for all tables and indices in the database. + */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) ); + pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + cnt++; + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + cnt++; + } + } + + /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ + pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, cnt+8 ); + + /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), + P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. + */ + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx, *pPk; + Index *pPrior = 0; + int loopTop; + int iDataCur, iIdxCur; + int r1 = -1; + + if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, + 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */ + } + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4; + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3, + pPrior, r1); + pPrior = pIdx; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1); /* increment entry count */ + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, 0, r1, + pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, " missing from index ", + P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); + jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, + "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + } + } + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* + ** PRAGMA encoding + ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" + ** + ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main + ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. + ** + ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file + ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default + ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file + ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the + ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. + ** + ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are + ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If + ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH + ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. + ** + ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in + ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only + ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i + */ + case PragTyp_ENCODING: { + static const struct EncName { + char *zName; + u8 enc; + } encnames[] = { + { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, + { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ + { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ + { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ + { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, + { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, + { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { 0, 0 } + }; + const struct EncName *pEnc; + if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ + /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not + ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value + ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not + ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. + */ + if( + !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || + DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) + ){ + for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ + ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + break; + } + } + if( !pEnc->zName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id + ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id = + ** + ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get + ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both + ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers + ** stored in the database header. + ** + ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It + ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by + ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by + ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache + ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of + ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. + ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify + ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program + ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! + ** + ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by + ** applications for any purpose. + */ + case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: { + int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + switch( zLeft[0] ){ + case 'a': case 'A': + iCookie = BTREE_APPLICATION_ID; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': + iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; + break; + case 's': case 'S': + iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; + break; + default: + iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; + break; + } + + if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ + /* Write the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); + }else{ + /* Read the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + /* + ** PRAGMA compile_options + ** + ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, + ** one option per row. + */ + case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: { + int i = 0; + const char *zOpt; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + pParse->nMem = 1; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC); + while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart + ** + ** Checkpoint the database. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: { + int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); + int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + break; + + /* + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N + ** + ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database + ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value + ** of N. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", + db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? + SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); + } + break; +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA shrink_memory + ** + ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the + ** current database connection. + */ + case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: { + sqlite3_db_release_memory(db); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout = N + ** + ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N). Return the current timeout value + ** if one is set. If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set + ** then 0 is returned. Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative + ** disables the timeout. + */ + /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: { + assert( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT ); + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout", db->busyTimeout); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N + ** + ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N). Return the result. If N is omitted, + ** use -1. + */ + case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: { + sqlite3_int64 N; + if( zRight && sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &N, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit", sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1)); + break; + } + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* + ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: { + static const char *const azLockName[] = { + "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" + }; + int i; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + pParse->nMem = 2; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt; + const char *zState = "unknown"; + int j; + if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); + pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ + zState = "closed"; + }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, + SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ + zState = azLockName[j]; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + break; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + case PragTyp_KEY: { + if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + break; + } + case PragTyp_REKEY: { + if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + break; + } + case PragTyp_HEXKEY: { + if( zRight ){ + u8 iByte; + int i; + char zKey[40]; + for(i=0, iByte=0; idb; + if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ + if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; + sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, + "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); + if( zExtra ){ + *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, + "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); + } + } + pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +} + +/* +** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the +** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. +** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. +** +** Each callback contains the following information: +** +** argv[0] = name of thing being created +** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. +** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + int iDb = pData->iDb; + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + return 1; + } + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ + /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. + ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated + ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data + ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. + */ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ + + assert( db->init.busy ); + db->init.iDb = iDb; + db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); + db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; + TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); + rc = db->errCode; + assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); + db->init.iDb = 0; + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ + assert( iDb==1 ); + }else{ + pData->rc = rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); + }else{ + /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that + ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE + ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already + ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have + ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. + */ + Index *pIndex; + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which + ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since + ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also + ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. + */ + /* Do Nothing */; + }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal +** data structures for a single database file. The index of the +** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main +** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for +** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to +** indicate success or failure. +*/ +static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + int i; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + int size; +#endif + Table *pTab; + Db *pDb; + char const *azArg[4]; + int meta[5]; + InitData initData; + char const *zMasterSchema; + char const *zMasterName; + int openedTransaction = 0; + + /* + ** The master database table has a structure like this + */ + static const char master_schema[] = + "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + static const char temp_master_schema[] = + "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; +#else + #define temp_master_schema 0 +#endif + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + + /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema + ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being + ** initialized. zMasterName is the name of the master table. + */ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; + }else{ + zMasterSchema = master_schema; + } + zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + + /* Construct the schema tables. */ + azArg[0] = zMasterName; + azArg[1] = "1"; + azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; + azArg[3] = 0; + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = iDb; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; + sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); + if( initData.rc ){ + rc = initData.rc; + goto error_out; + } + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + } + + /* Create a cursor to hold the database open + */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ + DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed before this function returns. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto initone_error_out; + } + openedTransaction = 1; + } + + /* Get the database meta information. + ** + ** Meta values are as follows: + ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. + ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. + ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. + ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) + ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE + ** meta[5] User version + ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode + ** meta[7] unused + ** meta[8] unused + ** meta[9] unused + ** + ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to + ** the possible values of meta[4]. + */ + for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); + } + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; + + /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the + ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. + ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same + ** as sqlite3.enc. + */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ + if( iDb==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + u8 encoding; + /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ + encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; + if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; + ENC(db) = encoding; +#else + ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + }else{ + /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" + " text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } + } + }else{ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + } + pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); + + if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); + if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; +#else + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; +#endif + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + + /* + ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. + ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN + ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults + ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants + */ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; + } + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } + + /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, + ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will + ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending + ** indices that the user might have created. + */ + if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; + } + + /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables + */ + assert( db->init.busy ); + { + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; +#endif + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; + } +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + } +#endif + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ + /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the + ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one + ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset + ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary + ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table + ** even when its contents have been corrupted. + */ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating + ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs + ** before that point, jump to error_out. + */ +initone_error_out: + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); + +error_out: + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file +** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files +** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an +** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. +** +** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database +** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ + int i, rc; + int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + db->init.busy = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i); + } + } + + /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema + ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database + ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) + && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1); + } + } +#endif + + db->init.busy = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized. +** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( !db->init.busy ){ + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = rc; + pParse->nErr++; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out +** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies +** make no changes to pParse->rc. +*/ +static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int rc; + int cookie; + + assert( pParse->checkSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ + int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ + if( pBt==0 ) continue; + + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + openedTransaction = 1; + } + + /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the + ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, + ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + + /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); + } + } +} + +/* +** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates +** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. +** +** If the same database is attached more than once, the first +** attached database is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ + int i = -1000000; + + /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in + ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one + ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this + ** function should never be used. + ** + ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using + ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much + ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() + ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( pSchema ){ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ + break; + } + } + assert( i>=0 && inDb ); + } + return i; +} + +/* +** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +*/ +static int sqlite3Prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Allocate the parsing context */ + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto end_prepare; + } + pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; + assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all + ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that + ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in + ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes + ** to the schema. + ** + ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted + ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled + ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this + ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect + ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. + ** + ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because + ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it + ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change + ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold + ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is + ** holding them. + ** + ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, + ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still + ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. + */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++) { + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); + if( rc ){ + const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; + sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); + testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); + goto end_prepare; + } + } + } + + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */ + if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ + char *zSqlCopy; + int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); + testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); + if( nBytes>mxLen ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); + goto end_prepare; + } + zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); + if( zSqlCopy ){ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; + }else{ + pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; + } + }else{ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + } + assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop ); + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pParse->checkSchema ){ + schemaIsValid(pParse); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pzTail ){ + *pzTail = pParse->zTail; + } + rc = pParse->rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ + static const char * const azColName[] = { + "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", + "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" + }; + int iFirst, mx; + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); + iFirst = 8; + mx = 12; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); + iFirst = 0; + mx = 8; + } + for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, + azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); + } + } +#endif + + if( db->init.busy==0 ){ + Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); + } + if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + assert(!(*ppStmt)); + }else{ + *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; + } + + if( zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + } + + /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ + while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ + TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; + pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); + } + +end_prepare: + + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + return rc; +} +static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + assert( ppStmt!=0 ); + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ + sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. +** +** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, +** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has +** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error +** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pNew; + const char *zSql; + sqlite3 *db; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); + zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); + assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ + db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + assert( pNew==0 ); + return rc; + }else{ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); + sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); + sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +*/ +static int sqlite3Prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 + ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The + ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. + */ + char *zSql8; + const char *zTail8 = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( ppStmt ); + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( nBytes>=0 ){ + int sz; + const char *z = (const char*)zSql; + for(sz=0; szmutex); + zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); + } + + if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ + /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the + ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode + ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer + ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. + */ + int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); + *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. +*/ + +/* +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information +** into the selectInnerLoop() routine. +*/ +typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx; +struct DistinctCtx { + u8 isTnct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + u8 eTnctType; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */ + int tabTnct; /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */ + int addrTnct; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded. +*/ +typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx; +struct SortCtx { + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */ + int nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + int iECursor; /* Cursor number for the sorter */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding block-output return address */ + int labelBkOut; /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */ + int addrSortIndex; /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */ + u8 sortFlags; /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */ +}; +#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter 0x01 /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */ + +/* +** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate +** the select structure itself. +*/ +static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); + sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith); +} + +/* +** Initialize a SelectDest structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ + pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; + pDest->iSDParm = iParm; + pDest->affSdst = 0; + pDest->iSdst = 0; + pDest->nSdst = 0; +} + + +/* +** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ + u16 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */ + Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ + Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ +){ + Select *pNew; + Select standin; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + pNew = &standin; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + } + if( pEList==0 ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0)); + } + pNew->pEList = pEList; + if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc)); + pNew->pSrc = pSrc; + pNew->pWhere = pWhere; + pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + pNew->pHaving = pHaving; + pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pNew->selFlags = selFlags; + pNew->op = TK_SELECT; + pNew->pLimit = pLimit; + pNew->pOffset = pOffset; + assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ) { + clearSelect(db, pNew); + if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + pNew = 0; + }else{ + assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); + } + assert( pNew!=&standin ); + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + if( p ){ + clearSelect(db, p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound. +*/ +static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){ + while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; + return p; +} + +/* +** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the +** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type +** in terms of the following bit values: +** +** JT_INNER +** JT_CROSS +** JT_OUTER +** JT_NATURAL +** JT_LEFT +** JT_RIGHT +** +** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. +** +** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return +** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ + int jointype = 0; + Token *apAll[3]; + Token *p; + /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ + static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; + static const struct { + u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ + u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ + u8 code; /* Join type mask */ + } aKeyword[] = { + /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, + /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, + /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, + /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, + /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, + }; + int i, j; + apAll[0] = pA; + apAll[1] = pB; + apAll[2] = pC; + for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ + p = apAll[i]; + for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar + && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ + jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; + break; + } + } + testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); + if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ + jointype |= JT_ERROR; + break; + } + } + if( + (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || + (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 + ){ + const char *zSp = " "; + assert( pB!=0 ); + if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " + "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); + jointype = JT_INNER; + }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 + && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); + jointype = JT_INNER; + } + return jointype; +} + +/* +** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column +** is not contained in the table. +*/ +static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a +** table that has a column named zCol. +** +** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index +** of the matching column and return TRUE. +** +** If not found, return FALSE. +*/ +static int tableAndColumnIndex( + SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ + int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ + int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ + int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ +){ + int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ + int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ + + assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); + if( iCol>=0 ){ + if( piTab ){ + *piTab = i; + *piCol = iCol; + } + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the +** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which +** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: +** +** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) +** +** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the +** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is +** column iColRight of tab2. +*/ +static void addWhereTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ + int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ + int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ + int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ + int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ + int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ + Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE1; + Expr *pE2; + Expr *pEq; + + assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); + assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); + assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); + + pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); + pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); + + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); + if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ + ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce); + pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; + } + *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); +} + +/* +** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. +** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the +** expression. +** +** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell +** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the +** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part +** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the +** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they +** originated in the ON or USING clause. +** +** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the +** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not +** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed +** for cases like this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 +** +** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 +** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a +** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not +** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately +** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in +** the output, which is incorrect. +*/ +static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ + while( p ){ + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce); + p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; + setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); + p = p->pRight; + } +} + +/* +** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. +** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. +** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. +** +** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. +** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most +** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to +** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between +** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are +** also attached to the left entry. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. +*/ +static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ + struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ + + pSrc = p->pSrc; + pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; + pRight = &pLeft[1]; + for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ + Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; + Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; + int isOuter; + + if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; + isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; + + /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for + ** every column that the two tables have in common. + */ + if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ + if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " + "an ON or USING clause", 0); + return 1; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ + int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ + int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ + + zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; + if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); + } + } + } + + /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join + */ + if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " + "clauses in the same join"); + return 1; + } + + /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by + ** an AND operator. + */ + if( pRight->pOn ){ + if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); + p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); + pRight->pOn = 0; + } + + /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this + ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z + ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is + ** not contained in both tables to be joined. + */ + if( pRight->pUsing ){ + IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ + int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ + int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ + int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ + + zName = pList->a[j].zName; + iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); + if( iRightCol<0 + || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " + "not present in both tables", zName); + return 1; + } + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ + int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ + int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ +); + +/* +** Insert code into "v" that will push the record in register regData +** into the sorter. +*/ +static void pushOntoSorter( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ + int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; + int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; + int regBase = pParse->nMem+1; + int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; + int op; + + pParse->nMem += nExpr+2; /* nExpr+2 registers allocated at regBase */ + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nExpr+2-nOBSat,regRecord); + if( nOBSat>0 ){ + int regPrevKey; /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */ + int addrFirst; /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */ + int addrJmp; /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */ + VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode that opens the sorter */ + int nKey; /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */ + KeyInfo *pKI; /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */ + + regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; + nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + 1; + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + pOp->p2 = nKey + 1; + pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO); + pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat, 1); + addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp); + } + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + op = OP_SorterInsert; + }else{ + op = OP_IdxInsert; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord); + if( pSelect->iLimit ){ + int addr1, addr2; + int iLimit; + if( pSelect->iOffset ){ + iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; + }else{ + iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; + } + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + } +} + +/* +** Add code to implement the OFFSET +*/ +static void codeOffset( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ + int iOffset, /* Register holding the offset counter */ + int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ +){ + if( iOffset>0 ){ + int addr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iOffset, -1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); + VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } +} + +/* +** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem +** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously +** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab +** if the current N values are new. +** +** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the +** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. +*/ +static void codeDistinct( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ + int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ + int N, /* Number of elements */ + int iMem /* First element */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + int r1; + + v = pParse->pVdbe; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression +** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result +** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur +** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we +** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) +*/ +static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ + int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ +){ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " + "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop +** of a SELECT. +** +** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions +** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is +** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only +** to get number columns and the datatype for each column. +*/ +static void selectInnerLoop( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ + int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */ + DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ + int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ + int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ + int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ + + assert( v ); + assert( pEList!=0 ); + hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0; + if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){ + assert( iContinue!=0 ); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + } + + /* Pull the requested columns. + */ + nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; + + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){ + /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT + ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than + ** there are columns in the table on the left. The error will be caught + ** and reported later. But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated + ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */ + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + } + pDest->nSdst = nResultCol; + regResult = pDest->iSdst; + if( srcTab>=0 ){ + for(i=0; ia[i].zName)); + } + }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){ + /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual + ** values returned by the SELECT are not required. + */ + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, + (eDest==SRT_Output||eDest==SRT_Coroutine)?SQLITE_ECEL_DUP:0); + } + + /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement + ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row + ** part of the result. + */ + if( hasDistinct ){ + switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ + int iJump; /* Jump destination */ + int regPrev; /* Previous row content */ + + /* Allocate space for the previous row */ + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + + /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null + ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the + ** previous value. This will cause the OP_Ne below to always + ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first + ** row is all NULLs. + */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 1; + pOp->p2 = regPrev; + + iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); + if( iaddrTnct); + break; + } + + default: { + assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ); + codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, regResult); + break; + } + } + if( pSort==0 ){ + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + } + } + + switch( eDest ){ + /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary + ** table iParm. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + case SRT_Union: { + int r1; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + + /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of + ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from + ** the temporary table iParm. + */ + case SRT_Except: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_Fifo: + case SRT_DistFifo: + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){ + /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present + ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the + ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the + ** output table as well. */ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1); + assert( pSort==0 ); + } +#endif + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1); + }else{ + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nResultCol==1 ); + pDest->affSdst = + sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); + if( pSort ){ + /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the + ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set + ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which + ** case the order does matter */ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + break; + } + + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } + + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nResultCol==1 ); + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + } + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + case SRT_Coroutine: /* Send data to a co-routine */ + case SRT_Output: { /* Return the results */ + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + if( pSort ){ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol); + } + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to + ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an + ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first + ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a + ** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob. + */ + case SRT_DistQueue: + case SRT_Queue: { + int nKey; + int r1, r2, r3; + int addrTest = 0; + ExprList *pSO; + pSO = pDest->pOrderBy; + assert( pSO ); + nKey = pSO->nExpr; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2); + r3 = r2+nKey+1; + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously + ** added to the queue. */ + addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, + regResult, nResultCol); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3); + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } + for(i=0; ia[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1, + r2+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ + + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside + ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call + ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care + ** about the actual results of the select. + */ + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); + break; + } +#endif + } + + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if + ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited + ** the output for us. + */ + if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and +** X extra columns. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){ + KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, + sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); + if( p ){ + p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X]; + p->nField = (u16)N; + p->nXField = (u16)X; + p->enc = ENC(db); + p->db = db; + p->nRef = 1; + }else{ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Deallocate a KeyInfo object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p); + } +} + +/* +** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef++; + } + return p; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change. The KeyInfo object +** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object. +** +** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records +** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** +** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting +** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to +** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT +** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual +** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually +** freed. +*/ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ + int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ + int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ +){ + int nExpr; + KeyInfo *pInfo; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + + nExpr = pList->nExpr; + pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr+nExtra-iStart, 1); + if( pInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) ); + for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; ipExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl; + pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder; + } + } + return pInfo; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +*/ +static const char *selectOpName(int id){ + char *z; + switch( id ){ + case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; + case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; + case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; + default: z = "UNION"; break; + } + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/* +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of the form: +** +** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" +** +** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which +** is determined by the zUsage argument. +*/ +static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro +** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code +** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that +** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the +** code with #ifndef directives. +*/ +# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b + +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainTempTable(y,z) +# define explainSetInteger(y,z) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT) +/* +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of one of the two forms: +** +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" +** +** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding +** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter +** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, +** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is +** false, or the second form if it is true. +*/ +static void explainComposite( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ + int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ + int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ + int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ +){ + assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( + pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, + bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, +** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated +** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following +** routine generates the code needed to do that. +*/ +static void generateSortTail( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ + SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement */ + int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ + int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ + int addr; + int addrOnce = 0; + int iTab; + int pseudoTab = 0; + ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy; + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; + int regRow; + int regRowid; + int nKey; + + if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut); + addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + iTab = pSort->iECursor; + regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); + regRowid = 0; + }else{ + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + } + nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat; + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; + int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, nKey+2); + if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); + VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, nKey+1, regRow); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + }else{ + if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, nKey+1, regRow); + } + switch( eDest ){ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, + &pDest->affSdst, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); + break; + } + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + default: { + int i; + assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + for(i=0; iiSdst+i ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iSdst+i); + if( i==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + } + } + if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + + /* The bottom of the loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the +** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. +** +** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that +** result in *pEstWidth. +** +** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the +** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The +** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression +** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** considered a column by this function. +** +** SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); +** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); +** +** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +** +** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F) +static const char *columnTypeImpl( + NameContext *pNC, + Expr *pExpr, + const char **pzOrigDb, + const char **pzOrigTab, + const char **pzOrigCol, + u8 *pEstWidth +){ + char const *zOrigDb = 0; + char const *zOrigTab = 0; + char const *zOrigCol = 0; +#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F) +static const char *columnTypeImpl( + NameContext *pNC, + Expr *pExpr, + u8 *pEstWidth +){ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ + char const *zType = 0; + int j; + u8 estWidth = 1; + + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being + ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real + ** database table or a subquery. + */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ + Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ + int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + while( pNC && !pTab ){ + SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; + for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); + if( jnSrc ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; + }else{ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + } + } + + if( pTab==0 ){ + /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would + ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how + ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer + ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like + ** the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); + ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; + ** + ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the + ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even + ** though it should really be "INTEGER". + ** + ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never + ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression + ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT + ** branch below. */ + break; + } + + assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); + if( pS ){ + /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause + ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin + ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. + */ + if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ + /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); + } + }else if( pTab->pSchema ){ + /* A real table */ + assert( !pS ); + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + zOrigCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; + } + zOrigTab = pTab->zName; + if( pNC->pParse ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + } +#else + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + }else{ + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; + } +#endif + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: { + /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and + ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT + ** statement. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); + break; + } +#endif + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( pzOrigDb ){ + assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); + *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; + *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab; + *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol; + } +#endif + if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth; + return zType; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns +** in the result set. +*/ +static void generateColumnTypes( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + NameContext sNC; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + const char *zType; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + const char *zOrigDb = 0; + const char *zOrigTab = 0; + const char *zOrigCol = 0; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0); + + /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other + ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this + ** virtual machine is deleted. + */ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +#else + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */ +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns +** in the result set. This information is used to provide the +** azCol[] values in the callback. +*/ +static void generateColumnNames( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int fullNames, shortNames; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ + if( pParse->explain ){ + return; + } +#endif + + if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; + pParse->colNamesSet = 1; + fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; + shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p; + p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; + if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ + char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ + Table *pTab; + char *zCol; + int iCol = p->iColumn; + for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ + if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; + } + assert( jnSrc ); + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + } + if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, + sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else if( fullNames ){ + char *zName = 0; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + }else{ + const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan; + z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } + } + generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); +} + +/* +** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions +** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate +** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. +** +** All column names will be unique. +** +** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, +** and other fields of Column are zeroed. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, +** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +static int selectColumnsFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ + i16 *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ + Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ + Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ + Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ + char *zName; /* Column name */ + int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ + + if( pEList ){ + nCol = pEList->nExpr; + aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); + testcase( aCol==0 ); + }else{ + nCol = 0; + aCol = 0; + } + *pnCol = nCol; + *paCol = aCol; + + for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr); + if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ + /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ + zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + }else{ + Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ + Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ + while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ + pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; + assert( pColExpr!=0 ); + } + if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ + /* For columns use the column name name */ + int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; + pTab = pColExpr->pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", + iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); + }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); + } + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + break; + } + + /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, + ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. + */ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + for(j=cnt=0; j1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){} + if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k; + zName[nName] = 0; + zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + zName = zNewName; + j = -1; + if( zName==0 ) break; + } + } + pCol->zName = zName; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0; jdb; + NameContext sNC; + Column *pCol; + CollSeq *pColl; + int i; + Expr *p; + struct ExprList_item *a; + u64 szAll = 0; + + assert( pSelect!=0 ); + assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + a = pSelect->pEList->a; + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + p = a[i].pExpr; + pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p,0,0,0, &pCol->szEst)); + szAll += pCol->szEst; + pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); + if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( pColl ){ + pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); + } + } + pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4); +} + +/* +** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes +** the result set of that SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int savedFlags; + + savedFlags = db->flags; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + db->flags = savedFlags; + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 0; + } + /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside + ** is disabled */ + assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = 0; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); + return 0; + } + return pTab; +} + +/* +** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. +** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( v==0 ){ + v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init); + if( pParse->pToplevel==0 + && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst) + ){ + pParse->okConstFactor = 1; + } + + } + return v; +} + + +/* +** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the +** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions +** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** iLimit and iOffset are negative. +** +** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if +** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and +** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero) +** prior to calling this routine. +** +** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value +** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register +** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET. +** +** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get +** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force +** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple +** SELECT statements. +*/ +static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ + Vdbe *v = 0; + int iLimit = 0; + int iOffset; + int addr1, n; + if( p->iLimit ) return; + + /* + ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some + ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. + ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean + ** no rows. + */ + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); + if( p->pLimit ){ + p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + if( n==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); + }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>(u64)n ){ + p->nSelectRow = n; + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( p->pOffset ){ + p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of +** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if +** the column has no default collating sequence. +** +** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the +** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. +*/ +static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ + CollSeq *pRet; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); + }else{ + pRet = 0; + } + assert( iCol>=0 ); + if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ + pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); + } + return pRet; +} + +/* +** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT +** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo +** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually +** freed. +*/ +static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ia[i]; + Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr; + CollSeq *pColl; + + if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm); + }else{ + pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName); + } + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) ); + pRet->aColl[i] = pColl; + pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE +** query of the form: +** +** AS ( UNION [ALL] ) +** \___________/ \_______________/ +** p->pPrior p +** +** +** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause +** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].isRecursive flag. +** +** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go +** into a Queue table. Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by +** one. Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest. Then the single +** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the +** recursive-table for a recursive-query run. The output of the recursive-query +** is added back into the Queue table. Then another row is extracted from Queue +** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty. +** +** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever +** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows +** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be +** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. +** +** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in +** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without +** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. +** +** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows +** have been output to pDest. A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a +** negative LIMIT means to output all rows. If there is also an OFFSET clause +** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather +** than being sent to pDest. The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET +** rows have been skipped. +*/ +static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */ + int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */ + int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */ + int regCurrent; /* Register holding Current table */ + int iQueue; /* The Queue table */ + int iDistinct = 0; /* To ensure unique results if UNION */ + int eDest = SRT_Fifo; /* How to write to Queue */ + SelectDest destQueue; /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */ + int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */ + + /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return; + + /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */ + addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak); + pLimit = p->pLimit; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + regLimit = p->iLimit; + regOffset = p->iOffset; + p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0; + p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0; + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + + /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(inSrc); i++){ + if( pSrc->a[i].isRecursive ){ + iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor; + break; + } + } + + /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for + ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order + ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */ + iQueue = pParse->nTab++; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo; + iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo; + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue); + + /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */ + regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol); + if( pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol); + } + VdbeComment((v, "Queue table")); + if( iDistinct ){ + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0); + p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + } + + /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */ + p->pOrderBy = 0; + + /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */ + pSetup->pNext = 0; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue); + pSetup->pNext = p; + if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query; + + /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue); + + /* Output the single row in Current */ + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent, + 0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak); + if( regLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, regLimit, addrBreak, -1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont); + + /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as + ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue. + */ + p->pPrior = 0; + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); + p->pPrior = pSetup; + + /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); + +end_of_recursive_query: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ + +/* Forward references */ +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +); + + +/* +** This routine is called to process a compound query form from +** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or +** INTERSECT +** +** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the +** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** +** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination +** of type eDest with parameter iParm. +** +** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. +** +** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 +** +** This statement is parsed up as follows: +** +** SELECT c FROM t3 +** | +** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 +** | +** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 +** +** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. +** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then +** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** +** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the +** individual selects always group from left to right. +*/ +static int multiSelect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ + Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1 = 0; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2 = 0; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif + + /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only + ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. + */ + assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION ); + db = pParse->db; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + dest = *pDest; + if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + if( pPrior->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ + + /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary + */ + if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + assert( p->pEList ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + dest.eDest = SRT_Table; + } + + /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements + ** in their result sets. + */ + assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); + if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms"); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" + " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); + } + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest); + }else +#endif + + /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. + */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); + }else + + /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. + */ + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_ALL: { + int addr = 0; + int nLimit; + assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); + pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit; + pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset; + pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; + pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; + p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; + if( p->iLimit ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + } + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; + if( pPrior->pLimit + && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) + && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > (u64)nLimit + ){ + p->nSelectRow = nLimit; + } + if( addr ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + break; + } + case TK_EXCEPT: + case TK_UNION: { + int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ + u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ + int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ + int addr; + SelectDest uniondest; + + testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); + testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); + priorOp = SRT_Union; + if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){ + /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our + ** right. + */ + assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + unionTab = dest.iSDParm; + }else{ + /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the + ** intermediate results. + */ + unionTab = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + } + + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left + */ + assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT statement + */ + if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ + op = SRT_Except; + }else{ + assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); + op = SRT_Union; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + uniondest.eDest = op; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. + ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->iLimit = 0; + p->iOffset = 0; + + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form + ** it is that we currently need. + */ + assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); + if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); + } + break; + } + default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { + int tab1, tab2; + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; + int addr; + SelectDest intersectdest; + int r1; + + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires + ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin + ** by allocating the tables we will need. + */ + tab1 = pParse->nTab++; + tab2 = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". + */ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" + */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary + ** tables. + */ + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); + break; + } + } + + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); + + /* Compute collating sequences used by + ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. + ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. + ** + ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. + ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most + ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and + ** no temp tables are required. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ + Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ + CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ + + assert( p->pNext==0 ); + nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1); + if( !pKeyInfo ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto multi_select_end; + } + for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; + } + } + + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; + if( addr<0 ){ + /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can + ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ + assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); + break; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), + P4_KEYINFO); + pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + } + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); + } + +multi_select_end: + pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst; + pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +/* +** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a +** SELECT statment. +** +** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst. There are +** pIn->nSdst columns to be output. pDest is where the output should +** be sent. +** +** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine +** return address. +** +** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that +** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false +** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is +** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing +** keys. +** +** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to +** iBreak. +*/ +static int generateOutputSubroutine( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ + int regReturn, /* The return address register */ + int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ + int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iContinue; + int addr; + + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT + */ + if( regPrev ){ + int j1, j2; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v); + j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); + } + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; + + /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause + */ + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + + switch( pDest->eDest ){ + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + int r1; + assert( pIn->nSdst==1 ); + pDest->affSdst = + sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + +#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iSDParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( pIn->nSdst==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers + ** starting at pDest->iSdst. Then the co-routine yields. + */ + case SRT_Coroutine: { + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst); + pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst; + } + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pDest->nSdst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + break; + } + + /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be + ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other + ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. + ** + ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. + ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to + ** return the next row of result. + */ + default: { + assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + break; + } + } + + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. + */ + if( p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Generate the subroutine return + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); + + return addr; +} + +/* +** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there +** is an ORDER BY clause. +** +** We assume a query of the following form: +** +** ORDER BY +** +** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea +** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as +** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results +** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and +** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: +** +** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. +** +** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and +** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that +** appears only in B.) +** +** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. +** +** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. +** +** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. +** +** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which +** is used: +** +** +** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT +** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- +** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA +** +** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA +** +** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB +** +** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt +** +** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt +** +** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA +** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes +** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or +** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. +** +** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled +** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously +** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output +** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. +** +** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven +** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: +** +** goto Init +** coA: coroutine for left query (A) +** coB: coroutine for right query (B) +** outA: output one row of A +** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) +** EofA: ... +** EofB: ... +** AltB: ... +** AeqB: ... +** AgtB: ... +** Init: initialize coroutine registers +** yield coA +** if eof(A) goto EofA +** yield coB +** if eof(B) goto EofB +** Cmpr: Compare A, B +** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB +** End: ... +** +** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not +** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop +** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, +** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ + SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ + int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ + int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ + int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ + int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ + int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ + int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ + int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ + int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ + int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrEofA_noB; /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */ + int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ + int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ + int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ + int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ + int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ + int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ + int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ + int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ + KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ + KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif + + assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); + assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ + db = pParse->db; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ + labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + + /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause + */ + op = p->op; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + assert( pOrderBy ); + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + + /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that + ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add + ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. + */ + if( op!=TK_ALL ){ + for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; ju.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break; + } + if( j==nOrderBy ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = i; + pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); + if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i; + } + } + } + + /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with + ** the permutation used to determine if the next + ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit + ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries + ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct + ** collation. + */ + aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); + if( aPermute ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iu.x.iOrderByCol>0 + && pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); + aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1; + } + pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); + }else{ + pKeyMerge = 0; + } + + /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. + */ + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); + + /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed + ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the + ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). + */ + if( op==TK_ALL ){ + regPrev = 0; + }else{ + int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; + assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nExpr+1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); + pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1); + if( pKeyDup ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) ); + for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); + pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; + } + } + } + + /* Separate the left and the right query from one another + */ + p->pPrior = 0; + pPrior->pNext = 0; + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + } + + /* Compute the limit registers */ + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); + if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ + regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; + regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, + regLimitA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); + }else{ + regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); + p->pOffset = 0; + + regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; + regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); + + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the + ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. + */ + addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA); + VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT")); + pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrA); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on + ** the right - the "B" select + */ + addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB); + VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT")); + savedLimit = p->iLimit; + savedOffset = p->iOffset; + p->iLimit = regLimitB; + p->iOffset = 0; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); + p->iLimit = savedLimit; + p->iOffset = savedOffset; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrB); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); + addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); + addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup); + + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A + ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. + */ + if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); + addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); + p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; + } + + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B + ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. + */ + if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofB = addrEofA; + if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); + addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); + } + + /* Generate code to handle the case of AB + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); + addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); + + /* This code runs once to initialize everything. + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Implement the main merge loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy, + (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); + + /* Set the number of output columns + */ + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = pPrior; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + + /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly + ** by the calling function */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + } + p->pPrior = pPrior; + pPrior->pNext = p; + + /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete + **** subqueries ****/ + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* Forward Declarations */ +static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); +static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); + +/* +** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to +** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** unchanged.) +** +** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery +** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the +** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary +** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table +** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. +*/ +static Expr *substExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ +){ + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + Expr *pNew; + assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + pExpr = pNew; + } + }else{ + pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); + pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); + }else{ + substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); + } + } + return pExpr; +} +static void substExprList( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ +){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); + } +} +static void substSelect( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ + int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ +){ + SrcList *pSrc; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( !p ) return; + substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); + p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); + p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); + substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ + if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); + } + } +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* +** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. +** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. +** +** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following +** query: +** +** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 +** +** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the +** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then +** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two +** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table +** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be +** optimized. +** +** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into +** a single flat select, like this: +** +** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 +** +** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be +** avoided. +** +** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: +** +** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. +** +** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join +** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) +** +** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. +** +** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT +** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction +** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. +** +** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. +** +** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without +** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special +** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a +** single NULL. +** +** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use +** aggregates. +** +** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not +** use LIMIT. +** +** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. +** +** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously +** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. +** +** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. +** +** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. +** +** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the +** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. +** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). +** +** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does +** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter +** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** +** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL +** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and +** the parent query: +** +** * is not itself part of a compound select, +** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and +** * is not a join +** +** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to +** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, +** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound +** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound +** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by +** restriction (4). +** +** Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number +** of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound +** SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no +** such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the +** syntax error and return a detailed message. +** +** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the +** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to +** columns of the sub-query. +** +** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not +** have a WHERE clause. +** +** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use +** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint +** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must +** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we +** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. +** +** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). +** +** (22) The subquery is not a recursive CTE. +** +** (23) The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a +** compound query. This restriction is because transforming the +** parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles +** recursive queries in multiSelect(). +** +** +** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. +** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query +** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. +** +** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. +** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** +** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and +** the subquery before this routine runs. +*/ +static int flattenSubquery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ + int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ + int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ + int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ +){ + const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + Select *pParent; + Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ + Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ + SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ + ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ + int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. + */ + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0; + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); + pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; + iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; + pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; + assert( pSub!=0 ); + if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ + if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; + assert( pSubSrc ); + /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, + ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET + ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET + ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) + ** and (14). */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ + if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ + } + if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ + return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ + } + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ + } + if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ + } + if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ + } + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0; /* Restriction (22) */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ) return 0; /* (23) */ + + /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: + ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is + ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this + ** is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 + ** + ** which is not at all the same thing. + ** + ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: + ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer + ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. + ** An examples of why this is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 + ** + ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which + ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. + ** + ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: + ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN + ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the + ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. + */ + if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must + ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries + ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct + ** queries. + */ + if( pSub->pPrior ){ + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ + } + if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; + } + for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 ); + if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 + || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) + || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1 + || pSub->pEList->nExpr!=pSub1->pEList->nExpr + ){ + return 0; + } + testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 ); + } + + /* Restriction 18. */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ + if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0; + } + } + } + + /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ + + /* Authorize the subquery */ + pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; + TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY ); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; + + /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions + ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must + ** be of the form: + ** + ** SELECT FROM () + ** + ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block + ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or + ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original + ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple + ** select statements in the compound sub-query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( + ** SELECT x FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 + ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** Transformed into: + ** + ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 + ** ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". + */ + for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + Select *pNew; + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; + Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset; + Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pSrc = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; + pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pSrc = pSrc; + p->op = TK_ALL; + if( pNew==0 ){ + p->pPrior = pPrior; + }else{ + pNew->pPrior = pPrior; + if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pNext = p; + p->pPrior = pNew; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; + } + + /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause + ** in the outer query. + */ + pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; + + /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the + ** subquery + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); + pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; + pSubitem->zName = 0; + pSubitem->zAlias = 0; + pSubitem->pSelect = 0; + + /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the + ** subquery until code generation is + ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that + ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. + ** + ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. + */ + if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ + Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; + if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; + pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; + }else{ + pTabToDel->nRef--; + } + pSubitem->pTab = 0; + } + + /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery + ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind + ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - + ** then this loop only runs once. + ** + ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the + ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember + ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in + ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code + ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace + ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM + ** elements we are now copying in. + */ + for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + int nSubSrc; + u8 jointype = 0; + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ + nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ + + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ + jointype = pSubitem->jointype; + }else{ + assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + break; + } + } + + /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer + ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, + ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements + ** of the subquery. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; + ** + ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the + ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next + ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle + ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the + ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. + */ + if( nSubSrc>1 ){ + pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + break; + } + } + + /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the + ** outer query. + */ + for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); + pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; + memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); + } + pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; + + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + ** references to the iParent in the outer query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; + ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / + ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ + ** + ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see + ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". + */ + pList = pParent->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ + char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + pList->a[i].zName = zName; + } + } + substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); + if( isAgg ){ + substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); + } + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); + pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; + pSub->pOrderBy = 0; + }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ + substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + } + if( pSub->pWhere ){ + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); + }else{ + pWhere = 0; + } + if( subqueryIsAgg ){ + assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); + pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; + pParent->pWhere = pWhere; + pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); + assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); + pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); + }else{ + pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); + pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); + } + + /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the + ** outer query is distinct. + */ + pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; + + /* + ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; + ** + ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this + ** does not work if either limit is negative. + */ + if( pSub->pLimit ){ + pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; + pSub->pLimit = 0; + } + } + + /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return + ** success. + */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); + + return 1; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ + +/* +** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first +** argument, this function checks if the following are true: +** +** * the query contains just a single aggregate function, +** * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and +** * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value. +** +** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX +** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the +** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning. +** +** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and +** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned. +*/ +static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){ + int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */ + + *ppMinMax = 0; + if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){ + Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */ + ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */ + + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; + *ppMinMax = pEList; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; + *ppMinMax = pEList; + } + } + } + + assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 ); + return eRet; +} + +/* +** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. +** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This +** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM +** +** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query +** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing +** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. +*/ +static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Table *pTab; + Expr *pExpr; + + assert( !p->pGroupBy ); + + if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 + || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect + ){ + return 0; + } + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); + + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; + if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0; + if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; + + return pTab; +} + +/* +** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an +** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there +** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return +** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate +** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; + pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); + pIdx=pIdx->pNext + ); + if( !pIdx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with +** an alternative collating sequence. +** +** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... +** +** These are rewritten as a subquery: +** +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2) +** ORDER BY ... COLLATE ... +** +** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine +** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause +** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the +** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause. See ticket +** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a +** +** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION. +** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when +** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY. +*/ +static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + int i; + Select *pNew; + Select *pX; + sqlite3 *db; + struct ExprList_item *a; + SrcList *pNewSrc; + Parse *pParse; + Token dummy; + + if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){} + if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + a = p->pOrderBy->a; + for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break; + } + if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue; + + /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */ + + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy)); + pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0); + if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + *pNew = *p; + p->pSrc = pNewSrc; + p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0)); + p->op = TK_SELECT; + p->pWhere = 0; + pNew->pGroupBy = 0; + pNew->pHaving = 0; + pNew->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pNext = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; + assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 ); + pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pLimit = 0; + pNew->pOffset = 0; + return WRC_Continue; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested +** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by +** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) +** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise +** return NULL. +** +** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With +** object that the returned CTE belongs to. +*/ +static struct Cte *searchWith( + With *pWith, /* Current outermost WITH clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* FROM clause element to resolve */ + With **ppContext /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */ +){ + const char *zName; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){ + With *p; + for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + *ppContext = p; + return &p->a[i]; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses +** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack. +** +** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument +** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this +** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it +** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when +** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT +** statement with which it is associated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ + assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 ); + if( pWith ){ + pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + pParse->bFreeWith = bFree; + } +} + +/* +** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by +** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, +** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive +** reference to the current CTE. +** +** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab +** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check +** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match +** was found. +** +** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error +** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the +** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int withExpand( + Walker *pWalker, + struct SrcList_item *pFrom +){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + struct Cte *pCte; /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */ + With *pWith; /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */ + + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + + pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith); + if( pCte ){ + Table *pTab; + ExprList *pEList; + Select *pSel; + Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */ + int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */ + With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */ + + /* If pCte->zErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal + ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return + ** early. If pCte->zErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference. + ** In this case, proceed. */ + if( pCte->zErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zErr, pCte->zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + assert( pFrom->pSelect ); + + /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */ + pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION ); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + int i; + SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 + && pItem->zName!=0 + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) + ){ + pItem->pTab = pTab; + pItem->isRecursive = 1; + pTab->nRef++; + pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; + } + } + } + + /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ + if( pTab->nRef>2 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg( + pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName + ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 )); + + pCte->zErr = "circular reference: %s"; + pSavedWith = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel); + + for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior); + pEList = pLeft->pEList; + if( pCte->pCols ){ + if( pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns", + pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr + ); + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pEList = pCte->pCols; + } + + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + pCte->zErr = "multiple recursive references: %s"; + }else{ + pCte->zErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s"; + } + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); + } + pCte->zErr = 0; + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH +** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. +** +** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by +** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table +** names and other FROM clause elements. +*/ +static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith; + if( pWith!=0 ){ + assert( pParse->pWith==pWith ); + pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter; + } +} +#else +#define selectPopWith 0 +#endif + +/* +** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. +** "Expanding" means to do the following: +** +** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every +** element of the FROM clause. +** +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, +** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement +** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT +** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement +** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation +** of the view. +** +** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword +** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. +** +** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking +** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. +** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table +** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. +** +*/ +static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + int i, j, k; + SrcList *pTabList; + ExprList *pEList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr; + u16 selFlags = p->selFlags; + + p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0); + + /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in + ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); + + /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If + ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, + ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. + */ + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab; + assert( pFrom->isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab ); + if( pFrom->isRecursive ) continue; + if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ + /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need + ** to go further. */ + assert( i==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + selectPopWith(pWalker, p); +#endif + return WRC_Prune; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else +#endif + if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + assert( pSel!=0 ); + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab); + while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } + selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; +#endif + }else{ + /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535", + pTab->zName); + pFrom->pTab = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + pTab->nRef++; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; + assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); + } +#endif + } + + /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + + /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of + ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names + ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression + ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. + ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand + ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. + ** + ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators + ** that need expanding. + */ + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); + if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; + } + if( knExpr ){ + /* + ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" + ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression + ** in the result set and expand them one by one. + */ + struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; + ExprList *pNew = 0; + int flags = pParse->db->flags; + int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 + && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; + + /* When processing FROM-clause subqueries, it is always the case + ** that full_column_names=OFF and short_column_names=ON. The + ** sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() routine makes it so. */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 + || ((flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)==0 && + (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0) ); + + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + pE = a[k].pExpr; + pRight = pE->pRight; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 ); + if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ + /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. + */ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; + a[k].zName = 0; + a[k].zSpan = 0; + } + a[k].pExpr = 0; + }else{ + /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be + ** expanded. */ + int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ + char *zTName = 0; /* text of name of TABLE */ + if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ + assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); + zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; + } + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect; + char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; + const char *zSchemaName = 0; + int iDb; + if( zTabName==0 ){ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) break; + if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){ + pSub = 0; + if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*"; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; + char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ + char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ + Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ + + assert( zName ); + if( zTName && pSub + && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible + ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded + ** result-set list. + */ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ + assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); + continue; + } + tableSeen = 1; + + if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ + if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 + && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) + ){ + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + ** table to the right of the join */ + continue; + } + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ + /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the + ** using clause from the table on the right. */ + continue; + } + } + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); + zColname = zName; + zToFree = 0; + if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ + Expr *pLeft; + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + if( zSchemaName ){ + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0); + } + if( longNames ){ + zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); + zToFree = zColname; + } + }else{ + pExpr = pRight; + } + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); + sColname.z = zColname; + sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); + if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1]; + if( pSub ){ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + }else{ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s", + zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + } + pX->bSpanIsTab = 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); + } + } + if( !tableSeen ){ + if( zTName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); + } + } + } + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + p->pEList = pNew; + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); + } +#endif + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. +** +** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees +** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, +** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then +** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every +** subquery in the parser tree. +*/ +static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. +** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT +** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. +** +** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a +** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before +** name resolution is performed. +** +** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. +** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr +** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. +*/ +static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + if( pParse->hasCompound ){ + w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); + } + w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() +** interface. +** +** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl +** information to the Table structure that represents the result set +** of that subquery. +** +** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed +** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted +** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This +** routine is called after identifier resolution. +*/ +static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse; + int i; + SrcList *pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); + if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ + p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + if( pSel ){ + while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; + selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel); + } + } + } + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to +** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a +** SELECT statement. +** +** Use this routine after name resolution. +*/ +static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; + w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +#endif +} + + +/* +** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing. The +** following is accomplished: +** +** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. +** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. +** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements +** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. +** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. +** +** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; + db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; + sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); +} + +/* +** Reset the aggregate accumulator. +** +** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold +** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This +** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory +** cells. +*/ +static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; + int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn; + if( nReg==0 ) return; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by + ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */ + assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 ); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); + } + for(i=0; inFunc; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); + } +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg); + for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ + if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ + Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " + "argument"); + pFunc->iDistinct = -1; + }else{ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function +** in the AggInfo structure. +*/ +static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + } +} + +/* +** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on +** the current cursor position. +*/ +static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int regHit = 0; + int addrHitTest = 0; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + struct AggInfo_col *pC; + + pAggInfo->directMode = 1; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + int nArg; + int addrNext = 0; + int regAgg; + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pList ){ + nArg = pList->nExpr; + regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP); + }else{ + nArg = 0; + regAgg = 0; + } + if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( nArg==1 ); + codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); + } + if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int j; + assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ + for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); + } + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + } + if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + if( addrNext ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + } + } + + /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. + ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present + ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value + ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register + ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the + ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. + ** + ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached + ** values to an OP_Copy. + */ + if( regHit ){ + addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); + } + pAggInfo->directMode = 0; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + if( addrHitTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest); + } +} + +/* +** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple +** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +static void explainSimpleCount( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ + Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ +){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx))); + char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s", + pTab->zName, + bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "", + bCover ? pIdx->zName : "" + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC + ); + } +} +#else +# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. +** +** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. +** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are +** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in +** pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The +** calling function needs to do that. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ + int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ + int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ + DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */ + SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */ + AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ + int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; + pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; +#endif + + db = pParse->db; + if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; + memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); + + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); + if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || + pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); + /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does + ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + } + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); + memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort)); + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto select_end; + + /* If writing to memory or generating a set + ** only a single column may be output. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ + goto select_end; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; + int isAggSub; + + if( pSub==0 ) continue; + + /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than + ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN, + ** for example. In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest + ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view. The first instance + ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need + ** to be invoked again. */ + if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ + if( pItem->viaCoroutine==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); + } + continue; + } + + /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression + ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select + ** may contain expression trees of at most + ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit + ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing + ** an exact limit. + */ + pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + + isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ + /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ + if( isAggSub ){ + isAgg = 1; + p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; + } + i = -1; + }else if( pTabList->nSrc==1 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine) + ){ + /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result + ** set on each invocation. + */ + int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn); + explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow); + pItem->viaCoroutine = 1; + pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, pItem->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + }else{ + /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with + ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point + ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn + ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address + */ + int topAddr; + int onceAddr = 0; + int retAddr; + assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); + pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; + if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){ + /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of + ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery + ** once. */ + onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); + explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow); + if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); + retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); + VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + } + if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + pTabList = p->pSrc; + if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + } + } + pEList = p->pEList; +#endif + pWhere = p->pWhere; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pHaving = p->pHaving; + sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. + */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); + return rc; + } +#endif + + /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and + ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query + ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: + ** + ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz + ** + ** is transformed to: + ** + ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz + ** + ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be + ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally + ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER + ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct + && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, p->pEList, -1)==0 + ){ + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags, + ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set. Hence, isTnct represents the + ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */ + assert( sDistinct.isTnct ); + } + + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting + ** index might end up being unused if the data can be + ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the + ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once + ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex + ** variable is used to facilitate that change. + */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, 0); + sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++; + sSort.addrSortIndex = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + }else{ + sSort.addrSortIndex = -1; + } + + /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. + */ + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr); + } + + /* Set the limiter. + */ + iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + p->nSelectRow = LARGEST_INT64; + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sSort.addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen; + sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter; + } + + /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++; + sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0, + (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0), + P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED; + }else{ + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + } + + if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ + /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */ + u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0); + + /* Begin the database scan. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy, + p->pEList, wctrlFlags, 0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo); + } + if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){ + sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo); + } + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo); + if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + } + } + + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral + ** into an OP_Noop. + */ + if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); + } + + /* Use the standard inner loop. */ + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, + sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo), + sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause + ** or both */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ + int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ + int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ + int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least + ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been + ** processed */ + int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ + int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ + int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ + int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ + int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ + int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */ + + /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the + ** GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + int k; /* Loop counter */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ + + for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; + } + for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; + } + if( p->nSelectRow>100 ) p->nSelectRow = 100; + }else{ + p->nSelectRow = 1; + } + + + /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are + ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause + ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out + ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY may use a + ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required + ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the + ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp + ** variable. */ + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ + orderByGrp = 1; + } + + /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ + addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in + ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the + ** SELECT statement. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; + sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; + sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; + sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy); + if( pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); + } + sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; + for(i=0; ix.pList); + sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc; + } + sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem; + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + + /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and + ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ + int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ + int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ + int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ + int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ + int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ + int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ + int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ + int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ + + /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to + ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out + ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction + ** will be converted into a Noop. + */ + sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, 0); + addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, + sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + + /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing + */ + iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + regReset = ++pParse->nMem; + addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1); + + /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. + ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or + ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information + ** in the right order to begin with. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0, + WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0 + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){ + /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so + ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be + ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo + */ + groupBySort = 0; + }else{ + /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push + ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, + ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output + ** in sorted order + */ + int regBase; + int regRecord; + int nCol; + int nGroupBy; + + explainTempTable(pParse, + (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? + "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); + + groupBySort = 1; + nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; + nCol = nGroupBy + 1; + j = nGroupBy+1; + for(i=0; i=j ){ + nCol++; + j++; + } + } + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); + j = nGroupBy+1; + for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ + int r1 = j + regBase; + int r2; + + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, + pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0); + if( r1!=r2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); + } + j++; + } + } + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; + sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v); + sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + + } + + /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort + ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY + ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. + ** + ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. + ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to + ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ + if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) + && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) + ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); + } + + /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... + ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) + ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms + ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... + */ + addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut); + } + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); + if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); + }else{ + sAggInfo.directMode = 1; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. + ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code + ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. + ** + ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... + ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine + ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation + ** for the next GROUP BY batch. + */ + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); + + /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of + ** the current row + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); + + /* End of the loop + */ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); + } + + /* Output the final row of result + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); + + /* Jump over the subroutines + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result + ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag + ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If + ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine + ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in + ** order to signal the caller to abort. + */ + addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort, + &sDistinct, pDest, + addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); + + /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); + + } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ + else { + ExprList *pDel = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + Table *pTab; + if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ + /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then + ** the SQL statement is of the form: + ** + ** SELECT count(*) FROM + ** + ** where the Table structure returned represents table . + ** + ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The + ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that + ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It + ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost + ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. + */ + const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ + Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ + int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost. + ** + ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. + ** + ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. + ** + ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only + ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. + */ + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 + && pIdx->szIdxRowszTabRow + && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 + && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRowszIdxRow) + ){ + pBest = pIdx; + } + } + if( pBest ){ + iRoot = pBest->tnum; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest); + } + + /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1); + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); + explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + { + /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: + ** + ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... + ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... + ** + ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results + ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. + ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then + ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the + ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is + ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum + ** value of x, the only row required). + ** + ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly + ** modify behavior as follows: + ** + ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by + ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value + ** for x. + ** + ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which + ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on + ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. + ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. + */ + ExprList *pMinMax = 0; + u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; + + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); + assert( flag==0 ); + if( p->pHaving==0 ){ + flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax); + } + assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) ); + + if( flag ){ + pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0); + pDel = pMinMax; + if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ + pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; + pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + } + } + + /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The + ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row + ** of output. + */ + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0); + if( pWInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); + goto select_end; + } + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 ); + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); + VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", + (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + } + + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, + pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); + + } /* endif aggregate query */ + + if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); + } + + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results + ** and send them to the callback one by one. + */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY"); + generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest); + } + + /* Jump here to skip this query + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); + + /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 + ** to indicate no errors. + */ + rc = 0; + + /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon + ** successful coding of the SELECT. + */ +select_end: + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); + + /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); + return rc; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) +/* +** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object. +*/ +static void explainOneSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "SELECT "); + if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "DISTINCT "); + } + if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "agg_flag "); + } + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " "); + } + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pEList); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){ + int i; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "FROM "); + sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); + for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "{%d,*} = ", pItem->iCursor); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pVdbe, pItem->pSelect); + if( pItem->pTab ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (tabname=%s)", pItem->pTab->zName); + } + }else if( pItem->zName ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s", pItem->zName); + } + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias); + } + if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " LEFT-JOIN"); + } + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pWhere ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "WHERE "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "GROUPBY "); + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "HAVING "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "ORDERBY "); + sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "LIMIT "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pLimit); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } + if( p->pOffset ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "OFFSET "); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pOffset); + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "(null-select)"); + return; + } + sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); + while( p ){ + explainOneSelect(pVdbe, p); + p = p->pNext; + if( p==0 ) break; + sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s\n", selectOpName(p->op)); + } + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "END"); + sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); +} + +/* End of the structure debug printing code +*****************************************************************************/ +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */ + +/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() +** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main +** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). +** +** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked +** if they are not used. +*/ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + +/* +** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through +** to the callback function is uses to build the result. +*/ +typedef struct TabResult { + char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ + int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ + int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ + int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ +} TabResult; + +/* +** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job +** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new +** memory as necessary. +*/ +static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ + TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ + int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + char *z; /* A single column of result */ + + /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything + ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. + */ + if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ + need = nCol*2; + }else{ + need = nCol; + } + if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ + char **azNew; + p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); + if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; + p->azResult = azNew; + } + + /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing + ** the names of all columns. + */ + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + p->nColumn = nCol; + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; + } + }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ + sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" + ); + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 1; + } + + /* Copy over the row data + */ + if( argv!=0 ){ + for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; + } + p->nRow++; + } + return 0; + +malloc_failed: + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, +** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results +** at the conclusion of the call. +** +** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained +** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. +** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when +** the calling procedure is finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ + int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc; + TabResult res; + + *pazResult = 0; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + res.zErrMsg = 0; + res.nRow = 0; + res.nColumn = 0; + res.nData = 1; + res.nAlloc = 20; + res.rc = SQLITE_OK; + res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); + if( res.azResult==0 ){ + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + res.azResult[0] = 0; + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); + assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); + res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + if( res.zErrMsg ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); + } + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); + } + db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ + return res.rc; + } + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + return rc; + } + if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ + char **azNew; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); + if( azNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + res.azResult = azNew; + } + *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( + char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ +){ + if( azResult ){ + int i, n; + azResult--; + assert( azResult!=0 ); + n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); + for(i=1; ipNext; + + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); + + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } +} + +/* +** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to +** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. +** +** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab +** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional +** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all +** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list +** and returns the combined list. +** +** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers +** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on +** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; + Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ + + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + return 0; + } + + if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + HashElem *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) + ){ + pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); + pList = pTrig; + } + } + } + + return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); +} + +/* +** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement +** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger +** structure is generated based on the information available and stored +** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the +** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger +** construction process. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ + Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ + int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ + IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ + SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ + Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ + int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ + int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ +){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ + Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ + Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ + DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ + int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + + assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ + assert( pName2!=0 ); + assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); + if( isTemp ){ + /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ + if( pName2->n>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + iDb = 1; + pName = pName1; + }else{ + /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + } + if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... + ** ^^^^^^^^ + ** + ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database + ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER. + */ + if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); + pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; + } + + /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, + ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. + ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not + ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab + && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } + + /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; + assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( !pTab ){ + /* The table does not exist. */ + if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ + /* Ticket #3810. + ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are + ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table + ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the + ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the + ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an + ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. + */ + db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the + ** specified name exists */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), + zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); + pParse->nErr++; + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD + ** of triggers. + */ + if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", + (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" + " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; + const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; + if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + } +#endif + + /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers + ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every + ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code + ** elsewhere. + */ + if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ + tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; + } + + /* Build the Trigger object */ + pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); + if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; + pTrigger->zName = zName; + zName = 0; + pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); + pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->op = (u8)op; + pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; + +trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + }else{ + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed +** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ + Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ +){ + Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ + char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ + DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ + Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ + + pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; + if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + zName = pTrig->zName; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + pTrig->step_list = pStepList; + while( pStepList ){ + pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; + pStepList = pStepList->pNext; + } + nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; + nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); + if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) + || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) + ){ + goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + } + + /* if we are not initializing, + ** build the sqlite_master entry + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *z; + + /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, + pTrig->table, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); + } + + if( db->init.busy ){ + Trigger *pLink = pTrig; + Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); + if( pTrig ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table); + pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; + pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + } + } + +triggerfinish_cleanup: + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); + assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); +} + +/* +** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into +** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. +** +** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in +** body of a TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); + if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return 0; + } + pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; + pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space +** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. +*/ +static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ + Token *pName /* The target name */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; + memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); + pTriggerStep->target.z = z; + pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; + pTriggerStep->op = op; + } + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer +** to the new trigger step. +** +** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the +** body of a trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ + IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + }else{ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + } + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ + ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Recursively delete a Trigger structure +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ + if( pTrigger==0 ) return; + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +} + +/* +** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** +** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies +** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the +** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger +** instead of the trigger name. +**/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + int i; + const char *zDb; + const char *zName; + int nName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + } + + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; + zName = pName->a[0].zName; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); + if( pTrigger ) break; + } + if( !pTrigger ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + } + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + +drop_trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger +** is set on. +*/ +static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); + return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); +} + + +/* +** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ + Table *pTable; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + assert( pTable ); + assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + return; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. + */ + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int base; + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { + { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, + { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, + { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ + { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, + { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, + { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ + }; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger, iLn); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); + if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ + pParse->nMem = 3; + } + } +} + +/* +** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ + Trigger *pTrigger; + Hash *pHash; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); + if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ + if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + Trigger **pp; + for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + } + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + } +} + +/* +** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry +** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries +** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, +** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a +** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then +** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only +** if there is no match. +*/ +static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ + int e; + if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; + for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least +** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is +** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at +** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ + int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ + int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +){ + int mask = 0; + Trigger *pList = 0; + Trigger *p; + + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ + pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + } + assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ + mask |= p->tr_tm; + } + } + if( pMask ){ + *pMask = mask; + } + return (mask ? pList : 0); +} + +/* +** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer +** to that SrcList. +** +** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when +** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from +** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the +** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it +** wants. +*/ +static SrcList *targetSrcList( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ +){ + int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ + + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); + assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( iDbdb->nDb ); + pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + } + } + return pSrc; +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single +** trigger. +*/ +static int codeTriggerProgram( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ + int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pStep; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); + assert( pStepList ); + assert( v!=0 ); + for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step + ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger + ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use + ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger + ** step statement. Example: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; + ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); + ** END; + ** + ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy + ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy + */ + pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; + assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 ); + + switch( pStep->op ){ + case TK_UPDATE: { + sqlite3Update(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_INSERT: { + sqlite3Insert(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), + sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_DELETE: { + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) + ); + break; + } + default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { + SelectDest sDest; + Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + break; + } + } + if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +/* +** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE +** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. +*/ +static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: return "abort"; + case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; + case OE_Fail: return "fail"; + case OE_Replace: return "replace"; + case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; + case OE_Default: return "default"; + } + return "n/a"; +} +#endif + +/* +** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe +** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information +** from pFrom to pTo. +*/ +static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); + assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); + if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ + pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; + pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); + } +} + +/* +** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program +** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ +){ + Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ + Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ + SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ + Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ + int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ + + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + assert( pTop->pVdbe ); + + /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they + ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg + ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ + pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); + if( !pPrg ) return 0; + pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; + pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; + pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); + if( !pProgram ) return 0; + sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); + pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; + pPrg->orconf = orconf; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; + + /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the + ** trigger sub-program. */ + pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); + if( !pSubParse ) return 0; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pSubParse; + pSubParse->db = db; + pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; + pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; + pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; + pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; + pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); + if( v ){ + VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", + pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), + (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), + (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), + pTab->zName + )); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC + ); +#endif + + /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false + ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the + ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ + if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) + && db->mallocFailed==0 + ){ + iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + } + + /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ + codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); + + /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ + if( iEndTrigger ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); + + transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); + } + pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; + pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; + pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce; + pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; + sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); + } + + assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); + assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); + sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); + + return pPrg; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for +** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such +** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before +** being returned. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ +){ + Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + + /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the + ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with + ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere + ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ + for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; + pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); + pPrg=pPrg->pNext + ); + + /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ + if( !pPrg ){ + pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); + } + + return pPrg; +} + +/* +** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on +** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this +** function are the same as those described in the header function for +** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program + ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ + if( pPrg ){ + int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); + VdbeComment( + (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); + + /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if + ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive + ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, + ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers + ** is clear. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); + } +} + +/* +** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation +** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) +** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the +** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then +** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. +** +** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified +** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. +** +** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers +** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references +** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab +** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: +** +** Register Contains +** ------------------------------------------------------ +** reg+0 OLD.rowid +** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab +** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid +** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab +** +** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will +** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or +** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). +** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers +** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an +** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg +** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through +** (reg+N+N+1) are. +** +** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the +** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump +** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program +** raises an IGNORE exception. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ + + assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); + assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); + + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + + /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are + ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table + ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ + assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema + || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + + /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ + if( p->op==op + && p->tr_tm==tr_tm + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) + ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); + } + } +} + +/* +** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. +** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the +** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information +** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire +** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. +** +** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the +** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if +** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there +** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns +** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. +** +** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is +** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. +** +** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned +** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. +** +** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE +** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the +** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ + int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ +){ + const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; + u32 mask = 0; + Trigger *p; + + assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) + ){ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + if( pPrg ){ + mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; + } + } + } + + return mask; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + +/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle UPDATE statements. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Forward declaration */ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the +** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the +** OP_Column to the default value, if any. +** +** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the +** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table +** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE +** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk +** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken +** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. +** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value +** for the column and the P4 value is not required. +** +** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have +** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more +** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated +** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written +** into the sqlite_master table.) +** +** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for +** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() +** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into +** sqlite3_value objects. +** +** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction +** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is +** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save +** space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( !pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3_value *pValue = 0; + u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); + assert( inCol ); + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, + pCol->affinity, &pValue); + if( pValue ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** Process an UPDATE statement. +** +** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; +** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ +* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ + int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ + int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */ + int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ + int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the + ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. + ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ + u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */ + u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */ + u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */ + Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ + AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ + int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ + int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ + int labelBreak; /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */ + int labelContinue; /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +#endif + int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ + int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + + /* Register Allocations */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ + int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */ + int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */ + int regNew; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */ + int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */ + int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ + int regKey = 0; /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */ + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to update. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** updated is a view. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; + assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +# define tmask 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. + ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they + ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and + ** allocate enough space, just in case. + */ + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++; + iIdxCur = iDataCur+1; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){ + iDataCur = pParse->nTab; + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; + } + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. + ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. + */ + aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 ); + if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol; + aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx); + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; + + /* Initialize the name-context */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the + ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index + ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each + ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change + ** that column. + */ + chngRowid = chngPk = 0; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ + chngPk = 1; + } + aXRef[j] = i; + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ + j = -1; + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto update_cleanup; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int rc; + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, + j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName, + db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto update_cleanup; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + aXRef[j] = -1; + } + } +#endif + } + assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 ); + assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 ); + assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 ); + chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk; + + /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. + ** So reset the colUsed mask + */ + pTabList->a[0].colUsed = 0; + + hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey); + + /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table + ** being updated. Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold + ** the key for accessing each index. + */ + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int reg; + if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + }else{ + reg = 0; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + break; + } + } + } + if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0; + aRegIdx[j] = reg; + } + + /* Begin generating code. */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, + pWhere, onError); + pWhere = 0; + pTabList = 0; + goto update_cleanup; + } +#endif + + /* Allocate required registers. */ + regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; + } + if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + } + regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; + + /* Start the view context. */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into + ** a ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur); + } +#endif + + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the + ** WHERE clause. + */ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + + /* Begin the database scan + */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( + pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + + /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); + if( !okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + } + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + int iPk; /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */ + int addrOpen; /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */ + + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + iEph = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk); + addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, + WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + for(i=0; iaiColumn[i], + iPk+i); + } + if( okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); + nKey = nPk; + regKey = iPk; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Initialize the count of updated rows + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } + + labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( !isView ){ + /* + ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any + ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution + ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need + ** to be deleting some records. + */ + if( onError==OE_Replace ){ + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + }else{ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + break; + } + } + } + if( okOnePass ){ + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; + } + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iBaseCur, aToOpen, + 0, 0); + } + + /* Top of the update loop */ + if( okOnePass ){ + if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] ){ + assert( pPk!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + labelContinue = labelBreak; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else if( pPk ){ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak, + regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to + ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, + ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is + ** already populated. */ + assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); + if( chngRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that + ** information is needed */ + if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ + u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); + oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, + pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( oldmask==0xffffffff + || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0) + || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 + ){ + testcase( oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); + } + } + if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); + } + } + + /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new + ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new + ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references + ** made by triggers. + ** + ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the + ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by + ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The + ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from + ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger + ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to + ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. + */ + newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError + ); + /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1);*/ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + }else{ + j = aXRef[i]; + if( j>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); + }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ + /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed + ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or + ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via + ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. + */ + testcase( i==31 ); + testcase( i==32 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + } + } + } + + /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are + ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. + */ + if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this + ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are + ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated + ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the + ** documentation. + */ + if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified + ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for + ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their + ** registers in case this has happened. + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); + } + } + } + + if( !isView ){ + int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump instruction */ + int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */ + + /* Do constraint checks. */ + assert( regOldRowid>0 ); + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace); + + /* Do FK constraint checks. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ + if( bReplace || chngKey ){ + if( pPk ){ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey); + }else{ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid); + } + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx); + + /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ + if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0); + } + if( bReplace || chngKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + } + + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just updated. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } + } + + /* Increment the row counter + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } + + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until + ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. + */ + if( okOnePass ){ + /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */ + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelContinue); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak); + + /* Close all tables */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + assert( aRegIdx ); + if( aToOpen[i+1] ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0); + } + } + if( iDataCurnested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +update_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. +** +** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains +** for each row to be changed: +** +** (A) The original rowid of that row. +** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) +** (C) The content of every column in the row. +** +** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in +** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. +** +** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. +** +** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same +** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling +** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. +*/ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ + ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ + int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ + int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + SelectDest dest; + + /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for + ** all updated rows. + */ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); + if( pRowid ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); + } + assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); + }else{ + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); + } + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + + /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will + ** be stored. + */ + assert( v ); + ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + + /* fill the ephemeral table + */ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + + /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); + } + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); + + /* Cleanup */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. +** +** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the +** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) +/* +** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the +** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. +*/ +static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. +*/ +static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + return sqlite3_errcode(db); + } + VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) ); + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} + +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly +** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. +*/ +static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); + return rc; + } + } + + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} + +/* +** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, +** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command +** in PostgreSQL. The VACUUM command works as follows: +** +** (1) Create a new transient database file +** (2) Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into +** the new transient database file +** (3) Copy content from the transient database back into the +** original database. +** +** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately +** equal to the size of the original database. The copy operation of +** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal +** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal. +** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the +** orginal database is required. Every page of the database is written +** approximately 3 times: Once for step (2) and twice for step (3). +** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original +** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to +** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content. +** +** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if +** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database +** and renaming the transient database as the original. But that will +** not work if other processes are attached to the original database. +** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the +** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted +** following reboot. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0); + } + return; +} + +/* +** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ + Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ + Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ + char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ + int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ + int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ + int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ + void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ + Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ + int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ + int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ + int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ + + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be + ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and + ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ + saved_flags = db->flags; + saved_nChange = db->nChange; + saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; + saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; + db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); + db->xTrace = 0; + + pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; + isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); + + /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma + ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash + ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a + ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before + ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. + ** + ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. + ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but + ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling + ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially + ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more + ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does + ** to write the journal header file. + */ + nDb = db->nDb; + if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; + }else{ + zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; + } + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); + if( db->nDb>nDb ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; + assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; + + /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file + ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction + ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't + ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); + + nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); + + /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( db->nextPagesize ){ + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; + } +#endif + + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database + ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below, + ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database. + */ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ + if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) + ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + db->nextPagesize = 0; + } + + if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) + || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) + || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto end_of_vacuum; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : + sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); +#endif + + /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema + ** in the temporary database. + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" + " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do + ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy + ** the contents to the temporary database. + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" + "FROM main.sqlite_master " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " + " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Copy over the sequence table + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + + /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database + ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any + ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries + ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. + */ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " + " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" + " FROM main.sqlite_master" + " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" + " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" + ); + if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the + ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, + ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database + ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit + ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit(). + */ + { + u32 meta; + int i; + + /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the + ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries + ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. + ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other + ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. + */ + static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { + BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ + BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ + BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ + BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ + BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */ + }; + + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); + + /* Copy Btree meta values */ + for(i=0; iflags */ + db->flags = saved_flags; + db->nChange = saved_nChange; + db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; + db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); + + /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum + ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file + ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction + ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the + ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager + ** is closed by the DETACH. + */ + db->autoCommit = 1; + + if( pDb ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + + /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] + ** array. */ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ + +/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + +/* +** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the +** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of +** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of +** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which +** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. +*/ +struct VtabCtx { + VTable *pVTable; /* The virtual table being constructed */ + Table *pTab; /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */ +}; + +/* +** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. +** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and +** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. +*/ +static int createModule( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nName; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + }else{ + Module *pMod; + pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); + if( pMod ){ + Module *pDel; + char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); + memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); + pMod->zName = zCopy; + pMod->pModule = pModule; + pMod->pAux = pAux; + pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod); + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod ); + if( pDel ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + } + } + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux); + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ +){ + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); +} + +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); +} + +/* +** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. +** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. +** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** +** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, +** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ + pVTab->nRef++; +} + + +/* +** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. +** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access +** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + VTable *pVtab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); + return pVtab; +} + +/* +** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count +** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; + + assert( db ); + assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); + assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE ); + + pVTab->nRef--; + if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); + } +} + +/* +** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the +** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated +** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. +** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with +** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +*/ +static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable *pRet = 0; + VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; + p->pVTable = 0; + + /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database + ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments + ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why + ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any + ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. + */ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + + while( pVTable ){ + sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; + VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; + assert( db2 ); + if( db2==db ){ + pRet = pVTable; + p->pVTable = pRet; + pRet->pNext = 0; + }else{ + pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; + db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; + } + pVTable = pNext; + } + + assert( !db || pRet ); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object +** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked +** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is +** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable +** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may +** be being used by other shared-cache connections). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable **ppVTab; + + assert( IsVirtual(p) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){ + if( (*ppVTab)->db==db ){ + VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab; + *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + break; + } + } +} + + +/* +** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. +** +** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all +** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the +** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The +** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: +** +** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex +** associated with the database handle itself must be held. +** +** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to +** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex +** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held +** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then +** the database handle mutex is held. +** +** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously +** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ + VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; + db->pDisconnect = 0; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + if( p ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + do { + VTable *pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + p = pNext; + }while( p ); + } +} + +/* +** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. +** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table +** record. +** +** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer +** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable +** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. +** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database +** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the +** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures +** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated +** database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); + if( p->azModuleArg ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ + if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); + } +} + +/* +** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. +** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The +** string will be freed automatically when the table is +** deleted. +*/ +static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ + int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; + int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); + char **azModuleArg; + azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); + if( azModuleArg==0 ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); + pTable->nModuleArg = 0; + }else{ + azModuleArg[i] = zArg; + azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; + } + pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list +** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ + Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ + Token *pModuleName, /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ + int ifNotExists /* No error if the table already exists */ +){ + int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ + Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists); + pTable = pParse->pNewTable; + if( pTable==0 ) return; + assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); + + db = pParse->db; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + + pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; + pTable->nModuleArg = 0; + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. + ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the + ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). + ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. + */ + if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, + pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating +** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the +** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. +*/ +static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){ + const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; + int n = pParse->sArg.n; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); + } +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement +** has been completely parsed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + + if( pTab==0 ) return; + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; + + /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the + ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being + ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then + ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text + ** in the sqlite_master table. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + char *zStmt; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; + Vdbe *v; + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ + if( pEnd ){ + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; + } + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + ** + ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an + ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab + ** by sqlite3StartTable(). + */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pTab->zName, + pTab->zName, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, + pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); + } + + /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory + ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until + ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This + ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before + ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ + else { + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + const char *zName = pTab->zName; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); + if( pOld ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + return; + } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + } +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token +** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + pParse->sArg.n = 0; +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token +** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ + Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; + if( pArg->z==0 ){ + pArg->z = p->z; + pArg->n = p->n; + }else{ + assert(pArg->z < p->z); + pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); + } +} + +/* +** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The +** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter +** to this procedure. +*/ +static int vtabCallConstructor( + sqlite3 *db, + Table *pTab, + Module *pMod, + int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), + char **pzErr +){ + VtabCtx sCtx, *pPriorCtx; + VTable *pVTable; + int rc; + const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; + int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; + char *zErr = 0; + char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); + int iDb; + + if( !zModuleName ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); + if( !pVTable ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pVTable->db = db; + pVTable->pMod = pMod; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + + /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ + assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); + assert( xConstruct ); + sCtx.pTab = pTab; + sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; + pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx; + db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; + rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); + db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( zErr==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); + }else { + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); + }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate + ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ + pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; + pVTable->nRef = 1; + if( sCtx.pTab ){ + const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + int iCol; + /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure + ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the + ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". + ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from + ** the type string. */ + pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; + pTab->pVTable = pVTable; + + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + int nType; + int i = 0; + if( !zType ) continue; + nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ + for(i=0; i0 ){ + assert(zType[i-1]==' '); + zType[i-1] = '\0'; + } + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; + } + } + } + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method +** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned +** and an error left in pParse. +** +** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *zMod; + Module *pMod; + int rc; + + assert( pTab ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + + if( !pMod ){ + const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + char *zErr = 0; + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + } + + return rc; +} +/* +** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one +** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. +*/ +static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ + const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; + + /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ + if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ + VTable **aVTrans; + int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); + aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); + if( !aVTrans ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should +** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). +*/ +static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ + db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; + sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. +** +** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language +** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. +** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + Module *pMod; + const char *zMod; + + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); + + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); + + /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, + ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an + ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. + */ + if( !pMod ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); + } + + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to + ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only +** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a +** virtual table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ + Parse *pParse; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + char *zErr = 0; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); + + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pParse->declareVtab = 1; + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; + + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) + && pParse->pNewTable + && !db->mallocFailed + && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect + && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 + ){ + if( !pTab->aCol ){ + pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; + pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; + pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; + pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; + } + db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pParse->declareVtab = 0; + + if( pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + } + + assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs +** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. +** +** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ + VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); + + /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); + p->pVtab = 0; + pTab->pVTable = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method +** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method +** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is +** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. +** +** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. +*/ +static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ + int i; + if( db->aVTrans ){ + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); + if( x ) x(p); + } + pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); + db->nVTrans = 0; + db->aVTrans = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans +** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or +** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. +** +** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; + + db->aVTrans = 0; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; + if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ + rc = x(pVtab); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + } + } + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface +** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is +** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. +** +** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer +** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + + /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater + ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a + ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to + ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. + */ + if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + if( !pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; + + if( pModule->xBegin ){ + int i; + + /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ + for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ + if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the + ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, pVTab); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all +** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint +** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. +** +** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with +** an open transaction is invoked. +** +** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, +** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this +** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); + if( db->aVTrans ){ + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; + if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ + int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); + switch( op ){ + case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: + xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; + pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; + break; + case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: + xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; + break; + default: + xMethod = pMod->xRelease; + break; + } + if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ + rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); + } + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The +** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. +** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual +** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. +** +** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to +** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. +** +** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a +** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the +** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ + FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ +){ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pMod; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; + void *pArg = 0; + FuncDef *pNew; + int rc = 0; + char *zLowerName; + unsigned char *z; + + + /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; + pTab = pExpr->pTab; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; + pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; + assert( pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); + pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; + + /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation + ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function + */ + zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); + if( zLowerName ){ + for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ + *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; + } + rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + + /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded + ** function */ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + *pNew = *pDef; + pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); + pNew->xFunc = xFunc; + pNew->pUserData = pArg; + pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] +** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the +** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine +** is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i, n; + Table **apVtabLock; + + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ + if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; + } + n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); + apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); + if( apVtabLock ){ + pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; + pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; + }else{ + pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual +** table update operation currently in progress. +** +** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from +** within an xUpdate method. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ + static const unsigned char aMap[] = { + SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE + }; + assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); + assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); + assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); + return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; +} + +/* +** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide +** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior +** of the virtual table being implemented. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { + VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; + if( !p ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + }else{ + assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); + p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); + } + break; + } + default: + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + break; + } + va_end(ap); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for +** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable +** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing +** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting +** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". +*/ +/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of where.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013-11-12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query +** planner logic in "where.c". These definitions are broken out into +** a separate source file for easier editing. +*/ + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ + && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 +#else +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) +#endif + +/* Forward references +*/ +typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; +typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; +typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; +typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; +typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; +typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop; +typedef struct WherePath WherePath; +typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; +typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder; +typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan; +typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost; +typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet; + +/* +** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested +** loop in WHERE clause. +** +** Contrast this object with WhereLoop. This object describes the +** implementation of the loop. WhereLoop describes the algorithm. +** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of +** its elements. +** +** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for +** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the +** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines +** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and +** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop. +*/ +struct WhereLevel { + int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */ + int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */ + int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */ + int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */ + int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */ + u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */ + u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */ + int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */ + union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */ + struct { + int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */ + struct InLoop { + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */ + int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */ + u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */ + } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */ + } in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */ + Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */ + } u; + struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */ + Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */ +}; + +/* +** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one +** term of a join. Every term of the FROM clause will have at least +** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints +** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the +** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a +** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with +** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm. +** +** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop +** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with +** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies +** and that minimize the overall cost. +*/ +struct WhereLoop { + Bitmask prereq; /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */ + Bitmask maskSelf; /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + char cId; /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */ +#endif + u8 iTab; /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */ + u8 iSortIdx; /* Sorting index number. 0==None */ + LogEst rSetup; /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running each loop */ + LogEst nOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + union { + struct { /* Information for internal btree tables */ + u16 nEq; /* Number of equality constraints */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of initial index columns to skip */ + Index *pIndex; /* Index used, or NULL */ + } btree; + struct { /* Information for virtual tables */ + int idxNum; /* Index number */ + u8 needFree; /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */ + i8 isOrdered; /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */ + u16 omitMask; /* Terms that may be omitted */ + char *idxStr; /* Index identifier string */ + } vtab; + } u; + u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */ + u16 nLTerm; /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */ + /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/ +# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot) + u16 nLSlot; /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */ + WhereTerm **aLTerm; /* WhereTerms used */ + WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */ + WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[4]; /* Initial aLTerm[] space */ +}; + +/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a +** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. +** See WhereOrSet for additional information +*/ +struct WhereOrCost { + Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running this subquery */ + LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs for this subquery */ +}; + +/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that +** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing. Only the +** best N_OR_COST elements are retained. +*/ +#define N_OR_COST 3 +struct WhereOrSet { + u16 n; /* Number of valid a[] entries */ + WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST]; /* Set of best costs */ +}; + + +/* Forward declaration of methods */ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int); + +/* +** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects +** that implement some or all of a query plan. +** +** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs +** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes. (That is +** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a +** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not +** one-to-one as are graph nodes. But it is a useful visualization aid.) +** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some +** or all of the WhereLoop objects once. +** +** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length +** 1. Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects +** of length 2. And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the +** number of nodes in the FROM clause. The best (lowest cost) WherePath +** at the end is the choosen query plan. +*/ +struct WherePath { + Bitmask maskLoop; /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */ + Bitmask revLoop; /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */ + LogEst nRow; /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */ + LogEst rCost; /* Total cost of this path */ + i8 isOrdered; /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */ + WhereLoop **aLoop; /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */ +}; + +/* +** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to +** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE +** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, +** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. +** +** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. +** The following identity holds: +** +** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm +** +** When a term is of the form: +** +** X +** +** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, +** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the +** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records +** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The +** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search +** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. +** +** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: +** +** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... +** +** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR +** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that +** is collected about the OR clause. +** +** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous +** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set +** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately +** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. +** +** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, +** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates +** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq +** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of +** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be +** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor +** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet +** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers +** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available +** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers +** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. +** +** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits +** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite +** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. +*/ +struct WhereTerm { + Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ + int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ + int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ + union { + int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */ + } u; + LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */ + u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ + u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ + u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ + Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags +*/ +#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ +#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ +#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ +#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ +#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ +#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ +#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ +#else +# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */ +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating +** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner. +*/ +struct WhereScan { + WhereClause *pOrigWC; /* Original, innermost WhereClause */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WhereClause currently being scanned */ + char *zCollName; /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */ + char idxaff; /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */ + unsigned char nEquiv; /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */ + unsigned char iEquiv; /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */ + u32 opMask; /* Acceptable operators */ + int k; /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */ + int aEquiv[22]; /* Cursor,Column pairs for equivalence classes */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a +** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. +** +** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form +** +** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f +** +** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for +** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the +** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. +*/ +struct WhereClause { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ + u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ + int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ + int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ + WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ +#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) + WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#else + WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereOrInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ +}; + +/* +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereAndInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping +** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. +** +** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in +** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE +** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might +** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum +** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping +** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning +** with 0. +** +** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask +** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, +** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It +** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor +** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain +** no gaps. +*/ +struct WhereMaskSet { + int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ + int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ +}; + +/* +** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed +** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query. +*/ +struct WhereLoopBuilder { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about this WHERE */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WHERE clause terms */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop */ + WhereOrSet *pOrSet; /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */ + int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The +** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second +** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of +** this structure is returned by the first half and passed +** into the second half to give some continuity. +** +** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query +** planner. +*/ +struct WhereInfo { + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */ + ExprList *pResultSet; /* Result set. DISTINCT operates on these */ + WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */ + Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */ + LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */ + u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE/DELETE */ + u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ + u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */ + u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ + int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ + int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ + int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */ + WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */ + WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ + WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ +}; + +/* +** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects. These are all +** operators that are of interest to the query planner. An +** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for +** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause. +*/ +#define WO_IN 0x001 +#define WO_EQ 0x002 +#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_MATCH 0x040 +#define WO_ISNULL 0x080 +#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ +#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ +#define WO_EQUIV 0x400 /* Of the form A==B, both columns */ +#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */ + +#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ +#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ + +/* +** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field. +** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to +** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents. +*/ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00000001 /* x=EXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002 /* xEXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00000004 /* x IN (...) */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00000008 /* x IS NULL */ +#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT 0x0000000f /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */ +#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00000010 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ +#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00000030 /* Both x>EXPR and xnRowOut); +} + +/* +** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this +** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->eDistinct; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order. +** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->nOBSat; +} + +/* +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue +** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 ); + return pWInfo->iContinue; +} + +/* +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break +** out of a WHERE loop. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->iBreak; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if an UPDATE or DELETE statement can operate directly on +** the rowids returned by a WHERE clause. Return FALSE if doing an +** UPDATE or DELETE might change subsequent WHERE clause results. +** +** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) +** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS +** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data +** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index. +** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used. +** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing. +** +** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is +** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){ + memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2); + return pWInfo->okOnePass; +} + +/* +** Move the content of pSrc into pDest +*/ +static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){ + pDest->n = pSrc->n; + memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0])); +} + +/* +** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet. +** +** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be +** appended, or it might be discarded. Do whatever is the right thing +** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far. +*/ +static int whereOrInsert( + WhereOrSet *pSet, /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */ + Bitmask prereq, /* Prerequisites of the new entry */ + LogEst rRun, /* Run-cost of the new entry */ + LogEst nOut /* Number of outputs for the new entry */ +){ + u16 i; + WhereOrCost *p; + for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){ + if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){ + goto whereOrInsert_done; + } + if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){ + return 0; + } + } + if( pSet->na[pSet->n++]; + p->nOut = nOut; + }else{ + p = pSet->a; + for(i=1; in; i++){ + if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i; + } + if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0; + } +whereOrInsert_done: + p->prereq = prereq; + p->rRun = rRun; + if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. +*/ +static void whereClauseInit( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo /* The WHERE processing context */ +){ + pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo; + pWC->pOuter = 0; + pWC->nTerm = 0; + pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); + pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); + +/* +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. +*/ +static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ + whereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. +*/ +static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ + whereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure +** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). +*/ +static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ + int i; + WhereTerm *a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); + } + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ + whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); + }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ + whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); + } + } + if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); + } +} + +/* +** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. +** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. +** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. +** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory +** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in +** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. +** +** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. +** +** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility +** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. +** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. +** +** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store +** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after +** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing +** the pWC->a[] array. +*/ +static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int idx; + testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ + WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); + if( pWC->a==0 ){ + if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); + } + pWC->a = pOld; + return 0; + } + memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); + if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); + } + pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); + } + pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; + if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){ + pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 99; + }else{ + pTerm->truthProb = 1; + } + pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p); + pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; + pTerm->pWC = pWC; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + return idx; +} + +/* +** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where +** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other +** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure +** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: +** +** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) +** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ +** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] +** +** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine +** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. +** +** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to +** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain +** all terms of the WHERE clause. +*/ +static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){ + pWC->op = op; + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + if( pExpr->op!=op ){ + whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); + }else{ + whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); + whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); + } +} + +/* +** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object +*/ +#define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0 + +/* +** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if +** iCursor is not in the set. +*/ +static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + int i; + assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); + for(i=0; in; i++){ + if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ + return MASKBIT(i); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. +** +** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of +** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the +** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] +** array will never overflow. +*/ +static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); + pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; +} + +/* +** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate +** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression +** tree. +*/ +static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); +static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); +static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); + return mask; + } + mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); + }else{ + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); + } + return mask; +} +static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + return mask; +} +static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + while( pS ){ + SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); + mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); + if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); + mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); + } + } + pS = pS->pPrior; + } + return mask; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is +** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are +** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL" +*/ +static int allowedOp(int op){ + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; +} + +/* +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +*/ +#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} + +/* +** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" +** are converted into "Y op X". +** +** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the +** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure +** that the collating sequence does not change. For example: +** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on +** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence +** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag +** is not commuted. +*/ +static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate); + u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate); + assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); + if( expRight==expLeft ){ + /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */ + if( expRight ){ + /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators. Make sure X is always + ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */ + pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate; + }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default + ** collating sequence. So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause + ** it to be searched first. */ + pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate; + } + } + SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); + assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); + assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); + pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; + } +} + +/* +** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. +*/ +static u16 operatorMask(int op){ + u16 c; + assert( allowedOp(op) ); + if( op==TK_IN ){ + c = WO_IN; + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + c = WO_ISNULL; + }else{ + assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); + c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); + } + assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); + assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); + assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); + assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); + assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); + assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); + assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); + return c; +} + +/* +** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria +** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit(). +** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ + int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */ + int iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */ + Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */ + int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */ + + while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){ + iCur = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-2]; + iColumn = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-1]; + while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){ + for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; knTerm; k++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur + && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn + && (pScan->iEquiv<=2 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + ){ + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0 + && pScan->nEquivaEquiv) + ){ + int j; + pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight); + assert( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); + for(j=0; jnEquiv; j+=2){ + if( pScan->aEquiv[j]==pX->iTable + && pScan->aEquiv[j+1]==pX->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){ + pScan->aEquiv[j] = pX->iTable; + pScan->aEquiv[j+1] = pX->iColumn; + pScan->nEquiv += 2; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){ + /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */ + if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ + CollSeq *pColl; + Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; + pX = pTerm->pExpr; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){ + continue; + } + assert(pX->pLeft); + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, + pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){ + continue; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)!=0 + && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN + && pX->iTable==pScan->aEquiv[0] + && pX->iColumn==pScan->aEquiv[1] + ){ + continue; + } + pScan->k = k+1; + return pTerm; + } + } + } + pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter; + k = 0; + } + pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC; + k = 0; + pScan->iEquiv += 2; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object. Return a pointer to the +** first match. Return NULL if there are no matches. +** +** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC. It will look +** for terms of the form "X " where X is column iColumn of table +** iCur. The must be one of the operators described by opMask. +** +** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the +** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form +** "Y ". The number of levels of transitivity is limited, +** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements. +** +** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with +** index pIdx. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( + WhereScan *pScan, /* The WhereScan object being initialized */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */ + int iCur, /* Cursor to scan for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to scan for */ + u32 opMask, /* Operator(s) to scan for */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index */ +){ + int j; + + /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */ + pScan->pOrigWC = pWC; + pScan->pWC = pWC; + if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){ + pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; + for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ + if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nKeyCol) ) return 0; + } + pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; + }else{ + pScan->idxaff = 0; + pScan->zCollName = 0; + } + pScan->opMask = opMask; + pScan->k = 0; + pScan->aEquiv[0] = iCur; + pScan->aEquiv[1] = iColumn; + pScan->nEquiv = 2; + pScan->iEquiv = 2; + return whereScanNext(pScan); +} + +/* +** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " +** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of +** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. +** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. +** +** The term returned might by Y= if there is another constraint in +** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y. Any such constraints will be +** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field. The +** aEquiv[] array holds X and all its equivalents, with each SQL variable +** taking up two slots in aEquiv[]. The first slot is for the cursor number +** and the second is for the column number. There are 22 slots in aEquiv[] +** so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 other equivalent values. +** Hence a search for X will return if X=A1 and A1=A2 and A2=A3 +** and ... and A9=A10 and A10=. +** +** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X " +** then try for the one with no dependencies on - in other words where +** is a constant expression of some kind. Only return entries of +** the form "X Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of +** the form "X " exist. If no terms with a constant RHS +** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV. +*/ +static WhereTerm *findTerm( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ + int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ + Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ + u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +){ + WhereTerm *pResult = 0; + WhereTerm *p; + WhereScan scan; + + p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx); + while( p ){ + if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){ + if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 ){ + return p; + } + if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p; + } + p = whereScanNext(&scan); + } + return pResult; +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); + +/* +** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. +*/ +static void exprAnalyzeAll( + SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ +){ + int i; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that +** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is +** so and false if not. +** +** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string +** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. +*/ +static int isLikeOrGlob( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ + Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ + int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ + int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ +){ + const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ + ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ + int c; /* One character in z[] */ + int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ + char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ + + if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ + return 0; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + if( *pnoCase ) return 0; +#endif + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; + if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN + || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab) + ){ + /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must + ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ + return 0; + } + assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ + + pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr); + op = pRight->op; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; + int iCol = pRight->iColumn; + pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); + if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + } + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); + assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); + }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ + z = pRight->u.zToken; + } + if( z ){ + cnt = 0; + while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ + cnt++; + } + if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ + Expr *pPrefix; + *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; + pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); + if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; + *ppPrefix = pPrefix; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); + if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ + /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current + ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE + ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. + ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() + ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. + */ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + } + }else{ + z = 0; + } + } + + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return (z!=0); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is of the form +** +** column MATCH expr +** +** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. +*/ +static int isMatchOfColumn( + Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ +){ + ExprList *pList; + + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ + return 0; + } + if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ + return 0; + } + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of +** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. +*/ +static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ + if( pDerived ){ + pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; + pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; + } +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected +** subterms. So in: +** +** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) +** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +** +** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. +** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under +** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: +** +** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object +** +** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. +** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. +** Examples of terms under analysis: +** +** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 +** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 +** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) +** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') +** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +** +** CASE 1: +** +** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and +** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual +** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term +** being analyzed is: +** +** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** +** then create a new virtual term like this: +** +** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** +** CASE 2: +** +** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** +** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** +** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form +** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and +** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". +** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more +** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND +** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have +** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** +** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could +** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. +** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that +** is decided elsewhere. This analysis only looks at whether subterms +** appropriate for indexing exist. +** +** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2. But if a term +** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will +** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not +** satisfied. +** +** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, +** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** +** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using +** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing +** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar +** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** +** OTHERWISE: +** +** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to +** zero. This term is not useful for search. +*/ +static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parser context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ + int i; /* Loop counters */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ + Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ + + /* + ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are + ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo + ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. + */ + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); + pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); + if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; + pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; + whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo); + whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); + exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); + + /* + ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. + */ + indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; + chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; + assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); + chngToIN = 0; + pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); + if( pAndInfo ){ + WhereClause *pAndWC; + WhereTerm *pAndTerm; + int j; + Bitmask b = 0; + pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; + pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; + pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; + whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo); + whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); + exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); + pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; + testcase( db->mallocFailed ); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ + assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); + if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ + b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); + } + } + } + indexable &= b; + } + }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ + /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the + ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ + }else{ + Bitmask b; + b = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); + if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; + b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); + } + indexable &= b; + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){ + chngToIN = 0; + }else{ + chngToIN &= b; + } + } + } + + /* + ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be + ** empty. + */ + pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; + pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; + + /* + ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But + ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really + ** is satisfied. + ** + ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means + ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an + ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain + ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit + ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form + ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set + ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make + ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when + ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It + ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column + ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of + ** the OR clause. + ** + ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the + ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. + */ + if( chngToIN ){ + int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ + int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ + int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ + int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the + ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column + ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any + ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table + ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. + */ + for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ + pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ + /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and + ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ + assert( j==1 ); + continue; + } + if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ + /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the + ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded + ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term + ** and use its inversion. */ + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); + continue; + } + iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; + iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; + break; + } + if( i<0 ){ + /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur + ** on the second iteration */ + assert( j==1 ); + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) ); + assert( chngToIN==getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) ); + break; + } + testcase( j==1 ); + + /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that + ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ + okToChngToIN = 1; + for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + int affLeft, affRight; + /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities + ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type + ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) + */ + affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); + affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); + if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; + } + } + } + } + + /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies + ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is + ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. + */ + if( okToChngToIN ){ + Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ + + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); + assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup); + pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + } + assert( pLeft!=0 ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); + if( pNew ){ + int idxNew; + transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pNew->x.pList = pList; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + } + pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ + } + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +/* +** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the +** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the +** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm +** structure. +** +** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted +** to the standard form of "X ". +** +** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are +** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual +** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and +** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED +** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr +** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it +** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 +** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. +*/ +static void exprAnalyze( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ + Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ + Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ + Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ + int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ + int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return; + } + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ); + prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_IN ){ + assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); + } + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = 0; + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); + } + prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); + prereqAll |= x; + extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index + ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ + } + pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pTerm->leftCursor = -1; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + pTerm->eOperator = 0; + if( allowedOp(op) ){ + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft); + Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight); + u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV; + if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; + } + if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + WhereTerm *pNew; + Expr *pDup; + u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */ + if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ + int idxNew; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + return; + } + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + if( idxNew==0 ) return; + pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNew->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + if( pExpr->op==TK_EQ + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Transitive) + ){ + pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV; + eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV; + } + }else{ + pDup = pExpr; + pNew = pTerm; + } + exprCommute(pParse, pDup); + pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDup->pLeft); + pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); + pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; + pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask; + } + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms + ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: + ** + ** a BETWEEN b AND c + ** + ** is converted into: + ** + ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) + ** + ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. + ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN + ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are + ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original + ** BETWEEN term is skipped. + */ + else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + int i; + static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + int idxNew; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; + } + pTerm->nChild = 2; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by + ** an OR operator. + */ + else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ + assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); + exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB + ** operator. + ** + ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints + ** + ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' + ** + ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the + ** termination condition "abd". + */ + if( pWC->op==TK_AND + && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) + ){ + Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pNewExpr1; + Expr *pNewExpr2; + int idxNew1; + int idxNew2; + Token sCollSeqName; /* Name of collating sequence */ + + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ + pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; + c = *pC; + if( noCase ){ + /* The point is to increment the last character before the first + ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the + ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the + ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full + ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag + */ + if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; + c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; + } + *pC = c + 1; + } + sCollSeqName.z = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY"; + sCollSeqName.n = 6; + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr1,&sCollSeqName), + pStr1, 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr); + idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew1==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr2,&sCollSeqName), + pStr2, 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr); + idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew2==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + if( isComplete ){ + pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; + pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm->nChild = 2; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the + ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. + ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of + ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt + ** to do anything with MATCH functions. + */ + if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ + int idxNew; + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; + Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; + + pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); + prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); + if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, + 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; + pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the + ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently + ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a + ** virtual term of that form. + ** + ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This + ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning + ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at + ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned. + */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL + && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) + ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + int idxNew; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; + + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0); + + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, + TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); + if( idxNew ){ + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; + pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->nChild = 1; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + + /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive + ** an index for tables to the left of the join. + */ + pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; +} + +/* +** This function searches pList for a entry that matches the iCol-th column +** of index pIdx. +** +** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If +** no expression is found, -1 is returned. +*/ +static int findIndexCol( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ + int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ + int iCol /* Column of index to match */ +){ + int i; + const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; + + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN + && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] + && p->iTable==iBase + ){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ + return i; + } + } + } + + return -1; +} + +/* +** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument +** is redundant. +** +** A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains some subset of +** columns that are unique and non-null. +*/ +static int isDistinctRedundant( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pDistinct /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */ +){ + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + int i; + int iBase; + + /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of + ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT + ** clause is redundant. */ + if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; + iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; + pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; + + /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return + ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the + ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; + } + + /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes + ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: + ** + ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and + ** + ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct + ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", + ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the + ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. + ** + ** 3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not + ** contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue; + for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ + i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){ + int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i); + if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull==0 ){ + break; + } + } + } + if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ + return 1; + } + } + + return 0; +} + + +/* +** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2. +*/ +static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ + LogEst x = sqlite3LogEst(N); + return x>33 ? x - 33 : 0; +} + +/* +** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info +** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither +** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines +** are no-ops. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) +static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, + p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, + p->aConstraint[i].op, + p->aConstraint[i].usable); + } + for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", + i, + p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, + p->aOrderBy[i].desc); + } +} +static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows); +} +#else +#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) +#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX +/* +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it +** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate +** index existed. +*/ +static int termCanDriveIndex( + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ + Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ +){ + char aff; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; + if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; + aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; + return 1; +} +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX +/* +** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index +** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator +** makes use of the automatic index. +*/ +static void constructAutomaticIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ + WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ +){ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ + Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ + int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ + Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ + int n; /* Column counter */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The Loop object */ + char *zNotUsed; /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */ + Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ + Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ + u8 sentWarning = 0; /* True if a warnning has been issued */ + + /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the + ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index + ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ + nKeyCol = 0; + pTable = pSrc->pTab; + pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + if( !sentWarning ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX, + "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName, + pTable->aCol[iCol].zName); + sentWarning = 1; + } + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ) return; + pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm; + idxCols |= cMask; + } + } + } + assert( nKeyCol>0 ); + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED + | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; + + /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a + ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all + ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the + ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must + ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the + ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used + ** if they go out of sync. + */ + extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1)); + mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol; + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); + for(i=0; icolUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; + } + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY; + + /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ + pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed); + if( pIdx==0 ) return; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; + pIdx->pTable = pTable; + n = 0; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + idxCols |= cMask; + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY"; + n++; + } + } + } + assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq ); + + /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into + ** a covering index */ + for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; + n++; + } + } + if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; + n++; + } + } + assert( n==nKeyCol ); + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = -1; + pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; + + /* Create the automatic index */ + assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); + pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); + + /* Fill the automatic index with content */ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + + /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure +** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( + Parse *pParse, + WhereClause *pWC, + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, + ExprList *pOrderBy +){ + int i, j; + int nTerm; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int nOrderBy; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + + /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring + ** to this virtual table */ + for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + nTerm++; + } + + /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current + ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of + ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. + */ + nOrderBy = 0; + if( pOrderBy ){ + int n = pOrderBy->nExpr; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; + } + if( i==n){ + nOrderBy = n; + } + } + + /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure + */ + pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) + + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm + + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); + if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); + return 0; + } + + /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains + ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from + ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to + ** initialize those fields. + */ + pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; + pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; + pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; + *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = + pUsage; + + for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + u8 op; + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; + op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL; + if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ; + pIdxCons[j].op = op; + /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because + ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The + ** following asserts verify this fact. */ + assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); + assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); + assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); + assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); + assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); + assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); + j++; + } + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + } + + return pIdxInfo; +} + +/* +** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function +** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() +** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that +** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function. +** +** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a +** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output +** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. +** +** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates +** that this is required. +*/ +static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; + int i; + int rc; + + TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); + rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); + TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; + }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); + } + } + + return pParse->nErr; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ + + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an +** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: +** +** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pVal +** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pVal +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +*/ +static void whereKeyStats( + Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ + UnpackedRecord *pRec, /* Vector of values to consider */ + int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ + tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ +){ + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + int iCol; /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */ + int iMin = 0; /* Smallest sample not yet tested */ + int i = pIdx->nSample; /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */ + int iTest; /* Next sample to test */ + int res; /* Result of comparison operation */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse ); +#endif + assert( pRec!=0 ); + iCol = pRec->nField - 1; + assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); + assert( pRec->nField>0 && iColnSampleCol ); + do{ + iTest = (iMin+i)/2; + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec, 0); + if( res<0 ){ + iMin = iTest+1; + }else{ + i = iTest; + } + }while( res && iMinnSample ); + assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0) + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + }else{ + /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than + ** sample ($i-1). */ + assert( i==pIdx->nSample + || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)>0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + assert( i==0 + || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec, 0)<0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + } +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than + ** or equal to pVal. Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less + ** than pVal. If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0. + */ + if( res==0 ){ + aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; + aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + }else{ + tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap; + if( i==0 ){ + iLower = 0; + iUpper = aSample[0].anLt[iCol]; + }else{ + i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]); + iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? nRow0 : aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; + iLower = aSample[i-1].anEq[iCol] + aSample[i-1].anLt[iCol]; + } + aStat[1] = (pIdx->nKeyCol>iCol ? pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] : 1); + if( iLower>=iUpper ){ + iGap = 0; + }else{ + iGap = iUpper - iLower; + } + if( roundUp ){ + iGap = (iGap*2)/3; + }else{ + iGap = iGap/3; + } + aStat[0] = iLower + iGap; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower +** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated +** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number +** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. +** +** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term, +** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of +** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term +** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25. +*/ +static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){ + LogEst nRet = nNew; + if( pTerm ){ + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ + nRet += pTerm->truthProb; + }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ + nRet -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); + } + } + return nRet; +} + +/* +** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited +** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper +** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper +** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For +** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** |_____| |_____| +** | | +** pLower pUpper +** +** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in +** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. +** +** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the index of the index +** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of +** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, +** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second +** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 0. +** +** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the +** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without +** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of +** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) +** to account for the range contraints pLower and pUpper. +** +** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be +** used, each range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. +** Hence a pair of constraints (x>? AND x123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + WhereLoop *pLoop /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nOut = pLoop->nOut; + LogEst nNew; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + + if( p->nSample>0 + && nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid + && nEqnSampleCol + && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat3) + ){ + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + tRowcnt a[2]; + u8 aff; + + /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in + ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The + ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the + ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most + ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower. + ** + ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it + ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the + ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even + ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and + ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values used. + ** + ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows + ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound + ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values + ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used. + */ + tRowcnt iLower; + tRowcnt iUpper; + + if( nEq==p->nKeyCol ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + }else{ + aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq]].affinity; + } + /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */ + if( nEq==0 ){ + iLower = 0; + iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); + }else{ + /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must + ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iLower = a[0]; + iUpper = a[0] + a[1]; + } + + /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */ + if( pLower ){ + int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; + assert( (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & WO_GT) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew; + nOut--; + } + } + + /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */ + if( pUpper ){ + int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; + assert( (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & WO_LE) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNewpRec = pRec; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iUpper>iLower ){ + nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower); + }else{ + nNew = 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); + } + if( nNewnOut = (LogEst)nOut; + WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range scan regions: %u..%u est=%d\n", + (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder); +#endif + assert( pLower || pUpper ); + assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew); + + /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit, assume the range is + ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended + ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the + ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to + ** match 1/64 of the index. */ + if( pLower && pUpper ) nNew -= 20; + + nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0); + if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10; + if( nNewnOut = (LogEst)nOut; + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in +** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most +** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available +** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is +** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". +** +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. +*/ +static int whereEqualScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq; + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ + int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ + int bOk; + + assert( nEq>=1 ); + assert( nEq<=(p->nKeyCol+1) ); + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + assert( p->nSample>0 ); + assert( pBuilder->nRecValidnRecValid<(nEq-1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + } + + /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() + ** below would return the same value. */ + if( nEq>p->nKeyCol ){ + *pnRow = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq-1]].affinity; + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk); + pBuilder->pRec = pRec; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq; + + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1])); + *pnRow = a[1]; + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator +** is a list of values. Example: +** +** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) +** +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. +*/ +static int whereInScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ + tRowcnt nRowEst = 0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inExpr; i++){ + nEst = nRow0; + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); + nRowEst += nEst; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0; + *pnRow = nRowEst; + WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst)); + } + assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid ); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term +** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON +** or USING clause of that join. +** +** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: +** +** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' +** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** +** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates +** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part +** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. +** +** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop +** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied +** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner +** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, +** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much +** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get +** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. +*/ +static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ + if( pTerm + && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 + && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0 + ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; + if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff +** to the n registers starting at base. +** +** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the +** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. +** +** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free +** to modify zAff after this routine returns. +*/ +static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( zAff==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + assert( v!=0 ); + + /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning + ** and end of the affinity string. + */ + while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + n--; + base++; + zAff++; + } + while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + n--; + } + + /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); + } +} + + +/* +** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality +** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be +** coded. +** +** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. +** +** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its +** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) +** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. +*/ +static int codeEqualityTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */ + int iEq, /* Index of the equality term within this level */ + int bRev, /* True for reverse-order IN operations */ + int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ +){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iReg; /* Register holding results */ + + assert( iTarget>0 ); + if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ + iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); + }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ + iReg = iTarget; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + }else{ + int eType; + int iTab; + struct InLoop *pIn; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq] + ){ + testcase( iEq==0 ); + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; + } + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + iReg = iTarget; + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0); + if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; + } + iTab = pX->iTable; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev); + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 ); + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE; + if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ + pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + } + pLevel->u.in.nIn++; + pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, + sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); + pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; + if( pIn ){ + pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; + pIn->iCur = iTab; + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); + }else{ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); + } + pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; + } +#endif + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + return iReg; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an +** index scan. +** +** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). +** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 +** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this +** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two +** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate +** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored +** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. +** +** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value +** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. +** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and +** compute the affinity string. +** +** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1. It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints +** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq. nExtraReg is 1 if there is +** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that +** occurs after the nEq quality constraints. +** +** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns +** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that +** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for +** start and termination conditions of the loop. +** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then +** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal +** use. +** +** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a +** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using +** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated +** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to +** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); +** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; +** +** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since +** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity, +** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of +** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity +** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE. +*/ +static int codeAllEqualityTerms( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ + int bRev, /* Reverse the order of IN operators */ + int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ + char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ +){ + u16 nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of left-most columns to skip */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int regBase; /* Base register */ + int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ + char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ + + /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip; + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + + /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. + */ + regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; + nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg; + pParse->nMem += nReg; + + zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); + if( !zAff ){ + pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; + } + + if( nSkip ){ + int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName)); + j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT), + iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j); + for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]>=0 ); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->pTable->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName)); + } + } + + /* Evaluate the equality constraints + */ + assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq ); + for(j=nSkip; jaLTerm[j]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. + ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ + testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j); + if( r1!=regBase+j ){ + if( nReg==1 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); + regBase = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); + } + } + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + } + } + } + *pzAff = zAff; + return regBase; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/* +** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below +** +** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term +** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. +** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent +** terms only. +*/ +static void explainAppendTerm( + StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ + int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ + const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ + const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ +){ + if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); +} + +/* +** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This +** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description +** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an +** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned. +** +** For example, if the query: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; +** +** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a +** string similar to: +** +** "a=? AND b>?" +** +** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is +** no longer required. +*/ +static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pLoop, Table *pTab){ + Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + u16 nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip; + int i, j; + Column *aCol = pTab->aCol; + i16 *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn; + StrAccum txt; + + if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){ + return 0; + } + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + txt.db = db; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2); + for(i=0; inKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName; + if( i>=nSkip ){ + explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "="); + }else{ + if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " AND ", 5); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, "ANY(", 4); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&txt, z); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); + } + } + + j = i; + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; + explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, z, ">"); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; + explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "<"); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt); +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN +** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single +** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in +** pLevel. +*/ +static void explainOneScan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ + int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ + int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->explain==2 ) +#endif + { + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ + int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ + int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The controlling WhereLoop object */ + u32 flags; /* Flags that describe this loop */ + + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + flags = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return; + + isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 + || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0)) + || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); + + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN"); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId); + }else{ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName); + } + + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); + } + if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 + && ALWAYS(pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0) + ){ + const char *zFmt; + Index *pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLoop, pItem->pTab); + assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ); + if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + zFmt = zWhere ? "%s USING PRIMARY KEY%.0s%s" : "%s%.0s%s"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){ + zFmt = "%s USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX%.0s%s"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ + zFmt = "%s USING COVERING INDEX %s%s"; + }else{ + zFmt = "%s USING INDEX %s%s"; + } + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, zFmt, zMsg, pIdx->zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); + + if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg); + }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid?)", zMsg); + }else if( ALWAYS(flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowidu.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr); + } +#endif + zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s", zMsg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} +#else +# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + + +/* +** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause +** implementation described by pWInfo. +*/ +static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ + int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ + Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ +){ + int j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ + int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ + int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ + int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ + int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ + int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + db = pParse->db; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); + bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1; + omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + + /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions + ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. + ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the + ** loop. + ** + ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that + ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When + ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label + ** is the same as "addrBrk". + */ + addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and + ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any + ** row of the left table of the join. + */ + if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); + } + + /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */ + if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine ){ + int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + pLevel->op = OP_Goto; + }else + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + /* Case 1: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext + ** to access the data. + */ + int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ + int addrNotFound; + int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm; + + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk; + for(j=0; jaLTerm[j]; + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ + codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg, + pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr, + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); + VdbeCoverage(v); + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + for(j=0; ju.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pLoop->aLTerm[j]); + } + } + pLevel->op = OP_VNext; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0 + ){ + /* Case 2: We can directly reference a single row using an + ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or + ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" + ** construct. + */ + assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 ); + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); + assert( omitTable==0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem; + iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg); + if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0 + ){ + /* Case 3: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. + */ + int testOp = OP_Noop; + int start; + int memEndValue = 0; + WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; + + assert( omitTable==0 ); + j = 0; + pStart = pEnd = 0; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 ); + if( bRev ){ + pTerm = pStart; + pStart = pEnd; + pEnd = pTerm; + } + if( pStart ){ + Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ + int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ + + /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding + ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx + */ + const u8 aMoveOp[] = { + /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGT, + /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLE, + /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLT, + /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGE + }; + assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ + assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ + + assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + pX = pStart->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); + disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + } + if( pEnd ){ + Expr *pX; + pX = pEnd->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */ + testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); + if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; + }else{ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); + } + start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = start; + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + /* Case 4: A scan using an index. + ** + ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality + ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N + ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain + ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed + ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only + ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must + ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the + ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all + ** optimized: + ** + ** x=5 + ** x=5 AND y=10 + ** x=5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 + ** + ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only + ** the x=5 term: + ** + ** x=5 AND z<10 + ** + ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. + ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at + ** least one. + ** + ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause + ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order + ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. + */ + static const u8 aStartOp[] = { + 0, + 0, + OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGT, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLT, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGE, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLE /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + }; + static const u8 aEndOp[] = { + OP_IdxGE, /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxGT, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev && endEq) */ + OP_IdxLE, /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxLT, /* 3: (end_constraints && bRev && endEq) */ + }; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ + int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ + WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ + WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ + int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ + int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ + int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ + int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ + int op; /* Instruction opcode */ + char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ + char cEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ + u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */ + u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */ + + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + assert( nEq>=pLoop->u.btree.nSkip ); + + /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that + ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." + ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for + ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned + ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is + ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, + ** this requires some special handling. + */ + assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 + || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1 + || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 ); + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 + && pWInfo->nOBSat>0 + && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq) + ){ + assert( pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 ); + bSeekPastNull = 1; + nExtraReg = 1; + } + + /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end + ** of the range. + */ + j = nEq; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = 1; + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = 1; + if( pRangeStart==0 + && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 + && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0 + ){ + bSeekPastNull = 1; + } + } + assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + + /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN + ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers + ** starting at regBase. + */ + regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff); + assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq ); + if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq]; + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + + /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or + ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the + ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). + */ + if( (nEqnKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) + || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq) + ){ + SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); + SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull); + } + + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; + + /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeStart ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zStartAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ + /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions + ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to + ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + } + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + }else if( bSeekPastNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + nConstraint++; + startEq = 0; + start_constraints = 1; + } + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff); + op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; + assert( op!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); testcase( op==OP_SeekGT ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); testcase( op==OP_SeekLT ); + + /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the + ** range (if any). + */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeEnd ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE + && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff) + ){ + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff); + } + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + }else if( bStopAtNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + endEq = 0; + nConstraint++; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff); + + /* Top of the loop body */ + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + + /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ + if( nConstraint ){ + op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); + } + + /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); + if( omitTable ){ + /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ + }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ + }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); + iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont, + iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable + ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. + */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( bRev ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Prev; + }else{ + pLevel->op = OP_Next; + } + pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; + pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0; + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){ + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + }else{ + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + } + }else + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + /* Case 5: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); + ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); + ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); + ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); + ** + ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) + ** + ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. + ** The top of the loop looks like this: + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** + ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to + ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted + ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the + ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). + ** + ** sqlite3WhereBegin() + ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset + ** Gosub 2 A + ** sqlite3WhereEnd() + ** + ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target + ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** Goto B # The loop is finished. + ** + ** A: # Return data, whatever. + ** + ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub + ** + ** B: + ** + ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then + ** use an ephermeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary + ** keys of the rows we have already seen. + ** + */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ + SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ + Index *pCov = 0; /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */ + int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */ + + int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ + int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ + int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ + int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ + int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ + int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR ); + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); + pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + pLevel->op = OP_Return; + pLevel->p1 = regReturn; + + /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned + ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. + ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). + */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ + int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ + struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ + nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; + pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, + sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); + if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; + pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1); + pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; + memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); + origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ + memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); + } + }else{ + pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; + } + + /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is + ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephermeral index + ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. + ** + ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction + ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This + ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps + ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the + ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to + ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if + ** called on an uninitialized cursor. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + regRowset = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + } + iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); + + /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y + ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z + ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will + ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below. + ** + ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is + ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the + ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as + ** indices. + ** + ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term + ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN. + ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4 + */ + if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ + int iTerm; + for(iTerm=0; iTermnTerm; iTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; + if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue; + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ); + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + if( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_ORINFO|TERM_VIRTUAL) ) continue; + if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr); + } + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0); + } + } + + /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause. After + ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each + ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine. + */ + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ + Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */ + int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump operation */ + if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; + pOrExpr = pAndExpr; + } + /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, + WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY | + WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY, iCovCur); + assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pSubWInfo ){ + WhereLoop *pSubLoop; + explainOneScan( + pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 + ); + /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body. First skip over + ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the + ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same + ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + int r; + int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0); + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, r,iSet); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + int iPk; + + /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */ + r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk); + for(iPk=0; iPkaiColumn[iPk]; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk, 0); + } + + /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so, + ** the row has already been included in the result set and + ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise, + ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing + ** the row. + ** + ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet + ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in + ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no + ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never + ** be tested for. */ + if( iSet ){ + j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( iSet>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0); + if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } + + /* Release the array of temp registers */ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk); + } + } + + /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); + + /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the + ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */ + if( j1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); + + /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term + ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The + ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will + ** need to be tested later. + */ + if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; + + /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same + ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number + ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may + ** be possible to use that index as a covering index. + ** + ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that + ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term + ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous + ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set + ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will + ** be available. + */ + pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; + assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); + if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov) + && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex)) + ){ + assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur ); + pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + }else{ + pCov = 0; + } + + /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + } + } + } + pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov; + if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur; + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); + + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab); + if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + + { + /* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete + ** scan of the entire table. + */ + static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; + static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; + assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); + if( pTabItem->isRecursive ){ + /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in + ** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else{ + pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + } + } + + /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely + ** computed using the current set of tables. + */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE; + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); + pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; + continue; + } + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pE!=0 ); + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ + continue; + } + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + + /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity + ** of the "==" operator. + ** + ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123" + ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded, + ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code + ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint. + */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE, *pEAlt; + WhereTerm *pAlt; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator!=(WO_EQUIV|WO_EQ) ) continue; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue; + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue; + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ); + pAlt = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); + if( pAlt==0 ) continue; + if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint")); + pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt)); + if( pEAlt ){ + *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr; + pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt); + } + } + + /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that + ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. + */ + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); + continue; + } + assert( pTerm->pExpr ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } + + return pLevel->notReady; +} + +#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) +/* +** Generate "Explanation" text for a WhereTerm. +*/ +static void whereExplainTerm(Vdbe *v, WhereTerm *pTerm){ + char zType[4]; + memcpy(zType, "...", 4); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V'; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV ) zType[1] = 'E'; + if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L'; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "%s ", zType); + sqlite3ExplainExpr(v, pTerm->pExpr); +} +#endif /* WHERETRACE_ENABLED && SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN */ + + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes +*/ +static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+7)/8; + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab; + Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId, + p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s", + pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + const char *zName; + if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){ + if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){ + int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1; + while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--; + zName += i; + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s",""); + } + }else{ + char *z; + if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)", + p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z); + sqlite3_free(z); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %04x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN + /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint + ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array. + */ + if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */ + int i; + Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3ExplainBegin(v); + for(i=0; inLTerm; i++){ + WhereTerm *pTerm = p->aLTerm[i]; + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, " (%d) #%-2d ", i+1, (int)(pTerm-pWC->a)); + sqlite3ExplainPush(v); + whereExplainTerm(v, pTerm); + sqlite3ExplainPop(v); + sqlite3ExplainNL(v); + } + sqlite3ExplainFinish(v); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v)); + } +#endif +} +#endif + +/* +** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed +** to whereLoopClear harmlessly. +*/ +static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){ + p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace; + p->nLTerm = 0; + p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace); + p->wsFlags = 0; +} + +/* +** Clear the WhereLoop.u union. Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact. +*/ +static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){ + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr); + p->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0; + }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff); + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->u.btree.pIndex->pKeyInfo); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex); + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object +*/ +static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); + whereLoopClearUnion(db, p); + whereLoopInit(p); +} + +/* +** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n. +*/ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){ + WhereTerm **paNew; + if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = (n+7)&~7; + paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n); + if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot); + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); + p->aLTerm = paNew; + p->nLSlot = n; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first. +*/ +static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){ + whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo); + if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){ + memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u)); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ); + memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0])); + if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Delete a WhereLoop object +*/ +static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + whereLoopClear(db, p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** Free a WhereInfo structure +*/ +static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ + whereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC); + while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ + WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops; + pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop; + whereLoopDelete(db, p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if both of the following are true: +** +** (1) X has the same or lower cost that Y +** (2) X is a proper subset of Y +** +** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms +** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used +** by Y. +** +** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought +** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost +** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. +*/ +static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( + const WhereLoop *pX, /* First WhereLoop to compare */ + const WhereLoop *pY /* Compare against this WhereLoop */ +){ + int i, j; + if( pX->nLTerm >= pY->nLTerm ) return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */ + if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){ + if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + } + for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break; + } + if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ + } + return 1; /* All conditions meet */ +} + +/* +** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so +** that: +** +** (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper +** subset of pTemplate +** +** (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate +** is a proper subset. +** +** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer +** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is +** also used by Y. +** +** This adjustment is omitted for SKIPSCAN loops. In a SKIPSCAN loop, the +** WhereLoop.nLTerm field is not an accurate measure of the number of WHERE +** clause terms covered, since some of the first nLTerm entries in aLTerm[] +** will be NULL (because they are skipped). That makes it more difficult +** to compare the loops. We could add extra code to do the comparison, and +** perhaps we will someday. But SKIPSCAN is sufficiently uncommon, and this +** adjustment is sufficient minor, that it is very difficult to construct +** a test case where the extra code would improve the query plan. Better +** to avoid the added complexity and just omit cost adjustments to SKIPSCAN +** loops. +*/ +static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return; + if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) return; + for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) continue; + if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its + ** subset p */ + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1; + }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since + ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */ + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1; + } + } +} + +/* +** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be +** supplanted by pTemplate. +** +** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant +** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list. +** +** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the +** link that points to pX. +** +** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs +** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list. +*/ +static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( + WhereLoop **ppPrev, + const WhereLoop *pTemplate +){ + WhereLoop *p; + for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){ + /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different + ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately. Neither is + ** a candidate to replace the other. */ + continue; + } + /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero + ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN + ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ + assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 + || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index + ** case first. Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger + ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be + ** discarded. WhereLoop p is better if: + ** (1) p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and + ** (2) p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup /* (2a) */ + && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun /* (2b) */ + && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut /* (2c) */ + ){ + return 0; /* Discard pTemplate */ + } + + /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten + ** with pTemplate. pTemplate is better than p if: + ** (1) pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and + ** (2) pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p. + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun /* (2a) */ + && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut /* (2b) */ + ){ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */ + break; /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */ + } + } + return ppPrev; +} + +/* +** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied. +** +** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template +** is better and has fewer dependencies. Or the template will be ignored +** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has +** fewer dependencies than the template. Otherwise a new WhereLoop is +** added based on the template. +** +** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the +** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops. That +** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object. This special +** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing. +** +** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we +** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the +** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following +** conditions are met: +** +** (1) They have the same iTab. +** (2) They have the same iSortIdx. +** (3) The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop +** (4) The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop +*/ +static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p; + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + + /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs + ** and prereqs. + */ + if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED + u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n; + int x = +#endif + whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun, + pTemplate->nOut); +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?" or-%d: ":" or-X: ", n); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate + */ + whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + + if( ppPrev==0 ){ + /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better + ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-noop: "); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p = *ppPrev; + } + + /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten + ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new + ** WhereLoop and insert it. + */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + if( p!=0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: "); + whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-new: "); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + if( p==0 ){ + /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */ + *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + whereLoopInit(p); + p->pNextLoop = 0; + }else{ + /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[]. But before we do, first + ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides + ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */ + WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop; + WhereLoop *pToDel; + while( *ppTail ){ + ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate); + if( NEVER(ppTail==0) ) break; + pToDel = *ppTail; + if( pToDel==0 ) break; + *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop; +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: "); + whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel); + } + } + whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex; + if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){ + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the +** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an +** index. +** +** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces +** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term +** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2). +*/ +static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(WhereClause *pWC, WhereLoop *pLoop){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX; + Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf); + int i, j; + + if( !OptimizationEnabled(pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_AdjustOutEst) ){ + return; + } + for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){ + if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue; + for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + if( pX==0 ) continue; + if( pX==pTerm ) break; + if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break; + } + if( j<0 ){ + pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1); + } + } +} + +/* +** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the +** index pIndex. Try to match one more. +** +** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the +** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq +** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this +** function returns. +** +** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* The WhereLoop factory */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* FROM clause term being analyzed */ + Index *pProbe, /* An index on pSrc */ + LogEst nInMul /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; /* WHERE analyse context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection malloc context */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop under construction */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WhereTerm under consideration */ + int opMask; /* Valid operators for constraints */ + WhereScan scan; /* Iterator for WHERE terms */ + Bitmask saved_prereq; /* Original value of pNew->prereq */ + u16 saved_nLTerm; /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */ + u16 saved_nEq; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */ + u16 saved_nSkip; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */ + u32 saved_wsFlags; /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */ + LogEst saved_nOut; /* Original value of pNew->nOut */ + int iCol; /* Index of the column in the table */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of table size */ + WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE; + }else if( pProbe->tnum<=0 || (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE; + }else{ + opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE; + } + if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE); + + assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nKeyCol ); + if( pNew->u.btree.nEq < pProbe->nKeyCol ){ + iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[pNew->u.btree.nEq]; + }else{ + iCol = -1; + } + pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, iCol, + opMask, pProbe); + saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq; + saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip; + saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm; + saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags; + saved_prereq = pNew->prereq; + saved_nOut = pNew->nOut; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + rLogSize = estLog(pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]); + + /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints + ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average + ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. + ** + ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows + ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index + ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of + ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. + ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly + ** more expensive. */ + assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); + if( pTerm==0 + && saved_nEq==saved_nSkip + && saved_nEq+1nKeyCol + && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */ + && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK + ){ + LogEst nIter; + pNew->u.btree.nEq++; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip++; + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN; + nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]; + pNew->nOut -= nIter; + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul); + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + } + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){ + u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator; /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */ + LogEst rCostIdx; + LogEst nOutUnadjusted; /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */ + int nIn = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; +#endif + if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0) + && (iCol<0 || pSrc->pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull) + ){ + continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */ + } + if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; + + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm; + pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; + + assert( nInMul==0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 + ); + + if( eOp & WO_IN ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */ + nIn = 46; assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ + /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ + nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr); + } + assert( nIn>0 ); /* RHS always has 2 or more terms... The parser + ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */ + + }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; + if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){ + if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->onError==OE_None ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED; + }else{ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; + } + } + }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; + }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_GT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_GE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; + pBtm = pTerm; + pTop = 0; + }else{ + assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; + pTop = pTerm; + pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ? + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0; + } + + /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to + ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the + ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all + ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates + ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4 + ** data, using some other estimate. */ + whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew); + }else{ + int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq; + assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN) ); + + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && iCol>=0 ){ + assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 ); + testcase( eOp & WO_IN ); + pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + tRowcnt nOut = 0; + if( nInMul==0 + && pProbe->nSample + && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) + && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) + ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_EQ ); + testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut); + }else{ + rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nOut>0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */ + if( nOut ){ + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut); + if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; + } + } + if( nOut==0 ) +#endif + { + pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); + if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a + ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows + ** as (col=?). */ + pNew->nOut += 10; + } + } + } + } + + /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add + ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index + ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of + ** visiting the rows in the main table. */ + rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx); + if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){ + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16); + } + + nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut; + pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn; + pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn; + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + }else{ + pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted; + } + + if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 + && pNew->u.btree.nEq<(pProbe->nKeyCol + (pProbe->zName!=0)) + ){ + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn); + } + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; +#endif + } + pNew->prereq = saved_prereq; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip; + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in +** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder. +** +** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or +** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that +** ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Index *pIndex, + int iCursor +){ + ExprList *pOB; + int ii, jj; + + if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0; + if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0; + for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr); + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; + if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){ + for(jj=0; jjnKeyCol; jj++){ + if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of +** the table is used by an index. Only the first 63 columns are considered. +*/ +static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){ + Bitmask m = 0; + int j; + for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){ + int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( x>=0 ){ + testcase( x==BMS-1 ); + testcase( x==BMS-2 ); + if( xa; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pTerm->pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table +** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be +** a b-tree table, not a virtual table. +** +** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function +** are calculated as follows: +** +** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows: +** +** cost = nRow * 3.0 // full-table scan +** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index +** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index +** +** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative +** estimated average size of the index and table records. +** +** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited +** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on +** the index b-tree: +** +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index +** +** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the +** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when +** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddBtree( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mExtra /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ + Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ + LogEst aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */ + i16 aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* The FROM clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause btree term to add */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop object */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int iSortIdx = 1; /* Index number */ + int b; /* A boolean value */ + LogEst rSize; /* number of rows in the table */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + pTab = pSrc->pTab; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); + + if( pSrc->pIndex ){ + /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ + pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; + }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pProbe = pTab->pIndex; + }else{ + /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local + ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this + ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real + ** indices to follow */ + Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ + memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); + sPk.nKeyCol = 1; + sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; + sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk; + sPk.onError = OE_Replace; + sPk.pTable = pTab; + sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow; + aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst; + aiRowEstPk[1] = 0; + pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; + if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ + /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the + ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ + sPk.pNext = pFirst; + } + pProbe = &sPk; + } + rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst; + rLogSize = estLog(rSize); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + /* Automatic indexes */ + if( !pBuilder->pOrSet + && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0 + && pSrc->pIndex==0 + && !pSrc->viaCoroutine + && !pSrc->notIndexed + && HasRowid(pTab) + && !pSrc->isCorrelated + && !pSrc->isRecursive + ){ + /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTermprereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; + if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){ + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is + ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in + ** the table being indexed. */ + pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28; assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) ); + /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table. This + ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way + ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be. It would + ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */ + pNew->nOut = 43; assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) ); + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut); + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; + pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ + + /* Loop over all indices + */ + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){ + if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pNew->iTab, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){ + continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */ + } + rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0; + pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->prereq = mExtra; + pNew->nOut = rSize; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe; + b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor); + /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */ + assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 ); + if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){ + /* Integer primary key index */ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK; + + /* Full table scan */ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 16; + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; + }else{ + Bitmask m; + if( pProbe->isCovering ){ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED; + m = 0; + }else{ + m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe); + pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED; + } + + /* Full scan via index */ + if( b + || !HasRowid(pTab) + || ( m==0 + && pProbe->bUnordered==0 + && (pProbe->szIdxRowszTabRow) + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis + && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan) + ) + ){ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + + /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is + ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the + ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan, + ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0). */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow; + if( m!=0 ){ + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16); + } + + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; + } + } + + rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec); + pBuilder->nRecValid = 0; + pBuilder->pRec = 0; +#endif + + /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is + ** considered. */ + if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; + } + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by +** pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddVirtual( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mExtra +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause term to search */ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3 *db; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int i, j; + int iTerm, mxTerm; + int nConstraint; + int seenIn = 0; /* True if an IN operator is seen */ + int seenVar = 0; /* True if a non-constant constraint is seen */ + int iPhase; /* 0: const w/o IN, 1: const, 2: no IN, 2: IN */ + WhereLoop *pNew; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; + pTab = pSrc->pTab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy); + if( pIdxInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->prereq = 0; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; + nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint; + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, nConstraint) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + for(iPhase=0; iPhase<=3; iPhase++){ + if( !seenIn && (iPhase&1)!=0 ){ + iPhase++; + if( iPhase>3 ) break; + } + if( !seenVar && iPhase>1 ) break; + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ + j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; + pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; + switch( iPhase ){ + case 0: /* Constants without IN operator */ + pIdxCons->usable = 0; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + seenIn = 1; + } + if( pTerm->prereqRight!=0 ){ + seenVar = 1; + }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0 ){ + pIdxCons->usable = 1; + } + break; + case 1: /* Constants with IN operators */ + assert( seenIn ); + pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight==0); + break; + case 2: /* Variables without IN */ + assert( seenVar ); + pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0; + break; + default: /* Variables with IN */ + assert( seenVar && seenIn ); + pIdxCons->usable = 1; + break; + } + } + memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); + if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); + pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25; + rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo); + if( rc ) goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit; + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + pNew->prereq = mExtra; + mxTerm = -1; + assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint ); + for(i=0; iaLTerm[i] = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0; + for(i=0; i=0 ){ + j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; + if( iTerm>=nConstraint + || j<0 + || j>=pWC->nTerm + || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0 + ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s.xBestIndex() malfunction", pTab->zName); + goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit; + } + testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 ); + testcase( j==0 ); + testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 ); + pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; + pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight; + assert( iTermnLSlot ); + pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm; + if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm; + testcase( iTerm==15 ); + testcase( iTerm==16 ); + if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + if( pUsage[i].omit==0 ){ + /* Do not attempt to use an IN constraint if the virtual table + ** says that the equivalent EQ constraint cannot be safely omitted. + ** If we do attempt to use such a constraint, some rows might be + ** repeated in the output. */ + break; + } + /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not + ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms + ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and + ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge + ** together. */ + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + } + } + } + if( i>=nConstraint ){ + pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1; + assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot ); + pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr; + pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ? + pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0); + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost); + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows); + whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr); + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + } + } + } + +whereLoopAddVtab_exit: + if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms. This works for either +** btrees or virtual tables. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddOr(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mExtra){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereLoop *pNew; + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCur; + WhereClause tempWC; + WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; + WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ) return SQLITE_OK; + pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum)); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator & WO_OR)!=0 + && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 + ){ + WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; + int once = 1; + int i, j; + + sSubBuild = *pBuilder; + sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; + sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; + + for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTermeOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; + }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ + tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + tempWC.pOuter = pWC; + tempWC.op = TK_AND; + tempWC.nTerm = 1; + tempWC.a = pOrTerm; + sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC; + }else{ + continue; + } + sCur.n = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mExtra); + }else +#endif + { + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mExtra); + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 ); + if( sCur.n==0 ){ + sSum.n = 0; + break; + }else if( once ){ + whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur); + once = 0; + }else{ + WhereOrSet sPrev; + whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum); + sSum.n = 0; + for(i=0; inLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u)); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && irRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1; + pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut; + pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables +*/ +static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + Bitmask mExtra = 0; + Bitmask mPrior = 0; + int iTab; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + int nTabList = pWInfo->nLevel; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 priorJoinType = 0; + WhereLoop *pNew; + + /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */ + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + whereLoopInit(pNew); + for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; iTabiTab = iTab; + pNew->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor); + if( ((pItem->jointype|priorJoinType) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ + mExtra = mPrior; + } + priorJoinType = pItem->jointype; + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mExtra); + }else{ + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mExtra); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mExtra); + } + mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf; + if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break; + } + whereLoopClear(db, pNew); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th +** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY +** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: +** +** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. +** +** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as +** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that +** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY +** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long +** as equivelent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT +** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the +** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. +*/ +static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */ + WherePath *pPath, /* The WherePath to check */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */ + u16 nLoop, /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */ + WhereLoop *pLast, /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */ + Bitmask *pRevMask /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */ +){ + u8 revSet; /* True if rev is known */ + u8 rev; /* Composite sort order */ + u8 revIdx; /* Index sort order */ + u8 isOrderDistinct; /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */ + u8 distinctColumns; /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */ + u8 isMatch; /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns in pIndex */ + u16 nColumn; /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */ + u16 nOrderBy; /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int iLoop; /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */ + int iColumn; /* A column number within table iCur */ + WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + Expr *pOBExpr; /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */ + Index *pIndex; /* The index associated with pLoop */ + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Bitmask obSat = 0; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */ + Bitmask obDone; /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */ + Bitmask orderDistinctMask; /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */ + Bitmask ready; /* Mask of inner loops */ + + /* + ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one + ** row of output. A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true: + ** (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ. + ** (b) The index is unique + ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row. + ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags. + ** + ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from + ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every + ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically + ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause + ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being + ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that + ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. + ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. + ** + ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the + ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is + ** automatically order-distinct. + */ + + assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); + if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0; + + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 ); + if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0; /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */ + isOrderDistinct = 1; + obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1; + orderDistinctMask = 0; + ready = 0; + for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf; + pLoop = iLoopaLoop[iLoop] : pLast; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone; + break; + } + iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor; + + /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of + ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE + ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer + ** loops. + */ + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + pTerm = findTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn, + ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL, 0); + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ + const char *z1, *z2; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + z1 = pColl->zName; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + z2 = pColl->zName; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue; + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + } + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){ + pIndex = 0; + nKeyCol = 0; + nColumn = 1; + }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){ + return 0; + }else{ + nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol; + nColumn = pIndex->nColumn; + assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) ); + assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==(-1) || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable)); + isOrderDistinct = pIndex->onError!=OE_None; + } + + /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones + ** that are not constrained by == or IN. + */ + rev = revSet = 0; + distinctColumns = 0; + for(j=0; ju.btree.nEq + && pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 + && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 + ){ + if( i & WO_ISNULL ){ + testcase( isOrderDistinct ); + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + continue; + } + + /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order + ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index. + */ + if( pIndex ){ + iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j]; + revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j]; + if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1; + }else{ + iColumn = -1; + revIdx = 0; + } + + /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this + ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered + */ + if( isOrderDistinct + && iColumn>=0 + && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq + && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0 + ){ + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + + /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column + ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off + */ + bOnce = 1; + isMatch = 0; + for(i=0; bOnce && ia[i].pExpr); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ); + if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0; + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue; + if( iColumn>=0 ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue; + } + isMatch = 1; + break; + } + if( isMatch && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){ + /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause. + ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */ + if( revSet ){ + if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0; + }else{ + rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop); + revSet = 1; + } + } + if( isMatch ){ + if( iColumn<0 ){ + testcase( distinctColumns==0 ); + distinctColumns = 1; + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + }else{ + /* No match found */ + if( j==0 || jmaskSelf; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; + mTerm = exprTableUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p); + if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue; + if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){ + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + } + } + } + } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */ + if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy; + if( !isOrderDistinct ){ + for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){ + Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1; + if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i; + } + return 0; + } + return -1; +} + + +/* +** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), +** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP +** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the +** request. +** +** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine +** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or +** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However, +** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then +** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns +** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false +** otherwise. +** +** For example, assuming: +** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y); +** +** then +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y; -- IsSorted()==1 +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x; -- IsSorted()==0 +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP ); + return pWInfo->sorted; +} + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* For debugging use only: */ +static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ + static char zName[65]; + int i; + for(i=0; iaLoop[i]->cId; } + if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId; + zName[i] = 0; + return zName; +} +#endif + +/* +** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine +** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop +** once. This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields. +** +** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted +** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation). Or, ignore sorting +** costs if nRowEst==0. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation +** error occurs. +*/ +static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ + int mxChoice; /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */ + int nLoop; /* Number of terms in the join */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int iLoop; /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */ + int ii, jj; /* Loop counters */ + int mxI = 0; /* Index of next entry to replace */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */ + LogEst rCost; /* Cost of a path */ + LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs */ + LogEst mxCost = 0; /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */ + LogEst mxOut = 0; /* Maximum nOut value on the set of paths */ + int nTo, nFrom; /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */ + WherePath *aFrom; /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */ + WherePath *aTo; /* The nTo best paths at the current level */ + WherePath *pFrom; /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */ + WherePath *pTo; /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */ + WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* One of the WhereLoop objects */ + WhereLoop **pX; /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */ + char *pSpace; /* Temporary memory used by this routine */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel; + /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked. + ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed. + ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */ + mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10); + assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc ); + WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver\n")); + + /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo and aFrom */ + ii = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2; + pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, ii); + if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace; + aFrom = aTo+mxChoice; + memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0])); + pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice); + for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){ + pFrom->aLoop = pX; + } + + /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops. + ** + ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 25. If the cost + ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 25 + ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */ + aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 46); assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); + nFrom = 1; + + /* Precompute the cost of sorting the final result set, if the caller + ** to sqlite3WhereBegin() was concerned about sorting */ + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){ + aFrom[0].isOrdered = 0; + nOrderBy = 0; + }else{ + aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : 1; + nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + } + + /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation + ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next. Keep track of the mxChoice + ** best paths at each generation */ + for(iLoop=0; iLooppLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){ + Bitmask maskNew; + Bitmask revMask = 0; + i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered; + if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. + ** Compute its cost */ + rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); + rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, pFrom->rCost); + nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut; + maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + if( isOrdered<0 ){ + isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, + pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags, + iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask); + if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); + rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-isOrdered)*100/nOrderBy) - 66; + rSortCost = nRowEst + estLog(nRowEst) + rScale + 16; + + /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is + ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality. + ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0. */ + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + rSortCost += 16; + } + WHERETRACE(0x002, + ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n", + rSortCost, (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, rCost, + sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost,rSortCost))); + rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, rSortCost); + } + }else{ + revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + } + /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the mxChoice best so far */ + for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jjmaskLoop==maskNew + && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&80)==0 + && ((pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) || + (pTo->rCost>=rCost && pTo->nRow>=nOut)) + ){ + testcase( jj==nTo-1 ); + break; + } + } + if( jj>=nTo ){ + if( nTo>=mxChoice && rCost>=mxCost ){ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + continue; + } + /* Add a new Path to the aTo[] set */ + if( nTo=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + }else{ + if( pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut ){ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost ); + continue; + } + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 ); + /* A new and better score for a previously created equivalent path */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + } + /* pWLoop is a winner. Add it to the set of best so far */ + pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + pTo->revLoop = revMask; + pTo->nRow = nOut; + pTo->rCost = rCost; + pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered; + memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop); + pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop; + if( nTo>=mxChoice ){ + mxI = 0; + mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; + mxOut = aTo[0].nRow; + for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jjrCost>mxCost || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->nRow>mxOut) ){ + mxCost = pTo->rCost; + mxOut = pTo->nRow; + mxI = jj; + } + } + } + } + } + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* >=2 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace>=2 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop); + for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; iirCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?'); + if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + } + } +#endif + + /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */ + pFrom = aTo; + aTo = aFrom; + aFrom = pFrom; + nFrom = nTo; + } + + if( nFrom==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution"); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ + pFrom = aFrom; + for(ii=1; iirCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii]; + } + assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop ); + /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */ + for(iLoop=0; iLoopa + iLoop; + pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop]; + pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab; + pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor; + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0 + && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP + && nRowEst + ){ + Bitmask notUsed; + int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom, + WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used); + if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; + } + } + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ + if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; + } + }else{ + pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered; + if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; + pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP) + && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr + ){ + Bitmask notUsed = 0; + int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, + pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used + ); + assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); + pWInfo->sorted = (nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr); + } + } + + + pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow; + + /* Free temporary memory and return success */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have +** simple == constraints against indexed fields. This routine attempts +** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the +** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare() +** times for the common case. +** +** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this +** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the +** general-purpose query planner. +*/ +static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + int iCur; + int j; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0; + assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 ); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + pTab = pItem->pTab; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pItem->zIndex ) return 0; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + pLoop = pBuilder->pNew; + pLoop->wsFlags = 0; + pLoop->u.btree.nSkip = 0; + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ, 0); + if( pTerm ){ + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW; + pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pLoop->nLTerm = 1; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1; + /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */ + pLoop->rRun = 33; /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */ + }else{ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); + assert( ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)==4 ); + if( pIdx->onError==OE_None + || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) + ) continue; + for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ + pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], 0, WO_EQ, pIdx); + if( pTerm==0 ) break; + pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm; + } + if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED; + if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){ + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY; + } + pLoop->nLTerm = j; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */ + pLoop->rRun = 39; /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */ + break; + } + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags ){ + pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1; + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop; + pLoop->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); + pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur; + pWInfo->nRowOut = 1; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pLoop->cId = '0'; +#endif + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. +** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains +** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine +** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function +** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. +** +** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. +** +** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in +** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the +** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For +** example, if the SQL is this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; +** +** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: +** +** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated +** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() +** foreach row3 in t3 do / +** ... +** end \ Code generated +** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() +** end / +** +** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they +** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make +** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in +** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for +** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. +** +** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor +** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. +** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors +** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. +** +** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named +** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code +** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract +** data from the various tables of the loop. +** +** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their +** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if +** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that +** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the +** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking +** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. +** +** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually +** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", +** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer +** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent +** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- +** most loop) +** +** OUTER JOINS +** +** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: +** +** foreach row1 in t1 do +** flag = 0 +** foreach row2 in t2 do +** start: +** ... +** flag = 1 +** end +** if flag==0 then +** move the row2 cursor to a null row +** goto start +** fi +** end +** +** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING +** +** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause +** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement +** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine +** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. +** +** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If +** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index +** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this +** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is +** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should +** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is +** used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */ + ExprList *pResultSet, /* Result set of the query */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ + int iIdxCur /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */ +){ + int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ + int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ + Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ + WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + + /* Variable initialization */ + db = pParse->db; + memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB)); + + /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */ + testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 ); + if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0; + sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + + /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via + ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){ + wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT; + } + + /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of + ** bits in a Bitmask + */ + testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); + if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); + return 0; + } + + /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in + ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should + ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that + ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. + */ + nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; + + /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the + ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo + ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure + ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte + ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on + ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. + */ + nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); + pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + pWInfo = 0; + goto whereBeginError; + } + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1; + pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; + pWInfo->pParse = pParse; + pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet; + pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; + pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo; + sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) ); + whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + sWLB.pNew->cId = '*'; +#endif + + /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each + ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. + */ + initMaskSet(pMaskSet); + whereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); + whereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); + + /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the + ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. + */ + for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ + if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } + + /* Special case: No FROM clause + */ + if( nTabList==0 ){ + if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } + } + + /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. + ** + ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be + ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then + ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term + ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use + ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table + ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a + ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask + ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. + ** + ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in + ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally + ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the + ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. + */ + for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ + createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + } +#ifndef NDEBUG + { + Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; + for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ + Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); + toTheLeft |= m; + } + } +#endif + + /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might + ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not + ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end + ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. + */ + exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } + + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){ + /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless. Ignore it. */ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){ + /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */ + pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet; + } + } + + /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */ + WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); + /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */ +#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ + int i; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3ExplainBegin(v); + for(i=0; inTerm; i++){ + sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "#%-2d ", i); + sqlite3ExplainPush(v); + whereExplainTerm(v, &sWLB.pWC->a[i]); + sqlite3ExplainPop(v); + sqlite3ExplainNL(v); + } + sqlite3ExplainFinish(v); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v)); + } +#endif + if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){ + rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); + if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; + + /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects if wheretrace is enabled */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ + WhereLoop *p; + int i; + static char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; + for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ + p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)]; + whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC); + } + } +#endif + + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } + } + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){ + pWInfo->revMask = (Bitmask)(-1); + } + if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ + int ii; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut); + if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask); + } + switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unique"); + break; + } + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=ordered"); + break; + } + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unordered"); + break; + } + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + for(ii=0; iinLevel; ii++){ + whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC); + } + } +#endif + /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 + && pResultSet!=0 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin) + ){ + Bitmask tabUsed = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet); + if( sWLB.pOrderBy ) tabUsed |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy); + while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd; + pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop; + if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break; + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 + ){ + break; + } + if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break; + pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTermprereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + ){ + break; + } + } + if( pTerm drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId)); + pWInfo->nLevel--; + nTabList--; + } + } + WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); + pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut; + + /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting + ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. + ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constrains + ** the statement to update a single row. + */ + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 + && (pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0 ){ + pWInfo->okOnePass = 1; + if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ){ + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY; + } + } + + /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for + ** searching those tables. + */ + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; iia[pLevel->iFrom]; + pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ + /* Do nothing */ + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* noop */ + }else +#endif + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){ + int op = OP_OpenRead; + if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){ + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor; + }; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); + assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); + testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS ); + if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nColcolUsed; + int n = 0; + for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); + assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); + } + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int iIndexCur; + int op = OP_OpenRead; + /* iIdxCur is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */ + assert( iIdxCur!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx) + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 + ){ + /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. No need for a separate index */ + iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur; + op = 0; + }else if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){ + Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex; + iIndexCur = iIdxCur; + assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED ); + while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){ + iIndexCur++; + pJ = pJ->pNext; + } + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur; + }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){ + iIndexCur = iIdxCur; + }else{ + iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++; + } + pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur; + assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + assert( iIndexCur>=0 ); + if( op ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); + } + } + if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + notReady &= ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); + } + pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + + /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for + ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM + ** program. + */ + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(ii=0; iia[ii]; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC, + &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } +#endif + explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags); + pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady); + pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; + } + + /* Done. */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core")); + return pWInfo; + + /* Jump here if malloc fails */ +whereBeginError: + if( pWInfo ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on +** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + WhereLevel *pLevel; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Generate loop termination code. + */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core")); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ + int addr; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); + if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ + struct InLoop *pIn; + int j; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); + for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); + if( pLevel->addrSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrSkip); + VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2); + } + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i, + pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName)); + } + + /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. + ** Set it. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); + + assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc ); + for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ + int k, last; + VdbeOp *pOp; + Index *pIdx = 0; + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + + /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of + ** the co-routine into OP_SCopy of result contained in a register. + ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null. + */ + if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){ + last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + k = pLevel->addrBody; + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); + for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + pOp->opcode = OP_Copy; + pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + pTabItem->regResult; + pOp->p2 = pOp->p3; + pOp->p3 = 0; + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 0; + pOp->p3 = 0; + } + } + continue; + } + + /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. + ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization + ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE). And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors + ** created for the ONEPASS optimization. + */ + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 + && pTab->pSelect==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 + ){ + int ws = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); + } + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 + && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + } + + /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data + ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases + ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can + ** yield a significant performance boost. + ** + ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and + ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table + ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes + ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that + ** reference the index. + */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx; + } + if( pIdx && !db->mallocFailed ){ + last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + k = pLevel->addrBody; + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); + for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + int x = pOp->p2; + assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + x = pPk->aiColumn[x]; + } + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x); + if( x>=0 ){ + pOp->p2 = x; + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + } + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 ); + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; + } + } + } + } + + /* Final cleanup + */ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + return; +} + +/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ +/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite. +** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER() +** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general +** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the +** specific grammar used by SQLite. +*/ +/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration +** in the input grammar file. */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down +** automaton. +*/ +#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 + +/* +** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() +*/ +#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds information about the +** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct LimitVal { + Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ + Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, +** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. +*/ +struct LikeOp { + Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ + int bNot; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a +** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, +** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form +** +** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) +** +** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". +*/ +struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. +*/ +struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; + + + /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and + ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete + ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. + */ + static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ + pOut->zStart = pStart->z; + pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; + } + + /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the + ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier + ** that created the expression. + */ + static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue); + pOut->zStart = pValue->z; + pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n]; + } + + /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan + ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. + */ + static void spanBinaryExpr( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */ + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ + int op, /* The binary operation */ + ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */ + ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); + pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart; + pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; + } + + /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator + */ + static void spanUnaryPostfix( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ + Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart; + pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; + } + + /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a + ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ + static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ + pA->op = (u8)op; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); + pA->pRight = 0; + } + } + + /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator + */ + static void spanUnaryPrefix( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ + Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; + pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; + } +/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. +** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. +*/ +/* +** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) +** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser +** understands. +** +** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. +*/ +/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. +*/ +#ifndef INTERFACE +# define INTERFACE 1 +#endif +/* The next thing included is series of defines which control +** various aspects of the generated parser. +** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals +** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. +** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds +** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This +** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash +** table. +** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens +** have fall-back values which should be used if the +** original value of the token will not parse. +** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and +** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. +** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given +** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. +** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. +** This is typically a union of many types, one of +** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union +** for base tokens is called "yy0". +** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If +** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() +** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser +** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser +** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. +** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar +** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not +** defined, then do no error processing. +*/ +#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char +#define YYNOCODE 254 +#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int +#define YYWILDCARD 70 +#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token +typedef union { + int yyinit; + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; + Select* yy3; + ExprList* yy14; + With* yy59; + SrcList* yy65; + struct LikeOp yy96; + Expr* yy132; + u8 yy186; + int yy328; + ExprSpan yy346; + struct TrigEvent yy378; + u16 yy381; + IdList* yy408; + struct {int value; int mask;} yy429; + TriggerStep* yy473; + struct LimitVal yy476; +} YYMINORTYPE; +#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH +#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#endif +#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; +#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse +#define YYNSTATE 642 +#define YYNRULE 327 +#define YYFALLBACK 1 +#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) +#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) +#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) + +/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of +** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ +static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; + +/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined +** otherwise. +** +** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section +** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production +** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful +** for testing. +*/ +#ifndef yytestcase +# define yytestcase(X) +#endif + + +/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the +** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement +** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an +** action integer. +** +** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as +** follows +** +** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead +** token onto the stack and goto state N. +** +** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused +** slots in the yy_action[] table. +** +** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. +** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as +** +** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] +** +** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value +** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] +** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table +** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. +** +** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is +** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after +** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of +** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of +** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. +** +** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** +** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. +** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in +** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. +** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting terminals. +** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. +** yy_default[] Default action for each state. +*/ +#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1497) +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { + /* 0 */ 306, 212, 432, 955, 639, 191, 955, 295, 559, 88, + /* 10 */ 88, 88, 88, 81, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, + /* 20 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 185, 184, 183, 635, 635, + /* 30 */ 292, 606, 606, 88, 88, 88, 88, 683, 86, 86, + /* 40 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 16, + /* 50 */ 436, 597, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, + /* 60 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 684, 86, 86, 86, 86, + /* 70 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 559, 84, + /* 80 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 65, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, + /* 90 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 635, 635, 634, 633, + /* 100 */ 182, 682, 550, 379, 376, 375, 17, 322, 606, 606, + /* 110 */ 371, 198, 479, 91, 374, 82, 79, 165, 85, 85, + /* 120 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 598, 635, 635, 107, 89, + /* 130 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, + /* 140 */ 88, 88, 186, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, + /* 150 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 594, 594, 142, 328, 327, + /* 160 */ 484, 249, 344, 238, 635, 635, 634, 633, 585, 448, + /* 170 */ 526, 525, 229, 388, 1, 394, 450, 584, 449, 635, + /* 180 */ 635, 635, 635, 319, 395, 606, 606, 199, 157, 273, + /* 190 */ 382, 268, 381, 187, 635, 635, 634, 633, 311, 555, + /* 200 */ 266, 593, 593, 266, 347, 588, 89, 90, 80, 600, + /* 210 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 478, + /* 220 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, + /* 230 */ 330, 306, 272, 536, 634, 633, 146, 610, 197, 310, + /* 240 */ 575, 182, 482, 271, 379, 376, 375, 506, 21, 634, + /* 250 */ 633, 634, 633, 635, 635, 374, 611, 574, 548, 440, + /* 260 */ 111, 563, 606, 606, 634, 633, 324, 479, 608, 608, + /* 270 */ 608, 300, 435, 573, 119, 407, 210, 162, 562, 883, + /* 280 */ 592, 592, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, + /* 290 */ 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 506, 86, 86, 86, + /* 300 */ 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 620, 111, + /* 310 */ 635, 635, 361, 606, 606, 358, 249, 349, 248, 433, + /* 320 */ 243, 479, 586, 634, 633, 195, 611, 93, 119, 221, + /* 330 */ 575, 497, 534, 534, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, + /* 340 */ 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 574, 86, 86, + /* 350 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, + /* 360 */ 77, 429, 638, 573, 589, 530, 240, 230, 242, 105, + /* 370 */ 249, 349, 248, 515, 588, 208, 460, 529, 564, 173, + /* 380 */ 634, 633, 970, 144, 430, 2, 424, 228, 380, 557, + /* 390 */ 606, 606, 190, 153, 159, 158, 514, 51, 632, 631, + /* 400 */ 630, 71, 536, 432, 954, 196, 610, 954, 614, 45, + /* 410 */ 18, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, + /* 420 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 261, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, + /* 430 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 608, 608, 608, + /* 440 */ 542, 424, 402, 385, 241, 506, 451, 320, 211, 543, + /* 450 */ 164, 436, 386, 293, 451, 587, 108, 496, 111, 334, + /* 460 */ 391, 591, 424, 614, 27, 452, 453, 606, 606, 72, + /* 470 */ 257, 70, 259, 452, 339, 342, 564, 582, 68, 415, + /* 480 */ 469, 328, 327, 62, 614, 45, 110, 393, 89, 90, + /* 490 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, + /* 500 */ 88, 152, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, + /* 510 */ 84, 83, 330, 306, 110, 499, 520, 538, 402, 389, + /* 520 */ 424, 110, 566, 500, 593, 593, 454, 82, 79, 165, + /* 530 */ 424, 591, 384, 564, 340, 615, 188, 162, 424, 350, + /* 540 */ 616, 424, 614, 44, 606, 606, 445, 582, 300, 434, + /* 550 */ 151, 19, 614, 9, 568, 580, 348, 615, 469, 567, + /* 560 */ 614, 26, 616, 614, 45, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, + /* 570 */ 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 411, 86, + /* 580 */ 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, + /* 590 */ 306, 579, 110, 578, 521, 282, 433, 398, 400, 255, + /* 600 */ 486, 82, 79, 165, 487, 164, 82, 79, 165, 488, + /* 610 */ 488, 364, 387, 424, 544, 544, 509, 350, 362, 155, + /* 620 */ 191, 606, 606, 559, 642, 640, 333, 82, 79, 165, + /* 630 */ 305, 564, 507, 312, 357, 614, 45, 329, 596, 595, + /* 640 */ 194, 337, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, + /* 650 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, + /* 660 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 20, 323, + /* 670 */ 150, 263, 211, 543, 421, 596, 595, 614, 22, 424, + /* 680 */ 193, 424, 284, 424, 391, 424, 509, 424, 577, 424, + /* 690 */ 186, 335, 424, 559, 424, 313, 120, 546, 606, 606, + /* 700 */ 67, 614, 47, 614, 50, 614, 48, 614, 100, 614, + /* 710 */ 99, 614, 101, 576, 614, 102, 614, 109, 326, 89, + /* 720 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, + /* 730 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, + /* 740 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 424, 311, 424, 585, 54, + /* 750 */ 424, 516, 517, 590, 614, 112, 424, 584, 424, 572, + /* 760 */ 424, 195, 424, 571, 424, 67, 424, 614, 94, 614, + /* 770 */ 98, 424, 614, 97, 264, 606, 606, 195, 614, 46, + /* 780 */ 614, 96, 614, 30, 614, 49, 614, 115, 614, 114, + /* 790 */ 418, 229, 388, 614, 113, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600, + /* 800 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, + /* 810 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, + /* 820 */ 330, 119, 424, 590, 110, 372, 606, 606, 195, 53, + /* 830 */ 250, 614, 29, 195, 472, 438, 729, 190, 302, 498, + /* 840 */ 14, 523, 641, 2, 614, 43, 306, 89, 90, 80, + /* 850 */ 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, + /* 860 */ 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, + /* 870 */ 83, 330, 424, 613, 964, 964, 354, 606, 606, 420, + /* 880 */ 312, 64, 614, 42, 391, 355, 283, 437, 301, 255, + /* 890 */ 414, 410, 495, 492, 614, 28, 471, 306, 89, 90, + /* 900 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, + /* 910 */ 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, + /* 920 */ 84, 83, 330, 424, 110, 110, 110, 110, 606, 606, + /* 930 */ 110, 254, 13, 614, 41, 532, 531, 283, 481, 531, + /* 940 */ 457, 284, 119, 561, 356, 614, 40, 284, 306, 89, + /* 950 */ 78, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, + /* 960 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, + /* 970 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 110, 424, 341, 220, 555, 606, + /* 980 */ 606, 351, 555, 318, 614, 95, 413, 255, 83, 330, + /* 990 */ 284, 284, 255, 640, 333, 356, 255, 614, 39, 306, + /* 1000 */ 356, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, + /* 1010 */ 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, + /* 1020 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 424, 317, 316, 141, 465, + /* 1030 */ 606, 606, 219, 619, 463, 614, 10, 417, 462, 255, + /* 1040 */ 189, 510, 553, 351, 207, 363, 161, 614, 38, 315, + /* 1050 */ 218, 255, 255, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, + /* 1060 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, + /* 1070 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 76, 419, 255, 3, + /* 1080 */ 878, 461, 424, 247, 331, 331, 614, 37, 217, 76, + /* 1090 */ 419, 390, 3, 216, 215, 422, 4, 331, 331, 424, + /* 1100 */ 547, 12, 424, 545, 614, 36, 424, 541, 422, 424, + /* 1110 */ 540, 424, 214, 424, 408, 424, 539, 403, 605, 605, + /* 1120 */ 237, 614, 25, 119, 614, 24, 588, 408, 614, 45, + /* 1130 */ 118, 614, 35, 614, 34, 614, 33, 614, 23, 588, + /* 1140 */ 60, 223, 603, 602, 513, 378, 73, 74, 140, 139, + /* 1150 */ 424, 110, 265, 75, 426, 425, 59, 424, 610, 73, + /* 1160 */ 74, 549, 402, 404, 424, 373, 75, 426, 425, 604, + /* 1170 */ 138, 610, 614, 11, 392, 76, 419, 181, 3, 614, + /* 1180 */ 32, 271, 369, 331, 331, 493, 614, 31, 149, 608, + /* 1190 */ 608, 608, 607, 15, 422, 365, 614, 8, 137, 489, + /* 1200 */ 136, 190, 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 485, 176, 135, + /* 1210 */ 7, 252, 477, 408, 174, 133, 175, 474, 57, 56, + /* 1220 */ 132, 130, 119, 76, 419, 588, 3, 468, 245, 464, + /* 1230 */ 171, 331, 331, 125, 123, 456, 447, 122, 446, 104, + /* 1240 */ 336, 231, 422, 166, 154, 73, 74, 332, 116, 431, + /* 1250 */ 121, 309, 75, 426, 425, 222, 106, 610, 308, 637, + /* 1260 */ 204, 408, 629, 627, 628, 6, 200, 428, 427, 290, + /* 1270 */ 203, 622, 201, 588, 62, 63, 289, 66, 419, 399, + /* 1280 */ 3, 401, 288, 92, 143, 331, 331, 287, 608, 608, + /* 1290 */ 608, 607, 15, 73, 74, 227, 422, 325, 69, 416, + /* 1300 */ 75, 426, 425, 612, 412, 610, 192, 61, 569, 209, + /* 1310 */ 396, 226, 278, 225, 383, 408, 527, 558, 276, 533, + /* 1320 */ 552, 528, 321, 523, 370, 508, 180, 588, 494, 179, + /* 1330 */ 366, 117, 253, 269, 522, 503, 608, 608, 608, 607, + /* 1340 */ 15, 551, 502, 58, 274, 524, 178, 73, 74, 304, + /* 1350 */ 501, 368, 303, 206, 75, 426, 425, 491, 360, 610, + /* 1360 */ 213, 177, 483, 131, 345, 298, 297, 296, 202, 294, + /* 1370 */ 480, 490, 466, 134, 172, 129, 444, 346, 470, 128, + /* 1380 */ 314, 459, 103, 127, 126, 148, 124, 167, 443, 235, + /* 1390 */ 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 442, 439, 623, 234, 299, + /* 1400 */ 145, 583, 291, 377, 581, 160, 119, 156, 270, 636, + /* 1410 */ 971, 169, 279, 626, 520, 625, 473, 624, 170, 621, + /* 1420 */ 618, 119, 168, 55, 409, 423, 537, 609, 286, 285, + /* 1430 */ 405, 570, 560, 556, 5, 52, 458, 554, 147, 267, + /* 1440 */ 519, 504, 518, 406, 262, 239, 260, 512, 343, 511, + /* 1450 */ 258, 353, 565, 256, 224, 251, 359, 277, 275, 476, + /* 1460 */ 475, 246, 352, 244, 467, 455, 236, 233, 232, 307, + /* 1470 */ 441, 281, 205, 163, 397, 280, 535, 505, 330, 617, + /* 1480 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 367, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, + /* 1490 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 338, +}; +static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { + /* 0 */ 19, 22, 22, 23, 1, 24, 26, 15, 27, 80, + /* 10 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 20 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28, + /* 30 */ 23, 50, 51, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86, + /* 40 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 22, + /* 50 */ 70, 23, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 60 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 97, 91, + /* 80 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 26, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, + /* 90 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 27, 28, 97, 98, + /* 100 */ 99, 122, 211, 102, 103, 104, 79, 19, 50, 51, + /* 110 */ 19, 122, 59, 55, 113, 224, 225, 226, 89, 90, + /* 120 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 23, 27, 28, 26, 71, + /* 130 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, + /* 140 */ 82, 83, 51, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, + /* 150 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 58, 89, 90, + /* 160 */ 21, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28, 97, 98, 33, 100, + /* 170 */ 7, 8, 119, 120, 22, 19, 107, 42, 109, 27, + /* 180 */ 28, 27, 28, 95, 28, 50, 51, 99, 100, 101, + /* 190 */ 102, 103, 104, 105, 27, 28, 97, 98, 107, 152, + /* 200 */ 112, 132, 133, 112, 65, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, + /* 210 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 11, + /* 220 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, + /* 230 */ 95, 19, 101, 97, 97, 98, 24, 101, 122, 157, + /* 240 */ 12, 99, 103, 112, 102, 103, 104, 152, 22, 97, + /* 250 */ 98, 97, 98, 27, 28, 113, 27, 29, 91, 164, + /* 260 */ 165, 124, 50, 51, 97, 98, 219, 59, 132, 133, + /* 270 */ 134, 22, 23, 45, 66, 47, 212, 213, 124, 140, + /* 280 */ 132, 133, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, + /* 290 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, + /* 300 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 164, 165, + /* 310 */ 27, 28, 230, 50, 51, 233, 108, 109, 110, 70, + /* 320 */ 16, 59, 23, 97, 98, 26, 97, 22, 66, 185, + /* 330 */ 12, 187, 27, 28, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, + /* 340 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 29, 85, 86, + /* 350 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, + /* 360 */ 22, 148, 149, 45, 23, 47, 62, 154, 64, 156, + /* 370 */ 108, 109, 110, 37, 69, 23, 163, 59, 26, 26, + /* 380 */ 97, 98, 144, 145, 146, 147, 152, 200, 52, 23, + /* 390 */ 50, 51, 26, 22, 89, 90, 60, 210, 7, 8, + /* 400 */ 9, 138, 97, 22, 23, 26, 101, 26, 174, 175, + /* 410 */ 197, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, + /* 420 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 16, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, + /* 430 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 134, + /* 440 */ 23, 152, 208, 209, 140, 152, 152, 111, 195, 196, + /* 450 */ 98, 70, 163, 160, 152, 23, 22, 164, 165, 246, + /* 460 */ 207, 27, 152, 174, 175, 171, 172, 50, 51, 137, + /* 470 */ 62, 139, 64, 171, 172, 222, 124, 27, 138, 24, + /* 480 */ 163, 89, 90, 130, 174, 175, 197, 163, 71, 72, + /* 490 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, + /* 500 */ 83, 22, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, + /* 510 */ 93, 94, 95, 19, 197, 181, 182, 23, 208, 209, + /* 520 */ 152, 197, 26, 189, 132, 133, 232, 224, 225, 226, + /* 530 */ 152, 97, 91, 26, 232, 116, 212, 213, 152, 222, + /* 540 */ 121, 152, 174, 175, 50, 51, 243, 97, 22, 23, + /* 550 */ 22, 234, 174, 175, 177, 23, 239, 116, 163, 177, + /* 560 */ 174, 175, 121, 174, 175, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, + /* 570 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 24, 85, + /* 580 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, + /* 590 */ 19, 23, 197, 11, 23, 227, 70, 208, 220, 152, + /* 600 */ 31, 224, 225, 226, 35, 98, 224, 225, 226, 108, + /* 610 */ 109, 110, 115, 152, 117, 118, 27, 222, 49, 123, + /* 620 */ 24, 50, 51, 27, 0, 1, 2, 224, 225, 226, + /* 630 */ 166, 124, 168, 169, 239, 174, 175, 170, 171, 172, + /* 640 */ 22, 194, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 650 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, + /* 660 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 22, 208, + /* 670 */ 24, 23, 195, 196, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 152, + /* 680 */ 26, 152, 152, 152, 207, 152, 97, 152, 23, 152, + /* 690 */ 51, 244, 152, 97, 152, 247, 248, 23, 50, 51, + /* 700 */ 26, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, + /* 710 */ 175, 174, 175, 23, 174, 175, 174, 175, 188, 71, + /* 720 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, + /* 730 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, + /* 740 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 152, 107, 152, 33, 24, + /* 750 */ 152, 100, 101, 27, 174, 175, 152, 42, 152, 23, + /* 760 */ 152, 26, 152, 23, 152, 26, 152, 174, 175, 174, + /* 770 */ 175, 152, 174, 175, 23, 50, 51, 26, 174, 175, + /* 780 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, + /* 790 */ 163, 119, 120, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74, + /* 800 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, + /* 810 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, + /* 820 */ 95, 66, 152, 97, 197, 23, 50, 51, 26, 53, + /* 830 */ 23, 174, 175, 26, 23, 23, 23, 26, 26, 26, + /* 840 */ 36, 106, 146, 147, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73, + /* 850 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, + /* 860 */ 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, + /* 870 */ 94, 95, 152, 196, 119, 120, 19, 50, 51, 168, + /* 880 */ 169, 26, 174, 175, 207, 28, 152, 249, 250, 152, + /* 890 */ 163, 163, 163, 163, 174, 175, 163, 19, 71, 72, + /* 900 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, + /* 910 */ 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, + /* 920 */ 93, 94, 95, 152, 197, 197, 197, 197, 50, 51, + /* 930 */ 197, 194, 36, 174, 175, 191, 192, 152, 191, 192, + /* 940 */ 163, 152, 66, 124, 152, 174, 175, 152, 19, 71, + /* 950 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, + /* 960 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, + /* 970 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 197, 152, 100, 188, 152, 50, + /* 980 */ 51, 152, 152, 188, 174, 175, 252, 152, 94, 95, + /* 990 */ 152, 152, 152, 1, 2, 152, 152, 174, 175, 19, + /* 1000 */ 152, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 1010 */ 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, + /* 1020 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 152, 188, 188, 22, 194, + /* 1030 */ 50, 51, 240, 173, 194, 174, 175, 252, 194, 152, + /* 1040 */ 36, 181, 28, 152, 23, 219, 122, 174, 175, 219, + /* 1050 */ 221, 152, 152, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, + /* 1060 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, + /* 1070 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 20, 152, 22, + /* 1080 */ 23, 194, 152, 240, 27, 28, 174, 175, 240, 19, + /* 1090 */ 20, 26, 22, 194, 194, 38, 22, 27, 28, 152, + /* 1100 */ 23, 22, 152, 116, 174, 175, 152, 23, 38, 152, + /* 1110 */ 23, 152, 221, 152, 57, 152, 23, 163, 50, 51, + /* 1120 */ 194, 174, 175, 66, 174, 175, 69, 57, 174, 175, + /* 1130 */ 40, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 69, + /* 1140 */ 22, 53, 74, 75, 30, 53, 89, 90, 22, 22, + /* 1150 */ 152, 197, 23, 96, 97, 98, 22, 152, 101, 89, + /* 1160 */ 90, 91, 208, 209, 152, 53, 96, 97, 98, 101, + /* 1170 */ 22, 101, 174, 175, 152, 19, 20, 105, 22, 174, + /* 1180 */ 175, 112, 19, 27, 28, 20, 174, 175, 24, 132, + /* 1190 */ 133, 134, 135, 136, 38, 44, 174, 175, 107, 61, + /* 1200 */ 54, 26, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 54, 107, 22, + /* 1210 */ 5, 140, 1, 57, 36, 111, 122, 28, 79, 79, + /* 1220 */ 131, 123, 66, 19, 20, 69, 22, 1, 16, 20, + /* 1230 */ 125, 27, 28, 123, 111, 120, 23, 131, 23, 16, + /* 1240 */ 68, 142, 38, 15, 22, 89, 90, 3, 167, 4, + /* 1250 */ 248, 251, 96, 97, 98, 180, 180, 101, 251, 151, + /* 1260 */ 6, 57, 151, 13, 151, 26, 25, 151, 161, 202, + /* 1270 */ 153, 162, 153, 69, 130, 128, 203, 19, 20, 127, + /* 1280 */ 22, 126, 204, 129, 22, 27, 28, 205, 132, 133, + /* 1290 */ 134, 135, 136, 89, 90, 231, 38, 95, 137, 179, + /* 1300 */ 96, 97, 98, 206, 179, 101, 122, 107, 159, 159, + /* 1310 */ 125, 231, 216, 228, 107, 57, 184, 217, 216, 176, + /* 1320 */ 217, 176, 48, 106, 18, 184, 158, 69, 159, 158, + /* 1330 */ 46, 71, 237, 176, 176, 176, 132, 133, 134, 135, + /* 1340 */ 136, 217, 176, 137, 216, 178, 158, 89, 90, 179, + /* 1350 */ 176, 159, 179, 159, 96, 97, 98, 159, 159, 101, + /* 1360 */ 5, 158, 202, 22, 18, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, + /* 1370 */ 190, 238, 17, 190, 158, 193, 41, 159, 202, 193, + /* 1380 */ 159, 202, 245, 193, 193, 223, 190, 32, 159, 34, + /* 1390 */ 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 159, 39, 155, 43, 150, + /* 1400 */ 223, 177, 201, 178, 177, 186, 66, 199, 177, 152, + /* 1410 */ 253, 56, 215, 152, 182, 152, 202, 152, 63, 152, + /* 1420 */ 152, 66, 67, 242, 229, 152, 174, 152, 152, 152, + /* 1430 */ 152, 152, 152, 152, 199, 242, 202, 152, 198, 152, + /* 1440 */ 152, 152, 183, 192, 152, 215, 152, 183, 215, 183, + /* 1450 */ 152, 241, 214, 152, 211, 152, 152, 211, 211, 152, + /* 1460 */ 152, 241, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 114, + /* 1470 */ 152, 152, 235, 152, 152, 152, 174, 187, 95, 174, + /* 1480 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 236, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, + /* 1490 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 141, +}; +#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-86) +#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (429) +#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-85) +#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1383) +static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 992, 1057, 1355, 1156, 1204, 1204, 1, 262, -19, 135, + /* 10 */ 135, 776, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 69, 69, 53, 208, + /* 20 */ 283, 755, 58, 725, 648, 571, 494, 417, 340, 263, + /* 30 */ 212, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, + /* 40 */ 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 878, 827, 929, 980, + /* 50 */ 980, 1070, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 60 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 70 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 80 */ 1258, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, + /* 90 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, -71, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, + /* 100 */ 0, 29, -12, 283, 283, 139, 91, 392, 392, 894, + /* 110 */ 672, 726, 1383, -86, -86, -86, 88, 318, 318, 99, + /* 120 */ 381, -20, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 130 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 140 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 624, 876, 726, 672, 1340, 1340, + /* 150 */ 1340, 1340, 1340, 1340, -86, -86, -86, 305, 136, 136, + /* 160 */ 142, 167, 226, 154, 137, 152, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 170 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 180 */ 283, 283, 283, 336, 336, 336, 283, 283, 352, 283, + /* 190 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 228, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, + /* 200 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 501, 569, 596, 596, 596, + /* 210 */ 507, 497, 441, 391, 353, 156, 156, 857, 353, 857, + /* 220 */ 735, 813, 639, 715, 156, 332, 715, 715, 496, 419, + /* 230 */ 646, 1357, 1184, 1184, 1335, 1335, 1184, 1341, 1260, 1144, + /* 240 */ 1346, 1346, 1346, 1346, 1184, 1306, 1144, 1341, 1260, 1260, + /* 250 */ 1144, 1184, 1306, 1206, 1284, 1184, 1184, 1306, 1184, 1306, + /* 260 */ 1184, 1306, 1262, 1207, 1207, 1207, 1274, 1262, 1207, 1217, + /* 270 */ 1207, 1274, 1207, 1207, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, + /* 280 */ 1184, 1184, 1161, 1262, 1202, 1202, 1262, 1154, 1155, 1147, + /* 290 */ 1152, 1144, 1241, 1239, 1250, 1250, 1254, 1254, 1254, 1254, + /* 300 */ -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, 1068, 304, 526, 249, + /* 310 */ 408, -83, 434, 812, 27, 811, 807, 802, 751, 589, + /* 320 */ 651, 163, 131, 674, 366, 450, 299, 148, 23, 102, + /* 330 */ 229, -21, 1245, 1244, 1222, 1099, 1228, 1172, 1223, 1215, + /* 340 */ 1213, 1115, 1106, 1123, 1110, 1209, 1105, 1212, 1226, 1098, + /* 350 */ 1089, 1140, 1139, 1104, 1189, 1178, 1094, 1211, 1205, 1187, + /* 360 */ 1101, 1071, 1153, 1175, 1146, 1138, 1151, 1091, 1164, 1165, + /* 370 */ 1163, 1069, 1072, 1148, 1112, 1134, 1127, 1129, 1126, 1092, + /* 380 */ 1114, 1118, 1088, 1090, 1093, 1087, 1084, 987, 1079, 1077, + /* 390 */ 1074, 1065, 924, 1021, 1014, 1004, 1006, 819, 739, 896, + /* 400 */ 855, 804, 739, 740, 736, 690, 654, 665, 618, 582, + /* 410 */ 568, 528, 554, 379, 532, 479, 455, 379, 432, 371, + /* 420 */ 341, 28, 338, 116, -11, -57, -85, 7, -8, 3, +}; +#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-110) +#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (305) +#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-109) +#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1323) +static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 238, 954, 213, 289, 310, 234, 144, 317, -109, 382, + /* 10 */ 377, 303, 461, 389, 378, 368, 302, 294, 253, 395, + /* 20 */ 293, 324, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 30 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 40 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 50 */ 403, 1022, 1012, 1005, 998, 963, 961, 959, 957, 950, + /* 60 */ 947, 930, 912, 873, 861, 823, 810, 771, 759, 720, + /* 70 */ 708, 670, 657, 619, 614, 612, 610, 608, 606, 604, + /* 80 */ 598, 595, 593, 580, 542, 540, 537, 535, 533, 531, + /* 90 */ 529, 527, 503, 386, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, + /* 100 */ 403, 403, 403, 95, 447, 82, 334, 504, 467, 403, + /* 110 */ 477, 464, 403, 403, 403, 403, 860, 747, 744, 785, + /* 120 */ 638, 638, 926, 891, 900, 899, 887, 844, 840, 835, + /* 130 */ 848, 830, 843, 829, 792, 839, 826, 737, 838, 795, + /* 140 */ 789, 47, 734, 530, 696, 777, 711, 677, 733, 730, + /* 150 */ 729, 728, 727, 627, 448, 64, 187, 1305, 1302, 1252, + /* 160 */ 1290, 1273, 1323, 1322, 1321, 1319, 1318, 1316, 1315, 1314, + /* 170 */ 1313, 1312, 1311, 1310, 1308, 1307, 1304, 1303, 1301, 1298, + /* 180 */ 1294, 1292, 1289, 1266, 1264, 1259, 1288, 1287, 1238, 1285, + /* 190 */ 1281, 1280, 1279, 1278, 1251, 1277, 1276, 1275, 1273, 1268, + /* 200 */ 1267, 1265, 1263, 1261, 1257, 1248, 1237, 1247, 1246, 1243, + /* 210 */ 1238, 1240, 1235, 1249, 1234, 1233, 1230, 1220, 1214, 1210, + /* 220 */ 1225, 1219, 1232, 1231, 1197, 1195, 1227, 1224, 1201, 1208, + /* 230 */ 1242, 1137, 1236, 1229, 1193, 1181, 1221, 1177, 1196, 1179, + /* 240 */ 1191, 1190, 1186, 1182, 1218, 1216, 1176, 1162, 1183, 1180, + /* 250 */ 1160, 1199, 1203, 1133, 1095, 1198, 1194, 1188, 1192, 1171, + /* 260 */ 1169, 1168, 1173, 1174, 1166, 1159, 1141, 1170, 1158, 1167, + /* 270 */ 1157, 1132, 1145, 1143, 1124, 1128, 1103, 1102, 1100, 1096, + /* 280 */ 1150, 1149, 1085, 1125, 1080, 1064, 1120, 1097, 1082, 1078, + /* 290 */ 1073, 1067, 1109, 1107, 1119, 1117, 1116, 1113, 1111, 1108, + /* 300 */ 1007, 1000, 1002, 1076, 1075, 1081, +}; +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { + /* 0 */ 647, 964, 964, 964, 878, 878, 969, 964, 774, 802, + /* 10 */ 802, 938, 969, 969, 969, 876, 969, 969, 969, 964, + /* 20 */ 969, 778, 808, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 30 */ 969, 937, 939, 816, 815, 918, 789, 813, 806, 810, + /* 40 */ 879, 872, 873, 871, 875, 880, 969, 809, 841, 856, + /* 50 */ 840, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 60 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 70 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 80 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 90 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 850, 855, 862, 854, 851, 843, + /* 100 */ 842, 844, 845, 969, 969, 673, 739, 969, 969, 846, + /* 110 */ 969, 685, 847, 859, 858, 857, 680, 969, 969, 969, + /* 120 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 130 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 140 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 647, 964, 969, 969, 964, 964, + /* 150 */ 964, 964, 964, 964, 956, 778, 768, 969, 969, 969, + /* 160 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 944, 942, 969, + /* 170 */ 891, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 180 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 190 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 200 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 653, 969, 911, 774, 774, 774, + /* 210 */ 776, 754, 766, 655, 812, 791, 791, 923, 812, 923, + /* 220 */ 710, 733, 707, 802, 791, 874, 802, 802, 775, 766, + /* 230 */ 969, 949, 782, 782, 941, 941, 782, 821, 743, 812, + /* 240 */ 750, 750, 750, 750, 782, 670, 812, 821, 743, 743, + /* 250 */ 812, 782, 670, 917, 915, 782, 782, 670, 782, 670, + /* 260 */ 782, 670, 884, 741, 741, 741, 725, 884, 741, 710, + /* 270 */ 741, 725, 741, 741, 795, 790, 795, 790, 795, 790, + /* 280 */ 782, 782, 969, 884, 888, 888, 884, 807, 796, 805, + /* 290 */ 803, 812, 676, 728, 663, 663, 652, 652, 652, 652, + /* 300 */ 961, 961, 956, 712, 712, 695, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 310 */ 969, 969, 687, 969, 893, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 320 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 330 */ 969, 828, 969, 648, 951, 969, 969, 948, 969, 969, + /* 340 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 350 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 921, 969, 969, 969, + /* 360 */ 969, 969, 969, 914, 913, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 370 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 380 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 757, 969, 969, + /* 390 */ 969, 761, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 804, 969, + /* 400 */ 797, 969, 877, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, + /* 410 */ 969, 969, 969, 966, 969, 969, 969, 965, 969, 969, + /* 420 */ 969, 969, 969, 830, 969, 829, 833, 969, 661, 969, + /* 430 */ 644, 649, 960, 963, 962, 959, 958, 957, 952, 950, + /* 440 */ 947, 946, 945, 943, 940, 936, 897, 895, 902, 901, + /* 450 */ 900, 899, 898, 896, 894, 892, 818, 817, 814, 811, + /* 460 */ 753, 935, 890, 752, 749, 748, 669, 953, 920, 929, + /* 470 */ 928, 927, 822, 926, 925, 924, 922, 919, 906, 820, + /* 480 */ 819, 744, 882, 881, 672, 910, 909, 908, 912, 916, + /* 490 */ 907, 784, 751, 671, 668, 675, 679, 731, 732, 740, + /* 500 */ 738, 737, 736, 735, 734, 730, 681, 686, 724, 709, + /* 510 */ 708, 717, 716, 722, 721, 720, 719, 718, 715, 714, + /* 520 */ 713, 706, 705, 711, 704, 727, 726, 723, 703, 747, + /* 530 */ 746, 745, 742, 702, 701, 700, 833, 699, 698, 838, + /* 540 */ 837, 866, 826, 755, 759, 758, 762, 763, 771, 770, + /* 550 */ 769, 780, 781, 793, 792, 824, 823, 794, 779, 773, + /* 560 */ 772, 788, 787, 786, 785, 777, 767, 799, 798, 868, + /* 570 */ 783, 867, 865, 934, 933, 932, 931, 930, 870, 967, + /* 580 */ 968, 887, 889, 886, 801, 800, 885, 869, 839, 836, + /* 590 */ 690, 691, 905, 904, 903, 693, 692, 689, 688, 863, + /* 600 */ 860, 852, 864, 861, 853, 849, 848, 834, 832, 831, + /* 610 */ 827, 835, 760, 756, 825, 765, 764, 697, 696, 694, + /* 620 */ 678, 677, 674, 667, 665, 664, 666, 662, 660, 659, + /* 630 */ 658, 657, 656, 684, 683, 682, 654, 651, 650, 646, + /* 640 */ 645, 643, +}; + +/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct +** like the following: +** +** %fallback ID X Y Z. +** +** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, +** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser +** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and +** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. +*/ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK +static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { + 0, /* $ => nothing */ + 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ + 27, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ + 27, /* QUERY => ID */ + 27, /* PLAN => ID */ + 27, /* BEGIN => ID */ + 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ + 27, /* DEFERRED => ID */ + 27, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ + 27, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ + 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ + 27, /* END => ID */ + 27, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ + 27, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ + 27, /* RELEASE => ID */ + 0, /* TO => nothing */ + 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ + 27, /* IF => ID */ + 0, /* NOT => nothing */ + 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ + 27, /* TEMP => ID */ + 0, /* LP => nothing */ + 0, /* RP => nothing */ + 0, /* AS => nothing */ + 27, /* WITHOUT => ID */ + 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ + 0, /* ID => nothing */ + 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ + 27, /* ABORT => ID */ + 27, /* ACTION => ID */ + 27, /* AFTER => ID */ + 27, /* ANALYZE => ID */ + 27, /* ASC => ID */ + 27, /* ATTACH => ID */ + 27, /* BEFORE => ID */ + 27, /* BY => ID */ + 27, /* CASCADE => ID */ + 27, /* CAST => ID */ + 27, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ + 27, /* CONFLICT => ID */ + 27, /* DATABASE => ID */ + 27, /* DESC => ID */ + 27, /* DETACH => ID */ + 27, /* EACH => ID */ + 27, /* FAIL => ID */ + 27, /* FOR => ID */ + 27, /* IGNORE => ID */ + 27, /* INITIALLY => ID */ + 27, /* INSTEAD => ID */ + 27, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ + 27, /* MATCH => ID */ + 27, /* NO => ID */ + 27, /* KEY => ID */ + 27, /* OF => ID */ + 27, /* OFFSET => ID */ + 27, /* PRAGMA => ID */ + 27, /* RAISE => ID */ + 27, /* RECURSIVE => ID */ + 27, /* REPLACE => ID */ + 27, /* RESTRICT => ID */ + 27, /* ROW => ID */ + 27, /* TRIGGER => ID */ + 27, /* VACUUM => ID */ + 27, /* VIEW => ID */ + 27, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ + 27, /* WITH => ID */ + 27, /* REINDEX => ID */ + 27, /* RENAME => ID */ + 27, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ +}; +#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ + +/* The following structure represents a single element of the +** parser's stack. Information stored includes: +** +** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. +** +** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. +** (In other words, the "major" token.) +** +** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is +** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. +** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. +*/ +struct yyStackEntry { + YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ + YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code + ** number for the token at this stack level */ + YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This + ** is the value of the token */ +}; +typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; + +/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of +** the following structure */ +struct yyParser { + int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ +#endif + int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ + sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ + yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ +#else + yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct yyParser yyParser; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* #include */ +static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; +static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace +** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off +** by making either argument NULL +** +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. +** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. +**
    • A prefix string written at the beginning of every +** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is +** turned off. +**
    +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ + yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; + yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; + if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; + else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals +** are required. The following table supplies these names */ +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { + "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", + "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", + "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", + "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", + "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", + "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", + "AS", "WITHOUT", "COMMA", "ID", + "INDEXED", "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", + "ANALYZE", "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", + "BY", "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", + "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", + "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", + "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", + "NO", "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", + "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "RECURSIVE", "REPLACE", + "RESTRICT", "ROW", "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", + "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "WITH", "REINDEX", + "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", "OR", + "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", "IN", + "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", "EQ", + "GT", "LE", "LT", "GE", + "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", "LSHIFT", + "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", "STAR", + "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", "COLLATE", + "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", + "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", + "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", + "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET", + "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", + "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", + "VALUES", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", + "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", + "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", + "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "VARIABLE", + "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", "ELSE", + "INDEX", "ALTER", "ADD", "error", + "input", "cmdlist", "ecmd", "explain", + "cmdx", "cmd", "transtype", "trans_opt", + "nm", "savepoint_opt", "create_table", "create_table_args", + "createkw", "temp", "ifnotexists", "dbnm", + "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "table_options", "select", + "column", "columnid", "type", "carglist", + "typetoken", "typename", "signed", "plus_num", + "minus_num", "ccons", "term", "expr", + "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", + "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", + "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tconscomma", "tcons", + "idxlist", "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", + "raisetype", "ifexists", "fullname", "selectnowith", + "oneselect", "with", "multiselect_op", "distinct", + "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", + "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "values", + "nexprlist", "exprlist", "sclp", "as", + "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop", "indexed_opt", + "on_opt", "using_opt", "joinop2", "idlist", + "sortlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", + "likeop", "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand", + "case_exprlist", "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate", + "nmnum", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time", + "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd", + "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", + "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", + "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", + "wqlist", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +*/ +static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { + /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", + /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", + /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", + /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", + /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", + /* 5 */ "explain ::=", + /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", + /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", + /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", + /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", + /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", + /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", + /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", + /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", + /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", + /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", + /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", + /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", + /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", + /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", + /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", + /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", + /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", + /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", + /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", + /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", + /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", + /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", + /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", + /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", + /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", + /* 31 */ "temp ::=", + /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options", + /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", + /* 34 */ "table_options ::=", + /* 35 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm", + /* 36 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", + /* 37 */ "columnlist ::= column", + /* 38 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", + /* 39 */ "columnid ::= nm", + /* 40 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 41 */ "nm ::= STRING", + /* 42 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 43 */ "type ::=", + /* 44 */ "type ::= typetoken", + /* 45 */ "typetoken ::= typename", + /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", + /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", + /* 48 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING", + /* 49 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING", + /* 50 */ "signed ::= plus_num", + /* 51 */ "signed ::= minus_num", + /* 52 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons", + /* 53 */ "carglist ::=", + /* 54 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 55 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", + /* 56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", + /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", + /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", + /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED", + /* 60 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", + /* 61 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", + /* 62 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", + /* 63 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", + /* 64 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", + /* 65 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", + /* 66 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", + /* 67 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 68 */ "autoinc ::=", + /* 69 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", + /* 70 */ "refargs ::=", + /* 71 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", + /* 72 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", + /* 73 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", + /* 74 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", + /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", + /* 76 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", + /* 77 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", + /* 78 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", + /* 79 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", + /* 80 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", + /* 81 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 82 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 83 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", + /* 84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", + /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", + /* 86 */ "conslist_opt ::=", + /* 87 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", + /* 88 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons", + /* 89 */ "conslist ::= tcons", + /* 90 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA", + /* 91 */ "tconscomma ::=", + /* 92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", + /* 94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", + /* 95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", + /* 96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", + /* 97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", + /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", + /* 99 */ "onconf ::=", + /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", + /* 101 */ "orconf ::=", + /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", + /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", + /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", + /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", + /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", + /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", + /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=", + /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", + /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", + /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select", + /* 112 */ "select ::= with selectnowith", + /* 113 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect", + /* 114 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect", + /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", + /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", + /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", + /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", + /* 119 */ "oneselect ::= values", + /* 120 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP", + /* 121 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP", + /* 122 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", + /* 123 */ "distinct ::= ALL", + /* 124 */ "distinct ::=", + /* 125 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", + /* 126 */ "sclp ::=", + /* 127 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", + /* 128 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", + /* 129 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", + /* 130 */ "as ::= AS nm", + /* 131 */ "as ::= ID|STRING", + /* 132 */ "as ::=", + /* 133 */ "from ::=", + /* 134 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", + /* 135 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", + /* 136 */ "stl_prefix ::=", + /* 137 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", + /* 138 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 139 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 140 */ "dbnm ::=", + /* 141 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", + /* 142 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", + /* 143 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", + /* 144 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", + /* 145 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", + /* 146 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", + /* 147 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", + /* 148 */ "on_opt ::=", + /* 149 */ "indexed_opt ::=", + /* 150 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 151 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 152 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP", + /* 153 */ "using_opt ::=", + /* 154 */ "orderby_opt ::=", + /* 155 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", + /* 156 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder", + /* 157 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder", + /* 158 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", + /* 159 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", + /* 160 */ "sortorder ::=", + /* 161 */ "groupby_opt ::=", + /* 162 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", + /* 163 */ "having_opt ::=", + /* 164 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", + /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::=", + /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", + /* 167 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", + /* 168 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", + /* 169 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", + /* 170 */ "where_opt ::=", + /* 171 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", + /* 172 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", + /* 173 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", + /* 174 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", + /* 175 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", + /* 176 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", + /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", + /* 178 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", + /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", + /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP", + /* 181 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm", + /* 182 */ "idlist ::= nm", + /* 183 */ "expr ::= term", + /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", + /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL", + /* 186 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", + /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", + /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING", + /* 192 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", + /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 194 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", + /* 195 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP", + /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP", + /* 197 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", + /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", + /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", + /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", + /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", + /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", + /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", + /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", + /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", + /* 206 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 207 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", + /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", + /* 210 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", + /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", + /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", + /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", + /* 214 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", + /* 215 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", + /* 216 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", + /* 217 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", + /* 218 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", + /* 219 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", + /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", + /* 221 */ "in_op ::= IN", + /* 222 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", + /* 223 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", + /* 224 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", + /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", + /* 226 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", + /* 227 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", + /* 228 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", + /* 229 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 230 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 231 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", + /* 232 */ "case_else ::=", + /* 233 */ "case_operand ::= expr", + /* 234 */ "case_operand ::=", + /* 235 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", + /* 236 */ "exprlist ::=", + /* 237 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", + /* 238 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", + /* 239 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt", + /* 240 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", + /* 241 */ "uniqueflag ::=", + /* 242 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", + /* 243 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", + /* 244 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", + /* 245 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", + /* 246 */ "collate ::=", + /* 247 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", + /* 249 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", + /* 250 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", + /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", + /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", + /* 253 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", + /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", + /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", + /* 256 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", + /* 257 */ "nmnum ::= nm", + /* 258 */ "nmnum ::= ON", + /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", + /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", + /* 261 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 262 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 263 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 264 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", + /* 265 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", + /* 266 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", + /* 267 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", + /* 268 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", + /* 269 */ "trigger_time ::=", + /* 270 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", + /* 271 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", + /* 272 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist", + /* 273 */ "foreach_clause ::=", + /* 274 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", + /* 275 */ "when_clause ::=", + /* 276 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", + /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 279 */ "trnm ::= nm", + /* 280 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 281 */ "tridxby ::=", + /* 282 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 283 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", + /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select", + /* 286 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", + /* 287 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", + /* 288 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", + /* 289 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", + /* 290 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", + /* 291 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", + /* 292 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", + /* 293 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", + /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", + /* 295 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", + /* 296 */ "key_opt ::=", + /* 297 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", + /* 298 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", + /* 299 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", + /* 300 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", + /* 301 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", + /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", + /* 303 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", + /* 304 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", + /* 305 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", + /* 306 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", + /* 307 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", + /* 308 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", + /* 309 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", + /* 310 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", + /* 311 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm", + /* 312 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", + /* 313 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", + /* 314 */ "vtabarg ::=", + /* 315 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", + /* 316 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", + /* 317 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", + /* 318 */ "lp ::= LP", + /* 319 */ "anylist ::=", + /* 320 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", + /* 321 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", + /* 322 */ "with ::=", + /* 323 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist", + /* 324 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist", + /* 325 */ "wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP", + /* 326 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 +/* +** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. +*/ +static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ + int newSize; + yyStackEntry *pNew; + + newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; + pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); + if( pNew ){ + p->yystack = pNew; + p->yystksz = newSize; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", + yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); + } +#endif + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This function allocates a new parser. +** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like +** malloc. +** +** Inputs: +** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. +** +** Outputs: +** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls +** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ + yyParser *pParser; + pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); + if( pParser ){ + pParser->yyidx = -1; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + pParser->yyidxMax = 0; +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + pParser->yystack = NULL; + pParser->yystksz = 0; + yyGrowStack(pParser); +#endif + } + return pParser; +} + +/* The following function deletes the value associated with a +** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. +** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to +** the value. +*/ +static void yy_destructor( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + switch( yymajor ){ + /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a + ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen + ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. + ** + ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those + ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used + ** inside the C code. + */ + case 163: /* select */ + case 195: /* selectnowith */ + case 196: /* oneselect */ + case 207: /* values */ +{ +sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3)); +} + break; + case 174: /* term */ + case 175: /* expr */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr); +} + break; + case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ + case 188: /* idxlist */ + case 200: /* selcollist */ + case 203: /* groupby_opt */ + case 205: /* orderby_opt */ + case 208: /* nexprlist */ + case 209: /* exprlist */ + case 210: /* sclp */ + case 220: /* sortlist */ + case 221: /* setlist */ + case 228: /* case_exprlist */ +{ +sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14)); +} + break; + case 194: /* fullname */ + case 201: /* from */ + case 212: /* seltablist */ + case 213: /* stl_prefix */ +{ +sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65)); +} + break; + case 197: /* with */ + case 252: /* wqlist */ +{ +sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy59)); +} + break; + case 202: /* where_opt */ + case 204: /* having_opt */ + case 216: /* on_opt */ + case 227: /* case_operand */ + case 229: /* case_else */ + case 238: /* when_clause */ + case 243: /* key_opt */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132)); +} + break; + case 217: /* using_opt */ + case 219: /* idlist */ + case 223: /* inscollist_opt */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408)); +} + break; + case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */ + case 239: /* trigger_cmd */ +{ +sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473)); +} + break; + case 236: /* trigger_event */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b); +} + break; + default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ + } +} + +/* +** Pop the parser's stack once. +** +** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which +** is popped from the stack, then call it. +** +** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. +*/ +static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ + YYCODETYPE yymajor; + yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; + + /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below + ** empty in SQLite. */ + if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, + yyTokenName[yytos->major]); + } +#endif + yymajor = yytos->major; + yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); + pParser->yyidx--; + return yymajor; +} + +/* +** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for +** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. +** +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer +** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. +**
    • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained +** from malloc. +**
    +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( + void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ + void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ +){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully + ** created in the first place. */ + if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return; + while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + free(pParser->yystack); +#endif + (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); +} + +/* +** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. +*/ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + return pParser->yyidxMax; +} +#endif + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +** +** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is +** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise +** return YY_NO_ACTION. +*/ +static int yy_find_shift_action( + yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; + int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; + + if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT + || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + if( iLookAhead>0 ){ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK + YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ + if( iLookAhead %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); + } +#endif + return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYWILDCARD + { + int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; + if( +#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 + j>=0 && +#endif +#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT + j %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + return yy_action[j]; + } + } +#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ + } + return yy_default[stateno]; + }else{ + return yy_action[i]; + } +} + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +** +** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is +** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise +** return YY_NO_ACTION. +*/ +static int yy_find_reduce_action( + int stateno, /* Current state number */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); +#endif + i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; + assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( i>=0 && iyyidx--; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser + ** stack every overflows */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ +} + +/* +** Perform a shift action. +*/ +static void yy_shift( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ + int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ + int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */ +){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + yypParser->yyidx++; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ + yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; + } +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; + } +#else + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyGrowStack(yypParser); + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; + } + } +#endif + yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; + yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; + yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; + yytos->minor = *yypMinor; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ + int i; + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); + for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) + fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); + } +#endif +} + +/* The following table contains information about every rule that +** is used during the reduce. +*/ +static const struct { + YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ + unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ +} yyRuleInfo[] = { + { 144, 1 }, + { 145, 2 }, + { 145, 1 }, + { 146, 1 }, + { 146, 3 }, + { 147, 0 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 148, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 151, 0 }, + { 151, 1 }, + { 151, 2 }, + { 150, 0 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 153, 1 }, + { 153, 0 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 154, 6 }, + { 156, 1 }, + { 158, 0 }, + { 158, 3 }, + { 157, 1 }, + { 157, 0 }, + { 155, 5 }, + { 155, 2 }, + { 162, 0 }, + { 162, 2 }, + { 160, 3 }, + { 160, 1 }, + { 164, 3 }, + { 165, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 166, 0 }, + { 166, 1 }, + { 168, 1 }, + { 168, 4 }, + { 168, 6 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 169, 2 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 167, 2 }, + { 167, 0 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 178, 0 }, + { 178, 1 }, + { 180, 0 }, + { 180, 2 }, + { 182, 2 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 183, 2 }, + { 181, 3 }, + { 181, 2 }, + { 184, 0 }, + { 184, 2 }, + { 184, 2 }, + { 161, 0 }, + { 161, 2 }, + { 185, 3 }, + { 185, 1 }, + { 186, 1 }, + { 186, 0 }, + { 187, 2 }, + { 187, 7 }, + { 187, 5 }, + { 187, 5 }, + { 187, 10 }, + { 189, 0 }, + { 189, 1 }, + { 176, 0 }, + { 176, 3 }, + { 190, 0 }, + { 190, 2 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 193, 2 }, + { 193, 0 }, + { 149, 8 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 163, 2 }, + { 195, 1 }, + { 195, 3 }, + { 198, 1 }, + { 198, 2 }, + { 198, 1 }, + { 196, 9 }, + { 196, 1 }, + { 207, 4 }, + { 207, 5 }, + { 199, 1 }, + { 199, 1 }, + { 199, 0 }, + { 210, 2 }, + { 210, 0 }, + { 200, 3 }, + { 200, 2 }, + { 200, 4 }, + { 211, 2 }, + { 211, 1 }, + { 211, 0 }, + { 201, 0 }, + { 201, 2 }, + { 213, 2 }, + { 213, 0 }, + { 212, 7 }, + { 212, 7 }, + { 212, 7 }, + { 159, 0 }, + { 159, 2 }, + { 194, 2 }, + { 214, 1 }, + { 214, 2 }, + { 214, 3 }, + { 214, 4 }, + { 216, 2 }, + { 216, 0 }, + { 215, 0 }, + { 215, 3 }, + { 215, 2 }, + { 217, 4 }, + { 217, 0 }, + { 205, 0 }, + { 205, 3 }, + { 220, 4 }, + { 220, 2 }, + { 177, 1 }, + { 177, 1 }, + { 177, 0 }, + { 203, 0 }, + { 203, 3 }, + { 204, 0 }, + { 204, 2 }, + { 206, 0 }, + { 206, 2 }, + { 206, 4 }, + { 206, 4 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 202, 0 }, + { 202, 2 }, + { 149, 8 }, + { 221, 5 }, + { 221, 3 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 7 }, + { 222, 2 }, + { 222, 1 }, + { 223, 0 }, + { 223, 3 }, + { 219, 3 }, + { 219, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 6 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 174, 1 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 224, 1 }, + { 224, 2 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 225, 1 }, + { 225, 2 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 226, 1 }, + { 226, 2 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 3 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 5 }, + { 228, 5 }, + { 228, 4 }, + { 229, 2 }, + { 229, 0 }, + { 227, 1 }, + { 227, 0 }, + { 209, 1 }, + { 209, 0 }, + { 208, 3 }, + { 208, 1 }, + { 149, 12 }, + { 230, 1 }, + { 230, 0 }, + { 179, 0 }, + { 179, 3 }, + { 188, 5 }, + { 188, 3 }, + { 231, 0 }, + { 231, 2 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 171, 1 }, + { 172, 2 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 233, 11 }, + { 235, 1 }, + { 235, 1 }, + { 235, 2 }, + { 235, 0 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 236, 3 }, + { 237, 0 }, + { 237, 3 }, + { 238, 0 }, + { 238, 2 }, + { 234, 3 }, + { 234, 2 }, + { 240, 1 }, + { 240, 3 }, + { 241, 0 }, + { 241, 3 }, + { 241, 2 }, + { 239, 7 }, + { 239, 5 }, + { 239, 5 }, + { 239, 1 }, + { 175, 4 }, + { 175, 6 }, + { 192, 1 }, + { 192, 1 }, + { 192, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 243, 0 }, + { 243, 2 }, + { 242, 1 }, + { 242, 0 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 244, 1 }, + { 245, 0 }, + { 245, 1 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 246, 8 }, + { 247, 1 }, + { 247, 3 }, + { 248, 0 }, + { 248, 2 }, + { 249, 1 }, + { 249, 3 }, + { 250, 1 }, + { 251, 0 }, + { 251, 4 }, + { 251, 2 }, + { 197, 0 }, + { 197, 2 }, + { 197, 3 }, + { 252, 6 }, + { 252, 8 }, +}; + +static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ + +/* +** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately +** follow the reduce. +*/ +static void yy_reduce( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ +){ + int yygoto; /* The next state */ + int yyact; /* The next action */ + YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ + yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ + int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 + && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, + yyRuleName[yyruleno]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized + ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following + ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does + ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the + ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long + ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code + ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. + ** + ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that + ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there + ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report + ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways + ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) + */ + /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ + yygotominor = yyzerominor; + + + switch( yyruleno ){ + /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example + ** follows: + ** case 0: + ** #line + ** { ... } // User supplied code + ** #line + ** break; + */ + case 5: /* explain ::= */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } + break; + case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } + break; + case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } + break; + case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ +{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } + break; + case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ +{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 13: /* transtype ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;} + break; + case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ + case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15); + case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16); + case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115); + case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117); +{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;} + break; + case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ + case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); +{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ +{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ +{ + sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ +{ + pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; +} + break; + case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ + case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31); + case 68: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==68); + case 81: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==81); + case 83: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83); + case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85); + case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97); + case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108); + case 218: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218); + case 221: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221); +{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;} + break; + case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ + case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30); + case 69: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69); + case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84); + case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107); + case 219: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219); + case 222: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222); +{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;} + break; + case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy186,0); +} + break; + case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); +} + break; + case 34: /* table_options ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = 0;} + break; + case 35: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){ + yygotominor.yy186 = TF_WithoutRowid; + }else{ + yygotominor.yy186 = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z); + } +} + break; + case 38: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; +} + break; + case 39: /* columnid ::= nm */ +{ + sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + pParse->constraintName.n = 0; +} + break; + case 40: /* nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ + case 41: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41); + case 42: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); + case 45: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==45); + case 48: /* typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==48); + case 130: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130); + case 131: /* as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==131); + case 141: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141); + case 150: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150); + case 247: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247); + case 256: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==256); + case 257: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==257); + case 258: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==258); + case 259: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==259); + case 260: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260); + case 261: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261); + case 262: /* plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262); + case 263: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); + case 279: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279); +{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 44: /* type ::= typetoken */ +{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 49: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} + break; + case 54: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + case 92: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92); +{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 55: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ + case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57); +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} + break; + case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);} + break; + case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; + v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 61: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ +{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 62: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 63: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 64: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 65: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ +{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 66: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ +{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 67: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 70: /* refargs ::= */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} + break; + case 71: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; } + break; + case 72: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ + case 73: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==73); +{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; } + break; + case 74: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ +{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; } + break; + case 75: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ +{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; } + break; + case 76: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 77: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 78: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 79: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 80: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98); + case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100); + case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103); +{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} + break; + case 86: /* conslist_opt ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} + break; + case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ +{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 90: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */ +{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;} + break; + case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);} + break; + case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); + sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 99: /* onconf ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 101: /* orconf ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} + break; + case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;} + break; + case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ +{ + sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 111: /* cmd ::= select */ +{ + SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; + sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest); + sqlite3ExplainBegin(pParse->pVdbe); + sqlite3ExplainSelect(pParse->pVdbe, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); + sqlite3ExplainFinish(pParse->pVdbe); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); +} + break; + case 112: /* select ::= with selectnowith */ +{ + Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy3, *pNext, *pLoop; + if( p ){ + int cnt = 0, mxSelect; + p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy59; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pNext = 0; + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ + pLoop->pNext = pNext; + pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; + } + mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; + if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); + } + } + }else{ + sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy59); + } + yygotominor.yy3 = p; +} + break; + case 113: /* selectnowith ::= oneselect */ + case 119: /* oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); +{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;} + break; + case 114: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ +{ + Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy3; + if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){ + SrcList *pFrom; + Token x; + x.n = 0; + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0); + pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + } + if( pRhs ){ + pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328; + pRhs->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy328!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3); + } + yygotominor.yy3 = pRhs; +} + break; + case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;} + break; + case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy381,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset); +} + break; + case 120: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0); +} + break; + case 121: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */ +{ + Select *pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0); + if( pRight ){ + pRight->op = TK_ALL; + pRight->pPrior = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3; + yygotominor.yy3 = pRight; + }else{ + yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3; + } +} + break; + case 122: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ +{yygotominor.yy381 = SF_Distinct;} + break; + case 123: /* distinct ::= ALL */ + case 124: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==124); +{yygotominor.yy381 = 0;} + break; + case 125: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ + case 243: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243); +{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;} + break; + case 126: /* sclp ::= */ + case 154: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154); + case 161: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); + case 236: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); + case 242: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); +{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;} + break; + case 127: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346); +} + break; + case 128: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p); +} + break; + case 129: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ +{ + Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot); +} + break; + case 132: /* as ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} + break; + case 133: /* from ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));} + break; + case 134: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65); +} + break; + case 135: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65; + if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 136: /* stl_prefix ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;} + break; + case 137: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 138: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); + } + break; + case 139: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){ + yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65; + }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->nSrc==1 ){ + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); + if( yygotominor.yy65 ){ + struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1]; + struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->a; + pNew->zName = pOld->zName; + pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase; + pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect; + pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0; + pOld->pSelect = 0; + } + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65); + }else{ + Select *pSubquery; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65); + pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0); + yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); + } + } + break; + case 140: /* dbnm ::= */ + case 149: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==149); +{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;} + break; + case 142: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ +{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 143: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; } + break; + case 144: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } + break; + case 145: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } + break; + case 146: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } + break; + case 147: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ + case 164: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164); + case 171: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171); + case 231: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231); + case 233: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==233); +{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} + break; + case 148: /* on_opt ::= */ + case 163: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==163); + case 170: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170); + case 232: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==232); + case 234: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==234); +{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;} + break; + case 151: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} + break; + case 152: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ + case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); +{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;} + break; + case 153: /* using_opt ::= */ + case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179); +{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;} + break; + case 155: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ + case 162: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); + case 235: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235); +{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;} + break; + case 156: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); + if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 157: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); + if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 158: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ + case 160: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); +{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} + break; + case 159: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} + break; + case 165: /* limit_opt ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 167: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} + break; + case 168: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ +{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} + break; + case 169: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132); +} + break; + case 172: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list"); + sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); +} + break; + case 173: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 174: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 175: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186); +} + break; + case 176: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy59, 1); + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); +} + break; + case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;} + break; + case 178: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ +{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 181: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ +{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 182: /* idlist ::= nm */ +{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 183: /* expr ::= term */ +{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;} + break; + case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ +{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 185: /* term ::= NULL */ + case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190); + case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191); +{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 186: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ + case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187); +{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 192: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>=2 && yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1]) ){ + /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression + ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers + ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0; + }else{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable); + } + }else{ + spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + } + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 193: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 194: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 195: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + } + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy381 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; + } +} + break; + case 196: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 197: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 198: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ + case 199: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199); + case 200: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200); + case 201: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); + case 202: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); + case 203: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203); + case 204: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); + case 205: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); +{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} + break; + case 206: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ +{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 0;} + break; + case 207: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ +{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 1;} + break; + case 208: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.eOperator); + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 209: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.eOperator); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 210: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 211: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 212: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); +} + break; + case 213: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); +} + break; + case 214: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ + case 215: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215); +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 216: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 217: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 220: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; +} + break; + case 223: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14==0 ){ + /* Expressions of the form + ** + ** expr1 IN () + ** expr1 NOT IN () + ** + ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, + ** regardless of the value of expr1. + */ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy328]); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr); + }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr==1 ){ + /* Expressions of the form: + ** + ** expr1 IN (?1) + ** expr1 NOT IN (?2) + ** + ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something + ** like this: + ** + ** expr1 == ?1 + ** expr1 <> ?2 + ** + ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag + ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison + ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison. Otherwise, + ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN. + */ + Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr; + yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr = 0; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14); + /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected + ** before now and control would have never reached this point */ + if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){ + pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate; + pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic; + } + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0); + }else{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); + } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ +{ + SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); + } + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ +{ + Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); + if( p ){ + p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); + } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132); + } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 229: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); +} + break; + case 230: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); +} + break; + case 237: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ +{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 238: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ +{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} + break; + case 239: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, + sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, + &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 240: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ + case 291: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291); +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;} + break; + case 241: /* uniqueflag ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;} + break; + case 244: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 245: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; +} + break; + case 246: /* collate ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} + break; + case 248: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ +{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} + break; + case 249: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ + case 250: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250); +{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} + break; + case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} + break; + case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 253: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 264: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ +{ + Token all; + all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; + sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all); +} + break; + case 265: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ +{ + sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328); + yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 266: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ + case 269: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269); +{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; } + break; + case 267: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER; } + break; + case 268: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ +{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;} + break; + case 270: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ + case 271: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271); +{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;} + break; + case 272: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ +{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;} + break; + case 275: /* when_clause ::= */ + case 296: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296); +{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; } + break; + case 276: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ + case 297: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297); +{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; } + break; + case 277: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 ); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; + yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; + yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473; +} + break; + case 278: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 ); + yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; + yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; +} + break; + case 280: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " + "statements within triggers"); +} + break; + case 282: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 283: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 284: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ +{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); } + break; + case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */ +{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);} + break; + case 286: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ +{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);} + break; + case 287: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ +{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); } + break; + case 288: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; + } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 289: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) { + yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328; + } + yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; + yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 290: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;} + break; + case 292: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ +{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;} + break; + case 293: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 294: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ +{ + sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132); +} + break; + case 295: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ +{ + sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); +} + break; + case 300: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 301: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 302: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 303: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 304: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ +{ + sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 305: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ +{ + sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 306: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ +{ + pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65); +} + break; + case 309: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} + break; + case 310: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 311: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ +{ + sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328); +} + break; + case 314: /* vtabarg ::= */ +{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} + break; + case 316: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ + case 317: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317); + case 318: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318); +{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 322: /* with ::= */ +{yygotominor.yy59 = 0;} + break; + case 323: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */ + case 324: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); +{ yygotominor.yy59 = yymsp[0].minor.yy59; } + break; + case 325: /* wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); +} + break; + case 326: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); +} + break; + default: + /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0); + /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1); + /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2); + /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3); + /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4); + /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10); + /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11); + /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12); + /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20); + /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); + /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25); + /* (36) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==36); + /* (37) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==37); + /* (43) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); + /* (50) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==50); + /* (51) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51); + /* (52) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52); + /* (53) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53); + /* (60) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60); + /* (88) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==88); + /* (89) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89); + /* (91) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91); + /* (273) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273); + /* (274) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274); + /* (281) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281); + /* (298) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298); + /* (299) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299); + /* (307) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307); + /* (308) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308); + /* (312) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312); + /* (313) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313); + /* (315) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); + /* (319) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); + /* (320) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); + /* (321) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321); + break; + }; + assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyrulenoyyidx -= yysize; + yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); + if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ +#ifdef NDEBUG + /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least + ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back + ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). + ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ + if( yysize ){ + yypParser->yyidx++; + yymsp -= yysize-1; + yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; + yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; + yymsp->minor = yygotominor; + }else +#endif + { + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); + } + }else{ + assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); + yy_accept(yypParser); + } +} + +/* +** The following code executes when the parse fails +*/ +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY +static void yy_parse_failed( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser fails */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} +#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ + +/* +** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. +*/ +static void yy_syntax_error( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ + YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* +** The following is executed when the parser accepts +*/ +static void yy_accept( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser accepts */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* The main parser program. +** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from +** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. +** The second argument is the major token number. The third is +** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the +** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for +** use by the action routines. +** +** Inputs: +**
      +**
    • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) +**
    • The major token number. +**
    • The minor token number. +**
    • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. +**
    +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( + void *yyp, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ + sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +){ + YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; + int yyact; /* The parser action. */ +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ +#endif + yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ + + /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ + yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; + if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ + /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ + yyminorunion = yyzerominor; + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); + return; + } +#endif + yypParser->yyidx = 0; + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; + yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; + yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; + } + yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); +#endif + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; + +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + + do{ + yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); + if( yyactyyerrcnt--; + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ + yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); + }else{ + assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yymx; +#endif +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + /* A syntax error has occurred. + ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** + ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: + ** + ** * Call the %syntax_error function. + ** + ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where + ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift + ** the error symbol. + ** + ** * Set the error count to three. + ** + ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error + ** processing will occur until three tokens have been + ** shifted successfully. + ** + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + } + yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; + if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else{ + while( + yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && + yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && + (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( + yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, + YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE + ){ + yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + } + if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ + YYMINORTYPE u2; + u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); + } + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yyerrorhit = 1; +#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to + ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax + ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. + ** + ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if + ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. + */ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + +#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ + /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: + ** + ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. + ** + ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. + ** + ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until + ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + if( yyendofinput ){ + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + } + yymajor = YYNOCODE; +#endif + } + }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); + return; +} + +/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into +** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the +** parser for analysis. +*/ +/* #include */ + +/* +** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their +** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just +** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need +** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores +** need to be translated. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] +const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { +/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#endif + +/* +** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if +** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is +** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. +** +** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, +** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. +** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file +** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by +** the #include below. +*/ +/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ +/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ +/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** +** +** The code in this file has been automatically generated by +** +** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c +** +** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether +** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing +** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. +** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code +** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications +** on platforms with limited memory. +*/ +/* Hash score: 182 */ +static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ + /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */ + /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ + /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ + /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ + /* UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE */ + /* BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH */ + /* IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN */ + /* WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT */ + /* CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL */ + /* FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING */ + /* VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY */ + static const char zText[553] = { + 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', + 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', + 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', + 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', + 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', + 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', + 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', + 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', + 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', + 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', + 'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', + 'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A', + 'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E', + 'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A', + 'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A', + 'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A', + 'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J', + 'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L', + 'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E', + 'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H', + 'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E', + 'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E', + 'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M', + 'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R', + 'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A', + 'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D', + 'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O', + 'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T', + 'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R', + 'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M', + 'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', + }; + static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { + 76, 105, 117, 74, 0, 45, 0, 0, 82, 0, 77, 0, 0, + 42, 12, 78, 15, 0, 116, 85, 54, 112, 0, 19, 0, 0, + 121, 0, 119, 115, 0, 22, 93, 0, 9, 0, 0, 70, 71, + 0, 69, 6, 0, 48, 90, 102, 0, 118, 101, 0, 0, 44, + 0, 103, 24, 0, 17, 0, 122, 53, 23, 0, 5, 110, 25, + 96, 0, 0, 124, 106, 60, 123, 57, 28, 55, 0, 91, 0, + 100, 26, 0, 99, 0, 0, 0, 95, 92, 97, 88, 109, 14, + 39, 108, 0, 81, 0, 18, 89, 111, 32, 0, 120, 80, 113, + 62, 46, 84, 0, 0, 94, 40, 59, 114, 0, 36, 0, 0, + 29, 0, 86, 63, 64, 0, 20, 61, 0, 56, + }; + static const unsigned char aNext[124] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, + 0, 43, 3, 47, 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 58, 0, 38, + 0, 0, 0, 1, 66, 0, 0, 67, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 49, 65, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 52, 16, 34, + 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 72, 79, 0, 8, + 0, 104, 98, 0, 107, 0, 87, 0, 75, 51, 0, 27, 37, + 73, 83, 0, 35, 68, 0, 0, + }; + static const unsigned char aLen[124] = { + 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, + 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, + 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, + 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 7, 4, 5, 7, + 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, 9, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, + 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, + 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, + 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, + 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 8, + 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3, + }; + static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = { + 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, + 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, + 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, + 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192, + 199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246, + 250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318, + 320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380, + 387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459, + 460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513, + 521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549, + }; + static const unsigned char aCode[124] = { + TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, + TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, + TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, + TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, + TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, + TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, + TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, + TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, + TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_BETWEEN, + TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, + TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, + TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, + TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, + TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, + TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, + TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, + TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, + TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING, + TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, + }; + int h, i; + if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; + h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ + (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ + n) % 127; + for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ + if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ + testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ + testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ + testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ + testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ + testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ + testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ + testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ + testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ + testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ + testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ + testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ + testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ + testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ + testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ + testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ + testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ + testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ + testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ + testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ + testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ + testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ + testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ + testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ + testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ + testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ + testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ + testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ + testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ + testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ + testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ + testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ + testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ + testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ + testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ + testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ + testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ + testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ + testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ + testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ + testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ + testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ + testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ + testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ + testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ + testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ + testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ + testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ + testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ + testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */ + testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */ + testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */ + testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */ + testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */ + testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */ + testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */ + testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */ + testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */ + testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */ + testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */ + testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */ + testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */ + testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */ + testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */ + testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */ + testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */ + testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */ + testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */ + testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */ + testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */ + testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */ + testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */ + testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ + testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */ + testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ + testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */ + testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */ + testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */ + testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */ + testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */ + testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */ + testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */ + testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */ + testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */ + testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */ + testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */ + testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */ + testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */ + testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */ + testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */ + testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */ + testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */ + testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ + testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */ + testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */ + testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */ + testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */ + testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */ + testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */ + testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */ + testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ + testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ + testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */ + testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */ + testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */ + testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */ + testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */ + testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */ + testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */ + testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */ + testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */ + testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */ + testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */ + testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */ + testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */ + testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */ + testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */ + testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */ + testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */ + testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */ + testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */ + testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */ + testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */ + testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */ + testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */ + return aCode[i]; + } + } + return TK_ID; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ + return keywordCode((char*)z, n); +} +#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124 + +/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ + + +/* +** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then +** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. +** +** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. +** +** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same +** end result. +** +** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the +** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. +** But the feature is undocumented. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ + 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif + + +/* +** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. +** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ + int i, c; + switch( *z ){ + case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { + testcase( z[0]==' ' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); + for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; + return i; + } + case '-': { + if( z[1]=='-' ){ + for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ + return i; + } + *tokenType = TK_MINUS; + return 1; + } + case '(': { + *tokenType = TK_LP; + return 1; + } + case ')': { + *tokenType = TK_RP; + return 1; + } + case ';': { + *tokenType = TK_SEMI; + return 1; + } + case '+': { + *tokenType = TK_PLUS; + return 1; + } + case '*': { + *tokenType = TK_STAR; + return 1; + } + case '/': { + if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_SLASH; + return 1; + } + for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + if( c ) i++; + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ + return i; + } + case '%': { + *tokenType = TK_REM; + return 1; + } + case '=': { + *tokenType = TK_EQ; + return 1 + (z[1]=='='); + } + case '<': { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='<' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_LT; + return 1; + } + } + case '>': { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_GE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_GT; + return 1; + } + } + case '!': { + if( z[1]!='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + } + } + case '|': { + if( z[1]!='|' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BITOR; + return 1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; + return 2; + } + } + case ',': { + *tokenType = TK_COMMA; + return 1; + } + case '&': { + *tokenType = TK_BITAND; + return 1; + } + case '~': { + *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; + return 1; + } + case '`': + case '\'': + case '"': { + int delim = z[0]; + testcase( delim=='`' ); + testcase( delim=='\'' ); + testcase( delim=='"' ); + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( c==delim ){ + if( z[i+1]==delim ){ + i++; + }else{ + break; + } + } + } + if( c=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_STRING; + return i+1; + }else if( c!=0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return i+1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } + } + case '.': { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) +#endif + { + *tokenType = TK_DOT; + return 1; + } + /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point + ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { + testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); + testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); + testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); + testcase( z[0]=='9' ); + *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; + for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( z[i]=='.' ){ + i++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } + if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && + ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) + || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) + ) + ){ + i += 2; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } +#endif + while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + i++; + } + return i; + } + case '[': { + for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } + case '?': { + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + case '$': +#endif + case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ + case '#': + case ':': { + int n = 0; + testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); + testcase( z[0]==':' ); testcase( z[0]=='#' ); + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( IdChar(c) ){ + n++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ + do{ + i++; + }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); + if( c==')' ){ + i++; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + } + break; + }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ + i++; +#endif + }else{ + break; + } + } + if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case 'x': case 'X': { + testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); + if( z[1]=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BLOB; + for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } + } + if( z[i] ) i++; + return i; + } + /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ + } +#endif + default: { + if( !IdChar(*z) ){ + break; + } + for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); + return i; + } + } + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is +** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs +** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into +** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that +** error message. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ + int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ + int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ + u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ + + + mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + pParse->zTail = zSql; + i = 0; + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc); + if( pEngine==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->nzVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->azVar==0 ); + enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; + if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; + while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ + assert( i>=0 ); + pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; + pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); + i += pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( i>mxSqlLen ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; + } + switch( tokenType ){ + case TK_SPACE: { + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + goto abort_parse; + } + break; + } + case TK_ILLEGAL: { + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", + &pParse->sLastToken); + nErr++; + goto abort_parse; + } + case TK_SEMI: { + pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; + /* Fall thru into the default case */ + } + default: { + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + lastTokenParsed = tokenType; + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_parse; + } + break; + } + } + } +abort_parse: + if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; + } + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + } +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, + sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) + ); +#endif /* YYDEBUG */ + sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); + db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ + sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); + } + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; + sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + nErr++; + } + if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); + pParse->pVdbe = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); + pParse->aTableLock = 0; + pParse->nTableLock = 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); +#endif + + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table + ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) + ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. + */ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + } + + if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith); + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); + for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar); + while( pParse->pAinc ){ + AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; + pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ + Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; + pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + } + if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return nErr; +} + +/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. +** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by +** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from +** static links that do not use it. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + +/* +** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + + +/* +** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header +** comments on that procedure for additional information. +*/ +#define tkSEMI 0 +#define tkWS 1 +#define tkOTHER 2 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +#define tkEXPLAIN 3 +#define tkCREATE 4 +#define tkTEMP 5 +#define tkTRIGGER 6 +#define tkEND 7 +#endif + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. +** +** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. +** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement +** must end with ";END;". +** +** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: +** +** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. +** +** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine +** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends +** in any other state. +** +** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single +** semicolon. +** +** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** a statement. +** +** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a +** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by +** TEMP or TEMPORARY +** +** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be +** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. +** +** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at +** the end of a trigger definition. +** +** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end +** of a trigger difinition. +** +** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted +** from the input. The following tokens are significant: +** +** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. +** (1) tkWS Whitespace. +** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. +** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. +** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. +** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. +** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. +** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. +** +** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. +** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. +** +** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed +** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do +** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ + u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ + u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement. This is the normal case. + */ + static const u8 trans[8][8] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, + /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, + /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + }; +#else + /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine + ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier + */ + static const u8 trans[3][3] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, + }; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + + while( *zSql ){ + switch( *zSql ){ + case ';': { /* A semicolon */ + token = tkSEMI; + break; + } + case ' ': + case '\r': + case '\t': + case '\n': + case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '/': { /* C-style comments */ + if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + zSql += 2; + while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } + if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; + zSql++; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ + if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ + case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ + case '\'': { + int c = *zSql; + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + unsigned char c; +#endif + if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ + /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ + int nId; + for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + token = tkOTHER; +#else + switch( *zSql ){ + case 'c': case 'C': { + if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ + token = tkCREATE; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 't': case 'T': { + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkTRIGGER; + }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 'e': case 'E': { + if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ + token = tkEND; + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkEXPLAIN; + }else +#endif + { + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + default: { + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + zSql += nId-1; + }else{ + /* Operators and special symbols */ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + } + state = trans[state][token]; + zSql++; + } + return state==1; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described +** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not +** UTF-8. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + char const *zSql8; + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ + +/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. +*/ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE +/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. +*/ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. +*/ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant +** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +#endif + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns +** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a +** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function +** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns +** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to +** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) +/* +** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if +** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing +** I/O active are written using this function. These messages +** are intended for debugging activity only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; +#endif + +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** temporary files. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** all database files specified with a relative pathname. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + +/* +** Initialize SQLite. +** +** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, +** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with +** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT +** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as +** sqlite3_open(). +** +** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, +** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. +** +** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to +** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first +** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent +** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. +** +** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive +** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the +** initialization process would never complete. +** +** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other +** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is +** incomplete, it is required that: +** +** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most +** call by X completes. +** +** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately +** without blocking. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ + int rc; /* Result code */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } +#endif + + /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call + ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization + ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end + ** of this routine. + */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to + ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. + ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, + ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. + ** + ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own + ** initialization. + */ + rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. + ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that + ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the + ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static + ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. + */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = + sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + + /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc + ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate + ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so + ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into + ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through + ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other + ** recursive calls might also be possible. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls + ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. + ** + ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit + ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the + ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ + FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; + memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); + sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; + rc = sqlite3OsInit(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + bRunExtraInit = 1; +#endif + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + + /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive + ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + + /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has + ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but + ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no + ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ + if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; + double y; + assert(sizeof(x)==8); + assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); + memcpy(&y, &x, 8); + assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); + } +#endif +#endif + + /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + ** compile-time option. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + if( bRunExtraInit ){ + int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); + rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while +** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or +** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This +** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine +** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down +** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN + void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); + SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); +#endif + sqlite3_os_end(); + sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ + sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + sqlite3MallocEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES + /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed + ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), + ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these + ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the + ** heap subsystem was shutdown. This is only done if the current call to + ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown. + */ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; +#endif + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ + sqlite3MutexEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of +** the SQLite library at run-time. +** +** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding +** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not +** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable +** behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while + ** the SQLite library is in use. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + + /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe + ** compile. + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { + /* Disable all mutexing */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { + /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ + /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { + /* Enable all mutexing */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { + /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { + /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + break; + } +#endif + + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { + /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { + /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { + /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { + /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { + /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { + /* no-op */ + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { + /* now an error */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { + /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ + sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); + } + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; + break; + } + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { + /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ + /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); + } + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ + /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation + ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go + ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is + ** run. + */ + memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); + }else{ + /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the + ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. The enclosing #if guarantees at + ** least one of these methods is currently enabled. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); +#endif + } + break; + } +#endif + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. + ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is + ** NULL. + */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); + */ + typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: { + typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *); + break; + } +#endif + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: { + sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){ + mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap; + if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE; + if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap; + break; + } + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } +#endif + + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. +** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the +** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for +** the lookaside memory. +*/ +static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ + void *pStart; + if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before + ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for + ** both at the same time. + */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger + ** than a pointer to be useful. + */ + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ + if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; + if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; + if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ + sz = 0; + pStart = 0; + }else if( pBuf==0 ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz; + }else{ + pStart = pBuf; + } + db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; + db->lookaside.pFree = 0; + db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; + if( pStart ){ + int i; + LookasideSlot *p; + assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); + p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; + for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ + p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = p; + p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; + } + db->lookaside.pEnd = p; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pStart = db; + db->lookaside.pEnd = db; + db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->mutex; +} + +/* +** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager); + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Configuration settings for an individual database connection +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ + int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ + rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); + break; + } + default: { + static const struct { + int op; /* The opcode */ + u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ + } aFlagOp[] = { + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, + }; + unsigned int i; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ + for(i=0; iflags; + if( onoff>0 ){ + db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; + }else if( onoff==0 ){ + db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask; + } + if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + if( pRes ){ + *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. +*/ +static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ + while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } + return n==0; +} + +/* +** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always +** available. +** +** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end +** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. +*/ +static int binCollFunc( + void *padFlag, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int rc, n; + n = nKey1lastRowid; +} + +/* +** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nChange; +} + +/* +** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nTotalChange; +} + +/* +** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the +** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open +** at the b-tree/pager level. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ + while( db->pSavepoint ){ + Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } + db->nSavepoint = 0; + db->nStatement = 0; + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; +} + +/* +** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, +** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple +** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called +** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. +*/ +static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor; + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef--; + if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ + pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); + } + } +} + +/* +** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection +** db. This is called when db is being closed. +*/ +static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){ + HashElem *p; + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab); + } + } + } + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); +#endif +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. +*/ +static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ + int j; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db->pVdbe ) return 1; + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Close an existing SQLite database +*/ +static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ + if( !db ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */ + disconnectAllVtab(db); + + /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above + ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual + ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() + ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active + ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing + ** some prepared statements internally. + */ + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + + /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return + ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately. + */ + if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized " + "statements or unfinished backups"); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2); + } +#endif + + /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it. + */ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE; + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database +** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and +** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups. The sqlite3_close_v2() +** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are +** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last +** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); } +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); } + + +/* +** Close the mutex on database connection db. +** +** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there +** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and +** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has +** finished, then free all resources. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ + HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ + int j; + + /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects + ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(), + ** then just leave the mutex and return. + */ + if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return; + } + + /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has + ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been + ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie). Therefore, + ** go ahead and free all resources. + */ + + /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if + ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction + ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make + ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + + /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + + /* Close all database connections */ + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + if( j!=1 ){ + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + } + } + /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */ + if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema); + } + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */ + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); + assert( db->nDb<=2 ); + assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); + + /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any + ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. + */ + sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); + + for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){ + FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; + for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ + pHash = p->pHash; + while( p ){ + functionDestroy(db, p); + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + p = pNext; + } + } + } + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); + /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + if( pColl[j].xDel ){ + pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); + if( pMod->xDestroy ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); +#endif + + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ + sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); + sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; + + /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema + ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). + ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** structure? + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; + sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); + assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + sqlite3_free(db); +} + +/* +** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then +** any open cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit +** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further +** attempts to use that cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ + int i; + int inTrans = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + + /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). + ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has + ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken + ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between + ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false + ** corruption reports in some cases. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ + inTrans = 1; + } + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode); + } + } + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; + + /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ + if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ + db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); + } +} + +/* +** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code +** specified in the argument. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){ + const char *zName = 0; + int i, origRc = rc; + for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){ + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break; + case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break; + case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break; + case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: + zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break; + case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break; + case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break; + case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break; + case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break; + case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break; + case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break; + case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break; + case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break; + case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break; + case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK: + zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break; + case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break; + } + } + if( zName==0 ){ + static char zBuf[50]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc); + zName = zBuf; + } + return zName; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ + static const char* const aMsg[] = { + /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", + /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", + /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, + /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", + /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", + /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", + /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", + /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", + /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", + /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", + /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", + /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", + /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", + /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", + /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", + /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", + /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", + /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", + /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", + /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", + /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", + /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", + /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", + /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", + /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", + /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", + /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", + }; + const char *zErr = "unknown error"; + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: { + zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK"; + break; + } + default: { + rc &= 0xff; + if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rcbusyTimeout; + int delay, prior; + + assert( count>=0 ); + if( count < NDELAY ){ + delay = delays[count]; + prior = totals[count]; + }else{ + delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; + prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); + } + if( prior + delay > timeout ){ + delay = timeout - prior; + if( delay<=0 ) return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); + return 1; +#else + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; + if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ + return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); + return 1; +#endif +} + +/* +** Invoke the given busy handler. +** +** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. +** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it +** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ + int rc; + if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; + rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); + if( rc==0 ){ + p->nBusy = -1; + }else{ + p->nBusy++; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xBusy)(void*,int), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; + db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + db->busyTimeout = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +/* +** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will +** be invoked every nOps opcodes. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int nOps, + int (*xProgress)(void*), + void *pArg +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( nOps>0 ){ + db->xProgress = xProgress; + db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps; + db->pProgressArg = pArg; + }else{ + db->xProgress = 0; + db->nProgressOps = 0; + db->pProgressArg = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +} +#endif + + +/* +** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the +** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ + if( ms>0 ){ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); + db->busyTimeout = ms; + }else{ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; +} + + +/* +** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except +** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is +** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *pUserData, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +){ + FuncDef *p; + int nName; + int extraFlags; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( zFunctionName==0 || + (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || + (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || + (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + extraFlags = enc & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC; + enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + ** + ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function + ** to the hash table. + */ + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ + enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + } +#else + enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, + ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function + ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the + ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. + */ + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); + if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + } + + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); + assert(p || db->mallocFailed); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is + ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ + functionDestroy(db, p); + + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef++; + } + p->pDestructor = pDestructor; + p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags; + testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + p->xFunc = xFunc; + p->xStep = xStep; + p->xFinalize = xFinal; + p->pUserData = pUserData; + p->nArg = (u16)nArg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create new user functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, + xFinal, 0); +} + +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xDestroy)(void *) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( xDestroy ){ + pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor)); + if( !pArg ){ + xDestroy(p); + goto out; + } + pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pArg->pUserData = p; + } + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg); + if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + xDestroy(p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg); + } + + out: + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + int rc; + char *zFunc8; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. +** +** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then +** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** +** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they +** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. +** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work +** properly. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + int nArg +){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace +** is returned. +** +** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL +** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each +** SQL statement. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pTraceArg; + db->xTrace = xTrace; + db->pTraceArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; +} +/* +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. +** +** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL +** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of +** each SQL statement that is run. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), + void *pArg +){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pProfileArg; + db->xProfile = xProfile; + db->pProfileArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/* +** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits. +** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a +** rollback. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pCommitArg; + db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; + db->pCommitArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pUpdateArg; + db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pUpdateArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled +** back by this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pRollbackArg; + db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; + db->pRollbackArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). +** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file +** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by +** wal_autocheckpoint()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( + void *pClientData, /* Argument */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ + const char *zDb, /* Database */ + int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ +){ + if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint +** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or +** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the +** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. +** +** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback +** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); +#else + if( nFrame>0 ){ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); + }else{ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written +** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ + int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), + void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pWalArg; + db->xWalCallback = xCallback; + db->pWalArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + return SQLITE_OK; +#else + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ + + /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; + + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULLSQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + } + if( iDb<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +#endif +} + + +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points +** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are +** checkpointed. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is +** not currently open in WAL mode. +** +** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this +** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If +** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is +** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +** +** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex +** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by +** this function while the checkpoint is running. +** +** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are +** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - +** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ + int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); + assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); + + for(i=0; inDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + pnLog = 0; + pnCkpt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + bBusy = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of +** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. +** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime +** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The +** following table describes the relationship between these two values +** and this functions return value. +** +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database +** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ +** 0 any file (return 0) +** 1 1 file (return 0) +** 1 2 memory (return 1) +** 1 0 file (return 0) +** 2 1 file (return 0) +** 2 2 memory (return 1) +** 2 0 memory (return 1) +** 3 any memory (return 1) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 + return ( db->temp_store==2 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 + return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 + return 1; +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ + const char *z; + if( !db ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); + }else{ + testcase( db->pErr==0 ); + z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + if( z==0 ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ + static const u16 outOfMem[] = { + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 + }; + static const u16 misuse[] = { + 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', + 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', + 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', + 'o', 'f', ' ', + 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 + }; + + const void *z; + if( !db ){ + return (void *)outOfMem; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return (void *)misuse; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = (void *)outOfMem; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3Error(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode)); + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + } + /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() + ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to + ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via + ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. + */ + db->mallocFailed = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is +** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return db->errCode & db->errMask; +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return db->errCode; +} + +/* +** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr() +** function. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(rc); +} + +/* +** Invalidate all cached KeyInfo objects for database connection "db" +*/ +static void invalidateCachedKeyInfo(sqlite3 *db){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIdx; /* Each index */ + + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db==db ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo); + pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0; + } + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); + } +} + +/* +** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName +** and the encoding is enc. +*/ +static int createCollation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + u8 enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int enc2; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + */ + enc2 = enc; + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); + if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ + enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there + ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. + */ + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); + if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db); + + /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to + ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), + ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. + ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need + ** to be called. + */ + if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ + CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + int j; + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; + if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ + if( p->xDel ){ + p->xDel(p->pUser); + } + p->xCmp = 0; + } + } + } + } + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); + if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pColl->xCmp = xCompare; + pColl->pUser = pCtx; + pColl->xDel = xDel; + pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The +** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* +** #defines in sqlite3.h. +*/ +static const int aHardLimit[] = { + SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, + SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, + SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, + SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, + SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, + SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, +}; + +/* +** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 +# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 +# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62 +# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 +#endif + + +/* +** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. +** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. +** Make no changes but still report the old value if the +** new limit is negative. +** +** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. +** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit +** from forming. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ + int oldLimit; + + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME + ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor + ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to + ** "_MAX_".) + */ + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); + assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); + + + if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ + return -1; + } + oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; + if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ + if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ + newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ + } + db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; + } + return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ +} + +/* +** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the +** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database +** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. +** +** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or +** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" +** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) +** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain +** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in +** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains +** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to +** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to +** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release +** this buffer. +** +** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release +** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( + const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ + const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ + unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ + sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ + char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ + char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned int flags = *pFlags; + const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; + char *zFile; + char c; + int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); + + assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); + + if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) + && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 + ){ + char *zOpt; + int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ + int iIn; /* Input character index */ + int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ + int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + + /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen + ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + + for(iIn=0; iIn=0 && octet<256 ); + if( octet==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this + ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or + ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character + ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' + && (eState!=0 || c!='?') + && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) + && (eState!=2 || c!='&') + ){ + iIn++; + } + continue; + } + c = octet; + }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ + if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ + /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ + while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; + continue; + } + if( c=='&' ){ + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + }else{ + eState = 2; + } + c = 0; + }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ + c = 0; + eState = 1; + } + zFile[iOut++] = c; + } + if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + + /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted + ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that + ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() + ** method. */ + zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; + while( zOpt[0] ){ + int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); + char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; + int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); + + if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ + zVfs = zVal; + }else{ + struct OpenMode { + const char *z; + int mode; + } *aMode = 0; + char *zModeType = 0; + int mask = 0; + int limit = 0; + + if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { + { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, + { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; + aMode = aCacheMode; + limit = mask; + zModeType = "cache"; + } + if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { + { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, + { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, + { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, + { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; + aMode = aOpenMode; + limit = mask & flags; + zModeType = "access"; + } + + if( aMode ){ + int i; + int mode = 0; + for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ + const char *z = aMode[i].z; + if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ + mode = aMode[i].mode; + break; + } + } + if( mode==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", + zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_PERM; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; + } + } + + zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; + } + + }else{ + zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2); + if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); + zFile[nUri] = '\0'; + zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + } + + *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); + if( *ppVfs==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + parse_uri_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zFile); + zFile = 0; + } + *pFlags = flags; + *pzFile = zFile; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" +** is UTF-8 encoded. +*/ +static int openDatabase( + const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ + unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ + char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ + + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + + /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. + ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we + ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger + ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations + ** are: + ** + ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY + ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE + */ + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ + if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 1; + }else{ + isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; + } + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + } + + /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter + ** + ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were + ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only + ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask + ** off all other flags. + */ + flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ + db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); + if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; + if( isThreadsafe ){ + db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( db->mutex==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(db); + db = 0; + goto opendb_out; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = 0xff; + db->nDb = 2; + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + + assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); + memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); + db->autoCommit = 1; + db->nextAutovac = -1; + db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + db->nextPagesize = 0; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + | SQLITE_AutoIndex +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 + | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + | SQLITE_LoadExtension +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS + | SQLITE_RecTriggers +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS + | SQLITE_ForeignKeys +#endif + ; + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); +#endif + + /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 + ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary + ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. + */ + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); + assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); + + /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ + createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); + + /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */ + db->openFlags = flags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; + sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Open the backend database driver */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, + flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + goto opendb_out; + } + db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); + + + /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp + ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. + */ + db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; + db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; + db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; + db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the + ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database + ** is accessed. + */ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); + + /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered + ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. + */ + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); + } +#endif + + /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking + ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking + ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), + SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); +#endif + + if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + + /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ + setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); + + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); + +opendb_out: + sqlite3_free(zOpen); + if( db ){ + assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; + } + *ppDb = db; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */ + void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0); + } +#endif + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} + +/* +** Open a new database handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +){ + return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Open a new database handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + int rc; + + assert( zFilename ); + assert( ppDb ); + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zFilename8 ){ + rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); + assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3* db, + const void *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zName8; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zName8 ){ + rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; + db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = 0; + db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a +** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->autoCommit; +} + +/* +** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, +** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error +** constants. They server two purposes: +** +** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger +** to detect when version error conditions occurs. +** +** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where +** a low-level error is first detected. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, + "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_MISUSE; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, + "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]", + lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific +** data for this thread has been deallocated. +** +** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a +** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ +} +#endif + +/* +** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. +** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + Table *pTab = 0; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol; + + char const *zDataType = 0; + char const *zCollSeq = 0; + int notnull = 0; + int primarykey = 0; + int autoinc = 0; + + /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto error_out; + } + + /* Locate the table in question */ + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); + if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + + /* Find the column for which info is requested */ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ + iCol = pTab->iPKey; + if( iCol>=0 ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + } + }else{ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + } + + /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned + ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey + ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: + ** + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + ** + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. + */ + if( pCol ){ + zDataType = pCol->zType; + zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; + notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; + primarykey = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0; + autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; + }else{ + zDataType = "INTEGER"; + primarykey = 1; + } + if( !zCollSeq ){ + zCollSeq = "BINARY"; + } + +error_out: + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters + ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, + ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. + */ + if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; + if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; + if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; + if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; + if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, + zColumnName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + int rc; + pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); + if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; + + /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() + ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. + */ + rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Enable or disable the extended result codes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Btree *pBtree; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + if( pBtree ){ + Pager *pPager; + sqlite3_file *fd; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); + assert( pPager!=0 ); + fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + assert( fd!=0 ); + if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( fd->pMethods ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Interface to the testing logic. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ + int rc = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + + /* + ** Save the current state of the PRNG. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { + sqlite3PrngSaveState(); + break; + } + + /* + ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using + ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then + ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { + sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); + break; + } + + /* + ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call + ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call + ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { + sqlite3_randomness(0,0); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) + ** + ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument + ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a + ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. + ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); + int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); + rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback) + ** + ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called, + ** if xCallback is not NULL. + ** + ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0) + ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return + ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from + ** sqlite3_test_control(). + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int)); + */ + typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int); + sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t); + rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) + ** + ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures + ** are benign. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { + typedef void (*void_function)(void); + void_function xBenignBegin; + void_function xBenignEnd; + xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); + xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); + sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) + ** + ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. + ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte + ** as it existing before this routine was called. + ** + ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in + ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte + ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and + ** dileterious behavior. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { + rc = PENDING_BYTE; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + { + unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; + } +#endif + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not + ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() + ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and + ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is + ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the + ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the + ** return value is zero. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { + volatile int x = 0; + assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); + rc = x; + break; + } + + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and + ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. + ** + ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). + ** + ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means + ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the + ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either + ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. + ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second + ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. + ** + ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: + ** + ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ + ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros + ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ + ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. + ** }else{ + ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. + ** } + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + rc = ALWAYS(x); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER); + ** + ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which + ** SQLite is running: + ** + ** 1 big-endian, determined at run-time + ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time + ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time + ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { + rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database + ** connection db. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The + ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal + ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the + ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times + ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer + ** is obtained in every case. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff); + break; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) + ** + ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the + ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. + ** + ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since + ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite + ** is built using separate source files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { + const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); + rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; + break; + } +#endif + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree); + ** + ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). + ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: { + void *pFree, **ppNew; + int sz; + sz = va_arg(ap, int); + ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**); + pFree = va_arg(ap, void*); + if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz); + sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree); + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); + ** + ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all + ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero, + ** undo this setting. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT, + ** sqlite3_stmt*,const char**); + ** + ** If compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN, each sqlite3_stmt holds + ** a string that describes the optimized parse tree. This test-control + ** returns a pointer to that string. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT: { + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_stmt*); + const char **pzRet = va_arg(ap, const char**); + *pzRet = sqlite3VdbeExplanation((Vdbe*)pStmt); + break; + } +#endif + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int); + ** + ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well- + ** formed and never corrupt. This flag is clear by default, indicating that + ** database files might have arbitrary corruption. Setting the flag during + ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated + ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); + ** + ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context + ** pointer ptr. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*); +#endif + break; + } + + } + va_end(ap); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. +** +** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() +** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the +** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam +** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine +** returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ + if( zFilename==0 ) return 0; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + while( zFilename[0] ){ + int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + if( x==0 ) return zFilename; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return a boolean value for a query parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + bDflt = bDflt!=0; + return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt; +} + +/* +** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64( + const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */ + const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */ + sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */ +){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + sqlite3_int64 v; + if( z && sqlite3Atoi64(z, &v, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){ + bDflt = v; + } + return bDflt; +} + +/* +** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName. Return NULL if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + int i; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt + && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0) + ){ + return db->aDb[i].pBt; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the filename of the database associated with a database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0; +} + +/* +** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write. Return -1 if +** no such database exists. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1; +} + +/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2009 March 3 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() +** API method and its associated functionality. +*/ + +/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + +/* +** Public interfaces: +** +** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() +*/ + +#define assertMutexHeld() \ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) + +/* +** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process +** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection +** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER +** mutex is held. +*/ +static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following +** properties of the blocked connections list: +** +** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either +** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. +** +** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for +** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. +** +** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the +** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection +** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. +*/ +static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 *p; + for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ + int seen = 0; + sqlite3 *p2; + + /* Verify property (1) */ + assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); + + /* Verify property (2) */ + for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ + if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; + assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); + assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); + assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); + } + } +} +#else +# define checkListProperties(x) +#endif + +/* +** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection +** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ + if( *pp==db ){ + *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed +** that it is not already a part of the list. +*/ +static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for( + pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; + *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; + pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked + ); + db->pNextBlocked = *pp; + *pp = db; +} + +/* +** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +*/ +static void enterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + checkListProperties(0); +} + +/* +** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +*/ +static void leaveMutex(void){ + assertMutexHeld(); + checkListProperties(0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} + +/* +** Register an unlock-notify callback. +** +** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation +** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection +** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared +** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. +** +** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, +** before this routine returns. +** +** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate +** a deadlock. +** +** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops +** its locks. +** +** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered +** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately +** cancelled. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xNotify)(void **, int), + void *pArg +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + enterMutex(); + + if( xNotify==0 ){ + removeFromBlockedList(db); + db->pBlockingConnection = 0; + db->pUnlockConnection = 0; + db->xUnlockNotify = 0; + db->pUnlockArg = 0; + }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ + /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a + ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback + ** immediately. + */ + xNotify(&pArg, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3 *p; + + for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} + if( p ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ + }else{ + db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; + db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; + db->pUnlockArg = pArg; + removeFromBlockedList(db); + addToBlockedList(db); + } + } + + leaveMutex(); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement +** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED +** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available +** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ + enterMutex(); + if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + addToBlockedList(db); + } + db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; + leaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This function is called when +** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held +** by database connection db have been released. +** +** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections +** list and does the following: +** +** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. +** +** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and +** set pUnlockConnection=0. +** +** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and +** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections +** list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ + int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ + sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ + void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ + void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ + void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ + + aArg = aStatic; + enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + + /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ + sqlite3 *p = *pp; + + /* Step 1. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ + p->pBlockingConnection = 0; + } + + /* Step 2. */ + if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ + assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); + if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; + } + + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); + assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); + if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) + || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) + ){ + /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ + void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + aDyn = aArg = pNew; + }else{ + /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to + ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the + ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to + ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. + ** + ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error + ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code + ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be + ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections + ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait + ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never + ** arrive. + ** + ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context + ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and + ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without + ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because + ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of + ** context pointers the application will receive two or more + ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will + ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple + ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the + ** circumstances. + */ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; + } + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; + xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; + p->pUnlockConnection = 0; + p->xUnlockNotify = 0; + p->pUnlockArg = 0; + } + + /* Step 3. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ + *pp = p->pNextBlocked; + p->pNextBlocked = 0; + }else{ + pp = &p->pNextBlocked; + } + } + + if( nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + } + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ +} + +/* +** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is +** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + enterMutex(); + removeFromBlockedList(db); + checkListProperties(db); + leaveMutex(); +} +#endif + +/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ + +/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) +** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The +** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the +** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees +** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the +** bottom up. +** +** +**** Varints **** +** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a +** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order +** using seven bits * per byte as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** and so on. +** +** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but +** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian +** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are +** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). +** +** Example encodings: +** +** 1: 0x01 +** 127: 0x7f +** 128: 0x81 0x00 +** +** +**** Document lists **** +** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a +** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. +** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. +** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first +** word of the document has a position of 0. +** +** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time +** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. +** +** A doclist is stored like this: +** +** array { +** varint docid; (delta from previous doclist) +** array { (position list for column 0) +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** array { +** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) +** varint column; (index of new column) +** array { +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** } +** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream +** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur +** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals +** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. +** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more +** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus +** 2 for the first position. Example: +** +** label: A B C D E F G H I J K +** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 +** +** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document +** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 +** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the +** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 +** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The +** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357). It has one position 70 +** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K. +** +** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for +** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single +** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, +** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and +** a doclist consists of one or more document records. +** +** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an +** array of varint-encoded docids. +** +**** Segment leaf nodes **** +** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf +** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to +** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to +** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have +** the format: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. +** +** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in +** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end +** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next +** greater node id. +** +** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node +** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is +** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone +** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of +** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while +** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The +** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more +** likely to be query targets. +** +** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more +** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf +** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is +** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. +** +** +**** Segment interior nodes **** +** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms +** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior +** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using +** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when +** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node +** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior +** nodes: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) +** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) +** optional { +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) +** } +** } +** +** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } +** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. +** +** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The +** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid +** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less +** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). +** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less +** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at +** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to +** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left +** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is +** "wicked", only "w" is stored). +** +** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when +** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). +** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing +** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes +** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at +** height+1, and so on. +** +** +**** Segment directory **** +** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for +** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the +** segment's tree. +** +** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding +** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). +** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top +** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments +** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit +** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the +** height and the blockid of the previous root). +** +** The meta-information in the segment directory is: +** level - segment level (see below) +** idx - index within level +** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) +** start_block - first leaf node +** leaves_end_block - last leaf node +** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) +** root - contents of root node +** +** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, +** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. +** +** +**** Segment merging **** +** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and +** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially +** more documents. +** +** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and +** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with +** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all +** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 +** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 +** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing +** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. +** +** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in +** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment +** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this +** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. +** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are +** deleted. +** +** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be +** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show +** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're +** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time +** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than +** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. +** +** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments +** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs +** inserted: +** +** MERGE_COUNT segments +** 16 25 +** 8 12 +** 4 10 +** 2 6 +** +** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very +** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge +** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast +** even with many segments. +** +** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side +** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that +** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet +** spot around. +** +** +** +**** Handling of deletions and updates **** +** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented +** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term +** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we +** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates +** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older +** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates +** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The +** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out +** older data. +*/ + +/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Nov 12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ +#ifndef _FTSINT_H +#define _FTSINT_H + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif + +/* +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 +#endif + +/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ +/* +** 2006 July 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +************************************************************************* +** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There +** are three basic components: +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer +** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for +** tokenizers. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps +** including customization information defined at creation time. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate +** tokens from a particular input. +*/ +#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ +#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ + +/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. +** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then +** we will need a way to register the API consistently. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer +** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to +** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback +** functions that make up an implementation. +** +** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to +** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to +** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). +** +** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() +** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object +** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on +** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer +** object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { + + /* + ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1. + */ + int iVersion; + + /* + ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the + ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if + ** the following SQL is executed: + ** + ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) + ** + ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers + ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". + ** + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set + ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic + ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by + ** this callback. The caller will do so. + */ + int (*xCreate)( + int argc, /* Size of argv array */ + const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method + ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). + */ + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); + + /* + ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller + ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + */ + int (*xOpen)( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this + ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). + */ + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); + + /* + ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This + ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the + ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that + ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. + ** + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or + ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length + ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is + ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and + ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first + ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set + ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in + ** the input buffer. + ** + ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer + ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call + ** to xNext() or xClose(). + */ + /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be + ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes + ** should be converted to zInput. + */ + int (*xNext)( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ + ); + + /*********************************************************************** + ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. + */ + + /* + ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. + */ + int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer { + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); +int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); + + +#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ +/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone +** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. +** +*/ +#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ +#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; +typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +*/ +struct Fts3Hash { + char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ + char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ + int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct Fts3HashElem { + Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: +** +** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long +** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case +** is respected in comparisons. +** +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** memcmp() is used to compare keys. +** +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +*/ +#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 +#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); + +/* +** Shorthand for the functions above +*/ +#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit +#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert +#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind +#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear +#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Fts3Hash h; +** Fts3HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) +#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) +#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) + +#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ + +/* +** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree +** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform +** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large +** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts +** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12 +#endif + + +/* +** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are +** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single +** segment of level N+1. +*/ +#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 + +/* +** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the +** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is +** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction +** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. +** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new +** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. +*/ +#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) + +/* +** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a +** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid +** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. +*/ +#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + + +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different +** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. +*/ +#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 + +/* +** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms +** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored +** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. +** +** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the +** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index +** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with +** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels +** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. +** +** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In +** theory though this may happen, but only after at least +** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. +*/ +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" + +/* +** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, +** make it a no-op. +*/ +#ifndef testcase +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. +*/ +#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ +#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ + +/* +** This section provides definitions to allow the +** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the +** amalgamation. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* +** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or +** false. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +# define ALWAYS(x) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(x) (x) +# define NEVER(x) (x) +#endif + +/* +** Internal types used by SQLite. +*/ +typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ +typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ +typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ + +/* +** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. +*/ +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) + +/* +** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void); +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt() +#else +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB +#endif + +typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; +typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; +typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; +typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; +typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; + +typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; +typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; +typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; +typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; +typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; + +/* +** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following +** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance +** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. +** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their +** arguments. +*/ +struct Fts3Table { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ + const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ + int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ + char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ + u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ + char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */ + char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */ + int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */ + u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ + + /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these + ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. + */ + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; + + char *zReadExprlist; + char *zWriteExprlist; + + int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ + u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */ + u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ + u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ + u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */ + int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ + char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ + sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ + + /* + ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index + ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one + ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). + ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. + ** + ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index + ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the + ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] + ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. + ** + ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the + ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including + ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash + ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most + ** recently inserted record. + */ + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ + struct Fts3Index { + int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ + Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ + } *aIndex; + int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ + int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ + int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) + /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control + ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These + ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for + ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core. + */ + int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ + int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled + ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */ + int bNoIncrDoclist; +#endif +}; + +/* +** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a +** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using +** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. +*/ +struct Fts3Cursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */ + u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */ + u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ + int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */ + char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */ + char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */ + u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */ + int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */ + int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */ + i64 iMinDocid; /* Minimum docid to return */ + i64 iMaxDocid; /* Maximum docid to return */ + int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */ + u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Information about most recent match */ + int nMatchinfo; /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */ + char *zMatchinfo; /* Matchinfo specification */ +}; + +#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 +#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 +#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 + +/* +** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. +** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to +** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index +** of the column to be searched. For example, in +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); +** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; +** +** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", +** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, +** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" +** indicating that all columns should be searched, +** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. +*/ +#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ +#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ +#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ + +/* +** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by +** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described +** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following +** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches. +*/ +#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */ + +struct Fts3Doclist { + char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ + int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ + char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ + + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ + int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ + int nList; /* Length of position list */ +}; + +/* +** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in +** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. +** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") +** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. +*/ +struct Fts3PhraseToken { + char *z; /* Text of the token */ + int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ + int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ + int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */ + + /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is + ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are + ** used when evaluating the expression. */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ +}; + +struct Fts3Phrase { + /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ + Fts3Doclist doclist; + int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ + int iDoclistToken; + + /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing + ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. + */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ + int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ + Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ +}; + +/* +** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. +** +** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist +** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results +** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial +** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this +** buffer. +** +** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global +** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, +** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array +** is populated as follows: +** +** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined +** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed +** when the expression node is. +*/ +struct Fts3Expr { + int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ + int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ + Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ + Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ + Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ + + /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ + u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ + u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ + u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ + + u32 *aMI; +}; + +/* +** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first +** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For +** example, the following: +** +** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" +** +** is equivalent to: +** +** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" +*/ +#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 +#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 +#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 +#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 +#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 + + +/* fts3_write.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64, + sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( + Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); +#else +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *); + +/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, + int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020 + +/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +struct Fts3SegFilter { + const char *zTerm; + int nTerm; + int iCol; + int flags; +}; + +struct Fts3MultiSegReader { + /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ + int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ + char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ + int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ + + int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ + int bRestart; + + /* Used by fts3.c only. */ + int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ + int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ + + /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ +}; + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int); + +#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \ + (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \ +) + +/* fts3.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*); + +/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, + sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); + +/* fts3_snippet.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, int, int +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); + +/* fts3_expr.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, + char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor ** +); + +/* fts3_aux.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); + +/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *); + +/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); +#endif + +#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ +#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ + +/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) +# define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#endif + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#endif + +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. +** The number of bytes written is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ + unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 vu = v; + do{ + *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); + vu >>= 7; + }while( vu!=0 ); + q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ + assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); + return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); +} + +#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift ); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } +#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (*ptr++); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } + +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. +** The value is stored in *v. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ + const char *pStart = p; + u32 a; + u64 b; + int shift; + + GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *v, 1); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *v, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *v, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4); + b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + + for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){ + u64 c = *p++; + b += (c&0x7F) << shift; + if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break; + } + *v = b; + return (int)(p - pStart); +} + +/* +** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a +** 32-bit integer before it is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ + u32 a; + +#ifndef fts3GetVarint32 + GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *pi, 1); +#else + a = (*p++); + assert( a & 0x80 ); +#endif + + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *pi, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *pi, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4); + a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28)); + return 5; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ + int i = 0; + do{ + i++; + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + return i; +} + +/* +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. +** +** Examples: +** +** "abc" becomes abc +** 'xyz' becomes xyz +** [pqr] becomes pqr +** `mno` becomes mno +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ + + quote = z[0]; + if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ + int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ + int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ + + /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + + while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ + if( z[iIn]==quote ){ + if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; + z[iOut++] = quote; + iIn += 2; + }else{ + z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; + } + } + z[iOut] = '\0'; + } +} + +/* +** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point +** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint +** to *pVal. +*/ +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + *pVal += iVal; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a +** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list +** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, +** and sets *pVal by the varint value. +** +** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the +** varint is part of. +*/ +static void fts3GetReverseVarint( + char **pp, + char *pStart, + sqlite3_int64 *pVal +){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + char *p; + + /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are + ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is + ** clear on character p[-1]. */ + for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); + p++; + *pp = p; + + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); + *pVal = iVal; +} + +/* +** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int i; + + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid); + + /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ + p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); + + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given +** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written +** into *pRc. +** +** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3DbExec( + int *pRc, /* Success code */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ + const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ + ... /* Arguments to the format string */ +){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + if( *pRc ) return; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } +} + +/* +** The xDestroy() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ + + /* Drop the shadow tables */ + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName); + } + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName); + + /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the + ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. + ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. + */ + return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); +} + + +/* +** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table +** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() +** and xCreate() methods. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. +*/ +static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ + char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ + const char *zLanguageid; + + zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid"); + sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + + /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); + for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); + } + + /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", + zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid + ); + if( !zCols || !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); + } + + sqlite3_free(zSql); + sqlite3_free(zCols); + *pRc = rc; + } +} + +/* +** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" + "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1; +} + +/* +** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) +** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done +** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. +** +** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an +** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and +** %_stat tables required by FTS4. +*/ +static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid; + char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ + + /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); + for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ + char *z = p->azColumn[i]; + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); + } + if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); + } + if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + + /* Create the content table */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", + p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols + ); + sqlite3_free(zContentCols); + } + + /* Create other tables */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" + "level INTEGER," + "idx INTEGER," + "start_block INTEGER," + "leaves_end_block INTEGER," + "end_block INTEGER," + "root BLOB," + "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" + ");", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + } + assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 ); + if( p->bHasStat ){ + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. +*/ +static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ + p->nPgsz = 1024; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + *pRc = rc; + } +} + +/* +** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: +** +** = +** +** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The +** term may be quoted, but the may not. +*/ +static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( + const char *z, + int *pnKey, + char **pzValue +){ + char *zValue; + const char *zCsr = z; + + while( *zCsr!='=' ){ + if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; + zCsr++; + } + + *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); + zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); + if( zValue ){ + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); + } + *pzValue = zValue; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. +*/ +static void fts3Appendf( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ + const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ + ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( z && *pz ){ + char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); + sqlite3_free(z); + z = z2; + } + if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_free(*pz); + *pz = z; + } +} + +/* +** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and +** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: +** +** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" +** +** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this +** memory. +*/ +static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ + int nRet; + char *zRet; + nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; + zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + *(z++) = '"'; + for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ + if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = zInput[i]; + } + *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = '\0'; + } + return zRet; +} + +/* +** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that +** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: +** +** SELECT FROM %_content AS x ... +** +** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order +** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of +** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL +** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the +** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following +** string is returned: +** +** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. +*/ +static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + }else{ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); + } + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", + p->zDb, + (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), + (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") + ); + return zRet; +} + +/* +** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number +** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each +** user-defined text column). +** +** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark +** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed +** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three +** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: +** +** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. +*/ +static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; + + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + return zRet; +} + +/* +** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer +** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then +** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of +** the integer value. +** +** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. +** +** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and +** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. +*/ +static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ + const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ + int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ + + for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ + nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); + } + if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + *pnOut = nInt; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures +** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables +** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or +** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter +** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +** +** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was +** specified, or NULL otherwise. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to +** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the +** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility +** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. +*/ +static int fts3PrefixParameter( + const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ + int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ +){ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ + int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ + + if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ + const char *p; + nIndex++; + for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ + if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; + } + } + + aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + *apIndex = aIndex; + *pnIndex = nIndex; + if( !aIndex ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + if( zParam ){ + const char *p = zParam; + int i; + for(i=1; i module name ("fts3" or "fts4") +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. +*/ +static int fts3InitVtab( + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ + char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; + Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ + int iCol; /* Column index */ + int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ + int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ + char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ + int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ + int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ + int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ + + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ + + /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ + int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ + int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ + char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ + char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zLanguageid = 0; /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char **azNotindexed = 0; /* The set of notindexed= columns */ + int nNotindexed = 0; /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */ + + assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); + assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) + || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) + ); + + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; + + nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2); + aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( aCol ){ + memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte); + azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + } + if( azNotindexed ){ + memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte); + } + if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } + + /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 + ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop + ** does the following: + ** + ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and + ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies + ** of the column names. + ** + ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, + ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. + */ + for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i8 + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) + && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) + ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); + } + + /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ + else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ + struct Fts4Option { + const char *zOpt; + int nOpt; + } aFts4Opt[] = { + { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ + { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ + { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ + { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ + { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */ + { "content", 7 }, /* 5 -> CONTENT */ + { "languageid", 10 }, /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */ + { "notindexed", 10 } /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */ + }; + + int iOpt; + if( !zVal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + for(iOpt=0; iOptnOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + switch( iOpt ){ + case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ + if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bNoDocsize = 1; + break; + + case 1: /* PREFIX */ + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + zPrefix = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 2: /* COMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + zCompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zUncompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 4: /* ORDER */ + if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) + && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) + ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); + break; + + case 5: /* CONTENT */ + sqlite3_free(zContent); + zContent = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 6: /* LANGUAGEID */ + assert( iOpt==6 ); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + zLanguageid = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 7: /* NOTINDEXED */ + azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_free(zVal); + } + } + + /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ + else { + nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); + aCol[nCol++] = z; + } + } + + /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following: + ** + ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options. + ** + ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zCompress = 0; + zUncompress = 0; + if( nCol==0 ){ + sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); + aCol = 0; + rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString); + + /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id + ** column from the aCol[] array. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ + int j; + for(j=0; jdb = db; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nPendingData = 0; + p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; + p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; + p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); + p->bHasStat = isFts4; + p->bFts4 = isFts4; + p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx; + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff; /* 0xff means setting unknown */ + p->zContentTbl = zContent; + p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid; + zContent = 0; + zLanguageid = 0; + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); + + p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; + memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + p->nIndex = nIndex; + for(i=0; iaIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; + + /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ + zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol]; + p->zName = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); + zCsr += nName; + p->zDb = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); + zCsr += nDb; + + /* Fill in the azColumn array */ + for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol] = zCsr; + zCsr += n+1; + assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); + } + + /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */ + for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol]); + for(i=0; iazColumn[iCol], zNot, n) + ){ + p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; + sqlite3_free(zNot); + azNotindexed[i] = 0; + } + } + } + for(i=0; izReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); + p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the + ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. + */ + if( isCreate ){ + rc = fts3CreateTables(p); + } + + /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the + ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge. + */ + if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){ + p->bHasStat = 2; + } + + /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to + ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ + fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); + p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; + + /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ + fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); + +fts3_init_out: + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + sqlite3_free(aIndex); + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + sqlite3_free(zContent); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + for(i=0; ipModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); + } + }else{ + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + *ppVTab = &p->base; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the +** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). +*/ +static int fts3ConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} +static int fts3CreateMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} + +/* +** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There +** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: +** +** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. +** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. +** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. +*/ +static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ + + int iLangidCons = -1; /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidGe = -1; /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidLe = -1; /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */ + int iIdx; + + /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, + ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient + ** strategy is possible. + */ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000; + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + int bDocid; /* True if this constraint is on docid */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + if( pCons->usable==0 ){ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ + /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if + ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part + ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use + ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage + ** this, return a very high cost here. */ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; + fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + continue; + } + + bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1); + + /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ + if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + iCons = i; + } + + /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. + ** + ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first + ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct + ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even + ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting + ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested + ** context" error. + */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH + && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; + iCons = i; + } + + /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 + ){ + iLangidCons = i; + } + + if( bDocid ){ + switch( pCons->op ){ + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: + iDocidGe = i; + break; + + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: + iDocidLe = i; + break; + } + } + } + + iIdx = 1; + if( iCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; + } + if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + + /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or + ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. + */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; + if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ + if( pOrder->desc ){ + pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; + }else{ + pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; + } + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } + } + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xOpen method. +*/ +static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the + ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, + ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. + */ + *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +*/ +static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then +** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form: +** +** "SELECT FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?" +** +** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to +** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. +** +** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row +** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return +** SQLITE_OK on success. +*/ +static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content + ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. + ** The data structures are corrupt. */ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching +** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this +** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is +** passed in zTerm/nTerm. +** +** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid +** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. +** +** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node +** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is +** a prefix. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ + const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ + char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ + int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ + + /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every + ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree + ** node into variable iChild. + ** + ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two + ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a + ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does + ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always + ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of + ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments + ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the + ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). + */ + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + if( zCsr>zEnd ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + while( zCsrzEnd ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + goto finish_scan; + } + if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ + char *zNew; + nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; + zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto finish_scan; + } + zBuffer = zNew; + } + assert( zBuffer ); + memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); + nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; + zCsr += nSuffix; + + /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from + ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal + ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree + ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search + ** iChild. + ** + ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then + ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. + */ + cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); + if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ + *piFirst = iChild; + piFirst = 0; + } + + if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ + *piLast = iChild; + piLast = 0; + } + + iChild++; + }; + + if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; + if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; + + finish_scan: + sqlite3_free(zBuffer); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an +** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) +** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode +** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term +** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. +** +** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the +** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. +** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the +** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified +** term is a prefix. +** +** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain +** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the +** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified +** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and +** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +static int fts3SelectLeaf( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ + + assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); + + fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); + rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ + char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ + int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ + + if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); + piLeaf = 0; + zBlob = 0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 +** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. +*/ +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); + *piPrev = iVal; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** first byte after the position-list. +** +** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for +** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this +** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in +** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. +*/ +static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; + + /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 + ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by + ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail + ** of some other, multi-byte, value. + ** + ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not + ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments + ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the + ** last byte in the position-list. + */ + while( *pEnd | c ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); + } + pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ + + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; + } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. +** +** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column +** within a single document within a doclist. +** +** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or +** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to +** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator +** is not copied into *pp. +*/ +static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; + + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is + ** not part of a multi-byte varint. + */ + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); + } + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; + } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; +} + +/* +** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because +** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. +*/ +#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff + +/* +** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is +** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list +** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list +** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or +** (1)). +** +** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to +** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, +** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to +** point to the next value before returning. +** +** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of +** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position +** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value +** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of +** the next position. +*/ +static void fts3ReadNextPos( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ + sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ +){ + if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); + *pi -= 2; + }else{ + *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; + } +} + +/* +** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by +** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new +** column list. +** +** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before +** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes +** written (0 if iCol==0). +*/ +static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ + int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ + if( iCol ){ + char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ + n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); + *p = 0x01; + *pp = &p[n]; + } + return n; +} + +/* +** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written +** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted +** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are +** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring +** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. +*/ +static void fts3PoslistMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char **pp1, /* Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* Right input list */ +){ + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + + while( *p1 || *p2 ){ + int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ + int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ + + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); + else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol1 = 0; + + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); + else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol2 = 0; + + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); + p1 += n; + p2 += n; + + /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists + ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). + ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each + ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a + ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists + ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte + ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is + ** written to the output. + */ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); + do { + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. +** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken +** slots before it. +** +** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. +*/ +static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ + int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ + int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ +){ + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + int iCol1 = 0; + int iCol2 = 0; + + /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ + assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); + + assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + } + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + while( 1 ){ + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; + + if( iCol1 ){ + *p++ = POS_COLUMN; + p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); + } + + assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); + assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + + while( 1 ){ + if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken + || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 iSave; + iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; + pSave = 0; + assert( p ); + } + if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ + if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + }else{ + if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + } + } + + if( pSave ){ + assert( pp && p ); + p = pSave; + } + + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); + assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); + if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; + + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of + ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the + ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next + ** column-number in the position list. + */ + else if( iCol1=pEnd ){ + *pp = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + if( bDescIdx ){ + *pVal -= iVal; + }else{ + *pVal += iVal; + } + } +} + +/* +** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint +** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the +** end of the value written. +** +** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to +** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. +** +** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value +** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) +** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). +** +** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev +** to the value of parameter iVal. +*/ +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iWrite; + if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ + iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; + }else{ + iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; + } + assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); + assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); + *piPrev = iVal; + *pbFirst = 1; +} + + +/* +** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two +** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable +** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). +** Otherwise, (i2-i1). +** +** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are +** sorted in either ascending or descending order. +*/ +#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) + +/* +** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all +** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the +** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist +** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be +** passed a non-zero value. +** +** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer +** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case +** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values +** are undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ + char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ + char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; + char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; + char *p1 = a1; + char *p2 = a2; + char *p; + char *aOut; + int bFirstOut = 0; + + *paOut = 0; + *pnOut = 0; + + /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists + ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), + ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For + ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the + ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in + ** ascending order). + ** + ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the + ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is + ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list + ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since + ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must + ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from + ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid + ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists + ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. + ** + ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, + ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may + ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value + ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). + ** + ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the + ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input + ** docids to grow. + ** + ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending + ** order. + */ + aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1); + if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + while( p1 || p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + + if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } + + *paOut = aOut; + *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut); + assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, +** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input +** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist +** exactly nDist tokens before it. +** +** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, +** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending +** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. +** +** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. +*/ +static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ + char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ + char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; + char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; + char *p1 = aLeft; + char *p2 = aRight; + char *p; + int bFirstOut = 0; + char *aOut = aRight; + + assert( nDist>0 ); + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + if( iDiff==0 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; + int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; + + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + p = pSave; + iPrev = iPrevSave; + bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; + } + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } + + *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut); +} + +/* +** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This +** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for +** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta +** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only +** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte. +** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter( + sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */ + char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */ + int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */ + char *pOut /* Write output here */ +){ + int nOut = 0; + int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */ + char *p = pList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; + + if( *p!=0x01 ){ + if( *p==0x02 ){ + nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); + pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; + bWritten = 1; + } + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); + } + + while( paaOutput); i++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ + if( !aOut ){ + aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; + nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + }else{ + int nNew; + char *aNew; + + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, + pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + aOut = aNew; + nOut = nNew; + } + } + } + + pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; + pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed +** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function +** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). +** +** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches +** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist +** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of +** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect +** object. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an +** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3TermSelectMerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ +){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ + /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output + ** buffer using memcpy(). */ + pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist); + pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; + if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ + memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + char *aMerge = aDoclist; + int nMerge = nDoclist; + int iOut; + + for(iOut=0; iOutaaOutput); iOut++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ + assert( iOut>0 ); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + break; + }else{ + char *aNew; + int nNew; + + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, + pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + return rc; + } + + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; + + aMerge = aNew; + nMerge = nNew; + if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + } + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, + Fts3SegReader *pNew +){ + if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ + Fts3SegReader **apNew; + int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); + apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->apSegment = apNew; + } + pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the +** 8th argument. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ + int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ + + /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader + ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being + ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling + ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by + ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these + ** calls out here. */ + if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } + } + + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + + /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); + + /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its + ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ + if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){ + sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, + (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), + iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, + iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } + } + + finished: + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a +** single level therein. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevelbase.pVtab; + + if( isPrefix ){ + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; + } + } + + for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( + p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr + ); + } + } + } + } + + if( bFound==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; + } + } + + *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); + sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); +} + +/* +** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term +** prefix) from the database. +*/ +static int fts3TermSelect( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ + TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ + + pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; + memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); + + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS + | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) + | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0) + | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); + filter.iCol = iColumn; + filter.zTerm = pTok->z; + filter.nTerm = pTok->n; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) + ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; + *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; ipSegcsr = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored +** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. +** +** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist +** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed +** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded +** varints. +*/ +static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ + int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ + if( aList ){ + char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ + char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ + while( peSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + }else{ + pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); + } + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h. +** +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +#endif + +/* +** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it +** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of +** the second parameter, iDefault. +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ + if( pVal ){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); + } + } + return iDefault; +} + +/* +** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See +** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional +** information. +** +** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against +** the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry +** in the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The +** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column +** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand +** side of the MATCH operator. +*/ +static int fts3FilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc; + char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ + int eSearch; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + + sqlite3_value *pCons = 0; /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0; /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0; /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0; /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */ + int iIdx; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF); + assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Collect arguments into local variables */ + iIdx = 0; + if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++]; + assert( iIdx==nVal ); + + /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); + + /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */ + pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); + pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64); + + if( idxStr ){ + pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); + }else{ + pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; + } + pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch; + + if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; + const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons); + + if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pCsr->iLangid = 0; + if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid); + + assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, + &p->base.zErrMsg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; + pCsr->iPrevId = 0; + } + + /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the + ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a + ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single + ** row by docid. + */ + if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", + p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") + ); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); +} + +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. +*/ +static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; +} + +/* +** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 +** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. +*/ +static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from +** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. +** +** If: +** +** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column. +** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table. +** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column +** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column +*/ +static int fts3ColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; + + /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 ); + + if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ + /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an + ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. + */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId); + }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ + /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. + ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. */ + sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid); + }else{ + /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains + ** indexed data), or the language-id column. */ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){ + int iLangid = 0; + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1); + } + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid); + }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + } + } + } + + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be +** inserted, updated or deleted. +*/ +static int fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +){ + return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); +} + +/* +** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table to the database. +*/ +static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + + /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input + ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated + ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This + ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged + ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So + ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments + ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end + ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually + ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental + ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead + ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge + ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence + ** nMinMerge. + ** + ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch + ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead + ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input + ** segments. + */ + const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ + + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) + && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff + ){ + int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ + int A; /* Incr-merge parameter A */ + + rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 ); + A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel; + A += (A/2); + if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge); + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat +** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat +** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->bHasStat==2 ){ + const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'"; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName); + if( zSql ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat; + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xBegin() method. +*/ +static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + p->nLeafAdd = 0; + return fts3SetHasStat(p); +} + +/* +** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of +** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database +** by fts3SyncMethod(). +*/ +static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. +*/ +static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the +** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function +** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the +** same position list. +*/ +static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ + char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; + char c = 0; + + while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); + while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ + c = *p--; + } + if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; } + while( *p++&0x80 ); + *ppPoslist = p; +} + +/* +** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), +** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. +** +** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size +** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the +** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error +** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The +** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. +*/ +static int fts3FunctionArg( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ + const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ + Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pRet; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB + || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) + ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); + *ppCsr = pRet; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3SnippetFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + const char *zStart = ""; + const char *zEnd = ""; + const char *zEllipsis = "..."; + int iCol = -1; + int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ + + /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise + ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). + */ + assert( nVal>=1 ); + + if( nVal>6 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, + "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); + return; + } + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + + switch( nVal ){ + case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); + case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); + case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); + case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); + }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3OffsetsFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + assert( pCsr ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This +** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. +** Example usage is: +** +** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; +** +** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. +*/ +static void fts3OptimizeFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; + p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; + assert( p ); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); + + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case SQLITE_DONE: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + default: + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + break; + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ + const char *zArg = 0; + if( nVal>1 ){ + zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); + } +} + +/* +** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 +** virtual table. +*/ +static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ + const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ + void **ppArg /* Unused */ +){ + struct Overloaded { + const char *zName; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aOverload[] = { + { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, + { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, + { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, + { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, + }; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); + + for(i=0; idb; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); + + /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is + ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction + ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method + ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to + ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. + */ + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + } + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xSavepoint() method. +** +** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. +*/ +static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){ + rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xRelease() method. +** +** This is a no-op. +*/ +static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The xRollbackTo() method. +** +** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. +*/ +static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { + /* iVersion */ 2, + /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, + /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, + /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, + /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, + /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, + /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, + /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, + /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, + /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, + /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, + /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, + /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, + /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, + /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, + /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, + /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, + /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, + /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, + /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, + /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod, + /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod, + /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod, +}; + +/* +** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an +** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory +** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. +*/ +static void hashDestroy(void *p){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); +} + +/* +** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are +** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c +** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions +** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. +** +** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed +** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. +** And so on. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif + +/* +** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part +** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by +** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this +** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; + sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 + sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +#endif + + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); + sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); + + /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ + pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); + if( !pHash ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + + /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) +#endif + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); + } +#endif + + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the + ** module with sqlite. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) + ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash); + } + return rc; + } + + + /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed +** by pExpr. +** +** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of +** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple +** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan +** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. +** +** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a +** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which +** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed +** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory +** doclist and then traversed. +*/ +static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ + int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + *pnToken += nToken; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i]; + int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, + pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + return; + } + } + assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); + pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; + }else{ + *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + } + } +} + +/* +** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. +** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. +** +** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using +** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually +** freeing the buffer. +*/ +static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ + int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ + char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ +){ + assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); + + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); + p->doclist.aAll = 0; + p->doclist.nAll = 0; + } + + else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){ + p->doclist.aAll = pList; + p->doclist.nAll = nList; + } + + else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pList); + } + + else { + char *pLeft; + char *pRight; + int nLeft; + int nRight; + int nDiff; + + if( p->iDoclistTokendoclist.aAll; + nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; + pRight = pList; + nRight = nList; + nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; + }else{ + pRight = p->doclist.aAll; + nRight = p->doclist.nAll; + pLeft = pList; + nLeft = nList; + nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; + } + + fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight); + sqlite3_free(pLeft); + p->doclist.aAll = pRight; + p->doclist.nAll = nRight; + } + + if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; +} + +/* +** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist +** does not take deferred tokens into account. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int iToken; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); + + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + int nThis = 0; + char *pThis = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); + } + } + assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for +** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases +** current position list to include only those positions that are really +** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this +** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList +** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ + char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ + int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ + int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ + + assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + + for(iToken=0; iTokennToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; + + if( pDeferred ){ + char *pList; + int nList; + int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + + }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = nList; + + }else{ + char *aOut = pList; + char *p1 = aPoslist; + char *p2 = aOut; + + assert( iPrev>=0 ); + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist); + if( nPoslist==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + iPrev = iToken; + } + } + + if( iPrev>=0 ){ + int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; + if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + }else{ + int nDistance; + char *p1; + char *p2; + char *aOut; + + if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ + p1 = aPoslist; + p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; + }else{ + p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p2 = aPoslist; + nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; + } + + aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); + if( !aOut ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; + if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the +** incremental doclists strategy. +*/ +#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4 + +/* +** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query +** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this +** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be +** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the +** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into +** memory within this call. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + int i; + + /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is + ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be + ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of + ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" + ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ + int bHaveIncr = 0; + int bIncrOk = (bOptOk + && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx + && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 + && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 +#endif + ); + for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){ + bIncrOk = 0; + } + if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1; + } + + if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){ + /* Use the incremental approach. */ + int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr; + if( pSegcsr ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n); + } + } + p->bIncr = 1; + }else{ + /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); + p->bIncr = 0; + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) +** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase +** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through +** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". +** +** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or +** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this +** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ + int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ + char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ + int *pnList, /* OUT: List length pointer */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ +){ + char *p = *ppIter; + + assert( nDoclist>0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); + + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; + char *pNext = 0; + char *pDocid = aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; + int iMul = 1; + + while( pDocid0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); + + if( p==0 ){ + p = aDoclist; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); + if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVar; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar); + *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar); + } + } + + *ppIter = p; +} + +/* +** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof +** to true if EOF is reached. +*/ +static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3Doclist *pDL, + u8 *pbEof +){ + char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ + char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ + + if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ + pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + pIter = pDL->aAll; + } + + if( pIter>=pEnd ){ + /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ + pDL->iDocid += iDelta; + }else{ + pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; + } + pDL->pList = pIter; + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); + pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList); + + /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- + ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was + ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually + ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals + ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by + ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ + while( pIterpNextDocid = pIter; + assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); + *pbEof = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext(). +*/ +typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist; +struct TokenDoclist { + int bIgnore; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + char *pList; + int nList; +}; + +/* +** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a +** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the +** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new +** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int incrPhraseTokenNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to advance token of */ + int iToken, /* Specific token to advance */ + TokenDoclist *p, /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 ); + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof); + p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList; + p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + }else{ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList + ); + if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + p->bIgnore = 1; + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: +** +** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and +** +** * does not contain any deferred tokens. +** +** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate +** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + u8 bEof = 0; + + /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least + ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */ + assert( p->bIncr==1 ); + + if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, + &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList + ); + if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; + }else{ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; + struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS]; + + memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); + assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS ); + assert( p->iDoclistTokennToken && bEof==0; i++){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + bMaxSet = 1; + } + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet ); + + /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 + && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 + ){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + i = 0; + } + } + } + + /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */ + if( bEof==0 ){ + int nList = 0; + int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList; + char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); + if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1); + + for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){ + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){ + char *pL = a[i].pList; + char *pR = aDoclist; + char *pOut = aDoclist; + int nDist = p->nToken-1-i; + int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR); + if( res==0 ) break; + nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist); + } + } + if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){ + pDL->iDocid = iMax; + pDL->pList = aDoclist; + pDL->nList = nList; + pDL->bFreeList = 1; + break; + } + sqlite3_free(aDoclist); + } + } + } + + *pbEof = bEof; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + + if( p->bIncr ){ + rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); + }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, + &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof + ); + pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the +** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any +** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the +** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for +** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). +** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression +** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. +** +** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error +** code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3EvalStartReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; + } + pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase); + }else{ + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); + } + } +} + +/* +** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process +** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part +** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each +** token in the FTS expression. +** +** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong +** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or +** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered +** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in +** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. +*/ +typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; +struct Fts3TokenAndCost { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ + int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ + int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ + int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ +}; + +/* +** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ + Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ + Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; + pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; + pTC->iToken = i; + pTC->pRoot = pRoot; + pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; + *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); + } + }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pRight; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + } + } +} + +/* +** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, +** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. +** +** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating +** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount +** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in +** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus +** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. +*/ +static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ + if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ + /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost + ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required + ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. + ** + ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 + ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. + ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in + ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of + ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left + ** to right. + */ + int rc; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; + const char *pEnd; + const char *a; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + assert( a ); + + pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + while( anDoc = nDoc; + pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); + assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be +** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is +** called. +** +** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the +** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within +** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition +** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() +** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */ + int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ + int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ + int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ + + int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ + int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ + + /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx + ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content + ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from + ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely + ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */ + if( pTab->zContentTbl ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists + ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is + ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ + for(ii=0; ii0 ); + + + /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order + ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer + ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. + ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: + ** + ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the + ** first iteration of this loop), or + ** + ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. + ** + ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the + ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist + ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in + ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. + ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that + ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. + ** + ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in + ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: + ** + ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) + */ + for(ii=0; iinOvfl) + ){ + pTC = &aTC[iTC]; + } + } + assert( pTC ); + + if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ + /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all + ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages + ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. + */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); + pToken->pSegcsr = 0; + }else{ + /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the + ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from + ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ + if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; + + if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){ + /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is + ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will + ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + int nList = 0; + char *pList = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nCount; + fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList); + nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( + pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll + ); + if( ii==0 || nCountpToken = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes +** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through +** the results of a query, the caller does: +** +** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); +** while( 1 ){ +** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); +** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; +** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... +** } +*/ +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nToken = 0; + int nOr = 0; + + /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); + + /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; + Fts3Expr **apOr; + aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken + + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 + ); + apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; + + if( !aTC ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int ii; + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; + Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; + + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); + nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC); + nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iipExpr, &rc); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. +*/ +static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); + } + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called to edit the position list associated with +** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR +** condition. For example: +** +** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" +** +** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in +** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to +** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the +** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, +** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to +** the position list associated with phrase "abc". +** +** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently +** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this +** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. +** +** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit +** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in +** pPhrase. +*/ +static int fts3EvalNearTrim( + int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ + char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ + int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ +){ + int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; + int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; + int nNew; + char *p2; + char *pOut; + int res; + + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); + + p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( + &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 + ); + if( res ){ + nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); + assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; + *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called. +** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to +** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through +** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero, +** or descending if it is non-zero. +** +** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if +** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set: +** +** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row) +** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row) +** +** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not +** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list +** for the phrase for the visited row: +** +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) +** +** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next +** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: +** +** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists +** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in +** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. +** +** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or +** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the +** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other +** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression +** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", +** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case +** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. +** +** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is +** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". +** +** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is +** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. +*/ +static void fts3EvalNextRow( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ + assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); + pExpr->bStart = 1; + + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); + + if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ + /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; + }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ + /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + }else{ + /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( iDiff==0 ) break; + if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); + } + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + + assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); + iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + }else{ + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + } + + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NOT: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + + if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); + } + + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ + while( !*pRc + && !pRight->bEof + && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 + ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + break; + } + + default: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); + pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + break; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR +** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. +** +** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR +** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists +** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. +** +** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each +** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those +** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR +** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not +** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not +** be edited if 0 is returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ + int res = 1; + + /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. + ** For example, the query: + ** + ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" + ** + ** which is represented in tree form as: + ** + ** | + ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "z" + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "y" + ** | | + ** "w" "x" + ** + ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The + ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are + ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. + */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && pExpr->bEof==0 + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ + char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ + + /* Allocate temporary working space. */ + for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ + nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + } + nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + if( nTmp==0 ){ + res = 0; + }else{ + aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2); + if( !aTmp ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + res = 0; + }else{ + char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; + + for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; + int nNear = p->nNear; + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + + aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; + for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ + int nNear; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; + assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + nNear = p->pParent->nNear; + pPhrase = ( + p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase + ); + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aTmp); + } + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(). +** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the +** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr +** currently points to, or zero if it does not. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to +** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is +** undefined. +*/ +static int fts3EvalTestExpr( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) + ); + + /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for + ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), + ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize + ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. + ** For example if this expression: + ** + ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' + ** + ** is matched against a row containing: + ** + ** 'a b d e' + ** + ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" + ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). + */ + if( bHit==0 + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ + if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); + } + } + if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); + } + } + + break; + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + ); + break; + + default: { +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( pCsr->pDeferred + && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) + ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + } + *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); + bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); + pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + }else +#endif + { + bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); + } + break; + } + } + } + return bHit; +} + +/* +** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when +** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the +** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the +** following caveats: +** +** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been +** treated as "AND". +** +** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately +** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR +** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the +** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true: +** +** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and +** +** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens, +** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query. +** +** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS +** query, return 0. +*/ +static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ + int rc = *pRc; + int bMiss = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into + ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred + ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred + ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account + ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). + */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); + } + } + bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); + + /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); + *pRc = rc; + } + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); +} + +/* +** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in +** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. +*/ +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + }else{ + do { + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + } + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) ); + } + + /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified + ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ( + (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid) + || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevIdiMinDocid) + )){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to +** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental +** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. +** +** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is +** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3EvalRestart( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3Expr *pExpr, + int *pRc +){ + if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + + if( pPhrase ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr); + } + } + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); + } + pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; + } + + pExpr->iDocid = 0; + pExpr->bEof = 0; + pExpr->bStart = 0; + + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + } +} + +/* +** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the +** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched +** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments +** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently +** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase +** expression nodes. +*/ +static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ + int iCol = 0; + char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + + assert( *p ); + while( 1 ){ + u8 c = 0; + int iCnt = 0; + while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ + if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; + c = *p++ & 0x80; + } + + /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences + ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance + */ + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); + if( *p==0x00 ) break; + p++; + p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); + } + } + + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft); + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight); + } +} + +/* +** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and +** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part +** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array +** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and +** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalGatherStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ + Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ + + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + u8 bEof; + + /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ + pRoot = pExpr; + while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + pRoot = pRoot->pParent; + } + iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; + bEof = pRoot->bEof; + assert( pRoot->bStart ); + + /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ + for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ + Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); + assert( pE->aMI==0 ); + pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + } + + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + + while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + do { + /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + + /* Advance to the next document */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 + && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot); + } + } + + pCsr->isEof = 0; + pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; + + if( bEof ){ + pRoot->bEof = bEof; + }else{ + /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending + ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the + ** do loop can not be written: + ** + ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocidbEof==0 ); + }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase +** expression node for the following information: +** +** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of +** the FTS table (considering all rows), and +** +** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the +** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column +** written into the array aiOut as follows: +** +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** Caveats: +** +** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output +** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other +** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each +** column of each row of the table. +** +** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred +** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering +** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. +** +** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances +** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ + u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCol; + + if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pExpr->aMI ); + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function +** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing +** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol +** of the current row. +** +** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each +** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) +** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, +** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list +** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: +** +** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 +** +** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, +** incremental, or neither. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ + int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ +){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *pIter; + int iThis; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + + /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than + ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ + *ppOut = 0; + assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); + if( (pPhrase->iColumnnColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){ + int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx; /* For DOCID_CMP macro */ + int iMul; /* +1 if csr dir matches index dir, else -1 */ + int bOr = 0; + u8 bEof = 0; + u8 bTreeEof = 0; + Fts3Expr *p; /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */ + Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ + + /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, + ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid + ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the + ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node + ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ + pNear = pExpr; + for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){ + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1; + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p; + if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1; + } + if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use + ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase + ** into memory in this case. */ + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bEofSave = pExpr->bEof; + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pExpr->bEof ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + if( bEofSave==0 && pExpr->iDocid==iDocid ) break; + } + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + iMul = ((pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist) ? 1 : -1); + while( bTreeEof==1 + && pNear->bEof==0 + && (DOCID_CMP(pNear->iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId) * iMul)<0 + ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + } + + bEof = (pPhrase->doclist.nAll==0); + assert( bDescDoclist==0 || bDescDoclist==1 ); + assert( pCsr->bDesc==0 || pCsr->bDesc==1 ); + + if( bEof==0 ){ + if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){ + int dummy; + if( pNear->bEof ){ + /* This expression is already at EOF. So position it to point to the + ** last entry in the doclist at pPhrase->doclist.aAll[]. Variable + ** iDocid is already set for this entry, so all that is required is + ** to set pIter to point to the first byte of the last position-list + ** in the doclist. + ** + ** It would also be correct to set pIter and iDocid to zero. In + ** this case, the first call to sqltie3Fts4DoclistPrev() below + ** would also move the iterator to point to the last entry in the + ** doclist. However, this is expensive, as to do so it has to + ** iterate through the entire doclist from start to finish (since + ** it does not know the docid for the last entry). */ + pIter = &pPhrase->doclist.aAll[pPhrase->doclist.nAll-1]; + fts3ReversePoslist(pPhrase->doclist.aAll, &pIter); + } + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof + ); + } + }else{ + if( pNear->bEof ){ + pIter = 0; + iDocid = 0; + } + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( + bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof + ); + } + } + } + + if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) pIter = 0; + } + if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( *pIter==0x01 ){ + pIter++; + pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); + }else{ + iThis = 0; + } + while( iThisdoclist, and +** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase ){ + int i; + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll); + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); + for(i=0; inToken; i++){ + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); + pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; + } + } +} + + +/* +** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; +} +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +/* +** Initialize API pointer table, if required. +*/ +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); +} +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2011 Jan 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; +typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; + +struct Fts3auxTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; +}; + +struct Fts3auxCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + char *zStop; + int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ + int iLangid; /* Language id to query */ + int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + + int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ + int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ + struct Fts3auxColstats { + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ + sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ + } *aStat; +}; + +/* +** Schema of the terms table. +*/ +#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \ + "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)" + +/* +** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect +** and xCreate are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3auxConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pUnused, /* Unused */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ + char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ + int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ + int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ + int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ + Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); + + /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms: + ** + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table); + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table); + */ + if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; + + zDb = argv[1]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + if( argc==5 ){ + if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ + zDb = argv[3]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + zFts3 = argv[4]; + }else{ + goto bad_args; + } + }else{ + zFts3 = argv[3]; + } + nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3); + + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; + p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, nByte); + + p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; + p->pFts3Tab->db = db; + p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; + + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); + sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); + + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; + return SQLITE_OK; + + bad_args: + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; + int i; + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 +#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 +#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 + +/* +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo +){ + int i; + int iEq = -1; + int iGe = -1; + int iLe = -1; + int iLangid = -1; + int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 + ){ + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } + + /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. + ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ + int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; + int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn; + + if( iCol==0 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; + } + if( iCol==4 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i; + } + } + } + + if( iEq>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; + }else{ + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; + if( iGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; + } + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; + } + } + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost--; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xOpen - Open a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xClose - Close a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ + if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ + struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; + aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize + ); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) + ); + pCsr->aStat = aNew; + pCsr->nStat = nSize; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. +*/ +static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + + /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ + pCsr->iRowid++; + + for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iColnStat; pCsr->iCol++){ + if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i = 0; + int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; + char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; + int iCol; + + int eState = 0; + + if( pCsr->zStop ){ + int n = (pCsr->nStopcsr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; + int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); + if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); + iCol = 0; + + while( iaStat[0].nDoc++; + eState = 1; + iCol = 0; + break; + + /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating + ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the + ** start of a position list for column 0. + ** + ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the + ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to + ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. + */ + case 1: + assert( iCol==0 ); + if( v>1 ){ + pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; + } + eState = 2; + /* fall through */ + + case 2: + if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ + eState = 0; + }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ + eState = 3; + }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; + pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; + } + break; + + /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ + default: assert( eState==3 ); + iCol = (int)v; + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; + eState = 2; + break; + } + } + + pCsr->iCol = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. +*/ +static int fts3auxFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + int isScan = 0; + int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */ + + int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */ + int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */ + int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */ + int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */ + int iNext = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + + assert( idxStr==0 ); + assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 + || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT + || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) + ); + + if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){ + iEq = iNext++; + }else{ + isScan = 1; + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iGe = iNext++; + } + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iLe = iNext++; + } + } + if( iNextfilter.zTerm); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); + + pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; + + if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){ + const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) ); + if( zStr ){ + pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); + pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe])); + pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]); + if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); + + /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero + ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also + ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since + ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and + ** so the overall query will return zero rows. */ + if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0; + } + pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, + pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); + return rc; +} + +/* +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + return pCsr->isEof; +} + +/* +** xColumn - Return a column value. +*/ +static int fts3auxColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + + assert( p->isEof==0 ); + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: /* term */ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + + case 1: /* col */ + if( p->iCol ){ + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + break; + + case 2: /* documents */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); + break; + + case 3: /* occurrences */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); + break; + + default: /* languageid */ + assert( iCol==4 ); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid); + break; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2008 Nov 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings +** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported +** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is +** hand-coded. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* +** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been +** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between +** the new and the old syntaxes are: +** +** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. +** +** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. +** +** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not +** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). +** +** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence +** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit +** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. +** +** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the +** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable +** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to +** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can +** be tested using a single build of testfixture. +** +** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH +** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser +** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a +** custom parser. +** +** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. +** +** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. +** +** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. +** notexpr ::= LP query RP. +** +** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. +** +** distance_opt ::= . +** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. +** +** phrase ::= TOKEN. +** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. +** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 +# else +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Default span for NEAR operators. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** isNot: +** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is +** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a +** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the +** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to +** zero. +*/ +typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; +struct ParseContext { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid; /* Language id used with tokenizer */ + const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ + int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ + int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ +}; + +/* +** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. +** +** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it +** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed +** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type +** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper +** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for +** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. +** negative values). +*/ +static int fts3isspace(char c){ + return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, +** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, +** return NULL. +*/ +static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + return pRet; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + int iLangid, + const char *z, + int n, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + int rc; + + rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){ + rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + pCsr = 0; + } + } + } + *ppCsr = pCsr; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself +** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); + +/* +** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer +** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr +** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this +** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is +** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated +** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation +** fails. +*/ +static int getNextToken( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + int i = 0; + + /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */ + for(i=0; iiLangid, z, i, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0; + int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); + if( !pRet ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; + pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; + pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; + memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); + + if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; + iEnd++; + } + + while( 1 ){ + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' + ){ + pParse->isNot = 1; + iStart--; + }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){ + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1; + iStart--; + }else{ + break; + } + } + + } + *pnConsumed = iEnd; + }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + } + + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, +** then free the old allocation. +*/ +static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); + if( !pRet ){ + sqlite3_free(pOrig); + } + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string +** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character +** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire +** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE +** containing the results. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the +** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory +** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set +** to 0. +*/ +static int getNextString( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; + char *zTemp = 0; + int nTemp = 0; + + const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); + int nToken = 0; + + /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, + ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single + ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to + ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. + ** + ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate + ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() + ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: + ** + ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase + ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken + ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. + ** + ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. + ** + ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, + ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase + ** structures. + */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ + const char *zByte; + int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0; + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; + + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + + zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte); + if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem; + + assert( nToken==ii ); + pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii]; + memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + + memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte); + nTemp += nByte; + + pToken->n = nByte; + pToken->isPrefix = (iEndbFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^'); + nToken = ii+1; + } + } + + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + pCursor = 0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int jj; + char *zBuf = 0; + + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); + p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; + p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; + p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; + + zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; + if( zTemp ){ + memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + }else{ + assert( nTemp==0 ); + } + + for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){ + p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; + zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + *ppExpr = p; + return rc; +no_mem: + + if( pCursor ){ + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + } + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + sqlite3_free(p); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +} + +/* +** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr +** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. +** +** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM +** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. +** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. +*/ +static int getNextNode( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + static const struct Fts3Keyword { + char *z; /* Keyword text */ + unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ + unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ + unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ + } aKeyword[] = { + { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, + { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, + { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, + { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } + }; + int ii; + int iCol; + int iColLen; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + + const char *zInput = z; + int nInput = n; + + pParse->isNot = 0; + + /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or + ** close bracket, or a quoted string. + */ + while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ + nInput--; + zInput++; + } + if( nInput==0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ + for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ + const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; + + if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + + if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ + int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; + int nKey = pKey->n; + char cNext; + + /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ + if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( nKey==4 ); + if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ + nNear = 0; + for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ + nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); + } + } + } + + /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, + ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close + ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. + */ + cNext = zInput[nKey]; + if( fts3isspace(cNext) + || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 + ){ + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pRet ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pRet->eType = pKey->eType; + pRet->nNear = nNear; + *ppExpr = pRet; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the + ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. + */ + } + } + + /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then + ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() + ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping + ** a quote character embedded in a string. + */ + if( *zInput=='"' ){ + for(ii=1; iinNest++; + rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } + *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed; + return rc; + }else if( *zInput==')' ){ + pParse->nNest--; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + + /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or + ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer + ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit + ** column specifier for the token. + ** + ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier + ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was + ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was + ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the + ** limitation. + */ + iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; + iColLen = 0; + for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ + const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; + int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); + if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' + && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + ){ + iCol = ii; + iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); + break; + } + } + rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); + *pnConsumed += iColLen; + return rc; +} + +/* +** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type +** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the +** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. +** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator +** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. +** +** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to +** lowest is: +** +** NEAR +** NOT +** AND (including implicit ANDs) +** OR +** +** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher +** precedence than the AND operator. +*/ +static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ + return p->eType; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + return 1; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + return 2; + } + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); + return 3; +} + +/* +** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query +** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently +** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary +** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence +** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head +** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. +*/ +static void insertBinaryOperator( + Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ + Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ + Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ +){ + Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; + while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ + pSplit = pSplit->pParent; + } + + if( pSplit->pParent ){ + assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); + pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; + }else{ + *ppHead = pNew; + } + pNew->pLeft = pSplit; + pSplit->pParent = pNew; +} + +/* +** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function +** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched +** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the +** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of +** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM +** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParse( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; + Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ + int nIn = n; + const char *zIn = z; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int isRequirePhrase = 1; + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + int nByte = 0; + + rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); + assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p ){ + int isPhrase; + + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot + ){ + /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ + Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pNot ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto exprparse_out; + } + pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; + pNot->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pNot; + if( pNotBranch ){ + pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; + pNotBranch->pParent = pNot; + } + pNotBranch = pNot; + p = pPrev; + }else{ + int eType = p->eType; + isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); + + /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or + ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a + ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when + ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. + */ + if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto exprparse_out; + } + + if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ + /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ + Fts3Expr *pAnd; + assert( pRet && pPrev ); + pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pAnd ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto exprparse_out; + } + pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); + pPrev = pAnd; + } + + /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR + ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of + ** the following: + ** + ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase + ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) + ** + ** Return an error in either case. + */ + if( pPrev && ( + (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) + || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) + )){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto exprparse_out; + } + + if( isPhrase ){ + if( pRet ){ + assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); + pPrev->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pPrev; + }else{ + pRet = p; + } + }else{ + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); + } + isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; + } + pPrev = p; + } + assert( nByte>0 ); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); + nIn -= nByte; + zIn += nByte; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ + if( !pRet ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch; + while( pIter->pLeft ){ + pIter = pIter->pLeft; + } + pIter->pLeft = pRet; + pRet->pParent = pIter; + pRet = pNotBranch; + } + } + } + *pnConsumed = n - nIn; + +exprparse_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); + pRet = 0; + } + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed +** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. +*/ +static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to +** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the +** new root expression node. +** +** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and +** expression (*pp) freed. +*/ +static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp; /* Initial root node */ + Fts3Expr *pFree = 0; /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */ + int eType = pRoot->eType; /* Type of node in this tree */ + + if( nMaxDepth==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){ + Fts3Expr **apLeaf; + apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + if( 0==apLeaf ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + Fts3Expr *p; + + /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight ); + } + + /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + while( 1 ){ + int iLvl; + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; /* Current parent of p */ + + assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p ); + p->pParent = 0; + if( pParent ){ + pParent->pLeft = 0; + }else{ + pRoot = 0; + } + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + + for(iLvl=0; p && iLvlpLeft = apLeaf[iLvl]; + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + apLeaf[iLvl] = 0; + } + } + if( p ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; + } + + /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */ + if( pParent==0 ) break; + + /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */ + for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft); + + /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */ + assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent ); + pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent; + if( pParent->pParent ){ + pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight; + }else{ + assert( pParent==pRoot ); + pRoot = pParent->pRight; + } + + /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an + ** internal node of the new tree. */ + pParent->pParent = pFree; + pFree = pParent; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p = 0; + for(i=0; ipParent = 0; + }else{ + assert( pFree!=0 ); + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i]; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + } + } + } + pRoot = p; + }else{ + /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array + ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to + ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ + Fts3Expr *pDel; + for(i=0; ipParent; + sqlite3_free(pDel); + } + } + + assert( pFree==0 ); + sqlite3_free( apLeaf ); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); + pRoot = 0; + } + *pp = pRoot; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following +** differences: +** +** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. +** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the +** maximum allowable depth. +** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an +** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() +** in this case. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ +){ + int nParsed; + int rc; + ParseContext sParse; + + memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext)); + sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + sParse.iLangid = iLangid; + sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; + sParse.nCol = nCol; + sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; + sParse.bFts4 = bFts4; + if( z==0 ){ + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( n<0 ){ + n = (int)strlen(z); + } + rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 ); + + /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing +** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the +** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the +** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head +** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error +** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse +** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. +** +** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a +** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). +** +** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to +** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] +** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names +** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. +** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. +** +** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column +** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default +** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly +** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default +** match any table column. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */ +){ + int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr + ); + + /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed + ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ + rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); + *ppExpr = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", + SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free a single node of an expression tree. +*/ +static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); + sqlite3_free(p->aMI); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). +** +** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But +** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse() +** could cause a stack overflow. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ + Fts3Expr *p; + assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 ); + for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); + } + while( p ){ + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; + fts3FreeExprNode(p); + if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){ + p = pParent->pRight; + while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){ + assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); + p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight); + } + }else{ + p = pParent; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +***************************************************************************** +** Everything after this point is just test code. +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +/* #include */ + +/* +** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). +*/ +static int queryTestTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; + + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); + } + } + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use +** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, +** NULL is returned. +** +** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to +** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ + if( pExpr==0 ){ + return sqlite3_mprintf(""); + } + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); + for(i=0; zBuf && inToken; i++){ + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, + pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, + (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") + ); + } + return zBuf; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); + break; + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_AND: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_OR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); + break; + } + + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); + + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); + + return zBuf; +} + +/* +** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the +** expression parser. It should be called as follows: +** +** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); +** +** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used +** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument +** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name +** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. +** For example: +** +** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); +*/ +static void fts3ExprTest( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + int rc; + char **azCol = 0; + const char *zExpr; + int nExpr; + int nCol; + int ii; + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + char *zBuf = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + if( argc<3 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 + ); + return; + } + + rc = queryTestTokenizer(db, + (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + }else if( !pModule ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1); + goto exprtest_out; + } + + rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = pModule; + + zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + nCol = argc-2; + azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); + if( !azCol ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + } + for(ii=0; iixDestroy(pTokenizer); + } + sqlite3_free(azCol); +} + +/* +** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() +** with database connection db. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ + int rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", + -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 + ); + } + return rc; +} + +#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. +** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table +** implementation for the full-text indexing module. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** Malloc and Free functions +*/ +static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ + void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} +static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is +** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and +** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + pNew->keyClass = keyClass; + pNew->copyKey = copyKey; + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; +} + +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); + } + fts3HashFree(elem); + elem = next_elem; + } + pH->count = 0; +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING +*/ +static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + unsigned h = 0; + if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); + while( nKey > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; + nKey--; + } + return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff); +} +static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY +*/ +static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h = 0; + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + while( nKey-- > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: +** +** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a +** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() +** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value +** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters +** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". +*/ +static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrHash; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinHash; + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, +** see the header comment on the previous function. +*/ +static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrCompare; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinCompare; + } +} + +/* Link an element into the hash table +*/ +static void fts3HashInsertElement( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + pHead = pEntry->chain; + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; +} + + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. +** +** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ + struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); + new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); + if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); + next_elem = elem->next; + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } + return 0; +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. +*/ +static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( + const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, + int h /* The hash for this key. */ +){ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ + + if( pH->ht ){ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); + while( count-- && elem ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; + } + elem = elem->next; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; + } + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; + } + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; + } + pEntry->count--; + if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ + pEntry->chain = 0; + } + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); + } + fts3HashFree( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count<=0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + fts3HashClear(pH); + } +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( + const Fts3Hash *pH, + const void *pKey, + int nKey +){ + int h; /* A hash on key */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); +} + +/* +** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ + + pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); + return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; +} + +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey +** flag is set. NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ + const void *pKey, /* The key */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ + void *data /* The data */ +){ + int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ + int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; + } + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) + || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) + ){ + pH->count = 0; + return data; + } + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ + new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); + if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ + fts3HashFree(new_elem); + return data; + } + memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); + }else{ + new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; + } + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + pH->count++; + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + new_elem->data = data; + return 0; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ +/* +** 2006 September 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements +** a Porter stemmer. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ +} porter_tokenizer; + +/* +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nInput; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} porter_tokenizer_cursor; + + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int porterCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + porter_tokenizer *t; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int porterOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); + + c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->zInput = zInput; + if( zInput==0 ){ + c->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); + }else{ + c->nInput = nInput; + } + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** porterOpen() above. +*/ +static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->zToken); + sqlite3_free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Vowel or consonant +*/ +static const char cType[] = { + 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, + 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 +}; + +/* +** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in +** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according +** to Porter ruls. +** +** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. +** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, +** in which case it is a vowel. +** +** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule +** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another +** consonent. +*/ +static int isVowel(const char*); +static int isConsonant(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return j; + return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); +} +static int isVowel(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return 1-j; + return isConsonant(z + 1); +} + +/* +** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let +** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be +** represented as: +** +** [C] (VC){m} [V] +** +** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or +** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the +** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value +** of m for the first i bytes of a word. +** +** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, +** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed +** by a consonant. +** +** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking +** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel. +*/ +static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is +** exactly 1 +*/ +static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 1; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z==0; +} + +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead +** or m>0 +*/ +static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] +*/ +static int hasVowel(const char *z){ + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. +** +** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at +** the first two characters of z[]. +*/ +static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ + return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which +** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant +** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. +** +** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the +** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. +*/ +static int star_oh(const char *z){ + return + isConsonant(z) && + z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && + isVowel(z+1) && + isConsonant(z+2); +} + +/* +** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** ending to zTo. +** +** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo +** is in normal order. +** +** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not +** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and +** no substitution occurs. +*/ +static int stem( + char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ + const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ + const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ + int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ +){ + char *z = *pz; + while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } + if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; + if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; + while( *zTo ){ + *(--z) = *(zTo++); + } + *pz = z; + return 1; +} + +/* +** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is +** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with +** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more +** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if +** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes +** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. +*/ +static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, mx, j; + int hasDigit = 0; + for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; + }else{ + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; + zOut[i] = c; + } + } + mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; + if( nIn>mx*2 ){ + for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ + /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. + ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; + }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c; + }else{ + /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback + ** to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + } + memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); + z = &zReverse[j+1]; + + + /* Step 1a */ + if( z[0]=='s' ){ + if( + !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && + !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && + !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) + ){ + z++; + } + } + + /* Step 1b */ + z2 = z; + if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( + (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) + && z!=z2 + ){ + if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || + stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || + stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ + *(--z) = 'e'; + } + } + + /* Step 1c */ + if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ + z[0] = 'i'; + } + + /* Step 2 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'c': + if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'e': + stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'g': + stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'o': + if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); + } + break; + } + + /* Step 3 */ + switch( z[0] ){ + case 'e': + if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'i': + stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); + break; + } + + /* Step 4 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'c': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'e': + if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'i': + if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'l': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'n': + if( z[0]=='t' ){ + if( z[2]=='a' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ + if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) + && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) + ){ + stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); + } + } + } + break; + case 'o': + if( z[0]=='u' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ + stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 's': + if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){ + stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 'u': + if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 'v': + case 'z': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + } + + /* Step 5a */ + if( z[0]=='e' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ + z++; + } + } + + /* Step 5b */ + if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ + z++; + } + + /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back + ** around into forward order and return. + */ + *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z); + zOut[i] = 0; + while( *z ){ + zOut[--i] = *(z++); + } +} + +/* +** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character +** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be +** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have +** values of 0x7f or lower. +*/ +static const char porterIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ +}; +#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). +*/ +static int porterNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ + const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + const char *z = c->zInput; + + while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ + int iStartOffset, ch; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->zToken = pNew; + } + porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); + *pzToken = c->zToken; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_DONE; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { + 0, + porterCreate, + porterDestroy, + porterOpen, + porterClose, + porterNext, + 0 +}; + +/* +** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ +/* +** 2007 June 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** hash table. This function may be called as follows: +** +** SELECT (); +** SELECT (, ); +** +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). +** +** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value +** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding +** to the string . If is not specified, then +** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, +** an error is returned. +** +** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned +** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding +** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). +*/ +static void scalarFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + void *pPtr = 0; + const unsigned char *zName; + int nName; + + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + + zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; + + if( argc==2 ){ + void *pOld; + int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); + return; + } + pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); + if( pOld==pPtr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); + return; + } + }else{ + pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); + if( !pPtr ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + } + + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ + static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + }; + return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ + const char *z1; + const char *z2 = 0; + + /* Find the start of the next token. */ + z1 = zStr; + while( z2==0 ){ + char c = *z1; + switch( c ){ + case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */ + case '\'': + case '"': + case '`': { + z2 = z1; + while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) ); + break; + } + case '[': + z2 = &z1[1]; + while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++; + if( *z2 ) z2++; + break; + + default: + if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ + z2 = &z1[1]; + while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; + }else{ + z1++; + } + } + } + + *pn = (int)(z2-z1); + return z1; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ + const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ +){ + int rc; + char *z = (char *)zArg; + int n = 0; + char *zCopy; + char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; + + zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); + if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; + + z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); + z[n] = '\0'; + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); + + m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); + if( !m ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + char const **aArg = 0; + int iArg = 0; + z = &z[n+1]; + while( zxCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer"); + }else{ + (*ppTok)->pModule = m; + } + sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); + } + + sqlite3_free(zCopy); + return rc; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +#include +/* #include */ + +/* +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This +** function must be called with two or more arguments: +** +** SELECT (, ..., ); +** +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') +** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). +** +** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl +** list. For each token in the , three elements are +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the +** substring of associated with the token. For example, +** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: +** +** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); +** +** will return the string: +** +** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" +** +*/ +static void testFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + + const char *zErr = 0; + + const char *zName; + int nName; + const char *zInput; + int nInput; + + const char *azArg[64]; + + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int i; + + Tcl_Obj *pRet; + + if( argc<2 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1); + return; + } + + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); + zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); + + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + + if( !p ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + + pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); + + for(i=1; ixCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xCreate()"; + goto finish; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = p; + if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xOpen()"; + goto finish; + } + + while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + zToken = &zInput[iStart]; + nToken = iEnd-iStart; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + } + + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xClose()"; + goto finish; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; + goto finish; + } + +finish: + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); +} + +static +int registerTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; + + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + +static +int queryTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; + + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); + } + } + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); + +/* +** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). +** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the +** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function +** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and +** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated +** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to +** test them. +** +** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar +** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is +** detected. i.e.: +** +** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); +** +*/ +static void intTestFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int rc; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + /* Test the query function */ + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p1==p2 ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); + assert( p2==0 ); + assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); + + /* Test the storage function */ + rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p2==p1 ); + + sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +#endif + +/* +** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of +** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must +** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: +** +** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); +** +** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above +** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. +** +** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name +** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( + sqlite3 *db, + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + void *p = (void *)pHash; + const int any = SQLITE_ANY; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + char *zTest = 0; + char *zTest2 = 0; + void *pdb = (void *)db; + zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); + zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); + if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#endif + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_free(zTest); + sqlite3_free(zTest2); +#endif + + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ +} simple_tokenizer; + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nBytes; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} simple_tokenizer_cursor; + + +static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ + return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; +} +static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ + return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); +} + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int simpleCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + simple_tokenizer *t; + + t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + + /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, + ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to + ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this + ** information on the initial create. + */ + if( argc>1 ){ + int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ + sqlite3_free(t); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + t->delim[ch] = 1; + } + } else { + /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ + int i; + for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ + t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; + } + } + + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int simpleOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); + + c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->pInput = pInput; + if( pInput==0 ){ + c->nBytes = 0; + }else if( nBytes<0 ){ + c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); + }else{ + c->nBytes = nBytes; + } + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nTokenAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. +*/ +static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->pToken); + sqlite3_free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). +*/ +static int simpleNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; + unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; + + while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ + int iStartOffset; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->pToken = pNew; + } + for(i=0; ipToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); + } + *ppToken = c->pToken; + *pnBytes = n; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_DONE; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { + 0, + simpleCreate, + simpleDestroy, + simpleOpen, + simpleClose, + simpleNext, + 0, +}; + +/* +** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/ +/* +** 2013 Apr 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module. +** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows: +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE USING fts3tokenize( +** , , ... +** ); +** +** The table created has the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE (input, token, start, end, position) +** +** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type: +** +** input = +** +** The virtual table module tokenizes this , using the FTS3 +** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With +** fields set as follows: +** +** input: Always set to a copy of +** token: A token from the input. +** start: Byte offset of the token within the input . +** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the +** token within the input string. +** pos: Token offset of token within input. +** +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable; +typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor; + +/* +** Virtual table structure. +*/ +struct Fts3tokTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok; +}; + +/* +** Virtual table cursor structure. +*/ +struct Fts3tokCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + char *zInput; /* Input string */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */ + int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */ + const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */ + int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */ + int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */ + int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */ + int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */ +}; + +/* +** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName. +*/ +static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp, + char **pzErr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + int nName = (int)strlen(zName); + + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + if( !p ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated +** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a +** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear +** to be quoted. +** +** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the +** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is +** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array +** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3tokDequoteArray( + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Input array */ + char ***pazDequote /* Output array */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( argc==0 ){ + *pazDequote = 0; + }else{ + int i; + int nByte = 0; + char **azDequote; + + for(i=0; ixCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + if( pTab==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + pTab->pMod = pMod; + pTab->pTok = pTok; + *ppVtab = &pTab->base; + }else{ + if( pTok ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pTok); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(azDequote); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab; + + pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok); + sqlite3_free(pTab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo +){ + int i; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 ); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xOpen - Open a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had +** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod(). +*/ +static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->pCsr ){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr); + pCsr->pCsr = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput); + pCsr->zInput = 0; + pCsr->zToken = 0; + pCsr->nToken = 0; + pCsr->iStart = 0; + pCsr->iEnd = 0; + pCsr->iPos = 0; + pCsr->iRowid = 0; +} + +/* +** xClose - Close a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. +*/ +static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + int rc; /* Return code */ + + pCsr->iRowid++; + rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr, + &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken, + &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos + ); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. +*/ +static int fts3tokFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( idxNum==1 ){ + const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); + if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); + pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0; + rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok; + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor); +} + +/* +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + return (pCsr->zToken==0); +} + +/* +** xColumn - Return a column value. +*/ +static int fts3tokColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + + /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */ + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 1: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 2: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart); + break; + case 3: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd); + break; + default: + assert( iCol==4 ); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos); + break; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Oct 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, +** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 +** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some +** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query +** code in fts3.c. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16 + +/* +** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they +** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end +** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer +** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. +** +** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, +** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an +** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. +*/ +#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) + +/* +** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into +** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance +** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext() +** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, +** if a query has a LIMIT clause). +** +** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD +** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. +** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values +** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful +** for testing purposes. +** +** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may +** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains +** a Tcl interface to read and write the values. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024); +int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold +#else +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) +#endif + +/* +** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in +** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT. +*/ +#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL 0 +#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1 +#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2 + +/* +** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic +** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for +** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production +** systems. +*/ +#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES +static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel); +} +#else +#define fts3LogMerge(x, y) +#endif + + +typedef struct PendingList PendingList; +typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; +typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; + +/* +** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists +** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. +*/ +struct PendingList { + int nData; + char *aData; + int nSpace; + sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; + sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; + sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; +}; + + +/* +** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. +*/ +struct Fts3DeferredToken { + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ + int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ + PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on +** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of +** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles +** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through +** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: +** +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() +** +** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: +** +** fts3SegReaderNext() +** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() +** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() +*/ +struct Fts3SegReader { + int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ + u8 bLookup; /* True for a lookup only */ + u8 rootOnly; /* True for a root-only reader */ + + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ + sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ + + char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ + int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ + int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ + + Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; + + /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly + ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns + ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK + ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). + */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ + int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ + + /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate + ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). + */ + char *pOffsetList; + int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; +}; + +#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) +#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0) + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the +** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the +** following functions: +** +** fts3SegWriterAdd() +** fts3SegWriterFlush() +** fts3SegWriterFree() +*/ +struct SegmentWriter { + SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ + int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ + char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ + i64 nLeafData; /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */ +}; + +/* +** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create +** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except +** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code +** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. +** +** fts3NodeAddTerm() +** fts3NodeWrite() +** fts3NodeFree() +** +** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge +** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the +** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of +** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have +** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually +** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively +** little memory. +*/ +struct SegmentNode { + SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ + SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ + SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ + int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ + char *aData; /* Node data */ +}; + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). +*/ +#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 +#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6 +#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7 +#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8 +#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9 +#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 +#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 +#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 +#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 +#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 +#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 +#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 +#define SQL_SELECT_STAT 22 +#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT 23 + +#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26 +#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID 27 +#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL 28 +#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE 29 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY 30 +#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY 31 +#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR 32 +#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR 33 +#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE 34 +#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES 35 +#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL 36 + +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2 37 +#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX 38 +#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL 39 + +/* +** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle +** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful, +** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned. +** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. +** +** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with +** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound +** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before +** returning. +*/ +static int fts3SqlStmt( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */ + sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */ +){ + const char *azSql[] = { +/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", +/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", +/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", +/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", +/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", +/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", +/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", +/* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?", +/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", +/* 9 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", +/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", +/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", + + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", +/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + +/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", + +/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", +/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", +/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", +/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?", +/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 24 */ "", +/* 25 */ "", + +/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 27 */ "SELECT DISTINCT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + +/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from +** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number +** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or, +** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement +** returns zero rows. */ +/* 28 */ "SELECT level FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' GROUP BY level HAVING count(*)>=?" + " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1", + +/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment +** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See +** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ +/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " + " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", + +/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */ +/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2 +** to :1. */ +/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", + +/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR +** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute +** level :1 with index value :2. */ +/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR +** Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir +** entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4. */ +/* 33 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?" + "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE +** Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or +** no rows otherwise. */ +/* 34 */ "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL", + +/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES +** Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ? */ +/* 35 */ "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC", + +/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL +** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ +/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + + /* Update statements used while promoting segments */ +/* 38 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? " + "WHERE level=? AND idx=?", +/* 39 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1" + + }; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); + assert( eStmt=0 ); + + pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; + if( !pStmt ){ + char *zSql; + if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); + }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); + } + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; + } + } + if( apVal ){ + int i; + int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inPendingData==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). +** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the +** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS +** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative +** levels"). +** +** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the +** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored +** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three +** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that +** can be used to query the %_segdir table. +** +** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 +** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index +** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index +** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. +** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. +** +** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of +** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index +** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel /* Level of segments */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iBase; /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */ + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>0 ); + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + + iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; + return iBase + iLevel; +} + +/* +** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through +** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, +** return an SQLite error code. +** +** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for +** each FTS3 table. +** +** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: +** +** 0: idx +** 1: start_block +** 2: leaves_end_block +** 3: end_block +** 4: root +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */ + int iLangid, /* Language being queried */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel, /* Level to select (relative level) */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + + if( iLevel<0 ){ + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + } + }else{ + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel)); + } + } + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned +** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself. +** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two +** varints: +** +** PendingList *p = 0; +** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1); +** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2); +*/ +static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint( + PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */ + sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */ +){ + PendingList *p = *pp; + + /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */ + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->nSpace = 100; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; + p->nData = 0; + } + else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ + int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; + p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_free(*pp); + *pp = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->nSpace = nNew; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; + } + + /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ + p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); + p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero +** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding +** the entry. Otherwise, zero. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. +** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, +** it is set to SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3PendingListAppend( + PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ +){ + PendingList *p = *pp; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); + + if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); + if( p ){ + assert( p->nDatanSpace ); + assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); + p->nData++; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = -1; + p->iLastPos = 0; + p->iLastDocid = iDocid; + } + if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) + ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = iCol; + p->iLastPos = 0; + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iLastPos = iPos; + } + } + + pendinglistappend_out: + *pRc = rc; + if( p!=*pp ){ + *pp = p; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). +*/ +static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ + sqlite3_free(pList); +} + +/* +** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + Fts3Table *p, + int iCol, + int iPos, + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ + const char *zToken, + int nToken +){ + PendingList *pList; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); + if( pList ){ + p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ + if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ + /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only + ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. + */ + assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); + sqlite3_free(pList); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the +** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in +** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use */ + const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ + int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ + u32 *pnWord /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */ +){ + int rc; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int nWord = 0; + + char const *zToken; + int nToken = 0; + + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, + const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); + + assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); + + /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with + ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and + ** return early. */ + if( zText==0 ){ + *pnWord = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + xNext = pModule->xNext; + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) + ){ + int i; + if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; + + /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. + ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. + */ + if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* Add the term to the terms index */ + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken + ); + + /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too + ** short for. */ + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; + if( nTokennPrefix ) continue; + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix + ); + } + } + + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + *pnWord += nWord; + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); +} + +/* +** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to +** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the +** contents of the document with docid iDocid. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id of row being written */ + sqlite_int64 iDocid /* Docid of row being written */ +){ + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + + /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on + ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if + ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the + ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms + ** generate longer doclists. + */ + if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid + || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid + || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData + ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; + p->iPrevLangid = iLangid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ + int i; + for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; + Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; + for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + fts3PendingListDelete(pList); + } + fts3HashClear(pHash); + } + p->nPendingData = 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT +** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the +** pendingTerms hash table. +** +** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to +** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. +*/ +static int fts3InsertTerms( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + sqlite3_value **apVal, + u32 *aSz +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + for(i=2; inColumn+2; i++){ + int iCol = i-2; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); + int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. +** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by +** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: +** +** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. +** apVal[1] rowid +** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column +** ... +** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column +** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table +** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) +** apVal[p->nColumn+4] Hidden languageid column +*/ +static int fts3InsertData( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ + + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pRowid = apVal[1]; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content + ** table. The SQL for this statement is: + ** + ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) + ** + ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user + ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_int( + pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, + sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) + ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified + ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. + ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the + ** same value. For example: + ** + ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); + ** + ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values + ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. + */ + if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) + && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) + ){ + /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the + ** new docid value. + */ + sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); + + *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); + return rc; +} + + + +/* +** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing +** pending terms. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as + ** is if bContent is false. */ + assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 ); + if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** +*/ +static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ + int iLangid = 0; + if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1); + return iLangid; +} + +/* +** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid +** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the +** full-text index. +*/ +static void fts3DeleteTerms( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ + sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ + u32 *aSz, /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ + int *pbFound /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; + + assert( *pbFound==0 ); + if( *pRC ) return; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + int i; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0)); + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){ + int iCol = i-1; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + *pbFound = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + }else{ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + } + *pRC = rc; +} + +/* +** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between +** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). +*/ +static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); + +/* +** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. +** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting +** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned +** by: +** +** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel +** +** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested +** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the +** allocated index is 0. +** +** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, + int *piIdx +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ + int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ + + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>=1 ); + + /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ + iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already + ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 + ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, + ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. + */ + if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)); + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel); + *piIdx = 0; + }else{ + *piIdx = iNext; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The %_segments table is declared as follows: +** +** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) +** +** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The +** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not +** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated +** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the +** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set +** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, +** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If +** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to +** eventually free the returned buffer. +** +** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the +** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls +** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the +** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy +** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed +** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held +** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table +** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function +** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ + char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ + int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ + int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ + assert( pnBlob ); + + if( p->pSegments ){ + rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); + }else{ + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ + p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_open( + p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); + *pnBlob = nByte; + if( paBlob ){ + char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( !aByte ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ + nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; + *pnLoad = nByte; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); + memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aByte); + aByte = 0; + } + } + *paBlob = aByte; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above +** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ + sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); + p->pSegments = 0; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); + rc = sqlite3_blob_read( + pReader->pBlob, + &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], + nRead, + pReader->nPopulate + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pReader->nPopulate += nRead; + memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + pReader->pBlob = 0; + pReader->nPopulate = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !pReader->pBlob + || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) + ); + while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF. +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){ + sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob); + pSeg->pBlob = 0; + } + pSeg->aNode = 0; +} + +/* +** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the +** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, +** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderNext( + Fts3Table *p, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, + int bIncr +){ + int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ + char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ + int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ + + if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ + pNext = pReader->aNode; + }else{ + pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + } + + if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ + + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); + if( pElem==0 ){ + pReader->aNode = 0; + }else{ + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); + pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); + pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1; + pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData; + pReader->ppNextElem++; + assert( pReader->aNode ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); + + /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf + ** blocks have already been traversed. */ + assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); + if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, + (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); + if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulatenNode ){ + pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; + p->pSegments = 0; + } + pNext = pReader->aNode; + } + + assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is + ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); + if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 + || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ + int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pReader->zTerm = zNew; + pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; + } + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); + pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; + pNext += nSuffix; + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); + pReader->aDoclist = pNext; + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + + /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the + ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either + ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. + */ + if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated +** with the current term. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pReader->aDoclist ); + assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + u8 bEof = 0; + pReader->iDocid = 0; + pReader->nOffsetList = 0; + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, + &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); + pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist +** associated with the current term. +** +** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then +** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list +** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). +** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset +** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ + char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ + int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; + char c = 0; + + assert( p ); + + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. + ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so + ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ + u8 bEof = 0; + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; + } + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, + &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + if( bEof ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + pReader->pOffsetList = p; + } + }else{ + char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + + /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The + ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of + ** the same offset list. */ + while( 1 ){ + + /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is + ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired + ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk + ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past + ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. + */ + while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; + assert( *p==0 ); + + if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + p++; + + /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the + ** size of the previous offset-list. + */ + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); + } + + /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ + while( p=pEnd ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ + pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; + }else{ + pReader->iDocid += iDelta; + } + } + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, + int *pnOvfl +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nOvfl = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int pgsz = p->nPgsz; + + assert( p->bFts4 ); + assert( pgsz>0 ); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSegment; ii++){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) + && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 jj; + for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ + int nBlob; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ + nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; + } + } + } + } + *pnOvfl = nOvfl; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the +** second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pReader); +} + +/* +** Allocate a new SegReader object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( + int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ + int bLookup, /* True for a lookup only */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ + const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ +){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ + + assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); + if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ + nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; + } + + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); + if( !pReader ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); + pReader->iIdx = iAge; + pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0; + pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; + pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; + pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; + + if( nExtra ){ + /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ + pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; + pReader->rootOnly = 1; + pReader->nNode = nRoot; + memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); + memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + }else{ + pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; + } + *ppReader = pReader; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting +** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing +** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. +*/ +static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){ + char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + + int n = (n1aIndex */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ + int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ +){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ + Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */ + Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ + int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + + pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; + if( bPrefix ){ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ + + for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ + char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); + int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); + if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ + if( nElem==nAlloc ){ + Fts3HashElem **aElem2; + nAlloc += 16; + aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( + aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) + ); + if( !aElem2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + nElem = 0; + break; + } + aElem = aElem2; + } + + aElem[nElem++] = pE; + } + } + + /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem + ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison + ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. + */ + if( nElem>1 ){ + qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); + } + + }else{ + /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in + ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. + ** + ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer + ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid + ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block. + */ + pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm); + if( pE ){ + aElem = &pE; + nElem = 1; + } + } + + if( nElem>0 ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !pReader ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pReader, 0, nByte); + pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; + pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; + memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); + } + } + + if( bPrefix ){ + sqlite3_free(aElem); + } + *ppReader = pReader; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. +** Comparison is as follows: +** +** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. +** +** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one +** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the +** larger. +** +** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc; + if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){ + int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; + if( rc2<0 ){ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); + }else{ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = rc2; + } + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + } + assert( rc!=0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this +** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in +** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: +** +** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. +** +** 2) By current docid. +** +** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument +** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. +** +** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return +** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are +** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( + Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ + int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ +){ + int res = 0; + if( pSeg->aNode ){ + if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); + } + if( res==0 ){ + res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; + } + } + return res; +} + +/* +** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that +** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order +** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles +** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderSort( + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ + int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + + assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); + + if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; + for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ + Fts3SegReader *pTmp; + if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; + pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; + apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; + apSegment[j] = pTmp; + } + } + +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ + for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ + assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segments table. +*/ +static int fts3WriteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ + char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ + int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set +** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, +** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ + int rc; + int mxLevel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + *pnMax = mxLevel; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. +*/ +static int fts3WriteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */ + int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData, /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */ + char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ + int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); + if( nLeafData==0 ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); + }else{ + char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData); + if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and +** zNext, in bytes. For example, +** +** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 +*/ +static int fts3PrefixCompress( + const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ + int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ + const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ + int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ +){ + int n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); + for(n=0; nnData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ + int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ + int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; + + nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; + if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ + + if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node + ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large + ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes + ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when + ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, + ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. + */ + assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); + pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); + if( !pTree->aData ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( pTree->zTerm ){ + /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); + } + + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; + pTree->nEntry++; + + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( pTree->nMalloczMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pTree->zMalloc = zNew; + } + pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; + memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + }else{ + pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the + ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). + ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. + ** + ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for + ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree + ** has no parent, one is created here. + */ + pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); + pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; + pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; + + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ + pTree->pParent = pParent; + } + pTree->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; + pNew->pParent = pParent; + pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; + pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; + pTree->zMalloc = 0; + }else{ + pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + } + + *ppTree = pNew; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). +*/ +static int fts3TreeFinishNode( + SegmentNode *pTree, + int iHeight, + sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild +){ + int nStart; + assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); + nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); + pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); + return nStart; +} + +/* +** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the +** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of +** pTree and its peers to the database. +** +** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, +** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is +** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no +** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. +*/ +static int fts3NodeWrite( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ + int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ + char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ + int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !pTree->pParent ){ + /* Root node of the tree. */ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); + *piLast = iFree-1; + *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; + *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; + }else{ + SegmentNode *pIter; + sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; + sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; + for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); + int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; + + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); + iNextFree++; + iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); + rc = fts3NodeWrite( + p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot + ); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. +*/ +static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; + fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); + while( p ){ + SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; + if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ + sqlite3_free(p->aData); + } + assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); + sqlite3_free(p); + p = pRight; + } + } +} + +/* +** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object +** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should +** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object +** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegWriterAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ + int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +){ + int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ + int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ + int nData; + SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; + + if( !pWriter ){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ + pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + *ppWriter = pWriter; + + /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ + pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); + if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; + + /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + nData = pWriter->nData; + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; + + /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ + nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + + if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + int rc; + + /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + p->nLeafAdd++; + + /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to + ** the interior tree must: + ** + ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written + ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and + ** + ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new + ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). + ** + ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than + ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. + */ + assert( nPrefixpTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nData = 0; + pWriter->nTerm = 0; + + nPrefix = 0; + nSuffix = nTerm; + nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nTerm + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + } + + /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */ + pWriter->nLeafData += nReq; + + /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc + ** the buffer to make it large enough. + */ + if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ + char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); + if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->aData = aNew; + pWriter->nSize = nReq; + } + assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); + + /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + nData += nSuffix; + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; + + /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. + ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by + ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just + ** store a copy of the pointer. + */ + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; + pWriter->zTerm = zNew; + } + assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); + memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; + } + pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the +** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added +** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegWriterFlush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ + int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + if( pWriter->pTree ){ + sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ + sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ + char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ + + iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, + pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); + } + }else{ + /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); + } + p->nLeafAdd++; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the +** first argument. +*/ +static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ + if( pWriter ){ + sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); + sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); + fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); + sqlite3_free(pWriter); + } +} + +/* +** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. +** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that +** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid +** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. +** +** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for +** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an +** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */ + *pisEmpty = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index +** iIndex. +** +** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. +*/ +static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + int iIndex, + sqlite3_int64 *pnMax +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + } + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} + +/* +** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within +** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number +** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if +** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the +** final value of *pbMax is undefined. +*/ +static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ + + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + ); + + *pbMax = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL; + } + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} + +/* +** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment +** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents +** of the %_segdir table. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg /* Segment to delete */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large +** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, +** it: +** +** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with +** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third +** argument, and +** +** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir +** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ + int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + } + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains +** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This +** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they +** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. +** +** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then +** *pnList is set to zero before returning. +** +** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following +** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning. +*/ +static void fts3ColumnFilter( + int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ + int bZero, /* Zero out anything following *ppList */ + char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ +){ + char *pList = *ppList; + int nList = *pnList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; + int iCurrent = 0; + char *p = pList; + + assert( iCol>=0 ); + while( 1 ){ + char c = 0; + while( ppMsr->nBuffer ){ + char *pNew; + pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; + pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; + } + + memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ + char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ +){ + int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + if( nMerge==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + while( 1 ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg; + pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; + + if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + break; + }else{ + int rc; + char *pList; + int nList; + int j; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK + && jpOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); + + if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); + pList = pMsr->aBuffer; + } + + if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList); + } + + if( nList>0 ){ + *paPoslist = pList; + *piDocid = iDocid; + *pnPoslist = nList; + break; + } + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ + int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ +){ + int i; + int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; + + /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search + ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of + ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many + ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment + ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. + */ + for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && inSegment; i++){ + int res = 0; + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; + do { + int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 ); + + if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); + } + } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ +){ + pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; + return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ +){ + int i; + int rc; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); + assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); + + /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ + rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ + for(i=0; iapSegment[i]; + if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ + break; + } + } + pCsr->nAdvance = i; + + /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); + + assert( iCol<0 || iColnColumn ); + pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using +** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also +** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such +** a state that if the next two calls are: +** +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() +** +** then the entire doclist for the term is available in +** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ + + assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); + + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + pCsr->bRestart = 1; + for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); + int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); + int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); + int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); + int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); + int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST); + + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + do { + int nMerge; + int i; + + /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array + ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. + */ + for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; + if( pSeg->bLookup ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + + /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; + + pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; + pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; + + /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points + ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all + ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. + ** + ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term + ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. + */ + if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ + if( pCsr->nTermnTerm + || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) + || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) + ){ + break; + } + } + + nMerge = 1; + while( nMergeaNode + && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm + && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) + ){ + nMerge++; + } + + assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); + if( nMerge==1 + && !isIgnoreEmpty + && !isFirst + && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) + ){ + pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + }else{ + pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; + }else{ + int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ + + /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array + ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged + ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. + */ + for(i=0; ipOffsetList ){ + int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ + char *pList = 0; + int nList = 0; + int nByte; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( jpOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; + } + + if( isColFilter ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList); + } + + if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ + + /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged + ** doclist. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ + iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; + }else{ + iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; + } + assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) ); + assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); + + nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); + if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ + char *aNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); + if( !aNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; + } + + if( isFirst ){ + char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; + int nWrite; + + nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); + if( nWrite ){ + iPrev = iDocid; + nDoclist += nWrite; + } + }else{ + nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); + iPrev = iDocid; + if( isRequirePos ){ + memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); + nDoclist += nList; + pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); + } + if( nDoclist>0 ){ + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; + } + } + pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + return rc; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + if( pCsr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); + + pCsr->nSegment = 0; + pCsr->apSegment = 0; + pCsr->aBuffer = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT +** statement passed as the first argument. +** +** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field +** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated +** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock +** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, +** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. +*/ +static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int iCol, + i64 *piEndBlock, + i64 *pnByte +){ + const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); + if( zText ){ + int i; + int iMul = 1; + i64 iVal = 0; + for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *piEndBlock = iVal; + while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++; + iVal = 0; + if( zText[i]=='-' ){ + i++; + iMul = -1; + } + for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul); + } +} + + +/* +** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level +** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result. +*/ +static int fts3PromoteSegments( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level just updated */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pRange; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bOk = 0; + i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; + i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; + + /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to + ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is + ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all + ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be + ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ + i64 nSize = 0, dummy; + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); + if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ + /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not + ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an + ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine + ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not + ** take place. */ + bOk = 0; + break; + } + bOk = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); + + if( bOk ){ + int iIdx = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with + ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited, + ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the + ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on. + ** + ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1, + ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same + ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except + ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++); + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1)); + sqlite3_step(pUpdate1); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pRange); + break; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); + } + + /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_step(pUpdate2); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2); + } + } + } + + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single +** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a +** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level +** currently present in the database. +** +** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one +** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. +** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, +** an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3SegmentMerge( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */ + int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */ + int iLevel /* Level to merge */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ + int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ + i64 iMaxLevel = 0; /* Max level number for this index/langid */ + + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; + + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + } + + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single + ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically + ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this + ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ + if( csr.nSegment==1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + goto finished; + } + iNewLevel = iMaxLevel; + bIgnoreEmpty = 1; + + }else{ + /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next + ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to + ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to + ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ + assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); + iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); + rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); + bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + + assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); + assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); + assert( iNewLevelnLeafData); + } + } + } + + finished: + fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown. If enabled, + ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat + && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0 + ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. +*/ +static void fts3EncodeIntArray( + int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ + u32 *a, /* The integer values */ + char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ + int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ +){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=0; iiPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as +** a blob of varints. +*/ +static void fts3InsertDocsize( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ + u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ + int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn ); + if( pBlob==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; + } + fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(pBlob); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} + +/* +** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, +** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus +** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the +** varints are set as follows: +** +** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. +** +** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in +** the column for all rows of the table. +** +** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all +** columns of all rows of the table. +** +*/ +static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( + int *pRC, /* The result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ + u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ + u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ + int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ + int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ + u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + + const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; + + if( *pRC ) return; + a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); + if( a==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; + } + pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, + sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); + }else{ + memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ + a[0] = 0; + }else{ + a[0] += nChng; + } + for(i=0; inColumn+1; i++){ + u32 x = a[i+1]; + if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ + x = 0; + }else{ + x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; + } + a[i+1] = x; + } + fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + sqlite3_free(a); +} + +/* +** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each +** iIndex/iLangid combination. +*/ +static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ + int bSeenDone = 0; + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex); + while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i; + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + bSeenDone = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called when the user executes the following statement: +** +** INSERT INTO () VALUES('rebuild'); +** +** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one +** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on +** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based +** on the contents of the %_content table. +*/ +static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 *aSz = 0; + u32 *aSzIns = 0; + u32 *aSzDel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int nEntry = 0; + + /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */ + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3; + aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( aSz==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(aSz, 0, nByte); + aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1]; + aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; + } + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + int iCol; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)); + memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1)); + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); + } + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + }else{ + nEntry++; + for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){ + aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol]; + } + } + } + if( p->bFts4 ){ + fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry); + } + sqlite3_free(aSz); + + if( pStmt ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an +** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan +** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */ + int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ + int nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ + + /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr)); + nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg; + pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + + if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel); + assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && iapSegment[i] + ); + pCsr->nSegment++; + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + return rc; +} + +typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter; +typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter; +typedef struct Blob Blob; +typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer +** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in. +** +** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation. +*/ +struct Blob { + char *a; /* Pointer to allocation */ + int n; /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */ + int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */ +}; + +/* +** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree +** nodes (blocks). +*/ +struct NodeWriter { + sqlite3_int64 iBlock; /* Current block id */ + Blob key; /* Last key written to the current block */ + Blob block; /* Current block image */ +}; + +/* +** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append +** to an appendable b-tree segment. +*/ +struct IncrmergeWriter { + int nLeafEst; /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */ + int nWork; /* Number of leaf pages flushed */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel; /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx; /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */ + sqlite3_int64 iStart; /* Block number of first allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd; /* Block number of last allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData; /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */ + u8 bNoLeafData; /* If true, store 0 for segment size */ + NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT]; +}; + +/* +** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single +** FTS segment node. See the following functions: +** +** nodeReaderInit() +** nodeReaderNext() +** nodeReaderRelease() +*/ +struct NodeReader { + const char *aNode; + int nNode; + int iOff; /* Current offset within aNode[] */ + + /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Pointer to child node */ + Blob term; /* Current term */ + const char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +}; + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin +** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a +** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc +** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer. +*/ +static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){ + int nAlloc = nMin; + char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc); + if( a ){ + pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc; + pBlob->a = a; + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to +** the next entry on the node. +** +** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). +** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node +** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to +** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output +** variables for the new entry. +*/ +static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ + int bFirst = (p->term.n==0); /* True for first term on the node */ + int nPrefix = 0; /* Bytes to copy from previous term */ + int nSuffix = 0; /* Bytes to append to the prefix */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( p->aNode ); + if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++; + if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){ + /* EOF */ + p->aNode = 0; + }else{ + if( bFirst==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix); + } + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix); + + blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix); + p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix; + p->iOff += nSuffix; + if( p->iChild==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist); + p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff]; + p->iOff += p->nDoclist; + } + } + } + + assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode ); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p. +*/ +static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ + sqlite3_free(p->term.a); +} + +/* +** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to +** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader)); + p->aNode = aNode; + p->nNode = nNode; + + /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */ + if( p->aNode[0] ){ + /* An internal node. */ + p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild); + }else{ + p->iOff = 1; + } + + return nodeReaderNext(p); +} + +/* +** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o +** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed +** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller +** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf +** node. +** +** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in +** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergePush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to write to internal node */ + int nTerm /* Bytes at zTerm */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock; + int iLayer; + + assert( nTerm>0 ); + for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayeraNodeWriter[iLayer]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nPrefix; + int nSuffix; + int nSpace; + + /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to + ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, + ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to + ** be added to. */ + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + + if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ + /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding + ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize + ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ + + Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; + if( pBlk->n==0 ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr); + } + } + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode->key.n ){ + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix); + } + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pBlk->n += nSuffix; + + memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm); + pNode->key.n = nTerm; + } + }else{ + /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk. + ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written + ** into the parent of this node. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + + assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize ); + pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1); + + iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock; + pNode->iBlock++; + pNode->key.n = 0; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc; + iPtr = iNextPtr; + } + + assert( 0 ); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently +** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the +** header must be written before this function is called. +** +** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint +** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. +** +** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a +** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal +** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. +** +** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first +** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the +** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a +** copy of zTerm/nTerm. +** +** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large +** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev +** is extended by this function if requrired. +** +** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3AppendToNode( + Blob *pNode, /* Current node image to append to */ + Blob *pPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term written */ + const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ + int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ + + /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a + ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node. */ + assert( pNode->n>0 ); + assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) ); + + blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm); + pPrev->n = nTerm; + + if( bFirst==0 ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix); + } + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pNode->n += nSuffix; + + if( aDoclist ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pNode->n += nDoclist; + } + + assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc ); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the +** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */ +){ + const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm; + int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm; + const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist; + int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nSpace; /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */ + int nPrefix; /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */ + NodeWriter *pLeaf; /* Object used to write leaf nodes */ + + pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0]; + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; + + /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist + ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize + ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */ + if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); + pWriter->nWork++; + + /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the + ** parent must: + ** + ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written + ** to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and + ** + ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new + ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). + ** + ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than + ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + } + + /* Advance to the next output block */ + pLeaf->iBlock++; + pLeaf->key.n = 0; + pLeaf->block.n = 0; + + nSuffix = nTerm; + nSpace = 1; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; + } + + pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace; + blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){ + pLeaf->block.n = 1; + pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0'; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist + ); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the +** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush +** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt +** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only +** to release outstanding resources. +** +** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while +** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before +** returning. +*/ +static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Merge-writer object */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */ + int iRoot; /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */ + NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ + int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ + + /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment + ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot + ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot + ** will be 1. And so on. */ + for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){ + NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break; + assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 ); + assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); + } + + /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */ + if( iRoot<0 ) return; + + /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means + ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir + ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that + ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the + ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. + ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle + ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. + ** + ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a + ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a + ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. + ** + ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments + ** table until we are sure it is needed. + */ + if( iRoot==0 ){ + Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block; + blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlock->a[0] = 0x01; + pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint( + &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock + ); + } + iRoot = 1; + } + pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; + + /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */ + for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + } + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); + } + + /* Write the %_segdir record. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, + pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ + pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ + pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ + pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock, /* leaves_end_block */ + pWriter->iEnd, /* end_block */ + (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0), /* end_block */ + pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n /* root */ + ); + } + sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a); + + *pRc = rc; +} + +/* +** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in +** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of +** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other. +** +** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve +** if it is greater. +*/ +static int fts3TermCmp( + const char *zLhs, int nLhs, /* LHS of comparison */ + const char *zRhs, int nRhs /* RHS of comparison */ +){ + int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs); + int res; + + res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp); + if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs; + + return res; +} + + +/* +** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is +** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before +** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. +** +** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite +** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. +** +** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it +** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table +** with blockid %_segdir.end_block. +*/ +static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ + int bRes = 0; /* Result to set *pbRes to */ + sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0; /* Statement to query database with */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); + } + + *pbRes = bRes; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. +** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level +** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the +** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. +** +** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if: +** +** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required +** space pre-allocated), and +** +** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is +** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential +** output segment. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of candidate output segment */ + const char *zKey, /* First key to write */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in nKey */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */ + const char *aRoot = 0; /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */ + int rc2; /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */ + int bAppendable = 0; /* Set to true if segment is appendable */ + + /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx); + if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1); + iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2); + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData); + if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0); + nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4); + aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4); + }else{ + return sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + } + + /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable); + + /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + char *aLeaf = 0; + int nLeaf = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + NodeReader reader; + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + assert( reader.aNode ); + } + if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){ + bAppendable = 0; + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } + sqlite3_free(aLeaf); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter + ** object to do so. */ + int i; + int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0]; + NodeWriter *pNode; + + pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + pWriter->iStart = iStart; + pWriter->iEnd = iEnd; + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + for(i=nHeight+1; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; + } + + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; + pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot); + pNode->block.n = nRoot; + } + + for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + NodeReader reader; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i]; + + rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n); + pNode->key.n = reader.term.n; + if( i>0 ){ + char *aBlock = 0; + int nBlock = 0; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; + pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock); + pNode->block.n = nBlock; + } + sqlite3_free(aBlock); + } + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } + } + + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute +** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus +** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all +** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of +** *piIdx is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ + int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0; /* SQL used to find output index */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx); + *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 +** with idx value iIdx. +** +** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three +** columns: +** +** start_block +** leaves_end_block +** end_block +** +** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the +** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the +** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number +** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack +** variable nLeafEst. +** +** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment +** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous +** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array +** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block +** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. +** +** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the +** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor that data will be read from */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nLeafEst = 0; /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */ + sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0; /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0; /* SQL used to determine first block */ + + /* Calculate nLeafEst. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){ + nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){ + pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0); + pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1; + pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries + ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify + ** appendable segments. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */ + for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the +** following two statements: +** +** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx +** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx +** +** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE +** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated +** idx values. +*/ +static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to delete from */ + int iIdx /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* DELETE statement */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel. +** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that +** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0. +*/ +static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel /* Absolute level to repack */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int *aIdx = 0; /* Array of remaining idx values */ + int nIdx = 0; /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* Select statement to read idx values */ + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; /* Update statement to modify idx values */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){ + int *aNew; + nAlloc += 16; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); + if( !aNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + aIdx = aNew; + } + aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0); + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel); + } + + assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ); + p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibIgnoreSavepoint = 0; + + sqlite3_free(aIdx); + return rc; +} + +static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){ + pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight; + if( iChild ){ + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) ); + pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild); + }else{ + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 ); + pNode->n = 1; + } +} + +/* +** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree +** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node. +** +** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying +** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes) +** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode. +*/ +static int fts3TruncateNode( + const char *aNode, /* Current node image */ + int nNode, /* Size of aNode in bytes */ + Blob *pNew, /* OUT: Write new node image here */ + const char *zTerm, /* Omit all terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + sqlite3_int64 *piBlock /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */ +){ + NodeReader reader; /* Reader object */ + Blob prev = {0, 0, 0}; /* Previous term written to new node */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0'; /* True for a leaf node */ + + /* Allocate required output space */ + blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pNew->n = 0; + + /* Populate new node buffer */ + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm); + if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue; + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n, + reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; + } + assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc ); + + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + sqlite3_free(prev.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments +** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir +** tables. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3TruncateSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of segment to modify */ + int iIdx, /* Index within level of segment to modify */ + const char *zTerm, /* Remove terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Blob root = {0,0,0}; /* New root page image */ + Blob block = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used for any other block */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0; /* Block id */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0; /* New value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0; /* Old value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0; /* Statement used to fetch segdir */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){ + const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4); + iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1); + rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){ + char *aBlock = 0; + int nBlock = 0; + iNewStart = iBlock; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n); + } + sqlite3_free(aBlock); + } + + /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1); + sqlite3_step(pDel); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx); + sqlite3_step(pChomp); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(root.a); + sqlite3_free(block.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to +** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level +** iAbsLevel. +** +** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of +** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation) +** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that +** have been duplicated in the output segment. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeChomp( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level containing segments */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */ + int *pnRem /* Number of segments not deleted */ +){ + int i; + int nRem = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + int j; + + /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding + ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ + for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSegment); j++){ + pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j]; + if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break; + } + assert( jnSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i ); + + if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){ + /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */ + rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx); + } + *pnRem = 0; + }else{ + /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this + ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place + ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ + const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; + int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; + rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); + nRem++; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){ + rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel); + } + + *pnRem = nRem; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Store an incr-merge hint in the database. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pReplace); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one +** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. +** +** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat +** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; + int rc; + + pHint->n = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0); + int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0); + if( aHint ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint); + pHint->n = nHint; + } + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry +** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments +** and the number of input segments. +** +** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, +** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( + Blob *pHint, /* Hint blob to append to */ + i64 iAbsLevel, /* First varint to store in hint */ + int nInput, /* Second varint to store in hint */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc); + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel); + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput); + } +} + +/* +** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint +** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and +** *pnInput before returning. +** +** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does +** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ + const int nHint = pHint->n; + int i; + + i = pHint->n-2; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; + + pHint->n = i; + i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel); + i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput); + if( i!=nHint ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. +** +** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments +** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest +** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains +** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to +** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */ + int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */ + Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */ + int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */ + + /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */ + const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter); + pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1]; + pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1]; + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){ + const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex; + sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */ + int bUseHint = 0; /* True if attempting to append */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + + /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest + ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. + ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and + ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, + ** set nSeg to -1. + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, nMin); + if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0); + nSeg = nMin; + }else{ + nSeg = -1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel); + + /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the + ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal + ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this + ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ + int nHint = hint.n; + sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0; /* Hint level */ + int nHintSeg = 0; /* Hint number of segments */ + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg); + if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ + iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; + nSeg = nHintSeg; + bUseHint = 1; + bDirtyHint = 1; + }else{ + /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry + ** is removed from the hint blob. */ + hint.n = nHint; + } + } + + /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least + ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do. + ** Exit early in this case. */ + if( nSeg<0 ) break; + + /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg + ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using + ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg + ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is + ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop + ** to start work on some other level. */ + memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); + pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx); + assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 ); + if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){ + int bIgnore = 0; + rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore); + if( bIgnore ){ + pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter)) + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr)) + ){ + if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){ + const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm; + int nKey = pCsr->nTerm; + rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter); + }else{ + rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){ + fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel); + do { + rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr); + if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ); + + /* Update or delete the input segments */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork); + rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg); + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + bDirtyHint = 1; + fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc); + } + } + } + + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc); + if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){ + fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData); + } + } + + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr); + } + + /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */ + if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint); + } + + sqlite3_free(pWriter); + sqlite3_free(hint.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return +** its value. Advance *pz to point to the first character past +** the integer. +*/ +static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){ + const char *z = *pz; + int i = 0; + while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0'; + *pz = z; + return i; +} + +/* +** Process statements of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B'); +** +** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages +** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level +** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively. +*/ +static int fts3DoIncrmerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */ +){ + int rc; + int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2); + int nMerge = 0; + const char *z = zParam; + + /* Read the first integer value */ + nMerge = fts3Getint(&z); + + /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',', read the second + ** integer value. */ + if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){ + z++; + nMin = fts3Getint(&z); + } + + if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin); + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Process statements of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X'); +** +** where X is an integer. X==0 means to turn automerge off. X!=0 means +** turn it on. The setting is persistent. +*/ +static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; + } + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the +** arguments to this function. +*/ +static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry( + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for current row */ + int iIndex, /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */ + i64 iDocid, /* Docid for current row. */ + int iCol, /* Column number */ + int iPos /* Position */ +){ + int i; + u64 ret = (u64)iDocid; + + ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid; + ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex; + ret += (ret<<3) + iCol; + ret += (ret<<3) + iPos; + for(i=0; inIndex-1) */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ +){ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; + int rc; + u64 cksum = 0; + + assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); + + memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter)); + memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr)); + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){ + char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist]; + + i64 iDocid = 0; + i64 iCol = 0; + i64 iPos = 0; + + pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid); + while( pCsrnIndex); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + int i; + for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ + cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc); + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char *zSql; + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + int iCol; + + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText, &pT); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + for(i=1; inIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){ + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + } + } + } + } + if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + + *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of +** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the +** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +** +** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite +** error code. +** +** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token +** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code +** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following: +** +** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix +** index etc.), +** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, +** + The language-id of the row it appears in, +** + The docid of the row it appears in, +** + The column it appears in, and +** + The tokens position within that column. +** +** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create +** a single checksum for the entire index. +** +** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: +** +** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and +** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. +** +** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have +** passed. +*/ +static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( + Fts3Table *p /* FTS3 table handle */ +){ + int rc; + int bOk = 0; + rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form: +** +** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES()" +** +** Argument pVal contains the result of . Currently the only +** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. +*/ +static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal); + + if( !zVal ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); + }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){ + rc = fts3DoRebuild(p); + }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){ + rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p); + }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){ + rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]); + }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){ + rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ + p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){ + p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){ + p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#endif + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED +/* +** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached +** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + pDef->pList = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to +** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ + pNext = pDef->pNext; + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + sqlite3_free(pDef); + } + pCsr->pDeferred = 0; +} + +/* +** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list +** based on the row that pCsr currently points to. +** +** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information +** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the +** table, not for all rows. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ + + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; + + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); + iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + + for(i=0; inColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; + if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) + && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0) + && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->nz, pPT->n)) + ){ + fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); + } + } + } + if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + if( pDef->pList ){ + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( + Fts3DeferredToken *p, + char **ppData, + int *pnData +){ + char *pRet; + int nSkip; + sqlite3_int64 dummy; + + *ppData = 0; + *pnData = 0; + + if( p->pList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); + if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); + *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; + *ppData = pRet; + + memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */ + int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */ +){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; + pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred)); + if( !pDeferred ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); + pDeferred->pToken = pToken; + pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; + pDeferred->iCol = iCol; + pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; + + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be +** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents +** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteByRowid( + Fts3Table *p, + sqlite3_value *pRowid, + int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ + u32 *aSzDel +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFound = 0; /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */ + + fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound); + if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int isEmpty = 0; /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */ + rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isEmpty ){ + /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case + ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any + ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1); + *pnChng = 0; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2); + }else{ + *pnChng = *pnChng - 1; + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); + } + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual +** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: +** +** CREATE TABLE
    ( +** , +**
    HIDDEN, +** docid HIDDEN, +** HIDDEN +** ); +** +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */ + u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ + u32 *aSzDel = 0; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ + int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ + int bInsertDone = 0; + + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( + nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ + || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ + ); + + /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: + ** + ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); + */ + if( nArg>1 + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL + ){ + rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); + goto update_out; + } + + if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto update_out; + } + + /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ + aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); + if( aSzDel==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto update_out; + } + aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1]; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); + + rc = fts3Writelock(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out; + + /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid + ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. + ** + ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row + ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, + ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must + ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to + ** modify the database file. + */ + if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ + sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pNewRowid = apVal[1]; + } + + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( + sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) + )){ + /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be + ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and + ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the + ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any + ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. + ** + ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into + ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any + ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. + ** + ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot + ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual + ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this + ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is + ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have + ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). + */ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); + }else{ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + bInsertDone = 1; + } + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto update_out; + } + + /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); + isRemove = 1; + } + + /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ + if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); + if( bInsertDone==0 ){ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){ + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, *pRowid); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid ); + rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns); + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); + } + nChng++; + } + + if( p->bFts4 ){ + fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); + } + + update_out: + sqlite3_free(aSzDel); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, +** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if +** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + }else{ + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + } + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; +} + +#endif + +/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Oct 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +/* +** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). +*/ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */ + +/* +** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). +*/ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" + + +/* +** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to +** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. +*/ +typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx; +struct LoadDoclistCtx { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */ +}; + +/* +** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the +** fts3BestSnippet() routine. +*/ +typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; +typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase; +typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment; + +struct SnippetIter { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */ + int iCol; /* Extract snippet from this column */ + int nSnippet; /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ + SnippetPhrase *aPhrase; /* Array of size nPhrase */ + int iCurrent; /* First token of current snippet */ +}; + +struct SnippetPhrase { + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */ + int iHead; /* Next value in position list */ + char *pHead; /* Position list data following iHead */ + int iTail; /* Next value in trailing position list */ + char *pTail; /* Position list data following iTail */ +}; + +struct SnippetFragment { + int iCol; /* Column snippet is extracted from */ + int iPos; /* Index of first token in snippet */ + u64 covered; /* Mask of query phrases covered */ + u64 hlmask; /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */ +}; + +/* +** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while +** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. +*/ +typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; +struct MatchInfo { + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */ + u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */ +}; + + + +/* +** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance +** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the +** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details. +*/ +typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer; +struct StrBuffer { + char *z; /* Pointer to buffer containing string */ + int n; /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */ + int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */ +}; + + +/* +** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position +** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each +** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value +** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus +** two. For example, to store the position-list: +** +** 4 9 113 +** +** the three varints: +** +** 6 7 106 +** +** are encoded. +** +** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of +** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list. +** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the +** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint. +*/ +static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){ + int iVal; + *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); + *piPos += (iVal-2); +} + +/* +** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below). +*/ +static int fts3ExprIterate2( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ + int *piPhrase, /* Pointer to phrase counter */ + int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ + void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int eType = pExpr->eType; /* Type of expression node pExpr */ + + if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); + rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx); + } + }else{ + rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx); + (*piPhrase)++; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that +** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. +** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. +** +** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, +** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. +** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for +** all eligible phrase nodes. +*/ +static int fts3ExprIterate( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ + int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ + void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ +){ + int iPhrase = 0; /* Variable used as the phrase counter */ + return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx); +} + +/* +** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists +** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also +** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). +*/ +static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); + + p->nPhrase++; + p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor +** pCsr. +** +** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable +** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or +** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If +** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all +** matchable phrases of the expression. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */ + int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */ + int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */ + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx); + if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase; + if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken; + return rc; +} + +static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + (*(int *)ctx)++; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ + int nPhrase = 0; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase); + return nPhrase; +} + +/* +** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two +** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater +** than or equal to parameter iNext. +*/ +static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){ + char *pIter = *ppIter; + if( pIter ){ + int iIter = *piIter; + + while( iIteriCurrent<0 ){ + /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet + ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a + ** score of 0.0). + */ + pIter->iCurrent = 0; + + /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that + ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet). + */ + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet); + } + }else{ + int iStart; + int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF; + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHeadiHead; + } + } + if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){ + return 1; + } + + pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1; + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1); + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet +** iterator pIter. +*/ +static void fts3SnippetDetails( + SnippetIter *pIter, /* Snippet iterator */ + u64 mCovered, /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */ + int *piToken, /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */ + int *piScore, /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */ + u64 *pmCover, /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */ + u64 *pmHighlight /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */ +){ + int iStart = pIter->iCurrent; /* First token of snippet */ + int iScore = 0; /* Score of this snippet */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u64 mCover = 0; /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */ + u64 mHighlight = 0; /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */ + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + if( pPhrase->pTail ){ + char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail; + int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail; + + while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){ + int j; + u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i; + u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart); + assert( iCsr>=iStart ); + if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){ + iScore++; + }else{ + iScore += 1000; + } + mCover |= mPhrase; + + for(j=0; jnToken; j++){ + mHighlight |= (mPos>>j); + } + + if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break; + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr); + } + } + } + + /* Set the output variables before returning. */ + *piToken = iStart; + *piScore = iScore; + *pmCover = mCover; + *pmHighlight = mHighlight; +} + +/* +** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet(). +** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx; + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase]; + char *pCsr; + int rc; + + pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); + if( pCsr ){ + int iFirst = 0; + pPhrase->pList = pCsr; + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst); + assert( iFirst>=0 ); + pPhrase->pHead = pCsr; + pPhrase->pTail = pCsr; + pPhrase->iHead = iFirst; + pPhrase->iTail = iFirst; + }else{ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( + pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 + )); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens +** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet +** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated +** by adding: +** +** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. +** +** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in +** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. +** +** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before +** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore +** before returning. +*/ +static int fts3BestSnippet( + int nSnippet, /* Desired snippet length */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to create snippet for */ + int iCol, /* Index of column to create snippet from */ + u64 mCovered, /* Mask of phrases already covered */ + u64 *pmSeen, /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */ + SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* OUT: Best snippet found */ + int *piScore /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nList; /* Number of phrases in expression */ + SnippetIter sIter; /* Iterates through snippet candidates */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */ + int iBestScore = -1; /* Best snippet score found so far */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); + + /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same + ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase. + */ + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero + ** the required space using malloc(). + */ + nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList; + sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !sIter.aPhrase ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte); + + /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through + ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array. + */ + sIter.pCsr = pCsr; + sIter.iCol = iCol; + sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet; + sIter.nPhrase = nList; + sIter.iCurrent = -1; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void *)&sIter); + + /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */ + for(i=0; iiCol = iCol; + while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){ + int iPos; + int iScore; + u64 mCover; + u64 mHighlight; + fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover, &mHighlight); + assert( iScore>=0 ); + if( iScore>iBestScore ){ + pFragment->iPos = iPos; + pFragment->hlmask = mHighlight; + pFragment->covered = mCover; + iBestScore = iScore; + } + } + + sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase); + *piScore = iBestScore; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument. +** +** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is +** determined using strlen(). +*/ +static int fts3StringAppend( + StrBuffer *pStr, /* Buffer to append to */ + const char *zAppend, /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */ + int nAppend /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */ +){ + if( nAppend<0 ){ + nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend); + } + + /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc() + ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the + ** appended data. + */ + if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){ + int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100; + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pStr->z = zNew; + pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc; + } + assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) ); + + /* Append the data to the string buffer. */ + memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend); + pStr->n += nAppend; + pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0'; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a +** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term +** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term +** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select: +** +** ........X.....X +** +** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the +** document so that there are approximately the same number of +** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there +** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: +** +** ....X.....X.... +** +** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting +** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there +** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document +** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetShift( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use in tokenizing */ + int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ + const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ + int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */ + int *piPos, /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */ + u64 *pHlmask /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */ +){ + u64 hlmask = *pHlmask; /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */ + + if( hlmask ){ + int nLeft; /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */ + int nRight; /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */ + int nDesired; /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */ + + for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++); + for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++); + nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2; + + /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the + ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually + ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and + ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the + ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens + ** available. + */ + if( nDesired>0 ){ + int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; + pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + + /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired) + ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc. + */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){ + const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0; + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent); + } + pMod->xClose(pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; } + + nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet; + assert( nShift<=nDesired ); + if( nShift>0 ){ + *piPos += nShift; + *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift; + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and +** append it to string buffer pOut. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetText( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */ + SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */ + int iFragment, /* Fragment number */ + int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */ + int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */ + const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */ + const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */ + const char *zEllipsis, /* String inserted between snippets */ + StrBuffer *pOut /* Write output here */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc; /* Return code */ + const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */ + int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */ + int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */ + int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */ + int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */ + u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */ + int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ + + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); + if( zDoc==0 ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); + + /* Open a token cursor on the document. */ + pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ + int iFin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ + int isHighlight = 0; /* True for highlighted terms */ + + /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere + ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to + ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily + ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application + ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for + ** snippet generation or for some other purpose. + ** + ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this + ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface. + ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this + ** convention might not be respected. */ + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token + ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end + ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. + ** Then break out of the loop. */ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); + } + break; + } + if( iCurrentiLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask + ); + isShiftDone = 1; + + /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are + ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, + ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent=(iPos+nSnippet) ){ + if( isLast ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); + } + break; + } + + /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */ + isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0; + + if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1); + + iEnd = iFin; + } + + pMod->xClose(pC); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a +** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single +** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the +** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that +** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). +** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after +** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end +** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of +** the next column in the position-list). +** +** The number of elements in the column-list is returned. +*/ +static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ + char *pEnd = *ppCollist; + char c = 0; + int nEntry = 0; + + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */ + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + if( !c ) nEntry++; + } + + *ppCollist = pEnd; + return nEntry; +} + +/* +** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats +** for a single query. +** +** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements +** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the +** current query. +** +** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This +** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows: +** +** for(iCol=0; iColpCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] + ); +} + +/* +** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the +** array that are different for each row returned by the query. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; + int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; + int i; + + for(i=0; inCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + char *pCsr; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr); + if( pCsr ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); + }else{ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( + Fts3Table *pTab, + char cArg, + char **pzErr +){ + if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ + int nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */ + + switch( cArg ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + nVal = 1; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + nVal = pInfo->nCol; + break; + + default: + assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3; + break; + } + + return nVal; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc, + const char **paLen +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char *a; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; + + if( !*ppStmt ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + pStmt = *ppStmt; + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 ); + + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; + + if( paLen ) *paLen = a; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while +** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the +** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the +** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. +*/ +typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; +struct LcsIterator { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ + int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ + char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ + int iPos; /* Current position */ +}; + +/* +** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has +** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. +*/ +#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF; + +static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx; + aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return +** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the +** position list for the next column. +*/ +static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ + char *pRead = pIter->pRead; + sqlite3_int64 iRead; + int rc = 0; + + pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); + if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ + pRead = 0; + rc = 1; + }else{ + pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); + } + + pIter->pRead = pRead; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. +** +** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each +** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] +** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the +** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is +** undefined. +*/ +static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ + LcsIterator *aIter; + int i; + int iCol; + int nToken = 0; + + /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array + ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query. + **/ + aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; + } + + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ + int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + int rc; + LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( pIt->pRead ){ + pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; + fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); + nLive++; + } + } + + while( nLive>0 ){ + LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ + int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ + + for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ + /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ + nThisLcs = 0; + }else{ + if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPosiPos ){ + pAdv = pIter; + } + if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){ + nThisLcs++; + }else{ + nThisLcs = 1; + } + if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs; + } + } + if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--; + } + + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs; + } + + sqlite3_free(aIter); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to +** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the +** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the +** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format +** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array +** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output. +** +** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output. +** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between +** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) +** have already been populated. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the +** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. +*/ +static int fts3MatchinfoValues( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */ + MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */ + const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){ + + switch( zArg[i] ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ + const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ + + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + u32 iVal; + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; + } + } + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: { + sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0); + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken; + } + } + sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize); + break; + } + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo); + } + break; + + default: { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( bGlobal ){ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + break; + } + } + + pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]); + } + + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The +** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). +*/ +static int fts3GetMatchinfo( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */ + const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */ +){ + MatchInfo sInfo; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */ + + memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo)); + sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; + sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; + + /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the + ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard + ** the cached data. */ + if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ + assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo ); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); + pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0; + pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0; + } + + /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the + ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case + ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and + ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. + */ + if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){ + int nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ + int nArg; /* Bytes in zArg */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */ + + /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */ + pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; + + /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */ + for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ + nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]); + } + + /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */ + nArg = (int)strlen(zArg); + pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1); + if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo]; + pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo; + memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1); + memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo); + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + bGlobal = 1; + } + + sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo; + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; + if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg); + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of snippet() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zStart, /* Snippet start text - "" */ + const char *zEnd, /* Snippet end text - "" */ + const char *zEllipsis, /* Snippet ellipsis text - "..." */ + int iCol, /* Extract snippet from this column */ + int nToken /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; + + /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from + ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop + ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in + ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query + ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text + ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate + ** a pair of fragments, and so on. + */ + int nSnippet = 0; /* Number of fragments in this snippet */ + SnippetFragment aSnippet[4]; /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */ + int nFToken = -1; /* Number of tokens in each fragment */ + + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + } + + for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){ + + int iSnip; /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */ + u64 mCovered = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */ + u64 mSeen = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */ + + if( nToken>=0 ){ + nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet; + }else{ + nFToken = -1 * nToken; + } + + for(iSnip=0; iSnipnColumn; iRead++){ + SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + int iS; + if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue; + + /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */ + rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto snippet_out; + } + if( iS>iBestScore ){ + *pFragment = sF; + iBestScore = iS; + } + } + + mCovered |= pFragment->covered; + } + + /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least + ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop. + */ + assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered ); + if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break; + } + + assert( nFToken>0 ); + + for(i=0; ipCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList); + nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + if( pList ){ + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); + assert( iPos>=0 ); + } + + for(iTerm=0; iTermaTerm[p->iTerm++]; + pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1; + pT->pList = pList; + pT->iPos = iPos; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of offsets() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */ + int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */ + StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* Result string */ + TermOffsetCtx sCtx; /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */ + + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + } + + memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); + + /* Count the number of terms in the query */ + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; + + /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */ + sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken); + if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto offsets_out; + } + sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; + + /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to + ** string-buffer res for each column. + */ + for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iCurrent = 0; + const char *zDoc; + int nDoc; + + /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is + ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from + ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. + */ + sCtx.iCol = iCol; + sCtx.iTerm = 0; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx); + + /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored + ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. + ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite + ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** to the caller. + */ + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + if( zDoc==0 ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + continue; + } + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto offsets_out; + } + + /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + zDoc, nDoc, &pC + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; + + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Used to loop through terms */ + int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF; /* Position of next token */ + TermOffset *pTerm = 0; /* TermOffset associated with next token */ + + for(i=0; ipList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)iPos-pT->iOff; + pTerm = pT; + } + } + + if( !pTerm ){ + /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos ); + if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){ + pTerm->pList = 0; + }else{ + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos); + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrentxNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char aBuffer[64]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, + "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart + ); + rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + pMod->xClose(pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; + } + + offsets_out: + sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + sqlite3_free(res.z); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free); + } + return; +} + +/* +** Implementation of matchinfo() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */ + const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc; + int i; + const char *zFormat; + + if( zArg ){ + for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ + char *zErr = 0; + if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + } + zFormat = zArg; + }else{ + zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT; + } + + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + } + + /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */ + rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + }else{ + int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32); + sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +#endif + +/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/ +/* +** 2012 May 24 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer. +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + + +/* +** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied +** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation, they are not required. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer; +typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor; + +struct unicode_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + int bRemoveDiacritic; + int nException; + int *aiException; +}; + +struct unicode_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */ + int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */ + int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */ + int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */ +}; + + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate(). +*/ +static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + if( pTokenizer ){ + unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p->aiException); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider +** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or +** token characters (if bAlnum==1). +** +** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the +** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. +** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the +** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, +** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all +** codepoints in the aiException[] array. +** +** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic() +** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored. +** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect +** to these codepoints. +*/ +static int unicodeAddExceptions( + unicode_tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */ + int bAlnum, /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */ + const char *zIn, /* Array of characters to make exceptions */ + int nIn /* Length of z in bytes */ +){ + const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn]; + int iCode; + int nEntry = 0; + + assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 ); + + while( zaiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int)); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + nNew = p->nException; + + z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + while( zi; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1]; + aNew[i] = iCode; + nNew++; + } + } + p->aiException = aNew; + p->nException = nNew; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode. +*/ +static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + if( p->nException>0 ){ + int *a = p->aiException; + int iLo = 0; + int iHi = p->nException-1; + + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( iCode==a[iTest] ){ + return 1; + }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){ + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is +** considered a token character (not a separator). +*/ +static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); + return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode); +} + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int unicodeCreate( + int nArg, /* Size of array argv[] */ + const char * const *azArg, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **pp /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */ +){ + unicode_tokenizer *pNew; /* New tokenizer object */ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibRemoveDiacritic = 1; + } + else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){ + pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0; + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11); + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11); + } + else{ + /* Unrecognized argument */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int unicodeOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *aInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */ +){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + + pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput; + if( aInput==0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput); + }else{ + pCsr->nInput = nInput; + } + + *pp = &pCsr->base; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. +*/ +static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). +*/ +static int unicodeNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */ + int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC; + unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer); + int iCode; + char *zOut; + const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff]; + const unsigned char *zStart = z; + const unsigned char *zEnd; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; + + /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. + ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of + ** the input. */ + while( z=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE; + + zOut = pCsr->zToken; + do { + int iOut; + + /* Grow the output buffer if required. */ + if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64); + if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken]; + pCsr->zToken = zNew; + pCsr->nAlloc += 64; + } + + /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */ + zEnd = z; + iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic); + if( iOut ){ + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut); + } + + /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ + if( z>=zTerm ) break; + READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); + }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) + || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode) + ); + + /* Set the output variables and return. */ + pCsr->iOff = (z - pCsr->aInput); + *paToken = pCsr->zToken; + *pnToken = zOut - pCsr->zToken; + *piStart = (zStart - pCsr->aInput); + *piEnd = (zEnd - pCsr->aInput); + *piPos = pCsr->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module +** structure for the unicode tokenizer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ + static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = { + 0, + unicodeCreate, + unicodeDestroy, + unicodeOpen, + unicodeClose, + unicodeNext, + 0, + }; + *ppModule = &module; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 */ + +/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/ +/* +** 2012 May 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* +** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE. +*/ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) + +/* #include */ + +/* +** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint +** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ + /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous + ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. + ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). + ** + ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first + ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store + ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value + ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint + ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints + ** using this format. + */ + const static unsigned int aEntry[] = { + 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07, + 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01, + 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401, + 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01, + 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01, + 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802, + 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F, + 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401, + 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804, + 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403, + 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812, + 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001, + 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802, + 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805, + 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401, + 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03, + 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807, + 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001, + 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01, + 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804, + 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001, + 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802, + 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01, + 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06, + 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007, + 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006, + 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417, + 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14, + 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07, + 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01, + 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001, + 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802, + 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F, + 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002, + 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802, + 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006, + 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D, + 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802, + 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027, + 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403, + 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805, + 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04, + 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401, + 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005, + 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B, + 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A, + 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001, + 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59, + 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807, + 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01, + 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E, + 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100, + 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10, + 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402, + 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804, + 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012, + 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004, + 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002, + 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803, + 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07, + 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02, + 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802, + 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013, + 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06, + 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003, + 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01, + 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403, + 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009, + 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003, + 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003, + 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E, + 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046, + 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401, + 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401, + 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F, + 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C, + 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002, + 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025, + 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6, + 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46, + 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060, + 0x380400F0, + }; + static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = { + 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001, + }; + + if( c<128 ){ + return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 ); + }else if( c<(1<<22) ){ + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF; + int iRes; + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( aEntry[0]=aEntry[iRes] ); + return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF))); + } + return 1; +} + + +/* +** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter +** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint +** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN +** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER +** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an +** uppercase letter are undefined. +*/ +static int remove_diacritic(int c){ + unsigned short aDia[] = { + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928, + 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, + 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504, + 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, + 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, + 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, + 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, + 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, + 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, + }; + char aChar[] = { + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', + 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', + 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't', + 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y', + }; + + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( key>=aDia[iRes] ); + return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]); +}; + + +/* +** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint +** is a diacritical modifier character. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){ + unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF; + unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8; + if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0; + return (c < 768+32) ? + (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) : + (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32))); +} + + +/* +** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint +** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent, +** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version. +** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){ + /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range + ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange + ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode. + ** + ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies + ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and + ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to + ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C. + ** + ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[] + ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower + ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF). + ** + ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt + ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See + ** http://www.unicode.org for details. + */ + static const struct TableEntry { + unsigned short iCode; + unsigned char flags; + unsigned char nRange; + } aEntry[] = { + {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23}, + {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6}, + {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1}, + {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1}, + {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1}, + {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1}, + {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1}, + {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1}, + {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1}, + {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6}, + {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1}, + {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1}, + {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1}, + {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1}, + {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1}, + {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18}, + {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1}, + {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1}, + {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1}, + {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1}, + {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1}, + {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4}, + {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3}, + {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17}, + {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1}, + {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1}, + {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1}, + {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1}, + {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1}, + {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32}, + {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1}, + {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38}, + {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1}, + {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1}, + {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6}, + {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6}, + {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8}, + {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2}, + {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1}, + {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2}, + {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2}, + {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2}, + {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1}, + {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16}, + {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47}, + {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1}, + {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1}, + {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1}, + {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2}, + {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1}, + {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14}, + {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, + {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, + {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, + {65313, 14, 26}, + }; + static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + }; + + int ret = c; + + assert( c>=0 ); + assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 ); + + if( c<128 ){ + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A'); + }else if( c<65536 ){ + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + int iRes = -1; + + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode); + if( cmp>=0 ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode ); + + if( iRes>=0 ){ + const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes]; + if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){ + ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF; + assert( ret>0 ); + } + } + + if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret); + } + + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ + ret = c + 40; + } + + return ret; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */ + +/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree +** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module. +*/ + +/* +** Database Format of R-Tree Tables +** -------------------------------- +** +** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three +** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character +** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree +** table. +** +** CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB) +** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) +** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER) +** +** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node +** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is +** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent. +** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid +** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it +** is stored on. +** +** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is +** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the +** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node +** is formatted as follows: +** +** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes +** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. +** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. +** +** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently +** stored in the node. +** +** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry +** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number +** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid +** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a +** child page. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#else +#endif + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#include "sqlite3rtree.h" +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; +typedef unsigned char u8; +typedef unsigned short u16; +typedef unsigned int u32; +#endif + +/* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. +*/ +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER +# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#endif + +typedef struct Rtree Rtree; +typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor; +typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode; +typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell; +typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; +typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; +typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; +typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; +typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; + +/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ +#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 + +/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to +** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is +** used. +*/ +#define HASHSIZE 97 + +/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of +** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of +** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the +** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). +** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use +** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 +#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 + +/* +** An rtree virtual-table object. +*/ +struct Rtree { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */ + int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */ + u8 nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ + u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */ + u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ + int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ + char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ + int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ + i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ + + /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is + ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - + ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree + ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). + */ + RtreeNode *pDeleted; + int iReinsertHeight; /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */ + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode; + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid; + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent; + + RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ +}; + +/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ +#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0 +#define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 + +/* +** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will +** only deal with integer coordinates. No floating point operations +** will be done. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef int RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0 +#else + typedef double RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef float RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0 +#endif + +/* +** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure +** record intermediate results from the tree walk. +** +** The id is always a node-id. For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of +** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents. When iLevel==0, however, +** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint +** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node. +*/ +struct RtreeSearchPoint { + RtreeDValue rScore; /* The score for this node. Smallest goes first. */ + sqlite3_int64 id; /* Node ID */ + u8 iLevel; /* 0=entries. 1=leaf node. 2+ for higher */ + u8 eWithin; /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */ + u8 iCell; /* Cell index within the node */ +}; + +/* +** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the +** maximum. In Gutman's notation: +** +** m = M/3 +** +** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of +** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree. +*/ +#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3) +#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p) +#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51 + +/* +** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest +** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). +** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since +** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of +** 40 or less. +*/ +#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 + + +/* +** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is +** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining +** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue. +*/ +#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 + +/* +** An rtree cursor object. +*/ +struct RtreeCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */ + u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */ + int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */ + int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */ + int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */ + int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */ + RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */ + RtreeSearchPoint sPoint; /* Cached next search point */ + RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */ + u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1]; /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */ +}; + +/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */ +#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X) ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab)) + +/* +** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer. All +** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time. +*/ +union RtreeCoord { + RtreeValue f; /* Floating point value */ + int i; /* Integer value */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */ +}; + +/* +** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord +** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local +** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the +** RtreeCoord. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY +# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i) +#else +# define DCOORD(coord) ( \ + (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ + ((double)coord.f) : \ + ((double)coord.i) \ + ) +#endif + +/* +** A search constraint. +*/ +struct RtreeConstraint { + int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ + int op; /* Constraining operation */ + union { + RtreeDValue rValue; /* Constraint value. */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + } u; + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */ +}; + +/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ +#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 /* A */ +#define RTREE_LE 0x42 /* B */ +#define RTREE_LT 0x43 /* C */ +#define RTREE_GE 0x44 /* D */ +#define RTREE_GT 0x45 /* E */ +#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */ +#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */ + + +/* +** An rtree structure node. +*/ +struct RtreeNode { + RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ + i64 iNode; /* The node number */ + int nRef; /* Number of references to this node */ + int isDirty; /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */ + u8 *zData; /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */ + RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash collision chain */ +}; + +/* Return the number of cells in a node */ +#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) + +/* +** A single cell from a node, deserialized +*/ +struct RtreeCell { + i64 iRowid; /* Node or entry ID */ + RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Bounding box coordinates */ +}; + + +/* +** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions +** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH +** operators in order to constrain a search. +** +** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of +** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the +** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in +** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +*/ +struct RtreeGeomCallback { + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + void (*xDestructor)(void*); + void *pContext; +}; + + +/* +** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH +** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this +** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault). +*/ +#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB + +/* +** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by +** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand +** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree. +*/ +struct RtreeMatchArg { + u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */ + RtreeGeomCallback cb; /* Info about the callback functions */ + int nParam; /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */ + RtreeDValue aParam[1]; /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */ +}; + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x)) +#endif +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x)) +#endif + +/* +** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and +** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned. +*/ +static int readInt16(u8 *p){ + return (p[0]<<8) + p[1]; +} +static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ + u32 i = ( + (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) + ); + *(u32 *)pCoord = i; +} +static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ + return ( + (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + + (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + + (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + + (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + + (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + + (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + + (((i64)p[6]) << 8) + + (((i64)p[7]) << 0) + ); +} + +/* +** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and +** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written +** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively). +*/ +static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){ + p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; + return 2; +} +static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ + u32 i; + assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); + i = *(u32 *)pCoord; + p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF; + p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; + return 4; +} +static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){ + p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF; + p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF; + p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF; + p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF; + p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF; + p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; + return 8; +} + +/* +** Increment the reference count of node p. +*/ +static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){ + if( p ){ + p->nRef++; + } +} + +/* +** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00). +*/ +static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ + memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); + p->isDirty = 1; +} + +/* +** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use +** in the Rtree.aHash table. +*/ +static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ + return iNode % HASHSIZE; +} + +/* +** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer +** to it. Otherwise, return 0. +*/ +static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ + RtreeNode *p; + for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext); + return p; +} + +/* +** Add node pNode to the node hash table. +*/ +static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int iHash; + assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); + iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); + pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; + pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; +} + +/* +** Remove node pNode from the node hash table. +*/ +static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + RtreeNode **pp; + if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){ + pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)]; + for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); } + *pp = pNode->pNext; + pNode->pNext = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0), +** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is +** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the +** node contents out to the database. +*/ +static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ + RtreeNode *pNode; + pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( pNode ){ + memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); + pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; + pNode->nRef = 1; + pNode->pParent = pParent; + pNode->isDirty = 1; + nodeReference(pParent); + } + return pNode; +} + +/* +** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node. +*/ +static int nodeAcquire( + Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */ + i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */ + RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */ + RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */ +){ + int rc; + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode; + + /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so, + ** increase its reference count and return it. + */ + if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){ + assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent ); + if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){ + nodeReference(pParent); + pNode->pParent = pParent; + } + pNode->nRef++; + *ppNode = pNode; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode); + rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0); + if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){ + pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( !pNode ){ + rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pNode->pParent = pParent; + pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; + pNode->nRef = 1; + pNode->iNode = iNode; + pNode->isDirty = 0; + pNode->pNext = 0; + memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize); + nodeReference(pParent); + } + } + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + + /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height + ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on + ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node + ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node + ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. + */ + if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ + pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); + if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + + /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" + ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to + ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. + */ + if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode!=0 ){ + nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + *ppNode = pNode; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pNode); + *ppNode = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. +*/ +static void nodeOverwriteCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node into which the cell is to be written */ + RtreeCell *pCell, /* The cell to write */ + int iCell /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */ +){ + int ii; + u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; + p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid); + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){ + p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); + } + pNode->isDirty = 1; +} + +/* +** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode. +*/ +static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ + u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; + u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell]; + int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell; + memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte); + writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1); + pNode->isDirty = 1; +} + +/* +** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert +** is successful, return SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL. +*/ +static int nodeInsertCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* Write new cell into this node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* The cell to be inserted */ +){ + int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ + int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ + + nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell; + nCell = NCELL(pNode); + + assert( nCell<=nMaxCell ); + if( nCellzData[2], nCell+1); + pNode->isDirty = 1; + } + + return (nCell==nMaxCell); +} + +/* +** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database. +*/ +static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNode->isDirty ){ + sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode; + if( pNode->iNode ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1); + } + sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(p); + pNode->isDirty = 0; + rc = sqlite3_reset(p); + if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); + nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference +** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database. +*/ +static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNode ){ + assert( pNode->nRef>0 ); + pNode->nRef--; + if( pNode->nRef==0 ){ + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + pRtree->iDepth = -1; + } + if( pNode->pParent ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode); + } + nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); + sqlite3_free(pNode); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of +** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is +** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. +*/ +static i64 nodeGetRowid( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract the ID */ + int iCell /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */ +){ + assert( iCellzData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]); +} + +/* +** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode. +*/ +static void nodeGetCoord( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */ + int iCell, /* The index of the cell within the node */ + int iCoord, /* Which coordinate to extract */ + RtreeCoord *pCoord /* OUT: Space to write result to */ +){ + readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord); +} + +/* +** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed +** to by pCell with the results. +*/ +static void nodeGetCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node containing the cell to be read */ + int iCell, /* Index of the cell within the node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */ +){ + u8 *pData; + u8 *pEnd; + RtreeCoord *pCoord; + pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell); + pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell); + pEnd = pData + pRtree->nDim*8; + pCoord = pCell->aCoord; + for(; pDatanBusy++; +} + +/* +** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches +** zero the structure is deleted. +*/ +static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ + pRtree->nBusy--; + if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent); + sqlite3_free(pRtree); + } +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. +*/ +static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. +*/ +static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc; + char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName + ); + if( !zCreate ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zCreate); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. +*/ +static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + RtreeCursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + if( pCsr ){ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents. +*/ +static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->aConstraint ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ + for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo; + if( pInfo ){ + if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser); + sqlite3_free(pInfo); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); + pCsr->aConstraint = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. +*/ +static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); + int ii; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + for(ii=0; iiaNode[ii]); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. +** +** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid +** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. +*/ +static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + return pCsr->atEOF; +} + +/* +** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value. +** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little- +** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if +** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is +** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded. +** Store the results in "r". +** +** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and +** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation. The endian- +** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the +** processor endianness is known at compile-time. The SQLITE_BYTEORDER +** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific +** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)| \ + ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#else +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16) \ + +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3]; \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#endif + +/* +** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH +** constraint pConstraint. +*/ +static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content */ + RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch, /* Container of this cell */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore, /* OUT: score for the cell */ + int *peWithin /* OUT: visibility of the cell */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */ + int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord; /* No. of coordinates */ + int rc; /* Callback return code */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Decoded coordinates */ + + assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY ); + assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 ); + + if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){ + pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData); + } + pCellData += 8; + for(i=0; iop==RTREE_MATCH ){ + rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo, + nCoord, aCoord, &i); + if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; + *prScore = RTREE_ZERO; + }else{ + pInfo->aCoord = aCoord; + pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1; + pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore; + pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin; + rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo); + if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin; + if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScorerScore; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, +** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. +*/ +static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ +){ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl val; /* Coordinate value convert to a double */ + + /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate + ** in a coordinate pair. But make pCellData point to the lower bound. + */ + pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); + + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: + case RTREE_LT: + case RTREE_EQ: + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return; + if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break; /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */ + /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */ + + default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE, or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */ + pCellData += 4; + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return; + } + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; +} + +/* +** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. +** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged. +** +** The constraint is of the form: xN op $val +** +** The op is given by p->op. The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in +** pCellData. $val is given by p->u.rValue. +*/ +static void rtreeLeafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ +){ + RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ + + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN); + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_LT: if( xN < p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GT: if( xN > p->u.rValue ) return; break; + default: if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return; break; + } + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; +} + +/* +** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit +** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. +*/ +static int nodeRowidIndex( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + i64 iRowid, + int *piIndex +){ + int ii; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); + for(ii=0; iipParent; + if( pParent ){ + return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex); + } + *piIndex = -1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Compare two search points. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first +** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second. +** +** The rScore is the primary key. Smaller rScore values come first. +** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller +** iLevel values coming first. In this way, if rScore is the same for all +** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result +** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior. +*/ +static int rtreeSearchPointCompare( + const RtreeSearchPoint *pA, + const RtreeSearchPoint *pB +){ + if( pA->rScorerScore ) return -1; + if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1; + if( pA->iLeveliLevel ) return -1; + if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Interchange to search points in a cursor. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){ + RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i]; + assert( iaPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j]; + p->aPoint[j] = t; + i++; j++; + if( i=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + }else{ + RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i]; + p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j]; + p->aNode[j] = pTemp; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0; +} + +/* +** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score. +*/ +static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){ + sqlite3_int64 id; + int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint; + assert( ii==0 || ii==1 ); + assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint ); + if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){ + assert( pRC!=0 ); + id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id; + *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]); + } + return pCur->aNode[ii]; +} + +/* +** Push a new element onto the priority queue +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + int i, j; + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){ + int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0])); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pCur->aPoint = pNew; + pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew; + } + i = pCur->nPoint++; + pNew = pCur->aPoint + i; + pNew->rScore = rScore; + pNew->iLevel = iLevel; + assert( iLevel>=0 && iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ); + while( i>0 ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pParent; + j = (i-1)/2; + pParent = pCur->aPoint + j; + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break; + rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i); + i = j; + pNew = pParent; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return +** NULL if malloc fails. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst; + pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); + pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; + if( pFirst==0 + || pFirst->rScore>rScore + || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) + ){ + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + int ii; + pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1; + if( iiaNode[ii]==0 ); + pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0]; + }else{ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]); + } + pCur->aNode[0] = 0; + *pNew = pCur->sPoint; + } + pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore; + pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel; + pCur->bPoint = 1; + return &pCur->sPoint; + }else{ + return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); + } +} + +#if 0 +/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */ +static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){ + if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); } + printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d", + p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin + ); + idx++; + if( idxaNode[idx]); + }else{ + printf("\n"); + } +} +static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){ + int ii; + printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix); + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur); + } + for(ii=0; iinPoint; ii++){ + if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf(" "); + tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur); + } +} +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B) +#else +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) /* no-op */ +#endif + +/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){ + int i, j, k, n; + i = 1 - p->bPoint; + assert( i==0 || i==1 ); + if( p->aNode[i] ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + } + if( p->bPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--; + p->bPoint = 0; + }else if( p->nPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--; + n = --p->nPoint; + p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n]; + if( naNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1]; + p->aNode[n+1] = 0; + } + i = 0; + while( (j = i*2+1)aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){ + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k); + i = k; + }else{ + break; + } + }else{ + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j); + i = j; + }else{ + break; + } + } + } + } +} + + +/* +** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue +** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row, +** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the +** query has completed. +*/ +static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; + Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur); + RtreeNode *pNode; + int eWithin; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell; + int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint; + int ii; + int eInt; + RtreeSearchPoint x; + + eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32; + while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){ + pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); + while( p->iCellzData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell); + eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN; + for(ii=0; iiaConstraint + ii; + if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ + rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p, + &rScore, &eWithin); + if( rc ) return rc; + }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){ + rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + }else{ + rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + } + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break; + } + p->iCell++; + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue; + x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1; + if( x.iLevel ){ + x.id = readInt64(pCellData); + x.iCell = 0; + }else{ + x.id = p->id; + x.iCell = p->iCell - 1; + } + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); + } + if( rScoreeWithin = eWithin; + p->id = x.id; + p->iCell = x.iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:"); + break; + } + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); + } + } + pCur->atEOF = p==0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. +*/ +static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. +*/ +static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){ + *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. +*/ +static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + RtreeCoord c; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + + if( rc ) return rc; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( i==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); + }else{ + if( rc ) return rc; + nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c); +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f); + }else +#endif + { + assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 ); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with +** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and +** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set +** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf +** to zero and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int findLeafNode( + Rtree *pRtree, /* RTree to search */ + i64 iRowid, /* The rowid searching for */ + RtreeNode **ppLeaf, /* Write the node here */ + sqlite3_int64 *piNode /* Write the node-id here */ +){ + int rc; + *ppLeaf = 0; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid); + if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0); + if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode; + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf); + sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed +** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the +** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH +** operator. +*/ +static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ + RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; /* BLOB returned by geometry function */ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* Callback information */ + int nBlob; /* Size of the geometry function blob */ + int nExpected; /* Expected size of the BLOB */ + + /* Check that value is actually a blob. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + + /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */ + nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(RtreeDValue))!=0 + ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob ); + if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo)); + pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1]; + + memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob); + nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + + (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue)); + if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){ + sqlite3_free(pInfo); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext; + pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam; + pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam; + + if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){ + pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom; + }else{ + pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY; + pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc; + } + pCons->pInfo = pInfo; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. +*/ +static int rtreeFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCell = 0; + + rtreeReference(pRtree); + + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); + pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; + + if( idxNum==1 ){ + /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the the leaf */ + i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + i64 iNode = 0; + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ + p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); + assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ + pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; + p->id = iNode; + p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); + p->iCell = iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); + }else{ + pCsr->atEOF = 1; + } + }else{ + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. + */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ + pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); + pCsr->nConstraint = argc; + if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); + memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); + assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) + || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) ); + for(ii=0; iiaConstraint[ii]; + p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; + p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0'; + if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ + /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that + ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using + ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. + */ + rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + break; + } + p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2; + p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue; + p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]); +#else + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); +#endif + } + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->id = 1; + pNew->iCell = 0; + pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); + pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; + pRoot = 0; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); + } + } + + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** least desirable): +** +** idxNum idxStr Strategy +** ------------------------------------------------ +** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid. +** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan. +** ------------------------------------------------ +** +** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy +** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each +** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to +** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with +** (argvIndex==1) etc. +** +** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint +** operator as follows: +** +** Operator Byte Value +** ---------------------- +** = 0x41 ('A') +** <= 0x42 ('B') +** < 0x43 ('C') +** >= 0x44 ('D') +** > 0x45 ('E') +** MATCH 0x46 ('F') +** ---------------------- +** +** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column +** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column +** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc. +*/ +static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int ii; + i64 nRow; /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */ + + int iIdx = 0; + char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; + memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); + + assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); + for(ii=0; iinConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; + + if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ + /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ + int jj; + for(jj=0; jjaConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0; + } + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; + + /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures + ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be + ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which + ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return + ** a single row. + */ + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; + setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){ + u8 op; + switch( p->op ){ + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break; + default: + assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); + op = RTREE_MATCH; + break; + } + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0'; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; + } + } + + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1; + if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + nRow = pRtree->nRowEst / (iIdx + 1); + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow; + setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p. +*/ +static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1; + int ii; + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]))); + } + return area; +} + +/* +** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum +** of the objects size in each dimension. +*/ +static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0; + int ii; + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); + } + return margin; +} + +/* +** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1. +*/ +static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ + int ii; + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f); + p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f); + } + }else{ + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i); + p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered +** by p1. False otherwise. +*/ +static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ + int ii; + int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32); + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; + RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; + if( (!isInt && (a2[0].fa1[1].f)) + || ( isInt && (a2[0].ia1[1].i)) + ){ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell. +*/ +static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ + RtreeDValue area; + RtreeCell cell; + memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell)); + area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); + cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); + return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area); +} + +static RtreeDValue cellOverlap( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *p, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell +){ + int ii; + RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO; + for(ii=0; iinDim*2); jj+=2){ + RtreeDValue x1, x2; + x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); + x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); + if( x2iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ + int iCell; + sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; + + RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO; + + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell cell; + RtreeNode *pChild; + + RtreeCell *aCell = 0; + + /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell + ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with + ** the smallest area. + */ + for(iCell=0; iCellpParent ){ + RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent; + RtreeCell cell; + int iCell; + + if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell); + if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){ + cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); + } + + p = pParent; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the _rowid table. +*/ +static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); +} + +/* +** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the _parent table. +*/ +static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent); + return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent); +} + +static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); + + +/* +** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values +** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For +** example, assuming the inputs: +** +** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } +** aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 } +** +** this function sets the aIdx array to contain: +** +** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } +** +** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the +** sorting algorithm. +*/ +static void SortByDistance( + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + RtreeDValue *aDistance, + int *aSpare +){ + if( nIdx>1 ){ + int iLeft = 0; + int iRight = 0; + + int nLeft = nIdx/2; + int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; + int *aLeft = aIdx; + int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; + + SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare); + SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare); + + memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); + aLeft = aSpare; + + while( iLeft1 ){ + + int iLeft = 0; + int iRight = 0; + + int nLeft = nIdx/2; + int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; + int *aLeft = aIdx; + int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; + + SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare); + SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare); + + memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); + aLeft = aSpare; + while( iLeftnDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); + + aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !aaSorted ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell]; + memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte); + for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){ + int jj; + aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell]; + for(jj=0; jjnDim; ii++){ + RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO; + int iBestLeft = 0; + int nLeft; + + for( + nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); + nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); + nLeft++ + ){ + RtreeCell left; + RtreeCell right; + int kk; + RtreeDValue overlap; + RtreeDValue area; + + memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){ + if( kk0 ){ + RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid); + if( pChild ){ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); + nodeReference(pNode); + pChild->pParent = pNode; + } + } + return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode); +} + +static int SplitNode( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight +){ + int i; + int newCellIsRight = 0; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell *aCell; + int *aiUsed; + + RtreeNode *pLeft = 0; + RtreeNode *pRight = 0; + + RtreeCell leftbbox; + RtreeCell rightbbox; + + /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and + ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. + */ + aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); + if( !aCell ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto splitnode_out; + } + aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1]; + memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1)); + for(i=0; iiNode==1 ){ + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); + pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); + pRtree->iDepth++; + pNode->isDirty = 1; + writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth); + }else{ + pLeft = pNode; + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent); + nodeReference(pLeft); + } + + if( !pLeft || !pRight ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto splitnode_out; + } + + memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); + memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); + + rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, + &leftbbox, &rightbbox); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + + /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling + ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created + ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number. + ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite(). + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)) + || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft))) + ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + + rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode; + leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode; + + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + }else{ + RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent; + int iCell; + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + } + if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + + for(i=0; iiRowid ){ + newCellIsRight = 1; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + } + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + for(i=0; iiRowid, pLeft, iHeight); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); + pRight = 0; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); + pLeft = 0; + } + +splitnode_out: + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); + nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); + sqlite3_free(aCell); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is +** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate +** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. +** +** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update +** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the +** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which +** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this +** function is called to determine its ancestry. +*/ +static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode); + rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */ + i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */ + + /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a + ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't + ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete + ** the referenced counted node structures. + */ + iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); + for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent); + if( !pTest ){ + rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent); + } + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pChild = pChild->pParent; + } + return rc; +} + +static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); + +static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ + int rc; + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pParent = 0; + int iCell; + + assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); + + /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */ + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParent = pNode->pParent; + pNode->pParent = 0; + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into + ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. + */ + nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); + pNode->iNode = iHeight; + pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted; + pNode->nRef++; + pRtree->pDeleted = pNode; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pParent ){ + int ii; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); + for(ii=1; iiiNode; + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the +** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required. +*/ +static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ + RtreeNode *pParent; + int rc; + + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around + ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail. + */ + nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell); + + /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum + ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the + ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated + ** node. + */ + pParent = pNode->pParent; + assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 ); + if( pParent ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)nDim; iDim++){ + aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); + aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); + } + } + for(iDim=0; iDimnDim; iDim++){ + aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2)); + } + + for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ + RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - + DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); + aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); + } + } + + SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare); + nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){ + RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; + nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p); + if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ + if( iHeight==0 ){ + rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); + } + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains + ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. + */ + RtreeNode *pInsert; + RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aCell); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a +** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). +*/ +static int rtreeInsertCell( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( iHeight>0 ){ + RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid); + if( pChild ){ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); + nodeReference(pNode); + pChild->pParent = pNode; + } + } + if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){ + if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){ + rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); + }else{ + pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight; + rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); + } + }else{ + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iHeight==0 ){ + rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains + ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. + */ + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record. +*/ +static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ + int rc; + sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1); + sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. +*/ +static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ + int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ + RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */ + + + /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + + /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry + ** about to be deleted. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); + } + + /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + + /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + } + + /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove + ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and + ** reduce the tree height by one. + ** + ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into + ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform + ** in this scenario). + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pChild; + i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iDepth--; + writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); + pRoot->isDirty = 1; + } + } + + /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ + for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); + } + pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pLeaf); + } + + /* Release the reference to the root node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + }else{ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rounding constants for float->double conversion. +*/ +#define RNDTOWARDS (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round towards zero */ +#define RNDAWAY (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round away from zero */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) +/* +** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float) +** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively. +*/ +static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( f>d ){ + f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS)); + } + return f; +} +static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( f1 */ + int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ + + rtreeReference(pRtree); + assert(nData>=1); + + /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return + ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: + ** + ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or + ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. + ** + ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then + ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second + ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the + ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. + */ + if( nData>1 ){ + int ii; + + /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */ + assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]); + cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]); + if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } + }else +#endif + { + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]); + cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]); + if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } + } + + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]); + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid + ){ + int steprc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); + steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } + } + bHaveRowid = 1; + } + } + + /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a + ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does + ** just that. + */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])); + } + + /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements + ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into + ** the r-tree structure. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ + /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; + + /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ + if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ + rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); + } + *pRowid = cell.iRowid; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + +constraint: + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables. +*/ +static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + ); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate +** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based +** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){ + const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'"; + char *zSql; + sqlite3_stmt *p; + int rc; + i64 nRow = 0; + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRow==0 ){ + pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; + }else{ + pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST); + } + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + return rc; +} + +static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ + rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ + rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ + rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ + rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ + rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + rtreeFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + rtreeEof, /* xEof */ + rtreeColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + rtreeUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */ + 0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ + 0, /* xSync - sync transaction */ + 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ + 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ + 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ + rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ +}; + +static int rtreeSqlInit( + Rtree *pRtree, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + const char *zPrefix, + int isCreate +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + #define N_STATEMENT 9 + static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = { + /* Read and write the xxx_node table */ + "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", + + /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */ + "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", + + /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */ + "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1" + }; + sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT]; + int i; + + pRtree->db = db; + + if( isCreate ){ + char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( +"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);" +"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);" +"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY," + " parentnode INTEGER);" +"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))", + zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize + ); + if( !zCreate ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zCreate); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + + appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode; + appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode; + appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode; + appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid; + appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid; + appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid; + appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent; + appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent; + appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent; + + rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree); + for(i=0; iiNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned. +** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree +** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting +** the root node of the tree. +** +** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. +** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the +** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries +** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. +*/ +static int getNodeSize( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */ + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message, if any */ +){ + int rc; + char *zSql; + if( isCreate ){ + int iPageSize = 0; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb); + rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64; + if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)iNodeSize ){ + pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS; + } + }else{ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1", + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName + ); + rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(zSql); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the r-tree virtual table. +** +** argv[0] -> module name +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> column names... +*/ +static int rtreeInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ + int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ + char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ + int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Rtree *pRtree; + int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ + int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ + int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32); + + const char *aErrMsg[] = { + 0, /* 0 */ + "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table", /* 1 */ + "Too few columns for an rtree table", /* 2 */ + "Too many columns for an rtree table" /* 3 */ + }; + + int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2; + if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + + /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]); + pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + if( !pRtree ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + pRtree->nBusy = 1; + pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; + pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; + pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; + pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2; + pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2; + pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType; + memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); + memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); + + /* Figure out the node size to use. */ + rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); + + /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If + ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure + ** the r-tree table schema. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + }else{ + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]); + char *zTmp; + int ii; + for(ii=4; zSql && iinBusy==1 ); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to +** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis. +** +** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions +** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing +** an r-tree node. For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to +** deserialize all nodes, a statement like: +** +** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node; +** +** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one +** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a +** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the +** *2 coordinates. +*/ +static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + char *zText = 0; + RtreeNode node; + Rtree tree; + int ii; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode)); + memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)); + tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]); + tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim; + node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]); + + for(ii=0; iixDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite +** scalar function that is implemented by this routine. +** +** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that +** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of +** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object +** as a BLOB. +** +** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize +** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure +** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query. +*/ +static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); + RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; + int nBlob; + + nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue); + pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob); + if( !pBlob ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + }else{ + int i; + pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC; + pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0]; + pBlob->nParam = nArg; + for(i=0; iaParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]); +#else + pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); +#endif + } + sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); + } +} + +/* +** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zGeom, /* Name of the new SQL function */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext /* Extra data associated with the callback */ +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback + ); +} + +/* +** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the +** r-tree MATCH operator. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zQueryFunc, /* Name of new SQL function */ + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext, /* Extra data passed into the callback */ + void (*xDestructor)(void*) /* Destructor for the extra data */ +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback + ); +} + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3RtreeInit(db); +} +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ +** +** This file implements an integration between the ICU library +** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library +** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses +** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: +** +** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP +** operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs. +** +** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions +** for case mapping. +** +** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. +** +** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to +** provide case-independent matching. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) + +/* Include ICU headers */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* #include */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#else +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro. +*/ +static void xFree(void *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is +** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and +** false (0) if they are different. +*/ +static int icuLikeCompare( + const uint8_t *zPattern, /* LIKE pattern */ + const uint8_t *zString, /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */ + const UChar32 uEsc /* The escape character */ +){ + static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_'; + static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%'; + + int iPattern = 0; /* Current byte index in zPattern */ + int iString = 0; /* Current byte index in zString */ + + int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was uEsc */ + + while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){ + + /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */ + UChar32 uPattern; + U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern); + assert(uPattern!=0); + + /* There are now 4 possibilities: + ** + ** 1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%", + ** 2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_", + ** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or + ** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character + */ + if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){ + /* Case 1. */ + uint8_t c; + + /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a + ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the + ** test string. + */ + while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ + if( c==MATCH_ONE ){ + if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0; + U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); + } + iPattern++; + } + + if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1; + + while( zString[iString] ){ + if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){ + return 1; + } + U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); + } + return 0; + + }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){ + /* Case 2. */ + if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0; + U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); + + }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){ + /* Case 3. */ + prevEscape = 1; + + }else{ + /* Case 4. */ + UChar32 uString; + U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString); + uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); + uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); + if( uString!=uPattern ){ + return 0; + } + prevEscape = 0; + } + } + + return zString[iString]==0; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, +** +** A LIKE B ESCAPE E +** +** is mapped to like(B, A, E). +*/ +static void icuLikeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + UChar32 uEsc = 0; + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + + + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + int i = 0; + if( zE==0 ) return; + U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); + if( i!=nE){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + } + + if( zA && zB ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc)); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called when an ICU function called from within +** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. +** +** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is +** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. +*/ +static void icuFunctionError( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */ + const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */ + UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */ +){ + char zBuf[128]; + sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e)); + zBuf[127] = '\0'; + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1); +} + +/* +** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as +** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata(). +*/ +static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ + URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p; + uregex_close(pExpr); +} + +/* +** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes +** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile +** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either +** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result +** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. +** +** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such +** that the following two are equivalent: +** +** zString REGEXP zPattern +** regexp(zPattern, zString) +** +** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs: +** +** uregex_open() +** uregex_matches() +** uregex_close() +*/ +static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + URegularExpression *pExpr; + UBool res; + const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); + + (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ + + /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, + ** then the result is also NULL. + */ + if( !zString ){ + return; + } + + pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0); + if( !pExpr ){ + const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); + if( !zPattern ){ + return; + } + pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status); + + if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete); + }else{ + assert(!pExpr); + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status); + return; + } + } + + /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */ + uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status); + return; + } + + /* Attempt the match */ + res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status); + return; + } + + /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL + ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than + ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid + ** pointer after this function returns. + */ + uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status); + + /* Return 1 or 0. */ + sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0); +} + +/* +** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and +** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). +** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). +** +** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and +** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences +** between the two. +** +** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar +** functions are invoked with one argument: +** +** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' +** lower('abc') -> 'ABC' +** +** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower() +** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name +** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value +** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version +** of upper() or lower(). +** +** lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i' +** lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i) +** +** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings +*/ +static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + const UChar *zInput; + UChar *zOutput; + int nInput; + int nOutput; + + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + const char *zLocale = 0; + + assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2); + if( nArg==2 ){ + zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); + } + + zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); + if( !zInput ){ + return; + } + nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]); + + nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2; + zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput); + if( !zOutput ){ + return; + } + + if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){ + u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status); + }else{ + u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status); + } + + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status); + return; + } + + sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree); +} + +/* +** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to +** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). +*/ +static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){ + UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; + ucol_close(p); +} + +/* +** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to +** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). +*/ +static int icuCollationColl( + void *pCtx, + int nLeft, + const void *zLeft, + int nRight, + const void *zRight +){ + UCollationResult res; + UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; + res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2); + switch( res ){ + case UCOL_LESS: return -1; + case UCOL_GREATER: return +1; + case UCOL_EQUAL: return 0; + } + assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()"); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). +** +** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation +** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called +** as follows: +** +** SELECT icu_load_collation(, ); +** +** Where is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e. +** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and is the name of the +** collation sequence to create. +*/ +static void icuLoadCollation( + sqlite3_context *p, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + const char *zLocale; /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */ + const char *zName; /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */ + UCollator *pUCollator; /* ICU library collation object */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */ + + assert(nArg==2); + zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); + + if( !zLocale || !zName ){ + return; + } + + pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status); + return; + } + assert(p); + + rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, + icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + ucol_close(pUCollator); + sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1); + } +} + +/* +** Register the ICU extension functions with database db. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ + struct IcuScalar { + const char *zName; /* Function name */ + int nArg; /* Number of arguments */ + int enc; /* Optimal text encoding */ + void *pContext; /* sqlite3_user_data() context */ + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } scalars[] = { + {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 0, icuRegexpFunc}, + + {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + + {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + + {"like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, + {"like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, + + {"icu_load_collation", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation}, + }; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ + struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; + rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + return rc; +} + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3IcuInit(db); +} +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 June 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + +/* #include */ +/* #include */ + +#include +/* #include */ +/* #include */ +#include + +typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; +typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; + +struct IcuTokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char *zLocale; +}; + +struct IcuCursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + + UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ + int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ + UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ + int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ + + int nBuffer; + char *zBuffer; + + int iToken; +}; + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int icuCreate( + int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ +){ + IcuTokenizer *p; + int n = 0; + + if( argc>0 ){ + n = strlen(argv[0])+1; + } + p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); + + if( n ){ + p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; + memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); + } + + *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int icuOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + IcuCursor *pCsr; + + const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + int nChar; + + UChar32 c; + int iInput = 0; + int iOut = 0; + + *ppCursor = 0; + + if( zInput==0 ){ + nInput = 0; + zInput = ""; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + nInput = strlen(zInput); + } + nChar = nInput+1; + pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ + ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ + (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ + ); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); + pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; + pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; + + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + while( c>0 ){ + int isError = 0; + c = u_foldCase(c, opt); + U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); + if( isError ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + + if( iInputpIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->nChar = iOut; + + ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). +*/ +static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; + ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. +*/ +static int icuNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; + + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int nByte = 0; + + while( iStart==iEnd ){ + UChar32 c; + + iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); + iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); + if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); + if( u_isspace(c) ){ + iStart = iWhite; + }else{ + break; + } + } + assert(iStart<=iEnd); + } + + do { + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + if( nByte ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; + } + + u_strToUTF8( + pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ + &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ + &status /* Output success/failure */ + ); + } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); + + *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; + *pnBytes = nByte; + *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; + *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; + *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + icuCreate, /* xCreate */ + icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ + icuOpen, /* xOpen */ + icuClose, /* xClose */ + icuNext, /* xNext */ +}; + +/* +** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/ diff --git a/code/sqlite3-binding.h b/code/sqlite3-binding.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e86d83f --- /dev/null +++ b/code/sqlite3-binding.h @@ -0,0 +1,7478 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ +#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Add the ability to override 'extern' +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif + + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** Fossil configuration management +** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 +** hash of the entire source tree. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.5" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus insure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** 
    +** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+**
    )^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[]; +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() +** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements +** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes +** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the +** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is +** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with +** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which +** destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], +** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or +** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation +** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], +** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +**
      +**
    • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is a valid and open [database connection]. +**
    • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by +** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
    • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into +** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +**
    +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer +** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. +** +** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. +** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase +** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect +** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. +** +** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always +** be exactly zero. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +**
      +**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], +**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], +**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or +**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. +**
    +** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +**
      +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] +**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +**
    +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST +** is defined. +**
      +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for +** additional information. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** No longer in use. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle +** +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an +** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. +** +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. +** +** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in +** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this +** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between +** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not +** modified. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] +** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of +** a pathname in this VFS. +** +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. +** +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access +** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs +** object once the object has been registered. +** +** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must +** be unique across all VFS modules. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** call, depending on the object being opened: +** +**
      +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +**
    )^ +** +** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make +** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** +**
      +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] +**
    +** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a +** directory. +** +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** included in the VFS structure for completeness. +** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes +** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ + int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ + void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int flags, int *pOutFlags); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method +** +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +**
      +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +**
    +** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given no the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and +** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using +** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all +** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking +** sqlite3_shutdown(). +** +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. +** +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if +** the call is considered successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, +** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    +**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** configuration option.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    +**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    +**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes +** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    +**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a +** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation +** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the +** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +**
      +**
    • [sqlite3_memory_used()] +**
    • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +**
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +**
    • [sqlite3_status()] +**
    )^ +** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** allocation statistics are disabled by default. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    +**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be +** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), +** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz +** argument must be a multiple of 16. +** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer +** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So +** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. +** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 +** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional +** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then +** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    +**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. +** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page +** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. +** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned +** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each +** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on +** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** to make sz a little too large. The first +** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its +** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then +** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. +** The pointer in the first argument must +** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite +** will be undefined.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    +**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use +** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided +** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place +** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    +**
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default +** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each +** [database connection]. The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the +** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.)^
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to +** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface +** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the +** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current +** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    +**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +**
    ^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then +** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling +** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames +** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +**
    ^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as +** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for +** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +**
    These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +**
    This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +**
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size +** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +**
    ^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows +** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined. +** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    +**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
    +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    +** +**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    +**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    +** +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available +** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those +** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column +** is another alias for the rowid. +** +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the +** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. +** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables +** have ever occurred on the database connection D, +** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ +** +** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this +** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, +** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this +** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE +** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The +** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused +** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change +** the return value of this interface.)^ +** +** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to +** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. +** +** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the +** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed +** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement +** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. +** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], +** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by +** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes +** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. +** +** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] +** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. +** +** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table +** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that +** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, +** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other +** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ +** +** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and +** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. +** Most SQL statements are +** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" +** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a +** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one +** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. +** +** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does +** not create a new trigger context. +** +** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the +** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same +** trigger context. +** +** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the +** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, +** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of +** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** statement within the body of the same trigger. +** However, the number returned does not include changes +** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ +** +** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** +** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], +** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. +** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes +** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by +** [foreign key actions]. However, +** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, +** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The +** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], +** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes +** are counted.)^ +** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as +** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle +** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). +** +** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** +** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. +** +** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. +** +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. +** +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. +** +** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] +** is running then bad things will likely happen. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or +** if additional input is needed before sending the text into +** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string +** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within +** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not +** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. +** +** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** +** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** +** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever +** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread +** or process has locked. +** +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. +** +** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt +** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** ^The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the +** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will +** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs +** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache +** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent +** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory +** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error +** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to +** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion +** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the +** +** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why +** this is important. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** will also set or clear the busy handler. +** +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** +** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** +** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** complete query results from one or more queries. +** +** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But +** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These +** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows +** and M be the number of columns. +** +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. +** +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** is as follows: +** +** 
    +**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
    +** +** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored +** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** +** 
    +**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
    )^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 +** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the +** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. +** +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access +** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public +** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** +** These routines all implement some additional formatting +** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. +** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there +** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. +** +** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated +** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. +** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' +** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into +** the string. +** +** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: +** +** 
    +**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
    +** +** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: +** +** 
    +**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
    +** +** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText +** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: +** +** 
    +**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
    +** +** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL +** would have looked like this: +** +** 
    +**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
    +** +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should +** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. +** +** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around +** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the +** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without +** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: +** +** 
    +**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
    +** +** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL +** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the +** addition that after the string has been read and copied into +** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem +** +** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own +** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence +** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The +** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns +** a NULL pointer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is +** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed +** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. +** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). +** +** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the +** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first +** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() +** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling +** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or +** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling +** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). +** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. +** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes +** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned +** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation +** is not freed. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. +** +** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define +** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in +** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability +** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. +** +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called +** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting +** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite +** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. +** +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have +** not yet been released. +** +** The application must not read or write any part of +** a block of memory after it has been released using +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics +** +** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], +** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. +** +** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** prior to the reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator +** +** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to +** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that +** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for +** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows +** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. +** +** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer. +** +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness +** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then +** the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness +** method. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular +** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. +** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** the authorizer will fail with an error message. +** +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that +** access is denied. +** +** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies +** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters +** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional +** details about the action to be authorized. +** +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the +** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute +** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] +** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual +** columns of a table. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. +** +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] +** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements +** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not +** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that +** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. +** +** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] +** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] +** in addition to using an authorizer. +** +** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. +** The authorizer is disabled by default. +** +** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. +** +** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] +** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization +** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur +** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers +** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ +** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains +** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The +** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is +** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** +** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is +** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a +** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. +** +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] +** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error following a failure of any +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. +** +** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and +** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources +** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() +** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control +** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to +** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of +** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ +** +**
    +** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    +**
    The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not +** already exist, an error is returned.
    )^ +** +** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
    +**
    The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading +** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either +** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
    )^ +** +** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
    +**
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if +** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
    )^ +**
    +** +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection +** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread +** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens +** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was +** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be +** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared +** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not +** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. +** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** +** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database +** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when +** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might +** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. +** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with +** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as +** "./" to avoid ambiguity. +** +** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary +** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be +** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. +** +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: +** +**
      +**
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +**
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** +**
    • psow: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or +** "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the +** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the +** storage media on which the database file resides. ^The psow query +** parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes. +** +**
    • nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter +** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This +** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not +** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two +** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those +** processes uses nolock=1. +** +**
    • immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query +** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on +** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the +** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher +** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking +** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable +** property on a database file that does in fact change can result +** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. +** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. +** +**
    +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    +** +**
    +**
    URI filenames Results +**
    file:data.db +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db
    +** file:///home/fred/data.db
    +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
    		+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +**
    file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +**
    +** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +**
    file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +**
    file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +**
    file:data.db?mode=readonly +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +**
    +** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. +** +** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international +** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** +** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or +** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call +** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed +** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from +** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are +** disabled. +** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language +** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. +** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. +** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by +** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** +** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the +** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between +** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. +** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these +** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid +** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after +** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. +** +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface +** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the +** error code and message may or may not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object +** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} +** +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. +** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a +** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". +** +** The life of a statement object goes something like this: +** +**
      +**
    1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related +** function. +**
    2. Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() +** interfaces. +**
    3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +**
    4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +**
    5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +**
    +** +** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional +** information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** +** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited +** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the +** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The +** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a +** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the +** new limit for that construct.)^ +** +** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a +** [limits | hard upper bound] +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. +** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ +** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are +** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. +** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** +** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage +** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled +** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a +** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and +** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded +** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the +** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can +** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] +** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database +** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the +** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. +** +** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories +** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} +** +** These constants define various performance limits +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. +** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. +** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    +**
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    +**
    The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    +**
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the +** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index +** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    +**
    The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    +**
    The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    +**
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program +** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently +** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of +** SQLite.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    +**
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    +**
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
    +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    +**
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or +** [GLOB] operators.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    +**
    The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    +**
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^ +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** +** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. +** +** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** +** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() +** use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the +** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or +** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows +** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small +** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that +** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including +** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to +** make a copy of the input string. +** +** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte +** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only +** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to +** what remains uncompiled. +** +** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty +** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. +** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** ppStmt may not be NULL. +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; +** otherwise an [error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are +** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained +** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave differently in three ways: +** +**
      +**
    1. +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. +**
      2. +** +**
    2. +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] +** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare +** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. +**
      3. +** +**
    3. +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. +**
      4. +**
    +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** +** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original +** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was +** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** 
    +**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+**
    +** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} +** +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values +** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects +** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. +** +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. +** +** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with +** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. +*/ +typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object +** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. +** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} +** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following +** templates: +** +**
      +**
    • ? +**
    • ?NNN +**
    • :VVV +**
    • @VVV +**
    • $VVV +**
    +** +** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these +** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** +** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. +** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named +** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. +** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** +** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** +** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the +** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the +** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is +** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. +** +** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and +** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), +** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. +** ^If the fifth argument is +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then +** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() +** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the +** result is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an +** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** +** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] +** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the +** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] +** to the parameters at a later time. +** +** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) +** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the +** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, +** there may be gaps in the list.)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. +** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** respectively. +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" +** is included as part of the name.)^ +** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name +** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". +** +** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is +** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is +** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** +** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The +** index value returned is suitable for use as the second +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero +** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter +** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** +** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL +** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** +** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] +** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the +** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. +** +** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. +** +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a +** NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for +** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause +** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from +** one release of SQLite to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** +** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and +** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in +** [SELECT] statement. +** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. +** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. +** +** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or +** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return +** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, +** or column that query result column was extracted from. +** +** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return +** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same +** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are +** undefined. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** for the same [prepared statement] and result column +** at the same time then the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** +** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. +** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. +** +** ^(For example, given the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** and the following statement to be compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result +** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ +** +** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function +** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or +** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. +** +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] +** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the +** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** +** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT +** +** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +**
      +**
    • 64-bit signed integer +**
    • 64-bit IEEE floating point number +**
    • string +**
    • BLOB +**
    • NULL +**
    )^ +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query +** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** +** These routines form the "result set" interface. +** +** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current +** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. +** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. +** +** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] +** are called from a different thread while any of these routines +** are pending, then the results are undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value +** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type +** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, +** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object +** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. +** +** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For +** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions +** that are applied: +** +**
    +** +**
    Internal
    Type     		Requested
    Type     		Conversion +** +**
    NULL INTEGER Result is 0 +**
    NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 +**
    NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer +**
    NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer +**
    INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float +**
    INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer +**
    INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT +**
    FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
    FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float +**
    FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB +**
    TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
    TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL +**
    TEXT BLOB No change +**
    BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER +**
    BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL +**
    BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed +**
    +**
    )^ +** +** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() +** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its +** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are +** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most +** C programmers. +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +**
      +**
    • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.
      • +**
    • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.
      • +**
    • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.
      • +**
    +** +** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they +** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +**
      +**
    • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • +**
    • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • +**
    • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
      • +**
    +** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +** +** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any +** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value +** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL +** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return +** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** back to the beginning of its program. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** these routines are the text encoding expected for +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. +** +** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL +** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database +** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added +** to each database connection separately. +** +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. +** +** ^The third parameter (nArg) +** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is +** undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. +** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. +** +** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ +** +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or +** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, +** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. +** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being +** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ +** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. +** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it +** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data +** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** +** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use +** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative +** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with +** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding +** matches the database encoding is a better +** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be +** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is +** between UTF8 and UTF16. +** +** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. +** +** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other +** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not +** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared +** statement in which the function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED +** +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid +** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** +** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses +** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on +** the function or aggregate. +** +** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters +** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. +** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for +** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to +** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** object results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other +** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) +** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread as +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this +** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. +** +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite +** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally +** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one +** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match +** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function +** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** first time from within xFinal().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. +** +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the +** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. +** +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** +** The first parameter must be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the aggregate SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the application-defined function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to +** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
      +**
    • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or +**
    • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement, or +**
    • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or +**
    • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs.
    )^ +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. +** +** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread in which +** the SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of +** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed +** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the +** third parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of +** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero +** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified +** by its 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. +** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native +** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message all text up through the first zero character. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() +** routines make a private copy of the error message text before +** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or +** modify the text after they return without harm. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces +** set the return value of the application-defined function to be +** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, +** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter +** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text +** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has +** finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite +** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not +** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content +** when it has finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** If these routines are called from within the different thread +** than the one containing the application-defined function that received +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +**
      +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF8], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16], or +**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +**
    )^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an +** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +**
      +**
    1. If A==B then B==A. +**
    2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. +**
    3. If A<B THEN B>A. +**
    4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. +**
    +** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** +** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation +** sequence is required. +** +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, +** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. +** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. +** +** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence.)^ +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be +** called right after sqlite3_open(). +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); + +/* +** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not +** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the +** database is decrypted. +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); + +/* +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD +/* +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +** +** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] +** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable +** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate +** temporary file directory. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** +** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +** 
    +** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+**       NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+**
    +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode +** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, +** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. +** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. +** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. +** +** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to +** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after +** an error is to use this function. +** +** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database +** connection while this routine is running, then the return value +** is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** that was the first argument +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** create the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after +** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL +** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement +** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement +** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. +** +** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. +** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, +** then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call for each function on D. +** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. +** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** or rollback hook in the first place. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] +** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook +** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. +** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit +** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. +** +** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. +** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is +** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a rowid table. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** +** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. +** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to be invoked. +** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the +** database and table name containing the affected row. +** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. +** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. +** +** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. +** +** ^In the current implementation, the update hook +** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an +** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook +** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. +** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** +** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** returns the P argument from the previous call +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] +** interfaces. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] +** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true +** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ +** +** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. +** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. +** +** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. +** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode +** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ +** +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ +** +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in +** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared +** cache setting should set it explicitly. +** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** +** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations +** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database +** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. +** +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** +** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** +** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +**
      +**
    • The soft heap limit is set to zero. +**
    • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +**
    • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). +**
    • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +**
    )^ +** +** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because +** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most +** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** +** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific +** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle +** passed as the first function argument. +** +** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters +** may be NULL. +** +** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th +** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be +** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. +** +** ^(
    +** +**
    Parameter Output
    Type     		Description +** +**
    5th const char* Data type +**
    6th const char* Name of default collation sequence +**
    7th int True if column has a NOT NULL constraint +**
    8th int True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +**
    9th int True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] +**
    +**
    )^ +** +** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** call to any SQLite API function. +** +** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. +** +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no +** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output +** parameters are set as follows: +** +** 
    +**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+**
    )^ +** +** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an +** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column +** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left +** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ +** +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** +** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. +** +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. +** +** ^The entry point is zProc. +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^Extension loading must be enabled using +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, +** otherwise an error will be returned. +** +** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** +** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** +** ^Extension loading is off by default. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn +** it back off again. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** 
    +**    int xEntryPoint(
+**      sqlite3 *db,
+**      const char **pzErrMsg,
+**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+**    );
+**
    )^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} +** +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. +** +** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent +** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. +** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different +** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content +** of this structure must not change while it is registered with +** any database connection. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info +** +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: +** +**
    column OP expr
    +** +** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ +** +** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are +** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ +** +** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the +** [xFilter] method. +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros defined the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** +** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. +** ^Module names must be registered before +** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a +** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. +** +** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to +** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth +** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through +** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module +** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will +** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** destructor. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass +** of this object to describe a particular instance +** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will +** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. +** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are +** common to all module implementations. +** +** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the +** following structure to describe cursors that point into the +** [virtual table] and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods +** of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table +** +** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a +** [virtual table module] call this interface +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** +** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ +** +** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded +** by a [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} +** +** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** +** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located +** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; +** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: +** +** 
    +**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+**
    )^ +** +** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read +** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. +** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary +** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is +** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. +** +** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains +** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that +** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. +** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". +** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written +** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set +** to be a null pointer.)^ +** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message +** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related +** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a +** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob +** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. +** +** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an +** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects +** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". +** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column +** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not +** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually +** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ +** +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this +** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a +** blob. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID] +** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, +** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using +** this interface. +** +** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** +** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. +** +** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit +** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the +** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. +** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache +** until the close operation if they will fit. +** +** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes +** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur +** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during +** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ +** +** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns +** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ +** +** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned +** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The +** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing +** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z +** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** +** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is +** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the +** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might +** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle +** or by other independent statements. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects +** +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object +** that SQLite uses to interact +** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a +** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. +** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. +** The following interfaces are provided. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^Names are case sensitive. +** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. +** +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). +** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. +** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. +** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again +** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the +** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a +** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as +** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutexes +** +** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread +** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal +** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is +** permitted to use any of these routines. +** +** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations +** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation +** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following +** implementations are available in the SQLite core: +** +**
      +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +**
    )^ +** +** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in +** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. +** +** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** implementation is included with the library. In this case the +** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +**
      +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 +**
    )^ +** +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in +** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates +** a static mutex. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] +** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other +** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. +** SQLite will never exhibit +** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ +** +** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will +** never do either.)^ +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** behave as no-ops. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object +** +** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines +** used to allocate and use mutexes. +** +** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are +** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom +** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user +** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an +** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** +** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. +** +** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The +** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding +** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially +** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** +** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, +** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and +** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): +** +**
      +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
      • +**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
      • +**
    )^ +** +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated +** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead +** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined +** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results +** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined +** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if +** it is passed a NULL pointer). +** +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without +** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to +** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. +** +** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite +** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. +** +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. +** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself +** prior to returning. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { + int (*xMutexInit)(void); + int (*xMutexEnd)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines +** +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core +** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only +** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is +** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. +** +** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. +** +** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working +** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always +** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But +** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not +** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types +** +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** which is one of these integer constants. +** +** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the +** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be +** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument +** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. +** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this +** routine returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated +** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for +** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. +** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the +** main database file. +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine +** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of +** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl +** method becomes the return value of this routine. +** +** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER +** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the +** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** +** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying +** xFileControl method. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface +** +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing +** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines +** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. +** +** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely +** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending +** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. +** +** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters +** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. +** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to +** operate consistently from one release to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes +** +** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. +** +** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change +** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. +** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 22 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for +** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. +** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the +** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after +** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest +** value. For those parameters +** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ +** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current +** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be +** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite +** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and +** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time +** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter +** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} +** +** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    +**
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory +** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    +**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their +** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    +**
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The +** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they +** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    +**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the +** [scratch memory allocator] configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not +** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation +** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads +** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values +** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too +** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the +** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer +** slots were available. +**
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    +**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    +**
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only +** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ +**
    +** +** New status parameters may be added from time to time. +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the +** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. +** +** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur +** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If +** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is +** reset back down to the current value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} +** +** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. +** +** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs +** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently +** checked out.
    )^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    +**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    +**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
    +**
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +**
    +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
    +**
    This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +**
    +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** +** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can +** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared +** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds +** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate +** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than +** an index. +** +** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from +** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement +** object to be interrogated. The second argument +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] +** to be interrogated.)^ +** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. +** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this +** interface call returns. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} +** +** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. +** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: +** +**
    +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    +**
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in +** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** careful use of indices.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    +**
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    +**
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
    +**
    ^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +**
    +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of +** its size or internal structure and never deals with the +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** to the object. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. +** KEYWORDS: {page cache} +** +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** how long. +** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence +** the application may discard the parameter after the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ +** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ +** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up +** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. +** +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe +** in multithreaded applications. +** +** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** though this is not guaranteed. ^The +** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends +** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation +** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; +** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will +** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will +** never contain any unpinned pages. +** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] +** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the +** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache +** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable +** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this +** value; it is advisory only. +** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". +** +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: +** +** +**
    createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache +**
    0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. +**
    1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. +** Otherwise return NULL. +**
    2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return +** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. +**
    +** +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. +** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] +** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation +** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. +** +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). +** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be +** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not +** to be pinned. +** +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any +** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that +** they can be safely discarded. +** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] +** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). +** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 +** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object +** +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. +** +** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. +** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +** +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from +** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: +**
      +**
    1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the +** backup, +**
    2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer +** the data between the two databases, and finally +**
    3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. +**
    )^ +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() +** +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** and the database name, respectively. +** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the +** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in +** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** and database name of the source database, respectively. +** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** an error. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the +** destination [database connection] D. +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** operation. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +**
      +**
    1. the destination database was opened read-only, or +**
    2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +**
    3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +**
    )^ +** +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** [database connection] +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. +** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an +** external process or via a database connection other than the one being +** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used +** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically +** updated at the same time. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() +** +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any +** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. +** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() +** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** +** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside +** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed +** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. +** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces +** retrieve these two values, respectively. +** +** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup +** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra +** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file +** changing. +** +** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles +** +** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other +** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. +** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database +** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently +** from within other threads. +** +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] +** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction +** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a +** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** +** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must +** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database +** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is +** possible that they return invalid values. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ + const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ +); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** +** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. +** +** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** +** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked +** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] +** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. +** +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ +** +** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a +** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. +** +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is +** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** crash or deadlock may be the result. +** +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** Callback Invocation Details +** +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. +** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass +** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to +** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, +** and the second is the number of entries in the array. +** +** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be +** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the +** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function +** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers +** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** related to the set of unblocked database connections. +** +** Deadlock Detection +** +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further +** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the +** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for +** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection +** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection +** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. +** +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no +** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in +** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection +** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection +** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so +** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has +** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection +** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any +** number of levels of indirection are allowed. +** +** The "DROP TABLE" Exception +** +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, +** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is +** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" +** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. +** +** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ + void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ + void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Comparison +** +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches +** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match +** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case +** sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface +** +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. +** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so +** is considered bad form. +** +** The zFormat string must not be NULL. +** +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine +** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in +** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than +** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the +** buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a +** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in +** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). +** +** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X +** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an +** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of +** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in +** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. +** +** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be +** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** +** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database +** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the +** eMode parameter: +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    +** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log +** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling +** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    +** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +** +**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    +** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after +** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures +** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file +** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, +** but not database readers. +**
    +** +** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to +** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already +** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be +** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. +** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 +** before returning to communicate this to the caller. +** +** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive +** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained +** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer +** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is +** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters +** +** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of +** each of these values. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +**
    +**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +**
    Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +**
    +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + + + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ + +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + diff --git a/sqlite3ext.h b/code/sqlite3ext.h similarity index 100% rename from sqlite3ext.h rename to code/sqlite3ext.h diff --git a/sqlite3-binding.c b/sqlite3-binding.c index 9228d24..7ca6381 100644 --- a/sqlite3-binding.c +++ b/sqlite3-binding.c @@ -1,147782 +1,4 @@ -/****************************************************************************** -** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.8.5. By combining all the individual C code files into this -** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation -** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be -** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements -** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single -** translation unit. -** -** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other -** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines -** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have -** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within -** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start -** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed -** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming -** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a -** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. -*/ -#define SQLITE_CORE 1 -#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 -#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE -# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static +#ifndef USE_LIBSQLITE3 +# include "code/sqlite3-binding.c" #endif -#ifndef SQLITE_API -# define SQLITE_API -#endif -/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. -** -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ -#define _SQLITEINT_H_ - -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. -** -** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any -** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first -** code in all source files. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -** -** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written -** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so -** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might -** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. -** -** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -/* -** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its -** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW -** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header -** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this -** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and -** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block -** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting -** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define -** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the -** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be -** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be -** disabled. -*/ -#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) -# include "mingw.h" -#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) -# include "_mingw.h" -#endif - -/* -** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T -** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime -** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). -*/ -#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ - defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ - defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ - defined(__MSVCRT__) -# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T -#endif - -/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear -** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for -** MinGW. -*/ -/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ -/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library -** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, -** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is -** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without -** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. -** -** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as -** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new -** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes -** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes -** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. -** -** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived -** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source -** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. -** -** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". -** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting -** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as -** part of the build process. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ -#define _SQLITE3_H_ -#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ - -/* -** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. -*/ -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif - - -/* -** Add the ability to override 'extern' -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN -# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_API -# define SQLITE_API -#endif - - -/* -** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those -** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications -** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards -** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that -** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. -** -** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that -** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that -** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports -** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple -** noop macros. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED -#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL - -/* -** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION -# undef SQLITE_VERSION -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers -** -** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header -** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the -** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for -** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ -** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer -** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same -** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ -** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also -** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will -** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented -** and Z will be reset to zero. -** -** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the -** Fossil configuration management -** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to -** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite -** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID -** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 -** hash of the entire source tree. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], -** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], -** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.5" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212" - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid -** -** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros -** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious -** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to -** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in -** the header, and thus insure that the application is -** compiled with matching library and header files. -** -** 
    -** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
-**
    )^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] -** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the -** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() -** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have -** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The -** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the -** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. -** -** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics -** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). -** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating -** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by -** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by -** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). -** -** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the -** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. -** -** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and -** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe -** -** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if -** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. -** -** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes -** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, -** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe -** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. -** -** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. -** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable -** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. -** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. -** -** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the -** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with -** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. -** -** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting -** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with -** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but -** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] -** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], -** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the -** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of -** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by -** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() -** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ -** -** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle -** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} -** -** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of -** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 -** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and -** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] -** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other -** interfaces (such as -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and -** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an -** sqlite3 object. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types -** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 -** -** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types -** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. -** -** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. -** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards -** compatibility only. -** -** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values -** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values -** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE - typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) - typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; -#else - typedef long long int sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; -#endif -typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; -typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; - -/* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlite3_int64 -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection -** -** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors -** for the [sqlite3] object. -** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if -** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated -** resources are deallocated. -** -** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() -** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. -** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements -** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes -** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the -** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is -** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with -** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which -** destructors are called is arbitrary. -** -** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], -** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and -** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated -** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or -** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation -** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], -** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. -** -** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, -** the transaction is automatically rolled back. -** -** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] -** must be either a NULL -** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained -** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or -** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. -** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer -** argument is a harmless no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); - -/* -** The type for a callback function. -** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical -** compatibility and is not documented. -*/ -typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface -** -** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], -** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. -** -** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, -** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, -** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st -** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to -** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row -** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to -** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each -** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() -** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are -** ignored. -** -** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into -** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and -** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() -** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained -** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. -** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] -** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of -** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. -** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors -** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to -** NULL before returning. -** -** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() -** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and -** without running any subsequent SQL statements. -** -** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the -** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() -** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from -** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a -** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the -** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the -** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each -** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained -** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. -** -** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or -** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database -** is not changed. -** -** Restrictions: -** -**
      -**
    • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() -** is a valid and open [database connection]. -**
    • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by -** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. -**
    • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into -** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. -**
    -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3*, /* An open database */ - const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ - int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ - void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ - char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} -** -** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown -** here in order to indicate success or failure. -** -** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. -** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ -/* beginning-of-error-codes */ -#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ -#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ -#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ -#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ -#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ -#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ -#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ -#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ -#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ -#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ -#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ -#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ -#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ -#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ -#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ -#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ -#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ -#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ -#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ -#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ -#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ -#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ -#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ -/* end-of-error-codes */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} -** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of -** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as -** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to -** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include -** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled -** on a per database connection basis using the -** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. -** -** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. -** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase -** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect -** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. -** -** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always -** be exactly zero. -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) -#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations -** -** These bit values are intended for use in the -** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. -*/ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ - -/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics -** -** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** object returns an integer which is a vector of these -** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage -** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** refers to. -** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that -** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a -** file that were written at the application level might have changed -** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are -** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN -** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The -** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on -** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with -** elevated privileges. -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels -** -** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second -** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods -** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. -*/ -#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags -** -** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an -** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of -** these integer values as the second argument. -** -** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the -** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode -** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag -** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. -** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means -** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). -** -** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags -** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL -** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the -** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. -** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how -** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and -** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. -** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction -** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the -** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX -** cares about the difference.) -*/ -#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle -** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the -** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface -** implementations will -** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields -** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing -** I/O operations on the open file. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; -struct sqlite3_file { - const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object -** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an -** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the -** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. -** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations -** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. -** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element -** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] -** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element -** to NULL. -** -** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or -** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). -** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] -** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file -** and not its inode needs to be synced. -** -** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. -**
    -** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. -** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, -** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, -** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true -** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. -** -** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom -** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the -** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an -** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to -** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to -** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be -** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the -** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire -** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite -** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. -** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes -** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should -** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not -** recognize. -** -** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the -** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the -** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing -** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() -** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the -** underlying device: -** -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] -**
    -** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). -** -** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill -** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that -** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, -** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to -** database corruption. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; -struct sqlite3_io_methods { - int iVersion; - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); - int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); - int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); - int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); - int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); - /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ - int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); - int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); - void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); - /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ - int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); - int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); - /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ - /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes -** -** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method -** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] -** interface. -** -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of -** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) -** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability -** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST -** is defined. -**
      -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS -** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the -** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it -** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database -** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database -** file run faster. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS -** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should -** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use -** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large -** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and -** improve performance on some systems. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer -** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database -** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for -** additional information. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] -** No longer in use. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and -** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a -** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked -** because the user has configured SQLite with -** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place -** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with -** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced -** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated -** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that -** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications -** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may -** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite -** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately -** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal -** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call -** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the -** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic -** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the -** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of -** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, -** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay -** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing -** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This -** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) -** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections -** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two -** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second -** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting -** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written -** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be -** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the -** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary -** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control -** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database -** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after -** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not -** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want -** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist -** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to -** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. -** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent -** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current -** WAL persistence setting. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the -** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting -** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the -** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to -** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. -** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage -** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current -** zero-damage mode setting. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening -** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current -** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of -** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable -** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. -** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with -** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually -** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL -** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control -** is intended for diagnostic use only. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding -** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument -** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of -** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array -** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the -** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element -** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] -** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or -** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal -** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the -** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op -** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns -** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means -** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the -** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so -** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] -** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle -** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access -** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) -** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points -** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections -** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in -** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation -** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the -** current operation. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] -** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control -** to have SQLite generate a -** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate -** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The -** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename -** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should -** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the -** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. -** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that -** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The -** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit -** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This -** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information -** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. -** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. -** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the -** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if -** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a -** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending -** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it -** was first opened. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one -** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing -** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. -** -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 -#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 -#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 -#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle -** -** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an -** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks -** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only -** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. -** -** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object -** -** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between -** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See -** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. -** -** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in -** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this -** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure -** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between -** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not -** modified. -** -** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] -** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of -** a pathname in this VFS. -** -** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by -** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] -** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list -** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface -** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS -** implementation should use the pNext pointer. -** -** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs -** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access -** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. -** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs -** object once the object has been registered. -** -** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must -** be unique across all VFS modules. -** -** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] -** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen -** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained -** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. -** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will -** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than -** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. -** ^SQLite further guarantees that -** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is -** called. Because of the previous sentence, -** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the -** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. -** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the -** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the -** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. -** -** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in -** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] -** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. -** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to -** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. -** -** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() -** call, depending on the object being opened: -** -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] -**
    )^ -** -** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to -** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application -** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make -** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would -** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return -** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database -** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random -** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. -** -** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: -** -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] -**
    -** -** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient -** databases, and subjournals. -** -** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction -** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly -** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the -** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always -** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened -** for exclusive access. -** -** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite -** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third -** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to -** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that -** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either -** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do -** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods -** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success -** or failure of the xOpen call. -** -** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] -** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] -** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to -** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] -** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a -** directory. -** -** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the -** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer -** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer -** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is -** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor -** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. -** -** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() -** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are -** included in the VFS structure for completeness. -** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes -** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is -** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. -** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at -** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() -** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as -** a floating point value. -** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). -** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or -** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back -** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. -** -** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces -** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding -** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can -** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult -** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden -** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the -** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any -** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change -** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access -** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; -typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); -struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ - int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ - int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ - sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ - const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ - void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, - int flags, int *pOutFlags); - int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); - int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); - int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); - void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); - void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); - void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); - void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); - int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); - int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); - int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); - int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); - /* - ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object - ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later - */ - int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); - /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. - ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. - */ - int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); - sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); - const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); - /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. - ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. - */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method -** -** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to -** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine -** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method -** simply checks whether the file exists. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method -** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable -** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within -** the directory). -** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the -** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future -** release of SQLite. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is -** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of -** SQLite. -*/ -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method -** -** These integer constants define the various locking operations -** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The -** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the -** xShmLock method: -** -**
      -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE -**
    -** -** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given no the corresponding lock. -** -** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or -** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED -** and EXCLUSIVE. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 -#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 -#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 -#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index -** -** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values -** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. -** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a -** lock outside of this range -*/ -#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library -** -** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the -** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine -** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). -** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and -** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using -** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. -** -** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is -** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of -** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked -** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call -** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls -** are harmless no-ops.)^ -** -** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first -** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only -** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. -** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ -** -** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() -** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a -** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all -** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking -** sqlite3_shutdown(). -** -** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke -** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() -** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). -** -** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. -** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize -** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such -** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. -** -** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other -** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to -** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] -** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically -** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized -** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] -** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() -** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly -** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, -** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() -** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases -** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited -** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the -** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. -** -** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific -** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() -** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks -** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation -** of static resources, initialization of global variables, -** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up -** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. -** -** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() -** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke -** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() -** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and -** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate -** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() -** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. -** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] -** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time -** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for -** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied -** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() -** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon -** failure. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library -** -** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration -** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of -** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most -** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is -** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. -** -** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application -** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other -** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() -** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using -** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before -** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. -** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the -** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. -** -** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer -** [configuration option] that determines -** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments -** vary depending on the [configuration option] -** in the first argument. -** -** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. -** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option -** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections -** -** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration -** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to -** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single -** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). -** -** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code -** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. -** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. -** -** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if -** the call is considered successful. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines -** -** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite -** and low-level memory allocation routines. -** -** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. -** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to -** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. -** By creating an instance of this object -** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) -** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative -** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its -** dynamic memory needs. -** -** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] -** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications -** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications -** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is -** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative -** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in -** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such -** conditions. -** -** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the -** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. -** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to -** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. -** -** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation -** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size -** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. -** -** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of -** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory -** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple -** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. -** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, -** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. -** -** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, -** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data -** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by -** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired -** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to -** xInit and xShutdown. -** -** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes -** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does -** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite -** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which -** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. -** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other -** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for -** serialization. -** -** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening -** call to xShutdown(). -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; -struct sqlite3_mem_methods { - void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ - void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ - void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ - int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ - int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ - int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ - void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ - void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options -** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} -** -** These constants are the available integer configuration options that -** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. -** -** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications -** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that -** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a -** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option -** is invoked. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    -**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables -** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used -** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return -** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD -** configuration option.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    -**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables -** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. -** The application is responsible for serializing access to -** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes -** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded -** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same -** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and -** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    -**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables -** all mutexes including the recursive -** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. -** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access -** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the -** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the -** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. -** ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and -** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies -** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of -** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes -** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure -** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] -** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ -** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation -** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or -** tracks memory usage, for example.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    -**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a -** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation -** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the -** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: -**
      -**
    • [sqlite3_memory_used()] -**
    • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] -**
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] -**
    • [sqlite3_status()] -**
    )^ -** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is -** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory -** allocation statistics are disabled by default. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be -** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), -** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz -** argument must be a multiple of 16. -** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer -** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So -** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. -** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 -** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional -** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then -** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. -** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page -** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. -** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned -** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). -** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page -** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each -** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on -** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, -** to make sz a little too large. The first -** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its -** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional -** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then -** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. -** The pointer in the first argument must -** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite -** will be undefined.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use -** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided -** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. -** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, -** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. -** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts -** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), -** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the -** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory -** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. -** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte -** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. -** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values -** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies -** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place -** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to -** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The -** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] -** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ -** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation -** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance -** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default -** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each -** [database connection]. The first argument is the -** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of -** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the -** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] -** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside -** configuration on individual connections.)^
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to -** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface -** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current -** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    -**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite -** global [error log]. -** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), -** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is -** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the -** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. -** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is -** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger -** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to -** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding -** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an -** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is -** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. -** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function -** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. -** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger -** function must be threadsafe.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then -** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling -** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames -** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or -** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless -** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database -** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are -** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the -** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally -** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the -** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN -**
    ^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as -** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for -** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined -** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" -** if that compile-time option is omitted. -** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans -** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction -** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to -** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work -** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE -**
    These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. -** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG -**
    This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should -** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). -** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library -** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the -** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection -** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument -** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the -** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter -** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then -** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The -** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this -** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in -** the canonical SQLite source tree.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE -**
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values -** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for -** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. -** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using -** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size -** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size -** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the -** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ -** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is -** changed to its compile-time default. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE -**
    ^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows -** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined. -** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value -** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options -** -** These constants are the available integer configuration options that -** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. -** -** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications -** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that -** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a -** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option -** is invoked. -** -**
    -**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the -** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. -** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a -** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. -** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb -** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the -** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the -** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of -** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than -** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer -** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to -** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally -** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory -** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that -** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words -** when the "current value" returned by -** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. -** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns -** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
    -** -**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    -**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of -** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. -** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, -** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement -** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which -** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on -** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in -** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    -** -**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    -**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. -** There should be two additional arguments. -** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, -** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. -** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which -** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled -** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in -** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    -** -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes -** -** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the -** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result -** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid -** -** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) -** has a unique 64-bit signed -** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available -** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those -** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If -** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column -** is another alias for the rowid. -** -** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the -** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] -** on database connection D. -** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. -** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables -** have ever occurred on the database connection D, -** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. -** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] -** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted -** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. -** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned -** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual -** table method began.)^ -** -** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a -** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this -** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, -** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this -** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE -** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The -** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused -** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change -** the return value of this interface.)^ -** -** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to -** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. -** -** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the -** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. -** -** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same -** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] -** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], -** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is -** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new -** last insert [rowid]. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified -** -** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed -** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement -** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. -** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], -** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by -** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the -** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes -** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. -** -** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] -** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. -** -** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table -** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that -** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, -** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other -** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ -** -** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and -** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. -** Most SQL statements are -** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" -** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a -** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one -** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. -** -** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does -** not create a new trigger context. -** -** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the -** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same -** trigger context. -** -** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the -** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, -** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of -** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** statement within the body of the same trigger. -** However, the number returned does not include changes -** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ -** -** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. -** -** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned -** is unpredictable and not meaningful. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified -** -** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], -** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. -** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes -** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by -** [foreign key actions]. However, -** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, -** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The -** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], -** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes -** are counted.)^ -** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as -** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle -** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). -** -** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. -** -** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value -** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query -** -** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and -** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically -** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" -** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt -** immediately. -** -** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the -** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it -** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that -** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. -** -** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when -** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity -** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. -** -** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. -** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction -** will be rolled back automatically. -** -** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running -** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the -** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been -** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements -** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are -** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). -** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running -** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. -** -** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] -** is running then bad things will likely happen. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete -** -** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the -** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or -** if additional input is needed before sending the text into -** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string -** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be -** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a -** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within -** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not -** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are -** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace -** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. -** -** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a -** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. -** -** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus -** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. -** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior -** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked -** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, -** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero -** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ -** -** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated -** UTF-8 string. -** -** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated -** UTF-16 string in native byte order. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors -** -** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever -** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread -** or process has locked. -** -** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback -** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. -** -** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which -** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to -** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the -** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to -** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. -** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt -** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. -** -** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked -** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy -** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. -** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that -** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and -** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying -** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed -** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot -** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes -** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, -** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this -** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow -** the second process to proceed. -** -** ^The default busy callback is NULL. -** -** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the -** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will -** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs -** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache -** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent -** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory -** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error -** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to -** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion -** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** -** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why -** this is important. -** -** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each -** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any -** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] -** will also set or clear the busy handler. -** -** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the -** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions -** result in undefined behavior. -** -** A busy handler must not close the database connection -** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout -** -** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps -** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler -** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping -** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, -** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return -** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. -** -** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero -** turns off all busy handlers. -** -** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular -** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler -** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling -** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries -** -** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. -** Use of this interface is not recommended. -** -** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the -** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the -** complete query results from one or more queries. -** -** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But -** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These -** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows -** and M be the number of columns. -** -** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. -** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point -** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. -** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result -** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated -** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. -** -** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. -** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. -** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. -** -** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result -** is as follows: -** -** 
    -**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-**
    -** -** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the -** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored -** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: -** -** 
    -**        azResult[0] = "Name";
-**        azResult[1] = "Age";
-**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult[3] = "43";
-**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult[5] = "28";
-**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult[7] = "21";
-**
    )^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more -** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 -** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the -** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. -** -** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), -** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to -** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the -** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling -** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only -** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. -** -** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around -** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access -** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public -** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the -** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not -** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or -** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ - char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ - int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ - int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ - char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ -); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions -** -** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions -** from the standard C library. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their -** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. -** The strings returned by these two routines should be -** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a -** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough -** memory to hold the resulting string. -** -** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from -** the standard C library. The result is written into the -** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by -** the first parameter. Note that the order of the -** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an -** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking -** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() -** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of -** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that -** the number of characters written would be a more useful return -** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() -** now without breaking compatibility. -** -** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() -** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first -** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for -** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely -** written will be n-1 characters. -** -** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). -** -** These routines all implement some additional formatting -** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. -** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there -** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. -** -** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated -** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. -** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' -** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into -** the string. -** -** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: -** -** 
    -**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-**
    -** -** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: -** -** 
    -**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
    -** -** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText -** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: -** -** 
    -**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-**
    -** -** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL -** would have looked like this: -** -** 
    -**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-**
    -** -** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should -** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. -** -** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around -** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the -** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without -** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: -** -** 
    -**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
    -** -** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL -** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. -** -** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the -** addition that after the string has been read and copied into -** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem -** -** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own -** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence -** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The -** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. -** -** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block -** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. -** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free -** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to -** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns -** a NULL pointer. -** -** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned -** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so -** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is -** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer -** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory -** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed -** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. -** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error -** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that -** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). -** -** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a -** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the -** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first -** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() -** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling -** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). -** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or -** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling -** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). -** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation -** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. -** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes -** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned -** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. -** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation -** is not freed. -** -** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() -** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a -** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time -** option is used. -** -** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define -** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in -** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability -** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. -** -** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called -** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting -** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite -** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows -** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but -** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or -** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. -** -** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] -** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior -** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have -** not yet been released. -** -** The application must not read or write any part of -** a block of memory after it has been released using -** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics -** -** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status -** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] -** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes -** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). -** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum -** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark -** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and -** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead -** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], -** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library -** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. -** -** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of -** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to -** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned -** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark -** prior to the reset. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator -** -** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to -** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that -** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for -** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows -** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. -** -** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. -** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer. -** -** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous -** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness -** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. -** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then -** the pseudo-randomness is generated -** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness -** method. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks -** -** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular -** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. -** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled -** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], -** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various -** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created -** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to -** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should -** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the -** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be -** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be -** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns -** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] -** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered -** the authorizer will fail with an error message. -** -** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation -** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the -** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. -** -** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third -** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter -** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies -** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters -** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional -** details about the action to be authorized. -** -** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] -** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the -** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute -** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have -** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] -** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual -** columns of a table. -** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns -** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the -** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. -** -** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] -** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements -** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not -** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For -** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary -** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does -** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the -** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the -** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that -** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. -** -** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources -** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] -** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] -** in addition to using an authorizer. -** -** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection -** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the -** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. -** The authorizer is disabled by default. -** -** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a -** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the -** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. -** -** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during -** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not -** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless -** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes -** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3*, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pUserData -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes -** -** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must -** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order -** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the -** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional -** information. -** -** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] -** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ -#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes -** -** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function -** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The -** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies -** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that -** the authorizer callback may be passed. -** -** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be -** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization -** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these -** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the -** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", -** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback -** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for -** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from -** top-level SQL code. -*/ -/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ -#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ -#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ -#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ -#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ -#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ -#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions -** -** These routines register callback functions that can be used for -** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. -** -** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at -** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. -** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the -** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. -** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur -** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers -** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ -** -** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit -** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). -** -** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked -** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains -** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time -** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback -** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation -** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant -** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite -** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The -** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is -** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, - void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks -** -** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback -** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to -** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for -** database connection D. An example use for this -** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. -** -** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of -** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive -** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress -** handler is disabled. -** -** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per -** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the -** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. -** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less -** than 1. -** -** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is -** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a -** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. -** -** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection -** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the -** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte -** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually -** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that -** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, -** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] -** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then -** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The -** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain -** an English language description of the error following a failure of any -** of the sqlite3_open() routines. -** -** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if -** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and -** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. -** -** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources -** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by -** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. -** -** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() -** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control -** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to -** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of -** the following three values, optionally combined with the -** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], -** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ -** -**
    -** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    -**
    The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not -** already exist, an error is returned.
    )^ -** -** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
    -**
    The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading -** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either -** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
    )^ -** -** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
    -**
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if -** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
    )^ -**
    -** -** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the -** combinations shown above optionally combined with other -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] -** then the behavior is undefined. -** -** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection -** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread -** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the -** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens -** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was -** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. -** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be -** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared -** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The -** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not -** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. -** -** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that -** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is -** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. -** -** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database -** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when -** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might -** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. -** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with -** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as -** "./" to avoid ambiguity. -** -** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary -** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be -** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. -** -** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    -** -** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument -** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI -** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is -** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has -** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the -** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. -** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off -** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename -** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional -** information. -** -** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an -** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string -** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an -** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if -** present, is ignored. -** -** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file -** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, -** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin -** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) -** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. -** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path -** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). -** -** [[core URI query parameters]] -** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted -** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. -** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: -** -**
      -**
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of -** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should -** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to -** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown -** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is -** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over -** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). -** -**
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", -** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is -** an error)^. -** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only -** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the -** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to -** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) -** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had -** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both -** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is -** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads -** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for -** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by -** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). -** -**
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or -** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the -** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to -** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is -** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. -** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in -** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting -** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. -** -**
    • psow: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or -** "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the -** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the -** storage media on which the database file resides. ^The psow query -** parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes. -** -**
    • nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter -** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This -** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not -** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two -** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those -** processes uses nolock=1. -** -**
    • immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query -** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on -** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the -** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher -** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking -** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable -** property on a database file that does in fact change can result -** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. -** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. -** -**
    -** -** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an -** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query -** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for -** additional information. -** -** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    -** -** -**
    URI filenames Results -**
    file:data.db -** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. -**
    file:/home/fred/data.db
    -** file:///home/fred/data.db
    -** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
    		-** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". -**
    file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db -** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. -**
    -** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db -** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive -** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly -** necessary - space characters can be used literally -** in URI filenames. -**
    file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private -** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. -** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by -** default, use a private cache. -**
    file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile -** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" -** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. -**
    file:data.db?mode=readonly -** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. -**
    -** -** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and -** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a -** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits -** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a -** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all -** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the -** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, -** the results are undefined. -** -** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument -** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever -** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international -** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into -** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). -** -** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set -** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various -** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( - const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters -** -** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check -** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query -** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. -** -** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of -** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or -** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and -** P is the name of the query parameter, then -** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P -** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a -** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F -** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns -** a pointer to an empty string. -** -** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean -** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value -** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the -** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any -** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The -** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of -** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or -** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query -** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the -** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). -** -** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a -** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not -** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then -** zero is returned. -** -** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and -** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and -** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen -** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably -** undesirable. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages -** -** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or -** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call -** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed -** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from -** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the -** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are -** disabled. -** -** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language -** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. -** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. -** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. -** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by -** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text -** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. -** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally -** and must not be freed by the application)^. -** -** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the -** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between -** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. -** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these -** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid -** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D -** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning -** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after -** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. -** -** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface -** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the -** error code and message may or may not be set. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object -** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} -** -** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. -** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a -** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". -** -** The life of a statement object goes something like this: -** -**
      -**
    1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related -** function. -**
    2. Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() -** interfaces. -**
    3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. -**
    4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back -** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. -**
    5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. -**
    -** -** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional -** information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits -** -** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited -** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the -** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The -** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a -** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the -** new limit for that construct.)^ -** -** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a -** [limits | hard upper bound] -** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called -** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. -** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ -** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are -** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. -** -** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the -** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. -** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, -** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. -** -** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage -** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled -** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a -** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and -** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded -** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the -** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can -** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service -** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] -** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database -** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the -** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. -** -** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories -** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} -** -** These constants define various performance limits -** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. -** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. -** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    -**
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the -** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index -** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    -**
    The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    -**
    The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    -**
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program -** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently -** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of -** SQLite.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    -**
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    -**
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
    -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or -** [GLOB] operators.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    -**
    The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    -**
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^ -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement -** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} -** -** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code -** program using one of these routines. -** -** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a -** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or -** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. -** -** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded -** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() -** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() -** use UTF-16. -** -** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the -** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum -** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the -** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or -** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows -** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small -** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that -** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including -** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to -** make a copy of the input string. -** -** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte -** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only -** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to -** what remains uncompiled. -** -** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be -** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set -** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty -** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. -** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled -** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. -** ppStmt may not be NULL. -** -** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; -** otherwise an [error code] is returned. -** -** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are -** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained -** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. -** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement -** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the -** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to -** behave differently in three ways: -** -**
      -**
    1. -** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it -** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] -** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. -**
      2. -** -**
    2. -** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed -** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that -** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code -** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] -** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare -** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. -**
      3. -** -**
    3. -** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the -** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been -** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the -** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] -** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column -** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. -**
      4. -**
    -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL -** -** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original -** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was -** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database -** -** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if -** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to -** the content of the database file. -** -** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that -** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would -** change the database file through side-effects: -** -** 
    -**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
-**
    -** -** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file -** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ -** -** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], -** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, -** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the -** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause -** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make -** changes to the content of the database files on disk. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset -** -** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the -** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using -** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not -** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) -** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a -** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] -** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. -** -** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] -** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database -** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, -** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared -** statements that are holding a transaction open. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object -** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} -** -** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values -** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing -** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects -** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. -** -** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". -** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces -** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. -** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies -** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. -** -** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not -** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected -** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected -** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded -** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] -** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected -** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, -** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications -** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected -** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. -** -** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the -** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. -** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by -** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. -** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with -** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. -** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of -** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. -*/ -typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object -** -** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an -** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object -** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. -** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this -** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], -** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], -** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], -** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements -** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} -** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} -** -** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, -** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following -** templates: -** -**
      -**
    • ? -**
    • ?NNN -**
    • :VVV -**
    • @VVV -**
    • $VVV -**
    -** -** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, -** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these -** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") -** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. -** -** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always -** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. -** -** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. -** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named -** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent -** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. -** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index -** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. -** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] -** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). -** -** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. -** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() -** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter -** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). -** -** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the -** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the -** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ -** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() -** is negative, then the length of the string is -** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. -** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then -** the behavior is undefined. -** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() -** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset -** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than -** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will -** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings -** with embedded NULs is undefined. -** -** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and -** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or -** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called -** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), -** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. -** ^If the fifth argument is -** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the -** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. -** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then -** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before -** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. -** -** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that -** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory -** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. -** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose -** content is later written using -** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. -** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. -** -** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer -** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which -** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], -** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() -** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the -** result is undefined and probably harmful. -** -** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. -** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. -** -** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an -** [error code] if anything goes wrong. -** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter -** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters -** -** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] -** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the -** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as -** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] -** to the parameters at a later time. -** -** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) -** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the -** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, -** there may be gaps in the list.)^ -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter -** -** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns -** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. -** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" -** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" -** respectively. -** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" -** is included as part of the name.)^ -** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name -** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". -** -** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. -** -** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is -** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is -** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was -** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or -** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name -** -** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The -** index value returned is suitable for use as the second -** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero -** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter -** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement -** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement -** -** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset -** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. -** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set -** -** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL -** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). -** -** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set -** -** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column -** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() -** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string -** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated -** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] -** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the -** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. -** -** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] -** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically -** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run -** or until the next call to -** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. -** -** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine -** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a -** NULL pointer is returned. -** -** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for -** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause -** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from -** one release of SQLite to the next. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result -** -** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and -** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in -** [SELECT] statement. -** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as -** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return -** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and -** the origin_ routines return the column name. -** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed -** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically -** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run -** or until the same information is requested -** again in a different encoding. -** -** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the -** database, table, and column. -** -** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. -** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by -** the statement, where N is the second function argument. -** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. -** -** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or -** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return -** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error -** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, -** or column that query result column was extracted from. -** -** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return -** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. -** -** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. -** -** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same -** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are -** undefined. -** -** If two or more threads call one or more -** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] -** for the same [prepared statement] and result column -** at the same time then the results are undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result -** -** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. -** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the -** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an -** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table -** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an -** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. -** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. -** -** ^(For example, given the database schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); -** -** and the following statement to be compiled: -** -** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; -** -** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result -** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ -** -** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column -** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the -** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is -** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type -** is associated with individual values, not with the containers -** used to hold those values. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement -** -** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy -** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function -** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. -** -** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend -** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy -** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the -** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy -** interface will continue to be supported. -** -** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], -** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. -** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or -** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. -** -** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the -** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] -** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the -** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an -** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before -** continuing. -** -** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing -** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual -** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual -** machine back to its initial state. -** -** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] -** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the -** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. -** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. -** -** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint -** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on -** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. -** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, -** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) -** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the -** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, -** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). -** -** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. -** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has -** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had -** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could -** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or -** more threads at the same moment in time. -** -** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to -** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything -** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using -** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from -** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began -** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather -** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility -** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error -** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option -** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. -** -** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() -** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any -** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call -** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the -** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. -** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed -** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements -** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead -** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, -** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly -** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set -** -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the -** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. -** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return -** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of -** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to -** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) -** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned -** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] -** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step -** pragma returns 0 columns of data. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT -** -** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: -** -**
      -**
    • 64-bit signed integer -**
    • 64-bit IEEE floating point number -**
    • string -**
    • BLOB -**
    • NULL -**
    )^ -** -** These constants are codes for each of those types. -** -** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 -** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both -** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not -** SQLITE_TEXT. -*/ -#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 -#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 -#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 -#define SQLITE_NULL 5 -#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT -# undef SQLITE_TEXT -#else -# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 -#endif -#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query -** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} -** -** These routines form the "result set" interface. -** -** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current -** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer -** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] -** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) -** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information -** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. -** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using -** [sqlite3_column_count()]. -** -** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the -** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. -** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to -** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither -** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. -** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned -** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. -** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] -** are called from a different thread while any of these routines -** are pending, then the results are undefined. -** -** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the -** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type -** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], -** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value -** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type -** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, -** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future -** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() -** following a type conversion. -** -** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() -** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. -** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts -** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. -** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses -** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns -** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. -** -** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() -** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. -** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts -** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. -** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses -** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns -** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. -** -** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and -** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end -** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by -** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of -** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. -** -** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), -** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return -** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an -** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object -** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. -** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by -** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls -** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], -** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. -** -** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For -** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result -** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the -** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions -** that are applied: -** -**
    -** -**
    Internal
    Type     		Requested
    Type     		Conversion -** -**
    NULL INTEGER Result is 0 -**
    NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 -**
    NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer -**
    NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer -**
    INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float -**
    INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer -**
    INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT -**
    FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER -**
    FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float -**
    FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB -**
    TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER -**
    TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL -**
    TEXT BLOB No change -**
    BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER -**
    BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL -**
    BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed -**
    -**
    )^ -** -** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() -** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its -** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are -** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most -** C programmers. -** -** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior -** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or -** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. -** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur -** in the following cases: -** -**
      -**
    • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or -** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might -** need to be added to the string.
      • -**
    • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or -** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted -** to UTF-16.
      • -**
    • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or -** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted -** to UTF-8.
      • -**
    -** -** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do -** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer -** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds -** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they -** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. -** -** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines -** in one of the following ways: -** -**
      -**
    • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • -**
    • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • -**
    • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
      • -**
    -** -** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), -** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result -** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or -** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls -** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to -** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() -** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). -** -** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as -** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings -** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into -** [sqlite3_free()]. -** -** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any -** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value -** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL -** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return -** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object -** -** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. -** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors -** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns -** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then -** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or -** [extended error code]. -** -** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during -** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: -** before statement S is ever evaluated, after -** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call -** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has -** completed execution. -** -** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. -** -** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid -** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use -** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared -** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and -** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object -** -** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] -** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. -** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using -** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. -** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S -** back to the beginning of its program. -** -** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the -** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], -** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, -** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. -** -** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the -** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then -** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values -** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions -** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} -** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} -** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} -** -** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") -** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior -** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** these routines are the text encoding expected for -** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) -** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for -** the application data pointer. -** -** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL -** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database -** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added -** to each database connection separately. -** -** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or -** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 -** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. -** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name -** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. -** -** ^The third parameter (nArg) -** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or -** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or -** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit -** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third -** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is -** undefined. -** -** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what -** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes -** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the -** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or -** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] -** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using -** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for -** each encoding. -** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite -** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** -** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] -** to signal that the function will always return the same result given -** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are -** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a -** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to -** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use -** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. -** -** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the -** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ -** -** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are -** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or -** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc -** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal -** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep -** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing -** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function -** callbacks. -** -** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, -** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. -** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being -** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ -** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to -** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. -** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it -** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data -** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). -** -** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same -** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of -** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use -** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the -** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative -** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with -** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding -** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. -** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be -** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is -** between UTF8 and UTF16. -** -** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. -** -** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other -** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not -** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared -** statement in which the function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), - void(*xDestroy)(void*) -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings -** -** These constant define integer codes that represent the various -** text encodings supported by SQLite. -*/ -#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 -#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 -#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 -#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ -#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Function Flags -** -** These constants may be ORed together with the -** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument -** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or -** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions -** DEPRECATED -** -** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue -** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid -** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid -** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), - void*,sqlite3_int64); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values -** -** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses -** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on -** the function or aggregate. -** -** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters -** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] -** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. -** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to -** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for -** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to -** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. -** -** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. -** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] -** object results in undefined behavior. -** -** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] -** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object -** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. -** -** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string -** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The -** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces -** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. -** -** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply -** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is -** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If -** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other -** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) -** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. -** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ -** -** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned -** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or -** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to -** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], -** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. -** -** These routines must be called from the same thread as -** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context -** -** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this -** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. -** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called -** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite -** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer -** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, -** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally -** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one -** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match -** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function -** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. -** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the -** first time from within xFinal().)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer -** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory -** allocate error occurs. -** -** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is -** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the -** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within -** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory -** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set -** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no -** pointless memory allocations occur. -** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by -** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. -** -** The first parameter must be a copy of the -** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter -** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate -** function. -** -** This routine must be called from the same thread in which -** the aggregate SQL function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions -** -** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of -** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) -** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] -** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally -** registered the application defined function. -** -** This routine must be called from the same thread in which -** the application-defined function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions -** -** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of -** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) -** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] -** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally -** registered the application defined function. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data -** -** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to -** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to -** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under -** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example -** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching -** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as -** metadata associated with the pattern string. -** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, -** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple -** invocations of the same function. -** -** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata -** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument -** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata -** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface -** returns a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th -** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent -** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent -** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or -** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. -** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, -** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly -** once, when the metadata is discarded. -** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
      -**
    • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or -**
    • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the -** SQL statement, or -**
    • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or -**
    • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory -** allocation error occurs.
    )^ -** -** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in -** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the -** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() -** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the -** function implementation should not make any use of P after -** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. -** -** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for -** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal -** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ -** -** These routines must be called from the same thread in which -** the SQL function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior -** -** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the -** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor -** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant -** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The -** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in -** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of -** the content before returning. -** -** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain -** C++ compilers. -*/ -typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); -#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) -#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function -** -** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that -** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See -** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] -** for additional information. -** -** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of -** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. -** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from -** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed -** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the -** third parameter. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of -** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero -** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from -** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified -** by its 2nd argument. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions -** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. -** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the -** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() -** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error -** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite -** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native -** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() -** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error -** message all text up through the first zero character. -** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or -** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many -** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. -** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() -** routines make a private copy of the error message text before -** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or -** modify the text after they return without harm. -** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code -** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, -** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() -** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an -** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an -** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value -** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer -** value given in the 2nd argument. -** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value -** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer -** value given in the 2nd argument. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value -** of the application-defined function to be NULL. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), -** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces -** set the return value of the application-defined function to be -** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, -** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. -** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from -** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. -** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter -** through the first zero character. -** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text -** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined -** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it -** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would -** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur -** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd -** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the -** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that -** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has -** finished using that result. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to -** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite -** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not -** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content -** when it has finished using that result. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT -** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from -** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of -** the application-defined function to be a copy the -** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The -** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] -** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or -** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. -** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an -** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either -** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. -** -** If these routines are called from within the different thread -** than the one containing the application-defined function that received -** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences -** -** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated -** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. -** -** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string -** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() -** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). -** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are -** considered to be the same name. -** -** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF8], -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16], or -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. -**
    )^ -** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed -** to the collating function callback, xCallback. -** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep -** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. -** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin -** on an even byte address. -** -** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed -** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. -** -** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. -** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but -** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever -** function requires the least amount of data transformation. -** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is -** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, -** that collation is no longer usable. -** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg -** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified -** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an -** integer that is negative, zero, or positive -** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, -** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer -** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered -** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all -** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. -** The collating function must obey the following properties for all -** strings A, B, and C: -** -**
      -**
    1. If A==B then B==A. -**
    2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. -**
    3. If A<B THEN B>A. -**
    4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. -**
    -** -** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that -** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite -** is undefined. -** -** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() -** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when -** the collating function is deleted. -** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later -** calls to the collation creation functions or when the -** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. -** -** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should -** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer -** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards -** compatibility. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void *pArg, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void *pArg, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDestroy)(void*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, - const void *zName, - int eTextRep, - void *pArg, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks -** -** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database -** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the -** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation -** sequence is required. -** -** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, -** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings -** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, -** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. -** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. -** -** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy -** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or -** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database -** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], -** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation -** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the -** required collation sequence.)^ -** -** The callback function should register the desired collation using -** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or -** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, - void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be -** called right after sqlite3_open(). -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); - -/* -** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not -** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the -** database is decrypted. -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); - -/* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless -** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( - const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ -); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD -/* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless -** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( - const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ -); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time -** -** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution -** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. -** -** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with -** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to -** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the operating system is returned. -** -** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() -** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method -** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at -** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description -** in the previous paragraphs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files -** -** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is -** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files -** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] -** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable -** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate -** temporary file directory. -** -** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one -** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable -** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate -** thread. -** It is intended that this variable be set once -** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface -** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged -** thereafter. -** -** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause -** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, -** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory -** using [sqlite3_free]. -** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be -** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] -** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. -** -** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set -** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various -** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an -** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: -** -** 
    -** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
-**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
-** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
-** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
-** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
-**       NULL, NULL);
-** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
-**
    -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files -** -** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is -** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files -** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by -** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed -** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL -** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified -** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory -** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global -** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. -** -** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is -** open can result in a corrupt database. -** -** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one -** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable -** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate -** thread. -** It is intended that this variable be set once -** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface -** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged -** thereafter. -** -** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause -** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, -** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory -** using [sqlite3_free]. -** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be -** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] -** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode -** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} -** -** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or -** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, -** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. -** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. -** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. -** -** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement -** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], -** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the -** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to -** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after -** an error is to use this function. -** -** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database -** connection while this routine is running, then the return value -** is undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle -** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] -** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] -** that was the first argument -** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to -** create the statement in the first place. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename -** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file -** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database -** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then -** a NULL pointer is returned. -** -** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the -** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename -** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used -** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N -** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not -** the name of a database on connection D. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement -** -** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after -** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL -** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement -** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement -** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. -** -** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to -** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database -** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks -** -** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback -** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() -** for the same database connection is overridden. -** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback -** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() -** for the same database connection is overridden. -** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. -** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, -** then the commit is converted into a rollback. -** -** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions -** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function -** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for -** the first call for each function on D. -** -** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. -** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions -** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the -** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit -** or rollback hook in the first place. -** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, -** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify -** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. -** -** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] -** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook -** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. -** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit -** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. -** -** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been -** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or -** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. -** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is -** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. -** -** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks -** -** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function -** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument -** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in -** a rowid table. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function -** for the same database connection is overridden. -** -** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. -** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument -** to sqlite3_update_hook(). -** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], -** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback -** to be invoked. -** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the -** database and table name containing the affected row. -** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. -** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. -** -** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are -** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ -** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. -** -** ^In the current implementation, the update hook -** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an -** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook -** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. -** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future -** release of SQLite. -** -** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions -** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the -** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function -** returns the P argument from the previous call -** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for -** the first call on D. -** -** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] -** interfaces. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, - void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), - void* -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache -** -** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache -** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] -** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true -** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ -** -** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, -** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. -** -** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent -** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. -** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode -** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ -** -** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled -** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ -** -** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in -** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared -** cache setting should set it explicitly. -** -** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a -** 32-bit integer is atomic. -** -** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory -** -** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes -** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations -** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database -** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. -** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, -** which might be more or less than the amount requested. -** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero -** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap -** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the -** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even -** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is -** omitted. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size -** -** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the -** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. -** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap -** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache -** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. -** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay -** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit -** is advisory only. -** -** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of -** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an -** error. ^If the argument N is negative -** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current -** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking -** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. -** -** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. -** -** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation -** if one or more of following conditions are true: -** -**
      -**
    • The soft heap limit is set to zero. -**
    • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the -** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and -** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. -**
    • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using -** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). -**
    • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied -** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than -** from the heap. -**
    )^ -** -** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced -** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] -** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], -** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced -** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because -** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most -** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without -** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. -** -** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may -** changes in future releases of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface -** DEPRECATED -** -** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] -** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility -** only. All new applications should use the -** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table -** -** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific -** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle -** passed as the first function argument. -** -** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to -** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database -** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified -** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched -** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to -** resolve unqualified table references. -** -** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column -** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters -** may be NULL. -** -** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th -** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be -** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. -** -** ^(
    -** -**
    Parameter Output
    Type     		Description -** -**
    5th const char* Data type -**
    6th const char* Name of default collation sequence -**
    7th int True if column has a NOT NULL constraint -**
    8th int True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY -**
    9th int True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] -**
    -**
    )^ -** -** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the -** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next -** call to any SQLite API function. -** -** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. -** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an -** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output -** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no -** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output -** parameters are set as follows: -** -** 
    -**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-**
    )^ -** -** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an -** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column -** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left -** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ -** -** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension -** -** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. -** -** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an -** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If -** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load -** with various operating-system specific extensions added. -** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like -** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might -** be tried also. -** -** ^The entry point is zProc. -** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an -** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". -** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the -** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic -** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following -** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ -** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns -** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. -** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the -** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to -** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory -** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function -** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. -** -** ^Extension loading must be enabled using -** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, -** otherwise an error will be returned. -** -** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading -** -** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are -** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling -** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API -** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. -** -** ^Extension loading is off by default. -** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 -** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn -** it back off again. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions -** -** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for -** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that -** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] -** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. -** -** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes -** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three -** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the -** entry point where as follows: -** -** 
    -**    int xEntryPoint(
-**      sqlite3 *db,
-**      const char **pzErrMsg,
-**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
-**    );
-**
    )^ -** -** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg -** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) -** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg -** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke -** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any -** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], -** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. -** -** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already -** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point -** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] -** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading -** -** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the -** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to -** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] -** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully -** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization -** routines. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading -** -** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously -** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); - -/* -** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered -** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. -** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. -** -** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the -** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -*/ - -/* -** Structures used by the virtual table interface -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; -typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; -typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; -typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} -** -** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. -** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. -** -** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent -** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance -** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. -** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different -** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content -** of this structure must not change while it is registered with -** any database connection. -*/ -struct sqlite3_module { - int iVersion; - int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); - int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); - int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); - int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); - int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); - int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, - void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void **ppArg); - int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); - /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those - ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ - int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); - int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); - int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info -** -** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part -** of the [virtual table] interface to -** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] -** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the -** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its -** results into the **Outputs** fields. -** -** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: -** -**
    column OP expr
    -** -** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is -** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the -** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ -** ^(The index of the column is stored in -** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the -** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint -** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ -** -** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" -** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to -** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. -** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are -** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. -** -** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. -** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. -** -** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information -** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then -** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated -** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit -** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the -** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ -** -** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the -** [xFilter] method. -** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if -** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. -** -** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in -** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate -** sorting step is required. -** -** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular -** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar -** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) -** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a -** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. -** -** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that -** will be returned by the strategy. -** -** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is -** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting -** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely -** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should -** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a -** value greater than or equal to 3008002. -*/ -struct sqlite3_index_info { - /* Inputs */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint { - int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ - unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ - unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ - int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ - } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - struct sqlite3_index_orderby { - int iColumn; /* Column number */ - unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ - } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - /* Outputs */ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { - int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ - unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ - } *aConstraintUsage; - int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ - char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ - int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ - int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ - double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ - /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ - sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes -** -** These macros defined the allowed values for the -** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents -** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of -** a query that uses a [virtual table]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation -** -** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. -** ^Module names must be registered before -** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a -** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. -** -** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the -** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to -** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth -** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through -** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module -** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. -** -** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which -** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will -** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite -** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also -** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. -** ^The sqlite3_create_module() -** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL -** destructor. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( - sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ - void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ - void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ - void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab -** -** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass -** of this object to describe a particular instance -** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will -** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. -** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are -** common to all module implementations. -** -** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a -** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should -** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] -** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message -** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically -** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. -*/ -struct sqlite3_vtab { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ - int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ - /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} -** -** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the -** following structure to describe cursors that point into the -** [virtual table] and are used -** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the -** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed -** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used -** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods -** of the module. Each module implementation will define -** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. -** -** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that -** are common to all implementations. -*/ -struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ - /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table -** -** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a -** [virtual table module] call this interface -** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of -** the virtual tables they implement. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table -** -** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. -** But global versions of those functions -** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ -** -** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular -** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists -** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation -** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So -** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only -** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded -** by a [virtual table]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); - -/* -** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up -** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered -** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. -** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. -** -** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the -** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -*/ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB -** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} -** -** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which -** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. -** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] -** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. -** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces -** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. -** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O -** -** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located -** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; -** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: -** -** 
    -**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
-**
    )^ -** -** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read -** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. -** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary -** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is -** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. -** -** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains -** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that -** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. -** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". -** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". -** -** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written -** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set -** to be a null pointer.)^ -** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message -** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related -** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a -** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob -** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. -** -** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an -** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects -** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". -** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column -** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ -** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for -** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. -** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not -** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually -** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ -** -** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of -** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this -** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a -** blob. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID] -** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, -** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using -** this interface. -** -** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually -** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( - sqlite3*, - const char *zDb, - const char *zTable, - const char *zColumn, - sqlite3_int64 iRow, - int flags, - sqlite3_blob **ppBlob -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row -** -** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points -** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified -** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be -** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open -** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be -** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. -** -** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - -** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in -** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if -** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an -** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. -** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or -** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return -** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle -** always returns zero. -** -** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle -** -** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. -** -** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit -** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the -** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. -** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache -** until the close operation if they will fit. -** -** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes -** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur -** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during -** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ -** -** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns -** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ -** -** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned -** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB -** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the -** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The -** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing -** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. -** -** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in -** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally -** -** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a -** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z -** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ -** -** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is -** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. -** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. -** -** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an -** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. -** -** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** -** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in -** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally -** -** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a -** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z -** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. -** -** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for -** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), -** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. -** -** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is -** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. -** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is -** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. -** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. -** -** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an -** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred -** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the -** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might -** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle -** or by other independent statements. -** -** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** -** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in -** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects -** -** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object -** that SQLite uses to interact -** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a -** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. -** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. -** The following interfaces are provided. -** -** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. -** ^Names are case sensitive. -** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. -** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. -** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. -** -** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). -** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. -** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. -** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again -** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the -** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a -** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, -** then the behavior is undefined. -** -** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. -** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as -** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutexes -** -** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread -** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal -** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is -** permitted to use any of these routines. -** -** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations -** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation -** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following -** implementations are available in the SQLite core: -** -**
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -**
    )^ -** -** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines -** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix -** and Windows. -** -** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor -** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex -** implementation is included with the library. In this case the -** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function -** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ -** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 -**
    )^ -** -** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) -** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other -** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously -** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in -** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static -** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates -** a static mutex. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] -** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. -** In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other -** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. -** SQLite will never exhibit -** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ -** -** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation -** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() -** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the -** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will -** never do either.)^ -** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or -** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines -** behave as no-ops. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object -** -** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines -** used to allocate and use mutexes. -** -** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are -** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom -** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite -** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user -** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass -** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. -** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an -** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex -** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. -** -** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. -** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each -** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. -** -** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The -** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding -** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially -** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() -** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** -** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, -** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and -** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): -** -**
      -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
      • -**
    )^ -** -** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated -** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead -** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined -** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results -** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined -** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if -** it is passed a NULL pointer). -** -** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to -** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without -** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to -** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. -** -** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] -** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory -** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite -** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. -** -** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is -** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. -** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself -** prior to returning. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; -struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { - int (*xMutexInit)(void); - int (*xMutexEnd)(void); - sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); - void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines -** -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines -** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core -** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications -** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only -** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled -** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations -** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is -** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. -** -** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument -** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. -** -** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these -** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working -** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always -** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. -** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then -** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since -** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But -** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not -** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the -** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is -** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() -** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types -** -** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument -** which is one of these integer constants. -** -** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the -** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be -** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection -** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that -** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument -** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. -** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this -** routine returns a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files -** -** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the -** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated -** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The -** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the -** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for -** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. -** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the -** main database file. -** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine -** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of -** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl -** method becomes the return value of this routine. -** -** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes -** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into -** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER -** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the -** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. -** -** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any -** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error -** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] -** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might -** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between -** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying -** xFileControl method. -** -** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface -** -** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal -** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing -** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines -** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. -** -** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely -** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending -** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. -** -** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters -** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. -** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to -** operate consistently from one release to the next. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes -** -** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used -** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. -** -** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change -** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. -** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the -** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. -*/ -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 22 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status -** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information -** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various -** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for -** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes -** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ -** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. -** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the -** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after -** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest -** value. For those parameters -** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ -** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current -** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a -** non-zero [error code] on failure. -** -** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be -** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite -** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and -** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time -** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter -** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters -** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} -** -** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters -** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    -**
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out -** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The -** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application -** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory -** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache -** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in -** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation -** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their -** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    -**
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations -** currently checked out.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The -** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The -** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they -** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because -** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the -** [scratch memory allocator] configured using -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not -** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation -** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads -** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values -** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too -** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the -** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer -** slots were available. -**
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    -**
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only -** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ -**
    -** -** New status parameters may be added from time to time. -*/ -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status -** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information -** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the -** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument -** is an integer constant, taken from the set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely -** to grow in future releases of SQLite. -** -** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur -** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If -** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is -** reset back down to the current value. -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a -** non-zero [error code] on failure. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections -** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} -** -** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as -** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. -** -** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs -** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from -** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. -** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code -** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently -** checked out.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were -** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have -** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of -** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. -** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have -** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside -** memory already being in use. -** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap -** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap -** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ -** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the -** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to -** [shared cache mode] being enabled. -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap -** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with -** the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT -** is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS -** is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have -** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the -** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the -** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of -** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. -** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect -** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The -** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
    -**
    This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if -** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been -** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. -**
    -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status -** -** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various -** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number -** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can -** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared -** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds -** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate -** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. -** -** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from -** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement -** object to be interrogated. The second argument -** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] -** to be interrogated.)^ -** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. -** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this -** interface call returns. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements -** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} -** -** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter -** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. -** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    -**
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in -** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through -** careful use of indices.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    -**
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. -** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to -** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    -**
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that -** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. -** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to -** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not -** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
    -**
    ^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed -** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal -** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be -** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. -** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 -** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. -**
    -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** -** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by -** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of -** its size or internal structure and never deals with the -** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers -** to the object. -** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** -** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the -** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this -** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances -** of this object as parameters or as their return value. -** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; -struct sqlite3_pcache_page { - void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. -** KEYWORDS: {page cache} -** -** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by -** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a -** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for -** how long. -** -** The alternative page cache mechanism is an -** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. -** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. -** -** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an -** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence -** the application may discard the parameter after the call to -** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ -** -** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective -** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ -** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() -** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the -** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined -** page cache.)^ -** -** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] -** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up -** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. -** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. -** -** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, -** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does -** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe -** in multithreaded applications. -** -** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening -** call to xShutdown(). -** -** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] -** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. -** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, -** though this is not guaranteed. ^The -** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must -** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage -** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will -** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the -** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying -** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends -** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being -** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or -** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation -** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; -** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will -** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. -** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. -** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will -** never contain any unpinned pages. -** -** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] -** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the -** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache -** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using -** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable -** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this -** value; it is advisory only. -** -** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] -** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently -** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** -** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to -** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. -** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a -** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be -** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested -** for each entry in the page cache. -** -** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value -** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered -** to be "pinned". -** -** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache -** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content -** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the -** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag -** parameter to help it determined what action to take: -** -** -**
    createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache -**
    0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. -**
    1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. -** Otherwise return NULL. -**
    2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return -** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. -**
    -** -** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite -** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 -** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may -** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of -** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. -** -** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] -** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page -** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, -** then the page must be evicted from the cache. -** ^If the discard parameter is -** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of -** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation -** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. -** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls -** to xFetch(). -** -** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] -** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the -** page passed as the second argument. If the cache -** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be -** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not -** to be pinned. -** -** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all -** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal -** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any -** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that -** they can be safely discarded. -** -** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] -** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). -** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After -** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] -** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 -** functions. -** -** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] -** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to -** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation -** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should -** do their best. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; -struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { - int iVersion; - void *pArg; - int (*xInit)(void*); - void (*xShutdown)(void*); - sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); - void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); - int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); - sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); - void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, - unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); - void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); - void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); - void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); -}; - -/* -** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced -** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is -** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; -struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { - void *pArg; - int (*xInit)(void*); - void (*xShutdown)(void*); - sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); - void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); - int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); - void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); - void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); - void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); - void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); -}; - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object -** -** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing -** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by -** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to -** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. -** -** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. -** -** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. -** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. -** -** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] -** -** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file -** for the duration of the backup operation. -** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; -** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. -** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without -** preventing other database connections from -** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: -**
      -**
    1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the -** backup, -**
    2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer -** the data between the two databases, and finally -**
    3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. -**
    )^ -** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each -** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). -** -** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() -** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database -** and the database name, respectively. -** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the -** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in -** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to -** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] -** and database name of the source database, respectively. -** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) -** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with -** an error. -** -** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is -** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the -** destination [database connection] D. -** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() -** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or -** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. -** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_backup] object. -** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup -** operation. -** -** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() -** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between -** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there -** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages -** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. -** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), -** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and -** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], -** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an -** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. -** -** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if -**
      -**
    1. the destination database was opened read-only, or -**
    2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling -** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or -**
    3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the -** destination and source page sizes differ. -**
    )^ -** -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then -** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then -** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to -** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source -** [database connection] -** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() -** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this -** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If -** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle -** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. -** -** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete -** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to -** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that -** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. -** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to -** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way -** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an -** external process or via a database connection other than the one being -** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source -** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used -** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically -** updated at the same time. -** -** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() -** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the -** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application -** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). -** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any -** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. -** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid -** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). -** -** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no -** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not -** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. -** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior -** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then -** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. -** -** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() -** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of -** sqlite3_backup_finish(). -** -** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] -** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() -** -** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside -** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed -** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. -** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces -** retrieve these two values, respectively. -** -** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by -** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup -** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra -** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file -** changing. -** -** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles -** -** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other -** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. -** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database -** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently -** from within other threads. -** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after -** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to -** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see -** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] -** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction -** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a -** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. -** -** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must -** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database -** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being -** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, -** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). -** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple -** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). -** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() -** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the -** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is -** possible that they return invalid values. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( - sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ - const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ - sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ - const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification -** -** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with -** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or -** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke -** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. -** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. -** -** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. -** -** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. -** -** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a -** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the -** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an -** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as -** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked -** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The -** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] -** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. -** -** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, -** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already -** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. -** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, -** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ -** -** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a -** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of -** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. -** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a -** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the -** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, -** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is -** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections -** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked -** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. -** -** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes -** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a -** crash or deadlock may be the result. -** -** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always -** returns SQLITE_OK. -** -** Callback Invocation Details -** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a -** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. -** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass -** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to -** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, -** and the second is the number of entries in the array. -** -** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be -** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify -** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the -** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function -** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers -** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions -** related to the set of unblocked database connections. -** -** Deadlock Detection -** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a -** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further -** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the -** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for -** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection -** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection -** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. -** -** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock -** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the -** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no -** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in -** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify -** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection -** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection -** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so -** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has -** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection -** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any -** number of levels of indirection are allowed. -** -** The "DROP TABLE" Exception -** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost -** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, -** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, -** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements -** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is -** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being -** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" -** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. -** -** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned -** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the -** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just -** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( - sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ - void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ - void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ -); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: String Comparison -** -** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications -** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 -** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case -** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: String Globbing -* -** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches -** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match -** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in -** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the -** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case -** sensitive. -** -** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings -** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface -** -** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] -** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. -** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are -** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. -** -** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as -** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is -** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so -** is considered bad form. -** -** The zFormat string must not be NULL. -** -** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine -** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in -** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than -** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the -** buffer. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook -** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that -** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a -** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in -** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). -** -** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation -** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. -** -** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked -** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when -** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. -** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - -** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter -** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, -** including those that were just committed. -** -** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error -** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the -** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback -** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the -** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value -** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results -** are undefined. -** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback -** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any -** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the -** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will -** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3*, - int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), - void* -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint -** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around -** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D -** to automatically [checkpoint] -** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or -** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic -** checkpoints entirely. -** -** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback -** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback -** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism -** configured by this function. -** -** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface -** from SQL. -** -** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint -** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] -** pages. The use of this interface -** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal -** for a particular application. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database -** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X -** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an -** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of -** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in -** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. -** -** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface -** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be -** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database -** -** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database -** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the -** eMode parameter: -** -**
    -**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    -** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log -** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling -** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. -** -**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    -** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no -** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database -** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the -** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. -** -**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    -** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after -** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures -** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file -** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. -**
    -** -** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in -** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to -** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already -** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be -** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. -** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 -** before returning to communicate this to the caller. -** -** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a -** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. -** -** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive -** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained -** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer -** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is -** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for -** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before -** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible -** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. -** -** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If -** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error -** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached -** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL -** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If -** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any -** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ - int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters -** -** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to -** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] -** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of -** each of these values. -*/ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration -** -** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method -** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure -** various facets of the virtual table interface. -** -** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or -** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. -** -** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using -** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options -** may be added in the future. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options -** -** These macros define the various options to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations -** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. -** -**
    -**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT -**
    Calls of the form -** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, -** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose -** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not -** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if -** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire -** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been -** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual -** ON CONFLICT mode specified. -** -** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees -** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before -** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite -** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. -** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns -** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode -** had been ABORT. -** -** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should -** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and -** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT -** constraint handling. -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy -** -** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method -** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The -** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], -** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode -** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the -** [virtual table]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes -** -** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to -** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode -** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. -** -** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential -** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that -** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 -/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ -#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 -/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ -#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 - - - -/* -** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for -** builds on processors without floating point support. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# undef double -#endif - -#if 0 -} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ -#endif -#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ - -/* -** 2010 August 30 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -*/ - -#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ -#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ - - -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif - -typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; -typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; - -/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the -** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; -#else - typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; -#endif - -/* -** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an -** R-Tree geometry query as follows: -** -** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zGeom, - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), - void *pContext -); - - -/* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first -** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). -*/ -struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { - void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ - int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ - void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ - void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ -}; - -/* -** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be -** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: -** -** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zQueryFunc, - int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), - void *pContext, - void (*xDestructor)(void*) -); - - -/* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the -** argument to scored geometry callback registered using -** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). -** -** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to -** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of -** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. -*/ -struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { - void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ - int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ - void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ - void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ - unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ - int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ - int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ - int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ - sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ - int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ - int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. -*/ -#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ -#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ -#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ - - -#if 0 -} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ -#endif - -#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ - - -/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* -** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the -** autoconf-based build -*/ -#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ -/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. -*/ - -/* -** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also -** limits the size of a row in a table or index. -** -** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer -** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** This is the maximum number of -** -** * Columns in a table -** * Columns in an index -** * Columns in a view -** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement -** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement -** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. -** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement -** -** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will -** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should -** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if -** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few -** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN -# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. -** -** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would -** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible -** to turn this limit off. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. -** -** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. -** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced -** at all times. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. -** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one -** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result -** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL -** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable -** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT -# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. -** Not currently enforced. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP -# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database -** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500 -#endif - -/* -** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before -** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 -** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap -** is used internally to track attached databases. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED -# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 -#endif - - -/* -** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 -#endif - -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit -** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. -** -** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at -** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback -** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif -#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 - - -/* -** The default size of a database page. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - -/* -** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases -** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain -** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), -** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value -** SQLite will choose on its own. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - - -/* -** Maximum number of pages in one database file. -** -** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. -** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the -** max_page_count macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. -** -** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all -** may be executed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ -#if defined(__BORLANDC__) -#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ -#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ -#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ -#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ -#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ -#endif - -/* Needed for various definitions... */ -#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif - -#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) -# define _BSD_SOURCE -#endif - -/* -** Include standard header files as necessary -*/ -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -#include -#endif - -/* -** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and -** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler -** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements -** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. -** -** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. -** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or -** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers -** that vary from one machine to the next. -** -** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on -** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). -** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the -** compiler. -*/ -#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) -#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) -#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. -** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never -** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest -** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple -** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same -** database connection at the same time. -** -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) -# if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -# else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using -** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE -# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** It determines whether or not the features related to -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can -** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to -** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. -** -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() -** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API -** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() -** -** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the -** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem -** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an -** assertion will be triggered. -** -** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as -** the default. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 -# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ - are defined but at most one is allowed:\ - SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ - SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 -# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the -** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) -# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 -#endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. -** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit -** it. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 -#endif - -/* -** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that -** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, -** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. -** -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the -** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action -** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG -** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif -#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# undef NDEBUG -#endif - -/* -** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 -#endif - -/* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When -** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to -** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to -** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted -** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple -** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() -** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For -** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit -** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements -** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() -** can insure that all cases are evaluated. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } -#else -# define testcase(X) -#endif - -/* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization -** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to -** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore -** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for -** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the -** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define VVA_ONLY(X) X -#else -# define VVA_ONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which -** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such -** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they -** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience -** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" -** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first -** hint of unplanned behavior. -** -** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. -** -** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to -** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will -** not be counted as untested code. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define ALWAYS(X) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#elif !defined(NDEBUG) -# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) -# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(X) (X) -# define NEVER(X) (X) -#endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large -** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() -** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. -*/ -#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, -** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but -** currently they are just comments for human readers. -*/ -#define likely(X) (X) -#define unlikely(X) (X) - -/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation -** used in SQLite. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ - -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Hash Hash; -typedef struct HashElem HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -** -** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. -** Hash.first points to the head of this list. -** -** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in -** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the -** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. -** -** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done -** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the -** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements -** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage -** the hash table. -*/ -struct Hash { - unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - struct _ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; - -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. -** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. -*/ -struct HashElem { - HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - const char *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; - -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); - -/* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: -** -** Hash h; -** HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } -*/ -#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) -/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ -/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ - -/* -** Number of entries in a hash table -*/ -/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ - -#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ - -/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ -#define TK_SEMI 1 -#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 -#define TK_QUERY 3 -#define TK_PLAN 4 -#define TK_BEGIN 5 -#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 -#define TK_DEFERRED 7 -#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 -#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 -#define TK_COMMIT 10 -#define TK_END 11 -#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 -#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 -#define TK_RELEASE 14 -#define TK_TO 15 -#define TK_TABLE 16 -#define TK_CREATE 17 -#define TK_IF 18 -#define TK_NOT 19 -#define TK_EXISTS 20 -#define TK_TEMP 21 -#define TK_LP 22 -#define TK_RP 23 -#define TK_AS 24 -#define TK_WITHOUT 25 -#define TK_COMMA 26 -#define TK_ID 27 -#define TK_INDEXED 28 -#define TK_ABORT 29 -#define TK_ACTION 30 -#define TK_AFTER 31 -#define TK_ANALYZE 32 -#define TK_ASC 33 -#define TK_ATTACH 34 -#define TK_BEFORE 35 -#define TK_BY 36 -#define TK_CASCADE 37 -#define TK_CAST 38 -#define TK_COLUMNKW 39 -#define TK_CONFLICT 40 -#define TK_DATABASE 41 -#define TK_DESC 42 -#define TK_DETACH 43 -#define TK_EACH 44 -#define TK_FAIL 45 -#define TK_FOR 46 -#define TK_IGNORE 47 -#define TK_INITIALLY 48 -#define TK_INSTEAD 49 -#define TK_LIKE_KW 50 -#define TK_MATCH 51 -#define TK_NO 52 -#define TK_KEY 53 -#define TK_OF 54 -#define TK_OFFSET 55 -#define TK_PRAGMA 56 -#define TK_RAISE 57 -#define TK_RECURSIVE 58 -#define TK_REPLACE 59 -#define TK_RESTRICT 60 -#define TK_ROW 61 -#define TK_TRIGGER 62 -#define TK_VACUUM 63 -#define TK_VIEW 64 -#define TK_VIRTUAL 65 -#define TK_WITH 66 -#define TK_REINDEX 67 -#define TK_RENAME 68 -#define TK_CTIME_KW 69 -#define TK_ANY 70 -#define TK_OR 71 -#define TK_AND 72 -#define TK_IS 73 -#define TK_BETWEEN 74 -#define TK_IN 75 -#define TK_ISNULL 76 -#define TK_NOTNULL 77 -#define TK_NE 78 -#define TK_EQ 79 -#define TK_GT 80 -#define TK_LE 81 -#define TK_LT 82 -#define TK_GE 83 -#define TK_ESCAPE 84 -#define TK_BITAND 85 -#define TK_BITOR 86 -#define TK_LSHIFT 87 -#define TK_RSHIFT 88 -#define TK_PLUS 89 -#define TK_MINUS 90 -#define TK_STAR 91 -#define TK_SLASH 92 -#define TK_REM 93 -#define TK_CONCAT 94 -#define TK_COLLATE 95 -#define TK_BITNOT 96 -#define TK_STRING 97 -#define TK_JOIN_KW 98 -#define TK_CONSTRAINT 99 -#define TK_DEFAULT 100 -#define TK_NULL 101 -#define TK_PRIMARY 102 -#define TK_UNIQUE 103 -#define TK_CHECK 104 -#define TK_REFERENCES 105 -#define TK_AUTOINCR 106 -#define TK_ON 107 -#define TK_INSERT 108 -#define TK_DELETE 109 -#define TK_UPDATE 110 -#define TK_SET 111 -#define TK_DEFERRABLE 112 -#define TK_FOREIGN 113 -#define TK_DROP 114 -#define TK_UNION 115 -#define TK_ALL 116 -#define TK_EXCEPT 117 -#define TK_INTERSECT 118 -#define TK_SELECT 119 -#define TK_VALUES 120 -#define TK_DISTINCT 121 -#define TK_DOT 122 -#define TK_FROM 123 -#define TK_JOIN 124 -#define TK_USING 125 -#define TK_ORDER 126 -#define TK_GROUP 127 -#define TK_HAVING 128 -#define TK_LIMIT 129 -#define TK_WHERE 130 -#define TK_INTO 131 -#define TK_INTEGER 132 -#define TK_FLOAT 133 -#define TK_BLOB 134 -#define TK_VARIABLE 135 -#define TK_CASE 136 -#define TK_WHEN 137 -#define TK_THEN 138 -#define TK_ELSE 139 -#define TK_INDEX 140 -#define TK_ALTER 141 -#define TK_ADD 142 -#define TK_TO_TEXT 143 -#define TK_TO_BLOB 144 -#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 145 -#define TK_TO_INT 146 -#define TK_TO_REAL 147 -#define TK_ISNOT 148 -#define TK_END_OF_FILE 149 -#define TK_ILLEGAL 150 -#define TK_SPACE 151 -#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 152 -#define TK_FUNCTION 153 -#define TK_COLUMN 154 -#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 155 -#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 156 -#define TK_UMINUS 157 -#define TK_UPLUS 158 -#define TK_REGISTER 159 - -/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlite_int64 -# define float sqlite_int64 -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 -# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) -# endif -# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 -# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 -# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) -#endif - -/* -** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler -** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 -#else -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 -#endif - -/* -** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever -** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the -** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format -** that the library can read. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#endif - -/* -** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be -** changed at run-time using a pragma. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 -#endif - -/* -** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified -** on the command-line -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE -# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 -# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ -#endif - -/* -** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it -** ourselves. -*/ -#ifndef offsetof -#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) -#endif - -/* -** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. -*/ -#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) -#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) - -/* -** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or -** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) -*/ -#if 'A' == '\301' -# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 -#endif - -/* -** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures -** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the -** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: -** -** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... -*/ -#ifndef UINT32_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T -# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t -# else -# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T -# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t -# else -# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T -# define INT16_TYPE int16_t -# else -# define INT16_TYPE short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T -# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t -# else -# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T -# define INT8_TYPE int8_t -# else -# define INT8_TYPE signed char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double -#endif -typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ -typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ -typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ - -/* -** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value -** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value -** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we -** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) - -/* -** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a -** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of -** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer -** can be used at compile-time if desired. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS - typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ -#else - typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ -#endif - -/* -** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit -** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This -** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. -** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. -** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst -** of 40. However, since LogEst quantaties are suppose to be estimates, -** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. -** -** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". -** -** Examples: -** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 -** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 -** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 -** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 -** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 -** -** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. -** Examples: -** -** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 -*/ -typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; - -/* -** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, -** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. -** -** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order -** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if -** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined -** at run-time. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one; -#endif -#if (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ - defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ - defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ - defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) -# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE -#endif -#if (defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__)) \ - && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) -# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) -# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) -#endif - -/* -** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. -** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit -** compilers. -*/ -#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) -#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) - -/* -** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used -** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. -*/ -#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) - -/* -** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 -*/ -#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) - -/* -** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This -** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets -** all alignment restrictions correct. -** -** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the -** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned -** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC -# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) -#else -# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) -#endif - -/* -** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work -*/ -#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) -# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -#endif - -/* -** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS -*/ -#ifdef __APPLE__ -# include -# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# endif -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# if defined(__linux__) \ - || defined(_WIN32) \ - || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ - || defined(__sun) -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ -# else -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# endif -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */ -#endif - -/* -** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger -** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does -** not exceed the maximum mmap size. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -#endif - -/* -** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined. -** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also -** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 -#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 -#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlite handle. -** -** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy -** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite -** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler -** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. -*/ -typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; -struct BusyHandler { - int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ - int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ -}; - -/* -** Name of the master database table. The master database table -** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all -** user tables and indices. -*/ -#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" -#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" - -/* -** The root-page of the master database table. -*/ -#define MASTER_ROOT 1 - -/* -** The name of the schema table. -*/ -#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) - -/* -** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in -** an array. -*/ -#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) - -/* -** Determine if the argument is a power of two -*/ -#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) - -/* -** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). -** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the -** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce -** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any -** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC -** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) - -/* -** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does -** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. -** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from -** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered -** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD -** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable -** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated -** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer -** for the run-time allocated buffer. -** -** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL -** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - #define SQLITE_WSD const - #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) - #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); -#else - #define SQLITE_WSD - #define GLOBAL(t,v) v - #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config -#endif - -/* -** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to -** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately -** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when -** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the -** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the -** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, -** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. -** -** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, -** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. -** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to -** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. -** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these -** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. -*/ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) - -/* -** Forward references to structures -*/ -typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; -typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; -typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; -typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; -typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; -typedef struct Column Column; -typedef struct Db Db; -typedef struct Schema Schema; -typedef struct Expr Expr; -typedef struct ExprList ExprList; -typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; -typedef struct FKey FKey; -typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; -typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; -typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; -typedef struct IdList IdList; -typedef struct Index Index; -typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; -typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; -typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; -typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; -typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; -typedef struct Module Module; -typedef struct NameContext NameContext; -typedef struct Parse Parse; -typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; -typedef struct RowSet RowSet; -typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; -typedef struct Select Select; -typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; -typedef struct SrcList SrcList; -typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; -typedef struct Table Table; -typedef struct TableLock TableLock; -typedef struct Token Token; -typedef struct Trigger Trigger; -typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; -typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; -typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; -typedef struct VTable VTable; -typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; -typedef struct Walker Walker; -typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; -typedef struct With With; - -/* -** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and -** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque -** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. -*/ -/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file -** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description -** of what each interface routine does. -*/ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ - -/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It -** needs to be revisited. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 - -/* -** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise -** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ - -/* -** Forward declarations of structure -*/ -typedef struct Btree Btree; -typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; -typedef struct BtShared BtShared; - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ -); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the -** following values. -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in -** pager.h. -*/ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ -#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ -#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the flags shown below. -** -** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. -** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data -** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With -** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored -** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL -** indices.) -*/ -#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); - -/* -** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta -** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned -** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an -** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: -** -** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) -** -** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of -** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at -** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). -*/ -#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 -#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 -#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 -#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 -#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 -#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 -#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 -#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 -#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 - -/* -** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an -** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call. -*/ -#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ - struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ - BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor*, - UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, - i64 intKey, - int bias, - int *pRes -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); - -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); -#endif - -/* -** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to -** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the -** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); -#else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); -#endif -#else - -# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 -# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) - -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 -# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 -#endif - - -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ - -/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) -** -** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine -** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a -** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ -#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ -/* #include */ - -/* -** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines -** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides -** of this structure. -*/ -typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; - -/* -** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required -** for the VdbeOp definition. -*/ -typedef struct Mem Mem; -typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; - -/* -** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode -** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded -** as an instance of the following structure: -*/ -struct VdbeOp { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ - u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */ - u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ - int p1; /* First operand */ - int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - int p3; /* The third parameter */ - union { /* fourth parameter */ - int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ - void *p; /* Generic pointer */ - char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ - i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ - double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ - FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ - Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ - VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ - int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ - int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); - } p4; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ -#endif -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - u32 cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ - u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - int iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */ -#endif -}; -typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; - - -/* -** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. -*/ -struct SubProgram { - VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ - int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ - int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ - int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ - void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ - SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ -}; - -/* -** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because -** it takes up less space. -*/ -struct VdbeOpList { - u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ - signed char p1; /* First operand */ - signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ - signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ -}; -typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; - -/* -** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type -*/ -#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ -#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ -#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ -#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ -#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ -#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ -#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ -#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ -#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ -#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ -#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ -#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ -#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ -#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ -#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ - -/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ -#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 -#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 -#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 -#define P5_ConstraintFK 4 - -/* -** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the -** number of columns of data returned by the statement. -*/ -#define COLNAME_NAME 0 -#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 -#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 -#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 -#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ -#else -# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE -# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ -# else -# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ -# endif -#endif - -/* -** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field -** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that -** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling -** the macro again restores the address. -*/ -#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) - -/* -** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" -** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. -*/ -/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ -/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ -#define OP_Function 1 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ -#define OP_Savepoint 2 -#define OP_AutoCommit 3 -#define OP_Transaction 4 -#define OP_SorterNext 5 -#define OP_PrevIfOpen 6 -#define OP_NextIfOpen 7 -#define OP_Prev 8 -#define OP_Next 9 -#define OP_AggStep 10 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ -#define OP_Checkpoint 11 -#define OP_JournalMode 12 -#define OP_Vacuum 13 -#define OP_VFilter 14 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */ -#define OP_VUpdate 15 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ -#define OP_Goto 16 -#define OP_Gosub 17 -#define OP_Return 18 -#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ -#define OP_InitCoroutine 20 -#define OP_EndCoroutine 21 -#define OP_Yield 22 -#define OP_HaltIfNull 23 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ -#define OP_Halt 24 -#define OP_Integer 25 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ -#define OP_Int64 26 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ -#define OP_String 27 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ -#define OP_Null 28 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ -#define OP_SoftNull 29 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */ -#define OP_Blob 30 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ -#define OP_Variable 31 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ -#define OP_Move 32 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ -#define OP_Copy 33 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */ -#define OP_SCopy 34 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ -#define OP_ResultRow 35 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ -#define OP_CollSeq 36 -#define OP_AddImm 37 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ -#define OP_MustBeInt 38 -#define OP_RealAffinity 39 -#define OP_Permutation 40 -#define OP_Compare 41 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */ -#define OP_Jump 42 -#define OP_Once 43 -#define OP_If 44 -#define OP_IfNot 45 -#define OP_Column 46 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */ -#define OP_Affinity 47 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ -#define OP_MakeRecord 48 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ -#define OP_Count 49 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ -#define OP_ReadCookie 50 -#define OP_SetCookie 51 -#define OP_OpenRead 52 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ -#define OP_OpenWrite 53 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ -#define OP_OpenAutoindex 54 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 55 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ -#define OP_SorterOpen 56 -#define OP_OpenPseudo 57 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ -#define OP_Close 58 -#define OP_SeekLT 59 -#define OP_SeekLE 60 -#define OP_SeekGE 61 -#define OP_SeekGT 62 -#define OP_Seek 63 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P2] */ -#define OP_NoConflict 64 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ -#define OP_NotFound 65 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ -#define OP_Found 66 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ -#define OP_NotExists 67 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ -#define OP_Sequence 68 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ -#define OP_NewRowid 69 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ -#define OP_Insert 70 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ -#define OP_Or 71 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ -#define OP_And 72 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ -#define OP_InsertInt 73 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */ -#define OP_Delete 74 -#define OP_ResetCount 75 -#define OP_IsNull 76 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ -#define OP_NotNull 77 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ -#define OP_Ne 78 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */ -#define OP_Eq 79 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */ -#define OP_Gt 80 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */ -#define OP_Le 81 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */ -#define OP_Lt 82 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]=r[P3] goto P2 */ -#define OP_SorterCompare 84 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ -#define OP_BitAnd 85 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ -#define OP_BitOr 86 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ -#define OP_ShiftLeft 87 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] */ -#define OP_Add 89 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ -#define OP_Subtract 90 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ -#define OP_Multiply 91 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ -#define OP_Divide 92 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ -#define OP_Remainder 93 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ -#define OP_Concat 94 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ -#define OP_SorterData 95 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ -#define OP_BitNot 96 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */ -#define OP_String8 97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ -#define OP_RowKey 98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key */ -#define OP_RowData 99 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ -#define OP_Rowid 100 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ -#define OP_NullRow 101 -#define OP_Last 102 -#define OP_SorterSort 103 -#define OP_Sort 104 -#define OP_Rewind 105 -#define OP_SorterInsert 106 -#define OP_IdxInsert 107 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ -#define OP_IdxDelete 108 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ -#define OP_IdxRowid 109 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ -#define OP_IdxLE 110 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ -#define OP_IdxGT 111 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ -#define OP_IdxLT 112 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ -#define OP_IdxGE 113 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ -#define OP_Destroy 114 -#define OP_Clear 115 -#define OP_ResetSorter 116 -#define OP_CreateIndex 117 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ -#define OP_CreateTable 118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ -#define OP_ParseSchema 119 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 120 -#define OP_DropTable 121 -#define OP_DropIndex 122 -#define OP_DropTrigger 123 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 124 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 125 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ -#define OP_RowSetRead 126 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ -#define OP_RowSetTest 127 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ -#define OP_Program 128 -#define OP_Param 129 -#define OP_FkCounter 130 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ -#define OP_FkIfZero 131 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ -#define OP_MemMax 132 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ -#define OP_Real 133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ -#define OP_IfPos 134 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 */ -#define OP_IfNeg 135 /* synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2 */ -#define OP_IfZero 136 /* synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 */ -#define OP_AggFinal 137 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ -#define OP_IncrVacuum 138 -#define OP_Expire 139 -#define OP_TableLock 140 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ -#define OP_VBegin 141 -#define OP_VCreate 142 -#define OP_ToText 143 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ -#define OP_ToBlob 144 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ -#define OP_ToNumeric 145 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC */ -#define OP_ToInt 146 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ -#define OP_ToReal 147 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ -#define OP_VDestroy 148 -#define OP_VOpen 149 -#define OP_VColumn 150 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ -#define OP_VNext 151 -#define OP_VRename 152 -#define OP_Pagecount 153 -#define OP_MaxPgcnt 154 -#define OP_Init 155 /* synopsis: Start at P2 */ -#define OP_Noop 156 -#define OP_Explain 157 - - -/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in -** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c -** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: -*/ -#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ -#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ -/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 8 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\ -/* 16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x04, 0x24, 0x01, 0x04, 0x05, 0x10,\ -/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04,\ -/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 48 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x08,\ -/* 64 */ 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x4c,\ -/* 72 */ 0x4c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15,\ -/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\ -/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x00,\ -/* 96 */ 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01,\ -/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\ -/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15,\ -/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x02, 0x05, 0x05,\ -/* 136 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\ -/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\ -/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,} - -/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ - -/* -** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation -** for a description of what each of these routines does. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); - -typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); -#endif - -/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on -** each VDBE opcode. -** -** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op -** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code -** generator. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS -# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X -# else -# define VdbeModuleComment(X) -# endif -#else -# define VdbeComment(X) -# define VdbeNoopComment(X) -# define VdbeModuleComment(X) -#endif - -/* -** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point -** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line -** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing -** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch -** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application -** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on. -** -** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction -** // as a branch -** -** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true -** -** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken -** -** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken -** -** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above. -** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and -** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch() -** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int); -# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) -# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) -# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2); -# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1); -# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x) -#else -# define VdbeCoverage(v) -# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) -# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) -# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) -# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0 -#endif - -#endif - -/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. -*/ - -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ - -/* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the -** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 -#endif - -/* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". -*/ -typedef u32 Pgno; - -/* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. -*/ -typedef struct Pager Pager; - -/* -** Handle type for pages. -*/ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; - -/* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c -** for details. -*/ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) - -/* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. -*/ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 - -/* -** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. -*/ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ - -/* -** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire(). -*/ -#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ -#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ - -/* -** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() -*/ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */ -#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ -#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ - -/* -** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for -** a detailed description of each routine. -*/ - -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs*, - Pager **ppPager, - const char*, - int, - int, - int, - void(*)(DbPage*) -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); - -/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); - -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) -SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); - -/* Operations on page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); - -/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); -#endif - -/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); - -/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); - -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); -#endif - -/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); - void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ - -/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ -/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 August 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. -*/ - -#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ - -typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; -typedef struct PCache PCache; - -/* -** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following -** structure. -*/ -struct PgHdr { - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ - void *pData; /* Page data */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ - Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ -#endif - u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ - - /********************************************************************** - ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c - ** and should not be accessed by other modules. - */ - i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ - PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ - - PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ - PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ -}; - -/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ -#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before - ** writing this page to the database */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ -#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ -#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ - -#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */ - -/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); - -/* Page cache buffer management: -** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); - -/* Create a new pager cache. -** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. -** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -); - -/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); - -/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate -** storage space. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); - -/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ - -/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); - -/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); - -/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); - -/* Reset and close the cache object */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); - -/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); - -/* Discard the contents of the cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); - -/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); - -/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); - -/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); - -#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the -** library is built. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); -#endif - -/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. -** -** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit -** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum -** of the suggested cache-sizes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); -#endif - -/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); - -#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ - -/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ -/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file -** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that -** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. -** -** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up -** being included by every source file. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ -#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ - -/* -** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the -** necessary pre-processor macros for it. -*/ -/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ -/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ -/* -** 2013 November 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system -** detection and/or setup. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_ -#define _OS_SETUP_H_ - -/* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating -** system. -** -** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, -** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of -** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 -# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# else -# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ - defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 -# endif -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# endif -#else -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# endif -#endif - -#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */ - -/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ - -/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it -** a no-op -*/ -#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC -# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) -#endif - -/* -** The default size of a disk sector -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 -#endif - -/* -** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random -** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the -** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. -** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the -** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits -** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done -** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. -** -** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then -** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it -** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a -** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the -** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" -** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but -** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart -** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid -** of the file. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX -# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" -#endif - -/* -** The following values may be passed as the second argument to -** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: -** -** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. -** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at -** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. -** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at -** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new -** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. -** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. -** -** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a -** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING -** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to -** sqlite3OsLock(). -*/ -#define NO_LOCK 0 -#define SHARED_LOCK 1 -#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 -#define PENDING_LOCK 3 -#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 - -/* -** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) -** -** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because -** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and -** UnlockFile(). -** -** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the -** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. -** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. -** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking -** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. -** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from -** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. -** -** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, -** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks -** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used -** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme -** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. -** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single -** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. -** -** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. -** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which -** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. -** -** The same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having -** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file -** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever -** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between -** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by -** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. -** -** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store -** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates -** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so -** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. -** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE -** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic -** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. -** -** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible -** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice -** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. -** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the -** 1GB boundary. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) -#else -# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte -#endif -#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) -#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) -#define SHARED_SIZE 510 - -/* -** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); - - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); - -/* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using -** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); - -#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ - -/************** End of os.h **************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. -** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available -** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code -** better organized. -** -** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. -** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file -** include this one indirectly. -*/ - - -/* -** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The -** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden -** at start-time. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No -** mutual exclusion is provided. But this -** implementation can be overridden at -** start-time. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. -*/ -#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) -# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -# else -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -/* -** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. -*/ -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) -#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3MutexEnd() -#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) -#else -#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ - -/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - - -/* -** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance -** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures -** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and -** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional -** databases may be attached. -*/ -struct Db { - char *zName; /* Name of this database */ - Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ - u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. -** -** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is -** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. -** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple -** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. -** -** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that -** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by -** sqlite3_close(). -* -** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order -** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be -** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. -** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. -*/ -struct Schema { - int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ - int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ - Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ - Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ - Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ - Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ - Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ - u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ - u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ - int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ -}; - -/* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the -** Db.pSchema->flags field. -*/ -#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) -#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) -#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) - -/* -** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. -** -** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been -** read into internal hash tables. -** -** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that -** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might -** changes and so the view will need to be reset. -*/ -#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ -#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ -#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ - -/* -** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited -** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1) - -/* -** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used -** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects -** associated with a particular database connection. The use of -** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement -** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing -** SQL statements. -** -** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the -** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in -** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot -** objects. -** -** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated -** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot -** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information -** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing -** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that -** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. -*/ -struct Lookaside { - u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ - u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ - u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ - int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ - int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ - int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ - LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ - void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ - void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ -}; -struct LookasideSlot { - LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ -}; - -/* -** A hash table for function definitions. -** -** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. -** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. -*/ -struct FuncDefHash { - FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ -}; - -/* -** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3 { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ - struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ - CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ - Db *aDb; /* All backends */ - int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ - int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ - i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ - i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ - unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ - int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ - u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ - u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ - u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ - u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ - u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ - signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ - u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ - u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ - u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ - int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ - u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ - int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ - int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ - int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ - struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ - int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ - u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ - u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ - u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ - } init; - int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ - int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ - int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ - int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ - int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ - void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ - void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ - void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ - void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ - void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ - int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ - void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pUpdateArg; - void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); - void *pWalArg; -#endif - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); - void *pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ - union { - volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ - double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ - } u1; - Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - /* Access authorization function */ - void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ - void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ - unsigned nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ - Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ - VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ - VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ - VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ -#endif - FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ - Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ - BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ - Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ - Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ - int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ - int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ - int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ - i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ - i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ - int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER - ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. - ** - ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to - ** unlock so that it can proceed. - ** - ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried - ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks - ** held by Y. - */ - sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ - sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ - void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ - void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ - sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. -*/ -#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. -*/ -#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ -#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ -#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000004 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ -#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000010 /* OK to spill pager cache */ -#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ -#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ -#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ - /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ - /* the count using a callback. */ -#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ - /* result set is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ -#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ -#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ -#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ -#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ -#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */ -#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00020000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ -#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00040000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ -#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00080000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ -#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ -#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ -#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ -#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00800000 /* True to enable triggers */ -#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x01000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ -#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x02000000 /* Disable database changes */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x04000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ - - -/* -** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the -** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to -** selectively disable various optimizations. -*/ -#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */ -#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */ -#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ -#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ -/* not used 0x0010 // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */ -#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ -#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */ -#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ -#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */ -#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */ -#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ -#define SQLITE_Stat3 0x0800 /* Use the SQLITE_STAT3 table */ -#define SQLITE_AdjustOutEst 0x1000 /* Adjust output estimates using WHERE */ -#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ - -/* -** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) -#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) -#else -#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0 -#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1 -#endif - -/* -** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization -** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. -*/ -#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. -** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other -** than being distinct from one another. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ - -/* -** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc -** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table -** points to a linked list of these structures. -*/ -struct FuncDef { - i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ - u16 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ - void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ - FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ - void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ - char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ - FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ - FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ -}; - -/* -** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as -** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When -** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, -** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to -** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether -** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor -** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated -** FuncDestructor. -** -** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference -** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor -** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. -*/ -struct FuncDestructor { - int nRef; - void (*xDestroy)(void *); - void *pUserData; -}; - -/* -** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF -** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. There -** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. -*/ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x040 /* Built-in length() function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ - -/* -** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are -** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. -** -** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The -** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available -** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If -** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. -** -** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) -** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. -** -** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) -** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by -** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters -** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to -** FUNCTION(). -** -** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C -** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made -** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The -** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags -** parameter. -*/ -#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ - {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ - pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ - (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0} -#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0} - -/* -** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at -** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently -** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe -** OP_Savepoint instruction. -*/ -struct Savepoint { - char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ - i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ - i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Number of deferred imm fk. */ - Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ -}; - -/* -** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), -** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. -*/ -#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 -#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 -#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 - - -/* -** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an -** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule -** hash table. -*/ -struct Module { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ - const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ - void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ -}; - -/* -** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance -** of this structure. -*/ -struct Column { - char *zName; /* Name of this column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ - char *zDflt; /* Original text of the default value */ - char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ - char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ - u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ - char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ - u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of this column. INT==1 */ - u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ -}; - -/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: -*/ -#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ -#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ - -/* -** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and -** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. -** -** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the -** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined -** collating sequence may not be read or written. -*/ -struct CollSeq { - char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ - void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ - int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); - void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ -}; - -/* -** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ -#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ - -/* -** Column affinity types. -** -** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and -** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve -** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. -** -** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, -** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and -** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. -** -** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing -** for a numeric type is a single comparison. -*/ -#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' -#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' -#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' - -#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) - -/* -** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an -** affinity value. -*/ -#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 - -/* -** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without -** changing the affinity. -** -** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. -** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison -** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to -** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. -*/ -#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ -#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ -#define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ -#define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x88 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ - -/* -** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in -** the database schema. -** -** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this -** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared -** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique -** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table -** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between -** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database -** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database -** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method -** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may -** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables -** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers -** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database -** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. -** -** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared -** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by -** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. -** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual -** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the -** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct -** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. -** -** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the -** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not -** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed -** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to -** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the -** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected -** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done -** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. -** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an -** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect -** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. -** -** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by -** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as -** the first argument. -*/ -struct VTable { - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ - Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ - int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ - VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ -}; - -/* -** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the -** following structure. -** -** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original -** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for -** comparisons. -** -** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a -** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. -** -** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of -** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note -** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to -** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of -** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid -** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if -** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. -** -** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the -** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend -** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that -** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set -** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted -** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum -** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root -** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a -** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause -** of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct Table { - char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ - Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ - Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ - Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ -#endif - LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ - i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ - i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ - u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ - LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ - u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ - u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ - char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ - VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ -#endif - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ - Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. -*/ -#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ -#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ -#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ -#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ -#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ -#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x20 /* No rowid used. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ - - -/* -** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is -** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual -** table support is omitted from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) -#else -# define IsVirtual(X) 0 -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 -#endif - -/* Does the table have a rowid */ -#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) - -/* -** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. -** -** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is -** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign -** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. -** Consider this example: -** -** CREATE TABLE ex1( -** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, -** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) -** ); -** -** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". -** Equivalent names: -** -** from-table == child-table -** to-table == parent-table -** -** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure -** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when -** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. -** -** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. -** -** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) -** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. -*/ -struct FKey { - Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ - FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ - char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ - FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ - FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ - /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ - u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ - Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ - struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ - int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ - char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ - } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ -}; - -/* -** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint -** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation -** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction -** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process -** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, -** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that -** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior -** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback -** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint -** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error -** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused -** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or -** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. -** -** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. -** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the -** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign -** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the -** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the -** foreign key. -** -** The following symbolic values are used to record which type -** of action to take. -*/ -#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ -#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ -#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ -#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ -#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ -#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ - -#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ -#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ -#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ -#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ - -#define OE_Default 10 /* Do whatever the default action is */ - - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the -** comparison of the two index keys. -** -** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There -** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot -** for the rowid at the end. -*/ -struct KeyInfo { - u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ - u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ - u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ - CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about a -** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual -** values. -** -** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. -** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store -** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by -** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the -** OP_Column opcode. -** -** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled -** into its constituent fields. -** -** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison -** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString(). -*/ -struct UnpackedRecord { - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ - i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ - u8 isCorrupt; /* Corruption detected by xRecordCompare() */ - Mem *aMem; /* Values */ - int r1; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ - int r2; /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */ -}; - - -/* -** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an -** instance of the following structure. -** -** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described -** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose -** we have the following table and index: -** -** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); -** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); -** -** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are -** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing -** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. -** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the -** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. -** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in -** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. -** -** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns -** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, -** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index -** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution -** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique -** element. -*/ -struct Index { - char *zName; /* Name of this index */ - i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ - LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ - Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ - Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ - char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ - Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* A KeyInfo object suitable for this index */ - int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ - LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ - u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ - u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ - u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - unsigned idxType:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ - unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ - unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ - unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ - unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ - int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ - tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ - IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for Index.idxType -*/ -#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ -#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ -#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ - -/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ -#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) - -/* -** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory -** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the -** analyze.c source file for additional information. -*/ -struct IndexSample { - void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ - int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ - tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ - tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ - tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ -}; - -/* -** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of -** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. -** -** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and -** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn -** and Token.n when Token.z==0. -*/ -struct Token { - const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ - unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate -** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. -** -** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a -** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in -** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate -** code for that node. -** -** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the -** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These -** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. -*/ -struct AggInfo { - u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly - ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ - u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather - ** than the source table */ - int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ - int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ - int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ - int mnReg, mxReg; /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ - struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ - Table *pTab; /* Source table */ - int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ - int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ - int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ - } *aCol; - int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ - int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. - ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to - ** aggregate functions */ - struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ - FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ - } *aFunc; - int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ -}; - -/* -** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. -** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater -** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because -** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user -** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications -** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want -** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them -** the option is available (at compile-time). -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 -typedef i16 ynVar; -#else -typedef int ynVar; -#endif - -/* -** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance -** of this structure. -** -** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused -** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer -** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused -** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression -** tree. -** -** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, -** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If -** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the -** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), -** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. -** -** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a -** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. -** -** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, -** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". -** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of -** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the -** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is -** valid. -** -** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. -** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is -** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and -** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the -** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the -** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that -** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. -** -** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark -** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index -** number for that variable. -** -** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer -** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the -** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery -** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing -** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. -** -** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from -** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the -** corresponding table definition. -** -** ALLOCATION NOTES: -** -** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To -** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be -** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes -** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, -** together with Expr.zToken strings. -** -** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when -** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all -** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees -** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that -** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately -** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. -*/ -struct Expr { - u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ - char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ - u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ - union { - char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ - int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ - } u; - - /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no - ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. - *********************************************************************/ - - Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ - Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ - union { - ExprList *pList; /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */ - Select *pSelect; /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */ - } x; - - /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no - ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. - *********************************************************************/ - -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ -#endif - int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column - ** TK_REGISTER: register number - ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old - ** EP_Unlikely: 1000 times likelihood */ - ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid. - ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */ - i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ - i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ - u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op - ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column - ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */ - AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */ - Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */ -}; - -/* -** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. -*/ -#define EP_FromJoin 0x000001 /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */ -#define EP_Agg 0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ -#define EP_Resolved 0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */ -#define EP_Error 0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */ -#define EP_Distinct 0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ -#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ -#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */ -#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ -#define EP_Collate 0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */ -#define EP_Generic 0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */ -#define EP_IntValue 0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */ -#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */ -#define EP_Skip 0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */ -#define EP_Reduced 0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */ -#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ -#define EP_Static 0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ -#define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ -#define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ -#define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ -#define EP_Constant 0x080000 /* Node is a constant */ - -/* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the -** Expr.flags field. -*/ -#define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) -#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) -#define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) - -/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation, -** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA -** processes but is a no-op for delivery. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) -#else -# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) -#endif - -/* -** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr -** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags -** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. -*/ -#define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */ -#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */ -#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */ - -/* -** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment -** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. -*/ -#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ - -/* -** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a -** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such -** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the -** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can -** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName -** field is not used. -** -** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of -** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and -** column labels. In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a -** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement. However, if -** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name -** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN. This later -** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses. -*/ -struct ExprList { - int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */ - struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */ - char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */ - char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */ - u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */ - unsigned done :1; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */ - unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */ - unsigned reusable :1; /* Constant expression is reusable */ - union { - struct { - u16 iOrderByCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */ - u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */ - } x; - int iConstExprReg; /* Register in which Expr value is cached */ - } u; - } *a; /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both -** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an -** expression. -*/ -struct ExprSpan { - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */ - const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */ - const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, -** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: -** -** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; -** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); -** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; -** -** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of -** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement -** -** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... -** -** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. -*/ -struct IdList { - struct IdList_item { - char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */ - int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ - } *a; - int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */ -}; - -/* -** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. -** -** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of -** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size -** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. -*/ -typedef u64 Bitmask; - -/* -** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". -*/ -#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) - -/* -** A bit in a Bitmask -*/ -#define MASKBIT(n) (((Bitmask)1)<<(n)) -#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n)) - -/* -** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. -** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of -** the SrcList.a[] array. -** -** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure -** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that -** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL, -** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can -** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID. -** -** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table -** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. -** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each -** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. -** -** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table -** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. -*/ -struct SrcList { - int nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ - u32 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ - struct SrcList_item { - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema to which this item is fixed */ - char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */ - char *zName; /* Name of the table */ - char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ - Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ - Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ - int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ - int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ - int regResult; /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */ - u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */ - unsigned notIndexed :1; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ - unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ - unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */ - unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */ -#endif - int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ - Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ - Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<" clause */ - Index *pIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */ - } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */ -}; - -/* -** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field -*/ -#define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */ -#define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */ -#define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */ -#define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */ -#define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */ -#define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */ -#define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */ - - -/* -** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin() -** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member. -*/ -#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */ -#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */ -#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ -#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ -#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ -#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */ -#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */ -#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */ -#define WHERE_AND_ONLY 0x0080 /* Don't use indices for OR terms */ -#define WHERE_GROUPBY 0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */ -#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY 0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */ -#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT 0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */ -#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP 0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */ - -/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct() -*/ -#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP 0 /* DISTINCT keyword not used */ -#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 /* No duplicates */ -#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 /* All duplicates are adjacent */ -#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3 /* Duplicates are scattered */ - -/* -** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column -** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and -** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may -** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or -** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The -** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for -** other statements. -** -** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most -** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer -** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context -** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found -** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of -** the context containing the match is incremented. -** -** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the -** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the -** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer -** subqueries looking for a match. -*/ -struct NameContext { - Parse *pParse; /* The parser */ - SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */ - ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of result-set columns */ - AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */ - NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */ - int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */ - int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */ - u8 ncFlags; /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field. -*/ -#define NC_AllowAgg 0x01 /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */ -#define NC_HasAgg 0x02 /* One or more aggregate functions seen */ -#define NC_IsCheck 0x04 /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */ -#define NC_InAggFunc 0x08 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */ -#define NC_PartIdx 0x10 /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure contains all information -** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement. -** -** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause. nOffset is set to 0. -** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the -** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not -** offset). But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations -** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters. -** -** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes. -** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in -** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor -** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time -** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not -** enough information about the compound query is known at that point. -** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences -** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating -** sequences for the ORDER BY clause. -*/ -struct Select { - ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */ - u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */ - u16 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */ - int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ - int addrOpenEphm[2]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ - u64 nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */ - Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */ - Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */ - Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */ - With *pWith; /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for -** "Select Flag". -*/ -#define SF_Distinct 0x0001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */ -#define SF_Resolved 0x0002 /* Identifiers have been resolved */ -#define SF_Aggregate 0x0004 /* Contains aggregate functions */ -#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0008 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ -#define SF_Expanded 0x0010 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ -#define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x0020 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ - /* 0x0040 NOT USED */ -#define SF_Values 0x0080 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */ - /* 0x0100 NOT USED */ -#define SF_NestedFrom 0x0200 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */ -#define SF_MaybeConvert 0x0400 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ -#define SF_Recursive 0x0800 /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */ -#define SF_Compound 0x1000 /* Part of a compound query */ - - -/* -** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined -** by one of the following macros. The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result -** Type". -** -** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary index -** identified by pDest->iSDParm. -** -** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm. -** -** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result -** set is not empty. -** -** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT -** statements within triggers whose only purpose is -** the side-effects of functions. -** -** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that -** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause. -** -** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow -** opcode) for each row in the result set. -** -** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. -** Store the first column of the first result row -** in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest -** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". -** -** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each -** row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. -** Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing -** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". -** -** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store -** the result there. The cursor is left open after -** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that -** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create -** the table first. -** -** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of -** results each time it is invoked. The entry point -** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm -** and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers -** starting with pDest->iSdst. -** -** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm. -** SRT_Fifo This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table -** is assumed to already be open. SRT_Fifo has -** the additional property of being able to ignore -** the ORDER BY clause. -** -** SRT_DistFifo Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm. -** But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as -** a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate -** rows. Name means: "Distinct Fifo". -** -** SRT_Queue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really -** an index). Append a sequence number so that all entries -** are distinct. -** -** SRT_DistQueue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if -** the same record has never been stored before. The -** index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores. -*/ -#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */ -#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */ -#define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ -#define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */ -#define SRT_Fifo 5 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ -#define SRT_DistFifo 6 /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */ -#define SRT_Queue 7 /* Store result in an queue */ -#define SRT_DistQueue 8 /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */ - -/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ -#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue) - -#define SRT_Output 9 /* Output each row of result */ -#define SRT_Mem 10 /* Store result in a memory cell */ -#define SRT_Set 11 /* Store results as keys in an index */ -#define SRT_EphemTab 12 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ -#define SRT_Coroutine 13 /* Generate a single row of result */ -#define SRT_Table 14 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ - -/* -** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of -** a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct SelectDest { - u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */ - char affSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */ - int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ - int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */ - int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */ -}; - -/* -** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT -** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p -** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that -** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement -** information in case inserts are down within triggers. Triggers do not -** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the -** loading and saving of autoincrement information. -*/ -struct AutoincInfo { - AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */ - Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */ - int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */ - int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */ -}; - -/* -** Size of the column cache -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE -# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10 -#endif - -/* -** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each -** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE -** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at -** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been -** completed. -** -** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger -** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of -** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable. -** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same -** values for both pTrigger and orconf. -** -** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns -** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT -** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to -** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. -*/ -struct TriggerPrg { - Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */ - TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */ - int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */ - u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */ -}; - -/* -** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 - typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask; -#else - typedef unsigned int yDbMask; -#endif - -/* -** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through -** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to -** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. -** -** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code -** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure -** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of -** each recursion. -** -** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache -** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are -** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being -** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the -** list. -*/ -struct Parse { - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */ - Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ - int rc; /* Return code from execution */ - u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ - u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ - u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ - u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */ - u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */ - u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ - u8 hasCompound; /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ - u8 okConstFactor; /* OK to factor out constants */ - int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */ - int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */ - int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */ - int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ - int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */ - int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */ - int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */ - int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */ - int iFixedOp; /* Never back out opcodes iFixedOp-1 or earlier */ - int ckBase; /* Base register of data during check constraints */ - int iPartIdxTab; /* Table corresponding to a partial index */ - int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */ - int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */ - int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ - int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ - struct yColCache { - int iTable; /* Table cursor number */ - i16 iColumn; /* Table column number */ - u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */ - int iLevel; /* Nesting level */ - int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */ - int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */ - } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */ - ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */ - Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */ - yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ - yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ - int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */ - int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */ - int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */ - int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ - TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ -#endif - AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */ - - /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */ - Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ - Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */ - int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */ - int addrSkipPK; /* Address of instruction to skip PRIMARY KEY index */ - u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */ - u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ - u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */ - u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ - u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ - u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */ - - /************************************************************************ - ** Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after - ** each recursion. The boundary between these two regions is determined - ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field - ** in the recursive region. - ************************************************************************/ - - int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ - int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */ - u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - u8 bFreeWith; /* True if pWith should be freed with parser */ - u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ - int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ -#endif - int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */ - int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iSelectId; /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */ - int iNextSelectId; /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */ -#endif - char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */ - Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ - const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ - Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ - Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ - const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ - Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ - Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */ - Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */ -#endif - Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */ - TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */ - With *pWith; /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */ -}; - -/* -** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 -#else - #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab) -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used -** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. -*/ -struct AuthContext { - const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ - Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */ -}; - -/* -** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes. -*/ -#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* Set to update db->nChange */ -#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x02 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ -#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ -#define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */ -#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */ -#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE 0x20 /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */ -#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG 0x40 /* OP_Column only used for length() */ -#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG 0x80 /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */ -#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR 0x01 /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */ -#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG 0x02 /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */ -#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */ - -/* - * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of - * struct Trigger. - * - * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. - * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the - * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. - * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the - * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the - * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated - * struct Table. - * - * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list - * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. - */ -struct Trigger { - char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */ - char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ - u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */ - u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */ - IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF trigger, - the is stored here */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */ - Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */ - TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */ - Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */ -}; - -/* -** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants -** determine which. -** -** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. -** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. -*/ -#define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1 -#define TRIGGER_AFTER 2 - -/* - * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement - * that is a part of a trigger-program. - * - * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked - * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the - * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is - * the first step of the trigger-program. - * - * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or - * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the - * value of "op" as follows: - * - * (op == TK_INSERT) - * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm - * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then - * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL. - * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into. - * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then - * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. - * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... - * statement, then this stores the column-names to be - * inserted into. - * - * (op == TK_DELETE) - * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from. - * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. - * Otherwise NULL. - * - * (op == TK_UPDATE) - * target -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of. - * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. - * Otherwise NULL. - * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update - * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" - * argument. - * - */ -struct TriggerStep { - u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ - u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */ - Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ - Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */ - Token target; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ - ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */ - IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */ - TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */ - TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ -}; - -/* -** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... -** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references -** explicit. -*/ -typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; -struct DbFixer { - Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Fix items to this schema */ - int bVarOnly; /* Check for variable references only */ - const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ - const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ - const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ -}; - -/* -** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we -** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. -*/ -struct StrAccum { - sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */ - char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */ - char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ - int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ - int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ - int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */ - u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */ - u8 accError; /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */ -}; -#define STRACCUM_NOMEM 1 -#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG 2 - -/* -** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information -** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. -*/ -typedef struct { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */ - char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */ - int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ - int rc; /* Result code stored here */ -} InitData; - -/* -** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. -** -** This structure also contains some state information. -*/ -struct Sqlite3Config { - int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ - int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ - int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ - int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ - int bUseCis; /* Use covering indices for full-scans */ - int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ - int neverCorrupt; /* Database is always well-formed */ - int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ - int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ - sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ - sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */ - sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */ - void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */ - int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */ - int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ - sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* mmap() space per open file */ - sqlite3_int64 mxMmap; /* Maximum value for szMmap */ - void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */ - int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */ - int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */ - void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */ - int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ - int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ - int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ - /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always - ** initially be zero, however. */ - int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */ - int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */ - int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */ - int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ - int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ - int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ - sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */ - void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ - void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG - void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int); - void *pSqllogArg; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch - ** operation. Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE. - */ - void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx); /* Callback */ - void *pVdbeBranchArg; /* 1st argument */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - int (*xTestCallback)(int); /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */ -#endif - int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ -}; - -/* -** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that -** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database. Instead of: -** -** assert( X ); -** -** One writes: -** -** assert( X || CORRUPT_DB ); -** -** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation. CORRUPT_DB does not indicate -** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt. -** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special -** sqlite3_test_control(). This enables assert() statements to prove -** things that are always true for well-formed databases. -*/ -#define CORRUPT_DB (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0) - -/* -** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk. -*/ -struct Walker { - int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */ - int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */ - void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */ - int walkerDepth; /* Number of subqueries */ - union { /* Extra data for callback */ - NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */ - int i; /* Integer value */ - SrcList *pSrcList; /* FROM clause */ - struct SrcCount *pSrcCount; /* Counting column references */ - } u; -}; - -/* Forward declarations */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); - -/* -** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their -** callbacks. -*/ -#define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */ -#define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */ -#define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */ - -/* -** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs -** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause. -*/ -struct With { - int nCte; /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */ - With *pOuter; /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */ - struct Cte { /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */ - char *zName; /* Name of this CTE */ - ExprList *pCols; /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */ - Select *pSelect; /* The definition of this CTE */ - const char *zErr; /* Error message for circular references */ - } a[1]; -}; - -/* -** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, -** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \ - if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \ - while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \ - } \ -} - -/* -** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with -** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke -** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated -** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place -** to set a debugger breakpoint. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) -#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) - - -/* -** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the -** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all -** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -#endif - -/* -** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also -** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \ - (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)) -# include -#endif - -/* -** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(), -** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The -** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -# define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20)) -# define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01) -# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06) -# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02) -# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04) -# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08) -# define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)]) -#else -# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x)) -#endif - -/* -** Internal function prototypes -*/ -#define sqlite3StrICmp sqlite3_stricmp -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); -#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); - -/* -** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make -** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default, -** obtain space from malloc(). -** -** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths -** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA -# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) -# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) -# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) -#else -# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) -# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) -# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P) -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double); -#else -# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL -** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function. -*/ -struct PrintfArguments { - int nArg; /* Total number of arguments */ - int nUsed; /* Number of arguments used so far */ - sqlite3_value **apArg; /* The argument values */ -}; - -#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01 -#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC 0x02 -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, va_list); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, u32, const char*, ...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*); -#endif - -/* Output formatting for SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN */ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe*, Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe*, ExprList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe*); -#else -# define sqlite3ExplainBegin(X) -# define sqlite3ExplainSelect(A,B) -# define sqlite3ExplainExpr(A,B) -# define sqlite3ExplainExprList(A,B) -# define sqlite3ExplainFinish(X) -# define sqlite3VdbeExplanation(X) 0 -#endif - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, - sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *); - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); -#else -# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); -#else -# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X) -# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X) -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, - Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, - Expr*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, - Expr*,ExprList*,u16,Expr*,Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, u8); -#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP 0x01 /* Deep, not shallow copies */ -#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR 0x02 /* Factor out constant terms */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int, - u8,u8,int,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int, u8*, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, - Expr*,int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, - int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int); - void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*, - Select*,u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); -# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) -#else -# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0 -# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B) -# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) -# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) -# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) -# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F) -# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0 -# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p -# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int); -#else -# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d) -# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK -# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) -# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst); - -/* -** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to -** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c -** file. Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions -** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which -** the MACRO form does). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); - -/* -** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers. -** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte. -** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode -** and decode of the integers in a record header. It is faster for the common -** case where the integer is a single byte. It is a little slower when the -** integer is two or more bytes. But overall it is faster. -** -** The following expressions are equivalent: -** -** x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B ); -** x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B ); -** -** x = getVarint32( A, B ); -** x = putVarint32( A, B ); -** -*/ -#define getVarint32(A,B) \ - (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) -#define putVarint32(A,B) \ - (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ - sqlite3PutVarint32((A),(B))) -#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint -#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); -#else -# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,int); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, - void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; -SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; -SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; -SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[]; -SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; -SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; -#endif -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), - FuncDestructor *pDestructor -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*); -#endif - -/* -** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*); -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); -#else -# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); -#else - #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define sqlite3VtabClear(Y) -# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK -# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) -# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) -# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 -# define sqlite3VtabLock(X) -# define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) -# define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) -# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK -# define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y) ((VTable*)0) -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); -# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8); -#else -#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z) -#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y) -#endif - -/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by -** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign -** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but -** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In -** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is -** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); -#else - #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f) - #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f) - #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c) - #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0 - #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**); -#else - #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) - #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e) -#endif - - -/* -** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0. -*/ -#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0 -#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1 - -/* -** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign" -** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -** is not defined. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void); -#else - #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() - #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() -#endif - -#define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1 -#define IN_INDEX_EPH 2 -#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC 3 -#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC 4 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p); -#else - #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile) - #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1 -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int); -#else - #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y) - #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0 - #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y) -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db); -#else - #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) - #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) - #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); -#endif - -/* -** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable -** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to -** print I/O tracing messages. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE -# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); -#else -# define IOTRACE(A) -# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) -#endif - -/* -** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator -** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory -** allocations are properly tracked by the system. -** -** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of -** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with -** a single bit set. -** -** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second -** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). -** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. -** -** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second -** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). -** -** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP -** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means -** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was -** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify -** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not -** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the -** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify -** this constraint. -** -** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into -** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); -#else -# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ -# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 -# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 -#endif -#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ -#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Might have been lookaside memory */ -#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */ -#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */ -#define MEMTYPE_DB 0x10 /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */ - -#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */ - -/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 June 13 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants. -*/ - -/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding -** lower-case character. -** -** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not -** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables -** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, - 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, - 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, - 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, - 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, - 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, - 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, - 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, - 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, - 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, - 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, - 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, - 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, - 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, - 252,253,254,255 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */ - 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */ - 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */ - 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */ - 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */ - 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */ - 96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */ - 112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */ - 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */ - 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */ - 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */ - 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */ - 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */ - 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */ - 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */ - 239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in -** equivalents to the following standard library functions: -** -** isspace() 0x01 -** isalpha() 0x02 -** isdigit() 0x04 -** isalnum() 0x06 -** isxdigit() 0x08 -** toupper() 0x20 -** SQLite identifier character 0x40 -** -** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper -** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character. -** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent -** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as: -** -** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20)) -** -** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] -** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. -** -** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an -** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any -** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is -** part of an identifier is 0x46. -** -** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a -** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */ - 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */ - 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */ - 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */ - - 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */ - 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */ - 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */ - 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */ - 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */ - 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */ - 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */ - 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */ - - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */ - - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */ - 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */ -}; -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI -# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN -# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 -#endif - -/* -** The following singleton contains the global configuration for -** the SQLite library. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { - SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ - 1, /* bCoreMutex */ - SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ - SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ - SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, /* bUseCis */ - 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ - 0, /* neverCorrupt */ - 128, /* szLookaside */ - 500, /* nLookaside */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */ - (void*)0, /* pHeap */ - 0, /* nHeap */ - 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ - SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE, /* szMmap */ - SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE, /* mxMmap */ - (void*)0, /* pScratch */ - 0, /* szScratch */ - 0, /* nScratch */ - (void*)0, /* pPage */ - 0, /* szPage */ - 0, /* nPage */ - 0, /* mxParserStack */ - 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ - /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */ - 0, /* isInit */ - 0, /* inProgress */ - 0, /* isMutexInit */ - 0, /* isMallocInit */ - 0, /* isPCacheInit */ - 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ - 0, /* pInitMutex */ - 0, /* xLog */ - 0, /* pLogArg */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG - 0, /* xSqllog */ - 0, /* pSqllogArg */ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - 0, /* xVdbeBranch */ - 0, /* pVbeBranchArg */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - 0, /* xTestCallback */ -#endif - 0 /* bLocaltimeFault */ -}; - -/* -** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all -** database connections. After initialization, this table is -** read-only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; - -/* -** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = { - { "0", 1 }, - { "1", 1 } -}; - - -/* -** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the -** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses -** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts -** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign -** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. -** -** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to -** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to -** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller -** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to -** move the pending byte. -** -** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than -** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! -** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined -** and dileterious behavior. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; -#endif - -/* -** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is -** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained -** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in -** the vdbe.c file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; - -/************** End of global.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2010 February 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options -** SQLite was built with. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - - -/* -** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should -** be sorted A-Z. -** -** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses -** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually -** rather short and uses little memory space. -*/ -static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { - -/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define -** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */ -#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt -#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) - -#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID - "32BIT_ROWID", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC - "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE - "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - "CHECK_PAGES", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST - "COVERAGE_TEST", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - "DEBUG", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE), -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc) - "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE), -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - "DISABLE_DIRSYNC", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS - "DISABLE_LFS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD - "ENABLE_CEROD", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - "ENABLE_FTS1", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - "ENABLE_FTS2", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 - "ENABLE_FTS3", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS - "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 - "ENABLE_FTS4", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - "ENABLE_ICU", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE - "ENABLE_IOTRACE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION - "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE), -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 - "ENABLE_MEMSYS3", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - "ENABLE_MEMSYS5", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK - "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE - "ENABLE_RTREE", -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) - "ENABLE_STAT4", -#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) - "ENABLE_STAT3", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT - "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - "HAS_CODEC", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN - "HAVE_ISNAN", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS - "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE - "INT64_TYPE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE - "LOCK_TRACE", -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc) - "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE), -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY - "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG - "MEMDEBUG", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT - "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - "NO_SYNC", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - "OMIT_ALTERTABLE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - "OMIT_ANALYZE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH - "OMIT_ATTACH", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - "OMIT_AUTOINIT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX - "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET - "OMIT_AUTORESET", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION - "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - "OMIT_CAST", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - "OMIT_CHECK", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE - "OMIT_COMPLETE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE - "OMIT_CTE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE - "OMIT_DECLTYPE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - "OMIT_DEPRECATED", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO - "OMIT_DISKIO", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - "OMIT_EXPLAIN", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS - "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE - "OMIT_GET_TABLE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - "OMIT_INCRBLOB", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION - "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME - "OMIT_LOCALTIME", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE - "OMIT_LOOKASIDE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - "OMIT_MEMORYDB", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA - "OMIT_PRAGMA", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX - "OMIT_REINDEX", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - "OMIT_SUBQUERY", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - "OMIT_TEMPDB", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - "OMIT_TRACE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - "OMIT_TRIGGER", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION - "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - "OMIT_UTF16", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM - "OMIT_VACUUM", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - "OMIT_VIEW", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - "OMIT_WAL", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - "OMIT_WSD", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT - "OMIT_XFER_OPT", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE - "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG - "PROXY_DEBUG", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - "RTREE_INT_ONLY", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - "SECURE_DELETE", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK - "SMALL_STACK", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX - "SOUNDEX", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC - "SYSTEM_MALLOC", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TCL - "TCL", -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc) - "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE), -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - "TEST", -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) - "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA - "USE_ALLOCA", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC - "WIN32_MALLOC", -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC - "ZERO_MALLOC" -#endif -}; - -/* -** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option -** was used and false if not. -** -** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix -** is not required for a match. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ - int i, n; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); - - /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a - ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */ - for(i=0; i=0 && NaDb[] (or -1) */ - u8 nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ - u8 rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */ - u8 deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ - Bool isEphemeral:1; /* True for an ephemeral table */ - Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ - Bool isTable:1; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */ - Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */ - i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ - i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ - i64 lastRowid; /* Rowid being deleted by OP_Delete */ - VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter object for OP_SorterOpen cursors */ - - /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the - ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches - ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of - ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that - ** the cache is out of date. - ** - ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might - ** be NULL. - */ - u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ - u32 payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ - u32 szRow; /* Byte available in aRow */ - u32 iHdrOffset; /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */ - const u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ - u32 aType[1]; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ - /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one - ** static element declared in the structure. nField total array slots for - ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */ -}; -typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; - -/* -** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type -** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as -** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific -** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, -** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, -** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program -** began executing. -** -** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory -** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or -** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it -** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame -** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing -** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive -** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the -** child frame are released. -** -** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is -** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program. -*/ -typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; -struct VdbeFrame { - Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ - VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */ - Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */ - Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */ - u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */ - VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */ - void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ - i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ - int nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ - int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */ - int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ - int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ - int nOnceFlag; /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */ - int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ - int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ - int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */ -}; - -#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) - -/* -** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. -*/ -#define CACHE_STALE 0 - -/* -** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem -** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, -** integer etc.) of the same value. -*/ -struct Mem { - sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ - char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ - double r; /* Real value */ - union { - i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ - int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ - RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */ - } u; - int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ - u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ - u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ - void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */ -#endif - void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */ - char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */ -}; - -/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK -** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. -** -** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. -** No other flags may be set in this case. -** -** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. -** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main -** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also -** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real -** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. -*/ -#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ -#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ -#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ -#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ -#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ -#define MEM_AffMask 0x001f /* Mask of affinity bits */ -#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */ -#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */ -#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */ -#define MEM_Cleared 0x0100 /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */ -#define MEM_TypeMask 0x01ff /* Mask of type bits */ - - -/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of -** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management -** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the -** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated -*/ -#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ -#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */ -#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ -#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ -#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ -#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - #undef MEM_Zero - #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 -#endif - -/* -** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f -*/ -#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ - ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) - -/* -** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro -** is for use inside assert() statements only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0 -#endif - -/* -** Each auxilliary data pointer stored by a user defined function -** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance -** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM -** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed -** when the VM is halted (if not before). -*/ -struct AuxData { - int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */ - int iArg; /* Index of function argument. */ - void *pAux; /* Aux data pointer */ - void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ - AuxData *pNext; /* Next element in list */ -}; - -/* -** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an -** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used -** implement the SQL functions. -** -** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, -** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. -** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this -** structure are known. -** -** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures -** (Mem) which are only defined there. -*/ -struct sqlite3_context { - FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */ - Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */ - Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */ - Vdbe *pVdbe; /* The VM that owns this context */ - int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function */ - int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ - u8 skipFlag; /* Skip skip accumulator loading if true */ - u8 fErrorOrAux; /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */ -}; - -/* -** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful -** in describing recursive data structures. -*/ -struct Explain { - Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */ - StrAccum str; /* The string being accumulated */ - int nIndent; /* Number of elements in aIndent */ - u16 aIndent[100]; /* Levels of indentation */ - char zBase[100]; /* Initial space */ -}; - -/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures. Always follow with :N where -** N is the number of bits. -*/ -typedef unsigned bft; /* Bit Field Type */ - -/* -** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete -** state of the virtual machine. -** -** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare() -** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. -** -** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of -** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is -** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This -** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute -** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of -** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table -** method function. -*/ -struct Vdbe { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ - Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ - Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ - Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ - Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ - Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ - int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ - int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ - u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ - Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ - VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ - Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ - char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ - ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ - ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */ - u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ - int pc; /* The program counter */ - int rc; /* Value to return */ - u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ - u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ - u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ - bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ - bft inVtabMethod:2; /* See comments above */ - bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */ - bft expired:1; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ - bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */ - bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */ - bft readOnly:1; /* True for statements that do not write */ - bft bIsReader:1; /* True for statements that read */ - bft isPrepareV2:1; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */ - bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */ - int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ - yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ - yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */ - int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ - u32 aCounter[5]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ -#endif - i64 iCurrentTime; /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */ - i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ - i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ - i64 nStmtDefImmCons; /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */ - char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ - void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN - Explain *pExplain; /* The explainer */ - char *zExplain; /* Explanation of data structures */ -#endif - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ - VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */ - int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ - u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */ - int nOnceFlag; /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */ - u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Flags for OP_Once */ - AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */ -}; - -/* -** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic -*/ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ -#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ - -/* -** Function prototypes -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); -void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*); -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe*, int, int); - -int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p); -#define VdbeMemDynamic(X) \ - (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0) -#define VdbeMemRelease(X) \ - if( VdbeMemDynamic(X) ) sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*); -#else -# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) -# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X) -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); -#else -# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); - #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) -#else - #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK - #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ - -/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/ - -/* -** Variables in which to record status information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { - int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ - int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ -} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; - - -/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information -** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat) -# define wsdStat x[0] -#else -# define wsdStatInit -# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat -#endif - -/* -** Return the current value of a status parameter. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){ - wsdStatInit; - assert( op>=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ - wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; - } -} - -/* -** Set the value of a status to X. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){ - wsdStatInit; - assert( op>=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ - wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; - } -} - -/* -** Query status information. -** -** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned -** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true, -** then this routine is not threadsafe. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){ - wsdStatInit; - if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; - *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op]; - if( resetFlag ){ - wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Query status information for a single database connection -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */ - int op, /* Status verb */ - int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */ - int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */ - int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: { - *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut; - *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut; - if( resetFlag ){ - db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; - } - break; - } - - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT: - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE: - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: { - testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT ); - testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE ); - testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL ); - assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 ); - assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 ); - *pCurrent = 0; - *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]; - if( resetFlag ){ - db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0; - } - break; - } - - /* - ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used - ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The - ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. - */ - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: { - int totalUsed = 0; - int i; - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); - totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager); - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - *pCurrent = totalUsed; - *pHighwater = 0; - break; - } - - /* - ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used - ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed - ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero. - */ - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: { - int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */ - int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ - - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; - if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){ - HashElem *p; - - nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( - pSchema->tblHash.count - + pSchema->trigHash.count - + pSchema->idxHash.count - + pSchema->fkeyHash.count - ); - nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht); - nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht); - nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht); - nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht); - - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p)); - } - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p)); - } - } - } - db->pnBytesFreed = 0; - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - - *pHighwater = 0; - *pCurrent = nByte; - break; - } - - /* - ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used - ** to store all prepared statements. - ** *pHighwater is set to zero. - */ - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: { - struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */ - int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ - - db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; - for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe); - } - db->pnBytesFreed = 0; - - *pHighwater = 0; - *pCurrent = nByte; - - break; - } - - /* - ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all - ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set - ** to zero. - */ - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT: - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS: - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{ - int i; - int nRet = 0; - assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 ); - assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 ); - - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt); - sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet); - } - } - *pHighwater = 0; - *pCurrent = nRet; - break; - } - - /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign - ** key constraints. Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints - ** have been satisfied. The *pHighwater is always set to zero. - */ - case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: { - *pHighwater = 0; - *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0; - break; - } - - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/************** End of status.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2003 October 31 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time -** functions for SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -** -** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The -** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon -** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian -** calendar system. -** -** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 -** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 -** -** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number -** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can -** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider -** range of dates. -** -** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, -** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually -** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some -** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. -** -** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions -** in the following text: -** -** Jean Meeus -** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 -** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 -** Willmann-Bell, Inc -** Richmond, Virginia (USA) -*/ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -#include - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - - -/* -** A structure for holding a single date and time. -*/ -typedef struct DateTime DateTime; -struct DateTime { - sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */ - int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ - int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ - int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ - double s; /* Seconds */ - char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */ - char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */ - char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */ - char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */ -}; - - -/* -** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments -** come in groups of 5 as follows: -** -** N number of digits in the integer -** min minimum allowed value of the integer -** max maximum allowed value of the integer -** nextC first character after the integer -** pVal where to write the integers value. -** -** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. -** The function returns the number of successful conversions. -*/ -static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ - va_list ap; - int val; - int N; - int min; - int max; - int nextC; - int *pVal; - int cnt = 0; - va_start(ap, zDate); - do{ - N = va_arg(ap, int); - min = va_arg(ap, int); - max = va_arg(ap, int); - nextC = va_arg(ap, int); - pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); - val = 0; - while( N-- ){ - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; - zDate++; - } - if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - *pVal = val; - zDate++; - cnt++; - }while( nextC ); -end_getDigits: - va_end(ap); - return cnt; -} - -/* -** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. -** The extension is of the form: -** -** (+/-)HH:MM -** -** Or the "zulu" notation: -** -** Z -** -** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes -** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs, -** return non-zero. -** -** A missing specifier is not considered an error. -*/ -static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int sgn = 0; - int nHr, nMn; - int c; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } - p->tz = 0; - c = *zDate; - if( c=='-' ){ - sgn = -1; - }else if( c=='+' ){ - sgn = +1; - }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){ - zDate++; - goto zulu_time; - }else{ - return c!=0; - } - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); -zulu_time: - while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } - return *zDate!=0; -} - -/* -** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. -** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The -** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. -** -** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. -*/ -static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int h, m, s; - double ms = 0.0; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - if( *zDate==':' ){ - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 2; - if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){ - double rScale = 1.0; - zDate++; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ - ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; - rScale *= 10.0; - zDate++; - } - ms /= rScale; - } - }else{ - s = 0; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = h; - p->m = m; - p->s = s + ms; - if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; - p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume -** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. -** -** Reference: Meeus page 61 -*/ -static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; - - if( p->validJD ) return; - if( p->validYMD ){ - Y = p->Y; - M = p->M; - D = p->D; - }else{ - Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ - M = 1; - D = 1; - } - if( M<=2 ){ - Y--; - M += 12; - } - A = Y/100; - B = 2 - A + (A/4); - X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100; - X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000; - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000); - p->validJD = 1; - if( p->validHMS ){ - p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000); - if( p->validTZ ){ - p->iJD -= p->tz*60000; - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Parse dates of the form -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM -** YYYY-MM-DD -** -** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 -** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed -** date. -*/ -static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, neg; - - if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ - zDate++; - neg = 1; - }else{ - neg = 0; - } - if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 10; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } - if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - /* We got the time */ - }else if( *zDate==0 ){ - p->validHMS = 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validYMD = 1; - p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; - p->M = M; - p->D = D; - if( p->validTZ ){ - computeJD(p); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS. -** -** Return the number of errors. -*/ -static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ - p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); - if( p->iJD>0 ){ - p->validJD = 1; - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return -** the number of errors. -** -** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM -** DDDD.DD -** now -** -** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional -** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion -** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long -** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long -** as there is a year and date. -*/ -static int parseDateOrTime( - sqlite3_context *context, - const char *zDate, - DateTime *p -){ - double r; - if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ - return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); - }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){ - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); - p->validJD = 1; - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ - int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; - if( p->validYMD ) return; - if( !p->validJD ){ - p->Y = 2000; - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - }else{ - Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000); - A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25); - A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); - B = A + 1524; - C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25); - D = (36525*C)/100; - E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001); - X1 = (int)(30.6001*E); - p->D = B - D - X1; - p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; - p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; - } - p->validYMD = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ - int s; - if( p->validHMS ) return; - computeJD(p); - s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000); - p->s = s/1000.0; - s = (int)p->s; - p->s -= s; - p->h = s/3600; - s -= p->h*3600; - p->m = s/60; - p->s += s - p->m*60; - p->validHMS = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute both YMD and HMS -*/ -static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ - computeYMD(p); - computeHMS(p); -} - -/* -** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ -*/ -static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; -} - -/* -** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available -** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to -** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the -** order of the parameters is reversed. -** -** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. -** -** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() -** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides -** localtime_s(). -*/ -#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \ - defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) -#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME -/* -** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r() -** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that -** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and -** non-zero on any kind of error. -** -** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this -** routine will always fail. -** -** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C -** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of -** local time. -*/ -static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ - int rc; -#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \ - && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) - struct tm *pX; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - pX = localtime(t); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0; -#endif - if( pX ) *pTm = *pX; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - rc = pX==0; -#else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1; -#endif -#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R - rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0; -#else - rc = localtime_s(pTm, t); -#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */ -#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME -/* -** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC -** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, -** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. -** -** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value -** is undefined in this case. -*/ -static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset( - DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */ - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */ - int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */ -){ - DateTime x, y; - time_t t; - struct tm sLocal; - - /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */ - memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal)); - - x = *p; - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only - ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range, - ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this - ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back. - */ - x.Y = 2000; - x.M = 1; - x.D = 1; - x.h = 0; - x.m = 0; - x.s = 0.0; - } else { - int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5); - x.s = s; - } - x.tz = 0; - x.validJD = 0; - computeJD(&x); - t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); - if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1); - *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; - return 0; - } - y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; - y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; - y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; - y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; - y.m = sLocal.tm_min; - y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; - y.validYMD = 1; - y.validHMS = 1; - y.validJD = 0; - y.validTZ = 0; - computeJD(&y); - *pRc = SQLITE_OK; - return y.iJD - x.iJD; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ - -/* -** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are -** as follows: -** -** NNN days -** NNN hours -** NNN minutes -** NNN.NNNN seconds -** NNN months -** NNN years -** start of month -** start of year -** start of week -** start of day -** weekday N -** unixepoch -** localtime -** utc -** -** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error -** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written -** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is -** written to pCtx. -*/ -static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ - int rc = 1; - int n; - double r; - char *z, zBuf[30]; - z = zBuf; - for(n=0; niJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - } - break; - } -#endif - case 'u': { - /* - ** unixepoch - ** - ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of - ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. - */ - if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ - p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME - else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 c1; - computeJD(p); - c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->iJD -= c1; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); - } - } -#endif - break; - } - case 'w': { - /* - ** weekday N - ** - ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of - ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the - ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 - && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8) - && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ - sqlite3_int64 Z; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7; - if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; - p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 's': { - /* - ** start of TTTTT - ** - ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, - ** or month or year. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; - z += 9; - computeYMD(p); - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = p->m = 0; - p->s = 0.0; - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - computeYMD(p); - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case '+': - case '-': - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': { - double rRounder; - for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){} - if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ - rc = 1; - break; - } - if( z[n]==':' ){ - /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the - ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds - ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be - ** omitted. - */ - const char *z2 = z; - DateTime tx; - sqlite3_int64 day; - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++; - memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); - if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; - computeJD(&tx); - tx.iJD -= 43200000; - day = tx.iJD/86400000; - tx.iJD -= day*86400000; - if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD; - computeJD(p); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->iJD += tx.iJD; - rc = 0; - break; - } - z += n; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; - if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } - computeJD(p); - rc = 0; - rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5; - if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder); - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder); - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder); - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder); - }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - int x, y; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->M += (int)r; - x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; - p->Y += x; - p->M -= x*12; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - y = (int)r; - if( y!=r ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); - } - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - int y = (int)r; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->Y += y; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - if( y!=r ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); - } - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - break; - } - default: { - break; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. -** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write -** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 -** on success and 1 if there are any errors. -** -** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined) -** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. -*/ -static int isDate( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv, - DateTime *p -){ - int i; - const unsigned char *z; - int eType; - memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); - if( argc==0 ){ - return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); - } - if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT - || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5); - p->validJD = 1; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ - return 1; - } - } - for(i=1; iaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - if( n(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - }else{ - z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - return; - } - } - computeJD(&x); - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ - if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ - z[j++] = zFmt[i]; - }else{ - i++; - switch( zFmt[i] ){ - case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; - case 'f': { - double s = x.s; - if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; - sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); - j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; - case 'W': /* Fall thru */ - case 'j': { - int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ - DateTime y = x; - y.validJD = 0; - y.M = 1; - y.D = 1; - computeJD(&y); - nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000); - if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ - int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ - wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7); - sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); - j += 2; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); - j += 3; - } - break; - } - case 'J': { - sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0); - j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; - case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; - case 's': { - sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", - (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); - j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; - case 'w': { - z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; - break; - } - case 'Y': { - sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - default: z[j++] = '%'; break; - } - } - } - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, - z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC); -} - -/* -** current_time() -** -** This function returns the same value as time('now'). -*/ -static void ctimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - timeFunc(context, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** current_date() -** -** This function returns the same value as date('now'). -*/ -static void cdateFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - dateFunc(context, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** current_timestamp() -** -** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). -*/ -static void ctimestampFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0); -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS -/* -** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time -** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version -** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() -** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that -** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. -** -** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() -** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied -** as the user-data for the function. -*/ -static void currentTimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - time_t t; - char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3 *db; - sqlite3_int64 iT; - struct tm *pTm; - struct tm sNow; - char zBuf[20]; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - - iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); - if( iT<=0 ) return; - t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676; -#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R - pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); -#else - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = gmtime(&t); - if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow)); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -#endif - if( pTm ){ - strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = { -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ), - FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ), - FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ), - FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ), - FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ), - FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ), - FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc), - FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ), -#else - STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), - STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc), - STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), -#endif - }; - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs); - - for(i=0; ipMethods ){ - rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); - pId->pMethods = 0; - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ - return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); -} - -/* -** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail -** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint() -** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not -** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it -** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint() -** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){ - /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite - ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding - ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point - ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM - ** but the transaction is committed anyway. - ** - ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(), - ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably - ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned - ** to the user. */ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - } -#endif - return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; - return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ - return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ - id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ - return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( - sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ - int iPage, - int pgsz, - int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ - void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ - return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p); -} -#else -/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ - *pp = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the -** VFS methods. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, - int *pFlagsOut -){ - int rc; - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed - ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before - ** reaching the VFS. */ - rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 ); - return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, - int *pResOut -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nPathOut, - char *zPathOut -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - zPathOut[0] = 0; - return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ - return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){ - return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ - return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){ - int rc; - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() - ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available - ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and - ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is - ** unavailable. - */ - if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){ - rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut); - }else{ - double r; - rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r); - *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); - } - return rc; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zFile, - sqlite3_file **ppFile, - int flags, - int *pOutFlags -){ - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_file *pFile; - pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile); - if( pFile ){ - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pFile); - }else{ - *ppFile = pFile; - } - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile); - sqlite3_free(pFile); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of -** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the -** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an -** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){ - void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10); - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_free(p); - return sqlite3_os_init(); -} - -/* -** The list of all registered VFS implementations. -*/ -static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; -#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) - -/* -** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the -** first VFS on the list. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return 0; -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ - if( zVfs==0 ) break; - if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return pVfs; -} - -/* -** Unlink a VFS from the linked list -*/ -static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); - if( pVfs==0 ){ - /* No-op */ - }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ - vfsList = pVfs->pNext; - }else if( vfsList ){ - sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; - while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ - p = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ - p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same -** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is -** true. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ - MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList; - vfsList = pVfs; - }else{ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; - vfsList->pNext = pVfs; - } - assert(vfsList); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/************** End of os.c **************************************************/ -/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 Jan 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" -** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the -** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory -** and returns 0). -** -** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite -** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually -** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily -** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this -** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The -** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure -** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. -*/ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - -/* -** Global variables. -*/ -typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks; -static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks { - void (*xBenignBegin)(void); - void (*xBenignEnd)(void); -} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 }; - -/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks -** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdHooksInit \ - BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks) -# define wsdHooks x[0] -#else -# define wsdHooksInit -# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks -#endif - - -/* -** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and -** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks( - void (*xBenignBegin)(void), - void (*xBenignEnd)(void) -){ - wsdHooksInit; - wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin; - wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd; -} - -/* -** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that -** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() -** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){ - wsdHooksInit; - if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){ - wsdHooks.xBenignBegin(); - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){ - wsdHooksInit; - if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){ - wsdHooks.xBenignEnd(); - } -} - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ - -/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2008 October 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when -** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented -** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These -** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using -** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate. -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is -** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time -** macros. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC - -/* -** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; } -static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; } -static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; } -static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; } -static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; } -static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; } - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. -** -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { - sqlite3MemMalloc, - sqlite3MemFree, - sqlite3MemRealloc, - sqlite3MemSize, - sqlite3MemRoundup, - sqlite3MemInit, - sqlite3MemShutdown, - 0 - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */ - -/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when -** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface -** to obtain the memory it needs. -** -** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation -** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. The content of -** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined. The -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined. The -** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this -** file. -** -** C-preprocessor macro summary: -** -** HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE The configure script sets this symbol if -** the malloc_usable_size() interface exists -** on the target platform. Or, this symbol -** can be set manually, if desired. -** If an equivalent interface exists by -** a different name, using a separate -D -** option to rename it. -** -** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC Some older macs lack support for the zone -** memory allocator. Set this symbol to enable -** building on older macs. -** -** SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE Set this symbol to disable the use of -** _msize() on windows systems. This might -** be necessary when compiling for Delphi, -** for example. -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is -** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time -** macros. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC -#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) - -/* -** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the -** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined. -*/ -#include -#include -#include -static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; -#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x)) -#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x)); -#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y)) -#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \ - (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x)) - -#else /* if not __APPLE__ */ - -/* -** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. -** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) -#define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x) -#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y)) - -/* -** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function -** on some systems (e.g. Linux). -*/ -#if defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H) && defined(HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) -# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H -# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE -/* -** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize(). The -** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with -** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE. Using the _msize() function also requires -** the malloc.h header file. -*/ -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE) -# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H -# define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE -#endif - -/* -** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary. Also set define macro -** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize() -** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux). -** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining -** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) -# include -# if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) -# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) -# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x) -# endif -# elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE) -# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) -# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize -# endif -# endif -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */ - -#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */ - -/* -** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation -** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). -** -** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because -** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level -** routines. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte ); - if( p==0 ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); - } - return p; -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p; - assert( nByte>0 ); - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); - p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 ); - if( p ){ - p[0] = nByte; - p++; - }else{ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); - } - return (void *)p; -#endif -} - -/* -** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() -** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). -** -** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since -** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with -** by higher-level routines. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - SQLITE_FREE(pPrior); -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - assert( pPrior!=0 ); - p--; - SQLITE_FREE(p); -#endif -} - -/* -** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() -** or xRealloc(). -*/ -static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0; -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p; - if( pPrior==0 ) return 0; - p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - p--; - return (int)p[0]; -#endif -} - -/* -** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from -** sqlite3MemMalloc(). -** -** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where -** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and -** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses -** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level -** routines and redirected to xFree. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte); - if( p==0 ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", - SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte); - } - return p; -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); - assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ - p--; - p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 ); - if( p ){ - p[0] = nByte; - p++; - }else{ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", - sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte); - } - return (void*)p; -#endif -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ - return ROUND8(n); -} - -/* -** Initialize this module. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) - int cpuCount; - size_t len; - if( _sqliteZone_ ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - len = sizeof(cpuCount); - /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */ - sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0); - if( cpuCount>1 ){ - /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ - _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); - }else{ - /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, - ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ - bool success; - malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); - malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap"); - do{ - success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, - (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_); - }while(!_sqliteZone_); - if( !success ){ - /* somebody registered a zone first */ - malloc_destroy_zone(newzone); - } - } -#endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize this module. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return; -} - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. -** -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { - sqlite3MemMalloc, - sqlite3MemFree, - sqlite3MemRealloc, - sqlite3MemSize, - sqlite3MemRoundup, - sqlite3MemInit, - sqlite3MemShutdown, - 0 - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ - -/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when -** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface -** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging -** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory -** leaks and memory usage errors. -** -** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation -** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG - -/* -** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC -*/ -#ifdef __GLIBC__ - extern int backtrace(void**,int); - extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); -#else -# define backtrace(A,B) 1 -# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) -#endif -/* #include */ - -/* -** Each memory allocation looks like this: -** -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** -** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have -** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The -** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of -** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the -** MemBlockHdr. -*/ -struct MemBlockHdr { - i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ - struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ - char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ - char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ - u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ - u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */ - int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ -}; - -/* -** Guard words -*/ -#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 -#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 - -/* -** Number of malloc size increments to track. -*/ -#define NCSIZE 1000 - -/* -** All of the static variables used by this module are collected -** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the -** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution -** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. -*/ -static struct { - - /* - ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. - */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - - /* - ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations - */ - struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; - struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; - - /* - ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. - */ - int nBacktrace; - void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **); - - /* - ** Title text to insert in front of each block - */ - int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ - char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ - - /* - ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. - ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. - */ - int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ - - /* - ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. - ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 - ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for - ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. - */ - int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */ - int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */ - int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */ - -} mem; - - -/* -** Adjust memory usage statistics -*/ -static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){ - int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8; - if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){ - i = NCSIZE - 1; - } - if( increment>0 ){ - mem.nAlloc[i]++; - mem.nCurrent[i]++; - if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){ - mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i]; - } - }else{ - mem.nCurrent[i]--; - assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 ); - } -} - -/* -** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. -** -** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and -** if they are incorrect it asserts. -*/ -static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ - struct MemBlockHdr *p; - int *pInt; - u8 *pU8; - int nReserve; - - p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; - p--; - assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD ); - nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize); - pInt = (int*)pAllocation; - pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; - assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); - /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due - ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure - ** they haven't been overwritten. - */ - while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); - return p; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - if( !p ){ - return 0; - } - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); - return (int)pHdr->iSize; -} - -/* -** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 ); - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already - ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */ - mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - mem.mutex = 0; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ - return ROUND8(n); -} - -/* -** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes. This is used to preset -** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and -** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values. -*/ -static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){ - unsigned int x, y, r; - x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf); - y = nByte | 1; - while( nByte >= 4 ){ - x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); - y = y*1103515245 + 12345; - r = x ^ y; - *(int*)pBuf = r; - pBuf += 4; - nByte -= 4; - } - while( nByte-- > 0 ){ - x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); - y = y*1103515245 + 12345; - r = x ^ y; - *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - int *pInt; - void *p = 0; - int totalSize; - int nReserve; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - nReserve = ROUND8(nByte); - totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + - mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; - p = malloc(totalSize); - if( p ){ - z = p; - pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; - pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; - pHdr->pNext = 0; - pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; - if( mem.pLast ){ - mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; - }else{ - mem.pFirst = pHdr; - } - mem.pLast = pHdr; - pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; - pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP; - pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; - pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; - if( mem.nBacktrace ){ - void *aAddr[40]; - pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; - memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); - assert(pBt[0]); - if( mem.xBacktrace ){ - mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]); - } - }else{ - pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; - } - if( mem.nTitle ){ - memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); - } - pHdr->iSize = nByte; - adjustStats(nByte, +1); - pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; - pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; - randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte); - memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte); - p = (void*)pInt; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 - || mem.mutex!=0 ); - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - if( pHdr->pPrev ){ - assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); - pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; - }else{ - assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); - mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; - } - if( pHdr->pNext ){ - assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); - pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; - }else{ - assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); - mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; - } - z = (char*)pBt; - z -= pHdr->nTitle; - adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1); - randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + - (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); - free(z); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. -** -** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the -** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the -** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is -** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find -** the error. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; - void *pNew; - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ - pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize)); - if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ - randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize); - } - sqlite3MemFree(pPrior); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { - sqlite3MemMalloc, - sqlite3MemFree, - sqlite3MemRealloc, - sqlite3MemSize, - sqlite3MemRoundup, - sqlite3MemInit, - sqlite3MemShutdown, - 0 - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); -} - -/* -** Set the "type" of an allocation. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ - if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); - assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); - pHdr->eType = eType; - } -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the -** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. -** -** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to -** verify the type of an allocation. For example: -** -** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ - int rc = 1; - if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); - assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ - if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){ - rc = 0; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the -** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. -** -** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to -** verify the type of an allocation. For example: -** -** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ - int rc = 1; - if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); - assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ - if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){ - rc = 0; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. -** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded -** up to a multiple of 2. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){ - if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } - if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } - depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; - mem.nBacktrace = depth; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){ - mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace; -} - -/* -** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){ - unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; - memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); - mem.zTitle[n] = 0; - mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ - void **pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]); - } -} - -/* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory -** allocations into that log. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ - FILE *out; - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - int i; - out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); - if( out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", - zFilename); - return; - } - for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ - char *z = (char*)pHdr; - z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; - fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", - pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); - if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ - fflush(out); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - } - fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); - for(i=0; i=1 ); - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - assert( size>=2 ); - if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); - }else{ - hash = size % N_HASH; - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); - } -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted -** at *pRoot. -*/ -static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; - mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; - if( *pRoot ){ - mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; - } - *pRoot = i; -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate -** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. -*/ -static void memsys3Link(u32 i){ - u32 size, hash; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( i>=1 ); - assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - assert( size>=2 ); - if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ - memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); - }else{ - hash = size % N_HASH; - memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); - } -} - -/* -** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex -** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. -*/ -static void memsys3Enter(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){ - mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); -} -static void memsys3Leave(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); -} - -/* -** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. -*/ -static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ - if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){ - mem3.alarmBusy = 1; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); - sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); - mem3.alarmBusy = 0; - } -} - - -/* -** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its -** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the -** user portion of the chunk. -*/ -static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ - u32 x; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( i>=1 ); - assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ); - assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); - x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2); - mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; - mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; - return &mem3.aPool[i]; -} - -/* -** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. -** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk -** is not large enough, return 0. -*/ -static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); - if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ - /* Use the entire master */ - void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); - mem3.iMaster = 0; - mem3.szMaster = 0; - mem3.mnMaster = 0; - return p; - }else{ - /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ - u32 newi, x; - newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; - assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; - mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; - mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; - mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ - mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; - } - return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; - } -} - -/* -** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size -** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either -** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. -** -** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries -** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. -** -** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces -** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for -** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be -** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of -** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master -** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly -** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. -*/ -static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ - u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ - iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; - assert( (size&1)==0 ); - if( (size&2)==0 ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); - assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; - if( prev==iNext ){ - iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next; - } - memsys3Unlink(prev); - size = i + size/4 - prev; - x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; - memsys3Link(prev); - i = prev; - }else{ - size /= 4; - } - if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ - mem3.iMaster = i; - mem3.szMaster = size; - } - } -} - -/* -** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. -** Return NULL if unable. -** -** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are -** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". -*/ -static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ - u32 i; - u32 nBlock; - u32 toFree; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); - if( nByte<=12 ){ - nBlock = 2; - }else{ - nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8; - } - assert( nBlock>=2 ); - - /* STEP 1: - ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small - ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is - ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). - */ - if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ - i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; - if( i>0 ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); - return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); - } - }else{ - int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; - for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){ - if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); - return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); - } - } - } - - /* STEP 2: - ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end - ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. - */ - if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); - } - - - /* STEP 3: - ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free - ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. - ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off - ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very - ** rarely (we hope!) - */ - for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ - memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); - if( mem3.iMaster ){ - memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); - mem3.iMaster = 0; - mem3.szMaster = 0; - } - for(i=0; i=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); - } - } - } - - /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free an outstanding memory allocation. -** -** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are -** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". -*/ -static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ - Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; - int i; - u32 size, x; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] ); - i = p - mem3.aPool; - assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 ); - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 ); - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1; - mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; - mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; - memsys3Link(i); - - /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ - if( mem3.iMaster ){ - while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ - size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; - mem3.iMaster -= size; - mem3.szMaster += size; - memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; - } - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ - memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); - mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; - } - } -} - -/* -** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The -** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only -** works for chunks that are currently checked out. -*/ -static int memsys3Size(void *p){ - Mem3Block *pBlock; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; - assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 ); - return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int memsys3Roundup(int n){ - if( n<=12 ){ - return 12; - }else{ - return ((n+11)&~7) - 4; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate nBytes of memory. -*/ -static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ - sqlite3_int64 *p; - assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */ - memsys3Enter(); - p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - memsys3Leave(); - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){ - assert( pPrior ); - memsys3Enter(); - memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - memsys3Leave(); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - int nOld; - void *p; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); - } - if( nBytes<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); - if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ - return pPrior; - } - memsys3Enter(); - p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - if( p ){ - if( nOld>1)!=(size&1) ){ - fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); - assert( 0 ); - break; - } - if( size&1 ){ - fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); - }else{ - fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, - i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); - } - } - for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ - fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], - (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ - fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], - (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); - fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); - fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); - if( out==stdout ){ - fflush(stdout); - }else{ - fclose(out); - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external -** linkage. -** -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The -** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. -** -** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore -** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = { - memsys3Malloc, - memsys3Free, - memsys3Realloc, - memsys3Size, - memsys3Roundup, - memsys3Init, - memsys3Shutdown, - 0 - }; - return &mempoolMethods; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */ - -/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2007 October 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. -** -** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all -** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory -** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations -** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() -** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, -** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot -** be changed. -** -** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included -** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. -** -** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm: -** -** 1. All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2. -** -** 2. If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block, -** then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block. -** -** 3. New memory is allocated from the first available free block. -** -** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions -** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for -** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. -** -** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum -** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M -** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let -** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson -** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to -** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: -** -** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 -** -** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so -** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint. -*/ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only when -** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - -/* -** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure. -** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the -** size of the array is a power of 2. -** -** The size of this object must be a power of two. That fact is -** verified in memsys5Init(). -*/ -typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link; -struct Mem5Link { - int next; /* Index of next free chunk */ - int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */ -}; - -/* -** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); - assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); - - next = MEM5LINK(i)->next; - prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev; - if( prev<0 ){ - mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next; - }else{ - MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next; - } - if( next>=0 ){ - MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev; - } -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize -** free list. -*/ -static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){ - int x; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) ); - assert( i>=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); - assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); - - x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; - MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1; - if( x>=0 ){ - assert( xprev = i; - } - mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i; -} - -/* -** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex -** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. -*/ -static void memsys5Enter(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex); -} -static void memsys5Leave(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex); -} - -/* -** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The -** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only -** works for chunks that are currently checked out. -*/ -static int memsys5Size(void *p){ - int iSize = 0; - if( p ){ - int i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); - assert( i>=0 && i0 ); - - /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled - ** requests are counted */ - if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){ - mem5.maxRequest = nByte; - } - - /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest - ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers. - */ - if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */ - for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSzLOGMAX ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte); - return 0; - } - i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]; - memsys5Unlink(i, iBin); - while( iBin>iLogsize ){ - int newSize; - - iBin--; - newSize = 1 << iBin; - mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin; - memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin); - } - mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize; - - /* Update allocator performance statistics. */ - mem5.nAlloc++; - mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz; - mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte; - mem5.currentCount++; - mem5.currentOut += iFullSz; - if( mem5.maxCount=0 && iBlock0 ); - assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) ); - mem5.currentCount--; - mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom; - assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 ); - assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 ); - - mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; - while( ALWAYS(iLogsize>iLogsize) & 1 ){ - iBuddy = iBlock - size; - }else{ - iBuddy = iBlock + size; - } - assert( iBuddy>=0 ); - if( (iBuddy+(1<mem5.nBlock ) break; - if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break; - memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize); - iLogsize++; - if( iBuddy0 ){ - memsys5Enter(); - p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - memsys5Leave(); - } - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -** -** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from -** being called with pPrior==0. -*/ -static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ - assert( pPrior!=0 ); - memsys5Enter(); - memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - memsys5Leave(); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. -** -** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from -** being called with pPrior==0. -** -** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to -** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power -** of two. If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation -** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this -** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior. -*/ -static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - int nOld; - void *p; - assert( pPrior!=0 ); - assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ - assert( nBytes>=0 ); - if( nBytes==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior); - if( nBytes<=nOld ){ - return pPrior; - } - memsys5Enter(); - p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - if( p ){ - memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); - memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - } - memsys5Leave(); - return p; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. If -** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system, -** return 0. -** -** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a -** 32-bit signed integer. Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000 -** or 1073741824 bytes. -*/ -static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ - int iFullSz; - if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0; - for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz 0 -** memsys5Log(2) -> 1 -** memsys5Log(4) -> 2 -** memsys5Log(5) -> 3 -** memsys5Log(8) -> 3 -** memsys5Log(9) -> 4 -*/ -static int memsys5Log(int iValue){ - int iLog; - for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<mem5.szAtom ){ - mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1; - } - - mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8))); - mem5.zPool = zByte; - mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom]; - - for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){ - mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1; - } - - iOffset = 0; - for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){ - int nAlloc = (1<mem5.nBlock); - } - - /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){ - mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize this module. -*/ -static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - mem5.mutex = 0; - return; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory -** allocations into that log. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ - FILE *out; - int i, j, n; - int nMinLog; - - if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ - out = stdout; - }else{ - out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); - if( out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", - zFilename); - return; - } - } - memsys5Enter(); - nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom); - for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){ - for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){} - fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n); - } - fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc); - fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc); - fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess); - fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut); - fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount); - fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut); - fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount); - fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest); - memsys5Leave(); - if( out==stdout ){ - fflush(stdout); - }else{ - fclose(out); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external -** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods -** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = { - memsys5Malloc, - memsys5Free, - memsys5Realloc, - memsys5Size, - memsys5Roundup, - memsys5Init, - memsys5Shutdown, - 0 - }; - return &memsys5Methods; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */ - -/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. -*/ - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) -/* -** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized -** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to -** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -/* -** Initialize the mutex system. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ - /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not - ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to - ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to - ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; - sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); - }else{ - pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); - } - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc)); - memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree, - sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree)); - pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; - } - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by -** sqlite3MutexInit(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0; -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - return 0; - } - assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); -} - -/* -** Free a dynamic mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); - } -} - -/* -** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block -** until it can be obtained. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); - } -} - -/* -** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another -** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p ){ - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously -** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex -** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument -** this function is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); -} -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ - -/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2008 October 07 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual -** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications -** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined -** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working -** mutex routines at start-time using the -** -** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) -** -** interface. -** -** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted -** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being -** called correctly. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - -#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Stub routines for all mutex methods. -** -** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. -*/ -static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); - return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; -} -static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } -static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } -static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - noopMutexInit, - noopMutexEnd, - noopMutexAlloc, - noopMutexFree, - noopMutexEnter, - noopMutexTry, - noopMutexLeave, - - 0, - 0, - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing -** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any -** mutual exclusion. -*/ - -/* -** The mutex object -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { - int id; /* The mutex type */ - int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ -} sqlite3_debug_mutex; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - return p==0 || p->cnt>0; -} -static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - return p==0 || p->cnt==0; -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ - static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6]; - sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; - switch( id ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->id = id; - pNew->cnt = 0; - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( id-2 >= 0 ); - assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) ); - pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; - pNew->id = id; - break; - } - } - return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; -} - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. -*/ -static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( p->cnt==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); - p->cnt++; -} -static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); - p->cnt++; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); - p->cnt--; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - debugMutexInit, - debugMutexEnd, - debugMutexAlloc, - debugMutexFree, - debugMutexEnter, - debugMutexTry, - debugMutexLeave, - - debugMutexHeld, - debugMutexNotheld - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -/* -** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation -** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - return sqlite3NoopMutex(); -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */ -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ - -/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe -** under unix with pthreads. -** -** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that -** supports recursive mutexes. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS - -#include - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields -** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using -** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 -#endif - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - int id; /* Mutex type */ - volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ - volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ - int trace; /* True to trace changes */ -#endif -}; -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 } -#else -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } -#endif - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, -** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to -** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is -** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a -** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are -** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines -** will not always work correctly on HPUX. -** -** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite -** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to -** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these -** routines are never called. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); -} -static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM -**
    -** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER - }; - sqlite3_mutex *p; - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to - ** build our own. See below. */ - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); -#else - /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ - pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; - pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); -#endif -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - p->id = iType; -#endif - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - p->id = iType; -#endif - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - p->id = iType; -#endif - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow - ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() - ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self - ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values - ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that - ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same - ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions - ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. - */ - { - pthread_t self = pthread_self(); - if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ - p->nRef++; - }else{ - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - p->owner = self; - p->nRef = 1; - } - } -#else - /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. - */ - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; -#endif -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} -static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow - ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() - ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self - ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values - ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that - ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same - ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions - ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. - */ - { - pthread_t self = pthread_self(); - if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - p->owner = self; - p->nRef = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } -#else - /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. - */ - if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; -#endif - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; -#endif - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); - } -#else - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - pthreadMutexInit, - pthreadMutexEnd, - pthreadMutexAlloc, - pthreadMutexFree, - pthreadMutexEnter, - pthreadMutexTry, - pthreadMutexLeave, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pthreadMutexHeld, - pthreadMutexNotheld -#else - 0, - 0 -#endif - }; - - return &sMutex; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */ - -/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32 -*/ - -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN -/* -** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. -*/ -/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/ -/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2013 November 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_ -#define _OS_WIN_H_ - -/* -** Include the primary Windows SDK header file. -*/ -#include "windows.h" - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include -# include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. -** -** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or -** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: -** -** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -** #else -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 -** #endif -** -** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as -** it ought to, so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that -** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise -** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced -** API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of -** the full Win32 API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 -#endif - -#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */ - -/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ -#endif - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded -** on a win32 system. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ - volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ - int trace; /* True to trace changes */ -#endif -}; -#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } -#else -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } -#endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -** -** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call, -** which is only available if your application was compiled with -** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only -** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef -** this out as well. -*/ -#if 0 -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT -# define mutexIsNT() (1) -#else - static int mutexIsNT(void){ - static int osType = 0; - if( osType==0 ){ - OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - GetVersionEx(&sInfo); - osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return osType==2; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. -*/ -static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); -} -static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ - return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; -} -static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); - return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); -} -#endif - - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = { - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER -}; -static int winMutex_isInit = 0; -/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part -** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown() -** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not -** strictly necessary. -*/ -static LONG winMutex_lock = 0; - -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */ - -static int winMutexInit(void){ - /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ - if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM -** -** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ - sqlite3_mutex *p; - - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - p->id = iType; -#endif -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0); -#else - InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -#endif - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); - assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ); - p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - p->id = iType; -#endif - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); -#endif - EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} -static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ -#ifndef NDEBUG - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); -#endif - int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); - /* - ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it - ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always - ** fail. - ** - ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. - ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without - ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. - ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See - ** ticket #2685. - */ -#if 0 - if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ - printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ -#ifndef NDEBUG - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( p->owner==tid ); - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); -#endif - LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - winMutexInit, - winMutexEnd, - winMutexAlloc, - winMutexFree, - winMutexEnter, - winMutexTry, - winMutexLeave, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - winMutexHeld, - winMutexNotheld -#else - 0, - 0 -#endif - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ - -/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. -*/ -/* #include */ - -/* -** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently -** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to -** cache database pages that are not currently in use. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); -#else - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine - ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with - ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); - return 0; -#endif -} - -/* -** An instance of the following object records the location of -** each unused scratch buffer. -*/ -typedef struct ScratchFreeslot { - struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */ -} ScratchFreeslot; - -/* -** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ - - /* - ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem0.mutex lock will - ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into - ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be - ** issued. - */ - sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; - void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int); - void *alarmArg; - - /* - ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory - ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation - ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of - ** unused scratch allocations. - */ - void *pScratchEnd; - ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree; - u32 nScratchFree; - - /* - ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the - ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. - */ - int nearlyFull; -} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - -#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) - -/* -** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the -** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap -** limit. -*/ -static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( - void *NotUsed, - sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2, - int allocSize -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); -} - -/* -** Change the alarm callback -*/ -static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm( - void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), - void *pArg, - sqlite3_int64 iThreshold -){ - int nUsed; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; - mem0.alarmArg = pArg; - mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold; - nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); - mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code -** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm( - void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), - void *pArg, - sqlite3_int64 iThreshold -){ - return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold); -} -#endif - -/* -** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or -** negative value indicates no limit. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ - sqlite3_int64 priorLimit; - sqlite3_int64 excess; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return -1; -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - if( n<0 ) return priorLimit; - if( n>0 ){ - sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n); - }else{ - sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0); - } - excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; - if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); - return priorLimit; -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n); -} - -/* -** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ - sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - } - memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){ - int i, n, sz; - ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz; - pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch; - n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; - mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; - mem0.nScratchFree = n; - for(i=0; ipNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot); - pSlot = pSlot->pNext; - } - pSlot->pNext = 0; - mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1]; - }else{ - mem0.pScratchEnd = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512 - || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0; - } - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); -} - -/* -** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other -** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by -** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ - return mem0.nearlyFull; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); - } - memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); -} - -/* -** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ - int n, mx; - sqlite3_int64 res; - sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0); - res = (sqlite3_int64)n; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ - return res; -} - -/* -** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been -** checked out since either the beginning of this process -** or since the most recent reset. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ - int n, mx; - sqlite3_int64 res; - sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag); - res = (sqlite3_int64)mx; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */ - return res; -} - -/* -** Trigger the alarm -*/ -static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ - void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int); - sqlite3_int64 nowUsed; - void *pArg; - if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 ) return; - xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback; - nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); - pArg = mem0.alarmArg; - mem0.alarmCallback = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback; - mem0.alarmArg = pArg; -} - -/* -** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the -** lock is already held. -*/ -static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ - int nFull; - void *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) ); - nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n); - if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){ - int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); - if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ - mem0.nearlyFull = 1; - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); - }else{ - mem0.nearlyFull = 0; - } - } - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); - } -#endif - if( p ){ - nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); - } - *pp = p; - return nFull; -} - -/* -** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it -** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){ - void *p; - if( n<=0 /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */ - || n>=0x7fffff00 - ){ - /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum - ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the - ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving - ** 255 bytes of overhead. SQLite itself will never use anything near - ** this amount. The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */ - p = 0; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); - } - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ - return p; -} - -/* -** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. -** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the -** allocation. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3Malloc(n); -} - -/* -** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from -** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded -** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation -** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) -static int scratchAllocOut = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away. -** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended -** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This -** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data -** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an -** embedded processor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ - void *p; - assert( n>0 ); - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){ - p = mem0.pScratchFree; - mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext; - mem0.nScratchFree--; - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); - n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); - if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); - } - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH); - } - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) ); - - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread - ** are outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the - ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case - ** would be much more complicated.) */ - assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 ); - if( p ) scratchAllocOut++; -#endif - - return p; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){ - if( p ){ - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread - ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the - ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case - ** would be much more complicated.) */ - assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 ); - scratchAllocOut--; -#endif - - if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && ppNext = mem0.pScratchFree; - mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; - mem0.nScratchFree++; - assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch ); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - /* Release memory back to the heap */ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE -static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ - return p>=db->lookaside.pStart && plookaside.pEnd; -} -#else -#define isLookaside(A,B) 0 -#endif - -/* -** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from -** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ - return db->lookaside.sz; - }else{ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); - } -} - -/* -** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p)); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - } -} - -/* -** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database -** connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ - assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( p==0 ) return; - if( db ){ - if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ - *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p); - return; - } - if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ - LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; -#if SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */ - memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz); -#endif - pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; - db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; - db->lookaside.nOut--; - return; - } - } - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ - int nOld, nNew, nDiff; - void *pNew; - if( pOld==0 ){ - return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */ - } - if( nBytes<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */ - return 0; - } - if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ - /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ - return 0; - } - nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second - ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to - ** xRoundup. */ - nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes); - if( nOld==nNew ){ - pNew = pOld; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes); - nDiff = nNew - nOld; - if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= - mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); - } - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes); - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - } - if( pNew ){ - nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - } - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */ - return pNew; -} - -/* -** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory -** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); -} - - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){ - void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){ - void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -** -** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc -** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. -** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts -** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. -** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the -** code that do things like this: -** -** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100); -** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200); -** if( b ) a[10] = 9; -** -** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed -** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){ - void *p; - assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE - if( db ){ - LookasideSlot *pBuf; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return 0; - } - if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){ - if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ - db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; - }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){ - db->lookaside.anStat[2]++; - }else{ - db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; - db->lookaside.nOut++; - db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; - if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ - db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; - } - return (void*)pBuf; - } - } - } -#else - if( db && db->mallocFailed ){ - return 0; - } -#endif - p = sqlite3Malloc(n); - if( !p && db ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB | - ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); - return p; -} - -/* -** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the -** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew = 0; - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - if( p==0 ){ - return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - } - if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ - if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){ - return p; - } - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - }else{ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP); - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB | - (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p -** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These -** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are -** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the -** ThreadData structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ - char *zNew; - size_t n; - if( z==0 ){ - return 0; - } - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; - assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, z, n); - } - return zNew; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ - char *zNew; - if( z==0 ){ - return 0; - } - assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, z, n); - zNew[n] = 0; - } - return zNew; -} - -/* -** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows. -** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz -** point to that string. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz); - *pz = z; -} - - -/* -** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. -** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or -** sqlite3_realloc. -** -** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this -** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous -** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. -** -** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred, -** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) -** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ - /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle - ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed - ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). - */ - assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - db->mallocFailed = 0; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); -} - -/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ -/* -** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in -** the public domain. The original comments are included here for -** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as -** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed -** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). -** -************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These -** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C -** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support -** SQLlite. -*/ - -/* -** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the -** following enumeration. -*/ -#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ -#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ -#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ -#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ -#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ -#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ -#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ -#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ -#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ -/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ -#define etSQLESCAPE 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ -#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', - NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ -#define etTOKEN 12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ -#define etSRCLIST 13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ -#define etPOINTER 14 /* The %p conversion */ -#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ -#define etORDINAL 16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ - -#define etINVALID 0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ - - -/* -** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. -*/ -typedef unsigned char etByte; - -/* -** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described -** by an instance of the following structure -*/ -typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ - char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ - etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ - etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ - etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ - etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ - etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ -} et_info; - -/* -** Allowed values for et_info.flags -*/ -#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ -#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ -#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ - - -/* -** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the -** most frequently used conversion types first. -*/ -static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; -static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; -static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { - { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, - { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, - { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, - { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, - { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, - { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, - { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, - { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, - { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, - { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, - { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, -#endif - { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, - { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, - { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, - -/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal -** use only */ - { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, - { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, - { 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, -}; - -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point -** conversions will work. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 -** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then -** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. -** -** Example: -** input: *val = 3.14159 -** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' -** -** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds -** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is -** always returned. -*/ -static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ - int digit; - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; - if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0'; - (*cnt)--; - digit = (int)*val; - d = digit; - digit += '0'; - *val = (*val - d)*10.0; - return (char)digit; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ - -/* -** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode. -*/ -static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){ - p->accError = eError; - p->nAlloc = 0; -} - -/* -** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object -*/ -static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){ - if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; - return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); -} -static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){ - if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0; - return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); -} -static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){ - if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; - return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); -} - - -/* -** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the -** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE -# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70 -#endif -#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ - -/* -** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( - StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ - u32 bFlags, /* SQLITE_PRINTF_* flags */ - const char *fmt, /* Format string */ - va_list ap /* arguments */ -){ - int c; /* Next character in the format string */ - char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ - int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ - int length; /* Length of the field */ - int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ - int width; /* Width of the current field */ - etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ - etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ - etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ - etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ - etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ - etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ - etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ - etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ - etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ - etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */ - u8 bArgList; /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ - u8 useIntern; /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */ - char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ - sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ - const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ - char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */ - int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */ - char *zExtra; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ - int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ - double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ - etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ - etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ -#endif - PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ - char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ - - bufpt = 0; - if( bFlags ){ - if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){ - pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*); - } - useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; - }else{ - bArgList = useIntern = 0; - } - for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ - if( c!='%' ){ - bufpt = (char *)fmt; - while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ){}; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt)); - if( c==0 ) break; - } - if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1); - break; - } - /* Find out what flags are present */ - flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = - flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; - done = 0; - do{ - switch( c ){ - case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; - case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; - case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; - case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; - case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; - case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; - default: done = 1; break; - } - }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); - /* Get the field width */ - width = 0; - if( c=='*' ){ - if( bArgList ){ - width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); - }else{ - width = va_arg(ap,int); - } - if( width<0 ){ - flag_leftjustify = 1; - width = -width; - } - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - width = width*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - /* Get the precision */ - if( c=='.' ){ - precision = 0; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='*' ){ - if( bArgList ){ - precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); - }else{ - precision = va_arg(ap,int); - } - if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - }else{ - precision = -1; - } - /* Get the conversion type modifier */ - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_long = 1; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_longlong = 1; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - flag_longlong = 0; - } - }else{ - flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; - } - /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ - infop = &fmtinfo[0]; - xtype = etINVALID; - for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ - xtype = infop->type; - }else{ - return; - } - break; - } - } - zExtra = 0; - - /* - ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: - ** - ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. - ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. - ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. - ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the - ** field width was negative. - ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. - ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. - ** width The specified field width. This is - ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. - ** precision The specified precision. The default - ** is -1. - ** xtype The class of the conversion. - ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. - */ - switch( xtype ){ - case etPOINTER: - flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); - flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); - /* Fall through into the next case */ - case etORDINAL: - case etRADIX: - if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ - i64 v; - if( bArgList ){ - v = getIntArg(pArgList); - }else if( flag_longlong ){ - v = va_arg(ap,i64); - }else if( flag_long ){ - v = va_arg(ap,long int); - }else{ - v = va_arg(ap,int); - } - if( v<0 ){ - if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ - longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; - }else{ - longvalue = -v; - } - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - longvalue = v; - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - }else{ - if( bArgList ){ - longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList); - }else if( flag_longlong ){ - longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); - }else if( flag_long ){ - longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); - }else{ - longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); - } - prefix = 0; - } - if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; - if( flag_zeropad && precision=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ - x = 0; - } - *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1]; - *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2]; - } - { - const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; - u8 base = infop->base; - do{ /* Convert to ascii */ - *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; - longvalue = longvalue/base; - }while( longvalue>0 ); - } - length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); - for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ - *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ - } - if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ - if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ - const char *pre; - char x; - pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; - for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; - } - length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); - break; - case etFLOAT: - case etEXP: - case etGENERIC: - if( bArgList ){ - realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList); - }else{ - realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - length = 0; -#else - if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ - if( realvalue<0.0 ){ - realvalue = -realvalue; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; - for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} - if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; - /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ - exp = 0; - if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ - bufpt = "NaN"; - length = 3; - break; - } - if( realvalue>0.0 ){ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; - while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;} - while( realvalue>=1e64*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e64; exp+=64; } - while( realvalue>=1e8*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e8; exp+=8; } - while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; } - realvalue /= scale; - while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } - while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } - if( exp>350 ){ - if( prefix=='-' ){ - bufpt = "-Inf"; - }else if( prefix=='+' ){ - bufpt = "+Inf"; - }else{ - bufpt = "Inf"; - } - length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt); - break; - } - } - bufpt = buf; - /* - ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP - ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. - */ - if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ - realvalue += rounder; - if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ - flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; - if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ - xtype = etEXP; - }else{ - precision = precision - exp; - xtype = etFLOAT; - } - }else{ - flag_rtz = flag_altform2; - } - if( xtype==etEXP ){ - e2 = 0; - }else{ - e2 = exp; - } - if( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){ - bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+precision+width+15 ); - if( bufpt==0 ){ - setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return; - } - } - zOut = bufpt; - nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10; - flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; - /* The sign in front of the number */ - if( prefix ){ - *(bufpt++) = prefix; - } - /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ - if( e2<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - for(; e2>=0; e2--){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - } - /* The decimal point */ - if( flag_dp ){ - *(bufpt++) = '.'; - } - /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first - ** significant digit of the number */ - for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ - assert( precision>0 ); - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - } - /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ - while( (precision--)>0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ - if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ - while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; - assert( bufpt>zOut ); - if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ - if( flag_altform2 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - *(--bufpt) = 0; - } - } - } - /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ - if( xtype==etEXP ){ - *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; - if( exp<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; - }else{ - *(bufpt++) = '+'; - } - if( exp>=100 ){ - *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ - exp %= 100; - } - *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ - *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ - } - *bufpt = 0; - - /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. - ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with - ** integer conversions. */ - length = (int)(bufpt-zOut); - bufpt = zOut; - - /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is - ** set and we are not left justified */ - if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ - int i; - int nPad = width - length; - for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ - bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; - } - i = prefix!=0; - while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; - length = width; - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ - break; - case etSIZE: - if( !bArgList ){ - *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; - } - length = width = 0; - break; - case etPERCENT: - buf[0] = '%'; - bufpt = buf; - length = 1; - break; - case etCHARX: - if( bArgList ){ - bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); - c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0; - }else{ - c = va_arg(ap,int); - } - buf[0] = (char)c; - if( precision>=0 ){ - for(idx=1; idx=0 ){ - for(length=0; lengthetBUFSIZE ){ - bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); - if( bufpt==0 ){ - setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return; - } - }else{ - bufpt = buf; - } - j = 0; - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - k = i; - for(i=0; i=0 && precisionn ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); - } - length = width = 0; - break; - } - case etSRCLIST: { - SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); - int k = va_arg(ap, int); - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; - assert( bArgList==0 ); - assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); - if( pItem->zDatabase ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1); - } - sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName); - length = width = 0; - break; - } - default: { - assert( xtype==etINVALID ); - return; - } - }/* End switch over the format type */ - /* - ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is - ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do - ** the output. - */ - width -= length; - if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length); - if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendSpace(pAccum, width); - - if( zExtra ) sqlite3_free(zExtra); - }/* End for loop over the format string */ -} /* End of function */ - -/* -** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is -** able to accept at least N more bytes of text. -** -** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept -** after the attempted enlargement. The value returned might be zero. -*/ -static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){ - char *zNew; - assert( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */ - if( p->accError ){ - testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG); - testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return 0; - } - if( !p->useMalloc ){ - N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); - return N; - }else{ - char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText); - i64 szNew = p->nChar; - szNew += N + 1; - if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); - return 0; - }else{ - p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; - } - if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ - zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); - }else{ - zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc); - } - if( zNew ){ - assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); - if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); - p->zText = zNew; - }else{ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return 0; - } - } - return N; -} - -/* -** Append N space characters to the given string buffer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendSpace(StrAccum *p, int N){ - if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ) return; - while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = ' '; -} - -/* -** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[]. -** So enlarge if first, then do the append. -** -** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case -** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the -** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics. -*/ -static void enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ - N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N); - if( N>0 ){ - memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); - p->nChar += N; - } -} - -/* -** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. Increase the -** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ - assert( z!=0 ); - assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError ); - assert( N>=0 ); - assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 ); - if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ - enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N); - return; - } - assert( p->zText ); - memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); - p->nChar += N; -} - -/* -** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z)); -} - - -/* -** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. -** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL -** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ - if( p->zText ){ - p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; - if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){ - if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ - p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); - }else{ - p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1); - } - if( p->zText ){ - memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); - }else{ - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - } - } - } - return p->zText; -} - -/* -** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ - if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){ - if( p->useMalloc==1 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); - }else{ - sqlite3_free(p->zText); - } - } - p->zText = 0; -} - -/* -** Initialize a string accumulator -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ - p->zText = p->zBase = zBase; - p->db = 0; - p->nChar = 0; - p->nAlloc = n; - p->mxAlloc = mx; - p->useMalloc = 1; - p->accError = 0; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - StrAccum acc; - assert( db!=0 ); - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); - acc.db = db; - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap); - z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting -** the string and before returnning. This routine is intended to be used -** to modify an existing string. For example: -** -** x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x); -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr); - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - StrAccum acc; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - acc.useMalloc = 2; - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the -** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we -** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as -** specified by some locales. -** -** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards -** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change -** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the -** mistake. -** -** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - StrAccum acc; - if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0); - acc.useMalloc = 0; - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); -} -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ - char *z; - va_list ap; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message. -** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using -** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled. -** -** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically -** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator -** mutex is held. -*/ -static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */ - char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */ - - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0); - acc.useMalloc = 0; - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode, - sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); -} - -/* -** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; /* Vararg list */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - } -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. -** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld -** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - StrAccum acc; - char zBuf[500]; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); - acc.useMalloc = 0; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); - fflush(stdout); -} -#endif - -/* -** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, u32 bFlags, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - sqlite3VXPrintf(p, bFlags, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number -** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. -** -** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order -** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. -*/ - - -/* All threads share a single random number generator. -** This structure is the current state of the generator. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { - unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ - unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ - unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ -} sqlite3Prng; - -/* -** Return N random bytes. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ - unsigned char t; - unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; - - /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator - ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, - ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common - ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly - ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); -# define wsdPrng p[0] -#else -# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng -#endif - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); -#endif - - if( N<=0 ){ - wsdPrng.isInit = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return; - } - - /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, - ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does - ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not - ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... - ** - ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of - ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random - ** number generator) not as an encryption device. - */ - if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ - int i; - char k[256]; - wsdPrng.j = 0; - wsdPrng.i = 0; - sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; - } - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; - t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; - wsdPrng.s[i] = t; - } - wsdPrng.isInit = 1; - } - - assert( N>0 ); - do{ - wsdPrng.i++; - t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; - wsdPrng.j += t; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; - t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; - *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t]; - }while( --N ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -/* -** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of -** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or -** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish -** those tasks. -** -** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to -** control the PRNG. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng; -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){ - memcpy( - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), - sizeof(sqlite3Prng) - ); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){ - memcpy( - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), - sizeof(sqlite3Prng) - ); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ - -/************** End of random.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/ -/* -** 2004 April 13 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, -** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. -** -** Notes on UTF-8: -** -** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value -** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx -** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx -** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** -** -** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu) -** -** Word-0 Word-1 Value -** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx -** -** -** BOM or Byte Order Mark: -** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows -** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows -** -*/ -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* -** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and -** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - -/* -** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of -** a multi-byte UTF8 character. -*/ -static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, - 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, -}; - - -#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<0x00080 ){ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - } \ -} - -#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ - } \ -} - -#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ - } \ -} - -#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ - c = (*zIn++); \ - c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ - int c2 = (*zIn++); \ - c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - } \ -} - -#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ - c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c += (*zIn++); \ - if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ - int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ - c2 += (*zIn++); \ - c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ - } \ -} - -/* -** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. -** -** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points -** is a 0x00. -** -** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. -** -** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: -** -** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to -** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that -** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. -** -** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. -** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between -** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. -** -** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first -** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters -** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically -** invalid characters. -** -** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings -** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length -** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. -*/ -#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ - c = *(zIn++); \ - if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ - c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ - while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ - c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ - } \ - if( c<0x80 \ - || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ - || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ - } -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( - const unsigned char **pz /* Pointer to string from which to read char */ -){ - unsigned int c; - - /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. - ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. - */ - c = *((*pz)++); - if( c>=0xc0 ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; - while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ - c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++)); - } - if( c<0x80 - || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 - || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } - } - return c; -} - - - - -/* -** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is -** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). -*/ -/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to -** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired -** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ - int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ - unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ - unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ - unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ - unsigned int c; - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); - assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc ); - assert( pMem->enc!=0 ); - assert( pMem->n>=0 ); - -#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { - char zBuf[100]; - sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); - fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf); - } -#endif - - /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then - ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled - ** differently from the others. - */ - if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - u8 temp; - int rc; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; - zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1]; - while( zInenc = desiredEnc; - goto translate_out; - } - - /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */ - if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from - ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character. - ** A single byte is required for the output string - ** nul-terminator. - */ - pMem->n &= ~1; - len = pMem->n * 2 + 1; - }else{ - /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused - ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16 - ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the - ** nul-terminator. - */ - len = pMem->n * 2 + 2; - } - - /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1 - ** byte past the end. - ** - ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained - ** from sqlite3_malloc(). - */ - zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; - zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; - zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len); - if( !zOut ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - z = zOut; - - if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ - /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */ - while( zIn UTF-16 Big-endian */ - while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); - *z++ = 0; - }else{ - assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ - /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ - while( zIn UTF-8 */ - while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); - } - *z = 0; - assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); - - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem); - pMem->enc = desiredEnc; - pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term); - pMem->z = (char*)zOut; - pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z; - -translate_out: -#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { - char zBuf[100]; - sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); - fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the -** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and -** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any -** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. -** -** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be -** changed by this function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 bom = 0; - - assert( pMem->n>=0 ); - if( pMem->n>1 ){ - u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z; - u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1); - if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){ - bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } - if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){ - bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - } - } - - if( bom ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pMem->n -= 2; - memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n); - pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0'; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0'; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - pMem->enc = bom; - } - } - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, -** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) -** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the -** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to -** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ - int r = 0; - const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn; - const u8 *zTerm; - if( nByte>=0 ){ - zTerm = &z[nByte]; - }else{ - zTerm = (const u8*)(-1); - } - assert( z<=zTerm ); - while( *z!=0 && zmallocFailed ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - m.z = 0; - } - assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); - assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); - assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed ); - return m.z; -} - -/* -** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long. -** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters -** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ - int c; - unsigned char const *z = zIn; - int n = 0; - - if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ - while( n0 && n<=4 ); - z[0] = 0; - z = zBuf; - c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z); - t = i; - if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD; - if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD; - assert( c==t ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } - for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ - if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; - z = zBuf; - WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); - n = (int)(z-zBuf); - assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); - z[0] = 0; - z = zBuf; - READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); - assert( c==i ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } - for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ - if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; - z = zBuf; - WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); - n = (int)(z-zBuf); - assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); - z[0] = 0; - z = zBuf; - READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); - assert( c==i ); - assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/ -/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. -** -** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing -** strings, and stuff like that. -** -*/ -/* #include */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN -# include -#endif - -/* -** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ - static unsigned dummy = 0; - dummy += (unsigned)x; -} -#endif - -/* -** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults -** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means -** of inputs. -** -** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know -** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit. -** -** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return -** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){ - int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback; - return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN). -** -** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. -** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ - int rc; /* The value return */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) - /* - ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably - ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. But we have - ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so - ** this implementation is provided as an alternative. - ** - ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math. - ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following - ** warning: - ** - ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any - ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs - ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO - ** rules/specifications for math functions. - ** - ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- - ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN - ** documentation: - ** - ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons - ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN - ** ... - */ -#ifdef __FAST_MATH__ -# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC. -#endif - volatile double y = x; - volatile double z = y; - rc = (y!=z); -#else /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */ - rc = isnan(x); -#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */ - testcase( rc ); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ - -/* -** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in -** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. -** -** The value returned will never be negative. Nor will it ever be greater -** than the actual length of the string. For very long strings (greater -** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ - const char *z2 = z; - if( z==0 ) return 0; - while( *z2 ){ z2++; } - return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z); -} - -/* -** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite -** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code". -** -** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the -** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following -** format characters are allowed: -** -** %s Insert a string -** %z A string that should be freed after use -** %d Insert an integer -** %T Insert a token -** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList -** -** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be -** encoded in UTF-8. -** -** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error -** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set -** to NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){ - assert( db!=0 ); - db->errCode = err_code; - if( zFormat && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){ - char *z; - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else if( db->pErr ){ - sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr); - } -} - -/* -** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr. -** The following formatting characters are allowed: -** -** %s Insert a string -** %z A string that should be freed after use -** %d Insert an integer -** %T Insert a token -** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList -** -** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst -** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The -** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error -** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error(). -** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution -** (sqlite3_step() etc.). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - char *zMsg; - va_list ap; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( db->suppressErr ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg); - }else{ - pParse->nErr++; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); - pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg; - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } -} - -/* -** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing -** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the -** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine -** is a no-op. -** -** The input string must be zero-terminated. A new zero-terminator -** is added to the dequoted string. -** -** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the -** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does -** occur. -** -** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style -** brackets from around identifers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes -** "a-b-c". -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ - char quote; - int i, j; - if( z==0 ) return -1; - quote = z[0]; - switch( quote ){ - case '\'': break; - case '"': break; - case '`': break; /* For MySQL compatibility */ - case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */ - default: return -1; - } - for(i=1, j=0;; i++){ - assert( z[i] ); - if( z[i]==quote ){ - if( z[i+1]==quote ){ - z[j++] = quote; - i++; - }else{ - break; - } - }else{ - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - } - z[j] = 0; - return j; -} - -/* Convenient short-hand */ -#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower - -/* -** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because -** there is no consistency, we will define our own. -** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and -** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare -** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a -** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case -** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - register unsigned char *a, *b; - a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; - b = (unsigned char *)zRight; - while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } - return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ - register unsigned char *a, *b; - a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; - b = (unsigned char *)zRight; - while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } - return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; -} - -/* -** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. -** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. -** -** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and -** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. -** -** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE -** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers -** are in one of these formats: -** -** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] -** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] -** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] -** -** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining -** validity. -** -** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine -** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result -** into *pResult. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int incr; - const char *zEnd = z + length; - /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ - int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ - i64 s = 0; /* significand */ - int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ - int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ - int e = 0; /* exponent */ - int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ - double result; - int nDigits = 0; - int nonNum = 0; - - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ - - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - incr = 1; - }else{ - int i; - incr = 2; - assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - for(i=3-enc; i=zEnd ) return 0; - - /* get sign of significand */ - if( *z=='-' ){ - sign = -1; - z+=incr; - }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z+=incr; - } - - /* skip leading zeroes */ - while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; - - /* if decimal point is present */ - if( *z=='.' ){ - z+=incr; - /* copy digits from after decimal to significand - ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ - while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; - - /* if exponent is present */ - if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - z+=incr; - eValid = 0; - if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; - /* get sign of exponent */ - if( *z=='-' ){ - esign = -1; - z+=incr; - }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z+=incr; - } - /* copy digits to exponent */ - while( z0 ){ - while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10; - }else{ - while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10; - } - - /* adjust the sign of significand */ - s = sign<0 ? -s : s; - - /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate - ** and store in result. */ - if( e ){ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; - /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */ - if( e>307 && e<342 ){ - while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } - if( esign<0 ){ - result = s / scale; - result /= 1.0e+308; - }else{ - result = s * scale; - result *= 1.0e+308; - } - }else if( e>=342 ){ - if( esign<0 ){ - result = 0.0*s; - }else{ - result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */ - } - }else{ - /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be - ** represented exactly. */ - while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } - while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; } - if( esign<0 ){ - result = s / scale; - }else{ - result = s * scale; - } - } - } else { - result = (double)s; - } - } - - /* store the result */ - *pResult = result; - - /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ - return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0; -#else - return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ -} - -/* -** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation -** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive -** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. -** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. -** -** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference -** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the -** last digit. So, for example, -** -** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) -** -** will return -8. -*/ -static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ - int c = 0; - int i; - /* 012345678901234567 */ - const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; - for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ - c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; - } - if( c==0 ){ - c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; - testcase( c==(-1) ); - testcase( c==0 ); - testcase( c==(+1) ); - } - return c; -} - - -/* -** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. -** -** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement -** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0. -** -** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2. This special -** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a -** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be. -** -** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not -** 9223372036854775808 or if zNum contains any non-numeric text, -** then return 1. -** -** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters). -** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is -** given by enc. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){ - int incr; - u64 u = 0; - int neg = 0; /* assume positive */ - int i; - int c = 0; - int nonNum = 0; - const char *zStart; - const char *zEnd = zNum + length; - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - incr = 1; - }else{ - incr = 2; - assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - for(i=3-enc; i='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ - u = u*10 + c - '0'; - } - if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ - *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; - }else if( neg ){ - *pNum = -(i64)u; - }else{ - *pNum = (i64)u; - } - testcase( i==18 ); - testcase( i==19 ); - testcase( i==20 ); - if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]19*incr || nonNum ){ - /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer - ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */ - return 1; - }else if( i<19*incr ){ - /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ - assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); - return 0; - }else{ - /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers. Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */ - c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr); - if( c<0 ){ - /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */ - assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); - return 0; - }else if( c>0 ){ - /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ - return 1; - }else{ - /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The - ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ - assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); - return neg ? 0 : 2; - } - } -} - -/* -** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set -** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false. -** -** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored. -** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the -** input number to be zero-terminated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ - sqlite_int64 v = 0; - int i, c; - int neg = 0; - if( zNum[0]=='-' ){ - neg = 1; - zNum++; - }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){ - zNum++; - } - while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; - for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){ - v = v*10 + c; - } - - /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits: - ** - ** 1234567890 - ** 2^31 -> 2147483648 - */ - testcase( i==10 ); - if( i>10 ){ - return 0; - } - testcase( v-neg==2147483647 ); - if( v-neg>2147483647 ){ - return 0; - } - if( neg ){ - v = -v; - } - *pValue = (int)v; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the -** string is not an integer, just return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ - int x = 0; - if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); - return x; -} - -/* -** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: -** -** KEY: -** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data -** -** 7 bits - A -** 14 bits - BA -** 21 bits - BBA -** 28 bits - BBBA -** 35 bits - BBBBA -** 42 bits - BBBBBA -** 49 bits - BBBBBBA -** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA -** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC -*/ - -/* -** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. -** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number -** of bytes written is returned. -** -** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte -** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th -** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full -** 8 bits and is the last byte. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ - int i, j, n; - u8 buf[10]; - if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ - p[8] = (u8)v; - v >>= 8; - for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ - p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); - v >>= 7; - } - return 9; - } - n = 0; - do{ - buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 ); - buf[0] &= 0x7f; - assert( n<=9 ); - for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ - p[i] = buf[j]; - } - return n; -} - -/* -** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only -** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for -** the common case of small integers. A MACRO version, putVarint32, -** is provided which inlines the single-byte case. All code should use -** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has -** already been handled. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ -#ifndef putVarint32 - if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){ - p[0] = v; - return 1; - } -#endif - if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){ - p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80); - p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f); - return 2; - } - return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v); -} - -/* -** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants -** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions -** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. -** -** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f -** -** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 -*/ -#define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f -#define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f - - -/* -** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ - u32 a,b,s; - - a = *p; - /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - *v = a; - return 1; - } - - p++; - b = *p; - /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - a &= 0x7f; - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - *v = a; - return 2; - } - - /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ - assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); - assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - a &= SLOT_2_0; - b &= 0x7f; - b = b<<7; - a |= b; - *v = a; - return 3; - } - - /* CSE1 from below */ - a &= SLOT_2_0; - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - b &= SLOT_2_0; - /* moved CSE1 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - *v = a; - return 4; - } - - /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ - /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ - /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ - /* moved CSE1 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - b &= SLOT_2_0; - s = a; - /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - b = b<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>18; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 5; - } - - /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ - s = s<<7; - s |= b; - /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ - - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ - /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - a &= SLOT_2_0; - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>18; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 6; - } - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - a &= SLOT_4_2_0; - b &= SLOT_2_0; - b = b<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>11; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 7; - } - - /* CSE2 from below */ - a &= SLOT_2_0; - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - b &= SLOT_4_2_0; - /* moved CSE2 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>4; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 8; - } - - p++; - a = a<<15; - a |= *p; - /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ - - /* moved CSE2 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ - b &= SLOT_2_0; - b = b<<8; - a |= b; - - s = s<<4; - b = p[-4]; - b &= 0x7f; - b = b>>3; - s |= b; - - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - - return 9; -} - -/* -** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. -** -** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned -** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. -** -** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the -** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as -** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ - u32 a,b; - - /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. Handled inline - ** by the getVarin32() macro */ - a = *p; - /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ -#ifndef getVarint32 - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 0 and 127 */ - *v = a; - return 1; - } -#endif - - /* The 2-byte case */ - p++; - b = *p; - /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ - a &= 0x7f; - a = a<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 2; - } - - /* The 3-byte case */ - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ - a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); - b &= 0x7f; - b = b<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 3; - } - - /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. - ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. - ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size - ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. - ** - ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very - ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint - ** routine. - */ -#if 1 - { - u64 v64; - u8 n; - - p -= 2; - n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); - assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); - if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ - *v = 0xffffffff; - }else{ - *v = (u32)v64; - } - return n; - } - -#else - /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an - ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases. This code is - ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test. - */ - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */ - b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); - a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); - a = a<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 4; - } - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */ - a &= SLOT_4_2_0; - b &= SLOT_4_2_0; - b = b<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 5; - } - - /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database - ** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively - ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the - ** value. */ - { - u64 v64; - u8 n; - - p -= 4; - n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); - assert( n>5 && n<=9 ); - *v = (u32)v64; - return n; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given -** 64-bit integer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){ - int i = 0; - do{ - i++; - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) ); - return i; -} - - -/* -** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ - testcase( p[0]&0x80 ); - return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ - p[0] = (u8)(v>>24); - p[1] = (u8)(v>>16); - p[2] = (u8)(v>>8); - p[3] = (u8)v; -} - - - -/* -** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. -** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal -** character: 0..9a..fA..F -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ - assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') ); -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII - h += 9*(1&(h>>6)); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - h += 9*(1&~(h>>4)); -#endif - return (u8)(h & 0xf); -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) -/* -** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary -** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the -** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by -** the calling routine. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ - char *zBlob; - int i; - - zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1); - n--; - if( zBlob ){ - for(i=0; imagic; - if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){ - if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - logBadConnection("unopened"); - } - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){ - u32 magic; - magic = db->magic; - if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK && - magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && - magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - logBadConnection("invalid"); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against -** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA. -** Return 0 on success. Or if the operation would have resulted in an -** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ - i64 iA = *pA; - testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 ); - testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 ); - if( iB>=0 ){ - testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB ); - testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 ); - if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1; - }else{ - testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 ); - testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 ); - if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; - } - *pA += iB; - return 0; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ - testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 ); - if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ - testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 ); - if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1; - *pA -= iB; - return 0; - }else{ - return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB); - } -} -#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32) -#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ - i64 iA = *pA; - i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r; - - iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32; - iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32; - iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32; - iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32; - if( iA1==0 ){ - if( iB1==0 ){ - *pA *= iB; - return 0; - } - r = iA0*iB1; - }else if( iB1==0 ){ - r = iA1*iB0; - }else{ - /* If both iA1 and iB1 are non-zero, overflow will result */ - return 1; - } - testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 ); - testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) ); - testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 ); - testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 ); - if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1; - r *= TWOPOWER32; - if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1; - *pA = r; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or -** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ - if( x>=0 ) return x; - if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; - return -x; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES -/* -** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database -** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and -** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than -** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three -** characters of the original suffix. -** -** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always -** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. -** -** Examples: -** -** test.db-journal => test.nal -** test.db-wal => test.wal -** test.db-shm => test.shm -** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 - if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) ) -#endif - { - int i, sz; - sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} - if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is -** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic -** value. -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){ - static const unsigned char x[] = { - 10, 10, /* 0,1 */ - 9, 9, /* 2,3 */ - 8, 8, /* 4,5 */ - 7, 7, 7, /* 6,7,8 */ - 6, 6, 6, /* 9,10,11 */ - 5, 5, 5, /* 12-14 */ - 4, 4, 4, 4, /* 15-18 */ - 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, /* 19-24 */ - 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* 25-31 */ - }; - if( a>=b ){ - if( a>b+49 ) return a; - if( a>b+31 ) return a+1; - return a+x[a-b]; - }else{ - if( b>a+49 ) return b; - if( b>a+31 ) return b+1; - return b+x[b-a]; - } -} - -/* -** Convert an integer into a LogEst. In other words, compute an -** approximation for 10*log2(x). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){ - static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; - LogEst y = 40; - if( x<8 ){ - if( x<2 ) return 0; - while( x<8 ){ y -= 10; x <<= 1; } - }else{ - while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; } - while( x>15 ){ y += 10; x >>= 1; } - } - return a[x&7] + y - 10; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Convert a double into a LogEst -** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){ - u64 a; - LogEst e; - assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 ); - if( x<=1 ) return 0; - if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x); - memcpy(&a, &x, 8); - e = (a>>52) - 1022; - return e*10; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** Convert a LogEst into an integer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ - u64 n; - if( x<10 ) return 1; - n = x%10; - x /= 10; - if( n>=5 ) n -= 2; - else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1; - if( x>=3 ){ - return x>60 ? (u64)LARGEST_INT64 : (n+8)<<(x-3); - } - return (n+8)>>(3-x); -} - -/************** End of util.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables -** used in SQLite. -*/ -/* #include */ - -/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the -** fields of the Hash structure. -** -** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - pNew->first = 0; - pNew->count = 0; - pNew->htsize = 0; - pNew->ht = 0; -} - -/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. -** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table -** to the empty state. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ - HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - elem = pH->first; - pH->first = 0; - sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = 0; - pH->htsize = 0; - while( elem ){ - HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; - sqlite3_free(elem); - elem = next_elem; - } - pH->count = 0; -} - -/* -** The hashing function. -*/ -static unsigned int strHash(const char *z, int nKey){ - unsigned int h = 0; - assert( nKey>=0 ); - while( nKey > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; - nKey--; - } - return h; -} - - -/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH. If pEntry!=0 then also -** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket. -*/ -static void insertElement( - Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ - struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ - HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ -){ - HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ - if( pEntry ){ - pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0; - pEntry->count++; - pEntry->chain = pNew; - }else{ - pHead = 0; - } - if( pHead ){ - pNew->next = pHead; - pNew->prev = pHead->prev; - if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } - else { pH->first = pNew; } - pHead->prev = pNew; - }else{ - pNew->next = pH->first; - if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } - pNew->prev = 0; - pH->first = pNew; - } -} - - -/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** -** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or -** if the new size is the same as the prior size. -** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not. -*/ -static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ - struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ - HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ - -#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0 - if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){ - new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht); - } - if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0; -#endif - - /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is - ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the - ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of - ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero() - ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will - ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which - ** may be larger than the requested amount). - */ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - if( new_ht==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = new_ht; - pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht); - memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)); - for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ - unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size; - next_elem = elem->next; - insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); - } - return 1; -} - -/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an -** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has -** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. -*/ -static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( - const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ - const char *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ - int nKey, /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */ - unsigned int h /* The hash for this key. */ -){ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ - - if( pH->ht ){ - struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - elem = pEntry->chain; - count = pEntry->count; - }else{ - elem = pH->first; - count = pH->count; - } - while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){ - if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ - return elem; - } - elem = elem->next; - } - return 0; -} - -/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that -** element and a hash on the element's key. -*/ -static void removeElementGivenHash( - Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ - HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ - unsigned int h /* Hash value for the element */ -){ - struct _ht *pEntry; - if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; - }else{ - pH->first = elem->next; - } - if( elem->next ){ - elem->next->prev = elem->prev; - } - if( pH->ht ){ - pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ - pEntry->chain = elem->next; - } - pEntry->count--; - assert( pEntry->count>=0 ); - } - sqlite3_free( elem ); - pH->count--; - if( pH->count==0 ){ - assert( pH->first==0 ); - assert( pH->count==0 ); - sqlite3HashClear(pH); - } -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is -** found, or NULL if there is no match. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){ - HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - unsigned int h; /* A hash on key */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - assert( pKey!=0 ); - assert( nKey>=0 ); - if( pH->ht ){ - h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; - }else{ - h = 0; - } - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h); - return elem ? elem->data : 0; -} - -/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey -** and the data is "data". -** -** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new -** element is created and NULL is returned. -** -** If another element already exists with the same key, then the -** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. -** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then -** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. -** -** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the -** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ - unsigned int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - assert( pKey!=0 ); - assert( nKey>=0 ); - if( pH->htsize ){ - h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; - }else{ - h = 0; - } - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); - if( elem ){ - void *old_data = elem->data; - if( data==0 ){ - removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); - }else{ - elem->data = data; - elem->pKey = pKey; - assert(nKey==elem->nKey); - } - return old_data; - } - if( data==0 ) return 0; - new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); - if( new_elem==0 ) return data; - new_elem->pKey = pKey; - new_elem->nKey = nKey; - new_elem->data = data; - pH->count++; - if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){ - if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){ - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize; - } - } - if( pH->ht ){ - insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); - }else{ - insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem); - } - return 0; -} - -/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X -#else -# define OpHelp(X) -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ - static const char *const azName[] = { "?", - /* 1 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), - /* 2 */ "Savepoint" OpHelp(""), - /* 3 */ "AutoCommit" OpHelp(""), - /* 4 */ "Transaction" OpHelp(""), - /* 5 */ "SorterNext" OpHelp(""), - /* 6 */ "PrevIfOpen" OpHelp(""), - /* 7 */ "NextIfOpen" OpHelp(""), - /* 8 */ "Prev" OpHelp(""), - /* 9 */ "Next" OpHelp(""), - /* 10 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), - /* 11 */ "Checkpoint" OpHelp(""), - /* 12 */ "JournalMode" OpHelp(""), - /* 13 */ "Vacuum" OpHelp(""), - /* 14 */ "VFilter" OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"), - /* 15 */ "VUpdate" OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"), - /* 16 */ "Goto" OpHelp(""), - /* 17 */ "Gosub" OpHelp(""), - /* 18 */ "Return" OpHelp(""), - /* 19 */ "Not" OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"), - /* 20 */ "InitCoroutine" OpHelp(""), - /* 21 */ "EndCoroutine" OpHelp(""), - /* 22 */ "Yield" OpHelp(""), - /* 23 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"), - /* 24 */ "Halt" OpHelp(""), - /* 25 */ "Integer" OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"), - /* 26 */ "Int64" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), - /* 27 */ "String" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"), - /* 28 */ "Null" OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"), - /* 29 */ "SoftNull" OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"), - /* 30 */ "Blob" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"), - /* 31 */ "Variable" OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"), - /* 32 */ "Move" OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"), - /* 33 */ "Copy" OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"), - /* 34 */ "SCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"), - /* 35 */ "ResultRow" OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"), - /* 36 */ "CollSeq" OpHelp(""), - /* 37 */ "AddImm" OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"), - /* 38 */ "MustBeInt" OpHelp(""), - /* 39 */ "RealAffinity" OpHelp(""), - /* 40 */ "Permutation" OpHelp(""), - /* 41 */ "Compare" OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"), - /* 42 */ "Jump" OpHelp(""), - /* 43 */ "Once" OpHelp(""), - /* 44 */ "If" OpHelp(""), - /* 45 */ "IfNot" OpHelp(""), - /* 46 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"), - /* 47 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"), - /* 48 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"), - /* 49 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"), - /* 50 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""), - /* 51 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""), - /* 52 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), - /* 53 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), - /* 54 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), - /* 55 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), - /* 56 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""), - /* 57 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"), - /* 58 */ "Close" OpHelp(""), - /* 59 */ "SeekLT" OpHelp(""), - /* 60 */ "SeekLE" OpHelp(""), - /* 61 */ "SeekGE" OpHelp(""), - /* 62 */ "SeekGT" OpHelp(""), - /* 63 */ "Seek" OpHelp("intkey=r[P2]"), - /* 64 */ "NoConflict" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), - /* 65 */ "NotFound" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), - /* 66 */ "Found" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), - /* 67 */ "NotExists" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"), - /* 68 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"), - /* 69 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), - /* 70 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"), - /* 71 */ "Or" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"), - /* 72 */ "And" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"), - /* 73 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"), - /* 74 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""), - /* 75 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""), - /* 76 */ "IsNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"), - /* 77 */ "NotNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"), - /* 78 */ "Ne" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"), - /* 79 */ "Eq" OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"), - /* 80 */ "Gt" OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"), - /* 81 */ "Le" OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"), - /* 82 */ "Lt" OpHelp("if r[P1]=r[P3] goto P2"), - /* 84 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"), - /* 85 */ "BitAnd" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"), - /* 86 */ "BitOr" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"), - /* 87 */ "ShiftLeft" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1]"), - /* 89 */ "Add" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"), - /* 90 */ "Subtract" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"), - /* 91 */ "Multiply" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"), - /* 92 */ "Divide" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"), - /* 93 */ "Remainder" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"), - /* 94 */ "Concat" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"), - /* 95 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), - /* 96 */ "BitNot" OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"), - /* 97 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"), - /* 98 */ "RowKey" OpHelp("r[P2]=key"), - /* 99 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), - /* 100 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), - /* 101 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), - /* 102 */ "Last" OpHelp(""), - /* 103 */ "SorterSort" OpHelp(""), - /* 104 */ "Sort" OpHelp(""), - /* 105 */ "Rewind" OpHelp(""), - /* 106 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp(""), - /* 107 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), - /* 108 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), - /* 109 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), - /* 110 */ "IdxLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), - /* 111 */ "IdxGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), - /* 112 */ "IdxLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), - /* 113 */ "IdxGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), - /* 114 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""), - /* 115 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""), - /* 116 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""), - /* 117 */ "CreateIndex" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), - /* 118 */ "CreateTable" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), - /* 119 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""), - /* 120 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""), - /* 121 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""), - /* 122 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""), - /* 123 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""), - /* 124 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""), - /* 125 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"), - /* 126 */ "RowSetRead" OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"), - /* 127 */ "RowSetTest" OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"), - /* 128 */ "Program" OpHelp(""), - /* 129 */ "Param" OpHelp(""), - /* 130 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"), - /* 131 */ "FkIfZero" OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"), - /* 132 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"), - /* 133 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), - /* 134 */ "IfPos" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 goto P2"), - /* 135 */ "IfNeg" OpHelp("if r[P1]<0 goto P2"), - /* 136 */ "IfZero" OpHelp("r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2"), - /* 137 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"), - /* 138 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""), - /* 139 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""), - /* 140 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"), - /* 141 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""), - /* 142 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""), - /* 143 */ "ToText" OpHelp(""), - /* 144 */ "ToBlob" OpHelp(""), - /* 145 */ "ToNumeric" OpHelp(""), - /* 146 */ "ToInt" OpHelp(""), - /* 147 */ "ToReal" OpHelp(""), - /* 148 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""), - /* 149 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""), - /* 150 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"), - /* 151 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""), - /* 152 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""), - /* 153 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""), - /* 154 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""), - /* 155 */ "Init" OpHelp("Start at P2"), - /* 156 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""), - /* 157 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""), - }; - return azName[i]; -} -#endif - -/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems -** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. -** -** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. -** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default -** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations -** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply -** skip locking all together. -** -** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various -** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE -** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed -** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. -** -** The layout of divisions is as follows: -** -** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. -** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. -** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): -** + for Posix Advisory Locks -** + for no-op locks -** + for dot-file locks -** + for flock() locking -** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) -** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) -** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. -** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking -** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. -** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. -** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) -** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods -** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ - -/* -** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency -** control: -** -** 1. POSIX locking (the default), -** 2. No locking, -** 3. Dot-file locking, -** 4. flock() locking, -** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), -** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), -** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) -** -** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic -** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem -** where the database is located. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on -** vxworks, or 0 otherwise. -*/ -#ifndef OS_VXWORKS -# if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) -# define OS_VXWORKS 1 -# else -# define OS_VXWORKS 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** standard include files. -*/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -/* #include */ -#include -#include -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -#include -#endif - - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -# include -# if OS_VXWORKS -# include -# include -# else -# include -# include -# endif -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS) -# include -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UTIME -# include -#endif - -/* -** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags -*/ -#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1 - -/* -** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define -** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -/* # include */ -# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Default permissions when creating a new file -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 -#endif - -/* -** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum supported path-length. -*/ -#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 - -/* -** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not -** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK -*/ -#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) - -/* Forward references */ -typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ -typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ -typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ -typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ - -/* -** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor -** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following -** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an -** opportunity to either close or reuse it. -*/ -struct UnixUnusedFd { - int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ - int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ - UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */ -}; - -/* -** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix -** VFS implementations. -*/ -typedef struct unixFile unixFile; -struct unixFile { - sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */ - unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ - int h; /* The file descriptor */ - unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ - unsigned short int ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ - int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ - void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ - const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ - unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ - int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ - void *pMapRegion; /* Memory mapped region */ -#endif -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ - int sectorSize; /* Device sector size */ - int deviceCharacteristics; /* Precomputed device characteristics */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) - unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ -#endif -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the - ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated - ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will - ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction - ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the - ** one described by ticket #3584. - */ - unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ - unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ - unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ - -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that - ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. - */ - char aPadding[32]; -#endif -}; - -/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness() -** method was called. If xOpen() is called from a different process id, -** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset. -*/ -static int randomnessPid = 0; - -/* -** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: -*/ -#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ -#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ -#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC -# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ -#else -# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 -#endif -#define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ -#define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */ -#define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */ -#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */ -#define UNIXFILE_WARNED 0x0100 /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */ - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/ -/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ -#define _OS_COMMON_H_ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE -# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 -# endif - int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; -# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define OSTRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ -/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 May 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" -** counters for x86 class CPUs. -*/ -#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ -#define _HWTIME_H_ - -/* -** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. -** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the -** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res -** profiling. -*/ -#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) - - #if defined(__GNUC__) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned int lo, hi; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); - return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; - } - - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) - - __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - __asm { - rdtsc - ret ; return value at EDX:EAX - } - } - - #endif - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long val; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); - return val; - } - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long retval; - unsigned long junk; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ - 1: mftbu %1\n\ - mftb %L0\n\ - mftbu %0\n\ - cmpw %0,%1\n\ - bne 1b" - : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); - return retval; - } - -#else - - #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. - - /* - ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, - ** you can remove the above #error and use the following - ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many - ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at - ** least compile and run. - */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } - -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ - -/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ - -static sqlite_uint64 g_start; -static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; -#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() -#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ - || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit++; - if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ - -/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/ - -/* -** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. -*/ -#ifndef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# undef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW -# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* -** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -#define threadid pthread_self() -#else -#define threadid 0 -#endif - -/* -** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else. -*/ -#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP) -# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define HAVE_MREMAP 1 -# else -# define HAVE_MREMAP 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use -** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...). -** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function. -** -** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper -** which always has the same well-defined interface. -*/ -static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){ - return open(zFile, flags, mode); -} - -/* -** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security -** log if they come from non-root processes. So avoid calling fchown() if -** we are not running as root. -*/ -static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){ - return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid); -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static int openDirectory(const char*, int*); -static int unixGetpagesize(void); - -/* -** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that -** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during -** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers -** to all overrideable system calls. -*/ -static struct unix_syscall { - const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ -} aSyscall[] = { - { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 }, -#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) - - { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 }, -#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) - - { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 }, -#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) - - { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 }, -#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) - - { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 }, -#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) - -/* -** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it -** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something -** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under -** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? -*/ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ - { "fstat", 0, 0 }, -#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 -#else - { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, -#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) -#endif - - { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 }, -#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) - - { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 }, -#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) - - { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 }, -#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 }, -#else - { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD64) - { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 }, -#else - { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) - - { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 }, -#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 }, -#else - { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ - aSyscall[12].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD64) - { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 }, -#else - { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ - aSyscall[13].pCurrent) - - { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 }, -#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) - -#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE - { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 }, -#else - { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) - - { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 }, -#define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) - - { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 }, -#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) - - { "mkdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir, 0 }, -#define osMkdir ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) - - { "rmdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir, 0 }, -#define osRmdir ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) - - { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown, 0 }, -#define osFchown ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap, 0 }, -#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) - - { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap, 0 }, -#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) - -#if HAVE_MREMAP - { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap, 0 }, -#else - { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) -#endif - - { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 }, -#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) - -}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ - -/* -** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the -** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the -** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable -** system call named zName. -*/ -static int unixSetSystemCall( - sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ -){ - unsigned int i; - int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); - if( zName==0 ){ - /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default - ** settings and return NULL - */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - for(i=0; i=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break; - osClose(fd); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, - "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd); - fd = -1; - if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break; - } - if( fd>=0 ){ - if( m!=0 ){ - struct stat statbuf; - if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 - && statbuf.st_size==0 - && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m - ){ - osFchmod(fd, m); - } - } -#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0) - osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - } - return fd; -} - -/* -** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The -** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and -** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be -** shared by multiple threads. -** -** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex -** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() -** statements. e.g. -** -** unixEnterMutex() -** assert( unixMutexHeld() ); -** unixEnterLeave() -*/ -static void unixEnterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -static void unixLeaveMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -static int unixMutexHeld(void) { - return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -#endif - - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging -** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied -** integer lock-type. -*/ -static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){ - switch( eFileLock ){ - case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; - case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; - case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; - case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; - } - return "ERROR"; -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -/* -** Print out information about all locking operations. -** -** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded -** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally -** turned off. -*/ -static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ - char *zOpName, *zType; - int s; - int savedErrno; - if( op==F_GETLK ){ - zOpName = "GETLK"; - }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ - zOpName = "SETLK"; - }else{ - s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); - return s; - } - if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); - s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); - savedErrno = errno; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", - threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, - (int)p->l_pid, s); - if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ - struct flock l2; - l2 = *p; - osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); - if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", - zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); - } - errno = savedErrno; - return s; -} -#undef osFcntl -#define osFcntl lockTrace -#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ - -/* -** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR -*/ -static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ - int rc; - do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something -** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is -** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY -** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into -** SQLITE_IOERR -** -** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, -** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. -*/ -static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { - switch (posixError) { -#if 0 - /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch - ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after - ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with - ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed, - ** errno should be non-zero. - ** - ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return - ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be - ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0 - ** will be handled by the "default:" case below. - */ - case 0: - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - - case EAGAIN: - case ETIMEDOUT: - case EBUSY: - case EINTR: - case ENOLCK: - /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support - * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - - case EACCES: - /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/ - if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - /* else fall through */ - case EPERM: - return SQLITE_PERM; - - /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And - ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself - ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons - ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK, - ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */ -#if 0 - case EDEADLK: - return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; -#endif - -#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP - case EOPNOTSUPP: - /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support - * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ -#endif -#ifdef ENOTSUP - case ENOTSUP: - /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which - * it actually means what it says */ -#endif - case EIO: - case EBADF: - case EINVAL: - case ENOTCONN: - case ENODEV: - case ENXIO: - case ENOENT: -#ifdef ESTALE /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */ - case ESTALE: -#endif - case ENOSYS: - /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */ - - default: - return sqliteIOErr; - } -} - - -/****************************************************************************** -****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks *************** -** -** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating -** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks. -** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename. -** -** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a -** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains -** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. -** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to -** zero. -** -** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not -** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these -** structures on a linked list. -*/ -struct vxworksFileId { - struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */ - int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */ - int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */ - char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */ -}; - -#if OS_VXWORKS -/* -** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this -** variable: -*/ -static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0; - -/* -** Simplify a filename into its canonical form -** by making the following changes: -** -** * removing any trailing and duplicate / -** * convert /./ into just / -** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just / -** -** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length. -** -** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of -** characters in the simplified name. -*/ -static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){ - int i, j; - while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; } - for(i=j=0; i0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } - if( j>0 ){ j--; } - i += 2; - continue; - } - } - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - z[j] = 0; - return j; -} - -/* -** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return -** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique -** file ID. -** -** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before -** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created -** and added to the global list if necessary. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL. -*/ -static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ - struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */ - struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */ - int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */ - - assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' ); - n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName); - pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1); - n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n); - - /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name. - ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to - ** the existing file ID. - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ - if( pCandidate->nName==n - && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 - ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - pCandidate->nRef++; - unixLeaveMutex(); - return pCandidate; - } - } - - /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */ - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nName = n; - pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList; - vxworksFileList = pNew; - unixLeaveMutex(); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free -** the object when the reference count reaches zero. -*/ -static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ - unixEnterMutex(); - assert( pId->nRef>0 ); - pId->nRef--; - if( pId->nRef==0 ){ - struct vxworksFileId **pp; - for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){} - assert( *pp==pId ); - *pp = pId->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pId); - } - unixLeaveMutex(); -} -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks **************** -******************************************************************************/ - - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Posix Advisory Locking **************************** -** -** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) -** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process -** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set -** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies -** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different -** file descriptor. Consider this test case: -** -** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** -** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because -** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set -** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock -** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to -** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. -** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the -** second overrides the first, even though they were on different -** file descriptors opened on different file names. -** -** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access -** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine -** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not -** threads within the same process. -** -** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally -** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the -** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the -** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) -** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are -** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the -** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same -** inode. -** -** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks. -** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on -** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.) -** -** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file -** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file -** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal -** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure -** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures -** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps -** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" -** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the -** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. -** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. -** -** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a -** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between -** a locked and an unlocked state. -** -** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks. -** -** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, -** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are -** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object -** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode. -** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are -** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call -** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. -** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to -** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock -** clears. -** -** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks. -** -** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is -** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread -** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B. -** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct -** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL) -** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks -** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which -** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at -** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. -** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the -** current process. -** -** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads -** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with -** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection -** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections -** do not move across threads. -*/ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object. -*/ -struct unixFileId { - dev_t dev; /* Device number */ -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */ -#else - ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for -** each inode opened by each thread. -** -** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile -** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this -** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. -*/ -struct unixInodeInfo { - struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ - int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ - unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ - unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */ - int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ - unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */ - unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */ -#endif -#if OS_VXWORKS - sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ - char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects. -*/ -static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0; - -/* -** -** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro -** unixLogError(). -** -** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been -** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of -** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or -** strerror_r(). -** -** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that -** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). -** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that -** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path, -** if any. -*/ -#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) -static int unixLogErrorAtLine( - int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ - const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ - int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ -){ - char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */ - int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */ - - /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use - ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message - ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). - */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) - char aErr[80]; - memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); - zErr = aErr; - - /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, - ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that - ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer - ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. - ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of - ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. - ** - ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is - ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a - ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available - ** could lead to a segfault though. - */ -#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) - zErr = -# endif - strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); - -#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE - /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */ - zErr = ""; -#else - /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */ - zErr = strerror(iErrno); -#endif - - if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; - sqlite3_log(errcode, - "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", - iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr - ); - - return errcode; -} - -/* -** Close a file descriptor. -** -** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a -** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail. -** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the -** error. -** -** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the -** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread. -** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error -** and move on. -*/ -static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){ - if( osClose(h) ){ - unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close", - pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno); - } -} - -/* -** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. -*/ -static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - UnixUnusedFd *p; - UnixUnusedFd *pNext; - for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pNext; - robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__); - sqlite3_free(p); - } - pInode->pUnused = 0; -} - -/* -** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo(). -** -** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held -** when this function is called. -*/ -static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){ - pInode->nRef--; - if( pInode->nRef==0 ){ - assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 ); - closePendingFds(pFile); - if( pInode->pPrev ){ - assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode ); - pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext; - }else{ - assert( inodeList==pInode ); - inodeList = pInode->pNext; - } - if( pInode->pNext ){ - assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode ); - pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev; - } - sqlite3_free(pInode); - } - } -} - -/* -** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that -** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The -** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs. -** -** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held -** when this function is called. -** -** Return an appropriate error code. -*/ -static int findInodeInfo( - unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ - unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */ -){ - int rc; /* System call return code */ - int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ - struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */ - struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */ - - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - - /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to - ** create a unique name for the file. - */ - fd = pFile->h; - rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; -#ifdef EOVERFLOW - if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS; -#endif - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - -#ifdef __APPLE__ - /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported - ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work - ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite) - ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte - ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is - ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte - ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there - ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated - ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. - */ - if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){ - do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); - if( rc!=1 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - } -#endif - - memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId)); - fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev; -#if OS_VXWORKS - fileId.pId = pFile->pId; -#else - fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino; -#endif - pInode = inodeList; - while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ - pInode = pInode->pNext; - } - if( pInode==0 ){ - pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) ); - if( pInode==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode)); - memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId)); - pInode->nRef = 1; - pInode->pNext = inodeList; - pInode->pPrev = 0; - if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode; - inodeList = pInode; - }else{ - pInode->nRef++; - } - *ppInode = pInode; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened. -*/ -static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){ - struct stat buf; - return pFile->pInode!=0 && - (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino); -} - - -/* -** Check a unixFile that is a database. Verify the following: -** -** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file -** (2) The file is not a symbolic link -** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked -** -** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right. -*/ -static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){ - struct stat buf; - int rc; - if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){ - /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued. Do not - ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */ - return; - } - rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); - if( rc!=0 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } - if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } - if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } - if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } -} - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ -#ifndef __DJGPP__ - if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){ - struct flock lock; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1; - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - } -#endif - - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is -** described by pLock. -** -** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock -** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once -** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking -** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally, -** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections -** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the -** operating system does not participate. -** -** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using -** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl" -** and is read-only. -** -** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call -** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()). -*/ -static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){ - int rc; - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - assert( pInode!=0 ); - if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock) - && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0) - ){ - if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ - struct flock lock; - assert( pInode->nLock==0 ); - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( rc<0 ) return rc; - pInode->bProcessLock = 1; - pInode->nLock++; - }else{ - rc = 0; - } - }else{ - rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ - /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and - ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive - ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid - ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated - ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously - ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. - ** - ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved - ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte - ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. - ** - ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending - ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte - ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. - ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a - ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock - ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be - ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process - ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. - ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file - ** after a crash. - ** - ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is - ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte - ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes - ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. - ** - ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte - ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By - ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist - ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. - */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - struct flock lock; - int tErrno = 0; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), - azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared , getpid())); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct. - ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. - ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. - ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. - */ - assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - - /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* - ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. - */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && - (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_lock; - } - - /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already - ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and - ** return SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && - (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); - assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nShared++; - pInode->nLock++; - goto end_lock; - } - - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - lock.l_len = 1L; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK - || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLocklastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_lock; - } - } - - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); - assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* Now get the read-lock */ - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - } - - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1L; - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This could happen with a network mount */ - tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - - if( rc ){ - if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_lock; - }else{ - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nLock++; - pInode->nShared = 1; - } - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - - assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1L; - }else{ - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - } - - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - } - } - - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when - ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change - ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal - ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK - && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK - ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 0; - pFile->dbUpdate = 0; - pFile->inNormalWrite = 1; - } -#endif - - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -end_lock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding -** pUnused list. -*/ -static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused; - p->pNext = pInode->pUnused; - pInode->pUnused = p; - pFile->h = -1; - pFile->pUnused = 0; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED -** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then -** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works -** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to -** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. -*/ -static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - struct flock lock; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, - getpid())); - - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start - ** reading the database file again, make sure that the - ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database - ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, - ** other connections to the same file might not realize that - ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their - ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. - */ - pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; -#endif - - /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock - ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade - ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a - ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: - ** 1: [WWWWW] - ** 2: [....W] - ** 3: [RRRRW] - ** 4: [RRRR.] - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ - -#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - (void)handleNFSUnlock; - assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 ); -#endif -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - if( handleNFSUnlock ){ - int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ - off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; - - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = divSize; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_unlock; - } - lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = divSize; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_unlock; - } - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_unlock; - } - }else -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - { - lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ - /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another - ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this - ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking - ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning - ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes - ** an assert to fail). */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - goto end_unlock; - } - } - } - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ - pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - goto end_unlock; - } - } - if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ - /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an - ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released - ** the lock. - */ - pInode->nShared--; - if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ - pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - } - } - - /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the - ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close - ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. - */ - pInode->nLock--; - assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); - if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ - closePendingFds(pFile); - } - } - -end_unlock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 ); -#endif - return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0); -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte); -static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd); -#endif - -/* -** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation -** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file -** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile -** structure to 0. -** -** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called, -** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the -** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine. -*/ -static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - unixUnmapfile(pFile); -#endif - if( pFile->h>=0 ){ - robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); - pFile->h = -1; - } -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( pFile->pId ){ - if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ - osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); - } - vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); - pFile->pId = 0; - } -#endif - OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h)); - OpenCounter(-1); - sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - verifyDbFile(pFile); - unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - unixEnterMutex(); - - /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close - ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead. - */ - assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); - if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed - ** when the last lock is cleared. - */ - setPendingFd(pFile); - } - releaseInodeInfo(pFile); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation ***************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** -** -** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the -** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database -** file for reading or writing. -** -** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases -** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can -** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to -** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more -** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database -** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple -** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same -** time and one or more of those connections are writing. -*/ - -static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - *pResOut = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - return closeUnixFile(id); -} - -/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************* Begin dot-file Locking ****************************** -** -** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock -** files (really a directory) to control access to the database. This works -** on just about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides: -** -** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other -** connections from reading or writing the database. -** -** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files -** sitting around that need to be cleared manually. -** -** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no -** other locking strategy is available. -** -** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as -** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added. -** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other -** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE. -*/ - -/* -** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the -** lock directory. -*/ -#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock" - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -** -** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this -** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock -** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked. -*/ -static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process - ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */ - reserved = 1; - }else{ - /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */ - const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext; - reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0; - } - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -** -** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. -** But we track the other locking levels internally. -*/ -static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - - /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have - ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. - */ - if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ -#ifdef HAVE_UTIME - utime(zLockFile, NULL); -#else - utimes(zLockFile, NULL); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); - if( rc<0 ){ - /* failed to open/create the lock directory */ - int tErrno = errno; - if( EEXIST == tErrno ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - } - return rc; - } - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. -*/ -static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; - int rc; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the - ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ - assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); - rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); - if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile); - if( rc<0 ){ - int tErrno = errno; - rc = 0; - if( ENOENT != tErrno ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - return rc; - } - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing. -*/ -static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - } - return rc; -} -/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation ******************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************** Begin flock Locking ******************************** -** -** Use the flock() system call to do file locking. -** -** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various -** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into -** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and -** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite -** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since -** only a single process can be reading the database at a time. -** -** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if -** compiling for VXWORKS. -*/ -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS - -/* -** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR -*/ -#ifdef EINTR -static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ - int rc; - do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); - return rc; -} -#else -# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) -#endif - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ - if( !reserved ){ - /* attempt to get the lock */ - int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); - if( !lrc ){ - /* got the lock, unlock it */ - lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - if ( lrc ) { - int tErrno = errno; - /* unlock failed with an error */ - lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - rc = lrc; - } - } - } else { - int tErrno = errno; - reserved = 1; - /* someone else might have it reserved */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - rc = lrc; - } - } - } - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - reserved=1; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate -** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or -** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from -** access the file. -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - - if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { - int tErrno = errno; - /* didn't get, must be busy */ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - } else { - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - } - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really, unlock. */ - if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - }else{ - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - } - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */ - -/******************* End of the flock lock implementation ********************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************ -** -** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks. -** -** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only -** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write -** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but -** makes the lock implementation much easier. -*/ -#if OS_VXWORKS - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ - if( !reserved ){ - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; - struct stat statBuf; - - if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ - int tErrno = errno; - if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } else { - /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ - reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK); - } - }else{ - /* we could have it if we want it */ - sem_post(pSem); - } - } - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate -** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or -** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from -** access the file. -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int fd; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto sem_end_lock; - } - - /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ - if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto sem_end_lock; - } - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - - sem_end_lock: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; - - assert( pFile ); - assert( pSem ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, getpid())); - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really unlock. */ - if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { - int rc, tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - return rc; - } - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - assert( pFile ); - unixEnterMutex(); - releaseInodeInfo(pFile); - unixLeaveMutex(); - closeUnixFile(id); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -/* -** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks. -** -*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation **************** -******************************************************************************/ - - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Begin AFP Locking ********************************* -** -** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found -** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX. -** -** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here -** only works on OSX. -*/ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state -*/ -typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; -struct afpLockingContext { - int reserved; - const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ -}; - -struct ByteRangeLockPB2 -{ - unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ - unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ - unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ - unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ - unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ - int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ -}; - -#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) - -/* -** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an -** AFP filesystem. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. -*/ -static int afpSetLock( - const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */ - unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */ - unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */ - unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */ - int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */ -){ - struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; - int err; - - pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; - pb.startEndFlag = 0; - pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; - pb.fd = pFile->h; - - OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", - (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), - offset, length)); - err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); - if ( err==-1 ) { - int rc; - int tErrno = errno; - OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", - path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno))); -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; -#else - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, - setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */ - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - return rc; - } else { - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *context; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - if( context->reserved ){ - *pResOut = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ - if( !reserved ){ - /* lock the RESERVED byte */ - int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ - /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore - ** the original state */ - lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - } else { - /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ - reserved = 1; - } - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - rc=lrc; - } - } - - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), - azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid())); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as - ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. - ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. - ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. - */ - assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - - /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* - ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. - */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && - (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - - /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already - ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and - ** return SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && - (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); - assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nShared++; - pInode->nLock++; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK - || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLockdbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); - if (failed) { - rc = failed; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - } - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; - long lk, mask; - - assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); - assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); - - mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; - /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ - /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); - pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ - lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; - } - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { - pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno; - rc = lrc1; - goto afp_end_lock; - } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){ - rc = lrc2; - goto afp_end_lock; - } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { - rc = lrc1; - } else { - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nLock++; - pInode->nShared = 1; - } - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - int failed = 0; - assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); - if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) { - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - if( !failed ){ - context->reserved = 1; - } - } - if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to - ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock - */ - if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + - pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ - int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; - /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, - SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ - /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is - ** a critical I/O error - */ - rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : - SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - }else{ - rc = failed; - } - } - if( failed ){ - rc = failed; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -afp_end_lock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - int skipShared = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int h = pFile->h; -#endif - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, - getpid())); - - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start - ** reading the database file again, make sure that the - ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database - ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, - ** other connections to the same file might not realize that - ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their - ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. - */ - assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 - || pFile->dbUpdate==0 - || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); - pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; -#endif - - if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ - /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ - int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); - } else { - skipShared = 1; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - if( !rc ){ - context->reserved = 0; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ - pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ - - /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an - ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released - ** the lock. - */ - unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; - pInode->nShared--; - if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - if( !skipShared ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); - } - if( !rc ){ - pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInode->nLock--; - assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); - if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ - closePendingFds(pFile); - } - } - } - - unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context -*/ -static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - unixEnterMutex(); - if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when - ** the last lock is cleared. - */ - setPendingFd(pFile); - } - releaseInodeInfo(pFile); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - return rc; -} - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific -** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp" -** VFS is not available. -** -********************* End of the AFP lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* - ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock - ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. - ** - ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below - ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. - */ -static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ - return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1); -} - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific -** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. -** -********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** -** -** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the -** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking -** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per -** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes -** are gather together into this division. -*/ - -/* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt -** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. -** -** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also -** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from -** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD -** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. -** See tickets #2741 and #2681. -** -** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value -** is set before returning. -*/ -static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - int prior = 0; -#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64)) - i64 newOffset; -#endif - TIMER_START; - assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) ); - assert( id->h>2 ); - cnt &= 0x1ffff; - do{ -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - if( newOffset == -1 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - }else{ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; - } - return -1; - } - got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - if( got==cnt ) break; - if( got<0 ){ - if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; } - prior = 0; - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - break; - }else if( got>0 ){ - cnt -= got; - offset += got; - prior += got; - pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf); - } - }while( got>0 ); - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", - id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED)); - return got+prior; -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - int got; - assert( id ); - assert( offset>=0 ); - assert( amt>0 ); - - /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp - ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ -#if 0 - assert( pFile->pUnused==0 - || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE - ); -#endif - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - - got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt); - if( got==amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( got<0 ){ - /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ - /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to -** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from -** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, -** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than -** nBuf). -*/ -static int seekAndWriteFd( - int fd, /* File descriptor to write to */ - i64 iOff, /* File offset to begin writing at */ - const void *pBuf, /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */ - int nBuf, /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */ - int *piErrno /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */ -){ - int rc = 0; /* Value returned by system call */ - - assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) ); - assert( fd>2 ); - nBuf &= 0x1ffff; - TIMER_START; - -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - do{ rc = osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - do{ rc = osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR); -#else - do{ - i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET); - SimulateIOError( iSeek-- ); - - if( iSeek!=iOff ){ - if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0); - return -1; - } - rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf); - }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); -#endif - - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED)); - - if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno; - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. -** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. -** -** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value -** is set before returning. -*/ -static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ - return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno); -} - - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int wrote = 0; - assert( id ); - assert( amt>0 ); - - /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp - ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ -#if 0 - assert( pFile->pUnused==0 - || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE - ); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to - ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a - ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database - ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that - ** fact too. - */ - if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){ - pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */ - if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){ - int rc; - char oldCntr[4]; - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */ - } - } - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - - while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){ - amt -= wrote; - offset += wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); - SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); - - if( amt>0 ){ - if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){ - /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. -** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower) -** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, -** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync -*/ -#if !defined(fdatasync) -# define fdatasync fsync -#endif - -/* -** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not -** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently -** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. -*/ -#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 -#else -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 -#endif - - -/* -** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many -** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make -** it work better. -** -** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful -** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. -** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC -** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash -** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. -** -** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. -** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content -** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is -** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, -** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the -** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() -** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the -** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed. -** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so -** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate. -** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of -** the value of the dataOnly flag. -*/ -static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ - int rc; - - /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as - ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering - ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#endif - - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and - ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure - ** gets called with the correct arguments. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC - if( fullSync ){ - rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local - ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid - ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. - */ - if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); - -#elif defined(__APPLE__) - /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly - ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync - */ - rc = fsync(fd); -#else - rc = fdatasync(fd); -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ - rc = fsync(fd); - } -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ - - if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){ - rc = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. -** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and -** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM -** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined -** value. -** -** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to -** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events -** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer -** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems. -** -** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface. -** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the -** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are -** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to -** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine -** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves -** *pFd set to a negative number. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing -** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). -*/ -static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ - int ii; - int fd = -1; - char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; - - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); - for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); - if( ii>0 ){ - zDirname[ii] = '\0'; - fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); - if( fd>=0 ){ - OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); - } - } - *pFd = fd; - return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname)); -} - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -** -** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file -** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the -** file data is synced. -** -** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file -** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. -** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory -** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next -** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because -** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction -** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. -*/ -static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - int rc; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); - int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - - /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ - assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL - || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL - ); - - /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This - ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. - */ - SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h)); - rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath); - } - - /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag - ** is set. This is a one-time occurrence. Many systems (examples: AIX) - ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync. - */ - if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){ - int dirfd; - OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath, - HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync)); - rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){ - full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0); - robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - int rc; - assert( pFile ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); - - /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the - ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the - ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested - ** size). - */ - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; - } - - rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte); - if( rc ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to - ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a - ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length, - ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen - ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length - ** source. - */ - if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 1; - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently - ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will - ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. - */ - if( nBytemmapSize ){ - pFile->mmapSize = nByte; - } -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - struct stat buf; - assert( id ); - rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc!=0 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - *pSize = buf.st_size; - - /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure - ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug - ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper - ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is - ** really 1. Ticket #3260. - */ - if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0; - - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) -/* -** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the -** proxying locking division. -*/ -static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -#endif - -/* -** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT -** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size -** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already -** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ - struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ - - if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - - nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; - if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ - -#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE - /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() - ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, - ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ - int err; - do{ - err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size); - }while( err==EINTR ); - if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; -#else - /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use - ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to - ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This - ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate() - ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call. - */ - int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */ - i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */ - - if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); - } - iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1; - while( iWrite0 - if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){ - int rc; - if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){ - if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); - } - } - - rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte); - return rc; - } -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to -** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. -** -** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. -*/ -static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ - if( *pArg<0 ){ - *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; - }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ - pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; - }else{ - pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; - } -} - -/* Forward declaration */ -static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf); - -/* -** Information and control of an open file handle. -*/ -static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { - pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { - int rc; - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - return rc; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { - unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { - unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { - *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { - char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname ); - if( zTFile ){ - unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile); - *(char**)pArg = zTFile; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: { - *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { - i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ - newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; - } - *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; - if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ - pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; - if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ - unixUnmapfile(pFile); - rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1); - } - } - return rc; - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done - ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and - ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be - ** unchanged. - */ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: { - ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: - case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ - } - return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -#ifndef __QNXNTO__ -static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} -#endif - -/* -** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX. -*/ -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ -#include -#include -static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){ - struct statvfs fsInfo; - - /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */ - pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; - if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) { - return pFile->sectorSize; - } - - if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) { - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K | /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */ - (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) | - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | /* All filesystem writes are atomic */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ - ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ - ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else{ - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 | /* blocks are atomic */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - 0; - } - } - /* Last chance verification. If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512 - ** then it isn't valid.*/ - if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){ - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; - pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; - } - return pFile->sectorSize; -} -#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */ - -/* -** Return the device characteristics for the file. -** -** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default. -** However, that choice is contraversial since technically the underlying -** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites. (In other -** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never -** written might end up being altered.) However, non-PSOW behavior is very, -** very rare. And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount -** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated. -** Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control -** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off. -*/ -static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = 0; -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ - if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id); - rc = p->deviceCharacteristics; -#endif - if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){ - rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE; - } - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - - -/* -** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. -** -** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread -** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance -** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened -** only once per process. -** -** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object. -** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean -** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most -** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So -** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object -** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed. -** -** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying -** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: -** -** nRef -** -** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: -** -** fid -** zFilename -** -** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and -** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field -** in this structure. -*/ -struct unixShmNode { - unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */ - int h; /* Open file descriptor */ - int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ - u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ - u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ - char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ - int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ - unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ - u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ - u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an -** open shared memory connection. -** -** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and -** are read-only thereafter: -** -** unixShm.pFile -** unixShm.id -** -** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held -** while accessing any read/write fields. -*/ -struct unixShm { - unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */ - unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */ - u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */ - u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */ - u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ - u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ -}; - -/* -** Constants used for locking -*/ -#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ -#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ - -/* -** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1. -** -** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking -** otherwise. -*/ -static int unixShmSystemLock( - unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ - int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */ - int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */ - int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ -){ - struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */ - - /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 ); - - /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */ - assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK ); - - /* Locks are within range */ - assert( n>=1 && nh>=0 ){ - /* Initialize the locking parameters */ - memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); - f.l_type = lockType; - f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - f.l_start = ofst; - f.l_len = n; - - rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f); - rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { u16 mask; - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK ")); - mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<exclMask &= ~mask; - pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; - }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ - OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst)); - pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; - pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask; - }else{ - assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); - OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst)); - pShmNode->exclMask |= mask; - pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } - }else{ - if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ - OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst)); - }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ - OSTRACE(("read-lock failed")); - }else{ - assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); - OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst)); - } - } - OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n", - pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask)); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the system page size. -** -** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. -** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize(). -*/ -static int unixGetpagesize(void){ -#if defined(_BSD_SOURCE) - return getpagesize(); -#else - return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at -** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the -** current system page-size. -** -** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured -** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two -** shm regions. -*/ -static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){ - int shmsz = 32*1024; /* SHM region size */ - int pgsz = osGetpagesize(); /* System page size */ - assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 ); /* Page size must be a power of 2 */ - if( pgszpInode->pShmNode; - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - if( p && p->nRef==0 ){ - int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); - int i; - assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode ); - sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); - for(i=0; inRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){ - if( p->h>=0 ){ - osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion); - }else{ - sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]); - } - } - sqlite3_free(p->apRegion); - if( p->h>=0 ){ - robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__); - p->h = -1; - } - p->pInode->pShmNode = 0; - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - -/* -** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. -** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. -** -** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory -** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database -** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file -** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped -** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". -** -** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an -** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory -** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions -** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same -** database to end up using different files for shared memory - -** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting -** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage -** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" -** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time -** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite -** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the -** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely -** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered -** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release. -** -** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that -** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then -** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. -** -** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS -** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and -** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In -** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory -** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory. -*/ -static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ - struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */ - struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */ - char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */ - int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */ - - /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */ - p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); - assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); - - /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing - ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary. - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pDbFd->pInode; - pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode; - if( pShmNode==0 ){ - struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */ - - /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If - ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it - ** with the same permissions. - */ - if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - goto shm_open_err; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY - nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31; -#else - nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath); -#endif - pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename ); - if( pShmNode==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto shm_open_err; - } - memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); - zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; -#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY - sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, - SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", - (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); -#else - sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); - sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename); -#endif - pShmNode->h = -1; - pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode; - pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode; - pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto shm_open_err; - } - - if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ - int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; - if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){ - openFlags = O_RDONLY; - pShmNode->isReadonly = 1; - } - pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777)); - if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename); - goto shm_open_err; - } - - /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file - ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database. Otherwise, - ** the original owner will not be able to connect. - */ - osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid); - - /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. - ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. - */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); - } - if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; - } - } - - /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */ - p->pShmNode = pShmNode; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; -#endif - pShmNode->nRef++; - pDbFd->pShm = p; - unixLeaveMutex(); - - /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under - ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the - ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is - ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting - ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex - ** mutex. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; - pShmNode->pFirst = p; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Jump here on any error */ -shm_open_err: - unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ - sqlite3_free(p); - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the -** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions -** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion -** bytes in size. -** -** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. -** -** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory -** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a -** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If -** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet -** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. -** -** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by -** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes -** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped -** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. -*/ -static int unixShmMap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ - int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ - int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ - int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ - void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ -){ - unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; - unixShm *p; - unixShmNode *pShmNode; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); - int nReqRegion; - - /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ - if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){ - rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - p = pDbFd->pShm; - pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); - assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); - assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); - assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); - - /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */ - nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap; - - if( pShmNode->nRegionszRegion = szRegion; - - if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ - /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. - ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is - ** large enough to contain the requested region). - */ - if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; - goto shmpage_out; - } - - if( sStat.st_sizeh, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){ - const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename; - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile); - goto shmpage_out; - } - } - } - } - } - - /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ - apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( - pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *) - ); - if( !apNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - goto shmpage_out; - } - pShmNode->apRegion = apNew; - while( pShmNode->nRegionh>=0 ){ - pMem = osMmap(0, nMap, - pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, - MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion - ); - if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename); - goto shmpage_out; - } - }else{ - pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion); - if( pMem==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto shmpage_out; - } - memset(pMem, 0, szRegion); - } - - for(i=0; iapRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i]; - } - pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap; - } - } - -shmpage_out: - if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ - *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion]; - }else{ - *pp = 0; - } - if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. -** -** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little -** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked -** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may -** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. -*/ -static int unixShmLock( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ - int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ - int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ - int flags /* What to do with the lock */ -){ - unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ - unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ - unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ - unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ - - assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); - assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); - assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); - assert( n>=1 ); - assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); - assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); - assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); - assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); - - mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<1 || mask==(1<mutex); - if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ - u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ - - /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( pX==p ) continue; - assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); - allMask |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Unlock the system-level locks */ - if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Undo the local locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->exclMask &= ~mask; - p->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } - }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ - u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ - - /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. - ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return - ** SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - allShared |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Get the local shared locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->sharedMask |= mask; - } - }else{ - /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this - ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - } - - /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful - ** also mark the local connection as being locked. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); - p->exclMask |= mask; - } - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", - p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. -** -** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before -** any load or store begun after the barrier. -*/ -static void unixShmBarrier( - sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */ -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - unixEnterMutex(); - unixLeaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying -** storage if deleteFlag is true. -** -** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this -** routine is a harmless no-op. -*/ -static int unixShmUnmap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */ - int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ -){ - unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ - unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ - unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ - unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */ - - pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; - p = pDbFd->pShm; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - - assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); - assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); - - /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated - ** with pShmNode */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} - *pp = p->pNext; - - /* Free the connection p */ - sqlite3_free(p); - pDbFd->pShm = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - - /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying - ** shared-memory file, too */ - unixEnterMutex(); - assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); - pShmNode->nRef--; - if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ - if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename); - unixShmPurge(pDbFd); - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#else -# define unixShmMap 0 -# define unixShmLock 0 -# define unixShmBarrier 0 -# define unixShmUnmap 0 -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* -** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd. -*/ -static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){ - assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - if( pFd->pMapRegion ){ - osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual); - pFd->pMapRegion = 0; - pFd->mmapSize = 0; - pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file -** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded. -** -** If successful, this function sets the following variables: -** -** unixFile.pMapRegion -** unixFile.mmapSize -** unixFile.mmapSizeActual -** -** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and -** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should -** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite() -** methods. -*/ -static void unixRemapfile( - unixFile *pFd, /* File descriptor object */ - i64 nNew /* Required mapping size */ -){ - const char *zErr = "mmap"; - int h = pFd->h; /* File descriptor open on db file */ - u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion; /* Pointer to current file mapping */ - i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual; /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */ - u8 *pNew = 0; /* Location of new mapping */ - int flags = PROT_READ; /* Flags to pass to mmap() */ - - assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize ); - assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize ); - assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 ); - - if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE; - - if( pOrig ){ -#if HAVE_MREMAP - i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize; -#else - const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize(); - i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1)); -#endif - u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse]; - - /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */ - if( nReuse!=nOrig ){ - osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse); - } - -#if HAVE_MREMAP - pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE); - zErr = "mremap"; -#else - pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse); - if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){ - if( pNew!=pReq ){ - osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse); - pNew = 0; - }else{ - pNew = pOrig; - } - } -#endif - - /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */ - if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){ - osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse); - } - } - - /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0); - } - - if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){ - pNew = 0; - nNew = 0; - unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath); - - /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls - ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively - ** in this case. */ - pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0; - } - pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew; - pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew; -} - -/* -** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file -** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if -** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still -** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. -** -** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of -** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the -** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the -** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured -** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not -** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error -** code otherwise. -*/ -static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){ - i64 nMap = nByte; - int rc; - - assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - if( nMap<0 ){ - struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ - rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - nMap = statbuf.st_size; - } - if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ - nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; - } - - if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ - if( nMap>0 ){ - unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap); - }else{ - unixUnmapfile(pFd); - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ - -/* -** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset -** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. -** -** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. -** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. -** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final -** value of *pp is undefined in this case. -** -** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually -** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch(). -*/ -static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ -#endif - *pp = 0; - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ - if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ - int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ - *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; - pFd->nFetchOut++; - } - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a -** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second -** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding -** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. -** -** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called -** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping -** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. -*/ -static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); - - /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding - ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), - ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ - assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); - - /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ - assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); - - if( p ){ - pFd->nFetchOut--; - }else{ - unixUnmapfile(pFd); - } - - assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. -** -********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that -** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions -** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate -** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData -** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to -** the correct finder-function for that VFS. -** -** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods -** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which -** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking -** strategy from that. -** -** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created: -** -** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()". -** -** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F". -** -** -** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS -** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point -** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void* -** from be cast into a function pointer. -** -** -** Each instance of this macro generates two objects: -** -** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking -** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK. -** -** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer -** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. -*/ -#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ - VERSION, /* iVersion */ \ - CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ - unixRead, /* xRead */ \ - unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ - unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \ - unixSync, /* xSync */ \ - unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \ - LOCK, /* xLock */ \ - UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \ - CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ - unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ - unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ - unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ - unixShmMap, /* xShmMap */ \ - unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \ - unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \ - unixShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ \ - unixFetch, /* xFetch */ \ - unixUnfetch, /* xUnfetch */ \ -}; \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \ - return &METHOD; \ -} \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \ - = FINDER##Impl; - -/* -** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the -** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods -** are also created. -*/ -IOMETHODS( - posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 3, /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */ - unixClose, /* xClose method */ - unixLock, /* xLock method */ - unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -IOMETHODS( - nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - nolockClose, /* xClose method */ - nolockLock, /* xLock method */ - nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - nolockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -IOMETHODS( - dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ - dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ - dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - dotlockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS -IOMETHODS( - flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - flockClose, /* xClose method */ - flockLock, /* xLock method */ - flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - flockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -#if OS_VXWORKS -IOMETHODS( - semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - semClose, /* xClose method */ - semLock, /* xLock method */ - semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - semCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -IOMETHODS( - afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - afpClose, /* xClose method */ - afpLock, /* xLock method */ - afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - afpCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -/* -** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it -** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and -** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those -** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements -** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need -** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function -** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods. -*/ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*); -static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); -IOMETHODS( - proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - proxyClose, /* xClose method */ - proxyLock, /* xLock method */ - proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - proxyCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -IOMETHODS( - nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - unixClose, /* xClose method */ - unixLock, /* xLock method */ - nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy -** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods -** object that implements that strategy. -** -** This is for MacOSX only. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( - const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ - unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */ -){ - static const struct Mapping { - const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */ - } aMap[] = { - { "hfs", &posixIoMethods }, - { "ufs", &posixIoMethods }, - { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods }, - { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods }, - { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods }, - { 0, 0 } - }; - int i; - struct statfs fsInfo; - struct flock lockInfo; - - if( !filePath ){ - /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file - ** that does not need to be locked. */ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){ - if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){ - if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){ - return aMap[i].pMethods; - } - } - } - - /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". - ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, - ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. - */ - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){ - return &nfsIoMethods; - } else { - return &posixIoMethods; - } - }else{ - return &dotlockIoMethods; - } -} -static const sqlite3_io_methods - *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy -** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods -** object that implements that strategy. -** -** This is for VXWorks only. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( - const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ - unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */ -){ - struct flock lockInfo; - - if( !filePath ){ - /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file - ** that does not need to be locked. */ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - - /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks. - ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method. - */ - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - return &posixIoMethods; - }else{ - return &semIoMethods; - } -} -static const sqlite3_io_methods - *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; - -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function: -*/ -typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*); - - -/**************************************************************************** -**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** -** -** This division contains the implementation of methods on the -** sqlite3_vfs object. -*/ - -/* -** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId. -*/ -static int fillInUnixFile( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ - sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ - int ctrlFlags /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */ -){ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; - unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pNew->pInode==NULL ); - - /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The - ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that - ** include the special Apple locking styles. - */ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' - || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder ); -#else - assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' ); -#endif - - /* No locking occurs in temporary files */ - assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 ); - - OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename)); - pNew->h = h; - pNew->pVfs = pVfs; - pNew->zPath = zFilename; - pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags; -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; -#endif - if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0), - "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ - pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW; - } - if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){ - pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL; - } - -#if OS_VXWORKS - pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); - if( pNew->pId==0 ){ - ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif - - if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){ - pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods; - }else{ - pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew); -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for - ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name) - ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */ - pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename; -#endif - } - - if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods -#endif - ){ - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor - ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail - ** in two scenarios: - ** - ** (a) A call to fstat() failed. - ** (b) A malloc failed. - ** - ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other - ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file - ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by - ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close - ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released - ** by doing so. - ** - ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The - ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in - ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much. - */ - robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - h = -1; - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the afpLockingContext. - */ - afpLockingContext *pCtx; - pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); - if( pCtx==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed - ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a - ** copy of the filename. */ - pCtx->dbPath = zFilename; - pCtx->reserved = 0; - srandomdev(); - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext); - robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - h = -1; - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - } -#endif - - else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ - /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext - */ - char *zLockFile; - int nFilename; - assert( zFilename!=0 ); - nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6; - zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename); - if( zLockFile==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename); - } - pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile; - } - -#if OS_VXWORKS - else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){ - /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be - ** included in the semLockingContext - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); - if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){ - char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName; - int n; - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem", - pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); - for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ ) - if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; - pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); - if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0'; - } - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } -#endif - - pNew->lastErrno = 0; -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - h = -1; - osUnlink(zFilename); - pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; - } -#endif - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - }else{ - pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; - OpenCounter(+1); - verifyDbFile(pNew); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files. -** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL. -*/ -static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, - 0, - 0, - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - 0 /* List terminator */ - }; - unsigned int i; - struct stat buf; - const char *zDir = 0; - - azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; - if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); - if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR"); - for(i=0; imxPathname bytes. -*/ -static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static const unsigned char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - unsigned int i, j; - const char *zDir; - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); - - zDir = unixTempFileDir(); - if( zDir==0 ) zDir = "."; - - /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file - ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR. - */ - if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - do{ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir); - j = (int)strlen(zBuf); - sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - zBuf[j+1] = 0; - }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) -/* -** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile. -** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen() -** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined. -*/ -static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); -#endif - -/* -** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database -** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname -** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second -** argument to this function. -** -** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed -** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some -** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. -** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment -** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for -** further details. Also, ticket #4018. -** -** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no -** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned. -*/ -static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0; - - /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because - ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), - ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better - ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure - ** feature. */ -#if !OS_VXWORKS - struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ - - /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is - ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail. - ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is - ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file - ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite. - ** - ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of - ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire. */ - if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = inodeList; - while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev - || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){ - pInode = pInode->pNext; - } - if( pInode ){ - UnixUnusedFd **pp; - for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); - pUnused = *pp; - if( pUnused ){ - *pp = pUnused->pNext; - } - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } -#endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */ - return pUnused; -} - -/* -** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions -** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned -** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is -** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is -** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. -** -** In most cases cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become -** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using -** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask. -** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then -** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the -** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever -** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions -** as the associated database file. -** -** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the -** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for -** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use -** the default permissions. -*/ -static int findCreateFileMode( - const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */ - int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */ - mode_t *pMode, /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */ - uid_t *pUid, /* OUT: uid to set on the file */ - gid_t *pGid /* OUT: gid to set on the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - *pMode = 0; - *pUid = 0; - *pGid = 0; - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ - char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */ - int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */ - struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */ - - /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives - ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles - ** the following naming conventions: - ** - ** "-journal" - ** "-wal" - ** "-journalNN" - ** "-walNN" - ** - ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are - ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. - */ - nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES - while( nDb>0 && sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ) nDb--; - if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]!='-' ) return SQLITE_OK; -#else - while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ - assert( nDb>0 ); - assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' ); - nDb--; - } -#endif - memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb); - zDb[nDb] = '\0'; - - if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){ - *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777; - *pUid = sStat.st_uid; - *pGid = sStat.st_gid; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ - *pMode = 0600; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Open the file zPath. -** -** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this -** one: -** -** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); -** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); -** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); -** -** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: -** -** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) -** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) -** -** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If -** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for -** OpenExclusive(). -*/ -static int unixOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */ - const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */ - int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */ - int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */ -){ - unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile; - int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ - int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ - int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ - int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ - int ctrlFlags = 0; /* UNIXFILE_* flags */ - - int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); - int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); - int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY); -#endif -#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - struct statfs fsInfo; -#endif - - /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open - ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() - ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. - */ - int syncDir = (isCreate && ( - eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - )); - - /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open - ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. - */ - char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; - const char *zName = zPath; - - /* Check the following statements are true: - ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and - ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and - ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - */ - assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); - assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); - assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); - assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - - /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never - ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); - - /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - ); - - /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG. There is a race condition - ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at - ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG. But multiple resets - ** are harmless. - */ - if( randomnessPid!=getpid() ){ - randomnessPid = getpid(); - sqlite3_randomness(0,0); - } - - memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - - if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; - pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags); - if( pUnused ){ - fd = pUnused->fd; - }else{ - pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused)); - if( !pUnused ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - p->pUnused = pUnused; - - /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not - ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into - ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ - assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); - - }else if( !zName ){ - /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */ - assert(isDelete && !syncDir); - rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zName = zTmpname; - - /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated - ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ - assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); - } - - /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function - ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as - ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the - ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ - if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; - if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; - if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT; - if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); - openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); - - if( fd<0 ){ - mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */ - uid_t uid; /* Userid for the file */ - gid_t gid; /* Groupid for the file */ - rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( !p->pUnused ); - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - return rc; - } - fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); - OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags)); - if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ - /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ - flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT); - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - openFlags |= O_RDONLY; - isReadonly = 1; - fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); - } - if( fd<0 ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName); - goto open_finished; - } - - /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback - ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be - ** the same as the original database. - */ - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ - osFchown(fd, uid, gid); - } - } - assert( fd>=0 ); - if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags; - } - - if( p->pUnused ){ - p->pUnused->fd = fd; - p->pUnused->flags = flags; - } - - if( isDelete ){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - zPath = zName; -#else - osUnlink(zName); -#endif - } -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - else{ - p->openFlags = openFlags; - } -#endif - - noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; - - -#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ - ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno; - robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); - return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; - } - if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { - ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; - } -#endif - - /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */ - if( isDelete ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; - if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY; - if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; - if( syncDir ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI; - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING - isAutoProxy = 1; -#endif - if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){ - char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); - int useProxy = 0; - - /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means - ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ - if( envforce!=NULL ){ - useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; - }else{ - if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ - /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened - ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open - ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it, - ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice, - ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least - ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on - ** the same file are working. */ - p->lastErrno = errno; - robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; - goto open_finished; - } - useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); - } - if( useProxy ){ - rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile - ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, - ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op - */ - unixClose(pFile); - return rc; - } - } - goto open_finished; - } - } -#endif - - rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); - -open_finished: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(p->pUnused); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() -** the directory after deleting the file. -*/ -static int unixDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */ - const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */ - int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){ - if( errno==ENOENT ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; - }else{ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath); - } - return rc; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){ - int fd; - rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( fsync(fd)==-1 ) -#else - if( fsync(fd) ) -#endif - { - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath); - } - robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The -** test performed depends on the value of flags: -** -** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. -** -** Otherwise return 0. -*/ -static int unixAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */ - const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */ - int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */ - int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */ -){ - int amode = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - amode = F_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - amode = W_OK|R_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - amode = R_OK; - break; - - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0); - if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){ - struct stat buf; - if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){ - *pResOut = 0; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path -** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. -** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes -** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to -** this buffer before returning. -*/ -static int unixFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zOut /* Output buffer */ -){ - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the - ** current working directory has been unlinked. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - - assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - - zOut[nOut-1] = '\0'; - if( zPath[0]=='/' ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); - }else{ - int nCwd; - if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){ - return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); - } - nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut); - sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -#include -static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); -} - -/* -** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or -** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error -** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message -** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default -** error message. -*/ -static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ - const char *zErr; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - unixEnterMutex(); - zErr = dlerror(); - if( zErr ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); - } - unixLeaveMutex(); -} -static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ - /* - ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be - ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine - ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we - ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors? - ** - ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking - ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. - ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. - ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that - ** x points to. - ** - ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where - ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the - ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have - ** not really lost anything. - */ - void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym; - return (*x)(p, zSym); -} -static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - dlclose(pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define unixDlOpen 0 - #define unixDlError 0 - #define unixDlSym 0 - #define unixDlClose 0 -#endif - -/* -** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. -*/ -static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); - - /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting - ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would - ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the - ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry - ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize - ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness - ** in the random seed. - ** - ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means - ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the - ** tests repeatable. - */ - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); - randomnessPid = getpid(); -#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) - { - int fd, got; - fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0); - if( fd<0 ){ - time_t t; - time(&t); - memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); - memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid)); - assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); - nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid); - }else{ - do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); - robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); - } - } -#endif - return nBuf; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. -** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which -** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less -** than the argument. -*/ -static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct timespec sp; - - sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000; - sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000; - nanosleep(&sp, NULL); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return microseconds; -#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP - usleep(microseconds); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return microseconds; -#else - int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; - sleep(seconds); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return seconds*1000000; -#endif -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as -** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of -** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow -** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In -** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian -** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the -** proleptic Gregorian calendar. -** -** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date -** cannot be found. -*/ -static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ - static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#if defined(NO_GETTOD) - time_t t; - time(&t); - *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch; -#elif OS_VXWORKS - struct timespec sNow; - clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); - *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000; -#else - struct timeval sNow; - if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){ - *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; - } -#endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ - sqlite3_int64 i = 0; - int rc; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i); - *prNow = i/86400000.0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing -** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up -** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented -** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely -** a place-holder. -*/ -static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3); - return 0; -} - - -/* -************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************** Begin Proxy Locking ******************************** -** -** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the -** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a -** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For -** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred -** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have -** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available -** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking. -** -**** -** -** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the -** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers -** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking -** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented -** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl), -** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl -** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states. -** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected -** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire -** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): -** -** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 -** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 -** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 -** -** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x -** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables -** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read -** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X -** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the -** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency -** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively -** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple -** readers and writers -** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html]. -** -** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking -** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a -** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file -** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. -** -** -** Using proxy locks -** ----------------- -** -** C APIs -** -** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, -** | ":auto:"); -** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &); -** -** -** SQL pragmas -** -** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file= | :auto: -** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file -** -** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching -** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise -** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir -** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the -** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the -** database file. For example: -** -** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" -** The lock path will be "/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") -** -** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not -** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via -** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another -** connection or process). -** -** -** How proxy locking works -** ----------------------- -** -** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: -** -** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host -** at a time -** -** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally -** taken on the database -** -** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch" -** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the -** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock -** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is -** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name -** is patterned after the database file name as ".-conch". -** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the -** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive -** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy -** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch -** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock -** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. -** -** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks -** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing -** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same -** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). -** -** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is -** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. -** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where -** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. -** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until -** the connection to the database is closed. -** -** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need -** to be created the first time they are used. -** -** Configuration options -** --------------------- -** -** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING -** -** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are -** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are -** named automatically using the same logic as -** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" -** -** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG -** -** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file -** retrieval and creation -** -** LOCKPROXYDIR -** -** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that -** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting -** -** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS -** -** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the -** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. -** -** -** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, -** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will -** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 -** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database -** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or -** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING). -*/ - -/* -** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX -*/ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - -/* -** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote -** and local proxy files in it -*/ -typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; -struct proxyLockingContext { - unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */ - char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */ - unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */ - char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */ - char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ - int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */ - void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */ - sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ -}; - -/* -** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, -** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length -** file path. -*/ -static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ - int len; - int dbLen; - int i; - -#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR - len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen); -#else -# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR - { - if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){ - OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", - lPath, errno, getpid())); - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - } - len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); - } -# else - len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); -# endif -#endif - - if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ - len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); - } - - /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ - dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); - for( i=0; i 0) ){ - /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ - if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') - || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ - buf[i]='\0'; - if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ - int err=errno; - if( err!=EEXIST ) { - OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " - "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", - buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid())); - return err; - } - } - } - start=i+1; - } - buf[i] = lockPath[i]; - } - OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid())); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor. -** -** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor -** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor. -*/ -static int proxyCreateUnixFile( - const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */ - unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */ - int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */ -) { - int fd = -1; - unixFile *pNew; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; - sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs; - int terrno = 0; - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL; - - /* 1. first try to open/create the file - ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating - ** the parent directories and then try again. - ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only - ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file - */ - pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags); - if( pUnused ){ - fd = pUnused->fd; - }else{ - pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused)); - if( !pUnused ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( fd<0 ){ - fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); - terrno = errno; - if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){ - if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){ - fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); - } - } - } - if( fd<0 ){ - openFlags = O_RDONLY; - fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); - terrno = errno; - } - if( fd<0 ){ - if( islockfile ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - switch (terrno) { - case EACCES: - return SQLITE_PERM; - case EIO: - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ - default: - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - } - - pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew==NULL ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_create_proxy; - } - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - pNew->openFlags = openFlags; - memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs)); - dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder; - dummyVfs.zName = "dummy"; - pUnused->fd = fd; - pUnused->flags = openFlags; - pNew->pUnused = pUnused; - - rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *ppFile = pNew; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -end_create_proxy: - robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); - sqlite3_free(pNew); - sqlite3_free(pUnused); - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; -#endif - -#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */ - -/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */ -extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); - -/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN -** bytes of writable memory. -*/ -static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ - assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t)); - memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); -#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\ - && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050 - { - static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ - if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ - int err = errno; - if( pError ){ - *pError = err; - } - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ - if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){ - pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); - } -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path - */ -#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */ -#define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */ -#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) -#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) - -/* -** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves -** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the -** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is -** closed. Returns zero if successful. -*/ -static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; - char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath; - size_t readLen = 0; - size_t pathLen = 0; - char errmsg[64] = ""; - int fd = -1; - int rc = -1; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID); - - /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ - pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); - if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || - (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); - goto end_breaklock; - } - /* read the conch content */ - readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); - if( readLenh, __LINE__); - conchFile->h = fd; - conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; - -end_breaklock: - if( rc ){ - if( fd>=0 ){ - osUnlink(tPath); - robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); - } - fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg); - } - return rc; -} - -/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the -** host id matches. -*/ -static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nTries = 0; - struct timespec conchModTime; - - memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); - do { - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); - nTries ++; - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - /* If the lock failed (busy): - * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. - * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait - * 10 sec and try again - * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. - */ - struct stat buf; - if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - } - - if( nTries==1 ){ - conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; - usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ - continue; - } - - assert( nTries>1 ); - if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || - conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - if( nTries==2 ){ - char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); - if( len<0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - } - if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){ - /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */ - if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - }else{ - /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ - continue; - } - - assert( nTries==3 ); - if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - } - if( !rc ){ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); - } - } - } - } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); - - return rc; -} - -/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if -** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL -** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the -** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically -** and written to the conch file. -*/ -static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - - if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - uuid_t myHostID; - int pError = 0; - char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN]; - char *tempLockPath = NULL; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int createConch = 0; - int hostIdMatch = 0; - int readLen = 0; - int tryOldLockPath = 0; - int forceNewLockPath = 0; - - OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); - - rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = pError; - goto end_takeconch; - } - rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_takeconch; - } - /* read the existing conch file */ - readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN); - if( readLen<0 ){ - /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ - pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - goto end_takeconch; - }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || - readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ - /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new - ** conch file. - */ - createConch = 1; - } - /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch - ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll - ** retry with a new auto-generated path - */ - do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ - - if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ - hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, - PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); - /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll - ** use the local lock file path that's already in there - */ - if( hostIdMatch ){ - size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); - - if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ - pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; - } - memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen); - lockPath[pathLen] = 0; - tempLockPath = lockPath; - tryOldLockPath = 1; - /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */ - goto end_takeconch; - } - }else if( hostIdMatch - && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], - readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) - ){ - /* conch host and lock path match */ - goto end_takeconch; - } - } - - /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ - if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_takeconch; - } - - /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); - tempLockPath = lockPath; - /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ - } - - /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process - ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big - ** stick. - */ - futimes(conchFile->h, NULL); - if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){ - if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - }else{ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - int writeSize = 0; - - writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; - memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); - if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ - strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN); - }else{ - strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN); - } - writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]); - robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); - rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); - fsync(conchFile->h); - /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a - ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ - struct stat buf; - int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); - if( err==0 ){ - mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP | - S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); - /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */ -#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG - osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); -#else - do{ - rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); - }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR ); - if( rc!=0 ){ - int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", - cmode, code, strerror(code)); - } else { - fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode); - } - }else{ - int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", - err, code, strerror(code)); -#endif - } - } - } - conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - - end_takeconch: - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ - int fd; - if( pFile->h>=0 ){ - robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); - } - pFile->h = -1; - fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0); - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd)); - if( fd>=0 ){ - pFile->h = fd; - }else{ - rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called - during locking */ - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){ - char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath; - rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ - /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path - ** so try again via auto-naming - */ - forceNewLockPath = 1; - tryOldLockPath = 0; - continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */ - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value - ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack - */ - if( tempLockPath ){ - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath); - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCtx->conchHeld = 1; - - if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - afpLockingContext *afpCtx; - afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; - afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - } - } else { - conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); - } - OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, - rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); - return rc; - } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - - ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ - } -} - -/* -** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. -*/ -static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ - unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ - - pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), - getpid())); - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); - } - pCtx->conchHeld = 0; - OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file. -** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory. -** -** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory -** space is eventually freed. -** -** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs. -*/ -static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */ - char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ - - /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to - ** the name of the original database file. */ - *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8); - if( conchPath==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); - - /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ - for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ - if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ - i++; - break; - } - } - conchPath[i]='.'; - while ( ilockingContext; - char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ - if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || - (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - pCtx->lockProxy=NULL; - pCtx->conchHeld = 0; - if( lockProxy!=NULL ){ - rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(lockProxy); - } - sqlite3_free(oldPath); - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath -** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size. -** -** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it -** int dbPath. -*/ -static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ -#if defined(__APPLE__) - if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field - ** of the struct */ - assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); - strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN); - } else -#endif - if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){ - /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock - ** file path */ - int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX); - memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1); - }else{ - /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */ - assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); - strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking -** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields -** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and -** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: -** ->lockingContext -** ->pMethod -*/ -static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { - proxyLockingContext *pCtx; - char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ - char *lockPath=NULL; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); - if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){ - lockPath=NULL; - }else{ - lockPath=(char *)path; - } - - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid())); - - pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); - if( pCtx==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx)); - - rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){ - /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and - ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access. - ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts - ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR. - */ - struct statfs fsInfo; - struct stat conchInfo; - int goLockless = 0; - - if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { - int err = errno; - if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){ - goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY; - } - } - if( goLockless ){ - pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath); - if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, - ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. - */ - pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; - pFile->lockingContext = pCtx; - pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; - pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; - }else{ - if( pCtx->conchFile ){ - pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); - } - sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx); - } - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific -** to proxy locking. -*/ -static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - }else{ - *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)"; - } - } else { - *(const char **)pArg = NULL; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods); - if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){ - if( isProxyStyle ){ - /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; - }else{ - /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - }else{ - const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; - if( isProxyStyle ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = - (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") - || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && - !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath); - } - }else{ - /* turn on proxy file locking */ - rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath); - } - } - return rc; - } - default: { - assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */ - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures -** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the -** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow. -*/ - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut); - }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ - pResOut=0; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); - pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; - }else{ - /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ - } - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); - pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; - }else{ - /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file that uses proxy locks. -*/ -static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( lockProxy ){ - rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(lockProxy); - pCtx->lockProxy = 0; - } - if( conchFile ){ - if( pCtx->conchHeld ){ - rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(conchFile); - } - sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); - sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath); - /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ - pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; - pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; - sqlite3_free(pCtx); - return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. -** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also -** restricted to MacOSX. -** -** -******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Initialize the operating system interface. -** -** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating -** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows, -** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other -** files. -** -** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a -** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not -** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they -** should not be used. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - /* - ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. - ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer - ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because - ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer - ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems - ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.) - ** - ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the - ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the - ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking - ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS - ** macro for addition information on finder-functions. - ** - ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods - ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little - ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the - ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for - ** that filesystem time. - */ - #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ - 3, /* iVersion */ \ - sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ - MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ - 0, /* pNext */ \ - VFSNAME, /* zName */ \ - (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \ - unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \ - unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \ - unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \ - unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \ - unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \ - unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \ - unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \ - unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \ - unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ - unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ - unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ - unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \ - unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \ - unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \ - unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \ - unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \ - } - - /* - ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array. - ** - ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified - ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following - ** array cannot be const. - */ - static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = { -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__)) - UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ), -#else - UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ), -#endif - UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ), -#if OS_VXWORKS - UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ), -#if !OS_VXWORKS - UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ), -#endif -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ), -#endif - }; - unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ - - /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed - ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ - assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 ); - - /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ - for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ - sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the operating system interface. -** -** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine, -** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. -** This routine is a no-op for unix. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ - -/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for Windows only */ - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/ -/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ -#define _OS_COMMON_H_ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE -# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 -# endif - int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; -# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define OSTRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ -/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 May 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" -** counters for x86 class CPUs. -*/ -#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ -#define _HWTIME_H_ - -/* -** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. -** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the -** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res -** profiling. -*/ -#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) - - #if defined(__GNUC__) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned int lo, hi; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); - return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; - } - - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) - - __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - __asm { - rdtsc - ret ; return value at EDX:EAX - } - } - - #endif - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long val; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); - return val; - } - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long retval; - unsigned long junk; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ - 1: mftbu %1\n\ - mftb %L0\n\ - mftbu %0\n\ - cmpw %0,%1\n\ - bne 1b" - : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); - return retval; - } - -#else - - #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. - - /* - ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, - ** you can remove the above #error and use the following - ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many - ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at - ** least compile and run. - */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } - -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ - -/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ - -static sqlite_uint64 g_start; -static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; -#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() -#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ - || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit++; - if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ - -/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/ - -/* -** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. -*/ - -/* -** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only -** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel. -*/ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) -# error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\ - with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL." -#endif - -/* -** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions -** based on the sub-platform)? -*/ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI) -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI -#endif - -/* -** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions -** based on the sub-platform)? -*/ -#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \ - !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE) -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE -#endif - -/* -** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) -# error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\ - must be defined." -#endif - -/* -** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not -** already available. -*/ -#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8 -# define NTDDI_WIN8 0x06020000 -#endif - -#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE -# define NTDDI_WINBLUE 0x06030000 -#endif - -/* -** Check if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions should be considered deprecated -** and avoid using them in that case. It should be noted here that if the -** value of the SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX pre-processor macro is zero -** (whether via this block or via being manually specified), that implies -** the underlying operating system will always be based on the Windows NT -** Kernel. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX -# if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 0 -# else -# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 1 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file). -*/ -#ifndef MAX_PATH -# define MAX_PATH (260) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32. This should normally be -** MAX_PATH. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS -# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS (MAX_PATH) -#endif - -/* -** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file). -*/ -#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS -# define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS (32767) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT. This should normally be -** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS -# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32. The MAX_PATH macro is in -** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of -** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES -# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT. This should normally be -** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR). -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES -# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES \ - (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS -# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024) -#endif - -/* -** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory -** separator. -*/ -#ifndef winIsDirSep -# define winIsDirSep(a) (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\')) -#endif - -/* -** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is -** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation). -*/ -#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE -# define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x) -#endif - -/* -** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator. -*/ -#ifndef winGetDirSep -# define winGetDirSep() '\\' -#endif - -/* -** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL -** mode (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows CE SDK; however, they -** are not present in the header file)? -*/ -#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) -/* -** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT. Figure out which -** set we need. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT -WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR); - -WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T); -#else -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) -WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR); -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) -WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR); -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */ - -WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T); -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ - -/* -** This file mapping API is common to both Win32 and WinRT. -*/ -WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID); -#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) */ - -/* -** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES -# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK -# define FILE_FLAG_MASK (0xFF3C0000) -#endif - -#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK -# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (0x0003FFF7) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */ -typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */ -typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */ -#endif - -/* -** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it -** with some code of our own. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -typedef struct winceLock { - int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ - BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ -} winceLock; -#endif - -/* -** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 -** portability layer. -*/ -typedef struct winFile winFile; -struct winFile { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */ - HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ - short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ - u8 ctrlFlags; /* Flags. See WINFILE_* below */ - DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ -#endif - const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */ - int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ - HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ - HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ - winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ - winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */ - HANDLE hMap; /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */ - void *pMapRegion; /* Area memory mapped */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapped region */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags -*/ -#define WINFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ -#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ -#define WINFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ - -/* - * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug(). - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD))) -#endif - -/* - * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that - * the data directory should be changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1) -#endif - -/* - * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that - * the temporary directory should be changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2) -#endif - -/* - * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the - * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC - -/* - * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32 - * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used. This - * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT. By default, this is enabled - * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data. - * - ****************************************************************************** - * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the - * winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown - * function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will - * be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed - * data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation. - ****************************************************************************** - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE (TRUE) -#endif - -/* - * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \ - (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304) -#endif - -/* - * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0) -#endif - -/* - * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be - * zero for the default behavior. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0) -#endif - - -/* -** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific -** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation. -*/ -typedef struct winMemData winMemData; -struct winMemData { -#ifndef NDEBUG - u32 magic1; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ -#endif - HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */ - BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - u32 magic2; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ -#endif -}; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -#define WINMEM_MAGIC1 0x42b2830b -#define WINMEM_MAGIC2 0xbd4d7cf4 -#endif - -static struct winMemData win_mem_data = { -#ifndef NDEBUG - WINMEM_MAGIC1, -#endif - NULL, FALSE -#ifndef NDEBUG - ,WINMEM_MAGIC2 -#endif -}; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ) -#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ) -#define winMemAssertMagic() winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2(); -#else -#define winMemAssertMagic() -#endif - -#define winMemGetDataPtr() &win_mem_data -#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap -#define winMemGetOwned() win_mem_data.bOwned - -static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes); -static void winMemFree(void *pPrior); -static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes); -static int winMemSize(void *p); -static int winMemRoundup(int n); -static int winMemInit(void *pAppData); -static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void); -#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ - -/* -** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes -** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win9x -** or WinNT. -** -** 0: Operating system unknown. -** 1: Operating system is Win9x. -** 2: Operating system is WinNT. -** -** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture -** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ - defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) -static int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#endif - -#ifndef SYSCALL -# define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr -#endif - -/* -** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT. - */ - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT -# define osAreFileApisANSI() 1 -#endif - -/* -** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that -** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during -** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers -** to all overrideable system calls. -*/ -static struct win_syscall { - const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ -} aSyscall[] = { -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI, 0 }, -#else - { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI -#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)CharLowerW, 0 }, -#else - { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)CharUpperW, 0 }, -#else - { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) - - { "CloseHandle", (SYSCALL)CloseHandle, 0 }, - -#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileA, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) - -#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \ - !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)) - { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ - !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)) - { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \ - LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA, 0 }, -#else - { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW, 0 }, -#else - { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 }, -#else - { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ - LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime, 0 }, -#else - { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ - LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent) - - { "FlushFileBuffers", (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers, 0 }, - -#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA, 0 }, -#else - { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \ - DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW, 0 }, -#else - { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ - DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) - { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary, 0 }, -#else - { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) - - { "GetCurrentProcessId", (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId, 0 }, - -#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \ - LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)GetFileSize, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \ - LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ - LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) - - { "GetLastError", (SYSCALL)GetLastError, 0 }, - -#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */ - { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA, 0 }, -#else - /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take - ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ - { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress, 0 }, -#endif -#else - { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \ - LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo, 0 }, -#else - { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent) - - { "GetSystemTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime, 0 }, - -#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 }, -#else - { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ - LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \ - SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX - { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ - LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ - defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX - { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ - LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent) - - { "HeapAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc, 0 }, - -#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)HeapCreate, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent) - - { "HeapFree", (SYSCALL)HeapFree, 0 }, - -#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent) - - { "HeapReAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc, 0 }, - -#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent) - - { "HeapSize", (SYSCALL)HeapSize, 0 }, - -#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)HeapValidate, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)HeapCompact, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) - { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA, 0 }, -#else - { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ - !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) - { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW, 0 }, -#else - { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)LocalFree, 0 }, -#else - { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)LockFile, 0 }, -#else - { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osLockFile -#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)LockFileEx, 0 }, -#else - { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osLockFileEx -#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)) - { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile, 0 }, -#else - { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent) - - { "MultiByteToWideChar", (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar, 0 }, - -#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \ - int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent) - - { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 }, - -#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ - LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent) - - { "ReadFile", (SYSCALL)ReadFile, 0 }, - -#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent) - - { "SetEndOfFile", (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile, 0 }, - -#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer, 0 }, -#else - { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)Sleep, 0 }, -#else - { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent) - - { "SystemTimeToFileTime", (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime, 0 }, - -#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \ - LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)UnlockFile, 0 }, -#else - { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osUnlockFile -#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx, 0 }, -#else - { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) - { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile, 0 }, -#else - { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent) - - { "WideCharToMultiByte", (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte, 0 }, - -#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \ - LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent) - - { "WriteFile", (SYSCALL)WriteFile, 0 }, - -#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \ - DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject, 0 }, -#else - { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx, 0 }, -#else - { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx, 0 }, -#else - { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \ - PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ - FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) - { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp, 0 }, -#else - { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)CreateFile2, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) - { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary, 0 }, -#else - { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo, 0 }, -#else - { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ - LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA, 0 }, -#else - { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW, 0 }, -#else - { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent) - - { "GetProcessHeap", (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap, 0 }, - -#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) - { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent) - -}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ - -/* -** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the -** "win32" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the -** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable -** system call named zName. -*/ -static int winSetSystemCall( - sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ -){ - unsigned int i; - int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); - if( zName==0 ){ - /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default - ** settings and return NULL - */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - for(i=0; i0 ){ - memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); - memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); - osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf); - }else{ - osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf); - } -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); - if ( osMultiByteToWideChar( - osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf, - nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){ - return; - } - osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf); -#else - if( nMin>0 ){ - memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); - memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); - fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf); - }else{ - fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms -** milliseconds. This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT -static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL; -#endif - -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - if ( sleepObj==NULL ){ - sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET, - SYNCHRONIZE); - } - assert( sleepObj!=NULL ); - osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE); -#else - osSleep(milliseconds); -#endif -} - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX -# define osIsNT() (1) -#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) -# define osIsNT() (1) -#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) -# define osIsNT() (0) -#else - static int osIsNT(void){ - if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){ -#if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8 - OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - osGetVersionExW(&sInfo); -#else - OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - osGetVersionExA(&sInfo); -#endif - sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return sqlite3_os_type==2; - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC -/* -** Allocate nBytes of memory. -*/ -static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){ - HANDLE hHeap; - void *p; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); -#endif - assert( nBytes>=0 ); - p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", - nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){ - HANDLE hHeap; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); -#endif - if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */ - if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p", - pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); - } -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - HANDLE hHeap; - void *p; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); -#endif - assert( nBytes>=0 ); - if( !pPrior ){ - p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); - }else{ - p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes); - } - if( !p ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", - pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(), - (void*)hHeap); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. -*/ -static int winMemSize(void *p){ - HANDLE hHeap; - SIZE_T n; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) ); -#endif - if( !p ) return 0; - n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p); - if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p", - p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); - return 0; - } - return (int)n; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int winMemRoundup(int n){ - return n; -} - -/* -** Initialize this module. -*/ -static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){ - winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; - - if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); - assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE - if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE; - DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap; - if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){ - dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE; - }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){ - dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize; - } - pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, - dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize); - if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu", - osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize, - dwMaximumSize); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE; - assert( pWinMemData->bOwned ); - } -#else - pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap(); - if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError()); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; - assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned ); -#endif - assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 ); - assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize this module. -*/ -static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){ - winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; - - if( !pWinMemData ) return; - assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); - assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); - - if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); -#endif - if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){ - if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p", - osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap); - } - pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; - } - pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL; - } -} - -/* -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The -** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. -** -** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore -** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = { - winMemMalloc, - winMemFree, - winMemRealloc, - winMemSize, - winMemRoundup, - winMemInit, - winMemShutdown, - &win_mem_data - }; - return &winMemMethods; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32()); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. -*/ -static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nChar; - LPWSTR zWideFilename; - - nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); - if( nChar==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); - if( zWideFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, - nChar); - if( nChar==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zWideFilename); - zWideFilename = 0; - } - return zWideFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is -** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the -** current codepage settings for file apis. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained -** from sqlite3_malloc. -*/ -static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nByte; - LPWSTR zMbcsFilename; - int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, - 0)*sizeof(WCHAR); - if( nByte==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); - if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, - nByte); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename); - zMbcsFilename = 0; - } - return zMbcsFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the -** user's ANSI codepage. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, - nByte, 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameUtf8; - LPWSTR zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); - sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameUtf8; -} - -/* -** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameMbcs; - LPWSTR zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); - sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameMbcs; -} - -/* -** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on -** the provided arguments. The type argument must be 1 in order to set the -** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory. The zValue -** argument is the name of the directory to use. The return value will be -** SQLITE_OK if successful. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){ - char **ppDirectory = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ - ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory; - }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ - ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory; - } - assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE - || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE - ); - assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - if( ppDirectory ){ - char *zValueUtf8 = 0; - if( zValue && zValue[0] ){ - zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue); - if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory); - *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg -** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero -** otherwise (if the message was truncated). -*/ -static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it - ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output - ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. - */ - DWORD dwLen = 0; - char *zOut = 0; - - if( osIsNT() ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1]; - dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - lastErrno, - 0, - zTempWide, - SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS, - 0); -#else - LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL; - dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - lastErrno, - 0, - (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, - 0, - 0); -#endif - if( dwLen > 0 ){ - /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ - osLocalFree(zTempWide); -#endif - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - char *zTemp = NULL; - dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - lastErrno, - 0, - (LPSTR) &zTemp, - 0, - 0); - if( dwLen > 0 ){ - /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ - osLocalFree(zTemp); - } - } -#endif - if( 0 == dwLen ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno); - }else{ - /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); - /* free the UTF8 buffer */ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** -** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro -** winLogError(). -** -** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function. -** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of -** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from -** FormatMessage. -** -** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that -** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). -** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that -** failed and the associated file-system path, if any. -*/ -#define winLogError(a,b,c,d) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__) -static int winLogErrorAtLine( - int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ - DWORD lastErrno, /* Win32 last error */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ - const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ - int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ -){ - char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - zMsg[0] = 0; - winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg); - assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; - for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){} - zMsg[i] = 0; - sqlite3_log(errcode, - "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s", - iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg - ); - - return errcode; -} - -/* -** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile() -** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by -** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry. -** The delay increases linearly with each retry. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY -# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY -# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25 -#endif -static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY; -static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY; - -/* -** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O -** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried. It -** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return -** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation -** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being -** retried. The argument to this macro should be a variable. -** -** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined. If it -** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1" -** returns zero. The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and -** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should -** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller. If -** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics -** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro. -*/ -#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1) -#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE)) -#endif - -/* -** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine -** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE -** to give up with an error. -*/ -static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){ - DWORD e = osGetLastError(); - if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){ - if( pError ){ - *pError = e; - } - return 0; - } - if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); - ++*pnRetry; - return 1; - } -#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2) - else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); - ++*pnRetry; - return 1; - } -#endif - if( pError ){ - *pError = e; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Log a I/O error retry episode. -*/ -static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry){ - if( nRetry ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_IOERR, - "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict", - winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2 - ); - } -} - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -/************************************************************************* -** This section contains code for WinCE only. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API -/* -** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. So -** create a substitute. -*/ -/* #include */ -struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) -{ - static struct tm y; - FILETIME uTm, lTm; - SYSTEMTIME pTm; - sqlite3_int64 t64; - t64 = *t; - t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; - uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF); - uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32); - osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); - osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); - y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; - y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; - y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; - y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; - y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; - y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; - y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; - return &y; -} -#endif - -#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)] - -/* -** Acquire a lock on the handle h -*/ -static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ - DWORD dwErr; - do { - dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); - } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); -} -/* -** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() -*/ -#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) - -/* -** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file -** descriptor pFile -*/ -static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ - LPWSTR zTok; - LPWSTR zName; - DWORD lastErrno; - BOOL bLogged = FALSE; - BOOL bInit = TRUE; - - zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zName==0 ){ - /* out of memory */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - - /* Initialize the local lockdata */ - memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local)); - - /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it - ** to derive a mutex name. */ - zTok = osCharLowerW(zName); - for (;*zTok;zTok++){ - if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; - } - - /* Create/open the named mutex */ - pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); - if (!pFile->hMutex){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - sqlite3_free(zName); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, - "winceCreateLock1", zFilename); - } - - /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are - ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name - ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. - */ - osCharUpperW(zName); - pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, - PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), - zName); - - /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it - ** must be zero-initialized */ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ - bInit = FALSE; - } - - sqlite3_free(zName); - - /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ - if( pFile->hShared ){ - pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, - FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); - /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ - if( !pFile->shared ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, - "winceCreateLock2", zFilename); - bLogged = TRUE; - osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - pFile->hShared = NULL; - } - } - - /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ - if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){ - if( !bLogged ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, - "winceCreateLock3", zFilename); - bLogged = TRUE; - } - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - - /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ - if( bInit ){ - memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks -*/ -static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ - if (pFile->hMutex){ - /* Acquire the mutex */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they - are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ - if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - if (pFile->local.bReserved){ - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - } - - /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ - osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); - osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - - /* Done with the mutex */ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - } -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh); - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){ - if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; - pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a read-only lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->local.nReaders ++; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ - pFile->shared->nReaders ++; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a pending lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ - if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { - pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; - pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a reserved lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { - pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; - pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE -*/ -static BOOL winceUnlockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh); - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){ - /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE); - pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - - /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ - else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE - || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1); - pFile->local.nReaders --; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) - { - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Releasing a pending lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Releasing a reserved lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bReserved) { - pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} -/* -** End of the special code for wince -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ - -/* -** Lock a file region. -*/ -static BOOL winLockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD flags, - DWORD offsetLow, - DWORD offsetHigh, - DWORD numBytesLow, - DWORD numBytesHigh -){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - /* - ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 - ** API LockFile. - */ - return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, - numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); -#else - if( osIsNT() ){ - OVERLAPPED ovlp; - memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; - ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; - return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); - }else{ - return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, - numBytesHigh); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Unlock a file region. - */ -static BOOL winUnlockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD offsetLow, - DWORD offsetHigh, - DWORD numBytesLow, - DWORD numBytesHigh -){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - /* - ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 - ** API UnlockFile. - */ - return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, - numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); -#else - if( osIsNT() ){ - OVERLAPPED ovlp; - memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; - ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; - return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); - }else{ - return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, - numBytesHigh); - } -#endif -} - -/***************************************************************************** -** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified -** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER -# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -/* -** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first -** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. -** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero. -*/ -static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */ - LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */ - DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */ - DWORD lastErrno; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ - - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset)); - - upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff); - - /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword - ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails, - ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, - ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine - ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call - ** GetLastError(). - */ - dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - - if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER - && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, - "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); - return 1; - } - - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return 0; -#else - /* - ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT. - */ - - LARGE_INTEGER x; /* The new offset */ - BOOL bRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */ - - x.QuadPart = iOffset; - bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN); - - if(!bRet){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, - "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); - return 1; - } - - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return 0; -#endif -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */ -static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64); -static int winUnmapfile(winFile*); -#endif - -/* -** Close a file. -** -** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes -** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious -** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If -** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As -** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before -** giving up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 -static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc, cnt = 0; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( id!=0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); -#endif - assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); - OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p\n", pFile->h)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - winUnmapfile(pFile); -#endif - - do{ - rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h); - /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */ - }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) ); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 - winceDestroyLock(pFile); - if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ - int cnt = 0; - while( - osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 - && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff - && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS - ){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ - } - sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - pFile->h = NULL; - } - OpenCounter(-1); - OSTRACE(("CLOSE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc ? SQLITE_OK - : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(), - "winClose", pFile->zPath); -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int winRead( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ - void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for ReadFile. */ -#endif - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */ - DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */ - int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */ - - assert( id!=0 ); - assert( amt>0 ); - assert( offset>=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); - OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", - pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); - OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){ - OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){ -#else - memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) && - osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){ -#endif - DWORD lastErrno; - if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno, - "winRead", pFile->zPath); - } - winLogIoerr(nRetry); - if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){ - /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead); - OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } - - OSTRACE(("READ file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int winWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - int rc = 0; /* True if error has occurred, else false */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */ - int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */ - - assert( amt>0 ); - assert( pFile ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); - SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); - - OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", - pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); - OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset); - if( rc==0 ){ -#else - { -#endif -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for WriteFile. */ -#endif - u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */ - int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */ - DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */ - DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); -#endif - - while( nRem>0 ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){ -#else - if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){ -#endif - if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; - break; - } - assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem ); - if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - break; - } -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - offset += nWrite; - overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); -#endif - aRem += nWrite; - nRem -= nWrite; - } - if( nRem>0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = 1; - } - } - - if( rc ){ - if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL ) - || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){ - OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno, - "winWrite1", pFile->zPath); - } - OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno, - "winWrite2", pFile->zPath); - }else{ - winLogIoerr(nRetry); - } - OSTRACE(("WRITE file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */ - DWORD lastErrno; - - assert( pFile ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); - OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n", - pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype)); - - /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the - ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the - ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested - ** size). - */ - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; - } - - /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */ - if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, - "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath); - }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) && - ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, - "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath); - } - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently - ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will - ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. - */ - if( pFile->pMapRegion && nBytemmapSize ){ - pFile->mmapSize = nByte; - } -#endif - - OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -*/ -static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ -#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - /* - ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined. - */ - BOOL rc; -#endif -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \ - (defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)) - /* - ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or - ** OSTRACE() macros. - */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); -#endif - - assert( pFile ); - /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ - assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL - || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL - ); - - /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This - ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. - */ - SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - - OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n", - pFile->h, flags, pFile->locktype)); - -#ifndef SQLITE_TEST - UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); -#else - if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ - sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - } - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; -#else - rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h); - SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE ); - if( rc ){ - OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("SYNC file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno, - "winSync", pFile->zPath); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( id!=0 ); - assert( pSize!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); - OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize)); - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { - FILE_STANDARD_INFO info; - if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo, - &info, sizeof(info)) ){ - *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, - "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); - } - } -#else - { - DWORD upperBits; - DWORD lowerBits; - DWORD lastErrno; - - lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); - *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; - if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE) - && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, - "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); - } - } -#endif - OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. -*/ -#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY -# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 -#endif - -#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2 -#endif - -/* -** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions. -** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail -** immediately if the lock could not be obtained. Also, it always expected to -** obtain an exclusive lock. These flags are used with the LockFileEx function -** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS -# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \ - LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) -#endif - -/* -** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the -** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS -# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY) -#endif - -/* -** Acquire a reader lock. -** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this -** is Win9x or WinNT. -*/ -static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); - if( osIsNT() ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - /* - ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 - ** API LockFileEx. - */ - res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); -#else - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, - SHARED_SIZE, 0); -#endif - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - int lk; - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); - pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1)); - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, - SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } -#endif - if( res == 0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - /* No need to log a failure to lock */ - } - OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); - return res; -} - -/* -** Undo a readlock -*/ -static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - DWORD lastErrno; - OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); - if( osIsNT() ){ - res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } -#endif - if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno, - "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath); - } - OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); - return res; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine -** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. -** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You -** must go straight to locking level 0. -*/ -static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ - int res = 1; /* Result of a Windows lock call */ - int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ - int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; - - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or - ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of - ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. - */ - newLocktype = pFile->locktype; - if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK) - || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) - && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)) - ){ - int cnt = 3; - while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, - PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ - /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. This is needed to work - ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on - ** Windows systems. - ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not - ** copy this retry logic. It is a hack intended for Windows only. - */ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n", - pFile->h, cnt, res)); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1); - } - gotPendingLock = res; - if( !res ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a shared lock - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); - res = winGetReadLock(pFile); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock - */ - if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a PENDING lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; - gotPendingLock = 0; - } - - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); - res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile); - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, - SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - winGetReadLock(pFile); - } - } - - /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then - ** release it now. - */ - if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - - /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then - ** return the appropriate result code. - */ - if( res ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n", - pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype)); - } - pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype; - OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero, otherwise zero. -*/ -static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int res; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut)); - - assert( id!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - res = 1; - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res)); - }else{ - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( res ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - res = !res; - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res)); - } - *pResOut = res; - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument -** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine -** might return SQLITE_IOERR; -*/ -static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int type; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); - type = pFile->locktype; - if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){ - /* This should never happen. We should always be able to - ** reacquire the read lock */ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(), - "winUnlock", pFile->zPath); - } - } - if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ - winUnlockReadLock(pFile); - } - if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype; - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** If *pArg is inititially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to -** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. -** -** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. -*/ -static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ - if( *pArg<0 ){ - *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; - }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ - pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; - }else{ - pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; - } -} - -/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */ -static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **); -static int winIsDir(const void *); -static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *); - -/* -** Control and query of the open file handle. -*/ -static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg)); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { - pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 oldSz; - int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; - if( newSz>oldSz ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - rc = winTruncate(id, newSz); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - } - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { - winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { - winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { - *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: { - int *a = (int*)pArg; - if( a[0]>0 ){ - winIoerrRetry = a[0]; - }else{ - a[0] = winIoerrRetry; - } - if( a[1]>0 ){ - winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1]; - }else{ - a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay; - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: { - LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg; - HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h; - pFile->h = *phFile; - *phFile = hOldFile; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - hOldFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#endif - case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { - char *zTFile = 0; - int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *(char**)pArg = zTFile; - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { - i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ - newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; - } - *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; - if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ - pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; - if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ - winUnmapfile(pFile); - rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1); - } - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } -#endif - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - (void)id; - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return a vector of device characteristics. -*/ -static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - winFile *p = (winFile*)id; - return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN | - ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0); -} - -/* -** Windows will only let you create file view mappings -** on allocation size granularity boundaries. -** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo() -** to get the granularity size. -*/ -static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - -/* -** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The -** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by -** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads. -** -** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex -** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() -** statements. e.g. -** -** winShmEnterMutex() -** assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); -** winShmLeaveMutex() -*/ -static void winShmEnterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int winShmMutexHeld(void) { - return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -#endif - -/* -** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide -** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same -** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all -** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each -** log-summary is opened only once per process. -** -** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying -** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: -** -** nRef -** pNext -** -** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: -** -** fid -** zFilename -** -** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and -** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field -** in this structure. -** -*/ -struct winShmNode { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */ - winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */ - - int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ - int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ - struct ShmRegion { - HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */ - void *pMap; - } *aRegion; - DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ - - int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */ - winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */ - winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A global array of all winShmNode objects. -** -** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. -*/ -static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0; - -/* -** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an -** open shared memory connection. -** -** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and -** are read-only thereafter: -** -** winShm.pShmNode -** winShm.id -** -** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held -** while accessing any read/write fields. -*/ -struct winShm { - winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */ - winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */ - u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */ - u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ - u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Constants used for locking -*/ -#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ -#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ - -/* -** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. -*/ -#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 -#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 -#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 -static int winShmSystemLock( - winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ - int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */ - int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ - int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ -){ - int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */ - - /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 ); - - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n", - pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte)); - - /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */ - if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){ - rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); - }else{ - /* Initialize the locking parameters */ - DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY; - if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); - } - - if( rc!= 0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n", - pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" : - "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - - return rc; -} - -/* Forward references to VFS methods */ -static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*); -static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int); - -/* -** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0. -** -** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called -** by VFS shared-memory methods. -*/ -static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){ - winShmNode **pp; - winShmNode *p; - assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); - OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag)); - pp = &winShmNodeList; - while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){ - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - int i; - if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); } - for(i=0; inRegion; i++){ - BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap); - OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); - UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); - bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap); - OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); - UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); - } - if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - } - if( deleteFlag ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - } - *pp = p->pNext; - sqlite3_free(p->aRegion); - sqlite3_free(p); - }else{ - pp = &p->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd. -** -** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that -** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then -** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. -*/ -static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){ - struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */ - struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */ - int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */ - - assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */ - - /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively - ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename. - */ - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath); - pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1]; - sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); - sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); - - /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used. - ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one. - */ - winShmEnterMutex(); - for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){ - /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps - ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break; - } - if( pShmNode ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - }else{ - pShmNode = pNew; - pNew = 0; - ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; - pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList; - winShmNodeList = pShmNode; - - pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - goto shm_open_err; - } - - rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, - pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */ - SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, - 0); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto shm_open_err; - } - - /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. - ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. - */ - if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(), - "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); - } - if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; - } - - /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */ - p->pShmNode = pShmNode; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; -#endif - pShmNode->nRef++; - pDbFd->pShm = p; - winShmLeaveMutex(); - - /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under - ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the - ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is - ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting - ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex - ** mutex. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; - pShmNode->pFirst = p; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Jump here on any error */ -shm_open_err: - winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); - winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ - sqlite3_free(p); - sqlite3_free(pNew); - winShmLeaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying -** storage if deleteFlag is true. -*/ -static int winShmUnmap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */ - int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */ -){ - winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */ - winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ - winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ - winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ - - pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; - p = pDbFd->pShm; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - - /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated - ** with pShmNode */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} - *pp = p->pNext; - - /* Free the connection p */ - sqlite3_free(p); - pDbFd->pShm = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - - /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying - ** shared-memory file, too */ - winShmEnterMutex(); - assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); - pShmNode->nRef--; - if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ - winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag); - } - winShmLeaveMutex(); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. -*/ -static int winShmLock( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ - int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ - int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ - int flags /* What to do with the lock */ -){ - winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ - winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ - winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ - winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ - - assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); - assert( n>=1 ); - assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); - assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); - - mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<1 || mask==(1<mutex); - if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ - u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ - - /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( pX==p ) continue; - assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); - allMask |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Unlock the system-level locks */ - if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Undo the local locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->exclMask &= ~mask; - p->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } - }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ - u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ - - /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. - ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return - ** SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - allShared |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Get the local shared locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->sharedMask |= mask; - } - }else{ - /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this - ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - } - - /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful - ** also mark the local connection as being locked. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); - p->exclMask |= mask; - } - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, - sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. -** -** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before -** any load or store begun after the barrier. -*/ -static void winShmBarrier( - sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */ -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */ - winShmEnterMutex(); - winShmLeaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the -** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions -** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion -** bytes in size. -** -** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. -** -** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory -** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a -** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If -** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet -** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. -** -** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by -** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes -** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped -** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. -*/ -static int winShmMap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ - int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ - int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ - int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */ - void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ -){ - winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; - winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; - winShmNode *pShmNode; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !p ){ - rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - p = pDbFd->pShm; - } - pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); - - if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ - struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */ - int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ - sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */ - - pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; - - /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. - ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is - ** large enough to contain the requested region). - */ - rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), - "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath); - goto shmpage_out; - } - - if( szhFile, nByte); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), - "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath); - goto shmpage_out; - } - } - - /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ - apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc( - pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0]) - ); - if( !apNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - goto shmpage_out; - } - pShmNode->aRegion = apNew; - - while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ - HANDLE hMap = NULL; /* file-mapping handle */ - void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */ - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h, - NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL - ); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, - NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL - ); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, - NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL - ); -#endif - OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte, - hMap ? "ok" : "failed")); - if( hMap ){ - int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion; - int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, - iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift - ); -#else - pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, - 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift - ); -#endif - OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, - szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed")); - } - if( !pMap ){ - pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno, - "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath); - if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap); - goto shmpage_out; - } - - pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap; - pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap; - pShmNode->nRegion++; - } - } - -shmpage_out: - if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ - int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion; - int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; - char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap; - *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift]; - }else{ - *pp = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#else -# define winShmMap 0 -# define winShmLock 0 -# define winShmBarrier 0 -# define winShmUnmap 0 -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -/* -** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any. -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){ - assert( pFile!=0 ); - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " - "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion, - pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax)); - if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ - if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " - "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, - pFile->pMapRegion)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, - "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath); - } - pFile->pMapRegion = 0; - pFile->mmapSize = 0; - pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; - } - if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){ - if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, - "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath); - } - pFile->hMap = NULL; - } - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file -** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if -** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still -** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. -** -** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of -** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the -** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the -** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured -** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not -** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error -** code otherwise. -*/ -static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte; - int rc; - - assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte)); - - if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - if( nMap<0 ){ - rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap); - if( rc ){ - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - } - if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ - nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; - } - nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1); - - if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){ - winUnmapfile(pFd); - } - if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ - void *pNew = 0; - DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY; - DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ; - - winUnmapfile(pFd); - if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){ - protect = PAGE_READWRITE; - flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE; - } -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect, - (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), - (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect, - (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), - (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); -#endif - if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){ - pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, - "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath); - /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 ); - assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff ); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); -#else - pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); -#endif - if( pNew==NULL ){ - osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap); - pFd->hMap = NULL; - pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, - "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath); - /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pFd->pMapRegion = pNew; - pFd->mmapSize = nMap; - pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap; - } - - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ - -/* -** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset -** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. -** -** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. -** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. -** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final -** value of *pp is undefined in this case. -** -** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually -** release the reference by calling winUnfetch(). -*/ -static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ -#endif - *pp = 0; - - OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ - if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ - int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - } - if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ - *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; - pFd->nFetchOut++; - } - } -#endif - - OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a -** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second -** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding -** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. -** -** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called -** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping -** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. -*/ -static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ - - /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding - ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), - ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ - assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); - - /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ - assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); - - OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p)); - - if( p ){ - pFd->nFetchOut--; - }else{ - /* FIXME: If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a - ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call - ** is unnecessary can can be omitted - potentially improving - ** performance. */ - winUnmapfile(pFd); - } - - assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); -#endif - - OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. -** -********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an -** sqlite3_file for win32. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { - 3, /* iVersion */ - winClose, /* xClose */ - winRead, /* xRead */ - winWrite, /* xWrite */ - winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - winSync, /* xSync */ - winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - winLock, /* xLock */ - winUnlock, /* xUnlock */ - winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ - winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ - winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ - winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ - winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ - winShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ - winFetch, /* xFetch */ - winUnfetch /* xUnfetch */ -}; - -/**************************************************************************** -**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** -** -** This division contains the implementation of methods on the -** sqlite3_vfs object. -*/ - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) -/* -** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system -** supports for filenames into UTF-8. Space to hold the result is -** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function. -*/ -static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){ - char *zConverted = 0; - if( osIsNT() ){ - zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename); - } -#endif - /* caller will handle out of memory */ - return zConverted; -} -#endif - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying -** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result -** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling -** function. -*/ -static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ - void *zConverted = 0; - if( osIsNT() ){ - zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename); - } -#endif - /* caller will handle out of memory */ - return zConverted; -} - -/* -** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer -** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully -** added to it. -*/ -static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - if( zBuf ){ - int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - if( nLen>0 ){ - if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){ - return 1; - }else if( nLen+1mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2; - zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf ); - if( !zBuf ){ - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - - /* Figure out the effective temporary directory. First, check if one - ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one - ** configured by the operating system. - */ - nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15); - assert( nDir>0 ); - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( nDirLen>0 ){ - if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){ - nDirLen++; - } - if( nDirLen>nDir ){ - sqlite3_free(zBuf); - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); - return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0); - } - sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); - } - } -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - else{ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */ - 0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */ - 0, /* getenv("TMP") */ - 0, /* getenv("TEMP") */ - 0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */ - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - ".", - 0 /* List terminator */ - }; - unsigned int i; - const char *zDir = 0; - - if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); - if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); - if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP"); - if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP"); - if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE"); - for(i=0; i/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0" - ** - ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR. The number 17 is used here in order to - ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the - ** two trailing NUL characters. The final directory separator character - ** has already added if it was not already present. - */ - nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){ - sqlite3_free(zBuf); - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); - return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0); - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX); - - j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - zBuf[j+1] = 0; - *pzBuf = zBuf; - - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory. Return false if -** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory -** allocation failure. -*/ -static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){ - DWORD attr; - int rc = 0; - DWORD lastErrno; - - if( osIsNT() ){ - int cnt = 0; - WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; - memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); - while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - GetFileExInfoStandard, - &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} - if( !rc ){ - return 0; /* Invalid name? */ - } - attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); -#endif - } - return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY); -} - -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int winOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Used to get maximum path name length */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HANDLE h; - DWORD lastErrno = 0; - DWORD dwDesiredAccess; - DWORD dwShareMode; - DWORD dwCreationDisposition; - DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - int isTemp = 0; -#endif - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ - const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ - int cnt = 0; - - /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open - ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. - */ - char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */ - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE - int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ -#endif - - int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); - int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); - int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); - -#ifndef NDEBUG - int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( - eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - )); -#endif - - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n", - zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags)); - - /* Check the following statements are true: - ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and - ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and - ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - */ - assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); - assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); - assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); - assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - - /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never - ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); - - /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - ); - - assert( pFile!=0 ); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile)); - pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, - "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT"); - } -#endif - - /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a - ** temporary file name to use - */ - if( !zUtf8Name ){ - assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal ); - rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - zUtf8Name = zTmpname; - } - - /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not - ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into - ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). - */ - assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || - zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 ); - - /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */ - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - - if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name)); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR; - } - - if( isReadWrite ){ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; - }else{ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; - } - - /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is - ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" - ** as it is usually understood. - */ - if( isExclusive ){ - /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ - /* If the file exists, it fails. */ - dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW; - }else if( isCreate ){ - /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; - }else{ - /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; - } - - dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; - - if( isDelete ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; - isTemp = 1; -#else - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY - | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN - | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; -#endif - }else{ - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; - } - /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always - ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; -#endif - - if( osIsNT() ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters; - extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS); - extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes = - dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK; - extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK; - extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS; - extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL; - extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL; - while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - dwCreationDisposition, - &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && - winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - /* Noop */ - } -#else - while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && - winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - /* Noop */ - } -#endif - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && - winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - /* Noop */ - } - } -#endif - winLogIoerr(cnt); - - OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, - dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); - - if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name); - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ - return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, - ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & - ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), - pOutFlags); - }else{ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - } - - if( pOutFlags ){ - if( isReadWrite ){ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; - }else{ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - } - } - - OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, " - "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ? - *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB - && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK - ){ - osCloseHandle(h); - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - if( isTemp ){ - pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - } - - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; - pFile->pVfs = pVfs; - pFile->h = h; - if( isReadonly ){ - pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY; - } - if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ - pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW; - } - pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; - pFile->zPath = zName; -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - pFile->hMap = NULL; - pFile->pMapRegion = 0; - pFile->mmapSize = 0; - pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; - pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; -#endif - - OpenCounter(+1); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the named file. -** -** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other -** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program -** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do -** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the -** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this -** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up -** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving -** up and returning an error. -*/ -static int winDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ - int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ -){ - int cnt = 0; - int rc; - DWORD attr; - DWORD lastErrno = 0; - void *zConverted; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); - - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir)); - - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( osIsNT() ){ - do { -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; - memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); - if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, - &sAttrData) ){ - attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND - || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; - } -#else - attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted); -#endif - if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND - || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; - } - if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ - break; - } - if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ - break; - } - if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ - break; - } - } while(1); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - do { - attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted); - if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND - || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; - } - if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ - break; - } - if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ - break; - } - if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ - break; - } - } while(1); - } -#endif - if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename); - }else{ - winLogIoerr(cnt); - } - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Check the existence and status of a file. -*/ -static int winAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ - int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ - int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ -){ - DWORD attr; - int rc = 0; - DWORD lastErrno = 0; - void *zConverted; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); - OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n", - zFilename, flags, pResOut)); - - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( osIsNT() ){ - int cnt = 0; - WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; - memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); - while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - GetFileExInfoStandard, - &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} - if( rc ){ - /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file - ** as if it does not exist. - */ - if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS - && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 - && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){ - attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; - }else{ - attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; - } - }else{ - winLogIoerr(cnt); - if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess", - zFilename); - }else{ - attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; - } - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); - } -#endif - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && - (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; - break; - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - *pResOut = rc; - OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter -** followed by a colon character. -*/ -static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon( - const char *zPathname -){ - return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' ); -} - -/* -** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim. If -** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply -** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name -** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available). -*/ -static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname( - const char *zPathname -){ - /* - ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either - ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the - ** "Unix" format on Windows. There is no easy way to differentiate between - ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE - ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim. - */ - if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){ - return TRUE; - } - - /* - ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume - ** relative path or an absolute path. Callers of this function must not - ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use - ** it verbatim). - */ - if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){ - return TRUE; - } - - /* - ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely - ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative). - */ - return FALSE; -} - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full -** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname -** bytes in size. -*/ -static int winFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zFull /* Output buffer */ -){ - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); - assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname ); - if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ - /* - ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data - ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis - ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute - ** one by prepending the data directory and a slash. - */ - char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); - if( !zOut ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( cygwin_conv_path( - (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) | - CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, - "winFullPathname1", zRelative); - }else{ - char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); - if( !zUtf8 ){ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", - sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8); - sqlite3_free(zUtf8); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - } - }else{ - char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); - if( !zOut ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( cygwin_conv_path( - (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A), - zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, - "winFullPathname2", zRelative); - }else{ - char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); - if( !zUtf8 ){ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8); - sqlite3_free(zUtf8); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ - /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */ - if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ - /* - ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data - ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis - ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute - ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. - */ - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", - sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - DWORD nByte; - void *zConverted; - char *zOut; - - /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic - ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. - */ - if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){ - zRelative++; - } - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the - ** current working directory has been unlinked. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ - /* - ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data - ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis - ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute - ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. - */ - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", - sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( osIsNT() ){ - LPWSTR zTemp; - nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname1", zRelative); - } - nByte += 3; - zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname2", zRelative); - } - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - char *zTemp; - nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname3", zRelative); - } - nByte += 3; - zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname4", zRelative); - } - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - } -#endif - if( zOut ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } -#endif -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - HANDLE h; -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull ); - void *zConverted = 0; - if( zFull==0 ){ - OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); - return 0; - } - if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zFull); - OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); - return 0; - } - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull); - sqlite3_free(zFull); -#else - void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); -#endif - if( zConverted==0 ){ - OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); - return 0; - } - if( osIsNT() ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0); -#else - h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted); -#endif - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); - } -#endif - OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h)); - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return (void*)h; -} -static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut); -} -static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){ - FARPROC proc; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym); - OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n", - (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc)); - return (void(*)(void))proc; -} -static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); - OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle)); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define winDlOpen 0 - #define winDlError 0 - #define winDlSym 0 - #define winDlClose 0 -#endif - - -/* -** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. -*/ -static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - int n = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) - n = nBuf; - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); -#else - if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){ - SYSTEMTIME x; - osGetSystemTime(&x); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); - n += sizeof(x); - } - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - n += sizeof(pid); - } -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){ - ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); - n += sizeof(cnt); - } -#else - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); - n += sizeof(cnt); - } -#endif - if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){ - LARGE_INTEGER i; - osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i)); - n += sizeof(i); - } -#endif - return n; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as -** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of -** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow -** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In -** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian -** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the -** proleptic Gregorian calendar. -** -** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date -** cannot be found. -*/ -static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ - /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of - 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). - */ - FILETIME ft; - static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; -#endif - /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */ - static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = - (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + - (sqlite3_int64)294967296; - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - SYSTEMTIME time; - osGetSystemTime(&time); - /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */ - if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } -#else - osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); -#endif - - *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch + - ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + - (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000; - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; - } -#endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ - int rc; - sqlite3_int64 i; - rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); - if( !rc ){ - *prNow = i/86400000.0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The idea is that this function works like a combination of -** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and -** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS -** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to -** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the -** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message -** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling -** thread. -** -** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, -** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError -** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero -** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, -** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character -** in the output buffer. -** -** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect -** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never -** returns an error message: -** -** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ -** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); -** return 0; -** } -** -** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated -** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using -** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. -*/ -static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf); -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { - 3, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ - SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "win32", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - winOpen, /* xOpen */ - winDelete, /* xDelete */ - winAccess, /* xAccess */ - winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - winDlError, /* xDlError */ - winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - winSleep, /* xSleep */ - winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ - winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ - winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ - winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ - winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ - winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ - }; -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = { - 3, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ - SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "win32-longpath", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - winOpen, /* xOpen */ - winDelete, /* xDelete */ - winAccess, /* xAccess */ - winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - winDlError, /* xDlError */ - winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - winSleep, /* xSleep */ - winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ - winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ - winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ - winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ - winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ - winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ - }; -#endif - - /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed - ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ - assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==76 ); - - /* get memory map allocation granularity */ - memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO)); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); -#else - osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); -#endif - assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 ); - assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 ); - - sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1); - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0); -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - if( sleepObj!=NULL ){ - osCloseHandle(sleepObj); - sleepObj = NULL; - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */ - -/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 February 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length -** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1. -** -** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been -** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write" -** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. -** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. -** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most -** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, -** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs -** to handle both cases well. -** -** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. -** -** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits -** may be set or cleared one at a time. -** -** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations. -** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between -** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can -** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the -** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the -** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand, -** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database. -*/ - -/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ -#define BITVEC_SZ 512 - -/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how -** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ -#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) - -/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. -** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. -** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve -** performance. */ -#define BITVEC_TELEM u8 -/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */ -#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8 -/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */ -#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM)) -/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */ -#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM) - -/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ -#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) -/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before -** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ -#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) -/* Hashing function for the aHash representation. -** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier -** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided -** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ -#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) - -#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *)) - - -/* -** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure. -** -** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits -** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive. -** -** There are three possible representations of the bitmap. -** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight -** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1. -** -** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is -** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values. -** -** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR -** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap -** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds -** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between -** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between -** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized -** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor. -*/ -struct Bitvec { - u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */ - u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash - ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, - ** this would be 125. */ - u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */ - /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */ - /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */ - /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */ - union { - BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */ - u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */ - Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */ - } u; -}; - -/* -** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, -** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if -** malloc fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ - Bitvec *p; - assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ ); - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->iSize = iSize; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false. -** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if -** i is out of range, then return false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0; - i--; - while( p->iDivisor ){ - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - if (!p) { - return 0; - } - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0; - } else{ - u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); - while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ - if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1; - h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT; - } - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if -** anything goes wrong. -** -** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing -** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only -** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid. -** -** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object -** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object. -** Otherwise the behavior is undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - u32 h; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( i>0 ); - assert( i<=p->iSize ); - i--; - while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) { - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){ - p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor ); - if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); - /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */ - /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */ - /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ - if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){ - if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) { - goto bitvec_set_end; - } else { - goto bitvec_set_rehash; - } - } - /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */ - /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */ - do { - if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK; - h++; - if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; - } while( p->u.aHash[h] ); - /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */ - /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */ - /* make our hash too "full". */ -bitvec_set_rehash: - if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){ - unsigned int j; - int rc; - u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - if( aiValues==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub)); - p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR; - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i); - for(j=0; jnSet++; - p->u.aHash[h] = i; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the i-th bit. -** -** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage -** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){ - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( i>0 ); - i--; - while( p->iDivisor ){ - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - if (!p) { - return; - } - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))); - }else{ - unsigned int j; - u32 *aiValues = pBuf; - memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - p->nSet = 0; - for(j=0; jnSet++; - while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ - h++; - if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; - } - p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j]; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - if( p->iDivisor ){ - unsigned int i; - for(i=0; iu.apSub[i]); - } - } - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p -** was created. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){ - return p->iSize; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -/* -** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold -** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I>3] |= (1<<(I&7)) -#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7)) -#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0 - -/* -** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code. -** -** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program -** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed -** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another -** opcode follows immediately after the last operand. -** -** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the -** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end. -** -** 0 Halt and return the number of errors -** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X -** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X -** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits -** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits -** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec -** -** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed -** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc. -** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec. -** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to -** confirm that error detection works. -** -** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared -** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences, -** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ - Bitvec *pBitvec = 0; - unsigned char *pV = 0; - int rc = -1; - int i, nx, pc, op; - void *pTmpSpace; - - /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of - ** bits to act as the reference */ - pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz ); - pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 ); - pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ); - if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0 ) goto bitvec_end; - - /* NULL pBitvec tests */ - sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1); - sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace); - - /* Run the program */ - pc = 0; - while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){ - switch( op ){ - case 1: - case 2: - case 5: { - nx = 4; - i = aOp[pc+2] - 1; - aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3]; - break; - } - case 3: - case 4: - default: { - nx = 2; - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); - break; - } - } - if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0; - pc += nx; - i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz; - if( (op & 1)!=0 ){ - SETBIT(pV, (i+1)); - if( op!=5 ){ - if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end; - } - }else{ - CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1)); - sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace); - } - } - - /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the - ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do - ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy - ** is found. - */ - rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1) - + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0) - + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz); - for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){ - if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){ - rc = i; - break; - } - } - - /* Free allocated structure */ -bitvec_end: - sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace); - sqlite3_free(pV); - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ - -/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 August 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements that page cache. -*/ - -/* -** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure. -*/ -struct PCache { - PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */ - PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */ - int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */ - int szCache; /* Configured cache size */ - int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */ - int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */ - u8 bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */ - u8 eCreate; /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */ - int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */ - void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */ - sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */ - PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */ -}; - -/* -** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run -** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running -** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the -** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT -# define expensive_assert(X) assert(X) -#else -# define expensive_assert(X) -#endif - -/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/ - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT) -/* -** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it -** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return -** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows: -** -** expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); -*/ -static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){ - assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ); - } - return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0); -} -#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ - -/* -** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages. -*/ -static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ - PCache *p = pPage->pCache; - - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); - assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); - - /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ - if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ - PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev; - } - p->pSynced = pSynced; - } - - if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ - pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - }else{ - assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); - p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - } - if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ - pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; - }else{ - assert( pPage==p->pDirty ); - p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext; - if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){ - assert( p->eCreate==1 ); - p->eCreate = 2; - } - } - pPage->pDirtyNext = 0; - pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0; - - expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); -} - -/* -** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to -** pPage). -*/ -static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ - PCache *p = pPage->pCache; - - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage ); - - pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty; - if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 ); - pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage; - }else if( p->bPurgeable ){ - assert( p->eCreate==2 ); - p->eCreate = 1; - } - p->pDirty = pPage; - if( !p->pDirtyTail ){ - p->pDirtyTail = pPage; - } - if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - p->pSynced = pPage; - } - expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); -} - -/* -** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is -** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op. -*/ -static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ - PCache *pCache = p->pCache; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - if( p->pgno==1 ){ - pCache->pPage1 = 0; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0); - } -} - -/*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** -** -** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these -** functions are threadsafe. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the - ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined - ** page cache. */ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); - } -} - -/* -** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } - -/* -** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object -** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. -** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by -** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache)); - p->szPage = szPage; - p->szExtra = szExtra; - p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable; - p->eCreate = 2; - p->xStress = xStress; - p->pStress = pStress; - p->szCache = 100; -} - -/* -** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there -** are no outstanding page references when this function is called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){ - assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 ); - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); - pCache->pCache = 0; - pCache->pPage1 = 0; - } - pCache->szPage = szPage; -} - -/* -** Compute the number of pages of cache requested. -*/ -static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ - if( p->szCache>=0 ){ - return p->szCache; - }else{ - return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); - } -} - -/* -** Try to obtain a page from the cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch( - PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ - int createFlag, /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */ - PgHdr **ppPage /* Write the page here */ -){ - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; - PgHdr *pPgHdr = 0; - int eCreate; - - assert( pCache!=0 ); - assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 ); - assert( pgno>0 ); - - /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated, - ** allocate it now. - */ - if( !pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3_pcache *p; - if( !createFlag ){ - *ppPage = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate( - pCache->szPage, pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr), pCache->bPurgeable - ); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(p, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); - pCache->pCache = p; - } - - /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist. - ** 0 Do not allocate a new page. (createFlag==0) - ** 1 Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive. - ** (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty) - ** 2 Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult. - ** (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty) - */ - eCreate = createFlag==0 ? 0 : pCache->eCreate; - assert( (createFlag*(1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty)))==eCreate ); - pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate); - if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){ - PgHdr *pPg; - - /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a - ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other - ** unreferenced dirty page. - */ - expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); - for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; - pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); - pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev - ); - pCache->pSynced = pPg; - if( !pPg ){ - for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev); - } - if( pPg ){ - int rc; -#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, - "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", - pPg->pgno, pgno, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), - numberOfCachePages(pCache)); -#endif - rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - - pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2); - } - - if( pPage ){ - pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra; - - if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){ - memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr)); - pPgHdr->pPage = pPage; - pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf; - pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1]; - memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra); - pPgHdr->pCache = pCache; - pPgHdr->pgno = pgno; - } - assert( pPgHdr->pCache==pCache ); - assert( pPgHdr->pgno==pgno ); - assert( pPgHdr->pData==pPage->pBuf ); - assert( pPgHdr->pExtra==(void *)&pPgHdr[1] ); - - if( 0==pPgHdr->nRef ){ - pCache->nRef++; - } - pPgHdr->nRef++; - if( pgno==1 ){ - pCache->pPage1 = pPgHdr; - } - } - *ppPage = pPgHdr; - return (pPgHdr==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the -** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - PCache *pCache = p->pCache; - pCache->nRef--; - if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){ - pcacheUnpin(p); - }else{ - /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); - } - } -} - -/* -** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){ - assert(p->nRef>0); - p->nRef++; -} - -/* -** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the -** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the -** page pointed to by p is invalid. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){ - PCache *pCache; - assert( p->nRef==1 ); - if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - } - pCache = p->pCache; - pCache->nRef--; - if( p->pgno==1 ){ - pCache->pPage1 = 0; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1); -} - -/* -** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already, -** make it so. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){ - p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ - p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY; - pcacheAddToDirtyList( p); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already, -** make it so. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){ - if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - pcacheUnpin(p); - } - } -} - -/* -** Make every page in the cache clean. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){ - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); - } -} - -/* -** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ - p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - } - pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; -} - -/* -** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ - PCache *pCache = p->pCache; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( newPgno>0 ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno); - p->pgno = newPgno; - if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); - } -} - -/* -** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The -** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages -** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno. -** -** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this -** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but -** the page object is not dropped. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ - if( pCache->pCache ){ - PgHdr *p; - PgHdr *pNext; - for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pDirtyNext; - /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right - ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages, - ** it must be that pgno==0. - */ - assert( p->pgno>0 ); - if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){ - assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); - } - } - if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){ - memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage); - pgno = 1; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1); - } -} - -/* -** Close a cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); - } -} - -/* -** Discard the contents of the cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ - sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0); -} - -/* -** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. -** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers. -*/ -static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ - PgHdr result, *pTail; - pTail = &result; - while( pA && pB ){ - if( pA->pgnopgno ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - pTail = pA; - pA = pA->pDirty; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - pTail = pB; - pB = pB->pDirty; - } - } - if( pA ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - }else if( pB ){ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = 0; - } - return result.pDirty; -} - -/* -** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are -** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are -** corrupted by this sort. -** -** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database, -** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter. -** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something -** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect. -*/ -#define N_SORT_BUCKET 32 -static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){ - PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p; - int i; - memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); - while( pIn ){ - p = pIn; - pIn = p->pDirty; - p->pDirty = 0; - for(i=0; ALWAYS(ipDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ - p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext; - } - return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); -} - -/* -** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ - return pCache->nRef; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ - return p->nRef; -} - -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ - int nPage = 0; - if( pCache->pCache ){ - nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache); - } - return nPage; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Get the suggested cache-size value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){ - return numberOfCachePages(pCache); -} -#endif - -/* -** Set the suggested cache-size value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){ - pCache->szCache = mxPage; - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, - numberOfCachePages(pCache)); - } -} - -/* -** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){ - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache); - } -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified -** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is -** defined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){ - PgHdr *pDirty; - for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){ - xIter(pDirty); - } -} -#endif - -/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2008 November 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the -** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation -** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features. -** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of -** these two features are available. -*/ - - -typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; -typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; -typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; -typedef struct PGroup PGroup; - -/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set -** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned -** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of -** the following object. -** -** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes: -** -** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is -** one PGroup per PCache. -** -** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member -** of. -** -** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob -** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex, -** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be -** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently. -** -** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single -** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is -** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU. -*/ -struct PGroup { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */ - unsigned int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */ - unsigned int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */ - unsigned int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */ - unsigned int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ - PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */ -}; - -/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every -** open database file (including each in-memory database and each -** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which -** is an instance of this object. -** -** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as -** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. -*/ -struct PCache1 { - /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable - ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be - ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. - ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. - */ - PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */ - int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */ - int szExtra; /* Size of extra space in bytes */ - int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ - unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ - unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ - unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */ - unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */ - - /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed - ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex. - */ - unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ - unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ - unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */ - PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */ -}; - -/* -** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following -** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of -** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure -** in memory. -*/ -struct PgHdr1 { - sqlite3_pcache_page page; - unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */ - u8 isPinned; /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */ - PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */ - PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */ - PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */ - PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */ -}; - -/* -** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using -** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism. -*/ -struct PgFreeslot { - PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */ -}; - -/* -** Global data used by this cache. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { - PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */ - - /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The - ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all - ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection. - ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection. - */ - int isInit; /* True if initialized */ - int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ - int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ - int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ - void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */ - /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */ - PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ - int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */ - /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on - ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and - ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this - ** is really just an optimization. */ - int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */ -} pcache1_g; - -/* -** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the -** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when -** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD. -*/ -#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g)) - -/* -** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex. -*/ -#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex) -#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex) - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ - -/* -** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is -** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE -** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large -** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. -** -** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed -** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ - if( pcache1.isInit ){ - PgFreeslot *p; - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); - pcache1.szSlot = sz; - pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n; - pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1); - pcache1.pStart = pBuf; - pcache1.pFree = 0; - pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0; - while( n-- ){ - p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; - p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = p; - pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz]; - } - pcache1.pEnd = pBuf; - } -} - -/* -** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer -** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no -** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls -** back to sqlite3Malloc(). -** -** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables -** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex. -*/ -static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ - void *p = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); - if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); - p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; - if( p ){ - pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; - pcache1.nFreeSlot--; - pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=0 ); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); - } - if( p==0 ){ - /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get - ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead. - */ - p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS - if( p ){ - int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); - } -#endif - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). -*/ -static int pcache1Free(void *p){ - int nFreed = 0; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( p>=pcache1.pStart && ppNext = pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = pSlot; - pcache1.nFreeSlot++; - pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=pcache1.pStart && ppGroup->mutex) ); - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER - pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage); - p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra); - if( !pPg || !p ){ - pcache1Free(pPg); - sqlite3_free(p); - pPg = 0; - } -#else - pPg = pcache1Alloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra); - p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage]; -#endif - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - - if( pPg ){ - p->page.pBuf = pPg; - p->page.pExtra = &p[1]; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++; - } - return p; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage(). -** -** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent. But it turns out -** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine -** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS(). -*/ -static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ - if( ALWAYS(p) ){ - PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); - pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf); -#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER - sqlite3_free(p); -#endif - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--; - } - } -} - -/* -** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured -** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer -** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ - return pcache1Alloc(sz); -} - -/* -** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ - pcache1Free(p); -} - - -/* -** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache -** entry. -** -** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using -** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then -** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because -** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient -** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the -** allocation onto the heap. -** -** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is -** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid -** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing -** the heap even further. -*/ -static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){ - if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){ - return pcache1.bUnderPressure; - }else{ - return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/ - -/* -** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed -** as the first argument. -** -** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ - PgHdr1 **apNew; - unsigned int nNew; - unsigned int i; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) ); - - nNew = p->nHash*2; - if( nNew<256 ){ - nNew = 256; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup); - if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } - apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); - if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } - pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup); - if( apNew ){ - for(i=0; inHash; i++){ - PgHdr1 *pPage; - PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i]; - while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){ - unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew; - pNext = pPage->pNext; - pPage->pNext = apNew[h]; - apNew[h] = pPage; - } - } - sqlite3_free(p->apHash); - p->apHash = apNew; - p->nHash = nNew; - } - - return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); -} - -/* -** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the -** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup -** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. -** -** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ - PCache1 *pCache; - PGroup *pGroup; - - assert( pPage!=0 ); - assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); - pCache = pPage->pCache; - pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - assert( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ); - assert( pPage->pLruPrev || pPage==pGroup->pLruHead ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); - if( pPage->pLruPrev ){ - pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; - }else{ - pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext; - } - if( pPage->pLruNext ){ - pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; - }else{ - pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev; - } - pPage->pLruNext = 0; - pPage->pLruPrev = 0; - pPage->isPinned = 1; - pCache->nRecyclable--; -} - - -/* -** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table -** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. -** -** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){ - unsigned int h; - PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; - PgHdr1 **pp; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); - h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; - for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); - *pp = (*pp)->pNext; - - pCache->nPage--; -} - -/* -** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try -** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage. -*/ -static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); - while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){ - PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail; - assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup ); - assert( p->isPinned==0 ); - pcache1PinPage(p); - pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); - pcache1FreePage(p); - } -} - -/* -** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) -** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this -** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. -** -** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( - PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */ - unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */ -){ - TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */ - unsigned int h; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); - for(h=0; hnHash; h++){ - PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; - PgHdr1 *pPage; - while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ - if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ - pCache->nPage--; - *pp = pPage->pNext; - if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage); - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - }else{ - pp = &pPage->pNext; - TESTONLY( nPage++; ) - } - } - } - assert( pCache->nPage==nPage ); -} - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/ - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method. -*/ -static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert( pcache1.isInit==0 ); - memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); - pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM); - } - pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10; - pcache1.isInit = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. -** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does -** not need to be freed. -*/ -static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 ); - memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method. -** -** Allocate a new cache. -*/ -static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ - PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */ - PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */ - int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */ - - /* - ** The separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private - ** PGroup. In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no - ** mutexing is required. - ** - ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - ** - ** * Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications - ** - ** * Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off) - ** use separate caches (mode-1) - */ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 - const int separateCache = 0; -#else - int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0; -#endif - - assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 ); - assert( szExtra < 300 ); - - sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache; - pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz); - if( pCache ){ - if( separateCache ){ - pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1]; - pGroup->mxPinned = 10; - }else{ - pGroup = &pcache1.grp; - } - pCache->pGroup = pGroup; - pCache->szPage = szPage; - pCache->szExtra = szExtra; - pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); - if( bPurgeable ){ - pCache->nMin = 10; - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin; - pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - } - } - return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. -** -** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. -*/ -static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); - pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; - pCache->nMax = nMax; - pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. -** -** Free up as much memory as possible. -*/ -static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - int savedMaxPage; - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage; - pGroup->nMaxPage = 0; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); - pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage; - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. -*/ -static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - int n; - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - n = pCache->nPage; - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); - return n; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. -** -** Fetch a page by key value. -** -** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on -** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new -** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 -** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. -** -** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory -** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So -** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on -** a non-purgeable cache. -** -** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, -** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). -** -** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a -** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. -** -** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is -** returned. -** -** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then -** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following -** conditions are true: -** -** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** PCache1.nMax, or -** -** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of -** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or -** -** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked -** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: -** -** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already -** PCache1.nMax, or -** -** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is -** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all -** purgeable caches, -** -** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid -** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations -** -** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right -** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and -** proceed to step 5. -** -** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. -*/ -static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, - int createFlag -){ - unsigned int nPinned; - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PGroup *pGroup; - PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; - - assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 ); - assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 ); - assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 ); - assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 ); - assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable ); - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup); - - /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ - if( pCache->nHash>0 ){ - unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; - for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext); - } - - /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */ - if( pPage ){ - if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage); - goto fetch_out; - } - if( createFlag==0 ){ - goto fetch_out; - } - - /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the - ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above. But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined, - ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the - ** local variable here. Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an - ** optimization: The common case is to exit the module before reaching - ** this point. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - pGroup = pCache->pGroup; -#endif - - /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */ - assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable ); - nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; - assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage ); - assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 ); - if( createFlag==1 && ( - nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned - || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct - || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) - )){ - goto fetch_out; - } - - if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){ - goto fetch_out; - } - assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash ); - - /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */ - if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && ( - (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) - || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage - || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) - )){ - PCache1 *pOther; - pPage = pGroup->pLruTail; - assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); - pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); - pcache1PinPage(pPage); - pOther = pPage->pCache; - - /* We want to verify that szPage and szExtra are the same for pOther - ** and pCache. Assert that we can verify this by comparing sums. */ - assert( (pCache->szPage & (pCache->szPage-1))==0 && pCache->szPage>=512 ); - assert( pCache->szExtra<512 ); - assert( (pOther->szPage & (pOther->szPage-1))==0 && pOther->szPage>=512 ); - assert( pOther->szExtra<512 ); - - if( pOther->szPage+pOther->szExtra != pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra ){ - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - pPage = 0; - }else{ - pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); - } - } - - /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, - ** attempt to allocate a new one. - */ - if( !pPage ){ - if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache); - if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } - - if( pPage ){ - unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; - pCache->nPage++; - pPage->iKey = iKey; - pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; - pPage->pCache = pCache; - pPage->pLruPrev = 0; - pPage->pLruNext = 0; - pPage->isPinned = 1; - *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0; - pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; - } - -fetch_out: - if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; - } - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pPage; -} - - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method. -** -** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). -*/ -static void pcache1Unpin( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, - int reuseUnlikely -){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - - assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - - /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already - ** part of the PGroup LRU list. - */ - assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); - assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage ); - assert( pPage->isPinned==1 ); - - if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){ - pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - }else{ - /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */ - if( pGroup->pLruHead ){ - pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage; - pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead; - pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; - }else{ - pGroup->pLruTail = pPage; - pGroup->pLruHead = pPage; - } - pCache->nRecyclable++; - pPage->isPinned = 0; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. -*/ -static void pcache1Rekey( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, - unsigned int iOld, - unsigned int iNew -){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; - PgHdr1 **pp; - unsigned int h; - assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); - assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); - - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - - h = iOld%pCache->nHash; - pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; - while( (*pp)!=pPage ){ - pp = &(*pp)->pNext; - } - *pp = pPage->pNext; - - h = iNew%pCache->nHash; - pPage->iKey = iNew; - pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; - pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; - if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. -** -** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to -** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number -** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned. -*/ -static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); - pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; - } - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. -** -** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). -*/ -static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) ); - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); - assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax ); - pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; - assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin ); - pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; - pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup); - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); - sqlite3_free(pCache); -} - -/* -** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to -** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not -** already provided an alternative. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - 0, /* pArg */ - pcache1Init, /* xInit */ - pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ - pcache1Create, /* xCreate */ - pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */ - pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */ - pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */ - pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */ - pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */ - pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */ - pcache1Destroy, /* xDestroy */ - pcache1Shrink /* xShrink */ - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* -** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory -** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated -** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. -** -** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number -** of bytes of memory released. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ - int nFree = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) ); - if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){ - PgHdr1 *p; - pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp); - while( (nReq<0 || nFreepage.pBuf); -#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER - nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p); -#endif - assert( p->isPinned==0 ); - pcache1PinPage(p); - pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); - pcache1FreePage(p); - } - pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp); - } - return nFree; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state -** of the global cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( - int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */ - int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */ - int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */ - int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */ -){ - PgHdr1 *p; - int nRecyclable = 0; - for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){ - assert( p->isPinned==0 ); - nRecyclable++; - } - *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage; - *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage; - *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage; - *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; -} -#endif - -/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 December 3 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet". -** -** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids. Rowids -** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order. Inserts -** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been -** previously inserted into the RowSet. -** -** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the -** elements of the RowSet in sorted order. Once this extraction -** process has started, no new elements may be inserted. -** -** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are: -** -** CREATE -** INSERT -** TEST -** SMALLEST -** DESTROY -** -** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor, -** obviously. The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet. -** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet. SMALLEST -** extracts the least value from the RowSet. -** -** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is -** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an -** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed -** until DESTROY. -** -** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number. The TEST primitive -** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change -** in the batch number. In other words, if an INSERT occurs between -** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the -** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST. -** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains -** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs. -** -** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST. An assertion will fail if -** that is attempted. -** -** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant. (Sometime new memory -** has to be allocated on an INSERT.) The cost of a TEST with a new -** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet. -** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN). The cost -** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN). Second and subsequent SMALLEST -** primitives are constant time. The cost of DESTROY is O(N). -** -** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and -** SMALLEST primitives. -*/ - - -/* -** Target size for allocation chunks. -*/ -#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024 - -/* -** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk. -*/ -#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK \ - ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)) - -/* -** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object. -** -** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry -** objects. In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry -** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The -** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list. -*/ -struct RowSetEntry { - i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ - struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ - struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ -}; - -/* -** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the -** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The -** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated -** when the RowSet is destroyed. -*/ -struct RowSetChunk { - struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk; /* Next chunk on list of them all */ - struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */ -}; - -/* -** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure. -** -** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h. -*/ -struct RowSet { - struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries using pRight */ - struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */ - struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */ - struct RowSetEntry *pForest; /* List of binary trees of entries */ - u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */ - u16 rsFlags; /* Various flags */ - int iBatch; /* Current insert batch */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags -*/ -#define ROWSET_SORTED 0x01 /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */ -#define ROWSET_NEXT 0x02 /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */ - -/* -** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory -** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context -** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur. -** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object. -** -** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not -** an assertion fault occurs. -** -** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial -** allocation of entries available to be filled. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){ - RowSet *p; - assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) ); - p = pSpace; - p->pChunk = 0; - p->db = db; - p->pEntry = 0; - p->pLast = 0; - p->pForest = 0; - p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p); - p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)); - p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; - p->iBatch = 0; - return p; -} - -/* -** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that -** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is -** the destructor for the RowSet. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){ - struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk; - for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){ - pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk; - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk); - } - p->pChunk = 0; - p->nFresh = 0; - p->pEntry = 0; - p->pLast = 0; - p->pForest = 0; - p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the -** given RowSet. Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized -** objected. -** -** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this -** routine returns NULL. -*/ -static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->nFresh==0 ){ - struct RowSetChunk *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk; - p->pChunk = pNew; - p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry; - p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK; - } - p->nFresh--; - return p->pFresh++; -} - -/* -** Insert a new value into a RowSet. -** -** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a -** memory allocation fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ - struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* The new entry */ - struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* The last prior entry */ - - /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ - assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); - - pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p); - if( pEntry==0 ) return; - pEntry->v = rowid; - pEntry->pRight = 0; - pLast = p->pLast; - if( pLast ){ - if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)!=0 && rowid<=pLast->v ){ - p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED; - } - pLast->pRight = pEntry; - }else{ - p->pEntry = pEntry; - } - p->pLast = pEntry; -} - -/* -** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. -** -** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are -** assumed to each already be in sorted order. -*/ -static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( - struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */ - struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */ -){ - struct RowSetEntry head; - struct RowSetEntry *pTail; - - pTail = &head; - while( pA && pB ){ - assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); - assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); - if( pA->vv ){ - pTail->pRight = pA; - pA = pA->pRight; - pTail = pTail->pRight; - }else if( pB->vv ){ - pTail->pRight = pB; - pB = pB->pRight; - pTail = pTail->pRight; - }else{ - pA = pA->pRight; - } - } - if( pA ){ - assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); - pTail->pRight = pA; - }else{ - assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); - pTail->pRight = pB; - } - return head.pRight; -} - -/* -** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of -** increasing v. -*/ -static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){ - unsigned int i; - struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40]; - - memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket)); - while( pIn ){ - pNext = pIn->pRight; - pIn->pRight = 0; - for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){ - pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn); - aBucket[i] = 0; - } - aBucket[i] = pIn; - pIn = pNext; - } - pIn = 0; - for(i=0; ipLeft ){ - struct RowSetEntry *p; - rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p); - p->pRight = pIn; - }else{ - *ppFirst = pIn; - } - if( pIn->pRight ){ - rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast); - }else{ - *ppLast = pIn; - } - assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 ); -} - - -/* -** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary -** tree with depth of iDepth. A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single -** node taken from the head of *ppList. A depth of 2 means a tree with -** three nodes. And so forth. -** -** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the -** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list. If the input -** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree -** and leave *ppList set to NULL. -** -** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree. -*/ -static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree( - struct RowSetEntry **ppList, - int iDepth -){ - struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Root of the new tree */ - struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ - if( *ppList==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( iDepth==1 ){ - p = *ppList; - *ppList = p->pRight; - p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; - return p; - } - pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); - p = *ppList; - if( p==0 ){ - return pLeft; - } - p->pLeft = pLeft; - *ppList = p->pRight; - p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); - return p; -} - -/* -** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree -** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list. -*/ -static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){ - int iDepth; /* Depth of the tree so far */ - struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Current tree root */ - struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ - - assert( pList!=0 ); - p = pList; - pList = p->pRight; - p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; - for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){ - pLeft = p; - p = pList; - pList = p->pRight; - p->pLeft = pLeft; - p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Take all the entries on p->pEntry and on the trees in p->pForest and -** sort them all together into one big ordered list on p->pEntry. -** -** This routine should only be called once in the life of a RowSet. -*/ -static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){ - - /* This routine is called only once */ - assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); - - if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ - p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry); - } - - /* While this module could theoretically support it, sqlite3RowSetNext() - ** is never called after sqlite3RowSetText() for the same RowSet. So - ** there is never a forest to deal with. Should this change, simply - ** remove the assert() and the #if 0. */ - assert( p->pForest==0 ); -#if 0 - while( p->pForest ){ - struct RowSetEntry *pTree = p->pForest->pLeft; - if( pTree ){ - struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail; - rowSetTreeToList(pTree, &pHead, &pTail); - p->pEntry = rowSetEntryMerge(p->pEntry, pHead); - } - p->pForest = p->pForest->pRight; - } -#endif - p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_NEXT; /* Verify this routine is never called again */ -} - -/* -** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet. -** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return -** 0 if the RowSet is already empty. -** -** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert() -** routine may not be called again. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){ - assert( p!=0 ); - - /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */ - if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ) rowSetToList(p); - - /* Return the next entry on the list */ - if( p->pEntry ){ - *pRowid = p->pEntry->v; - p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight; - if( p->pEntry==0 ){ - sqlite3RowSetClear(p); - } - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as -** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch. Return 1 or 0. -** -** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entires -** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entires into the forest at -** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ - struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree; - - /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ - assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); - - /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch - */ - if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){ - p = pRowSet->pEntry; - if( p ){ - struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest; - if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ - p = rowSetEntrySort(p); - } - for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ - ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight; - if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){ - pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); - break; - }else{ - struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail; - rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail); - pTree->pLeft = 0; - p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p); - } - } - if( pTree==0 ){ - *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet); - if( pTree ){ - pTree->v = 0; - pTree->pRight = 0; - pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); - } - } - pRowSet->pEntry = 0; - pRowSet->pLast = 0; - pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED; - } - pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch; - } - - /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest. - ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. - */ - for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ - p = pTree->pLeft; - while( p ){ - if( p->vpRight; - }else if( p->v>iRowid ){ - p = p->pLeft; - }else{ - return 1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". -** -** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements -** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that -** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file -** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database -** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while -** another is writing. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO -/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/ -/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/ -/* -** 2010 February 1 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging -** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to -** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. -*/ - -#ifndef _WAL_H_ -#define _WAL_H_ - - -/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of -** sqlite3WalFrames(): -*/ -#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS 0x20 /* Sync at the end of each transaction */ -#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK 0x13 /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y) -# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z) -# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0 -# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0 -# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0 -# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z) -# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z) 0 -#else - -#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 - -/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. -** There is one object of this type for each pager. -*/ -typedef struct Wal Wal; - -/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *); - -/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); - -/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A -** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database -** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and -** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes -** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the -** transaction and releases the lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal); - -/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *); - -/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal); - -/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); - -/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx); - -/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write -** position in the WAL */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); - -/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in -** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); - -/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); - -/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ - int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ - int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */ - u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ -); - -/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the -** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since -** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since -** the last call, then return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal); - -/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released) -** by the pager layer on the database file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); - -/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using -** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content -** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal); -#endif - -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ -#endif /* _WAL_H_ */ - -/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/ - - -/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ -** -** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback -** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, -** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. -** -** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced -** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. -** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS -** is called successfully on the file containing the page. -** -** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if -** one or more of the following are true about the page: -** -** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of -** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and -** synced. -** -** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. -** -** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in -** the database file at the start of the transaction. -** -** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the -** following are true: -** -** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. -** -** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire -** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence -** number consists of a single page change. -** -** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches -** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written -** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current -** transaction. -** -** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size -** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. -** -** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and -** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the -** first 100 bytes of the database file. -** -** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal -** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. -** -** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file -** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. -** -** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) -** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to -** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf -** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence -** of the database. -** -** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, -** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the -** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical -** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. -** -** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS -** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at -** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate -** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will -** invoke it.) -** -** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range -** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing -** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same -** database to flush their caches. -** -** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less -** than one billion transactions. -** -** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion -** of every transaction. -** -** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to -** the database file. -** -** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any -** content out of the database file. -** -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off -*/ -#if 0 -int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ -#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf -#define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } -#else -#define PAGERTRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above -** to print out file-descriptors. -** -** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The -** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file -** struct as its argument. -*/ -#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) -#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) - -/* -** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A -** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following -** state diagram. -** -** OPEN <------+------+ -** | | | -** V | | -** +---------> READER-------+ | -** | | | -** | V | -** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR -** | | ^ -** | V | -** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| -** | | | -** | V | -** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| -** | | | -** | V | -** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ -** -** -** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: -** -** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] -** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] -** -** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] -** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] -** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] -** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] -** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] -** -** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] -** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] -** -** -** OPEN: -** -** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this -** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is -** unknown. The database may not be read or written. -** -** * No read or write transaction is active. -** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. -** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. -** -** READER: -** -** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in -** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently -** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is -** open. The database size is known in this state. -** -** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when -** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state -** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection -** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in -** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way -** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN -** is via the ERROR state (see below). -** -** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). -** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read -** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables -** may not be trusted at this point. -** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. -** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that -** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. -** -** WRITER_LOCKED: -** -** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction -** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks -** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual -** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. -** -** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with -** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when -** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened -** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while -** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database -** file. -** -** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. -** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt -** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater -** lock is held on the database file. -** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction -** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully -** called). -** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. -** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. -** * The journal file may or may not be open. -** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. -** -** WRITER_CACHEMOD: -** -** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is -** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file -** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the -** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written -** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. -** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. -** -** WRITER_DBMOD: -** -** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state -** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections -** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, -** just the log file). -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written -** and synced to disk. -** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly -** written to disk). -** -** WRITER_FINISHED: -** -** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. -** -** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD -** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the -** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply -** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is -** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper -** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. -** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to -** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need -** to rollback the transaction. -** -** ERROR: -** -** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including -** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it -** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, -** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. -** -** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers -** cannot. -** -** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, -** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. -** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state -** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might -** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if -** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database -** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state -** instead of READER following such an error. -** -** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager -** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all -** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to -** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the -** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything -** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) -** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning -** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered -** from the error. -** -** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: -** -** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in -** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). -** -** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file -** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). -** -** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or -** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up -** memory. -** -** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree -** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition -** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. -** -** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only -** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error -** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not -** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a -** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent -** state. -** -** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. -** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the -** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). -** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. -** -** -** Notes: -** -** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the -** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one -** of the first four states. -** -** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN -** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has -** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are -** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". -** -** * See also: assert_pager_state(). -*/ -#define PAGER_OPEN 0 -#define PAGER_READER 1 -#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 -#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 -#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 -#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 -#define PAGER_ERROR 6 - -/* -** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the -** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on -** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by -** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. -** -** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY -** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not -** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and -** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated -** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the -** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set -** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held -** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. -** -** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may -** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than -** required, but nothing really goes wrong. -** -** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves -** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file -** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED -** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() -** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this -** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part -** of hot-journal detection. -** -** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED -** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may -** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but -** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens -** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active -** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database -** without rolling it back. -** -** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the -** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It -** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call -** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition -** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK -** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE -** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function -** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. -** -** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in -** PAGER_OPEN state. -*/ -#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) - -/* -** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ - if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ - if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ - if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } -#else -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D -#endif - -/* -** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method -** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. -** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on -** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. -*/ -#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active -** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures -** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and -** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). -** -** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is -** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while -** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset -** immediately following the last journal record written into the main -** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint -** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). -*/ -typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; -struct PagerSavepoint { - i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ - i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ - Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ - Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ - Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. -*/ -#define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ -#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ -#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ - -/* -** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of -** some of the more important member variables follows: -** -** eState -** -** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state -** diagram above for a description of the pager state. -** -** eLock -** -** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - -** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** -** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any -** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such -** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager -** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever -** need (and no reason to release them). -** -** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to -** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for -** details. -** -** changeCountDone -** -** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter -** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is -** not updated more often than necessary. -** -** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which -** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. -** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is -** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, -** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of -** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. -** -** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection -** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction -** committed. -** -** setMaster -** -** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may -** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the -** journal file before it is synced to disk. -** -** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects -** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is -** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. -** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is -** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If -** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized -** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were -** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. -** -** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized -** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the -** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any -** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. -** -** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either -** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the -** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag -** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). -** -** doNotSpill -** -** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by -** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data -** to the file-system in order to free up memory). -** -** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, -** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. -** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that -** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module -** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written -** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF -** case is a user preference. -** -** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress() -** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set -** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than -** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening -** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. -** -** subjInMemory -** -** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal -** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory -** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. -** -** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new -** write-transaction is opened. -** -** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize -** -** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. -** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for -** OPEN and ERROR). -** -** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be -** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset -** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file -** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in -** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). -** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered -** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads -** to dbSize==1). -** -** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than -** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. -** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), -** dbSize is updated. -** -** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states -** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize -** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, -** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before -** being modified. -** -** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of -** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the -** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made -** to write or truncate the database file on disk. -** -** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress -** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, -** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates -** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), -** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() -** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. -** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case -** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be -** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, -** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. -** -** dbHintSize -** -** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to -** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. -** -** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a -** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and -** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, -** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the -** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for -** details. -** -** errCode -** -** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It -** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode -** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX -** sub-codes. -*/ -struct Pager { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ - u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ - u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ - u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ - u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ - u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ - u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ - u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ - u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ - u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ - u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ - u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ - - /************************************************************************** - ** The following block contains those class members that change during - ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed - ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a - ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, - ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe - ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the - ** "configuration" of the pager. - */ - u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ - u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ - u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ - u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ - u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ - u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ - Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ - Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ - Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ - Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ - int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ - int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ - u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ - u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ - Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ - sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ - sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ - sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ - i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ - i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ - sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ - PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ - int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ - char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ - - u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ - int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ - sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ - PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ - /* - ** End of the routinely-changing class members - ***************************************************************************/ - - u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ - i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ - u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ - int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ - Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ - i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ - char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ - int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int nRead; /* Database pages read */ -#endif - void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ - void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ - void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ - void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ -#endif - char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ - PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ - char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains -** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS -** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). -*/ -#define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 -#define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 -#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 - -/* -** The following global variables hold counters used for -** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in -** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ -# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ -#else -# define PAGER_INCR(v) -#endif - - - -/* -** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data -** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. -** -** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity -** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being -** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal -** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made -** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional -** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the -** journal and ignore it. -** -** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists -** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both -** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. -** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the -** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, -** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely -** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the -** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might -** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which -** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. -*/ -static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { - 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, -}; - -/* -** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by -** the following macro. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) - -/* -** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same -** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). -*/ -#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) - -/* -** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. -** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, -** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize -** out code that would never execute. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -# define MEMDB 0 -#else -# define MEMDB pPager->memDb -#endif - -/* -** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch -** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) -#else -# define USEFETCH(x) 0 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). -*/ -#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 - -/* -** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). -** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. -** -** This is so that expressions can be written as: -** -** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... -** -** instead of -** -** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... -*/ -#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) - -/* -** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual -** rollback journal. Otherwise false. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ - return (pPager->pWal!=0); -} -#else -# define pagerUseWal(x) 0 -# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 -# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 -# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK -# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Usage: -** -** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); -** -** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in -** the internal state of the Pager object. -*/ -static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ - Pager *pPager = p; - - /* State must be valid. */ - assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN - || p->eState==PAGER_READER - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED - || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR - ); - - /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves - ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates - ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. - */ - assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); - - /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". - ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. - */ - assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); - assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); - - /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since - ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter - ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing - ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may - ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It - ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR - ** state. - */ - if( MEMDB ){ - assert( p->noSync ); - assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - ); - assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); - assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); - } - - /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held - ** on the file. - */ - assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); - - switch( p->eState ){ - case PAGER_OPEN: - assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); - break; - - case PAGER_READER: - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: - assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - } - assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); - assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: - assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the - ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during - ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off - ** to journal_mode=wal. - */ - assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - } - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: - assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: - assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - break; - - case PAGER_ERROR: - /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if - ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped - ** back to OPEN state. - */ - assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); - break; - } - - return 1; -} -#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer -** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This -** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative -** to "print *pPager" in gdb: -** -** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) -*/ -static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ - static char zRet[1024]; - - sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, - "Filename: %s\n" - "State: %s errCode=%d\n" - "Lock: %s\n" - "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" - "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" - "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" - "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" - "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" - , p->zFilename - , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : - p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : - p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" - , (int)p->errCode - , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : - p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : - p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : - p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : - p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" - , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" - , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" - , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal - , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr - , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize - ); - - return zRet; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. -** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one -** or more open savepoints for which: -** -** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and -** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in -** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. -*/ -static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - PagerSavepoint *p; - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; - int i; - for(i=0; inSavepoint; i++){ - p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; - if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. -*/ -static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ - return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); -} - -/* -** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer -** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an -** error code is something goes wrong. -** -** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. -*/ -static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ - unsigned char ac[4]; - int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. -*/ -#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) - - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. -*/ -static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ - char ac[4]; - put32bits(ac, val); - return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); -} - -/* -** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK -** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() -** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. -** -** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of -** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. -*/ -static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); - assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); - rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); - if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ - pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; - } - IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, -** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the -** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. -** -** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation -** of this. -*/ -static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - if( pPager->eLockeLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ - rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ - pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; - IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization -** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: -** -** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that -** a database page may be written atomically, and -** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal -** to the page size. -** -** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is -** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory -** database. -** -** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, -** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it -** contains rollback data for exactly one page. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ - assert( !MEMDB ); - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - int dc; /* Device characteristics */ - int nSector; /* Sector size */ - int szPage; /* Page size */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - nSector = pPager->sectorSize; - szPage = pPager->pageSize; - - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ - return 0; - } - } - - return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); -} -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking -** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing -** and debugging only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -/* -** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. -*/ -static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ - u32 hash = 0; - int i; - for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); -} -static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ - pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); -} - -/* -** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks -** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. -*/ -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) -static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); -} - -#else -#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 -#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 -#define pager_set_pagehash(X) -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) -#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ - -/* -** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the -** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied -** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format -** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. -** -** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by -** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is -** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal -** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a -** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name -** were present in the journal. -** -** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal -** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A -** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master -** journal file name. -** -** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present -** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. -** -** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite -** error code is returned. -*/ -static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ - i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ - u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ - u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - zMaster[0] = '\0'; - - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) - || szJ<16 - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) - || len>=nMaster - || len==0 - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) - || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ - for(u=0; ujournalOff, assuming a sector -** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. -** -** i.e for a sector size of 512: -** -** Pager.journalOff Return value -** --------------------------------------- -** 0 0 -** 512 512 -** 100 512 -** 2000 2048 -** -*/ -static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ - i64 offset = 0; - i64 c = pPager->journalOff; - if( c ){ - offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); - assert( offset>=c ); - assert( (offset-c)jfd) ); - if( pPager->journalOff ){ - const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ - - IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) - if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); - }else{ - static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); - } - - /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock - ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for - ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more - ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need - ** to sync the file following this operation. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ - i64 sz; - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal -** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the -** current location. -** -** The format for the journal header is as follows: -** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. -** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. -** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. -** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. -** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. -** - 4 bytes: Database page size. -** -** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. -*/ -static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ - u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ - u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ - - if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - - /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created - ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the - ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. - */ - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ - pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; - } - } - - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - - /* - ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this - ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, - ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number - ** of records (see syncJournal()). - ** - ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When - ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the - ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption - ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal - ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios - ** where this risk can be ignored: - ** - ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a - ** power failure in this case anyway. - ** - ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees - ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. - */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); - if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) - ){ - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); - }else{ - memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); - } - - /* The random check-hash initializer */ - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); - /* The initial database size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); - /* The assumed sector size for this process */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); - - /* The page size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); - - /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything - ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing - ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to - ** take the performance hit. - */ - memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, - nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); - - /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the - ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the - ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next - ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file - ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). - ** - ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can - ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, - ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of - ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what - ** is done. - ** - ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the - ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize - ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required - ** to populate the entire journal header sector. - */ - for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader)) - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); - assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); - pPager->journalOff += nHeader; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file -** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal -** file. The current location in the journal file is given by -** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for -** a description of the journal header format. -** -** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of -** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the -** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit -** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned -** in this case. -** -** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is -** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes -** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. -*/ -static int readJournalHdr( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - int isHot, - i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ - u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ - u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ - - /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the - ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this - ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. - */ - pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match - ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return - ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, - ** proceed. - */ - if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec - ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start - ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ - u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ - - /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the - ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize - ** variable is already set to the correct page size. - */ - if( iPageSize==0 ){ - iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; - } - - /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields - ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power - ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their - ** respective compile time maximum limits. - */ - if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 - || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE - || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 - ){ - /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is - ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have - ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading - ** the journal file here. - */ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. - ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within - ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by - ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was - ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine - ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value - ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. - */ - pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; - } - - pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager -** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last -** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the -** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before -** anything is written. The format is: -** -** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. -** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. -** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). -** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. -** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. -** -** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master -** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. -** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), -** this call is a no-op. -*/ -static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ - i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ - u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ - - assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - if( !zMaster - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pPager->setMaster = 1; - assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); - - /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ - for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ - cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; - } - - /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing - ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to - ** the journal has already been synced. - */ - if( pPager->fullSync ){ - pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - } - iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If - ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. - */ - if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) - ){ - return rc; - } - pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); - - /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical - ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name - ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is - ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file - ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine - ** whether or not the journal is hot. - ** - ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal - ** file to the required size. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) - && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff - ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return -** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not -** already in memory. -*/ -static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *p = 0; /* Return value */ - - /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to - ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made. - */ - (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p); - return p; -} - -/* -** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. -*/ -static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); - sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); -} - -/* -** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both -** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal -** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. -*/ -static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ - int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); - } - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); - } - sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); - pPager->aSavepoint = 0; - pPager->nSavepoint = 0; - pPager->nSubRec = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint -** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful -** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. -*/ -static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; - if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ - rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not -** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN -** state. -** -** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is -** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does -** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is -** closed (if it is open). -** -** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the -** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to -** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode -** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated -** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction -** is opened (by this or by any other connection). -*/ -static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER - || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN - || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR - ); - - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ - int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; - - /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then - ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise - ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file - ** out from under us. - */ - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); - if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) - || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) - ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - - /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database - ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment - ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this - ** is necessary. - */ - rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ - pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; - } - - /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here - ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error - ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. - */ - assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - } - - /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be - ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, - ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both - ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - assert( !MEMDB ); - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); - } - - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; -} - -/* -** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires -** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. -** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second -** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The -** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. -** -** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the -** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code -** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, -** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. -** -** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding -** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when -** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need -** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if -** it were a hot-journal). -*/ -static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ - int rc2 = rc & 0xff; - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); - assert( - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || - (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR - ); - if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ - pPager->errCode = rc; - pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; - } - return rc; -} - -static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); - -/* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by -** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called -** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening -** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a -** database transaction. -** -** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called -** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less -** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. -** -** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. -** -** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal -** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a -** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this -** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized -** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and -** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: -** -** journalMode==MEMORY -** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an -** in-memory journal. -** -** journalMode==TRUNCATE -** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. -** -** journalMode==PERSIST -** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates -** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal -** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. -** -** journalMode==DELETE -** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). -** -** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing -** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is -** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under -** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. -** -** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. -** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is -** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during -** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the -** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the -** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still -** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the -** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related -** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is -** returned. -*/ -static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ - - /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction - ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there - ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is - ** held under two circumstances: - ** - ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with - ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. - ** - ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE - ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a - ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER - ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. - */ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - if( pPager->eStateeLockjfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - /* Finalize the journal file. */ - if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ - if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); - } - pPager->journalOff = 0; - }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) - ){ - rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); - pPager->journalOff = 0; - }else{ - /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if - ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal - ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to - ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. - */ - int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - if( bDelete ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); - if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ - PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1); - if( p ){ - p->pageHash = 0; - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); - } - } -#endif - - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in - ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE - ** lock held on the database file. - */ - rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); - assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ - /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal - ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. - ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction - ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the - ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum - ** required size. */ - assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode - && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) - ){ - rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - } - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - - return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); -} - -/* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. -** -** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt -** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The -** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock -** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this -** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next -** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) -** will roll it back. -** -** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or -** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause -** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the -** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); - } - } - pager_unlock(pPager); -} - -/* -** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes -** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the -** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. -** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the -** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte -** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). -** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. -** -** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an -** incompatible journal file format. -** -** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely -** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. -** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be -** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, -** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. -*/ -static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ - u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ - int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ - while( i>0 ){ - cksum += aData[i]; - i -= 200; - } - return cksum; -} - -/* -** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back -** to the codec. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ - pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, - (int)pPager->nReserve); - } -} -#else -# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ -#endif - -/* -** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or -** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. -** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset -** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. -** -** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does -** not. -** -** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file -** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is -** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already -** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back -** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. -** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set -** prior to returning. -** -** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file -** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs -** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing -** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data -** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be -** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in -** two circumstances: -** -** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or -** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file -** and the checksum field does not match the record content. -** -** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. -** -** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically -** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, -** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. -*/ -static int pager_playback_one_page( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ - i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ - Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ - int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ - int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ -){ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ - u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ - char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ - sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ - int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ - - assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ - assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ - assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ - assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ - - aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; - assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); - - /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction - ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is - ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager - ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback - ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. - */ - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) - ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); - - /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal - ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. - */ - jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; - rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; - - /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally - ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, - ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to - ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. - */ - if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - assert( !isSavepnt ); - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( isMainJrnl ){ - rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - /* If this page has already been played by before during the current - ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. - */ - if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting - */ - if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ - pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; - pagerReportSize(pPager); - } - - /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this - ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, - ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. - ** - ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode - ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may - ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs - ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache - ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not - ** assert()able. - ** - ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the - ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked - ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for - ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty - ** if the pager is in OPEN state. - ** - ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is - ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. - ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement - ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a - ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know - ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback - ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the - ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can - ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be - ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be - ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced - ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else - ** the page is marked as needSync==0. - ** - ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it - ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. - ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. - */ - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - pPg = 0; - }else{ - pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - } - assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); - PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), - (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") - )); - if( isMainJrnl ){ - isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); - }else{ - isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); - } - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) - && isSynced - ){ - i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); - if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; - } - if( pPager->pBackup ){ - CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); - CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); - } - }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ - /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to - ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential - ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it - ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be - ** current. - ** - ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite - ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen - ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then - ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). - ** - ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing - ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty - ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as - ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. - */ - assert( isSavepnt ); - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - } - if( pPg ){ - /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except - ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the - ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result - ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to - ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). - */ - void *pData; - pData = pPg->pData; - memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); - pPager->xReiniter(pPg); - if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ - /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main - ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the - ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page - ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the - ** database. - ** - ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled - ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an - ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe - ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as - ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is - ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and - ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to - ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but - ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially - ** be written out into the database file before its journal file - ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, - ** database corruption may ensue. - */ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); - } - pager_set_pagehash(pPg); - - /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. - ** Do this before any decoding. */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - - /* Decode the page just read from disk */ - CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); - sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal -** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. -** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, -** and does so if it is. -** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not -** available for use within this function. -** -** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names -** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 -** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a -** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal -** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: -** -** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" -** -** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child -** journals have been rolled back. -** -** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into -** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For -** each child journal, it checks if: -** -** * if the child journal exists, and if so -** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal -** file zMaster -** -** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria -** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if -** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from -** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). -** -** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This -** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors -** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load -** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be -** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page -** size. -*/ -static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ - sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ - char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ - i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ - char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ - char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ - int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ - - /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. - ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. - */ - pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); - pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pMaster ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from - ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain - ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master - ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); - if( !zMasterJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto delmaster_out; - } - zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; - - zJournal = zMasterJournal; - while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)pageSize bytes). -** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS -** xTruncate() method to truncate it. -** -** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than -** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if -** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it -** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to -** the end of the new file instead. -** -** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying -** the database file, return the error code to the caller. -*/ -static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) - ){ - i64 currentSize, newSize; - int szPage = pPager->pageSize; - assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); - newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ - if( currentSize>newSize ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); - }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ - char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; - memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); - testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); - testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The -** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); - if( iRet<32 ){ - iRet = 512; - }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ - assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); - iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; - } - return iRet; -} - -/* -** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given -** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method -** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used -** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and -** master journal pointers within created journal files. -** -** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. -** -** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is -** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if -** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it -** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. -** -** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set -** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of -** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that -** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in -** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero -** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector -** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, -** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. -*/ -static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - - if( pPager->tempFile - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & - SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 - ){ - /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file - ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() - ** call will segfault. */ - pPager->sectorSize = 512; - }else{ - pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); - } -} - -/* -** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. -** -** The journal file format is as follows: -** -** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. -** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records -** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the -** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the -** sanity checksum. -** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the -** database to during a rollback. -** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header -** is this many bytes in size. -** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. -** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. -** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: -** + 4 byte page number. -** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. -** + 4 byte checksum -** -** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. -** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. -** -** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of -** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the -** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power -** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the -** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but -** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, -** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For -** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. -** -** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed -** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the -** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption -** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. -** -** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed -** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled -** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file -** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had -** been encountered. -** -** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted -** and an error code is returned. -** -** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal -** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is -** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. -** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling -** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is -** needed. -*/ -static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ - u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ - u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ - int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ - int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ - char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ - int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ - int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ - - /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if - ** the journal is empty. - */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_playback; - } - - /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. - ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not - ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be - ** played back. - ** - ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that - ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that - ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, - ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value - ** for pageSize. - */ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); - } - zMaster = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->journalOff = 0; - needPagerReset = isHot; - - /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or - ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error - ** occurs. - */ - while( 1 ){ - /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are - ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or - ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. - ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. - */ - rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - goto end_playback; - } - - /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process - ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal - ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute - ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. - */ - if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); - nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - - /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this - ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means - ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been - ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining - ** size of the file. - ** - ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. - ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next - ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But - ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in - ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional - ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages - ** should be computed based on the journal file size. - */ - if( nRec==0 && !isHot && - pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ - nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - - /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the - ** database file back to its original size. - */ - if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->dbSize = mxPg; - } - - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the - ** database file and/or page cache. - */ - for(u=0; ujournalOff,0,1,0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nPlayback++; - }else{ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - break; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and - ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was - ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that - ** case, the database should have never been written in the - ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto end_playback; - }else{ - /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error - ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state - ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next - ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. - */ - goto end_playback; - } - } - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - assert( 0 ); - -end_playback: - /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original - ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the - ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the - ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); - } -#endif - - /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or - ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but - ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter - ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive - ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not - ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency - ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just - ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. - */ - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) - ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ - /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, - ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. - */ - rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( isHot && nPlayback ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", - nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); - } - - /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling - ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size - ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. - */ - setSectorSize(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into -** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database -** file before this function is called. -** -** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to -** the value read from the database file. -** -** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. -** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ - - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - if( iFrame ){ - /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ - rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); - }else -#endif - { - i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - if( pgno==1 ){ - if( rc ){ - /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something - ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy - ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be - ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 - ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling - ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. - ** - ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes - ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of - ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so - ** we should still be ok. - */ - memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - }else{ - u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - } - CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); - - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); - IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in -** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. -** -** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() -** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually -** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. -*/ -static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ - u32 change_counter; - - /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ - change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; - put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); - - /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in - ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number - ** is valid. */ - put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); - put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been -** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. -** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument -** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. -** -** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, -** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding -** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the -** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, -** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; - PgHdr *pPg; - - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); - if( pPg ){ - if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); - }else{ - u32 iFrame = 0; - rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->xReiniter(pPg); - } - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); - } - } - - /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are - ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the - ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as - ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one - ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore - ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, - ** the backups must be restarted. - */ - sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. -*/ -static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ - - /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already - ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the - ** following: - ** - ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or - ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). - */ - pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; - rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); - pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); - while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; - rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); - pList = pNext; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging -** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), -** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have -** changed. -** -** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. -** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. -*/ -static int pagerWalFrames( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ - Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ - int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) - PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ -#endif - - assert( pPager->pWal ); - assert( pList ); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ - for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ - assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); - } -#endif - - assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); - if( isCommit ){ - /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing - ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. - ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty - ** list here. */ - PgHdr *p; - PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; - nList = 0; - for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ - if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ - ppNext = &p->pDirty; - nList++; - } - } - assert( pList ); - }else{ - nList = 1; - } - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; - - if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); - rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, - pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - pager_set_pagehash(p); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. -** -** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially -** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves -** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by -** other writers or checkpointers. -*/ -static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ - - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - - /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous - ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we - ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, - ** the duplicate call is harmless. - */ - sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); - - rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); - } - - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN -** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file -** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). -** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database -** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps -** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. -*/ -static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ - Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ - - /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() - ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or - ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not - ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or - ** contains no valid committed transactions. - */ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); - nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); - - /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system, - ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size - ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size, - ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0 - ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page. - */ - if( nPage==0 ){ - i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); - } - - /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the - ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so - ** that the file can be read. - */ - if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ - pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; - } - - *pnPage = nPage; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager -** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does -** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. -** -** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager -** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and -** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. -** -** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this -** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete -** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition -** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some -** other connection. -*/ -static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); - - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ - Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ - - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( nPage==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - isWal = 0; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess( - pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal - ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( isWal ){ - testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); - }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; - } - } - } - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback -** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when -** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction -** savepoint. -** -** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is -** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, -** performed in the order specified: -** -** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte -** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to -** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal -** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. -** -** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played -** back starting from the journal header immediately following -** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. -** -** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting -** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of -** the journal file. -** -** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the -** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the -** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only -** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. -** -** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main -** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. -** -** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable -** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint -** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value -** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. -*/ -static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ - i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ - - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - - /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ - if( pSavepoint ){ - pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); - if( !pDone ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint - ** being reverted was opened. - */ - pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - - if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); - } - - /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback - ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in - ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything - ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. - */ - szJ = pPager->journalOff; - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); - - /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at - ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. - ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number - ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those - ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they - ** are played back. - */ - if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; - pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - }else{ - pPager->journalOff = 0; - } - - /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at - ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end - ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and - ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. - */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" - ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the - ** pager_playback() function for additional information. - */ - if( nJRec==0 - && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff - ){ - nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iijournalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); - - /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were - ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) - ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. - */ - if( pSavepoint ){ - u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ - i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); - } - for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSubRec; ii++){ - assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - } - - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); -} - -/* -** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. -*/ -static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; - if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ - sqlite3_int64 sz; - sz = pPager->szMmap; - pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ - pPager->szMmap = szMmap; - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); -} - -/* -** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); -} - -/* -** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. -** -** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness -** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by -** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. -** There are three levels: -** -** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default -** for temporary and transient files. -** -** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the -** database. This is normally adequate protection, but -** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, -** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal -** in a state which would cause damage to the database -** when it is rolled back. -** -** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the -** database (with some additional information - the nRec field -** of the journal header - being written in between the two -** syncs). If we assume that writing a -** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides -** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the -** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. -** -** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues -** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced -** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced -** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL -** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for -** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL -** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the -** syncs associated with NORMAL. -** -** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The -** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync -** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an -** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL -** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the -** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when -** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. -** -** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, -** and FULL=3. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ - unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ -){ - unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; - assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); - pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; - pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; - if( pPager->noSync ){ - pPager->syncFlags = 0; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; - }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - }else{ - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - } - pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; - if( pPager->fullSync ){ - pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; - } - if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ - pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; - }else{ - pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library -** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Open a temporary file. -** -** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically -** delete the temporary file when it is closed. -** -** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified -** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: -** -** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE -** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE -** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE -** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE -*/ -static int pagerOpentemp( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ -#endif - - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the busy handler function. -** -** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns -** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, -** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE -** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from -** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE -** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: -** -** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler -** -------------------------------------------------------- -** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes -** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No -** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No -** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes -** -** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is -** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is -** returned to the caller of the pager API function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ - void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ -){ - pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; - pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; - assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); - assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); - } -} - -/* -** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size -** is passed in *pPageSize. -** -** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it -** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. -** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). -** -** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: -** -** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power -** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and -** -** * there are no outstanding page references, and -** -** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is -** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. -** -** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. -** -** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() -** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. -** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated -** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this -** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, -** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this - ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state - ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. - ** - ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in - ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that - ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function - ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. - */ - - u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; - assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); - if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 - && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize - ){ - char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ - i64 nByte = 0; - - if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); - if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); - pPager->pageSize = pageSize; - sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); - pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; - sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); - } - } - - *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; - assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); - pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; - pagerReportSize(pPager); - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally -** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the -** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally -** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback -** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as -** no rollbacks are happening. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pTmpSpace; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. -** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the -** maximum page count below the current size of the database. -** -** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - if( mxPage>0 ){ - pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; - } - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ - assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ - return pPager->mxPgno; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated -** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated -** errors in places where we do not care about errors. -** -** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops -** and generate no code. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; -SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; -static int saved_cnt; -void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; - sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; -} -void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; -} -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -/* -** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. -** -** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or -** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is -** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this -** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or -** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. -** -** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, -** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the -** output buffer undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - memset(pDest, 0, N); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - - /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating - ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition - ** to WAL mode yet. - */ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on -** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. -** -** However, if the file is between 1 and bytes in size, then -** this is considered a 1 page file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); - *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; -} - - -/* -** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If -** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op -** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). -** -** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke -** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat -** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to -** obtain the lock succeeds. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state -** variable to locktype before returning. -*/ -static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is - ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler - ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above - ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). - */ - assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) - || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) - || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) - ); - - do { - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the -** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: -** -** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the -** current database image, in pages, OR -** -** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not -** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal -** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). -** -** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the -** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() -** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to -** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after -** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current -** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either -** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and -** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the -** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that -** this circumstance cannot arise. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); -} -static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); -} -#else -# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) -#endif - -/* -** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This -** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It -** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the -** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. -** -** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. -** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be -** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and -** then continue writing to the database. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - - /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to - ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, - ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint - ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled - ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only - ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the - ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), - ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call - ** is no longer correct. */ -} - - -/* -** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It -** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the -** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows -** that the entire journal file has been synced. -** -** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures -** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that -** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal -** content as this process. -** -** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, -** an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. -** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). -** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference -** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set -** *ppPage to zero. -** -** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released -** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). -*/ -static int pagerAcquireMapPage( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ - void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ - PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ -){ - PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ - - if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ - *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; - pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; - p->pDirty = 0; - memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); - }else{ - *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; - p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; - p->nRef = 1; - p->pPager = pPager; - } - - assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); - assert( p->pPage==0 ); - assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); - assert( p->pPager==pPager ); - assert( p->nRef==1 ); - - p->pgno = pgno; - p->pData = pData; - pPager->nMmapOut++; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an -** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). -*/ -static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - pPager->nMmapOut--; - pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; - pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; - - assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); -} - -/* -** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. -*/ -static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *p; - PgHdr *pNext; - for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pDirty; - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - - -/* -** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. -** -** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that -** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated -** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated -** with this page cache after this function returns will likely -** result in a coredump. -** -** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback -** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned -** to the caller. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ - u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; - - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); - /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ - pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); - pPager->pWal = 0; -#endif - pager_reset(pPager); - if( MEMDB ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - }else{ - /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. - ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal - ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs - ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. - ** - ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager - ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the - ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it - ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal - ** rollback before accessing the database file. - */ - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); - } - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); - sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); -#endif - - assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); - - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** Return the page number for page pPg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->pgno; -} -#endif - -/* -** Increment the reference count for page pPg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ - sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); -} - -/* -** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have -** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the -** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. -** -** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. -** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the -** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: -** -** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need -** be taken. -** -** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, -** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header -** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have -** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync -** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. -** -** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then -** journal file is synced. -** -** Or, in pseudo-code: -** -** if( NOT ){ -** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ -** if( ) xSync(); -** -** } -** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(); -** } -** -** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every -** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO -** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. -*/ -static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection - ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal - ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger - ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal - ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the - ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure - ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes - ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its - ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the - ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all - ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, - ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. - ** - ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain - ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 - ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. - ** - ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this - ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used - ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of - ** the potential journal header. - */ - i64 iNextHdrOffset; - u8 aMagic[8]; - u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; - - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); - - iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ - static const u8 zerobyte = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in - ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that - ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark - ** it as a candidate for rollback. - ** - ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible - ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field - ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written - ** and never needs to be updated. - */ - if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite( - pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| - (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; - if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - pPager->nRec = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - }else{ - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; - } - } - - /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just - ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on - ** all pages. - */ - sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected -** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the -** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may -** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is -** a no-op. -** -** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function -** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock -** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. -** -** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file -** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is -** written out. -** -** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, -** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing -** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: -** -** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or -** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. -** -** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize -** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached -** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in -** the database file. -** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error -** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot -** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. -*/ -static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); - assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It - ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch - ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. - */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); - } - - /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final - ** file size will be. - */ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pPager->dbHintSizedbSize - && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) - ){ - sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); - pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ - Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; - - /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater - ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to - ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write - ** any such pages to the file. - ** - ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag - ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). - */ - if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ - i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ - char *pData; /* Data to write */ - - assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); - if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); - - /* Encode the database */ - CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); - - /* Write out the page data. */ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); - - /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match - ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this - ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. - */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; - } - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; - - /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); - - PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); - IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); - }else{ - PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); - } - pager_set_pagehash(pList); - pList = pList->pDirty; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this -** function is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An -** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() -** fails. -*/ -static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); - }else{ - rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. -** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check -** that it is really required before calling this function. -** -** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs -** for all open savepoints before returning. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO -** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or -** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint -** bitvec. -*/ -static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - - /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) - || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) - || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize - ); - rc = openSubJournal(pPager); - - /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), - ** write the journal record into the file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - void *pData = pPg->pData; - i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - char *pData2; - - CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); - PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); - rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->nSubRec++; - assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); - rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some -** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object -** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory -** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is -** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page -** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first -** argument. -** -** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents -** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the -** journal file. -** -** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and -** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the -** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be -** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK -** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. -*/ -static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - - /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of - ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs - ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple - ** pages belonging to the same sector. - ** - ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling - ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during - ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. - ** - ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could - ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it - ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1 - ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to - ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() - ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. - */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; - testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); - testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); - testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); - if( pPager->doNotSpill - && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 - || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - pPg->pDirty = 0; - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ - if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ - rc = subjournalPage(pPg); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); - } - }else{ - - /* Sync the journal file if required. */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - ){ - rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); - } - - /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of - ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. - ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not - ** actually write data to the file in this case. - ** - ** Consider the following sequence of events: - ** - ** BEGIN; - ** - ** - ** SAVEPOINT sp; - ** - ** pagerStress(page X) - ** ROLLBACK TO sp; - ** - ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written - ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, - ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read - ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it - ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" - ** was executed. - ** - ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the - ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will - ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is - ** executed. - */ - if( NEVER( - rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) - ) ){ - rc = subjournalPage(pPg); - } - - /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); - } - } - - /* Mark the page as clean. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); - } - - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - - -/* -** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it -** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it -** to sqlite3PagerClose(). -** -** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. -** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created -** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted -** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then -** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. -** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. -** -** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated -** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user -** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. -** -** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the -** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination -** of the PAGER_* flags. -** -** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter -** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. -** -** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened -** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to -** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL -** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM -** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or -** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ - Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ - int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ - int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ - int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ -){ - u8 *pPtr; - Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ - int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ - int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ - int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ - char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ - int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ - int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ - int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ - u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ - const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ - int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ - - /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle - ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This - ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle - ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" - ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal - ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see - ** source file journal.c). - */ - if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ - journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - }else{ - journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); - } - - /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ - *ppPager = 0; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ - memDb = 1; - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); - if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); - zFilename = 0; - } - } -#endif - - /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed - ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, - ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - const char *z; - nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); - if( zPathname==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); - nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); - z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; - while( *z ){ - z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; - z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; - } - nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); - assert( nUri>=0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ - /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by - ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname - ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, - ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even - ** check for a hot-journal before reading. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); - return rc; - } - } - - /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the - ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal - ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: - ** - ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) - ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) - ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) - ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) - ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) - ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) - ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) - */ - pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( - ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ - ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ - ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ - journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ - nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ - nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ -#endif - ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); - if( !pPtr ){ - sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); - pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); - pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); - pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); - pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); - pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); - - /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ - if( zPathname ){ - assert( nPathname>0 ); - pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); - memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); - if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); - memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); - sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; - memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); - sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); -#endif - sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); - } - pPager->pVfs = pVfs; - pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; - - /* Open the pager file. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); - assert( !memDb ); - readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - - /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, - ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the - ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: - ** - ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, - ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() - ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - if( !readOnly ){ - setSectorSize(pPager); - assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); - if( szPageDfltsectorSize ){ - if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ - szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; - }else{ - szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - { - int ii; - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); - for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ - if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ - szPageDflt = ii; - } - } - } -#endif - } - pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); - if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 - || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - goto act_like_temp_file; - } - } - }else{ - /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. - ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually - ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). - ** - ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory - ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to - ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. - ** - ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. - */ -act_like_temp_file: - tempFile = 1; - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ - pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE locking mode */ - pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ - readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - } - - /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of - ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - - /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the - ** Pager structure and close the file. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace ); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return rc; - } - - /* Initialize the PCache object. */ - assert( nExtra<1000 ); - nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); - sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, - !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); - - PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); - IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) - - pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; - /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ - /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ - pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; - /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ - /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ - pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; - pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; - assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); - pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; - if( pPager->noSync ){ - assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); - assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); - assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); - assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); - }else{ - pPager->fullSync = 1; - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - } - /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ - /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ - /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ - pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; - pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); - setSectorSize(pPager); - if( !useJournal ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; - }else if( memDb ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; - } - /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ - /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ - pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; - /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ - /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ - - *ppPager = pPager; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from -** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought -** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error -** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. -*/ -static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ - int bHasMoved = 0; - int rc; - - if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ - /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file - ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to - ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to -** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in -** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that -** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal -** file exists if the following criteria are met: -** -** * The journal file exists in the file system, and -** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and -** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and -** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. -** -** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file -** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior -** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is -** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK -** is returned. -** -** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename -** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file -** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this -** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() -** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and -** will not roll it back. -** -** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and -** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is -** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying -** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error -** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. -*/ -static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ - int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); - - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - - assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & - SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN - )); - - *pExists = 0; - if( !jrnlOpen ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ - int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ - - /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the - ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() - ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before - ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that - ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when - ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will - ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ - Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ - - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the - ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where - ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial - ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. - ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care - ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to - ** journal_mode=PERSIST. - */ - if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - }else{ - /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved - ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is - ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. - ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, - ** it can be ignored. - */ - if( !jrnlOpen ){ - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 first = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !jrnlOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - *pExists = (first!=0); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ - /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if - ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or - ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in - ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. - ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the - ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal - ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to - ** worry so much with race conditions. - */ - *pExists = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. -** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function -** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when -** this function is called, it is a no-op. -** -** The following operations are also performed by this function. -** -** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held -** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a -** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining -** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, -** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal -** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking -** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and -** discarded if they are found to be invalid. -** -** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently -** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, -** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding -** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal -** file. -** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error -** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or -** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no - ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either - ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in - ** exclusive access mode. - */ - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } - - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ - int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ - - assert( !MEMDB ); - - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - goto failed; - } - - /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the - ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. - */ - if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ - rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - if( bHotJournal ){ - if( pPager->readOnly ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; - goto failed; - } - - /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is - ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the - ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the - ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the - ** hot-journal back. - ** - ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any - ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to - ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock - ** on the database file. - ** - ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is - ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. - */ - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - - /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the - ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because - ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open - ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access - ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist - ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). - ** - ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some - ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before - ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it - ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this - ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. - */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ - int fout = 0; - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - } - } - - /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write - ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before - ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with - ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing - ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal - ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync - ** the journal before playing it back. - */ - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - } - }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open - ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The - ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock - ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be - ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for - ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). - ** - ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to - ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition - ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, - ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very - ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling - ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible - ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page - ** references. - */ - pager_error(pPager, rc); - goto failed; - } - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) - || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) - ); - } - - if( !pPager->tempFile && ( - pPager->pBackup - || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 - || USEFETCH(pPager) - )){ - /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file - ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous - ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database - ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the - ** cache. - ** - ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning - ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are - ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The - ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when - ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be - ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that - ** it can be neglected. - */ - Pgno nPage = 0; - char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; - - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); - if( rc ) goto failed; - - if( nPage>0 ){ - IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - goto failed; - } - }else{ - memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); - } - - if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - - /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes - ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back - ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. - ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears - ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this - ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ - if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); - } - } - } - - /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL - ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. - */ - rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); -#endif - } - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); - } - - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); - } - - failed: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( !MEMDB ); - pager_unlock(pPager); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - }else{ - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active -** transaction and unlock the pager. -** -** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in -** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is -** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - } -} - -/* -** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page -** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is -** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. -** -** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. -** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data -** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may -** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing -** object with no outstanding references. -** -** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the -** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is -** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra -** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. -** -** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a -** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the -** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no -** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the -** page is initialized to all zeros. -** -** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents -** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: -** -** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and -** -** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load -** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read -** from the savepoint journal. -** -** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of -** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding -** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the -** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open -** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any -** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents -** will not be journaled. This saves IO. -** -** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, -** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt -** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already -** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() -** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it -** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. -** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks -** or journal files. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ - DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ - int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - PgHdr *pPg = 0; - u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ - const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); - - /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except - ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY - ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a - ** temporary or in-memory database. */ - const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager) - && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - && pPager->xCodec==0 -#endif - ); - - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); - - if( pgno==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. - ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ - if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - }else{ - - if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; - } - - if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ - void *pData = 0; - - rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, - (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData - ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ - if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ - (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); - } - if( pPg==0 ){ - rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); - }else{ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); - } - if( pPg ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - *ppPage = pPg; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - } - - rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage); - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the - ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. - ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ - pPg = 0; - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); - assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 ); - - if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){ - /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of - ** the page. Return without further ado. */ - assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; - return SQLITE_OK; - - }else{ - /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to - ** be initialized. */ - - pPg = *ppPage; - pPg->pPager = pPager; - - /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page - ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ - if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - - if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSizefd) ){ - if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - if( noContent ){ - /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. - ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a - ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure - ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set - ** a bit in a bit vector. - */ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - } - TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } - memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); - IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - }else{ - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; - } - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; - rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - } - pager_set_pagehash(pPg); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; - -pager_acquire_err: - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( pPg ){ - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); - } - pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); - - *ppPage = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do -** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine -** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read -** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error -** has ever happened. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *pPg = 0; - assert( pPager!=0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 ); - assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); - return pPg; -} - -/* -** Release a page reference. -** -** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the -** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages -** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is -** removed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager; - assert( pPg!=0 ); - pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ - pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); - }else{ - sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); - } - pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ - if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); -} - -/* -** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. -** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database -** file when this routine is called. -** -** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header -** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal -** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being -** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used -** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. -** -** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), -** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the -** already open file. -** -** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the -** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or -** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. -*/ -static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - - /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on - ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in - ** an error state. */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); - if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); - }else{ - const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - (pPager->tempFile ? - (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): - (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) - ); - - /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when - ** it was originally opened. */ - rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - ); -#else - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); -#endif - } - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - } - - - /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open - ** the sub-journal if necessary. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ - pPager->nRec = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a -** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. -** -** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED -** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least -** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking -** functions need be called. -** -** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened -** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This -** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when -** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a -** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required -** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, -** or using a temporary file otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eStatesubjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; - - if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an - ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. - */ - if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); - } - - /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to - ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. - ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already - ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. - */ - rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); - }else{ - /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter - ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The - ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE - ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. - */ - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. - ** - ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD - ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. - ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint - ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database - ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in - ** WAL mode. - */ - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; - pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - } - - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - } - - PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the -** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into -** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the -** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs -** of any open savepoints as appropriate. -*/ -static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int inJournal; - - /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already - ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. - ** It is never called in the ERROR state. - */ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); - assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); - - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); - - /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already - ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the - ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. - ** - ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. - ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then - ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state - ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. - */ - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written - ** to the journal then we can return right away. - */ - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg); - if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - }else{ - - /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an - ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to - ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. - */ - if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); - if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - u32 cksum; - char *pData2; - i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* We should never write to the journal file the page that - ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies - ** that we do not. */ - assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); - - assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); - CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); - cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); - - /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the - ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. - ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in - ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored - ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, - ** then corruption may follow. - */ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, - pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); - PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, - ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); - - pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; - pPager->nRec++; - assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - return rc; - } - }else{ - if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - } - PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, - ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); - } - } - - /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, - ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that - ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format - ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. - */ - if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ - rc = subjournalPage(pPg); - } - } - - /* Update the database size and return. - */ - if( pPager->dbSizepgno ){ - pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before -** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value -** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless -** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. -** -** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this -** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages -** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages -** must have been written to the journal file before returning. -** -** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned -** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - - assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ - Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ - Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ - int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ - Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); - - /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow - ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by - ** this function. - */ - assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; - - /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are - ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier - ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. - */ - pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; - - nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; - if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ - nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; - }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ - nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; - }else{ - nPage = nPagePerSector; - } - assert(nPage>0); - assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); - assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); - - for(ii=0; iipgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ - if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_write(pPage); - if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - needSync = 1; - } - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); - } - } - }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ - if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - needSync = 1; - } - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); - } - } - - /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages - ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because - ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the - ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them - ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ - assert( !MEMDB ); - for(ii=0; iiflags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); - } - } - } - - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; - }else{ - rc = pager_write(pDbPage); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed -** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok -** to change the content of the page. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY; -} -#endif - -/* -** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to -** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though -** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when -** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its -** content no longer matters. -** -** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data -** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so -** that it does not get written to disk. -** -** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large -** DELETE operations. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ - PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; - pager_set_pagehash(pPg); - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file -** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at -** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at -** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. -** -** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. -** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. -** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an -** unconditional update of the change counters. -** -** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling -** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the -** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current -** transaction is committed. -** -** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled -** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, -** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly -** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the -** sqlite3OsWrite() function. -*/ -static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the - ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect - ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter - ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. - ** - ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not - ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of - ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the - ** "if( isDirect )" condition. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -# define DIRECT_MODE 0 - assert( isDirectMode==0 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); -#else -# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode -#endif - - if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ - - assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - - /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); - assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not - ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in - ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() - ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ - pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); - - /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ - if( DIRECT_MODE ){ - const void *zBuf; - assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); - CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the - ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be - ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ - const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - pPager->changeCountDone = 1; - } - }else{ - pPager->changeCountDone = 1; - } - } - - /* Release the page reference. */ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases -** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. -** -** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this -** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ - assert( !MEMDB ); - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in -** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on -** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. -** -** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is -** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is -** returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name -** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual -** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master -** journal (a single database transaction). -** -** This routine ensures that: -** -** * The database file change-counter is updated, -** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), -** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, -** * the database file is truncated (if required), and -** * the database file synced. -** -** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize -** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or -** delete the master journal file if specified). -** -** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value -** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. -** -** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself -** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to -** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the -** journal file in this case. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ - int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - - PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", - pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); - - /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ - if( pPager->eStatepBackup); - }else{ - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); - PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; - if( pList==0 ){ - /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. - ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); - pList = pPageOne; - pList->pDirty = 0; - } - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ - rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - } - }else{ - /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it - ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization - ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the - ** runtime criteria to use the operation: - ** - ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and - ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and - ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. - ** - ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the - ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change - ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but - ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() - ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call - ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect - ** mode. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, - ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter - ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be - ** created for this transaction. - */ - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - PgHdr *pPg; - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) - && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize - && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) - ){ - /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The - ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 - ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 - ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write - ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. - */ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); - } - } - #else - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); - #endif - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master - ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, - ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. - */ - rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. - ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not - ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. - ** - ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the - ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the - ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive - ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is - ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant - ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. - */ - rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); - goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - - /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use - ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database - ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the - ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the - ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file - ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ - if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - - /* Finally, sync the database file. */ - if( !noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); - } - IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - } - } - -commit_phase_one_exit: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** When this function is called, the database file has been completely -** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and -** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system -** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually -** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. -** -** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, -** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used -** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is -** irrevocably committed. -** -** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager -** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. - ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get - ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED - || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during - ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is - ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. - ** - ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal - ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as - ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made - ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal - ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need - ** to drop any locks either. - */ - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - && pPager->exclusiveMode - && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - -/* -** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the -** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. -** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR -** state if an error occurs. -** -** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, -** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. -** -** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: -** -** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and -** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction -** was opened, and -** -** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot -** rollback at any point in the future. -** -** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the -** rollback is successful. -** -** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the -** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to -** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or -** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - - /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If - ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not - ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. - */ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; - if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - int rc2; - rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); - rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - int eState = pPager->eState; - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); - if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error - ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. - ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. - */ - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; - pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; - return rc; - } - }else{ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT - || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR - || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN - ); - - /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager - ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. - */ - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE -** if the database is (in theory) writable. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->readOnly; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the pager. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ - return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); -} - -/* -** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently -** used by the pager and its associated cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ - int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) - + 5*sizeof(void*); - return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) - + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) - + pPager->pageSize; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the specified page. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ - return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ - static int a[11]; - a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); - a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); - a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); - a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; - a[4] = pPager->eState; - a[5] = pPager->errCode; - a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; - a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; - a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ - a[9] = pPager->nRead; - a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; - return a; -} -#endif - -/* -** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or -** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the -** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the -** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before -** returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ - - assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT - || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS - || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE - ); - - assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); - assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); - assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); - - *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; - if( reset ){ - pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ - return MEMDB; -} - -/* -** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are -** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints -** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already -** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. -** -** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error -** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is -** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ - - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ - - /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a - ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. - */ - aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( - pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint - ); - if( !aNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); - pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; - - /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ - for(ii=nCurrent; iidbSize; - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ - aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; - }else{ - aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; - aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); - if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); - } - pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; - } - assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); - assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. -** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently -** created savepoint. -** -** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. -** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with -** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes -** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. -** -** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter -** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint -** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate -** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than -** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. -** -** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current -** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling -** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate -** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the -** contents of the database to its original state. -** -** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint -** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), -** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. -** -** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, -** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a -** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ - - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepointnSavepoint ){ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ - - /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this - ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated - ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. - */ - nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); - for(ii=nNew; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); - } - pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; - - /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate - ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ - if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ - if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - } - pPager->nSubRec = 0; - } - } - /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. - ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has - ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to - ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. - */ - else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; - rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); - assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the database file. -** -** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if -** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when -** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy -** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to -** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can -** participate in shared-cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ - return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; -} - -/* -** Return the VFS structure for the pager. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pVfs; -} - -/* -** Return the file handle for the database file associated -** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has -** not yet been opened. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->fd; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the journal file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zJournal; -} - -/* -** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE -** if fsync()s are executed normally. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->noSync; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( - Pager *pPager, - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), - void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), - void (*xCodecFree)(void*), - void *pCodec -){ - if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); - pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; - pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; - pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; - pPager->pCodec = pCodec; - pagerReportSize(pPager); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pCodec; -} - -/* -** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content -** into the log file. -** -** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted -** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ - void *aData = 0; - CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); - return aData; -} - -/* -** Return the current pager state -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->eState; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. -** -** There must be no references to the page previously located at -** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be -** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already -** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. -** -** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any -** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes -** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. -** -** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be -** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction -** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement -** transaction is active). -** -** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being -** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction -** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page -** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. -** -** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error -** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ - PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ - Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ - - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal - ** the page we are moving from. - */ - if( MEMDB ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest - ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the - ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: - ** - ** BEGIN; - ** - ** SAVEPOINT one; - ** - ** ROLLBACK TO one; - ** - ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not - ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" - ** statement were is processed. - ** - ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into - ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function - ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY - && subjRequiresPage(pPg) - && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); - IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) - - /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can - ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. - ** - ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that - ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno - ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. - */ - if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ - needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || - pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - } - - /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained - ** for the page moved there. - */ - pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); - if( pPgOld ){ - pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); - if( MEMDB ){ - /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might - ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ - sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); - }else{ - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); - } - } - - origPgno = pPg->pgno; - sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - - /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues - ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld - ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. - */ - if( MEMDB ){ - assert( pPgOld ); - sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); - } - - if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be - ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the - ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by - ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** flag. - ** - ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due - ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] - ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in - ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before - ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in - ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. - */ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); - sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); - } - return rc; - } - pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ - assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); - return pPg->pData; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space -** allocated along with the specified page. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->pExtra; -} - -/* -** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then -** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. -** -** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) -** locking-mode. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); - assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); - if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; - } - return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; -} - -/* -** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: -** -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL -** -** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. -** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: -** -** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF -** or _MEMORY. -** -** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. -** -** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger - ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ - print_pager_state(pPager); -#endif - - - /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ - assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - - /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and - ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed - ** to WAL mode. - */ - assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); - - /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to - ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF - */ - if( MEMDB ){ - assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); - if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - eMode = eOld; - } - } - - if( eMode!=eOld ){ - - /* Change the journal mode. */ - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; - - /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal - ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, - ** delete the journal file. - */ - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); - - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ - - /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is - ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file - ** here is an optimization only. - ** - ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the - ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted - ** while it is in use by some other client. - */ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - }else{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int state = pPager->eState; - assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); - if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); - } - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ - pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - } - assert( state==pPager->eState ); - } - } - } - - /* Return the new journal mode */ - return (int)pPager->journalMode; -} - -/* -** Return the current journal mode. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ - return (int)pPager->journalMode; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the -** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database -** is unmodified. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; - if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. -** -** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. -** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ - if( iLimit>=-1 ){ - pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; - sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); - } - return pPager->journalSizeLimit; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module -** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module -** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and -** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ - return &pPager->pBackup; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ - if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", -** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() -** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. -** -** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pPager->pWal ){ - rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, - pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, - pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, - pnLog, pnCkpt - ); - } - return rc; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ - return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); -} - -/* -** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the -** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; - return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); -} - -/* -** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock -** is obtained instead, immediately release it. -*/ -static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the - ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ - pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in -** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE -** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index -** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. -*/ -static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); - assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use - ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory - ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL - ** file, to make sure this is safe. - */ - if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); - } - - /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, - ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, - pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, - pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal - ); - } - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); - - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call -** this function. -** -** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database -** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file -** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does -** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is -** not modified in either case. -** -** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if -** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK -** without doing anything. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); - assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); - assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); - - if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ - if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - - /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - - rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - } - }else{ - *pbOpen = 1; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior -** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. -** -** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an -** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an -** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. -** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); - - /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, - ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to - ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. - */ - if( !pPager->pWal ){ - int logexists = 0; - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess( - pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists - ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ - rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); - } - } - - /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on - ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ - rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, - pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); - pPager->pWal = 0; - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); - } - } - return rc; -} - -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -/* -** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If -** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more -** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the -** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file -** is empty, return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); -} -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ - -/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/ -/* -** 2010 February 1 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in -** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. -** -** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT -** -** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames". -** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the -** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing -** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that -** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record -** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is -** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a -** "checkpoint". -** -** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the -** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new -** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning -** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are -** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which -** are leftovers from prior checkpoints. -** -** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight -** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values: -** -** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683 -** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000 -** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024 -** 12: Checkpoint sequence number -** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint -** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt -** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). -** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). -** -** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each -** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a bytes -** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned -** integer values, as follows: -** -** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages -** after the commit. For all other records, zero. -** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) -** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) -** 16: Checksum-1. -** 20: Checksum-2. -** -** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are -** true: -** -** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match -** salt values in the wal-header -** -** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header -** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the -** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames -** up to and including the current frame. -** -** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the -** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it -** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682. -** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a -** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute -** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as -** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The -** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: -** -** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: -** s0 += x[i] + s1; -** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; -** endfor -** -** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights -** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element -** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit -** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. -** -** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the -** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed. -** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched -** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the -** xSync begins. -** -** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2 -** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from -** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together -** following a crash. -** -** READER ALGORITHM -** -** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader -** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the -** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame -** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL -** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit -** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from -** the database file. -** -** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last -** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value -** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended -** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value -** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot -** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows -** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database -** content simultaneously. -** -** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but -** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the -** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the -** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, -** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate -** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the -** search for frames of a particular page. -** -** WAL-INDEX FORMAT -** -** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations -** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because -** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL -** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to -** share memory. -** -** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should -** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required -** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last -** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can -** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform. -** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values -** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native -** byte order of the host computer. -** -** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given -** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the -** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return -** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M. -** -** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or -** more index blocks. -** -** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL -** in the mxFrame field. -** -** Each index block except for the first contains information on -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and -** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the -** wal-index. -** -** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the -** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table -** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. -** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE -** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the -** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the -** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block -** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in -** the log, and so on. -** -** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full -** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers, -** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the -** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely -** contains unused entries. -** -** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P -** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block -** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and -** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the -** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame -** holding the content for that page. -** -** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. -** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the -** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash -** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions -** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an -** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same -** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in -** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will -** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block -** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table -** contain a value of 0. -** -** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on -** P as follows: -** -** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT -** -** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey -** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is -** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot -** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was -** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, -** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let -** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, -** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists -** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the -** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the -** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references -** page P. -** -** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the -** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On -** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be -** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to -** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block -** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient -** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10 -** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the -** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This -** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL. -** -** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one -** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started -** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL -** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0. -** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get -** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with -** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused -** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as -** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table -** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the -** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted -** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. -** -** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries -** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed -** from the hash table at this point. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - - -/* -** Trace output macros -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; -# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define WALTRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats -** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. -** -** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum -** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not -** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. -** -** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the -** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not -** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite -** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. -*/ -#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000 -#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000 - -/* -** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number -** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. -*/ -#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0 -#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1 -#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1 -#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2 -#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I)) -#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3) - - -/* Object declarations */ -typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr; -typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator; -typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; - - -/* -** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content. -** -** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this -** object. -** -** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. -** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was -** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. -*/ -struct WalIndexHdr { - u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ - u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */ - u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */ - u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */ - u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */ - u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */ - u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */ - u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */ - u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */ - u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */ -}; - -/* -** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately -** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores -** information used by checkpoint. -** -** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written -** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to -** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than -** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads -** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread). -** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from -** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset. -** -** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader -** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than -** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) -** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is -** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder -** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding -** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content -** directly from the database. -** -** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that -** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of -** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark -** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). -** -** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where -** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is -** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding -** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the -** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there -** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the -** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything -** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers -** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will -** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore -** the WAL. -** -** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, -** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been -** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL -** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then -** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start -** writing new content beginning at frame 1. -** -** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in -** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries. -*/ -struct WalCkptInfo { - u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */ - u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */ -}; -#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff - - -/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at -** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems -** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data -** from the region of the file on which locks are applied. -*/ -#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo)) -#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16 -#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED) - -/* Size of header before each frame in wal */ -#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24 - -/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */ -/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */ -#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32 - -/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least -** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit -** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. -** -** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL -** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit -** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting -** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. -*/ -#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 - -/* -** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, -** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned -** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. -*/ -#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ - WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ -) - -/* -** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the -** following object. -*/ -struct Wal { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ - sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ - sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ - u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ - i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ - int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ - int szFirstBlock; /* Size of first block written to WAL file */ - volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ - u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ - i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ - u8 syncFlags; /* Flags to use to sync header writes */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ - u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ - u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ - u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ - u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */ - u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */ - u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */ - WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ - const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ - u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. -*/ -#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 -#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 -#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 - -/* -** Possible values for WAL.readOnly -*/ -#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ -#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ -#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ - -/* -** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of -** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. -*/ -typedef u16 ht_slot; - -/* -** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through -** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames -** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the -** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with -** the largest index). -** -** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: -** -** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, -** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, -** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. -** -** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). -*/ -struct WalIterator { - int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ - int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ - struct WalSegment { - int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ - ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ - u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ - int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ - int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ - } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ -}; - -/* -** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There -** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the -** wal-index. -** -** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and -** create incompatibilities. -*/ -#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ -#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ -#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ - -/* -** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a -** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete -** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. -*/ -#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) - -/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ -#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ - sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ -) - -/* -** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index -** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are -** numbered from zero. -** -** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index -** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, -** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. -*/ -static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ - if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ - int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); - volatile u32 **apNew; - apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); - if( !apNew ){ - *ppPage = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, - sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); - pWal->apWiData = apNew; - pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; - } - - /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ - if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); - if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, - pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ - pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - - *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; - assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. -*/ -static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. -*/ -static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; -} - -/* -** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian -** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting -** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it -** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes -** of the input value as a little-endian integer. -*/ -#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ - (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ - + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ -) - -/* -** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in -** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or -** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). -** -** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. -** -** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. -*/ -static void walChecksumBytes( - int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ - u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ - int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ - const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ - u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ -){ - u32 s1, s2; - u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; - u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; - - if( aIn ){ - s1 = aIn[0]; - s2 = aIn[1]; - }else{ - s1 = s2 = 0; - } - - assert( nByte>=8 ); - assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); - - if( nativeCksum ){ - do { - s1 += *aData++ + s2; - s2 += *aData++ + s1; - }while( aDataexclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); - } -} - -/* -** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. -** -** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. -*/ -static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ - volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); - const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; - pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; - walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); - memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); -} - -/* -** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer -** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of -** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: -** -** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages -** after the commit. For all other records, zero. -** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) -** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) -** 16: Checksum-1. -** 20: Checksum-2. -*/ -static void walEncodeFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ - u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ - u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ - u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ - u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ -){ - int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ - u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; - assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); - memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); - - nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); -} - -/* -** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content -** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and -** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. -*/ -static int walDecodeFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ - u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ - u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ - u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ - u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ -){ - int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ - u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; - u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ - assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); - - /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header - ** match the salt values in the wal-header. - */ - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. - */ - pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); - if( pgno==0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, - ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, - ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 - ** bytes of this frame-header. - */ - nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) - || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) - ){ - /* Checksum failed. */ - return 0; - } - - /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number - ** and the new database size. - */ - *piPage = pgno; - *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); - return 1; -} - - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not -** a part of an ordinary build. -*/ -static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ - if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ - return "WRITE-LOCK"; - }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ - return "CKPT-LOCK"; - }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ - return "RECOVER-LOCK"; - }else{ - static char zName[15]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", - lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - return zName; - } -} -#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ - - -/* -** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. -** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go -** through the unlocked state first. -** -** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. -*/ -static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ - int rc; - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, - SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) - return rc; -} -static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; - (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, - SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); -} -static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ - int rc; - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, - SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) - return rc; -} -static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; - (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, - SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), n)); -} - -/* -** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land -** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances -** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. -*/ -static int walHash(u32 iPage){ - assert( iPage>0 ); - assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); - return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); -} -static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ - return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); -} - -/* -** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on -** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages -** numbered starting from 0. -** -** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table -** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame -** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a -** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number -** (*piZero+N) in the log. -** -** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the -** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1). -*/ -static int walHashGet( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ - volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */ - volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */ - u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - volatile u32 *aPgno; - - rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u32 iZero; - volatile ht_slot *aHash; - - aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; - if( iHash==0 ){ - aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; - iZero = 0; - }else{ - iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; - } - - *paPgno = &aPgno[-1]; - *paHash = aHash; - *piZero = iZero; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table -** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame -** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages -** are numbered starting from 0. -*/ -static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ - int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; - assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) - && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) - && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) - && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) - && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) - ); - return iHash; -} - -/* -** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. -*/ -static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ - int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); - if( iHash==0 ){ - return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; - } - return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; -} - -/* -** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater -** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. -** -** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due -** to a rollback or savepoint. -** -** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be -** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when -** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are -** actually needed. -*/ -static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ - volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */ - volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */ - u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */ - int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ - int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); - - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; - - /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing - ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed - ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. - */ - assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); - assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); - walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - - /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater - ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero; - assert( iLimit>0 ); - for(i=0; iiLimit ){ - aHash[i] = 0; - } - } - - /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with - ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]); - memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable - ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. - */ - if( iLimit ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iKey; /* Hash key */ - for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){ - for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; - } - assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ -} - - -/* -** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number -** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. -*/ -static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */ - volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */ - volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */ - - rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - - /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the - ** page number array and hash table entry. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iKey; /* Hash table key */ - int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ - int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ - - idx = iFrame - iZero; - assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); - - /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the - ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding. - */ - if( idx==1 ){ - int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]); - memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte); - } - - /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer - ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after - ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). - ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from - ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. - */ - if( aPgno[idx] ){ - walCleanupHash(pWal); - assert( !aPgno[idx] ); - } - - /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ - nCollide = idx; - for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - aPgno[idx] = iPage; - aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals - ** the number of entries in the mapping region. - */ - { - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ - for(i=0; ickptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); - assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); - assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; - nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock; - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); - - memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto recovery_error; - } - - if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ - u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ - u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ - int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ - int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ - i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ - int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ - u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ - u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ - int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ - - /* Read in the WAL header. */ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto recovery_error; - } - - /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than - ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid - ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole - ** WAL file. - */ - magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); - szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); - if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC - || szPage&(szPage-1) - || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || szPage<512 - ){ - goto finished; - } - pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); - pWal->szPage = szPage; - pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); - memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); - - /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ - walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, - aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum - ); - if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) - || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) - ){ - goto finished; - } - - /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that - ** are able to understand */ - version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); - if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - goto finished; - } - - /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ - szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame); - if( !aFrame ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto recovery_error; - } - aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; - - /* Read all frames from the log file. */ - iFrame = 0; - for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ - u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ - u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ - - /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ - iFrame++; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); - if( !isValid ) break; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - - /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ - if( nTruncate ){ - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; - pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; - pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; - aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - } - } - - sqlite3_free(aFrame); - } - -finished: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; - int i; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - - /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is - ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and - ** checkpointers. - */ - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - pInfo->nBackfill = 0; - pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - - /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an - ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance - ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without - ** checkpointing the log file. - */ - if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL, - "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", - pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName - ); - } - } - -recovery_error: - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close an open wal-index. -*/ -static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inWiData; i++){ - sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); - pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; - } - }else{ - sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); - } -} - -/* -** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must -** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points -** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. -** -** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function -** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other -** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process -** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the -** system would be badly broken. -** -** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and -** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, -** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ - sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ - const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ - int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ - i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ - Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ - int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ - - assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); - assert( pDbFd ); - - /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before - ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets - ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. - */ -#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE - assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); -#endif -#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE - assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); -#endif - - - /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ - *ppWal = 0; - pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pRet ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - pRet->pVfs = pVfs; - pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1]; - pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; - pRet->readLock = -1; - pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; - pRet->zWalName = zWalName; - pRet->syncHeader = 1; - pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1; - pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); - - /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ - flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - walIndexClose(pRet, 0); - sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); - sqlite3_free(pRet); - }else{ - int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd); - if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; } - if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){ - pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0; - } - *ppWal = pRet; - WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ - if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; -} - -/* -** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that -** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the -** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where -** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page -** number. -** -** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page -** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. -*/ -static int walIteratorNext( - WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ - u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ - u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ -){ - u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ - u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ - int i; /* For looping through segments */ - - iMin = p->iPrior; - assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); - for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ - struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; - while( pSegment->iNextnEntry ){ - u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; - if( iPg>iMin ){ - if( iPgiZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; - } - break; - } - pSegment->iNext++; - } - } - - *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; - return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); -} - -/* -** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. -** -** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is -** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following -** is guaranteed for all J0 && nRight>0 ); - while( iRight=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); - assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); - } - - *paRight = aLeft; - *pnRight = iOut; - memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); -} - -/* -** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. -** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the -** larger aList[] values. -** -** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in -** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J0 ); - assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); - - for(iList=0; iListaList && p->nList<=(1<aList==&aList[iList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); - } - aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; - aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; - } - - for(iSub++; iSubnList<=(1<aList==&aList[nList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); - } - } - assert( aMerge==aList ); - *pnList = nMerge; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { - int i; - for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ - assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); - } - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). -*/ -static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ - sqlite3ScratchFree(p); -} - -/* -** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all -** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint -** lock. -** -** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object -** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine -** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined. -** -** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the -** WalIterator object when it has finished with it. -*/ -static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){ - WalIterator *p; /* Return value */ - int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */ - u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - - /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And - ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0). - */ - assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); - iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - - /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ - nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; - nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) - + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) - + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); - p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(p, 0, nByte); - p->nSegment = nSegment; - - /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block - ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. - */ - aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc( - sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) - ); - if( !aTmp ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iaSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero]; - iZero++; - - for(j=0; jaSegment[i].iZero = iZero; - p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; - p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; - p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno; - } - } - sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - walIteratorFree(p); - } - *pp = p; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and -** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a -** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the -** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. -*/ -static int walBusyLock( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ - int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ -){ - int rc; - do { - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); - }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. -** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. -*/ -static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ - return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); -} - -/* -** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file -** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. -** -** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited -** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page -** that a concurrent reader might be using. -** -** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when -** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if -** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background -** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. -** -** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and -** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent -** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. -** -** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire -** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes -** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the -** database file. -** -** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. -** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill. -** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase -** its value.) -** -** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other -** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same -** time. -*/ -static int walCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ - int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ - int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ - u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int szPage; /* Database page-size */ - WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ - u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ - u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ - u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ - u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ - int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */ - - szPage = walPagesize(pWal); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Allocate the iterator */ - rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pIter ); - - if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall; - - /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is - ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might - ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus - ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. - */ - mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; - if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ - assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - mxSafeFrame = y; - xBusy = 0; - }else{ - goto walcheckpoint_out; - } - } - } - - if( pInfo->nBackfillnBackfill; - - /* Sync the WAL to disk */ - if( sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); - } - - /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint - ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSizepDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); - } - } - - - /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ - i64 iOffset; - assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); - if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue; - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; - testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - } - - /* If work was actually accomplished... */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ - i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; - testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; - } - } - - /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure - ** just because there are active readers. */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal - ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all - ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next - ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ - assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - } - } - } - - walcheckpoint_out: - walIteratorFree(pIter); - return rc; -} - -/* -** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate -** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it. -*/ -static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){ - i64 sz; - int rx; - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); - if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){ - rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax); - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - if( rx ){ - sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); - } -} - -/* -** Close a connection to a log file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ - int nBuf, - u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pWal ){ - int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ - - /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the - ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the - ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to - ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both - ** the wal and wal-index files. - ** - ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; - } - rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint( - pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int bPersist = -1; - sqlite3OsFileControlHint( - pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist - ); - if( bPersist!=1 ){ - /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and - ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal - ** mode (!bPersist) */ - isDelete = 1; - }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ - /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint - ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent - ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a - ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0). Note that we truncate - ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might - ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */ - walLimitSize(pWal, 0); - } - } - } - - walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); - sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); - if( isDelete ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); - sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); - sqlite3_free(pWal); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if -** there is a problem. -** -** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might -** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to -** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected -** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by -** a checksum on the header. -** -** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from -** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header -** and *pChanged is set to 1. -** -** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header -** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. -*/ -static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ - WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ - WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ - - /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - - /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the - ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, - ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read - ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. - ** - ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. - ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. - ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from - ** reordering the reads and writes. - */ - aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); - memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); - - if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ - return 1; /* Dirty read */ - } - if( h1.isInit==0 ){ - return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ - } - walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ - return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ - } - - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ - *pChanged = 1; - memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); - testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); - } - - /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. -** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the -** wal-index from the WAL before returning. -** -** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is -** changed by this opertion. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged -** to 0. -** -** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ - volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ - - /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the - ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. - */ - assert( pChanged ); - rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - }; - assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); - - /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the - ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually - ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently - ** being modified by another thread or process. - */ - badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); - - /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race - ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. - */ - assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); - if( badHdr ){ - if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){ - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); - rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; - } - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ - badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); - if( badHdr ){ - /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding - ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and - ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. - */ - rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); - *pChanged = 1; - } - } - pWal->writeLock = 0; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - } - } - - /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make - ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that - ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. - */ - if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to -** be retried. -*/ -#define WAL_RETRY (-1) - -/* -** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or -** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to -** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. -** -** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an -** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running -** recovery) return a positive error code. -** -** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable -** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely -** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() -** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the -** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication -** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be -** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already -** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. -** -** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to -** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. -** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the -** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive -** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The -** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue -** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small -** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really -** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that -** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. -** -** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on -** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is -** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) -** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not -** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and -** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will -** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 -** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL -** completely and get all content directly from the database file. -** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and -** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. -** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the -** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. -** -** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header -** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the -** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might -** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does -** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding -** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. -*/ -static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ - u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ - int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ - - /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. - ** - ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest - ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the - ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But - ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get - ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, - ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, - ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. - ** - ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few - ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this - ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th - ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, - ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds. - ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second. - */ - if( cnt>5 ){ - int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ - if( cnt>100 ){ - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) - return SQLITE_PROTOCOL; - } - if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238; /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */ - sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); - } - - if( !useWal ){ - rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process - ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to - ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here - ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY - ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with - ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be - ** right on the second iteration. - */ - if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ - /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. - ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The - ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS - ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the - ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region - ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. - */ - rc = WAL_RETRY; - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); - rc = WAL_RETRY; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY; - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ - /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). - ** and can be safely ignored. - */ - rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ - /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames - ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. - ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, - ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy - ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from - ** happening, this is usually correct. - ** - ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log - ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) - ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may - ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before - ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. - */ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - return WAL_RETRY; - } - pWal->readLock = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - - /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use - ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is - ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to - ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. - */ - mxReadMark = 0; - mxI = 0; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; - if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ - assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); - mxReadMark = thisMark; - mxI = i; - } - } - /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */ - { - if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 - && (mxReadMarkhdr.mxFrame || mxI==0) - ){ - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - mxI = i; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - break; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - if( mxI==0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); - return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK; - } - - rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); - if( rc ){ - return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; - } - /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the - ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index - ** header have changed. - ** - ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change - ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained - ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility - ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames - ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been - ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things - ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of - ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry - ** instead. - ** - ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to - ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow - ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or - ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on - ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid. - */ - walShmBarrier(pWal); - if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark - || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) - ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); - return WAL_RETRY; - }else{ - assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Begin a read transaction on the database. -** -** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: -** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current -** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. -** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but -** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. -** -** If the database contents have changes since the previous read -** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The -** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and -** needs to be flushed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ - - do{ - rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); - }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the -** read-lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); - if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); - pWal->readLock = -1; - } -} - -/* -** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that -** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead -** to zero. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an -** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ - u32 *piRead /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */ -){ - u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ - u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ - int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ - - /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); - - /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then - ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early - ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, - ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the - ** WAL were empty. - */ - if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){ - *piRead = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number - ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one - ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). - ** - ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() - ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash - ** table). This means the value just read from the hash - ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the - ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the - ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - - ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume - ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was - ** opened remain unmodified. - ** - ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner - ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required - ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: - ** - ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): - ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. - ** - ** (iFrame<=iLast): - ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash - ** table after the current read-transaction had started. - */ - for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){ - volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */ - volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */ - u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */ - int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ - int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ - int rc; /* Error code */ - - rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; - for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero; - if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ - /* assert( iFrame>iRead ); -- not true if there is corruption */ - iRead = iFrame; - } - if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search - ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the - ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ - { - u32 iRead2 = 0; - u32 iTest; - for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){ - if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ - iRead2 = iTest; - break; - } - } - assert( iRead==iRead2 ); - } -#endif - - *piRead = iRead; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut -** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an -** error code otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - u32 iRead, /* Frame to read */ - int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ - u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ -){ - int sz; - i64 iOffset; - sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; - sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16); - testcase( sz<=32768 ); - testcase( sz>=65536 ); - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ - return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset); -} - -/* -** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ - if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ - return pWal->hdr.nPage; - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. -** -** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call -** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(). -** -** If another thread or process has written into the database since -** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this -** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine -** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. -** -** There can only be a single writer active at a time. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - int rc; - - /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read - ** transaction. */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); - - if( pWal->readOnly ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - - /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return - ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable. - */ - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - pWal->writeLock = 1; - - /* If another connection has written to the database file since the - ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then - ** the write is disallowed. - */ - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - pWal->writeLock = 0; - rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This -** routine merely releases the lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - if( pWal->writeLock ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - pWal->writeLock = 0; - pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this -** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. -** -** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written -** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns -** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is -** returned to the caller. -** -** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this -** function returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ - Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - Pgno iFrame; - - /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it - ** was in before the client began writing to the database. - */ - memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - - for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; - ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; - iFrame++ - ){ - /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number - ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and - ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op - ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) - ** is false). - ** - ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there - ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And - ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is - ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. - */ - assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); - rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); - } - if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal); - } - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 -** values. This function populates the array with values required to -** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current -** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; - aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; -} - -/* -** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by -** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array -** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated -** by a call to WalSavepoint(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - - if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ - /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction - ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around - ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. - */ - aWalData[0] = 0; - aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; - } - - if( aWalData[0]hdr.mxFrame ){ - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; - walCleanupHash(pWal); - } - - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log -** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending -** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the -** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, -** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left -** unchanged. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether -** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned -** if an error occurs. -*/ -static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int cnt; - - if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ - u32 salt1; - sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no - ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions - ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the - ** wal-index header to reflect this. - ** - ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only - ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also - ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo() - ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. - */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ - - pWal->nCkpt++; - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; - sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); - aSalt[1] = salt1; - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - pInfo->nBackfill = 0; - pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0; - for(i=2; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; - assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - pWal->readLock = -1; - cnt = 0; - do{ - int notUsed; - rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt); - }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); - assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where -** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into -** walWriteToLog(). -*/ -typedef struct WalWriter { - Wal *pWal; /* The complete WAL information */ - sqlite3_file *pFd; /* The WAL file to which we write */ - sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint; /* Fsync at this offset */ - int syncFlags; /* Flags for the fsync */ - int szPage; /* Size of one page */ -} WalWriter; - -/* -** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset. -** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary. -** -** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt, -** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the -** rest. -*/ -static int walWriteToLog( - WalWriter *p, /* WAL to write to */ - void *pContent, /* Content to be written */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Start writing at this offset */ -){ - int rc; - if( iOffsetiSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){ - int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset); - if( rc ) return rc; - iOffset += iFirstAmt; - iAmt -= iFirstAmt; - pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent); - assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) ); - rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); - if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write out a single frame of the WAL -*/ -static int walWriteOneFrame( - WalWriter *p, /* Where to write the frame */ - PgHdr *pPage, /* The page of the frame to be written */ - int nTruncate, /* The commit flag. Usually 0. >0 for commit */ - sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Byte offset at which to write */ -){ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - void *pData; /* Data actually written */ - u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - pData = pPage->pData; -#endif - walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); - rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); - if( rc ) return rc; - /* Write the page data */ - rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock -** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ - int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ - PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ - Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ - int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ - int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ -){ - int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ - u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ - PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ - PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ - int nExtra = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ - int szFrame; /* The size of a single frame */ - i64 iOffset; /* Next byte to write in WAL file */ - WalWriter w; /* The writer */ - - assert( pList ); - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - - /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0. If - ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */ - assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) ); - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", - pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); - } -#endif - - /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the - ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL - ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of - ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. - */ - iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - if( iFrame==0 ){ - u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ - - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); - if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); - memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); - walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); - - pWal->szPage = szPage; - pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; - pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1; - - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless - ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF). Otherwise - ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in - ** database corruption. See the ticket: - ** - ** http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee - */ - if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - } - assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); - - /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */ - w.pWal = pWal; - w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd; - w.iSyncPoint = 0; - w.syncFlags = sync_flags; - w.szPage = szPage; - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); - szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - - /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */ - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - int nDbSize; /* 0 normally. Positive == commit flag */ - iFrame++; - assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ); - nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; - rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset); - if( rc ) return rc; - pLast = p; - iOffset += szFrame; - } - - /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad - ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file. - ** - ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a - ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL. If synchronous==NORMAL - ** or synchonous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed. - ** - ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not - ** needed and only the sync is done. If padding is needed, then the - ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector - ** boundary is crossed. Only the part of the WAL prior to the last - ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends - ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync. - */ - if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){ - if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){ - int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); - w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize; - while( iOffsettruncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ - i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize; - if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){ - sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage); - } - walLimitSize(pWal, sz); - pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; - } - - /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the - ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index - ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may - ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. - */ - iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){ - iFrame++; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); - } - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){ - iFrame++; - nExtra--; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Update the private copy of the header. */ - pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; - if( isCommit ){ - pWal->hdr.iChange++; - pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; - } - /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ - if( isCommit ){ - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - pWal->iCallback = iFrame; - } - } - - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and -** related interfaces. -** -** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as -** we can from WAL into the database. -** -** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler -** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ - int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ - int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ - u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ - int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ - - assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); - assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); - - if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); - if( rc ){ - /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process - ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might - ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */ - return rc; - } - pWal->ckptLock = 1; - - /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well - ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway. - ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below. - ** - ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is - ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock, - ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no - ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller. - */ - if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Read the wal-index header. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); - if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0); - } - } - - /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); - } - - /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); - } - } - - if( isChanged ){ - /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was - ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now - ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that - ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that - ** the cache needs to be reset. - */ - memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - } - - /* Release the locks. */ - sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); - pWal->ckptLock = 0; - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); -} - -/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the -** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since -** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since -** the last call, then return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ - u32 ret = 0; - if( pWal ){ - ret = pWal->iCallback; - pWal->iCallback = 0; - } - return (int)ret; -} - -/* -** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out -** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. -** -** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE -** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock -** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL -** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the -** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This -** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive -** lock on the main database file. -** -** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into -** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must -** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the -** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this -** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock -** on the main database file before invoking this operation. -** -** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do -** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it -** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking -** the op==1 case. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ - int rc; - assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); - assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); - - /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a - ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot - ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock - ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to - ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. - */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); - - if( op==0 ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = 0; - if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; - } - rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; - }else{ - /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ - rc = 0; - } - }else if( op>0 ){ - assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 ); - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); - pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; - rc = 1; - }else{ - rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using -** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ - return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -/* -** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a -** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known, -** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 ); - return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0); -} -#endif - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ -/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. -** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too -** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like -** a good breakout. -*/ -/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/ -/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to -** -** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: -** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley -** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. -** -** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database -** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. -** -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** -** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less -** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have -** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys -** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And -** so forth. -** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the -** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. -** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate -** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The -** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A -** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database -** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus -** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each -** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other -** information such as the size of key and data. -** -** FORMAT DETAILS -** -** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, -** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates -** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536. -** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow -** page, or a pointer-map page. -** -** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first -** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. -** The format of the file header is as follows: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" -** 16 2 Page size in bytes. (1 means 65536) -** 18 1 File format write version -** 19 1 File format read version -** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page -** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64) -** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32) -** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32) -** 24 4 File change counter -** 28 4 Reserved for future use -** 32 4 First freelist page -** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file -** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers -** -** 40 4 Schema cookie -** 44 4 File format of schema layer -** 48 4 Size of page cache -** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) -** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be -** 60 4 User version -** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode -** 68 4 Application-ID -** 72 20 unused -** 92 4 The version-valid-for number -** 96 4 SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -** -** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). -** -** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed -** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed -** and thus when they need to flush their cache. -** -** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable -** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard -** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default -** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit -** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. -** -** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra -** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, -** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting -** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. -** -** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction -** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum -** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it -** not specified in the header. -** -** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the -** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte -** file header that occurs before the page header. -** -** |----------------| -** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. -** |----------------| -** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes -** |----------------| -** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. -** | array | | Grows downward -** | | v -** |----------------| -** | unallocated | -** | space | -** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards -** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. -** | area | | and free space fragments. -** |----------------| -** -** The page headers looks like this: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf -** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock -** 3 2 number of cells on this page -** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area -** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes -** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. -** -** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that -** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries -** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer -** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in -** the payload area. -** -** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. -** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are -** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell -** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives -** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can -** be easily added without having to defragment the page. -** -** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the -** beginning of the page. -** -** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of -** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset -** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in -** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, -** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot -** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called -** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. -** in the page header at offset 7. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock -** 2 Bytes in this freeblock -** -** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at -** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array -** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily -** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. -** -** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each -** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and -** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer -** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. -** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This -** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. -** -** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 -** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 -** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 -** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 -** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 -** -** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of -** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. -** -** The content of a cell looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. -** * Payload -** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow -** -** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely -** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little -** as 1 byte of data. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next overflow page -** * Data -** -** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The -** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk -** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is -** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next trunk page -** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page -** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves -*/ - - -/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page -** size give above. -*/ -#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8)) - -/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This -** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself -** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such -** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. -*/ -#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) - -/* Forward declarations */ -typedef struct MemPage MemPage; -typedef struct BtLock BtLock; - -/* -** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. -** -** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a -** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The -** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so -** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read -** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools -** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ -# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" -#endif - -/* -** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the -** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. -*/ -#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 -#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 -#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 -#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 - -/* -** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following -** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores -** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. -** -** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to -** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to -** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. -** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. -** -** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex -** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct MemPage { - u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ - u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ - u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ - u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ - u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ - u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ - u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ - u8 max1bytePayload; /* min(maxLocal,127) */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ - u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ - u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ - u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ - u16 aiOvfl[5]; /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th - ** non-overflow cell */ - u8 *apOvfl[5]; /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ - u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */ - u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ -}; - -/* -** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended -** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold -** that extra information. -*/ -#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) - -/* -** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor -** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed -** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when -** a btree handle is closed. -*/ -struct BtLock { - Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ - Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ - u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ - BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ -}; - -/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ -#define READ_LOCK 1 -#define WRITE_LOCK 2 - -/* A Btree handle -** -** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of -** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure -** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot -** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to -** this structure. -** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be -** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection -** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object -** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the -** schema associated with the database file are all contained within -** the BtShared object. -** -** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors -** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those -** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and -** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. -*/ -struct Btree { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ - u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ - u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ - u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ - int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ - int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ - Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ - Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. -** -** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users -** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, -** but any number may have active read transactions. -*/ -#define TRANS_NONE 0 -#define TRANS_READ 1 -#define TRANS_WRITE 2 - -/* -** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** -** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two -** or more database connections. When two or more connections are -** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own -** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points -** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of -** connections currently sharing this database file. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the -** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field -** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. -** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and -** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. -** -** isPending: -** -** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database -** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), -** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is -** set to true. -** -** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of -** the following occur: -** -** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR -** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. -** -** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new -** transaction. -** -** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. -*/ -struct BtShared { - Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ - BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ - u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 bDoTruncate; /* True to truncate db on commit */ -#endif - u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ - u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */ - u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ - u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ - int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ - u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ - void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */ - Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ - BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ - BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ - Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ -#endif - u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags -*/ -#define BTS_READ_ONLY 0x0001 /* Underlying file is readonly */ -#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED 0x0002 /* Page size can no longer be changed */ -#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE 0x0004 /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */ -#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY 0x0008 /* Database was empty at trans start */ -#define BTS_NO_WAL 0x0010 /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */ -#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE 0x0020 /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */ -#define BTS_PENDING 0x0040 /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information -** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure -** based on information extract from the raw disk page. -*/ -typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; -struct CellInfo { - i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ - u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ - u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ - u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ - u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ - u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ - u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ -}; - -/* -** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than -** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a -** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a -** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. -** -** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is -** assumed that the database is corrupt. -*/ -#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 - -/* -** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular -** b-tree within a database file. -** -** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in -** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. -** -** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections, -** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a -** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct BtCursor { - Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ - BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ - Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ - CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ - i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ - void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */ - Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ - int nOvflAlloc; /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */ - int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */ - u8 curFlags; /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */ - u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ - u8 hints; /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */ - i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ - u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ - MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ -}; - -/* -** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags -*/ -#define BTCF_WriteFlag 0x01 /* True if a write cursor */ -#define BTCF_ValidNKey 0x02 /* True if info.nKey is valid */ -#define BTCF_ValidOvfl 0x04 /* True if aOverflow is valid */ -#define BTCF_AtLast 0x08 /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */ -#define BTCF_Incrblob 0x10 /* True if an incremental I/O handle */ - -/* -** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. -** -** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) -** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been -** called. -** -** CURSOR_VALID: -** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. -** -** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT: -** Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero -** indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious() -** operation should be a no-op. -** -** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been -** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in -** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to -** seek the cursor to the saved position. -** -** CURSOR_FAULT: -** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred -** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this -** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. -** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor -** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip -*/ -#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 -#define CURSOR_VALID 1 -#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT 2 -#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3 -#define CURSOR_FAULT 4 - -/* -** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. -*/ -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) - -/* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a -** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable -** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the -** page number to look up in the pointer map. -** -** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map -** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns -** the offset of the requested map entry. -** -** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, -** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be -** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements -** this test. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) -#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) -#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) - -/* -** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for -** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that -** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains -** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers -** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map -** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. -** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. -** -** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one -** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page -** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the -** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. -** -** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not -** used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number -** is not used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that -** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous -** page in the overflow page list. -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number -** identifies the parent page in the btree. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 -#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 -#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 - -/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables -** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. -*/ -#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); - - -/* -** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine -** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro -** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. -** So, this macro is defined instead. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) -#else -#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - - -/* -** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines -** in order to keep track of some global state information. -** -** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in -** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in -** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to -** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which -** indicate corruption). -*/ -typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; -struct IntegrityCk { - BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ - Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ - u8 *aPgRef; /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */ - Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ - int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ - int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ - StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ -}; - -/* -** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. -*/ -#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) -#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) -#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte -#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte - -/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - -/* -** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, -** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the -** p->locked boolean to true. -*/ -static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->locked==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; -} - -/* -** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and -** clear the p->locked boolean. -*/ -static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( p->locked==1 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( p->db==pBt->db ); - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; -} - -/* -** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. -** -** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required -** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. -** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior -** of this interface is recursive. -** -** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order -** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other -** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree -** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on -** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait -** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the -** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - Btree *pLater; - - /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees - ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by - ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to - ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); - assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); - - /* Check for locking consistency */ - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db - ** should already be set correctly. */ - assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); - - if( !p->sharable ) return; - p->wantToLock++; - if( p->locked ) return; - - /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we - ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock - ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. - */ - if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; - return; - } - - /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger - ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire - ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending - ** order. - */ - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - assert( pLater->sharable ); - assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); - assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); - if( pLater->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } - lockBtreeMutex(p); - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->wantToLock ){ - lockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } -} - -/* -** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the -** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. -** -** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that -** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be -** omitted if that module is not used. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - - -/* -** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database -** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing -** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names -** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being -** reset out from under us. -** -** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. -** -** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address -** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with -** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees -** at the same instant. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } -} - -/* -** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if -** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ - return p->sharable; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection -** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. -** -** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p; - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable && - (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the -** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema -** access are: -** -** (1) The mutex on db -** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt. -** -** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and -** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){ - Btree *p; - assert( db!=0 ); - if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0; - if( iDb==1 ) return 1; - p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - assert( p!=0 ); - return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */ -/* -** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use -** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for -** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and -** are null #defines in btree.h. -** -** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including -** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. -*/ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; - } - } -} -#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. -** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. -*/ - -/* -** The header string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database. -*/ -static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; - -/* -** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE -** macro. -*/ -#if 0 -int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ -# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} -#else -# define TRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. -** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. -** -** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value -** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page -** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. -** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. -*/ -#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) - -/* -** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage() -*/ -#define BTALLOC_ANY 0 /* Allocate any page */ -#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1 /* Allocate exact page if possible */ -#define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */ - -/* -** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not -** defined, or 0 if it is. For example: -** -** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum); -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr) -#else -#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation -** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for -** test builds. -** -** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#else -static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. -** -** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. -** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to -** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - - - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* - ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), - ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() - ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store - ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the - ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. - ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. - */ - #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) - #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) - #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 - #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** -** -** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the -** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. -** -** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via -** Btree connection pBtree: -** -** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); -** -** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the -** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of -** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, -** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine -** the table corresponding to the index being written, this -** function has to search through the database schema. -** -** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may -** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also -** acceptable. -*/ -static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( - Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ - Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ - int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ - int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ -){ - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; - Pgno iTab = 0; - BtLock *pLock; - - /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading - ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. - ** Return true immediately. - */ - if( (pBtree->sharable==0) - || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) - ){ - return 1; - } - - /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is - ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if - ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. - ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. - */ - if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ - return 1; - } - - /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table - ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or - ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated - ** table. */ - if( isIndex ){ - HashElem *p; - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); - if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ - iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; - } - } - }else{ - iTab = iRoot; - } - - /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a - ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a - ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ - for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree - && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) - && pLock->eLock>=eLockType - ){ - return 1; - } - } - - /* Failed to find the required lock. */ - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** -** -** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the -** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are -** simultaneously reading that same table or index. -** -** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that -** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing -** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the -** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to -** have a read cursor. -** -** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index -** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: -** -** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); -*/ -static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ - BtCursor *p; - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot - && p->pBtree!=pBtree - && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) - ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -/* -** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock -** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return -** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling -** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. -*/ -static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); - - /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write - ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there - ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. - */ - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the - ** requested lock may not be obtained. - */ - if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) - ** statement is a simplification of: - ** - ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) - ** - ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection - ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can - ** only be a single writer). - */ - assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); - if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); - if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ - assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING; - } - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or -** WRITE_LOCK. -** -** This function assumes the following: -** -** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable -** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and -** -** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts -** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has -** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. -*/ -static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pLock = 0; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - - /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to - ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained - ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master - ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ - assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - - /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it - ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ - assert( p->sharable ); - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); - - /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ - pLock = pIter; - break; - } - } - - /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p - ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. - */ - if( !pLock ){ - pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); - if( !pLock ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pLock->iTable = iTable; - pLock->pBtree = p; - pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = pLock; - } - - /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock - ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held - ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. - */ - assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); - if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ - pLock->eLock = eLock; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to -** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. -** -** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write -** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag -** may be incorrectly cleared. -*/ -static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); - assert( p->inTrans>0 ); - - while( *ppIter ){ - BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); - assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); - if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ - *ppIter = pLock->pNext; - assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); - if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ - sqlite3_free(pLock); - } - }else{ - ppIter = &pLock->pNext; - } - } - - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter ); - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); - }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ - /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its - ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not - ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other - ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case - ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0. - ** - ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must - ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. - */ - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING; - } -} - -/* -** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. -*/ -static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - BtLock *pLock; - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); - for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); - pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; - } - } -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ - -/* -***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** -** -** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ - return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); -} -#endif - -/* -** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument. -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl) - -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - invalidateOverflowCache(p); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table -** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the -** row or one of the rows being modified. -** -** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the -** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob -** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. -** -** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with -** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate -** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. -*/ -static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( - Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ - i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ - int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ -){ - BtCursor *p; - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ - p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - } -} - -#else - /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */ - #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - -/* -** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called -** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf -** page. -** -** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure -** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding -** free-list leaf pages: -** -** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes -** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database -** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes -** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, -** why bother journalling it?). -** -** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read -** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it -** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). -** -** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy -** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if -** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same -** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when -** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it -** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data -** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible -** to restore the database to its original configuration. -** -** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is -** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is -** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, -** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already -** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared -** at the end of every transaction. -*/ -static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); - pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. -** -** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the -** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the -** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. -*/ -static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; - return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); -} - -/* -** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be -** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. -*/ -static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); - pBt->pHasContent = 0; -} - -/* -** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor. -*/ -static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){ - int i; - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - pCur->apPage[i] = 0; - } - pCur->iPage = -1; -} - - -/* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey -** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. -** -** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) -** prior to calling this routine. -*/ -static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ - - /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() - ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is - ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey - ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key - ** data. - */ - if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ - void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); - if( pKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->pKey = pKey; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; - } - - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on -** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor -** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). -*/ -static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){ - if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - testcase( p->iPage>0 ); - btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p); - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the current cursor position. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; -} - -/* -** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record -** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the -** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. -*/ -static int btreeMoveto( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ - i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ - int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; /* Status code */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ - char aSpace[200]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ - char *pFree = 0; - - if( pKey ){ - assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); - pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( - pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree - ); - if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); - if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - }else{ - pIdxKey = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); - if( pFree ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the -** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each -** saveCursorPosition(). -*/ -static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skipNext; - } - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); - if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; - } - } - return rc; -} - -#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ - (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ - btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ - SQLITE_OK) - -/* -** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it -** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing -** at is deleted out from under them. -** -** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The -** integer *pHasMoved is set as follows: -** -** 0: The cursor is unchanged -** 1: The cursor is still pointing at the same row, but the pointers -** returned by sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() or sqlite3BtreeDataFetch() -** might now be invalid because of a balance() or other change to the -** b-tree. -** 2: The cursor is no longer pointing to the row. The row might have -** been deleted out from under the cursor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ - int rc; - - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - *pHasMoved = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc ){ - *pHasMoved = 2; - return rc; - } - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || NEVER(pCur->skipNext!=0) ){ - *pHasMoved = 2; - }else{ - *pHasMoved = 1; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page -** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the -** input page number. -** -** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is -** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic -** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. -*/ -static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int nPagesPerMapPage; - Pgno iPtrMap, ret; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno<2 ) return 0; - nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; - iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; - if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - ret++; - } - return ret; -} - -/* -** Write an entry into the pointer map. -** -** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' -** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. -** -** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is -** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written -** into *pRC. -*/ -static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ - Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ - int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ - int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ - assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); - - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - if( key==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; - } - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - if( offset<0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto ptrmap_exit; - } - assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ - TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); - *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPtrmap[offset] = eType; - put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); - } - } - -ptrmap_exit: - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); -} - -/* -** Read an entry from the pointer map. -** -** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing -** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ - int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - if( offset<0 ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); - assert( pEType!=0 ); - *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; - if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) - #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK - #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) -#endif - -/* -** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on -** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer -** to the cell content. -** -** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. -*/ -#define findCell(P,I) \ - ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) -#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I))))) - - -/* -** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for -** pages that do contain overflow cells. -*/ -static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ - int k; - k = pPage->aiOvfl[i]; - if( k<=iCell ){ - if( k==iCell ){ - return pPage->apOvfl[i]; - } - iCell--; - } - } - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} - -/* -** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There -** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a -** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() -** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. -** -** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of -** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. -*/ -static void btreeParseCellPtr( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - pInfo->pCell = pCell; - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - n = pPage->childPtrSize; - assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); - if( pPage->intKey ){ - if( pPage->hasData ){ - assert( n==0 ); - n = getVarint32(pCell, nPayload); - }else{ - nPayload = 0; - } - n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); - pInfo->nData = nPayload; - }else{ - pInfo->nData = 0; - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); - pInfo->nKey = nPayload; - } - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->nHeader = n; - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - }else{ - /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have - ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto - ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused - ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage - ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. - ** - ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any - ** way will result in an incompatible file format. - */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ - int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - - minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; - surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); - if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; - }else{ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; - } - pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); - pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; - } -} -#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ - btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) -static void btreeParseCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); -} - -/* -** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell -** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell -** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or -** the space used by the cell pointer. -*/ -static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize]; - u32 nSize; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as - ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the - ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of - ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ - CellInfo debuginfo; - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); -#endif - - if( pPage->intKey ){ - u8 *pEnd; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize); - }else{ - nSize = 0; - } - - /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length - ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte - ** past the end of the key value. */ - pEnd = &pIter[9]; - while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pItermaxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ - int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ - nSize = minLocal; - } - nSize += 4; - } - nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); - - /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */ - if( nSize<4 ){ - nSize = 4; - } - - assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize ); - return (u16)nSize; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements -** only. */ -static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ - CellInfo info; - if( *pRC ) return; - assert( pCell!=0 ); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the -** end of the page and all free space is collected into one -** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell -** pointer array and the cell content area. -*/ -static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ - int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ - int size; /* Size of a cell */ - int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ - int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ - unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ - unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ - - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); - cbrk = usableSize; - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; - for(i=0; iiCellLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } -#endif - assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); - size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); - cbrk -= size; -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) - if( cbrkusableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } -#endif - assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); - testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); - memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); - put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); - } - assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); - data[hdr+1] = 0; - data[hdr+2] = 0; - data[hdr+7] = 0; - memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed -** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] -** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or -** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). -** -** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the -** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring -** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using -** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this -** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will -** also end up needing a new cell pointer. -*/ -static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ - int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ - int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ - int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ - int rc; /* Integer return code */ - int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - assert( nByte < usableSize-8 ); - - nFrag = data[hdr+7]; - assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); - gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - testcase( gap+2==top ); - testcase( gap+1==top ); - testcase( gap==top ); - - if( nFrag>=60 ){ - /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - }else if( gap+2<=top ){ - /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy - ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in - ** the list that is large enough to accommodate it. - */ - int pc, addr; - for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ - int size; /* Size of the free slot */ - if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc=nByte ){ - int x = size - nByte; - testcase( x==4 ); - testcase( x==3 ); - if( x<4 ){ - /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of - ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ - memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); - data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); - }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account - ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ - put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); - } - *pIdx = pc + x; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - - /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy - ** the allocation. If not, defragment. - */ - testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); - if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( gap+nByte<=top ); - } - - - /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array - ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already - ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there - ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. - ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. - */ - top -= nByte; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - *pIdx = top; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. -** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] -** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. -** -** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent -** free blocks into a single big free block. -*/ -static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ - int addr, pbegin, hdr; - int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); - assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - - if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete - ** option is enabled */ - memset(&data[start], 0, size); - } - - /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that - ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), - ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or - ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the - ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these - ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt - ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning - ** the freelist. - */ - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - addr = hdr + 1; - iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4; - assert( start<=iLast ); - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ - if( pbeginiLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); - put2byte(&data[addr], start); - put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); - put2byte(&data[start+2], size); - pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size; - - /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ - addr = hdr + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - int pnext, psize, x; - assert( pbegin>addr ); - assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); - psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ - int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); - if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag; - x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); - put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); - x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; - put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); - }else{ - addr = pbegin; - } - } - - /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ - if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ - int top; - pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page -** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. -** -** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different -** indicates a corrupt database files: -** -** PTF_ZERODATA -** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF -*/ -static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ - BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ - - assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); - flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; - pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; - pBt = pPage->pBt; - if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ - pPage->intKey = 1; - pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; - }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ - pPage->intKey = 0; - pPage->hasData = 0; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; - }else{ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return -** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not -** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that -** we failed to detect any corruption. -*/ -static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - if( !pPage->isInit ){ - u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ - u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ - u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ - int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ - int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ - int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ - - pBt = pPage->pBt; - - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); - pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize]; - pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset]; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ - /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); - - /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end - ** of page when parsing a cell. - ** - ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends - ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be - ** returned if it does. - */ - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) - { - int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ - int sz; /* Size of a cell */ - - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); - testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); - testcase( pc==iCellLast ); - if( pciCellLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]); - testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); - if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; - } -#endif - - /* Compute the total free space on the page */ - pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; - while( pc>0 ){ - u16 next, size; - if( pciCellLast ){ - /* Start of free block is off the page */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - next = get2byte(&data[pc]); - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ - /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of - ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - nFree = nFree + size; - pc = next; - } - - /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start - ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within - ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size - ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also - ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content - ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. - */ - if( nFree>usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); - pPage->isInit = 1; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding -** no entries. -*/ -static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - u16 first; - - assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); - } - data[hdr] = (char)flags; - first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8); - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); - decodeFlags(pPage, flags); - pPage->cellOffset = first; - pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize]; - pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first]; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); - pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); - pPage->nCell = 0; - pPage->isInit = 1; -} - - -/* -** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by -** the btree layer. -*/ -static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; - return pPage; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -** -** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about -** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk -** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. -** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that -** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk -** read should occur at that point. -*/ -static int btreeGetPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ -){ - int rc; - DbPage *pDbPage; - - assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags); - if( rc ) return rc; - *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not -** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -*/ -static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); - if( pDbPage ){ - return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of -** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). -*/ -static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ - return pBt->nPage; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); - return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt); -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a -** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and -** btreeInitPage(). -** -** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It -** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. -*/ -static int getAndInitPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ - int bReadonly /* PAGER_GET_READONLY or 0 */ -){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( bReadonly==PAGER_GET_READONLY || bReadonly==0 ); - - if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, bReadonly); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ - rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } - } - - testcase( pgno==0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior -** call to btreeGetPage. -*/ -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ - if( pPage ){ - assert( pPage->aData ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache -** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of -** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. -** -** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the -** page to agree with the restored data. -*/ -static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ - MemPage *pPage; - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); - if( pPage->isInit ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ - /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page - ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following - ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. - ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that - ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make - ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ - btreeInitPage(pPage); - } - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. -*/ -static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ - BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; - assert( pBt->db ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); - return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); -} - -/* -** Open a database file. -** -** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL -** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might -** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. -** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted -** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. -** -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created -** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. -** -** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like -** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY. -** -** If the database is already opened in the same database connection -** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared -** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead -** to problems with locking. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ - int flags, /* Options */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ - Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ - u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ - unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ - - /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ - const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; - - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or - ** false for a file-based database. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - const int isMemdb = 0; -#else - const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0) - || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db)) - || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; -#endif - - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( pVfs!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ - - /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ - assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); - - /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */ - assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb ); - - if( isMemdb ){ - flags |= BTREE_MEMORY; - } - if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){ - vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - } - p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - p->db = db; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - p->lock.pBtree = p; - p->lock.iTable = 1; -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* - ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an - ** existing BtShared object that we can share with - */ - if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){ - if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ - int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname); - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) - p->sharable = 1; - if( !zFullPathname ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( isMemdb ){ - memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, - nFullPathname, zFullPathname); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - sqlite3_free(p); - return rc; - } - } -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); - mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); -#endif - for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ - assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0)) - && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ - int iDb; - for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ - Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - } - } - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->nRef++; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - else{ - /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable - ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and - ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) - ** statements to find locking problems. - */ - p->sharable = 1; - } -#endif - } -#endif - if( pBt==0 ){ - /* - ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are - ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result - ** when compiling on a different architecture. - */ - assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); - assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - - pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); - if( pBt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto btree_open_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, - EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap); - rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto btree_open_out; - } - pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; - pBt->db = db; - sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); - p->pBt = pBt; - - pBt->pCursor = 0; - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; -#endif - pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); - if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ - pBt->pageSize = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then - ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if - ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if - ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a - ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. - */ - if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ - pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); - } -#endif - nReserve = 0; - }else{ - nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) - pBt->nRef = 1; - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - db->mallocFailed = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - } -#endif - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new - ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. - ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - int i; - Btree *pSib; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ - while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } - if( p->pBtpBt ){ - p->pNext = pSib; - p->pPrev = 0; - pSib->pPrev = p; - }else{ - while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ - pSib = pSib->pNext; - } - p->pNext = pSib->pNext; - p->pPrev = pSib; - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p; - } - pSib->pNext = p; - } - break; - } - } - } -#endif - *ppBtree = p; - -btree_open_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppBtree = 0; - }else{ - /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the - ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, - ** do not change the pager-cache size. - */ - if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - } - } - if( mutexOpen ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, -** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return -** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return -** false if it is still positive. -*/ -static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) - BtShared *pList; - int removed = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - pBt->nRef--; - if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ - if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; - }else{ - pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ - pList=pList->pNext; - } - if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ - pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; - } - } - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); - } - removed = 1; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - return removed; -#else - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of -** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. -*/ -static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ - pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - - /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before - ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If - ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes - ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which - ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3 - ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from - ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it - ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized - ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error, - ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here. */ - if( pBt->pTmpSpace ) memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 4); - } -} - -/* -** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation -*/ -static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); - pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; -} - -/* -** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtCursor *pCur; - - /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pCur = pBt->pCursor; - while( pCur ){ - BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; - pCur = pCur->pNext; - if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); - } - } - - /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. - ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by - ** this handle. - */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - - /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans - ** up the shared-btree. - */ - assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); - if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ - /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access - ** it without having to hold the mutex. - ** - ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. - */ - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); - } - sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); - freeTempSpace(pBt); - sqlite3_free(pBt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); - assert( p->locked==0 ); - if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; -#endif - - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. -** -** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute -** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will -** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s -** to insure data is written to the disk surface before -** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, -** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program -** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is -** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database -** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. -** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not -** normally a worry. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* -** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be -** memory mapped. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ - -/* -** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease -** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power -** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and -** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There -** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the -** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( - Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ - unsigned pgFlags /* Various PAGER_* flags */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other -** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); - rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY -** without changing anything. -** -** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page -** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not -** changed. -** -** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region -** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, -** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur -** at the beginning of a page. -** -** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved -** bytes per page is left unchanged. -** -** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size -** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - } - assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); - if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && - ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); - pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - } - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; - if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the currently defined page size -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pageSize; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it -** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already -** held. -** -** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is -** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the -** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter() -** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the -** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) -/* -** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that -** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is -** sometimes used by extensions. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} - -/* -** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. -** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. -** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} - -/* -** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, -** then make no changes. Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE -** setting after the change. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ - int b; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( newFlag>=0 ){ - p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE; - if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; - } - b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return b; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ - -/* -** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' -** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is -** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return SQLITE_READONLY; -#else - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; - pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is -** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; -#else - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = ( - (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: - (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: - BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR - ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - - -/* -** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will -** also acquire a readlock on that file. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a -** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. -*/ -static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ - int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. - */ - nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); - if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ - nPage = nPageFile; - } - if( nPage>0 ){ - u32 pageSize; - u32 usableSize; - u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - if( page1[18]>1 ){ - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; - } - if( page1[19]>1 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } -#else - if( page1[18]>2 ){ - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; - } - if( page1[19]>2 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - - /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed - ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then - ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. - ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is - ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer - ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log - ** file. - */ - if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){ - int isOpen = 0; - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - }else if( isOpen==0 ){ - releasePage(pPage1); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - } -#endif - - /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum - ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. - ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of - ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. - */ - if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); - if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 - || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || pageSize<=256 - ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; - if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ - /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size - ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is - ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at - ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function - ** again with the correct page-size. - */ - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->usableSize = usableSize; - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, - pageSize-usableSize); - return rc; - } - if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto page1_init_failed; - } - if( usableSize<480 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - pBt->usableSize = usableSize; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - - /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for - ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout - ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. - ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: - ** 2-byte pointer to the cell - ** 4-byte child pointer - ** 9-byte nKey value - ** 4-byte nData value - ** 4-byte overflow page pointer - ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as - ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow - ** page pointer. - */ - pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); - pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); - pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); - pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); - if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){ - pBt->max1bytePayload = 127; - }else{ - pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal; - } - assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; - pBt->nPage = nPage; - return SQLITE_OK; - -page1_init_failed: - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - return rc; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use -** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not -** defined. -** -** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true. If wrOnly is -** false then all cursors are counted. -** -** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that -** is capable of reading or writing to the databse. Cursors that -** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted. -*/ -static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ - BtCursor *pCur; - int r = 0; - for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ - if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0) - && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; - } - return r; -} -#endif - -/* -** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle -** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which -** has the effect of releasing the read lock. -** -** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ - assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); - assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); - assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); - releasePage(pBt->pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - } -} - -/* -** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file -** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of -** the database. -*/ -static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pP1; - unsigned char *data; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pP1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pP1!=0 ); - data = pP1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); - assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); - data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); - data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); - data[18] = 1; - data[19] = 1; - assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); - data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); - data[21] = 64; - data[22] = 32; - data[23] = 32; - memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); - zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); - assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); - put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); - put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); -#endif - pBt->nPage = 1; - data[31] = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database -** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK -** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - p->pBt->nPage = 0; - rc = newDatabase(p->pBt); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction -** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- -** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive -** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed -** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be -** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the -** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. -** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines -** will work unless a transaction is started first: -** -** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() -** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() -** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() -** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() -** sqlite3BtreeInsert() -** sqlite3BtreeDelete() -** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() -** -** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention -** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler -** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is -** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. -** -** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has -** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because -** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. -** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be -** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback -** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B -** proceed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ - sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it - ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction - ** is requested, this is a no-op. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ - goto trans_begun; - } - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 ); - - /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ - if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - goto trans_begun; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction - ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is - ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. - */ - if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) - || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0 - ){ - pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; - }else if( wrflag>1 ){ - BtLock *pIter; - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ - pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; - break; - } - } - } - if( pBlock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - goto trans_begun; - } -#endif - - /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on - ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock - ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; - - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; - if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; - do { - /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or - ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() - ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after - ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database - ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update - ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. - */ - while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && - btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction++; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); - p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; - p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = &p->lock; - } -#endif - } - p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); - if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; - } - if( wrflag ){ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( !pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->pWriter = p; - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE; - if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE; -#endif - - /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old - ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing - ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely - ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction - ** rollback occurs within the transaction. - */ - if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); - } - } - } - } - - -trans_begun: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of - ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and - ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); - } - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - -/* -** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if -** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer -** map entries for the overflow pages as well. -*/ -static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; ileaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); - } - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); - } - -set_child_ptrmaps_out: - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so -** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to -** be modified, as follows: -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child -** page of pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow -** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next -** overflow page in the list. -*/ -static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ - /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ - if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); - }else{ - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - int i; - int nCell; - - btreeInitPage(pPage); - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; iaData+pPage->maskPage - && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) - ){ - put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo); - break; - } - }else{ - if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ - put4byte(pCell, iTo); - break; - } - } - } - - if( i==nCell ){ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || - get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); - } - - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the -** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. -** -** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that -** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno -** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that -** page. -*/ -static int relocatePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ - MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ - u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ - int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ -){ - MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ - Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - int rc; - - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || - eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); - - /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", - iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); - rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; - - /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells - ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these - ** pages need to be changed. - ** - ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a - ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then - ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. - */ - if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); - if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so - ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for - ** iPtrPage. - */ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPtrPage); - return rc; - } - rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); - releasePage(pPtrPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ -static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); - -/* -** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return -** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in -** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error -** occurs, return some other error code. -** -** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the database so -** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use. -** -** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain -** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE. -** -** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the -** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE -** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commmit -** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum. -*/ -static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ - Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iLastPg>nFin ); - - if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - if( nFreeList==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - if( bCommit==0 ){ - /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required - ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't - ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. - */ - Pgno iFreePg; - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); - releasePage(pFreePg); - } - } else { - Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ - MemPage *pLastPg; - u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY; /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ - Pgno iNear = 0; /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ - - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg - ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. - ** - ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep - ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages - ** of the file is found. - */ - if( bCommit==0 ){ - eMode = BTALLOC_LE; - iNear = nFin; - } - do { - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pLastPg); - return rc; - } - releasePage(pFreePg); - }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin ); - assert( iFreePgbDoTruncate = 1; - pBt->nPage = iLastPg; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database -** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected -** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation. -*/ -static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ - int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ - Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ - Pgno nFin; /* Return value */ - - nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; - nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; - nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; - if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinpBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); - Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); - - if( nOrig0 ){ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction -** is committed for an auto-vacuum database. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. -** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc -** pages are in use. -*/ -static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - assert(pBt->autoVacuum); - if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ - Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ - Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ - Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ - Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ - - nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page - ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one - ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. - */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); - if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - if( nFinnFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1); - } - if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); - pBt->bDoTruncate = 1; - pBt->nPage = nFin; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - } - } - - assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - return rc; -} - -#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ -# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -/* -** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine -** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) -** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs -** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back -** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to -** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the -** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. -** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the -** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not -** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the -** commit process. -** -** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. -** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file -** (single database transaction). -** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been -** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. -** -** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit -** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - } - if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){ - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage); - } -#endif - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() -** at the conclusion of a transaction. -*/ -static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->bDoTruncate = 0; -#endif - if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ - /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database - ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements - ** may still be reading from the database. */ - downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; - }else{ - /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the - ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count - ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() - ** call below will unlock the pager. */ - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the - ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - - btreeIntegrity(p); -} - -/* -** Commit the transaction currently in progress. -** -** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The -** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should -** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() -** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the -** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this -** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the -** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and -** drop locks. -** -** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to -** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and -** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument -** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file -** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed -** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this -** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, -** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write -** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have -** transitioned to the error state. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ - - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees - ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - } - - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Do both phases of a commit. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error -** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree -** references. -** -** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong -** to other database connections that happen to be sharing -** the cache with pBtree. -** -** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. -** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped -** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after -** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables -** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to -** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be -** invalidated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ - BtCursor *p; - if( pBtree==0 ) return; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - int i; - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); - p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; - p->skipNext = errCode; - for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(p->apPage[i]); - p->apPage[i] = 0; - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); -} - -/* -** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be -** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor -** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result -** in an error. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( tripCode ){ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode); - } - btreeIntegrity(p); - - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc2; - - assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); - rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - - /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So - ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make - ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ - if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); - testcase( nPage==0 ); - if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); - pBt->nPage = nPage; - releasePage(pPage1); - } - assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 ); - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - } - - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled -** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction -** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically -** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. -** -** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements -** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint -** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement -** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. -** -** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The -** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, -** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there -** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, -** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back -** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - assert( iStatement>0 ); - assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with - ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using - ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any - ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK -** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the -** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value -** of op. -** -** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the -** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different -** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the -** transaction remains open. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){ - pBt->nPage = 0; - } - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); - - /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header - ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset - ** 28 is nonzero. */ - assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page -** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that -** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open -** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then -** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. -** -** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. -** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for -** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These -** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to -** be allowed: -** -** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 -** -** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache -** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have -** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise -** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to -** the read cursors in the other database connection. -** -** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) -** -** 4: There must be an active transaction. -** -** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the -** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired -** will not work correctly. -** -** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called -** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. -*/ -static int btreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); - - /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable - ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, - ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with - ** this lock. */ - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); - - /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); - - if( NEVER(wrFlag && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0) ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ - assert( wrFlag==0 ); - iTable = 0; - } - - /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor - ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; - pCur->iPage = -1; - pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - pCur->pBtree = p; - pCur->pBt = pBt; - assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTCF_WriteFlag ); - pCur->curFlags = wrFlag; - pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; - } - pBt->pCursor = pCur; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. -** -** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate -** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque -** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call -** this routine. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ - return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); -} - -/* -** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. -** -** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object -** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays -** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot -** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ - memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); -} - -/* -** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released -** when the last cursor is closed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; - if( pBtree ){ - int i; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - if( pCur->pPrev ){ - pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; - }else{ - pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; - } - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; - } - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - } - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - sqlite3DbFree(pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow); - /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid -** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call -** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. -** -** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. -** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). -** -** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the -** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. -** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc -** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the -** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function -** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG - static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - CellInfo info; - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); - assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); - } -#else - #define assertCellInfo(x) -#endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER - /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ - static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; - }else{ - assertCellInfo(pCur); - } - } -#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ - /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ -#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; \ - }else{ \ - assertCellInfo(pCur); \ - } -#endif /* _MSC_VER */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ -/* -** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one -** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. -** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -/* -** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of -** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing -** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. -** -** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key -** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. -** -** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. -** -** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the -** cursor currently points to. -** -** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL -** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee -** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. -** -** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. -** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue -** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nData; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the -** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. -** -** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: -** -** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is -** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked -** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. -** -** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding -** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that -** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() -** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because -** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then -** *ppPage is set to zero. -*/ -static int getOverflowPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ - Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ -){ - Pgno next = 0; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert(pPgnoNext); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page - ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgno; - Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; - u8 eType; - - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - iGuess++; - } - - if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ - next = iGuess; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - } -#endif - - assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - next = get4byte(pPage->aData); - } - } - - *pPgnoNext = next; - if( ppPage ){ - *ppPage = pPage; - }else{ - releasePage(pPage); - } - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); -} - -/* -** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. -** -** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. -** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied -** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, -** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes -** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. -*/ -static int copyPayload( - void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ - void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ - int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ - DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ -){ - if( eOp ){ - /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); - }else{ - /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ - memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information -** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp -** argument is interpreted as follows: -** -** 0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache. -** 1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache. -** 2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache. -** -** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". -** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. -** -** The content being read or written might appear on the main page -** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. -** -** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the -** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily -** popluates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). -** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset -** more efficient. -** -** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be -** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if -** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum -** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. -** -** * An incremental vacuum, -** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, -** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). -*/ -static int accessPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ - u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ - int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u32 nKey; - int iIdx = 0; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - int bEnd; /* True if reading to end of data */ -#endif - - assert( pPage ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 ); /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */ - - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; - nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - bEnd = (offset+amt==nKey+pCur->info.nData); -#endif - - if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) - || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] - ){ - /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ - if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ - int a = amt; - if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ - a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage); - offset = 0; - pBuf += a; - amt -= a; - }else{ - offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ - Pgno nextPage; - - nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); - - /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now. - ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2. - ** - ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page - ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is - ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array - ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated). - */ - if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){ - int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; - if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){ - Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3DbRealloc( - pCur->pBtree->db, pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno) - ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2; - pCur->aOverflow = aNew; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno)); - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl; - } - } - - /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the - ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip - ** directly to it. - */ - if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ - iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; - offset = (offset%ovflSize); - } - - for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ - - /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ - if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){ - assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); - pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; - } - - if( offset>=ovflSize ){ - /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page - ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page - ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow - ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() - ** function. - ** - ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2 - ** here. If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken. - */ - assert( eOp!=2 ); - assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl ); - if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; - }else{ - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); - } - offset -= ovflSize; - }else{ - /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the - ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - sqlite3_file *fd; -#endif - int a = amt; - if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ - a = ovflSize - offset; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - /* If all the following are true: - ** - ** 1) this is a read operation, and - ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and - ** 3) the database is file-backed, and - ** 4) there is no open write-transaction, and - ** 5) the database is not a WAL database, - ** 6) all data from the page is being read. - ** - ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the - ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds - ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages. - */ - if( (eOp&0x01)==0 /* (1) */ - && offset==0 /* (2) */ - && (bEnd || a==ovflSize) /* (6) */ - && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (4) */ - && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (3) */ - && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01 /* (5) */ - ){ - u8 aSave[4]; - u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4]; - memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1)); - nextPage = get4byte(aWrite); - memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4); - }else -#endif - - { - DbPage *pDbPage; - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage, - ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0) - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - offset = 0; - } - } - amt -= a; - pBuf += a; - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row -** in the table. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); -} - -/* -** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } -#endif - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the -** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of -** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for -** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available -** key/data is written into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value -** returned will not be a valid pointer. -** -** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key -** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow -** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the -** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills -** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble -** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. -** -** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached -** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time -** any btree routine is called. -*/ -static const void *fetchPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - u32 *pAmt /* Write the number of available bytes here */ -){ - assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 ); - *pAmt = pCur->info.nLocal; - return (void*)(pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader); -} - - -/* -** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as -** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local -** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. -** -** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move -** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, -** including calls from other threads against the same cache. -** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling -** this routine. -** -** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data -** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ - return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ - return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); -} - - -/* -** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the -** page number of the child page to move to. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of -** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. -** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or -** vice-versa). -*/ -static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ - int rc; - int i = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pNewPage; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=0 ); - if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, - (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; - pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; - pCur->iPage++; - - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if 0 -/* -** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function -** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th -** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of -** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of -** the page. -*/ -static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ - assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); - if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ - assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); - }else{ - assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); - } -} -#else -# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) -#endif - -/* -** Move the cursor up to the parent page. -** -** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer -** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the -** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than -** the largest cell index. -*/ -static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - - /* UPDATE: It is actually possible for the condition tested by the assert - ** below to be untrue if the database file is corrupt. This can occur if - ** one cursor has modified page pParent while a reference to it is held - ** by a second cursor. Which can only happen if a single page is linked - ** into more than one b-tree structure in a corrupt database. */ -#if 0 - assertParentIndex( - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno - ); -#endif - testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); - - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - pCur->iPage--; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); -} - -/* -** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. -** -** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point -** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a -** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a -** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. -** -** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to -** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first -** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state -** is set to CURSOR_VALID. -** -** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the -** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected -** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not -** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, -** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo -** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index -** b-tree). -*/ -static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pRoot; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - } - - if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ - while( pCur->iPage ) releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); - }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0], - (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return rc; - } - pCur->iPage = 0; - } - pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; - assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); - - /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor - ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is - ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, - ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. - ** - ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail - ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e. - ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted - ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table - ** (or the freelist). */ - assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 ); - if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - - if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){ - Pgno subpage; - if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); - }else{ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the -** entry to which it is currently pointing. -** -** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first -** in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the -** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference -** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() -** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() -** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. -** -** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last -** key in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidNKey; - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - - /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ - if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point - ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); - } - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast; - }else{ - pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast; - } - - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key -** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. -** -** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey -** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey -** is ignored. -** -** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always -** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it -** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes -** before or after the key. -** -** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of -** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is -** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into -** *pRes is as follows: -** -** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty -** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. -** -** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. -** -** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ - i64 intKey, /* The table key */ - int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; - RecordCompare xRecordCompare; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pRes ); - assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); - - /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying - ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 - && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey - ){ - if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKeyisCorrupt = 0; - assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 - || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 - || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1 - ); - }else{ - xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */ - } - - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pRes = -1; - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); - for(;;){ - int lwr, upr, idx, c; - Pgno chldPg; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ - - /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page - ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop - ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine - ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must - ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise - ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); - assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); - lwr = 0; - upr = pPage->nCell-1; - assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 ); - idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - if( xRecordCompare==0 ){ - for(;;){ - i64 nCellKey; - pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){ - if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); - if( nCellKeyupr ){ c = -1; break; } - }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){ - upr = idx-1; - if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; } - }else{ - assert( nCellKey==intKey ); - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; - pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - lwr = idx; - goto moveto_next_layer; - }else{ - *pRes = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } - } - assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); - idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */ - } - }else{ - for(;;){ - int nCell; - pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; - - /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that - ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree - ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte - ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing - ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is - ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first - ** 2 bytes of the cell. - */ - nCell = pCell[0]; - if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){ - /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a - ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main - ** b-tree page. */ - testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); - c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey, 0); - }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) - && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal - ){ - /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record - ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ - testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); - c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey, 0); - }else{ - /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In - ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated - ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the - ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */ - void *pCellKey; - u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); - nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; - pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell ); - if( pCellKey==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto moveto_finish; - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - goto moveto_finish; - } - c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey, 0); - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - } - assert( pIdxKey->isCorrupt==0 || c==0 ); - if( c<0 ){ - lwr = idx+1; - }else if( c>0 ){ - upr = idx-1; - }else{ - assert( c==0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - if( pIdxKey->isCorrupt ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - goto moveto_finish; - } - if( lwr>upr ) break; - assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); - idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */ - } - } - assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pPage->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - *pRes = c; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } -moveto_next_layer: - if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ - chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); - if( rc ) break; - } -moveto_finish: - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. -** -** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves -** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past -** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries - ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code - ** as well as the boolean result value. - */ - return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); -} - -/* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -** -** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value -** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and -** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been -** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. -** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the -** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current -** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree -** implementation does use this hint, however.) -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pRes!=0 ); - assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); - assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skipNext ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skipNext = 0; - } - } - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - - /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx - ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies - ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can - ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the - ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */ - testcase( idx>pPage->nCell ); - - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - if( rc ){ - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - do{ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - *pRes = 1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; - } - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -** -** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value -** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and -** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been -** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. -** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the -** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current -** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree -** implementation does use this hint, however.) -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pRes!=0 ); - assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); - assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK) ){ - rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - } - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skipNext ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skipNext = 0; - } - } - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); - if( rc ){ - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - }else{ - while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - } - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - *pRes = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new page from the database file. -** -** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() -** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also -** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling -** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates -** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. -** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. -** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to -** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an -** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, -** which in turn can make database access faster. -** -** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists -** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned. If -** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal -** to nearby if any such page exists. If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there -** are no restrictions on which page is returned. -*/ -static int allocateBtreePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */ - Pgno *pPgno, /* Store the page number here */ - Pgno nearby, /* Search for a page near this one */ - u8 eMode /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */ -){ - MemPage *pPage1; - int rc; - u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ - u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; - MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; - Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) ); - pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); - if( n>=mxPage ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( n>0 ){ - /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ - Pgno iTrunk; - u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ - - /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map - ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then - ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){ - if( nearby<=mxPage ){ - u8 eType; - assert( nearby>0 ); - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - searchList = 1; - } - } - }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ - searchList = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the - ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); - - /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable - ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the - ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT) - ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT) - */ - do { - pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; - if( pPrevTrunk ){ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); - }else{ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - } - testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); - if( iTrunk>mxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - } - if( rc ){ - pTrunk = 0; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - assert( pTrunk!=0 ); - assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 ); - - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */ - if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly - ** allocated page */ - assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - *pPgno = iTrunk; - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); - }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ - /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList - && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunkpDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( k==0 ){ - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - } - }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains - ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk - ** page in this case. - */ - MemPage *pNewTrunk; - Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); - } - } - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); -#endif - }else if( k>0 ){ - /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ - u32 closest; - Pgno iPage; - unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; - if( nearby>0 ){ - u32 i; - closest = 0; - if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ - for(i=0; imxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iPage==mxPage ); - if( !searchList - || (iPage==nearby || (iPagepgno, n-1)); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; - if( closestpDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } - searchList = 0; - } - } - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - pPrevTrunk = 0; - }while( searchList ); - }else{ - /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the - ** database image. - ** - ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the - ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager - ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the - ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum - ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content - ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do - ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal - ** the current page content before overwriting it. - ** - ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal - ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database - ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization - ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the - ** database image and the end of the database file. - */ - int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)) ? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0; - - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pBt->nPage++; - if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ - /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages - ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page - ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. - */ - MemPage *pPg = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); - assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - pBt->nPage++; - if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } - } -#endif - put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); - *pPgno = pBt->nPage; - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); - } - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - -end_allocate_page: - releasePage(pTrunk); - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - *ppPage = 0; - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; - }else{ - *ppPage = 0; - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. -** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. -** -** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. -** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object -** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. -** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. -** -** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, -** its reference count is not altered by this function. -*/ -static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ - Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iPage>1 ); - assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); - - if( pMemPage ){ - pPage = pMemPage; - sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); - }else{ - pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); - } - - /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); - - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then - ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. - */ - if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) - || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) - ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); - } - - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map - ** to indicate that the page is free. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - } - - /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two - ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first - ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a - ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the - ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it - ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. - */ - if( nFree!=0 ){ - u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ - - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - - nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); - if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto freepage_out; - } - if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page - ** being freed as a new leaf. - ** - ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains - ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have - ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to - ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than - ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order - ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, - ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 - ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded - ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above - ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); - if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){ - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - } - rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); - } - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); - goto freepage_out; - } - } - - /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the - ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. - ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the - ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed - ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. - */ - if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); - -freepage_out: - if( pPage ){ - pPage->isInit = 0; - } - releasePage(pPage); - releasePage(pTrunk); - return rc; -} -static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); - } -} - -/* -** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. -*/ -static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - CellInfo info; - Pgno ovflPgno; - int rc; - int nOvfl; - u32 ovflPageSize; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ - } - if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */ - } - ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); - ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; - nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); - while( nOvfl-- ){ - Pgno iNext = 0; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an - ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the - ** file the database must be corrupt. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( nOvfl ){ - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) - && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 - ){ - /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference - ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. - ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it - ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. - ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as - ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is - ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the - ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this - ** can be problematic. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); - } - - if( pOvfl ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - ovflPgno = iNext; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage -** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are -** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure -** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated -** for pCell[]. -** -** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData -** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will -** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData -** later. -*/ -static int fillInCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ - const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ - int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ - int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ -){ - int nPayload; - const u8 *pSrc; - int nSrc, n, rc; - int spaceLeft; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - MemPage *pToRelease = 0; - unsigned char *pPrior; - unsigned char *pPayload; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; - int nHeader; - CellInfo info; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary - ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ - assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - /* Fill in the header. */ - nHeader = 0; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - nHeader += 4; - } - if( pPage->hasData ){ - nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); - }else{ - nData = nZero = 0; - } - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); - assert( info.nKey==nKey ); - assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); - - /* Fill in the payload */ - nPayload = nData + nZero; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - pSrc = pData; - nSrc = nData; - nData = 0; - }else{ - if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - nPayload += (int)nKey; - pSrc = pKey; - nSrc = (int)nKey; - } - *pnSize = info.nSize; - spaceLeft = info.nLocal; - pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; - pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; - - while( nPayload>0 ){ - if( spaceLeft==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - do{ - pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - ); - } -#endif - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent - ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. - ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry - ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, - ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() - ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the - ** wrong pages from the database. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pOvfl); - } - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pToRelease); - return rc; - } - - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); - - /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); - releasePage(pToRelease); - pToRelease = pOvfl; - pPrior = pOvfl->aData; - put4byte(pPrior, 0); - pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; - spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; - } - n = nPayload; - if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; - - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); - - /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - if( nSrc>0 ){ - if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; - assert( pSrc ); - memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); - }else{ - memset(pPayload, 0, n); - } - nPayload -= n; - pPayload += n; - pSrc += n; - nSrc -= n; - spaceLeft -= n; - if( nSrc==0 ){ - nSrc = nData; - pSrc = pData; - } - } - releasePage(pToRelease); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. -** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that -** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just -** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. -** -** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. -*/ -static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ - u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ - u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); - assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - data = pPage->aData; - ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx]; - pc = get2byte(ptr); - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); - testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; - } - rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); - if( rc ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - pPage->nCell--; - memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx)); - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->nFree += 2; -} - -/* -** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the -** content of the cell. -** -** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it -** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if -** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry -** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that -** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. -** -** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the -** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If -** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location -** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). -*/ -static void insertCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ - int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ - u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ - int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ - u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ - Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ - int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ -){ - int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ - int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ - int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ - u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ - int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0); - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); - assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) ); - assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a - ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size - ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size - ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence - ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ - assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); - if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ - if( pTemp ){ - memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - pCell = pTemp; - } - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(pCell, iChild); - } - j = pPage->nOverflow++; - assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) ); - pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell; - pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i; - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - data = pPage->aData; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - ins = cellOffset + 2*i; - rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); - if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } - /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties - ** if it returns success */ - assert( idx >= end+2 ); - assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - pPage->nCell++; - pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); - memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); - } - memmove(&data[ins+2], &data[ins], end-ins); - put2byte(&data[ins], idx); - put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write - ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. - */ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); - } -#endif - } -} - -/* -** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. -** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. -*/ -static void assemblePage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ - int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ - u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ - u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ - int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */ - const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */ - - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) - && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */ - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable ); - - pCellptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[nCell*2]; - cellbody = nUsable; - for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ - u16 sz = aSize[i]; - pCellptr -= 2; - cellbody -= sz; - put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody); - memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz); - } - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody); - pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody); - pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; -} - -/* -** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved -** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side -** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the -** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and -** NN neighbors on either side. -** -** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 -** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance -** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. -** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. -*/ -#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ -#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE -/* -** This version of balance() handles the common special case where -** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the -** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest -** entry in the tree. -** -** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add -** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in -** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat -** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries -** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly -** fill up. On average. -** -** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. -** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry -** which is also the right-most entry on the page. -** -** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider -** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 -** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other -** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at -** least 13 bytes in size. -*/ -static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ - BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ - MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - - /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ - if( pPage->nCell==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - - /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of - ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell - ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - - u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; - u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0]; - u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); - u8 *pStop; - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); - zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); - assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the - ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these - ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents - ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. - ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to - ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a - ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); - } - } - - /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell - ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and - ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the - ** largest key on pPage). - ** - ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most - ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the - ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) - ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). - ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length - ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the - ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. - */ - pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); - pStop = &pCell[9]; - while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellnCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), - 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); - - /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - - /* Release the reference to the new page. */ - releasePage(pNew); - } - - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ - -#if 0 -/* -** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. -** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible -** for setting pointer-map entries. -*/ -static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ - int i, j; - for(i=0; ipBt; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - - for(j=0; jnCell; j++){ - CellInfo info; - u8 *z; - - z = findCell(pPage, j); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(z); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); - } - } - return 1; -} -#endif - -/* -** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored -** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then -** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the -** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained -** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer -** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. -** -** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the -** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. -** -** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). -** -** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by -** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of -** which are called often under normal circumstances. -*/ -static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ - BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; - u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; - u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; - int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; - int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); - int rc; - int iData; - - - assert( pFrom->isInit ); - assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); - assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); - - /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ - iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); - memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); - memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); - - /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure - ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under - ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized - ** page pFrom. - */ - pTo->isInit = 0; - rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries - ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); - } - } -} - -/* -** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent -** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the -** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the -** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one -** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page -** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page -** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings -** participate in the balancing. -** -** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by -** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. -** -** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page -** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen -** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated -** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. -** -** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be -** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so -** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this -** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct -** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). -** -** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database -** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should -** be rolled back. -** -** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a -** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent -** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is -** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts -** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum -** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 -** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large -** enough for all overflow cells. -** -** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns -** SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM) -#pragma optimize("", off) -#endif -static int balance_nonroot( - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ - int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ - u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ - int isRoot, /* True if pParent is a root-page */ - int bBulk /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */ -){ - BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ - int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ - int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ - int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ - int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ - int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ - u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ - int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ - int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ - int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ - int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ - int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ - int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ - int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ - MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ - MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ - MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ - u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ - u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ - int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ - int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ - u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ - u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ - u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ - Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ - - pBt = pParent->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - -#if 0 - TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); -#endif - - /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if - ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with - ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function - ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). - */ - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx ); - - if( !aOvflSpace ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent - ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on - ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, - ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. - ** - ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This - ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any - ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will - ** have already been removed. - */ - i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; - if( i<2 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - }else{ - assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 ); - if( iParentIdx==0 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ - nxDiv = i-2+bBulk; - }else{ - assert( bBulk==0 ); - nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; - } - i = 2-bBulk; - } - nOld = i+1; - if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ - pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; - }else{ - pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); - } - pgno = get4byte(pRight); - while( 1 ){ - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0); - if( rc ){ - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - } - nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; - if( (i--)==0 ) break; - - if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){ - apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0]; - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); - pParent->nOverflow = 0; - }else{ - apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]); - - /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to - ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. - ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first - ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first - ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use - ** later on. - ** - ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, - ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. - ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] - ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer - ** is allocated. */ - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - int iOff; - - iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); - if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); - apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; - } - } - dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); - } - } - - /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte - ** alignment */ - nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; - - /* - ** Allocate space for memory structures - */ - k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); - szScratch = - nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ - + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ - + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ - + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */ - apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); - if( apCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; - aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); - - /* - ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells - ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells - ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the divider cells - ** from pParent. - ** - ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the - ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied - ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without - ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in - ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] - ** are alike. - ** - ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. - ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. - */ - leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4; - leafData = apOld[0]->hasData; - for(i=0; ipageSize + k*i]; - memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage)); - pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1]; - memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); - - limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow; - if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ - for(j=0; jaData; - u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; - u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset; - for(j=0; jmaxLocal+23 ); - assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); - memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); - apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; - assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); - szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection; - if( !pOld->leaf ){ - assert( leafCorrection==0 ); - assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); - /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left - ** pointer of the divider cell */ - memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); - }else{ - assert( leafCorrection==4 ); - if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ - /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ - szCell[nCell] = 4; - } - } - nCell++; - } - } - - /* - ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. - ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total - ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. - ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. - ** - ** Values computed by this block: - ** - ** k: The total number of sibling pages - ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. - ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to - ** the right of the i-th sibling page. - ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** - */ - usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; - for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ - szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; - cntNew[k] = i; - if( leafData ){ i--; } - subtotal = 0; - k++; - if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } - } - } - szNew[k] = subtotal; - cntNew[k] = nCell; - k++; - - /* - ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings - ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the - ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts - ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. - ** - ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might - ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most - ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. - */ - for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ - int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ - int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ - int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ - int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ - - r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; - d = r + 1 - leafData; - assert( d0) or pPage is - ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root - ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. - ** - ** UPDATE: The assert() below is not necessarily true if the database - ** file is corrupt. The corruption will be detected and reported later - ** in this procedure so there is no need to act upon it now. - */ -#if 0 - assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); -#endif - - TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ", - apOld[0]->pgno, - nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, - nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0 - )); - - /* - ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. - */ - if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; - for(i=0; ipDbPage); - nNew++; - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - assert( i>0 ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apNew[i] = pNew; - nNew++; - - /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - } - - /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. - */ - while( ipgno; - int minI = i; - for(j=i+1; jpgno<(unsigned)minV ){ - minI = j; - minV = apNew[j]->pgno; - } - } - if( minI>i ){ - MemPage *pT; - pT = apNew[i]; - apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; - apNew[minI] = pT; - } - } - TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", - apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], - nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, - nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, - nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, - nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); - - /* - ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. - ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. - */ - j = 0; - for(i=0; inCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); - assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); - - j = cntNew[i]; - - /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, - ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. - */ - assert( ileaf ){ - memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); - }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of - ** the sibling-page assembled above only. - */ - CellInfo info; - j--; - btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); - pCell = pTemp; - sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); - pTemp = 0; - }else{ - pCell -= 4; - /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was - ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this - ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to - ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. - ** - ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all - ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used - ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. - */ - if( szCell[j]==4 ){ - assert(leafCorrection==4); - sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); - } - } - iOvflSpace += sz; - assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); - assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); - insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - - j++; - nxDiv++; - } - } - assert( j==nCell ); - assert( nOld>0 ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ - u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; - memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); - } - - if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling - ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the - ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the - ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" - ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. - ** - ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() - ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages - ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. - ** - ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented - ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This - ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database - ** image. */ - assert( nNew==1 ); - assert( apNew[0]->nFree == - (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) - ); - copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); - freePage(apNew[0], &rc); - }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. - ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to - ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but - ** many have not. The following is a summary: - ** - ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not - ** siblings when this function was called. These have already - ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were - ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care - ** of those. - ** - ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow - ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These - ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code. - ** - ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of - ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated. - ** - ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any - ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated - ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages). - ** - ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map - ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need - ** to be updated. - ** - ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next - ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since - ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this - ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have - ** actually moved between pages. */ - MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; - MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0]; - int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; - int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow; - int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aiOvfl[0] : -1); - j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */ - k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */ - for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow; - if( pOld->nOverflow ){ - nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow; - iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aiOvfl[0]; - } - isDivider = !leafData; - } - - assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflowaiOvfl[0]==pOld->aiOvfl[1]-1); - assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aiOvfl[1]==pOld->aiOvfl[2]-1); - if( i==iOverflow ){ - isDivider = 1; - if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){ - iOverflow++; - } - } - - if( i==cntNew[k] ){ - /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new - ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an - ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */ - pNew = apNew[++k]; - if( !leafData ) continue; - } - assert( jpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ - if( !leafCorrection ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); - } - if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc); - } - } - } - - if( !leafCorrection ){ - for(i=0; iaData[8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); - } - } - -#if 0 - /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that - ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while - ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may - ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ - ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); - ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); -#endif - } - - assert( pParent->isInit ); - TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", - nOld, nNew, nCell)); - - /* - ** Cleanup before returning. - */ -balance_cleanup: - sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); - for(i=0; i= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM) -#pragma optimize("", on) -#endif - - -/* -** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is -** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). -** -** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root -** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root -** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child -** pointer pointing to the new page. -** -** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages -** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The -** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root -** page is also updated. -** -** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child -** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required -** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, -** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. -*/ -static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ - int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ - MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ - Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ - BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ - - assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new - ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents - ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); - copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); - } - } - if( rc ){ - *ppChild = 0; - releasePage(pChild); - return rc; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); - - TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); - - /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ - memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl, - pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0])); - memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl, - pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0])); - pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; - - /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ - zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); - put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); - - *ppChild = pChild; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in -** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the -** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing -** routine. Balancing routines are: -** -** balance_quick() -** balance_deeper() -** balance_nonroot() -*/ -static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; - u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; - u8 *pFree = 0; - - TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); - TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); - - do { - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; - - if( iPage==0 ){ - if( pPage->nOverflow ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the - ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page - ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The - ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. - */ - assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->iPage = 1; - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; - assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); - } - }else{ - break; - } - }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ - break; - }else{ - MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; - int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; - - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - if( pPage->hasData - && pPage->nOverflow==1 - && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell - && pParent->pgno!=1 - && pParent->nCell==iIdx - ){ - /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which - ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell - ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this - ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent - ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this - ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] - ** buffer. - ** - ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a - ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this - ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse - ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. - */ - assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); - }else -#endif - { - /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells - ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves - ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to - ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop - ** will balance the parent page to correct this. - ** - ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells - ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. - ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by - ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, - ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a - ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() - ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by - ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been - ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new - ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). - */ - u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); - rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints); - if( pFree ){ - /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used - ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are - ** now stored either on real database pages or within the - ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ - sqlite3PageFree(pFree); - } - - /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to - ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever - ** comes first. */ - pFree = pSpace; - } - } - - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - - /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->iPage--; - } - }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - if( pFree ){ - sqlite3PageFree(pFree); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) -** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to -** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -** -** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is -** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. -** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to -** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already -** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative -** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or -** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than -** (pKey, nKey)). -** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that -** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be -** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may -** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek -** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ - const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ - int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ - int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ - int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ -){ - int rc; - int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ - int szNew = 0; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *oldCell; - unsigned char *newCell = 0; - - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE - && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - - /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened - ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob - ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an - ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a - ** blob of associated data. */ - assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); - - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. - ** - ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For - ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer - ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the - ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the - ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes - ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without - ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important - ** not to clear the cursor here. - */ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob - ** cursors open on the row being replaced */ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); - - /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a - ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary btreeMoveto() - ** call */ - if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0 && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){ - loc = -1; - } - } - - if( !loc ){ - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); - assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); - - TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, - loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; - if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); - assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( loc==0 ){ - u16 szOld; - assert( idxnCell ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_insert; - } - oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); - } - szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); - rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); - dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - }else{ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - } - insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); - - /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() - ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move - ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey - ** variables. - ** - ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor - ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents - ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, - ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations - ** slightly faster. - ** - ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting - ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can - ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it - ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in - ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last - ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key - ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the - ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. - */ - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey); - rc = balance(pCur); - - /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() - ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. - ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() - ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); - -end_insert: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor -** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; /* Return code */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ - unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ - int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ - int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); - - if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) - || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) - ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */ - } - - iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; - iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; - pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; - pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); - - /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move - ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than - ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted - ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead - ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the - ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes - ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int notUsed = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before - ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be - ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the - ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page. - */ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, - ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); - } - - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor - ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed - ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal - ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal - ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int nCell; - Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; - unsigned char *pTmp; - - pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); - nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell); - assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); - - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; - - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); - insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); - dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, - ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first - ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is - ** never true. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then - ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to - ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly - ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may - ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm - ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the - ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has - ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, - ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as - ** well. */ - rc = balance(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); - } - rc = balance(pCur); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page -** number for the root page of the new table. -** -** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the -** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for -** flags might not work: -** -** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys -** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices -*/ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pRoot; - Pgno pgnoRoot; - int rc; - int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ - MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ - - /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database - ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns - ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches - ** held by open cursors. - */ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - - /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the - ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page - ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). - */ - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); - pgnoRoot++; - - /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the - ** PENDING_BYTE page. - */ - while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || - pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - pgnoRoot++; - } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); - - /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will - ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens - ** to reside at pgnoRoot). - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ - /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of - ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were - ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated - ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove - ** is already journaled. - */ - u8 eType = 0; - Pgno iPtrPage = 0; - - /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in - ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference - ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot. */ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); - releasePage(pPageMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); - releasePage(pRoot); - - /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - }else{ - pRoot = pPageMove; - } - - /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - - /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in - ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the - ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. - */ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); - if( NEVER(rc) ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - - }else{ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#endif - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ - ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; - }else{ - ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; - } - zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); - assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return -** the page to the freelist. -*/ -static int clearDatabasePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ - int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ - int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int rc; - unsigned char *pCell; - int i; - int hdr; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - }else if( pnChange ){ - assert( pPage->intKey ); - *pnChange += pPage->nCell; - } - if( freePageFlag ){ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ - zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF); - } - -cleardatabasepage_out: - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is -** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, -** the root page is empty, but still exists. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the -** root of the table. -** -** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The -** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of -** entries in the table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable - ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is - ** a no-op). */ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on. -** -** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0); -} - -/* -** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to -** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on -** page 1) is never added to the freelist. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** cursors on the table. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page -** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by -** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page -** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all -** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the -** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before -** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. -** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of -** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. -*/ -static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the - ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may - ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted - ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would - ** occur. - ** - ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. - */ - if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - *piMoved = 0; - - if( iTable>1 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno maxRootPgno; - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); - - if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ - /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. - */ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the - ** gap left by the deleted root-page. - */ - MemPage *pMove; - releasePage(pPage); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pMove = 0; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - freePage(pMove, &rc); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - *piMoved = maxRootPgno; - } - - /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This - ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to - ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the - ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. - */ - maxRootPgno--; - while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); - }else{ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); - } -#endif - }else{ - /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. - ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt - ** database. - */ - zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); - releasePage(pPage); - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already -** has a read or write transaction open on the database. -** -** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] -** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] -** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] -** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** -** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema -** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of -** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 ); - assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); - - *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); - - /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum - ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){ - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; - } -#endif - - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); -} - -/* -** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is -** read-only and may not be written. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *pP1; - int rc; - assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); - pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ - assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); - assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); - pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; - } -#endif - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -/* -** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the -** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. -** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database -** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ - i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ - *pnEntry = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - - /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each - ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). - */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ - - /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then - ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter - ** accordingly. - */ - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ - nEntry += pPage->nCell; - } - - /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it - ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of - ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The - ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell - ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page - ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. - ** - ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the - ** caller. - */ - if( pPage->leaf ){ - do { - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ - *pnEntry = nEntry; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - } - - /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently - ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). - */ - iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - }else{ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); - } - } - - /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pPager; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Append a message to the error message string. -*/ -static void checkAppendMsg( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, - char *zMsg1, - const char *zFormat, - ... -){ - va_list ap; - if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; - pCheck->mxErr--; - pCheck->nErr++; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); - } - if( zMsg1 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1); - } - sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - -/* -** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that -** corresponds to page iPg is already set. -*/ -static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ - assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); - return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07))); -} - -/* -** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg. -*/ -static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ - assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); - pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07)); -} - - -/* -** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second -** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. -** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if -** if this is the first reference to the page. -** -** Also check that the page number is in bounds. -*/ -static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ - if( iPage==0 ) return 1; - if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage); - return 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to -** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message -** to pCheck. -*/ -static void checkPtrmap( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ - Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ - u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ - Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ - char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ -){ - int rc; - u8 ePtrmapType; - Pgno iPtrmapParent; - - rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); - return; - } - - if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", - iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. -** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. -*/ -static void checkList( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ - int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ - int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ - char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ -){ - int i; - int expected = N; - int iFirst = iPage; - while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ - DbPage *pOvflPage; - unsigned char *pOvflData; - if( iPage<1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", - N+1, expected, iFirst); - break; - } - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; - if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); - break; - } - pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); - if( isFreeList ){ - int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); - N--; - }else{ - for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); - } - N -= n; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - else{ - /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last - ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for - ** the following page matches iPage. - */ - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ - i = get4byte(pOvflData); - checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); - } - } -#endif - iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return -** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages -** return 1, and so forth. -** -** These checks are done: -** -** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap -** but combine to completely cover the page. -** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. -** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. -** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. -** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. -** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. -** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. -** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is -** the root of the tree. -*/ -static int checkTreePage( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ - int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ - char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */ - i64 *pnParentMinKey, - i64 *pnParentMaxKey -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; - int hdr, cellStart; - int nCell; - u8 *data; - BtShared *pBt; - int usableSize; - char zContext[100]; - char *hit = 0; - i64 nMinKey = 0; - i64 nMaxKey = 0; - - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); - - /* Check that the page exists - */ - pBt = pCheck->pBt; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - if( iPage==0 ) return 0; - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; - if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); - return 0; - } - - /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in - ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); - releasePage(pPage); - return 0; - } - - /* Check out all the cells. - */ - depth = 0; - for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ - u8 *pCell; - u32 sz; - CellInfo info; - - /* Check payload overflow pages - */ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); - pCell = findCell(pPage,i); - btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - sz = info.nData; - if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; - /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order. - */ - else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey; - else{ - if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey); - } - nMaxKey = info.nKey; - } - assert( sz==info.nPayload ); - if( (sz>info.nLocal) - && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) - ){ - int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); - } - - /* Check sanity of left child page. - */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(pCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey); - if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); - } - depth = d2; - } - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey); - } - - /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order - ** with any left/parent/right pages. - */ - if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){ - /* if we are a left child page */ - if( pnParentMinKey ){ - /* if we are the left most child page */ - if( !pnParentMaxKey ){ - if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)", - nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey); - } - }else{ - if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)", - nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey); - } - if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)", - nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey); - } - *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey; - } - /* else if we're a right child page */ - } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){ - if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)", - nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey); - } - } - } - - /* Check for complete coverage of the page - */ - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - if( hit==0 ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - }else{ - int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); - memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); - nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; i=usableSize ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage); - }else{ - for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; - } - } - i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - while( i>0 ){ - int size, j; - assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); - assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; - j = get2byte(&data[i]); - assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - i = j; - } - for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); - break; - } - } - if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", - cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); - } - } - sqlite3PageFree(hit); - releasePage(pPage); - return depth+1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is -** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of -** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. -** -** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling -** this function. -** -** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory -** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from -** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is -** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( - Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ - int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ - int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ - int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ -){ - Pgno i; - int nRef; - IntegrityCk sCheck; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - char zErr[100]; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); - sCheck.pBt = pBt; - sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; - sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); - sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; - sCheck.nErr = 0; - sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; - *pnErr = 0; - if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - - sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1); - if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){ - *pnErr = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); - if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i); - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2; - - /* Check the integrity of the freelist - */ - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); - - /* Check all the tables. - */ - for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ - checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL); - } - - /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced - */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } -#else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); - } -#endif - } - - /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. - ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check - ** of the integrity check. - */ - if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, - "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", - nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) - ); - } - - /* Clean up and report errors. - */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef); - if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; - return 0; - } - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; - if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. Return -** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database. -** -** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return -** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file -** has been created or not. -** -** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. -** -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open -** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. -** -** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->nBackup!=0; -} - -/* -** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with -** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with -** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. -** -** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent -** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. -** -** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been -** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been -** allocated, it is returned as normal. -** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the -** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() -** on the memory, the btree layer does that. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ - pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); - pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return pBt->pSchema; -} - -/* -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared -** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the -** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The -** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock -** if it is false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); - if( p->sharable ){ - u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; - assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. -** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. -** -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to -** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with -** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, -** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob ); - - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } - - /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is - ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch - ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below. - ** - ** Note that pCsr must be open on a BTREE_INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition() - ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence - ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK. - */ - VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* Check some assumptions: - ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, - ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, - ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), - ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and - ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. - */ - if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 - && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); - assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); - - return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); -} - -/* -** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob; -} -#endif - -/* -** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and -** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database -** header to iVersion. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); - - /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the - ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. - */ - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; - if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; - if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; - aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; - } - } - } - } - - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; - return rc; -} - -/* -** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr. Currently the only valid -** values are 0 and BTREE_BULKLOAD. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){ - assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==0 ); - pCsr->hints = mask; -} - -/* -** Return true if the given Btree is read-only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){ - return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0; -} - -/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2009 January 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() -** API functions and the related features. -*/ - -/* -** Structure allocated for each backup operation. -*/ -struct sqlite3_backup { - sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ - Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ - u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ - int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ - - Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ - sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ - Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ - - int rc; /* Backup process error code */ - - /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are - ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). - */ - Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ - Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ - - int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ - sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ -}; - -/* -** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: -** -** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup -** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: -** -** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and -** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database -** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared -** structure, in that order. -** -** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are -** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in -** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex -** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always -** be held when either of these functions are invoked. -** -** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and -** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called -** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), -** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to -** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() -** or backup_pagecount(). -** -** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or -** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. -** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have -** associated mutexes. -*/ - -/* -** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") -** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return -** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. -** -** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this -** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an -** error message to pErrorDb. -*/ -static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ - int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); - - if( i==1 ){ - Parse *pParse; - int rc = 0; - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory"); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pParse->db = pDb; - if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg); - sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); - sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse); - } - if( rc ){ - return 0; - } - } - - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); - return 0; - } - - return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size -** of the source. -*/ -static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from -** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return -** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. -** -** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message -** stored in database handle pDestDb. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( - sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ - const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ - sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ - const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ -){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ - - /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database - ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in - ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no - ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration - ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination - ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause - ** a malfunction or a deadlock. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); - - if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ - sqlite3Error( - pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" - ); - p = 0; - }else { - /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object... - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a - ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to - ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ - p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - } - } - - /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ - if( p ){ - p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); - p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); - p->pDestDb = pDestDb; - p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; - p->iNext = 1; - p->isAttached = 0; - - if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM - ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the - ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the - ** sqlite3_backup structure. - */ - sqlite3_free(p); - p = 0; - } - } - if( p ){ - p->pSrc->nBackup++; - } - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); - return p; -} - -/* -** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is -** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors -** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. -*/ -static int isFatalError(int rc){ - return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED)); -} - -/* -** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for -** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the -** destination database. -*/ -static int backupOnePage( - sqlite3_backup *p, /* Backup handle */ - Pgno iSrcPg, /* Source database page to backup */ - const u8 *zSrcData, /* Source database page data */ - int bUpdate /* True for an update, false otherwise */ -){ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); - const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); - const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is - ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle - ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */ - int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc); - int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest); -#endif - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - i64 iOff; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 ); - assert( p->bDestLocked ); - assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); - assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); - assert( zSrcData ); - - /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the - ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. - */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing - ** and a codec is in use. - */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } - - /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ - ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to - ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, - ** then the backup cannot proceed. - */ - if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ - u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } -#endif - - /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source - ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset - ** of the destination page. - */ - for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) - ){ - const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; - u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); - u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; - - /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. - ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module - ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte - ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers - ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked - ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. - */ - memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); - ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; - if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){ - sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc)); - } - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to -** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then -** this function is a no-op. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error -** code if an error occurs. -*/ -static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ - i64 iCurrent; - int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for -** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated. -*/ -static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){ - sqlite3_backup **pp; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) ); - pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - p->pNext = *pp; - *pp = p; - p->isAttached = 1; -} - -/* -** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ - int rc; - int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */ - int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */ - int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */ - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - - rc = p->rc; - if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ - Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ - int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ - - /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return - ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. - */ - if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) - ){ - p->bDestLocked = 1; - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema); - } - - /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open - ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed - ** before this function exits. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); - bCloseTrans = 1; - } - - /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode - ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */ - pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)); - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } - - /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the - ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. - */ - nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc); - assert( nSrcPage>=0 ); - for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || iiiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ - const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ - if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ - DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg, - PAGER_GET_READONLY); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); - } - } - p->iNext++; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; - p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; - if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else if( !p->isAttached ){ - attachBackupObject(p); - } - } - - /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This - ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in - ** the case where the source and destination databases have the - ** same schema version. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - if( nSrcPage==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest); - nSrcPage = 1; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb); - } - if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nDestTruncate; - /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination - ** database. The complication here is that the destination page - ** size may be different to the source page size. - ** - ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, - ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will - ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call - ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the - ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are - ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed - ** by the file truncation. - */ - assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) ); - assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) ); - if( pgszSrcpDest->pBt) ){ - nDestTruncate--; - } - }else{ - nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest); - } - assert( nDestTruncate>0 ); - - if( pgszSrc= iSize || ( - nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) - && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest - )); - - /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original - ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the - ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify - ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure - ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the - ** journal file. */ - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage); - for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){ - if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){ - DbPage *pPg; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1); - } - - /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ - iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); - for( - iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; - rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest, 0)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - } - - /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction - ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is - ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as - ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. - */ - if( bCloseTrans ){ - TESTONLY( int rc2 ); - TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); - TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); - assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->rc = rc; - } - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){ - sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ - sqlite3 *pSrcDb; /* Source database connection */ - int rc; /* Value to return */ - - /* Enter the mutexes */ - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - - /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - p->pSrc->nBackup--; - } - if( p->isAttached ){ - pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - while( *pp!=p ){ - pp = &(*pp)->pNext; - } - *pp = p->pNext; - } - - /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK); - - /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ - rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0); - - /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ - sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a - ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to - ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ - sqlite3_free(p); - } - sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent -** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ - return p->nRemaining; -} - -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most -** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ - return p->nPagecount; -} - -/* -** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the -** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been -** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the -** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs -** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is -** complete. -** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ - /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it - ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy - ** the new data into the backup. - */ - int rc; - assert( p->pDestDb ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer -** detects that the database has been modified by an external database -** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the -** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still -** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. -** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - p->iNext = 1; - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction -** must be active for both files. -** -** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything -** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the -** transaction is committed before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc; - sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File descriptor for database pTo */ - sqlite3_backup b; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); - - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) ); - pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo)); - if( pFd->pMethods ){ - i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom); - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( rc ) goto copy_finished; - } - - /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set - ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() - ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called - ** from this function, not directly by the user. - */ - memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); - b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; - b.pSrc = pFrom; - b.pDest = pTo; - b.iNext = 1; - - /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database - ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to - ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes - ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement - ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE - ** or an error code. - */ - sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); - assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; - }else{ - sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest)); - } - - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 ); -copy_finished: - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ - -/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" -** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible -** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the -** name sqlite_value -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Check invariants on a Mem object. -** -** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like -** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ - /* The MEM_Dyn bit is set if and only if Mem.xDel is a non-NULL destructor - ** function for Mem.z - */ - assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 ); - assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || p->xDel==0 ); - - /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly - ** one of the following: - ** - ** (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object - ** (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel - ** (3) An ephermal string or blob - ** (4) A static string or blob - */ - if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->z!=0 ){ - assert( - ((p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) + - ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + - ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + - ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1 - ); - } - - return 1; -} -#endif - - -/* -** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine -** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is -** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. -** -** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string -** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this -** routine is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). -** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion -** between formats. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - int rc; -#endif - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE - || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - return SQLITE_ERROR; -#else - - /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, - ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. - */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); - assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); - return rc; -#endif -} - -/* -** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least -** min(n,32) bytes. -** -** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of -** pMem->z into the new allocation. pMem must be either a string or -** blob if bPreserve is true. If bPreserve is false, any prior content -** in pMem->z is discarded. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){ - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already - ** contain a valid string or blob value. */ - assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); - testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 ); - - if( pMem->zMalloc==0 || sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)z==pMem->zMalloc ){ - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); - bPreserve = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); - pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); - } - if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){ - VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = 0; - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - if( pMem->z && bPreserve && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ - memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); - } - if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){ - assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); - pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); - } - - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); - pMem->xDel = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so -** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from -** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be -** overwritten or altered. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ - int f; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - ExpandBlob(pMem); - f = pMem->flags; - if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; -#endif - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary -** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - int nByte; - assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - - /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ - nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; - if( nByte<=0 ){ - nByte = 1; - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); - pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers -** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string -** is a no-op. -** -** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated. -** -** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is -** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via -** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree -** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the -** user and the later is an internal programming error. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int fg = pMem->flags; - const int nByte = 32; - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); - assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); - assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - - - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8 - ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding - ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. - ** - ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. - */ - if( fg & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else{ - assert( fg & MEM_Real ); - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r); - } - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. -** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The -** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. -** -** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK -** otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){ - sqlite3_context ctx; - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); - ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - ctx.s.db = pMem->db; - ctx.pMem = pMem; - ctx.pFunc = pFunc; - pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ - assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel ); - sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); - memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s)); - rc = ctx.isError; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by -** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function -** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); - assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); - }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){ - assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 ); - p->xDel((void *)p->z); - p->xDel = 0; - }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){ - sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet); - }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p); - } -} - -/* -** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an -** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and -** (Mem.flags==MEM_Str). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); - VdbeMemRelease(p); - if( p->zMalloc ){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc); - p->zMalloc = 0; - } - p->z = 0; - assert( p->xDel==0 ); /* Zeroed by VdbeMemRelease() above */ -} - -/* -** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. -** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then -** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer. -*/ -static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ - return r; -#else - /* - ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the - ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them - ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. - ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing - ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. - */ - static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; - static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; - - if( r<=(double)minInt ){ - return minInt; - }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){ - return maxInt; - }else{ - return (i64)r; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do -** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. -** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is -** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. -** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert -** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an -** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. -** -** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ - int flags; - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - return pMem->u.i; - }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - return doubleToInt64(pMem->r); - }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - i64 value = 0; - assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); - testcase( pMem->z==0 ); - sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); - return value; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a -** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its -** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. -** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - return pMem->r; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - return (double)pMem->u.i; - }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - double val = (double)0; - sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); - return val; - }else{ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return (double)0; - } -} - -/* -** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a -** MEM_Int if we can. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - - pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r); - - /* Only mark the value as an integer if - ** - ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and - ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest - ** possible integer (ticket #3922) - ** - ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces - ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes - ** values to wrap around. - */ - if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i - && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 - && pMem->u.iflags |= MEM_Int; - } -} - -/* -** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - - pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. -** Invalidate any prior representations. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - - pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. -** Invalidate any prior representations. -** -** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input -** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert -** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ - if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){ - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){ - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); - }else{ - pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); - sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem); - } - } - assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 ); - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){ - VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame; - pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame; - pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; - } - if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ - sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet); - } - MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length -** n containing all zeros. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; - pMem->n = 0; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - pMem->u.nZero = n; - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0); - if( pMem->z ){ - pMem->n = n; - memset(pMem->z, 0, n); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type INTEGER. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->u.i = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, -** manifest type REAL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ - if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->r = val; - pMem->flags = MEM_Real; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an -** empty boolean index. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ - sqlite3 *db = pMem->db; - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - }else{ - assert( pMem->zMalloc ); - pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, - sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc)); - assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 ); - pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet; - } -} - -/* -** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is -** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db!=0 ); - if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - int n = p->n; - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += p->u.nZero; - } - return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - } - return 0; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking -** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow -** copies of this cell as invalid. -** -** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow -** copies are not misused. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ - int i; - Mem *pX; - for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){ - if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){ - pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined; - pX->pScopyFrom = 0; - } - } - pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -/* -** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member. -*/ -#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc) - -/* -** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of -** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If -** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z -** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ - assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - VdbeMemRelease(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); - pTo->xDel = 0; - if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ - pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); - assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); - pTo->flags |= srcType; - } -} - -/* -** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are -** freed before the copy is made. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - VdbeMemRelease(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); - pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; - pTo->xDel = 0; - - if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ - pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is -** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. -** -** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ - assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); - assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); - assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); - - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); - pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; - pFrom->xDel = 0; - pFrom->zMalloc = 0; -} - -/* -** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. -** -** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel -** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the -** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the -** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the -** pointer copied. -** -** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH -** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be -** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation -** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In -** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( - Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ - const char *z, /* String pointer */ - int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ -){ - int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ - int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ - u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ - - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ - if( !z ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( pMem->db ){ - iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - }else{ - iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; - } - flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); - if( nByte<0 ){ - assert( enc!=0 ); - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){} - }else{ - for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} - } - flags |= MEM_Term; - } - - /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It - ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory - ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). - */ - if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ - int nAlloc = nByte; - if( flags&MEM_Term ){ - nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); - } - if( nByte>iLimit ){ - return SQLITE_TOOBIG; - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); - }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; - pMem->xDel = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = (char *)z; - pMem->xDel = xDel; - flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); - } - - pMem->n = nByte; - pMem->flags = flags; - pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif - - if( nByte>iLimit ){ - return SQLITE_TOOBIG; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. -** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing -** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. -** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written -** into the pMem element. -** -** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content -** is overwritten without being freed. -** -** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable -** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ - u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ - u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ - int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ - Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ -){ - char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ - u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - - /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() - ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - if( key ){ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); - }else{ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); - } - assert( zData!=0 ); - - if( offset+amt<=available ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - pMem->z = &zData[offset]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; - pMem->n = (int)amt; - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){ - if( key ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pMem->z[amt] = 0; - pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = (int)amt; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the -** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), -** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second -** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or -** SQLITE_UTF8. -** -** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. -** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte -** boundary. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ - if( !pVal ) return 0; - - assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); - assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); - assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str ); - pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3; - ExpandBlob(pVal); - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); - if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ - assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return 0; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */ - }else{ - assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc); - assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); - } - assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 - || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ - return pVal->z; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Create a new sqlite3_value object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ - Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); - if( p ){ - p->flags = MEM_Null; - p->db = db; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to -** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details. -*/ -struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { - Parse *pParse; - Index *pIdx; - UnpackedRecord **ppRec; - int iVal; -}; - -/* -** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If -** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated -** by calling sqlite3ValueNew(). -** -** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is -** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not -** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that -** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer -** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array. -*/ -static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - if( p ){ - UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0]; - - if( pRec==0 ){ - Index *pIdx = p->pIdx; /* Index being probed */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */ - - nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)); - pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - if( pRec ){ - pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx); - if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){ - assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol ); - assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); - pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))); - for(i=0; iaMem[i].flags = MEM_Null; - pRec->aMem[i].db = db; - } - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec); - pRec = 0; - } - } - if( pRec==0 ) return 0; - p->ppRec[0] = pRec; - } - - pRec->nField = p->iVal+1; - return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal]; - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */ - return sqlite3ValueNew(db); -} - -/* -** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described -** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object -** using valueNew(). -** -** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object -** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not -** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object -** in all cases. -*/ -static int valueFromExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ - sqlite3_value **ppVal, /* Write the new value here */ - struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx /* Second argument for valueNew() */ -){ - int op; - char *zVal = 0; - sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; - int negInt = 1; - const char *zNeg = ""; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !pExpr ){ - *ppVal = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - op = pExpr->op; - if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2; - - /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the - ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808. - */ - if( op==TK_UMINUS - && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){ - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - op = pExpr->op; - negInt = -1; - zNeg = "-"; - } - - if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ - pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); - if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt); - }else{ - zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken); - if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } - if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8); - }else{ - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); - } - if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str; - if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); - } - }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { - /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) - && pVal!=0 - ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); - if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ - pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Int; - pVal->flags |= MEM_Real; - pVal->r = (double)SMALLEST_INT64; - }else{ - pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i; - } - pVal->r = -pVal->r; - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); - } - }else if( op==TK_NULL ){ - pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); - if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ - int nVal; - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); - pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); - if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; - zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; - nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1; - assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, - 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif - - *ppVal = pVal; - return rc; - -no_mem: - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal); - assert( *ppVal==0 ); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); -#else - assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); -#endif - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -} - -/* -** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. -** -** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant -** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can -** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and -** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating -** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression -** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ - sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ -){ - return valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -/* -** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts -** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database -** record (a blob) containing the argument value. -** -** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the -** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally. -*/ -static void recordFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const int file_format = 1; - int iSerial; /* Serial type */ - int nSerial; /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */ - int nVal; /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */ - int nRet; - sqlite3 *db; - u8 *aRet; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); - iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format); - nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial); - nVal = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(iSerial); - db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal; - aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRet); - if( aRet==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - aRet[0] = nSerial+1; - sqlite3PutVarint(&aRet[1], iSerial); - sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial); - sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet); - } -} - -/* -** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = { - FUNCTION(sqlite_record, 1, 0, 0, recordFunc), - }; - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAnalyzeTableFuncs); - for(i=0; idb; - - - struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc; - alloc.pParse = pParse; - alloc.pIdx = pIdx; - alloc.ppRec = ppRec; - alloc.iVal = iVal; - - /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */ - pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); - - if( !pExpr ){ - pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc); - if( pVal ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal); - } - }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE - || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE) - ){ - Vdbe *v; - int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn; - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar); - if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){ - pVal = valueNew(db, &alloc); - if( pVal ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db)); - } - pVal->db = pParse->db; - } - } - }else{ - rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, &alloc); - } - *pbOk = (pVal!=0); - - assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned -** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes -** the object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){ - if( pRec ){ - int i; - int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField; - Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem; - sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db; - for(i=0; ipKeyInfo); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec); - } -} -#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ - -/* -** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr( - sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ - int n, /* Length of string z */ - const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ -){ - if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); -} - -/* -** Free an sqlite3_value object -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ - if( !v ) return; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); - sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming -** that it uses the encoding "enc" -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - return p->n + p->u.nZero; - }else{ - return p->n; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2003 September 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating -** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior -** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file. -** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out. -*/ - -/* -** Create a new virtual database engine. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *p; - p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); - if( p==0 ) return 0; - p->db = db; - if( db->pVdbe ){ - db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; - } - p->pNext = db->pVdbe; - p->pPrev = 0; - db->pVdbe = p; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - p->pParse = pParse; - assert( pParse->aLabel==0 ); - assert( pParse->nLabel==0 ); - assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 ); - return p; -} - -/* -** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){ - assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 ); - if( p==0 ) return; -#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG) - if( !isPrepareV2 ) return; -#endif - assert( p->zSql==0 ); - p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); - p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2; -} - -/* -** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0; -} - -/* -** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ - Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; - char *zTmp; - tmp = *pA; - *pA = *pB; - *pB = tmp; - pTmp = pA->pNext; - pA->pNext = pB->pNext; - pB->pNext = pTmp; - pTmp = pA->pPrev; - pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; - pB->pPrev = pTmp; - zTmp = pA->zSql; - pA->zSql = pB->zSql; - pB->zSql = zTmp; - pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2; -} - -/* -** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than -** it was. -** -** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain -** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be -** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). -*/ -static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v){ - VdbeOp *pNew; - Parse *p = v->pParse; - int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); - if( pNew ){ - p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op); - v->aOp = pNew; - } - return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will -** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using -** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on". -*/ -static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){ - static int n = 0; - n++; -} -#endif - -/* -** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the -** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. -** -** Parameters: -** -** p Pointer to the VDBE -** -** op The opcode for this instruction -** -** p1, p2, p3 Operands -** -** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and -** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 -** operand. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ - int i; - VdbeOp *pOp; - - i = p->nOp; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); - if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){ - if( growOpArray(p) ){ - return 1; - } - } - p->nOp++; - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - pOp->opcode = (u8)op; - pOp->p5 = 0; - pOp->p1 = p1; - pOp->p2 = p2; - pOp->p3 = p3; - pOp->p4.p = 0; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - pOp->zComment = 0; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ - int jj, kk; - Parse *pParse = p->pParse; - for(jj=kk=0; jjaColCache + jj; - if( x->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel || x->iReg==0 ) continue; - printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn); - kk++; - } - if( kk ) printf("\n"); - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); - test_addop_breakpoint(); - } -#endif -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - pOp->cycles = 0; - pOp->cnt = 0; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - pOp->iSrcLine = 0; -#endif - return i; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ - return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ - return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ - return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); -} - - -/* -** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( - Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ - int op, /* The new opcode */ - int p1, /* The P1 operand */ - int p2, /* The P2 operand */ - int p3, /* The P3 operand */ - const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ - int p4type /* P4 operand type */ -){ - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); - return addr; -} - -/* -** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from -** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees -** as having been used. -** -** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ - int j; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); - for(j=0; jdb->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); -} - -/* -** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( - Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ - int op, /* The new opcode */ - int p1, /* The P1 operand */ - int p2, /* The P2 operand */ - int p3, /* The P3 operand */ - int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ -){ - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32); - return addr; -} - -/* -** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be -** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The -** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when -** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan -** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match -** the label into the resolved address. -** -** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are -** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. -** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. -** -** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){ - Parse *p = v->pParse; - int i = p->nLabel++; - assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){ - p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, - (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); - } - if( p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[i] = -1; - } - return -1-i; -} - -/* -** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to -** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from -** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){ - Parse *p = v->pParse; - int j = -1-x; - assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( jnLabel ); - if( ALWAYS(j>=0) && p->aLabel ){ - p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp; - } - p->iFixedOp = v->nOp - 1; -} - -/* -** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ - p->runOnlyOnce = 1; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */ - -/* -** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes -** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may -** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: -** -** Op *pOp; -** VdbeOpIter sIter; -** -** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); -** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* -** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ -** // Do something with pOp -** } -** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); -** -*/ -typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; -struct VdbeOpIter { - Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ - SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ - int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ - int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ - int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ -}; -static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ - Vdbe *v = p->v; - Op *pRet = 0; - Op *aOp; - int nOp; - - if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ - - if( p->iSub==0 ){ - aOp = v->aOp; - nOp = v->nOp; - }else{ - aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; - nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; - } - assert( p->iAddriAddr]; - p->iAddr++; - if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ - p->iSub++; - p->iAddr = 0; - } - - if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ - int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); - int j; - for(j=0; jnSub; j++){ - if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; - } - if( j==p->nSub ){ - p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); - if( !p->apSub ){ - pRet = 0; - }else{ - p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; - } - } - } - } - - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may -** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction -** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any -** sub-programs contains any of the following: -** -** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. -** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. -** * OP_Destroy -** * OP_VUpdate -** * OP_VRename -** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) -** -** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an -** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does -** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as -** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: -** -** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ - int hasAbort = 0; - Op *pOp; - VdbeOpIter sIter; - memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); - sIter.v = v; - - while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ - int opcode = pOp->opcode; - if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) -#endif - || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) - && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) - ){ - hasAbort = 1; - break; - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); - - /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred. - ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated - ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return - ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame - ** from failing. */ - return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort ); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */ - -/* -** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative -** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the -** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value. -** -** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted. -** -** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument -** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by -** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array. -** -** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes. -*/ -static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ - int i; - int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; - Op *pOp; - Parse *pParse = p->pParse; - int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel; - p->readOnly = 1; - p->bIsReader = 0; - for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){ - u8 opcode = pOp->opcode; - - /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.awk when adding or removing - ** cases from this switch! */ - switch( opcode ){ - case OP_Function: - case OP_AggStep: { - if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5; - break; - } - case OP_Transaction: { - if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0; - /* fall thru */ - } - case OP_AutoCommit: - case OP_Savepoint: { - p->bIsReader = 1; - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - case OP_Checkpoint: -#endif - case OP_Vacuum: - case OP_JournalMode: { - p->readOnly = 0; - p->bIsReader = 1; - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - case OP_VUpdate: { - if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; - break; - } - case OP_VFilter: { - int n; - assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); - n = pOp[-1].p1; - if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; - break; - } -#endif - case OP_Next: - case OP_NextIfOpen: - case OP_SorterNext: { - pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; - pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; - break; - } - case OP_Prev: - case OP_PrevIfOpen: { - pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; - pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; - break; - } - } - - pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode]; - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){ - assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel ); - pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2]; - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel); - pParse->aLabel = 0; - pParse->nLabel = 0; - *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; - assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || p->btreeMask==0 ); -} - -/* -** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - return p->nOp; -} - -/* -** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with -** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility -** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the -** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. -** -** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned -** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and -** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the -** returned program. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ - VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; - assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); - - /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ - assert( p->btreeMask==0 ); - - resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); - *pnOp = p->nOp; - p->aOp = 0; - return aOp; -} - -/* -** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the -** address of the first operation added. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno){ - int addr; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){ - return 0; - } - addr = p->nOp; - if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){ - int i; - VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp; - for(i=0; ip2; - VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr]; - pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode; - pOut->p1 = pIn->p1; - if( p2<0 ){ - assert( sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP ); - pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2); - }else{ - pOut->p2 = p2; - } - pOut->p3 = pIn->p3; - pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - pOut->p4.p = 0; - pOut->p5 = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - pOut->zComment = 0; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i; -#else - (void)iLineno; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]); - } -#endif - } - p->nOp += nOp; - } - return addr; -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p1 = val; - } -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p2 = val; - } -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){ - p->aOp[addr].p3 = val; - } -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently -** added operation. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){ - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->aOp ){ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val; - } -} - -/* -** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to -** the address of the next instruction to be coded. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); - p->pParse->iFixedOp = p->nOp - 1; -} - - -/* -** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If -** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. -*/ -static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ - if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef); - } -} - -static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int); - -/* -** Delete a P4 value if necessary. -*/ -static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ - if( p4 ){ - assert( db ); - switch( p4type ){ - case P4_REAL: - case P4_INT64: - case P4_DYNAMIC: - case P4_INTARRAY: { - sqlite3DbFree(db, p4); - break; - } - case P4_KEYINFO: { - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4); - break; - } - case P4_MPRINTF: { - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4); - break; - } - case P4_FUNCDEF: { - freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); - break; - } - case P4_MEM: { - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4); - }else{ - Mem *p = (Mem*)p4; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - break; - } - case P4_VTAB : { - if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); - break; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the -** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain -** nOp entries. -*/ -static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ - if( aOp ){ - Op *pOp; - for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){ - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); -#endif - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp); -} - -/* -** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked -** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program -** objects when the VM is no longer required. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){ - p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram; - pVdbe->pProgram = p; -} - -/* -** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - if( p->aOp ){ - VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); - memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0])); - pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; - if( addr==p->nOp-1 ) p->nOp--; - } -} - -/* -** Remove the last opcode inserted -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){ - if( (p->nOp-1)>(p->pParse->iFixedOp) && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. -** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a -** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a -** few minor changes to the program. -** -** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of -** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the -** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. -** -** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points -** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of -** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. -** -** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ - Op *pOp; - sqlite3 *db; - assert( p!=0 ); - db = p->db; - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){ - if( n!=P4_VTAB ){ - freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); - } - return; - } - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - assert( addrnOp ); - if( addr<0 ){ - addr = p->nOp - 1; - } - pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED - || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 - || pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); - freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); - pOp->p4.p = 0; - if( n==P4_INT32 ){ - /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int - ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ - pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); - pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; - }else if( zP4==0 ){ - pOp->p4.p = 0; - pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; - }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO; - }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB; - sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4); - assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db ); - }else if( n<0 ){ - pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; - pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; - }else{ - if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4); - pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); - pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; - } -} - -/* -** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the -** index given. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pIdx!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx), - P4_KEYINFO); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -/* -** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction. Or -** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This -** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens -** in a production build. -*/ -static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); - assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( p->nOp ){ - assert( p->aOp ); - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment); - p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - if( p ){ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - if( p ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); - va_start(ap, zFormat); - vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - } -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE -/* -** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){ - sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */ - -/* -** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then -** return the most recently inserted opcode. -** -** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this -** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode -** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. -** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning -** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from -** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, -** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and -** by running with Valgrind. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ - /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all - ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */ - static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */ - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - if( addr<0 ){ - addr = p->nOp - 1; - } - assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; - }else{ - return &p->aOp[addr]; - } -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) -/* -** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp -** determined by character c. -*/ -static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){ - if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1; - if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2; - if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3; - if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i; - return pOp->p5; -} - -/* -** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing. -** -** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted -** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName(). In the -** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode. -** Some translation occurs: -** -** "PX" -> "r[X]" -** "PX@PY" -> "r[X..X+Y-1]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1 -** "PX@PY+1" -> "r[X..X+Y]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 -** "PY..PY" -> "r[X..Y]" or "r[x]" if y<=x -*/ -static int displayComment( - const Op *pOp, /* The opcode to be commented */ - const char *zP4, /* Previously obtained value for P4 */ - char *zTemp, /* Write result here */ - int nTemp /* Space available in zTemp[] */ -){ - const char *zOpName; - const char *zSynopsis; - int nOpName; - int ii, jj; - zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); - nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName); - if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){ - int seenCom = 0; - char c; - zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1; - for(ii=jj=0; jjzComment); - seenCom = 1; - }else{ - int v1 = translateP(c, pOp); - int v2; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1); - if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){ - ii += 3; - jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); - v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp); - if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){ - ii += 2; - v2++; - } - if( v2>1 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1); - } - }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){ - ii += 4; - } - } - jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); - }else{ - zTemp[jj++] = c; - } - } - if( !seenCom && jjzComment ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment); - jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); - } - if( jjzComment ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment); - jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); - }else{ - zTemp[0] = 0; - jj = 0; - } - return jj; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ - || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. -** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. -*/ -static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ - char *zP4 = zTemp; - assert( nTemp>=20 ); - switch( pOp->p4type ){ - case P4_KEYINFO: { - int i, j; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); - i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); - for(j=0; jnField; j++){ - CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; - const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : "nil"; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl); - if( n==6 && memcmp(zColl,"BINARY",6)==0 ){ - zColl = "B"; - n = 1; - } - if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){ - memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4); - break; - } - zTemp[i++] = ','; - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){ - zTemp[i++] = '-'; - } - memcpy(&zTemp[i], zColl, n+1); - i += n; - } - zTemp[i++] = ')'; - zTemp[i] = 0; - assert( ip4.pColl; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName); - break; - } - case P4_FUNCDEF: { - FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); - break; - } - case P4_INT64: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); - break; - } - case P4_INT32: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i); - break; - } - case P4_REAL: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); - break; - } - case P4_MEM: { - Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ - zP4 = pMem->z; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r); - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "NULL"); - }else{ - assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); - zP4 = "(blob)"; - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - case P4_VTAB: { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule); - break; - } -#endif - case P4_INTARRAY: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray"); - break; - } - case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { - sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program"); - break; - } - case P4_ADVANCE: { - zTemp[0] = 0; - break; - } - default: { - zP4 = pOp->p4.z; - if( zP4==0 ){ - zP4 = zTemp; - zTemp[0] = 0; - } - } - } - assert( zP4!=0 ); - return zP4; -} -#endif - -/* -** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. -** -** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of -** attached databases that will be use. A mask of these databases -** is maintained in p->btreeMask. The p->lockMask value is the subset of -** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ - assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 ); - assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 ); - p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ - p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<0 -/* -** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, -** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure -** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also -** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring -** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. -** -** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then -** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables -** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle -** associated with the VM. -** -** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this -** function is a no-op. -** -** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared -** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask -** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of -** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not -** be a problem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - yDbMask mask; - sqlite3 *db; - Db *aDb; - int nDb; - if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ - db = p->db; - aDb = db->aDb; - nDb = db->nDb; - for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt); - } - } -} -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 -/* -** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ - int i; - yDbMask mask; - sqlite3 *db; - Db *aDb; - int nDb; - if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */ - db = p->db; - aDb = db->aDb; - nDb = db->nDb; - for(i=0, mask=1; ilockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt); - } - } -} -#endif - -#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ - char *zP4; - char zPtr[50]; - char zCom[100]; - static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n"; - if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; - zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom)); -#else - zCom[0] = 0; -#endif - /* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created - ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the - ** information from the vdbe.c source text */ - fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, - sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, - zCom - ); - fflush(pOut); -} -#endif - -/* -** Release an array of N Mem elements -*/ -static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ - if( p && N ){ - Mem *pEnd; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed; - if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ - for(pEnd=&p[N]; pzMalloc); - } - return; - } - for(pEnd=&p[N]; pflags & MEM_Agg ); - testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ); - testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame ); - testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ); - if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); - }else if( p->zMalloc ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); - p->zMalloc = 0; - } - - p->flags = MEM_Undefined; - } - db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed; - } -} - -/* -** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are -** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ - int i; - Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p); - VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem]; - for(i=0; inChildCsr; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); - } - releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); - sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN -/* -** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. -** -** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of -** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. -** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". -** -** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When -** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these -** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement -** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. -** -** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of -** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( - Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ -){ - int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ - int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ - SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ - Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ - - assert( p->explain ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); - assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - - /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for - ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls - ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. - */ - releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); - p->pResultSet = 0; - - if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or - ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the - ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. - ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus - ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered - ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are - ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. - */ - nRow = p->nOp; - if( p->explain==1 ){ - /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will - ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers - ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 - ** cells. */ - assert( p->nMem>9 ); - pSub = &p->aMem[9]; - if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ - /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is - ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ - nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - } - for(i=0; inOp; - } - } - - do{ - i = p->pc++; - }while( iexplain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); - if( i>=nRow ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); - }else{ - char *zP4; - Op *pOp; - if( inOp ){ - /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the - ** main program. */ - pOp = &p->aOp[i]; - }else{ - /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and - ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ - int j; - i -= p->nOp; - for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ - i -= apSub[j]->nOp; - } - pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; - } - if( p->explain==1 ){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem++; - - /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has - ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms - ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram - ** has not already been seen. - */ - if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ - int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); - int j; - for(j=0; jp4.pProgram ) break; - } - if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){ - apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; - apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; - pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; - pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); - } - } - } - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ - pMem++; - - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ - pMem++; - - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32); - if( zP4!=pMem->z ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - }else{ - assert( pMem->z!=0 ); - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - } - pMem++; - - if( p->explain==1 ){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = 2; - sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem++; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 500, 0) ){ - assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -#else - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ -#endif - } - - p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); - p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_ROW; - } - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ - const char *z = 0; - if( p->zSql ){ - z = p->zSql; - }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){ - const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ - z = pOp->p4.z; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; - } - } - if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); -} -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) -/* -** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ - int nOp = p->nOp; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return; - if( nOp<1 ) return; - pOp = &p->aOp[0]; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ - int i, j; - char z[1000]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); - for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} - for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){ - if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ - z[j++] = ' '; - } - }else{ - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - } - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ - -/* -** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to -** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL. -** -** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will -** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not -** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that -** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not -** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf -** is NULL. -** -** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed. -** -** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the -** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past -** the end of the allocated space. -** -** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed -** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the -** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request. -*/ -static void *allocSpace( - void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */ - u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */ - u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */ - int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */ -){ - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) ); - if( pBuf ) return pBuf; - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); - if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){ - pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom; - *ppFrom += nByte; - }else{ - *pnByte += nByte; - } - return pBuf; -} - -/* -** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for -** running it. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) - int i; -#endif - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - - /* There should be at least one opcode. - */ - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - - /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - for(i=1; inMem; i++){ - assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db ); - } -#endif - p->pc = -1; - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; - p->nChange = 0; - p->cacheCtr = 1; - p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; - p->iStatement = 0; - p->nFkConstraint = 0; -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; - p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after -** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such -** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter. -** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more -** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). -** -** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine. -** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready -** to run. After this routine is called, futher calls to -** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects -** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the -** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be -** destroyed. -** -** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back -** to its initial state after it has been run. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( - Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ - Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - int nVar; /* Number of parameters */ - int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */ - int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */ - int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */ - int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ - int n; /* Loop counter */ - u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */ - u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */ - int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */ - - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->nOp>0 ); - assert( pParse!=0 ); - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); - assert( pParse==p->pParse ); - db = p->db; - assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); - nVar = pParse->nVar; - nMem = pParse->nMem; - nCursor = pParse->nTab; - nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; - nOnce = pParse->nOnce; - if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */ - - /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory - ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by - ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for - ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with - ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1) - ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc. - ** - ** See also: allocateCursor(). - */ - nMem += nCursor; - - /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and - ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. - */ - zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */ - zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[pParse->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */ - - resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); - p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); - if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){ - nMem = 10; - } - memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr); - zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) ); - p->expired = 0; - - /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two - ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the - ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory - ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second - ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation. - ** - ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from - ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly - ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. - */ - do { - nByte = 0; - p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*), - &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(p->aOnceFlag, nOnce, &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte); - if( nByte ){ - p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - } - zCsr = p->pFree; - zEnd = &zCsr[nByte]; - }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed ); - - p->nCursor = nCursor; - p->nOnceFlag = nOnce; - if( p->aVar ){ - p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; - for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; - p->aVar[n].db = db; - } - } - if( p->azVar ){ - p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar; - memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0])); - memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0])); - } - if( p->aMem ){ - p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */ - p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */ - for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){ - p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Undefined; - p->aMem[n].db = db; - } - } - p->explain = pParse->explain; - sqlite3VdbeRewind(p); -} - -/* -** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor -** happens to hold. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ - if( pCx==0 ){ - return; - } - sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx); - if( pCx->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); - /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by - ** the call above. */ - }else if( pCx->pCursor ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor; - const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule; - p->inVtabMethod = 1; - pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This -** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore -** control to the main program. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ - Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; - v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag; - v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag; - v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; - v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; - v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; - v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; - v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; - v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; - v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; - v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; - return pFrame->pc; -} - -/* -** Close all cursors. -** -** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory -** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain -** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to -** open cursors. -*/ -static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ - if( p->pFrame ){ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; - for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); - sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); - } - p->pFrame = 0; - p->nFrame = 0; - - if( p->apCsr ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCursor; i++){ - VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; - if( pC ){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); - p->apCsr[i] = 0; - } - } - } - if( p->aMem ){ - releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem); - } - while( p->pDelFrame ){ - VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame; - p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent; - sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel); - } - - /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */ - sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, -1, 0); - assert( p->pAuxData==0 ); -} - -/* -** Clean up the VM after execution. -** -** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or -** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of -** variables in the aVar[] array. -*/ -static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and - ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ - int i; - if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; inCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 ); - if( p->aMem ){ - for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined ); - } -#endif - - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - p->pResultSet = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL -** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during -** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can -** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ - Mem *pColName; - int n; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); - n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; - p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; - p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); - if( p->aColName==0 ) return; - while( n-- > 0 ){ - pColName->flags = MEM_Null; - pColName->db = p->db; - pColName++; - } -} - -/* -** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. -** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. -** -** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). -** -** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC -** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed -** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( - Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ - int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ - int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ - const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ -){ - int rc; - Mem *pColName; - assert( idxnResColumn ); - assert( vardb->mallocFailed ){ - assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - assert( p->aColName!=0 ); - pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); - assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle -** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a -** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine -** takes care of the master journal trickery. -*/ -static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ - int i; - int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int needXcommit = 0; - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply - ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. - */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); -#endif - - /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any - ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to - ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is - ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database - ** to the transaction. - */ - rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p); - - /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and - ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not - ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than - ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal - ** file is required for an atomic commit. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - needXcommit = 1; - if( i!=1 ) nTrans++; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); - rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ - if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ - rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); - if( rc ){ - return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK; - } - } - - /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the - ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the - ** master-journal. - ** - ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length - ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In - ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the - ** simple case then too. - */ - if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) - || nTrans<=1 - ){ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); - } - } - - /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. - ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an - ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, - ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VtabCommit(db); - } - } - - /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. - ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is - ** committed atomicly. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO - else{ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - int needSync = 0; - char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ - char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); - sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; - i64 offset = 0; - int res; - int retryCount = 0; - int nMainFile; - - /* Select a master journal file name */ - nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile); - zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile); - if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - do { - u32 iRandom; - if( retryCount ){ - if( retryCount>100 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - break; - }else if( retryCount==1 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster); - } - } - retryCount++; - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); - sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X", - (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff); - /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must - ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */ - assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' ); - sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster); - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); - }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Open the master journal. */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 - ); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new - ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close - ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files - ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll - ** back independently if a failure occurs. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ - char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); - if( zFile==0 ){ - continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ - } - assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); - if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){ - needSync = 1; - } - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); - offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device - ** flag is set this is not required. - */ - if( needSync - && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) - && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) - ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call - ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If - ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. - ** - ** If the error occurs during the first call to - ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the - ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, - ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal - ** file before the failure occurred. - */ - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); - } - } - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - return rc; - } - - /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After - ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual - ** transaction files are deleted. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); - zMaster = 0; - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following - ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and - ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while - ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the - ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals - ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. - */ - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); - } - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - - sqlite3VtabCommit(db); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable -** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are -** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. -** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing -** step. -** -** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - int cnt = 0; - int nWrite = 0; - int nRead = 0; - p = db->pVdbe; - while( p ){ - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){ - cnt++; - if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; - if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++; - } - p = p->pNext; - } - assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive ); - assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite ); - assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead ); -} -#else -#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) -#endif - -/* -** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, -** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or -** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement -** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the -** statement transaction is committed. -** -** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. -** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ - sqlite3 *const db = p->db; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a - ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception - ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback. - ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do. - */ - if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ - int i; - const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; - - assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); - assert( db->nStatement>0 ); - assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); - - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); - } - if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - } - } - db->nStatement--; - p->iStatement = 0; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); - } - } - - /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the - ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when - ** the statement transaction was opened. */ - if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; - db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database -** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be -** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint -** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -** -** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns -** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY -** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) - || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) - ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE -** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those -** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. -** -** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from -** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to -** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. -** -** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of -** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it -** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or - ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the - ** execution of this virtual machine. - ** - ** If any of the following errors occur: - ** - ** SQLITE_NOMEM - ** SQLITE_IOERR - ** SQLITE_FULL - ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT - ** - ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent - ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is - ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. - */ - - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); - closeAllCursors(p); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - - /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the - ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file. */ - if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){ - int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ - int eStatementOp = 0; - int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ - - /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ - sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); - - /* Check for one of the special errors */ - mrc = p->rc & 0xff; - assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */ - isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR - || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; - if( isSpecialError ){ - /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, - ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint - ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a - ** consistent state. - ** - ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform - ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error - ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database - ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function - ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore - ** the pager to a consistent state. - */ - if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ - if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; - }else{ - /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing - ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. - */ - sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - } - - /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); - } - - /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer - ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. - ** - ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled - ** above has occurred. - */ - if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) - && db->autoCommit - && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) - ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){ - sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; - }else{ - /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful - ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign - ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit - ** is required. */ - rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){ - sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); - }else{ - db->nDeferredCons = 0; - db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - }else{ - sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); - } - db->nStatement = 0; - }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; - }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ - eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; - }else{ - sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - - /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to - ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to - ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement - ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the - ** current statement error code. - */ - if( eStatementOp ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); - if( rc ){ - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - } - sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - db->autoCommit = 1; - } - } - - /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction - ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. - */ - if( p->changeCntOn ){ - if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); - } - p->nChange = 0; - } - - /* Release the locks */ - sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); - } - - /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - db->nVdbeActive--; - if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--; - if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--; - assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead ); - assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite ); - assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 ); - } - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; - checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); - if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held - ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() - ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. - */ - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); - } - - assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); - return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK); -} - - -/* -** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call -** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed -** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be -** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()). -** -** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just -** copies them to the database handle. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - int rc = p->rc; - if( p->zErrMsg ){ - u8 mallocFailed = db->mallocFailed; - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - db->mallocFailed = mallocFailed; - db->errCode = rc; - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG -/* -** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, -** invoke it. -*/ -static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){ - char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql); - assert( v->db->init.busy==0 ); - if( zExpanded ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog( - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1 - ); - sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded); - } - } -} -#else -# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x) -#endif - -/* -** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. -** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. -** -** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed -** again. -** -** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the -** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to -** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - db = p->db; - - /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an - ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt - ** it now. - */ - sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); - - /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code - ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But - ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any - ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. - */ - if( p->pc>=0 ){ - vdbeInvokeSqllog(p); - sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; - }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ - /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call - ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was - ** called), set the database error in this case as well. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = 0; - } - - /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE - */ - Cleanup(p); - - /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. - */ -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); - if( out ){ - int i; - fprintf(out, "---- "); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - if( p->zSql ){ - char c, pc = 0; - fprintf(out, "-- "); - for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){ - if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- "); - putc(c, out); - pc = c; - } - if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - char zHdr[100]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ", - p->aOp[i].cnt, - p->aOp[i].cycles, - p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 - ); - fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr); - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); - } - fclose(out); - } - } -#endif - p->iCurrentTime = 0; - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; - return p->rc & db->errMask; -} - -/* -** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is -** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); - assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); - } - sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for -** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as -** the first argument. -** -** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is -** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user -** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of -** VM pVdbe, and only then if: -** -** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting -** from left to right), or -** -** * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first -** function parameter corrsponds to bit 0 etc.). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(Vdbe *pVdbe, int iOp, int mask){ - AuxData **pp = &pVdbe->pAuxData; - while( *pp ){ - AuxData *pAux = *pp; - if( (iOp<0) - || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg)))) - ){ - testcase( pAux->iArg==31 ); - if( pAux->xDelete ){ - pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); - } - *pp = pAux->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(pVdbe->db, pAux); - }else{ - pp= &pAux->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument, -** except for object itself, which is preserved. -** -** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that -** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with -** the database connection and frees the object itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ - SubProgram *pSub, *pNext; - int i; - assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db ); - releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); - releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); - for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){ - pNext = pSub->pNext; - vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub); - } - for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]); - vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree); -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zExplain); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pExplain); -#endif -} - -/* -** Delete an entire VDBE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; - db = p->db; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p); - if( p->pPrev ){ - p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - }else{ - assert( db->pVdbe==p ); - db->pVdbe = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; - } - p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; - p->db = 0; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} - -/* -** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it -** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error -** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. -** -** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that -** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been -** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as -** a NULL row. -** -** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has -** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ - if( p->deferredMoveto ){ - int res, rc; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - extern int sqlite3_search_count; -#endif - assert( p->isTable ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); - if( rc ) return rc; - p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget; - if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - p->rowidIsValid = 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_search_count++; -#endif - p->deferredMoveto = 0; - p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - }else if( p->pCursor ){ - int hasMoved; - int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( hasMoved ){ - p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( hasMoved==2 ) p->nullRow = 1; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The following functions: -** -** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() -** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() -** -** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite -** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a -** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned -** integer, stored as a varint. -** -** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before -** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial -** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at -** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the -** serial-type and data blob separately. -** -** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: -** -** serial type bytes of data type -** -------------- --------------- --------------- -** 0 0 NULL -** 1 1 signed integer -** 2 2 signed integer -** 3 3 signed integer -** 4 4 signed integer -** 5 6 signed integer -** 6 8 signed integer -** 7 8 IEEE float -** 8 0 Integer constant 0 -** 9 0 Integer constant 1 -** 10,11 reserved for expansion -** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB -** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text -** -** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions -** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. -*/ - -/* -** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - int n; - - if( flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - if( flags&MEM_Int ){ - /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ -# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) - i64 i = pMem->u.i; - u64 u; - if( i<0 ){ - if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6; - /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */ - u = -i; - }else{ - u = i; - } - if( u<=127 ){ - return ((i&1)==i && file_format>=4) ? 8+(u32)u : 1; - } - if( u<=32767 ) return 2; - if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; - if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; - if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; - return 6; - } - if( flags&MEM_Real ){ - return 7; - } - assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - n = pMem->n; - if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += pMem->u.nZero; - } - assert( n>=0 ); - return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); -} - -/* -** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - return (serial_type-12)/2; - }else{ - static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - return aSize[serial_type]; - } -} - -/* -** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating -** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the -** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. -** -** For most architectures, this is a no-op. -** -** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem -** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems -** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit -** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated -** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. -** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. -** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different -** ABI get the byte order right. -** -** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their -** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG -** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of -** floating point values is correct. -** -** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely -** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank -** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware -** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full -** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the -** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point -** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, -** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer -** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here -** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently -** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about -** so we trust him. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ - union { - u64 r; - u32 i[2]; - } u; - u32 t; - - u.r = in; - t = u.i[0]; - u.i[0] = u.i[1]; - u.i[1] = t; - return u.r; -} -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) -#else -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) -#endif - -/* -** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into -** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. -** Return the number of bytes written. -** -** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. The caller is responsible -** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive -** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value. -** -** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number -** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only -** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ - u32 len; - - /* Integer and Real */ - if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ - u64 v; - u32 i; - if( serial_type==7 ){ - assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) ); - memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v)); - swapMixedEndianFloat(v); - }else{ - v = pMem->u.i; - } - len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - while( i-- ){ - buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); - v >>= 8; - } - return len; - } - - /* String or blob */ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) - == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); - len = pMem->n; - memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); - return len; - } - - /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ - return 0; -} - -/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a -** big-endian integer. Return the equivalent native integer -*/ -#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x) ((i8)(x)[0]) -#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x) (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1]) -#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x) (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2]) -#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) - -/* -** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type -** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( - const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ - u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ - Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ -){ - u64 x; - u32 y; - switch( serial_type ){ - case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 0: { /* NULL */ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - } - case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 1; - } - case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 2; - } - case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 3; - } - case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ - y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf); - pMem->u.i = (i64)*(int*)&y; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 4; - } - case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ - pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 6; - } - case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ - case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) - /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same - ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is - ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed - ** endian. - */ - static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; - static const double r1 = 1.0; - u64 t2 = t1; - swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); - assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); -#endif - x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf); - y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4); - x = (x<<32) | y; - if( serial_type==6 ){ - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - }else{ - assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 ); - swapMixedEndianFloat(x); - memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x)); - pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; - } - return 8; - } - case 8: /* Integer 0 */ - case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ - pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 0; - } - default: { - static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem }; - u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2; - pMem->z = (char *)buf; - pMem->n = len; - pMem->xDel = 0; - pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1]; - return len; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord -** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if -** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. -** -** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within -** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably -** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should -** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the -** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL -** before returning. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */ - char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */ - int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ - char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */ -){ - UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ - int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ - - /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. - ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift - ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. - */ - nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; - nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); - if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){ - p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); - *ppFree = (char *)p; - if( !p ) return 0; - }else{ - p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff]; - *ppFree = 0; - } - - p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; - assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); - p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; - return p; -} - -/* -** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the -** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the -** contents of the decoded record. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ - int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ - const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ - UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ -){ - const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; - int d; - u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ - u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - u32 szHdr; - Mem *pMem = p->aMem; - - p->default_rc = 0; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); - d = szHdr; - u = 0; - while( idxnField && d<=nKey ){ - u32 serial_type; - - idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type); - pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; - /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */ - pMem->zMalloc = 0; - d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); - pMem++; - u++; - } - assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 ); - p->nField = u; -} - -#if SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way -** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(), -** this function deserializes and compares values using the -** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used -** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in -** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives. -*/ -static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ -){ - u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ - u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ - u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ - int i = 0; - int rc = 0; - const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - Mem mem1; - - pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; - mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; - /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */ - VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ - - /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. - ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. - ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing - ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance - ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose - ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. - */ - /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ - - idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); - d1 = szHdr1; - assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB ); - assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); - assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 ); - assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); - do{ - u32 serial_type1; - - /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ - idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); - - /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid - ** a buffer overread. The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will - ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space. - ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to - ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case. - */ - if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1 - && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 - ){ - break; - } - - /* Extract the values to be compared. - */ - d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); - - /* Do the comparison - */ - rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]); - if( rc!=0 ){ - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ - rc = -rc; /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */ - } - return rc; - } - i++; - }while( idx1nField ); - - /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using - ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a - ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). - */ - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); - - /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and - ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc - ** value. */ - return pPKey2->default_rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values -** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero -** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than -** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);". -*/ -static int vdbeCompareMemString( - const Mem *pMem1, - const Mem *pMem2, - const CollSeq *pColl -){ - if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ - /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the - ** comparison function directly */ - return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); - }else{ - int rc; - const void *v1, *v2; - int n1, n2; - Mem c1; - Mem c2; - memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1)); - memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2)); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); - v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); - n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; - v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); - n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; - rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); - return rc; - } -} - -/* -** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning -** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater -** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers -** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating -** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). -** -** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ - int rc; - int f1, f2; - int combined_flags; - - f1 = pMem1->flags; - f2 = pMem2->flags; - combined_flags = f1|f2; - assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values - ** are NULL, return 0. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ - return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); - } - - /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less. - ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers - ** if both values are integers. - */ - if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ - double r1, r2; - if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ - if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; - if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1; - return 0; - } - if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ - r1 = pMem1->r; - }else if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ - r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i; - }else{ - return 1; - } - if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ - r2 = pMem2->r; - }else if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ - r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i; - }else{ - return -1; - } - if( r1r2 ) return 1; - return 0; - } - - /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. - ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. - */ - if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ - if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return 1; - } - if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ - return -1; - } - - assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc ); - assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || - pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - - /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if - ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is - ** compiled (this was not always the case). - */ - assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); - - if( pColl ){ - return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl); - } - /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through - ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ - } - - /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ - rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n); - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that -** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive -** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value -** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes -** and returns the value. -*/ -static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ - u32 y; - assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) ); - switch( serial_type ){ - case 0: - case 1: - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - case 2: - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - case 3: - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - case 4: { - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - return (i64)*(int*)&y; - } - case 5: { - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - } - case 6: { - u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); - return (i64)*(i64*)&x; - } - } - - return (serial_type - 8); -} - -/* -** This function compares the two table rows or index records -** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero -** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or -** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob -** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 -** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from -** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. -** -** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already -** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal. -** -** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all -** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is -** returned. -** -** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->isCorrupt to non-zero -** and return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ - int bSkip /* If true, skip the first field */ -){ - u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ - int i; /* Index of next field to compare */ - u32 szHdr1; /* Size of record header in bytes */ - u32 idx1; /* Offset of first type in header */ - int rc = 0; /* Return value */ - Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem; /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; - const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; - Mem mem1; - - /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first - ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so - ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */ - if( bSkip ){ - u32 s1; - idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1); - szHdr1 = aKey1[0]; - d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1); - i = 1; - pRhs++; - }else{ - idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); - d1 = szHdr1; - if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - } - i = 0; - } - - VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField - || CORRUPT_DB ); - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 ); - assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); - do{ - u32 serial_type; - - /* RHS is an integer */ - if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){ - serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; - testcase( serial_type==12 ); - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - rc = +1; - }else if( serial_type==0 ){ - rc = -1; - }else if( serial_type==7 ){ - double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i; - sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); - if( mem1.rrhs ){ - rc = +1; - } - }else{ - i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]); - i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i; - if( lhsrhs ){ - rc = +1; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is real */ - else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){ - serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - rc = +1; - }else if( serial_type==0 ){ - rc = -1; - }else{ - double rhs = pRhs->r; - double lhs; - sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); - if( serial_type==7 ){ - lhs = mem1.r; - }else{ - lhs = (double)mem1.u.i; - } - if( lhsrhs ){ - rc = +1; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is a string */ - else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){ - getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); - testcase( serial_type==12 ); - if( serial_type<12 ){ - rc = -1; - }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ - rc = +1; - }else{ - mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2; - testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){ - mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; - mem1.flags = MEM_Str; - mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1]; - rc = vdbeCompareMemString(&mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i]); - }else{ - int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n); - rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); - if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is a blob */ - else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){ - getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); - testcase( serial_type==12 ); - if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){ - rc = -1; - }else{ - int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2; - testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - }else{ - int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n); - rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); - if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is null */ - else{ - serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; - rc = (serial_type!=0); - } - - if( rc!=0 ){ - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ - rc = -rc; - } - assert( CORRUPT_DB - || (rc<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0) - || (rc>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0) - || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed - ); - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ - return rc; - } - - i++; - pRhs++; - d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); - }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && inField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 ); - - /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using - ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a - ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */ - assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); - - /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and - ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the the default_rc - ** value. */ - assert( CORRUPT_DB - || pPKey2->default_rc==vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2) - ); - return pPKey2->default_rc; -} - -/* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() -** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the -** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single -** byte (i.e. is less than 128). -** -** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used -** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less. -*/ -static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ - int bSkip /* Ignored */ -){ - const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F]; - int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1]; - int res; - u32 y; - u64 x; - i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i; - i64 lhs; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip); - - assert( bSkip==0 ); - assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB ); - switch( serial_type ){ - case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ - lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ - lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ - lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ - y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y; - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ - lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */ - x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); - lhs = *(i64*)&x; - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 8: - lhs = 0; - break; - case 9: - lhs = 1; - break; - - /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running - ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch - ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and - ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated - ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other - ** compilers might be similar. */ - case 0: case 7: - return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0); - - default: - return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0); - } - - if( v>lhs ){ - res = pPKey2->r1; - }else if( vr2; - }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ - /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing - ** fields. */ - res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); - }else{ - /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing - ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */ - res = pPKey2->default_rc; - } - - assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0) - || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0) - || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0) - || CORRUPT_DB - ); - return res; -} - -/* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() -** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field -** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint -** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte. -*/ -static int vdbeRecordCompareString( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ - int bSkip -){ - const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1; - int serial_type; - int res; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(bSkip); - - assert( bSkip==0 ); - getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type); - - if( serial_type<12 ){ - res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */ - }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ - res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */ - }else{ - int nCmp; - int nStr; - int szHdr = aKey1[0]; - - nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2; - if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->isCorrupt = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - } - nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr ); - res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp); - - if( res==0 ){ - res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n; - if( res==0 ){ - if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ - res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); - }else{ - res = pPKey2->default_rc; - } - }else if( res>0 ){ - res = pPKey2->r2; - }else{ - res = pPKey2->r1; - } - }else if( res>0 ){ - res = pPKey2->r2; - }else{ - res = pPKey2->r1; - } - } - - assert( (res==0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)==0) - || (res<0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)<0) - || (res>0 && vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2)>0) - || CORRUPT_DB - ); - return res; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function -** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed -** as the only argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){ - /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume - ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record - ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt() - ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the - ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is - ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each - ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to - ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field - ** is an integer. - ** - ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with - ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal - ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes. */ - if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){ - int flags = p->aMem[0].flags; - if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ - p->r1 = 1; - p->r2 = -1; - }else{ - p->r1 = -1; - p->r2 = 1; - } - if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){ - return vdbeRecordCompareInt; - } - testcase( flags & MEM_Real ); - testcase( flags & MEM_Null ); - testcase( flags & MEM_Blob ); - if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){ - assert( flags & MEM_Str ); - return vdbeRecordCompareString; - } - } - - return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare; -} - -/* -** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. -** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. -** -** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. -** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ - u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ - u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ - Mem m, v; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); - - /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less - ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. - ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so - ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits - */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ - assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); - - /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ - memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); - testcase( szHdr==3 ); - testcase( szHdr==m.n ); - if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; - } - - /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. - ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); - testcase( typeRowid==1 ); - testcase( typeRowid==2 ); - testcase( typeRowid==3 ); - testcase( typeRowid==4 ); - testcase( typeRowid==5 ); - testcase( typeRowid==6 ); - testcase( typeRowid==8 ); - testcase( typeRowid==9 ); - if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; - } - lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid); - testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); - if( unlikely((u32)m.npCursor; - Mem m; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ - /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way - ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ - if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ - *res = 0; - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked, 0); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - db->nChange = nChange; - db->nTotalChange += nChange; -} - -/* -** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised -** or reset. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ - v->changeCntOn = 1; -} - -/* -** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection -** as expired. -** -** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is -** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their -** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating -** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of -** things that make prepared statements obsolete. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){ - Vdbe *p; - for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ - p->expired = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ - return v->db; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound -** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return -** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* -** constants) to the value before returning it. -** -** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ - assert( iVar>0 ); - if( v ){ - Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; - if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ - sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db); - if( pRet ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); - sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); - } - return pRet; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals -** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result -** in a better query plan. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ - assert( iVar>0 ); - if( iVar>32 ){ - v->expmask = 0xffffffff; - }else{ - v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored -** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored -** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); - pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the -** VDBE. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs -** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the -** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program -** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or -** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is -** added or changed. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p==0 || p->expired; -} -#endif - -/* -** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log -** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise -** invalid). Return false if it is ok. -*/ -static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ - if( p->db==0 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); - return 1; - }else{ - return vdbeSafety(p); - } -} - -/* -** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by -** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ -** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual -** machine. -** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL - ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3 *db = v->db; - if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it -** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from -** the prior execution is returned. -** -** This routine sets the error code and string returned by -** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc; - if( pStmt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); - sqlite3VdbeRewind(v); - assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc ); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); - p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; - } - if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){ - p->expired = 1; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return rc; -} - - -/**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* -** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value -** structure. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; - if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p); - p->flags |= MEM_Blob; - return p->n ? p->z : 0; - }else{ - return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); - } -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); -} -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); -} -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ - static const u8 aType[] = { - SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x00 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x01 */ - SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x02 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x03 */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x04 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x05 */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x06 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x07 */ - SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x08 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x09 */ - SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x0a */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0b */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0c */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0d */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0e */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0f */ - SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x10 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x11 */ - SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x12 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x13 */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x14 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x15 */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x16 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x17 */ - SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x18 */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x19 */ - SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x1a */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1b */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1c */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1d */ - SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1e */ - SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1f */ - }; - return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask]; -} - -/**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify -** the function result. -** -** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the -** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it -** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG -*/ -static void setResultStrOrError( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ - const char *z, /* String pointer */ - int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ - u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ - void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ -){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); - } -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( n>=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; - pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; - pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#endif -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const char *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - const void *z, - int n, - void (*xDel)(void *) -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n); -} -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ - pCtx->isError = errCode; - pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; - if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} - -/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s); - pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; - pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1; -} - -/* -** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It -** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. -*/ -static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); - if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry); - } - } - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the -** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. -** -** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() -** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a -** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the -** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. -*/ -static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - - assert(p); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ - /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying - ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning - ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would - ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. - ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, - ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by - ** definition. - ** - ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written - ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE - ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a - ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the - ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the - ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED - ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET - if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); - }else{ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } -#else - sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); -#endif - } - - /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ - db = p->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto end_of_step; - } - if( p->pc<0 ){ - /* If there are no other statements currently running, then - ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt - ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. - */ - if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; - } - - assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 - || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0) - ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){ - sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime); - } -#endif - - db->nVdbeActive++; - if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++; - if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++; - p->pc = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( p->explain ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - { - db->nVdbeExec++; - rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); - db->nVdbeExec--; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ - sqlite3_int64 iNow; - sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow); - db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000); - } -#endif - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); - p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db); - if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - - db->errCode = rc; - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -end_of_step: - /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be - ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy - ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only - ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc - ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() - ** were called on statement p. - */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR - || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE - ); - assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ - /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an - ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the - ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. - */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); - } - return (rc&db->errMask); -} - -/* -** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call -** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, -** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ - int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - db = v->db; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - v->doingRerun = 0; - while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA - && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY - && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - v->doingRerun = 1; - assert( v->expired==0 ); - } - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. - ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded - ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message - ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement - ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is - ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via - ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). - */ - const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - assert( zErr!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); - v->rc = rc2; - } else { - v->zErrMsg = 0; - v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a -** pointer to it. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc ); - return p->pFunc->pUserData; -} - -/* -** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a -** pointer to it. -** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface -** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st -** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and -** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the -** application defined function. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pFunc ); - return p->s.db; -} - -/* -** Return the current time for a statement -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){ - Vdbe *v = p->pVdbe; - int rc; - if( v->iCurrentTime==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->s.db->pVfs, &v->iCurrentTime); - if( rc ) v->iCurrentTime = 0; - } - return v->iCurrentTime; -} - -/* -** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always -** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the -** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct -** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist -** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction -** method of virtual tables. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction( - sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ - int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ -){ - const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; - char *zErr; - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( - "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); -} - -/* -** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new -** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the -** same context that was returned on prior calls. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ - Mem *pMem; - assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) ); - pMem = p->pMem; - testcase( nByte<0 ); - if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ - if( nByte<=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem); - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - pMem->z = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0); - pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; - pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; - if( pMem->z ){ - memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); - } - } - } - return (void*)pMem->z; -} - -/* -** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to -** the user-function defined by pCtx. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ - AuxData *pAuxData; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){ - if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break; - } - - return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0); -} - -/* -** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th -** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is -** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, - int iArg, - void *pAux, - void (*xDelete)(void*) -){ - AuxData *pAuxData; - Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) ); - if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; - - for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){ - if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break; - } - if( pAuxData==0 ){ - pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData)); - if( !pAuxData ) goto failed; - pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp; - pAuxData->iArg = iArg; - pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData; - pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData; - if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){ - pCtx->isError = 0; - pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; - } - }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){ - pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); - } - - pAuxData->pAux = pAux; - pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; - return; - -failed: - if( xDelete ){ - xDelete(pAux); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been -** called. -** -** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is -** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function -** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate -** context. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ - assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep ); - return p->pMem->n; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; -} - -/* -** Return the number of values available from the current row of the -** currently executing statement pStmt. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; - return pVm->nResColumn; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value. -*/ -static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){ - /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element - ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler - ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary - ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when - ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s - ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent - ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined - ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical - ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ - static const Mem nullMem -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) - __attribute__((aligned(8))) -#endif - = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, 0, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - 0, 0, /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */ -#endif - 0, 0 }; - return &nullMem; -} - -/* -** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If -** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. -** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value -** of NULL. -*/ -static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *pVm; - Mem *pOut; - - pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; - }else{ - if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); - sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); - } - pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue(); - } - return pOut; -} - -/* -** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a -** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the -** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If -** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result -** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. -** -** Specifically, this is called from within: -** -** sqlite3_column_int() -** sqlite3_column_int64() -** sqlite3_column_text() -** sqlite3_column_text16() -** sqlite3_column_real() -** sqlite3_column_bytes() -** sqlite3_column_bytes16() -** sqiite3_column_blob() -*/ -static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) -{ - /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an - ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to - ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR - ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. - */ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - if( p ){ - p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } -} - -/**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* -** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row -** in the result set. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val; - val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might - ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() - ** expression. - */ - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); - if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ - pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; - } - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return (sqlite3_value *)pOut; -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return val; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); - columnMallocFailure(pStmt); - return iType; -} - -/* -** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using -** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. -** -** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which -** name is returned. Here are the names: -** -** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output -** 1 The datatype name for the column -** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from -** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from -** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from -** -** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression -** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. -*/ -static const void *columnName( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int N, - const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), - int useType -){ - const void *ret = 0; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - int n; - sqlite3 *db = p->db; - - assert( db!=0 ); - n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - if( N=0 ){ - N += useType*n; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); - ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); - /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this - ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - db->mallocFailed = 0; - ret = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } - return ret; -} - -/* -** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL -** statement pStmt. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); -} -#endif - -/* -** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must -** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) -# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \ - and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA" -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE -/* -** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column -** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -/* -** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. -** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or -** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ - return columnName( - pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ - - -/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** -** -** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. -*/ -/* -** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the -** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is -** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. -** -** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. -** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. -** -** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return -** value in any case. -*/ -static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ - Mem *pVar; - if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); - if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, - "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - return SQLITE_RANGE; - } - i--; - pVar = &p->aVar[i]; - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); - pVar->flags = MEM_Null; - sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - - /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then - ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. - ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host - ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan - ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, - ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call - ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter. - */ - if( p->isPrepareV2 && - ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff) - ){ - p->expired = 1; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Bind a text or BLOB value. -*/ -static int bindText( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ - int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ - const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ - int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ - void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ - u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ -){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - Mem *pVar; - int rc; - - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( zData!=0 ){ - pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); - } - sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ - xDel((void*)zData); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ - return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const char *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int i, - const void *zData, - int nData, - void (*xDel)(void*) -){ - return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ - int rc; - switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); - break; - } - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r); - break; - } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, - pValue->enc); - break; - } - default: { - rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); - break; - } - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ - int rc; - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; - rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. -** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return p ? p->nVar : 0; -} - -/* -** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index -** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. -** -** The result is always UTF-8. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ - Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){ - return 0; - } - return p->azVar[i-1]; -} - -/* -** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable -** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, -** return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ - int i; - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( zName ){ - for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ - const char *z = p->azVar[i]; - if( z && strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){ - return i+1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ - return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)); -} - -/* -** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ - Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; - Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; - int i; - assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); - assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); - for(i=0; inVar; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code -** should call sqlite3TransferBindings. -** -** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different -** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we -** will not bother to check for that condition. -** -** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then -** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise -** SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ - Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; - Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; - if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){ - pTo->expired = 1; - } - if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){ - pFrom->expired = 1; - } - return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given -** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was -** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create -** the statement in the first place. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; -} - -/* -** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the -** database. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1; -} - -/* -** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - return v!=0 && v->pc>0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated -** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first -** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there -** are no more. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ - sqlite3_stmt *pNext; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); - if( pStmt==0 ){ - pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; - }else{ - pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); - return pNext; -} - -/* -** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; - u32 v = pVdbe->aCounter[op]; - if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0; - return (int)v; -} - -/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ -/* -** 2009 November 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters -** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace(). -** -** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - -/* -** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of -** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in -** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return -** the total number of bytes in the text. -*/ -static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ - int tokenType; - int nTotal = 0; - int n; - - *pnToken = 0; - while( zSql[0] ){ - n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); - assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); - if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ - *pnToken = n; - break; - } - nTotal += n; - zSql += n; - } - return nTotal; -} - -/* -** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory -** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the -** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to -** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, -** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended -** to each line of text. -** -** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then -** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes. This -** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing -** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs. -** -** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned -** is eventually freed. -** -** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of -** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within -** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, -** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared -** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host -** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render -** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( - Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ - const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ - int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ - int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ - int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ - StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ - char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ - - db = p->db; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase), - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); - out.db = db; - if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ - while( *zRawSql ){ - const char *zStart = zRawSql; - while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql ); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3); - assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 ); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart)); - } - }else{ - while( zRawSql[0] ){ - n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); - assert( n>0 ); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n); - zRawSql += n; - assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); - if( nToken==0 ) break; - if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ - if( nToken>1 ){ - assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); - sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); - }else{ - idx = nextIndex; - } - }else{ - assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); - testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); - idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); - assert( idx>0 ); - } - zRawSql += nToken; - nextIndex = idx + 1; - assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); - pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; - if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%lld", pVar->u.i); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "%!.15g", pVar->r); - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ - int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - u8 enc = ENC(db); - Mem utf8; - if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); - utf8.db = db; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8); - pVar = &utf8; - } -#endif - nOut = pVar->n; -#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT - if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){ - nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; - while( nOutn && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; } - } -#endif - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z); -#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT - if( nOutn ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); -#endif - }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); - }else{ - int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */ - assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2); - nOut = pVar->n; -#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT - if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; -#endif - for(i=0; iz[i]&0xff); - } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1); -#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT - if( nOutn ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&out, 0, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); - } -#endif - } - } - } - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out); -} - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - -/***************************************************************************** -** The following code implements the data-structure explaining logic -** for the Vdbe. -*/ - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) - -/* -** Allocate a new Explain object -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainBegin(Vdbe *pVdbe){ - if( pVdbe ){ - Explain *p; - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - p = (Explain *)sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(Explain) ); - if( p ){ - p->pVdbe = pVdbe; - sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain); - pVdbe->pExplain = p; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&p->str, p->zBase, sizeof(p->zBase), - SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - p->str.useMalloc = 2; - }else{ - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } - } -} - -/* -** Return true if the Explain ends with a new-line. -*/ -static int endsWithNL(Explain *p){ - return p && p->str.zText && p->str.nChar - && p->str.zText[p->str.nChar-1]=='\n'; -} - -/* -** Append text to the indentation -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPrintf(Vdbe *pVdbe, const char *zFormat, ...){ - Explain *p; - if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){ - va_list ap; - if( p->nIndent && endsWithNL(p) ){ - int n = p->nIndent; - if( n>ArraySize(p->aIndent) ) n = ArraySize(p->aIndent); - sqlite3AppendSpace(&p->str, p->aIndent[n-1]); - } - va_start(ap, zFormat); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&p->str, SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - } -} - -/* -** Append a '\n' if there is not already one. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainNL(Vdbe *pVdbe){ - Explain *p; - if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 && !endsWithNL(p) ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&p->str, "\n", 1); - } -} - -/* -** Push a new indentation level. Subsequent lines will be indented -** so that they begin at the current cursor position. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPush(Vdbe *pVdbe){ - Explain *p; - if( pVdbe && (p = pVdbe->pExplain)!=0 ){ - if( p->str.zText && p->nIndentaIndent) ){ - const char *z = p->str.zText; - int i = p->str.nChar-1; - int x; - while( i>=0 && z[i]!='\n' ){ i--; } - x = (p->str.nChar - 1) - i; - if( p->nIndent && xaIndent[p->nIndent-1] ){ - x = p->aIndent[p->nIndent-1]; - } - p->aIndent[p->nIndent] = x; - } - p->nIndent++; - } -} - -/* -** Pop the indentation stack by one level. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainPop(Vdbe *p){ - if( p && p->pExplain ) p->pExplain->nIndent--; -} - -/* -** Free the indentation structure -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainFinish(Vdbe *pVdbe){ - if( pVdbe && pVdbe->pExplain ){ - sqlite3_free(pVdbe->zExplain); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - pVdbe->zExplain = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&pVdbe->pExplain->str); - sqlite3_free(pVdbe->pExplain); - pVdbe->pExplain = 0; - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } -} - -/* -** Return the explanation of a virtual machine. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VdbeExplanation(Vdbe *pVdbe){ - return (pVdbe && pVdbe->zExplain) ? pVdbe->zExplain : 0; -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ - -/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** The code in this file implements the function that runs the -** bytecode of a prepared statement. -** -** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML -** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting -** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments -** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing -** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. -*/ - -/* -** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the -** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are -** not misused. A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a -** pointer to the string or blob, not the content. If the original -** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might -** be changed out from under the copy. This macro verifies that nothing -** like that ever happens. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M) -#else -# define memAboutToChange(P,M) -#endif - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor -** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test -** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are -** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before -** each instruction in the VDBE. When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted -** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt. -** -** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function -** in an ordinary build. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode -** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that -** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable -** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the -** library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob -** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures -** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality -** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to -** help verify the correct operation of the library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; -static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ - if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ - sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode -** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key -** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable -** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the -** library. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. -** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST) -# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) -#else -# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) -#endif - -/* -** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined. This -** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an -** production builds. -** -** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the -** branch can go. It is usually 2. "I" is the direction the branch -** goes. 0 means falls through. 1 means branch is taken. 2 means the -** second alternative branch is taken. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE) -# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) -#else -# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M) - static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){ - if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){ - M = iSrcLine; - /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and - ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */ - assert( (M & I)==I ); - }else{ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return; /*NO_TEST*/ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg, - iSrcLine,I,M); - } - } -#endif - -/* -** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one -** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. -*/ -#define Stringify(P, enc) \ - if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \ - { goto no_mem; } - -/* -** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains -** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity -** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register -** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register -** knowing it. -** -** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated -** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it -** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc. -*/ -#define Deephemeralize(P) \ - if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ - && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} - -/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */ -#define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0) - -/* -** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL -** if we run out of memory. -*/ -static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( - Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ - int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ - int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ - int iDb, /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ - int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */ -){ - /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory - ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a - ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a - ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: - ** - ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different - ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require - ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable - ** allocations. - ** - ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can - ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This - ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. - ** - ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address - ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for - ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc. - */ - Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur]; - - int nByte; - VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; - nByte = - ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + - (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0); - - assert( iCurnCursor ); - if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); - p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; - } - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){ - p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; - memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor)); - pCx->iDb = iDb; - pCx->nField = nField; - if( isBtreeCursor ){ - pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*) - &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField]; - sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor); - } - } - return pCx; -} - -/* -** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can -** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string -** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not -** look like a number, leave it alone. -*/ -static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){ - if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){ - double rValue; - i64 iValue; - u8 enc = pRec->enc; - if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return; - if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){ - pRec->u.i = iValue; - pRec->flags |= MEM_Int; - }else{ - pRec->r = rValue; - pRec->flags |= MEM_Real; - } - } -} - -/* -** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: -** -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: -** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: -** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a -** floating-point representation if an integer representation -** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is -** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because -** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. -** -** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: -** Convert pRec to a text representation. -** -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE: -** No-op. pRec is unchanged. -*/ -static void applyAffinity( - Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ - char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ - u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ -){ - if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ - /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real - ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string - ** representation. - */ - if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc); - } - pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); - }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL - || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - applyNumericAffinity(pRec); - if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){ - sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); - } - } -} - -/* -** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column -** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever -** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without -** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ - int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); - if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ - Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; - applyNumericAffinity(pMem); - eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); - } - return eType; -} - -/* -** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, -** not the internal Mem* type. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( - sqlite3_value *pVal, - u8 affinity, - u8 enc -){ - applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); -} - -/* -** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or -** none. -** -** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags. -** But it does set pMem->r and pMem->u.i appropriately. -*/ -static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ - return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real); - } - if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){ - return MEM_Int; - } - return MEM_Real; - } - return 0; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem -** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ - char *zCsr = zBuf; - int f = pMem->flags; - - static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; - - if( f&MEM_Blob ){ - int i; - char c; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - c = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - c = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - c = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - c = 's'; - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - } - for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ - char z = pMem->z[i]; - if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; - else *zCsr++ = z; - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - if( f & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); - zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); - } - *zCsr = '\0'; - }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ - int j, k; - zBuf[0] = ' '; - if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ - zBuf[1] = 'z'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ - zBuf[1] = 't'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); - }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ - zBuf[1] = 'e'; - assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); - }else{ - zBuf[1] = 's'; - } - k = 2; - sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); - k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = '['; - for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){ - u8 c = pMem->z[j]; - if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ - zBuf[k++] = c; - }else{ - zBuf[k++] = '.'; - } - } - zBuf[k++] = ']'; - sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); - k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); - zBuf[k++] = 0; - } -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: -*/ -static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){ - if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){ - printf(" undefined"); - }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ - printf(" NULL"); - }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ - printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i); - }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ - printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ - printf(" r:%g", p->r); -#endif - }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ - printf(" (rowset)"); - }else{ - char zBuf[200]; - sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); - printf(" %s", zBuf); - } -} -static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){ - printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg); - memTracePrint(p); - printf("\n"); -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M) -#else -# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) -#endif - - -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ -/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 May 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" -** counters for x86 class CPUs. -*/ -#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ -#define _HWTIME_H_ - -/* -** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. -** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the -** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res -** profiling. -*/ -#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) - - #if defined(__GNUC__) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned int lo, hi; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); - return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; - } - - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) - - __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - __asm { - rdtsc - ret ; return value at EDX:EAX - } - } - - #endif - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long val; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); - return val; - } - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long retval; - unsigned long junk; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ - 1: mftbu %1\n\ - mftb %L0\n\ - mftbu %0\n\ - cmpw %0,%1\n\ - bne 1b" - : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); - return retval; - } - -#else - - #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. - - /* - ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, - ** you can remove the above #error and use the following - ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many - ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at - ** least compile and run. - */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } - -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ - -/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ - -#endif - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It -** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to -** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the -** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. -** -** Usage: -** -** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); -*/ -static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){ - int n = 0; - Savepoint *p; - for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; - assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); - return 1; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can. -** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( - Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ -){ - int pc=0; /* The program counter */ - Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */ - Op *pOp; /* Current operation */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ - u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ - u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ - int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */ - unsigned nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */ -#endif - Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */ - Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */ - Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */ - Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */ - Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */ - int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */ - i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */ -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ -#endif - /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/ - - assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */ - sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); - if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or - ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ - goto no_mem; - } - assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); - assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 ); - p->rc = SQLITE_OK; - p->iCurrentTime = 0; - assert( p->explain==0 ); - p->pResultSet = 0; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; - sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - if( db->xProgress ){ - assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps ); - nProgressLimit = (unsigned)p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]; - if( nProgressLimit==0 ){ - nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps; - }else{ - nProgressLimit %= (unsigned)db->nProgressOps; - } - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( p->pc==0 - && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0 - ){ - int i; - int once = 1; - sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); - if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){ - printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]); - } - } - if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){ - for(i=0; inOp; i++){ - if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){ - if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n"); - printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z); - once = 0; - } - } - } - if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ) printf("VDBE Trace:\n"); - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); -#endif - for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){ - assert( pc>=0 && pcnOp ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - start = sqlite3Hwtime(); -#endif - nVmStep++; - pOp = &aOp[pc]; - - /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ - sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, pc, pOp); - } -#endif - - - /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens - ** if we have a special test build. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){ - sqlite3_interrupt_count--; - if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){ - sqlite3_interrupt(db); - } - } -#endif - - /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelease" tag, free any - ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be - ** an undefined integer. Opcodes will either fill in the integer - ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type. - */ - assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] ); - if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){ - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - VdbeMemRelease(pOut); - pOut->flags = MEM_Int; - } - - /* Sanity checking on other operands */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p1>0 ); - assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]); - } - if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){ - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - } -#endif - - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - -/***************************************************************************** -** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a -** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual -** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But -** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within -** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another -** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where -** we transition back to normal indentation. -** -** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite -** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this -** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files -** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each -** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where -** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the -** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/" -** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode. -** -** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to -** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[]. -** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See -** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information. -** -** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file -** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent -** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation -** file. -** -** SUMMARY: -** -** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file. -** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use. -** -*****************************************************************************/ - -/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * -** -** An unconditional jump to address P2. -** The next instruction executed will be -** the one at index P2 from the beginning of -** the program. -** -** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode. However, it -** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell -** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down -** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output. -*/ -case OP_Goto: { /* jump */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - - /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev, - ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon - ** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called - ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. - ** - ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean. - ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this - ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress - ** checks on every opcode. This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5% - ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */ -check_for_interrupt: - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number - ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of - ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called). - ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with - ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT. - */ - if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){ - assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 ); - nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps); - if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){ - rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - goto vdbe_error_halt; - } - } -#endif - - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * * -** -** Write the current address onto register P1 -** and then jump to address P2. -*/ -case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */ - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; - pIn1->u.i = pc; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * * -** -** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1. After -** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. -*/ -case OP_Return: { /* in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); - pc = (int)pIn1->u.i; - pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Set up register P1 so that it will OP_Yield to the co-routine -** located at address P3. -** -** If P2!=0 then the co-routine implementation immediately follows -** this opcode. So jump over the co-routine implementation to -** address P2. -*/ -case OP_InitCoroutine: { /* jump */ - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2nOp ); - assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3nOp ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ); - pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1; - pOut->flags = MEM_Int; - if( pOp->p2 ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: EndCoroutine P1 * * * * -** -** The instruction at the address in register P1 is an OP_Yield. -** Jump to the P2 parameter of that OP_Yield. -** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. -*/ -case OP_EndCoroutine: { /* in1 */ - VdbeOp *pCaller; - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); - assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.inOp ); - pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i]; - assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield ); - assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2nOp ); - pc = pCaller->p2 - 1; - pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Yield P1 P2 * * * -** -** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1. -** -** If the co-routine ends with OP_Yield or OP_Return then continue -** to the next instruction. But if the co-routine ends with -** OP_EndCoroutine, jump immediately to P2. -*/ -case OP_Yield: { /* in1, jump */ - int pcDest; - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); - pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; - pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i; - pIn1->u.i = pc; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); - pc = pcDest; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt -** -** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using -** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the -** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op. -** The P5 parameter should be 1. -*/ -case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break; - /* Fall through into OP_Halt */ -} - -/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5 -** -** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed -** automatically. -** -** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(), -** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0). -** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine -** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback -** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, -** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the -** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. -** -** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. -** -** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string. -** -** 0: (no change) -** 1: NOT NULL contraint failed: P4 -** 2: UNIQUE constraint failed: P4 -** 3: CHECK constraint failed: P4 -** 4: FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4 -** -** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is -** omitted. -** -** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of -** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program -** is the same as executing Halt. -*/ -case OP_Halt: { - const char *zType; - const char *zLogFmt; - - if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){ - /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame; - p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent; - p->nFrame--; - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); - lastRowid = db->lastRowid; - if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ - /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program - ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt - ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing - ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified - ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */ - pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1; - } - aOp = p->aOp; - aMem = p->aMem; - break; - } - p->rc = pOp->p1; - p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2; - p->pc = pc; - if( p->rc ){ - if( pOp->p5 ){ - static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK", - "FOREIGN KEY" }; - assert( pOp->p5>=1 && pOp->p5<=4 ); - testcase( pOp->p5==1 ); - testcase( pOp->p5==2 ); - testcase( pOp->p5==3 ); - testcase( pOp->p5==4 ); - zType = azType[pOp->p5-1]; - }else{ - zType = 0; - } - assert( zType!=0 || pOp->p4.z!=0 ); - zLogFmt = "abort at %d in [%s]: %s"; - if( zType && pOp->p4.z ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed: %s", - zType, pOp->p4.z); - }else if( pOp->p4.z ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z); - }else{ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s constraint failed", zType); - } - sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, zLogFmt, pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); - } - rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); - assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 ); - rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE; - } - goto vdbe_return; -} - -/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1 -** -** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2. -*/ -case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */ - pOut->u.i = pOp->p1; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 -** -** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value. -** Write that value into register P2. -*/ -case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 ); - pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64; - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 -** -** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value. -** Write that value into register P2. -*/ -case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */ - pOut->flags = MEM_Real; - assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) ); - pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal; - break; -} -#endif - -/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' -** -** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed -** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time. During -** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored -** as the P1 parameter. -*/ -case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); - pOp->opcode = OP_String; - pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem; - assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z ); - assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 ); - pOut->zMalloc = 0; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Static; - if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z); - } - pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; - pOp->p4.z = pOut->z; - pOp->p1 = pOut->n; - } -#endif - if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; - } - /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ -} - -/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) -** -** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2. -*/ -case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); - pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; - pOut->z = pOp->p4.z; - pOut->n = pOp->p1; - pOut->enc = encoding; - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL -** -** Write a NULL into registers P2. If P3 greater than P2, then also write -** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3. If P3 -** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is -** set to NULL. -** -** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that -** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on -** OP_Ne or OP_Eq. -*/ -case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */ - int cnt; - u16 nullFlag; - cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2; - assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null; - while( cnt>0 ){ - pOut++; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - VdbeMemRelease(pOut); - pOut->flags = nullFlag; - cnt--; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * * -** Synopsis: r[P1]=NULL -** -** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord -** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with -** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was -** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid. -*/ -case OP_SoftNull: { - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) -** -** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this -** blob in register P2. -*/ -case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0); - pOut->enc = encoding; - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) -** -** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2 -** -** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4. -** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(). -*/ -case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */ - Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ - - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); - assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] ); - pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1]; - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){ - goto too_big; - } - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] -** -** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into -** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are -** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges -** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap. It is an error -** for P3 to be less than 1. -*/ -case OP_Move: { - char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */ - int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ - int p1; /* Register to copy from */ - int p2; /* Register to copy to */ - - n = pOp->p3; - p1 = pOp->p1; - p2 = pOp->p2; - assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 ); - assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 ); - - pIn1 = &aMem[p1]; - pOut = &aMem[p2]; - do{ - assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] ); - assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] ); - assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - VdbeMemRelease(pOut); - zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc; - memcpy(pOut, pIn1, sizeof(Mem)); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[p1+pOp->p3] ){ - pOut->pScopyFrom += p1 - pOp->p2; - } -#endif - pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; - pIn1->xDel = 0; - pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc; - REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut); - pIn1++; - pOut++; - }while( --n ); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] -** -** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3. -** -** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate -** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy. -*/ -case OP_Copy: { - int n; - - n = pOp->p3; - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); - while( 1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); - Deephemeralize(pOut); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pOut->pScopyFrom = 0; -#endif - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut); - if( (n--)==0 ) break; - pOut++; - pIn1++; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] -** -** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2. -** -** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value -** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the -** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy. -** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid. -** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change -** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete -** copy. -*/ -case OP_SCopy: { /* out2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1; -#endif - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] -** -** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of -** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate -** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt -** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as -** the result row. -*/ -case OP_ResultRow: { - Mem *pMem; - int i; - assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 ); - assert( pOp->p1>0 ); - assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - /* Run the progress counter just before returning. - */ - if( db->xProgress!=0 - && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit - && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0 - ){ - rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - goto vdbe_error_halt; - } -#endif - - /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do - ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement - ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){ - assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); - assert( p->usesStmtJournal ); - break; - } - - /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then - ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows - ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that - ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. - ** - ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction - ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to - ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping. - ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user - ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This - ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions. - ** - ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence - ** the RELEASE call below can never fail. - */ - assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); - if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){ - break; - } - - /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */ - p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1; - - /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated - ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as - ** a side effect. - */ - pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - for(i=0; ip2; i++){ - assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) ); - Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]); - assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 - || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; - - /* Return SQLITE_ROW - */ - p->pc = pc + 1; - rc = SQLITE_ROW; - goto vdbe_return; -} - -/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] -** -** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in -** register P2 and store the result in register P3. -** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3. -** -** P3 = P2 || P1 -** -** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes, -** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able -** to avoid a memcpy(). -*/ -case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ - i64 nByte; - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( pIn1!=pOut ); - if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - break; - } - if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem; - Stringify(pIn1, encoding); - Stringify(pIn2, encoding); - nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n; - if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){ - goto no_mem; - } - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str); - if( pOut!=pIn2 ){ - memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n); - } - memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n); - pOut->z[nByte]=0; - pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Term; - pOut->n = (int)nByte; - pOut->enc = encoding; - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] -** -** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] -** -** -** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] -** -** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] -** -** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 -** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in -** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is -** NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] -** -** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by -** register P1 and store the result in register P3. -** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL. -** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ - char bIntint; /* Started out as two integer operands */ - u16 flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ - u16 type1; /* Numeric type of left operand */ - u16 type2; /* Numeric type of right operand */ - i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ - i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ - double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ - double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - type1 = numericType(pIn1); - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - type2 = numericType(pIn2); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags; - if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ - iA = pIn1->u.i; - iB = pIn2->u.i; - bIntint = 1; - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; - case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; - case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; - case OP_Divide: { - if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math; - iB /= iA; - break; - } - default: { - if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; - iB %= iA; - break; - } - } - pOut->u.i = iB; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - }else{ - bIntint = 0; -fp_math: - rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1); - rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2); - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Add: rB += rA; break; - case OP_Subtract: rB -= rA; break; - case OP_Multiply: rB *= rA; break; - case OP_Divide: { - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - rB /= rA; - break; - } - default: { - iA = (i64)rA; - iB = (i64)rB; - if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; - rB = (double)(iB % iA); - break; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - pOut->u.i = rB; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); -#else - if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){ - goto arithmetic_result_is_null; - } - pOut->r = rB; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real); - if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){ - sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut); - } -#endif - } - break; - -arithmetic_result_is_null: - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4 -** -** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function -** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will -** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif() -** functions. -** -** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or -** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or -** maximum. The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction. -** -** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions -** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available -** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c. -*/ -case OP_CollSeq: { - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); - if( pOp->p1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) -** -** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that -** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and -** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3. -** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. -** -** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the -** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first -** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine -** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the -** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next -** invocation of this opcode. -** -** See also: AggStep and AggFinal -*/ -case OP_Function: { - int i; - Mem *pArg; - sqlite3_context ctx; - sqlite3_value **apVal; - int n; - - n = pOp->p5; - apVal = p->apArg; - assert( apVal || n==0 ); - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - - assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1) ); - assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n ); - pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - for(i=0; ip2+i, pArg); - } - - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ); - ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; - ctx.iOp = pc; - ctx.pVdbe = p; - - /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move - ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use - ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one. - */ - memcpy(&ctx.s, pOut, sizeof(Mem)); - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - pOut->xDel = 0; - pOut->zMalloc = 0; - MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null); - - ctx.fErrorOrAux = 0; - if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - assert( pOp>aOp ); - assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; - } - db->lastRowid = lastRowid; - (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ - lastRowid = db->lastRowid; - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the - ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function - ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources - ** associated with such a value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s); - goto no_mem; - } - - /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ - if( ctx.fErrorOrAux ){ - if( ctx.isError ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s)); - rc = ctx.isError; - } - sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p, pc, pOp->p1); - } - - /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding); - assert( pOut->flags==MEM_Null ); - memcpy(pOut, &ctx.s, sizeof(Mem)); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){ - goto too_big; - } - -#if 0 - /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this - ** statement to expire. (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec() - ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.) - */ - if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT; -#endif - - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] -** -** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and -** store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] -** -** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and -** store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] -** -** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the -** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. -** Store the result in register P3. -** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. -*/ -case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ - i64 iA; - u64 uA; - i64 iB; - u8 op; - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - break; - } - iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); - iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); - op = pOp->opcode; - if( op==OP_BitAnd ){ - iA &= iB; - }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){ - iA |= iB; - }else if( iB!=0 ){ - assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft ); - - /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */ - if( iB<0 ){ - assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 ); - op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op; - iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64; - } - - if( iB>=64 ){ - iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1; - }else{ - memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA)); - if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){ - uA <<= iB; - }else{ - uA >>= iB; - /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */ - if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB); - } - memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA)); - } - } - pOut->u.i = iA; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 -** -** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. -** The result is always an integer. -** -** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0. -*/ -case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); - pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value -** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer -** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 -** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception. -*/ -case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); - VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - if( pOp->p2==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; - goto abort_due_to_error; - }else{ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; - } - } - } - MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int); - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * * -** -** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value. -** -** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that -** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as -** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them -** to have only a real value. -*/ -case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); - } - break; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST -/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be text. -** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the -** equivalent of sprintf(). Blob values are unchanged and -** are afterwards simply interpreted as text. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; - assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); - pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; - applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); - rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1); - assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); - pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB. -** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first. -** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change -** to the underlying data. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ - applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); - assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed ); - MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob); - }else{ - pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob); - } - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an -** integer or a floating-point number.) -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the -** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion -** is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - -/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If -** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part. -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the -** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); - } - break; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) -/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * * -** -** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number. -** If The value is currently an integer, convert it. -** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the -** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible. -** -** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. -*/ -case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); - } - break; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ - -/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: if r[P1]r[P3] goto P2 -** -** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if -** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of -** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. -*/ -/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 -** -** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if -** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of -** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. -*/ -case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */ -case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */ -case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */ -case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */ -case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */ -case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ - int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ - char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */ - u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */ - u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - flags1 = pIn1->flags; - flags3 = pIn3->flags; - if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){ - /* One or both operands are NULL */ - if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){ - /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is - ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether - ** or not both operands are null. - */ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); - assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 ); - assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 ); - if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0 - && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0 - && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0 - ){ - res = 0; /* Results are equal */ - }else{ - res = 1; /* Results are not equal */ - } - }else{ - /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL, - ** then the result is always NULL. - ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set. - */ - if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); - }else{ - VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); - if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - } - break; - } - }else{ - /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */ - affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK; - if( affinity ){ - applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding); - applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; - } - - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 ); - ExpandBlob(pIn1); - ExpandBlob(pIn3); - res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl); - } - switch( pOp->opcode ){ - case OP_Eq: res = res==0; break; - case OP_Ne: res = res!=0; break; - case OP_Lt: res = res<0; break; - case OP_Le: res = res<=0; break; - case OP_Gt: res = res>0; break; - default: res = res>=0; break; - } - - if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - pOut->u.i = res; - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); - }else{ - VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3); - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - } - /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */ - pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1&MEM_TypeMask); - pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3&MEM_TypeMask); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 * -** -** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array -** of integers in P4. -** -** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has -** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should -** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare. -*/ -case OP_Permutation: { - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY ); - assert( pOp->p4.ai ); - aPermute = pOp->p4.ai; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] -** -** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this -** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of -** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct. -** -** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is -** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator. If the -** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential -** order. -** -** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort -** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers -** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially. -** -** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal, -** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings, -** and strings are less than blobs. -*/ -case OP_Compare: { - int n; - int i; - int p1; - int p2; - const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int idx; - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ - int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ - - if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0; - n = pOp->p3; - pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - assert( n>0 ); - assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); - p1 = pOp->p1; - p2 = pOp->p2; -#if SQLITE_DEBUG - if( aPermute ){ - int k, mx = 0; - for(k=0; kmx ) mx = aPermute[k]; - assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); - assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); - }else{ - assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); - assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - for(i=0; inField ); - pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i]; - bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i]; - iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl); - if( iCompare ){ - if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare; - break; - } - } - aPermute = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether -** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than -** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively. -*/ -case OP_Jump: { /* jump */ - if( iCompare<0 ){ - pc = pOp->p1 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(0,3); - }else if( iCompare==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,3); - }else{ - pc = pOp->p3 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) -** -** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and -** write the result into register P3. -** -** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if -** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give -** a NULL output. -*/ -/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) -** -** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and -** store the answer in register P3. -** -** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true) -** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs -** give a NULL output. -*/ -case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */ -case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ - int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ - int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - v1 = 2; - }else{ - v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; - } - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){ - v2 = 2; - }else{ - v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0; - } - if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){ - static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 }; - v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2]; - }else{ - static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 }; - v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2]; - } - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - if( v1==2 ){ - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); - }else{ - pOut->u.i = v1; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] -** -** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the -** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is -** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. -*/ -case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] -** -** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the -** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds -** a NULL then store a NULL in P2. -*/ -case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * * -** -** Check if OP_Once flag P1 is set. If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, -** set the flag and fall through to the next instruction. In other words, -** this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2 (but not including -** P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent times through the loop. -*/ -case OP_Once: { /* jump */ - assert( pOp->p1nOnceFlag ); - VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2); - if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - }else{ - p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value -** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value -** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is non-zero. -*/ -/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value -** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value -** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is zero. -*/ -case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */ -case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ - int c; - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ - c = pOp->p3; - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; -#else - c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0; -#endif - if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c; - } - VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2); - if( c ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 -** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. -*/ -case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 -** -** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. -*/ -case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX -** -** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using -** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional -** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column -** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) -** values in the record, extract a NULL. -** -** The value extracted is stored in register P3. -** -** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or, -** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as -** the result. -** -** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor, -** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column. -** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content -** register has changed should have this bit set. -** -** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when -** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length() -** or typeof() function, respectively. The loading of large blobs can be -** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof(). -*/ -case OP_Column: { - i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */ - int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ - BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ - u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */ - u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ - int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ - Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ - const u8 *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ - const u8 *zHdr; /* Next unparsed byte of the header */ - const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ - u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ - u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */ - u32 avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ - u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ - Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ - - p2 = pOp->p2; - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, pDest); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( p2nField ); - aType = pC->aType; - aOffset = aType + pC->nField; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 ); /* OP_Column never called on virtual table */ -#endif - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); /* pCrsr NULL on PseudoTables */ - assert( pCrsr!=0 || pC->nullRow ); /* pC->nullRow on PseudoTables */ - - /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr || (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE)!=0 ){ - if( pC->nullRow ){ - if( pCrsr==0 ){ - assert( pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ); - pReg = &aMem[pC->pseudoTableReg]; - assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob ); - assert( memIsValid(pReg) ); - pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n; - pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z; - }else{ - MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null); - goto op_column_out; - } - }else{ - assert( pCrsr ); - if( pC->isTable==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ - /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the - ** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be - ** larger than 32 bits. */ - assert( (payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)payloadSize64 ); - pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail); - pC->payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64; - }else{ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ - pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail); - } - assert( avail<=65536 ); /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */ - if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){ - pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize; - }else{ - pC->szRow = avail; - } - if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; - } - } - pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr; - pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset); - pC->nHdrParsed = 0; - aOffset[0] = offset; - if( availaRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least - ** need to cover the header of the record. If pC->aRow does not contain - ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be - ** dynamically allocated. */ - pC->aRow = 0; - pC->szRow = 0; - } - - /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header. - ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation. - ** - ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte - ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of - ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a - ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three - ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307. - */ - if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto op_column_error; - } - } - - /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been - ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and aType[]. - */ - if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ - /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try - ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field - */ - if( pC->iHdrOffsetaRow==0 ){ - memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, aOffset[0], - !pC->isTable, &sMem); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto op_column_error; - } - zData = (u8*)sMem.z; - }else{ - zData = pC->aRow; - } - - /* Fill in aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */ - i = pC->nHdrParsed; - offset = aOffset[i]; - zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset; - zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0]; - assert( i<=p2 && zHdrnHdrParsed = i; - pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData); - if( pC->aRow==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); - sMem.flags = MEM_Null; - } - - /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header, - ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the - ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end - ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing - ** with a corrupt database. - */ - if( (zHdr > zEndHdr) - || (offset > pC->payloadSize) - || (zHdr==zEndHdr && offset!=pC->payloadSize) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto op_column_error; - } - } - - /* If after trying to extra new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is - ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2 - ** columns. So the result will be either the default value or a NULL. - */ - if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ - if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static); - }else{ - MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null); - } - goto op_column_out; - } - } - - /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column. Control can only - ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and aType[p2] are - ** all valid. - */ - assert( p2nHdrParsed ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) ); - if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){ - /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original - ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */ - VdbeMemRelease(pDest); - sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(pC->aRow+aOffset[p2], aType[p2], pDest); - }else{ - /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */ - t = aType[p2]; - if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0 - && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0)) - || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0 - ){ - /* Content is irrelevant for the typeof() function and for - ** the length(X) function if X is a blob. So we might as well use - ** bogus content rather than reading content from disk. NULL works - ** for text and blob and whatever is in the payloadSize64 variable - ** will work for everything else. Content is also irrelevant if - ** the content length is 0. */ - zData = t<=13 ? (u8*)&payloadSize64 : 0; - sMem.zMalloc = 0; - }else{ - memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable, - &sMem); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto op_column_error; - } - zData = (u8*)sMem.z; - } - sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest); - /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the - ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that - ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure. - ** This prevents a memory copy. */ - if( sMem.zMalloc ){ - assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc ); - assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest)==0 ); - assert( (pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))==0 || pDest->z==sMem.z ); - pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); - pDest->flags |= MEM_Term; - pDest->z = sMem.z; - pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc; - } - } - pDest->enc = encoding; - -op_column_out: - Deephemeralize(pDest); -op_column_error: - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) -** -** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1. -** -** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the -** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth -** memory cell in the range. -*/ -case OP_Affinity: { - const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ - char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */ - - zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; - assert( zAffinity!=0 ); - assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 ); - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){ - assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem-p->nCursor)] ); - assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); - applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding); - pIn1++; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) -** -** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format] -** use as a data record in a database table or as a key -** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. -** -** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the -** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth -** field of the index key. -** -** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_ -** macros defined in sqliteInt.h. -** -** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE. -*/ -case OP_MakeRecord: { - u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ - Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ - u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ - int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ - i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ - int nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ - int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ - u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ - Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ - Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ - int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ - char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ - int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ - int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */ - int j; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */ - int len; /* Length of a field */ - - /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks - ** like this: - ** - ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | - ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - ** - ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 - ** and so froth. - ** - ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the - ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The - ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning - ** of the record to data0. - */ - nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ - nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ - nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ - nField = pOp->p1; - zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; - assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); - pData0 = &aMem[nField]; - nField = pOp->p2; - pLast = &pData0[nField-1]; - file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; - - /* Identify the output register */ - assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - - /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs - */ - assert( pData0<=pLast ); - if( zAffinity ){ - pRec = pData0; - do{ - applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding); - assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast ); - }while( zAffinity[0] ); - } - - /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure - ** out how much space is required for the new record. - */ - pRec = pLast; - do{ - assert( memIsValid(pRec) ); - serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format); - len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - if( nData ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec); - }else{ - nZero += pRec->u.nZero; - len -= pRec->u.nZero; - } - } - nData += len; - testcase( serial_type==127 ); - testcase( serial_type==128 ); - nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); - }while( (--pRec)>=pData0 ); - - /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */ - testcase( nHdr==126 ); - testcase( nHdr==127 ); - if( nHdr<=126 ){ - /* The common case */ - nHdr += 1; - }else{ - /* Rare case of a really large header */ - nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr); - nHdr += nVarint; - if( nVarintdb->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; - } - - /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store - ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to - ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to - ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used). - */ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte, 0) ){ - goto no_mem; - } - zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z; - - /* Write the record */ - i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr); - j = nHdr; - assert( pData0<=pLast ); - pRec = pData0; - do{ - serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format); - i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */ - j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */ - }while( (++pRec)<=pLast ); - assert( i==nHdr ); - assert( j==nByte ); - - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pOut->n = (int)nByte; - pOut->flags = MEM_Blob; - pOut->xDel = 0; - if( nZero ){ - pOut->u.nZero = nZero; - pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero; - } - pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */ - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=count() -** -** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index -** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -case OP_Count: { /* out2-prerelease */ - i64 nEntry; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - - pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor; - assert( pCrsr ); - nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry); - pOut->u.i = nEntry; - break; -} -#endif - -/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 * -** -** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending -** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an -** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2. -*/ -case OP_Savepoint: { - int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ - char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ - int nName; - Savepoint *pNew; - Savepoint *pSavepoint; - Savepoint *pTmp; - int iSavepoint; - int ii; - - p1 = pOp->p1; - zName = pOp->p4.z; - - /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open - ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. - */ - assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); - assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 ); - assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); - assert( p->bIsReader ); - - if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ - if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ - /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write - ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). - */ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - " - "SQL statements in progress"); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction - ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks. - ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed - ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */ - assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, - db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; -#endif - - /* Create a new savepoint structure. */ - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1); - - /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special - ** "transaction savepoint". */ - if( db->autoCommit ){ - db->autoCommit = 0; - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1; - }else{ - db->nSavepoint++; - } - - /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */ - pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = pNew; - pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons; - pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; - } - } - }else{ - iSavepoint = 0; - - /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an - ** an error is returned to the user. */ - for( - pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; - pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName); - pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext - ){ - iSavepoint++; - } - if( !pSavepoint ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", zName); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are - ** active write statements. - */ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, - "cannot release savepoint - SQL statements in progress" - ); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - - /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, - ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction - ** is committed. - */ - int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; - if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto vdbe_return; - } - db->autoCommit = 1; - if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - p->pc = pc; - db->autoCommit = 0; - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto vdbe_return; - } - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; - rc = p->rc; - }else{ - iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1; - if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ - for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt, SQLITE_ABORT); - } - } - for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); - } - } - - /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all - ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ - while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){ - pTmp = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); - db->nSavepoint--; - } - - /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on - ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred - ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored - ** when the savepoint was created. */ - if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint ); - db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint); - if( !isTransaction ){ - db->nSavepoint--; - } - }else{ - db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons; - db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons; - } - - if( !isTransaction ){ - rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - } - - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * * -** -** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll -** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active -** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if -** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache. -** -** This instruction causes the VM to halt. -*/ -case OP_AutoCommit: { - int desiredAutoCommit; - int iRollback; - int turnOnAC; - - desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1; - iRollback = pOp->p2; - turnOnAC = desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit; - assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 ); - assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 ); - assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */ - assert( p->bIsReader ); - -#if 0 - if( turnOnAC && iRollback && db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ - /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are - ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating - ** that the other VMs must complete first. - */ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - " - "SQL statements in progress"); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else -#endif - if( turnOnAC && !iRollback && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ - /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing - ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. - */ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - " - "SQL statements in progress"); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){ - if( iRollback ){ - assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 ); - sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); - db->autoCommit = 1; - }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto vdbe_return; - }else{ - db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit; - if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - p->pc = pc; - db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit); - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto vdbe_return; - } - } - assert( db->nStatement==0 ); - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - goto vdbe_return; - }else{ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, - (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( - (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": - "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); - - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already -** active. -** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a -** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction. -** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started. -** -** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is -** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the -** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for -** attached databases. -** -** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is -** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may -** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened. -** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database -** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other -** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this -** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the -** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction -** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts. -** -** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3 -** and the schema generation counter against P4. -** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes. -** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed -** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. If the schema -** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or -** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current -** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution -** halts. The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the -** statement and rerun it from the beginning. -*/ -case OP_Transaction: { - Btree *pBt; - int iMeta; - int iGen; - - assert( p->bIsReader ); - assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - - if( pBt ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - p->pc = pc; - p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto vdbe_return; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - - if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal - && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) - ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ); - if( p->iStatement==0 ){ - assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); - db->nStatement++; - p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; - } - - rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement); - } - - /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint - ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back, - ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */ - p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons; - p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; - } - - /* Gather the schema version number for checking */ - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta); - iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration; - }else{ - iGen = iMeta = 0; - } - assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); - /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie - ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do - ** not reload the schema from the database file. - ** - ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization. - ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which - ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using - ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to - ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the - ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself - ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within - ** a v-table method. - */ - if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){ - sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1); - } - p->expired = 1; - rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2. -** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format. -** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is -** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store -** temporary tables. -** -** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction -** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before -** executing this instruction. -*/ -case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */ - int iMeta; - int iDb; - int iCookie; - - assert( p->bIsReader ); - iDb = pOp->p1; - iCookie = pOp->p3; - assert( pOp->p3=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta); - pOut->u.i = iMeta; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer) -** into cookie number P2 of database P1. P2==1 is the schema version. -** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache -** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the -** database file used to store temporary tables. -** -** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. -*/ -case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */ - Db *pDb; - assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; - assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3); - /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i); - if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){ - /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i; - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){ - /* Record changes in the file format */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i; - } - if( pOp->p1==1 ){ - /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database - ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - p->expired = 0; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 -** -** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is -** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. -** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for -** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached -** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 -** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. -** It is an error for P1 to be negative. -** -** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not -** the value of P2 itself. -** -** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an -** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction -** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read -** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits -** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is -** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts -** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an -** SQLITE_BUSY error code. -** -** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo -** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating -** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer -** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table. -** -** See also OpenWrite. -*/ -/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 -** -** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root -** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the -** root page. -** -** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to -** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo -** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating -** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer -** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the -** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used. -** -** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor -** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only -** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both. -** -** See also OpenRead. -*/ -case OP_OpenRead: -case OP_OpenWrite: { - int nField; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - int p2; - int iDb; - int wrFlag; - Btree *pX; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - Db *pDb; - - assert( (pOp->p5&(OPFLAG_P2ISREG|OPFLAG_BULKCSR))==pOp->p5 ); - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 ); - assert( p->bIsReader ); - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || p->readOnly==0 ); - - if( p->expired ){ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - break; - } - - nField = 0; - pKeyInfo = 0; - p2 = pOp->p2; - iDb = pOp->p3; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[iDb]; - pX = pDb->pBt; - assert( pX!=0 ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ - wrFlag = 1; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ - p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format; - } - }else{ - wrFlag = 0; - } - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){ - assert( p2>0 ); - assert( p2<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pIn2 = &aMem[p2]; - assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); - assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); - p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i; - /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and - ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail. - ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted - ** before reaching this instruction. */ - if( NEVER(p2<2) ) { - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - } - if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){ - pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); - assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); - nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField; - }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){ - nField = pOp->p4.i; - } - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - assert( nField>=0 ); - testcase( nField==0 ); /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */ - pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, 1); - if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; - pCur->nullRow = 1; - pCur->isOrdered = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->pCursor); - pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD ); - sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(pCur->pCursor, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR)); - - /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that - ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of - ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point - ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has - ** since moved into the btree layer. */ - pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 -** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 -** -** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. -** The cursor is always opened read/write even if -** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral -** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. -** -** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table. -** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index -** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure -** that defines the format of keys in the index. -** -** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined -** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of -** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are -** added automatically. -*/ -/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 -** -** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a -** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using -** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient -** indices in joins. -*/ -case OP_OpenAutoindex: -case OP_OpenEphemeral: { - VdbeCursor *pCx; - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - - static const int vfsFlags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); - pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); - if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - pCx->nullRow = 1; - pCx->isEphemeral = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBt, - BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling - ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before - ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the - ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table). - */ - if( (pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){ - int pgno; - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); - assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); - assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); - pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, pKeyInfo, pCx->pCursor); - } - pCx->isTable = 0; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor); - pCx->isTable = 1; - } - } - pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens -** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large -** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm. -*/ -case OP_SorterOpen: { - VdbeCursor *pCx; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); - pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1); - if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db ); - assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pCx); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] -** -** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single -** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory -** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the -** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. -** -** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single -** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into -** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode -** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table. -** -** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by -** the pseudo-table. -*/ -case OP_OpenPseudo: { - VdbeCursor *pCx; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); - assert( pOp->p3>=0 ); - pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0); - if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; - pCx->nullRow = 1; - pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2; - pCx->isTable = 1; - assert( pOp->p5==0 ); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * * -** -** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not -** currently open, this instruction is a no-op. -*/ -case OP_Close: { - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]); - p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. -** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records -** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe -*/ -/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. -** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that -** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than -** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe -*/ -/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. -** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than -** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe -*/ -/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), -** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers -** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers -** that are used as an unpacked index key. -** -** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that -** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records -** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt -*/ -case OP_SeekLT: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_SeekLE: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_SeekGE: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3 */ - int res; - int oc; - VdbeCursor *pC; - UnpackedRecord r; - int nField; - i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 ); - assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 ); - assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 ); - assert( pC->isOrdered ); - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); - oc = pOp->opcode; - pC->nullRow = 0; - if( pC->isTable ){ - /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, - ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do - ** the seek, so covert it. */ - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - applyNumericAffinity(pIn3); - iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - - /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without - ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ - if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ - if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ - /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number, - ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); - break; - } - - /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search - ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term - ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5: - ** - ** (x > 4.9) -> (x >= 5) - ** (x <= 4.9) -> (x < 5) - */ - if( pIn3->r<(double)iKey ){ - assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) ); - assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) ); - assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ); - if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--; - } - - /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search - ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=. */ - else if( pIn3->r>(double)iKey ){ - assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) ); - assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) ); - assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) ); - if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++; - } - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( res==0 ){ - pC->rowidIsValid = 1; - pC->lastRowid = iKey; - } - }else{ - nField = pOp->p4.i; - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - assert( nField>0 ); - r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; - r.nField = (u16)nField; - - /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: - ** if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){ - ** r.default_rc = -1; - ** }else{ - ** r.default_rc = +1; - ** } - */ - r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1); - assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 ); - assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 ); - assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 ); - assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 ); - - r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; ipCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - } - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_search_count++; -#endif - if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){ assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT ); - if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){ - res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - }else{ - res = 0; - } - }else{ - assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE ); - if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){ - res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - }else{ - /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to - ** see if this is the case. - */ - res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor); - } - } - assert( pOp->p2>0 ); - VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: intkey=r[P2] -** -** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange -** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2. -** -** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until -** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads -** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. -*/ -case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); - assert( pC->isTable ); - pC->nullRow = 0; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - pC->deferredMoveto = 1; - break; -} - - -/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If -** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked -** record. -** -** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and -** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry. -** -** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe -*/ -/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If -** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked -** record. -** -** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 -** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control -** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the -** matching entry. -** -** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict -*/ -/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If -** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked -** record. -** -** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 -** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the -** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the -** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix. If there are no matches, jump -** immediately to P2. If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1 -** cursor pointing to the matching row. -** -** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the -** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL. -** -** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists -*/ -case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ -case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ - int alreadyExists; - int ii; - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - char *pFree; - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; - UnpackedRecord r; - char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7]; - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++; -#endif - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); - assert( pC->isTable==0 ); - pFree = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to suppress a compiler warning. */ - if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ - r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; - r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; - r.aMem = pIn3; - for(ii=0; iip3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]); -#endif - } - pIdxKey = &r; - }else{ - pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( - pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree - ); - if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; - assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); - assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */ - sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey); - } - pIdxKey->default_rc = 0; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){ - /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the - ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not - ** conflict */ - for(ii=0; iip2 - 1; VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); - break; - } - } - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - break; - } - pC->seekResult = res; - alreadyExists = (res==0); - pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ - VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2); - if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - }else{ - VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists==0,2); - if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] -** -** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer -** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with -** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. If P1 does contain a record -** with rowid P3 then leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall -** through to the next instruction. -** -** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees -** (with arbitrary multi-value keys). -** -** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict -*/ -case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - u64 iKey; - - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->isTable ); - assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - assert( pCrsr!=0 ); - res = 0; - iKey = pIn3->u.i; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res); - pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i; - pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0; - pC->nullRow = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); - if( res!=0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 ); - } - pC->seekResult = res; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ -** -** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. -** Write the sequence number into register P2. -** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this -** instruction. -*/ -case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); - pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++; - break; -} - - -/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid -** -** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. -** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database -** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written -** written to register P2. -** -** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds -** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are -** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, -** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' -** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the -** AUTOINCREMENT feature. -*/ -case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ - i64 v; /* The new rowid */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ - int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ - int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ - Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ - - v = 0; - res = 0; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( NEVER(pC->pCursor==0) ){ - /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */ - }else{ - /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same - ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. - ** - ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one - ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum - ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second - ** probabilistic algorithm - ** - ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if - ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have - ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one - ** and try again, up to 100 times. - */ - assert( pC->isTable ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID -# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff -#else - /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. - ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems - ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. - */ -# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) -#endif - - if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( res ){ - v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ - }else{ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->pCursor) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */ - if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){ - pC->useRandomRowid = 1; - }else{ - v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ - } - } - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( pOp->p3 ){ - /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - if( p->pFrame ){ - for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); - /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ - assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem ); - pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; - }else{ - /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ - assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, pMem); - } - assert( memIsValid(pMem) ); - - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ - if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - if( vu.i+1 ){ - v = pMem->u.i + 1; - } - pMem->u.i = v; - } -#endif - if( pC->useRandomRowid ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the - ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database - ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until - ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ - assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is - ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ - /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */ - v = lastRowid; - v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ - v++; /* ensure non-zero */ - cnt = 0; - while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)v, - 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK) - && (res==0) - && (++cnt<100)){ - /* collision - try another random rowid */ - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v); - if( cnt<5 ){ - /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */ - v &= 0xffffff; - }else{ - v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */ - } - v++; /* ensure non-zero */ - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - assert( v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ - } - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - pOut->u.i = v; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] -** -** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is -** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing -** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register -** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must -** be a MEM_Int. -** -** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is -** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set, -** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the -** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified). -** -** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of -** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this -** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing -** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is -** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode -** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization -** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks. -** -** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an -** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode -** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to -** the update hook. -** -** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or -** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook -** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert. -** -** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically -** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor -** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the -** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not -** cause any problems.) -** -** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction -** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. -*/ -/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] -** -** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the -** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. -*/ -case OP_Insert: -case OP_InsertInt: { - Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ - Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ - i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ - VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ - int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ - int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ - const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ - const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */ - int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ - - pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( memIsValid(pData) ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); - assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( pC->isTable ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData); - - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ - pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); - assert( memIsValid(pKey) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey); - iKey = pKey->u.i; - }else{ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); - iKey = pOp->p3; - } - - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey; - if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ - pData->z = 0; - pData->n = 0; - }else{ - assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); - } - seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0); - if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - nZero = pData->u.nZero; - }else{ - nZero = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey, - pData->z, pData->n, nZero, - (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult - ); - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - - /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){ - zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName; - zTbl = pOp->p4.z; - op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); - assert( pC->isTable ); - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey); - assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 * -** -** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. -** -** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous -** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then -** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete -** a record from within an Next loop. -** -** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is -** incremented (otherwise not). -** -** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with -** multiple rows. -** -** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is -** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists. -** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned -** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode. -*/ -case OP_Delete: { - i64 iKey; - VdbeCursor *pC; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */ - iKey = pC->lastRowid; /* Only used for the update hook */ - - /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or - ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that - ** might move or invalidate the cursor. Hence cursor pC is always pointing - ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation - ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail. We will run it anyhow, though, - ** to guard against future changes to the code generator. - **/ - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor); - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - - /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z && pC->isTable ){ - db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, - db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName, pOp->p4.z, iKey); - assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); - } - if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - break; -} -/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * * -** -** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle -** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()). -** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0. -** This is used by trigger programs. -*/ -case OP_ResetCount: { - sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); - p->nChange = 0; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4 -** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=rtrim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 -** -** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the -** the record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that -** the sorter cursor currently points to. The final P4 fields of both -** the P3 and sorter record are ignored. -** -** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant -** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then -** the comparison is assumed to be equal. -** -** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to -** each other. Jump to P2 if they are different. -*/ -case OP_SorterCompare: { - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - int nIgnore; - - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( isSorter(pC) ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - nIgnore = pOp->p4.i; - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nIgnore, &res); - VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - break; -}; - -/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=data -** -** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. -*/ -case OP_SorterData: { - VdbeCursor *pC; - - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( isSorter(pC) ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) ); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=data -** -** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as -** it is found in the database file. -** -** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) -** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. -*/ -/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=key -** -** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1. -** There is no interpretation of the data. -** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as -** it is found in the database file. -** -** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) -** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. -*/ -case OP_RowKey: -case OP_RowData: { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - u32 n; - i64 n64; - - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - memAboutToChange(p, pOut); - - /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( isSorter(pC)==0 ); - assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData ); - assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->nullRow==0 ); - assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 ); - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); - - /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or - ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate - ** the cursor. Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always - ** a no-op and can never fail. But we leave it in place as a safety. - */ - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - - if( pC->isTable==0 ){ - assert( !pC->isTable ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ - if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; - } - n = (u32)n64; - }else{ - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ - if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - goto too_big; - } - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pOut->n = n; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); - if( pC->isTable==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); - } - pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid -** -** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that -** P1 is currently point to. -** -** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to -** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this -** one opcode now works for both table types. -*/ -case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - i64 v; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->pseudoTableReg==0 || pC->nullRow ); - if( pC->nullRow ){ - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){ - v = pC->movetoTarget; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( pC->pVtabCursor ){ - pVtab = pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - pModule = pVtab->pModule; - assert( pModule->xRowid ); - rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->pVtabCursor, &v); - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - }else{ - assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; - if( pC->rowidIsValid ){ - v = pC->lastRowid; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */ - } - } - pOut->u.i = v; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * * -** -** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations -** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always -** write a NULL. -*/ -case OP_NullRow: { - VdbeCursor *pC; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - pC->nullRow = 1; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( pC->pCursor ){ - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * -** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 -** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. -** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. -** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through -** to the following instruction. -*/ -case OP_Last: { /* jump */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - res = 0; - assert( pCrsr!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res); - pC->nullRow = (u8)res; - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - if( pOp->p2>0 ){ - VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); - if( res ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - - -/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * * -** -** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that -** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. -** -** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, -** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to -** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the -** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and -** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is -** correctly optimizing out sorts. -*/ -case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ -case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_sort_count++; - sqlite3_search_count--; -#endif - p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++; - /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ -} -/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * -** -** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 -** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. -** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. -** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through -** to the following instruction. -*/ -case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); - res = 1; - if( isSorter(pC) ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, pC, &res); - }else{ - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - assert( pCrsr ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res); - pC->deferredMoveto = 0; - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - } - pC->nullRow = (u8)res; - assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp ); - VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its -** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through -** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, -** jump immediately to P2. -** -** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. P1 must have -** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault. -** -** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that -** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been -** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is -** always either 0 or 1. -** -** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to -** sqlite3BtreeNext(). -** -** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter -** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. -** -** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen -*/ -/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that if cursor P1 is not -** open it behaves a no-op. -*/ -/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its -** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through -** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, -** jump immediately to P2. -** -** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. If P1 is -** not open then the behavior is undefined. -** -** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that -** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been -** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is -** always either 0 or 1. -** -** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to -** sqlite3BtreePrevious(). -** -** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter -** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. -*/ -/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** This opcode works just like OP_Prev except that if cursor P1 is not -** open it behaves a no-op. -*/ -case OP_SorterNext: { /* jump */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( isSorter(pC) ); - res = 0; - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res); - goto next_tail; -case OP_PrevIfOpen: /* jump */ -case OP_NextIfOpen: /* jump */ - if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break; - /* Fall through */ -case OP_Prev: /* jump */ -case OP_Next: /* jump */ - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - assert( pOp->p5aCounter) ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - res = pOp->p3; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( pC->pCursor ); - assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) ); - testcase( res==1 ); - assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); - assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious ); - assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); - assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious); - rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->pCursor, &res); -next_tail: - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2); - if( res==0 ){ - pC->nullRow = 0; - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_search_count++; -#endif - }else{ - pC->nullRow = 1; - } - pC->rowidIsValid = 0; - goto check_for_interrupt; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5 -** Synopsis: key=r[P2] -** -** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the -** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key -** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. -** -** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this -** insert is likely to be an append. -** -** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is -** incremented by this instruction. If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear, -** then the change counter is unchanged. -** -** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have -** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted. -** This flag avoids doing an extra seek. -** -** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction -** for tables is OP_Insert. -*/ -case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ -case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int nKey; - const char *zKey; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; - assert( pCrsr!=0 ); - assert( pC->isTable==0 ); - rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( isSorter(pC) ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, pC, pIn2); - }else{ - nKey = pIn2->n; - zKey = pIn2->z; - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, - ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) - ); - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - } - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] -** -** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form -** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the -** index opened by cursor P1. -*/ -case OP_IdxDelete: { - VdbeCursor *pC; - BtCursor *pCrsr; - int res; - UnpackedRecord r; - - assert( pOp->p3>0 ); - assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor)+1 ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - assert( pCrsr!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p5==0 ); - r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; - r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; - r.default_rc = 0; - r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; ideferredMoveto==0 ); - pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid -** -** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at -** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be -** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. -** -** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. -*/ -case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */ - BtCursor *pCrsr; - VdbeCursor *pC; - i64 rowid; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - pCrsr = pC->pCursor; - assert( pCrsr!=0 ); - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); - if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error; - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( pC->isTable==0 ); - if( !pC->nullRow ){ - rowid = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ - rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pCrsr, &rowid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_due_to_error; - } - pOut->u.i = rowid; - pOut->flags = MEM_Int; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID -** fields at the end. -** -** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value -** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index -** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID -** fields at the end. -** -** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value -** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against -** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or -** ROWID on the P1 index. -** -** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. -** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] -** -** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index -** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against -** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or -** ROWID on the P1 index. -** -** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump -** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -case OP_IdxLE: /* jump */ -case OP_IdxGT: /* jump */ -case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ -case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ - VdbeCursor *pC; - int res; - UnpackedRecord r; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - assert( pC->isOrdered ); - assert( pC->pCursor!=0); - assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); - assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; - r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; - if( pOp->opcodeopcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); - r.default_rc = -1; - }else{ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); - r.default_rc = 0; - } - r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { int i; for(i=0; iopcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); - res = -res; - }else{ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); - res++; - } - VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2); - if( res>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database -** file is given by P1. -** -** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If -** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file -** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page -** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all -** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former -** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - -** is stored in register P2. If no page -** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already -** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2. -** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2. -** -** See also: Clear -*/ -case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */ - int iMoved; - int iCnt; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - int iDb; - - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - iCnt = 0; - for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe = pVdbe->pNext){ - if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->bIsReader - && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 - ){ - iCnt++; - } - } -#else - iCnt = db->nVdbeRead; -#endif - pOut->flags = MEM_Null; - if( iCnt>1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; - p->errorAction = OE_Abort; - }else{ - iDb = pOp->p3; - assert( iCnt==1 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved); - pOut->flags = MEM_Int; - pOut->u.i = iMoved; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){ - sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1); - /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ - assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 ); - resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1; - } -#endif - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3 -** -** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page -** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not -** remove the table or index from the database file. -** -** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If -** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file -** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. -** -** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an -** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change -** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. -** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is -** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. -** -** See also: Destroy -*/ -case OP_Clear: { - int nChange; - - nChange = 0; - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p2))!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( - db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0) - ); - if( pOp->p3 ){ - p->nChange += nChange; - if( pOp->p3>0 ){ - assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); - memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange; - } - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * * -** -** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter -** that is open on cursor P1. -** -** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and -** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen. -*/ -case OP_ResetSorter: { - VdbeCursor *pC; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); - pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pC!=0 ); - if( pC->pSorter ){ - sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->pSorter); - }else{ - assert( pC->isEphemeral ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->pCursor); - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 -** -** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the -** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if -** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into -** register P2 -** -** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must -** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index -** has an arbitrary key but no data. -** -** See also: CreateIndex -*/ -/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 -** -** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the -** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if -** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into -** register P2. -** -** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information. -*/ -case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */ -case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */ - int pgno; - int flags; - Db *pDb; - - pgno = 0; - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; - assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); - if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ - /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ - flags = BTREE_INTKEY; - }else{ - flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags); - pOut->u.i = pgno; - break; -} - -/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * -** -** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 -** that match the WHERE clause P4. -** -** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, -** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. -*/ -case OP_ParseSchema: { - int iDb; - const char *zMaster; - char *zSql; - InitData initData; - - /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes - ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking - ** sqlite3InitCallback(). - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); - } -#endif - - iDb = pOp->p1; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); - /* Used to be a conditional */ { - zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = pOp->p1; - initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z); - if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - assert( db->init.busy==0 ); - db->init.busy = 1; - initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - db->init.busy = 0; - } - } - if( rc ) sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - goto no_mem; - } - break; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) -/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * * -** -** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content -** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause -** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. -*/ -case OP_LoadAnalysis: { - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); - break; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ - -/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 * -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. -*/ -case OP_DropTable: { - sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 * -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. -*/ -case OP_DropIndex: { - sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 * -** -** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe -** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger -** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the -** schema consistent with what is on disk. -*/ -case OP_DropTrigger: { - sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - break; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5 -** -** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in -** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems. -** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1. -** -** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors. -** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. -** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are -** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. -** -** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer -** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables -** total. -** -** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database -** file, not the main database file. -** -** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. -*/ -case OP_IntegrityCk: { - int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ - int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ - char *z; /* Text of the error report */ - Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ - - assert( p->bIsReader ); - nRoot = pOp->p2; - assert( nRoot>0 ); - aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) ); - if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem; - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - for(j=0; jp5nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p5))!=0 ); - z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot, - (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot); - pnErr->u.i -= nErr; - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); - if( nErr==0 ){ - assert( z==0 ); - }else if( z==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); - } - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] -** -** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index -** held in register P1. -** -** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer. -*/ -case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; - } - sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i); - break; -} - -/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) -** -** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into -** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3 -** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. -*/ -case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ - i64 val; - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 - || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0 - ){ - /* The boolean index is empty */ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); - }else{ - /* A value was pulled from the index */ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val); - VdbeBranchTaken(0,2); - } - goto check_for_interrupt; -} - -/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4 -** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 -** -** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1 -** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains -** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the -** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the -** next opcode. -** -** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets -** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set -** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set -** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or -** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4 -** bits are significant. -** -** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test -** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it, -** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will -** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is -** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was -** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously -** inserted as part of some other set). -*/ -case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ - int iSet; - int exists; - - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - iSet = pOp->p4.i; - assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); - - /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, - ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset - */ - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); - if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; - } - - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); - assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 ); - if( iSet ){ - exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i); - VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2); - if( exists ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - break; - } - } - if( iSet>=0 ){ - sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i); - } - break; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - -/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** -** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). -** -** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory -** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 -** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE -** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address -** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the -** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. -** -** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. -** -** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled. -*/ -case OP_Program: { /* jump */ - int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ - Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ - Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ - Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ - SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ - void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ - - pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; - pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - assert( pProgram->nOp>0 ); - - /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is - ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program - ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set - ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). - ** - ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is - ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one - ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different - ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a - ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token - ** variable. */ - if( pOp->p5 ){ - t = pProgram->token; - for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); - if( pFrame ) break; - } - - if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion"); - break; - } - - /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state - ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute - ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt - ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ - if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ - /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the - ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory - ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local - ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. - */ - nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr; - nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) - + nMem * sizeof(Mem) - + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *) - + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8); - pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - if( !pFrame ){ - goto no_mem; - } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt); - pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; - pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame; - - pFrame->v = p; - pFrame->nChildMem = nMem; - pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr; - pFrame->pc = pc; - pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; - pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; - pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; - pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; - pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; - pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; - pFrame->token = pProgram->token; - pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag; - pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag; - - pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem]; - for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){ - pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined; - pMem->db = db; - } - }else{ - pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame; - assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem ); - assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr ); - assert( pc==pFrame->pc ); - } - - p->nFrame++; - pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; - pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid; - pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; - p->nChange = 0; - p->pFrame = pFrame; - p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[-1]; - p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem; - p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr; - p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1]; - p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp; - p->nOp = pProgram->nOp; - p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor]; - p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce; - pc = -1; - memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); - - break; -} - -/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * -** -** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the -** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory -** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames -** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* -** and old.* values. -** -** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding -** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the -** calling OP_Program instruction. -*/ -case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; - Mem *pIn; - pFrame = p->pFrame; - pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem); - break; -} - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 -** -** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). -** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented -** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the -** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). -*/ -case OP_FkCounter: { - if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){ - db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2; - }else if( pOp->p1 ){ - db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2; - }else{ - p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 -** -** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. -** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next -** instruction. -** -** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter -** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is -** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero -** (immediate foreign key constraint violations). -*/ -case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ - if( pOp->p1 ){ - VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); - if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; - }else{ - VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); - if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1; - } - break; -} -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) -** -** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is -** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed -** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of -** its current value and the value in register P2. -** -** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially -** an integer. -*/ -case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ - VdbeFrame *pFrame; - if( p->pFrame ){ - for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); - pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; - }else{ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - } - assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); - pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); - if( pIn1->u.iu.i){ - pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ - -/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 goto P2 -** -** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); - VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2); - if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * * -** Synopsis: if r[P1]<0 goto P2 -** -** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); - VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2); - if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P1]+=P3, if r[P1]==0 goto P2 -** -** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the -** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2. -** -** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does -** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try. -*/ -case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */ - pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); - pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3; - VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2); - if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) -** -** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The -** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef -** structure that specifies the function. Use register -** P3 as the accumulator. -** -** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its -** successors. -*/ -case OP_AggStep: { - int n; - int i; - Mem *pMem; - Mem *pRec; - sqlite3_context ctx; - sqlite3_value **apVal; - - n = pOp->p5; - assert( n>=0 ); - pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - apVal = p->apArg; - assert( apVal || n==0 ); - for(i=0; ip4.pFunc; - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - ctx.pMem = pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - pMem->n++; - ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null; - ctx.s.z = 0; - ctx.s.zMalloc = 0; - ctx.s.xDel = 0; - ctx.s.db = db; - ctx.isError = 0; - ctx.pColl = 0; - ctx.skipFlag = 0; - if( ctx.pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - assert( pOp>p->aOp ); - assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl; - } - (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ - if( ctx.isError ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s)); - rc = ctx.isError; - } - if( ctx.skipFlag ){ - assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); - i = pOp[-1].p1; - if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1); - } - - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s); - - break; -} - -/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 -** -** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is -** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate. -** -** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and -** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 -** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate -** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The -** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where -** the step function was not previously called. -*/ -case OP_AggFinal: { - Mem *pMem; - assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem)); - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){ - goto too_big; - } - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in -** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL -** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns -** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the -** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages -** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint -** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and -** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. -*/ -case OP_Checkpoint: { - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int aRes[3]; /* Results */ - Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ - - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - aRes[0] = 0; - aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1; - assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL - || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART - ); - rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - aRes[0] = 1; - } - for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]); - } - break; -}; -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA -/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback -** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple -** operation. No IO is required. -** -** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. -** -** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. -*/ -case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */ - Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ - Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ - int eNew; /* New journal mode */ - int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ -#endif - - eNew = pOp->p3; - assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY - ); - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - - pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); - eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager); - if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld; - if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1); - - /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database - ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory - */ - if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ - || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ - ){ - eNew = eOld; - } - - if( (eNew!=eOld) - && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) - ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, - "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", - (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") - ); - break; - }else{ - - if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call - ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log - ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file - ** after a successful return. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); - } - }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF - ** as an intermediate */ - sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); - } - - /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal - ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. - */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); - } - } - } -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - - if( rc ){ - eNew = eOld; - } - eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); - - pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; - pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; - pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew); - pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z); - pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); - break; -}; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * * -** -** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual -** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within -** a transaction. -*/ -case OP_Vacuum: { - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db); - break; -} -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) -/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * * -** -** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on -** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction -** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ - Btree *pBt; - - assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<p1))!=0 ); - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt); - VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - break; -} -#endif - -/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * * -** -** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement -** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed -** (via sqlite3_step()). -** -** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, -** then only the currently executing statement is affected. -*/ -case OP_Expire: { - if( !pOp->p1 ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - }else{ - p->expired = 1; - } - break; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 -** -** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when -** the shared-cache feature is enabled. -** -** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database -** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or -** a write lock if P3==1. -** -** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. -** -** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only -** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. -*/ -case OP_TableLock: { - u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; - if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){ - int p1 = pOp->p1; - assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb ); - assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); - if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - const char *z = pOp->p4.z; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z); - } - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * -** -** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the -** xBegin method for that table. -** -** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from -** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error -** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED. -*/ -case OP_VBegin: { - VTable *pVTab; - pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; - rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab); - if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 * -** -** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method -** for that table. -*/ -case OP_VCreate: { - rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg); - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 * -** -** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method -** of that table. -*/ -case OP_VDestroy: { - p->inVtabMethod = 2; - rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 * -** -** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. -** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual -** table and stores that cursor in P1. -*/ -case OP_VOpen: { - VdbeCursor *pCur; - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlite3_module *pModule; - - assert( p->bIsReader ); - pCur = 0; - pVtabCursor = 0; - pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - assert(pVtab && pModule); - rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor); - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ - pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab; - - /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */ - pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0); - if( pCur ){ - pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor; - }else{ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor); - } - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 * -** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' -** -** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if -** the filtered result set is empty. -** -** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex -** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left -** to the module implementation. -** -** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified -** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register -** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the -** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc -** additional parameters which are passed to -** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter. -** -** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. -*/ -case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ - int nArg; - int iQuery; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - Mem *pQuery; - Mem *pArgc; - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - int res; - int i; - Mem **apArg; - - pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - pArgc = &pQuery[1]; - pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( memIsValid(pQuery) ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery); - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor; - pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab; - pModule = pVtab->pModule; - - /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ - assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); - nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i; - iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i; - - /* Invoke the xFilter method */ - { - res = 0; - apArg = p->apArg; - for(i = 0; iinVtabMethod = 1; - rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor); - } - VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); - if( res ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - } - pCur->nullRow = 0; - - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * * -** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) -** -** Store the value of the P2-th column of -** the row of the virtual-table that the -** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3. -*/ -case OP_VColumn: { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - Mem *pDest; - sqlite3_context sContext; - - VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem-p->nCursor) ); - pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - memAboutToChange(p, pDest); - if( pCur->nullRow ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); - break; - } - pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - pModule = pVtab->pModule; - assert( pModule->xColumn ); - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - - /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move - ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function - ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a - ** new one. - */ - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest); - MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null); - - rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2); - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); - if( sContext.isError ){ - rc = sContext.isError; - } - - /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We - ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any - ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released. - */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding); - sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); - UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); - - if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){ - goto too_big; - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * * -** -** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and -** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached -** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. -*/ -case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - int res; - VdbeCursor *pCur; - - res = 0; - pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; - assert( pCur->pVtabCursor ); - if( pCur->nullRow ){ - break; - } - pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab; - pModule = pVtab->pModule; - assert( pModule->xNext ); - - /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the - ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during - ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that - ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or - ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. - */ - p->inVtabMethod = 1; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor); - p->inVtabMethod = 0; - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor); - } - VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2); - if( !res ){ - /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } - goto check_for_interrupt; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 * -** -** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. -** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value -** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. -*/ -case OP_VRename: { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - Mem *pName; - - pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; - assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename ); - assert( memIsValid(pName) ); - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName); - assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str ); - testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); - rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z); - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); - p->expired = 0; - } - break; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 -** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] -** -** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. -** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values -** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate -** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the -** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. -** -** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. -** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) -** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no -** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new -** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new -** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are -** the values of columns in the new row. -** -** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of -** a row to delete. -** -** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call -** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() -** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. -** -** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to -** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update. -*/ -case OP_VUpdate: { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlite3_module *pModule; - int nArg; - int i; - sqlite_int64 rowid; - Mem **apArg; - Mem *pX; - - assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback - || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace - ); - assert( p->readOnly==0 ); - pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; - pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - nArg = pOp->p2; - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){ - u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; - apArg = p->apArg; - pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; - for(i=0; ivtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; - rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid); - db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){ - assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); - db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid; - } - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ - if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); - } - }else{ - p->nChange++; - } - } - break; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * * -** -** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. -*/ -case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */ - pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); - break; -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * -** -** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. -** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and -** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. -** -** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. -*/ -case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */ - unsigned int newMax; - Btree *pBt; - - pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; - newMax = 0; - if( pOp->p3 ){ - newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt); - if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; - } - pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); - break; -} -#endif - - -/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 * -** Synopsis: Start at P2 -** -** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first -** opcode. -** -** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then -** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. -** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql(). -** -** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2. -*/ -case OP_Init: { /* jump */ - char *zTrace; - char *z; - - if( pOp->p2 ){ - pc = pOp->p2 - 1; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( db->xTrace - && !p->doingRerun - && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 - ){ - z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace); - db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE - zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql); - if( zTrace ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( (MASKBIT(i) & p->btreeMask)==0 ) continue; - sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace); - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 - && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 - ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - break; -} - - -/* Opcode: Noop * * * * * -** -** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump -** destination. -*/ -/* -** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which -** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) -** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the -** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. -*/ -default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */ - assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ); - break; -} - -/***************************************************************************** -** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented -** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the -** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are -** restored. -*****************************************************************************/ - } - -#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE - { - u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime(); - if( endTime>start ) pOp->cycles += endTime - start; - pOp->cnt++; - } -#endif - - /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality - ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. - ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through - ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - assert( pc>=-1 && pcnOp ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ - if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc); - if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){ - registerTrace(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); - } - if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){ - registerTrace(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ - - /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with - ** an error of some kind. - */ -vdbe_error_halt: - assert( rc ); - p->rc = rc; - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", - pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); - sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ - sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); - } - - /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to - ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the - ** top. */ -vdbe_return: - db->lastRowid = lastRowid; - testcase( nVmStep>0 ); - p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep; - sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); - return rc; - - /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH - ** is encountered. - */ -too_big: - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big"); - rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - goto vdbe_error_halt; - - /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. - */ -no_mem: - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory"); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto vdbe_error_halt; - - /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable - ** should hold the error number. - */ -abort_due_to_error: - assert( p->zErrMsg==0 ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - } - goto vdbe_error_halt; - - /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt - ** flag. - */ -abort_due_to_interrupt: - assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); - rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - p->rc = rc; - sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - goto vdbe_error_halt; -} - - -/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 1 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. -*/ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - -/* -** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. -*/ -typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; -struct Incrblob { - int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */ - int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ - int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ - int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ - BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ -}; - - -/* -** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks -** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row. -** -** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not -** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the -** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may -** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using -** sqlite3DbFree(). -** -** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent -** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will -** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. -*/ -static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ - int rc; /* Error code */ - char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; - - /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. - ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid - ** triggering asserts related to mutexes. - */ - assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int ); - v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow; - - rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0]; - u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol]; - if( type<12 ){ - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", - type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" - ); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); - p->pStmt = 0; - }else{ - p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField]; - p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); - p->pCsr = pC->pCursor; - sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( p->pStmt ){ - rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); - p->pStmt = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); - } - } - - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - - *pzErr = zErr; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Open a blob handle. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( - sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ - const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ - const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ - const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ - sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ - int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ - sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ -){ - int nAttempt = 0; - int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ - - /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified - ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead - ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the - ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, - ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. - ** - ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. - ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and - ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and - ** blob_bytes() functions. - ** - ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, - ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the - ** transaction. - */ - static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(4); - static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { - /* {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, // 0: Inserted separately */ - {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Acquire a read or write lock */ - /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */ - {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */ - {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */ - {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */ - {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 5: Seek the cursor */ - {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 6 */ - {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 7 */ - {OP_Goto, 0, 4, 0}, /* 8 */ - {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */ - }; - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *zErr = 0; - Table *pTab; - Parse *pParse = 0; - Incrblob *pBlob = 0; - - flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ - *ppBlob = 0; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - - pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); - if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out; - - do { - memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); - pParse->db = db; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = 0; - - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb); - if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pTab = 0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable); - } - if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ - pTab = 0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable); - } -#endif - if( !pTab ){ - if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = pParse->zErrMsg; - pParse->zErrMsg = 0; - } - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } - - /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++) { - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } - - /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the - ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. - ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these - ** descriptions applies for writing. */ - if( flags ){ - const char *zFault = 0; - Index *pIdx; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It - ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent - ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this - ** case. */ - FKey *pFKey; - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){ - zFault = "foreign key"; - } - } - } - } -#endif - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ - if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){ - zFault = "indexed"; - } - } - } - if( zFault ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - goto blob_open_out; - } - } - - pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); - assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); - if( pBlob->pStmt ){ - Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, - pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie, - pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn); - - /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - - /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 1); -#else - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->tnum); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, flags); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); -#endif - - /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 - ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 3 - flags); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2 + flags, pTab->tnum); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2 + flags, iDb); - - /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to - ** think that the table has one more column than it really - ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will - ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means - ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type - ** and offset cache without causing any IO. - */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->nVar = 1; - pParse->nMem = 1; - pParse->nTab = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); - } - } - - pBlob->flags = flags; - pBlob->iCol = iCol; - pBlob->db = db; - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto blob_open_out; - } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow); - rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); - } while( (++nAttempt)mallocFailed==0 ){ - *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; - }else{ - if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a blob handle that was previously created using -** sqlite3_blob_open(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - int rc; - sqlite3 *db; - - if( p ){ - db = p->db; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Perform a read or write operation on a blob -*/ -static int blobReadWrite( - sqlite3_blob *pBlob, - void *z, - int n, - int iOffset, - int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) -){ - int rc; - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db; - - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - db = p->db; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; - - if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ - /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0); - }else if( v==0 ){ - /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has - ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. - */ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - }else{ - /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is - ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. - */ - assert( db == v->db ); - sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); - rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); - p->pStmt = 0; - }else{ - db->errCode = rc; - v->rc = rc; - } - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read data from a blob handle. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ - return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData); -} - -/* -** Write data to a blob handle. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ - return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData); -} - -/* -** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. -** -** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob -** so no mutex is required for access. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; -} - -/* -** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same -** database table. -** -** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not -** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the -** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all -** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) -** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ - int rc; - Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; - sqlite3 *db; - - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - db = p->db; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - - if( p->pStmt==0 ){ - /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has - ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. - */ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - }else{ - char *zErr; - rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ); - } - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - -/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2011 July 9 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with -** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for -** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main -** memory). -*/ - - - -typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter; -typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; -typedef struct FileWriter FileWriter; - -/* -** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES: -** -** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series -** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly -** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order -** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order, -** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment -** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports -** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison -** operations. -** -** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged. -** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For -** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually -** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal -** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are -** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). -** -** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in -** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable. -** -** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing -** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of -** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the -** aTree element is set to the index of it. -** -** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any -** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF -** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. -** -** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described -** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators. -** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that -** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. -** -** Example: -** -** aIter[0] -> Banana -** aIter[1] -> Feijoa -** aIter[2] -> Elderberry -** aIter[3] -> Currant -** aIter[4] -> Grapefruit -** aIter[5] -> Apple -** aIter[6] -> Durian -** aIter[7] -> EOF -** -** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } -** -** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by -** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will -** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is -** "Eggplant": -** -** aIter[5] -> Eggplant -** -** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator -** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator -** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. -** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator -** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (BananaaAlloc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aBuffer); - memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter)); -} - -/* -** Read nByte bytes of data from the stream of data iterated by object p. -** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data -** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite -** error code. -** -** The buffer indicated by *ppOut may only be considered valid until the -** next call to this function. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterIterRead( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for malloc) */ - VdbeSorterIter *p, /* Iterator */ - int nByte, /* Bytes of data to read */ - u8 **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */ -){ - int iBuf; /* Offset within buffer to read from */ - int nAvail; /* Bytes of data available in buffer */ - assert( p->aBuffer ); - - /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next - ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less - ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */ - iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; - if( iBuf==0 ){ - int nRead; /* Bytes to read from disk */ - int rc; /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */ - - /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */ - if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){ - nRead = p->nBuffer; - }else{ - nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff); - } - assert( nRead>0 ); - - /* Read data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFile, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; - - if( nByte<=nAvail ){ - /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this - ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a - ** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */ - *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf]; - p->iReadOff += nByte; - }else{ - /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer. - ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested - ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller. */ - int nRem; /* Bytes remaining to copy */ - - /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */ - if( p->nAllocnAlloc*2; - while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; - p->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->aAlloc, nNew); - if( !p->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - p->nAlloc = nNew; - } - - /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of - ** p->aAlloc[]. */ - memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail); - p->iReadOff += nAvail; - nRem = nByte - nAvail; - - /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into - ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer. */ - while( nRem>0 ){ - int rc; /* vdbeSorterIterRead() return code */ - int nCopy; /* Number of bytes to copy */ - u8 *aNext; /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */ - - nCopy = nRem; - if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer; - rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, nCopy, &aNext); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc ); - memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy); - nRem -= nCopy; - } - - *ppOut = p->aAlloc; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to -** the value read. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterIterVarint(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *p, u64 *pnOut){ - int iBuf; - - iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; - if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){ - p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut); - }else{ - u8 aVarint[16], *a; - int i = 0, rc; - do{ - rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, p, 1, &a); - if( rc ) return rc; - aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0]; - }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 ); - sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if -** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterIterNext( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter /* Iterator to advance */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - u64 nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ - - if( pIter->iReadOff>=pIter->iEof ){ - /* This is an EOF condition */ - vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nRec); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pIter->nKey = (int)nRec; - rc = vdbeSorterIterRead(db, pIter, (int)nRec, &pIter->aKey); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile -** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function -** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the -** PMA is empty). -*/ -static int vdbeSorterIterInit( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ - i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter, /* Iterator to populate */ - i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nBuf; - - nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); - - assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart ); - assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 ); - assert( pIter->aBuffer==0 ); - pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1; - pIter->iReadOff = iStart; - pIter->nAlloc = 128; - pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc); - pIter->nBuffer = nBuf; - pIter->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf); - - if( !pIter->aBuffer ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - int iBuf; - - iBuf = iStart % nBuf; - if( iBuf ){ - int nRead = nBuf - iBuf; - if( (iStart + nRead) > pSorter->iWriteOff ){ - nRead = (int)(pSorter->iWriteOff - iStart); - } - rc = sqlite3OsRead( - pSorter->pTemp1, &pIter->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, iStart - ); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u64 nByte; /* Size of PMA in bytes */ - pIter->iEof = pSorter->iWriteOff; - rc = vdbeSorterIterVarint(db, pIter, &nByte); - pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte; - *pnByte += nByte; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, -** size nKey2 bytes). Argument pKeyInfo supplies the collation functions -** used by the comparison. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. -** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK and set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive -** value, depending on whether key1 is smaller, equal to or larger than key2. -** -** If the bOmitRowid argument is non-zero, assume both keys end in a rowid -** field. For the purposes of the comparison, ignore it. Also, if bOmitRowid -** is true and key1 contains even a single NULL value, it is considered to -** be less than key2. Even if key2 also contains NULL values. -** -** If pKey2 is passed a NULL pointer, then it is assumed that the pCsr->aSpace -** has been allocated and contains an unpacked record that is used as key2. -*/ -static void vdbeSorterCompare( - const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object (for pKeyInfo) */ - int nIgnore, /* Ignore the last nIgnore fields */ - const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ - const void *pKey2, int nKey2, /* Right side of comparison */ - int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ -){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - UnpackedRecord *r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; - int i; - - if( pKey2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); - } - - if( nIgnore ){ - r2->nField = pKeyInfo->nField - nIgnore; - assert( r2->nField>0 ); - for(i=0; inField; i++){ - if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ - *pRes = -1; - return; - } - } - assert( r2->default_rc==0 ); - } - - *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 0); -} - -/* -** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging -** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] -** value to recalculate. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int i1; - int i2; - int iRes; - VdbeSorterIter *p1; - VdbeSorterIter *p2; - - assert( iOutnTree && iOut>0 ); - - if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){ - i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2; - i2 = i1 + 1; - }else{ - i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2]; - i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1]; - } - - p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1]; - p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2]; - - if( p1->pFile==0 ){ - iRes = i2; - }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){ - iRes = i1; - }else{ - int res; - assert( pCsr->pSorter->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* allocated in vdbeSorterMerge() */ - vdbeSorterCompare( - pCsr, 0, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey, &res - ); - if( res<=0 ){ - iRes = i1; - }else{ - iRes = i2; - } - } - - pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ - int mxCache; /* Cache size */ - VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ - char *d; /* Dummy */ - - assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 ); - pCsr->pSorter = pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter)); - if( pSorter==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCsr->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &d); - if( pSorter->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord *)d ); - - if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ - pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); - pSorter->mnPmaSize = SORTER_MIN_WORKING * pgsz; - mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; - if( mxCachemxPmaSize = mxCache * pgsz; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. -*/ -static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ - SorterRecord *p; - SorterRecord *pNext; - for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } -} - -/* -** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){ - if( pSorter->aIter ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inTree; i++){ - vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter); - pSorter->aIter = 0; - } - if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1); - pSorter->pTemp1 = 0; - } - vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pSorter->pRecord); - pSorter->pRecord = 0; - pSorter->iWriteOff = 0; - pSorter->iReadOff = 0; - pSorter->nInMemory = 0; - pSorter->nTree = 0; - pSorter->nPMA = 0; - pSorter->aTree = 0; -} - - -/* -** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - if( pSorter ){ - sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter); - pCsr->pSorter = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, -** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){ - int dummy; - return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile, - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy - ); -} - -/* -** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. -** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list. -*/ -static void vdbeSorterMerge( - const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* For pKeyInfo */ - SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ - SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */ - SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */ -){ - SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; - SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; - void *pVal2 = p2 ? p2->pVal : 0; - - while( p1 && p2 ){ - int res; - vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, p1->pVal, p1->nVal, pVal2, p2->nVal, &res); - if( res<=0 ){ - *pp = p1; - pp = &p1->pNext; - p1 = p1->pNext; - pVal2 = 0; - }else{ - *pp = p2; - pp = &p2->pNext; - p2 = p2->pNext; - if( p2==0 ) break; - pVal2 = p2->pVal; - } - } - *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2; - *ppOut = pFinal; -} - -/* -** Sort the linked list of records headed at pCsr->pRecord. Return SQLITE_OK -** if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error -** occurs. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterSort(const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - int i; - SorterRecord **aSlot; - SorterRecord *p; - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - - aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); - if( !aSlot ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - p = pSorter->pRecord; - while( p ){ - SorterRecord *pNext = p->pNext; - p->pNext = 0; - for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ - vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); - aSlot[i] = 0; - } - aSlot[i] = p; - p = pNext; - } - - p = 0; - for(i=0; i<64; i++){ - vdbeSorterMerge(pCsr, p, aSlot[i], &p); - } - pSorter->pRecord = p; - - sqlite3_free(aSlot); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Initialize a file-writer object. -*/ -static void fileWriterInit( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database (for malloc) */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* File to write to */ - FileWriter *p, /* Object to populate */ - i64 iStart /* Offset of pFile to begin writing at */ -){ - int nBuf = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); - - memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); - p->aBuffer = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nBuf); - if( !p->aBuffer ){ - p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf); - p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart; - p->nBuffer = nBuf; - p->pFile = pFile; - } -} - -/* -** Write nData bytes of data to the file-write object. Return SQLITE_OK -** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. -*/ -static void fileWriterWrite(FileWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ - int nRem = nData; - while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){ - int nCopy = nRem; - if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){ - nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd; - } - - memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy); - p->iBufEnd += nCopy; - if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){ - p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, - &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, - p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart - ); - p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0; - p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer; - } - assert( p->iBufEndnBuffer ); - - nRem -= nCopy; - } -} - -/* -** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the file-writer object. -** The results of using the file-writer after this call are undefined. -** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not -** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. -** -** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the -** last byte written to the file. -*/ -static int fileWriterFinish(sqlite3 *db, FileWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ - int rc; - if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){ - p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFile, - &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, - p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart - ); - } - *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aBuffer); - rc = p->eFWErr; - memset(p, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the file-write object. Return -** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. -*/ -static void fileWriterWriteVarint(FileWriter *p, u64 iVal){ - int nByte; - u8 aByte[10]; - nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal); - fileWriterWrite(p, aByte, nByte); -} - -/* -** Write the current contents of the in-memory linked-list to a PMA. Return -** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. -** -** The format of a PMA is: -** -** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content -** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). -** -** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. -** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the -** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. -*/ -static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - FileWriter writer; - - memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); - - if( pSorter->nInMemory==0 ){ - assert( pSorter->pRecord==0 ); - return rc; - } - - rc = vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); - - /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){ - rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 ); - assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 ); - assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 ); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - SorterRecord *p; - SorterRecord *pNext = 0; - - fileWriterInit(db, pSorter->pTemp1, &writer, pSorter->iWriteOff); - pSorter->nPMA++; - fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pSorter->nInMemory); - for(p=pSorter->pRecord; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pNext; - fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal); - fileWriterWrite(&writer, p->pVal, p->nVal); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - pSorter->pRecord = p; - rc = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &pSorter->iWriteOff); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add a record to the sorter. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ - Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ -){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ - - assert( pSorter ); - pSorter->nInMemory += sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n) + pVal->n; - - pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord)); - if( pNew==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pNew->pVal = (void *)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->pVal, pVal->z, pVal->n); - pNew->nVal = pVal->n; - pNew->pNext = pSorter->pRecord; - pSorter->pRecord = pNew; - } - - /* See if the contents of the sorter should now be written out. They - ** are written out when either of the following are true: - ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater - ** than (page-size * cache-size), or - ** - ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater - ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->mxPmaSize>0 && ( - (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mxPmaSize) - || (pSorter->nInMemory>pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull()) - )){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - i64 nExpect = pSorter->iWriteOff - + sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nInMemory) - + pSorter->nInMemory; -#endif - rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); - pSorter->nInMemory = 0; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nExpect==pSorter->iWriteOff) ); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). -*/ -static int vdbeSorterInitMerge( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor handle for this sorter */ - i64 *pnByte /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */ -){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */ - i64 nByte = 0; /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */ - - /* Initialize the iterators. */ - for(i=0; iaIter[i]; - rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte); - pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break; - } - - /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */ - for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){ - rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i); - } - - *pnByte = nByte; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare -** for iterating through its contents in sorted order. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0; /* Second temp file to use */ - i64 iWrite2 = 0; /* Write offset for pTemp2 */ - int nIter; /* Number of iterators used */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */ - int N = 2; /* Power of 2 >= nIter */ - - assert( pSorter ); - - /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, - ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly - ** from the in-memory list. */ - if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){ - *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; - assert( pSorter->aTree==0 ); - return vdbeSorterSort(pCsr); - } - - /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. */ - rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(db, pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */ - nIter = pSorter->nPMA; - if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; - assert( nIter>0 ); - while( NaIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N]; - pSorter->nTree = N; - - do { - int iNew; /* Index of new, merged, PMA */ - - for(iNew=0; - rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNTnPMA; - iNew++ - ){ - int rc2; /* Return code from fileWriterFinish() */ - FileWriter writer; /* Object used to write to disk */ - i64 nWrite; /* Number of bytes in new PMA */ - - memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(FileWriter)); - - /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1, - ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop. - ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls - ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(). - ** - ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs, - ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs - ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2. - */ - rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ - break; - } - - /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */ - if( pTemp2==0 ){ - assert( iWrite2==0 ); - rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int bEof = 0; - fileWriterInit(db, pTemp2, &writer, iWrite2); - fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, nWrite); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; - assert( pIter->pFile ); - - fileWriterWriteVarint(&writer, pIter->nKey); - fileWriterWrite(&writer, pIter->aKey, pIter->nKey); - rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof); - } - rc2 = fileWriterFinish(db, &writer, &iWrite2); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - } - - if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ - break; - }else{ - sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1; - pSorter->nPMA = iNew; - pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2; - pTemp2 = pTmp; - pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2; - pSorter->iReadOff = 0; - iWrite2 = 0; - } - }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - if( pTemp2 ){ - sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2); - } - *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Advance to the next element in the sorter. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - int rc; /* Return code */ - - if( pSorter->aTree ){ - int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];/* Index of iterator to advance */ - rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter1; /* First iterator to compare */ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter2; /* Second iterator to compare */ - u8 *pKey2; /* To pIter2->aKey, or 0 if record cached */ - - /* Find the first two iterators to compare. The one that was just - ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array. */ - pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)]; - pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[(iPrev | 0x0001)]; - pKey2 = pIter2->aKey; - - for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){ - /* Compare pIter1 and pIter2. Store the result in variable iRes. */ - int iRes; - if( pIter1->pFile==0 ){ - iRes = +1; - }else if( pIter2->pFile==0 ){ - iRes = -1; - }else{ - vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, 0, - pIter1->aKey, pIter1->nKey, pKey2, pIter2->nKey, &iRes - ); - } - - /* If pIter1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index. - ** Then set pIter2 to the next iterator to compare to pIter1. In this - ** case there is no cache of pIter2 in pSorter->pUnpacked, so set - ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pIter2. - ** - ** Alternatively, if pIter2 contains the smaller of the two values, - ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pIter1. If vdbeSorterCompare() - ** was actually called above, then pSorter->pUnpacked now contains - ** a value equivalent to pIter2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent - ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pIter2 again. */ - if( iRes<=0 ){ - pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter1 - pSorter->aIter); - pIter2 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; - pKey2 = pIter2->aKey; - }else{ - if( pIter1->pFile ) pKey2 = 0; - pSorter->aTree[i] = (int)(pIter2 - pSorter->aIter); - pIter1 = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; - } - - } - *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0); - } - }else{ - SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->pRecord; - pSorter->pRecord = pFree->pNext; - pFree->pNext = 0; - vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); - *pbEof = !pSorter->pRecord; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the -** current key. -*/ -static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( - const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ - int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ -){ - void *pKey; - if( pSorter->aTree ){ - VdbeSorterIter *pIter; - pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ]; - *pnKey = pIter->nKey; - pKey = pIter->aKey; - }else{ - *pnKey = pSorter->pRecord->nVal; - pKey = pSorter->pRecord->pVal; - } - return pKey; -} - -/* -** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ - - pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nKey, 0) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pOut->n = nKey; - MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); - memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor -** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of -** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. -** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM). -** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the -** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter -** key. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( - const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ - Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ - int nIgnore, /* Ignore this many fields at the end */ - int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ -){ - VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ - - pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); - vdbeSorterCompare(pCsr, nIgnore, pVal->z, pVal->n, pKey, nKey, pRes); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used -** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization -** is enabled. -** -** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the -** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, -** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to -** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file -** on disk is not created or populated until either: -** -** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated -** buffer, or -** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - - -/* -** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by -** as an open file handle for journal files. -*/ -struct JournalFile { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ - int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ - char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ - int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ - int flags; /* xOpen flags */ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ - sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ - const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ -}; -typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; - -/* -** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file -** for JournalFile p. -*/ -static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !p->pReal ){ - sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pReal = pReal; - if( p->iSize>0 ){ - assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before - ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to - ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this - ** function was called. */ - sqlite3OsClose(pReal); - p->pReal = 0; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); - } - sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read data from the file. -*/ -static int jrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - }else{ - memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int jrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ - rc = createFile(p); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); - if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ - p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); - }else if( sizeiSize ){ - p->iSize = size; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the file. -*/ -static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ - int rc; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); - }else{ - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - jrnlClose, /* xClose */ - jrnlRead, /* xRead */ - jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - jrnlSync, /* xSync */ - jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - 0, /* xShmMap */ - 0, /* xShmLock */ - 0, /* xShmBarrier */ - 0 /* xShmUnmap */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ - int flags, /* Opening flags */ - int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ -){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - if( nBuf>0 ){ - p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); - if( !p->zBuf ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); - } - p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; - p->nBuf = nBuf; - p->flags = flags; - p->zJournal = zName; - p->pVfs = pVfs; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying -** file has not yet been created, create it now. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ - if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return createFile((JournalFile *)p); -} - -/* -** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open -** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a -** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened, -** return 0. Otherwise, return 1. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){ - return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); -} -#endif - -/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2008 October 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. -** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for -** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. -*/ - -/* Forward references to internal structures */ -typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; -typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; -typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; - -/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of -** this many bytes. -** -** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way, -** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills -** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two -** memory allocators. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*))) - -/* -** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. -*/ -struct FileChunk { - FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ - u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. -** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. -*/ -struct FilePoint { - sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ - FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ -}; - -/* -** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal -** is an instance of this class. -*/ -struct MemJournal { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ - FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ - FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ - FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ -}; - -/* -** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation -** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. -*/ -static int memjrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - u8 *zOut = zBuf; - int nRead = iAmt; - int iChunkOffset; - FileChunk *pChunk; - - /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */ - assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); - - if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; - for(pChunk=p->pFirst; - ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; - pChunk=pChunk->pNext - ){ - iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE; - } - }else{ - pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; - } - - iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - do { - int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset; - int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset)); - memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy); - zOut += nCopy; - nRead -= iSpace; - iChunkOffset = 0; - } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); - p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt; - p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - int nWrite = iAmt; - u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; - - /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random - ** access writes are not required by sqlite. - */ - assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst); - - while( nWrite>0 ){ - FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; - int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset); - - if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ - /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ - FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk)); - if( !pNew ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - pNew->pNext = 0; - if( pChunk ){ - assert( p->pFirst ); - pChunk->pNext = pNew; - }else{ - assert( !p->pFirst ); - p->pFirst = pNew; - } - p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; - } - - memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace); - zWrite += iSpace; - nWrite -= iSpace; - p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - FileChunk *pChunk; - assert(size==0); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(size); - pChunk = p->pFirst; - while( pChunk ){ - FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk; - pChunk = pChunk->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pTmp); - } - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Sync the file. -** -** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine -** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation -** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other -** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. -*/ -static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ - memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ - memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ - memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - 0, /* xShmMap */ - 0, /* xShmLock */ - 0, /* xShmBarrier */ - 0, /* xShmUnmap */ - 0, /* xFetch */ - 0 /* xUnfetch */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); - memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize()); - p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; -} - -/* -** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is -** an in-memory journal -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ - return sizeof(MemJournal); -} - -/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/ -/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 August 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for -** an SQL statement. -*/ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node -** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback -** is invoked before visiting children.) -** -** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_* -** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk. -** -** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree. -** -** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow -** the walk to continue with sibling nodes. -** -** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and -** return the top-level walk call. -** -** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk -** and WRC_Continue to continue. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - int rc; - if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue; - testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); - testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); - rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr); - if( rc==WRC_Continue - && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){ - if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort; - }else{ - if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort; - } - } - return rc & WRC_Abort; -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until -** an abort request is seen. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( p ){ - for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do -** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke -** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries. -** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort; - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the -** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select -** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery -** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return -** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - - pSrc = p->pSrc; - if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. -** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and -** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. -** -** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before -** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2() -** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the -** expressions and FROM clause. -** -** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if -** there is an abort request. -** -** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine -** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - int rc; - if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){ - return WRC_Continue; - } - rc = WRC_Continue; - pWalker->walkerDepth++; - while( p ){ - if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){ - rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p); - if( rc ) break; - } - if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) - || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) - ){ - pWalker->walkerDepth--; - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){ - pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p); - } - p = p->pPrior; - } - pWalker->walkerDepth--; - return rc & WRC_Abort; -} - -/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2008 August 18 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and -** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular -** table and column. -*/ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -/* -** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function -** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node. -** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an -** outer query into an inner subquery. -** -** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..) -** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker. -*/ -static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.i; - return WRC_Continue; -} -static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){ - if( N>0 ){ - Walker w; - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth; - w.u.i = N; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); - } -} - -/* -** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the -** result set in pEList. -** -** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine -** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this -** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the -** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be -** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias. -** -** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple -** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as -** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. -** -** The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means -** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence: -** -** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x -** -** Is equivalent to: -** -** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5 -** -** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different -** from the result in the result-set. On the other hand Standard SQL does -** not allow the GROUP BY clause to contain references to result-set columns. -** So this should never come up in well-formed queries. -** -** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure -** the COLLATE operator is preserved. For example: -** -** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase; -** -** Should be transformed into: -** -** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase; -** -** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the -** alias is removed from the original expression. The usually value is -** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery -** of the original expression. The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION -** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount. -*/ -static void resolveAlias( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ - int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ - const char *zType, /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ - int nSubquery /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */ -){ - Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ - Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - assert( iCol>=0 && iColnExpr ); - pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - assert( pOrig!=0 ); - assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved ); - db = pParse->db; - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); - if( pDup==0 ) return; - if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){ - incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery); - pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0); - if( pDup==0 ) return; - ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Skip); - if( pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias==0 ){ - pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias); - } - pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].u.x.iAlias; - } - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ - pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken); - } - - /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This - ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, - ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. - ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the - ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to - ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree(). - */ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); - if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){ - assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); - pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken); - pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup); -} - - -/* -** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause. -** -** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain -** zCol. -*/ -static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){ - if( pUsing ){ - int k; - for(k=0; knId; k++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their -** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN". -** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab, -** and zCol. If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will -** match anything. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName( - const char *zSpan, - const char *zCol, - const char *zTab, - const char *zDb -){ - int n; - for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} - if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){ - return 0; - } - zSpan += n+1; - for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} - if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){ - return 0; - } - zSpan += n+1; - if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr -** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes -** are made to pExpr: -** -** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X -** (even if X is implied). -** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained -** from pSrcList. -** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if -** X and/or Y are implied.) -** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. -** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. -** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted -** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. -** -** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be -** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database -** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This -** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it -** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table -** can be used. -** -** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message -** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success. -*/ -static int lookupName( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ - const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */ - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ - Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ - int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ - int nSubquery = 0; /* How many levels of subquery */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ - struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ - NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ - Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ - int isTrigger = 0; /* True if resolved to a trigger column */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table hold the row */ - Column *pCol; /* A column of pTab */ - - assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ - assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - - /* Initialize the node to no-match */ - pExpr->iTable = -1; - pExpr->pTab = 0; - ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); - - /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding - ** schema. If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match - ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine - */ - if( zDb ){ - testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx ); - testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ); - if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){ - /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and partial - ** indices. Do not raise errors because that might break legacy and - ** because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the database name. */ - zDb = 0; - }else{ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - assert( db->aDb[i].zName ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){ - pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; - break; - } - } - } - } - - /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ - while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ - ExprList *pEList; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - - if( pSrcList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - pTab = pItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); - assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); - if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ - int hit = 0; - pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList; - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){ - cnt++; - cntTab = 2; - pMatch = pItem; - pExpr->iColumn = j; - hit = 1; - } - } - if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue; - } - if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){ - continue; - } - if( zTab ){ - const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName; - assert( zTabName!=0 ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - } - if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ - pMatch = pItem; - } - for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match - ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a - ** USING clause, then skip this match. - */ - if( cnt==1 ){ - if( pItem->jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue; - if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue; - } - cnt++; - pMatch = pItem; - /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j; - break; - } - } - } - if( pMatch ){ - pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor; - pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; - pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema; - } - } /* if( pSrcList ) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe - ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference - */ - if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ - int op = pParse->eTriggerOp; - assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT ); - if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = 1; - pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; - }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = 0; - pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; - }else{ - pTab = 0; - } - - if( pTab ){ - int iCol; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - cntTab++; - for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iColnCol; iCol++, pCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ - iCol = -1; - } - break; - } - } - if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && HasRowid(pTab) ){ - /* IMP: R-24309-18625 */ - /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ - iCol = -1; - } - if( iColnCol ){ - cnt++; - if( iCol<0 ){ - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){ - testcase( iCol==31 ); - testcase( iCol==32 ); - pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<iColumn = (i16)iCol; - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - isTrigger = 1; - } - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - - /* - ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID - */ - if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && pMatch && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) - && HasRowid(pMatch->pTab) ){ - cnt = 1; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */ - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - } - - /* - ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z - ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when - ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: - ** - ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; - ** - ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that - ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. - ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been - ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. - ** - ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY, - ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDRE BY - ** clause is not standard SQL. This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that - ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. TO DO: Issue a warning - ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used. - */ - if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 - && zTab==0 - && cnt==0 - ){ - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - Expr *pOrig; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); - assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); - pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; - if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); - return WRC_Abort; - } - resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery); - cnt = 1; - pMatch = 0; - assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); - goto lookupname_end; - } - } - } - - /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either - ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. - */ - if( cnt==0 ){ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - nSubquery++; - } - } - - /* - ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is - ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then - ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that - ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to - ** pExpr. - ** - ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef - ** fields are not changed in any context. - */ - if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - pExpr->pTab = 0; - return WRC_Prune; - } - - /* - ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or - ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. - */ - if( cnt!=1 ){ - const char *zErr; - zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; - if( zDb ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); - }else if( zTab ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - pTopNC->nErr++; - } - - /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record - ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes - ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the - ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask - ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. - */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ - int n = pExpr->iColumn; - testcase( n==BMS-1 ); - if( n>=BMS ){ - n = BMS-1; - } - assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); - pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); - pExpr->pLeft = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pRight = 0; - pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN); -lookupname_end: - if( cnt==1 ){ - assert( pNC!=0 ); - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AS ){ - sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); - } - /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to - ** the point where the name matched. */ - for(;;){ - assert( pTopNC!=0 ); - pTopNC->nRef++; - if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; - pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; - } - return WRC_Prune; - } else { - return WRC_Abort; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol -** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ - Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc]; - p->pTab = pItem->pTab; - p->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){ - p->iColumn = -1; - }else{ - p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; - testcase( iCol==BMS ); - testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); - pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); - } - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a partial index WHERE -** clause. -*/ -static void notValidPartIdxWhere( - Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ - const char *zMsg /* Type of error */ -){ - if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in partial index WHERE clauses", - zMsg); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK -/* -** Report an error that an expression is not valid for a CHECK constraint. -*/ -static void notValidCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ - const char *zMsg /* Type of error */ -){ - if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s prohibited in CHECK constraints", zMsg); - } -} -#else -# define notValidCheckConstraint(P,N,M) -#endif - -/* -** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0. -** Return 1024 times this value. Or return -1 if p is not a floating point -** value between 1.0 and 0.0. -*/ -static int exprProbability(Expr *p){ - double r = -1.0; - if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1; - sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8); - assert( r>=0.0 ); - if( r>1.0 ) return -1; - return (int)(r*1000.0); -} - -/* -** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr(). -** -** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current -** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down -** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. -** -** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for -** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed -** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. -*/ -static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - NameContext *pNC; - Parse *pParse; - - pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - assert( pNC!=0 ); - pParse = pNC->pParse; - assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); - - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune; - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - int i; - for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ - assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); - } - } -#endif - switch( pExpr->op ){ - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first - ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY - ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. - */ - case TK_ROW: { - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); - pItem = pSrcList->a; - pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; - pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ - - /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. - */ - case TK_ID: { - return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr); - } - - /* A table name and column name: ID.ID - ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID - */ - case TK_DOT: { - const char *zColumn; - const char *zTable; - const char *zDb; - Expr *pRight; - - /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ - pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ - zDb = 0; - zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; - zColumn = pRight->u.zToken; - }else{ - assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); - zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; - zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken; - zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken; - } - return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr); - } - - /* Resolve function names - */ - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ - int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ - int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ - int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ - int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ - int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ - int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ - const char *zId; /* The function name. */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "functions"); - zId = pExpr->u.zToken; - nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -2, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - no_such_func = 1; - }else{ - wrong_num_args = 1; - } - }else{ - is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; - if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip); - if( n==2 ){ - pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr); - if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a " - "constant between 0.0 and 1.0"); - pNC->nErr++; - } - }else{ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to - ** likelihood(X, 0.0625). - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for - ** likelihood(X,0.0625). */ - pExpr->iTable = 62; /* TUNING: Default 2nd arg to unlikely() is 0.0625 */ - } - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pDef ){ - auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); - if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", - pDef->zName); - pNC->nErr++; - } - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - return WRC_Prune; - } - if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant); - } -#endif - if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); - pNC->nErr++; - is_agg = 0; - }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - }else if( wrong_num_args ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", - nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - } - if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; - sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); - if( is_agg ){ - NameContext *pNC2 = pNC; - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; - pExpr->op2 = 0; - while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){ - pExpr->op2++; - pNC2 = pNC2->pNext; - } - if( pNC2 ) pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg; - pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; - } - /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function - */ - return WRC_Prune; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); -#endif - case TK_IN: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - int nRef = pNC->nRef; - notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "subqueries"); - notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "subqueries"); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); - assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); - if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); - } - } - break; - } - case TK_VARIABLE: { - notValidCheckConstraint(pParse, pNC, "parameters"); - notValidPartIdxWhere(pParse, pNC, "parameters"); - break; - } - } - return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the -** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. -** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds -** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, -** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of -** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is -** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine -** return 0. -** -** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. -*/ -static int resolveAsName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ - Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); - - if( pE->op==TK_ID ){ - char *zCol = pE->u.zToken; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - return i+1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the -** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been -** name resolved. -** -** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the -** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That -** case is handled by the calling routine. -** -** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most -** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, -** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. -** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the -** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate -** the column. -** -** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. -*/ -static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ - Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ - NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */ - u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */ - - assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - - /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression - */ - memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); - nc.pParse = pParse; - nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - nc.pEList = pEList; - nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; - nc.nErr = 0; - db = pParse->db; - savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr; - db->suppressErr = 1; - rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE); - db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr; - if( rc ) return 0; - - /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression - ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching - ** result-set entry. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){ - return i+1; - } - } - - /* If no match, return 0. */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. -*/ -static void resolveOutOfRangeError( - Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ - const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ - int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ - int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ -){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " - "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); -} - -/* -** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify -** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 -** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. -** -** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are -** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of -** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions -** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT -** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. -** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into -** the integer column number. -** -** Return the number of errors seen. -*/ -static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ -){ - int i; - ExprList *pOrderBy; - ExprList *pEList; - sqlite3 *db; - int moreToDo = 1; - - pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); - return 1; - } -#endif - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; - } - pSelect->pNext = 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ){ - pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - moreToDo = 0; - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - int iCol = -1; - Expr *pE, *pDup; - if( pItem->done ) continue; - pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr); - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - }else{ - iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); - if( iCol==0 ){ - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert(pDup); - iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); - } - } - if( iCol>0 ){ - /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol, - ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); - if( pNew==0 ) return 1; - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->u.iValue = iCol; - if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){ - pItem->pExpr = pNew; - }else{ - assert( pItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); - assert( pItem->pExpr->pLeft==pE ); - pItem->pExpr->pLeft = pNew; - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE); - pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; - pItem->done = 1; - }else{ - moreToDo = 1; - } - } - pSelect = pSelect->pNext; - } - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " - "column in the result set", i+1); - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of -** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a -** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol -** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set -** column. -** -** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and -** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ - const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ -){ - int i; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - ExprList *pEList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); - return 1; - } -#endif - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */ - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){ - if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. -** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either -** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. -** -** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. -** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the -** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression -** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If -** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of -** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the -** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in -** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then -** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors -** excepted.) -*/ -static int resolveOrderGroupBy( - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ - const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int iCol; /* Column number */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ - - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - pParse = pNC->pParse; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; - Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE); - if( zType[0]!='G' ){ - iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2); - if( iCol>0 ){ - /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being - ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to - ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a - ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ - pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; - continue; - } - } - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){ - /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column - ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the - ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ - if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); - return 1; - } - pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; - continue; - } - - /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ - pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ - return 1; - } - for(j=0; jpEList->nExpr; j++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){ - pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1; - } - } - } - return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); -} - -/* -** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents. -*/ -static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ - int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ - int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ - Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ - return WRC_Prune; - } - pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - db = pParse->db; - - /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have - ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within - ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a - ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let - ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. - ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and - ** this routine in the correct order. - */ - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; - } - - isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; - nCompound = 0; - pLeftmost = p; - while( p ){ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); - p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; - - /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These - ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || - sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries - */ - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ - int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ - const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - - /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its - ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in - ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then - ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the - ** pItem->isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ - for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; - - if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; - sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; - - for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; - assert( pItem->isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); - pItem->isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); - } - } - - /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to - ** resolve the result-set expression list. - */ - sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; - sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - - /* Resolve names in the result set. */ - pEList = p->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY - ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. - */ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - }else{ - sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; - } - - /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the - ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that - ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by - ** aliases in the result set. - ** - ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be - ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. - */ - sNC.pEList = p->pEList; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; - - /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in - ** outer queries - */ - sNC.pNext = 0; - sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; - - /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. - ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled - ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of - ** the compound have been resolved. - */ - if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure - ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " - "the GROUP BY clause"); - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - } - - /* Advance to the next term of the compound - */ - p = p->pPrior; - nCompound++; - } - - /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of - ** the compound have been resolved. - */ - if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - return WRC_Prune; -} - -/* -** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to -** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error -** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions -** are seen. -** -** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the -** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where -** -** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or -** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. -** -** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger -** one of the special names "old" or "new". -** -** Z: The name of a column in table Y. -** -** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: -** -** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN -** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y -** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. -** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y -** -** -** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the -** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand -** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression -** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. -** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression -** tree. For example, in: -** -** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; -** -** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: -** -** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; -** -** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is -** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. -** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is -** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. -** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg -** property on the expression is set. -** -** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number -** if errors is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( - NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ -){ - u8 savedHasAgg; - Walker w; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - { - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){ - return 1; - } - pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; - } -#endif - savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg; - pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_HasAgg; - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; - w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; - w.pParse = pNC->pParse; - w.u.pNC = pNC; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; -#endif - if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); - } - if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); - }else if( savedHasAgg ){ - pNC->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg; - } - return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); -} - - -/* -** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all -** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, -** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause -** terms. -** -** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of -** transformations that occur. -** -** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using -** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ -){ - Walker w; - - assert( p!=0 ); - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; - w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; - w.pParse = pParse; - w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); -} - -/* -** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table: -** -** * CHECK constraints -** * WHERE clauses on partial indices -** -** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression -** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number. -** -** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* The table being referenced */ - int type, /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to resolve. May be NULL. */ - ExprList *pList /* Expression list to resolve. May be NUL. */ -){ - SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx ); - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); - sSrc.nSrc = 1; - sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName; - sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab; - sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; - sNC.ncFlags = type; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return; - if( pList ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){ - return; - } - } - } -} - -/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and -** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. -*/ - -/* -** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. -** -** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the -** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, -** indicating no affinity for the expression. -** -** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all -** have an affinity: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a); -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; -** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - int op; - pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_SELECT ){ - assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); - return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - if( op==TK_CAST ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - } -#endif - if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) - && pExpr->pTab!=0 - ){ - /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally - ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ - int j = pExpr->iColumn; - if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - assert( pExpr->pTab && jpTab->nCol ); - return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity; - } - return pExpr->affinity; -} - -/* -** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating -** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to a new Expr node that -** implements the COLLATE operator. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db -** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */ - const Token *pCollName /* Name of collating sequence */ -){ - if( pCollName->n>0 ){ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, 1); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->pLeft = pExpr; - pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip; - pExpr = pNew; - } - } - return pExpr; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){ - Token s; - assert( zC!=0 ); - s.z = zC; - s.n = sqlite3Strlen30(s.z); - return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s); -} - -/* -** Skip over any TK_COLLATE or TK_AS operators and any unlikely() -** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){ - while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); - pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - }else{ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE || pExpr->op==TK_AS ); - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } - } - return pExpr; -} - -/* -** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If -** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL. -** -** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator -** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence. -** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take -** precedence over right operands. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - Expr *p = pExpr; - while( p ){ - int op = p->op; - if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break; - if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){ - p = p->pLeft; - continue; - } - if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken); - break; - } - if( p->pTab!=0 - && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN - || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER) - ){ - /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally - ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ - int j = p->iColumn; - if( j>=0 ){ - const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); - } - break; - } - if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){ - if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ - p = p->pLeft; - }else{ - p = p->pRight; - } - }else{ - break; - } - } - if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ - pColl = 0; - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the -** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the -** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ - char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); - if( aff1 && aff2 ){ - /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric - ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. - */ - if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ - return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - }else{ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ - /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the - ** results directly. - */ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - }else{ - /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ - assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); - return (aff1 + aff2); - } -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should -** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. -*/ -static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - char aff; - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || - pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || - pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft ); - aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); - }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); - }else if( !aff ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - return aff; -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. -** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true -** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement -** the comparison in pExpr. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - switch( aff ){ - case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: - return 1; - case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: - return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - default: - return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); - } -} - -/* -** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison -** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. -*/ -static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ - u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); - aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; - return aff; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by -** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. -** -** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is -** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression -** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating -** type. -** -** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, -** it is not considered. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); - }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); - }else{ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a comparison operator. -*/ -static int codeCompare( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ - Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ - int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ - int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ - int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ - int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ -){ - int p5; - int addr; - CollSeq *p4; - - p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); - p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, - (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); - return addr; -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 -/* -** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum -** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in -** pParse. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; - if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight - ); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return rc; -} - -/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() -** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height -** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the -** first argument. -** -** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed -** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that -** value. -*/ -static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ - *pnHeight = p->nHeight; - } - } -} -static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); - } - } -} -static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); - heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); - } -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or -** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other -** referenced Expr plus one. -*/ -static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); - }else{ - heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); - } - p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If -** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, -** leave an error in pParse. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ - exprSetHeight(p); - sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); -} - -/* -** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced -** by the select statement passed as an argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); - return nHeight; -} -#else - #define exprSetHeight(y) -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ - -/* -** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes. -** -** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory -** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation -** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function -** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. -** -** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted. -** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance. The deQuote -** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not -** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes) -** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node. -** -** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that -** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not -** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written -** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage -** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( - sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ - int dequote /* True to dequote */ -){ - Expr *pNew; - int nExtra = 0; - int iValue = 0; - - if( pToken ){ - if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 - || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ - nExtra = pToken->n+1; - assert( iValue>=0 ); - } - } - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->op = (u8)op; - pNew->iAgg = -1; - if( pToken ){ - if( nExtra==0 ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->u.iValue = iValue; - }else{ - int c; - pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; - assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 ); - if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); - pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; - if( dequote && nExtra>=3 - && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){ - sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); - if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; - } - } - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pNew->nHeight = 1; -#endif - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has -** already been dequoted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ -){ - Token x; - x.z = zToken; - x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0; - return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0); -} - -/* -** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot. -** -** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred. -** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees( - sqlite3 *db, - Expr *pRoot, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight -){ - if( pRoot==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); - }else{ - if( pRight ){ - pRoot->pRight = pRight; - pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags; - } - if( pLeft ){ - pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; - pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags; - } - exprSetHeight(pRoot); - } -} - -/* -** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees. -** -** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new -** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed, -** free the subtrees and return NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - Expr *p; - if( op==TK_AND && pLeft && pRight ){ - /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */ - p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight); - }else{ - p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1); - sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); - } - if( p ) { - sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively), -** then return 1. If one cannot determine the truth value of the -** expression at compile-time return 0. -** -** This is an optimization. If is OK to return 0 here even if -** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative). -** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different -** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.) -** -** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a -** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not -** is it true or false, so always return 0. -*/ -static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){ - int v = 0; - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; - return v!=0; -} -static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){ - int v = 0; - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; - return v==0; -} - -/* -** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is -** NULL, then just return the other expression. -** -** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead -** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with -** a value of false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ - if( pLeft==0 ){ - return pRight; - }else if( pRight==0 ){ - return pLeft; - }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); - return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0); - }else{ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight); - return pNew; - } -} - -/* -** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple -** arguments. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ - Expr *pNew; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( pToken ); - pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ - return 0; - } - pNew->x.pList = pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. -** -** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential -** variable number. -** -** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make -** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when -** the SQL statement comes from an external source. -** -** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number -** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first -** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is -** assigned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - const char *z; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ); - z = pExpr->u.zToken; - assert( z!=0 ); - assert( z[0]!=0 ); - if( z[1]==0 ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ - assert( z[0]=='?' ); - pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); - }else{ - ynVar x = 0; - u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - if( z[0]=='?' ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and - ** use it as the variable number */ - i64 i; - int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8); - pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i; - testcase( i==0 ); - testcase( i==1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); - if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); - x = 0; - } - if( i>pParse->nVar ){ - pParse->nVar = (int)i; - } - }else{ - /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable - ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name - ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number - */ - ynVar i; - for(i=0; inzVar; i++){ - if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){ - pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1; - break; - } - } - if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); - } - if( x>0 ){ - if( x>pParse->nzVar ){ - char **a; - a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0])); - if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */ - pParse->azVar = a; - memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0])); - pParse->nzVar = x; - } - if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]); - pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n); - } - } - } - if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); - } -} - -/* -** Recursively delete an expression tree. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ - assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); - } - } - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure -** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, -** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. -*/ -static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; - return EXPR_FULLSIZE; -} - -/* -** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required -** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in -** how much of the tree is measured. -** -** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure -** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token -** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components -** -*************************************************************************** -** -** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: -** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and -** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. -** The return values is always one of: -** -** EXPR_FULLSIZE -** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced -** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly -** -** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value -** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the -** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly. -** -** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size -** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser. -** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into -** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped -** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to -** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal -** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation -** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt -** to enforce this constraint. -*/ -static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nSize; - assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ - assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff ); - assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); - if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){ - nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; - }else{ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); - if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){ - nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; - }else{ - assert( p->pRight==0 ); - nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly; - } - } - return nSize; -} - -/* -** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy -** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that -** string is defined.) -*/ -static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff; - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ - nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1; - } - return ROUND8(nByte); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the -** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a -** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. -** -** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct -** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. -** -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes -** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft -** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or -** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). -*/ -static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nByte = 0; - if( p ){ - nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); - if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ - nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags); - } - } - return nByte; -} - -/* -** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer -** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough -** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken -** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, -** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the -** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. -*/ -static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){ - Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */ - if( p ){ - const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - u8 *zAlloc; - u32 staticFlag = 0; - - assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced ); - - /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ - if( pzBuffer ){ - zAlloc = *pzBuffer; - staticFlag = EP_Static; - }else{ - zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags)); - } - pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; - - if( pNew ){ - /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to - ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or - ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed - ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any). - */ - const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags); - const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff; - int nToken; - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ - nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1; - }else{ - nToken = 0; - } - if( isReduced ){ - assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); - memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); - }else{ - int nSize = exprStructSize(p); - memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); - memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); - } - - /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */ - pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken); - pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); - pNew->flags |= staticFlag; - - /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ - if( nToken ){ - char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize]; - memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken); - } - - if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){ - /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced); - }else{ - pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced); - } - } - - /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ - if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ - zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); - if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){ - pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); - pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); - } - if( pzBuffer ){ - *pzBuffer = zAlloc; - } - }else{ - if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); - pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); - } - } - - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second -** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned -** and the db->mallocFailed flag set. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){ - With *pRet = 0; - if( p ){ - int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1); - pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - if( pRet ){ - int i; - pRet->nCte = p->nCte; - for(i=0; inCte; i++){ - pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0); - pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0); - pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName); - } - } - } - return pRet; -} -#else -# define withDup(x,y) 0 -#endif - -/* -** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, -** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can -** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) -** without effecting the originals. -** -** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), -** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded -** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. -** -** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. -** -** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a -** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as -** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ - return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ - ExprList *pNew; - struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr; - if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; inExpr; i+=i){} - pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, i*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pItem==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - return 0; - } - pOldItem = p->a; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ - Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; - pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); - pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan); - pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; - pItem->done = 0; - pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab; - pItem->u = pOldItem->u; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for -** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes -** called with a NULL argument. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ - || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ - SrcList *pNew; - int i; - int nByte; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - Table *pTab; - pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema; - pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); - pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; - pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; - pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; - pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; - pNewItem->isCorrelated = pOldItem->isCorrelated; - pNewItem->viaCoroutine = pOldItem->viaCoroutine; - pNewItem->isRecursive = pOldItem->isRecursive; - pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex); - pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed; - pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex; - pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); - pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); - pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); - pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; - } - return pNew; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ - IdList *pNew; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nId = p->nId; - pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pNew->a==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - return 0; - } - /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not - ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called - ** on the duplicate created by this function. */ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; - } - return pNew; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ - Select *pNew, *pPrior; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags); - pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); - pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); - pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); - pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); - pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); - pNew->op = p->op; - pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags); - if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; - pNew->pNext = 0; - pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); - pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags); - pNew->iLimit = 0; - pNew->iOffset = 0; - pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow; - pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith); - return pNew; -} -#else -SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ - assert( p==0 ); - return 0; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is -** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and -** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed -** that the new entry was successfully appended. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ - Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); - if( pList==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem; - }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){ - struct ExprList_item *a; - assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); - a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( a==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pList->a = a; - } - assert( pList->a!=0 ); - if( 1 ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; - memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - } - return pList; - -no_mem: - /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item -** on the expression list. -** -** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be -** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag -** is set. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ - Token *pName, /* Name to be added */ - int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ -){ - assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); - if( pList ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; - assert( pItem->zName==0 ); - pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); - if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName); - } -} - -/* -** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item -** on the expression list. -** -** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be -** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag -** is set. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ - ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); - if( pList ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; - assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); - assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); - pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, - (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); - } -} - -/* -** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, -** leave an error message in pParse. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( - Parse *pParse, - ExprList *pEList, - const char *zObject -){ - int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]; - testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); - testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); - } -} - -/* -** Delete an entire expression list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 ); - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); -} - -/* -** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer -** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see -** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is -** not constant. -** -** These callback routines are used to implement the following: -** -** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() -** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() -** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() -** -*/ -static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - - /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from - ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression - ** from being considered constant. */ - if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; - } - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant - ** and either pWalker->u.i==2 or the function as the SQLITE_FUNC_CONST - ** flag. */ - case TK_FUNCTION: - if( pWalker->u.i==2 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){ - return WRC_Continue; - } - /* Fall through */ - case TK_ID: - case TK_COLUMN: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; - default: - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ - return WRC_Continue; - } -} -static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; -} -static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){ - Walker w; - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.u.i = initFlag; - w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; - w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); - return w.u.i; -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 1); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. -** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from -** an ON or USING clause. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 3); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there -** are any variables. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 2); -} - -/* -** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough -** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer -** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big -** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ - int rc = 0; - - /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit - ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ - assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 - || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); - - if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - *pValue = p->u.iValue; - return 1; - } - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_UPLUS: { - rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - int v; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ - assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) ); - *pValue = -v; - rc = 1; - } - break; - } - default: break; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. -** -** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex -** to tell return TRUE. -** -** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes -** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive -** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might -** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other -** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL) -** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return -** TRUE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ - u8 op; - while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } - op = p->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; - switch( op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: - case TK_STRING: - case TK_FLOAT: - case TK_BLOB: - return 0; - default: - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be -** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second -** argument. -** -** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation -** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative -** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong -** answer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){ - u8 op; - if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1; - while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } - op = p->op; - if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; - switch( op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: { - return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - } - case TK_FLOAT: { - return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - } - case TK_STRING: { - return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - } - case TK_BLOB: { - return 1; - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */ - return p->iColumn<0 - && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC); - } - default: { - return 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a -** query of the form -** -** x IN (SELECT ...) -** -** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this -** routine. -** -** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no -** errors have been found. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; - ExprList *pEList; - Table *pTab; - if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */ - if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ - if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ - testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); - testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); - return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ - } - assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ - if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ - assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */ - if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ - if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */ - pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0; - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */ - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */ - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the -** address of the new instruction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ - return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++); -} - -/* -** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator. -** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which -** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery. -** -** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can -** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through -** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates. -** -** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that the RHS of the IN operator -** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor. -** -** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: -** -** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. -** IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC - The cursor was opened on an ascending index. -** IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index. -** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and -** populated epheremal table. -** -** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple -** subquery such as: -** -** SELECT FROM -** -** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then -** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then -** pX->iTable made to point to the ephermeral table instead of an -** existing table. -** -** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate -** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an -** epheremal table must be used unless the selected is guaranteed -** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it -** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. -** -** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used -** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must -** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can -** be found with as its left-most column. -** -** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function -** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL -** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)". -** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at -** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written -** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a -** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged. -** -** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then -** its initial value is NULL. If the (...) does not remain constant -** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...) -** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is -** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the -** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following: -** -** if( register==NULL ){ -** has_null = -** register = 1 -** } -** -** in order to avoid running the -** test more often than is necessary. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ - Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ - int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ - int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0); /* True if RHS must be unique */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ - - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); - - /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to - ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new - ** ephemeral table. - */ - p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); - if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - Table *pTab; /* Table
    . */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression */ - i16 iCol; /* Index of column */ - i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ - - assert( p ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ - pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn; - - /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for
    . */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe - ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always - ** successful here. - */ - assert(v); - if( iCol<0 ){ - int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); - VdbeCoverage(v); - - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; - - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - }else{ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ - - /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to - ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according - ** to this collation sequence. */ - CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); - - /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the - ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If - ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. - */ - int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity); - - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) - && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq - && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None)) - ){ - int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); - eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; - - if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ - *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - } - } - } - } - - if( eType==0 ){ - /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. - ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. - */ - u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - int rMayHaveNull = 0; - eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; - if( prNotFound ){ - *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, *prNotFound); - }else{ - pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; - if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; - } - } - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); - pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; - }else{ - pX->iTable = iTab; - } - return eType; -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, -** or IN operators. Examples: -** -** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery -** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery -** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side -** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right -** -** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN -** operator or subquery. -** -** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed -** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where is a reference -** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an -** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual -** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. -** -** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN -** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. -** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want -** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate -** all corresponding LHS elements. All this routine does is initialize -** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL. Calling routines will take -** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. -** -** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used -** for membership testing only. There is no need to initialize any -** registers to indicate the presence or absence of NULLs on the RHS. -** -** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the -** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ - int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ - int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ -){ - int testAddr = -1; /* One-time test address */ - int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - - /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered - ** if any of the following is true: - ** - ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery - ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables - ** * We are inside a trigger - ** - ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once - ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. - */ - if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){ - testAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( - pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr>=0?"":"CORRELATED ", - pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId - ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: { - char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ - int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */ - - if( rMayHaveNull ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull); - } - - affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); - - /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' - ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is - ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results - ** from the SELECT or the . - ** - ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... - ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that - ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the - ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used - ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither - ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity - ** is used. - */ - pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); - pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1); - - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) - ** - ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary - ** table allocated and opened above. - */ - SelectDest dest; - ExprList *pEList; - - assert( !isRowid ); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); - dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity; - assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); - pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0; - testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */ - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){ - sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); - return 0; - } - pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList; - assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */ - assert( pEList!=0 ); - assert( pEList->nExpr>0 ); - assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); - pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, - pEList->a[0].pExpr); - }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ - /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) - ** - ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and - ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use - ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not - ** a column, use numeric affinity. - */ - int i; - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int r1, r2, r3; - - if( !affinity ){ - affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( pKeyInfo ){ - assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); - pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - } - - /* Loop through each expression in . */ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); - for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; - int iValToIns; - - /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to - ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure - ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant - ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. - */ - if( testAddr>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr); - testAddr = -1; - } - - /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ - if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); - }else{ - r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); - if( isRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); - } - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } - if( pKeyInfo ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - } - break; - } - - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: - default: { - /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the - ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number - ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write - ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell - ** and record that memory cell in iColumn. - */ - Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ - SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */ - - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); - - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); - if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ - dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); - }else{ - dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); - pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, - &sqlite3IntTokens[1]); - pSel->iLimit = 0; - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ - return 0; - } - rReg = dest.iSDParm; - ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); - break; - } - } - - if( testAddr>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); - } - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - - return rReg; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -/* -** Generate code for an IN expression. -** -** x IN (SELECT ...) -** x IN (value, value, ...) -** -** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS) -** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is -** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL) -** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the -** RHS contains one or more NULL values. -** -** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not -** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS -** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained -** within the RHS then fall through. -*/ -static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ - int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ - int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ -){ - int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ - char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */ - int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ - int r1; /* Temporary use register */ - Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ - - /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor - ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS. - */ - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); - eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull); - - /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results - ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for - ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. - */ - affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - - /* Code the LHS, the from " IN (...)". - */ - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); - - /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending - ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. - */ - if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ - /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are - ** the same. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); - - /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the - ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set - ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set - ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the - ** expression is also NULL. - */ - if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){ - /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS - ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result - ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. - ** - ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE - ** for this particular IN operator. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and - ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the - ** outcome. - */ - int j1, j2; - - /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so, - ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump - ** over all of the code that follows. - */ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1); - VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not - ** contained within the RHS. Generate additional code that - ** tests the RHS for NULLs. If the RHS contains a NULL then - ** jump to destIfNull. If there are no NULLs in the RHS then - ** jump to destIfFalse. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rRhsHasNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, rRhsHasNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); - - /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true, - ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** Duplicate an 8-byte value -*/ -static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ - char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8); - if( out ){ - memcpy(out, in, 8); - } - return out; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point -** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. -** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. -*/ -static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ - if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ - double value; - char *zV; - sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); - assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ - if( negateFlag ) value = -value; - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL); - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by -** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. -** -** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. -*/ -static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - int i = pExpr->u.iValue; - assert( i>=0 ); - if( negFlag ) i = -i; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); - }else{ - int c; - i64 value; - const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; - assert( z!=0 ); - c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); - if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ - char *zV; - if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); -#else - codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); -#endif - } - } -} - -/* -** Clear a cache entry. -*/ -static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){ - if( p->tempReg ){ - if( pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ - pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg; - } - p->tempReg = 0; - } -} - - -/* -** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a -** particular table is stored in a particular register. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){ - int i; - int minLru; - int idxLru; - struct yColCache *p; - - assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */ - assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */ - - /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used - ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer - ** with and without the column cache. - */ - if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return; - - /* First replace any existing entry. - ** - ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed - ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol ); - } -#endif - - /* Find an empty slot and replace it */ - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 ){ - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iTable = iTab; - p->iColumn = iCol; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->tempReg = 0; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; - } - } - - /* Replace the last recently used */ - minLru = 0x7fffffff; - idxLru = -1; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; ilrulru; - } - } - if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){ - p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru]; - p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; - p->iTable = iTab; - p->iColumn = iCol; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->tempReg = 0; - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - return; - } -} - -/* -** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten. -** Purge the range of registers from the column cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - int i; - int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added -** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the -** corresponding pop occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){ - pParse->iCacheLevel++; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ - printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the -** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation. In other words, restore -** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 ); - pParse->iCacheLevel--; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ - printf("POP to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); - } -#endif - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is -** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same -** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to -** get them all. -*/ -static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ - p->tempReg = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( - Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ - Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ - int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */ - int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ - int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */ -){ - if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); - }else{ - int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; - int x = iCol; - if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ - x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut); - } - if( iCol>=0 ){ - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort -** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is -** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned. -** -** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine -** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ - int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ - int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ - int iReg, /* Store results here */ - u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){ - p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; - sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); - return p->iReg; - } - } - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - if( p5 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - } - return iReg; -} - -/* -** Clear all column cache entries. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - -#if SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ - printf("CLEAR\n"); - } -#endif - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg ){ - cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); - p->iReg = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount -** registers starting with iStart. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ - sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount); -} - -/* -** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 -** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( x>=iFrom && xiReg += iTo-iFrom; - } - } -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -/* -** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) -** is used as part of the column cache. -** -** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only -** and does not appear in a normal build. -*/ -static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg; - if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/ - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */ - -/* -** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER -*/ -static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){ - p->op2 = p->op; - p->op = TK_REGISTER; - p->iTable = iReg; - ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip); -} - -/* -** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given -** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". -** Return the register where results are stored. -** -** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will -** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other -** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function -** must check the return code and move the results to the desired -** register. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ - int op; /* The opcode being coded */ - int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ - int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Expr tempX; /* Temporary expression node */ - - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( v==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return 0; - } - - if( pExpr==0 ){ - op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - op = pExpr->op; - } - switch( op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; - if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ - assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); - inReg = pCol->iMem; - break; - }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, - pCol->iSorterColumn, target); - break; - } - /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - int iTab = pExpr->iTable; - if( iTab<0 ){ - if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){ - /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */ - inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; - break; - }else{ - /* Deleting from a partial index */ - iTab = pParse->iPartIdxTab; - } - } - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, - pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target, - pExpr->op2); - break; - } - case TK_INTEGER: { - codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - case TK_FLOAT: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_STRING: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - break; - } - case TK_NULL: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: { - int n; - const char *z; - char *zBlob; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); - z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; - assert( z[n]=='\'' ); - zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: { - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); - if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ - assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' - || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC); - } - break; - } - case TK_REGISTER: { - inReg = pExpr->iTable; - break; - } - case TK_AS: { - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - case TK_CAST: { - /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ - int aff, to_op; - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); - to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; - assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToText ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal ); - if( inReg!=target ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - inReg = target; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg); - testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2); - assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); - assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); - assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); - assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); - assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); - assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( op==TK_IS ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_AND: - case TK_OR: - case TK_PLUS: - case TK_STAR: - case TK_MINUS: - case TK_REM: - case TK_BITAND: - case TK_BITOR: - case TK_SLASH: - case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: { - assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); - assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); - assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); - assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); - assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); testcase( op==TK_REM ); - assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); - assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); - assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); - assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); - assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); - assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); -#endif - }else{ - tempX.op = TK_INTEGER; - tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly; - tempX.u.iValue = 0; - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - } - inReg = target; - break; - } - case TK_BITNOT: - case TK_NOT: { - assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); - assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_NOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - inReg = target; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - int addr; - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - break; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - if( pInfo==0 ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; - } - break; - } - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ - int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ - int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */ - const char *zId; /* The function name */ - u32 constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - pFarg = 0; - }else{ - pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; - } - nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - zId = pExpr->u.zToken; - nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId); - break; - } - - /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and - ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of - ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. - */ - if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ - int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nFarg>=2 ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); - for(i=1; ia[i].pExpr, target); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); - break; - } - - /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value - ** of the first argument. - */ - if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ - assert( nFarg>=1 ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); - break; - } - - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - testcase( i==31 ); - constMask |= MASKBIT32(i); - } - if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); - } - } - if( pFarg ){ - if( constMask ){ - r1 = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nFarg; - }else{ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); - } - - /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument, - ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG - ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data - ** loading. - */ - if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){ - u8 exprOp; - assert( nFarg==1 ); - assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); - exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op; - if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ - assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); - assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); - testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); - pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = - pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); - } - } - - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, - SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ - }else{ - r1 = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is - ** a virtual table column. - ** - ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the - ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to - ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because - ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to - ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to - ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test - ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". - */ - if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); - }else if( nFarg>0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); - } -#endif - if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, - (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); - if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); - testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); - inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - - /* - ** x BETWEEN y AND z - ** - ** This is equivalent to - ** - ** x>=y AND x<=z - ** - ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. - ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. - */ - case TK_BETWEEN: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; - Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, - r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); VdbeCoverage(v); - pLItem++; - pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); - break; - } - case TK_COLLATE: - case TK_UPLUS: { - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } - - case TK_TRIGGER: { - /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference - ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to - ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the - ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn - ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to - ** read the rowid field. - ** - ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 - ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) - ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where - ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is - ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. - ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 - ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For - ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is - ** declared as: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); - ** - ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: - ** - ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid - ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a - ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b - */ - Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; - int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; - - assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); - assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol ); - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); - assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d", - (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), - (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName), - target - )); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an - ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 - && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL - ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); - } -#endif - break; - } - - - /* - ** Form A: - ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form B: - ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: - ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... - ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is - ** odd. The Y is also optional. If the number of elements in x.pList - ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL. - ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. - ** - ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, - ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is - ** no ELSE term, NULL. - */ - default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { - int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ - int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ - int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ - struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ - Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ - Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ - Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ - VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; ) - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); - assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - aListelem = pEList->a; - nExpr = pEList->nExpr; - endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ - tempX = *pX; - testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); - exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1)); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - opCompare.op = TK_EQ; - opCompare.pLeft = &tempX; - pTest = &opCompare; - /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: - ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. - ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other - ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ - regFree1 = 0; - } - for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); - } - if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - } - assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 - || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - case TK_RAISE: { - assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail - || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore - ); - if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); - return 0; - } - if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( - v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER, - pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); - } - - break; - } -#endif - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); - return inReg; -} - -/* -** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */ - int regDest, /* Store the value in this register */ - u8 reusable /* True if this expression is reusable */ -){ - ExprList *p; - assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) ); - p = pParse->pConstExpr; - pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); - p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); - if( p ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; - pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; - pItem->reusable = reusable; - } - pParse->pConstExpr = p; -} - -/* -** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results -** into a register. Return the register number where the results -** are stored. -** -** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, -** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not -** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. -** -** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this -** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the -** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ - int r2; - pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); - if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) - && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER - && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) - ){ - ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr; - int i; - *pReg = 0; - if( p ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){ - if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){ - return pItem->u.iConstExprReg; - } - } - } - r2 = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1); - }else{ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); - if( r2==r1 ){ - *pReg = r1; - }else{ - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - *pReg = 0; - } - } - return r2; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the -** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear -** in register target. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - int inReg; - - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); - }else{ - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the -** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear -** in register target. If the expression is constant, then this routine -** might choose to code the expression at initialization time. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result -** in register target. -** -** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register -** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, -** the result is a copy of the cache register. -** -** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple -** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression -** are reused. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iMem; - - assert( target>0 ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); - iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem); - exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem); -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) -/* -** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExpr(Vdbe *pOut, Expr *pExpr){ - int op; /* The opcode being coded */ - const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */ - const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */ - if( pExpr==0 ){ - op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - op = pExpr->op; - } - switch( op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG{%d:%d}", - pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); - break; - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ - /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "COLUMN(%d)", pExpr->iColumn); - }else{ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "{%d:%d}", - pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTEGER: { - if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); - }else{ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken); - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - case TK_FLOAT: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_STRING: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); - break; - } - case TK_NULL: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"NULL"); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)", - pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn); - break; - } - case TK_REGISTER: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable); - break; - } - case TK_AS: { - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - case TK_CAST: { - /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ - const char *zAff = "unk"; - switch( sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0) ){ - case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: zAff = "TEXT"; break; - case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: zAff = "NONE"; break; - case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: zAff = "NUMERIC"; break; - case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: zAff = "INTEGER"; break; - case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: zAff = "REAL"; break; - } - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CAST-%s(", zAff); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - case TK_LT: zBinOp = "LT"; break; - case TK_LE: zBinOp = "LE"; break; - case TK_GT: zBinOp = "GT"; break; - case TK_GE: zBinOp = "GE"; break; - case TK_NE: zBinOp = "NE"; break; - case TK_EQ: zBinOp = "EQ"; break; - case TK_IS: zBinOp = "IS"; break; - case TK_ISNOT: zBinOp = "ISNOT"; break; - case TK_AND: zBinOp = "AND"; break; - case TK_OR: zBinOp = "OR"; break; - case TK_PLUS: zBinOp = "ADD"; break; - case TK_STAR: zBinOp = "MUL"; break; - case TK_MINUS: zBinOp = "SUB"; break; - case TK_REM: zBinOp = "REM"; break; - case TK_BITAND: zBinOp = "BITAND"; break; - case TK_BITOR: zBinOp = "BITOR"; break; - case TK_SLASH: zBinOp = "DIV"; break; - case TK_LSHIFT: zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break; - case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break; - case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break; - - case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break; - case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break; - case TK_BITNOT: zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break; - case TK_NOT: zUniOp = "NOT"; break; - case TK_ISNULL: zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break; - case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break; - - case TK_COLLATE: { - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,".COLLATE(%s)",pExpr->u.zToken); - break; - } - - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ - pFarg = 0; - }else{ - pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; - } - if( op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "AGG_FUNCTION%d:%s(", - pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "FUNCTION:%s(", pExpr->u.zToken); - } - if( pFarg ){ - sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pFarg); - } - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_EXISTS: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "EXISTS("); - sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); - break; - } - case TK_SELECT: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "("); - sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "IN("); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - sqlite3ExplainSelect(pOut, pExpr->x.pSelect); - }else{ - sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); - } - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* - ** x BETWEEN y AND z - ** - ** This is equivalent to - ** - ** x>=y AND x<=z - ** - ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. - ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. - */ - case TK_BETWEEN: { - Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft; - Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "BETWEEN("); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pX); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pY); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pZ); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ")"); - break; - } - case TK_TRIGGER: { - /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference - ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to - ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the - ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn - ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to - ** read the rowid field. - */ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "%s(%d)", - pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); - break; - } - case TK_CASE: { - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "CASE("); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, ","); - sqlite3ExplainExprList(pOut, pExpr->x.pList); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - case TK_RAISE: { - const char *zType = "unk"; - switch( pExpr->affinity ){ - case OE_Rollback: zType = "rollback"; break; - case OE_Abort: zType = "abort"; break; - case OE_Fail: zType = "fail"; break; - case OE_Ignore: zType = "ignore"; break; - } - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "RAISE-%s(%s)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken); - break; - } -#endif - } - if( zBinOp ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zBinOp); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,","); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pRight); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); - }else if( zUniOp ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,"%s(", zUniOp); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pExpr->pLeft); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut,")"); - } -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) -/* -** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainExprList(Vdbe *pOut, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr==0 ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "(empty-list)"); - return; - }else if( pList->nExpr==1 ){ - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[0].pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, "item[%d] = ", i); - sqlite3ExplainPush(pOut); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pOut, pList->a[i].pExpr); - sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); - if( pList->a[i].zName ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " AS %s", pList->a[i].zName); - } - if( pList->a[i].bSpanIsTab ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pOut, " (%s)", pList->a[i].zSpan); - } - if( inExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3ExplainNL(pOut); - } - } - sqlite3ExplainPop(pOut); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -/* -** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given -** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. -** -** Return the number of elements evaluated. -** -** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being -** filled using OP_SCopy. OP_Copy must be used instead. -** -** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be -** factored out into initialization code. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ - int target, /* Where to write results */ - u8 flags /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */ -){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i, n; - u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( target>0 ); - assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ - n = pList->nExpr; - if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr; - if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0); - }else{ - int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); - if( inReg!=target+i ){ - VdbeOp *pOp; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( copyOp==OP_Copy - && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy - && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg - && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i - ){ - pOp->p3++; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i); - } - } - } - } - return n; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. -** -** x BETWEEN y AND z -** -** The above is equivalent to -** -** x>=y AND x<=z -** -** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression -** elementation of x. -*/ -static void exprCodeBetween( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ - int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */ - int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */ - int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ -){ - Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ - Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ - Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ - Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ - int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; - exprAnd.op = TK_AND; - exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; - exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; - compLeft.op = TK_GE; - compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; - compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - compRight.op = TK_LE; - compRight.pLeft = &exprX; - compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1)); - if( jumpIfTrue ){ - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - - /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is false. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then -** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. -** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; - - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AND: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); - assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); - assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); - assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); - assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); - assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( op==TK_IS ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_IN: { - int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); - break; - } -#endif - default: { - if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); - }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ - /* No-op */ - }else{ - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - VdbeCoverage(v); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - } - break; - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is true. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then -** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull -** is 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; - - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - - /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: - ** - ** pExpr->op op - ** --------- ---------- - ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull - ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull - ** TK_NE OP_Eq - ** TK_EQ OP_Ne - ** TK_GT OP_Le - ** TK_LE OP_Gt - ** TK_GE OP_Lt - ** TK_LT OP_Ge - ** - ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. - ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we - ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. - ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. - */ - op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); - - /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants - */ - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AND: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); - assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); - assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); - assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); - assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); - assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_IS: - case TK_ISNOT: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_IN: { - if( jumpIfNull ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); - }else{ - int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); - } - break; - } -#endif - default: { - if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); - }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ - /* no-op */ - }else{ - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - VdbeCoverage(v); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - } - break; - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); -} - -/* -** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two -** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only -** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences -** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. -** -** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed -** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. -** -** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER. If that is the case and pB is -** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0. -** -** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions -** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are -** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine -** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two -** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you -** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where -** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that -** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning -** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ - u32 combinedFlags; - if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){ - return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; - } - combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags; - if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){ - if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){ - return 0; - } - return 2; - } - if( pA->op!=pB->op ){ - if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){ - return 1; - } - if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){ - return 1; - } - return 2; - } - if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pA->u.zToken ){ - if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ - return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2; - } - } - if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; - if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){ - if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2; - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2; - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2; - if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2; - if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) ){ - if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; - if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable - && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and -** non-zero if they differ in any way. -** -** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed -** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. -** -** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The -** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine -** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or -** a malfunction will result. -** -** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer -** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){ - int i; - if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; - if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; - if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; - Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; - if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is -** true. Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might -** be false. Examples: -** -** pE1: x==5 pE2: x==5 Result: true -** pE1: x>0 pE2: x==5 Result: false -** pE1: x=21 pE2: x=21 OR y=43 Result: true -** pE1: x!=123 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true -** pE1: x!=?1 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true -** pE1: x IS NULL pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: false -** pE1: x IS ?2 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Reuslt: false -** -** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has -** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. -** -** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance -** improvement. Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but -** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){ - return 1; - } - if( pE2->op==TK_OR - && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab) - || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) ) - ){ - return 1; - } - if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL - && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 - && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS) - ){ - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker -** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an -** aggregate function, in order to implement the -** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. -*/ -struct SrcCount { - SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */ - int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */ - int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */ -}; - -/* -** Count the number of references to columns. -*/ -static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() - ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the - ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. If - ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the - ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */ - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){ - int i; - struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount; - SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; - } - if( inSrc ){ - p->nThis++; - }else{ - p->nOther++; - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference -** pSrcList. Return true if they do. Also return true if the function -** has no arguments or has only constant arguments. Return false if pExpr -** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ - Walker w; - struct SrcCount cnt; - assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount; - w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt; - cnt.pSrc = pSrcList; - cnt.nThis = 0; - cnt.nOther = 0; - sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList); - return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0; -} - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aCol, - sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), - &pInfo->nColumn, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aFunc, - sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), - &pInfo->nFunc, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to -** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates -** for additional information. -*/ -static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - int i; - NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM - ** clause of the aggregate query */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - struct AggInfo_col *pCol; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ - /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. - ** - ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there - ** is not an entry there already. - */ - int k; - pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ - if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - break; - } - } - if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 - ){ - pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; - pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; - pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; - pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; - pCol->pExpr = pExpr; - if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ - int j, n; - ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; - struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; - n = pGB->nExpr; - for(j=0; jpExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = j; - break; - } - } - } - if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; - } - } - /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either - ** because it was there before or because we just created it). - ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that - ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. - */ - ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; - pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; - break; - } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ - } /* end loop over pSrcList */ - } - return WRC_Prune; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 - && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 - ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate - ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure - */ - struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; - for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ - /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] - */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); - i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); - if( i>=0 ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, - pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), - pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ - pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pItem->iDistinct = -1; - } - } - } - /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry - */ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); - pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - return WRC_Prune; - }else{ - return WRC_Continue; - } - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} -static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and -** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo -** points to. Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as -** necessary. -** -** This routine should only be called after the expression has been -** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ - Walker w; - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; - w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; - w.u.pNC = pNC; - assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an -** expression list. Return the number of errors. -** -** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( pList ){ - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); - } - } -} - -/* -** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ - return ++pParse->nMem; - } - return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; -} - -/* -** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other -** purpose. -** -** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then -** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses -** the register becomes stale. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){ - p->tempReg = 1; - return; - } - } - pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ - int i, n; - i = pParse->iRangeReg; - n = pParse->nRangeReg; - if( nReg<=n ){ - assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ); - pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; - pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; - }else{ - i = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nReg; - } - return i; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg); - if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ - pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; - pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; - } -} - -/* -** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){ - pParse->nTempReg = 0; - pParse->nRangeReg = 0; -} - -/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2005 February 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code -** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the -** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - - -/* -** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or -** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in -** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third -** argument and the result returned. Examples: -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' -*/ -static void renameTableFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE - ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that - ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = (char*)zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - } while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); - - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), - zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } -} - -/* -** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code -** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition -** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the -** parent table. It is passed three arguments: -** -** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, -** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and -** 3) The new name of the table being renamed. -** -** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example: -** -** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -static void renameParentFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zOutput = 0; - char *zResult; - unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - - unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */ - int n; /* Length of token z */ - int token; /* Type of token */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return; - for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){ - n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); - if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){ - char *zParent; - do { - z += n; - n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - - zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n); - if( zParent==0 ) break; - sqlite3Dequote(zParent); - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ - char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", - (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); - zOutput = zOut; - zInput = &z[n]; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent); - } - } - - zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE -** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result -** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE -** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. -*/ -static void renameTriggerFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - int dist = 3; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one - ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = (char*)zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - - /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most - ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN - ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above - ** to be met. - ** - ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so - ** there is no need to worry about syntax like - ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. - */ - dist++; - if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ - dist = 0; - } - } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); - - /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name - ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. - */ - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), - zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -/* -** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { - FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), -#endif - }; - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs); - - for(i=0; i OR name= OR ... -** -** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text -** "name=" is returned, where is the quoted version -** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is -** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the -** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. -** -** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is -** " OR name=", where is the contents of zWhere. -** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning. -** -*/ -static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ - char *zNew; - if( !zWhere ){ - zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant); - }else{ - zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } - return zNew; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -/* -** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all -** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e. -** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master -** table. -*/ -static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - FKey *p; - char *zWhere = 0; - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName); - } - return zWhere; -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all -** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If -** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the -** temporary database, NULL is returned. -*/ -static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Trigger *pTrig; - char *zWhere = 0; - const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ - - /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is - ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger - ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE - ** expression being built up in zWhere. - */ - if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ - zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName); - } - } - } - if( zWhere ){ - char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); - zWhere = zNew; - } - return zWhere; -} - -/* -** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table -** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. -** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at -** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from -** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an -** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. -*/ -static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - Trigger *pTrig; -#endif - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ - for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0); - } -#endif - - /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - - /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); - if( !zWhere ) return; - sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp - ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered -** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). -** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message -** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. -** -** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. -*/ -static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ - Token *pName /* The new table name. */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ - char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ - const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ - Vdbe *v; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ -#endif - VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ - int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ - - savedDbFlags = db->flags; - if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; - assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - - pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; - - /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; - - /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist - ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - - /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name - ** that the table is being renamed to. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto - exit_rename_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ - pVTab = 0; - } - } -#endif - - /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. - ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the - ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual - ** table. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - - /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if - ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names - ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other - ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pVTab ){ - int i = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - } -#endif - - /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE - ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints - ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ - if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " - "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " - "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } - } -#endif - - /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " -#else - "sql = CASE " - "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" - "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " -#endif - "tbl_name = %Q, " - "name = CASE " - "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " - "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " - "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " - "ELSE name END " - "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - zName, -#endif - zName, nTabName, zTabName - ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update - ** it with the new table name. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", - zDb, zName, pTab->zName); - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master - ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in - ** the temp database. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " - "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " - "tbl_name = %Q " - "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *p; - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - Table *pFrom = p->pFrom; - if( pFrom!=pTab ){ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName); - } - } - } -#endif - - /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); - -exit_rename_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - db->flags = savedDbFlags; -} - - -/* -** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. -** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called. - ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this - ** point */ - if( ALWAYS(v) ){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int j1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } -} - -/* -** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement -** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new -** column definition. -** -** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include -** the new column during parsing. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ - Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - const char *zDb; /* Database name */ - const char *zTab; /* Table name */ - char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ - Column *pCol; /* The new column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ - - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pNew = pParse->pNewTable; - assert( pNew ); - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ - pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; - pDflt = pCol->pDflt; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); - assert( pTab ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a - ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking - ** for an SQL NULL default below. - */ - if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ - pDflt = 0; - } - - /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. - ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the - ** column must not be NULL. - */ - if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); - return; - } - if( pNew->pIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); - return; - } - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); - return; - } - if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); - return; - } - - /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() - ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) - */ - if( pDflt ){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; - if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - if( !pVal ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); - return; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } - - /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ - zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); - if( zCol ){ - char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; - int savedDbFlags = db->flags; - while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ - *zEnd-- = '\0'; - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " - "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, - zTab - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - db->flags = savedDbFlags; - } - - /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file - ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, - ** the file format becomes 3. - */ - sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); - - /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); -} - -/* -** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument -** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. -** -** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure -** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point -** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c -** after parsing is finished. -** -** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete -** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pNew; - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; - int i; - int nAlloc; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Look up the table being altered. */ - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } -#endif - - /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - - assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - - /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the - ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify - ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this - ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing - ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" - ** prefix on their name. - */ - pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pParse->pNewTable = pNew; - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; - assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); - nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; - assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); - pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); - pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); - if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; - pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); - pCol->zColl = 0; - pCol->zType = 0; - pCol->pDflt = 0; - pCol->zDflt = 0; - } - pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; - pNew->nRef = 1; - - /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - -exit_begin_add_column: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ - -/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2005-07-08 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. -** -** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables -** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner -** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. -** -** The following system tables are or have been supported: -** -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); -** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); -** -** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. -** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version -** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled -** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated. -** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only -** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with -** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 -** is a superset of sqlite_stat2. The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced -** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with -** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later. It is -** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time. If they -** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence. -** -** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statisics required -** for the query planner to make good choices. -** -** Format of sqlite_stat1: -** -** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the -** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to -** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be -** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this -** list is the number of rows in the index. (This is the same as the -** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.) The second -** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same -** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average -** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two -** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in -** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For -** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If -** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. -** -** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed -** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, -** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the -** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that -** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. -** -** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat -** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of -** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. -** -** Format of sqlite_stat2: -** -** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled -** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between -** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information -** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by -** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which -** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2 -** table for each index. -** -** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 -** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at -** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S -** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. -** Then the sampled rows are given by: -** -** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) -** -** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into -** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. -** -** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This -** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor -** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports -** sqlite_stat3. -** -** Format for sqlite_stat3: -** -** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4. Hence, the -** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first. Further information -** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description. -** -** Format for sqlite_stat4: -** -** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data -** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values -** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of -** queries. -** -** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index. -** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the -** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is -** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a blob which is the -** binary encoding of a key from the index. The nEq column is a -** list of integers. The first integer is the approximate number -** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches -** the left-most column of the sample. The second integer in nEq -** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the -** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample. -** And so forth. nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate -** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first -** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the -** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. -** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries -** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the -** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the -** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the -** sample. -** -** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index. -** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables -** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across -** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with -** large nEq values. -** -** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux: -** -** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only -** looks at the left-most column of the index. The sqlite_stat3.sample -** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead -** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in -** sqlite_stat4.sample. The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3 -** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first -** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) -# define IsStat4 1 -# define IsStat3 0 -#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) -# define IsStat4 0 -# define IsStat3 1 -#else -# define IsStat4 0 -# define IsStat3 0 -# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES -# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1 -#endif -#define IsStat34 (IsStat3+IsStat4) /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */ - -/* -** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables. -** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant. sqlite_stat2 is now -** obsolete. sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when -** appropriate compile-time options are provided. -** -** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created. -** -** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, -** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in -** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted. -** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries. -*/ -static void openStatTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ - int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ - const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ - const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ -){ - static const struct { - const char *zName; - const char *zCols; - } aTable[] = { - { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) - { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, - { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, -#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) - { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, - { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, -#else - { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, - { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, -#endif - }; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; - u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; - - if( v==0 ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them - ** if they do already exist. - */ - for(i=0; izName))==0 ){ - if( aTable[i].zCols ){ - /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a - ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage - ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important - ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols - ); - aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; - aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; - } - }else{ - /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries - ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the - ** entire contents of the table. */ - aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; - aCreateTbl[i] = 0; - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); - if( zWhere ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", - pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere - ); - }else{ - /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); - } - } - } - - /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ - for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){ - assert( inRowid ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); - p->nRowid = 0; - } -} -#endif - -/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ - assert( db!=0 ); - if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); - p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - if( p->u.aRowid ){ - p->nRowid = n; - memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n); - }else{ - p->nRowid = 0; - } -} -#endif - -/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ - assert( db!=0 ); - if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); - p->nRowid = 0; - p->u.iRowid = iRowid; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo). -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ - pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample; - pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol; - pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash; - memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); - memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); - memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); - if( pFrom->nRowid ){ - sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid); - }else{ - sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure. -*/ -static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){ - Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); - for(i=0; imxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); - sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); -#endif - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the stat_init(N,C) SQL function. The two parameters -** are the number of rows in the table or index (C) and the number of columns -** in the index (N). The second argument (C) is only used for STAT3 and STAT4. -** -** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return -** value is a pointer to the the Stat4Accum object encoded as a blob (i.e. -** the size of the blob is sizeof(void*) bytes). -*/ -static void statInit( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - Stat4Accum *p; - int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */ - int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */ - int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES; -#endif - - /* Decode the three function arguments */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - assert( nCol>1 ); /* >1 because it includes the rowid column */ - nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol; - - /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */ - n = sizeof(*p) - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */ - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */ - + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */ - + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample) -#endif - ; - db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - return; - } - - p->db = db; - p->nRow = 0; - p->nCol = nCol; - p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1]; - p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp]; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - { - u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */ - int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */ - - p->iGet = -1; - p->mxSample = mxSample; - p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); - p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; - p->iPrn = nCol*0x689e962d ^ sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])*0xd0944565; - - /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ - p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; - p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; - pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]); - for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){ - p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); - p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); - p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); - } - assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); - - for(i=0; iaBest[i].iCol = i; - } - } -#endif - - /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller */ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(p), stat4Destructor); -} -static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { - 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - statInit, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "stat_init", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ -}; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 -/* -** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for -** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and -** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this -** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. -** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected -** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. -** -** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of -** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. -*/ -static int sampleIsBetterPost( - Stat4Accum *pAccum, - Stat4Sample *pNew, - Stat4Sample *pOld -){ - int nCol = pAccum->nCol; - int i; - assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol ); - for(i=pNew->iCol+1; ianEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1; - if( pNew->anEq[i]anEq[i] ) return 0; - } - if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1; - return 0; -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -/* -** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. -** -** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of -** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. -*/ -static int sampleIsBetter( - Stat4Accum *pAccum, - Stat4Sample *pNew, - Stat4Sample *pOld -){ - tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; - tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol]; - - assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 ); - assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) ); - - if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){ - if( pNew->iColiCol ) return 1; - return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld)); - } - return 0; -#else - return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash); -#endif -} - -/* -** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary, -** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room. -*/ -static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ - Stat4Sample *pSample = 0; - int i; - - assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){ - Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0; - assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); - - /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column - ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already - ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add - ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority - ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */ - for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ - Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i]; - if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){ - if( pOld->isPSample ) return; - assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol ); - assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) ); - if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){ - pUpgrade = pOld; - } - } - } - if( pUpgrade ){ - pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol; - pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol]; - goto find_new_min; - } - } -#endif - - /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */ - if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ - Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; - tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq; - tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt; - tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt; - sampleClear(p->db, pMin); - memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1)); - pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; - pSample->nRowid = 0; - pSample->anEq = anEq; - pSample->anDLt = anDLt; - pSample->anLt = anLt; - p->nSample = p->mxSample-1; - } - - /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that - ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would - ** be out of order. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - assert( p->nSample==0 - || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); -#endif - - /* Insert the new sample */ - pSample = &p->a[p->nSample]; - sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew); - p->nSample++; - - /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */ - memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - find_new_min: -#endif - if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ - int iMin = -1; - for(i=0; imxSample; i++){ - if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue; - if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){ - iMin = i; - } - } - assert( iMin>=0 ); - p->iMin = iMin; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - -/* -** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point -** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the -** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are -** correct at this point. -*/ -static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - int i; - - /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed - ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */ - for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){ - Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; - pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i]; - if( p->nSamplemxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ - sampleInsert(p, pBest, i); - } - } - - /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */ - for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ - int j; - for(j=iChng; jnCol; j++){ - if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j]; - } - } -#endif - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) - if( iChng==0 ){ - tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0]; - tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0]; - - /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ - if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){ - p->current.isPSample = 1; - sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); - p->current.isPSample = 0; - }else - - /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */ - if( p->nSamplemxSample - || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) - ){ - sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); - } - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - UNUSED_PARAMETER( p ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng ); -#endif -} - -/* -** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R) -** Arguments: -** -** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init() -** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row -** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for -** WITHOUT ROWID tables. -** -** The SQL function always returns NULL. -** -** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 -*/ -static void statPush( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - - /* The three function arguments */ - Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER( context ); - assert( p->nCol>1 ); /* Includes rowid field */ - assert( iChngnCol ); - - if( p->nRow==0 ){ - /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1; - }else{ - /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */ - samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); - - /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply - ** to the current row of the index. */ - for(i=0; icurrent.anEq[i]++; - } - for(i=iChng; inCol; i++){ - p->current.anDLt[i]++; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; -#endif - p->current.anEq[i] = 1; - } - } - p->nRow++; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); - }else{ - sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), - sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); - } - p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 - { - tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; - - /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ - if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){ - p->current.isPSample = 1; - p->current.iCol = 0; - sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1); - p->current.isPSample = 0; - } - - /* Update the aBest[] array. */ - for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ - p->current.iCol = i; - if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){ - sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current); - } - } - } -#endif -} -static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { - 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - statPush, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "stat_push", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ -}; - -#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0 /* "stat" column of stat1 table */ -#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1 /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */ -#define STAT_GET_NEQ 2 /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */ -#define STAT_GET_NLT 3 /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */ -#define STAT_GET_NDLT 4 /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */ - -/* -** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is -** used to query the results. Content is returned for parameter J -** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above. -** -** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always -** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes -** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the -** stat1 table entry information. -*/ -static void statGet( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */ - int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - assert( argc==2 ); - assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ - || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT - || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT - ); - if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) -#else - assert( argc==1 ); -#endif - { - /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 - ** table for this index. - ** - ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing - ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of - ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list - ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of - ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using - ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, - ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is - ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: - ** - ** * the index contains 100 rows, - ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and - ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. - ** - ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of - ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: - ** - ** I = (K+D-1)/D - */ - char *z; - int i; - - char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); - if( zRet==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - return; - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow); - z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); - for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ - u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1; - u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct; - sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal); - z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); - assert( p->current.anEq[i] ); - } - assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); - - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){ - if( p->iGet<0 ){ - samplePushPrevious(p, 0); - p->iGet = 0; - } - if( p->iGetnSample ){ - Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; - if( pS->nRowid==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid, - SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - } - }else{ - tRowcnt *aCnt = 0; - - assert( p->iGetnSample ); - switch( eCall ){ - case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; - case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; - default: { - aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; - p->iGet++; - break; - } - } - - if( IsStat3 ){ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]); - }else{ - char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); - if( zRet==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - int i; - char *z = zRet; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]); - z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); - } - assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); - z[-1] = '\0'; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG - UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); -#endif -} -static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = { - 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - statGet, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "stat_get", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ -}; - -static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){ - assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 ); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1); -#elif SQLITE_DEBUG - assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 ); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam ); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4, regOut); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34); -} - -/* -** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with -** a single table. -*/ -static void analyzeOneTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ - Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ - int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ - int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */ - int iTab /* Next available cursor */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ - int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ - int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */ - int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ - int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */ - int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */ -#endif - int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ - int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ - int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ - int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ - int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ - - pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ - return; - } - if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ - /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ - return; - } - if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ - return; - } - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. - ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number - ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at - ** this time though. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - iTabCur = iTab++; - iIdxCur = iTab++; - pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int nCol; /* Number of columns indexed by pIdx */ - int *aGotoChng; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ - int addrRewind; /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */ - int addrGotoChng0; /* Address of "Goto addr_chng_0" */ - int addrNextRow; /* Address of "next_row:" */ - const char *zIdxName; /* Name of the index */ - - if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; - if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0; - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin analysis of %s", pIdx->zName)); - nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; - aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nCol+1)); - if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue; - - /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ - if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ - zIdxName = pTab->zName; - }else{ - zIdxName = pIdx->zName; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, zIdxName, 0); - - /* - ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push(): - ** - ** Rewind csr - ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; - ** regChng = 0 - ** goto chng_addr_0; - ** - ** next_row: - ** regChng = 0 - ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 - ** regChng = 1 - ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 - ** ... - ** regChng = N - ** goto chng_addr_N - ** - ** chng_addr_0: - ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) - ** chng_addr_1: - ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) - ** ... - ** - ** chng_addr_N: - ** regRowid = idx(rowid) - ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) - ** Next csr - ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; - ** - ** end_of_scan: - */ - - /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate - ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required - ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of - ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ - pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nCol); - - /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */ - assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - - /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: - ** - ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid, - ** (2) the number of rows in the index, - ** - ** The second argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+2); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol+1, regStat4+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1+IsStat34); - - /* Implementation of the following: - ** - ** Rewind csr - ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; - ** regChng = 0 - ** goto next_push_0; - ** - */ - addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng); - addrGotoChng0 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - - /* - ** next_row: - ** regChng = 0 - ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 - ** regChng = 1 - ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 - ** ... - ** regChng = N - ** goto chng_addr_N - */ - addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); - aGotoChng[i] = - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regChng); - aGotoChng[nCol] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - - /* - ** chng_addr_0: - ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) - ** chng_addr_1: - ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) - ** ... - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGotoChng0); - for(i=0; ipTable); - int j, k, regKey; - regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); - for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ - k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName)); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); - } -#endif - assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 1, regStat4, regTemp); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */ - callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - - /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - { - int regEq = regStat1; - int regLt = regStat1+1; - int regDLt = regStat1+2; - int regSample = regStat1+3; - int regCol = regStat1+4; - int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol; - int addrNext; - int addrIsNull; - u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; - - pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol+1); - - addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); - addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid); - VdbeCoverage(v); - callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); - callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); - callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0); - /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by - ** the previous loop. Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never - ** be taken */ - VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, - pIdx->aiColumn[0], regSample); -#else - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, iCol, regCol+i); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol+1, regSample); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - - /* End of analysis */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng); - } - - - /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index - ** name and the row count as the content. - */ - if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){ - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1); - jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "aaa", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); - } -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to -** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. -*/ -static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database -*/ -static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ - HashElem *k; - int iStatCur; - int iMem; - int iTab; - - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab; - pParse->nTab += 3; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); - iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - iTab = pParse->nTab; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab); - } - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in -** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index -** in pTab that should be analyzed. -*/ -static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ - int iDb; - int iStatCur; - - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab; - pParse->nTab += 3; - if( pOnlyIdx ){ - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); - }else{ - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); - } - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab); - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine -** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. -** -** ANALYZE -- 1 -** ANALYZE -- 2 -** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. -** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. -** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int i; - char *z, *zDb; - Table *pTab; - Index *pIdx; - Token *pTableName; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); - if( pName1==0 ){ - /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); - } - }else if( pName2->n==0 ){ - /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); - }else{ - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); - if( z ){ - if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); - }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - } - } - }else{ - /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); - if( z ){ - if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); - }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the -** callback routine. -*/ -typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; -struct analysisInfo { - sqlite3 *db; - const char *zDatabase; -}; - -/* -** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a -** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into -** the array aOut[]. -*/ -static void decodeIntArray( - char *zIntArray, /* String containing int array to decode */ - int nOut, /* Number of slots in aOut[] */ - tRowcnt *aOut, /* Store integers here */ - LogEst *aLog, /* Or, if aOut==0, here */ - Index *pIndex /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */ -){ - char *z = zIntArray; - int c; - int i; - tRowcnt v; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - if( z==0 ) z = ""; -#else - if( NEVER(z==0) ) z = ""; -#endif - for(i=0; *z && i='0' && c<='9' ){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - z++; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - if( aOut ){ - aOut[i] = v; - }else -#else - assert( aOut==0 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut); -#endif - { - aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); - } - if( *z==' ' ) z++; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - assert( pIndex!=0 ); -#else - if( pIndex ) -#endif - { - if( strcmp(z, "unordered")==0 ){ - pIndex->bUnordered = 1; - }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){ - int v32 = 0; - sqlite3GetInt32(z+3, &v32); - pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(v32); - } - } -} - -/* -** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. -** -** argv[0] = name of the table -** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) -** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column -** -** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in -** the table. -*/ -static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; - Index *pIndex; - Table *pTable; - const char *z; - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - - if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); - if( pTable==0 ){ - return 0; - } - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - pIndex = 0; - }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){ - pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable); - }else{ - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); - } - z = argv[2]; - - if( pIndex ){ - decodeIntArray((char*)z, pIndex->nKeyCol+1, 0, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex); - if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0]; - }else{ - Index fakeIdx; - fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow; - decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx); - pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow; - } - - return 0; -} - -/* -** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array -** and its contents. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - if( pIdx->aSample ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnSample; j++){ - IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); - } - if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - pIdx->nSample = 0; - pIdx->aSample = 0; - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -/* -** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently -** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. -*/ -static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ - if( pIdx ){ - IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; - IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1]; - int iCol; - for(iCol=0; iColnKeyCol; iCol++){ - int i; /* Used to iterate through samples */ - tRowcnt sumEq = 0; /* Sum of the nEq values */ - tRowcnt nSum = 0; /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */ - tRowcnt avgEq = 0; - tRowcnt nDLt = pFinal->anDLt[iCol]; - - /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that - ** occur in the stat4 table for this index before pFinal. Set - ** sumEq to the sum of the nEq values for column iCol for the same - ** set (adding the value only once where there exist dupicate - ** prefixes). */ - for(i=0; i<(pIdx->nSample-1); i++){ - if( aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){ - sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; - nSum++; - } - } - if( nDLt>nSum ){ - avgEq = (pFinal->anLt[iCol] - sumEq)/(nDLt - nSum); - } - if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1; - pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq; - if( pIdx->nSampleCol==1 ) break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Look up an index by name. Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table -** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table. -*/ -static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - const char *zDb -){ - Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb); - if( pIdx==0 ){ - Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); - if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - } - return pIdx; -} - -/* -** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table -** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays. -** -** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return -** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3, -** see the caller of this function for details): -** -** zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx -** zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 -** -** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed. -*/ -static int loadStatTbl( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - int bStat3, /* Assume single column records only */ - const char *zSql1, /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */ - const char *zSql2, /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */ - const char *zDb /* Database name (e.g. "main") */ -){ - int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ - char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ - Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ - IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ - - assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb); - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - if( rc ) return rc; - - while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - int nIdxCol = 1; /* Number of columns in stat4 records */ - int nAvgCol = 1; /* Number of entries in Index.aAvgEq */ - - char *zIndex; /* Index name */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ - int nSample; /* Number of samples */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of space required */ - int i; /* Bytes of space required */ - tRowcnt *pSpace; - - zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); - if( zIndex==0 ) continue; - nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); - pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); - assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 ); - /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been - ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ - if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue; - if( bStat3==0 ){ - nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol+1; - nAvgCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; - } - pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol; - nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample; - nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample; - nByte += nAvgCol * sizeof(tRowcnt); /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */ - - pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample]; - pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nAvgCol; - for(i=0; iaSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; - pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; - pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; - } - assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) ); - } - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - if( rc ) return rc; - - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb); - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - if( rc ) return rc; - - while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - char *zIndex; /* Index name */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ - int nCol = 1; /* Number of columns in index */ - - zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); - if( zIndex==0 ) continue; - pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); - if( pIdx==0 ) continue; - /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from - ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ - nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; - if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue; - if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ - initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); - pPrevIdx = pIdx; - } - pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample]; - decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0); - decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0); - decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0); - - /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer. - ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the - ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the - ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with - ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing - ** a buffer overread. */ - pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); - pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2); - if( pSample->p==0 ){ - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n); - pIdx->nSample++; - } - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into -** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. -*/ -static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result codes from subroutines */ - - assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ - rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0, - "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", - "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", - zDb - ); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){ - rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1, - "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", - "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", - zDb - ); - } - - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - -/* -** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The -** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] -** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the -** Index.aSample[] arrays. -** -** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR -** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined -** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is -** read from it. -** -** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the -** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is -** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 -** table (if it is present) before returning. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. -** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return -** code may be ignored. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - analysisInfo sInfo; - HashElem *i; - char *zSql; - int rc; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - - /* Clear any prior statistics */ - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); - pIdx->aSample = 0; -#endif - } - - /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */ - sInfo.db = db; - sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); - if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - } - - - /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase); - db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled; - } -#endif - - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return rc; -} - - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ - -/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -/* -** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This -** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple -** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. -** -** i.e. if the parser sees: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def -** -** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of -** looking for columns of the same name. -** -** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' -** -** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. -*/ -static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pExpr ){ - if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ - rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); - }else{ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z -** -** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) -** -** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the -** third argument. -*/ -static void attachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int rc = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - const char *zName; - const char *zFile; - char *zPath = 0; - char *zErr = 0; - unsigned int flags; - Db *aNew; - char *zErrDyn = 0; - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - - /* Check for the following errors: - ** - ** * Too many attached databases, - ** * Transaction currently open - ** * Specified database name already being used. - */ - if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] - ); - goto attach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); - goto attach_error; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; - assert( z && zName ); - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); - goto attach_error; - } - } - - /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema - ** hash tables. - */ - if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ - aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; - memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); - }else{ - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; - } - db->aDb = aNew; - aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; - memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); - - /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use - ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may - ** or may not be initialized. - */ - flags = db->openFlags; - rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; - } - assert( pVfs ); - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags); - sqlite3_free( zPath ); - db->nDb++; - if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Pager *pPager; - aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); - if( !aNew->pSchema ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); - sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, - sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, 3 | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); -#endif - } - aNew->safety_level = 3; - aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); - switch( t ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: - zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - - case SQLITE_TEXT: - case SQLITE_BLOB: - nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); - rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - - case SQLITE_NULL: - /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ - rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - } - break; - } - } -#endif - - /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and - ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way - ** we found it. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - } - if( rc ){ - int iDb = db->nDb - 1; - assert( iDb>=2 ); - if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); - db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; - } - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - db->nDb = iDb; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); - }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ - zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); - } - goto attach_error; - } - - return; - -attach_error: - /* Return an error if we get here */ - if( zErrDyn ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); - } - if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: -** -** DETACH DATABASE x -** -** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) -*/ -static void detachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - int i; - Db *pDb = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; - } - - if( i>=db->nDb ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( i<2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); - goto detach_error; - } - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - return; - -detach_error: - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); -} - -/* -** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the -** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. -*/ -static void codeAttach( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ - FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ - Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ - Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ - Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ - Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ -){ - int rc; - NameContext sName; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3* db = pParse->db; - int regArgs; - - memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sName.pParse = pParse; - - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) - ){ - pParse->nErr++; - goto attach_end; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pAuthArg ){ - char *zAuthArg; - if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ - zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; - }else{ - zAuthArg = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); - if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto attach_end; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); - - assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3); - assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - - /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this - ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing - ** statements). - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); - } - -attach_end: - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. -** -** DETACH pDbname -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ - static const FuncDef detach_func = { - 1, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - detachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. -** -** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ - static const FuncDef attach_func = { - 3, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - attachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ - 0, /* pHash */ - 0 /* pDestructor */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ - -/* -** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior -** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit( - DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ - int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ - const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ - const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - - db = pParse->db; - assert( db->nDb>iDb ); - pFix->pParse = pParse; - pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pFix->zType = zType; - pFix->pName = pName; - pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1); -} - -/* -** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign -** a specific database to all table references where the database name -** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure -** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). -** -** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or -** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. -** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are -** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made -** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to -** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything -** checks out, these routines return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDb; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - - if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; - zDb = pFix->zDb; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){ - if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, - "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", - pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); - return 1; - } - sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase); - pItem->zDatabase = 0; - pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema; - } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; -#endif - } - return 0; -} -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pSelect ){ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){ - return 1; - } - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - return 0; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pExpr ){ - if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType); - return 1; - } - } - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; - }else{ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ - return 1; - } - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } - return 0; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pStep ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ - return 1; - } - pStep = pStep->pNext; - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2003 January 11 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() -** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded -** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling -** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 -*/ - -/* -** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single -** macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - -/* -** Set or clear the access authorization function. -** -** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation -** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on -** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function -** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument -** to the auth function is one of these constants: -** -** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW -** SQLITE_DELETE -** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW -** SQLITE_INSERT -** SQLITE_PRAGMA -** SQLITE_READ -** SQLITE_SELECT -** SQLITE_TRANSACTION -** SQLITE_UPDATE -** -** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of -** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function -** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If -** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY -** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call -** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement -** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL -** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. -** -** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default -** setting of the auth function is NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xAuth = xAuth; - db->pAuthArg = pArg; - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the -** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. -*/ -static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from -** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization -** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). -** -** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed -** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE -** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - const char *zTab, /* Table name */ - const char *zCol, /* Column name */ - int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */ - int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ - - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol); - } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. -** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. -** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN -** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, -** then generate an error. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ - Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ - SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ - int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ - int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ - int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ - - if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); - if( iDb<0 ){ - /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other - ** temporary table. */ - return; - } - - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); - if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ - pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; - }else{ - assert( pTabList ); - for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){ - if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; - break; - } - } - } - iCol = pExpr->iColumn; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; - - if( iCol>=0 ){ - assert( iColnCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; - }else{ - zCol = "ROWID"; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - } -} - -/* -** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return -** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY -** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are -** modified appropriately. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( - Parse *pParse, - int code, - const char *zArg1, - const char *zArg2, - const char *zArg3 -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; - - /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising - ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. - */ - if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( db->xAuth==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - rc = SQLITE_DENY; - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the -** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until -** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( - Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, - const char *zContext -){ - assert( pParse ); - pContext->pParse = pParse; - pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; -} - -/* -** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed -** by sqlite3AuthContextPush -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ - if( pContext->pParse ){ - pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; - pContext->pParse = 0; - } -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - -/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser -** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the -** following kinds of SQL syntax: -** -** CREATE TABLE -** DROP TABLE -** CREATE INDEX -** DROP INDEX -** creating ID lists -** BEGIN TRANSACTION -** COMMIT -** ROLLBACK -*/ - -/* -** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to -** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ - pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag; - pParse->nVar = 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and -** codeTableLocks() functions. -*/ -struct TableLock { - int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ - int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ - const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ -}; - -/* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. -** -** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. -** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. -** -** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The -** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to -** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ - int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ - const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ -){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - int i; - int nBytes; - TableLock *p; - assert( iDb>=0 ); - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; - if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ - p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); - return; - } - } - - nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); - pToplevel->aTableLock = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); - if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ - p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; - p->iDb = iDb; - p->iTab = iTab; - p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; - p->zName = zName; - }else{ - pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; - pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the -** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). -*/ -static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - - pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - int p1 = p->iDb; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, - p->zName, P4_STATIC); - } -} -#else - #define codeTableLocks(x) -#endif - -/* -** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been -** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been -** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the -** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next -** parse. -** -** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that -** no VDBE code was generated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 ); - db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pParse->nested ) return; - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - - /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the - ** vdbe program - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite - || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); - if( v ){ - while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){} - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - - /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. - ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are - ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a - ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie - ** on each used database. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (pParse->cookieMask || pParse->pConstExpr) ){ - yDbMask mask; - int iDb, i; - assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init ); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0); - for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ - if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, - OP_Transaction, /* Opcode */ - iDb, /* P1 */ - (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0, /* P2 */ - pParse->cookieValue[iDb], /* P3 */ - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration /* P4 */ - ); - if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); - } - pParse->nVtabLock = 0; -#endif - - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the - ** shared-cache feature is enabled. - */ - codeTableLocks(pParse); - - /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. - */ - sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); - - /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */ - if( pParse->pConstExpr ){ - ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr; - pParse->okConstFactor = 0; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg); - } - } - - /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 1); - } - } - - - /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution - */ - if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ - /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used - * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ - if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; - pParse->colNamesSet = 0; - }else{ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pParse->nTab = 0; - pParse->nMem = 0; - pParse->nSet = 0; - pParse->nVar = 0; - pParse->cookieMask = 0; -} - -/* -** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate -** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context -** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively -** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization -** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the -** outermost parser. -** -** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit -** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use -** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) - char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; - - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - return; /* A malloc must have failed */ - } - pParse->nested++; - memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); - memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); - pParse->nested--; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the -** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table -** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any -** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. -** -** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ - Table *p = 0; - int i; - int nName; - assert( zName!=0 ); - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ - assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); - p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an -** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this -** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where -** sqlite3FindTable() does not. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( - Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ - int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ - const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ -){ - Table *p; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return 0; - } - - p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); - if( p==0 ){ - const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; - if( zDbase ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the table identified by *p. -** -** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between -** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts -** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be -** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See -** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( - Parse *pParse, - int isView, - struct SrcList_item *p -){ - const char *zDb; - assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 ); - if( p->pSchema ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema); - zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - }else{ - zDb = p->zDatabase; - } - return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb); -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes -** a particular index given the name of that index -** and the name of the database that contains the index. -** Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the -** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking -** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is -** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added -** using the ATTACH command. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ - Index *p = 0; - int i; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ - assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; - assert( pSchema ); - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); - p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Reclaim the memory used by an index -*/ -static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); -#endif - if( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->pKeyInfo); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); - if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azColl); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} - -/* -** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, -** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from -** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated -** with the index. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ - Index *pIndex; - int len; - Hash *pHash; - - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; - len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName); - pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0); - if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ - if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ - pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; - }else{ - Index *p; - /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of - ** indices. */ - p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; - while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } - if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ - p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; - } - } - freeIndex(db, pIndex); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if -** any have been closed, remove them from the list. Reallocate the -** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible. -** -** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database) -** are never candidates for being collapsed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){ - int i, j; - for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); - pDb->zName = 0; - continue; - } - if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; - } - j++; - } - memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); - db->nDb = j; - if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ - memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - } -} - -/* -** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb. Also reset the -** TEMP schema. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - Db *pDb; - assert( iDbnDb ); - - /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); - sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); - - /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP - ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the - ** other database. - */ - if( iDb!=1 ){ - pDb = &db->aDb[1]; - assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); - sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); - } - return; -} - -/* -** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including -** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pSchema ){ - sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); - } - } - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; - sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); -} - -/* -** This routine is called when a commit occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the -** Table.aCol[] array). -*/ -static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ - int i; - Column *pCol; - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); - } -} - -/* -** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given -** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. -** -** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink -** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with -** the table. -** -** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object -** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use -** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the -** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory -** used by the Table object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ - Index *pIndex, *pNext; - TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */ - - assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 ); - - /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ - if( !pTable ) return; - if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; - - /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables - ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use - ** lookaside, this number should not change. */ - TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ? - db->lookaside.nOut : 0 ); - - /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ - for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ - pNext = pIndex->pNext; - assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - char *zName = pIndex->zName; - TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( - &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0 - ); - assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); - assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); - } - freeIndex(db, pIndex); - } - - /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ - sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); - - /* Delete the Table structure itself. - */ - sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); -#endif - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); - - /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */ - assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut ); -} - -/* -** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the -** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ - Table *p; - Db *pDb; - - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( zTabName ); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, - sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0); - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that -** token. Space to hold the returned string -** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling -** function. -** -** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that -** surround the body of the token are removed. -** -** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so -** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string -** is \000 terminated and is persistent. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - char *zName; - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - }else{ - zName = 0; - } - return zName; -} - -/* -** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for -** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5); - if( p->nTab==0 ){ - p->nTab = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name -** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This -** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -** -1 if the named db cannot be found. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ - int i = -1; /* Database number */ - if( zName ){ - Db *pDb; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ - if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && - 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ - break; - } - } - } - return i; -} - -/* -** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or -** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db -** does not exist. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - int i; /* Database number */ - char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return i; -} - -/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens -** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: -** -** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if -** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: -** -** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". -** -** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or -** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the -** database "xxx" is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ - Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ - Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){ - if( db->init.busy ) { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; - } - *pUnqual = pName2; - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; - } - }else{ - assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); - iDb = db->init.iDb; - *pUnqual = pName1; - } - return iDb; -} - -/* -** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal -** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or -** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string -** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace -** is reserved for internal use. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){ - Index *p; - for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){} - return p; -} - -/* -** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table -** column iCol. Return -1 if not found. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){ - int i; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is -** the first of several action routines that get called in response -** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called -** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp -** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database -** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case -** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between -** CREATE and TABLE. -** -** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. -** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action -** routines will be called to add more information to this record. -** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine -** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ - int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ - int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ - int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ - int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ -){ - Table *pTable; - char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ - Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ - - /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens - ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if - ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". - ** - ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or - ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is - ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be - ** created in. - */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless - ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); - return; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; - - pParse->sNameToken = *pName; - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) return; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); - { - int code; - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; - } - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; - } - } - if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - } -#endif - - /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing - ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if - ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed - ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names - ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace - ** collisions. - */ - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); - if( pTable ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); - }else{ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - } - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); - goto begin_table_error; - } - } - - pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTable==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pParse->nErr++; - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable->zName = zName; - pTable->iPKey = -1; - pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTable->nRef = 1; - pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - pParse->pNewTable = pTable; - - /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, - ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure - ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; - } -#endif - - /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into - ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead - ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any - ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the - ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated - ** now. - */ - if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int j1; - int fileFormat; - int reg1, reg2, reg3; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); - } -#endif - - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, - ** set them now. - */ - reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; - reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v); - fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? - 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - - /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. - ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced - ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). - ** - ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. - ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. - ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that - ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( isView || isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); - }else -#endif - { - pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); - } - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - } - - /* Normal (non-error) return. */ - return; - - /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ -begin_table_error: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return; -} - -/* -** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. -** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but -** produces larger code. -** -** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It -** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. -*/ -#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ -&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) - -/* -** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. -** -** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called -** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each -** column. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *z; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); - return; - } -#endif - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( z==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - } - if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ - Column *aNew; - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - if( aNew==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - p->aCol = aNew; - } - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; - memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - pCol->zName = z; - - /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity - ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will - ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. - */ - pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - pCol->szEst = 1; - p->nCol++; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has -** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on -** the column currently under construction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ - Table *p; - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; - p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError; -} - -/* -** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the -** associated affinity type. -** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the -** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is -** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. -** -** Substring | Affinity -** -------------------------------- -** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER -** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE -** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** -** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){ - u32 h = 0; - char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - const char *zChar = 0; - - if( zIn==0 ) return aff; - while( zIn[0] ){ - h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; - zIn++; - if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - zChar = zIn; - }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ - && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; -#endif - }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } - } - - /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size. The - ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1. */ - if( pszEst ){ - *pszEst = 1; /* default size is approx 4 bytes */ - if( aff<=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - if( zChar ){ - while( zChar[0] ){ - if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){ - int v = 0; - sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v); - v = v/4 + 1; - if( v>255 ) v = 255; - *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */ - break; - } - zChar++; - } - }else{ - *pszEst = 5; /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5 (approx 20 bytes)*/ - } - } - } - return aff; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first -** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the -** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token -** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string -** that contains the typename of the column and store that string -** in zType. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; - assert( pCol->zType==0 ); - pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType, &pCol->szEst); -} - -/* -** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column -** of the table currently under construction. -** -** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this -** is not the case. -** -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p!=0 ){ - pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); - if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", - pCol->zName); - }else{ - /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains - ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression - ** is required by pragma table_info. - */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt); - pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, - (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); - } - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr); -} - -/* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names -** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the -** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. -** -** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has -** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an -** error. -** -** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, -** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey -** field of the table under construction to be the index of the -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is -** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. -** -** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique -** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ - int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ - int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ - int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ -){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - char *zType = 0; - int iCol = -1, i; - int nTerm; - if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); - goto primary_key_exit; - } - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; - if( pList==0 ){ - iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; - pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - nTerm = 1; - }else{ - nTerm = pList->nExpr; - for(i=0; inCol; iCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ - pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - break; - } - } - } - } - if( nTerm==1 - && zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 - && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC - ){ - pTab->iPKey = iCol; - pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; - assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); - pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; - if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder; - }else if( autoInc ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " - "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); -#endif - }else{ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Index *p; - if( v ) pParse->addrSkipPK = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); - p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, - 0, sortOrder, 0); - if( p ){ - p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; - if( v ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->addrSkipPK); - } - pList = 0; - } - -primary_key_exit: - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - return; -} - -/* -** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB - && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt) - ){ - pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); - if( pParse->constraintName.n ){ - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1); - } - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr); - } -} - -/* -** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column -** to the CollSeq given. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - db = pParse->db; - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - if( !zColl ) return; - - if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ - Index *pIdx; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); - p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - - /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", - ** then an index may have been created on this column before the - ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. - */ - for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ - pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; - } - } - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } -} - -/* -** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text -** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. -** -** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available -** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to -** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, -** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is -** returned instead. -** -** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or -** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into -** pParse. -** -** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine -** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found -** and generates an error message. -** -** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; - CollSeq *pColl; - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); - if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName); - } - - return pColl; -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. -** -** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the -** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value -** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the -** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, -** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed -** since it was last read. -** -** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for -** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be -** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent -** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only -** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -} - -/* -** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given -** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used -** but does not include the null terminator. -** -** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is -** really needed. -*/ -static int identLength(const char *z){ - int n; - for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ - if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } - } - return n + 2; -} - -/* -** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second -** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at -** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the -** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, -** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer -** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. -** -** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric -** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, -** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, -** it is quoted using double-quotes. -*/ -static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ - unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; - int i, j, needQuote; - i = *pIdx; - - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; - } - needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) - || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID - || zIdent[j]!=0 - || j==0; - - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - z[i++] = zIdent[j]; - if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; - } - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - z[i] = 0; - *pIdx = i; -} - -/* -** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given -** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained -** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. -*/ -static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - int i, k, n; - char *zStmt; - char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; - Column *pCol; - n = 0; - for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; - } - n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ - zSep = ""; - zSep2 = ","; - zEnd = ")"; - }else{ - zSep = "\n "; - zSep2 = ",\n "; - zEnd = "\n)"; - } - n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; - zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); - if( zStmt==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); - k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); - identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); - zStmt[k++] = '('; - for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - static const char * const azType[] = { - /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", - /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE */ "", - /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", - /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", - /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" - }; - int len; - const char *zType; - - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); - k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); - zSep = zSep2; - identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); - assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 ); - assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); - testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - - zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT]; - len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE - || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); - memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); - k += len; - assert( k<=n ); - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); - return zStmt; -} - -/* -** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error. -*/ -static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){ - char *zExtra; - int nByte; - if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( pIdx->isResized==0 ); - nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; - zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); - if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn); - pIdx->azColl = (char**)zExtra; - zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N; - memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn); - pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra; - zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N; - memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn); - pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra; - pIdx->nColumn = N; - pIdx->isResized = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Estimate the total row width for a table. -*/ -static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){ - unsigned wTable = 0; - const Column *pTabCol; - int i; - for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){ - wTable += pTabCol->szEst; - } - if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++; - pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4); -} - -/* -** Estimate the average size of a row for an index. -*/ -static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){ - unsigned wIndex = 0; - int i; - const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - assert( xpTable->nCol ); - wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst; - } - pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4); -} - -/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[] -*/ -static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){ - while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that -** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause. The job of this routine is to convert both -** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they -** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table. -** Changes include: -** -** (1) Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex. There is -** no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID. Instead, the canonical -** data storage is a covering index btree. -** (2) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry -** for the PRIMARY KEY as the the primary key index is now -** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself. -** (3) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the -** schema to the rootpage from the main table. -** (4) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. -** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object -** so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index. The surplus -** columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for -** sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks. -** (6) Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE -** indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns. -*/ -static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Index *pIdx; - Index *pPk; - int nPk; - int i, j; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - - /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the - ** root-page for the table into a OP_CreateIndex opcode. The index - ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index. - */ - if( pParse->addrCrTab ){ - assert( v ); - sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrCrTab)->opcode = OP_CreateIndex; - } - - /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master - ** table entry. - */ - if( pParse->addrSkipPK ){ - assert( v ); - sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pParse->addrSkipPK)->opcode = OP_Goto; - } - - /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally - ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. - */ - if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); - if( pList==0 ) return; - pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, - pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); - pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder; - assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab ); - pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if( pPk==0 ) return; - pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; - pTab->iPKey = -1; - }else{ - pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - } - pPk->isCovering = 1; - assert( pPk!=0 ); - nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; - - /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */ - for(i=0; iaCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1; - } - pPk->uniqNotNull = 1; - - /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */ - pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum; - - /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting - ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY. - */ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int n; - if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue; - for(i=n=0; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++; - } - if( n==0 ){ - /* This index is a superset of the primary key */ - pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol; - continue; - } - if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return; - for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){ - pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; - pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i]; - j++; - } - } - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n ); - assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j ); - } - - /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index - */ - if( nPknCol ){ - if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return; - for(i=0, j=nPk; inCol; i++){ - if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){ - assert( jnColumn ); - pPk->aiColumn[j] = i; - pPk->azColl[j] = "BINARY"; - j++; - } - } - assert( pPk->nColumn==j ); - assert( pTab->nCol==j ); - }else{ - pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates -** a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** The table structure that other action routines have been building -** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have -** occurred. -** -** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless -** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 -** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just -** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has -** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in -** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. -** -** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a -** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of -** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ - Token *pEnd, /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */ - u8 tabOpts, /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */ - Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ -){ - Table *p; /* The new table */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb; /* Database in which the table lives */ - Index *pIdx; /* An implied index of the table */ - - if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 ) return; - - assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); - - /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the - ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. - ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number - ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number - ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - - /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */ - if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){ - if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables"); - return; - } - if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName); - }else{ - p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid; - convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p); - } - } - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. - */ - if( p->pCheck ){ - sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck); - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */ - estimateTableWidth(p); - for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - estimateIndexWidth(pIdx); - } - - /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table - ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. - ** - ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary - ** file instead of into the main database file. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - int n; - Vdbe *v; - char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ - char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ - char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); - - /* - ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. - */ - if( p->pSelect==0 ){ - /* A regular table */ - zType = "table"; - zType2 = "TABLE"; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - }else{ - /* A view */ - zType = "view"; - zType2 = "VIEW"; -#endif - } - - /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT - ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the - ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. - ** - ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a - ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used - ** by the new table. - ** - ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, - ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since - ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would - ** be redundant. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - SelectDest dest; - Table *pSelTab; - - assert(pParse->nTab==1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG); - pParse->nTab = 2; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); - if( pSelTab==0 ) return; - assert( p->aCol==0 ); - p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); - } - } - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ - if( pSelect ){ - zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); - }else{ - Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; - n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); - if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z - ); - } - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - zType, - p->zName, - p->zName, - pParse->regRoot, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for - ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. - */ - if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", - pDb->zName - ); - } - } -#endif - - /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ - sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName)); - } - - - /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, - sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p); - if( pOld ){ - assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - if( !p->pSelect ){ - const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; - int nName; - assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); - if( pCons->z==0 ){ - pCons = pEnd; - } - nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); - p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); - } -#endif - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ - int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ - int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ -){ - Table *p; - int n; - const char *z; - Token sEnd; - DbFixer sFix; - Token *pName = 0; - int iDb; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName); - if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - - /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. - ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically - ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that - ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. - */ - p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); - } - - /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to - ** the end. - */ - sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; - if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ - sEnd.z += sEnd.n; - } - sEnd.n = 0; - n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); - z = pBegin->z; - while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } - sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; - sEnd.n = 1; - - /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) -/* -** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of -** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number -** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ - Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ - Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - - assert( pTable ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are - ** already known. - */ - if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; - - /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently - ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with - ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: - ** - ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; - ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; - ** - ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. - ** But the following test is still important as it does come up - ** in the following: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); - ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; - ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; - */ - if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); - return 1; - } - assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); - - /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. - ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any - ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors - ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes - ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT - ** statement that defines the view. - */ - assert( pTable->pSelect ); - pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); - if( pSel ){ - u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - n = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); - pTable->nCol = -1; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); - db->xAuth = xAuth; -#else - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); -#endif - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - pParse->nTab = n; - if( pSelTab ){ - assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); - pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); - pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; - }else{ - pTable->nCol = 0; - nErr++; - } - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); - } else { - nErr++; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. -*/ -static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ - HashElem *i; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); - if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); - pTab->aCol = 0; - pTab->nCol = 0; - } - } - DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); -} -#else -# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -/* -** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema -** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The -** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom -** to iTo. -** -** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information -** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. -** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might -** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match -** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices -** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. -** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with -** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo -** in order to be certain that we got the right one. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ - HashElem *pElem; - Hash *pHash; - Db *pDb; - - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ - pTab->tnum = iTo; - } - } - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ - pIdx->tnum = iTo; - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. -** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema -** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst -** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer - ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to - ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to - ** reflect this. - ** - ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value - ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER - ** token for additional information. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); -#endif - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -} - -/* -** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. -** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions -** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer -** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Index *pIdx; - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } -#else - /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically - ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages - ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the - ** following were coded: - ** - ** OP_Destroy 4 0 - ** ... - ** OP_Destroy 5 0 - ** - ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the - ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit - ** a free-list page. - */ - int iTab = pTab->tnum; - int iDestroyed = 0; - - while( 1 ){ - Index *pIdx; - int iLargest = 0; - - if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ - iLargest = iIdx; - } - } - if( iLargest==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbdb->nDb ); - destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); - iDestroyed = iLargest; - } - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) -** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. -*/ -static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database number */ - const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ - const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - for(i=1; i<=4; i++){ - char zTab[24]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i); - if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", - zDbName, zTab, zType, zName - ); - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate code to drop a table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Trigger *pTrigger; - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); - } -#endif - - /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code - ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or - ** sqlite_temp_master if required. - */ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); - while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || - pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with - ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped - ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to - ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). - */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", - pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } -#endif - - /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the - ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes - ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being - ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be - ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another - ** database. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - destroyTable(pParse, pTab); - } - - /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify - ** the schema cookie. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); -} - -/* -** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. -** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]); - if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; - - if( pTab==0 ){ - if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - - /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure - ** it is initialized. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zArg2 = 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; - zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; -#endif - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; - } - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - } -#endif - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 - && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used - ** on a table. - */ - if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table - ** on disk. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); - sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); - sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); - } - -exit_drop_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); -} - -/* -** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table -** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns -** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then -** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of -** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table). pToCol is a list -** of tables in the parent pTo table. flags contains all -** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified -** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. -** -** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently -** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. -** -** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call -** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ - Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ - ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ - int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FKey *pFKey = 0; - FKey *pNextTo; - Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; - int nByte; - int i; - int nCol; - char *z; - - assert( pTo!=0 ); - if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - int iCol = p->nCol-1; - if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; - if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" - " should reference only one column of table %T", - p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); - goto fk_end; - } - nCol = 1; - }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " - "columns in the referenced table"); - goto fk_end; - }else{ - nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; - } - nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; - } - } - pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); - if( pFKey==0 ){ - goto fk_end; - } - pFKey->pFrom = p; - pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; - z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; - pFKey->zTo = z; - memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); - z[pTo->n] = 0; - sqlite3Dequote(z); - z += pTo->n+1; - pFKey->nCol = nCol; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; - break; - } - } - if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", - pFromCol->a[i].zName); - goto fk_end; - } - } - } - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; ia[i].zName); - pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; - memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); - z[n] = 0; - z += n+1; - } - } - pFKey->isDeferred = 0; - pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ - pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ - - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); - pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, - pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey - ); - if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto fk_end; - } - if( pNextTo ){ - assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); - pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; - pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; - } - - /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. - */ - p->pFKey = pFKey; - pFKey = 0; - -fk_end: - sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); -} - -/* -** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED -** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred -** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. -** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted -** accordingly. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - Table *pTab; - FKey *pFKey; - if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; - assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ - pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is -** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the -** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. -** -** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly -** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the -** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then -** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and -** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. -*/ -static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ - int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ - int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ - int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ - int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ - int tnum; /* Root page of index */ - int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ - int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - tnum = memRootPage; - }else{ - tnum = pIndex->tnum; - } - pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex); - - /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ - iSorter = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*) - sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO); - - /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index - ** records into the sorter. */ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); - sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, - (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); - - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ); - if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None && pKey!=0 ){ - int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, j2); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord, - pKey->nField - pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex); - }else{ - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); -} - -/* -** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns. -** -** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes -** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a -** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - i16 nCol, /* Total number of columns in the index */ - int nExtra, /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */ - char **ppExtra /* Pointer to the "extra" space */ -){ - Index *p; /* Allocated index object */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */ - - nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */ - ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) + /* Index.azColl */ - ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowLogEst */ - sizeof(i16)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ - sizeof(u8)*nCol); /* Index.aSortOrder */ - p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra); - if( p ){ - char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index)); - p->azColl = (char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol); - p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1); - p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol; - p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra; - p->nColumn = nCol; - p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1; - *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will -** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a -** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable -** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is -** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this -** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. -** -** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index -** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index -** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ - SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ - ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ - int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ - Expr *pPIWhere, /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ - int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ - int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ -){ - Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ - Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ - int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ - int i, j; - DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ - int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ - int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ - Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ - struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ - const Column *pTabCol; /* A column in the table */ - int nExtra = 0; /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */ - int nExtraCol; /* Number of extra columns needed */ - char *zExtra = 0; /* Extra space after the Index object */ - Index *pPk = 0; /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ - - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ - if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - - /* - ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. - */ - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database - ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db - ** before looking up the table. - */ - assert( pName1 && pName2 ); - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( pName && pName->z ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table - ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this - ** if initialising a database schema. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); - if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } - } -#endif - - sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName); - if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){ - /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, - ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ - assert(0); - } - pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]); - assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); - if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", - pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - }else{ - assert( pName==0 ); - assert( pStart==0 ); - pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - } - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 - && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif - - /* - ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. - ** - ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the - ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and - ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or - ** index, then we will continue to process this index. - ** - ** If pName==0 it means that we are - ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our - ** own name. - */ - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( pName->z!=0 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ - if( !ifNotExist ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); - }else{ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - }else{ - int n; - Index *pLoop; - for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); - if( zName==0 ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - - /* Check for authorization to create an index. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - const char *zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary - ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. - ** So create a fake list to simulate this. - */ - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0); - if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - pList->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, - pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName); - pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder; - } - - /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly - ** specified collation sequence names. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr ){ - assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); - nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken)); - } - } - - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. - */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; - pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol, - nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) ); - pIndex->zName = zExtra; - zExtra += nName + 1; - memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); - pIndex->pTable = pTab; - pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; - pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None; - pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE; - pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr; - if( pPIWhere ){ - sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0); - pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere; - pPIWhere = 0; - } - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - - /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns - */ - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ - sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ - }else{ - sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ - } - - /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and - ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error - ** if any column is not found. - ** - ** TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named - ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of - ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the - ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would - ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. - */ - for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ - const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; - int requestedSortOrder; - char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ - - for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", - pTab->zName, zColName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - assert( pTab->nCol<=0x7fff && j<=0x7fff ); - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j; - if( pListItem->pExpr ){ - int nColl; - assert( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); - zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken; - nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; - assert( nExtra>=nColl ); - memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); - zColl = zExtra; - zExtra += nColl; - nExtra -= nColl; - }else{ - zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - if( !zColl ) zColl = "BINARY"; - } - if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; - requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; - pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; - if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; - } - if( pPk ){ - for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ - int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; - if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){ - pIndex->nColumn--; - }else{ - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; - pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j]; - pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j]; - i++; - } - } - assert( i==pIndex->nColumn ); - }else{ - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = -1; - pIndex->azColl[i] = "BINARY"; - } - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); - if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex); - - if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ - /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a - ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or - ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. - ** i.e. one of: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); - ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); - ** - ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If - ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to - ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with - ** explicit indices. - ** - ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent - ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different - ** sort orders. - ** - ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of - ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are - ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. - */ - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int k; - assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); - assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ); - assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); - - if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue; - for(k=0; knKeyCol; k++){ - const char *z1; - const char *z2; - if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; - z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; - z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; - if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; - } - if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ - if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ - /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous - ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this - ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit - ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the - ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. - */ - if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); - } - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ - pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; - } - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - } - - /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Index *p; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, - pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName), - pIndex); - if( p ){ - assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - } - - /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the - ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then - ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for - ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with - ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master - ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index - ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table. - ** - ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY - ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table - ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization - ** step can be skipped. - */ - else if( pParse->nErr==0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0) ){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zStmt; - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - - - /* Create the rootpage for the index - */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); - - /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into - ** the zStmt variable - */ - if( pStart ){ - int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; - if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--; - /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", - onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z); - }else{ - /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ - /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ - zStmt = 0; - } - - /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName, - pTab->zName, - iMem, - zStmt - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - - /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire - ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. - */ - if( pTblName ){ - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); - } - } - - /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make - ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled - ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check - ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of - ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. - */ - if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ - if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 - || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ - pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; - pTab->pIndex = pIndex; - }else{ - Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; - while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ - pOther = pOther->pNext; - } - pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pIndex; - } - pRet = pIndex; - pIndex = 0; - } - - /* Clean up before exiting */ -exit_create_index: - if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information -** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. -** -** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. -** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the -** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the -** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number -** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns -** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that -* -** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] -** aiRowEst[N]>=1 -** -** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to -** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here -** are based on typical values found in actual indices. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ - /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ - LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; - LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst; - int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol); - int i; - - /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated - ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows - ** in the table is less than that. */ - a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; - if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) ); - - /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is - ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */ - memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst)); - for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ - a[i] = 23; assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) ); - } - - assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0; -} - -/* -** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine -** implements the DROP INDEX statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ - Index *pIndex; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - if( !ifExists ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " - "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); - goto exit_drop_index; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName - ); - sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); - } - -exit_drop_index: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); -} - -/* -** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the -** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc() -** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end. -** -** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of -** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes -** in total). -** -** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the -** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to -** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation -** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case. -** -** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains -** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ - int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ - int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ - int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ -){ - char *z; - int n = *pnEntry; - if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){ - int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n; - void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry); - if( pNew==0 ){ - *pIdx = -1; - return pArray; - } - pArray = pNew; - } - z = (char*)pArray; - memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry); - *pIdx = n; - ++*pnEntry; - return pArray; -} - -/* -** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if -** need be. -** -** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - } - pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pList->a, - sizeof(pList->a[0]), - &pList->nId, - &i - ); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; - } - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - return pList; -} - -/* -** Delete an IdList. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); -} - -/* -** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 -** if not found. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return -1; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by -** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. -** New slots are zeroed. -** -** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. -** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); -** -** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. -** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result -** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, -** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would -** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. -** -** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The -** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ - int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ - int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ -){ - int i; - - /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ - assert( iStart>=0 ); - assert( nExtra>=1 ); - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); - - /* Allocate additional space if needed */ - if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ - SrcList *pNew; - int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; - int nGot; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, - sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return pSrc; - } - pSrc = pNew; - nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; - pSrc->nAlloc = nGot; - } - - /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots - ** out of the way */ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ - pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; - } - pSrc->nSrc += nExtra; - - /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ - memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); - for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; - } - - /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ - return pSrc; -} - - -/* -** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if -** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. -** -** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned -** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be -** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList -** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. -** -** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional -** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase -** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. -** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. -** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, -** or with NULL if no database is specified. -** -** In other words, if call like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); -** -** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called -** like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); -** -** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined -** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); -** -** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted -** before being added to the SrcList. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ - Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ - Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 1; - } - pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; - } - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; - if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ - pDatabase = 0; - } - if( pDatabase ){ - Token *pTemp = pDatabase; - pDatabase = pTable; - pTable = pTemp; - } - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); - return pList; -} - -/* -** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the -** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of -** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL -** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase -** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. -** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the -** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the -** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the -** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and -** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing -** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. -** -** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new -** term added. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ - Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ - Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ - Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ - Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ - Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", - (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") - ); - goto append_from_error; - } - p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); - if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ - goto append_from_error; - } - pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pAlias!=0 ); - if( pAlias->n ){ - pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); - } - pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; - pItem->pOn = pOn; - pItem->pUsing = pUsing; - return p; - - append_from_error: - assert( p==0 ); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added -** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ - assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); - if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); - if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ - /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y - ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ - pItem->notIndexed = 1; - }else{ - pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); - } - } -} - -/* -** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator -** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator -** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine -** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM -** clause. -** -** Example: Suppose the join is like this: -** -** A natural cross join B -** -** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored -** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the -** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ - if( p ){ - int i; - assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 ); - for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ - p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; - } - p->a[0].jointype = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Begin a transaction -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int i; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - db = pParse->db; - assert( db!=0 ); -/* if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** Commit a transaction -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - assert( pParse->db!=0 ); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Rollback a transaction -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v; - - assert( pParse!=0 ); - assert( pParse->db!=0 ); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ - return; - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); - } -} - -/* -** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, -** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ - char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( zName ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; - assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); -#endif - if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); - return; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return -** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ - int rc; - Btree *pBt; - static const int flags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " - "file for storing temporary tables"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; - } - db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; - assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified -** for database iDb. The code to actually verify the schema cookie -** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated -** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; - yDbMask mask; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); - assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ - pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask; - pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); - } - } -} - -/* -** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each -** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){ - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that -** might change the database. -** -** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within -** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint -** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should -** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of -** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to -** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints -** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never -** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<isMultiWrite |= setStatement; -} - -/* -** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write -** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, -** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) -** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will -** be necessary to undo the completed writes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; -} - -/* -** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is -** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to -** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make -** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. -** -** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the -** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency -** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes -** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm -** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency -** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in -** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective -** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen -** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; -} - -/* -** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT -** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement -** and/or current transaction is rolled back. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int errCode, /* extended error code */ - int onError, /* Constraint type */ - char *p4, /* Error message */ - i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */ - u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ -){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); - if( onError==OE_Abort ){ - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type); - if( p5Errmsg ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg); -} - -/* -** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int onError, /* Constraint type */ - Index *pIdx /* The index that triggers the constraint */ -){ - char *zErr; - int j; - StrAccum errMsg; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200); - errMsg.db = pParse->db; - for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; - if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2); - sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, pTab->zName); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ".", 1); - sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&errMsg, zCol); - } - zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, - IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY - : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, - onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); -} - - -/* -** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ - Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ -){ - char *zMsg; - int rc; - if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, - pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY; - }else{ - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName); - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID; - } - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC, - P5_ConstraintUnique); -} - -/* -** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return -** true if it does and false if it does not. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ - int i; - assert( zColl!=0 ); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; - assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 ); - if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. -** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the -** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute -** all indices everywhere. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - assert( pDb!=0 ); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code for the REINDEX command. -** -** REINDEX -- 1 -** REINDEX -- 2 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. -** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named -** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all -** indices associated with the named table. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ - char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - if( pName1==0 ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); - return; - }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ - char *zColl; - assert( pName1->z ); - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); - if( !zColl ) return; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); - if( pColl ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - return; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); - if( z==0 ) return; - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - return; - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index. -** -** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object. -** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer. The -** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object. -** -** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object -** when it has finished using it. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db!=pParse->db ){ - sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo); - pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0; - } -#endif - if( pIdx->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - int i; - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol; - KeyInfo *pKey; - if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){ - pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey); - }else{ - pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0); - } - if( pKey ){ - assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) ); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]; - assert( zColl!=0 ); - pKey->aColl[i] = strcmp(zColl,"BINARY")==0 ? 0 : - sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); - pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - } - if( pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey); - }else{ - pIdx->pKeyInfo = pKey; - } - } - } - return sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pIdx->pKeyInfo); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -/* -** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a -** WITH clause. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - With *pWith, /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */ - Token *pName, /* Name of the common-table */ - ExprList *pArglist, /* Optional column name list for the table */ - Select *pQuery /* Query used to initialize the table */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - With *pNew; - char *zName; - - /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If - ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( zName && pWith ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCte; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName); - } - } - } - - if( pWith ){ - int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte); - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith)); - } - assert( zName!=0 || pNew==0 ); - assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pNew==0 ); - - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - pNew = pWith; - }else{ - pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery; - pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist; - pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName; - pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zErr = 0; - pNew->nCte++; - } - - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ - if( pWith ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCte; i++){ - struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith); - } -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */ - -/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2005 May 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables -** of user defined functions and collation sequences. -*/ - - -/* -** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence -** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. -*/ -static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ - assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); - if( db->xCollNeeded ){ - char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - if( !zExternal ) return; - db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ - char const *zExternal; - sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zExternal ){ - db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a -** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions -** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one -** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if -** possible. -*/ -static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ - CollSeq *pColl2; - char *z = pColl->zName; - int i; - static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; - for(i=0; i<3; i++){ - pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); - if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ - memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); - pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback -** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the -** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding -** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. -** -** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database -** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation -** sequence can be found. If no collation is found, leave an error message. -** -** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ - CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ - const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ -){ - CollSeq *p; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - p = pColl; - if( !p ){ - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ - /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. - ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. - */ - callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); - } - if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ - p = 0; - } - assert( !p || p->xCmp ); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to -** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when -** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences -** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. -** -** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, -** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different -** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pColl ){ - const char *zName = pColl->zName; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( p==pColl ); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -/* -** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry -** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is -** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an -** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence -** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. -** -** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of -** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in -** each collation sequence structure. -*/ -static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ - int create /* Create a new entry if true */ -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - - if( 0==pColl && create ){ - pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); - if( pColl ){ - CollSeq *pDel = 0; - pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); - pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; - pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); - - /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will - ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added - ** to the hash table). - */ - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); - if( pDel!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); - pColl = 0; - } - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. -** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName -** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. -** -** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a -** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around -** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory -** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence -** cannot be found. -** -** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( - sqlite3 *db, - u8 enc, - const char *zName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( zName ){ - pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); - }else{ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; - return pColl; -} - -/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure -** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument -** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system -** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the -** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. -** -** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg -** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that -** takes a variable number of arguments. -** -** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function -** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive -** match score for any -** -** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: -** -** 0: Not a match. -** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments. -** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args. -** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments -** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly -** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly -** 6: Perfect match: encoding and argument count match exactly. -** -** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xStep or xFunc is -** a perfect match and any function with both xStep and xFunc NULL is -** a non-match. -*/ -#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6 /* The score for a perfect match */ -static int matchQuality( - FuncDef *p, /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */ - int nArg, /* Desired number of arguments. (-1)==any */ - u8 enc /* Desired text encoding */ -){ - int match; - - /* nArg of -2 is a special case */ - if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xFunc==0 && p->xStep==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH; - - /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */ - if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0; - - /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments - ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */ - if( p->nArg==nArg ){ - match = 4; - }else{ - match = 1; - } - - /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */ - if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){ - match += 2; /* Exact encoding match */ - }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){ - match += 1; /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */ - } - - return match; -} - -/* -** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return -** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. -*/ -static FuncDef *functionSearch( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ - int h, /* Hash of the name */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ - int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ -){ - FuncDef *p; - for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ - return p; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ - FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ -){ - FuncDef *pOther; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); - u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; - int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); - pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); - if( pOther ){ - assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef ); - pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pDef; - }else{ - pDef->pNext = 0; - pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; - pHash->a[h] = pDef; - } -} - - - -/* -** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag -** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a -** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return -** NULL if the function does not exist. -** -** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef -** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a -** no matching function previously existed. -** -** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned. A -** function is valid if either xFunc or xStep is non-zero. The nArg==(-2) -** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number -** of arguments. If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0. -** -** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and -** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not -** match that requested. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ - int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ - u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ - u8 createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ -){ - FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ - FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ - int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ - int h; /* Hash value */ - - assert( nArg>=(-2) ); - assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 ); - h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); - - /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. - */ - p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; - } - p = p->pNext; - } - - /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. - ** - ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in - ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give - ** priority to built-in functions. - ** - ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to - ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will - ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the - ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. - ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. - */ - if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - bestScore = 0; - p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; - } - p = p->pNext; - } - } - - /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an - ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a - ** new entry to the hash table and return it. - */ - if( createFlag && bestScorezName = (char *)&pBest[1]; - pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; - pBest->funcFlags = enc; - memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); - pBest->zName[nName] = 0; - sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); - } - - if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ - return pBest; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the -** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents -** of the schema hash tables). -** -** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ - Hash temp1; - Hash temp2; - HashElem *pElem; - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - - temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; - temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); - pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; - if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ - pSchema->iGeneration++; - pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; - } -} - -/* -** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create -** a new one if necessary. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ - Schema * p; - if( pBt ){ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); - }else{ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); - } - if( !p ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ - sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); - p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - } - return p; -} - -/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. -*/ - -/* -** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries -** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains -** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, -** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and -** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table -** name is not found or if any other error occurs. -** -** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: -** -** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object -** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - Table *pTab; - assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); - pItem->pTab = pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ - pTab = 0; - } - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not -** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is -** writable return 0; -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ - /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: - ** - ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method - ** has been provided, or - ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not - ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not - ** been specified. - ** - ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. - */ - if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) - && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) - || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && pParse->nested==0 ) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); - return 1; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); - return 1; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -/* -** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The -** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the -** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pView, /* View definition */ - Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ - int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ -){ - SelectDest dest; - Select *pSel; - SrcList *pFrom; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); - pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pFrom ){ - assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); - pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); - pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); - assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); - } - pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -/* -** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, -** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; -** \__________________________/ -** pLimitWhere (pInClause) -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ - Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ - Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ - char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */ -){ - Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ - Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ - Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ - ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ - SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ - Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ - - /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. - */ - if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - } - - /* We only need to generate a select expression if there - ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. - */ - if( pLimit == 0 ) { - /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ - assert( pOffset == 0 ); - return pWhere; - } - - /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset - ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** becomes: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( - ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** ); - */ - - pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); - if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - - /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree - ** and the SELECT subtree. */ - pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); - if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - } - - /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, - pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); - if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; - - /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ - pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); - if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - - pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; - pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); - return pInClause; - - /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ -limit_where_cleanup_1: - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); - return 0; - -limit_where_cleanup_2: - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); - return 0; -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */ - /* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ - -/* -** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; -** \________/ \________________/ -** pTabList pWhere -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ -){ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */ - int iDataCur; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */ - int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number of the first index */ - int nIdx; /* Number of indices */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ - AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ - int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ - int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ - int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ - u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */ - Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */ - int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */ - i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */ - int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */ - i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */ - int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ - int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ - int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */ - int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */ - int addrDelete = 0; /* Jump directly to the delete logic */ - int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephermeral table */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ -#endif - - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be - ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we - ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect - ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** deleted from is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); - assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); - if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert(!isView || pTrigger); - - /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ - pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - - /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur); - iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; - } -#endif - - /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if - ** we are counting rows. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. - ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, - ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by - ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ - if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) - && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) - ){ - assert( !isView ); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, - pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - } - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ - { - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */ - pPk = 0; - nPk = 1; - iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); - }else{ - /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephermeral table used to - ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */ - pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - assert( pPk!=0 ); - nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; - iPk = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nPk; - iEphCur = pParse->nTab++; - addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); - } - - /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row - ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, - WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK, - iTabCur+1); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); - - /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); - } - - /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ - if( pPk ){ - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i], iPk+i); - } - iKey = iPk; - }else{ - iKey = pParse->nMem + 1; - iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0); - if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey; - } - - if( okOnePass ){ - /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only - ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the - ** delete code. - */ - nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ - aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nIdx+2); - if( aToOpen==0 ){ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); - aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; - if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0; - if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0; - if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen); - addrDelete = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Jump to DELETE logic */ - }else if( pPk ){ - /* Construct a composite key for the row to be deleted and remember it */ - iKey = ++pParse->nMem; - nKey = 0; /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey, - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey); - }else{ - /* Get the rowid of the row to be deleted and remember it in the RowSet */ - nKey = 1; /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); - } - - /* End of the WHERE loop */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - if( okOnePass ){ - /* Bypass the delete logic below if the WHERE loop found zero rows */ - addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBypass); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrDelete); - } - - /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are - ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the - ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF - ** triggers. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iTabCur, aToOpen, - &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); - assert( pPk || iDataCur==iTabCur ); - assert( pPk || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 ); - } - - /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the - ** where-clause loop above. - */ - if( okOnePass ){ - /* Just one row. Hence the top-of-loop is a no-op */ - assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ - if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){ - assert( pPk!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - }else if( pPk ){ - addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey); - assert( nKey==0 ); /* OP_Found will use a composite key */ - }else{ - addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); - VdbeCoverage(v); - assert( nKey==1 ); - } - - /* Delete the row */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - }else -#endif - { - int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, - iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, okOnePass); - } - - /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ - if( okOnePass ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); - }else if( pPk ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrLoop); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); - } - - /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur); - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i); - } - } - } /* End non-truncate path */ - - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } - - /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - -delete_from_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen); - return; -} -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a -** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and -** all indices are removed. -** -** Preconditions: -** -** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data -** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself, -** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case -** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.) -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a -** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means -** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the -** single memory location iPk. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ - int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */ - int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ - int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */ - i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */ - u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ - u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ - u8 bNoSeek /* iDataCur is already pointing to the row to delete */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ - int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ - int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ - u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */ - - /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ - assert( v ); - VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", - iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); - - /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists - ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do - ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ - iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; - if( !bNoSeek ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); - } - - /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to - ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ - if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ - u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ - int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ - int addrStart; /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */ - - /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to - ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ - mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf - ); - mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); - iOld = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); - - /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be - ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 ); - testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 ); - if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1); - } - } - - /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ - addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, - TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel - ); - - /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the - ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved - ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was - ** pointing to. - */ - if( addrStartpSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - if( count ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - } - } - - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just deleted. */ - sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); - - /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, - TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel - ); - - /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE - ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a - ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); - VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); -} - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all -** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab -** -** Preconditions: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage -** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself -** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID -** tables.) -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex -** index is the 0-th index.) -** -** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row -** that is to be deleted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */ - int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ - int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ -){ - int i; /* Index loop counter */ - int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */ - int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */ - Index *pIdx; /* Current index */ - Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */ - Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ - Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */ - - v = pParse->pVdbe; - pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx ); - if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; - if( pIdx==pPk ) continue; - VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName)); - r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1, - &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1, - pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn); - sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); - pPrior = pIdx; - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register -** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. -** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to -** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then -** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index. -** -** Return a register number which is the first in a block of -** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The -** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time -** this routine returns. -** -** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump -** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped. -** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). -** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates -** to false or null. If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel -** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by -** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). -** -** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to -** avoid unnecessary register loads. If pPrior is not NULL, then it is -** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been -** computed into register regPrior. If the current pIdx index is generating -** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share -** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already -** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. -** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK -** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or -** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ - int iDataCur, /* Cursor number from which to take column data */ - int regOut, /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */ - int prefixOnly, /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */ - int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */ - Index *pPrior, /* Previously generated index key */ - int regPrior /* Register holding previous generated key */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int j; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - int regBase; - int nCol; - - if( piPartIdxLabel ){ - if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ - *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pParse->iPartIdxTab = iDataCur; - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, - SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - }else{ - *piPartIdxLabel = 0; - } - } - nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn; - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0; - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ) continue; - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], - regBase+j); - /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it - ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact - ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode. - ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where - ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again. So omit the OP_RealAffinity - ** opcode if it is present */ - sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity); - } - if( regOut ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); - return regBase; -} - -/* -** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label -** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to -** resolve that label. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){ - if( iLabel ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - } -} - -/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2002 February 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL -** functions of SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -*/ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -/* -** Return the collating function associated with a function. -*/ -static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ - return context->pColl; -} - -/* -** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this -** iteration of the aggregate loop. -*/ -static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){ - context->skipFlag = 1; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions -*/ -static void minmaxFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ - int iBest; - CollSeq *pColl; - - assert( argc>1 ); - mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; - pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - assert( pColl ); - assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); - iBest = 0; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - for(i=1; i=0 ){ - testcase( mask==0 ); - iBest = i; - } - } - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); -} - -/* -** Return the type of the argument. -*/ -static void typeofFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *z = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; - case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; - case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; - case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; - default: z = "null"; break; - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - - -/* -** Implementation of the length() function -*/ -static void lengthFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int len; - - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_BLOB: - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - while( *z ){ - len++; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - sqlite3_result_int(context, len); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the abs() function. -** -** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of -** the numeric argument X. -*/ -static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( iVal<0 ){ - if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ - /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808 - ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no - ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); - return; - } - iVal = -iVal; - } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); - break; - } - case SQLITE_NULL: { - /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - default: { - /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not - ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: - ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that - ** cannot be converted to a numeric value. - */ - double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; - sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the instr() function. -** -** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle -** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1, -** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack. -** -** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than -** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle, -** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack. -*/ -static void instrFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zHaystack; - const unsigned char *zNeedle; - int nHaystack; - int nNeedle; - int typeHaystack, typeNeedle; - int N = 1; - int isText; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); - typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]); - if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); - isText = 0; - }else{ - zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - isText = 1; - } - while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){ - N++; - do{ - nHaystack--; - zHaystack++; - }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ); - } - if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0; - sqlite3_result_int(context, N); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the printf() function. -*/ -static void printfFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - PrintfArguments x; - StrAccum str; - const char *zFormat; - int n; - - if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ - x.nArg = argc-1; - x.nUsed = 0; - x.apArg = argv+1; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - str.db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - sqlite3XPrintf(&str, SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC, zFormat, &x); - n = str.nChar; - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n, - SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the substr() function. -** -** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. -** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character -** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. -** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. -** -** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. -** -** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1. -*/ -static void substrFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *z; - const unsigned char *z2; - int len; - int p0type; - i64 p1, p2; - int negP2 = 0; - - assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) - ){ - return; - } - p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); - p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - if( p1<0 ){ - for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - } - } - if( argc==3 ){ - p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - if( p2<0 ){ - p2 = -p2; - negP2 = 1; - } - }else{ - p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - } - if( p1<0 ){ - p1 += len; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - p1 = 0; - } - }else if( p1>0 ){ - p1--; - }else if( p2>0 ){ - p2--; - } - if( negP2 ){ - p1 -= p2; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - p1 = 0; - } - } - assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); - if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ - while( *z && p1 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - p1--; - } - for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - if( p1+p2>len ){ - p2 = len-p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - } - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the round() function -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - int n = 0; - double r; - char *zBuf; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( argc==2 ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( n>30 ) n = 30; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - } - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, - ** handle the rounding directly, - ** otherwise use printf. - */ - if( n==0 && r>=0 && r0 ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - z = 0; - }else{ - z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); - if( !z ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - } - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. -*/ -static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - for(i=0; imatchOne; - u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; - u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; - u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - - while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern))!=0 ){ - if( c==matchAll && !prevEscape ){ - while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern)) == matchAll - || c == matchOne ){ - if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( c==esc ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); - if( c==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ - assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ - while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - } - return *zString!=0; - } - while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString))!=0 ){ - if( noCase ){ - GlobUpperToLower(c2); - GlobUpperToLower(c); - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); - GlobUpperToLower(c2); - } - }else{ - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); - } - } - if( c2==0 ) return 0; - if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; - } - return 0; - }else if( c==matchOne && !prevEscape ){ - if( sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - u32 prior_c = 0; - assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ - seen = 0; - invert = 0; - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); - if( c==0 ) return 0; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); - if( c2=='^' ){ - invert = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); - } - if( c2==']' ){ - if( c==']' ) seen = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); - } - while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ - if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); - if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; - prior_c = 0; - }else{ - if( c==c2 ){ - seen = 1; - } - prior_c = c2; - } - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); - } - if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ - prevEscape = 1; - }else{ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); - if( noCase ){ - GlobUpperToLower(c); - GlobUpperToLower(c2); - } - if( c!=c2 ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; - } - } - return *zString==0; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_strglob() interface. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){ - return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, 0)==0; -} - -/* -** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is -** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing -** only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: -** -** A LIKE B -** -** is implemented as like(B,A). -** -** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes -** the GLOB operator. -*/ -static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zA, *zB; - u32 escape = 0; - int nPat; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). - */ - nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; - } - assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. - */ - const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zEsc==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; - } - escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc); - } - if( zA && zB ){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_like_count++; -#endif - - sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first -** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the -** arguments are equal to each other. -*/ -static void nullifFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version -** of the SQLite library that is running. -*/ -static void versionFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string -** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build -** SQLite. -*/ -static void sourceidFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the - ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around -** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for -** its side-effects. -*/ -static void errlogFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); - sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. -** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option -** was used to build SQLite. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptionusedFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zOptName; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL - ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ - ** function. - */ - if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. -** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options -** used to build SQLite. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -static void compileoptiongetFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int n; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function - ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. - */ - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - -/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex -** digits. */ -static const char hexdigits[] = { - '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' -}; - -/* -** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single -** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as -** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string -** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with -** single-quote escapes. -*/ -static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - double r1, r2; - char zBuf[50]; - r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1); - sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( r1!=r2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - break; - } - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - break; - } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - char *zText = 0; - char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); - if( zText ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; - zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; - } - zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; - zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; - zText[0] = 'X'; - zText[1] = '\''; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(zText); - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - int i,j; - u64 n; - const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - char *z; - - if( zArg==0 ) return; - for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } - z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); - if( z ){ - z[0] = '\''; - for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ - z[j++] = zArg[i]; - if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ - z[j++] = '\''; - } - } - z[j++] = '\''; - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value -** for the first character of the input string. -*/ -static void unicodeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - (void)argc; - if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z)); -} - -/* -** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is -** an integer. It constructs a string where each character of the string -** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument. -*/ -static void charFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char *z, *zOut; - int i; - zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc( argc*4+1 ); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - return; - } - for(i=0; i0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd; - c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff); - if( c<0x00080 ){ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); - }else if( c<0x00800 ){ - *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); - }else if( c<0x10000 ){ - *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); - }else{ - *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); - } \ - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(zOut-z), sqlite3_free); -} - -/* -** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return -** a hexadecimal rendering as text. -*/ -static void hexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i, n; - const unsigned char *pBlob; - char *zHex, *z; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); - if( zHex ){ - for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; - *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; - } - *z = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -/* -** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. -*/ -static void zeroblobFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - i64 n; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ - } -} - -/* -** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call -** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived -** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C. The match -** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. -*/ -static void replaceFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ - const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ - const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ - int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ - int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ - int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ - i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ - int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zStr==0 ) return; - nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zPattern==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - return; - } - nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zRep==0 ) return; - nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); - nOut = nStr + 1; - assert( nOutaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return; - } - zOld = zOut; - zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); - if( zOut==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - sqlite3_free(zOld); - return; - } - memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); - j += nRep; - i += nPattern-1; - } - } - assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); - memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); - j += nStr - i; - assert( j<=nOut ); - zOut[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. -** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. -*/ -static void trimFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ - const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ - int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ - int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ - unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ - int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - return; - } - zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) return; - nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( argc==1 ){ - static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; - static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; - nChar = 1; - aLen = (u8*)lenOne; - azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; - zCharSet = 0; - }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - const unsigned char *z; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); - if( azChar==0 ){ - return; - } - aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); - } - } - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); - if( flags & 1 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - zIn += len; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( flags & 2 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( zCharSet ){ - sqlite3_free(azChar); - } - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} - - -/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It -** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used -** when SQLite is built. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX -/* -** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. -** -** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the -** soundex encoding of the string X. -*/ -static void soundexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - char zResult[8]; - const u8 *zIn; - int i, j; - static const unsigned char iCode[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - }; - assert( argc==1 ); - zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; - for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} - if( zIn[i] ){ - u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); - for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ - int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - if( code>0 ){ - if( code!=prevcode ){ - prevcode = code; - zResult[j++] = code + '0'; - } - }else{ - prevcode = 0; - } - } - while( j<4 ){ - zResult[j++] = '0'; - } - zResult[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument - ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ - sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. -*/ -static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - const char *zProc; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zErrMsg = 0; - - if( argc==2 ){ - zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - }else{ - zProc = 0; - } - if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a -** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. -*/ -typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; -struct SumCtx { - double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ - i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ - i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ - u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ - u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ -}; - -/* -** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. -** -** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means -** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns -** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where -** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point -** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if -** it overflows an integer. -*/ -static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - SumCtx *p; - int type; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); - if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - p->cnt++; - if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - p->rSum += v; - if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ - p->overflow = 1; - } - }else{ - p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - p->approx = 1; - } - } -} -static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - if( p->overflow ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); - }else if( p->approx ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); - } - } -} -static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); - } -} -static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); -} - -/* -** The following structure keeps track of state information for the -** count() aggregate function. -*/ -typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; -struct CountCtx { - i64 n; -}; - -/* -** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. -*/ -static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ - p->n++; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make - ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our - ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be - ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ - assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff - || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); -#endif -} -static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); -} - -/* -** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. -*/ -static void minmaxStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; - Mem *pBest; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); - if( !pBest ) return; - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); - }else if( pBest->flags ){ - int max; - int cmp; - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, - ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the - ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the - ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it - ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. - ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() - ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). - */ - max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; - cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); - if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - }else{ - sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } -} -static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - sqlite3_value *pRes; - pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pRes ){ - if( pRes->flags ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); - } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); - } -} - -/* -** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) -*/ -static void groupConcatStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zVal; - StrAccum *pAccum; - const char *zSep; - int nVal, nSep; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); - - if( pAccum ){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0; - pAccum->useMalloc = 2; - pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - if( !firstTerm ){ - if( argc==2 ){ - zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - }else{ - zSep = ","; - nSep = 1; - } - if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); - } - zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); - } -} -static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - StrAccum *pAccum; - pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pAccum ){ - if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, - sqlite3_free); - } - } -} - -/* -** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most -** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. -** This routine only deals with those that are not global. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. -*/ -static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ - FuncDef *pDef; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), - 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ - pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal; - } -} - -/* -** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive -** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case -** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo; - if( caseSensitive ){ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; - }else{ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; - } - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, - (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", - caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); -} - -/* -** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If -** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function -** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and -** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then -** return FALSE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ - FuncDef *pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION - || !pExpr->x.pList - || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 - ){ - return 0; - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, - sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken), - 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption - */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); - *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; - return 1; -} - -/* -** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above -** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as -** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). -** -** After this routine runs -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ - /* - ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions - ** defined in this file. - ** - ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the - ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array - ** are read-only after initialization is complete. - */ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { - FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION2(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), - FUNCTION2(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH), - FUNCTION(instr, 2, 0, 0, instrFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(printf, -1, 0, 0, printfFunc ), - FUNCTION(unicode, 1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc ), - FUNCTION(char, -1, 0, 0, charFunc ), - FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), - FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), -#endif - FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), - FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), - FUNCTION2(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), - FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), - FUNCTION2(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), - FUNCTION2(unlikely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), - FUNCTION2(likelihood, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), - VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), - VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), - FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), - VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), - VFUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), - VFUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), - FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), - FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), - #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX - FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), - #endif - #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), - FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), - #endif - AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), - /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ - {0,SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0}, - AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), - - LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #else - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - #endif - }; - - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); - - for(i=0; idb->mallocFailed flag is set. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ - Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ - Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ - int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ -){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ - char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ - - /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ - assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); - assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); - assert( pParse ); - - /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it - ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx - ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. - ** - ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate - ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). - ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. - */ - if( nCol==1 ){ - /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: - ** - ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly - ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or - ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY. - */ - if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ - if( !zKey ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; - } - }else if( paiCol ){ - assert( nCol>1 ); - aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); - if( !aiCol ) return 1; - *paiCol = aiCol; - } - - for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number - ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key - ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ - - if( zKey==0 ){ - /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to - ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be - ** identified by the test. */ - if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ - if( aiCol ){ - int i; - for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; - } - break; - } - }else{ - /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to - ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this - ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses - ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ - int i, j; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ - char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ - char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ - - /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from - ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is - ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ - zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; - if( !zDfltColl ){ - zDfltColl = "BINARY"; - } - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; - - zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; - for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ - if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; - break; - } - } - if( j==nCol ) break; - } - if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ - } - } - } - - if( !pIdx ){ - if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"", - pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo); - } - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); - return 1; - } - - *ppIdx = pIdx; - return 0; -} - -/* -** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the -** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed -** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row -** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the -** new row. -** -** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the -** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into -** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no -** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be -** found in the parent table: -** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** -** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". -** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". -*/ -static void fkLookupParent( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ - Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ - Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ - int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ - int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ - int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ -){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ - int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ - int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ - - /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any - ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need - ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. - ** - ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If - ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to - ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ - if( nIncr<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - if( isIgnore==0 ){ - if( pIdx==0 ){ - /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY - ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ - int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ - int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. - ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there - ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of - ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column - ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); - iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); - VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about - ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), - ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not - ** increment the constraint-counter. */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); - } - - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); - }else{ - int nCol = pFKey->nCol; - int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); - for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ - int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; - assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ - iParent = regData; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk); - } - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), nCol); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); - } - } - - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel - && !pParse->isMultiWrite - ){ - /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly - ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of - ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being - ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ - assert( nIncr==1 ); - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, - OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); - }else{ - if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); - } - - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); -} - - -/* -** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding -** to column iCol of table pTab. -** -** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data -** for pTab. regBase itself holds the rowid. regBase+1 holds the first -** column. regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth. -*/ -static Expr *exprTableRegister( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */ - int regBase, /* Contents of table pTab */ - i16 iCol /* Which column of pTab is desired */ -){ - Expr *pExpr; - Column *pCol; - const char *zColl; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); - if( pExpr ){ - if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1; - pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity; - zColl = pCol->zColl; - if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; - pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl); - }else{ - pExpr->iTable = regBase; - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - } - } - return pExpr; -} - -/* -** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which -** has cursor iCur. -*/ -static Expr *exprTableColumn( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */ - int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */ - i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */ -){ - Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); - if( pExpr ){ - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - pExpr->iTable = iCursor; - pExpr->iColumn = iCol; - } - return pExpr; -} - -/* -** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted -** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is -** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating -** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - -** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. -** -** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child -** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. -** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: -** -** Operation | FK type | Action taken -** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. -** -** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". -** -** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". -** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, -** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. -** -** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". -** -** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file -** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". -*/ -static void fkScanChildren( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The child table to be scanned */ - Table *pTab, /* The parent table */ - Index *pIdx, /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */ - FKey *pFKey, /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */ - int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ - int regData, /* Parent row data starts here */ - int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ - NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ - int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); - assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol ); - assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 ); - assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) ); - - if( nIncr<0 ){ - iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: - ** - ** = AND = ... - ** - ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of - ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should - ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ - i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ - - iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; - pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); - iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iCol>=0 ); - zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); - } - - /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms - ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned. - ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this: - ** - ** $current_rowid!=rowid - ** NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... ) - ** - ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used - ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the primary key is - ** (a,b,...) - */ - if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ - Expr *pNe; /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */ - Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ - Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1); - pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1); - pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); - }else{ - Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0; - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - assert( pIdx!=0 ); - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ - i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); - pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol); - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); - pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq); - } - pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0); - } - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe); - } - - /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ - memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; - sNameContext.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); - - /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE - ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for - ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the - ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected. */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ - sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); - if( pWInfo ){ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - } - - /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - if( iFkIfZero ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); - } -} - -/* -** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by -** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab. For example, -** given the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); -** -** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer -** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table -** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a -** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent -** table). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName); - return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName); -} - -/* -** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the -** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure -** and all of its sub-components. -** -** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from -** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. -*/ -static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ - if( p ){ - TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; - sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); - sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); - } -} - -/* -** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is -** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument -** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to -** table pTab. -** -** Normally, no code is required. However, if either -** -** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or -** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is -** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK -** constraint violations in the database, -** -** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping -** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this -** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ - int iSkip = 0; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ - if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ - /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table - ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without - ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over - ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints - ** when this statement is run. */ - FKey *p; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break; - } - if( !p ) return; - iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - pParse->disableTriggers = 1; - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); - pParse->disableTriggers = 0; - - /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint - ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before - ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement - ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. - ** - ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as - ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK - ** constraints are violated. - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, - OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); - } - - if( iSkip ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); - } - } -} - - -/* -** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key -** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab -** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is -** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array -** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element -** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement -** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. -** -** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the -** child key for FK constraint *p are modified. -*/ -static int fkChildIsModified( - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated */ - FKey *p, /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */ - int *aChange, /* Array indicating modified columns */ - int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is modified by this update */ -){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; - if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; - if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key -** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab -** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is -** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array -** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element -** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement -** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. -** -** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the -** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. -*/ -static int fkParentIsModified( - Table *pTab, - FKey *p, - int *aChange, - int bChngRowid -){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; - int iKey; - for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ - if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){ - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; - if( zKey ){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1; - }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ - return 1; - } - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of -** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint -** processing for the operation. -** -** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the -** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the -** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values -** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed -** zero in this case. -** -** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the -** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new -** row data. -** -** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before -** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention -** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted -** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ - int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ - int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ - int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ - int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ - int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; - - /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ - assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); - - /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the - ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ - int *aiFree = 0; - int *aiCol; - int iCol; - int i; - int isIgnore = 0; - - if( aChange - && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 - && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 - ){ - continue; - } - - /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index - ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these - ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return - ** early. */ - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - }else{ - pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); - } - if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ - assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pTo==0 ){ - /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this - ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped - ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. - ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is - ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant - ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. - */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); - } - continue; - } - assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); - - if( aiFree ){ - aiCol = aiFree; - }else{ - iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - aiCol = &iCol; - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ - aiCol[i] = -1; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the - ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any - ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ - if( db->xAuth ){ - int rcauth; - char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; - rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); - isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); - } -#endif - } - - /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate - ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns - ** in the parent table. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); - pParse->nTab++; - - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. - ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an - ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore); - } - if( regNew!=0 ){ - /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot - ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ - fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore); - } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); - } - - /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table. - ** (the "child" constraints) */ - for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ - SrcList *pSrc; - int *aiCol = 0; - - if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ - continue; - } - - if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) - && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite - ){ - assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); - /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate - ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ - continue; - } - - if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ - if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; - continue; - } - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); - - /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table. We need the - ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; - pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - pItem->pTab->nRef++; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - - if( regNew!=0 ){ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); - } - if( regOld!=0 ){ - /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation - ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception - ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a - ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking - ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented - ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default. */ - fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); - } - pItem->zName = 0; - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); - } -} - -#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) - -/* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ -){ - u32 mask = 0; - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *p; - int i; - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); - } - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - Index *pIdx = 0; - sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); - if( pIdx ){ - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); - } - } - } - return mask; -} - - -/* -** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a -** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then -** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points -** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. -** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding -** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, -** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the -** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. -** -** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns -** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function -** returns false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ - int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ - int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ -){ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - if( !aChange ){ - /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the - ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any - ** foreign key constraint. */ - return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); - }else{ - /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the - ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ - FKey *p; - - /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ - for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ - if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; - } - - /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ - for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ - if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being -** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. -** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is -** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a -** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. -** -** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger -** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. -** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is -** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers -** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). -** -** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in -** the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); -** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); -** -** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: -** -** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN -** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; -** END; -** -** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It -** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by -** sqlite3FkDelete(). -*/ -static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ - ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ - int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ - - action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; - pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; - - if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ - u8 enableLookaside; /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ - char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ - int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ - Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ - int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ - TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ - Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ - - if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; - assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); - - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ - Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ - Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ - Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ - int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ - Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ - - iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iFromCol>=0 ); - tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid"; - tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName; - - tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z); - tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z); - - /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important - ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so - ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the - ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol) - , 0); - pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); - - /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. - ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: - ** - ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) - */ - if( pChanges ){ - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol), - 0), - 0); - pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); - } - - if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ - Expr *pNew; - if( action==OE_Cascade ){ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol) - , 0); - }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ - Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; - if( pDflt ){ - pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); - - zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; - nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); - - if( action==OE_Restrict ){ - Token tFrom; - Expr *pRaise; - - tFrom.z = zFrom; - tFrom.n = nFrom; - pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); - if( pRaise ){ - pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; - } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, - sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), - sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), - pWhere, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - ); - pWhere = 0; - } - - /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ - enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - - pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ - sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ - nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->target.z */ - ); - if( pTrigger ){ - pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; - pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1]; - pStep->target.n = nFrom; - memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom); - - pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - if( pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - } - } - - /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ - fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); - return 0; - } - assert( pStep!=0 ); - - switch( action ){ - case OE_Restrict: - pStep->op = TK_SELECT; - break; - case OE_Cascade: - if( !pChanges ){ - pStep->op = TK_DELETE; - break; - } - default: - pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; - } - pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; - pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; - pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); - } - - return pTrigger; -} - -/* -** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement -** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ - int regOld, /* Address of array containing old row */ - int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ - int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ -){ - /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that - ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK - ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated - ** trigger sub-program. */ - if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ - if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){ - Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); - if( pAct ){ - sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); - } - } - } - } -} - -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -/* -** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to -** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash -** hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ - FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ - FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ - - assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); - for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ - - /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ - if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ - pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; - }else{ - void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; - const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); - sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p); - } - if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ - pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; - } - } - - /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is - ** classified as either immediate or deferred. - */ - assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); - - /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); - fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); -#endif - - pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); - } -} -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ - -/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. -*/ - -/* -** Generate code that will -** -** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then -** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. -** -** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index -** for that table that is actually opened. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ - int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ - int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, - (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); - }else{ - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - assert( pPk!=0 ); - assert( pPk->tnum=pTab->tnum ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); - } -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index -** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in -** the table, according to the affinity of the column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -** -** An extra 'd' is appended to the end of the string to cover the -** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. -** -** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string -** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be -** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is - ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as - ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned - ** up. - */ - int n; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1); - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; - } - for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ - i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n]; - pIdx->zColAff[n] = x<0 ? SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER : pTab->aCol[x].affinity; - } - pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; - } - - return pIdx->zColAff; -} - -/* -** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been -** computed. As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_NONE affinities. -** -** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_NONE values) and -** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities -** for register iReg and following. Or if affinities exists and iReg==0, -** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should be -** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string. -** -** A column affinity string has one character per column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ - int i; - char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff; - if( zColAff==0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); - if( !zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; - } - do{ - zColAff[i--] = 0; - }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - pTab->zColAff = zColAff; - } - i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff); - if( i ){ - if( iReg ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i); - } - } -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices -** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if -** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can -** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. -*/ -static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - int i; - int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; -#endif - - for(i=1; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ - Index *pIndex; - int tnum = pOp->p2; - if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ - return 1; - } - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ - return 1; - } - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ - assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - return 1; - } -#endif - } - return 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -/* -** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab -** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register -** that holds the maximum rowid. -** -** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the -** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within -** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the -** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original -** AutoincInfo structure is used. -** -** Three memory locations are allocated: -** -** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. -** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. -** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab -** -** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the -** insert routine needs to know about. -*/ -static int autoIncBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ -){ - int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - AutoincInfo *pInfo; - - pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; - while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } - if( pInfo==0 ){ - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); - if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; - pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; - pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; - pInfo->pTab = pTab; - pInfo->iDb = iDb; - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ - pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ - pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ - } - memId = pInfo->regCtr; - } - return memId; -} - -/* -** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the -** register used by the autoincrement tracker. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ - int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ - int addr; /* A VDBE address */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ - - /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is - ** only called from the top-level */ - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); - assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) ); - - assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - memId = p->regCtr; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, memId, memId+1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - } -} - -/* -** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. -** -** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a -** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is -** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the -** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. -*/ -static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ - if( memId>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); - } -} - -/* -** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement -** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. -** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement -** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this -** routine just before the "exit" code. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ - AutoincInfo *p; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - assert( v ); - for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; - int j1; - int iRec; - int memId = p->regCtr; - - iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); - } -} -#else -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines -** above are all no-ops -*/ -# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) -# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ - - -/* Forward declaration */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -); - -/* -** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms: -** -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select -** -** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, -** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST -** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. -** -** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT -** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is -** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate -** data for the insert. -** -** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple -** insert with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes -** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this -** the "1st template"): -** -** open write cursor to
    and its indices -** put VALUES clause expressions into registers -** write the resulting record into
    -** cleanup -** -** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form -** -** INSERT INTO
    SELECT ... -** -** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - -** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table -** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and -** if and are distinct tables but have identical -** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization -** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . -** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this -** template. This is the 2nd template. -** -** open a write cursor to
    -** open read cursor on -** transfer all records in over to
    -** close cursors -** foreach index on
    -** open a write cursor on the
    index -** open a read cursor on the corresponding index -** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors -** close cursors -** end foreach -** -** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply -** and the SELECT clause does not read from
    at any time. -** The generated code follows this template: -** -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the rows in the SELECT -** load values into registers R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** end-coroutine X -** B: open write cursor to
    and its indices -** C: yield X, at EOF goto D -** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n -** goto C -** D: cleanup -** -** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its -** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table -** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, -** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of -** the select. The template is like this: -** -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the tables in the SELECT -** load value into register R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** end co-routine R -** B: open temp table -** L: yield X, at EOF goto M -** insert row from R..R+n into temp table -** goto L -** M: open write cursor to
    and its indices -** rewind temp table -** C: loop over rows of intermediate table -** transfer values form intermediate table into
    -** end loop -** D: cleanup -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ - char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ - int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ - int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ - int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */ - int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */ - int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ - int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ - int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ - int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ - SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ - int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ - Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ - u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ - u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */ - u8 bIdListInOrder = 1; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */ - - /* Register allocations */ - int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ - int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ - int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ - int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ - int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ -#endif - - db = pParse->db; - memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a - ** single row values (the common case) then keep that one row of values - ** and go ahead and discard the Select object - */ - if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){ - pList = pSelect->pEList; - pSelect->pEList = 0; - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - pSelect = 0; - } - - /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; - if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab); - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** inserted into is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define tmask 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view. - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Cannot insert into a read-only table. - */ - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a VDBE - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT - /* If the statement is of the form - ** - ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; - ** - ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer - ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. - ** - ** This is the 2nd template. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ - assert( !pTrigger ); - assert( pList==0 ); - goto insert_end; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - - /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the - ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. - */ - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); - - /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, - ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. - */ - regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - regRowid++; - pParse->nMem++; - } - regData = regRowid+1; - - /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and - ** remember the column indices. - ** - ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column - ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable - ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. ipkColumn is - ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as - ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) - */ - if( pColumn ){ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = j; - if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0; - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - ipkColumn = i; assert( !withoutRowid ); - } - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){ - ipkColumn = i; - bIdListInOrder = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", - pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - } - - /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data - ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that - ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The - ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT */ - int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ - int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - - regYield = ++pParse->nMem; - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); - dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0; - dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - regFromSelect = dest.iSdst; - assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc ); - if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) goto insert_cleanup; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); /* label B: */ - assert( pSelect->pEList ); - nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - - /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement - ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to - ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into - ** the destination table (template 3). - ** - ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a - ** temp table in the case of row triggers. - */ - if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ - useTempTable = 1; - } - - if( useTempTable ){ - /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT - ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated - ** here is from the 4th template: - ** - ** B: open temp table - ** L: yield X, goto M at EOF - ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table - ** goto L - ** M: ... - */ - int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ - int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ - int addrL; /* Label "L" */ - - srcTab = pParse->nTab++; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); - addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrL); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); - } - }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES - ** clause - */ - NameContext sNC; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - srcTab = -1; - assert( useTempTable==0 ); - nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - - /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key - ** column index in the original table definition. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ - ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey; - } - - /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number - ** of columns to be inserted into the table. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); - } - } - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", - pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); - } - - /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ - if( !isView ){ - int nIdx; - nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, -1, 0, - &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); - aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); - if( aRegIdx==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - for(i=0; inMem; - } - } - - /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ - if( useTempTable ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 4): - ** - ** rewind temp table, if empty goto D - ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table - ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    - ** end loop - ** D: ... - */ - addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v); - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else if( pSelect ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 3): - ** - ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D - ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n - ** goto C - ** D: ... - */ - addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any - */ - endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); - - /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be - ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, - ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has - ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 - */ - if( ipkColumn<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); - }else{ - int j1; - assert( !withoutRowid ); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols); - } - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, - ** this block would have to account for hidden column. - */ - assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); - - /* Create the new column data - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pColumn==0 ){ - j = i; - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); - } - } - - /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, - ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. - ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the - ** table column affinities. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1); - } - - /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, - pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); - - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); - } - - /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of - ** registers beginning at regIns. - */ - if( !isView ){ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); - } - if( ipkColumn>=0 ){ - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid); - }else{ - VdbeOp *pOp; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); - if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - appendFlag = 1; - pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; - pOp->p1 = iDataCur; - pOp->p2 = regRowid; - pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; - } - } - /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid - ** to generate a unique primary key value. - */ - if( !appendFlag ){ - int j1; - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - }else{ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - appendFlag = 1; - } - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - - /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning - ** with the first column. - */ - nHidden = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. - ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted - ** in its place. Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid - ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. - ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore); - continue; - } - if( pColumn==0 ){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - j = -1; - nHidden++; - }else{ - j = i - nHidden; - } - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); - }else if( pSelect ){ - if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); - } - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); - } - } - - /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and - ** do the insertion. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - }else -#endif - { - int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, - regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace - ); - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0); - sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, - regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0); - } - } - - /* Update the count of rows that are inserted - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); - } - - if( pTrigger ){ - /* Code AFTER triggers */ - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, - pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); - } - - /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source - ** is a SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - } - - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - if( iDataCurpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur); - } - } - -insert_end: - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into - ** autoincrement tables. - */ - if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } - - /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - -insert_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); -} - -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif -#ifdef tmask - #undef tmask -#endif - -/* -** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE -** on table pTab. -** -** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains -** the data to be inserted or the data after the update. There will be -** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range. The first register (the one -** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the -** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table. The second register in the range will -** contain the content of the first table column. The third register will -** contain the content of the second table column. And so forth. -** -** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains -** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards. regOldData is zero -** for an INSERT. This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by -** checking regOldData for zero. -** -** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the -** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table) -** might be modified by the UPDATE. If pkChng is false, then the key of -** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE. -** -** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid -** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement. If pkChng -** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or -** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT, -** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer -** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias. -** -** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into -** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for -** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is -** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices -** at pTab->pIndex. -** -** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main -** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which -** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when -** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY -** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor -** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices -** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list. -** -** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, -** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, -** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible -** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. -** -** Constraint type Action What Happens -** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- -** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and -** sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command -** only (do not do a complete rollback) then -** cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately -** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any FAIL Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The -** transaction is not rolled back and any -** changes to prior rows are retained. -** -** any IGNORE The attempt in insert or update the current -** row is skipped, without throwing an error. -** Processing continues with the next row. -** (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.) -** -** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default -** value for that column. If the default value -** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. -** -** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row -** being inserted is removed. -** -** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. -** -** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. -** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter -** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value -** for the constraint is used. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */ - int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */ - int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ - int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */ - int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */ - u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */ - u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ - int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ - int *pbMayReplace /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ -){ - Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ - Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ - Index *pPk = 0; /* The PRIMARY KEY index */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - int i; /* loop counter */ - int ix; /* Index loop counter */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns */ - int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ - int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ - int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ - int nPkField; /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */ - int ipkTop = 0; /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */ - int ipkBottom = 0; /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */ - u8 isUpdate; /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */ - u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */ - int regRowid = -1; /* Register holding ROWID value */ - - isUpdate = regOldData!=0; - db = pParse->db; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - nCol = pTab->nCol; - - /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for - ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the - ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the - ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - pPk = 0; - nPkField = 1; - }else{ - pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol; - } - - /* Record that this module has started */ - VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)", - iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng)); - - /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. - */ - for(i=0; iiPKey ){ - continue; - } - onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - /* Fall through */ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Fail: { - char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, - pTab->aCol[i].zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError, - regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull); - VdbeCoverage(v); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest); - VdbeCoverage(v); - break; - } - default: { - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - break; - } - } - } - - /* Test all CHECK constraints - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ - ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck; - pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; - onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[i].pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - }else{ - char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName; - if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName; - if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ - sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK, - onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT, - P5_ConstraintCheck); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously - ** exist in the table. - */ - if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){ - int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */ - onError = pTab->keyConf; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - - if( isUpdate ){ - /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that - ** it might have changed. Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid - ** is unchanged. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response - ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need - ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after - ** the UNIQUE constraints have run. - */ - if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){ - ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - break; - } - } - } - - /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table. Skip - ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData); - VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */ - switch( onError ){ - default: { - onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the - ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to - ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire - ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. - ** - ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers - ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call - ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries - ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry - ** when it is inserted. - ** - ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, - ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require - ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete - ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, - ** but being more selective here allows statements like: - ** - ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) - ** - ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the - ** table. - */ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - } - if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, - regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1); - }else if( pTab->pIndex ){ - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, 0); - } - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk); - if( ipkTop ){ - ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop); - } - } - - /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE - ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. - ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go. - ** - ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a - ** WITHOUT ROWID table. - */ - for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){ - int regIdx; /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */ - int regR; /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */ - int iThisCur; /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */ - int addrUniqueOk; /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */ - - if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue; /* Skip indices that do not change */ - if( bAffinityDone==0 ){ - sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); - bAffinityDone = 1; - } - iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix; - addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */ - if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]); - pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk, - SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pParse->ckBase = 0; - } - - /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after - ** the insert or update. Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register - */ - regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - int x; - if( iField<0 || iField==pTab->iPKey ){ - if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */ - x = regNewData; - regRowid = pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i; - }else{ - x = iField + regNewData + 1; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName)); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]); - VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName)); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); - - /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index - ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the - ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection - ** logic below can all be skipped. */ - if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); - continue; - } - - /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ - onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); - continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ - } - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - - /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, - regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Generate code to handle collisions */ - regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField); - if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){ - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR); - /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry - ** is different from old-rowid */ - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - }else{ - int x; - /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and - ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */ - if( pIdx!=pPk ){ - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ - x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i); - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, - pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); - } - } - if( isUpdate ){ - /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID - ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually - ** different from the old. - ** - ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values - ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY - ** KEY values of this row before the update. */ - int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; - int op = OP_Ne; - int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); - - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ - char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); - x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; - if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){ - addrJump = addrUniqueOk; - op = OP_Eq; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, - regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ - ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne); - } - } - } - } - - /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - default: { - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - assert( onError==OE_Replace ); - sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); - if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, - regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, pIdx==pPk); - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); - if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField); - } - if( ipkTop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ipkTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom); - } - - *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; - VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace)); -} - -/* -** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation -** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the -** rowid and the content to be inserted. -** -** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six -** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */ - int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ - int regNewData, /* Range of content */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ - int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ -){ - Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */ - Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */ - u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */ - int regData; /* Content registers (after the rowid) */ - int regRec; /* Register holding assemblied record for the table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; - bAffinityDone = 1; - if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]); - pik_flags = 0; - if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; - if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ - assert( pParse->nested==0 ); - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - } - if( pik_flags ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); - } - if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return; - regData = regNewData + 1; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); - if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); - if( pParse->nested ){ - pik_flags = 0; - }else{ - pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); - } - if( appendBias ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; - } - if( useSeekResult ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); -} - -/* -** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate -** code to open and initialized those cursors. -** -** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally -** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT -** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is -** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned. -** -** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables -** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative. -** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor. -** -** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur. -** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range -** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the -** pTab->pIndex list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ - int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ - int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */ - u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */ - int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */ - int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */ -){ - int i; - int iDb; - int iDataCur; - Index *pIdx; - Vdbe *v; - - assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite ); - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - assert( aToOpen==0 ); - *piDataCur = 0; - *piIdxCur = 1; - return 0; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab; - iDataCur = iBase++; - if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur; - if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op); - }else{ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName); - } - if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase; - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - int iIdxCur = iBase++; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) && piDataCur ){ - *piDataCur = iIdxCur; - } - if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - } - } - if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase; - return i; -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the -** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing -** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really -** is happening when it is suppose to. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT -/* -** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. -*/ -static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ - if( z1==0 ){ - return z2==0; - } - if( z2==0 ){ - return 0; - } - return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; -} - - -/* -** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data -** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules -** for a compatible index: -** -** * The index is over the same set of columns -** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns -** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) -** * The same collating sequence on each column -** * The index has the exact same WHERE clause -*/ -static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ - int i; - assert( pDest && pSrc ); - assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); - if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){ - return 0; /* Different number of columns */ - } - if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ - return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ - } - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ - if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ - } - if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){ - return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ - } - } - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){ - return 0; /* Different WHERE clauses */ - } - - /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ - return 1; -} - -/* -** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form -** -** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; -** -** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. -** Columns are not decoded and reassemblied, which greatly improves -** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. -** -** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible. -** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments -** embedded in the code for details. -** -** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used. -** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table -** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that -** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also -** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the -** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine -** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate -** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there -** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied. -** -** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster. -*/ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -){ - ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ - Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ - int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ - int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ - int emptyDestTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ - int emptySrcTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ - Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ - int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ - int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ - int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ - - if( pSelect==0 ){ - return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ - } - if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){ - /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses - ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx" - ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx". */ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( onError==OE_Default ){ - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf; - if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort; - } - assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ - if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ - } - if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ - } - if( pSelect->pWhere ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ - } - /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but - ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ - if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ - } - assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ - } - if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ - return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ - } - assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ - return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ - } - - /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the - ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now - ** we have to check the semantics. - */ - pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; - pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ - } - if( pSrc==pDest ){ - return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ - } - if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){ - return 0; /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( pSrc->pSelect ){ - return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ - } - if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ - return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ - } - if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ - return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; - Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; - if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){ - return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl) ){ - return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ - } - /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */ - if( i>0 - && ((pDestCol->zDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->zDflt==0) - || (pDestCol->zDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->zDflt, pSrcCol->zDflt)!=0)) - ){ - return 0; /* Default values must be the same for all columns */ - } - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - destHasUniqueIdx = 1; - } - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ - return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){ - return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains - ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. - ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM - ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So - ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably - ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] - */ - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ - return 0; - } -#endif - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ - return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */ - } - - /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at - ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination - ** table (tab1) is initially empty. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_xferopt_count++; -#endif - iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); - iSrc = pParse->nTab++; - iDest = pParse->nTab++; - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); - regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); - assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx ); - if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */ - || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */ - || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */ - ){ - /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization - ** only if the destination table is initially empty. This code makes - ** that determination. Conditions under which the destination must - ** be empty: - ** - ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices. - ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields - ** of index entries might need to change.) - ** - ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization - ** is unable to test uniqueness.) - ** - ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. - */ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); - emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); - }else{ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName); - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - assert( pSrcIdx ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - } - if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); - if( emptyDestTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - -/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -*/ - - -/* -** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure -** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from -** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. -** -** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result -** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first -** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback -** is invoked, even for queries. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ - void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ - char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ - int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ - - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){ - int nCol; - char **azVals = 0; - - pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - continue; - } - if( !pStmt ){ - /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ - zSql = zLeftover; - continue; - } - - callbackIsInit = 0; - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - - while( 1 ){ - int i; - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || - (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit - && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ - if( !callbackIsInit ){ - azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); - if( azCols==0 ){ - goto exec_out; - } - for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; - goto exec_out; - } - } - } - if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); - goto exec_out; - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - zSql = zLeftover; - while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; - break; - } - } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - azCols = 0; - } - -exec_out: - if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){ - int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); - if( *pzErrMsg ){ - memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - } - }else if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = 0; - } - - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into -** the SQLite library. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ -#endif -/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ -/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ -/* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by -** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into -** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded -** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of -** sqlite3.h. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ -#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ - -typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; - -/* -** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API -** routines. -** -** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new -** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new -** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different -** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared -** libraries! -*/ -struct sqlite3_api_routines { - void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); - int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); - int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); - int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); - const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); - int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); - int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); - int (*changes)(sqlite3*); - int (*close)(sqlite3*); - int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, - int eTextRep,const char*)); - int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, - int eTextRep,const void*)); - const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); - const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); - void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); - int (*complete)(const char*sql); - int (*complete16)(const void*sql); - int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); - int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); - int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); - int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); - int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); - int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); - int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); - const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); - const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); - int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); - int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*free)(void*); - void (*free_table)(char**result); - int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); - void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); - int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); - int (*global_recover)(void); - void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); - sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); - const char * (*libversion)(void); - int (*libversion_number)(void); - void *(*malloc)(int); - char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); - int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); - int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); - int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); - void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); - void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); - void *(*realloc)(void*,int); - int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); - void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); - void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); - void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); - void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); - void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); - void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); - void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); - void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); - void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); - int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, - const char*,const char*),void*); - void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); - char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); - int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, - char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); - void (*thread_cleanup)(void); - int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); - void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); - int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); - void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, - sqlite_int64),void*); - void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); - const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); - double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); - sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); - const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); - const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); - int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); - char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); - /* Added ??? */ - int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); - /* Added by 3.3.13 */ - int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); - int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); - int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); - /* Added by 3.4.1 */ - int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, - void (*xDestroy)(void *)); - /* Added by 3.5.0 */ - int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); - int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); - int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, - int,sqlite3_blob**); - int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); - int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); - int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, - int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*)(void*)); - int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); - sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); - sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); - sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); - void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); - void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); - int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); - int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); - int (*release_memory)(int); - void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); - void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*sleep)(int); - void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); - sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); - int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); - int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); - int (*xthreadsafe)(void); - void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); - void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); - int (*test_control)(int, ...); - void (*randomness)(int,void*); - sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); - int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); - int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); - sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); - const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); - int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); - sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); - int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); - int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); - int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); - const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); - int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); - int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), - void(*xDestroy)(void*)); - int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); - sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); - int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); - int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); - void (*log)(int,const char*,...); - sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); - const char *(*sourceid)(void); - int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); - int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); - int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); - int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); - int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); - void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); - int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); - int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); - int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); - /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ - int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); - const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); - int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); - int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); - const char *(*errstr)(int); - int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); - int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); - int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); - sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); - const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); - char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); - int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); -}; - -/* -** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are -** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. -** -** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file -** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that -** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure -** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine -** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the -** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE -#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count -#endif -#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob -#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double -#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int -#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 -#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index -#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name -#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text -#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 -#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value -#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler -#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout -#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes -#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close -#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed -#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 -#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob -#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes -#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count -#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name -#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype -#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 -#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double -#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int -#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 -#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name -#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name -#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name -#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 -#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text -#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 -#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type -#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value -#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook -#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete -#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 -#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation -#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 -#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function -#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 -#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module -#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 -#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count -#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle -#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab -#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache -#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode -#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg -#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 -#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired -#endif -#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize -#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free -#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table -#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit -#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata -#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover -#endif -#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx -#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid -#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion -#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number -#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc -#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf -#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open -#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 -#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare -#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile -#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler -#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc -#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset -#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob -#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double -#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error -#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 -#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int -#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 -#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null -#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text -#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 -#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be -#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le -#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value -#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook -#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer -#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata -#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf -#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step -#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata -#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup -#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes -#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings -#endif -#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook -#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data -#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob -#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes -#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 -#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double -#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int -#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 -#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type -#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text -#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 -#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be -#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le -#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type -#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf -#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function -#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 -#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 -#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes -#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close -#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open -#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read -#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write -#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 -#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control -#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater -#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter -#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave -#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try -#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 -#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory -#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem -#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig -#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit -#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find -#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register -#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister -#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe -#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob -#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code -#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control -#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness -#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle -#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes -#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit -#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt -#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql -#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status -#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish -#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init -#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount -#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining -#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step -#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get -#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used -#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 -#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config -#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex -#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status -#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode -#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log -#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 -#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid -#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status -#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp -#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify -#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint -#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint -#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook -#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen -#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config -#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict -/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ -#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 -#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename -#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly -#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory -#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr -#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy -#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly -#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp -#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean -#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 -#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter -#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->vsnprintf -#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 -#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable - ** extension */ -# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; -# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; -# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ - extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; -#else - /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the - ** application */ -# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ -# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ -# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ -#endif - -#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ - -/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - -/* -** Some API routines are omitted when various features are -** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer -** for any missing APIs. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 -# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 -# define sqlite3_open16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE -# define sqlite3_complete 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE -# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define sqlite3_create_module 0 -# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 -# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 -# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -# define sqlite3_profile 0 -# define sqlite3_trace 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE -# define sqlite3_free_table 0 -# define sqlite3_get_table 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 -#endif - -/* -** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. -** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are -** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite -** library. -** -** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure -** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. -** -** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the -** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they -** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should -** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is -** not NULL before calling it. -*/ -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { - sqlite3_aggregate_context, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_aggregate_count, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_bind_blob, - sqlite3_bind_double, - sqlite3_bind_int, - sqlite3_bind_int64, - sqlite3_bind_null, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, - sqlite3_bind_text, - sqlite3_bind_text16, - sqlite3_bind_value, - sqlite3_busy_handler, - sqlite3_busy_timeout, - sqlite3_changes, - sqlite3_close, - sqlite3_collation_needed, - sqlite3_collation_needed16, - sqlite3_column_blob, - sqlite3_column_bytes, - sqlite3_column_bytes16, - sqlite3_column_count, - sqlite3_column_database_name, - sqlite3_column_database_name16, - sqlite3_column_decltype, - sqlite3_column_decltype16, - sqlite3_column_double, - sqlite3_column_int, - sqlite3_column_int64, - sqlite3_column_name, - sqlite3_column_name16, - sqlite3_column_origin_name, - sqlite3_column_origin_name16, - sqlite3_column_table_name, - sqlite3_column_table_name16, - sqlite3_column_text, - sqlite3_column_text16, - sqlite3_column_type, - sqlite3_column_value, - sqlite3_commit_hook, - sqlite3_complete, - sqlite3_complete16, - sqlite3_create_collation, - sqlite3_create_collation16, - sqlite3_create_function, - sqlite3_create_function16, - sqlite3_create_module, - sqlite3_data_count, - sqlite3_db_handle, - sqlite3_declare_vtab, - sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, - sqlite3_errcode, - sqlite3_errmsg, - sqlite3_errmsg16, - sqlite3_exec, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_expired, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_finalize, - sqlite3_free, - sqlite3_free_table, - sqlite3_get_autocommit, - sqlite3_get_auxdata, - sqlite3_get_table, - 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ - sqlite3_interrupt, - sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, - sqlite3_libversion, - sqlite3_libversion_number, - sqlite3_malloc, - sqlite3_mprintf, - sqlite3_open, - sqlite3_open16, - sqlite3_prepare, - sqlite3_prepare16, - sqlite3_profile, - sqlite3_progress_handler, - sqlite3_realloc, - sqlite3_reset, - sqlite3_result_blob, - sqlite3_result_double, - sqlite3_result_error, - sqlite3_result_error16, - sqlite3_result_int, - sqlite3_result_int64, - sqlite3_result_null, - sqlite3_result_text, - sqlite3_result_text16, - sqlite3_result_text16be, - sqlite3_result_text16le, - sqlite3_result_value, - sqlite3_rollback_hook, - sqlite3_set_authorizer, - sqlite3_set_auxdata, - sqlite3_snprintf, - sqlite3_step, - sqlite3_table_column_metadata, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_thread_cleanup, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_total_changes, - sqlite3_trace, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_transfer_bindings, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_update_hook, - sqlite3_user_data, - sqlite3_value_blob, - sqlite3_value_bytes, - sqlite3_value_bytes16, - sqlite3_value_double, - sqlite3_value_int, - sqlite3_value_int64, - sqlite3_value_numeric_type, - sqlite3_value_text, - sqlite3_value_text16, - sqlite3_value_text16be, - sqlite3_value_text16le, - sqlite3_value_type, - sqlite3_vmprintf, - /* - ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any - ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But - ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the - ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with - ** a library that is new enough to support that API. - ************************************************************************* - */ - sqlite3_overload_function, - - /* - ** Added after 3.3.13 - */ - sqlite3_prepare_v2, - sqlite3_prepare16_v2, - sqlite3_clear_bindings, - - /* - ** Added for 3.4.1 - */ - sqlite3_create_module_v2, - - /* - ** Added for 3.5.0 - */ - sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, - sqlite3_blob_bytes, - sqlite3_blob_close, - sqlite3_blob_open, - sqlite3_blob_read, - sqlite3_blob_write, - sqlite3_create_collation_v2, - sqlite3_file_control, - sqlite3_memory_highwater, - sqlite3_memory_used, -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, -#else - sqlite3_mutex_alloc, - sqlite3_mutex_enter, - sqlite3_mutex_free, - sqlite3_mutex_leave, - sqlite3_mutex_try, -#endif - sqlite3_open_v2, - sqlite3_release_memory, - sqlite3_result_error_nomem, - sqlite3_result_error_toobig, - sqlite3_sleep, - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, - sqlite3_vfs_find, - sqlite3_vfs_register, - sqlite3_vfs_unregister, - - /* - ** Added for 3.5.8 - */ - sqlite3_threadsafe, - sqlite3_result_zeroblob, - sqlite3_result_error_code, - sqlite3_test_control, - sqlite3_randomness, - sqlite3_context_db_handle, - - /* - ** Added for 3.6.0 - */ - sqlite3_extended_result_codes, - sqlite3_limit, - sqlite3_next_stmt, - sqlite3_sql, - sqlite3_status, - - /* - ** Added for 3.7.4 - */ - sqlite3_backup_finish, - sqlite3_backup_init, - sqlite3_backup_pagecount, - sqlite3_backup_remaining, - sqlite3_backup_step, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - sqlite3_compileoption_get, - sqlite3_compileoption_used, -#else - 0, - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_create_function_v2, - sqlite3_db_config, - sqlite3_db_mutex, - sqlite3_db_status, - sqlite3_extended_errcode, - sqlite3_log, - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, - sqlite3_sourceid, - sqlite3_stmt_status, - sqlite3_strnicmp, -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - sqlite3_unlock_notify, -#else - 0, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, - sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, - sqlite3_wal_hook, -#else - 0, - 0, - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_blob_reopen, - sqlite3_vtab_config, - sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, - sqlite3_close_v2, - sqlite3_db_filename, - sqlite3_db_readonly, - sqlite3_db_release_memory, - sqlite3_errstr, - sqlite3_stmt_busy, - sqlite3_stmt_readonly, - sqlite3_stricmp, - sqlite3_uri_boolean, - sqlite3_uri_int64, - sqlite3_uri_parameter, - sqlite3_vsnprintf, - sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 -}; - -/* -** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file -** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a -** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use -** of the default name is recommended. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. -** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with -** error message text. The calling function should free this memory -** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). -*/ -static int sqlite3LoadExtension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - void *handle; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); - char *zErrmsg = 0; - const char *zEntry; - char *zAltEntry = 0; - void **aHandle; - int nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); - int ii; - - /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ - static const char *azEndings[] = { -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN - "dll" -#elif defined(__APPLE__) - "dylib" -#else - "so" -#endif - }; - - - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; - - /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older - ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the - ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One - ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension - ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init"; - - handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); -#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN - for(ii=0; ii sqlite3_example_init - ** C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll ==> sqlite3_mathfuncs_init - */ - if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){ - int iFile, iEntry, c; - int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); - zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc(ncFile+30); - if( zAltEntry==0 ){ - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8); - for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){} - iFile++; - if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3; - for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){ - if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){ - zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c]; - } - } - memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6); - zEntry = zAltEntry; - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry); - } - if( xInit==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry); - *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg); - if( zErrmsg ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, - "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); - } - } - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); - if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); - } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ - aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); - if( aHandle==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( db->nExtension>0 ){ - memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); - db->aExtension = aHandle; - - db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order -** to clean up loaded extensions -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ - sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); -} - -/* -** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by -** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( onoff ){ - db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ - -/* -** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension -** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that -** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that -** dummy pointer. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; -#endif - - -/* -** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded -** extensions. -** -** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -** mutex must be held while accessing this list. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { - int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ - void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ -} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; - -/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension -** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdAutoextInit \ - sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) -# define wsdAutoext x[0] -#else -# define wsdAutoextInit -# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext -#endif - - -/* -** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically -** loaded by every new database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - }else -#endif - { - int i; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; i=0; i--){ - if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){ - wsdAutoext.nExt--; - wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt]; - n++; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return n; -} - -/* -** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) -#endif - { -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); - wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; - wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - } -} - -/* -** Load all automatic extensions. -** -** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int go = 1; - int rc; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); - - wsdAutoextInit; - if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ - /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ - return; - } - for(i=0; go; i++){ - char *zErrmsg; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ - xInit = 0; - go = 0; - }else{ - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - zErrmsg = 0; - if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, - "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); - go = 0; - } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - } -} - -/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif - -/*************************************************************************** -** The next block of code, including the PragTyp_XXXX macro definitions and -** the aPragmaName[] object is composed of generated code. DO NOT EDIT. -** -** To add new pragmas, edit the code in ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl and rerun -** that script. Then copy/paste the output in place of the following: -*/ -#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0 -#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1 -#define PragTyp_FLAG 2 -#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3 -#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4 -#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 5 -#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 6 -#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 7 -#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 8 -#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 9 -#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 10 -#define PragTyp_ENCODING 11 -#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 12 -#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 13 -#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 14 -#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 15 -#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 16 -#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 17 -#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 18 -#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 19 -#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 20 -#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 21 -#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 22 -#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 23 -#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 24 -#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 25 -#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 26 -#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 27 -#define PragTyp_STATS 28 -#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 29 -#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 30 -#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 31 -#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 32 -#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 33 -#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 34 -#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 35 -#define PragTyp_HEXKEY 36 -#define PragTyp_KEY 37 -#define PragTyp_REKEY 38 -#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 39 -#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE 40 -#define PragFlag_NeedSchema 0x01 -static const struct sPragmaNames { - const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */ - u8 ePragTyp; /* PragTyp_XXX value */ - u8 mPragFlag; /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */ - u32 iArg; /* Extra argument */ -} aPragmaNames[] = { -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) - { /* zName: */ "activate_extensions", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "application_id", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) - { /* zName: */ "auto_vacuum", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) - { /* zName: */ "automatic_index", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_AutoIndex }, -#endif -#endif - { /* zName: */ "busy_timeout", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "cache_size", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "cache_spill", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CacheSpill }, -#endif - { /* zName: */ "case_sensitive_like", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "checkpoint_fullfsync", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "collation_list", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS) - { /* zName: */ "compile_options", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "count_changes", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CountRows }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN - { /* zName: */ "data_store_directory", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "database_list", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) - { /* zName: */ "default_cache_size", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - { /* zName: */ "defer_foreign_keys", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_DeferFKs }, -#endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "empty_result_callbacks", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_NullCallback }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16) - { /* zName: */ "encoding", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ENCODING, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_check", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) - { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_list", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - { /* zName: */ "foreign_keys", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, -#endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "freelist_count", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "full_column_names", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullColNames }, - { /* zName: */ "fullfsync", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullFSync }, -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - { /* zName: */ "hexkey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "hexrekey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) - { /* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, -#endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) - { /* zName: */ "incremental_vacuum", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "index_info", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "index_list", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) - { /* zName: */ "integrity_check", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "journal_mode", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "journal_size_limit", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - { /* zName: */ "key", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "legacy_file_format", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - { /* zName: */ "lock_proxy_file", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - { /* zName: */ "lock_status", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "locking_mode", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "max_page_count", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "mmap_size", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "page_count", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "page_size", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { /* zName: */ "parser_trace", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "query_only", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_QueryOnly }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) - { /* zName: */ "quick_check", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "read_uncommitted", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, - { /* zName: */ "recursive_triggers", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers }, -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - { /* zName: */ "rekey", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_REKEY, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "schema_version", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "secure_delete", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "short_column_names", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ShortColNames }, -#endif - { /* zName: */ "shrink_memory", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "soft_heap_limit", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { /* zName: */ "sql_trace", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace }, -#endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "stats", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_STATS, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "synchronous", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "table_info", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "temp_store", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "temp_store_directory", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "user_version", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { /* zName: */ "vdbe_addoptrace", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace }, - { /* zName: */ "vdbe_debug", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, - { /* zName: */ "vdbe_eqp", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP }, - { /* zName: */ "vdbe_listing", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeListing }, - { /* zName: */ "vdbe_trace", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, -#endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) - { /* zName: */ "wal_autocheckpoint", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, - { /* zName: */ "wal_checkpoint", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT, - /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, - /* iArg: */ 0 }, -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) - { /* zName: */ "writable_schema", - /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, - /* ePragFlag: */ 0, - /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, -#endif -}; -/* Number of pragmas: 56 on by default, 69 total. */ -/* End of the automatically generated pragma table. -***************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or -** unrecognized string argument. The FULL option is disallowed -** if the omitFull parameter it 1. -** -** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that -** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done -** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean -** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. -*/ -static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, int dflt){ - /* 123456789 123456789 */ - static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; - static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; - static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; - static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; - int i, n; - if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ - return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); - } - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); -} -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file -** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database -** and 0 to use the compile-time default. -*/ -static int getTempStore(const char *z){ - if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ - return z[0] - '0'; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ - return 2; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed -** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed -*/ -static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " - "from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema -** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE -** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. -*/ -static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ - int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - db->temp_store = (u8)ts; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -/* -** Generate code to return a single integer value. -*/ -static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); - if( pI64 ){ - memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); -} - - -/* -** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb. Or if iDb<0 -** set these values for all pagers. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db->autoCommit ){ - Db *pDb = db->aDb; - int n = db->nDb; - assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC ); - assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ); - assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL ); - assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL) - == PAGER_FLAGS_MASK ); - assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level ); - while( (n--) > 0 ){ - if( pDb->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt, - pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) ); - } - pDb++; - } - } -} -#else -# define setAllPagerFlags(X) /* no-op */ -#endif - - -/* -** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -static const char *actionName(u8 action){ - const char *zName; - switch( action ){ - case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; - case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; - case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; - case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; - default: zName = "NO ACTION"; - assert( action==OE_None ); break; - } - return zName; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants -** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase -** journal-mode name. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ - static char * const azModeName[] = { - "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - , "wal" -#endif - }; - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); - assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); - - if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; - return azModeName[eMode]; -} - -/* -** Process a pragma statement. -** -** Pragmas are of this form: -** -** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] -** -** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and -** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is -** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. -** -** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name -** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the -** id and pId2 is any empty string. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, - Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ - Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ - Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ - int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ -){ - char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ - char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ - const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ - Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ - char *aFcntl[4]; /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ - int iDb; /* Database index for */ - int lwr, upr, mid; /* Binary search bounds */ - int rc; /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Db *pDb; /* The specific database being pragmaed */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Prepared statement */ - - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); - pParse->nMem = 2; - - /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the - ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. - */ - if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); - if( !zLeft ) return; - if( minusFlag ){ - zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); - }else{ - zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); - } - - assert( pId2 ); - zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - - /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS - ** connection. If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS - ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement. - */ - aFcntl[0] = 0; - aFcntl[1] = zLeft; - aFcntl[2] = zRight; - aFcntl[3] = 0; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( aFcntl[0] ){ - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, mem, 0, aFcntl[0], 0); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "result", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); - sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); - } - goto pragma_out; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ - if( aFcntl[0] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]); - sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); - } - pParse->nErr++; - pParse->rc = rc; - goto pragma_out; - } - - /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */ - lwr = 0; - upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1; - while( lwr<=upr ){ - mid = (lwr+upr)/2; - rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName); - if( rc==0 ) break; - if( rc<0 ){ - upr = mid - 1; - }else{ - lwr = mid + 1; - } - } - if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out; - - /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */ - if( (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - } - - /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ - switch( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp ){ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the - ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current - ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value - ** stored in the database file. - ** - ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a - ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous - ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache - ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache - ** size of historical compatibility. - */ - case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: { - static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); - static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ - { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, - { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, - }; - int addr; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - if( !zRight ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); - pParse->nMem += 2; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize,iLn); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - }else{ - int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - break; - } -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the - ** database page size value. The value can only be set if - ** the database has not yet been created. - */ - case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: { - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( !zRight ){ - int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); - }else{ - /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal - ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). - */ - db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete - ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete - ** flag setting and reports thenew value. - */ - case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: { - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - int b = -1; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( zRight ){ - b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0); - } - if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ - sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); - } - } - b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b); - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The - ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both - ** forms return the current setting. - ** - ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might - ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test - ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function. - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count - ** - ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. - */ - case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: { - int iReg; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, - sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) - */ - case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: { - const char *zRet = "normal"; - int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); - - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to - ** the locking-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltLockMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** locking mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - - assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ - zRet = "exclusive"; - } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = - ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) - */ - case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: { - int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); - - if( zRight==0 ){ - /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the - ** current mode */ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; - }else{ - const char *zMode; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); - for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; - } - if( !zMode ){ - /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, - ** then do a query */ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; - } - } - if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ - /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ - iDb = 0; - pId2->n = 1; - } - for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ - if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N - ** - ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. - */ - case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: { - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - i64 iLimit = -2; - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8); - if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; - } - iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); - break; - } - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N - ** - ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. - ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: { - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt)); - }else{ - int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); - assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); - db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; - /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and - ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection - ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created - ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. - */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or - ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database - ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates - ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. - */ - static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); - static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, - { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1}, /* 5 */ - }; - int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - } - } - break; - } -#endif - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) - ** - ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: { - int iLimit, addr; - if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ - iLimit = 0x7fffffff; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - break; - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current local setting for the - ** page cache size. The second form sets the local - ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the - ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the - ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes - ** of memory. - */ - case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: { - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - }else{ - int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]mmap_size(N) - ** - ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is - ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the - ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping - ** is not used at all. If N is negative, then the default memory map - ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set. - ** The parameter N is measured in bytes. - ** - ** This value is advisory. The underlying VFS is free to memory map - ** as little or as much as it wants. Except, if N is set to 0 then the - ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS. - */ - case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: { - sqlite3_int64 sz; -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( zRight ){ - int ii; - sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &sz, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight), SQLITE_UTF8); - if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; - if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz; - for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ - if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz); - } - } - } - sz = -1; - rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); -#else - sz = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#endif - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "mmap_size", sz); - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ - pParse->nErr++; - pParse->rc = rc; - } - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store - ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default - ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. - ** - ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to - ** override this setting - */ - case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: { - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); - }else{ - changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); - } - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. - ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. - ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. - ** - */ - case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: { - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - if( zRight[0] ){ - int res; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) - ){ - invalidateTempStorage(pParse); - } - sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); - }else{ - sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ - } - break; - } - -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN - /* - ** PRAGMA data_store_directory - ** PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that - ** were specified with a relative pathname. Setting to a null string reverts - ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with - ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the - ** process. Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted - ** by this setting, regardless of its value. - ** - */ - case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: { - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlite3_data_directory ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "data_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_data_directory, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - if( zRight[0] ){ - int res; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); - }else{ - sqlite3_data_directory = 0; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ - } - break; - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" - ** - ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. - ** - */ - case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: { - if( !zRight ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - char *proxy_file_path = NULL; - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - &proxy_file_path); - - if( proxy_file_path ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - int res; - if( zRight[0] ){ - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - zRight); - } else { - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - NULL); - } - if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the - ** default value will be restored the next time the database is - ** opened. - */ - case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: { - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); - }else{ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); - }else{ - pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1; - setAllPagerFlags(db); - } - } - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS - case PragTyp_FLAG: { - if( zRight==0 ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, aPragmaNames[mid].zName, - (db->flags & aPragmaNames[mid].iArg)!=0 ); - }else{ - int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ - if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ - /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not - ** in auto-commit mode. */ - mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); - } - - if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ - db->flags |= mask; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~mask; - if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; - } - - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL - ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all - ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - setAllPagerFlags(db); - } - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA table_info(
    ) - ** - ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of - ** the returned data set are: - ** - ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) - ** name: Column name - ** type: Column declaration type. - ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration - ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. - */ - case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){ - Table *pTab; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - int i, k; - int nHidden = 0; - Column *pCol; - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ - nHidden++; - continue; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); - if( pCol->zDflt ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); - } - if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){ - k = 0; - }else if( pPk==0 ){ - k = 1; - }else{ - for(k=1; ALWAYS(k<=pTab->nCol) && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){} - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, k, 6); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); - } - } - } - break; - - case PragTyp_STATS: { - Index *pIdx; - HashElem *i; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4); - pParse->nMem = 4; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "index", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "width", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "height", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, - (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->szTabRow), 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, - (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pTab->nRowLogEst), 4); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, - (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->szIdxRow), 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, - (int)sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]), 4); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); - } - } - } - break; - - case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pIdx ){ - int i; - pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ - i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); - assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - } - } - break; - - case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - int i; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - } - } - break; - - case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: { - int i; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; - assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - } - break; - - case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: { - int i = 0; - HashElem *p; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } - } - break; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){ - FKey *pFK; - Table *pTab; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pFK = pTab->pFKey; - if( pFK ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); - pParse->nMem = 8; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); - while(pFK){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; - char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]); - char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, - pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); - } - ++i; - pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; - } - } - } - } - break; -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: { - FKey *pFK; /* A foreign key constraint */ - Table *pTab; /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */ - Table *pParent; /* Parent table that child points to */ - Index *pIdx; /* Index in the parent table */ - int i; /* Loop counter: Foreign key number for pTab */ - int j; /* Loop counter: Field of the foreign key */ - HashElem *k; /* Loop counter: Next table in schema */ - int x; /* result variable */ - int regResult; /* 3 registers to hold a result row */ - int regKey; /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */ - int regRow; /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */ - int addrTop; /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */ - int addrOk; /* Jump here if the key is OK */ - int *aiCols; /* child to parent column mapping */ - - regResult = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += 4; - regKey = ++pParse->nMem; - regRow = ++pParse->nMem; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 4); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "rowid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "parent", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "fkid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash); - while( k ){ - if( zRight ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb); - k = 0; - }else{ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - k = sqliteHashNext(k); - } - if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue; - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult, 0, pTab->zName, - P4_TRANSIENT); - for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ - pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); - if( pParent==0 ) continue; - pIdx = 0; - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); - x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0); - if( x==0 ){ - if( pIdx==0 ){ - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); - } - }else{ - k = 0; - break; - } - } - assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 ); - if( pFK ) break; - if( pParse->nTabnTab = i; - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ - pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); - pIdx = 0; - aiCols = 0; - if( pParent ){ - x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols); - assert( x==0 ); - } - addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){ - int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom; - assert( iKey>=0 && iKeynCol ); - if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow, - sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrOk); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); - }else{ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0, - aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - if( pParent ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey, - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), pFK->nCol); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regResult+2, 0, - pFK->zTo, P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-1, regResult+3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); - } - } - break; -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG - case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: { - if( zRight ){ - if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ - sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); - }else{ - sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); - } - } - } - break; -#endif - - /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE - ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. - */ - case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: { - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0)); - } - } - break; - -#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX -# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of - ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption - ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. - */ - case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: { - int i, j, addr, mxErr; - - /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error - ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the - ** error message - */ - static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); - static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - }; - - int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); - - /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA .integrity_check", - ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by . - ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by - ** the VDBE created below. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or - ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb - ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity - ** of all attached databases. */ - assert( iDb>=0 ); - assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z ); - if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1; - - /* Initialize the VDBE program */ - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); - - /* Set the maximum error count */ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ - - /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - HashElem *x; - Hash *pTbls; - int cnt = 0; - - if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; - if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue; - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree - ** - ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers - ** for all tables and indices in the database. - */ - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) ); - pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); - cnt++; - } - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - cnt++; - } - } - - /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ - pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, cnt+8 ); - - /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), - P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. - */ - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx, *pPk; - Index *pPrior = 0; - int loopTop; - int iDataCur, iIdxCur; - int r1 = -1; - - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; - pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, - 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */ - } - pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, 8+j); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4; - if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; - r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3, - pPrior, r1); - pPrior = pIdx; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1); /* increment entry count */ - jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, 0, r1, - pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, "row ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, " missing from index ", - P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); - jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); - sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, - "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - } - } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); - } - break; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* - ** PRAGMA encoding - ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" - ** - ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main - ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. - ** - ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file - ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default - ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file - ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the - ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** - ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are - ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If - ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH - ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. - ** - ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in - ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only - ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i - */ - case PragTyp_ENCODING: { - static const struct EncName { - char *zName; - u8 enc; - } encnames[] = { - { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ - { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ - { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ - { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { 0, 0 } - }; - const struct EncName *pEnc; - if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ - /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not - ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value - ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not - ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. - */ - if( - !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || - DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) - ){ - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - break; - } - } - if( !pEnc->zName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); - } - } - } - } - break; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]freelist_count = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id - ** PRAGMA [database.]application_id = - ** - ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get - ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both - ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers - ** stored in the database header. - ** - ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It - ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by - ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by - ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache - ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of - ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. - ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify - ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program - ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! - ** - ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by - ** applications for any purpose. - */ - case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: { - int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - switch( zLeft[0] ){ - case 'a': case 'A': - iCookie = BTREE_APPLICATION_ID; - break; - case 'f': case 'F': - iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT; - break; - case 's': case 'S': - iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION; - break; - default: - iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION; - break; - } - - if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){ - /* Write the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); - }else{ - /* Read the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie, 0); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - } - break; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS - /* - ** PRAGMA compile_options - ** - ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, - ** one option per row. - */ - case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: { - int i = 0; - const char *zOpt; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - pParse->nMem = 1; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC); - while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - } - break; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart - ** - ** Checkpoint the database. - */ - case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: { - int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); - int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; - if( zRight ){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ - eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ - eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - break; - - /* - ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint - ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N - ** - ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database - ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value - ** of N. - */ - case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: { - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint", - db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); - } - break; -#endif - - /* - ** PRAGMA shrink_memory - ** - ** This pragma attempts to free as much memory as possible from the - ** current database connection. - */ - case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: { - sqlite3_db_release_memory(db); - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA busy_timeout - ** PRAGMA busy_timeout = N - ** - ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N). Return the current timeout value - ** if one is set. If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set - ** then 0 is returned. Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative - ** disables the timeout. - */ - /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: { - assert( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT ); - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout", db->busyTimeout); - break; - } - - /* - ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit - ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N - ** - ** Call sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N). Return the result. If N is omitted, - ** use -1. - */ - case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: { - sqlite3_int64 N; - if( zRight && sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &N, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "soft_heap_limit", sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1)); - break; - } - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - /* - ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases - */ - case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: { - static const char *const azLockName[] = { - "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" - }; - int i; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt; - const char *zState = "unknown"; - int j; - if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); - pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ - zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, - SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ - zState = azLockName[j]; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } - break; - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - case PragTyp_KEY: { - if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - break; - } - case PragTyp_REKEY: { - if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - break; - } - case PragTyp_HEXKEY: { - if( zRight ){ - u8 iByte; - int i; - char zKey[40]; - for(i=0, iByte=0; idb; - if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ - if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; - sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db, - "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); - if( zExtra ){ - *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, - "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); - } - } - pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; -} - -/* -** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the -** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. -** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. -** -** Each callback contains the following information: -** -** argv[0] = name of thing being created -** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. -** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - int iDb = pData->iDb; - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - return 1; - } - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ - /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. - ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated - ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data - ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. - */ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ - - assert( db->init.busy ); - db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); - db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; - TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); - rc = db->errCode; - assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); - db->init.iDb = 0; - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ - assert( iDb==1 ); - }else{ - pData->rc = rc; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } - } - } - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); - }else{ - /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that - ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE - ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already - ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have - ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. - */ - Index *pIndex; - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which - ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since - ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also - ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. - */ - /* Do Nothing */; - }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal -** data structures for a single database file. The index of the -** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main -** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for -** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to -** indicate success or failure. -*/ -static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - int i; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - int size; -#endif - Table *pTab; - Db *pDb; - char const *azArg[4]; - int meta[5]; - InitData initData; - char const *zMasterSchema; - char const *zMasterName; - int openedTransaction = 0; - - /* - ** The master database table has a structure like this - */ - static const char master_schema[] = - "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - static const char temp_master_schema[] = - "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#else - #define temp_master_schema 0 -#endif - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); - - /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema - ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being - ** initialized. zMasterName is the name of the master table. - */ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; - }else{ - zMasterSchema = master_schema; - } - zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* Construct the schema tables. */ - azArg[0] = zMasterName; - azArg[1] = "1"; - azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; - azArg[3] = 0; - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = iDb; - initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; - initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; - sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); - if( initData.rc ){ - rc = initData.rc; - goto error_out; - } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){ - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; - } - - /* Create a cursor to hold the database open - */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ - DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed before this function returns. */ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - goto initone_error_out; - } - openedTransaction = 1; - } - - /* Get the database meta information. - ** - ** Meta values are as follows: - ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. - ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. - ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. - ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) - ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE - ** meta[5] User version - ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode - ** meta[7] unused - ** meta[8] unused - ** meta[9] unused - ** - ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to - ** the possible values of meta[4]. - */ - for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); - } - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; - - /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the - ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. - ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same - ** as sqlite3.enc. - */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - u8 encoding; - /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ - encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; - if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; - ENC(db) = encoding; -#else - ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8; -#endif - }else{ - /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" - " text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; - } - } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - } - pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - - if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); - if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; -#else - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; -#endif - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants - */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; - } - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; - } - - /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, - ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will - ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending - ** indices that the user might have created. - */ - if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; - } - - /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables - */ - assert( db->init.busy ); - { - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; -#endif - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - db->xAuth = xAuth; - } -#endif - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); - } -#endif - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ - /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the - ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one - ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset - ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table - ** even when its contents have been corrupted. - */ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating - ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs - ** before that point, jump to error_out. - */ -initone_error_out: - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - -error_out: - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file -** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files -** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an -** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. -** -** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ - int i, rc; - int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - db->init.busy = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i); - } - } - - /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema - ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database - ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1) - && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1); - } - } -#endif - - db->init.busy = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized. -** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( !db->init.busy ){ - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = rc; - pParse->nErr++; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out -** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies -** make no changes to pParse->rc. -*/ -static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int rc; - int cookie; - - assert( pParse->checkSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ - if( pBt==0 ) continue; - - /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened - ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it - ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ - if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; - openedTransaction = 1; - } - - /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the - ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, - ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ - sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - } - - /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ - if( openedTransaction ){ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); - } - } -} - -/* -** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates -** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. -** -** If the same database is attached more than once, the first -** attached database is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; - - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in - ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this - ** function should never be used. - ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much - ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). - */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pSchema ){ - for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ - break; - } - } - assert( i>=0 && inDb ); - } - return i; -} - -/* -** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr); - } -} - -/* -** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - /* Allocate the parsing context */ - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_prepare; - } - pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; - assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all - ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that - ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in - ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes - ** to the schema. - ** - ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted - ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled - ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this - ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect - ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. - ** - ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because - ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it - ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change - ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold - ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is - ** holding them. - ** - ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, - ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still - ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++) { - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); - if( rc ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); - testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); - goto end_prepare; - } - } - } - - sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); - - pParse->db = db; - pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */ - if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ - char *zSqlCopy; - int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); - testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); - if( nBytes>mxLen ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); - goto end_prepare; - } - zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSqlCopy ){ - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; - }else{ - pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; - } - }else{ - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - } - assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop ); - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pParse->checkSchema ){ - schemaIsValid(pParse); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pzTail ){ - *pzTail = pParse->zTail; - } - rc = pParse->rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ - static const char * const azColName[] = { - "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", - "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" - }; - int iFirst, mx; - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); - iFirst = 8; - mx = 12; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); - iFirst = 0; - mx = 8; - } - for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, - azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); - } - } -#endif - - if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); - } - if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); - assert(!(*ppStmt)); - }else{ - *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; - } - - if( zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } - - /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ - while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ - TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; - pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); - } - -end_prepare: - - sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - return rc; -} -static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - assert( ppStmt!=0 ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); - if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. -** -** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, -** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has -** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error -** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pNew; - const char *zSql; - sqlite3 *db; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); - zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); - assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ - db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); - if( rc ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - assert( pNew==0 ); - return rc; - }else{ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); - sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); - sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 - ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The - ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. - */ - char *zSql8; - const char *zTail8 = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( ppStmt ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( nBytes>=0 ){ - int sz; - const char *z = (const char*)zSql; - for(sz=0; szmutex); - zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); - } - - if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ - /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the - ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode - ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer - ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. - */ - int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); - *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. -*/ - -/* -** An instance of the following object is used to record information about -** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information -** into the selectInnerLoop() routine. -*/ -typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx; -struct DistinctCtx { - u8 isTnct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - u8 eTnctType; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */ - int tabTnct; /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */ - int addrTnct; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following object is used to record information about -** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded. -*/ -typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx; -struct SortCtx { - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */ - int nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ - int iECursor; /* Cursor number for the sorter */ - int regReturn; /* Register holding block-output return address */ - int labelBkOut; /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */ - int addrSortIndex; /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */ - u8 sortFlags; /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */ -}; -#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter 0x01 /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */ - -/* -** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate -** the select structure itself. -*/ -static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); - sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith); -} - -/* -** Initialize a SelectDest structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ - pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; - pDest->iSDParm = iParm; - pDest->affSdst = 0; - pDest->iSdst = 0; - pDest->nSdst = 0; -} - - -/* -** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that -** structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ - u16 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */ - Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ - Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ -){ - Select *pNew; - Select standin; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - pNew = &standin; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - } - if( pEList==0 ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0)); - } - pNew->pEList = pEList; - if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc)); - pNew->pSrc = pSrc; - pNew->pWhere = pWhere; - pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - pNew->pHaving = pHaving; - pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pNew->selFlags = selFlags; - pNew->op = TK_SELECT; - pNew->pLimit = pLimit; - pNew->pOffset = pOffset; - assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ) { - clearSelect(db, pNew); - if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - pNew = 0; - }else{ - assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); - } - assert( pNew!=&standin ); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - if( p ){ - clearSelect(db, p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound. -*/ -static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){ - while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; - return p; -} - -/* -** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the -** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type -** in terms of the following bit values: -** -** JT_INNER -** JT_CROSS -** JT_OUTER -** JT_NATURAL -** JT_LEFT -** JT_RIGHT -** -** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. -** -** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return -** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ - int jointype = 0; - Token *apAll[3]; - Token *p; - /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ - static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; - static const struct { - u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ - u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ - u8 code; /* Join type mask */ - } aKeyword[] = { - /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, - /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, - /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, - /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, - /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, - }; - int i, j; - apAll[0] = pA; - apAll[1] = pB; - apAll[2] = pC; - for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ - p = apAll[i]; - for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar - && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ - jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; - break; - } - } - testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); - if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ - jointype |= JT_ERROR; - break; - } - } - if( - (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || - (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 - ){ - const char *zSp = " "; - assert( pB!=0 ); - if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " - "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); - jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 - && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); - jointype = JT_INNER; - } - return jointype; -} - -/* -** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column -** is not contained in the table. -*/ -static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a -** table that has a column named zCol. -** -** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index -** of the matching column and return TRUE. -** -** If not found, return FALSE. -*/ -static int tableAndColumnIndex( - SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ - int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ - int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ - int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ -){ - int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ - int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ - - assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ - for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); - if( iCol>=0 ){ - if( piTab ){ - *piTab = i; - *piCol = iCol; - } - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the -** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which -** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: -** -** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) -** -** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the -** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is -** column iColRight of tab2. -*/ -static void addWhereTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ - int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ - int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ - int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ - int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ - int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ - Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Expr *pE1; - Expr *pE2; - Expr *pEq; - - assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); - assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); - assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); - - pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); - pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); - - pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); - if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ - ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce); - pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; - } - *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); -} - -/* -** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. -** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the -** expression. -** -** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell -** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the -** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part -** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the -** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they -** originated in the ON or USING clause. -** -** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the -** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not -** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed -** for cases like this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 -** -** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 -** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a -** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not -** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately -** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in -** the output, which is incorrect. -*/ -static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ - while( p ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); - ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce); - p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; - setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); - p = p->pRight; - } -} - -/* -** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. -** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. -** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. -** -** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. -** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most -** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to -** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between -** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are -** also attached to the left entry. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. -*/ -static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ - struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ - - pSrc = p->pSrc; - pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; - pRight = &pLeft[1]; - for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ - Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; - Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; - int isOuter; - - if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; - isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; - - /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for - ** every column that the two tables have in common. - */ - if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " - "an ON or USING clause", 0); - return 1; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ - int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ - int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ - - zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; - if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); - } - } - } - - /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join - */ - if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " - "clauses in the same join"); - return 1; - } - - /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by - ** an AND operator. - */ - if( pRight->pOn ){ - if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); - pRight->pOn = 0; - } - - /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are - ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this - ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z - ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is - ** not contained in both tables to be joined. - */ - if( pRight->pUsing ){ - IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ - int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ - int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ - int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ - - zName = pList->a[j].zName; - iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); - if( iRightCol<0 - || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " - "not present in both tables", zName); - return 1; - } - addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, - isOuter, &p->pWhere); - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ - int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ - int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ -); - -/* -** Insert code into "v" that will push the record in register regData -** into the sorter. -*/ -static void pushOntoSorter( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SortCtx *pSort, /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ - int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; - int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; - int regBase = pParse->nMem+1; - int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; - int op; - - pParse->nMem += nExpr+2; /* nExpr+2 registers allocated at regBase */ - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nExpr+2-nOBSat,regRecord); - if( nOBSat>0 ){ - int regPrevKey; /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */ - int addrFirst; /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */ - int addrJmp; /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */ - VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode that opens the sorter */ - int nKey; /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */ - KeyInfo *pKI; /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */ - - regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; - nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + 1; - addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; - pOp->p2 = nKey + 1; - pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; - memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO); - pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat, 1); - addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp); - } - if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ - op = OP_SorterInsert; - }else{ - op = OP_IdxInsert; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord); - if( pSelect->iLimit ){ - int addr1, addr2; - int iLimit; - if( pSelect->iOffset ){ - iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; - }else{ - iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; - } - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - } -} - -/* -** Add code to implement the OFFSET -*/ -static void codeOffset( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - int iOffset, /* Register holding the offset counter */ - int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ -){ - if( iOffset>0 ){ - int addr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iOffset, -1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); - VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } -} - -/* -** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem -** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously -** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab -** if the current N values are new. -** -** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the -** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. -*/ -static void codeDistinct( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ - int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ - int N, /* Number of elements */ - int iMem /* First element */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - int r1; - - v = pParse->pVdbe; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -/* -** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression -** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result -** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur -** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we -** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) -*/ -static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ - int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ -){ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " - "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop -** of a SELECT. -** -** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions -** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is -** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only -** to get number columns and the datatype for each column. -*/ -static void selectInnerLoop( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ - int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ - SortCtx *pSort, /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */ - DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ - int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ - int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ - int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ - - assert( v ); - assert( pEList!=0 ); - hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; - if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0; - if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){ - assert( iContinue!=0 ); - codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); - } - - /* Pull the requested columns. - */ - nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; - - if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ - pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nResultCol; - }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){ - /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT - ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than - ** there are columns in the table on the left. The error will be caught - ** and reported later. But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated - ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */ - pParse->nMem += nResultCol; - } - pDest->nSdst = nResultCol; - regResult = pDest->iSdst; - if( srcTab>=0 ){ - for(i=0; ia[i].zName)); - } - }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){ - /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual - ** values returned by the SELECT are not required. - */ - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, - (eDest==SRT_Output||eDest==SRT_Coroutine)?SQLITE_ECEL_DUP:0); - } - - /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement - ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row - ** part of the result. - */ - if( hasDistinct ){ - switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){ - case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { - VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ - int iJump; /* Jump destination */ - int regPrev; /* Previous row content */ - - /* Allocate space for the previous row */ - regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nResultCol; - - /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null - ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the - ** previous value. This will cause the OP_Ne below to always - ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first - ** row is all NULLs. - */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); - pOp->opcode = OP_Null; - pOp->p1 = 1; - pOp->p2 = regPrev; - - iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); - if( iaddrTnct); - break; - } - - default: { - assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ); - codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, regResult); - break; - } - } - if( pSort==0 ){ - codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); - } - } - - switch( eDest ){ - /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary - ** table iParm. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - case SRT_Union: { - int r1; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - - /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of - ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from - ** the temporary table iParm. - */ - case SRT_Except: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Fifo: - case SRT_DistFifo: - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE - if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){ - /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open - ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present - ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the - ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the - ** output table as well. */ - int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1); - assert( pSort==0 ); - } -#endif - if( pSort ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1); - }else{ - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nResultCol==1 ); - pDest->affSdst = - sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); - if( pSort ){ - /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the - ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set - ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which - ** case the order does matter */ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult); - }else{ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } - break; - } - - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nResultCol==1 ); - if( pSort ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - } - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - case SRT_Coroutine: /* Send data to a co-routine */ - case SRT_Output: { /* Return the results */ - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - if( pSort ){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol); - } - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE - /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to - ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an - ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first - ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a - ** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob. - */ - case SRT_DistQueue: - case SRT_Queue: { - int nKey; - int r1, r2, r3; - int addrTest = 0; - ExprList *pSO; - pSO = pDest->pOrderBy; - assert( pSO ); - nKey = pSO->nExpr; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2); - r3 = r2+nKey+1; - if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ - /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open - ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously - ** added to the queue. */ - addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, - regResult, nResultCol); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3); - if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - } - for(i=0; ia[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1, - r2+i); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ - - - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. - */ - default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); - break; - } -#endif - } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if - ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited - ** the output for us. - */ - if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v); - } -} - -/* -** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and -** X extra columns. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){ - KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, - sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); - if( p ){ - p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X]; - p->nField = (u16)N; - p->nXField = (u16)X; - p->enc = ENC(db); - p->db = db; - p->nRef = 1; - }else{ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Deallocate a KeyInfo object -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){ - if( p ){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p); - } -} - -/* -** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){ - if( p ){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - p->nRef++; - } - return p; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change. The KeyInfo object -** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object. -** -** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; } -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -/* -** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records -** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. -** -** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting -** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to -** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT -** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual -** index to implement a DISTINCT test. -** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually -** freed. -*/ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ - int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ - int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ -){ - int nExpr; - KeyInfo *pInfo; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int i; - - nExpr = pList->nExpr; - pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr+nExtra-iStart, 1); - if( pInfo ){ - assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) ); - for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; ipExpr); - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl; - pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder; - } - } - return pInfo; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. -*/ -static const char *selectOpName(int id){ - char *z; - switch( id ){ - case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; - case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; - case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; - default: z = "UNION"; break; - } - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN -/* -** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function -** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, -** where the caption is of the form: -** -** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" -** -** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which -** is determined by the zUsage argument. -*/ -static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -} - -/* -** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro -** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code -** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that -** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the -** code with #ifndef directives. -*/ -# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b - -#else -/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ -# define explainTempTable(y,z) -# define explainSetInteger(y,z) -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT) -/* -** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function -** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, -** where the caption is of one of the two forms: -** -** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" -** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" -** -** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding -** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter -** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, -** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is -** false, or the second form if it is true. -*/ -static void explainComposite( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ - int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ - int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ - int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ -){ - assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( - pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, - bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) - ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -} -#else -/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ -# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) -#endif - -/* -** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, -** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated -** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following -** routine generates the code needed to do that. -*/ -static void generateSortTail( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - SortCtx *pSort, /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ - SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement */ - int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ - int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ - int addr; - int addrOnce = 0; - int iTab; - int pseudoTab = 0; - ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy; - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; - int regRow; - int regRowid; - int nKey; - - if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut); - addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - iTab = pSort->iECursor; - regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn); - regRowid = 0; - }else{ - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - } - nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat; - if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ - int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; - int ptab2 = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, ptab2, regSortOut, nKey+2); - if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); - addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); - VdbeCoverage(v); - codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ptab2, nKey+1, regRow); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); - }else{ - if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); - addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); - codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, nKey+1, regRow); - } - switch( eDest ){ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, - &pDest->affSdst, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); - break; - } - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - default: { - int i; - assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - for(i=0; iiSdst+i ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iSdst+i); - if( i==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); - } - } - if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); - } - break; - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - - /* The bottom of the loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); - if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the -** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. -** -** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that -** result in *pEstWidth. -** -** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the -** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The -** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression -** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is -** considered a column by this function. -** -** SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); -** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** -** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. -** -** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not -** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F) -static const char *columnTypeImpl( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - const char **pzOrigDb, - const char **pzOrigTab, - const char **pzOrigCol, - u8 *pEstWidth -){ - char const *zOrigDb = 0; - char const *zOrigTab = 0; - char const *zOrigCol = 0; -#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ -# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F) -static const char *columnTypeImpl( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - u8 *pEstWidth -){ -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ - char const *zType = 0; - int j; - u8 estWidth = 1; - - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being - ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real - ** database table or a subquery. - */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ - Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - while( pNC && !pTab ){ - SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; - for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); - if( jnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; - }else{ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - if( pTab==0 ){ - /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would - ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how - ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer - ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like - ** the following: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); - ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; - ** - ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the - ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even - ** though it should really be "INTEGER". - ** - ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never - ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression - ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT - ** branch below. */ - break; - } - - assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); - if( pS ){ - /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause - ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin - ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. - */ - if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ - /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see - ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); - } - }else if( pTab->pSchema ){ - /* A real table */ - assert( !pS ); - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - zOrigCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; - } - zOrigTab = pTab->zName; - if( pNC->pParse ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - } -#else - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; - } -#endif - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: { - /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and - ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT - ** statement. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); - break; - } -#endif - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - if( pzOrigDb ){ - assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); - *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; - *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab; - *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol; - } -#endif - if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth; - return zType; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns -** in the result set. -*/ -static void generateColumnTypes( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - NameContext sNC; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - const char *zType; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - const char *zOrigDb = 0; - const char *zOrigTab = 0; - const char *zOrigCol = 0; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0); - - /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other - ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this - ** virtual machine is deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -#else - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */ -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns -** in the result set. This information is used to provide the -** azCol[] values in the callback. -*/ -static void generateColumnNames( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i, j; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int fullNames, shortNames; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ - if( pParse->explain ){ - return; - } -#endif - - if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pParse->colNamesSet = 1; - fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; - shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p; - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; - if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ - char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ - Table *pTab; - char *zCol; - int iCol = p->iColumn; - for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ - if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; - } - assert( jnSrc ); - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else if( fullNames ){ - char *zName = 0; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - }else{ - const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan; - z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } - } - generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); -} - -/* -** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions -** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate -** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. -** -** All column names will be unique. -** -** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, -** and other fields of Column are zeroed. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, -** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -static int selectColumnsFromExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ - i16 *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ - Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ - Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ - Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ - char *zName; /* Column name */ - int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ - - if( pEList ){ - nCol = pEList->nExpr; - aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); - testcase( aCol==0 ); - }else{ - nCol = 0; - aCol = 0; - } - *pnCol = nCol; - *paCol = aCol; - - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr); - if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ - /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - }else{ - Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ - Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ - while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ - pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; - assert( pColExpr!=0 ); - } - if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ - /* For columns use the column name name */ - int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; - pTab = pColExpr->pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", - iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); - }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken); - }else{ - /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan); - } - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - break; - } - - /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, - ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. - */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(j=cnt=0; j1 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[k]); k--){} - if( k>=0 && zName[k]==':' ) nName = k; - zName[nName] = 0; - zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - zName = zNewName; - j = -1; - if( zName==0 ) break; - } - } - pCol->zName = zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0; jdb; - NameContext sNC; - Column *pCol; - CollSeq *pColl; - int i; - Expr *p; - struct ExprList_item *a; - u64 szAll = 0; - - assert( pSelect!=0 ); - assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); - assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - a = pSelect->pEList->a; - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - p = a[i].pExpr; - pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p,0,0,0, &pCol->szEst)); - szAll += pCol->szEst; - pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); - if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( pColl ){ - pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); - } - } - pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4); -} - -/* -** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes -** the result set of that SELECT. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int savedFlags; - - savedFlags = db->flags; - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); - if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - db->flags = savedFlags; - pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 0; - } - /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside - ** is disabled */ - assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 ); - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = 0; - pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); - return 0; - } - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. -** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ){ - v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); - if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init); - if( pParse->pToplevel==0 - && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst) - ){ - pParse->okConstFactor = 1; - } - - } - return v; -} - - -/* -** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the -** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions -** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then -** iLimit and iOffset are negative. -** -** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if -** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and -** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero) -** prior to calling this routine. -** -** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value -** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register -** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET. -** -** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get -** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force -** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple -** SELECT statements. -*/ -static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ - Vdbe *v = 0; - int iLimit = 0; - int iOffset; - int addr1, n; - if( p->iLimit ) return; - - /* - ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some - ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. - ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean - ** no rows. - */ - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); - if( p->pLimit ){ - p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - if( n==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); - }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>(u64)n ){ - p->nSelectRow = n; - } - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - if( p->pOffset ){ - p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of -** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if -** the column has no default collating sequence. -** -** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the -** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. -*/ -static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ - CollSeq *pRet; - if( p->pPrior ){ - pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); - }else{ - pRet = 0; - } - assert( iCol>=0 ); - if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ - pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); - } - return pRet; -} - -/* -** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT -** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo -** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY. -** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually -** freed. -*/ -static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1); - if( pRet ){ - int i; - for(i=0; ia[i]; - Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr; - CollSeq *pColl; - - if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm); - }else{ - pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1); - if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = - sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName); - } - assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) ); - pRet->aColl[i] = pColl; - pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; - } - } - - return pRet; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE -** query of the form: -** -** AS ( UNION [ALL] ) -** \___________/ \_______________/ -** p->pPrior p -** -** -** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause -** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].isRecursive flag. -** -** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go -** into a Queue table. Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by -** one. Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest. Then the single -** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the -** recursive-table for a recursive-query run. The output of the recursive-query -** is added back into the Queue table. Then another row is extracted from Queue -** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty. -** -** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever -** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows -** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be -** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. -** -** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in -** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without -** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. -** -** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows -** have been output to pDest. A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a -** negative LIMIT means to output all rows. If there is also an OFFSET clause -** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather -** than being sent to pDest. The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET -** rows have been skipped. -*/ -static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */ - int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ - Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */ - int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */ - int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */ - int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */ - int regCurrent; /* Register holding Current table */ - int iQueue; /* The Queue table */ - int iDistinct = 0; /* To ensure unique results if UNION */ - int eDest = SRT_Fifo; /* How to write to Queue */ - SelectDest destQueue; /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */ - int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */ - - /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return; - - /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */ - addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak); - pLimit = p->pLimit; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - regLimit = p->iLimit; - regOffset = p->iOffset; - p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0; - p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0; - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - - /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */ - for(i=0; ALWAYS(inSrc); i++){ - if( pSrc->a[i].isRecursive ){ - iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor; - break; - } - } - - /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for - ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order - ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */ - iQueue = pParse->nTab++; - if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ - eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo; - iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo; - } - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue); - - /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */ - regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol); - if( pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol); - } - VdbeComment((v, "Queue table")); - if( iDistinct ){ - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0); - p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - } - - /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */ - p->pOrderBy = 0; - - /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */ - pSetup->pNext = 0; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue); - pSetup->pNext = p; - if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query; - - /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */ - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue); - - /* Output the single row in Current */ - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent, - 0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak); - if( regLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, regLimit, addrBreak, -1); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont); - - /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as - ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue. - */ - p->pPrior = 0; - sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); - assert( p->pPrior==0 ); - p->pPrior = pSetup; - - /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); - -end_of_recursive_query: - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy); - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ - -/* Forward references */ -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -); - - -/* -** This routine is called to process a compound query form from -** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or -** INTERSECT -** -** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the -** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. -** -** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination -** of type eDest with parameter iParm. -** -** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. -** -** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 -** -** This statement is parsed up as follows: -** -** SELECT c FROM t3 -** | -** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 -** | -** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 -** -** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. -** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then -** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. -** -** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the -** individual selects always group from left to right. -*/ -static int multiSelect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ - Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iSub1 = 0; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ - int iSub2 = 0; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ -#endif - - /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only - ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. - */ - assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION ); - db = pParse->db; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - dest = *pDest; - if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( pPrior->pLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ - - /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary - */ - if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - assert( p->pEList ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - dest.eDest = SRT_Table; - } - - /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements - ** in their result sets. - */ - assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); - if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ - if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms"); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" - " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); - } - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE - if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ - generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest); - }else -#endif - - /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. - */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); - }else - - /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. - */ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_ALL: { - int addr = 0; - int nLimit; - assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); - pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit; - pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset; - pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; - pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; - p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; - if( p->iLimit ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); - } - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; - if( pPrior->pLimit - && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) - && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > (u64)nLimit - ){ - p->nSelectRow = nLimit; - } - if( addr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - break; - } - case TK_EXCEPT: - case TK_UNION: { - int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ - u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ - int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ - int addr; - SelectDest uniondest; - - testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); - testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); - priorOp = SRT_Union; - if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){ - /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our - ** right. - */ - assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - unionTab = dest.iSDParm; - }else{ - /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the - ** intermediate results. - */ - unionTab = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); - } - - /* Code the SELECT statements to our left - */ - assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT statement - */ - if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ - op = SRT_Except; - }else{ - assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); - op = SRT_Union; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - uniondest.eDest = op; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->iLimit = 0; - p->iOffset = 0; - - /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form - ** it is that we currently need. - */ - assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); - if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, - 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); - } - break; - } - default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { - int tab1, tab2; - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; - int addr; - SelectDest intersectdest; - int r1; - - /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires - ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin - ** by allocating the tables we will need. - */ - tab1 = pParse->nTab++; - tab2 = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); - - /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". - */ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" - */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - - /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary - ** tables. - */ - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, - 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); - break; - } - } - - explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); - - /* Compute collating sequences used by - ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. - ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. - ** - ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. - ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most - ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and - ** no temp tables are required. - */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ - Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ - CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ - - assert( p->pNext==0 ); - nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1); - if( !pKeyInfo ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto multi_select_end; - } - for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; - } - } - - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; - if( addr<0 ){ - /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can - ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ - assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); - break; - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), - P4_KEYINFO); - pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; - } - } - sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); - } - -multi_select_end: - pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst; - pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst; - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* -** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a -** SELECT statment. -** -** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst. There are -** pIn->nSdst columns to be output. pDest is where the output should -** be sent. -** -** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine -** return address. -** -** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that -** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false -** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is -** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing -** keys. -** -** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to -** iBreak. -*/ -static int generateOutputSubroutine( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ - int regReturn, /* The return address register */ - int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ - int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iContinue; - int addr; - - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT - */ - if( regPrev ){ - int j1, j2; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst, - (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); - } - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - - /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause - */ - codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); - - switch( pDest->eDest ){ - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - int r1; - assert( pIn->nSdst==1 ); - pDest->affSdst = - sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iSDParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( pIn->nSdst==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers - ** starting at pDest->iSdst. Then the co-routine yields. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: { - if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ - pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst); - pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst; - } - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pDest->nSdst); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); - break; - } - - /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be - ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other - ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. - ** - ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. - ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to - ** return the next row of result. - */ - default: { - assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); - break; - } - } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* Generate the subroutine return - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); - - return addr; -} - -/* -** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there -** is an ORDER BY clause. -** -** We assume a query of the following form: -** -** ORDER BY -** -** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea -** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as -** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results -** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and -** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: -** -** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. -** -** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and -** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that -** appears only in B.) -** -** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. -** -** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. -** -** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. -** -** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which -** is used: -** -** -** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT -** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- -** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA -** -** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA -** -** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB -** -** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt -** -** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt -** -** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA -** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes -** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or -** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. -** -** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled -** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously -** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output -** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. -** -** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven -** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: -** -** goto Init -** coA: coroutine for left query (A) -** coB: coroutine for right query (B) -** outA: output one row of A -** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) -** EofA: ... -** EofB: ... -** AltB: ... -** AeqB: ... -** AgtB: ... -** Init: initialize coroutine registers -** yield coA -** if eof(A) goto EofA -** yield coB -** if eof(B) goto EofB -** Cmpr: Compare A, B -** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB -** End: ... -** -** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not -** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop -** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, -** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ - SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ - int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ - int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ - int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ - int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ - int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ - int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ - int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ - int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ - int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrEofA_noB; /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */ - int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ - int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ - int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ - int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ - int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ - int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ - int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ - int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ - KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ - KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ - int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ -#endif - - assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); - assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ - db = pParse->db; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ - labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - - /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause - */ - op = p->op; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - assert( pOrderBy ); - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; - - /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that - ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add - ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. - */ - if( op!=TK_ALL ){ - for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; ju.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); - if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break; - } - if( j==nOrderBy ){ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); - if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->u.iValue = i; - pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); - if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i; - } - } - } - - /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with - ** the permutation used to determine if the next - ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit - ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries - ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct - ** collation. - */ - aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); - if( aPermute ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iu.x.iOrderByCol>0 - && pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); - aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1; - } - pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); - }else{ - pKeyMerge = 0; - } - - /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. - */ - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); - - /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed - ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the - ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). - */ - if( op==TK_ALL ){ - regPrev = 0; - }else{ - int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; - assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nExpr+1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); - pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1); - if( pKeyDup ){ - assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) ); - for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); - pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; - } - } - } - - /* Separate the left and the right query from one another - */ - p->pPrior = 0; - pPrior->pNext = 0; - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - } - - /* Compute the limit registers */ - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); - if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ - regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; - regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, - regLimitA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); - }else{ - regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); - p->pOffset = 0; - - regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; - regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); - - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the - ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. - */ - addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA); - VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT")); - pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; - explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrA); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on - ** the right - the "B" select - */ - addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB); - VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT")); - savedLimit = p->iLimit; - savedOffset = p->iOffset; - p->iLimit = regLimitB; - p->iOffset = 0; - explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); - p->iLimit = savedLimit; - p->iOffset = savedOffset; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regAddrB); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); - addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, - regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); - addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, - regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); - } - sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup); - - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A - ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. - */ - if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; - }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); - addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); - p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow; - } - - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B - ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. - */ - if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofB = addrEofA; - if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; - }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); - addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); - } - - /* Generate code to handle the case of AB - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); - addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); - - /* This code runs once to initialize everything. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Implement the main merge loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy, - (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); - - /* Set the number of output columns - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = pPrior; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - - /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly - ** by the calling function */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - } - p->pPrior = pPrior; - pPrior->pNext = p; - - /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete - **** subqueries ****/ - explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* Forward Declarations */ -static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); -static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); - -/* -** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to -** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column -** unchanged.) -** -** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery -** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the -** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary -** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table -** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. -*/ -static Expr *substExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ -){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ - if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - pExpr = pNew; - } - }else{ - pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); - pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); - }else{ - substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); - } - } - return pExpr; -} -static void substExprList( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); - } -} -static void substSelect( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ - int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - SrcList *pSrc; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( !p ) return; - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); - p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); - p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); - } - } -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* -** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. -** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. -** -** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following -** query: -** -** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 -** -** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the -** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then -** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two -** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table -** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be -** optimized. -** -** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into -** a single flat select, like this: -** -** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 -** -** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might -** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be -** avoided. -** -** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. -** -** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join -** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) -** -** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. -** -** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT -** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction -** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. -** -** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. -** -** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without -** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special -** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a -** single NULL. -** -** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not -** use LIMIT. -** -** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. -** -** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously -** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. -** -** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. -** -** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. -** -** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the -** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. -** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). -** -** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does -** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter -** until we introduced the group_concat() function. -** -** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL -** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and -** the parent query: -** -** * is not itself part of a compound select, -** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and -** * is not a join -** -** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to -** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, -** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound -** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound -** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by -** restriction (4). -** -** Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number -** of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound -** SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no -** such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the -** syntax error and return a detailed message. -** -** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the -** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to -** columns of the sub-query. -** -** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not -** have a WHERE clause. -** -** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use -** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint -** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must -** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we -** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. -** -** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). -** -** (22) The subquery is not a recursive CTE. -** -** (23) The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a -** compound query. This restriction is because transforming the -** parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles -** recursive queries in multiSelect(). -** -** -** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. -** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query -** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. -** -** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. -** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. -** -** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and -** the subquery before this routine runs. -*/ -static int flattenSubquery( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ - int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ - int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ - int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ -){ - const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - Select *pParent; - Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ - Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ - SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ - ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ - int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. - */ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ - if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0; - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); - pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; - iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; - pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( pSub!=0 ); - if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ - if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; - assert( pSubSrc ); - /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, - ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET - ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET - ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) - ** and (14). */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ - if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ - } - if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ - if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ - return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ - } - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ - } - if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ - } - if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ - } - if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0; /* Restriction (22) */ - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ) return 0; /* (23) */ - - /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: - ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is - ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this - ** is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 - ** - ** which is not at all the same thing. - ** - ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: - ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer - ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. - ** An examples of why this is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 - ** - ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which - ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. - ** - ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: - ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN - ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the - ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. - */ - if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must - ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries - ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct - ** queries. - */ - if( pSub->pPrior ){ - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ - } - if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; - } - for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); - testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); - assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 ); - if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 - || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) - || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1 - || pSub->pEList->nExpr!=pSub1->pEList->nExpr - ){ - return 0; - } - testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 ); - } - - /* Restriction 18. */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ - if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0; - } - } - } - - /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ - - /* Authorize the subquery */ - pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; - TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY ); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; - - /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions - ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must - ** be of the form: - ** - ** SELECT FROM () - ** - ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block - ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or - ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original - ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple - ** select statements in the compound sub-query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( - ** SELECT x FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 - ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** Transformed into: - ** - ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 - ** ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". - */ - for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - Select *pNew; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; - Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset; - Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->pSrc = 0; - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - p->pSrc = pSrc; - p->op = TK_ALL; - if( pNew==0 ){ - p->pPrior = pPrior; - }else{ - pNew->pPrior = pPrior; - if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; - pNew->pNext = p; - p->pPrior = pNew; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; - } - - /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause - ** in the outer query. - */ - pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; - - /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the - ** subquery - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); - pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; - pSubitem->zName = 0; - pSubitem->zAlias = 0; - pSubitem->pSelect = 0; - - /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the - ** subquery until code generation is - ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that - ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. - ** - ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. - */ - if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ - Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; - if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; - pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; - }else{ - pTabToDel->nRef--; - } - pSubitem->pTab = 0; - } - - /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery - ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind - ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - - ** then this loop only runs once. - ** - ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the - ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember - ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in - ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code - ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace - ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM - ** elements we are now copying in. - */ - for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - int nSubSrc; - u8 jointype = 0; - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ - nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ - - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ - jointype = pSubitem->jointype; - }else{ - assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - break; - } - } - - /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer - ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, - ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements - ** of the subquery. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; - ** - ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the - ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next - ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle - ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the - ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. - */ - if( nSubSrc>1 ){ - pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - break; - } - } - - /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the - ** outer query. - */ - for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); - pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; - memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); - } - pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for - ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; - ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / - ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ - ** - ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see - ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". - */ - pList = pParent->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ - char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan); - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - pList->a[i].zName = zName; - } - } - substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); - if( isAgg ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); - pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; - pSub->pOrderBy = 0; - }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pWhere ){ - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); - }else{ - pWhere = 0; - } - if( subqueryIsAgg ){ - assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); - pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; - pParent->pWhere = pWhere; - pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); - assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); - pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); - }else{ - pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); - } - - /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the - ** outer query is distinct. - */ - pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; - - /* - ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; - ** - ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this - ** does not work if either limit is negative. - */ - if( pSub->pLimit ){ - pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; - pSub->pLimit = 0; - } - } - - /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return - ** success. - */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); - - return 1; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ - -/* -** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first -** argument, this function checks if the following are true: -** -** * the query contains just a single aggregate function, -** * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and -** * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value. -** -** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX -** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the -** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning. -** -** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and -** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned. -*/ -static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){ - int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */ - - *ppMinMax = 0; - if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){ - Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */ - ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */ - - assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ - const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){ - eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; - *ppMinMax = pEList; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){ - eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; - *ppMinMax = pEList; - } - } - } - - assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 ); - return eRet; -} - -/* -** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. -** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This -** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: -** -** SELECT count(*) FROM -** -** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query -** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing -** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. -*/ -static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Table *pTab; - Expr *pExpr; - - assert( !p->pGroupBy ); - - if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 - || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect - ){ - return 0; - } - pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0; - if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; - - return pTab; -} - -/* -** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an -** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there -** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return -** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate -** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ - if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; - pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); - pIdx=pIdx->pNext - ); - if( !pIdx ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -/* -** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with -** an alternative collating sequence. -** -** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... -** -** These are rewritten as a subquery: -** -** SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2) -** ORDER BY ... COLLATE ... -** -** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine -** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause -** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the -** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause. See ticket -** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a -** -** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION. -** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when -** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY. -*/ -static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - int i; - Select *pNew; - Select *pX; - sqlite3 *db; - struct ExprList_item *a; - SrcList *pNewSrc; - Parse *pParse; - Token dummy; - - if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue; - if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue; - for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){} - if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue; - a = p->pOrderBy->a; - for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){ - if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break; - } - if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue; - - /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */ - - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy)); - pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0); - if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - *pNew = *p; - p->pSrc = pNewSrc; - p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ALL, 0)); - p->op = TK_SELECT; - p->pWhere = 0; - pNew->pGroupBy = 0; - pNew->pHaving = 0; - pNew->pOrderBy = 0; - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pNext = 0; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; - assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 ); - pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew; - pNew->pLimit = 0; - pNew->pOffset = 0; - return WRC_Continue; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -/* -** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested -** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by -** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) -** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise -** return NULL. -** -** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With -** object that the returned CTE belongs to. -*/ -static struct Cte *searchWith( - With *pWith, /* Current outermost WITH clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* FROM clause element to resolve */ - With **ppContext /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */ -){ - const char *zName; - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){ - With *p; - for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCte; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - *ppContext = p; - return &p->a[i]; - } - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses -** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack. -** -** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument -** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this -** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it -** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when -** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT -** statement with which it is associated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ - assert( bFree==0 || pParse->pWith==0 ); - if( pWith ){ - pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith; - pParse->pWith = pWith; - pParse->bFreeWith = bFree; - } -} - -/* -** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by -** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, -** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive -** reference to the current CTE. -** -** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab -** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check -** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match -** was found. -** -** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error -** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the -** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. -*/ -static int withExpand( - Walker *pWalker, - struct SrcList_item *pFrom -){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - struct Cte *pCte; /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */ - With *pWith; /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */ - - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - - pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith); - if( pCte ){ - Table *pTab; - ExprList *pEList; - Select *pSel; - Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */ - int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */ - With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */ - - /* If pCte->zErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal - ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return - ** early. If pCte->zErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference. - ** In this case, proceed. */ - if( pCte->zErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zErr, pCte->zName); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; - pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - assert( pFrom->pSelect ); - - /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */ - pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION ); - if( bMayRecursive ){ - int i; - SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 - && pItem->zName!=0 - && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) - ){ - pItem->pTab = pTab; - pItem->isRecursive = 1; - pTab->nRef++; - pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; - } - } - } - - /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ - if( pTab->nRef>2 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg( - pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName - ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 )); - - pCte->zErr = "circular reference: %s"; - pSavedWith = pParse->pWith; - pParse->pWith = pWith; - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel); - - for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior); - pEList = pLeft->pEList; - if( pCte->pCols ){ - if( pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns", - pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr - ); - pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pEList = pCte->pCols; - } - - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - if( bMayRecursive ){ - if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ - pCte->zErr = "multiple recursive references: %s"; - }else{ - pCte->zErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s"; - } - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); - } - pCte->zErr = 0; - pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE -/* -** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH -** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. -** -** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by -** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table -** names and other FROM clause elements. -*/ -static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith; - if( pWith!=0 ){ - assert( pParse->pWith==pWith ); - pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter; - } -} -#else -#define selectPopWith 0 -#endif - -/* -** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. -** "Expanding" means to do the following: -** -** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every -** element of the FROM clause. -** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that -** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, -** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement -** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT -** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement -** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation -** of the view. -** -** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword -** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. -** -** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking -** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. -** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table -** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. -** -*/ -static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - int i, j, k; - SrcList *pTabList; - ExprList *pEList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr; - u16 selFlags = p->selFlags; - - p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ - return WRC_Prune; - } - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0); - - /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in - ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); - - /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If - ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, - ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. - */ - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab; - assert( pFrom->isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab ); - if( pFrom->isRecursive ) continue; - if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ - /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need - ** to go further. */ - assert( i==0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE - selectPopWith(pWalker, p); -#endif - return WRC_Prune; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE - if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; - if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else -#endif - if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - assert( pSel!=0 ); - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab); - while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; -#endif - }else{ - /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535", - pTab->zName); - pFrom->pTab = 0; - return WRC_Abort; - } - pTab->nRef++; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; - assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); - pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); - } -#endif - } - - /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - - /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of - ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names - ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression - ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. - ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand - ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. - ** - ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators - ** that need expanding. - */ - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break; - } - if( knExpr ){ - /* - ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" - ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression - ** in the result set and expand them one by one. - */ - struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; - ExprList *pNew = 0; - int flags = pParse->db->flags; - int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 - && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; - - /* When processing FROM-clause subqueries, it is always the case - ** that full_column_names=OFF and short_column_names=ON. The - ** sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() routine makes it so. */ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 - || ((flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)==0 && - (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0) ); - - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - pE = a[k].pExpr; - pRight = pE->pRight; - assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 ); - if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ - /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. - */ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; - a[k].zName = 0; - a[k].zSpan = 0; - } - a[k].pExpr = 0; - }else{ - /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be - ** expanded. */ - int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ - char *zTName = 0; /* text of name of TABLE */ - if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ - assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); - zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; - } - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect; - char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; - const char *zSchemaName = 0; - int iDb; - if( zTabName==0 ){ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) break; - if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){ - pSub = 0; - if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*"; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; - char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ - char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ - Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ - - assert( zName ); - if( zTName && pSub - && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0 - ){ - continue; - } - - /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible - ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded - ** result-set list. - */ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ - assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); - continue; - } - tableSeen = 1; - - if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ - if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 - && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) - ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the - ** table to the right of the join */ - continue; - } - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the - ** using clause from the table on the right. */ - continue; - } - } - pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); - zColname = zName; - zToFree = 0; - if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ - Expr *pLeft; - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); - pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - if( zSchemaName ){ - pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName); - pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0); - } - if( longNames ){ - zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); - zToFree = zColname; - } - }else{ - pExpr = pRight; - } - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); - sColname.z = zColname; - sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); - if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ - struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1]; - if( pSub ){ - pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan); - testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); - }else{ - pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s", - zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname); - testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); - } - pX->bSpanIsTab = 1; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); - } - } - if( !tableSeen ){ - if( zTName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); - } - } - } - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - p->pEList = pNew; - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); - } -#endif - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. -** -** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees -** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, -** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then -** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every -** subquery in the parser tree. -*/ -static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. -** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT -** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. -** -** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a -** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before -** name resolution is performed. -** -** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. -** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr -** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. -*/ -static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Walker w; - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - if( pParse->hasCompound ){ - w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); - } - w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; - w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -/* -** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() -** interface. -** -** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl -** information to the Table structure that represents the result set -** of that subquery. -** -** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed -** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted -** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This -** routine is called after identifier resolution. -*/ -static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse; - int i; - SrcList *pTabList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - - assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); - if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - if( pSel ){ - while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel); - } - } - } - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to -** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a -** SELECT statement. -** -** Use this routine after name resolution. -*/ -static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Walker w; - memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); - w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -#endif -} - - -/* -** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing. The -** following is accomplished: -** -** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. -** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. -** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements -** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. -** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. -** -** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; - db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; - sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); -} - -/* -** Reset the aggregate accumulator. -** -** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold -** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This -** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory -** cells. -*/ -static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; - int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn; - if( nReg==0 ) return; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by - ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */ - assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 ); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg - && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); - } - for(i=0; inFunc; i++){ - assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg - && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); - } -#endif - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg); - for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ - if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " - "argument"); - pFunc->iDistinct = -1; - }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function -** in the AggInfo structure. -*/ -static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - } -} - -/* -** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on -** the current cursor position. -*/ -static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int regHit = 0; - int addrHitTest = 0; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - struct AggInfo_col *pC; - - pAggInfo->directMode = 1; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - int nArg; - int addrNext = 0; - int regAgg; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - nArg = pList->nExpr; - regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP); - }else{ - nArg = 0; - regAgg = 0; - } - if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nArg==1 ); - codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); - } - if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int j; - assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ - for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); - } - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - } - if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - if( addrNext ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - } - } - - /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. - ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present - ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value - ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register - ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the - ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. - ** - ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached - ** values to an OP_Copy. - */ - if( regHit ){ - addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); - } - pAggInfo->directMode = 0; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - if( addrHitTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest); - } -} - -/* -** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple -** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN -static void explainSimpleCount( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ - Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ -){ - if( pParse->explain==2 ){ - int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx))); - char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s", - pTab->zName, - bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "", - bCover ? pIdx->zName : "" - ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( - pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC - ); - } -} -#else -# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) -#endif - -/* -** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. -** -** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. -** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are -** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in -** pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The -** calling function needs to do that. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ - int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ - DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */ - SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ - int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; - pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; -#endif - - db = pParse->db; - if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); - - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo ); - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo ); - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); - if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || - pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); - /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does - ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; - } - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); - memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort)); - sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; - } - isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* If writing to memory or generating a set - ** only a single column may be output. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - goto select_end; - } -#endif - - /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) - for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; - SelectDest dest; - Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; - int isAggSub; - - if( pSub==0 ) continue; - - /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than - ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN, - ** for example. In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest - ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view. The first instance - ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need - ** to be invoked again. */ - if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ - if( pItem->viaCoroutine==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); - } - continue; - } - - /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression - ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select - ** may contain expression trees of at most - ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit - ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing - ** an exact limit. - */ - pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); - - isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ - /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ - if( isAggSub ){ - isAgg = 1; - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - } - i = -1; - }else if( pTabList->nSrc==1 - && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine) - ){ - /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result - ** set on each invocation. - */ - int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; - pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); - pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn); - explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); - pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow); - pItem->viaCoroutine = 1; - pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, pItem->regReturn); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1); - sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); - }else{ - /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with - ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point - ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn - ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address - */ - int topAddr; - int onceAddr = 0; - int retAddr; - assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); - pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; - topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); - pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; - if( pItem->isCorrelated==0 ){ - /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of - ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery - ** once. */ - onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); - }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); - } - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); - explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); - pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(pSub->nSelectRow); - if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); - retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); - VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); - sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); - } - if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; - } - pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); - pTabList = p->pSrc; - if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - } - } - pEList = p->pEList; -#endif - pWhere = p->pWhere; - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. - */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); - explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); - return rc; - } -#endif - - /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and - ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query - ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: - ** - ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz - ** - ** is transformed to: - ** - ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz - ** - ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be - ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally - ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER - ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. - */ - if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct - && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, p->pEList, -1)==0 - ){ - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; - p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - sSort.pOrderBy = 0; - /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags, - ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set. Hence, isTnct represents the - ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */ - assert( sDistinct.isTnct ); - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting - ** index might end up being unused if the data can be - ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the - ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once - ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex - ** variable is used to facilitate that change. - */ - if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, 0); - sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - sSort.addrSortIndex = - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - }else{ - sSort.addrSortIndex = -1; - } - - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr); - } - - /* Set the limiter. - */ - iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - p->nSelectRow = LARGEST_INT64; - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); - if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sSort.addrSortIndex)->opcode = OP_SorterOpen; - sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter; - } - - /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. - */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++; - sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0, - (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0), - P4_KEYINFO); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED; - }else{ - sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; - } - - if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */ - u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0); - - /* Begin the database scan. */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy, - p->pEList, wctrlFlags, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){ - p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo); - } - if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){ - sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo); - } - if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ - sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo); - if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){ - sSort.pOrderBy = 0; - } - } - - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral - ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral - ** into an OP_Noop. - */ - if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); - } - - /* Use the standard inner loop. */ - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, - sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo), - sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause - ** or both */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ - int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ - int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ - int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least - ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been - ** processed */ - int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ - int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ - int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ - int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ - int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ - int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */ - - /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the - ** GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - int k; /* Loop counter */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ - - for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; - } - for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; - } - if( p->nSelectRow>100 ) p->nSelectRow = 100; - }else{ - p->nSelectRow = 1; - } - - - /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are - ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause - ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out - ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY may use a - ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required - ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the - ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp - ** variable. */ - if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ - orderByGrp = 1; - } - - /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ - addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in - ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; - sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); - } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - for(i=0; ix.pList); - sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc; - } - sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem; - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; - - /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and - ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ - int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ - int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ - int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ - int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ - int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ - int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ - int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ - int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ - - /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to - ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out - ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. - */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, 0); - addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, - sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, - 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - - /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing - */ - iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - regReset = ++pParse->nMem; - addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1); - - /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. - ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or - ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information - ** in the right order to begin with. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0, - WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0 - ); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){ - /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so - ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be - ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo - */ - groupBySort = 0; - }else{ - /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push - ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, - ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output - ** in sorted order - */ - int regBase; - int regRecord; - int nCol; - int nGroupBy; - - explainTempTable(pParse, - (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? - "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); - - groupBySort = 1; - nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; - nCol = nGroupBy + 1; - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; i=j ){ - nCol++; - j++; - } - } - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ - int r1 = j + regBase; - int r2; - - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, - pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0); - if( r1!=r2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); - } - j++; - } - } - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; - sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - - } - - /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort - ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY - ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. - ** - ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. - ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to - ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ - if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) - && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) - ){ - sSort.pOrderBy = 0; - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); - } - - /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... - ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) - ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms - ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... - */ - addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut); - } - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); - if( j==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE); - }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, - (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. - ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code - ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. - ** - ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... - ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine - ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation - ** for the next GROUP BY batch. - */ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); - - /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of - ** the current row - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); - - /* End of the loop - */ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); - } - - /* Output the final row of result - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); - - /* Jump over the subroutines - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result - ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag - ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If - ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine - ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in - ** order to signal the caller to abort. - */ - addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort, - &sDistinct, pDest, - addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); - - /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); - - } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ - else { - ExprList *pDel = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - Table *pTab; - if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ - /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then - ** the SQL statement is of the form: - ** - ** SELECT count(*) FROM - ** - ** where the Table structure returned represents table . - ** - ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The - ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that - ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It - ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost - ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. - */ - const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ - Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ - int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost. - ** - ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. - ** - ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. - ** - ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only - ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. - */ - if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 - && pIdx->szIdxRowszTabRow - && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 - && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRowszIdxRow) - ){ - pBest = pIdx; - } - } - if( pBest ){ - iRoot = pBest->tnum; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest); - } - - /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1); - if( pKeyInfo ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); - explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - { - /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: - ** - ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... - ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... - ** - ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results - ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. - ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then - ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the - ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is - ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum - ** value of x, the only row required). - ** - ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly - ** modify behavior as follows: - ** - ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by - ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value - ** for x. - ** - ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which - ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on - ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. - ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. - */ - ExprList *pMinMax = 0; - u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - - assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); - assert( flag==0 ); - if( p->pHaving==0 ){ - flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax); - } - assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) ); - - if( flag ){ - pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0); - pDel = pMinMax; - if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ - pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; - pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; - } - } - - /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The - ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row - ** of output. - */ - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0); - if( pWInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - goto select_end; - } - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 ); - if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); - VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", - (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); - } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - } - - sSort.pOrderBy = 0; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, - pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - - } /* endif aggregate query */ - - if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ - explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results - ** and send them to the callback one by one. - */ - if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ - explainTempTable(pParse, sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY"); - generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest); - } - - /* Jump here to skip this query - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - - /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 - ** to indicate no errors. - */ - rc = 0; - - /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon - ** successful coding of the SELECT. - */ -select_end: - explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); - - /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); - } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); - return rc; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) -/* -** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object. -*/ -static void explainOneSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "SELECT "); - if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ - if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "DISTINCT "); - } - if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "agg_flag "); - } - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " "); - } - sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pEList); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){ - int i; - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "FROM "); - sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "{%d,*} = ", pItem->iCursor); - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ExplainSelect(pVdbe, pItem->pSelect); - if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (tabname=%s)", pItem->pTab->zName); - } - }else if( pItem->zName ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s", pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias); - } - if( pItem->jointype & JT_LEFT ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, " LEFT-JOIN"); - } - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - } - sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); - } - if( p->pWhere ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "WHERE "); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - } - if( p->pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "GROUPBY "); - sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - } - if( p->pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "HAVING "); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pHaving); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - } - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "ORDERBY "); - sqlite3ExplainExprList(pVdbe, p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - } - if( p->pLimit ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "LIMIT "); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pLimit); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - } - if( p->pOffset ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "OFFSET "); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(pVdbe, p->pOffset); - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExplainSelect(Vdbe *pVdbe, Select *p){ - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "(null-select)"); - return; - } - sqlite3ExplainPush(pVdbe); - while( p ){ - explainOneSelect(pVdbe, p); - p = p->pNext; - if( p==0 ) break; - sqlite3ExplainNL(pVdbe); - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "%s\n", selectOpName(p->op)); - } - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(pVdbe, "END"); - sqlite3ExplainPop(pVdbe); -} - -/* End of the structure debug printing code -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) */ - -/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() -** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main -** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). -** -** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked -** if they are not used. -*/ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE - -/* -** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through -** to the callback function is uses to build the result. -*/ -typedef struct TabResult { - char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ - int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ - int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ - int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ - int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ -} TabResult; - -/* -** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job -** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new -** memory as necessary. -*/ -static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ - TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ - int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - char *z; /* A single column of result */ - - /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything - ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ - need = nCol*2; - }else{ - need = nCol; - } - if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ - char **azNew; - p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); - if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; - p->azResult = azNew; - } - - /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing - ** the names of all columns. - */ - if( p->nRow==0 ){ - p->nColumn = nCol; - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; - } - }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){ - sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); - p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( - "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" - ); - p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - return 1; - } - - /* Copy over the row data - */ - if( argv!=0 ){ - for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; - } - p->nRow++; - } - return 0; - -malloc_failed: - p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, -** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results -** at the conclusion of the call. -** -** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained -** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. -** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when -** the calling procedure is finished using it. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ - int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ - int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc; - TabResult res; - - *pazResult = 0; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; - if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; - res.zErrMsg = 0; - res.nRow = 0; - res.nColumn = 0; - res.nData = 1; - res.nAlloc = 20; - res.rc = SQLITE_OK; - res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); - if( res.azResult==0 ){ - db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - res.azResult[0] = 0; - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); - assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); - res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - if( res.zErrMsg ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - } - db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ - return res.rc; - } - sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - return rc; - } - if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ - char **azNew; - azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); - if( azNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); - db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - res.azResult = azNew; - } - *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; - if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; - if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( - char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */ -){ - if( azResult ){ - int i, n; - azResult--; - assert( azResult!=0 ); - n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); - for(i=1; ipNext; - - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); - - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); - } -} - -/* -** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to -** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. -** -** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab -** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional -** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all -** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list -** and returns the combined list. -** -** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers -** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on -** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; - Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ - - if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ - return 0; - } - - if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ - HashElem *p; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); - if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema - && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) - ){ - pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); - pList = pTrig; - } - } - } - - return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); -} - -/* -** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement -** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger -** structure is generated based on the information available and stored -** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the -** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger -** construction process. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ - Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ - int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ - IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ - SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ - Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ - int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ - int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ -){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ - Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ - Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ - DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ - int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - - assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ - assert( pName2!=0 ); - assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); - if( isTemp ){ - /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ - if( pName2->n>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - iDb = 1; - pName = pName1; - }else{ - /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - } - if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - - /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: - ** - ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... - ** ^^^^^^^^ - ** - ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database - ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing our of SQLITE_MASTER. - */ - if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); - pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; - } - - /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, - ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. - ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not - ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab - && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } - - /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; - assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); - sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName); - if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); - if( !pTab ){ - /* The table does not exist. */ - if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ - /* Ticket #3810. - ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are - ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table - ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the - ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the - ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an - ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. - */ - db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; - } - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - - /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the - ** specified name exists */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), - zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); - }else{ - assert( !db->init.busy ); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - } - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - - /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); - pParse->nErr++; - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - - /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD - ** of triggers. - */ - if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", - (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" - " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; - const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; - if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ - goto trigger_cleanup; - } - } -#endif - - /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers - ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every - ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code - ** elsewhere. - */ - if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ - tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; - } - - /* Build the Trigger object */ - pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); - if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; - pTrigger->zName = zName; - zName = 0; - pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); - pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pTrigger->op = (u8)op; - pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; - pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; - -trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); - }else{ - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed -** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ - Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ -){ - Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ - char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ - DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ - Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ - - pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; - if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - zName = pTrig->zName; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - pTrig->step_list = pStepList; - while( pStepList ){ - pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; - pStepList = pStepList->pNext; - } - nameToken.z = pTrig->zName; - nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z); - sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); - if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) - || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) - ){ - goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - } - - /* if we are not initializing, - ** build the sqlite_master entry - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - Vdbe *v; - char *z; - - /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, - pTrig->table, z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); - } - - if( db->init.busy ){ - Trigger *pLink = pTrig; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig); - if( pTrig ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table); - pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n); - assert( pTab!=0 ); - pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; - pTab->pTrigger = pLink; - } - } - -triggerfinish_cleanup: - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); - assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); -} - -/* -** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into -** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. -** -** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in -** body of a TRIGGER. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); - if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return 0; - } - pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; - pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space -** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. -*/ -static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ - Token *pName /* The target name */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - - pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; - memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); - pTriggerStep->target.z = z; - pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n; - pTriggerStep->op = op; - } - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer -** to the new trigger step. -** -** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the -** body of a trigger. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ - IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - - assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); - - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; - }else{ - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); - } - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ - ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return -** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it -** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ -){ - TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; - - pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); - if( pTriggerStep ){ - pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return pTriggerStep; -} - -/* -** Recursively delete a Trigger structure -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ - if( pTrigger==0 ) return; - sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); -} - -/* -** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. -** -** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies -** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the -** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger -** instead of the trigger name. -**/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ - Trigger *pTrigger = 0; - int i; - const char *zDb; - const char *zName; - int nName; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - } - - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; - zName = pName->a[0].zName; - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); - pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName); - if( pTrigger ) break; - } - if( !pTrigger ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); - }else{ - sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto drop_trigger_cleanup; - } - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - -drop_trigger_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger -** is set on. -*/ -static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table); - return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n); -} - - -/* -** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ - Table *pTable; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - assert( pTable ); - assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - return; - } - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. - */ - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int base; - static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); - static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = { - { OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Column, 0, 1, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */ - { OP_Column, 0, 0, 2}, - { OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1}, - { OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */ - }; - - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger, iLn); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); - if( pParse->nMem<3 ){ - pParse->nMem = 3; - } - } -} - -/* -** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - Hash *pHash; - - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); - pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); - pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0); - if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ - if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ - Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); - Trigger **pp; - for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); - *pp = (*pp)->pNext; - } - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - } -} - -/* -** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry -** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries -** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, -** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a -** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then -** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only -** if there is no match. -*/ -static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ - int e; - if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; - for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least -** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is -** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at -** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ - int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ - int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ -){ - int mask = 0; - Trigger *pList = 0; - Trigger *p; - - if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ - pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); - } - assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ - mask |= p->tr_tm; - } - } - if( pMask ){ - *pMask = mask; - } - return (mask ? pList : 0); -} - -/* -** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer -** to that SrcList. -** -** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when -** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from -** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the -** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it -** wants. -*/ -static SrcList *targetSrcList( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ -){ - int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ - - pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0); - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); - assert( pSrc->a!=0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); - if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( iDbdb->nDb ); - pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - } - } - return pSrc; -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single -** trigger. -*/ -static int codeTriggerProgram( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ - int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ -){ - TriggerStep *pStep; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); - assert( pStepList ); - assert( v!=0 ); - for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ - /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step - ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger - ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use - ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger - ** step statement. Example: - ** - ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; - ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); - ** END; - ** - ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy - ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy - */ - pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; - assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 ); - - switch( pStep->op ){ - case TK_UPDATE: { - sqlite3Update(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; - } - case TK_INSERT: { - sqlite3Insert(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), - sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), - pParse->eOrconf - ); - break; - } - case TK_DELETE: { - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, - targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) - ); - break; - } - default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { - SelectDest sDest; - Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - break; - } - } - if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); - } - } - - return 0; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -/* -** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE -** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. -*/ -static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Abort: return "abort"; - case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; - case OE_Fail: return "fail"; - case OE_Replace: return "replace"; - case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; - case OE_Default: return "default"; - } - return "n/a"; -} -#endif - -/* -** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe -** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information -** from pFrom to pTo. -*/ -static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ - assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); - assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); - if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ - pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; - pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); - } -} - -/* -** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program -** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. -*/ -static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ -){ - Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ - Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ - Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ - SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ - Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ - int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ - - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - assert( pTop->pVdbe ); - - /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they - ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg - ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ - pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); - if( !pPrg ) return 0; - pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; - pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; - pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); - if( !pProgram ) return 0; - sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); - pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; - pPrg->orconf = orconf; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; - - /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the - ** trigger sub-program. */ - pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); - if( !pSubParse ) return 0; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pSubParse; - pSubParse->db = db; - pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; - pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; - pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; - pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; - pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); - if( v ){ - VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", - pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), - (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), - (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), - (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), - pTab->zName - )); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC - ); -#endif - - /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false - ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the - ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ - if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ - pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) - && db->mallocFailed==0 - ){ - iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); - } - - /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ - codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); - - /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ - if( iEndTrigger ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); - - transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); - } - pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; - pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; - pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce; - pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; - pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; - pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; - sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); - } - - assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); - assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); - sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); - - return pPrg; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for -** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such -** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before -** being returned. -*/ -static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ - int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ -){ - Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - - assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); - - /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the - ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with - ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere - ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ - for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; - pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); - pPrg=pPrg->pNext - ); - - /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ - if( !pPrg ){ - pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); - } - - return pPrg; -} - -/* -** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on -** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this -** function are the same as those described in the header function for -** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ -){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - - /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program - ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ - if( pPrg ){ - int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); - VdbeComment( - (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); - - /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if - ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive - ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, - ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers - ** is clear. */ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); - } -} - -/* -** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation -** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) -** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the -** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then -** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. -** -** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified -** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. -** -** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers -** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references -** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab -** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: -** -** Register Contains -** ------------------------------------------------------ -** reg+0 OLD.rowid -** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab -** ... ... -** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab -** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid -** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab -** ... ... -** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab -** -** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will -** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or -** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). -** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers -** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an -** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg -** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through -** (reg+N+N+1) are. -** -** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the -** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump -** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program -** raises an IGNORE exception. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ - int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ - int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ -){ - Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ - - assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); - assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); - assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); - - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ - - /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are - ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table - ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ - assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); - assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema - || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - - /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ - if( p->op==op - && p->tr_tm==tr_tm - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) - ){ - sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); - } - } -} - -/* -** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. -** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the -** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information -** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire -** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. -** -** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the -** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if -** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there -** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns -** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. -** -** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is -** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. -** -** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned -** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. -** -** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE -** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the -** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only -** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ - int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ - int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ - int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ -){ - const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; - u32 mask = 0; - Trigger *p; - - assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); - for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) - && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) - ){ - TriggerPrg *pPrg; - pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); - if( pPrg ){ - mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; - } - } - } - - return mask; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - -/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle UPDATE statements. -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* Forward declaration */ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ - int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ -); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the -** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the -** OP_Column to the default value, if any. -** -** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the -** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table -** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE -** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk -** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken -** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. -** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value -** for the column and the P4 value is not required. -** -** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have -** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more -** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated -** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written -** into the sqlite_master table.) -** -** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for -** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() -** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into -** sqlite3_value objects. -** -** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction -** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is -** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save -** space. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ - assert( pTab!=0 ); - if( !pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3_value *pValue = 0; - u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); - Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; - VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); - assert( inCol ); - sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, - pCol->affinity, &pValue); - if( pValue ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); - } -#endif - } -} - -/* -** Process an UPDATE statement. -** -** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; -** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ -* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ - int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ - Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ - int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ - int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */ - int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */ - int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ - int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the - ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. - ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ - u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */ - u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */ - u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */ - u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */ - Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ - AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ - NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ - int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ - int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ - int labelBreak; /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */ - int labelContinue; /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ -#endif - int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ - int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ - int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */ - int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ - - /* Register Allocations */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ - int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */ - int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */ - int regNew; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */ - int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */ - int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ - int regKey = 0; /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */ - - memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to update. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** updated is a view. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; - assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -# define tmask 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. - ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they - ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and - ** allocate enough space, just in case. - */ - pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++; - iIdxCur = iDataCur+1; - pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ - if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){ - iDataCur = pParse->nTab; - pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; - } - pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. - ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. - */ - aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 ); - if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol; - aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx); - memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); - aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; - - /* Initialize the name-context */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the - ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index - ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each - ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change - ** that column. - */ - chngRowid = chngPk = 0; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; - }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ - chngPk = 1; - } - aXRef[j] = i; - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ - j = -1; - chngRowid = 1; - pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto update_cleanup; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int rc; - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, - j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName, - db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto update_cleanup; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - aXRef[j] = -1; - } - } -#endif - } - assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 ); - assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 ); - assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 ); - chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk; - - /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. - ** So reset the colUsed mask - */ - pTabList->a[0].colUsed = 0; - - hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey); - - /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table - ** being updated. Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold - ** the key for accessing each index. - */ - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int reg; - if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - }else{ - reg = 0; - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){ - reg = ++pParse->nMem; - break; - } - } - } - if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0; - aRegIdx[j] = reg; - } - - /* Begin generating code. */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, - pWhere, onError); - pWhere = 0; - pTabList = 0; - goto update_cleanup; - } -#endif - - /* Allocate required registers. */ - regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; - regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - } - if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){ - regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - } - regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; - - /* Start the view context. */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur); - } -#endif - - /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the - ** WHERE clause. - */ - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto update_cleanup; - } - - /* Begin the database scan - */ - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( - pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur - ); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); - - /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); - if( !okOnePass ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); - } - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - int iPk; /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */ - i16 nPk; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */ - int addrOpen; /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */ - - assert( pPk!=0 ); - nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; - iPk = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nPk; - regKey = ++pParse->nMem; - iEph = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk); - addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, - WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; - okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); - for(i=0; iaiColumn[i], - iPk+i); - } - if( okOnePass ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); - nKey = nPk; - regKey = iPk; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pPk), nPk); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey); - } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - } - - /* Initialize the count of updated rows - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); - } - - labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( !isView ){ - /* - ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any - ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution - ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need - ** to be deleting some records. - */ - if( onError==OE_Replace ){ - memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); - }else{ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ - memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); - break; - } - } - } - if( okOnePass ){ - if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; - if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; - } - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, iBaseCur, aToOpen, - 0, 0); - } - - /* Top of the update loop */ - if( okOnePass ){ - if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] ){ - assert( pPk!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey); - VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); - } - labelContinue = labelBreak; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else if( pPk ){ - labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak, - regOldRowid); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to - ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, - ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is - ** already populated. */ - assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); - if( chngRowid ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that - ** information is needed */ - if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ - u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); - oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, - pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError - ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( oldmask==0xffffffff - || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0) - || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 - ){ - testcase( oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); - } - } - if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); - } - } - - /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new - ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new - ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references - ** made by triggers. - ** - ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the - ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by - ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The - ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from - ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger - ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to - ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. - */ - newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( - pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError - ); - /*sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew, regNew+pTab->nCol-1);*/ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); - }else{ - j = aXRef[i]; - if( j>=0 ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); - }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ - /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed - ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or - ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via - ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. - */ - testcase( i==31 ); - testcase( i==32 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); - } - } - } - - /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are - ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. - */ - if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); - - /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this - ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are - ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated - ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the - ** documentation. - */ - if( pPk ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified - ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for - ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their - ** registers in case this has happened. - */ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); - } - } - } - - if( !isView ){ - int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump instruction */ - int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */ - - /* Do constraint checks. */ - assert( regOldRowid>0 ); - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, - regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace); - - /* Do FK constraint checks. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey); - } - - /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ - if( bReplace || chngKey ){ - if( pPk ){ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey); - }else{ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid); - } - VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); - } - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx); - - /* If changing the record number, delete the old record. */ - if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0); - } - if( bReplace || chngKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - } - - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); - } - - /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ - sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, - regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); - - /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to - ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key - ** to the row just updated. */ - if( hasFK ){ - sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); - } - } - - /* Increment the row counter - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); - } - - sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, - TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); - - /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until - ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. - */ - if( okOnePass ){ - /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */ - }else if( pPk ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelContinue); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak); - - /* Close all tables */ - for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - assert( aRegIdx ); - if( aToOpen[i+1] ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0); - } - } - if( iDataCurnested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ - sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); - } - - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - -update_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; -} -/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise -** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file -** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ -#ifdef isView - #undef isView -#endif -#ifdef pTrigger - #undef pTrigger -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. -** -** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains -** for each row to be changed: -** -** (A) The original rowid of that row. -** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1) -** (C) The content of every column in the row. -** -** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in -** the ephermeral table call VUpdate. -** -** When finished, drop the ephemeral table. -** -** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same -** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling -** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate. -*/ -static void updateVirtualTable( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ - Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ - ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ - Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ - int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ - Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ - int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ - ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */ - int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int addr; /* Address of top of loop */ - int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - SelectDest dest; - - /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for - ** all updated rows. - */ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_")); - if( pRowid ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0)); - } - assert( pTab->iPKey<0 ); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ - pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0); - }else{ - pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName); - } - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr); - } - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - - /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will - ** be stored. - */ - assert( v ); - ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); - - /* fill the ephemeral table - */ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - - /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */ - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i); - } - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); - sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); - - /* Cleanup */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. -** -** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the -** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) -/* -** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the -** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. -*/ -static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. -*/ -static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) - if( !zSql ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - return sqlite3_errcode(db); - } - VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) ); - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); -} - -/* -** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly -** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. -*/ -static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); - return rc; - } - } - - return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); -} - -/* -** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, -** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command -** in PostgreSQL. The VACUUM command works as follows: -** -** (1) Create a new transient database file -** (2) Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into -** the new transient database file -** (3) Copy content from the transient database back into the -** original database. -** -** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately -** equal to the size of the original database. The copy operation of -** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal -** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal. -** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the -** orginal database is required. Every page of the database is written -** approximately 3 times: Once for step (2) and twice for step (3). -** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original -** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to -** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content. -** -** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if -** the copy of step (3) were replace by deleting the original database -** and renaming the transient database as the original. But that will -** not work if other processes are attached to the original database. -** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the -** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted -** following reboot. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0); - } - return; -} - -/* -** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ - Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ - Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ - char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ - int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ - int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ - int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ - void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ - Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ - int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ - int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ - int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ - - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be - ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and - ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ - saved_flags = db->flags; - saved_nChange = db->nChange; - saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; - saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; - db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; - db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); - db->xTrace = 0; - - pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; - isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); - - /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma - ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash - ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a - ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before - ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. - ** - ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. - ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but - ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling - ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially - ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more - ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does - ** to write the journal header file. - */ - nDb = db->nDb; - if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ - zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; - }else{ - zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; - } - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); - if( db->nDb>nDb ){ - pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; - assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; - - /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file - ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction - ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't - ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ - sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); - - nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain); - - /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( db->nextPagesize ){ - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; - } -#endif - - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database - ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below, - ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database. - */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ - if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) - ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - db->nextPagesize = 0; - } - - if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) - || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) - || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_of_vacuum; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : - sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); -#endif - - /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema - ** in the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" - " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " - " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do - ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy - ** the contents to the temporary database. - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" - "FROM main.sqlite_master " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " - " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* Copy over the sequence table - */ - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " - "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " - "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - - /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database - ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any - ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries - ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. - */ - rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, - "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " - " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" - " FROM main.sqlite_master" - " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" - " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" - ); - if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; - - /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the - ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, - ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database - ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit - ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit(). - */ - { - u32 meta; - int i; - - /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the - ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries - ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. - ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other - ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. - */ - static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { - BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ - BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ - BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ - BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ - BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */ - }; - - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); - assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); - - /* Copy Btree meta values */ - for(i=0; iflags */ - db->flags = saved_flags; - db->nChange = saved_nChange; - db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; - db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); - - /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum - ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file - ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction - ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the - ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager - ** is closed by the DETACH. - */ - db->autoCommit = 1; - - if( pDb ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - - /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] - ** array. */ - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ - -/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2006 June 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - -/* -** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the -** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of -** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of -** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which -** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. -*/ -struct VtabCtx { - VTable *pVTable; /* The virtual table being constructed */ - Table *pTab; /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */ -}; - -/* -** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. -** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and -** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. -*/ -static int createModule( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nName; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName, nName) ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - }else{ - Module *pMod; - pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); - if( pMod ){ - Module *pDel; - char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); - memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); - pMod->zName = zCopy; - pMod->pModule = pModule; - pMod->pAux = pAux; - pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; - pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,nName,(void*)pMod); - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod ); - if( pDel ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); - } - } - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux); - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); -} - -/* -** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ - const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ - const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ - void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ -){ - return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); -} - -/* -** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. -** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. -** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. -** -** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, -** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ - pVTab->nRef++; -} - - -/* -** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. -** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access -** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ - VTable *pVtab; - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); - return pVtab; -} - -/* -** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count -** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; - - assert( db ); - assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); - assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE ); - - pVTab->nRef--; - if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ - sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); - } -} - -/* -** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the -** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated -** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. -** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with -** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. -*/ -static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - VTable *pRet = 0; - VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; - p->pVTable = 0; - - /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database - ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments - ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why - ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any - ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. - */ - assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); - - while( pVTable ){ - sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; - VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; - assert( db2 ); - if( db2==db ){ - pRet = pVTable; - p->pVTable = pRet; - pRet->pNext = 0; - }else{ - pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; - db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; - } - pVTable = pNext; - } - - assert( !db || pRet ); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object -** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked -** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is -** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable -** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may -** be being used by other shared-cache connections). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - VTable **ppVTab; - - assert( IsVirtual(p) ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){ - if( (*ppVTab)->db==db ){ - VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab; - *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); - break; - } - } -} - - -/* -** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. -** -** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all -** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the -** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The -** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: -** -** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex -** associated with the database handle itself must be held. -** -** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to -** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex -** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held -** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then -** the database handle mutex is held. -** -** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously -** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ - VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; - db->pDisconnect = 0; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - if( p ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - do { - VTable *pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); - p = pNext; - }while( p ); - } -} - -/* -** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. -** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table -** record. -** -** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer -** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable -** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. -** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database -** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the -** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures -** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated -** database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); - if( p->azModuleArg ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ - if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); - } -} - -/* -** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. -** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The -** string will be freed automatically when the table is -** deleted. -*/ -static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ - int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; - int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg); - char **azModuleArg; - azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); - if( azModuleArg==0 ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg); - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - }else{ - azModuleArg[i] = zArg; - azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; - } - pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE -** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list -** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ - Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ - Token *pModuleName, /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ - int ifNotExists /* No error if the table already exists */ -){ - int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ - Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists); - pTable = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTable==0 ) return; - assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); - - db = pParse->db; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - - pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; - pTable->nModuleArg = 0; - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0); - addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. - ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the - ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). - ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. - */ - if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, - pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating -** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the -** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. -*/ -static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){ - const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; - int n = pParse->sArg.n; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); - } -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement -** has been completely parsed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - - if( pTab==0 ) return; - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; - - /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the - ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being - ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then - ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text - ** in the sqlite_master table. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - char *zStmt; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; - Vdbe *v; - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ - if( pEnd ){ - pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; - } - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - ** - ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an - ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab - ** by sqlite3StartTable(). - */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pTab->zName, - pTab->zName, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, - pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1); - } - - /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory - ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until - ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This - ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before - ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ - else { - Table *pOld; - Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - const char *zName = pTab->zName; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab); - if( pOld ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - return; - } - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - } -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token -** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ - addArgumentToVtab(pParse); - pParse->sArg.z = 0; - pParse->sArg.n = 0; -} - -/* -** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token -** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ - Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; - if( pArg->z==0 ){ - pArg->z = p->z; - pArg->n = p->n; - }else{ - assert(pArg->z < p->z); - pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); - } -} - -/* -** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The -** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter -** to this procedure. -*/ -static int vtabCallConstructor( - sqlite3 *db, - Table *pTab, - Module *pMod, - int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), - char **pzErr -){ - VtabCtx sCtx, *pPriorCtx; - VTable *pVTable; - int rc; - const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; - int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; - char *zErr = 0; - char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); - int iDb; - - if( !zModuleName ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); - if( !pVTable ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pVTable->db = db; - pVTable->pMod = pMod; - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - - /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ - assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); - assert( xConstruct ); - sCtx.pTab = pTab; - sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; - pPriorCtx = db->pVtabCtx; - db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; - rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); - db->pVtabCtx = pPriorCtx; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - if( zErr==0 ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); - }else { - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); - }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate - ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ - pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; - pVTable->nRef = 1; - if( sCtx.pTab ){ - const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); - sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - int iCol; - /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure - ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the - ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". - ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from - ** the type string. */ - pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; - pTab->pVTable = pVTable; - - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - int nType; - int i = 0; - if( !zType ) continue; - nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); - if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){ - for(i=0; i0 ){ - assert(zType[i-1]==' '); - zType[i-1] = '\0'; - } - pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; - } - } - } - } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method -** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned -** and an error left in pParse. -** -** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - const char *zMod; - Module *pMod; - int rc; - - assert( pTab ); - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); - - if( !pMod ){ - const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - char *zErr = 0; - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - } - - return rc; -} -/* -** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one -** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. -*/ -static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ - const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; - - /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ - if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ - VTable **aVTrans; - int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); - aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); - if( !aVTrans ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should -** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). -*/ -static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ - db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; - sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. -** -** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language -** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. -** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - Module *pMod; - const char *zMod; - - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); - - /* Locate the required virtual table module */ - zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; - pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod)); - - /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, - ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an - ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. - */ - if( !pMod ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); - } - - /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to - ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ - rc = growVTrans(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only -** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a -** virtual table module. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ - Parse *pParse; - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - char *zErr = 0; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); - - pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); - if( pParse==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pParse->declareVtab = 1; - pParse->db = db; - pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; - - if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) - && pParse->pNewTable - && !db->mallocFailed - && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect - && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 - ){ - if( !pTab->aCol ){ - pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; - pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; - pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; - pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; - } - db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pParse->declareVtab = 0; - - if( pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); - } - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); - sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); - } - - assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method -** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs -** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. -** -** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Table *pTab; - - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ - VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); - - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab); - - /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); - p->pVtab = 0; - pTab->pVTable = 0; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method -** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method -** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is -** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. -** -** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. -*/ -static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ - int i; - if( db->aVTrans ){ - for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ - VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; - sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; - if( p ){ - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); - if( x ) x(p); - } - pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; - sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans); - db->nVTrans = 0; - db->aVTrans = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans -** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or -** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. -** -** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; - - db->aVTrans = 0; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ - int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; - if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ - rc = x(pVtab); - sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); - } - } - db->aVTrans = aVTrans; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the -** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ - callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface -** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is -** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. -** -** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer -** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const sqlite3_module *pModule; - - /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater - ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a - ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to - ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. - */ - if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ - return SQLITE_LOCKED; - } - if( !pVTab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; - - if( pModule->xBegin ){ - int i; - - /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ - for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ - if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the - ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ - rc = growVTrans(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - addToVTrans(db, pVTab); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all -** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint -** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. -** -** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with -** an open transaction is invoked. -** -** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, -** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this -** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); - if( db->aVTrans ){ - int i; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ - VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; - const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; - if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ - int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); - switch( op ){ - case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: - xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; - pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; - break; - case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: - xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; - break; - default: - xMethod = pMod->xRelease; - break; - } - if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ - rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); - } - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The -** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. -** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual -** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. -** -** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to -** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. -** -** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a -** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the -** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ - FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ - Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ -){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; - sqlite3_module *pMod; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; - void *pArg = 0; - FuncDef *pNew; - int rc = 0; - char *zLowerName; - unsigned char *z; - - - /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ - if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; - pTab = pExpr->pTab; - if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; - pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; - assert( pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); - pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; - if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; - - /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation - ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function - */ - zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); - if( zLowerName ){ - for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ - *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; - } - rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); - } - if( rc==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - - /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded - ** function */ - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) - + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return pDef; - } - *pNew = *pDef; - pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); - pNew->xFunc = xFunc; - pNew->pUserData = pArg; - pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] -** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the -** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine -** is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); - int i, n; - Table **apVtabLock; - - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; - } - n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); - apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); - if( apVtabLock ){ - pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; - pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; - }else{ - pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual -** table update operation currently in progress. -** -** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from -** within an xUpdate method. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ - static const unsigned char aMap[] = { - SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE - }; - assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); - assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); - assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); - return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; -} - -/* -** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide -** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior -** of the virtual table being implemented. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { - VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; - if( !p ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - }else{ - assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); - p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); - } - break; - } - default: - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - break; - } - va_end(ap); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process -** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for -** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable -** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing -** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting -** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". -*/ -/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of where.c ******************/ -/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/ -/* -** 2013-11-12 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query -** planner logic in "where.c". These definitions are broken out into -** a separate source file for easier editing. -*/ - -/* -** Trace output macros -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ - && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) -# define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 -#else -# define WHERETRACE(K,X) -#endif - -/* Forward references -*/ -typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; -typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; -typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; -typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; -typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; -typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop; -typedef struct WherePath WherePath; -typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; -typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder; -typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan; -typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost; -typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet; - -/* -** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested -** loop in WHERE clause. -** -** Contrast this object with WhereLoop. This object describes the -** implementation of the loop. WhereLoop describes the algorithm. -** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of -** its elements. -** -** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for -** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the -** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines -** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and -** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop. -*/ -struct WhereLevel { - int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */ - int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */ - int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */ - int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ - int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */ - int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */ - int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */ - int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */ - int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */ - u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */ - u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */ - int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */ - union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */ - struct { - int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */ - struct InLoop { - int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */ - int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */ - u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */ - } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */ - } in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */ - Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */ - } u; - struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */ - Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */ -}; - -/* -** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one -** term of a join. Every term of the FROM clause will have at least -** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints -** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the -** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a -** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with -** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm. -** -** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop -** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with -** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies -** and that minimize the overall cost. -*/ -struct WhereLoop { - Bitmask prereq; /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */ - Bitmask maskSelf; /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - char cId; /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */ -#endif - u8 iTab; /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */ - u8 iSortIdx; /* Sorting index number. 0==None */ - LogEst rSetup; /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */ - LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running each loop */ - LogEst nOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ - union { - struct { /* Information for internal btree tables */ - u16 nEq; /* Number of equality constraints */ - u16 nSkip; /* Number of initial index columns to skip */ - Index *pIndex; /* Index used, or NULL */ - } btree; - struct { /* Information for virtual tables */ - int idxNum; /* Index number */ - u8 needFree; /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */ - i8 isOrdered; /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */ - u16 omitMask; /* Terms that may be omitted */ - char *idxStr; /* Index identifier string */ - } vtab; - } u; - u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */ - u16 nLTerm; /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */ - /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/ -# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot) - u16 nLSlot; /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */ - WhereTerm **aLTerm; /* WhereTerms used */ - WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */ - WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[4]; /* Initial aLTerm[] space */ -}; - -/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a -** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. -** See WhereOrSet for additional information -*/ -struct WhereOrCost { - Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ - LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running this subquery */ - LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs for this subquery */ -}; - -/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that -** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing. Only the -** best N_OR_COST elements are retained. -*/ -#define N_OR_COST 3 -struct WhereOrSet { - u16 n; /* Number of valid a[] entries */ - WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST]; /* Set of best costs */ -}; - - -/* Forward declaration of methods */ -static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int); - -/* -** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects -** that implement some or all of a query plan. -** -** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs -** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes. (That is -** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a -** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not -** one-to-one as are graph nodes. But it is a useful visualization aid.) -** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some -** or all of the WhereLoop objects once. -** -** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length -** 1. Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects -** of length 2. And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the -** number of nodes in the FROM clause. The best (lowest cost) WherePath -** at the end is the choosen query plan. -*/ -struct WherePath { - Bitmask maskLoop; /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */ - Bitmask revLoop; /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */ - LogEst nRow; /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */ - LogEst rCost; /* Total cost of this path */ - i8 isOrdered; /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */ - WhereLoop **aLoop; /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */ -}; - -/* -** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to -** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE -** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, -** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. -** -** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. -** The following identity holds: -** -** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm -** -** When a term is of the form: -** -** X -** -** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, -** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the -** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records -** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The -** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search -** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. -** -** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: -** -** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... -** -** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR -** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that -** is collected about the OR clause. -** -** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous -** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set -** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately -** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. -** -** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, -** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates -** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq -** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of -** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be -** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor -** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet -** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers -** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available -** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers -** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. -** -** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits -** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite -** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. -*/ -struct WhereTerm { - Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ - int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ - int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ - union { - int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */ - } u; - LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */ - u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ - u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ - u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ - Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags -*/ -#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ -#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ -#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ -#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ -#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ -#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ -#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ -#else -# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */ -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating -** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner. -*/ -struct WhereScan { - WhereClause *pOrigWC; /* Original, innermost WhereClause */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* WhereClause currently being scanned */ - char *zCollName; /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */ - char idxaff; /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */ - unsigned char nEquiv; /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */ - unsigned char iEquiv; /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */ - u32 opMask; /* Acceptable operators */ - int k; /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */ - int aEquiv[22]; /* Cursor,Column pairs for equivalence classes */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a -** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. -** -** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form -** -** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f -** -** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for -** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the -** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. -*/ -struct WhereClause { - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ - WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ - u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ - int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ - int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ - WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ -#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) - WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#else - WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct WhereOrInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ -}; - -/* -** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to -** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct WhereAndInfo { - WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping -** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. -** -** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in -** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE -** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might -** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum -** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping -** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning -** with 0. -** -** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask -** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, -** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It -** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor -** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain -** no gaps. -*/ -struct WhereMaskSet { - int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ - int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ -}; - -/* -** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed -** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query. -*/ -struct WhereLoopBuilder { - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about this WHERE */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* WHERE clause terms */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */ - WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop */ - WhereOrSet *pOrSet; /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */ - int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The -** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second -** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of -** this structure is returned by the first half and passed -** into the second half to give some continuity. -** -** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query -** planner. -*/ -struct WhereInfo { - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */ - ExprList *pResultSet; /* Result set. DISTINCT operates on these */ - WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */ - Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */ - LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ - u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ - u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */ - u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE/DELETE */ - u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ - u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */ - u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ - int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ - int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ - int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ - int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ - int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */ - WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */ - WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ - WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ -}; - -/* -** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects. These are all -** operators that are of interest to the query planner. An -** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for -** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause. -*/ -#define WO_IN 0x001 -#define WO_EQ 0x002 -#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) -#define WO_MATCH 0x040 -#define WO_ISNULL 0x080 -#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ -#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ -#define WO_EQUIV 0x400 /* Of the form A==B, both columns */ -#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */ - -#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ -#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ - -/* -** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field. -** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to -** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents. -*/ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00000001 /* x=EXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002 /* xEXPR */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00000004 /* x IN (...) */ -#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00000008 /* x IS NULL */ -#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT 0x0000000f /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */ -#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00000010 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ -#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00000030 /* Both x>EXPR and xnRowOut); -} - -/* -** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this -** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - return pWInfo->eDistinct; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order. -** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - return pWInfo->nOBSat; -} - -/* -** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue -** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 ); - return pWInfo->iContinue; -} - -/* -** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break -** out of a WHERE loop. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - return pWInfo->iBreak; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if an UPDATE or DELETE statement can operate directly on -** the rowids returned by a WHERE clause. Return FALSE if doing an -** UPDATE or DELETE might change subsequent WHERE clause results. -** -** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) -** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS -** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data -** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index. -** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used. -** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing. -** -** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is -** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){ - memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2); - return pWInfo->okOnePass; -} - -/* -** Move the content of pSrc into pDest -*/ -static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){ - pDest->n = pSrc->n; - memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0])); -} - -/* -** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet. -** -** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be -** appended, or it might be discarded. Do whatever is the right thing -** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far. -*/ -static int whereOrInsert( - WhereOrSet *pSet, /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */ - Bitmask prereq, /* Prerequisites of the new entry */ - LogEst rRun, /* Run-cost of the new entry */ - LogEst nOut /* Number of outputs for the new entry */ -){ - u16 i; - WhereOrCost *p; - for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){ - if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){ - goto whereOrInsert_done; - } - if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( pSet->na[pSet->n++]; - p->nOut = nOut; - }else{ - p = pSet->a; - for(i=1; in; i++){ - if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i; - } - if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0; - } -whereOrInsert_done: - p->prereq = prereq; - p->rRun = rRun; - if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. -*/ -static void whereClauseInit( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo /* The WHERE processing context */ -){ - pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo; - pWC->pOuter = 0; - pWC->nTerm = 0; - pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); - pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*); - -/* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. -*/ -static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} - -/* -** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. -*/ -static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ - whereClauseClear(&p->wc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} - -/* -** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure -** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit(). -*/ -static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ - int i; - WhereTerm *a; - sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); - } - if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ - whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); - }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ - whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); - } - } - if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); - } -} - -/* -** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. -** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. -** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. -** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory -** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in -** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. -** -** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. -** -** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility -** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. -** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. -** -** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store -** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after -** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing -** the pWC->a[] array. -*/ -static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int idx; - testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ - WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; - sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; - pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); - if( pWC->a==0 ){ - if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); - } - pWC->a = pOld; - return 0; - } - memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); - if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); - } - pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); - } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; - if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){ - pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 99; - }else{ - pTerm->truthProb = 1; - } - pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p); - pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; - pTerm->pWC = pWC; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - return idx; -} - -/* -** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where -** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other -** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure -** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: -** -** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) -** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ -** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] -** -** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine -** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. -** -** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to -** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain -** all terms of the WHERE clause. -*/ -static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){ - pWC->op = op; - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=op ){ - whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); - }else{ - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op); - whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op); - } -} - -/* -** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object -*/ -#define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0 - -/* -** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if -** iCursor is not in the set. -*/ -static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - int i; - assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); - for(i=0; in; i++){ - if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ - return MASKBIT(i); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. -** -** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of -** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the -** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] -** array will never overflow. -*/ -static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ - assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); - pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; -} - -/* -** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate -** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression -** tree. -*/ -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*); -static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); - return mask; - } - mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); - }else{ - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); - } - return mask; -} -static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - Bitmask mask = 0; - if( pList ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); - } - } - return mask; -} -static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ - Bitmask mask = 0; - while( pS ){ - SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); - mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); - if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); - mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); - } - } - pS = pS->pPrior; - } - return mask; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is -** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are -** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL" -*/ -static int allowedOp(int op){ - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL; -} - -/* -** Swap two objects of type TYPE. -*/ -#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} - -/* -** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" -** are converted into "Y op X". -** -** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the -** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure -** that the collating sequence does not change. For example: -** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on -** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence -** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag -** is not commuted. -*/ -static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate); - u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate); - assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); - if( expRight==expLeft ){ - /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */ - if( expRight ){ - /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators. Make sure X is always - ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */ - pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate; - }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ - /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default - ** collating sequence. So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause - ** it to be searched first. */ - pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate; - } - } - SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); - assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); - assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); - assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); - pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; - } -} - -/* -** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. -*/ -static u16 operatorMask(int op){ - u16 c; - assert( allowedOp(op) ); - if( op==TK_IN ){ - c = WO_IN; - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - c = WO_ISNULL; - }else{ - assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); - c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); - } - assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); - assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); - assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); - assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); - assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); - assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); - assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); - return c; -} - -/* -** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria -** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit(). -** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms. -*/ -static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ - int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */ - int iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */ - Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */ - int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */ - - while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){ - iCur = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-2]; - iColumn = pScan->aEquiv[pScan->iEquiv-1]; - while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){ - for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; knTerm; k++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur - && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn - && (pScan->iEquiv<=2 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - ){ - if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0 - && pScan->nEquivaEquiv) - ){ - int j; - pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight); - assert( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); - for(j=0; jnEquiv; j+=2){ - if( pScan->aEquiv[j]==pX->iTable - && pScan->aEquiv[j+1]==pX->iColumn ){ - break; - } - } - if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){ - pScan->aEquiv[j] = pX->iTable; - pScan->aEquiv[j+1] = pX->iColumn; - pScan->nEquiv += 2; - } - } - if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){ - /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */ - if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ - CollSeq *pColl; - Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; - pX = pTerm->pExpr; - if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){ - continue; - } - assert(pX->pLeft); - pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, - pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){ - continue; - } - } - if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)!=0 - && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN - && pX->iTable==pScan->aEquiv[0] - && pX->iColumn==pScan->aEquiv[1] - ){ - continue; - } - pScan->k = k+1; - return pTerm; - } - } - } - pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter; - k = 0; - } - pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC; - k = 0; - pScan->iEquiv += 2; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object. Return a pointer to the -** first match. Return NULL if there are no matches. -** -** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC. It will look -** for terms of the form "X " where X is column iColumn of table -** iCur. The must be one of the operators described by opMask. -** -** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the -** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form -** "Y ". The number of levels of transitivity is limited, -** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements. -** -** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with -** index pIdx. -*/ -static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( - WhereScan *pScan, /* The WhereScan object being initialized */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */ - int iCur, /* Cursor to scan for */ - int iColumn, /* Column to scan for */ - u32 opMask, /* Operator(s) to scan for */ - Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index */ -){ - int j; - - /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */ - pScan->pOrigWC = pWC; - pScan->pWC = pWC; - if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){ - pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; - for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){ - if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nKeyCol) ) return 0; - } - pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; - }else{ - pScan->idxaff = 0; - pScan->zCollName = 0; - } - pScan->opMask = opMask; - pScan->k = 0; - pScan->aEquiv[0] = iCur; - pScan->aEquiv[1] = iColumn; - pScan->nEquiv = 2; - pScan->iEquiv = 2; - return whereScanNext(pScan); -} - -/* -** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " -** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and is one of -** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter. -** Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. -** -** The term returned might by Y= if there is another constraint in -** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y. Any such constraints will be -** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field. The -** aEquiv[] array holds X and all its equivalents, with each SQL variable -** taking up two slots in aEquiv[]. The first slot is for the cursor number -** and the second is for the column number. There are 22 slots in aEquiv[] -** so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 other equivalent values. -** Hence a search for X will return if X=A1 and A1=A2 and A2=A3 -** and ... and A9=A10 and A10=. -** -** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X " -** then try for the one with no dependencies on - in other words where -** is a constant expression of some kind. Only return entries of -** the form "X Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of -** the form "X " exist. If no terms with a constant RHS -** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV. -*/ -static WhereTerm *findTerm( - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ - int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ - Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ - u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ - Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ -){ - WhereTerm *pResult = 0; - WhereTerm *p; - WhereScan scan; - - p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx); - while( p ){ - if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){ - if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 ){ - return p; - } - if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p; - } - p = whereScanNext(&scan); - } - return pResult; -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); - -/* -** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. -*/ -static void exprAnalyzeAll( - SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ -){ - int i; - for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ - exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION -/* -** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that -** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is -** so and false if not. -** -** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string -** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. -*/ -static int isLikeOrGlob( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ - Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ - int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ - int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ -){ - const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ - ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ - int c; /* One character in z[] */ - int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ - char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; - int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ - - if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ - return 0; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - if( *pnoCase ) return 0; -#endif - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; - if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN - || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT - || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab) - ){ - /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must - ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ - return 0; - } - assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ - - pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr); - op = pRight->op; - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; - int iCol = pRight->iColumn; - pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE); - if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ - z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); - } - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); - assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); - }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ - z = pRight->u.zToken; - } - if( z ){ - cnt = 0; - while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ - cnt++; - } - if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ - Expr *pPrefix; - *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; - pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); - if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; - *ppPrefix = pPrefix; - if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); - if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ - /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current - ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE - ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. - ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() - ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. - */ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } - } - }else{ - z = 0; - } - } - - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return (z!=0); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Check to see if the given expression is of the form -** -** column MATCH expr -** -** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. -*/ -static int isMatchOfColumn( - Expr *pExpr /* Test this expression */ -){ - ExprList *pList; - - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ - return 0; - } - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - pList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){ - return 0; - } - if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){ - return 0; - } - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of -** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. -*/ -static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ - if( pDerived ){ - pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; - pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; - } -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -/* -** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected -** subterms. So in: -** -** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) -** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -** -** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. -** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under -** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: -** -** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object -** -** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. -** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. -** Examples of terms under analysis: -** -** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 -** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 -** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) -** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') -** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) -** -** CASE 1: -** -** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and -** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual -** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term -** being analyzed is: -** -** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 -** -** then create a new virtual term like this: -** -** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) -** -** CASE 2: -** -** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set -** -** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR -** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T -** -** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form -** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and -** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". -** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more -** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND -** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have -** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. -** -** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could -** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. -** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that -** is decided elsewhere. This analysis only looks at whether subterms -** appropriate for indexing exist. -** -** All examples A through E above satisfy case 2. But if a term -** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will -** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not -** satisfied. -** -** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, -** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. -** -** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using -** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing -** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar -** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. -** -** OTHERWISE: -** -** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to -** zero. This term is not useful for search. -*/ -static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ -){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ - Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parser context */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ - int i; /* Loop counters */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ - WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ - Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ - Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ - - /* - ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are - ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo - ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. - */ - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); - assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); - pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); - if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; - pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo); - whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); - - /* - ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2. - */ - indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; - chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0; - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ - WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; - assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); - chngToIN = 0; - pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); - if( pAndInfo ){ - WhereClause *pAndWC; - WhereTerm *pAndTerm; - int j; - Bitmask b = 0; - pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; - pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; - pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; - whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo); - whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); - exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC); - pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; - testcase( db->mallocFailed ); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ - assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); - if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ - b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); - } - } - } - indexable &= b; - } - }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ - /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the - ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ - }else{ - Bitmask b; - b = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); - if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; - b |= getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); - } - indexable &= b; - if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){ - chngToIN = 0; - }else{ - chngToIN &= b; - } - } - } - - /* - ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be - ** empty. - */ - pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; - pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; - - /* - ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But - ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really - ** is satisfied. - ** - ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means - ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an - ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain - ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit - ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form - ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set - ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make - ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when - ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It - ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column - ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of - ** the OR clause. - ** - ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the - ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. - */ - if( chngToIN ){ - int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ - int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ - int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ - int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ - - /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the - ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column - ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any - ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table - ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. - */ - for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ - pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ - /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and - ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ - assert( j==1 ); - continue; - } - if( (chngToIN & getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ - /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the - ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceeded - ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term - ** and use its inversion. */ - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); - testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); - continue; - } - iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; - iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; - break; - } - if( i<0 ){ - /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur - ** on the second iteration */ - assert( j==1 ); - assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) ); - assert( chngToIN==getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) ); - break; - } - testcase( j==1 ); - - /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that - ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ - okToChngToIN = 1; - for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ - pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; - }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - int affLeft, affRight; - /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities - ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type - ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) - */ - affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); - affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); - if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ - okToChngToIN = 0; - }else{ - pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; - } - } - } - } - - /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies - ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is - ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. - */ - if( okToChngToIN ){ - Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ - ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ - Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ - - for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ - if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; - assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); - assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); - assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup); - pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; - } - assert( pLeft!=0 ); - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); - pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); - if( pNew ){ - int idxNew; - transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pNew->x.pList = pList; - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - } - pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */ - } - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the -** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the -** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm -** structure. -** -** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted -** to the standard form of "X ". -** -** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are -** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual -** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and -** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED -** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr -** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it -** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 -** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. -*/ -static void exprAnalyze( - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ - int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ -){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ - Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ - Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ - Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ - Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ - int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */ - int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ - Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; - pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ); - prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); - op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_IN ){ - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); - } - }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ - pTerm->prereqRight = 0; - }else{ - pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); - } - prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); - prereqAll |= x; - extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index - ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ - } - pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pTerm->leftCursor = -1; - pTerm->iParent = -1; - pTerm->eOperator = 0; - if( allowedOp(op) ){ - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft); - Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight); - u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV; - if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; - } - if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){ - WhereTerm *pNew; - Expr *pDup; - u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */ - if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ - int idxNew; - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); - return; - } - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - if( idxNew==0 ) return; - pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNew->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - if( pExpr->op==TK_EQ - && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) - && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Transitive) - ){ - pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV; - eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV; - } - }else{ - pDup = pExpr; - pNew = pTerm; - } - exprCommute(pParse, pDup); - pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDup->pLeft); - pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); - pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; - pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; - pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask; - } - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION - /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms - ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: - ** - ** a BETWEEN b AND c - ** - ** is converted into: - ** - ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) - ** - ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. - ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN - ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are - ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original - ** BETWEEN term is skipped. - */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - int i; - static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - int idxNew; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); - transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm; - } - pTerm->nChild = 2; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by - ** an OR operator. - */ - else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ - assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); - exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB - ** operator. - ** - ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints - ** - ** x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%' - ** - ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the - ** termination condition "abd". - */ - if( pWC->op==TK_AND - && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) - ){ - Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ - Expr *pNewExpr1; - Expr *pNewExpr2; - int idxNew1; - int idxNew2; - Token sCollSeqName; /* Name of collating sequence */ - - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ - pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; - c = *pC; - if( noCase ){ - /* The point is to increment the last character before the first - ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the - ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the - ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full - ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag - */ - if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; - c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; - } - *pC = c + 1; - } - sCollSeqName.z = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY"; - sCollSeqName.n = 6; - pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); - pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, - sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr1,&sCollSeqName), - pStr1, 0); - transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr); - idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew1==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); - pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); - pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, - sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse,pNewExpr2,&sCollSeqName), - pStr2, 0); - transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr); - idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew2==0 ); - exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - if( isComplete ){ - pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm; - pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm->nChild = 2; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the - ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. - ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of - ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt - ** to do anything with MATCH functions. - */ - if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){ - int idxNew; - Expr *pRight, *pLeft; - WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; - - pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); - prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); - if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, - 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); - testcase( idxNew==0 ); - pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; - pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; - pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the - ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently - ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a - ** virtual term of that form. - ** - ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This - ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning - ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at - ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned. - */ - if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL - && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN - && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 - && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) - ){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - int idxNew; - WhereTerm *pNewTerm; - - pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), - sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0); - - idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, - TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); - if( idxNew ){ - pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; - pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; - pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; - pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; - pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; - pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm; - pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; - pTerm->nChild = 1; - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; - pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - - /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive - ** an index for tables to the left of the join. - */ - pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; -} - -/* -** This function searches pList for a entry that matches the iCol-th column -** of index pIdx. -** -** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If -** no expression is found, -1 is returned. -*/ -static int findIndexCol( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ - int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ - Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ - int iCol /* Column of index to match */ -){ - int i; - const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; - - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN - && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] - && p->iTable==iBase - ){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( ALWAYS(pColl) && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ - return i; - } - } - } - - return -1; -} - -/* -** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument -** is redundant. -** -** A DISTINCT list is redundant if the database contains some subset of -** columns that are unique and non-null. -*/ -static int isDistinctRedundant( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The FROM clause */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pDistinct /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */ -){ - Table *pTab; - Index *pIdx; - int i; - int iBase; - - /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of - ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT - ** clause is redundant. */ - if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; - iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; - pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; - - /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return - ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the - ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr); - if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; - } - - /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes - ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: - ** - ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and - ** - ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct - ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", - ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the - ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. - ** - ** 3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not - ** contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint. - */ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->onError==OE_None ) continue; - for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ - i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( 0==findTerm(pWC, iBase, iCol, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){ - int iIdxCol = findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i); - if( iIdxCol<0 || pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull==0 ){ - break; - } - } - } - if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ - /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ - return 1; - } - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* -** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2. -*/ -static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ - LogEst x = sqlite3LogEst(N); - return x>33 ? x - 33 : 0; -} - -/* -** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info -** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither -** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines -** are no-ops. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) -static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, - p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, - p->aConstraint[i].op, - p->aConstraint[i].usable); - } - for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", - i, - p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, - p->aOrderBy[i].desc); - } -} -static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", - i, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, - p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows); -} -#else -#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) -#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX -/* -** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it -** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate -** index existed. -*/ -static int termCanDriveIndex( - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ - Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ -){ - char aff; - if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; - if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ) return 0; - if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; - if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; - aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; - if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; - return 1; -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX -/* -** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index -** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator -** makes use of the automatic index. -*/ -static void constructAutomaticIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ - Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ - WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ -){ - int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ - Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ - int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ - Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ - int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ - int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ - int n; /* Column counter */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ - WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The Loop object */ - char *zNotUsed; /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */ - Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ - Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ - u8 sentWarning = 0; /* True if a warnning has been issued */ - - /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the - ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ - v = pParse->pVdbe; - assert( v!=0 ); - addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); - - /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index - ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ - nKeyCol = 0; - pTable = pSrc->pTab; - pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; - pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - idxCols = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; - Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); - testcase( iCol==BMS ); - testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); - if( !sentWarning ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX, - "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName, - pTable->aCol[iCol].zName); - sentWarning = 1; - } - if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ - if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ) return; - pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm; - idxCols |= cMask; - } - } - } - assert( nKeyCol>0 ); - pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol; - pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED - | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; - - /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a - ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all - ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the - ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must - ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the - ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used - ** if they go out of sync. - */ - extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1)); - mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol; - testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); - testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); - for(i=0; icolUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ - nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; - } - pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY; - - /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ - pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed); - if( pIdx==0 ) return; - pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; - pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; - pIdx->pTable = pTable; - n = 0; - idxCols = 0; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; - Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); - testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); - testcase( iCol==BMS ); - if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - idxCols |= cMask; - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; - pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); - pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY"; - n++; - } - } - } - assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq ); - - /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into - ** a covering index */ - for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; - pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - n++; - } - } - if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ - for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; - pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - n++; - } - } - assert( n==nKeyCol ); - pIdx->aiColumn[n] = -1; - pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY"; - - /* Create the automatic index */ - assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); - pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); - VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); - - /* Fill the automatic index with content */ - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v); - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - - /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure -** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). -*/ -static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( - Parse *pParse, - WhereClause *pWC, - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, - ExprList *pOrderBy -){ - int i, j; - int nTerm; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int nOrderBy; - sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - - /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring - ** to this virtual table */ - for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); - if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; - if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; - nTerm++; - } - - /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current - ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of - ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. - */ - nOrderBy = 0; - if( pOrderBy ){ - int n = pOrderBy->nExpr; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; - } - if( i==n){ - nOrderBy = n; - } - } - - /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure - */ - pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) - + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm - + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); - if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); - return 0; - } - - /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains - ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from - ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to - ** initialize those fields. - */ - pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; - pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; - pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; - *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; - *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; - *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = - pUsage; - - for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - u8 op; - if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; - assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); - if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; - if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; - pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; - pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; - op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL; - if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ; - pIdxCons[j].op = op; - /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because - ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The - ** following asserts verify this fact. */ - assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); - assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); - assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); - assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); - assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); - assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); - j++; - } - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; - } - - return pIdxInfo; -} - -/* -** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function -** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() -** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that -** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function. -** -** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a -** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output -** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. -** -** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the -** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates -** that this is required. -*/ -static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; - int i; - int rc; - - TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); - rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); - TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); - } - } - sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); - pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; - - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); - } - } - - return pParse->nErr; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ - - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -/* -** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an -** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: -** -** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pVal -** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pVal -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. -*/ -static void whereKeyStats( - Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ - Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ - UnpackedRecord *pRec, /* Vector of values to consider */ - int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ - tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ -){ - IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; - int iCol; /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */ - int iMin = 0; /* Smallest sample not yet tested */ - int i = pIdx->nSample; /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */ - int iTest; /* Next sample to test */ - int res; /* Result of comparison operation */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG - UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse ); -#endif - assert( pRec!=0 ); - iCol = pRec->nField - 1; - assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); - assert( pRec->nField>0 && iColnSampleCol ); - do{ - iTest = (iMin+i)/2; - res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iTest].n, aSample[iTest].p, pRec, 0); - if( res<0 ){ - iMin = iTest+1; - }else{ - i = iTest; - } - }while( res && iMinnSample ); - assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0) - || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - }else{ - /* Otherwise, pRec must be smaller than sample $i and larger than - ** sample ($i-1). */ - assert( i==pIdx->nSample - || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec, 0)>0 - || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - assert( i==0 - || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec, 0)<0 - || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - } -#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ - - /* At this point, aSample[i] is the first sample that is greater than - ** or equal to pVal. Or if i==pIdx->nSample, then all samples are less - ** than pVal. If aSample[i]==pVal, then res==0. - */ - if( res==0 ){ - aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; - aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; - }else{ - tRowcnt iLower, iUpper, iGap; - if( i==0 ){ - iLower = 0; - iUpper = aSample[0].anLt[iCol]; - }else{ - i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]); - iUpper = i>=pIdx->nSample ? nRow0 : aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; - iLower = aSample[i-1].anEq[iCol] + aSample[i-1].anLt[iCol]; - } - aStat[1] = (pIdx->nKeyCol>iCol ? pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] : 1); - if( iLower>=iUpper ){ - iGap = 0; - }else{ - iGap = iUpper - iLower; - } - if( roundUp ){ - iGap = (iGap*2)/3; - }else{ - iGap = iGap/3; - } - aStat[0] = iLower + iGap; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - -/* -** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower -** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated -** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number -** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. -** -** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term, -** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of -** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term -** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25. -*/ -static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){ - LogEst nRet = nNew; - if( pTerm ){ - if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ - nRet += pTerm->truthProb; - }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ - nRet -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); - } - } - return nRet; -} - -/* -** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited -** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper -** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper -** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For -** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** |_____| |_____| -** | | -** pLower pUpper -** -** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in -** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. -** -** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the index of the index -** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of -** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, -** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... -** -** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second -** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: -** -** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... -** -** then nEq is set to 0. -** -** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the -** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without -** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, this is the number of -** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) -** to account for the range contraints pLower and pUpper. -** -** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be -** used, each range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. -** Hence a pair of constraints (x>? AND x123" Might be NULL */ - WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ - WhereLoop *pLoop /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nOut = pLoop->nOut; - LogEst nNew; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; - - if( p->nSample>0 - && nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid - && nEqnSampleCol - && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat3) - ){ - UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; - tRowcnt a[2]; - u8 aff; - - /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in - ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The - ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the - ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most - ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower. - ** - ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it - ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the - ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even - ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and - ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values used. - ** - ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows - ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound - ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values - ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used. - */ - tRowcnt iLower; - tRowcnt iUpper; - - if( nEq==p->nKeyCol ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - }else{ - aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq]].affinity; - } - /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */ - if( nEq==0 ){ - iLower = 0; - iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); - }else{ - /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must - ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ - whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); - iLower = a[0]; - iUpper = a[0] + a[1]; - } - - /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */ - if( pLower ){ - int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ - Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; - assert( (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ - tRowcnt iNew; - whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); - iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & WO_GT) ? a[1] : 0); - if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew; - nOut--; - } - } - - /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */ - if( pUpper ){ - int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ - Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; - assert( (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ - tRowcnt iNew; - whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a); - iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & WO_LE) ? a[1] : 0); - if( iNewpRec = pRec; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( iUpper>iLower ){ - nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower); - }else{ - nNew = 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); - } - if( nNewnOut = (LogEst)nOut; - WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range scan regions: %u..%u est=%d\n", - (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder); -#endif - assert( pLower || pUpper ); - assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); - nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut); - nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew); - - /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit, assume the range is - ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended - ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the - ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to - ** match 1/64 of the index. */ - if( pLower && pUpper ) nNew -= 20; - - nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0); - if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10; - if( nNewnOut = (LogEst)nOut; - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -/* -** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on -** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in -** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most -** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available -** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is -** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". -** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. -** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return -** non-zero. -** -** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence -** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory -** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored -** in the pParse structure. -*/ -static int whereEqualScanEst( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, - Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ - tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ -){ - Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; - int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq; - UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; - u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ - int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ - tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ - int bOk; - - assert( nEq>=1 ); - assert( nEq<=(p->nKeyCol+1) ); - assert( p->aSample!=0 ); - assert( p->nSample>0 ); - assert( pBuilder->nRecValidnRecValid<(nEq-1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; - } - - /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() - ** below would return the same value. */ - if( nEq>p->nKeyCol ){ - *pnRow = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[nEq-1]].affinity; - rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk); - pBuilder->pRec = pRec; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; - pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq; - - whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); - WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions: %d\n", (int)a[1])); - *pnRow = a[1]; - - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 -/* -** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on -** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator -** is a list of values. Example: -** -** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) -** -** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. -** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return -** non-zero. -** -** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence -** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory -** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored -** in the pParse structure. -*/ -static int whereInScanEst( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, - ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ - tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ -){ - Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; - i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); - int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ - tRowcnt nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ - tRowcnt nRowEst = 0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - assert( p->aSample!=0 ); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inExpr; i++){ - nEst = nRow0; - rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); - nRowEst += nEst; - pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0; - *pnRow = nRowEst; - WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%g\n", nRowEst)); - } - assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid ); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ - -/* -** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term -** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON -** or USING clause of that join. -** -** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: -** -** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' -** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' -** -** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates -** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part -** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. -** -** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop -** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied -** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner -** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, -** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much -** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get -** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. -*/ -static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ - if( pTerm - && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 - && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) - && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0 - ){ - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){ - WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; - if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){ - disableTerm(pLevel, pOther); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff -** to the n registers starting at base. -** -** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the -** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated. -** -** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free -** to modify zAff after this routine returns. -*/ -static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( zAff==0 ){ - assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - assert( v!=0 ); - - /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning - ** and end of the affinity string. - */ - while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; - base++; - zAff++; - } - while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - n--; - } - - /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ - if( n>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); - } -} - - -/* -** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality -** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be -** coded. -** -** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. -** -** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its -** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) -** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. -*/ -static int codeEqualityTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */ - int iEq, /* Index of the equality term within this level */ - int bRev, /* True for reverse-order IN operations */ - int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ -){ - Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iReg; /* Register holding results */ - - assert( iTarget>0 ); - if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){ - iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); - }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ - iReg = iTarget; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - }else{ - int eType; - int iTab; - struct InLoop *pIn; - WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 - && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 - && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq] - ){ - testcase( iEq==0 ); - testcase( bRev ); - bRev = !bRev; - } - assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); - iReg = iTarget; - eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0); - if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ - testcase( bRev ); - bRev = !bRev; - } - iTab = pX->iTable; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev); - assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 ); - pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE; - if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ - pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - } - pLevel->u.in.nIn++; - pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, - sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); - pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; - if( pIn ){ - pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; - pIn->iCur = iTab; - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); - }else{ - pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); - } - pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; - } -#endif - } - disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - return iReg; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an -** index scan. -** -** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). -** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 -** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this -** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two -** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate -** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored -** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. -** -** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value -** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. -** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and -** compute the affinity string. -** -** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1. It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints -** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq. nExtraReg is 1 if there is -** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that -** occurs after the nEq quality constraints. -** -** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns -** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that -** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for -** start and termination conditions of the loop. -** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then -** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal -** use. -** -** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a -** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using -** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated -** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to -** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); -** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; -** -** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since -** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity, -** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of -** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity -** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE. -*/ -static int codeAllEqualityTerms( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ - int bRev, /* Reverse the order of IN operators */ - int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ - char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ -){ - u16 nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ - u16 nSkip; /* Number of left-most columns to skip */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ - WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int regBase; /* Base register */ - int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ - char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ - - /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ - pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); - nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; - nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip; - pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - assert( pIdx!=0 ); - - /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. - */ - regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; - nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg; - pParse->nMem += nReg; - - zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx)); - if( !zAff ){ - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - - if( nSkip ){ - int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); - VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName)); - j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT), - iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]>=0 ); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->pTable->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName)); - } - } - - /* Evaluate the equality constraints - */ - assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq ); - for(j=nSkip; jaLTerm[j]; - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. - ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ - testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j); - if( r1!=regBase+j ){ - if( nReg==1 ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); - regBase = r1; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); - } - } - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); - testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); - if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ - Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; - if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - if( zAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ - zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - } - } - } - *pzAff = zAff; - return regBase; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN -/* -** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below -** -** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term -** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. -** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent -** terms only. -*/ -static void explainAppendTerm( - StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ - int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ - const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ - const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ -){ - if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); - sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); -} - -/* -** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This -** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description -** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an -** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned. -** -** For example, if the query: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; -** -** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a -** string similar to: -** -** "a=? AND b>?" -** -** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). -** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is -** no longer required. -*/ -static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pLoop, Table *pTab){ - Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; - u16 nSkip = pLoop->u.btree.nSkip; - int i, j; - Column *aCol = pTab->aCol; - i16 *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn; - StrAccum txt; - - if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - txt.db = db; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2); - for(i=0; inKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName; - if( i>=nSkip ){ - explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "="); - }else{ - if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " AND ", 5); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, "ANY(", 4); - sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&txt, z); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); - } - } - - j = i; - if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ - char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; - explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, z, ">"); - } - if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - char *z = (j==pIndex->nKeyCol ) ? "rowid" : aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName; - explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, z, "<"); - } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt); -} - -/* -** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN -** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single -** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in -** pLevel. -*/ -static void explainOneScan( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ - WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ - int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ - int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ - u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pParse->explain==2 ) -#endif - { - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ - char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ - int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ - int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ - WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The controlling WhereLoop object */ - u32 flags; /* Flags that describe this loop */ - - pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - flags = pLoop->wsFlags; - if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return; - - isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 - || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0)) - || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); - - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN"); - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId); - }else{ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName); - } - - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias); - } - if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 - && ALWAYS(pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0) - ){ - const char *zFmt; - Index *pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLoop, pItem->pTab); - assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ); - if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ - zFmt = zWhere ? "%s USING PRIMARY KEY%.0s%s" : "%s%.0s%s"; - }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){ - zFmt = "%s USING AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX%.0s%s"; - }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ - zFmt = "%s USING COVERING INDEX %s%s"; - }else{ - zFmt = "%s USING INDEX %s%s"; - } - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, zFmt, zMsg, pIdx->zName, zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg); - - if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg); - }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid?)", zMsg); - }else if( ALWAYS(flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){ - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowidu.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr); - } -#endif - zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s", zMsg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -} -#else -# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ - - -/* -** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause -** implementation described by pWInfo. -*/ -static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart( - WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ - int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ - Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ -){ - int j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ - int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ - int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ - int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ - WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ - int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ - int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ - int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ - int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ - - pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; - db = pParse->db; - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; - pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); - bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1; - omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; - VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName)); - - /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions - ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. - ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the - ** loop. - ** - ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that - ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When - ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label - ** is the same as "addrBrk". - */ - addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and - ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any - ** row of the left table of the join. - */ - if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ - pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); - } - - /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */ - if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine ){ - int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk); - VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); - pLevel->op = OP_Goto; - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - /* Case 1: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext - ** to access the data. - */ - int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ - int addrNotFound; - int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm; - - sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); - iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); - addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk; - for(j=0; jaLTerm[j]; - if( pTerm==0 ) continue; - if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ - codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget); - addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt; - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg, - pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr, - pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); - VdbeCoverage(v); - pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0; - for(j=0; ju.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){ - disableTerm(pLevel, pLoop->aLTerm[j]); - } - } - pLevel->op = OP_VNext; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); - sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 - && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0 - ){ - /* Case 2: We can directly reference a single row using an - ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or - ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" - ** construct. - */ - assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 ); - pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); - assert( omitTable==0 ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem; - iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg); - if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); - VdbeCoverage(v); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 - && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0 - ){ - /* Case 3: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. - */ - int testOp = OP_Noop; - int start; - int memEndValue = 0; - WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; - - assert( omitTable==0 ); - j = 0; - pStart = pEnd = 0; - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; - assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 ); - if( bRev ){ - pTerm = pStart; - pStart = pEnd; - pEnd = pTerm; - } - if( pStart ){ - Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ - int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ - - /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding - ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx - */ - const u8 aMoveOp[] = { - /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGT, - /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLE, - /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLT, - /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGE - }; - assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ - assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ - assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ - - assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); - testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - pX = pStart->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */ - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); - VdbeComment((v, "pk")); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); - disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); - } - if( pEnd ){ - Expr *pX; - pX = pEnd->pExpr; - assert( pX!=0 ); - assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); - testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */ - testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); - if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; - }else{ - testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; - } - disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); - } - start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = start; - assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); - if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ - iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - } - }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ - /* Case 4: A scan using an index. - ** - ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality - ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N - ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain - ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed - ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only - ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must - ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the - ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all - ** optimized: - ** - ** x=5 - ** x=5 AND y=10 - ** x=5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 - ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 - ** - ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only - ** the x=5 term: - ** - ** x=5 AND z<10 - ** - ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. - ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at - ** least one. - ** - ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause - ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order - ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. - */ - static const u8 aStartOp[] = { - 0, - 0, - OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGT, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLT, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ - OP_SeekGE, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ - OP_SeekLE /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ - }; - static const u8 aEndOp[] = { - OP_IdxGE, /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */ - OP_IdxGT, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev && endEq) */ - OP_IdxLE, /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev && !endEq) */ - OP_IdxLT, /* 3: (end_constraints && bRev && endEq) */ - }; - u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ - int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ - WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ - WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ - int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ - int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ - int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ - Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ - int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ - int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ - int op; /* Instruction opcode */ - char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ - char cEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ - u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */ - u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */ - - pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; - assert( nEq>=pLoop->u.btree.nSkip ); - - /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that - ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." - ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for - ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned - ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is - ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, - ** this requires some special handling. - */ - assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 - || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1 - || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 ); - if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 - && pWInfo->nOBSat>0 - && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq) - ){ - assert( pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 ); - bSeekPastNull = 1; - nExtraReg = 1; - } - - /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end - ** of the range. - */ - j = nEq; - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ - pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; - nExtraReg = 1; - } - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ - pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; - nExtraReg = 1; - if( pRangeStart==0 - && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 - && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0 - ){ - bSeekPastNull = 1; - } - } - assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); - - /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN - ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers - ** starting at regBase. - */ - regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff); - assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq ); - if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq]; - addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; - - /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or - ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the - ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). - */ - if( (nEqnKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) - || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq) - ){ - SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); - SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull); - } - - testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); - testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); - testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); - startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); - start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; - - /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeStart ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 - && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) - ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - if( zStartAff ){ - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){ - /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions - ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to - ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */ - zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ - zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - } - nConstraint++; - testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - }else if( bSeekPastNull ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); - nConstraint++; - startEq = 0; - start_constraints = 1; - } - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff); - op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; - assert( op!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); testcase( op==OP_SeekGT ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE ); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); testcase( op==OP_SeekLT ); - - /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the - ** range (if any). - */ - nConstraint = nEq; - if( pRangeEnd ){ - Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); - if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 - && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) - ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE - && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff) - ){ - codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff); - } - nConstraint++; - testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - }else if( bStopAtNull ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); - endEq = 0; - nConstraint++; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff); - - /* Top of the loop body */ - pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - - /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ - if( nConstraint ){ - op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); - testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); - testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); - } - - /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); - disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); - if( omitTable ){ - /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ - }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ - iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); - sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg); /* Deferred seek */ - }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){ - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); - iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); - for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ - k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont, - iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); - } - - /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable - ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. - */ - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else if( bRev ){ - pLevel->op = OP_Prev; - }else{ - pLevel->op = OP_Next; - } - pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; - pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0; - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){ - pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; - }else{ - assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); - } - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ - /* Case 5: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); - ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); - ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); - ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); - ** - ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) - ** - ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. - ** The top of the loop looks like this: - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** - ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to - ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted - ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the - ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). - ** - ** sqlite3WhereBegin() - ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset - ** Gosub 2 A - ** sqlite3WhereEnd() - ** - ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target - ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. - ** - ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 - ** Goto B # The loop is finished. - ** - ** A: # Return data, whatever. - ** - ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub - ** - ** B: - ** - ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then - ** use an ephermeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary - ** keys of the rows we have already seen. - ** - */ - WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ - SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ - Index *pCov = 0; /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */ - int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */ - - int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ - int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ - int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ - int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ - int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ - int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ - Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - - pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; - assert( pTerm!=0 ); - assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR ); - assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); - pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - pLevel->op = OP_Return; - pLevel->p1 = regReturn; - - /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned - ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. - ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). - */ - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ - int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ - struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ - nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; - pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, - sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); - if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; - pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1); - pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; - memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); - origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; - for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ - memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); - } - }else{ - pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; - } - - /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is - ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephermeral index - ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. - ** - ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction - ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This - ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps - ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the - ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to - ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if - ** called on an uninitialized cursor. - */ - if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); - }else{ - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - regRowset = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); - } - regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - } - iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); - - /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y - ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z - ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will - ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below. - ** - ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is - ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the - ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as - ** indices. - ** - ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term - ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN. - ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4 - */ - if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ - int iTerm; - for(iTerm=0; iTermnTerm; iTerm++){ - Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; - if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue; - testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ); - testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - if( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_ORINFO|TERM_VIRTUAL) ) continue; - if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue; - pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); - pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr); - } - if( pAndExpr ){ - pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND, 0, pAndExpr, 0); - } - } - - /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause. After - ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each - ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine. - */ - for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ - WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; - if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ - WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ - Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */ - int j1 = 0; /* Address of jump operation */ - if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; - pOrExpr = pAndExpr; - } - /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, - WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE | WHERE_AND_ONLY | - WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY, iCovCur); - assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ); - if( pSubWInfo ){ - WhereLoop *pSubLoop; - explainOneScan( - pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 - ); - /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body. First skip over - ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the - ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same - ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses. - */ - if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ - int r; - int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); - if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ - r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, r,iSet); - VdbeCoverage(v); - }else{ - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; - int iPk; - - /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */ - r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk); - for(iPk=0; iPkaiColumn[iPk]; - sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk, 0); - } - - /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so, - ** the row has already been included in the result set and - ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise, - ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing - ** the row. - ** - ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet - ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in - ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no - ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never - ** be tested for. */ - if( iSet ){ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); - VdbeCoverage(v); - } - if( iSet>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0); - if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); - } - - /* Release the array of temp registers */ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk); - } - } - - /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); - - /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the - ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */ - if( j1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - - /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term - ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The - ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will - ** need to be tested later. - */ - if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; - - /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same - ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number - ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may - ** be possible to use that index as a covering index. - ** - ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that - ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term - ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous - ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set - ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will - ** be available. - */ - pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; - assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); - if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 - && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov) - && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex)) - ){ - assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur ); - pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - }else{ - pCov = 0; - } - - /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); - } - } - } - pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov; - if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur; - if( pAndExpr ){ - pAndExpr->pLeft = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr); - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); - - if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab); - if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ - - { - /* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete - ** scan of the entire table. - */ - static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; - static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; - assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); - if( pTabItem->isRecursive ){ - /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in - ** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */ - pLevel->op = OP_Noop; - }else{ - pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; - pLevel->p1 = iCur; - pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); - pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; - } - } - - /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely - ** computed using the current set of tables. - */ - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ - Expr *pE; - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ - testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); - pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; - continue; - } - pE = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( pE!=0 ); - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ - continue; - } - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - } - - /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity - ** of the "==" operator. - ** - ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123" - ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded, - ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code - ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint. - */ - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ - Expr *pE, *pEAlt; - WhereTerm *pAlt; - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( pTerm->eOperator!=(WO_EQUIV|WO_EQ) ) continue; - if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue; - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue; - pE = pTerm->pExpr; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ); - assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ); - pAlt = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0); - if( pAlt==0 ) continue; - if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; - testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ ); - testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN ); - VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint")); - pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt)); - if( pEAlt ){ - *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr; - pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt); - } - } - - /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that - ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. - */ - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); - VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); - testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ - assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); - continue; - } - assert( pTerm->pExpr ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - } - } - - return pLevel->notReady; -} - -#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) -/* -** Generate "Explanation" text for a WhereTerm. -*/ -static void whereExplainTerm(Vdbe *v, WhereTerm *pTerm){ - char zType[4]; - memcpy(zType, "...", 4); - if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V'; - if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV ) zType[1] = 'E'; - if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L'; - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "%s ", zType); - sqlite3ExplainExpr(v, pTerm->pExpr); -} -#endif /* WHERETRACE_ENABLED && SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN */ - - -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED -/* -** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes -*/ -static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; - int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+7)/8; - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab; - Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId, - p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s", - pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName); - if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ - const char *zName; - if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){ - if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){ - int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1; - while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--; - zName += i; - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq); - }else{ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s",""); - } - }else{ - char *z; - if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){ - z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)", - p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask); - }else{ - z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z); - sqlite3_free(z); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %04x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN - /* If the 0x100 bit of wheretracing is set, then show all of the constraint - ** expressions in the WhereLoop.aLTerm[] array. - */ - if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ /* WHERETRACE 0x100 */ - int i; - Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3ExplainBegin(v); - for(i=0; inLTerm; i++){ - WhereTerm *pTerm = p->aLTerm[i]; - if( pTerm==0 ) continue; - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, " (%d) #%-2d ", i+1, (int)(pTerm-pWC->a)); - sqlite3ExplainPush(v); - whereExplainTerm(v, pTerm); - sqlite3ExplainPop(v); - sqlite3ExplainNL(v); - } - sqlite3ExplainFinish(v); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v)); - } -#endif -} -#endif - -/* -** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed -** to whereLoopClear harmlessly. -*/ -static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){ - p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace; - p->nLTerm = 0; - p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace); - p->wsFlags = 0; -} - -/* -** Clear the WhereLoop.u union. Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact. -*/ -static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ - if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){ - if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){ - sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr); - p->u.vtab.needFree = 0; - p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0; - }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff); - sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(p->u.btree.pIndex->pKeyInfo); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex); - p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object -*/ -static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ - if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); - whereLoopClearUnion(db, p); - whereLoopInit(p); -} - -/* -** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n. -*/ -static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){ - WhereTerm **paNew; - if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK; - n = (n+7)&~7; - paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n); - if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot); - if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); - p->aLTerm = paNew; - p->nLSlot = n; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first. -*/ -static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){ - whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo); - if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){ - memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u)); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ); - memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0])); - if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ - pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0; - }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ - pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete a WhereLoop object -*/ -static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ - whereLoopClear(db, p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} - -/* -** Free a WhereInfo structure -*/ -static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ - whereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC); - while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ - WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops; - pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop; - whereLoopDelete(db, p); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); - } -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if both of the following are true: -** -** (1) X has the same or lower cost that Y -** (2) X is a proper subset of Y -** -** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms -** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used -** by Y. -** -** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought -** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost -** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. -*/ -static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( - const WhereLoop *pX, /* First WhereLoop to compare */ - const WhereLoop *pY /* Compare against this WhereLoop */ -){ - int i, j; - if( pX->nLTerm >= pY->nLTerm ) return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */ - if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){ - if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ - if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ - } - for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ - for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ - if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break; - } - if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ - } - return 1; /* All conditions meet */ -} - -/* -** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so -** that: -** -** (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper -** subset of pTemplate -** -** (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate -** is a proper subset. -** -** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer -** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is -** also used by Y. -** -** This adjustment is omitted for SKIPSCAN loops. In a SKIPSCAN loop, the -** WhereLoop.nLTerm field is not an accurate measure of the number of WHERE -** clause terms covered, since some of the first nLTerm entries in aLTerm[] -** will be NULL (because they are skipped). That makes it more difficult -** to compare the loops. We could add extra code to do the comparison, and -** perhaps we will someday. But SKIPSCAN is sufficiently uncommon, and this -** adjustment is sufficient minor, that it is very difficult to construct -** a test case where the extra code would improve the query plan. Better -** to avoid the added complexity and just omit cost adjustments to SKIPSCAN -** loops. -*/ -static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ - if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return; - if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) return; - for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){ - if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; - if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; - if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ) continue; - if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ - /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its - ** subset p */ - pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; - pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1; - }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){ - /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since - ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */ - pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; - pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1; - } - } -} - -/* -** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be -** supplanted by pTemplate. -** -** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant -** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list. -** -** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the -** link that points to pX. -** -** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs -** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list. -*/ -static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( - WhereLoop **ppPrev, - const WhereLoop *pTemplate -){ - WhereLoop *p; - for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){ - if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){ - /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different - ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately. Neither is - ** a candidate to replace the other. */ - continue; - } - /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero - ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN - ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ - assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 - || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); - - /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index - ** case first. Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger - ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */ - assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); - - /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be - ** discarded. WhereLoop p is better if: - ** (1) p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and - ** (2) p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate - */ - if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq /* (1) */ - && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup /* (2a) */ - && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun /* (2b) */ - && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut /* (2c) */ - ){ - return 0; /* Discard pTemplate */ - } - - /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten - ** with pTemplate. pTemplate is better than p if: - ** (1) pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and - ** (2) pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p. - */ - if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq /* (1) */ - && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun /* (2a) */ - && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut /* (2b) */ - ){ - assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */ - break; /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */ - } - } - return ppPrev; -} - -/* -** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied. -** -** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template -** is better and has fewer dependencies. Or the template will be ignored -** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has -** fewer dependencies than the template. Otherwise a new WhereLoop is -** added based on the template. -** -** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the -** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops. That -** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object. This special -** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing. -** -** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we -** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the -** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following -** conditions are met: -** -** (1) They have the same iTab. -** (2) They have the same iSortIdx. -** (3) The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop -** (4) The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop -*/ -static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ - WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p; - WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; - sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; - - /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs - ** and prereqs. - */ - if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){ -#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED - u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n; - int x = -#endif - whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun, - pTemplate->nOut); -#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?" or-%d: ":" or-X: ", n); - whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate - */ - whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); - ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); - - if( ppPrev==0 ){ - /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better - ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */ -#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-noop: "); - whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - p = *ppPrev; - } - - /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten - ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new - ** WhereLoop and insert it. - */ -#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ - if( p!=0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: "); - whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-new: "); - whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); - } -#endif - if( p==0 ){ - /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */ - *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(WhereLoop)); - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - whereLoopInit(p); - p->pNextLoop = 0; - }else{ - /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[]. But before we do, first - ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides - ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */ - WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop; - WhereLoop *pToDel; - while( *ppTail ){ - ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate); - if( NEVER(ppTail==0) ) break; - pToDel = *ppTail; - if( pToDel==0 ) break; - *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop; -#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("ins-del: "); - whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC); - } -#endif - whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel); - } - } - whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate); - if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ - Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex; - if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){ - p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the -** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an -** index. -** -** In the current implementation, the first extra WHERE clause term reduces -** the number of output rows by a factor of 10 and each additional term -** reduces the number of output rows by sqrt(2). -*/ -static void whereLoopOutputAdjust(WhereClause *pWC, WhereLoop *pLoop){ - WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX; - Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf); - int i, j; - - if( !OptimizationEnabled(pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_AdjustOutEst) ){ - return; - } - for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){ - if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue; - if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue; - for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ - pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; - if( pX==0 ) continue; - if( pX==pTerm ) break; - if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break; - } - if( j<0 ){ - pLoop->nOut += (pTerm->truthProb<=0 ? pTerm->truthProb : -1); - } - } -} - -/* -** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the -** index pIndex. Try to match one more. -** -** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the -** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq -** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this -** function returns. -** -** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. -*/ -static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* The WhereLoop factory */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* FROM clause term being analyzed */ - Index *pProbe, /* An index on pSrc */ - LogEst nInMul /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */ -){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; /* WHERE analyse context */ - Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection malloc context */ - WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop under construction */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WhereTerm under consideration */ - int opMask; /* Valid operators for constraints */ - WhereScan scan; /* Iterator for WHERE terms */ - Bitmask saved_prereq; /* Original value of pNew->prereq */ - u16 saved_nLTerm; /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */ - u16 saved_nEq; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */ - u16 saved_nSkip; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nSkip */ - u32 saved_wsFlags; /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */ - LogEst saved_nOut; /* Original value of pNew->nOut */ - int iCol; /* Index of the column in the table */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of table size */ - WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */ - - pNew = pBuilder->pNew; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); - assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 ); - if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ - opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE; - }else if( pProbe->tnum<=0 || (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ - opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE; - }else{ - opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE; - } - if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE); - - assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nKeyCol ); - if( pNew->u.btree.nEq < pProbe->nKeyCol ){ - iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[pNew->u.btree.nEq]; - }else{ - iCol = -1; - } - pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, iCol, - opMask, pProbe); - saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq; - saved_nSkip = pNew->u.btree.nSkip; - saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm; - saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags; - saved_prereq = pNew->prereq; - saved_nOut = pNew->nOut; - pNew->rSetup = 0; - rLogSize = estLog(pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]); - - /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints - ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average - ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. - ** - ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows - ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index - ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of - ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. - ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly - ** more expensive. */ - assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); - if( pTerm==0 - && saved_nEq==saved_nSkip - && saved_nEq+1nKeyCol - && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */ - && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK - ){ - LogEst nIter; - pNew->u.btree.nEq++; - pNew->u.btree.nSkip++; - pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0; - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN; - nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]; - pNew->nOut -= nIter; - whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul); - pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; - } - for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){ - u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator; /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */ - LogEst rCostIdx; - LogEst nOutUnadjusted; /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */ - int nIn = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; -#endif - if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0) - && (iCol<0 || pSrc->pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull) - ){ - continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */ - } - if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; - - pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; - pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; - pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; - if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ - pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm; - pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; - - assert( nInMul==0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 - || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 - ); - - if( eOp & WO_IN ){ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */ - nIn = 46; assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); - }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ - /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ - nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr); - } - assert( nIn>0 ); /* RHS always has 2 or more terms... The parser - ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */ - - }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ) ){ - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; - if( iCol<0 || (nInMul==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){ - if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->onError==OE_None ){ - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED; - }else{ - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; - } - } - }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; - }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ - testcase( eOp & WO_GT ); - testcase( eOp & WO_GE ); - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; - pBtm = pTerm; - pTop = 0; - }else{ - assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ); - testcase( eOp & WO_LT ); - testcase( eOp & WO_LE ); - pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; - pTop = pTerm; - pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ? - pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0; - } - - /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to - ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the - ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all - ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates - ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ - assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); - if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ - /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4 - ** data, using some other estimate. */ - whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew); - }else{ - int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq; - assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN) ); - - assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); - if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && iCol>=0 ){ - assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 ); - testcase( eOp & WO_IN ); - pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; - pNew->nOut -= nIn; - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - tRowcnt nOut = 0; - if( nInMul==0 - && pProbe->nSample - && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol - && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat3) - && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) - ){ - Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; - if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 ){ - testcase( eOp & WO_EQ ); - testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); - rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut); - }else{ - rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nOut>0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */ - if( nOut ){ - pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut); - if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; - pNew->nOut -= nIn; - } - } - if( nOut==0 ) -#endif - { - pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); - if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ - /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a - ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows - ** as (col=?). */ - pNew->nOut += 10; - } - } - } - } - - /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add - ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index - ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of - ** visiting the rows in the main table. */ - rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow; - pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx); - if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){ - pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16); - } - - nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut; - pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn; - pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn; - whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew); - rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); - - if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ - pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; - }else{ - pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted; - } - - if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 - && pNew->u.btree.nEq<(pProbe->nKeyCol + (pProbe->zName!=0)) - ){ - whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn); - } - pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; -#endif - } - pNew->prereq = saved_prereq; - pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; - pNew->u.btree.nSkip = saved_nSkip; - pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; - pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; - pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in -** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder. -** -** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or -** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that -** ORDER BY clause. -*/ -static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy( - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, - Index *pIndex, - int iCursor -){ - ExprList *pOB; - int ii, jj; - - if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0; - if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0; - for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ - Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr); - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; - if( pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){ - for(jj=0; jjnKeyCol; jj++){ - if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1; - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of -** the table is used by an index. Only the first 63 columns are considered. -*/ -static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){ - Bitmask m = 0; - int j; - for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){ - int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; - if( x>=0 ){ - testcase( x==BMS-1 ); - testcase( x==BMS-2 ); - if( xa; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ - if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pTerm->pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table -** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be -** a b-tree table, not a virtual table. -** -** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function -** are calculated as follows: -** -** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows: -** -** cost = nRow * 3.0 // full-table scan -** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index -** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index -** -** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative -** estimated average size of the index and table records. -** -** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited -** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on -** the index b-tree: -** -** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index -** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index -** -** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the -** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when -** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. -*/ -static int whereLoopAddBtree( - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ - Bitmask mExtra /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */ -){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ - Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ - Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ - LogEst aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */ - i16 aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* The FROM clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause btree term to add */ - WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop object */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int iSortIdx = 1; /* Index number */ - int b; /* A boolean value */ - LogEst rSize; /* number of rows in the table */ - LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ - - pNew = pBuilder->pNew; - pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; - pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; - pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; - pTab = pSrc->pTab; - pWC = pBuilder->pWC; - assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); - - if( pSrc->pIndex ){ - /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ - pProbe = pSrc->pIndex; - }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ - pProbe = pTab->pIndex; - }else{ - /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local - ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this - ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real - ** indices to follow */ - Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ - memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); - sPk.nKeyCol = 1; - sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; - sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk; - sPk.onError = OE_Replace; - sPk.pTable = pTab; - sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow; - aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst; - aiRowEstPk[1] = 0; - pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; - if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){ - /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the - ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ - sPk.pNext = pFirst; - } - pProbe = &sPk; - } - rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst; - rLogSize = estLog(rSize); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX - /* Automatic indexes */ - if( !pBuilder->pOrSet - && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0 - && pSrc->pIndex==0 - && !pSrc->viaCoroutine - && !pSrc->notIndexed - && HasRowid(pTab) - && !pSrc->isCorrelated - && !pSrc->isRecursive - ){ - /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; - WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; - for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTermprereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; - if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){ - pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1; - pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0; - pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0; - pNew->nLTerm = 1; - pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; - /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is - ** approximately 7*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in - ** the table being indexed. */ - pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 28; assert( 28==sqlite3LogEst(7) ); - /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table. This - ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way - ** of knowning how selective the index will ultimately be. It would - ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */ - pNew->nOut = 43; assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) ); - pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut); - pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; - pNew->prereq = mExtra | pTerm->prereqRight; - rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); - } - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ - - /* Loop over all indices - */ - for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){ - if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 - && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pNew->iTab, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){ - continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */ - } - rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; - pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0; - pNew->u.btree.nSkip = 0; - pNew->nLTerm = 0; - pNew->iSortIdx = 0; - pNew->rSetup = 0; - pNew->prereq = mExtra; - pNew->nOut = rSize; - pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe; - b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor); - /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */ - assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 ); - if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){ - /* Integer primary key index */ - pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK; - - /* Full table scan */ - pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; - /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */ - pNew->rRun = rSize + 16; - whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew); - rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); - pNew->nOut = rSize; - if( rc ) break; - }else{ - Bitmask m; - if( pProbe->isCovering ){ - pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED; - m = 0; - }else{ - m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe); - pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED; - } - - /* Full scan via index */ - if( b - || !HasRowid(pTab) - || ( m==0 - && pProbe->bUnordered==0 - && (pProbe->szIdxRowszTabRow) - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis - && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan) - ) - ){ - pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; - - /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is - ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the - ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan, - ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0). */ - pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow; - if( m!=0 ){ - pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16); - } - - whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew); - rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); - pNew->nOut = rSize; - if( rc ) break; - } - } - - rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 - sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec); - pBuilder->nRecValid = 0; - pBuilder->pRec = 0; -#endif - - /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is - ** considered. */ - if( pSrc->pIndex ) break; - } - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -/* -** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by -** pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table. -*/ -static int whereLoopAddVirtual( - WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ - Bitmask mExtra -){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ - Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ - WhereClause *pWC; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause term to search */ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3 *db; - sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - int i, j; - int iTerm, mxTerm; - int nConstraint; - int seenIn = 0; /* True if an IN operator is seen */ - int seenVar = 0; /* True if a non-constant constraint is seen */ - int iPhase; /* 0: const w/o IN, 1: const, 2: no IN, 2: IN */ - WhereLoop *pNew; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; - pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - db = pParse->db; - pWC = pBuilder->pWC; - pNew = pBuilder->pNew; - pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; - pTab = pSrc->pTab; - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy); - if( pIdxInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->prereq = 0; - pNew->rSetup = 0; - pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; - pNew->nLTerm = 0; - pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; - pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; - nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint; - if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, nConstraint) ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - for(iPhase=0; iPhase<=3; iPhase++){ - if( !seenIn && (iPhase&1)!=0 ){ - iPhase++; - if( iPhase>3 ) break; - } - if( !seenVar && iPhase>1 ) break; - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ - j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; - pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; - switch( iPhase ){ - case 0: /* Constants without IN operator */ - pIdxCons->usable = 0; - if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ - seenIn = 1; - } - if( pTerm->prereqRight!=0 ){ - seenVar = 1; - }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0 ){ - pIdxCons->usable = 1; - } - break; - case 1: /* Constants with IN operators */ - assert( seenIn ); - pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight==0); - break; - case 2: /* Variables without IN */ - assert( seenVar ); - pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)==0; - break; - default: /* Variables with IN */ - assert( seenVar && seenIn ); - pIdxCons->usable = 1; - break; - } - } - memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint); - if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); - pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; - pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2; - pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25; - rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo); - if( rc ) goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit; - pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; - pNew->prereq = mExtra; - mxTerm = -1; - assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint ); - for(i=0; iaLTerm[i] = 0; - pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0; - for(i=0; i=0 ){ - j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; - if( iTerm>=nConstraint - || j<0 - || j>=pWC->nTerm - || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0 - ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s.xBestIndex() malfunction", pTab->zName); - goto whereLoopAddVtab_exit; - } - testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 ); - testcase( j==0 ); - testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 ); - pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; - pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight; - assert( iTermnLSlot ); - pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm; - if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm; - testcase( iTerm==15 ); - testcase( iTerm==16 ); - if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ - if( pUsage[i].omit==0 ){ - /* Do not attempt to use an IN constraint if the virtual table - ** says that the equivalent EQ constraint cannot be safely omitted. - ** If we do attempt to use such a constraint, some rows might be - ** repeated in the output. */ - break; - } - /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not - ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms - ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and - ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge - ** together. */ - pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; - } - } - } - if( i>=nConstraint ){ - pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1; - assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot ); - pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum; - pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr; - pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; - pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr; - pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ? - pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0); - pNew->rSetup = 0; - pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost); - pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows); - whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); - if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr); - pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; - } - } - } - -whereLoopAddVtab_exit: - if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdxInfo); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ - -/* -** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms. This works for either -** btrees or virtual tables. -*/ -static int whereLoopAddOr(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mExtra){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; - WhereClause *pWC; - WhereLoop *pNew; - WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int iCur; - WhereClause tempWC; - WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; - WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - - pWC = pBuilder->pWC; - if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_AND_ONLY ) return SQLITE_OK; - pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; - pNew = pBuilder->pNew; - memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum)); - pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; - iCur = pItem->iCursor; - - for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator & WO_OR)!=0 - && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 - ){ - WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; - WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; - WhereTerm *pOrTerm; - int once = 1; - int i, j; - - sSubBuild = *pBuilder; - sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; - sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; - - for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTermeOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ - sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; - }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ - tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; - tempWC.pOuter = pWC; - tempWC.op = TK_AND; - tempWC.nTerm = 1; - tempWC.a = pOrTerm; - sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC; - }else{ - continue; - } - sCur.n = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ - rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mExtra); - }else -#endif - { - rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mExtra); - } - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 ); - if( sCur.n==0 ){ - sSum.n = 0; - break; - }else if( once ){ - whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur); - once = 0; - }else{ - WhereOrSet sPrev; - whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum); - sSum.n = 0; - for(i=0; inLTerm = 1; - pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; - pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; - pNew->rSetup = 0; - pNew->iSortIdx = 0; - memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u)); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && irRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1; - pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut; - pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq; - rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables -*/ -static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; - Bitmask mExtra = 0; - Bitmask mPrior = 0; - int iTab; - SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; - int nTabList = pWInfo->nLevel; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 priorJoinType = 0; - WhereLoop *pNew; - - /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */ - pNew = pBuilder->pNew; - whereLoopInit(pNew); - for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; iTabiTab = iTab; - pNew->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor); - if( ((pItem->jointype|priorJoinType) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ - mExtra = mPrior; - } - priorJoinType = pItem->jointype; - if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ - rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mExtra); - }else{ - rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mExtra); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mExtra); - } - mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf; - if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break; - } - whereLoopClear(db, pNew); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th -** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY -** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: -** -** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied -** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied -** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. -** -** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as -** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that -** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY -** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long -** as equivelent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT -** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the -** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. -*/ -static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( - WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */ - WherePath *pPath, /* The WherePath to check */ - u16 wctrlFlags, /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */ - u16 nLoop, /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */ - WhereLoop *pLast, /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */ - Bitmask *pRevMask /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */ -){ - u8 revSet; /* True if rev is known */ - u8 rev; /* Composite sort order */ - u8 revIdx; /* Index sort order */ - u8 isOrderDistinct; /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */ - u8 distinctColumns; /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */ - u8 isMatch; /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */ - u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns in pIndex */ - u16 nColumn; /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */ - u16 nOrderBy; /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - int iLoop; /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int iCur; /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */ - int iColumn; /* A column number within table iCur */ - WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */ - WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ - Expr *pOBExpr; /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */ - CollSeq *pColl; /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */ - Index *pIndex; /* The index associated with pLoop */ - sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - Bitmask obSat = 0; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */ - Bitmask obDone; /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */ - Bitmask orderDistinctMask; /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */ - Bitmask ready; /* Mask of inner loops */ - - /* - ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one - ** row of output. A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true: - ** (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ. - ** (b) The index is unique - ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row. - ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags. - ** - ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from - ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every - ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically - ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause - ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being - ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that - ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. - ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. - ** - ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the - ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is - ** automatically order-distinct. - */ - - assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); - if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0; - - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; - testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 ); - if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0; /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */ - isOrderDistinct = 1; - obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1; - orderDistinctMask = 0; - ready = 0; - for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf; - pLoop = iLoopaLoop[iLoop] : pLast; - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ - if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone; - break; - } - iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor; - - /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of - ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE - ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer - ** loops. - */ - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); - if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; - if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; - pTerm = findTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn, - ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL, 0); - if( pTerm==0 ) continue; - if( (pTerm->eOperator&WO_EQ)!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ - const char *z1, *z2; - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - z1 = pColl->zName; - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr); - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - z2 = pColl->zName; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue; - } - obSat |= MASKBIT(i); - } - - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){ - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){ - pIndex = 0; - nKeyCol = 0; - nColumn = 1; - }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){ - return 0; - }else{ - nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol; - nColumn = pIndex->nColumn; - assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) ); - assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==(-1) || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable)); - isOrderDistinct = pIndex->onError!=OE_None; - } - - /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones - ** that are not constrained by == or IN. - */ - rev = revSet = 0; - distinctColumns = 0; - for(j=0; ju.btree.nEq - && pLoop->u.btree.nSkip==0 - && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL))!=0 - ){ - if( i & WO_ISNULL ){ - testcase( isOrderDistinct ); - isOrderDistinct = 0; - } - continue; - } - - /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order - ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index. - */ - if( pIndex ){ - iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j]; - revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j]; - if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1; - }else{ - iColumn = -1; - revIdx = 0; - } - - /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this - ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered - */ - if( isOrderDistinct - && iColumn>=0 - && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq - && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0 - ){ - isOrderDistinct = 0; - } - - /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column - ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off - */ - bOnce = 1; - isMatch = 0; - for(i=0; bOnce && ia[i].pExpr); - testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); - testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ); - if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0; - if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; - if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; - if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue; - if( iColumn>=0 ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue; - } - isMatch = 1; - break; - } - if( isMatch && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){ - /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause. - ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */ - if( revSet ){ - if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0; - }else{ - rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; - if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop); - revSet = 1; - } - } - if( isMatch ){ - if( iColumn<0 ){ - testcase( distinctColumns==0 ); - distinctColumns = 1; - } - obSat |= MASKBIT(i); - }else{ - /* No match found */ - if( j==0 || jmaskSelf; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - mTerm = exprTableUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p); - if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue; - if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){ - obSat |= MASKBIT(i); - } - } - } - } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */ - if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy; - if( !isOrderDistinct ){ - for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){ - Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1; - if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i; - } - return 0; - } - return -1; -} - - -/* -** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), -** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP -** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the -** request. -** -** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine -** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or -** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However, -** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then -** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns -** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false -** otherwise. -** -** For example, assuming: -** -** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y); -** -** then -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y; -- IsSorted()==1 -** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x; -- IsSorted()==0 -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); - assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP ); - return pWInfo->sorted; -} - -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED -/* For debugging use only: */ -static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ - static char zName[65]; - int i; - for(i=0; iaLoop[i]->cId; } - if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId; - zName[i] = 0; - return zName; -} -#endif - -/* -** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine -** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop -** once. This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields. -** -** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted -** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation). Or, ignore sorting -** costs if nRowEst==0. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation -** error occurs. -*/ -static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ - int mxChoice; /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */ - int nLoop; /* Number of terms in the join */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - int iLoop; /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */ - int ii, jj; /* Loop counters */ - int mxI = 0; /* Index of next entry to replace */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */ - LogEst rCost; /* Cost of a path */ - LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs */ - LogEst mxCost = 0; /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */ - LogEst mxOut = 0; /* Maximum nOut value on the set of paths */ - int nTo, nFrom; /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */ - WherePath *aFrom; /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */ - WherePath *aTo; /* The nTo best paths at the current level */ - WherePath *pFrom; /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */ - WherePath *pTo; /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */ - WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* One of the WhereLoop objects */ - WhereLoop **pX; /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */ - char *pSpace; /* Temporary memory used by this routine */ - - pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - db = pParse->db; - nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel; - /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked. - ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed. - ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */ - mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10); - assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc ); - WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver\n")); - - /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo and aFrom */ - ii = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2; - pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, ii); - if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace; - aFrom = aTo+mxChoice; - memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0])); - pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice); - for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){ - pFrom->aLoop = pX; - } - - /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops. - ** - ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 25. If the cost - ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 25 - ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */ - aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 46); assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); - nFrom = 1; - - /* Precompute the cost of sorting the final result set, if the caller - ** to sqlite3WhereBegin() was concerned about sorting */ - if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){ - aFrom[0].isOrdered = 0; - nOrderBy = 0; - }else{ - aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : 1; - nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; - } - - /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation - ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next. Keep track of the mxChoice - ** best paths at each generation */ - for(iLoop=0; iLooppLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){ - Bitmask maskNew; - Bitmask revMask = 0; - i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered; - if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; - if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; - /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. - ** Compute its cost */ - rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); - rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, pFrom->rCost); - nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut; - maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; - if( isOrdered<0 ){ - isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, - pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags, - iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask); - if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); - rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-isOrdered)*100/nOrderBy) - 66; - rSortCost = nRowEst + estLog(nRowEst) + rScale + 16; - - /* TUNING: The cost of implementing DISTINCT using a B-TREE is - ** similar but with a larger constant of proportionality. - ** Multiply by an additional factor of 3.0. */ - if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ - rSortCost += 16; - } - WHERETRACE(0x002, - ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n", - rSortCost, (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, rCost, - sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost,rSortCost))); - rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rCost, rSortCost); - } - }else{ - revMask = pFrom->revLoop; - } - /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the mxChoice best so far */ - for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jjmaskLoop==maskNew - && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&80)==0 - && ((pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) || - (pTo->rCost>=rCost && pTo->nRow>=nOut)) - ){ - testcase( jj==nTo-1 ); - break; - } - } - if( jj>=nTo ){ - if( nTo>=mxChoice && rCost>=mxCost ){ -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", - wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, - isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); - } -#endif - continue; - } - /* Add a new Path to the aTo[] set */ - if( nTo=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); - } -#endif - }else{ - if( pTo->rCost<=rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut ){ -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf( - "Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", - wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, - isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n", - wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, - pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); - } -#endif - testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost ); - continue; - } - testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 ); - /* A new and better score for a previously created equivalent path */ -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf( - "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", - wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, - isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", - wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, - pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); - } -#endif - } - /* pWLoop is a winner. Add it to the set of best so far */ - pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; - pTo->revLoop = revMask; - pTo->nRow = nOut; - pTo->rCost = rCost; - pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered; - memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop); - pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop; - if( nTo>=mxChoice ){ - mxI = 0; - mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; - mxOut = aTo[0].nRow; - for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jjrCost>mxCost || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->nRow>mxOut) ){ - mxCost = pTo->rCost; - mxOut = pTo->nRow; - mxI = jj; - } - } - } - } - } - -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* >=2 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace>=2 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop); - for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; iirCost, pTo->nRow, - pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?'); - if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop); - }else{ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - } - } -#endif - - /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */ - pFrom = aTo; - aTo = aFrom; - aFrom = pFrom; - nFrom = nTo; - } - - if( nFrom==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution"); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ - pFrom = aFrom; - for(ii=1; iirCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii]; - } - assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop ); - /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */ - for(iLoop=0; iLoopa + iLoop; - pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop]; - pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab; - pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor; - } - if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0 - && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP - && nRowEst - ){ - Bitmask notUsed; - int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom, - WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used); - if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){ - pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; - } - } - if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ - if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ - if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ - pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; - } - }else{ - pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered; - if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; - pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop; - } - if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP) - && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr - ){ - Bitmask notUsed = 0; - int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, - pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used - ); - assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); - pWInfo->sorted = (nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr); - } - } - - - pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow; - - /* Free temporary memory and return success */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have -** simple == constraints against indexed fields. This routine attempts -** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the -** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare() -** times for the common case. -** -** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this -** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the -** general-purpose query planner. -*/ -static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - WhereClause *pWC; - WhereTerm *pTerm; - WhereLoop *pLoop; - int iCur; - int j; - Table *pTab; - Index *pIdx; - - pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; - if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0; - assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 ); - pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a; - pTab = pItem->pTab; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - if( pItem->zIndex ) return 0; - iCur = pItem->iCursor; - pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; - pLoop = pBuilder->pNew; - pLoop->wsFlags = 0; - pLoop->u.btree.nSkip = 0; - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ, 0); - if( pTerm ){ - pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW; - pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; - pLoop->nLTerm = 1; - pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1; - /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */ - pLoop->rRun = 33; /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */ - }else{ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); - assert( ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace)==4 ); - if( pIdx->onError==OE_None - || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 - || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) - ) continue; - for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ - pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, pIdx->aiColumn[j], 0, WO_EQ, pIdx); - if( pTerm==0 ) break; - pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm; - } - if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; - pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED; - if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){ - pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY; - } - pLoop->nLTerm = j; - pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j; - pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; - /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */ - pLoop->rRun = 39; /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */ - break; - } - } - if( pLoop->wsFlags ){ - pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1; - pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop; - pLoop->maskSelf = getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); - pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur; - pWInfo->nRowOut = 1; - if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; - if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ - pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pLoop->cId = '0'; -#endif - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. -** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains -** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine -** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function -** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. -** -** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. -** -** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in -** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the -** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For -** example, if the SQL is this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; -** -** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: -** -** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated -** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() -** foreach row3 in t3 do / -** ... -** end \ Code generated -** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() -** end / -** -** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they -** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make -** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in -** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for -** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. -** -** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor -** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. -** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors -** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. -** -** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named -** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code -** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract -** data from the various tables of the loop. -** -** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their -** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if -** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that -** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the -** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking -** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. -** -** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually -** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", -** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer -** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent -** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- -** most loop) -** -** OUTER JOINS -** -** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: -** -** foreach row1 in t1 do -** flag = 0 -** foreach row2 in t2 do -** start: -** ... -** flag = 1 -** end -** if flag==0 then -** move the row2 cursor to a null row -** goto start -** fi -** end -** -** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING -** -** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause -** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement -** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine -** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. -** -** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If -** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index -** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this -** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is -** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should -** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is -** used. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */ - ExprList *pResultSet, /* Result set of the query */ - u16 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ - int iIdxCur /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number */ -){ - int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ - int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ - Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ - WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */ - WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ - WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */ - WhereLoop *pLoop; /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - - /* Variable initialization */ - db = pParse->db; - memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB)); - - /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */ - testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 ); - if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0; - sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - - /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via - ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ - if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){ - wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT; - } - - /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of - ** bits in a Bitmask - */ - testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); - if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); - return 0; - } - - /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in - ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should - ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that - ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. - */ - nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; - - /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the - ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo - ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure - ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte - ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on - ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. - */ - nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); - pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop)); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); - pWInfo = 0; - goto whereBeginError; - } - pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1; - pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; - pWInfo->pParse = pParse; - pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; - pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet; - pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; - pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; - pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; - sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo; - sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; - sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) ); - whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - sWLB.pNew->cId = '*'; -#endif - - /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each - ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. - */ - initMaskSet(pMaskSet); - whereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); - whereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); - - /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the - ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. - */ - for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ - if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, - SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; - } - } - - /* Special case: No FROM clause - */ - if( nTabList==0 ){ - if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr; - if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ - pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; - } - } - - /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. - ** - ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be - ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then - ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term - ** is (X-1). An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use - ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table - ** of the join. Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a - ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join. Knowing the bitmask - ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015. - ** - ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in - ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally - ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the - ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. - */ - for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ - createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - Bitmask toTheLeft = 0; - for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ - Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); - assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft ); - toTheLeft |= m; - } - } -#endif - - /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. Note that exprAnalyze() might - ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause. We do not - ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end - ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed. - */ - exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto whereBeginError; - } - - if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ - if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){ - /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless. Ignore it. */ - pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; - }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */ - pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY; - pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet; - } - } - - /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */ - WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Start ***\n")); - /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */ -#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) - if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ - int i; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3ExplainBegin(v); - for(i=0; inTerm; i++){ - sqlite3ExplainPrintf(v, "#%-2d ", i); - sqlite3ExplainPush(v); - whereExplainTerm(v, &sWLB.pWC->a[i]); - sqlite3ExplainPop(v); - sqlite3ExplainNL(v); - } - sqlite3ExplainFinish(v); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", sqlite3VdbeExplanation(v)); - } -#endif - if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){ - rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); - if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; - - /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects if wheretrace is enabled */ -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ - WhereLoop *p; - int i; - static char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; - for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ - p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)]; - whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC); - } - } -#endif - - wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; - if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ - wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; - } - } - if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){ - pWInfo->revMask = (Bitmask)(-1); - } - if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ - goto whereBeginError; - } -#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* !=0 */ - if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ - int ii; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut); - if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask); - } - switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ - case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unique"); - break; - } - case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=ordered"); - break; - } - case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: { - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unordered"); - break; - } - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - for(ii=0; iinLevel; ii++){ - whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC); - } - } -#endif - /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */ - if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 - && pResultSet!=0 - && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin) - ){ - Bitmask tabUsed = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet); - if( sWLB.pOrderBy ) tabUsed |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy); - while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){ - WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd; - pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop; - if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break; - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0 - && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 - ){ - break; - } - if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break; - pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm; - for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTermprereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 - && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) - ){ - break; - } - } - if( pTerm drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId)); - pWInfo->nLevel--; - nTabList--; - } - } - WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); - pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut; - - /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting - ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. - ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constrains - ** the statement to update a single row. - */ - assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); - if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 - && (pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0 ){ - pWInfo->okOnePass = 1; - if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) ){ - pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY; - } - } - - /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for - ** searching those tables. - */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; iia[pLevel->iFrom]; - pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ - /* Do nothing */ - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ - const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); - int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* noop */ - }else -#endif - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){ - int op = OP_OpenRead; - if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){ - op = OP_OpenWrite; - pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor; - }; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); - assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); - testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); - testcase( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol==BMS ); - if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nColcolUsed; - int n = 0; - for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, - SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); - assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); - } - }else{ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - } - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ - Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - int iIndexCur; - int op = OP_OpenRead; - /* iIdxCur is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */ - assert( iIdxCur!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 ); - if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx) - && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 - ){ - /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a - ** WITHOUT ROWID table. No need for a separate index */ - iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur; - op = 0; - }else if( pWInfo->okOnePass ){ - Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex; - iIndexCur = iIdxCur; - assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED ); - while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){ - iIndexCur++; - pJ = pJ->pNext; - } - op = OP_OpenWrite; - pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur; - }else if( iIdxCur && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){ - iIndexCur = iIdxCur; - }else{ - iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++; - } - pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur; - assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - assert( iIndexCur>=0 ); - if( op ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); - } - } - if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - notReady &= ~getMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor); - } - pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; - - /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for - ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM - ** program. - */ - notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; - for(ii=0; iia[ii]; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX - if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ - constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC, - &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; - } -#endif - explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags); - pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady); - pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; - } - - /* Done. */ - VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core")); - return pWInfo; - - /* Jump here if malloc fails */ -whereBeginError: - if( pWInfo ){ - pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; - whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on -** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ - Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - WhereLevel *pLevel; - WhereLoop *pLoop; - SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Generate loop termination code. - */ - VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core")); - sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); - for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ - int addr; - pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; - pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); - if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); - VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext); - } - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ - struct InLoop *pIn; - int j; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); - for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); - VdbeCoverage(v); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen); - VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); - if( pLevel->addrSkip ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrSkip); - VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName)); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2); - } - if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v); - assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 - || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); - if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); - } - if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); - } - if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i, - pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName)); - } - - /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. - ** Set it. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); - - assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc ); - for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ - int k, last; - VdbeOp *pOp; - Index *pIdx = 0; - struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; - Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 ); - pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; - - /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of - ** the co-routine into OP_SCopy of result contained in a register. - ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null. - */ - if( pTabItem->viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){ - last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - k = pLevel->addrBody; - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); - for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ - pOp->opcode = OP_Copy; - pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + pTabItem->regResult; - pOp->p2 = pOp->p3; - pOp->p3 = 0; - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ - pOp->opcode = OP_Null; - pOp->p1 = 0; - pOp->p3 = 0; - } - } - continue; - } - - /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. - ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization - ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE). And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors - ** created for the ONEPASS optimization. - */ - if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 - && pTab->pSelect==0 - && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 - ){ - int ws = pLoop->wsFlags; - if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); - } - if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 - && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 - && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] - ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); - } - } - - /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data - ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases - ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can - ** yield a significant performance boost. - ** - ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and - ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table - ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes - ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that - ** reference the index. - */ - if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ - pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; - }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ - pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx; - } - if( pIdx && !db->mallocFailed ){ - last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - k = pLevel->addrBody; - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); - for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; - if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ - int x = pOp->p2; - assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab ); - if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ - Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); - x = pPk->aiColumn[x]; - } - x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x); - if( x>=0 ){ - pOp->p2 = x; - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - } - assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 ); - }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ - pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; - pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; - } - } - } - } - - /* Final cleanup - */ - pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; - whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); - return; -} - -/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ -/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. -** -** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite. -** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER() -** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general -** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the -** specific grammar used by SQLite. -*/ -/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration -** in the input grammar file. */ -/* #include */ - - -/* -** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down -** automaton. -*/ -#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 - -/* -** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() -*/ -#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds information about the -** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct LimitVal { - Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ - Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, -** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. -*/ -struct LikeOp { - Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ - int bNot; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a -** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, -** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form -** -** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) -** -** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". -*/ -struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. -*/ -struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; - - - /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and - ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete - ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. - */ - static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ - pOut->zStart = pStart->z; - pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; - } - - /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the - ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier - ** that created the expression. - */ - static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue); - pOut->zStart = pValue->z; - pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n]; - } - - /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan - ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. - */ - static void spanBinaryExpr( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the result here */ - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ - int op, /* The binary operation */ - ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); - pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart; - pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; - } - - /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator - */ - static void spanUnaryPostfix( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ - int op, /* The operator */ - ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ - Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); - pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart; - pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; - } - - /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a - ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ - static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ - pA->op = (u8)op; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); - pA->pRight = 0; - } - } - - /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator - */ - static void spanUnaryPrefix( - ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ - int op, /* The operator */ - ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ - Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ - ){ - pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); - pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; - pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; - } -/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. -** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. -*/ -/* -** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) -** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser -** understands. -** -** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. -*/ -/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. -*/ -#ifndef INTERFACE -# define INTERFACE 1 -#endif -/* The next thing included is series of defines which control -** various aspects of the generated parser. -** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals -** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. -** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds -** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This -** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash -** table. -** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens -** have fall-back values which should be used if the -** original value of the token will not parse. -** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and -** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. -** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given -** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. -** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. -** This is typically a union of many types, one of -** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union -** for base tokens is called "yy0". -** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If -** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() -** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser -** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser -** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. -** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar -** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not -** defined, then do no error processing. -*/ -#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char -#define YYNOCODE 254 -#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int -#define YYWILDCARD 70 -#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token -typedef union { - int yyinit; - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; - Select* yy3; - ExprList* yy14; - With* yy59; - SrcList* yy65; - struct LikeOp yy96; - Expr* yy132; - u8 yy186; - int yy328; - ExprSpan yy346; - struct TrigEvent yy378; - u16 yy381; - IdList* yy408; - struct {int value; int mask;} yy429; - TriggerStep* yy473; - struct LimitVal yy476; -} YYMINORTYPE; -#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH -#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 -#endif -#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; -#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse -#define YYNSTATE 642 -#define YYNRULE 327 -#define YYFALLBACK 1 -#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) -#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) -#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) - -/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of -** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ -static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; - -/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined -** otherwise. -** -** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section -** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production -** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful -** for testing. -*/ -#ifndef yytestcase -# define yytestcase(X) -#endif - - -/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the -** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement -** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. -** -** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as -** follows -** -** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead -** token onto the stack and goto state N. -** -** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused -** slots in the yy_action[] table. -** -** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. -** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as -** -** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] -** -** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value -** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] -** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table -** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. -** -** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is -** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after -** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of -** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of -** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. -** -** The following are the tables generated in this section: -** -** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. -** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in -** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. -** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting terminals. -** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. -** yy_default[] Default action for each state. -*/ -#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1497) -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { - /* 0 */ 306, 212, 432, 955, 639, 191, 955, 295, 559, 88, - /* 10 */ 88, 88, 88, 81, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, - /* 20 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 185, 184, 183, 635, 635, - /* 30 */ 292, 606, 606, 88, 88, 88, 88, 683, 86, 86, - /* 40 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 16, - /* 50 */ 436, 597, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, - /* 60 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 684, 86, 86, 86, 86, - /* 70 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 559, 84, - /* 80 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 65, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, - /* 90 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 635, 635, 634, 633, - /* 100 */ 182, 682, 550, 379, 376, 375, 17, 322, 606, 606, - /* 110 */ 371, 198, 479, 91, 374, 82, 79, 165, 85, 85, - /* 120 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 598, 635, 635, 107, 89, - /* 130 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, - /* 140 */ 88, 88, 186, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, - /* 150 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 594, 594, 142, 328, 327, - /* 160 */ 484, 249, 344, 238, 635, 635, 634, 633, 585, 448, - /* 170 */ 526, 525, 229, 388, 1, 394, 450, 584, 449, 635, - /* 180 */ 635, 635, 635, 319, 395, 606, 606, 199, 157, 273, - /* 190 */ 382, 268, 381, 187, 635, 635, 634, 633, 311, 555, - /* 200 */ 266, 593, 593, 266, 347, 588, 89, 90, 80, 600, - /* 210 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 478, - /* 220 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, - /* 230 */ 330, 306, 272, 536, 634, 633, 146, 610, 197, 310, - /* 240 */ 575, 182, 482, 271, 379, 376, 375, 506, 21, 634, - /* 250 */ 633, 634, 633, 635, 635, 374, 611, 574, 548, 440, - /* 260 */ 111, 563, 606, 606, 634, 633, 324, 479, 608, 608, - /* 270 */ 608, 300, 435, 573, 119, 407, 210, 162, 562, 883, - /* 280 */ 592, 592, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, - /* 290 */ 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 506, 86, 86, 86, - /* 300 */ 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 620, 111, - /* 310 */ 635, 635, 361, 606, 606, 358, 249, 349, 248, 433, - /* 320 */ 243, 479, 586, 634, 633, 195, 611, 93, 119, 221, - /* 330 */ 575, 497, 534, 534, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, - /* 340 */ 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 574, 86, 86, - /* 350 */ 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, - /* 360 */ 77, 429, 638, 573, 589, 530, 240, 230, 242, 105, - /* 370 */ 249, 349, 248, 515, 588, 208, 460, 529, 564, 173, - /* 380 */ 634, 633, 970, 144, 430, 2, 424, 228, 380, 557, - /* 390 */ 606, 606, 190, 153, 159, 158, 514, 51, 632, 631, - /* 400 */ 630, 71, 536, 432, 954, 196, 610, 954, 614, 45, - /* 410 */ 18, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, - /* 420 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 261, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, - /* 430 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 608, 608, 608, - /* 440 */ 542, 424, 402, 385, 241, 506, 451, 320, 211, 543, - /* 450 */ 164, 436, 386, 293, 451, 587, 108, 496, 111, 334, - /* 460 */ 391, 591, 424, 614, 27, 452, 453, 606, 606, 72, - /* 470 */ 257, 70, 259, 452, 339, 342, 564, 582, 68, 415, - /* 480 */ 469, 328, 327, 62, 614, 45, 110, 393, 89, 90, - /* 490 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, - /* 500 */ 88, 152, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, - /* 510 */ 84, 83, 330, 306, 110, 499, 520, 538, 402, 389, - /* 520 */ 424, 110, 566, 500, 593, 593, 454, 82, 79, 165, - /* 530 */ 424, 591, 384, 564, 340, 615, 188, 162, 424, 350, - /* 540 */ 616, 424, 614, 44, 606, 606, 445, 582, 300, 434, - /* 550 */ 151, 19, 614, 9, 568, 580, 348, 615, 469, 567, - /* 560 */ 614, 26, 616, 614, 45, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, - /* 570 */ 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 411, 86, - /* 580 */ 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, - /* 590 */ 306, 579, 110, 578, 521, 282, 433, 398, 400, 255, - /* 600 */ 486, 82, 79, 165, 487, 164, 82, 79, 165, 488, - /* 610 */ 488, 364, 387, 424, 544, 544, 509, 350, 362, 155, - /* 620 */ 191, 606, 606, 559, 642, 640, 333, 82, 79, 165, - /* 630 */ 305, 564, 507, 312, 357, 614, 45, 329, 596, 595, - /* 640 */ 194, 337, 89, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, - /* 650 */ 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, - /* 660 */ 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 20, 323, - /* 670 */ 150, 263, 211, 543, 421, 596, 595, 614, 22, 424, - /* 680 */ 193, 424, 284, 424, 391, 424, 509, 424, 577, 424, - /* 690 */ 186, 335, 424, 559, 424, 313, 120, 546, 606, 606, - /* 700 */ 67, 614, 47, 614, 50, 614, 48, 614, 100, 614, - /* 710 */ 99, 614, 101, 576, 614, 102, 614, 109, 326, 89, - /* 720 */ 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, - /* 730 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, - /* 740 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 306, 424, 311, 424, 585, 54, - /* 750 */ 424, 516, 517, 590, 614, 112, 424, 584, 424, 572, - /* 760 */ 424, 195, 424, 571, 424, 67, 424, 614, 94, 614, - /* 770 */ 98, 424, 614, 97, 264, 606, 606, 195, 614, 46, - /* 780 */ 614, 96, 614, 30, 614, 49, 614, 115, 614, 114, - /* 790 */ 418, 229, 388, 614, 113, 306, 89, 90, 80, 600, - /* 800 */ 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, - /* 810 */ 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, - /* 820 */ 330, 119, 424, 590, 110, 372, 606, 606, 195, 53, - /* 830 */ 250, 614, 29, 195, 472, 438, 729, 190, 302, 498, - /* 840 */ 14, 523, 641, 2, 614, 43, 306, 89, 90, 80, - /* 850 */ 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 88, - /* 860 */ 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, 84, - /* 870 */ 83, 330, 424, 613, 964, 964, 354, 606, 606, 420, - /* 880 */ 312, 64, 614, 42, 391, 355, 283, 437, 301, 255, - /* 890 */ 414, 410, 495, 492, 614, 28, 471, 306, 89, 90, - /* 900 */ 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, - /* 910 */ 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, 84, - /* 920 */ 84, 83, 330, 424, 110, 110, 110, 110, 606, 606, - /* 930 */ 110, 254, 13, 614, 41, 532, 531, 283, 481, 531, - /* 940 */ 457, 284, 119, 561, 356, 614, 40, 284, 306, 89, - /* 950 */ 78, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, 88, - /* 960 */ 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, 84, - /* 970 */ 84, 84, 83, 330, 110, 424, 341, 220, 555, 606, - /* 980 */ 606, 351, 555, 318, 614, 95, 413, 255, 83, 330, - /* 990 */ 284, 284, 255, 640, 333, 356, 255, 614, 39, 306, - /* 1000 */ 356, 90, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, 88, - /* 1010 */ 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, 85, - /* 1020 */ 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 424, 317, 316, 141, 465, - /* 1030 */ 606, 606, 219, 619, 463, 614, 10, 417, 462, 255, - /* 1040 */ 189, 510, 553, 351, 207, 363, 161, 614, 38, 315, - /* 1050 */ 218, 255, 255, 80, 600, 599, 601, 601, 87, 87, - /* 1060 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 424, 86, 86, 86, 86, 85, - /* 1070 */ 85, 84, 84, 84, 83, 330, 76, 419, 255, 3, - /* 1080 */ 878, 461, 424, 247, 331, 331, 614, 37, 217, 76, - /* 1090 */ 419, 390, 3, 216, 215, 422, 4, 331, 331, 424, - /* 1100 */ 547, 12, 424, 545, 614, 36, 424, 541, 422, 424, - /* 1110 */ 540, 424, 214, 424, 408, 424, 539, 403, 605, 605, - /* 1120 */ 237, 614, 25, 119, 614, 24, 588, 408, 614, 45, - /* 1130 */ 118, 614, 35, 614, 34, 614, 33, 614, 23, 588, - /* 1140 */ 60, 223, 603, 602, 513, 378, 73, 74, 140, 139, - /* 1150 */ 424, 110, 265, 75, 426, 425, 59, 424, 610, 73, - /* 1160 */ 74, 549, 402, 404, 424, 373, 75, 426, 425, 604, - /* 1170 */ 138, 610, 614, 11, 392, 76, 419, 181, 3, 614, - /* 1180 */ 32, 271, 369, 331, 331, 493, 614, 31, 149, 608, - /* 1190 */ 608, 608, 607, 15, 422, 365, 614, 8, 137, 489, - /* 1200 */ 136, 190, 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 485, 176, 135, - /* 1210 */ 7, 252, 477, 408, 174, 133, 175, 474, 57, 56, - /* 1220 */ 132, 130, 119, 76, 419, 588, 3, 468, 245, 464, - /* 1230 */ 171, 331, 331, 125, 123, 456, 447, 122, 446, 104, - /* 1240 */ 336, 231, 422, 166, 154, 73, 74, 332, 116, 431, - /* 1250 */ 121, 309, 75, 426, 425, 222, 106, 610, 308, 637, - /* 1260 */ 204, 408, 629, 627, 628, 6, 200, 428, 427, 290, - /* 1270 */ 203, 622, 201, 588, 62, 63, 289, 66, 419, 399, - /* 1280 */ 3, 401, 288, 92, 143, 331, 331, 287, 608, 608, - /* 1290 */ 608, 607, 15, 73, 74, 227, 422, 325, 69, 416, - /* 1300 */ 75, 426, 425, 612, 412, 610, 192, 61, 569, 209, - /* 1310 */ 396, 226, 278, 225, 383, 408, 527, 558, 276, 533, - /* 1320 */ 552, 528, 321, 523, 370, 508, 180, 588, 494, 179, - /* 1330 */ 366, 117, 253, 269, 522, 503, 608, 608, 608, 607, - /* 1340 */ 15, 551, 502, 58, 274, 524, 178, 73, 74, 304, - /* 1350 */ 501, 368, 303, 206, 75, 426, 425, 491, 360, 610, - /* 1360 */ 213, 177, 483, 131, 345, 298, 297, 296, 202, 294, - /* 1370 */ 480, 490, 466, 134, 172, 129, 444, 346, 470, 128, - /* 1380 */ 314, 459, 103, 127, 126, 148, 124, 167, 443, 235, - /* 1390 */ 608, 608, 608, 607, 15, 442, 439, 623, 234, 299, - /* 1400 */ 145, 583, 291, 377, 581, 160, 119, 156, 270, 636, - /* 1410 */ 971, 169, 279, 626, 520, 625, 473, 624, 170, 621, - /* 1420 */ 618, 119, 168, 55, 409, 423, 537, 609, 286, 285, - /* 1430 */ 405, 570, 560, 556, 5, 52, 458, 554, 147, 267, - /* 1440 */ 519, 504, 518, 406, 262, 239, 260, 512, 343, 511, - /* 1450 */ 258, 353, 565, 256, 224, 251, 359, 277, 275, 476, - /* 1460 */ 475, 246, 352, 244, 467, 455, 236, 233, 232, 307, - /* 1470 */ 441, 281, 205, 163, 397, 280, 535, 505, 330, 617, - /* 1480 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 367, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, - /* 1490 */ 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 971, 338, -}; -static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { - /* 0 */ 19, 22, 22, 23, 1, 24, 26, 15, 27, 80, - /* 10 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 20 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28, - /* 30 */ 23, 50, 51, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86, - /* 40 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 22, - /* 50 */ 70, 23, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 60 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 122, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 97, 91, - /* 80 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 26, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, - /* 90 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 27, 28, 97, 98, - /* 100 */ 99, 122, 211, 102, 103, 104, 79, 19, 50, 51, - /* 110 */ 19, 122, 59, 55, 113, 224, 225, 226, 89, 90, - /* 120 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 23, 27, 28, 26, 71, - /* 130 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, - /* 140 */ 82, 83, 51, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, - /* 150 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 58, 89, 90, - /* 160 */ 21, 108, 109, 110, 27, 28, 97, 98, 33, 100, - /* 170 */ 7, 8, 119, 120, 22, 19, 107, 42, 109, 27, - /* 180 */ 28, 27, 28, 95, 28, 50, 51, 99, 100, 101, - /* 190 */ 102, 103, 104, 105, 27, 28, 97, 98, 107, 152, - /* 200 */ 112, 132, 133, 112, 65, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 210 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 11, - /* 220 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, - /* 230 */ 95, 19, 101, 97, 97, 98, 24, 101, 122, 157, - /* 240 */ 12, 99, 103, 112, 102, 103, 104, 152, 22, 97, - /* 250 */ 98, 97, 98, 27, 28, 113, 27, 29, 91, 164, - /* 260 */ 165, 124, 50, 51, 97, 98, 219, 59, 132, 133, - /* 270 */ 134, 22, 23, 45, 66, 47, 212, 213, 124, 140, - /* 280 */ 132, 133, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, - /* 290 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, - /* 300 */ 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 164, 165, - /* 310 */ 27, 28, 230, 50, 51, 233, 108, 109, 110, 70, - /* 320 */ 16, 59, 23, 97, 98, 26, 97, 22, 66, 185, - /* 330 */ 12, 187, 27, 28, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 340 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 29, 85, 86, - /* 350 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, - /* 360 */ 22, 148, 149, 45, 23, 47, 62, 154, 64, 156, - /* 370 */ 108, 109, 110, 37, 69, 23, 163, 59, 26, 26, - /* 380 */ 97, 98, 144, 145, 146, 147, 152, 200, 52, 23, - /* 390 */ 50, 51, 26, 22, 89, 90, 60, 210, 7, 8, - /* 400 */ 9, 138, 97, 22, 23, 26, 101, 26, 174, 175, - /* 410 */ 197, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, - /* 420 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 16, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, - /* 430 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 132, 133, 134, - /* 440 */ 23, 152, 208, 209, 140, 152, 152, 111, 195, 196, - /* 450 */ 98, 70, 163, 160, 152, 23, 22, 164, 165, 246, - /* 460 */ 207, 27, 152, 174, 175, 171, 172, 50, 51, 137, - /* 470 */ 62, 139, 64, 171, 172, 222, 124, 27, 138, 24, - /* 480 */ 163, 89, 90, 130, 174, 175, 197, 163, 71, 72, - /* 490 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, - /* 500 */ 83, 22, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 510 */ 93, 94, 95, 19, 197, 181, 182, 23, 208, 209, - /* 520 */ 152, 197, 26, 189, 132, 133, 232, 224, 225, 226, - /* 530 */ 152, 97, 91, 26, 232, 116, 212, 213, 152, 222, - /* 540 */ 121, 152, 174, 175, 50, 51, 243, 97, 22, 23, - /* 550 */ 22, 234, 174, 175, 177, 23, 239, 116, 163, 177, - /* 560 */ 174, 175, 121, 174, 175, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, - /* 570 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 24, 85, - /* 580 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, - /* 590 */ 19, 23, 197, 11, 23, 227, 70, 208, 220, 152, - /* 600 */ 31, 224, 225, 226, 35, 98, 224, 225, 226, 108, - /* 610 */ 109, 110, 115, 152, 117, 118, 27, 222, 49, 123, - /* 620 */ 24, 50, 51, 27, 0, 1, 2, 224, 225, 226, - /* 630 */ 166, 124, 168, 169, 239, 174, 175, 170, 171, 172, - /* 640 */ 22, 194, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 650 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 660 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 22, 208, - /* 670 */ 24, 23, 195, 196, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 152, - /* 680 */ 26, 152, 152, 152, 207, 152, 97, 152, 23, 152, - /* 690 */ 51, 244, 152, 97, 152, 247, 248, 23, 50, 51, - /* 700 */ 26, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, - /* 710 */ 175, 174, 175, 23, 174, 175, 174, 175, 188, 71, - /* 720 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, - /* 730 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, - /* 740 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 152, 107, 152, 33, 24, - /* 750 */ 152, 100, 101, 27, 174, 175, 152, 42, 152, 23, - /* 760 */ 152, 26, 152, 23, 152, 26, 152, 174, 175, 174, - /* 770 */ 175, 152, 174, 175, 23, 50, 51, 26, 174, 175, - /* 780 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, - /* 790 */ 163, 119, 120, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 800 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, - /* 810 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, - /* 820 */ 95, 66, 152, 97, 197, 23, 50, 51, 26, 53, - /* 830 */ 23, 174, 175, 26, 23, 23, 23, 26, 26, 26, - /* 840 */ 36, 106, 146, 147, 174, 175, 19, 71, 72, 73, - /* 850 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, - /* 860 */ 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, - /* 870 */ 94, 95, 152, 196, 119, 120, 19, 50, 51, 168, - /* 880 */ 169, 26, 174, 175, 207, 28, 152, 249, 250, 152, - /* 890 */ 163, 163, 163, 163, 174, 175, 163, 19, 71, 72, - /* 900 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, - /* 910 */ 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, - /* 920 */ 93, 94, 95, 152, 197, 197, 197, 197, 50, 51, - /* 930 */ 197, 194, 36, 174, 175, 191, 192, 152, 191, 192, - /* 940 */ 163, 152, 66, 124, 152, 174, 175, 152, 19, 71, - /* 950 */ 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, - /* 960 */ 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, - /* 970 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 197, 152, 100, 188, 152, 50, - /* 980 */ 51, 152, 152, 188, 174, 175, 252, 152, 94, 95, - /* 990 */ 152, 152, 152, 1, 2, 152, 152, 174, 175, 19, - /* 1000 */ 152, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, - /* 1010 */ 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 1020 */ 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 152, 188, 188, 22, 194, - /* 1030 */ 50, 51, 240, 173, 194, 174, 175, 252, 194, 152, - /* 1040 */ 36, 181, 28, 152, 23, 219, 122, 174, 175, 219, - /* 1050 */ 221, 152, 152, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, - /* 1060 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, - /* 1070 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 19, 20, 152, 22, - /* 1080 */ 23, 194, 152, 240, 27, 28, 174, 175, 240, 19, - /* 1090 */ 20, 26, 22, 194, 194, 38, 22, 27, 28, 152, - /* 1100 */ 23, 22, 152, 116, 174, 175, 152, 23, 38, 152, - /* 1110 */ 23, 152, 221, 152, 57, 152, 23, 163, 50, 51, - /* 1120 */ 194, 174, 175, 66, 174, 175, 69, 57, 174, 175, - /* 1130 */ 40, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 69, - /* 1140 */ 22, 53, 74, 75, 30, 53, 89, 90, 22, 22, - /* 1150 */ 152, 197, 23, 96, 97, 98, 22, 152, 101, 89, - /* 1160 */ 90, 91, 208, 209, 152, 53, 96, 97, 98, 101, - /* 1170 */ 22, 101, 174, 175, 152, 19, 20, 105, 22, 174, - /* 1180 */ 175, 112, 19, 27, 28, 20, 174, 175, 24, 132, - /* 1190 */ 133, 134, 135, 136, 38, 44, 174, 175, 107, 61, - /* 1200 */ 54, 26, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 54, 107, 22, - /* 1210 */ 5, 140, 1, 57, 36, 111, 122, 28, 79, 79, - /* 1220 */ 131, 123, 66, 19, 20, 69, 22, 1, 16, 20, - /* 1230 */ 125, 27, 28, 123, 111, 120, 23, 131, 23, 16, - /* 1240 */ 68, 142, 38, 15, 22, 89, 90, 3, 167, 4, - /* 1250 */ 248, 251, 96, 97, 98, 180, 180, 101, 251, 151, - /* 1260 */ 6, 57, 151, 13, 151, 26, 25, 151, 161, 202, - /* 1270 */ 153, 162, 153, 69, 130, 128, 203, 19, 20, 127, - /* 1280 */ 22, 126, 204, 129, 22, 27, 28, 205, 132, 133, - /* 1290 */ 134, 135, 136, 89, 90, 231, 38, 95, 137, 179, - /* 1300 */ 96, 97, 98, 206, 179, 101, 122, 107, 159, 159, - /* 1310 */ 125, 231, 216, 228, 107, 57, 184, 217, 216, 176, - /* 1320 */ 217, 176, 48, 106, 18, 184, 158, 69, 159, 158, - /* 1330 */ 46, 71, 237, 176, 176, 176, 132, 133, 134, 135, - /* 1340 */ 136, 217, 176, 137, 216, 178, 158, 89, 90, 179, - /* 1350 */ 176, 159, 179, 159, 96, 97, 98, 159, 159, 101, - /* 1360 */ 5, 158, 202, 22, 18, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, - /* 1370 */ 190, 238, 17, 190, 158, 193, 41, 159, 202, 193, - /* 1380 */ 159, 202, 245, 193, 193, 223, 190, 32, 159, 34, - /* 1390 */ 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 159, 39, 155, 43, 150, - /* 1400 */ 223, 177, 201, 178, 177, 186, 66, 199, 177, 152, - /* 1410 */ 253, 56, 215, 152, 182, 152, 202, 152, 63, 152, - /* 1420 */ 152, 66, 67, 242, 229, 152, 174, 152, 152, 152, - /* 1430 */ 152, 152, 152, 152, 199, 242, 202, 152, 198, 152, - /* 1440 */ 152, 152, 183, 192, 152, 215, 152, 183, 215, 183, - /* 1450 */ 152, 241, 214, 152, 211, 152, 152, 211, 211, 152, - /* 1460 */ 152, 241, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 114, - /* 1470 */ 152, 152, 235, 152, 152, 152, 174, 187, 95, 174, - /* 1480 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 236, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, - /* 1490 */ 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 253, 141, -}; -#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-86) -#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (429) -#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-85) -#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1383) -static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ 992, 1057, 1355, 1156, 1204, 1204, 1, 262, -19, 135, - /* 10 */ 135, 776, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 69, 69, 53, 208, - /* 20 */ 283, 755, 58, 725, 648, 571, 494, 417, 340, 263, - /* 30 */ 212, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, - /* 40 */ 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 827, 878, 827, 929, 980, - /* 50 */ 980, 1070, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, - /* 60 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, - /* 70 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, - /* 80 */ 1258, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, - /* 90 */ 1204, 1204, 1204, 1204, -71, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, - /* 100 */ 0, 29, -12, 283, 283, 139, 91, 392, 392, 894, - /* 110 */ 672, 726, 1383, -86, -86, -86, 88, 318, 318, 99, - /* 120 */ 381, -20, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, - /* 130 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, - /* 140 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 624, 876, 726, 672, 1340, 1340, - /* 150 */ 1340, 1340, 1340, 1340, -86, -86, -86, 305, 136, 136, - /* 160 */ 142, 167, 226, 154, 137, 152, 283, 283, 283, 283, - /* 170 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, - /* 180 */ 283, 283, 283, 336, 336, 336, 283, 283, 352, 283, - /* 190 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 228, 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, - /* 200 */ 283, 283, 283, 283, 283, 501, 569, 596, 596, 596, - /* 210 */ 507, 497, 441, 391, 353, 156, 156, 857, 353, 857, - /* 220 */ 735, 813, 639, 715, 156, 332, 715, 715, 496, 419, - /* 230 */ 646, 1357, 1184, 1184, 1335, 1335, 1184, 1341, 1260, 1144, - /* 240 */ 1346, 1346, 1346, 1346, 1184, 1306, 1144, 1341, 1260, 1260, - /* 250 */ 1144, 1184, 1306, 1206, 1284, 1184, 1184, 1306, 1184, 1306, - /* 260 */ 1184, 1306, 1262, 1207, 1207, 1207, 1274, 1262, 1207, 1217, - /* 270 */ 1207, 1274, 1207, 1207, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, 1185, 1200, - /* 280 */ 1184, 1184, 1161, 1262, 1202, 1202, 1262, 1154, 1155, 1147, - /* 290 */ 1152, 1144, 1241, 1239, 1250, 1250, 1254, 1254, 1254, 1254, - /* 300 */ -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, 1068, 304, 526, 249, - /* 310 */ 408, -83, 434, 812, 27, 811, 807, 802, 751, 589, - /* 320 */ 651, 163, 131, 674, 366, 450, 299, 148, 23, 102, - /* 330 */ 229, -21, 1245, 1244, 1222, 1099, 1228, 1172, 1223, 1215, - /* 340 */ 1213, 1115, 1106, 1123, 1110, 1209, 1105, 1212, 1226, 1098, - /* 350 */ 1089, 1140, 1139, 1104, 1189, 1178, 1094, 1211, 1205, 1187, - /* 360 */ 1101, 1071, 1153, 1175, 1146, 1138, 1151, 1091, 1164, 1165, - /* 370 */ 1163, 1069, 1072, 1148, 1112, 1134, 1127, 1129, 1126, 1092, - /* 380 */ 1114, 1118, 1088, 1090, 1093, 1087, 1084, 987, 1079, 1077, - /* 390 */ 1074, 1065, 924, 1021, 1014, 1004, 1006, 819, 739, 896, - /* 400 */ 855, 804, 739, 740, 736, 690, 654, 665, 618, 582, - /* 410 */ 568, 528, 554, 379, 532, 479, 455, 379, 432, 371, - /* 420 */ 341, 28, 338, 116, -11, -57, -85, 7, -8, 3, -}; -#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-110) -#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (305) -#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-109) -#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1323) -static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ 238, 954, 213, 289, 310, 234, 144, 317, -109, 382, - /* 10 */ 377, 303, 461, 389, 378, 368, 302, 294, 253, 395, - /* 20 */ 293, 324, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, - /* 30 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, - /* 40 */ 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, - /* 50 */ 403, 1022, 1012, 1005, 998, 963, 961, 959, 957, 950, - /* 60 */ 947, 930, 912, 873, 861, 823, 810, 771, 759, 720, - /* 70 */ 708, 670, 657, 619, 614, 612, 610, 608, 606, 604, - /* 80 */ 598, 595, 593, 580, 542, 540, 537, 535, 533, 531, - /* 90 */ 529, 527, 503, 386, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, 403, - /* 100 */ 403, 403, 403, 95, 447, 82, 334, 504, 467, 403, - /* 110 */ 477, 464, 403, 403, 403, 403, 860, 747, 744, 785, - /* 120 */ 638, 638, 926, 891, 900, 899, 887, 844, 840, 835, - /* 130 */ 848, 830, 843, 829, 792, 839, 826, 737, 838, 795, - /* 140 */ 789, 47, 734, 530, 696, 777, 711, 677, 733, 730, - /* 150 */ 729, 728, 727, 627, 448, 64, 187, 1305, 1302, 1252, - /* 160 */ 1290, 1273, 1323, 1322, 1321, 1319, 1318, 1316, 1315, 1314, - /* 170 */ 1313, 1312, 1311, 1310, 1308, 1307, 1304, 1303, 1301, 1298, - /* 180 */ 1294, 1292, 1289, 1266, 1264, 1259, 1288, 1287, 1238, 1285, - /* 190 */ 1281, 1280, 1279, 1278, 1251, 1277, 1276, 1275, 1273, 1268, - /* 200 */ 1267, 1265, 1263, 1261, 1257, 1248, 1237, 1247, 1246, 1243, - /* 210 */ 1238, 1240, 1235, 1249, 1234, 1233, 1230, 1220, 1214, 1210, - /* 220 */ 1225, 1219, 1232, 1231, 1197, 1195, 1227, 1224, 1201, 1208, - /* 230 */ 1242, 1137, 1236, 1229, 1193, 1181, 1221, 1177, 1196, 1179, - /* 240 */ 1191, 1190, 1186, 1182, 1218, 1216, 1176, 1162, 1183, 1180, - /* 250 */ 1160, 1199, 1203, 1133, 1095, 1198, 1194, 1188, 1192, 1171, - /* 260 */ 1169, 1168, 1173, 1174, 1166, 1159, 1141, 1170, 1158, 1167, - /* 270 */ 1157, 1132, 1145, 1143, 1124, 1128, 1103, 1102, 1100, 1096, - /* 280 */ 1150, 1149, 1085, 1125, 1080, 1064, 1120, 1097, 1082, 1078, - /* 290 */ 1073, 1067, 1109, 1107, 1119, 1117, 1116, 1113, 1111, 1108, - /* 300 */ 1007, 1000, 1002, 1076, 1075, 1081, -}; -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { - /* 0 */ 647, 964, 964, 964, 878, 878, 969, 964, 774, 802, - /* 10 */ 802, 938, 969, 969, 969, 876, 969, 969, 969, 964, - /* 20 */ 969, 778, 808, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 30 */ 969, 937, 939, 816, 815, 918, 789, 813, 806, 810, - /* 40 */ 879, 872, 873, 871, 875, 880, 969, 809, 841, 856, - /* 50 */ 840, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 60 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 70 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 80 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 90 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 850, 855, 862, 854, 851, 843, - /* 100 */ 842, 844, 845, 969, 969, 673, 739, 969, 969, 846, - /* 110 */ 969, 685, 847, 859, 858, 857, 680, 969, 969, 969, - /* 120 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 130 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 140 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 647, 964, 969, 969, 964, 964, - /* 150 */ 964, 964, 964, 964, 956, 778, 768, 969, 969, 969, - /* 160 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 944, 942, 969, - /* 170 */ 891, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 180 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 190 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 200 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 653, 969, 911, 774, 774, 774, - /* 210 */ 776, 754, 766, 655, 812, 791, 791, 923, 812, 923, - /* 220 */ 710, 733, 707, 802, 791, 874, 802, 802, 775, 766, - /* 230 */ 969, 949, 782, 782, 941, 941, 782, 821, 743, 812, - /* 240 */ 750, 750, 750, 750, 782, 670, 812, 821, 743, 743, - /* 250 */ 812, 782, 670, 917, 915, 782, 782, 670, 782, 670, - /* 260 */ 782, 670, 884, 741, 741, 741, 725, 884, 741, 710, - /* 270 */ 741, 725, 741, 741, 795, 790, 795, 790, 795, 790, - /* 280 */ 782, 782, 969, 884, 888, 888, 884, 807, 796, 805, - /* 290 */ 803, 812, 676, 728, 663, 663, 652, 652, 652, 652, - /* 300 */ 961, 961, 956, 712, 712, 695, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 310 */ 969, 969, 687, 969, 893, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 320 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 330 */ 969, 828, 969, 648, 951, 969, 969, 948, 969, 969, - /* 340 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 350 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 921, 969, 969, 969, - /* 360 */ 969, 969, 969, 914, 913, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 370 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 380 */ 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 757, 969, 969, - /* 390 */ 969, 761, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 804, 969, - /* 400 */ 797, 969, 877, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, 969, - /* 410 */ 969, 969, 969, 966, 969, 969, 969, 965, 969, 969, - /* 420 */ 969, 969, 969, 830, 969, 829, 833, 969, 661, 969, - /* 430 */ 644, 649, 960, 963, 962, 959, 958, 957, 952, 950, - /* 440 */ 947, 946, 945, 943, 940, 936, 897, 895, 902, 901, - /* 450 */ 900, 899, 898, 896, 894, 892, 818, 817, 814, 811, - /* 460 */ 753, 935, 890, 752, 749, 748, 669, 953, 920, 929, - /* 470 */ 928, 927, 822, 926, 925, 924, 922, 919, 906, 820, - /* 480 */ 819, 744, 882, 881, 672, 910, 909, 908, 912, 916, - /* 490 */ 907, 784, 751, 671, 668, 675, 679, 731, 732, 740, - /* 500 */ 738, 737, 736, 735, 734, 730, 681, 686, 724, 709, - /* 510 */ 708, 717, 716, 722, 721, 720, 719, 718, 715, 714, - /* 520 */ 713, 706, 705, 711, 704, 727, 726, 723, 703, 747, - /* 530 */ 746, 745, 742, 702, 701, 700, 833, 699, 698, 838, - /* 540 */ 837, 866, 826, 755, 759, 758, 762, 763, 771, 770, - /* 550 */ 769, 780, 781, 793, 792, 824, 823, 794, 779, 773, - /* 560 */ 772, 788, 787, 786, 785, 777, 767, 799, 798, 868, - /* 570 */ 783, 867, 865, 934, 933, 932, 931, 930, 870, 967, - /* 580 */ 968, 887, 889, 886, 801, 800, 885, 869, 839, 836, - /* 590 */ 690, 691, 905, 904, 903, 693, 692, 689, 688, 863, - /* 600 */ 860, 852, 864, 861, 853, 849, 848, 834, 832, 831, - /* 610 */ 827, 835, 760, 756, 825, 765, 764, 697, 696, 694, - /* 620 */ 678, 677, 674, 667, 665, 664, 666, 662, 660, 659, - /* 630 */ 658, 657, 656, 684, 683, 682, 654, 651, 650, 646, - /* 640 */ 645, 643, -}; - -/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct -** like the following: -** -** %fallback ID X Y Z. -** -** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, -** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser -** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and -** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. -*/ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK -static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { - 0, /* $ => nothing */ - 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ - 27, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ - 27, /* QUERY => ID */ - 27, /* PLAN => ID */ - 27, /* BEGIN => ID */ - 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ - 27, /* DEFERRED => ID */ - 27, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ - 27, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ - 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ - 27, /* END => ID */ - 27, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ - 27, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ - 27, /* RELEASE => ID */ - 0, /* TO => nothing */ - 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ - 27, /* IF => ID */ - 0, /* NOT => nothing */ - 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ - 27, /* TEMP => ID */ - 0, /* LP => nothing */ - 0, /* RP => nothing */ - 0, /* AS => nothing */ - 27, /* WITHOUT => ID */ - 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ - 0, /* ID => nothing */ - 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ - 27, /* ABORT => ID */ - 27, /* ACTION => ID */ - 27, /* AFTER => ID */ - 27, /* ANALYZE => ID */ - 27, /* ASC => ID */ - 27, /* ATTACH => ID */ - 27, /* BEFORE => ID */ - 27, /* BY => ID */ - 27, /* CASCADE => ID */ - 27, /* CAST => ID */ - 27, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ - 27, /* CONFLICT => ID */ - 27, /* DATABASE => ID */ - 27, /* DESC => ID */ - 27, /* DETACH => ID */ - 27, /* EACH => ID */ - 27, /* FAIL => ID */ - 27, /* FOR => ID */ - 27, /* IGNORE => ID */ - 27, /* INITIALLY => ID */ - 27, /* INSTEAD => ID */ - 27, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ - 27, /* MATCH => ID */ - 27, /* NO => ID */ - 27, /* KEY => ID */ - 27, /* OF => ID */ - 27, /* OFFSET => ID */ - 27, /* PRAGMA => ID */ - 27, /* RAISE => ID */ - 27, /* RECURSIVE => ID */ - 27, /* REPLACE => ID */ - 27, /* RESTRICT => ID */ - 27, /* ROW => ID */ - 27, /* TRIGGER => ID */ - 27, /* VACUUM => ID */ - 27, /* VIEW => ID */ - 27, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ - 27, /* WITH => ID */ - 27, /* REINDEX => ID */ - 27, /* RENAME => ID */ - 27, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ -}; -#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ - -/* The following structure represents a single element of the -** parser's stack. Information stored includes: -** -** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. -** -** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. -** (In other words, the "major" token.) -** -** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is -** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. -** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. -*/ -struct yyStackEntry { - YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ - YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code - ** number for the token at this stack level */ - YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This - ** is the value of the token */ -}; -typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; - -/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of -** the following structure */ -struct yyParser { - int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ -#endif - int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ - sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ - yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ -#else - yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ -#endif -}; -typedef struct yyParser yyParser; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* #include */ -static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; -static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace -** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL -** -** Inputs: -**
      -**
    • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. -** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. -**
    • A prefix string written at the beginning of every -** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is -** turned off. -**
    -** -** Outputs: -** None. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ - yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; - yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; - if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; - else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals -** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { - "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", - "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", - "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", - "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", - "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", - "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", - "AS", "WITHOUT", "COMMA", "ID", - "INDEXED", "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", - "ANALYZE", "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", - "BY", "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", - "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", - "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", - "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", - "NO", "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", - "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "RECURSIVE", "REPLACE", - "RESTRICT", "ROW", "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", - "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "WITH", "REINDEX", - "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", "OR", - "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", "IN", - "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", "EQ", - "GT", "LE", "LT", "GE", - "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", "LSHIFT", - "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", "STAR", - "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", "COLLATE", - "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", - "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", - "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", - "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET", - "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", - "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", - "VALUES", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", - "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", - "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", - "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "VARIABLE", - "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", "ELSE", - "INDEX", "ALTER", "ADD", "error", - "input", "cmdlist", "ecmd", "explain", - "cmdx", "cmd", "transtype", "trans_opt", - "nm", "savepoint_opt", "create_table", "create_table_args", - "createkw", "temp", "ifnotexists", "dbnm", - "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "table_options", "select", - "column", "columnid", "type", "carglist", - "typetoken", "typename", "signed", "plus_num", - "minus_num", "ccons", "term", "expr", - "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", - "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", - "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tconscomma", "tcons", - "idxlist", "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", - "raisetype", "ifexists", "fullname", "selectnowith", - "oneselect", "with", "multiselect_op", "distinct", - "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", - "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "values", - "nexprlist", "exprlist", "sclp", "as", - "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop", "indexed_opt", - "on_opt", "using_opt", "joinop2", "idlist", - "sortlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", - "likeop", "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand", - "case_exprlist", "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate", - "nmnum", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time", - "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd", - "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", - "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", - "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", - "wqlist", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. -*/ -static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { - /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", - /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", - /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", - /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", - /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", - /* 5 */ "explain ::=", - /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", - /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", - /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", - /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", - /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", - /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", - /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", - /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", - /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", - /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", - /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", - /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", - /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", - /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", - /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", - /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", - /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", - /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", - /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", - /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", - /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", - /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", - /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", - /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", - /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", - /* 31 */ "temp ::=", - /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options", - /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", - /* 34 */ "table_options ::=", - /* 35 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm", - /* 36 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", - /* 37 */ "columnlist ::= column", - /* 38 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", - /* 39 */ "columnid ::= nm", - /* 40 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED", - /* 41 */ "nm ::= STRING", - /* 42 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 43 */ "type ::=", - /* 44 */ "type ::= typetoken", - /* 45 */ "typetoken ::= typename", - /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", - /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", - /* 48 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING", - /* 49 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING", - /* 50 */ "signed ::= plus_num", - /* 51 */ "signed ::= minus_num", - /* 52 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons", - /* 53 */ "carglist ::=", - /* 54 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", - /* 55 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", - /* 56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", - /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", - /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", - /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED", - /* 60 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", - /* 61 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", - /* 62 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", - /* 63 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", - /* 64 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", - /* 65 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", - /* 66 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", - /* 67 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", - /* 68 */ "autoinc ::=", - /* 69 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", - /* 70 */ "refargs ::=", - /* 71 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", - /* 72 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", - /* 73 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", - /* 74 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", - /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", - /* 76 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", - /* 77 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", - /* 78 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", - /* 79 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", - /* 80 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", - /* 81 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 82 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 83 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", - /* 84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", - /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", - /* 86 */ "conslist_opt ::=", - /* 87 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", - /* 88 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons", - /* 89 */ "conslist ::= tcons", - /* 90 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA", - /* 91 */ "tconscomma ::=", - /* 92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", - /* 93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", - /* 94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", - /* 95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", - /* 96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", - /* 97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", - /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", - /* 99 */ "onconf ::=", - /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", - /* 101 */ "orconf ::=", - /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", - /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", - /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", - /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", - /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", - /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", - /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=", - /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", - /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", - /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select", - /* 112 */ "select ::= with selectnowith", - /* 113 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect", - /* 114 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect", - /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", - /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", - /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", - /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", - /* 119 */ "oneselect ::= values", - /* 120 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP", - /* 121 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP", - /* 122 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", - /* 123 */ "distinct ::= ALL", - /* 124 */ "distinct ::=", - /* 125 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", - /* 126 */ "sclp ::=", - /* 127 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", - /* 128 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", - /* 129 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", - /* 130 */ "as ::= AS nm", - /* 131 */ "as ::= ID|STRING", - /* 132 */ "as ::=", - /* 133 */ "from ::=", - /* 134 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", - /* 135 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", - /* 136 */ "stl_prefix ::=", - /* 137 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", - /* 138 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 139 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 140 */ "dbnm ::=", - /* 141 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", - /* 142 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", - /* 143 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", - /* 144 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", - /* 145 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", - /* 146 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", - /* 147 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", - /* 148 */ "on_opt ::=", - /* 149 */ "indexed_opt ::=", - /* 150 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", - /* 151 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 152 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP", - /* 153 */ "using_opt ::=", - /* 154 */ "orderby_opt ::=", - /* 155 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", - /* 156 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder", - /* 157 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder", - /* 158 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", - /* 159 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", - /* 160 */ "sortorder ::=", - /* 161 */ "groupby_opt ::=", - /* 162 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", - /* 163 */ "having_opt ::=", - /* 164 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", - /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::=", - /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", - /* 167 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", - /* 168 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", - /* 169 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", - /* 170 */ "where_opt ::=", - /* 171 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", - /* 172 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", - /* 173 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", - /* 174 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", - /* 175 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", - /* 176 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", - /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", - /* 178 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", - /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", - /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP", - /* 181 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm", - /* 182 */ "idlist ::= nm", - /* 183 */ "expr ::= term", - /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", - /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL", - /* 186 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED", - /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", - /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", - /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING", - /* 192 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", - /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING", - /* 194 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", - /* 195 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP", - /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP", - /* 197 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", - /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", - /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", - /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", - /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", - /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", - /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", - /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", - /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", - /* 206 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH", - /* 207 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH", - /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", - /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", - /* 210 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", - /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", - /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", - /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", - /* 214 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", - /* 215 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", - /* 216 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", - /* 217 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", - /* 218 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", - /* 219 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", - /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", - /* 221 */ "in_op ::= IN", - /* 222 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", - /* 223 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", - /* 224 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", - /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", - /* 226 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", - /* 227 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", - /* 228 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", - /* 229 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 230 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 231 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", - /* 232 */ "case_else ::=", - /* 233 */ "case_operand ::= expr", - /* 234 */ "case_operand ::=", - /* 235 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", - /* 236 */ "exprlist ::=", - /* 237 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", - /* 238 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", - /* 239 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt", - /* 240 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", - /* 241 */ "uniqueflag ::=", - /* 242 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", - /* 243 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", - /* 244 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", - /* 245 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", - /* 246 */ "collate ::=", - /* 247 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", - /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", - /* 249 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", - /* 250 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", - /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", - /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", - /* 253 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", - /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", - /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", - /* 256 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", - /* 257 */ "nmnum ::= nm", - /* 258 */ "nmnum ::= ON", - /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", - /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", - /* 261 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT", - /* 262 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", - /* 263 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT", - /* 264 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", - /* 265 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", - /* 266 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", - /* 267 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", - /* 268 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", - /* 269 */ "trigger_time ::=", - /* 270 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", - /* 271 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", - /* 272 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist", - /* 273 */ "foreach_clause ::=", - /* 274 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", - /* 275 */ "when_clause ::=", - /* 276 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", - /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 279 */ "trnm ::= nm", - /* 280 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 281 */ "tridxby ::=", - /* 282 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", - /* 283 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", - /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select", - /* 286 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", - /* 287 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", - /* 288 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", - /* 289 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", - /* 290 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", - /* 291 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", - /* 292 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", - /* 293 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", - /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", - /* 295 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", - /* 296 */ "key_opt ::=", - /* 297 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", - /* 298 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", - /* 299 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", - /* 300 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", - /* 301 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", - /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", - /* 303 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", - /* 304 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", - /* 305 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", - /* 306 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", - /* 307 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", - /* 308 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", - /* 309 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", - /* 310 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", - /* 311 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm", - /* 312 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", - /* 313 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", - /* 314 */ "vtabarg ::=", - /* 315 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", - /* 316 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", - /* 317 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", - /* 318 */ "lp ::= LP", - /* 319 */ "anylist ::=", - /* 320 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", - /* 321 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", - /* 322 */ "with ::=", - /* 323 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist", - /* 324 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist", - /* 325 */ "wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP", - /* 326 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - - -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 -/* -** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. -*/ -static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ - int newSize; - yyStackEntry *pNew; - - newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; - pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); - if( pNew ){ - p->yystack = pNew; - p->yystksz = newSize; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", - yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); - } -#endif - } -} -#endif - -/* -** This function allocates a new parser. -** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like -** malloc. -** -** Inputs: -** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. -** -** Outputs: -** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls -** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ - yyParser *pParser; - pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); - if( pParser ){ - pParser->yyidx = -1; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - pParser->yyidxMax = 0; -#endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - pParser->yystack = NULL; - pParser->yystksz = 0; - yyGrowStack(pParser); -#endif - } - return pParser; -} - -/* The following function deletes the value associated with a -** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. -** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to -** the value. -*/ -static void yy_destructor( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ - YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - switch( yymajor ){ - /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a - ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen - ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is - ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. - ** - ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those - ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used - ** inside the C code. - */ - case 163: /* select */ - case 195: /* selectnowith */ - case 196: /* oneselect */ - case 207: /* values */ -{ -sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3)); -} - break; - case 174: /* term */ - case 175: /* expr */ -{ -sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr); -} - break; - case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ - case 188: /* idxlist */ - case 200: /* selcollist */ - case 203: /* groupby_opt */ - case 205: /* orderby_opt */ - case 208: /* nexprlist */ - case 209: /* exprlist */ - case 210: /* sclp */ - case 220: /* sortlist */ - case 221: /* setlist */ - case 228: /* case_exprlist */ -{ -sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14)); -} - break; - case 194: /* fullname */ - case 201: /* from */ - case 212: /* seltablist */ - case 213: /* stl_prefix */ -{ -sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65)); -} - break; - case 197: /* with */ - case 252: /* wqlist */ -{ -sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy59)); -} - break; - case 202: /* where_opt */ - case 204: /* having_opt */ - case 216: /* on_opt */ - case 227: /* case_operand */ - case 229: /* case_else */ - case 238: /* when_clause */ - case 243: /* key_opt */ -{ -sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132)); -} - break; - case 217: /* using_opt */ - case 219: /* idlist */ - case 223: /* inscollist_opt */ -{ -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408)); -} - break; - case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */ - case 239: /* trigger_cmd */ -{ -sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473)); -} - break; - case 236: /* trigger_event */ -{ -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b); -} - break; - default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ - } -} - -/* -** Pop the parser's stack once. -** -** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which -** is popped from the stack, then call it. -** -** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. -*/ -static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ - YYCODETYPE yymajor; - yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; - - /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below - ** empty in SQLite. */ - if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, - yyTokenName[yytos->major]); - } -#endif - yymajor = yytos->major; - yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); - pParser->yyidx--; - return yymajor; -} - -/* -** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for -** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. -** -** Inputs: -**
      -**
    • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer -** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. -**
    • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained -** from malloc. -**
    -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( - void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ - void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ -){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully - ** created in the first place. */ - if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return; - while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - free(pParser->yystack); -#endif - (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); -} - -/* -** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. -*/ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - return pParser->yyidxMax; -} -#endif - -/* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. -*/ -static int yy_find_shift_action( - yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; - int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; - - if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT - || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; - if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - if( iLookAhead>0 ){ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK - YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ - if( iLookAhead %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); - } -#endif - return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYWILDCARD - { - int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; - if( -#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 - j>=0 && -#endif -#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT - j %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - return yy_action[j]; - } - } -#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ - } - return yy_default[stateno]; - }else{ - return yy_action[i]; - } -} - -/* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. -*/ -static int yy_find_reduce_action( - int stateno, /* Current state number */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } -#else - assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); -#endif - i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; - assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } -#else - assert( i>=0 && iyyidx--; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser - ** stack every overflows */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ -} - -/* -** Perform a shift action. -*/ -static void yy_shift( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ - int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ - int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ - YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */ -){ - yyStackEntry *yytos; - yypParser->yyidx++; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ - yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; - } -#endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 - if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } -#else - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyGrowStack(yypParser); - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } - } -#endif - yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; - yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; - yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; - yytos->minor = *yypMinor; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ - int i; - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); - for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) - fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); - } -#endif -} - -/* The following table contains information about every rule that -** is used during the reduce. -*/ -static const struct { - YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ - unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ -} yyRuleInfo[] = { - { 144, 1 }, - { 145, 2 }, - { 145, 1 }, - { 146, 1 }, - { 146, 3 }, - { 147, 0 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 149, 3 }, - { 151, 0 }, - { 151, 1 }, - { 151, 2 }, - { 150, 0 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 153, 1 }, - { 153, 0 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 149, 3 }, - { 149, 5 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 154, 6 }, - { 156, 1 }, - { 158, 0 }, - { 158, 3 }, - { 157, 1 }, - { 157, 0 }, - { 155, 5 }, - { 155, 2 }, - { 162, 0 }, - { 162, 2 }, - { 160, 3 }, - { 160, 1 }, - { 164, 3 }, - { 165, 1 }, - { 152, 1 }, - { 152, 1 }, - { 152, 1 }, - { 166, 0 }, - { 166, 1 }, - { 168, 1 }, - { 168, 4 }, - { 168, 6 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 169, 2 }, - { 170, 1 }, - { 170, 1 }, - { 167, 2 }, - { 167, 0 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 5 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 1 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 178, 0 }, - { 178, 1 }, - { 180, 0 }, - { 180, 2 }, - { 182, 2 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 181, 3 }, - { 181, 2 }, - { 184, 0 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 161, 0 }, - { 161, 2 }, - { 185, 3 }, - { 185, 1 }, - { 186, 1 }, - { 186, 0 }, - { 187, 2 }, - { 187, 7 }, - { 187, 5 }, - { 187, 5 }, - { 187, 10 }, - { 189, 0 }, - { 189, 1 }, - { 176, 0 }, - { 176, 3 }, - { 190, 0 }, - { 190, 2 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 149, 4 }, - { 193, 2 }, - { 193, 0 }, - { 149, 8 }, - { 149, 4 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 163, 2 }, - { 195, 1 }, - { 195, 3 }, - { 198, 1 }, - { 198, 2 }, - { 198, 1 }, - { 196, 9 }, - { 196, 1 }, - { 207, 4 }, - { 207, 5 }, - { 199, 1 }, - { 199, 1 }, - { 199, 0 }, - { 210, 2 }, - { 210, 0 }, - { 200, 3 }, - { 200, 2 }, - { 200, 4 }, - { 211, 2 }, - { 211, 1 }, - { 211, 0 }, - { 201, 0 }, - { 201, 2 }, - { 213, 2 }, - { 213, 0 }, - { 212, 7 }, - { 212, 7 }, - { 212, 7 }, - { 159, 0 }, - { 159, 2 }, - { 194, 2 }, - { 214, 1 }, - { 214, 2 }, - { 214, 3 }, - { 214, 4 }, - { 216, 2 }, - { 216, 0 }, - { 215, 0 }, - { 215, 3 }, - { 215, 2 }, - { 217, 4 }, - { 217, 0 }, - { 205, 0 }, - { 205, 3 }, - { 220, 4 }, - { 220, 2 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 0 }, - { 203, 0 }, - { 203, 3 }, - { 204, 0 }, - { 204, 2 }, - { 206, 0 }, - { 206, 2 }, - { 206, 4 }, - { 206, 4 }, - { 149, 6 }, - { 202, 0 }, - { 202, 2 }, - { 149, 8 }, - { 221, 5 }, - { 221, 3 }, - { 149, 6 }, - { 149, 7 }, - { 222, 2 }, - { 222, 1 }, - { 223, 0 }, - { 223, 3 }, - { 219, 3 }, - { 219, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 224, 1 }, - { 224, 2 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 225, 1 }, - { 225, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 226, 1 }, - { 226, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 228, 5 }, - { 228, 4 }, - { 229, 2 }, - { 229, 0 }, - { 227, 1 }, - { 227, 0 }, - { 209, 1 }, - { 209, 0 }, - { 208, 3 }, - { 208, 1 }, - { 149, 12 }, - { 230, 1 }, - { 230, 0 }, - { 179, 0 }, - { 179, 3 }, - { 188, 5 }, - { 188, 3 }, - { 231, 0 }, - { 231, 2 }, - { 149, 4 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 149, 3 }, - { 149, 5 }, - { 149, 6 }, - { 149, 5 }, - { 149, 6 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 171, 2 }, - { 171, 1 }, - { 172, 2 }, - { 149, 5 }, - { 233, 11 }, - { 235, 1 }, - { 235, 1 }, - { 235, 2 }, - { 235, 0 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 3 }, - { 237, 0 }, - { 237, 3 }, - { 238, 0 }, - { 238, 2 }, - { 234, 3 }, - { 234, 2 }, - { 240, 1 }, - { 240, 3 }, - { 241, 0 }, - { 241, 3 }, - { 241, 2 }, - { 239, 7 }, - { 239, 5 }, - { 239, 5 }, - { 239, 1 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 192, 1 }, - { 192, 1 }, - { 192, 1 }, - { 149, 4 }, - { 149, 6 }, - { 149, 3 }, - { 243, 0 }, - { 243, 2 }, - { 242, 1 }, - { 242, 0 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 149, 3 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 149, 3 }, - { 149, 6 }, - { 149, 6 }, - { 244, 1 }, - { 245, 0 }, - { 245, 1 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 149, 4 }, - { 246, 8 }, - { 247, 1 }, - { 247, 3 }, - { 248, 0 }, - { 248, 2 }, - { 249, 1 }, - { 249, 3 }, - { 250, 1 }, - { 251, 0 }, - { 251, 4 }, - { 251, 2 }, - { 197, 0 }, - { 197, 2 }, - { 197, 3 }, - { 252, 6 }, - { 252, 8 }, -}; - -static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ - -/* -** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately -** follow the reduce. -*/ -static void yy_reduce( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ -){ - int yygoto; /* The next state */ - int yyact; /* The next action */ - YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ - yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ - int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 - && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, - yyRuleName[yyruleno]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - - /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized - ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following - ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does - ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the - ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long - ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code - ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. - ** - ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that - ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there - ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report - ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways - ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) - */ - /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ - yygotominor = yyzerominor; - - - switch( yyruleno ){ - /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example - ** follows: - ** case 0: - ** #line - ** { ... } // User supplied code - ** #line - ** break; - */ - case 5: /* explain ::= */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } - break; - case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } - break; - case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } - break; - case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ -{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } - break; - case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ -{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 13: /* transtype ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;} - break; - case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ - case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15); - case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16); - case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115); - case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117); -{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;} - break; - case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ - case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); -{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} - break; - case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ -{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} - break; - case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ -{ - sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; -} - break; - case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ - case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31); - case 68: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==68); - case 81: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==81); - case 83: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83); - case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85); - case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97); - case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108); - case 218: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==218); - case 221: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==221); -{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;} - break; - case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ - case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30); - case 69: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==69); - case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84); - case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107); - case 219: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219); - case 222: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222); -{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;} - break; - case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy186,0); -} - break; - case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); -} - break; - case 34: /* table_options ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = 0;} - break; - case 35: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ -{ - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){ - yygotominor.yy186 = TF_WithoutRowid; - }else{ - yygotominor.yy186 = 0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z); - } -} - break; - case 38: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; -} - break; - case 39: /* columnid ::= nm */ -{ - sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - pParse->constraintName.n = 0; -} - break; - case 40: /* nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ - case 41: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41); - case 42: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); - case 45: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==45); - case 48: /* typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==48); - case 130: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==130); - case 131: /* as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==131); - case 141: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==141); - case 150: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150); - case 247: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247); - case 256: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==256); - case 257: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==257); - case 258: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==258); - case 259: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==259); - case 260: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260); - case 261: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261); - case 262: /* plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262); - case 263: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); - case 279: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279); -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} - break; - case 44: /* type ::= typetoken */ -{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); -} - break; - case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); -} - break; - case 49: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} - break; - case 54: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ - case 92: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92); -{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} - break; - case 55: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ - case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57); -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} - break; - case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);} - break; - case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ -{ - ExprSpan v; - v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; - v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); -} - break; - case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */ -{ - ExprSpan v; - spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); -} - break; - case 61: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ -{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 62: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 63: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} - break; - case 64: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 65: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ -{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 66: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ -{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 67: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ -{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 70: /* refargs ::= */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} - break; - case 71: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; } - break; - case 72: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ - case 73: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==73); -{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; } - break; - case 74: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ -{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; } - break; - case 75: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ -{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; } - break; - case 76: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 77: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 78: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 79: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 80: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} - break; - case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ - case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98); - case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100); - case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103); -{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} - break; - case 86: /* conslist_opt ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} - break; - case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} - break; - case 90: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */ -{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;} - break; - case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);} - break; - case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);} - break; - case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ -{ - sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); - sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 99: /* onconf ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;} - break; - case 101: /* orconf ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;} - break; - case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;} - break; - case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;} - break; - case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;} - break; - case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ -{ - sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 111: /* cmd ::= select */ -{ - SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; - sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest); - sqlite3ExplainBegin(pParse->pVdbe); - sqlite3ExplainSelect(pParse->pVdbe, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); - sqlite3ExplainFinish(pParse->pVdbe); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); -} - break; - case 112: /* select ::= with selectnowith */ -{ - Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy3, *pNext, *pLoop; - if( p ){ - int cnt = 0, mxSelect; - p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy59; - if( p->pPrior ){ - pNext = 0; - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ - pLoop->pNext = pNext; - pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; - } - mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; - if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); - } - } - }else{ - sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy59); - } - yygotominor.yy3 = p; -} - break; - case 113: /* selectnowith ::= oneselect */ - case 119: /* oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); -{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;} - break; - case 114: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ -{ - Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy3; - if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){ - SrcList *pFrom; - Token x; - x.n = 0; - pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0); - pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - } - if( pRhs ){ - pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328; - pRhs->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy328!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1; - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3); - } - yygotominor.yy3 = pRhs; -} - break; - case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;} - break; - case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy381,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset); -} - break; - case 120: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0); -} - break; - case 121: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */ -{ - Select *pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0); - if( pRight ){ - pRight->op = TK_ALL; - pRight->pPrior = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3; - yygotominor.yy3 = pRight; - }else{ - yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy3; - } -} - break; - case 122: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ -{yygotominor.yy381 = SF_Distinct;} - break; - case 123: /* distinct ::= ALL */ - case 124: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==124); -{yygotominor.yy381 = 0;} - break; - case 125: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ - case 243: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==243); -{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;} - break; - case 126: /* sclp ::= */ - case 154: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154); - case 161: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161); - case 236: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); - case 242: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242); -{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;} - break; - case 127: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); - sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346); -} - break; - case 128: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p); -} - break; - case 129: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ -{ - Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot); -} - break; - case 132: /* as ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} - break; - case 133: /* from ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));} - break; - case 134: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65); -} - break; - case 135: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65; - if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 136: /* stl_prefix ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;} - break; - case 137: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 138: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ -{ - yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); - } - break; - case 139: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ -{ - if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){ - yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65; - }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->nSrc==1 ){ - yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); - if( yygotominor.yy65 ){ - struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1]; - struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65->a; - pNew->zName = pOld->zName; - pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase; - pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect; - pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0; - pOld->pSelect = 0; - } - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65); - }else{ - Select *pSubquery; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65); - pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0); - yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408); - } - } - break; - case 140: /* dbnm ::= */ - case 149: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==149); -{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;} - break; - case 142: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ -{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 143: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; } - break; - case 144: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } - break; - case 145: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } - break; - case 146: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } - break; - case 147: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ - case 164: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164); - case 171: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==171); - case 231: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==231); - case 233: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==233); -{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} - break; - case 148: /* on_opt ::= */ - case 163: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==163); - case 170: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==170); - case 232: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==232); - case 234: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==234); -{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;} - break; - case 151: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} - break; - case 152: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ - case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); -{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;} - break; - case 153: /* using_opt ::= */ - case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179); -{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;} - break; - case 155: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ - case 162: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162); - case 235: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235); -{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;} - break; - case 156: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); - if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 157: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr); - if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 158: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ - case 160: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160); -{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} - break; - case 159: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} - break; - case 165: /* limit_opt ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} - break; - case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;} - break; - case 167: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} - break; - case 168: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ -{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;} - break; - case 169: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ -{ - sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1); - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132); -} - break; - case 172: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ -{ - sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, 1); - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list"); - sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); -} - break; - case 173: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); -} - break; - case 174: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); -} - break; - case 175: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ -{ - sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy59, 1); - sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186); -} - break; - case 176: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ -{ - sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy59, 1); - sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); -} - break; - case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;} - break; - case 178: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ -{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;} - break; - case 181: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ -{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 182: /* idlist ::= nm */ -{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 183: /* expr ::= term */ -{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;} - break; - case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ -{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 185: /* term ::= NULL */ - case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190); - case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191); -{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 186: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ - case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187); -{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 192: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ -{ - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>=2 && yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1]) ){ - /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression - ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers - ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0; - }else{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable); - } - }else{ - spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - } - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 193: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 194: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 195: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ -{ - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - } - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy381 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; - } -} - break; - case 196: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 197: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 198: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ - case 199: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199); - case 200: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200); - case 201: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); - case 202: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202); - case 203: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203); - case 204: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204); - case 205: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); -{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);} - break; - case 206: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ -{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 0;} - break; - case 207: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ -{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.bNot = 1;} - break; - case 208: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ -{ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.eOperator); - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; -} - break; - case 209: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ -{ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.eOperator); - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy96.bNot ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; -} - break; - case 210: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ -{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 211: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ -{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 212: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ -{ - spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); - binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); -} - break; - case 213: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ -{ - spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346); - binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); -} - break; - case 214: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ - case 215: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==215); -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 216: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 217: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ -{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 220: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ -{ - ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList; - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd; -} - break; - case 223: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ -{ - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14==0 ){ - /* Expressions of the form - ** - ** expr1 IN () - ** expr1 NOT IN () - ** - ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, - ** regardless of the value of expr1. - */ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy328]); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr); - }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr==1 ){ - /* Expressions of the form: - ** - ** expr1 IN (?1) - ** expr1 NOT IN (?2) - ** - ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something - ** like this: - ** - ** expr1 == ?1 - ** expr1 <> ?2 - ** - ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag - ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison - ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison. Otherwise, - ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN. - */ - Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr; - yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->a[0].pExpr = 0; - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14); - /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected - ** before now and control would have never reached this point */ - if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){ - pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate; - pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic; - } - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0); - }else{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; - } - break; - case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; - } - break; - case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; - } - break; - case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ -{ - SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); - } - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; - } - break; - case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ -{ - Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3; - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; - } - break; - case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132); - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 229: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); -} - break; - case 230: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ -{ - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); -} - break; - case 237: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ -{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 238: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ -{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);} - break; - case 239: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP where_opt */ -{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, - sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, - &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 240: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ - case 291: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291); -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;} - break; - case 241: /* uniqueflag ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;} - break; - case 244: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 245: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p); - sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328; -} - break; - case 246: /* collate ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} - break; - case 248: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ -{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);} - break; - case 249: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ - case 250: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250); -{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} - break; - case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} - break; - case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} - break; - case 253: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} - break; - case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} - break; - case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} - break; - case 264: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ -{ - Token all; - all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; - sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all); -} - break; - case 265: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ -{ - sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328); - yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 266: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ - case 269: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269); -{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; } - break; - case 267: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER; } - break; - case 268: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ -{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;} - break; - case 270: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ - case 271: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271); -{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;} - break; - case 272: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ -{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;} - break; - case 275: /* when_clause ::= */ - case 296: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296); -{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; } - break; - case 276: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ - case 297: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297); -{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; } - break; - case 277: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ - assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 ); - yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; - yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; - yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473; -} - break; - case 278: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ -{ - assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 ); - yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; - yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473; -} - break; - case 280: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ -{ - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " - "statements within triggers"); -} - break; - case 282: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ -{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " - "within triggers"); -} - break; - case 283: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ -{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " - "within triggers"); -} - break; - case 284: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ -{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); } - break; - case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */ -{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);} - break; - case 286: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ -{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);} - break; - case 287: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ -{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); } - break; - case 288: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 289: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) { - yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328; - } - yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; -} - break; - case 290: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;} - break; - case 292: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ -{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;} - break; - case 293: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ -{ - sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 294: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ -{ - sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132); -} - break; - case 295: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ -{ - sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr); -} - break; - case 300: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} - break; - case 301: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 302: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} - break; - case 303: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 304: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ -{ - sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 305: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ -{ - sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} - break; - case 306: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65); -} - break; - case 309: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} - break; - case 310: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 311: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ -{ - sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328); -} - break; - case 314: /* vtabarg ::= */ -{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} - break; - case 316: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ - case 317: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317); - case 318: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318); -{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} - break; - case 322: /* with ::= */ -{yygotominor.yy59 = 0;} - break; - case 323: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */ - case 324: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); -{ yygotominor.yy59 = yymsp[0].minor.yy59; } - break; - case 325: /* wqlist ::= nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); -} - break; - case 326: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm idxlist_opt AS LP select RP */ -{ - yygotominor.yy59 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy59, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3); -} - break; - default: - /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0); - /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1); - /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2); - /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3); - /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4); - /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10); - /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11); - /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12); - /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20); - /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); - /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25); - /* (36) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==36); - /* (37) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==37); - /* (43) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); - /* (50) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==50); - /* (51) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51); - /* (52) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52); - /* (53) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53); - /* (60) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60); - /* (88) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==88); - /* (89) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89); - /* (91) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91); - /* (273) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273); - /* (274) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274); - /* (281) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281); - /* (298) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298); - /* (299) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299); - /* (307) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307); - /* (308) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308); - /* (312) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312); - /* (313) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313); - /* (315) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); - /* (319) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); - /* (320) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); - /* (321) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321); - break; - }; - assert( yyruleno>=0 && yyrulenoyyidx -= yysize; - yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); - if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ -#ifdef NDEBUG - /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least - ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back - ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). - ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ - if( yysize ){ - yypParser->yyidx++; - yymsp -= yysize-1; - yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; - yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; - yymsp->minor = yygotominor; - }else -#endif - { - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); - } - }else{ - assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); - yy_accept(yypParser); - } -} - -/* -** The following code executes when the parse fails -*/ -#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY -static void yy_parse_failed( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser fails */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} -#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ - -/* -** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. -*/ -static void yy_syntax_error( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ - YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* -** The following is executed when the parser accepts -*/ -static void yy_accept( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser accepts */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* The main parser program. -** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from -** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. -** The second argument is the major token number. The third is -** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the -** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for -** use by the action routines. -** -** Inputs: -**
      -**
    • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) -**
    • The major token number. -**
    • The minor token number. -**
    • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. -**
    -** -** Outputs: -** None. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( - void *yyp, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ - sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ -){ - YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; - int yyact; /* The parser action. */ -#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) - int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ -#endif -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ -#endif - yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ - - /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ - yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; - if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ - /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ - yyminorunion = yyzerominor; - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); - return; - } -#endif - yypParser->yyidx = 0; - yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; - yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; - yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; - } - yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; -#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) - yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); -#endif - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - - do{ - yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); - if( yyactyyerrcnt--; - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ - yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); - }else{ - assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yymx; -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - /* A syntax error has occurred. - ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". - ** - ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: - ** - ** * Call the %syntax_error function. - ** - ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where - ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift - ** the error symbol. - ** - ** * Set the error count to three. - ** - ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error - ** processing will occur until three tokens have been - ** shifted successfully. - ** - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; - if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", - yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else{ - while( - yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && - yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && - (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( - yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, - YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE - ){ - yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - } - if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ - YYMINORTYPE u2; - u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); - } - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yyerrorhit = 1; -#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) - /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to - ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax - ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. - ** - ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if - ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. - */ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - -#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ - /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: - ** - ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. - ** - ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. - ** - ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until - ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - if( yyendofinput ){ - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - } - yymajor = YYNOCODE; -#endif - } - }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); - return; -} - -/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL -** -** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into -** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the -** parser for analysis. -*/ -/* #include */ - -/* -** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their -** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just -** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need -** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores -** need to be translated. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] -const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { -/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ - 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ - 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ -}; -#endif - -/* -** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if -** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is -** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. -** -** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, -** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. -** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file -** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by -** the #include below. -*/ -/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ -/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ -/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** -** -** The code in this file has been automatically generated by -** -** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c -** -** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether -** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing -** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. -** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code -** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications -** on platforms with limited memory. -*/ -/* Hash score: 182 */ -static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ - /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */ - /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ - /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ - /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ - /* UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE */ - /* BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH */ - /* IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN */ - /* WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT */ - /* CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL */ - /* FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING */ - /* VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY */ - static const char zText[553] = { - 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', - 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', - 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', - 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', - 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', - 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', - 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', - 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', - 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', - 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', - 'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', - 'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A', - 'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E', - 'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A', - 'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A', - 'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A', - 'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J', - 'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L', - 'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E', - 'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H', - 'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E', - 'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E', - 'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M', - 'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R', - 'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A', - 'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D', - 'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O', - 'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T', - 'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R', - 'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M', - 'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', - }; - static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { - 76, 105, 117, 74, 0, 45, 0, 0, 82, 0, 77, 0, 0, - 42, 12, 78, 15, 0, 116, 85, 54, 112, 0, 19, 0, 0, - 121, 0, 119, 115, 0, 22, 93, 0, 9, 0, 0, 70, 71, - 0, 69, 6, 0, 48, 90, 102, 0, 118, 101, 0, 0, 44, - 0, 103, 24, 0, 17, 0, 122, 53, 23, 0, 5, 110, 25, - 96, 0, 0, 124, 106, 60, 123, 57, 28, 55, 0, 91, 0, - 100, 26, 0, 99, 0, 0, 0, 95, 92, 97, 88, 109, 14, - 39, 108, 0, 81, 0, 18, 89, 111, 32, 0, 120, 80, 113, - 62, 46, 84, 0, 0, 94, 40, 59, 114, 0, 36, 0, 0, - 29, 0, 86, 63, 64, 0, 20, 61, 0, 56, - }; - static const unsigned char aNext[124] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, - 0, 43, 3, 47, 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 58, 0, 38, - 0, 0, 0, 1, 66, 0, 0, 67, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 49, 65, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 52, 16, 34, - 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 72, 79, 0, 8, - 0, 104, 98, 0, 107, 0, 87, 0, 75, 51, 0, 27, 37, - 73, 83, 0, 35, 68, 0, 0, - }; - static const unsigned char aLen[124] = { - 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, - 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, - 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, - 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 7, 4, 5, 7, - 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, 9, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, - 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, - 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, - 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, - 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 8, - 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3, - }; - static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = { - 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, - 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, - 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, - 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192, - 199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246, - 250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318, - 320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380, - 387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459, - 460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513, - 521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549, - }; - static const unsigned char aCode[124] = { - TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, - TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, - TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, - TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, - TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, - TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, - TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, - TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, - TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_BETWEEN, - TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, - TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, - TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, - TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, - TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, - TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, - TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, - TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, - TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, - TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, - TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING, - TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, - }; - int h, i; - if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; - h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ - (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ - n) % 127; - for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ - if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ - testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ - testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ - testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ - testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ - testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ - testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ - testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ - testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ - testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ - testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ - testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ - testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ - testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ - testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ - testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ - testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ - testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ - testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ - testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ - testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ - testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ - testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ - testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ - testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ - testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ - testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ - testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ - testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ - testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ - testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ - testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ - testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ - testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ - testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ - testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ - testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ - testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ - testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ - testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ - testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ - testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ - testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ - testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ - testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ - testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ - testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ - testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ - testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ - testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */ - testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */ - testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */ - testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */ - testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */ - testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */ - testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */ - testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */ - testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */ - testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */ - testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */ - testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */ - testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */ - testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */ - testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */ - testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */ - testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */ - testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */ - testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */ - testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */ - testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */ - testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */ - testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */ - testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ - testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */ - testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ - testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */ - testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */ - testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */ - testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */ - testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */ - testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */ - testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */ - testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */ - testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */ - testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */ - testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */ - testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */ - testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */ - testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */ - testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */ - testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */ - testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */ - testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ - testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */ - testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */ - testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */ - testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */ - testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */ - testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */ - testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */ - testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ - testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ - testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */ - testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */ - testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */ - testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */ - testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */ - testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */ - testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */ - testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */ - testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */ - testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */ - testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */ - testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */ - testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */ - testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */ - testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */ - testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */ - testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */ - testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */ - testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */ - testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */ - testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */ - testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */ - testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */ - return aCode[i]; - } - } - return TK_ID; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ - return keywordCode((char*)z, n); -} -#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124 - -/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ - - -/* -** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then -** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. -** -** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is -** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, -** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. -** -** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same -** end result. -** -** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the -** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. -** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. -** But the feature is undocumented. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ - 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ - 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ -}; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif - - -/* -** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. -** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ - int i, c; - switch( *z ){ - case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { - testcase( z[0]==' ' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); - testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); - for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; - return i; - } - case '-': { - if( z[1]=='-' ){ - for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ - return i; - } - *tokenType = TK_MINUS; - return 1; - } - case '(': { - *tokenType = TK_LP; - return 1; - } - case ')': { - *tokenType = TK_RP; - return 1; - } - case ';': { - *tokenType = TK_SEMI; - return 1; - } - case '+': { - *tokenType = TK_PLUS; - return 1; - } - case '*': { - *tokenType = TK_STAR; - return 1; - } - case '/': { - if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ - *tokenType = TK_SLASH; - return 1; - } - for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - if( c ) i++; - *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ - return i; - } - case '%': { - *tokenType = TK_REM; - return 1; - } - case '=': { - *tokenType = TK_EQ; - return 1 + (z[1]=='='); - } - case '<': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='<' ){ - *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_LT; - return 1; - } - } - case '>': { - if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_GE; - return 2; - }else if( c=='>' ){ - *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_GT; - return 1; - } - } - case '!': { - if( z[1]!='=' ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 2; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_NE; - return 2; - } - } - case '|': { - if( z[1]!='|' ){ - *tokenType = TK_BITOR; - return 1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; - return 2; - } - } - case ',': { - *tokenType = TK_COMMA; - return 1; - } - case '&': { - *tokenType = TK_BITAND; - return 1; - } - case '~': { - *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; - return 1; - } - case '`': - case '\'': - case '"': { - int delim = z[0]; - testcase( delim=='`' ); - testcase( delim=='\'' ); - testcase( delim=='"' ); - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( c==delim ){ - if( z[i+1]==delim ){ - i++; - }else{ - break; - } - } - } - if( c=='\'' ){ - *tokenType = TK_STRING; - return i+1; - }else if( c!=0 ){ - *tokenType = TK_ID; - return i+1; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } - } - case '.': { -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) -#endif - { - *tokenType = TK_DOT; - return 1; - } - /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point - ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': - case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { - testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); - testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); - testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); - testcase( z[0]=='9' ); - *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; - for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( z[i]=='.' ){ - i++; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } - if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && - ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) - || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) - ) - ){ - i += 2; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } - *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; - } -#endif - while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - i++; - } - return i; - } - case '[': { - for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } - case '?': { - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} - return i; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - case '$': -#endif - case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */ - case '#': - case ':': { - int n = 0; - testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); - testcase( z[0]==':' ); testcase( z[0]=='#' ); - *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( IdChar(c) ){ - n++; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE - }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ - do{ - i++; - }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); - if( c==')' ){ - i++; - }else{ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - } - break; - }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ - i++; -#endif - }else{ - break; - } - } - if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return i; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case 'x': case 'X': { - testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); - if( z[1]=='\'' ){ - *tokenType = TK_BLOB; - for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} - if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } - } - if( z[i] ) i++; - return i; - } - /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */ - } -#endif - default: { - if( !IdChar(*z) ){ - break; - } - for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i); - return i; - } - } - *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is -** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs -** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into -** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that -** error message. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ - int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ - int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ - u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ - - - mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; - } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; - pParse->zTail = zSql; - i = 0; - assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); - pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc); - if( pEngine==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); - assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); - assert( pParse->nzVar==0 ); - assert( pParse->azVar==0 ); - enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; - while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){ - assert( i>=0 ); - pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; - pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); - i += pParse->sLastToken.n; - if( i>mxSqlLen ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - break; - } - switch( tokenType ){ - case TK_SPACE: { - if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; - goto abort_parse; - } - break; - } - case TK_ILLEGAL: { - sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", - &pParse->sLastToken); - nErr++; - goto abort_parse; - } - case TK_SEMI: { - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; - /* Fall thru into the default case */ - } - default: { - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - lastTokenParsed = tokenType; - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto abort_parse; - } - break; - } - } - } -abort_parse: - if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; - } - sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); - } -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, - sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) - ); -#endif /* YYDEBUG */ - sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ - sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); - } - assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); - if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; - sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); - pParse->zErrMsg = 0; - nErr++; - } - if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); - pParse->pVdbe = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); - pParse->aTableLock = 0; - pParse->nTableLock = 0; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); -#endif - - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table - ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) - ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. - */ - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); - } - - if( pParse->bFreeWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWith); - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); - for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar); - while( pParse->pAinc ){ - AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; - pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ - Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; - pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; - sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); - } - if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return nErr; -} - -/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL -** -** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. -** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by -** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from -** static links that do not use it. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE - -/* -** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - - -/* -** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header -** comments on that procedure for additional information. -*/ -#define tkSEMI 0 -#define tkWS 1 -#define tkOTHER 2 -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -#define tkEXPLAIN 3 -#define tkCREATE 4 -#define tkTEMP 5 -#define tkTRIGGER 6 -#define tkEND 7 -#endif - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. -** -** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. -** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement -** must end with ";END;". -** -** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: -** -** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. -** -** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine -** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends -** in any other state. -** -** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single -** semicolon. -** -** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of -** a statement. -** -** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a -** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by -** TEMP or TEMPORARY -** -** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be -** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. -** -** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at -** the end of a trigger definition. -** -** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end -** of a trigger difinition. -** -** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted -** from the input. The following tokens are significant: -** -** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. -** (1) tkWS Whitespace. -** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. -** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. -** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. -** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. -** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. -** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. -** -** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. -** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. -** -** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed -** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do -** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ - u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ - u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement. This is the normal case. - */ - static const u8 trans[8][8] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ - /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, - /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, - /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, - /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, - /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, - }; -#else - /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine - ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier - */ - static const u8 trans[3][3] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ - /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, - /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, - /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, - }; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - - while( *zSql ){ - switch( *zSql ){ - case ';': { /* A semicolon */ - token = tkSEMI; - break; - } - case ' ': - case '\r': - case '\t': - case '\n': - case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '/': { /* C-style comments */ - if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - zSql += 2; - while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } - if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; - zSql++; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ - if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ - case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ - case '\'': { - int c = *zSql; - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - default: { -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC - unsigned char c; -#endif - if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ - /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ - int nId; - for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - token = tkOTHER; -#else - switch( *zSql ){ - case 'c': case 'C': { - if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ - token = tkCREATE; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 't': case 'T': { - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkTRIGGER; - }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 'e': case 'E': { - if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ - token = tkEND; - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkEXPLAIN; - }else -#endif - { - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - default: { - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - zSql += nId-1; - }else{ - /* Operators and special symbols */ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - } - state = trans[state][token]; - zSql++; - } - return state==1; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described -** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not -** UTF-8. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - char const *zSql8; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ - -/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ -/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ -/* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. -*/ - -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); - -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE -/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ -/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. -*/ - -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); - -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU -/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ -/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2008 May 26 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. -*/ - -#if 0 -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); - -#if 0 -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - - -/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant -** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; -#endif - -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns -** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } - -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a -** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the -** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } - -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function -** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } - -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns -** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to -** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) -/* -** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if -** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing -** I/O active are written using this function. These messages -** are intended for debugging activity only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; -#endif - -/* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** temporary files. -** -** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - -/* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** all database files specified with a relative pathname. -** -** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command. -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; - -/* -** Initialize SQLite. -** -** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, -** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with -** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT -** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as -** sqlite3_open(). -** -** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, -** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. -** -** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to -** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first -** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent -** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. -** -** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive -** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the -** initialization process would never complete. -** -** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other -** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is -** incomplete, it is required that: -** -** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most -** call by X completes. -** -** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately -** without blocking. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ - int rc; /* Result code */ -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } -#endif - - /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call - ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization - ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end - ** of this routine. - */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to - ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. - ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, - ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. - ** - ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own - ** initialization. - */ - rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. - ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that - ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the - ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static - ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. - */ - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = - sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - - /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc - ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate - ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so - ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into - ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through - ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other - ** recursive calls might also be possible. - ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls - ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. - ** - ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit - ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the - ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; - memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); - sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; - rc = sqlite3OsInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - bRunExtraInit = 1; -#endif - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - - /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive - ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - - /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has - ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but - ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no - ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ - if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; - double y; - assert(sizeof(x)==8); - assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); - memcpy(&y, &x, 8); - assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); - } -#endif -#endif - - /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - ** compile-time option. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - if( bRunExtraInit ){ - int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); - rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while -** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or -** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This -** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine -** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down -** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN - void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); - SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); -#endif - sqlite3_os_end(); - sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ - sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - sqlite3MallocEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES - /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed - ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), - ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these - ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the - ** heap subsystem was shutdown. This is only done if the current call to - ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown. - */ - sqlite3_data_directory = 0; - sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; -#endif - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ - sqlite3MutexEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of -** the SQLite library at run-time. -** -** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding -** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not -** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable -** behavior. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while - ** the SQLite library is in use. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - - /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe - ** compile. - */ -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { - /* Disable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { - /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ - /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { - /* Enable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { - /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { - /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; - break; - } -#endif - - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { - /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { - /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { - /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { - /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { - /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { - /* no-op */ - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { - /* now an error */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { - /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; - break; - } - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) - case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { - /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ - /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); - } - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ - /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation - ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go - ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is - ** run. - */ - memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); - }else{ - /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the - ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. The enclosing #if guarantees at - ** least one of these methods is currently enabled. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); -#endif - } - break; - } -#endif - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. - ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is - ** NULL. - */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { - /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. - ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 - ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); - */ - typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: { - typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *); - break; - } -#endif - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: { - sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); - sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); - if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){ - mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap; - if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE; - if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap; - break; - } - -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) - case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } -#endif - - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. -** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. -** -** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. -** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the -** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for -** the lookaside memory. -*/ -static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ - void *pStart; - if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before - ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for - ** both at the same time. - */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger - ** than a pointer to be useful. - */ - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ - if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; - if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; - if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ - sz = 0; - pStart = 0; - }else if( pBuf==0 ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz; - }else{ - pStart = pBuf; - } - db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; - db->lookaside.pFree = 0; - db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; - if( pStart ){ - int i; - LookasideSlot *p; - assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); - p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; - for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ - p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; - db->lookaside.pFree = p; - p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; - } - db->lookaside.pEnd = p; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; - }else{ - db->lookaside.pStart = db; - db->lookaside.pEnd = db; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->mutex; -} - -/* -** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database -** connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); - sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager); - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Configuration settings for an individual database connection -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ - int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ - rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); - break; - } - default: { - static const struct { - int op; /* The opcode */ - u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ - } aFlagOp[] = { - { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, - { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, - }; - unsigned int i; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ - for(i=0; iflags; - if( onoff>0 ){ - db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; - }else if( onoff==0 ){ - db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask; - } - if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - } - if( pRes ){ - *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; - } - rc = SQLITE_OK; - break; - } - } - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. -*/ -static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ - while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } - return n==0; -} - -/* -** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always -** available. -** -** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end -** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. -*/ -static int binCollFunc( - void *padFlag, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 -){ - int rc, n; - n = nKey1lastRowid; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nChange; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nTotalChange; -} - -/* -** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the -** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open -** at the b-tree/pager level. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ - while( db->pSavepoint ){ - Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); - } - db->nSavepoint = 0; - db->nStatement = 0; - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; -} - -/* -** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, -** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple -** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called -** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. -*/ -static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ - FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor; - if( pDestructor ){ - pDestructor->nRef--; - if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ - pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); - } - } -} - -/* -** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection -** db. This is called when db is being closed. -*/ -static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - int i; - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){ - HashElem *p; - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p); - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab); - } - } - } - sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); -#endif -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. -*/ -static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ - int j; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db->pVdbe ) return 1; - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; - if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Close an existing SQLite database -*/ -static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ - if( !db ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - - /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */ - disconnectAllVtab(db); - - /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above - ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual - ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() - ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active - ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing - ** some prepared statements internally. - */ - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - - /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return - ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately. - */ - if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized " - "statements or unfinished backups"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ - /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2); - } -#endif - - /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it. - */ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE; - sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database -** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and -** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups. The sqlite3_close_v2() -** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are -** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last -** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); } -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); } - - -/* -** Close the mutex on database connection db. -** -** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there -** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and -** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has -** finished, then free all resources. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ - HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ - int j; - - /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects - ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(), - ** then just leave the mutex and return. - */ - if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return; - } - - /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has - ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been - ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie). Therefore, - ** go ahead and free all resources. - */ - - /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if - ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction - ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make - ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */ - sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); - - /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - - /* Close all database connections */ - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; - if( pDb->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - if( j!=1 ){ - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - } - } - /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */ - if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema); - } - sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); - - /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */ - sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); - assert( db->nDb<=2 ); - assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); - - /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any - ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. - */ - sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); - - for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){ - FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; - for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ - pHash = p->pHash; - while( p ){ - functionDestroy(db, p); - pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - p = pNext; - } - } - } - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); - /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - if( pColl[j].xDel ){ - pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); - if( pMod->xDestroy ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); -#endif - - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ - sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); - sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; - - /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema - ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). - ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database - ** structure? - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); - assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - sqlite3_free(db); -} - -/* -** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then -** any open cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit -** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further -** attempts to use that cursor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ - int i; - int inTrans = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - - /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). - ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has - ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken - ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between - ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false - ** corruption reports in some cases. */ - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ - inTrans = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode); - } - } - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - - /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ - db->nDeferredCons = 0; - db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; - - /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ - if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ - db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); - } -} - -/* -** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code -** specified in the argument. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){ - const char *zName = 0; - int i, origRc = rc; - for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){ - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break; - case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break; - case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break; - case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break; - case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break; - case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break; - case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break; - case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break; - case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break; - case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: - zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break; - case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break; - case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break; - case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break; - case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break; - case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break; - case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break; - case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break; - case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break; - case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break; - case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break; - case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break; - case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break; - case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK: - zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break; - case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break; - case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break; - case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break; - } - } - if( zName==0 ){ - static char zBuf[50]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc); - zName = zBuf; - } - return zName; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the -** argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ - static const char* const aMsg[] = { - /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", - /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", - /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, - /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", - /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", - /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", - /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", - /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", - /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", - /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", - /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", - /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", - /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", - /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", - /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", - /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", - /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", - /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", - /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", - /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", - /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", - /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", - /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", - /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", - /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", - /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", - /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", - }; - const char *zErr = "unknown error"; - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: { - zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK"; - break; - } - default: { - rc &= 0xff; - if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rcbusyTimeout; - int delay, prior; - - assert( count>=0 ); - if( count < NDELAY ){ - delay = delays[count]; - prior = totals[count]; - }else{ - delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; - prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); - } - if( prior + delay > timeout ){ - delay = timeout - prior; - if( delay<=0 ) return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); - return 1; -#else - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; - if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Invoke the given busy handler. -** -** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. -** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it -** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ - int rc; - if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); - if( rc==0 ){ - p->nBusy = -1; - }else{ - p->nBusy++; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xBusy)(void*,int), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; - db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - db->busyTimeout = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -/* -** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will -** be invoked every nOps opcodes. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( nOps>0 ){ - db->xProgress = xProgress; - db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps; - db->pProgressArg = pArg; - }else{ - db->xProgress = 0; - db->nProgressOps = 0; - db->pProgressArg = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); -} -#endif - - -/* -** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the -** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ - if( ms>0 ){ - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); - db->busyTimeout = ms; - }else{ - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; -} - - -/* -** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except -** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is -** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *pUserData, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), - FuncDestructor *pDestructor -){ - FuncDef *p; - int nName; - int extraFlags; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( zFunctionName==0 || - (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || - (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || - (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - - assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); - extraFlags = enc & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC; - enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - ** - ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function - ** to the hash table. - */ - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } -#else - enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -#endif - - /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, - ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function - ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the - ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. - */ - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); - if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ - if( db->nVdbeActive ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - } - } - - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); - assert(p || db->mallocFailed); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is - ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ - functionDestroy(db, p); - - if( pDestructor ){ - pDestructor->nRef++; - } - p->pDestructor = pDestructor; - p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags; - testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); - p->xFunc = xFunc; - p->xStep = xStep; - p->xFinalize = xFinal; - p->pUserData = pUserData; - p->nArg = (u16)nArg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create new user functions. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunc, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, - xFinal, 0); -} - -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunc, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), - void (*xDestroy)(void *) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( xDestroy ){ - pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor)); - if( !pArg ){ - xDestroy(p); - goto out; - } - pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; - pArg->pUserData = p; - } - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg); - if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - xDestroy(p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg); - } - - out: - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - char *zFunc8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. -** -** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then -** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. -** -** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they -** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. -** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work -** properly. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nArg -){ - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -/* -** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. -** -** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL -** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each -** SQL statement. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pTraceArg; - db->xTrace = xTrace; - db->pTraceArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -/* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. -** -** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL -** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of -** each SQL statement that is run. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), - void *pArg -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pProfileArg; - db->xProfile = xProfile; - db->pProfileArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - -/* -** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits. -** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a -** rollback. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pCommitArg; - db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; - db->pCommitArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, -** inserted or deleted using this database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pUpdateArg; - db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; - db->pUpdateArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled -** back by this database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pRollbackArg; - db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; - db->pRollbackArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). -** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file -** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by -** wal_autocheckpoint()). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( - void *pClientData, /* Argument */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ - const char *zDb, /* Database */ - int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ -){ - if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -/* -** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint -** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or -** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the -** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. -** -** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback -** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback -** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism -** configured by this function. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); -#else - if( nFrame>0 ){ - sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); - }else{ - sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written -** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ - int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), - void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pWalArg; - db->xWalCallback = xCallback; - db->pWalArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -#else - return 0; -#endif -} - -/* -** Checkpoint database zDb. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ - int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ -){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - return SQLITE_OK; -#else - int rc; /* Return code */ - int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ - - /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ - if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; - if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; - - assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ); - assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULLSQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ - iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); - } - if( iDb<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -#endif -} - - -/* -** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points -** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are -** checkpointed. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ - return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is -** not currently open in WAL mode. -** -** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this -** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If -** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is -** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -** -** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex -** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by -** this function while the checkpoint is running. -** -** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are -** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - -** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. -** -** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ - int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); - assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); - - for(i=0; inDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); - pnLog = 0; - pnCkpt = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - bBusy = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - - return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -/* -** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of -** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. -** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime -** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The -** following table describes the relationship between these two values -** and this functions return value. -** -** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database -** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ -** 0 any file (return 0) -** 1 1 file (return 0) -** 1 2 memory (return 1) -** 1 0 file (return 0) -** 2 1 file (return 0) -** 2 2 memory (return 1) -** 2 0 memory (return 1) -** 3 any memory (return 1) -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 - return ( db->temp_store==2 ); -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 - return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 - return 1; -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 - return 0; -#endif -} - -/* -** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ - const char *z; - if( !db ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - }else{ - testcase( db->pErr==0 ); - z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - if( z==0 ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ - static const u16 outOfMem[] = { - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 - }; - static const u16 misuse[] = { - 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', - 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', - 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', - 'o', 'f', ' ', - 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 - }; - - const void *z; - if( !db ){ - return (void *)outOfMem; - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return (void *)misuse; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = (void *)outOfMem; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3Error(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode)); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - } - /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() - ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to - ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via - ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. - */ - db->mallocFailed = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is -** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode & db->errMask; -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode; -} - -/* -** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the -** argument. For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr() -** function. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(rc); -} - -/* -** Invalidate all cached KeyInfo objects for database connection "db" -*/ -static void invalidateCachedKeyInfo(sqlite3 *db){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIdx; /* Each index */ - - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( pIdx->pKeyInfo && pIdx->pKeyInfo->db==db ){ - sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pIdx->pKeyInfo); - pIdx->pKeyInfo = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - } -} - -/* -** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName -** and the encoding is enc. -*/ -static int createCollation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - u8 enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int enc2; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - */ - enc2 = enc; - testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); - testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); - if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ - enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation - ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there - ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. - */ - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); - if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ - if( db->nVdbeActive ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - invalidateCachedKeyInfo(db); - - /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to - ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), - ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. - ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need - ** to be called. - */ - if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ - CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - int j; - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; - if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ - if( p->xDel ){ - p->xDel(p->pUser); - } - p->xCmp = 0; - } - } - } - } - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); - if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pColl->xCmp = xCompare; - pColl->pUser = pCtx; - pColl->xDel = xDel; - pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The -** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* -** #defines in sqlite3.h. -*/ -static const int aHardLimit[] = { - SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, - SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, - SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, - SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, - SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, - SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, - SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, -}; - -/* -** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 -# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 -# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62 -# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 -#endif - - -/* -** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. -** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. -** Make no changes but still report the old value if the -** new limit is negative. -** -** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. -** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit -** from forming. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ - int oldLimit; - - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME - ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor - ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to - ** "_MAX_".) - */ - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== - SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); - assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); - assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); - - - if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ - return -1; - } - oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; - if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ - if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ - newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ - } - db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; - } - return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ -} - -/* -** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the -** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database -** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. -** -** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or -** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" -** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) -** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain -** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in -** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains -** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to -** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to -** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release -** this buffer. -** -** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg -** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error -** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release -** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( - const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ - const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ - unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ - sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ - char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ - char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unsigned int flags = *pFlags; - const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; - char *zFile; - char c; - int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); - - assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); - - if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) - && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 - ){ - char *zOpt; - int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ - int iIn; /* Input character index */ - int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ - int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ - - /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen - ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; - - for(iIn=0; iIn=0 && octet<256 ); - if( octet==0 ){ - /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this - ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or - ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character - ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ - while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' - && (eState!=0 || c!='?') - && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) - && (eState!=2 || c!='&') - ){ - iIn++; - } - continue; - } - c = octet; - }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ - if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ - /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ - while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; - continue; - } - if( c=='&' ){ - zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; - }else{ - eState = 2; - } - c = 0; - }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ - c = 0; - eState = 1; - } - zFile[iOut++] = c; - } - if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; - zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; - zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; - - /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted - ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that - ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() - ** method. */ - zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; - while( zOpt[0] ){ - int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); - char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; - int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); - - if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ - zVfs = zVal; - }else{ - struct OpenMode { - const char *z; - int mode; - } *aMode = 0; - char *zModeType = 0; - int mask = 0; - int limit = 0; - - if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ - static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { - { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, - { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, - { 0, 0 } - }; - - mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; - aMode = aCacheMode; - limit = mask; - zModeType = "cache"; - } - if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ - static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { - { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, - { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, - { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, - { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, - { 0, 0 } - }; - - mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE - | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; - aMode = aOpenMode; - limit = mask & flags; - zModeType = "access"; - } - - if( aMode ){ - int i; - int mode = 0; - for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ - const char *z = aMode[i].z; - if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ - mode = aMode[i].mode; - break; - } - } - if( mode==0 ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto parse_uri_out; - } - if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", - zModeType, zVal); - rc = SQLITE_PERM; - goto parse_uri_out; - } - flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; - } - } - - zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; - } - - }else{ - zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2); - if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); - zFile[nUri] = '\0'; - zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; - flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI; - } - - *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); - if( *ppVfs==0 ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - parse_uri_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zFile); - zFile = 0; - } - *pFlags = flags; - *pzFile = zFile; - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" -** is UTF-8 encoded. -*/ -static int openDatabase( - const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ - unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ - char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ - char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ - - *ppDb = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - - /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. - ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we - ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger - ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations - ** are: - ** - ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY - ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE - ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE - */ - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); - testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ - testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ - testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ - if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 1; - }else{ - isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ - flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter - ** - ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were - ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only - ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask - ** off all other flags. - */ - flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - ); - - /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ - db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); - if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - if( isThreadsafe ){ - db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( db->mutex==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(db); - db = 0; - goto opendb_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = 0xff; - db->nDb = 2; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - - assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); - memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); - db->autoCommit = 1; - db->nextAutovac = -1; - db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; - db->nextPagesize = 0; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill -#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX - | SQLITE_AutoIndex -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 - | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION - | SQLITE_LoadExtension -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS - | SQLITE_RecTriggers -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS - | SQLITE_ForeignKeys -#endif - ; - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); -#endif - - /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 - ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary - ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. - */ - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0); - assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); - - /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ - createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); - - /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */ - db->openFlags = flags; - rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Open the backend database driver */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, - flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - goto opendb_out; - } - db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); - - - /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp - ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. - */ - db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; - db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; - db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; - db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the - ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database - ** is accessed. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); - - /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered - ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. - */ - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); - } -#endif - - /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking - ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking - ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), - SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); -#endif - - if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - - /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ - setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); - - sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); - -opendb_out: - sqlite3_free(zOpen); - if( db ){ - assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_close(db); - db = 0; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; - } - *ppDb = db; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ - /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */ - void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0); - } -#endif - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} - -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); -} -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -){ - return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - int rc; - - assert( zFilename ); - assert( ppDb ); - *ppDb = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zFilename8 ){ - rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); - assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, - const void *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *zName8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zName8 ){ - rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; - db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = 0; - db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a -** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit -** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on -** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled -** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->autoCommit; -} - -/* -** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, -** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error -** constants. They server two purposes: -** -** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger -** to detect when version error conditions occurs. -** -** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where -** a low-level error is first detected. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, - "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, - "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_MISUSE; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, - "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific -** data for this thread has been deallocated. -** -** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a -** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ -} -#endif - -/* -** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. -** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ -){ - int rc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - Table *pTab = 0; - Column *pCol = 0; - int iCol; - - char const *zDataType = 0; - char const *zCollSeq = 0; - int notnull = 0; - int primarykey = 0; - int autoinc = 0; - - /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto error_out; - } - - /* Locate the table in question */ - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); - if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - - /* Find the column for which info is requested */ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ - iCol = pTab->iPKey; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - } - }else{ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - } - - /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned - ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey - ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: - ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. - ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an - ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ - if( pCol ){ - zDataType = pCol->zType; - zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; - notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; - primarykey = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0; - autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; - }else{ - zDataType = "INTEGER"; - primarykey = 1; - } - if( !zCollSeq ){ - zCollSeq = "BINARY"; - } - -error_out: - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - - /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters - ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, - ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. - */ - if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; - if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; - if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; - if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; - if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, - zColumnName); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - int rc; - pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); - if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; - - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() - ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. - */ - rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Enable or disable the extended result codes. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - Btree *pBtree; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); - if( pBtree ){ - Pager *pPager; - sqlite3_file *fd; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); - assert( pPager!=0 ); - fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - assert( fd!=0 ); - if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ - *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( fd->pMethods ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Interface to the testing logic. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ - int rc = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - - /* - ** Save the current state of the PRNG. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { - sqlite3PrngSaveState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using - ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then - ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { - sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call - ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call - ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { - sqlite3_randomness(0,0); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) - ** - ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument - ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a - ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. - ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); - int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); - rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback) - ** - ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called, - ** if xCallback is not NULL. - ** - ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0) - ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return - ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from - ** sqlite3_test_control(). - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: { - /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. - ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 - ** sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int)); - */ - typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int); - sqlite3Config.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t); - rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) - ** - ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures - ** are benign. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { - typedef void (*void_function)(void); - void_function xBenignBegin; - void_function xBenignEnd; - xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); - xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); - sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) - ** - ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. - ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte - ** as it existing before this routine was called. - ** - ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in - ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte - ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and - ** dileterious behavior. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { - rc = PENDING_BYTE; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - { - unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); - if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; - } -#endif - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) - ** - ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not - ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() - ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and - ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is - ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the - ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the - ** return value is zero. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { - volatile int x = 0; - assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); - rc = x; - break; - } - - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) - ** - ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and - ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. - ** - ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). - ** - ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means - ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the - ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either - ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. - ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if - ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second - ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if - ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. - ** - ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: - ** - ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ - ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros - ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ - ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. - ** }else{ - ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. - ** } - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - rc = ALWAYS(x); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER); - ** - ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which - ** SQLite is running: - ** - ** 1 big-endian, determined at run-time - ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time - ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time - ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { - rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; - break; - } - - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) - ** - ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database - ** connection db. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { - sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); - int x = va_arg(ap,int); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - break; - } - - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) - ** - ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The - ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal - ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the - ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times - ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer - ** is obtained in every case. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { - sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); - db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff); - break; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) - ** - ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the - ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. - ** - ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since - ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite - ** is built using separate source files. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { - const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); - rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; - break; - } -#endif - - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree); - ** - ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). - ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: { - void *pFree, **ppNew; - int sz; - sz = va_arg(ap, int); - ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**); - pFree = va_arg(ap, void*); - if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz); - sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree); - break; - } - - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); - ** - ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all - ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero, - ** undo this setting. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN) - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT, - ** sqlite3_stmt*,const char**); - ** - ** If compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_TREE_EXPLAIN, each sqlite3_stmt holds - ** a string that describes the optimized parse tree. This test-control - ** returns a pointer to that string. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT: { - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_stmt*); - const char **pzRet = va_arg(ap, const char**); - *pzRet = sqlite3VdbeExplanation((Vdbe*)pStmt); - break; - } -#endif - - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int); - ** - ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well- - ** formed and never corrupt. This flag is clear by default, indicating that - ** database files might have arbitrary corruption. Setting the flag during - ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated - ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - - /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); - ** - ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context - ** pointer ptr. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*); -#endif - break; - } - - } - va_end(ap); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ - return rc; -} - -/* -** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks -** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query -** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. -** -** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() -** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the -** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam -** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine -** returns a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ - if( zFilename==0 ) return 0; - zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; - while( zFilename[0] ){ - int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); - zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; - if( x==0 ) return zFilename; - zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return a boolean value for a query parameter. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){ - const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); - bDflt = bDflt!=0; - return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt; -} - -/* -** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64( - const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */ - const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */ - sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */ -){ - const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); - sqlite3_int64 v; - if( z && sqlite3Atoi64(z, &v, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8)==SQLITE_OK ){ - bDflt = v; - } - return bDflt; -} - -/* -** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName. Return NULL if not found. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt - && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0) - ){ - return db->aDb[i].pBt; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return the filename of the database associated with a database -** connection. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ - Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); - return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0; -} - -/* -** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write. Return -1 if -** no such database exists. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ - Btree *pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); - return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1; -} - -/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2009 March 3 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() -** API method and its associated functionality. -*/ - -/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - -/* -** Public interfaces: -** -** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() -** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() -** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() -*/ - -#define assertMutexHeld() \ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) - -/* -** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process -** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection -** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER -** mutex is held. -*/ -static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following -** properties of the blocked connections list: -** -** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either -** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. -** -** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for -** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. -** -** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the -** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection -** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. -*/ -static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 *p; - for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ - int seen = 0; - sqlite3 *p2; - - /* Verify property (1) */ - assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); - - /* Verify property (2) */ - for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ - if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; - assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); - assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); - assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); - } - } -} -#else -# define checkListProperties(x) -#endif - -/* -** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection -** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. -*/ -static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 **pp; - assertMutexHeld(); - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ - if( *pp==db ){ - *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed -** that it is not already a part of the list. -*/ -static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 **pp; - assertMutexHeld(); - for( - pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; - *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; - pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked - ); - db->pNextBlocked = *pp; - *pp = db; -} - -/* -** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. -*/ -static void enterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - checkListProperties(0); -} - -/* -** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. -*/ -static void leaveMutex(void){ - assertMutexHeld(); - checkListProperties(0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} - -/* -** Register an unlock-notify callback. -** -** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation -** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection -** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared -** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. -** -** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, -** before this routine returns. -** -** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate -** a deadlock. -** -** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops -** its locks. -** -** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered -** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately -** cancelled. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xNotify)(void **, int), - void *pArg -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - enterMutex(); - - if( xNotify==0 ){ - removeFromBlockedList(db); - db->pBlockingConnection = 0; - db->pUnlockConnection = 0; - db->xUnlockNotify = 0; - db->pUnlockArg = 0; - }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ - /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a - ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback - ** immediately. - */ - xNotify(&pArg, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3 *p; - - for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} - if( p ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ - }else{ - db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; - db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; - db->pUnlockArg = pArg; - removeFromBlockedList(db); - addToBlockedList(db); - } - } - - leaveMutex(); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement -** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED -** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available -** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ - enterMutex(); - if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - addToBlockedList(db); - } - db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; - leaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** This function is called when -** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held -** by database connection db have been released. -** -** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections -** list and does the following: -** -** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. -** -** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and -** set pUnlockConnection=0. -** -** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and -** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections -** list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ - void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ - int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ - sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ - void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ - void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ - void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ - - aArg = aStatic; - enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ - - /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ - sqlite3 *p = *pp; - - /* Step 1. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ - p->pBlockingConnection = 0; - } - - /* Step 2. */ - if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ - assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); - if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } - - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); - assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); - if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) - || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) - ){ - /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ - void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - aDyn = aArg = pNew; - }else{ - /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to - ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the - ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to - ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. - ** - ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error - ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code - ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be - ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections - ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait - ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never - ** arrive. - ** - ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context - ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and - ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without - ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because - ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of - ** context pointers the application will receive two or more - ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will - ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple - ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the - ** circumstances. - */ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; - xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; - p->pUnlockConnection = 0; - p->xUnlockNotify = 0; - p->pUnlockArg = 0; - } - - /* Step 3. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ - *pp = p->pNextBlocked; - p->pNextBlocked = 0; - }else{ - pp = &p->pNextBlocked; - } - } - - if( nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - } - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ -} - -/* -** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is -** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); - enterMutex(); - removeFromBlockedList(db); - checkListProperties(db); - leaveMutex(); -} -#endif - -/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ - -/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) -** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The -** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the -** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees -** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the -** bottom up. -** -** -**** Varints **** -** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a -** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order -** using seven bits * per byte as follows: -** -** KEY: -** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** -** 7 bits - A -** 14 bits - BA -** 21 bits - BBA -** and so on. -** -** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but -** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian -** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are -** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). -** -** Example encodings: -** -** 1: 0x01 -** 127: 0x7f -** 128: 0x81 0x00 -** -** -**** Document lists **** -** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a -** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. -** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. -** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first -** word of the document has a position of 0. -** -** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time -** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. -** -** A doclist is stored like this: -** -** array { -** varint docid; (delta from previous doclist) -** array { (position list for column 0) -** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) -** } -** array { -** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) -** varint column; (index of new column) -** array { -** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) -** } -** } -** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream -** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur -** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals -** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. -** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more -** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus -** 2 for the first position. Example: -** -** label: A B C D E F G H I J K -** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 -** -** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document -** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 -** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the -** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 -** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The -** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357). It has one position 70 -** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K. -** -** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for -** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single -** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, -** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and -** a doclist consists of one or more document records. -** -** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an -** array of varint-encoded docids. -** -**** Segment leaf nodes **** -** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf -** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to -** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to -** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have -** the format: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. -** -** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in -** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end -** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next -** greater node id. -** -** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node -** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is -** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone -** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of -** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while -** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The -** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more -** likely to be query targets. -** -** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more -** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf -** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is -** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. -** -** -**** Segment interior nodes **** -** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms -** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior -** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using -** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when -** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node -** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior -** nodes: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) -** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) -** optional { -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) -** } -** } -** -** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } -** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. -** -** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The -** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid -** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less -** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). -** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less -** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at -** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to -** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left -** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is -** "wicked", only "w" is stored). -** -** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when -** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). -** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing -** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes -** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at -** height+1, and so on. -** -** -**** Segment directory **** -** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for -** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the -** segment's tree. -** -** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding -** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). -** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top -** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments -** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit -** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the -** height and the blockid of the previous root). -** -** The meta-information in the segment directory is: -** level - segment level (see below) -** idx - index within level -** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) -** start_block - first leaf node -** leaves_end_block - last leaf node -** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) -** root - contents of root node -** -** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, -** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. -** -** -**** Segment merging **** -** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and -** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially -** more documents. -** -** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and -** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with -** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all -** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 -** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 -** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing -** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. -** -** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in -** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment -** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this -** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. -** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are -** deleted. -** -** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be -** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show -** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're -** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time -** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than -** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. -** -** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments -** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs -** inserted: -** -** MERGE_COUNT segments -** 16 25 -** 8 12 -** 4 10 -** 2 6 -** -** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very -** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge -** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast -** even with many segments. -** -** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side -** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that -** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet -** spot around. -** -** -** -**** Handling of deletions and updates **** -** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented -** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term -** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we -** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates -** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older -** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates -** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The -** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out -** older data. -*/ - -/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ -/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ -/* -** 2009 Nov 12 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -*/ -#ifndef _FTSINT_H -#define _FTSINT_H - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif - -/* -** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the -** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all -** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE -SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 -#endif - -/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ -/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ -/* -** 2006 July 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. -** -************************************************************************* -** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There -** are three basic components: -** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer -** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for -** tokenizers. -** -** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps -** including customization information defined at creation time. -** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate -** tokens from a particular input. -*/ -#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ -#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ - -/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. -** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then -** we will need a way to register the API consistently. -*/ - -/* -** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer -** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to -** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback -** functions that make up an implementation. -** -** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to -** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer -** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an -** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to -** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). -** -** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() -** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object -** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on -** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer -** object. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; - -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { - - /* - ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1. - */ - int iVersion; - - /* - ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the - ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL - ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if - ** the following SQL is executed: - ** - ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) - ** - ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers - ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". - ** - ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error - ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set - ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic - ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by - ** this callback. The caller will do so. - */ - int (*xCreate)( - int argc, /* Size of argv array */ - const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ - ); - - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method - ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). - */ - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); - - /* - ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller - ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid - ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). - */ - int (*xOpen)( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ - const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ - ); - - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this - ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). - */ - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); - - /* - ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This - ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the - ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that - ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. - ** - ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the - ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or - ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length - ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is - ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and - ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first - ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set - ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in - ** the input buffer. - ** - ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer - ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call - ** to xNext() or xClose(). - */ - /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be - ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes - ** should be converted to zInput. - */ - int (*xNext)( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ - const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ - ); - - /*********************************************************************** - ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. - */ - - /* - ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. - */ - int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); -}; - -struct sqlite3_tokenizer { - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); -int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); - - -#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ - -/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ -/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation -** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone -** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. -** -*/ -#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ -#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ - -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; -typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -*/ -struct Fts3Hash { - char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ - char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ - int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; - -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. -** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. -*/ -struct Fts3HashElem { - Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; - -/* -** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: -** -** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long -** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case -** is respected in comparisons. -** -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. -** memcmp() is used to compare keys. -** -** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. -*/ -#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 -#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 - -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); - -/* -** Shorthand for the functions above -*/ -#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit -#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert -#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind -#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear -#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem - -/* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: -** -** Fts3Hash h; -** Fts3HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } -*/ -#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) -#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) -#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) - -/* -** Number of entries in a hash table -*/ -#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) - -#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ - -/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ - -/* -** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree -** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform -** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large -** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts -** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12 -#endif - - -/* -** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are -** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single -** segment of level N+1. -*/ -#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 - -/* -** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the -** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is -** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction -** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. -** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new -** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. -*/ -#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) - -/* -** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a -** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid -** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. -*/ -#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) - - -#ifndef MIN -# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) -#endif -#ifndef MAX -# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different -** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. -*/ -#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 - -/* -** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms -** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored -** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. -** -** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the -** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index -** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with -** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels -** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. -** -** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In -** theory though this may happen, but only after at least -** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. -*/ -#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 -#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" - -/* -** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, -** make it a no-op. -*/ -#ifndef testcase -# define testcase(X) -#endif - -/* -** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. -*/ -#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ -#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ - -/* -** This section provides definitions to allow the -** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the -** amalgamation. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -/* -** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or -** false. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -# define ALWAYS(x) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(x) (x) -# define NEVER(x) (x) -#endif - -/* -** Internal types used by SQLite. -*/ -typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ -typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ -typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ - -/* -** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. -*/ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) - -/* -** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif - -/* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void); -# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt() -#else -# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB -#endif - -typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; -typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; -typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; -typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; -typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; - -typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; -typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; -typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; -typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; -typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; - -/* -** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following -** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance -** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. -** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their -** arguments. -*/ -struct Fts3Table { - sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ - const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ - int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ - char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ - u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ - char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */ - char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */ - int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */ - u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ - - /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these - ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. - */ - sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; - - char *zReadExprlist; - char *zWriteExprlist; - - int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ - u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ - u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */ - u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ - u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ - u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */ - int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ - char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ - sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ - - /* - ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index - ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one - ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). - ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. - ** - ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index - ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the - ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] - ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. - ** - ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the - ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including - ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash - ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most - ** recently inserted record. - */ - int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ - struct Fts3Index { - int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ - Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ - } *aIndex; - int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ - int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ - sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ - int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) - /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control - ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These - ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for - ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core. - */ - int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ - int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled - ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */ - int bNoIncrDoclist; -#endif -}; - -/* -** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a -** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using -** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. -*/ -struct Fts3Cursor { - sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */ - u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */ - u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ - int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */ - int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ - Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */ - sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */ - char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */ - char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */ - int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */ - u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */ - int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */ - int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */ - sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */ - i64 iMinDocid; /* Minimum docid to return */ - i64 iMaxDocid; /* Maximum docid to return */ - int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */ - u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Information about most recent match */ - int nMatchinfo; /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */ - char *zMatchinfo; /* Matchinfo specification */ -}; - -#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 -#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 -#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 - -/* -** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. -** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to -** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index -** of the column to be searched. For example, in -** -** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); -** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; -** -** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", -** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, -** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" -** indicating that all columns should be searched, -** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. -*/ -#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ -#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ -#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ - -/* -** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by -** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described -** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following -** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches. -*/ -#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */ -#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */ -#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */ - -struct Fts3Doclist { - char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ - int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ - char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ - - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ - int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ - char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ - int nList; /* Length of position list */ -}; - -/* -** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in -** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. -** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") -** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. -*/ -struct Fts3PhraseToken { - char *z; /* Text of the token */ - int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ - int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ - int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */ - - /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is - ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are - ** used when evaluating the expression. */ - Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ -}; - -struct Fts3Phrase { - /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ - Fts3Doclist doclist; - int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ - int iDoclistToken; - - /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing - ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. - */ - int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ - int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ - Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ -}; - -/* -** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. -** -** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist -** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results -** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial -** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this -** buffer. -** -** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global -** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, -** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array -** is populated as follows: -** -** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined -** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences -** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance -** -** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed -** when the expression node is. -*/ -struct Fts3Expr { - int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ - int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ - Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ - Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ - Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ - - /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ - u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ - u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ - u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ - - u32 *aMI; -}; - -/* -** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first -** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For -** example, the following: -** -** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" -** -** is equivalent to: -** -** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" -*/ -#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 -#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 -#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 -#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 -#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 - - -/* fts3_write.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64, - sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( - Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); - -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); -#else -# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x) -# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK -# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK -# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x) -# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *); - -/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ -#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 -#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, - int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); - -/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 -#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020 - -/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ -struct Fts3SegFilter { - const char *zTerm; - int nTerm; - int iCol; - int flags; -}; - -struct Fts3MultiSegReader { - /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ - int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ - int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ - Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ - char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ - int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ - - int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ - int bRestart; - - /* Used by fts3.c only. */ - int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ - int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ - - /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ - char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ - int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ - int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ -}; - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int); - -#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \ - (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \ -) - -/* fts3.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*); - -/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, - sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); - -/* fts3_snippet.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, - const char *, const char *, int, int -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); - -/* fts3_expr.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, - char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char ** -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int, - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor ** -); - -/* fts3_aux.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( - Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( - Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); - -/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *); - -/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); -#endif - -#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ -#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ - -/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) -# define SQLITE_CORE 1 -#endif - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#endif - -static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); -static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); -static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( - Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); - -/* -** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. -** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. -** The number of bytes written is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ - unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; - sqlite_uint64 vu = v; - do{ - *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); - vu >>= 7; - }while( vu!=0 ); - q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ - assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); - return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); -} - -#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ - v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift ); \ - if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } -#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ - v = (*ptr++); \ - if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } - -/* -** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. -** The value is stored in *v. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ - const char *pStart = p; - u32 a; - u64 b; - int shift; - - GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *v, 1); - GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *v, 2); - GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *v, 3); - GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4); - b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); - - for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){ - u64 c = *p++; - b += (c&0x7F) << shift; - if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break; - } - *v = b; - return (int)(p - pStart); -} - -/* -** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a -** 32-bit integer before it is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ - u32 a; - -#ifndef fts3GetVarint32 - GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *pi, 1); -#else - a = (*p++); - assert( a & 0x80 ); -#endif - - GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *pi, 2); - GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *pi, 3); - GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4); - a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); - *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28)); - return 5; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ - int i = 0; - do{ - i++; - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 ); - return i; -} - -/* -** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing -** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the -** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine -** is a no-op. -** -** Examples: -** -** "abc" becomes abc -** 'xyz' becomes xyz -** [pqr] becomes pqr -** `mno` becomes mno -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ - char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ - - quote = z[0]; - if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ - int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ - int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ - - /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ - if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; - - while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ - if( z[iIn]==quote ){ - if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; - z[iOut++] = quote; - iIn += 2; - }else{ - z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; - } - } - z[iOut] = '\0'; - } -} - -/* -** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point -** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint -** to *pVal. -*/ -static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ - sqlite3_int64 iVal; - *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); - *pVal += iVal; -} - -/* -** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a -** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list -** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, -** and sets *pVal by the varint value. -** -** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the -** varint is part of. -*/ -static void fts3GetReverseVarint( - char **pp, - char *pStart, - sqlite3_int64 *pVal -){ - sqlite3_int64 iVal; - char *p; - - /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are - ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is - ** clear on character p[-1]. */ - for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); - p++; - *pp = p; - - sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); - *pVal = iVal; -} - -/* -** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. -*/ -static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - int i; - - assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - - /* Free any prepared statements held */ - for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ - sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); - } - sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); - sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); - sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); - sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl); - sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid); - - /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ - p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); - - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given -** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written -** into *pRc. -** -** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void fts3DbExec( - int *pRc, /* Success code */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ - const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ - ... /* Arguments to the format string */ -){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; - if( *pRc ) return; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } -} - -/* -** The xDestroy() virtual table method. -*/ -static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ - - /* Drop the shadow tables */ - if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName); - } - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName); - - /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the - ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. - ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. - */ - return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); -} - - -/* -** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table -** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() -** and xCreate() methods. -** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc -** before returning. -*/ -static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ - char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ - const char *zLanguageid; - - zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid"); - sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); - - /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ - zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); - for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ - zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); - } - - /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", - zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid - ); - if( !zCols || !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); - } - - sqlite3_free(zSql); - sqlite3_free(zCols); - *pRc = rc; - } -} - -/* -** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ - fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, - "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" - "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); - if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1; -} - -/* -** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) -** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done -** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. -** -** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an -** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and -** %_stat tables required by FTS4. -*/ -static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ - - if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ - const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid; - char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ - - /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ - zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); - for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ - char *z = p->azColumn[i]; - zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); - } - if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){ - zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); - } - if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - - /* Create the content table */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", - p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols - ); - sqlite3_free(zContentCols); - } - - /* Create other tables */ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" - "level INTEGER," - "idx INTEGER," - "start_block INTEGER," - "leaves_end_block INTEGER," - "end_block INTEGER," - "root BLOB," - "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" - ");", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", - p->zDb, p->zName - ); - } - assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 ); - if( p->bHasStat ){ - sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. -** -** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc -** before returning. -*/ -static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ - - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ - p->nPgsz = 1024; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - *pRc = rc; - } -} - -/* -** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: -** -** = -** -** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The -** term may be quoted, but the may not. -*/ -static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( - const char *z, - int *pnKey, - char **pzValue -){ - char *zValue; - const char *zCsr = z; - - while( *zCsr!='=' ){ - if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; - zCsr++; - } - - *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); - zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); - if( zValue ){ - sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); - } - *pzValue = zValue; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. -*/ -static void fts3Appendf( - int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ - char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ - const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ - ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ -){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( z && *pz ){ - char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); - sqlite3_free(z); - z = z2; - } - if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_free(*pz); - *pz = z; - } -} - -/* -** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and -** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: -** -** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" -** -** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It -** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this -** memory. -*/ -static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ - int nRet; - char *zRet; - nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; - zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet); - if( zRet ){ - int i; - char *z = zRet; - *(z++) = '"'; - for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ - if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; - *(z++) = zInput[i]; - } - *(z++) = '"'; - *(z++) = '\0'; - } - return zRet; -} - -/* -** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that -** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: -** -** SELECT FROM %_content AS x ... -** -** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order -** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of -** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL -** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the -** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following -** string is returned: -** -** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x" -** -** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It -** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. -** -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and -** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered -** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If -** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. -*/ -static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ - char *zRet = 0; - char *zFree = 0; - char *zFunction; - int i; - - if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ - if( !zFunc ){ - zFunction = ""; - }else{ - zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); - } - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); - } - if( p->zLanguageid ){ - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid"); - } - sqlite3_free(zFree); - }else{ - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid"); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]); - } - if( p->zLanguageid ){ - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); - } - } - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", - p->zDb, - (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), - (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") - ); - return zRet; -} - -/* -** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number -** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each -** user-defined text column). -** -** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark -** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed -** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three -** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: -** -** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" -** -** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It -** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. -** -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and -** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered -** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If -** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. -*/ -static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ - char *zRet = 0; - char *zFree = 0; - char *zFunction; - int i; - - if( !zFunc ){ - zFunction = ""; - }else{ - zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); - } - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); - } - if( p->zLanguageid ){ - fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?"); - } - sqlite3_free(zFree); - return zRet; -} - -/* -** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer -** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then -** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of -** the integer value. -** -** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. -** -** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and -** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. -*/ -static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ - const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ - int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ - - for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ - nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); - } - if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - *pnOut = nInt; - *pp = p; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures -** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables -** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or -** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter -** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. -** -** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was -** specified, or NULL otherwise. -** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to -** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the -** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. -** -** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility -** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. -*/ -static int fts3PrefixParameter( - const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ - int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ - struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ -){ - struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ - int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ - - if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ - const char *p; - nIndex++; - for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ - if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; - } - } - - aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); - *apIndex = aIndex; - *pnIndex = nIndex; - if( !aIndex ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); - if( zParam ){ - const char *p = zParam; - int i; - for(i=1; i module name ("fts3" or "fts4") -** argv[1] -> database name -** argv[2] -> table name -** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. -*/ -static int fts3InitVtab( - int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ - sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ - char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ -){ - Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; - Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ - int iCol; /* Column index */ - int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ - int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ - char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ - int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ - int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ - int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ - const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ - - int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ - struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ - - /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ - int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ - int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ - char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ - char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ - char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ - char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */ - char *zLanguageid = 0; /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */ - char **azNotindexed = 0; /* The set of notindexed= columns */ - int nNotindexed = 0; /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */ - - assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); - assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) - || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) - ); - - nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; - nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; - - nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2); - aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( aCol ){ - memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte); - azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - } - if( azNotindexed ){ - memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte); - } - if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto fts3_init_out; - } - - /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 - ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop - ** does the following: - ** - ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and - ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies - ** of the column names. - ** - ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, - ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. - */ - for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i8 - && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) - && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) - ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); - } - - /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ - else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ - struct Fts4Option { - const char *zOpt; - int nOpt; - } aFts4Opt[] = { - { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ - { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ - { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ - { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ - { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */ - { "content", 7 }, /* 5 -> CONTENT */ - { "languageid", 10 }, /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */ - { "notindexed", 10 } /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */ - }; - - int iOpt; - if( !zVal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - for(iOpt=0; iOptnOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ - break; - } - } - if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - switch( iOpt ){ - case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ - if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - bNoDocsize = 1; - break; - - case 1: /* PREFIX */ - sqlite3_free(zPrefix); - zPrefix = zVal; - zVal = 0; - break; - - case 2: /* COMPRESS */ - sqlite3_free(zCompress); - zCompress = zVal; - zVal = 0; - break; - - case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ - sqlite3_free(zUncompress); - zUncompress = zVal; - zVal = 0; - break; - - case 4: /* ORDER */ - if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) - && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) - ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); - break; - - case 5: /* CONTENT */ - sqlite3_free(zContent); - zContent = zVal; - zVal = 0; - break; - - case 6: /* LANGUAGEID */ - assert( iOpt==6 ); - sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); - zLanguageid = zVal; - zVal = 0; - break; - - case 7: /* NOTINDEXED */ - azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal; - zVal = 0; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_free(zVal); - } - } - - /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ - else { - nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); - aCol[nCol++] = z; - } - } - - /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following: - ** - ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options. - ** - ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL - ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ - sqlite3_free(zCompress); - sqlite3_free(zUncompress); - zCompress = 0; - zUncompress = 0; - if( nCol==0 ){ - sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); - aCol = 0; - rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent, &aCol, &nCol, &nString); - - /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id - ** column from the aCol[] array. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ - int j; - for(j=0; jdb = db; - p->nColumn = nCol; - p->nPendingData = 0; - p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; - p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; - p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); - p->bHasStat = isFts4; - p->bFts4 = isFts4; - p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx; - p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff; /* 0xff means setting unknown */ - p->zContentTbl = zContent; - p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid; - zContent = 0; - zLanguageid = 0; - TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); - TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); - - p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; - memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); - p->nIndex = nIndex; - for(i=0; iaIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); - } - p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; - - /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ - zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol]; - p->zName = zCsr; - memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); - zCsr += nName; - p->zDb = zCsr; - memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); - zCsr += nDb; - - /* Fill in the azColumn array */ - for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol] = zCsr; - zCsr += n+1; - assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); - } - - /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */ - for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol]); - for(i=0; iazColumn[iCol], zNot, n) - ){ - p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; - sqlite3_free(zNot); - azNotindexed[i] = 0; - } - } - } - for(i=0; izReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); - p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; - - /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the - ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. - */ - if( isCreate ){ - rc = fts3CreateTables(p); - } - - /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the - ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge. - */ - if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){ - p->bHasStat = 2; - } - - /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to - ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ - fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); - p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; - - /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ - fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); - -fts3_init_out: - sqlite3_free(zPrefix); - sqlite3_free(aIndex); - sqlite3_free(zCompress); - sqlite3_free(zUncompress); - sqlite3_free(zContent); - sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); - for(i=0; ipModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); - } - }else{ - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - *ppVTab = &p->base; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the -** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). -*/ -static int fts3ConnectMethod( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ -){ - return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); -} -static int fts3CreateMethod( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ -){ - return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); -} - -/* -** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this -** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to -** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. -*/ -static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ -#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 - if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ - pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There -** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: -** -** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. -** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. -** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. -*/ -static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ - - int iLangidCons = -1; /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */ - int iDocidGe = -1; /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */ - int iDocidLe = -1; /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */ - int iIdx; - - /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, - ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient - ** strategy is possible. - */ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000; - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - int bDocid; /* True if this constraint is on docid */ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; - if( pCons->usable==0 ){ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ - /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if - ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part - ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use - ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage - ** this, return a very high cost here. */ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; - fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - continue; - } - - bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1); - - /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ - if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; - iCons = i; - } - - /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. - ** - ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first - ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct - ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even - ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting - ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested - ** context" error. - */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH - && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn - ){ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; - iCons = i; - } - - /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ - if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ - && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 - ){ - iLangidCons = i; - } - - if( bDocid ){ - switch( pCons->op ){ - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: - iDocidGe = i; - break; - - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: - iDocidLe = i; - break; - } - } - } - - iIdx = 1; - if( iCons>=0 ){ - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; - } - if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ - pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } - if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ - pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } - if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ - pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; - } - - /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or - ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. - */ - if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ - struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; - if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ - if( pOrder->desc ){ - pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; - }else{ - pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; - } - pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; - } - } - - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of xOpen method. -*/ -static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - - /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the - ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, - ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); - if( !pCsr ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation -** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. -*/ -static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); - sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); - sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then -** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form: -** -** "SELECT FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?" -** -** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to -** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. -** -** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist); - if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row -** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return -** SQLITE_OK on success. -*/ -static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - - rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); - pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){ - /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content - ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. - ** The data structures are corrupt. */ - rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - pCsr->isEof = 1; - } - } - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){ - sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching -** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this -** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is -** passed in zTerm/nTerm. -** -** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid -** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. -** -** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node -** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is -** a prefix. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( - const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ - const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ - int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ - sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ - const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ - char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ - int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ - sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ - - /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every - ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree - ** node into variable iChild. - ** - ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two - ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a - ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does - ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always - ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of - ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments - ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the - ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). - */ - zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); - zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); - if( zCsr>zEnd ){ - return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - - while( zCsrzEnd ){ - rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - goto finish_scan; - } - if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ - char *zNew; - nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; - zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); - if( !zNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto finish_scan; - } - zBuffer = zNew; - } - assert( zBuffer ); - memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); - nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; - zCsr += nSuffix; - - /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from - ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal - ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree - ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search - ** iChild. - ** - ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then - ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. - */ - cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); - if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ - *piFirst = iChild; - piFirst = 0; - } - - if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ - *piLast = iChild; - piLast = 0; - } - - iChild++; - }; - - if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; - if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; - - finish_scan: - sqlite3_free(zBuffer); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an -** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) -** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode -** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term -** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. -** -** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the -** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. -** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the -** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified -** term is a prefix. -** -** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain -** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the -** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified -** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and -** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. -** -** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -static int fts3SelectLeaf( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ - const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ - int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ - - assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); - - fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); - rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); - assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ - char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ - int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ - - if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); - } - sqlite3_free(zBlob); - piLeaf = 0; - zBlob = 0; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); - } - sqlite3_free(zBlob); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 -** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. -*/ -static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ - sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ - sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ -){ - assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); - *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); - *piPrev = iVal; -} - -/* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the -** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the -** first byte after the position-list. -** -** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for -** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this -** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in -** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. -** -** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied -** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied -** before this function returns. -*/ -static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ - char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; - char c = 0; - - /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 - ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by - ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail - ** of some other, multi-byte, value. - ** - ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not - ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments - ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the - ** last byte in the position-list. - */ - while( *pEnd | c ){ - c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; - testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); - } - pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ - - if( pp ){ - int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); - char *p = *pp; - memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); - p += n; - *pp = p; - } - *ppPoslist = pEnd; -} - -/* -** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the -** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the -** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. -** -** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column -** within a single document within a doclist. -** -** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or -** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to -** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. -** -** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied -** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied -** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator -** is not copied into *pp. -*/ -static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ - char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; - char c = 0; - - /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is - ** not part of a multi-byte varint. - */ - while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ - c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; - testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); - } - if( pp ){ - int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); - char *p = *pp; - memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); - p += n; - *pp = p; - } - *ppPoslist = pEnd; -} - -/* -** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because -** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. -*/ -#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff - -/* -** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is -** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list -** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list -** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or -** (1)). -** -** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to -** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, -** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to -** point to the next value before returning. -** -** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of -** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position -** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value -** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of -** the next position. -*/ -static void fts3ReadNextPos( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ - sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ -){ - if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); - *pi -= 2; - }else{ - *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; - } -} - -/* -** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by -** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new -** column list. -** -** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before -** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes -** written (0 if iCol==0). -*/ -static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ - int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ - if( iCol ){ - char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ - n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); - *p = 0x01; - *pp = &p[n]; - } - return n; -} - -/* -** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written -** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted -** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are -** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring -** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. -*/ -static void fts3PoslistMerge( - char **pp, /* Output buffer */ - char **pp1, /* Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* Right input list */ -){ - char *p = *pp; - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; - - while( *p1 || *p2 ){ - int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ - int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ - - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); - else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; - else iCol1 = 0; - - if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); - else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; - else iCol2 = 0; - - if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ - sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ - sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); - p1 += n; - p2 += n; - - /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists - ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). - ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each - ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a - ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists - ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte - ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is - ** written to the output. - */ - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); - do { - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. -** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken -** slots before it. -** -** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. -*/ -static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ - int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ - int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ - int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ - char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ - char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ -){ - char *p = *pp; - char *p1 = *pp1; - char *p2 = *pp2; - int iCol1 = 0; - int iCol2 = 0; - - /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ - assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); - - assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); - if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ - p1++; - p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); - } - if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ - p2++; - p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); - } - - while( 1 ){ - if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ - char *pSave = p; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; - - if( iCol1 ){ - *p++ = POS_COLUMN; - p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); - } - - assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); - assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; - - while( 1 ){ - if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken - || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) - ){ - sqlite3_int64 iSave; - iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; - fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; - pSave = 0; - assert( p ); - } - if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ - if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; - }else{ - if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; - fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; - } - } - - if( pSave ){ - assert( pp && p ); - p = pSave; - } - - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); - assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); - if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; - - p1++; - p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); - p2++; - p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); - } - - /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of - ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the - ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next - ** column-number in the position list. - */ - else if( iCol1=pEnd ){ - *pp = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3_int64 iVal; - *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); - if( bDescIdx ){ - *pVal -= iVal; - }else{ - *pVal += iVal; - } - } -} - -/* -** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint -** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the -** end of the value written. -** -** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to -** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. -** -** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value -** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) -** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). -** -** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev -** to the value of parameter iVal. -*/ -static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( - char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ - int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ - sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ - int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ - sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ -){ - sqlite3_int64 iWrite; - if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ - iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; - }else{ - iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; - } - assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); - assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); - *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); - *piPrev = iVal; - *pbFirst = 1; -} - - -/* -** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two -** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable -** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). -** Otherwise, (i2-i1). -** -** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are -** sorted in either ascending or descending order. -*/ -#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) - -/* -** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all -** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the -** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist -** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be -** passed a non-zero value. -** -** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer -** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case -** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. -** -** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values -** are undefined in this case. -*/ -static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( - int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ - char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ - char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ - char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ -){ - sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; - char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; - char *p1 = a1; - char *p2 = a2; - char *p; - char *aOut; - int bFirstOut = 0; - - *paOut = 0; - *pnOut = 0; - - /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists - ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), - ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For - ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the - ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in - ** ascending order). - ** - ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the - ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is - ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list - ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since - ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must - ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from - ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid - ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists - ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. - ** - ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, - ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may - ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value - ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). - ** - ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the - ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input - ** docids to grow. - ** - ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending - ** order. - */ - aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1); - if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - p = aOut; - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); - while( p1 || p2 ){ - sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); - - if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ - fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); - fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); - }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ - fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); - fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); - }else{ - fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); - fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); - } - } - - *paOut = aOut; - *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut); - assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, -** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input -** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist -** exactly nDist tokens before it. -** -** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, -** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending -** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. -** -** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. -*/ -static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( - int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ - int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ - char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ - char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ -){ - sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; - char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; - char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; - char *p1 = aLeft; - char *p2 = aRight; - char *p; - int bFirstOut = 0; - char *aOut = aRight; - - assert( nDist>0 ); - - p = aOut; - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); - - while( p1 && p2 ){ - sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); - if( iDiff==0 ){ - char *pSave = p; - sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; - int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; - - fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); - if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ - p = pSave; - iPrev = iPrevSave; - bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; - } - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); - }else if( iDiff<0 ){ - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); - }else{ - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); - fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); - } - } - - *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut); -} - -/* -** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This -** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for -** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta -** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only -** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte. -** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter( - sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */ - char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */ - int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */ - char *pOut /* Write output here */ -){ - int nOut = 0; - int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */ - char *p = pList; - char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; - - if( *p!=0x01 ){ - if( *p==0x02 ){ - nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); - pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; - bWritten = 1; - } - fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); - } - - while( paaOutput); i++){ - if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ - if( !aOut ){ - aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; - nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; - pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; - }else{ - int nNew; - char *aNew; - - int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, - pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(aOut); - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); - sqlite3_free(aOut); - pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; - aOut = aNew; - nOut = nNew; - } - } - } - - pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; - pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed -** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function -** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). -** -** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches -** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist -** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of -** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect -** object. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an -** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. -*/ -static int fts3TermSelectMerge( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ - TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ - char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ - int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ -){ - if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ - /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output - ** buffer using memcpy(). */ - pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist); - pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; - if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ - memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - char *aMerge = aDoclist; - int nMerge = nDoclist; - int iOut; - - for(iOut=0; iOutaaOutput); iOut++){ - if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ - assert( iOut>0 ); - pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; - pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; - break; - }else{ - char *aNew; - int nNew; - - int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, - pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); - return rc; - } - - if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); - sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); - pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; - - aMerge = aNew; - nMerge = nNew; - if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ - pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; - pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; - } - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, - Fts3SegReader *pNew -){ - if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ - Fts3SegReader **apNew; - int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); - apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); - if( !apNew ){ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pCsr->apSegment = apNew; - } - pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the -** 8th argument. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code -** otherwise. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderCursor( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - int iLangid, /* Language id */ - int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ - int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ - int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ - int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ - - /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader - ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being - ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling - ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by - ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these - ** calls out here. */ - if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ - Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ - rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); - } - } - - if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ - Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; - - /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ - sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); - sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); - int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); - char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); - - /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its - ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ - if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){ - sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); - rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; - } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, - (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), - iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, - iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); - } - } - - finished: - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a -** single level therein. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */ - int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ - int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ - int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ -){ - assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL - || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING - || iLevel>=0 - ); - assert( iLevelbase.pVtab; - - if( isPrefix ){ - for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ - if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ - bFound = 1; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, - i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr - ); - pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; - } - } - - for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ - if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ - bFound = 1; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, - i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( - p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr - ); - } - } - } - } - - if( bFound==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, - 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr - ); - pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; - } - } - - *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). -*/ -static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); - sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); -} - -/* -** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term -** prefix) from the database. -*/ -static int fts3TermSelect( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ - int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ - int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ - char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ - TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ - Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ - - pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; - memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); - - filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS - | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) - | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0) - | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); - filter.iCol = iColumn; - filter.zTerm = pTok->z; - filter.nTerm = pTok->n; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); - while( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) - ){ - rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; - *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; - }else{ - int i; - for(i=0; ipSegcsr = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored -** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. -** -** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist -** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed -** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded -** varints. -*/ -static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ - int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ - if( aList ){ - char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ - char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ - while( peSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - }else{ - pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - }else{ - rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); - } - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h. -** -** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. -** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit -** compilers. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) -# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) -#endif - -/* -** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it -** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of -** the second parameter, iDefault. -*/ -static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ - if( pVal ){ - int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal); - if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); - } - } - return iDefault; -} - -/* -** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See -** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional -** information. -** -** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against -** the %_content table. -** -** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry -** in the %_content table. -** -** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The -** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column -** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand -** side of the MATCH operator. -*/ -static int fts3FilterMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ - int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ - const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ - int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ -){ - int rc; - char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ - int eSearch; - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; - - sqlite3_value *pCons = 0; /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */ - sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0; /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */ - sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0; /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */ - sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0; /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */ - int iIdx; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - - eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF); - assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - - /* Collect arguments into local variables */ - iIdx = 0; - if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++]; - if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++]; - if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++]; - if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++]; - assert( iIdx==nVal ); - - /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ - sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); - memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); - - /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */ - pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); - pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64); - - if( idxStr ){ - pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); - }else{ - pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; - } - pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch; - - if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ - int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; - const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons); - - if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - pCsr->iLangid = 0; - if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid); - - assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, - p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, - &p->base.zErrMsg - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; - pCsr->iPrevId = 0; - } - - /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the - ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a - ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single - ** row by docid. - */ - if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", - p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") - ); - if( zSql ){ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ - rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons); - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); -} - -/* -** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this -** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. -*/ -static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; -} - -/* -** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to -** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 -** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The -** rowid should be written to *pRowid. -*/ -static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; - *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from -** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. -** -** If: -** -** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column. -** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table. -** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column -** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column -*/ -static int fts3ColumnMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ - int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; - - /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ - assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 ); - - if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ - /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an - ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. - */ - sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId); - }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ - /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. - ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. */ - sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){ - sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid); - }else{ - /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains - ** indexed data), or the language-id column. */ - rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){ - int iLangid = 0; - if( p->zLanguageid ){ - iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1); - } - sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid); - }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){ - sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); - } - } - } - - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by -** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be -** inserted, updated or deleted. -*/ -static int fts3UpdateMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ - int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ - sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ -){ - return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); -} - -/* -** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms -** hash-table to the database. -*/ -static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - - /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input - ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated - ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This - ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged - ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So - ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments - ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end - ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually - ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental - ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead - ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge - ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence - ** nMinMerge. - ** - ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch - ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead - ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input - ** segments. - */ - const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ - - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; - int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) - && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff - ){ - int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ - int A; /* Incr-merge parameter A */ - - rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 ); - A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel; - A += (A/2); - if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge); - } - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat -** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat -** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code -** if an error occurs. -*/ -static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->bHasStat==2 ){ - const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'"; - char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName); - if( zSql ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW); - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat; - } - sqlite3_free(zSql); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Implementation of xBegin() method. -*/ -static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); - assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); - TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); - TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); - p->nLeafAdd = 0; - return fts3SetHasStat(p); -} - -/* -** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of -** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database -** by fts3SyncMethod(). -*/ -static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); - assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); - TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms -** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. -*/ -static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); - TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); - TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the -** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function -** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the -** same position list. -*/ -static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ - char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; - char c = 0; - - while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); - while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ - c = *p--; - } - if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; } - while( *p++&0x80 ); - *ppPoslist = p; -} - -/* -** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), -** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. -** -** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size -** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the -** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error -** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The -** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. -*/ -static int fts3FunctionArg( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ - const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ - sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ - Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ -){ - Fts3Cursor *pRet; - if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB - || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) - ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); - *ppCsr = pRet; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 -*/ -static void fts3SnippetFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - const char *zStart = ""; - const char *zEnd = ""; - const char *zEllipsis = "..."; - int iCol = -1; - int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ - - /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise - ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). - */ - assert( nVal>=1 ); - - if( nVal>6 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, - "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); - return; - } - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; - - switch( nVal ){ - case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); - case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); - case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); - case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); - case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); - } - if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); - }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ - sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 -*/ -static void fts3OffsetsFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - - assert( nVal==1 ); - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; - assert( pCsr ); - if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ - sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This -** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. -** Example usage is: -** -** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; -** -** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. -*/ -static void fts3OptimizeFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - - assert( nVal==1 ); - if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; - p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; - assert( p ); - - rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); - - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_OK: - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - case SQLITE_DONE: - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - default: - sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); - break; - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 -*/ -static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ - int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ -){ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ - assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); - if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ - const char *zArg = 0; - if( nVal>1 ){ - zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); - } - sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); - } -} - -/* -** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 -** virtual table. -*/ -static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ - int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ - const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ - void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ - void **ppArg /* Unused */ -){ - struct Overloaded { - const char *zName; - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - } aOverload[] = { - { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, - { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, - { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, - { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, - }; - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); - - for(i=0; idb; /* Database connection */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - - /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. - ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ - rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); - - /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is - ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction - ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method - ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to - ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. - */ - assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - } - - if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - } - - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - } - if( p->bHasStat ){ - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - } - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - fts3DbExec(&rc, db, - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", - p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The xSavepoint() method. -** -** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. -*/ -static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); - assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint ); - TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); - if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){ - rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The xRelease() method. -** -** This is a no-op. -*/ -static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ - TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); - assert( p->inTransaction ); - assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); - TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The xRollbackTo() method. -** -** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. -*/ -static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); - assert( p->inTransaction ); - assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); - TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { - /* iVersion */ 2, - /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, - /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, - /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, - /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, - /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, - /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, - /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, - /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, - /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, - /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, - /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, - /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, - /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, - /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, - /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, - /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, - /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, - /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, - /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, - /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod, - /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod, - /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod, -}; - -/* -** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an -** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory -** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. -*/ -static void hashDestroy(void *p){ - Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); -} - -/* -** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are -** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c -** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions -** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. -** -** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed -** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. -** And so on. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -#endif - -/* -** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part -** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by -** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this -** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; - sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 - sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; -#endif - - rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); - sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); - - /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ - pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); - if( !pHash ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); - } - - /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) -#endif - ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); - } -#endif - - /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload - ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the - ** module with sqlite. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) - ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( - db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( - db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 - ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash); - } - return rc; - } - - - /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( pHash ){ - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed -** by pExpr. -** -** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of -** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple -** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan -** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. -** -** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a -** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which -** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed -** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory -** doclist and then traversed. -*/ -static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ - int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ - int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ - int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ -){ - if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - int i; - int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - *pnToken += nToken; - for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i]; - int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, - pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRc = rc; - return; - } - } - assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); - pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; - }else{ - *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); - fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); - fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); - } - } -} - -/* -** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. -** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. -** -** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using -** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually -** freeing the buffer. -*/ -static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( - Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ - Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ - int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ - char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ - int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ -){ - assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); - - if( pList==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); - p->doclist.aAll = 0; - p->doclist.nAll = 0; - } - - else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){ - p->doclist.aAll = pList; - p->doclist.nAll = nList; - } - - else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pList); - } - - else { - char *pLeft; - char *pRight; - int nLeft; - int nRight; - int nDiff; - - if( p->iDoclistTokendoclist.aAll; - nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; - pRight = pList; - nRight = nList; - nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; - }else{ - pRight = p->doclist.aAll; - nRight = p->doclist.nAll; - pLeft = pList; - nLeft = nList; - nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; - } - - fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight); - sqlite3_free(pLeft); - p->doclist.aAll = pRight; - p->doclist.nAll = nRight; - } - - if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; -} - -/* -** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist -** does not take deferred tokens into account. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ - Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ -){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int iToken; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTokennToken; iToken++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; - assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); - - if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ - int nThis = 0; - char *pThis = 0; - rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); - } - } - assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for -** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases -** current position list to include only those positions that are really -** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this -** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList -** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ - int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ - char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ - int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ - int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ - - assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); - - for(iToken=0; iTokennToken; iToken++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; - Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; - - if( pDeferred ){ - char *pList; - int nList; - int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( pList==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(aPoslist); - pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; - pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - - }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ - aPoslist = pList; - nPoslist = nList; - - }else{ - char *aOut = pList; - char *p1 = aPoslist; - char *p2 = aOut; - - assert( iPrev>=0 ); - fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); - sqlite3_free(aPoslist); - aPoslist = pList; - nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist); - if( nPoslist==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(aPoslist); - pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; - pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - iPrev = iToken; - } - } - - if( iPrev>=0 ){ - int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; - if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ - pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; - pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; - pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; - pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; - }else{ - int nDistance; - char *p1; - char *p2; - char *aOut; - - if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ - p1 = aPoslist; - p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; - }else{ - p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - p2 = aPoslist; - nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; - } - - aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); - if( !aOut ){ - sqlite3_free(aPoslist); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; - if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ - pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; - pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); - }else{ - sqlite3_free(aOut); - pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; - pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; - } - sqlite3_free(aPoslist); - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the -** incremental doclists strategy. -*/ -#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4 - -/* -** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query -** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this -** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be -** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. -** -** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the -** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into -** memory within this call. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ - int i; - - /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is - ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be - ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of - ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" - ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ - int bHaveIncr = 0; - int bIncrOk = (bOptOk - && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx - && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 - && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 -#endif - ); - for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && inToken; i++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; - if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){ - bIncrOk = 0; - } - if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1; - } - - if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){ - /* Use the incremental approach. */ - int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; - Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr; - if( pSegcsr ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n); - } - } - p->bIncr = 1; - }else{ - /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ - rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); - p->bIncr = 0; - } - - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) -** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase -** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through -** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". -** -** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or -** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this -** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( - int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ - char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ - int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ - char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ - sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ - int *pnList, /* OUT: List length pointer */ - u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ -){ - char *p = *ppIter; - - assert( nDoclist>0 ); - assert( *pbEof==0 ); - assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); - assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); - - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; - char *pNext = 0; - char *pDocid = aDoclist; - char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; - int iMul = 1; - - while( pDocid0 ); - assert( *pbEof==0 ); - assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); - assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); - - if( p==0 ){ - p = aDoclist; - p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); - }else{ - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); - if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ - *pbEof = 1; - }else{ - sqlite3_int64 iVar; - p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar); - *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar); - } - } - - *ppIter = p; -} - -/* -** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof -** to true if EOF is reached. -*/ -static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( - Fts3Table *pTab, - Fts3Doclist *pDL, - u8 *pbEof -){ - char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ - char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ - - if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ - pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; - }else{ - pIter = pDL->aAll; - } - - if( pIter>=pEnd ){ - /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ - *pbEof = 1; - }else{ - sqlite3_int64 iDelta; - pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); - if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ - pDL->iDocid += iDelta; - }else{ - pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; - } - pDL->pList = pIter; - fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); - pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList); - - /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- - ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was - ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually - ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals - ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by - ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ - while( pIterpNextDocid = pIter; - assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); - *pbEof = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext(). -*/ -typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist; -struct TokenDoclist { - int bIgnore; - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; - char *pList; - int nList; -}; - -/* -** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a -** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the -** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new -** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. -** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int incrPhraseTokenNext( - Fts3Table *pTab, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to advance token of */ - int iToken, /* Specific token to advance */ - TokenDoclist *p, /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */ - u8 *pbEof /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){ - assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); - assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 ); - fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof); - p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList; - p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; - }else{ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; - assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); - assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 ); - if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ - assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); - rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( - pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList - ); - if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1; - }else{ - p->bIgnore = 1; - } - } - - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: -** -** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and -** -** * does not contain any deferred tokens. -** -** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate -** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. -** -** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to -** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is -** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. -** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ - Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ - u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - u8 bEof = 0; - - /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least - ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */ - assert( p->bIncr==1 ); - - if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, - &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList - ); - if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; - }else{ - int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; - struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS]; - - memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); - assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS ); - assert( p->iDoclistTokennToken && bEof==0; i++){ - rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); - if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){ - iMax = a[i].iDocid; - bMaxSet = 1; - } - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0 ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet ); - - /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ - for(i=0; inToken; i++){ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 - && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 - ){ - rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); - if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ - iMax = a[i].iDocid; - i = 0; - } - } - } - - /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */ - if( bEof==0 ){ - int nList = 0; - int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList; - char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); - if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1); - - for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){ - if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){ - char *pL = a[i].pList; - char *pR = aDoclist; - char *pOut = aDoclist; - int nDist = p->nToken-1-i; - int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR); - if( res==0 ) break; - nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist); - } - } - if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){ - pDL->iDocid = iMax; - pDL->pList = aDoclist; - pDL->nList = nList; - pDL->bFreeList = 1; - break; - } - sqlite3_free(aDoclist); - } - } - } - - *pbEof = bEof; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_OK. -** -** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to -** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is -** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. -*/ -static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ - Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ - u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - - if( p->bIncr ){ - rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); - }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ - sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, - &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof - ); - pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; - }else{ - fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the -** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any -** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. -** -** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the -** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for -** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). -** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression -** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. -** -** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error -** code before returning. -*/ -static void fts3EvalStartReaders( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ - int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ -){ - if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - int i; - int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; - } - pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); - *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase); - }else{ - fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); - fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); - pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); - } - } -} - -/* -** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process -** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part -** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each -** token in the FTS expression. -** -** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong -** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or -** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered -** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in -** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. -*/ -typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; -struct Fts3TokenAndCost { - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ - int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ - Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ - int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ - int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ -}; - -/* -** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. -** -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an -** SQLite error code. -*/ -static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ - Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ - Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ - int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ -){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - int i; - for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ - Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; - pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; - pTC->iToken = i; - pTC->pRoot = pRoot; - pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; - pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; - *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); - } - }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND - || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ - pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; - **ppOr = pRoot; - (*ppOr)++; - } - fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ - pRoot = pExpr->pRight; - **ppOr = pRoot; - (*ppOr)++; - } - fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); - } - } -} - -/* -** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, -** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return -** an SQLite error code. -** -** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating -** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount -** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in -** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus -** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. -*/ -static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ - if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ - /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost - ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required - ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. - ** - ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 - ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. - ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in - ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of - ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left - ** to right. - */ - int rc; - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; - sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; - const char *pEnd; - const char *a; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); - assert( a ); - - pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; - a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); - while( anDoc = nDoc; - pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); - assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be -** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is -** called. -** -** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the -** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within -** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition -** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. -** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() -** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is -** returned. -*/ -static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */ - Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */ - int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */ -){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ - int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ - int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ - - int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ - int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ - - /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx - ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content - ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from - ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely - ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */ - if( pTab->zContentTbl ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists - ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is - ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ - for(ii=0; ii0 ); - - - /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order - ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer - ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. - ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: - ** - ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the - ** first iteration of this loop), or - ** - ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. - ** - ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the - ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist - ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in - ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. - ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that - ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. - ** - ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in - ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: - ** - ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) - */ - for(ii=0; iinOvfl) - ){ - pTC = &aTC[iTC]; - } - } - assert( pTC ); - - if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ - /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all - ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages - ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. - */ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; - rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); - fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); - pToken->pSegcsr = 0; - }else{ - /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the - ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from - ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ - if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; - - if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){ - /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is - ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will - ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; - int nList = 0; - char *pList = 0; - rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nCount; - fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList); - nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( - pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll - ); - if( ii==0 || nCountpToken = 0; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes -** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through -** the results of a query, the caller does: -** -** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); -** while( 1 ){ -** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); -** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; -** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... -** } -*/ -static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nToken = 0; - int nOr = 0; - - /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ - fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); - - /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){ - Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; - Fts3Expr **apOr; - aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc( - sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken - + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 - ); - apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; - - if( !aTC ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - int ii; - Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; - Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; - - fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); - nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC); - nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iipExpr, &rc); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. -*/ -static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ - if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ - sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); - } - pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; - pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; - pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; -} - -/* -** This function is called to edit the position list associated with -** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR -** condition. For example: -** -** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" -** -** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in -** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to -** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the -** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, -** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to -** the position list associated with phrase "abc". -** -** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently -** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this -** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. -** -** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit -** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in -** pPhrase. -*/ -static int fts3EvalNearTrim( - int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ - char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ - char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ - int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ -){ - int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; - int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; - int nNew; - char *p2; - char *pOut; - int res; - - assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); - - p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( - &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 - ); - if( res ){ - nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; - assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); - assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); - memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); - pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; - *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; - } - - return res; -} - -/* -** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called. -** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to -** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through -** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero, -** or descending if it is non-zero. -** -** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if -** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set: -** -** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row) -** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row) -** -** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not -** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list -** for the phrase for the visited row: -** -** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) -** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) -** -** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next -** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: -** -** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists -** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in -** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. -** -** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or -** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the -** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other -** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression -** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", -** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case -** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. -** -** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is -** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". -** -** See fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear() for details on testing if a row is -** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. -*/ -static void fts3EvalNextRow( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ - int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ -){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ - assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); - pExpr->bStart = 1; - - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: - case FTSQUERY_AND: { - Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); - - if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ - /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. - ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); - pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; - pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; - }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ - /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. - ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); - pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; - pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; - }else{ - /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); - while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); - if( iDiff==0 ) break; - if( iDiff<0 ){ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); - }else{ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); - } - } - pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; - pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); - } - break; - } - - case FTSQUERY_OR: { - Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); - - assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); - assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); - - if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); - }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); - }else{ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); - } - - pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); - iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); - if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ - pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; - }else{ - pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; - } - - break; - } - - case FTSQUERY_NOT: { - Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - - if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); - assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); - } - - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); - if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ - while( !*pRc - && !pRight->bEof - && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 - ){ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); - } - } - pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; - pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; - break; - } - - default: { - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); - *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); - pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; - break; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR -** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. -** -** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR -** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists -** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. -** -** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each -** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those -** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR -** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not -** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not -** be edited if 0 is returned. -*/ -static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ - int res = 1; - - /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. - ** For example, the query: - ** - ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" - ** - ** which is represented in tree form as: - ** - ** | - ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query - ** | | - ** +--NEAR--+ "z" - ** | | - ** +--NEAR--+ "y" - ** | | - ** "w" "x" - ** - ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The - ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are - ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. - */ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK - && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - && pExpr->bEof==0 - && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) - ){ - Fts3Expr *p; - int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ - char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ - - /* Allocate temporary working space. */ - for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ - nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; - } - nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; - if( nTmp==0 ){ - res = 0; - }else{ - aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2); - if( !aTmp ){ - *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - res = 0; - }else{ - char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; - int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; - - for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; - int nNear = p->nNear; - res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); - } - - aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; - nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; - for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ - int nNear; - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; - assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p ); - nNear = p->pParent->nNear; - pPhrase = ( - p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase - ); - res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); - } - } - - sqlite3_free(aTmp); - } - } - - return res; -} - -/* -** This function is a helper function for fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(). -** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the -** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr -** currently points to, or zero if it does not. -** -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to -** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is -** undefined. -*/ -static int fts3EvalTestExpr( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ - int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ -){ - int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: - case FTSQUERY_AND: - bHit = ( - fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) - && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) - && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) - ); - - /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for - ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), - ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize - ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. - ** For example if this expression: - ** - ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' - ** - ** is matched against a row containing: - ** - ** 'a b d e' - ** - ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" - ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). - */ - if( bHit==0 - && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) - ){ - Fts3Expr *p; - for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ - if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ - fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); - } - } - if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ - fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); - } - } - - break; - - case FTSQUERY_OR: { - int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); - int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); - bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; - break; - } - - case FTSQUERY_NOT: - bHit = ( - fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) - && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) - ); - break; - - default: { -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED - if( pCsr->pDeferred - && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) - ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); - if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ - fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); - } - *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); - bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); - pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; - }else -#endif - { - bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); - } - break; - } - } - } - return bHit; -} - -/* -** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when -** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the -** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the -** following caveats: -** -** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been -** treated as "AND". -** -** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered. -** -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately -** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR -** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the -** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true: -** -** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and -** -** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens, -** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query. -** -** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS -** query, return 0. -*/ -static int fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ - int rc = *pRc; - int bMiss = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - - /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into - ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred - ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred - ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account - ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). - */ - if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ - rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); - } - } - bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); - - /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ - sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); - *pRc = rc; - } - return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); -} - -/* -** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in -** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. -*/ -static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; - assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); - if( pExpr==0 ){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - }else{ - do { - if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ - sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - } - assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); - pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; - pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; - pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; - pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; - }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) ); - } - - /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified - ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ( - (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid) - || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevIdiMinDocid) - )){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to -** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental -** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. -** -** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is -** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an -** SQLite error code before returning. -*/ -static void fts3EvalRestart( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, - Fts3Expr *pExpr, - int *pRc -){ - if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - - if( pPhrase ){ - fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); - if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inToken; i++){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; - assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); - if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ - sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr); - } - } - *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); - } - pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; - pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; - } - - pExpr->iDocid = 0; - pExpr->bEof = 0; - pExpr->bStart = 0; - - fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); - fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); - } -} - -/* -** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the -** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched -** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments -** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently -** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase -** expression nodes. -*/ -static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - if( pExpr ){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ - int iCol = 0; - char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - - assert( *p ); - while( 1 ){ - u8 c = 0; - int iCnt = 0; - while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ - if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; - c = *p++ & 0x80; - } - - /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences - ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance - */ - pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; - pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); - if( *p==0x00 ) break; - p++; - p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); - } - } - - fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft); - fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight); - } -} - -/* -** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. -** -** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and -** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part -** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array -** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and -** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. -*/ -static int fts3EvalGatherStats( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ - Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ - - sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; - u8 bEof; - - /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ - pRoot = pExpr; - while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - pRoot = pRoot->pParent; - } - iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; - bEof = pRoot->bEof; - assert( pRoot->bStart ); - - /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ - for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ - Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); - assert( pE->aMI==0 ); - pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); - if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); - } - - fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); - - while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - - do { - /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ - if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); - assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); - - /* Advance to the next document */ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); - pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; - pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; - pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; - pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; - }while( pCsr->isEof==0 - && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR - && fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc) - ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ - fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot); - } - } - - pCsr->isEof = 0; - pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; - - if( bEof ){ - pRoot->bEof = bEof; - }else{ - /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending - ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the - ** do loop can not be written: - ** - ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocidbEof==0 ); - }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); - fts3EvalTestDeferredAndNear(pCsr, &rc); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase -** expression node for the following information: -** -** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of -** the FTS table (considering all rows), and -** -** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the -** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. -** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column -** written into the array aiOut as follows: -** -** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences -** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance -** -** Caveats: -** -** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output -** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other -** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each -** column of each row of the table. -** -** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred -** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering -** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. -** -** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances -** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ - u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ -){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int iCol; - - if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); - for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ - aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; - aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; - } - }else{ - rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pExpr->aMI ); - for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ - aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; - aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function -** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. -** -** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing -** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol -** of the current row. -** -** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each -** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) -** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, -** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list -** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: -** -** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 -** -** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, -** incremental, or neither. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ - int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */ - char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ -){ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - char *pIter; - int iThis; - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; - - /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than - ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ - *ppOut = 0; - assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); - if( (pPhrase->iColumnnColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; - pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){ - int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx; /* For DOCID_CMP macro */ - int iMul; /* +1 if csr dir matches index dir, else -1 */ - int bOr = 0; - u8 bEof = 0; - u8 bTreeEof = 0; - Fts3Expr *p; /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */ - Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ - - /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, - ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid - ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the - ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node - ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ - pNear = pExpr; - for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){ - if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1; - if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p; - if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1; - } - if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use - ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase - ** into memory in this case. */ - if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int bEofSave = pExpr->bEof; - fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pExpr->bEof ){ - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); - if( bEofSave==0 && pExpr->iDocid==iDocid ) break; - } - pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - iMul = ((pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist) ? 1 : -1); - while( bTreeEof==1 - && pNear->bEof==0 - && (DOCID_CMP(pNear->iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId) * iMul)<0 - ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; - pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; - } - - bEof = (pPhrase->doclist.nAll==0); - assert( bDescDoclist==0 || bDescDoclist==1 ); - assert( pCsr->bDesc==0 || pCsr->bDesc==1 ); - - if( bEof==0 ){ - if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){ - int dummy; - if( pNear->bEof ){ - /* This expression is already at EOF. So position it to point to the - ** last entry in the doclist at pPhrase->doclist.aAll[]. Variable - ** iDocid is already set for this entry, so all that is required is - ** to set pIter to point to the first byte of the last position-list - ** in the doclist. - ** - ** It would also be correct to set pIter and iDocid to zero. In - ** this case, the first call to sqltie3Fts4DoclistPrev() below - ** would also move the iterator to point to the last entry in the - ** doclist. However, this is expensive, as to do so it has to - ** iterate through the entire doclist from start to finish (since - ** it does not know the docid for the last entry). */ - pIter = &pPhrase->doclist.aAll[pPhrase->doclist.nAll-1]; - fts3ReversePoslist(pPhrase->doclist.aAll, &pIter); - } - while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ - sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( - bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, - &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof - ); - } - }else{ - if( pNear->bEof ){ - pIter = 0; - iDocid = 0; - } - while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ - sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( - bDescDoclist, pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pPhrase->doclist.nAll, - &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof - ); - } - } - } - - if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) pIter = 0; - } - if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - if( *pIter==0x01 ){ - pIter++; - pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); - }else{ - iThis = 0; - } - while( iThisdoclist, and -** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ - if( pPhrase ){ - int i; - sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll); - fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); - memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); - for(i=0; inToken; i++){ - fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); - pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; - } - } -} - - -/* -** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; -} -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_CORE -/* -** Initialize API pointer table, if required. -*/ -#ifdef _WIN32 -__declspec(dllexport) -#endif -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, - const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi -){ - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) - return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); -} -#endif - -#endif - -/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2011 Jan 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; -typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; - -struct Fts3auxTable { - sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; -}; - -struct Fts3auxCursor { - sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ - Fts3SegFilter filter; - char *zStop; - int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ - int iLangid; /* Language id to query */ - int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ - sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ - - int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ - int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ - struct Fts3auxColstats { - sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ - sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ - } *aStat; -}; - -/* -** Schema of the terms table. -*/ -#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \ - "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)" - -/* -** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. -** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect -** and xCreate are identical operations. -*/ -static int fts3auxConnectMethod( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pUnused, /* Unused */ - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ - const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ -){ - char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ - char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ - int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ - int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ - int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ - int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ - Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); - - /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms: - ** - ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table); - ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table); - */ - if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; - - zDb = argv[1]; - nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); - if( argc==5 ){ - if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ - zDb = argv[3]; - nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); - zFts3 = argv[4]; - }else{ - goto bad_args; - } - }else{ - zFts3 = argv[3]; - } - nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3); - - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; - p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(p, 0, nByte); - - p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; - p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; - p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; - p->pFts3Tab->db = db; - p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; - - memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); - memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); - sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); - - *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; - return SQLITE_OK; - - bad_args: - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. -** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect -** and xDestroy are identical operations. -*/ -static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; - Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; - int i; - - /* Free any prepared statements held */ - for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ - sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); - } - sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 -#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 -#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 - -/* -** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. -*/ -static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, - sqlite3_index_info *pInfo -){ - int i; - int iEq = -1; - int iGe = -1; - int iLe = -1; - int iLangid = -1; - int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - - /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ - if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 - && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 - && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 - ){ - pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; - } - - /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. - ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ - int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; - int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn; - - if( iCol==0 ){ - if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; - if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; - if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; - if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; - if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; - } - if( iCol==4 ){ - if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i; - } - } - } - - if( iEq>=0 ){ - pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; - }else{ - pInfo->idxNum = 0; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; - if( iGe>=0 ){ - pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++; - pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; - } - if( iLe>=0 ){ - pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++; - pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; - } - } - if( iLangid>=0 ){ - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++; - pInfo->estimatedCost--; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xOpen - Open a cursor. -*/ -static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ - Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - - pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); - if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); - - *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xClose - Close a cursor. -*/ -static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; - Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); - sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ - if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ - struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; - aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, - sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize - ); - if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, - sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) - ); - pCsr->aStat = aNew; - pCsr->nStat = nSize; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. -*/ -static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; - int rc; - - /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ - pCsr->iRowid++; - - for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iColnStat; pCsr->iCol++){ - if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - int i = 0; - int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; - char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; - int iCol; - - int eState = 0; - - if( pCsr->zStop ){ - int n = (pCsr->nStopcsr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; - int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); - if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); - iCol = 0; - - while( iaStat[0].nDoc++; - eState = 1; - iCol = 0; - break; - - /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating - ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the - ** start of a position list for column 0. - ** - ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the - ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to - ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. - */ - case 1: - assert( iCol==0 ); - if( v>1 ){ - pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; - } - eState = 2; - /* fall through */ - - case 2: - if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ - eState = 0; - }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ - eState = 3; - }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ - pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; - pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; - } - break; - - /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ - default: assert( eState==3 ); - iCol = (int)v; - if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; - eState = 2; - break; - } - } - - pCsr->iCol = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pCsr->isEof = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. -*/ -static int fts3auxFilterMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ - int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ - const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ - int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ -){ - Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; - int rc; - int isScan = 0; - int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */ - - int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */ - int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */ - int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */ - int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */ - int iNext = 0; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); - - assert( idxStr==0 ); - assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 - || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT - || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) - ); - - if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){ - iEq = iNext++; - }else{ - isScan = 1; - if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){ - iGe = iNext++; - } - if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ - iLe = iNext++; - } - } - if( iNextfilter.zTerm); - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); - sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); - memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); - - pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; - if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; - - if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){ - const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); - assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) ); - if( zStr ){ - pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); - pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); - if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - if( iLe>=0 ){ - pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe])); - pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]); - if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( iLangid>=0 ){ - iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); - - /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero - ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also - ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since - ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and - ** so the overall query will return zero rows. */ - if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0; - } - pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, - pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); - return rc; -} - -/* -** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. -*/ -static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - return pCsr->isEof; -} - -/* -** xColumn - Return a column value. -*/ -static int fts3auxColumnMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ - int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ -){ - Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - - assert( p->isEof==0 ); - switch( iCol ){ - case 0: /* term */ - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - break; - - case 1: /* col */ - if( p->iCol ){ - sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - } - break; - - case 2: /* documents */ - sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); - break; - - case 3: /* occurrences */ - sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); - break; - - default: /* languageid */ - assert( iCol==4 ); - sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid); - break; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. -*/ -static int fts3auxRowidMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ - sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ -){ - Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; - *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK -** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ - static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { - 0, /* iVersion */ - fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ - fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ - fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ - fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ - fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ - fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ - fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ - fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ - fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ - fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ - fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ - fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ - 0, /* xUpdate */ - 0, /* xBegin */ - 0, /* xSync */ - 0, /* xCommit */ - 0, /* xRollback */ - 0, /* xFindFunction */ - 0, /* xRename */ - 0, /* xSavepoint */ - 0, /* xRelease */ - 0 /* xRollbackTo */ - }; - int rc; /* Return code */ - - rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - -/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ -/* -** 2008 Nov 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings -** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported -** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is -** hand-coded. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* -** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been -** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between -** the new and the old syntaxes are: -** -** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. -** -** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. -** -** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not -** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). -** -** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence -** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit -** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. -** -** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the -** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable -** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to -** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can -** be tested using a single build of testfixture. -** -** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH -** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser -** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a -** custom parser. -** -** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. -** -** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. -** -** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. -** notexpr ::= LP query RP. -** -** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. -** -** distance_opt ::= . -** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. -** -** phrase ::= TOKEN. -** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. -** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; -#else -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 -# else -# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Default span for NEAR operators. -*/ -#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -/* -** isNot: -** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is -** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a -** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the -** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to -** zero. -*/ -typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; -struct ParseContext { - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ - int iLangid; /* Language id used with tokenizer */ - const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ - int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ - int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ - int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ - int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ - sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ - int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ -}; - -/* -** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. -** -** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it -** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed -** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type -** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper -** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for -** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. -** negative values). -*/ -static int fts3isspace(char c){ - return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, -** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, -** return NULL. -*/ -static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ - void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); - return pRet; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, - int iLangid, - const char *z, - int n, - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; - int rc; - - rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){ - rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pModule->xClose(pCsr); - pCsr = 0; - } - } - } - *ppCsr = pCsr; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself -** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. -*/ -static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); - -/* -** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer -** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr -** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this -** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is -** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated -** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation -** fails. -*/ -static int getNextToken( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ - const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - int rc; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - int i = 0; - - /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */ - for(i=0; iiLangid, z, i, &pCursor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char *zToken; - int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0; - int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ - - rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); - if( !pRet ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; - pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; - pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; - pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; - pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; - pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; - memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); - - if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; - iEnd++; - } - - while( 1 ){ - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' - ){ - pParse->isNot = 1; - iStart--; - }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){ - pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1; - iStart--; - }else{ - break; - } - } - - } - *pnConsumed = iEnd; - }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - } - - *ppExpr = pRet; - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, -** then free the old allocation. -*/ -static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ - void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); - if( !pRet ){ - sqlite3_free(pOrig); - } - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string -** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character -** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire -** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE -** containing the results. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the -** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory -** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set -** to 0. -*/ -static int getNextString( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - int rc; - Fts3Expr *p = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; - char *zTemp = 0; - int nTemp = 0; - - const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); - int nToken = 0; - - /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, - ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single - ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to - ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. - ** - ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate - ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() - ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: - ** - ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase - ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken - ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. - ** - ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. - ** - ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, - ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase - ** structures. - */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( - pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ - const char *zByte; - int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; - - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); - if( !p ) goto no_mem; - - zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte); - if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem; - - assert( nToken==ii ); - pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii]; - memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); - - memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte); - nTemp += nByte; - - pToken->n = nByte; - pToken->isPrefix = (iEndbFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^'); - nToken = ii+1; - } - } - - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - pCursor = 0; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - int jj; - char *zBuf = 0; - - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); - if( !p ) goto no_mem; - memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); - p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; - p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; - - zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; - if( zTemp ){ - memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - }else{ - assert( nTemp==0 ); - } - - for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){ - p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; - zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; - } - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - *ppExpr = p; - return rc; -no_mem: - - if( pCursor ){ - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - } - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppExpr = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -} - -/* -** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr -** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. -** -** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM -** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. -** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. -*/ -static int getNextNode( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - static const struct Fts3Keyword { - char *z; /* Keyword text */ - unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ - unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ - unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ - } aKeyword[] = { - { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, - { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, - { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, - { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } - }; - int ii; - int iCol; - int iColLen; - int rc; - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - - const char *zInput = z; - int nInput = n; - - pParse->isNot = 0; - - /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or - ** close bracket, or a quoted string. - */ - while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ - nInput--; - zInput++; - } - if( nInput==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ - for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ - const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; - - if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - - if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ - int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; - int nKey = pKey->n; - char cNext; - - /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ - if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - assert( nKey==4 ); - if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ - nNear = 0; - for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ - nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); - } - } - } - - /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, - ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close - ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. - */ - cNext = zInput[nKey]; - if( fts3isspace(cNext) - || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 - ){ - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pRet ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pRet->eType = pKey->eType; - pRet->nNear = nNear; - *ppExpr = pRet; - *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the - ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. - */ - } - } - - /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then - ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() - ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping - ** a quote character embedded in a string. - */ - if( *zInput=='"' ){ - for(ii=1; iinNest++; - rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } - *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed; - return rc; - }else if( *zInput==')' ){ - pParse->nNest--; - *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); - *ppExpr = 0; - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or - ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer - ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit - ** column specifier for the token. - ** - ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier - ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was - ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was - ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the - ** limitation. - */ - iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; - iColLen = 0; - for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ - const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; - int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); - if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' - && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 - ){ - iCol = ii; - iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); - break; - } - } - rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); - *pnConsumed += iColLen; - return rc; -} - -/* -** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type -** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the -** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. -** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator -** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. -** -** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to -** lowest is: -** -** NEAR -** NOT -** AND (including implicit ANDs) -** OR -** -** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher -** precedence than the AND operator. -*/ -static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ - assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ - return p->eType; - }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - return 1; - }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ - return 2; - } - assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); - return 3; -} - -/* -** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query -** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently -** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary -** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence -** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head -** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. -*/ -static void insertBinaryOperator( - Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ - Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ - Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ -){ - Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; - while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ - pSplit = pSplit->pParent; - } - - if( pSplit->pParent ){ - assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); - pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; - pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; - }else{ - *ppHead = pNew; - } - pNew->pLeft = pSplit; - pSplit->pParent = pNew; -} - -/* -** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function -** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched -** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the -** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of -** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM -** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. -*/ -static int fts3ExprParse( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; - Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ - int nIn = n; - const char *zIn = z; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isRequirePhrase = 1; - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Fts3Expr *p = 0; - int nByte = 0; - - rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); - assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p ){ - int isPhrase; - - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot - ){ - /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ - Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pNot ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exprparse_out; - } - pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; - pNot->pRight = p; - p->pParent = pNot; - if( pNotBranch ){ - pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; - pNotBranch->pParent = pNot; - } - pNotBranch = pNot; - p = pPrev; - }else{ - int eType = p->eType; - isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); - - /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or - ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a - ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when - ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. - */ - if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto exprparse_out; - } - - if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ - /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ - Fts3Expr *pAnd; - assert( pRet && pPrev ); - pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pAnd ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exprparse_out; - } - pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; - insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); - pPrev = pAnd; - } - - /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR - ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of - ** the following: - ** - ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase - ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) - ** - ** Return an error in either case. - */ - if( pPrev && ( - (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) - || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) - )){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto exprparse_out; - } - - if( isPhrase ){ - if( pRet ){ - assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); - pPrev->pRight = p; - p->pParent = pPrev; - }else{ - pRet = p; - } - }else{ - insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); - } - isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; - } - pPrev = p; - } - assert( nByte>0 ); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); - nIn -= nByte; - zIn += nByte; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ - if( !pRet ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch; - while( pIter->pLeft ){ - pIter = pIter->pLeft; - } - pIter->pLeft = pRet; - pRet->pParent = pIter; - pRet = pNotBranch; - } - } - } - *pnConsumed = n - nIn; - -exprparse_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); - pRet = 0; - } - *ppExpr = pRet; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed -** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. -*/ -static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p ){ - if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - }else{ - rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to -** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the -** new root expression node. -** -** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. -** -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and -** expression (*pp) freed. -*/ -static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp; /* Initial root node */ - Fts3Expr *pFree = 0; /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */ - int eType = pRoot->eType; /* Type of node in this tree */ - - if( nMaxDepth==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){ - Fts3Expr **apLeaf; - apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); - if( 0==apLeaf ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - Fts3Expr *p; - - /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ - for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){ - assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p ); - assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight ); - } - - /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ - while( 1 ){ - int iLvl; - Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; /* Current parent of p */ - - assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p ); - p->pParent = 0; - if( pParent ){ - pParent->pLeft = 0; - }else{ - pRoot = 0; - } - rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - - for(iLvl=0; p && iLvlpLeft = apLeaf[iLvl]; - pFree->pRight = p; - pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; - pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; - - p = pFree; - pFree = pFree->pParent; - p->pParent = 0; - apLeaf[iLvl] = 0; - } - } - if( p ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; - break; - } - - /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */ - if( pParent==0 ) break; - - /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */ - for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft); - - /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */ - assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent ); - pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent; - if( pParent->pParent ){ - pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight; - }else{ - assert( pParent==pRoot ); - pRoot = pParent->pRight; - } - - /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an - ** internal node of the new tree. */ - pParent->pParent = pFree; - pFree = pParent; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p = 0; - for(i=0; ipParent = 0; - }else{ - assert( pFree!=0 ); - pFree->pRight = p; - pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i]; - pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; - pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; - - p = pFree; - pFree = pFree->pParent; - p->pParent = 0; - } - } - } - pRoot = p; - }else{ - /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array - ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to - ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ - Fts3Expr *pDel; - for(i=0; ipParent; - sqlite3_free(pDel); - } - } - - assert( pFree==0 ); - sqlite3_free( apLeaf ); - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); - pRoot = 0; - } - *pp = pRoot; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following -** differences: -** -** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. -** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the -** maximum allowable depth. -** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an -** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() -** in this case. -*/ -static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ - int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ - char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ - int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ - int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ - int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ - const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ -){ - int nParsed; - int rc; - ParseContext sParse; - - memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext)); - sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - sParse.iLangid = iLangid; - sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; - sParse.nCol = nCol; - sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; - sParse.bFts4 = bFts4; - if( z==0 ){ - *ppExpr = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( n<0 ){ - n = (int)strlen(z); - } - rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 ); - - /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing -** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the -** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the -** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head -** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error -** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse -** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. -** -** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a -** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). -** -** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to -** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] -** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names -** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. -** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. -** -** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column -** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default -** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly -** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default -** match any table column. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ - int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ - char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ - int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ - int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ - int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ - const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */ -){ - int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( - pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr - ); - - /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed - ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ - rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); - *ppExpr = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( - "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", - SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH - ); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Free a single node of an expression tree. -*/ -static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){ - assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); - sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); - sqlite3_free(p->aMI); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). -** -** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But -** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse() -** could cause a stack overflow. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ - Fts3Expr *p; - assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 ); - for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){ - assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); - } - while( p ){ - Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; - fts3FreeExprNode(p); - if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){ - p = pParent->pRight; - while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){ - assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); - p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight); - } - }else{ - p = pParent; - } - } -} - -/**************************************************************************** -***************************************************************************** -** Everything after this point is just test code. -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - -/* #include */ - -/* -** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). -*/ -static int queryTestTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; - - *pp = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); - } - } - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the -** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use -** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, -** NULL is returned. -** -** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to -** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). -*/ -static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ - if( pExpr==0 ){ - return sqlite3_mprintf(""); - } - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - int i; - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( - "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); - for(i=0; zBuf && inToken; i++){ - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, - pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, - (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") - ); - } - return zBuf; - } - - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); - break; - case FTSQUERY_NOT: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); - break; - case FTSQUERY_AND: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); - break; - case FTSQUERY_OR: - zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); - break; - } - - if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); - if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); - if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); - - if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); - if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); - - return zBuf; -} - -/* -** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the -** expression parser. It should be called as follows: -** -** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); -** -** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used -** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument -** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name -** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. -** For example: -** -** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); -*/ -static void fts3ExprTest( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; - int rc; - char **azCol = 0; - const char *zExpr; - int nExpr; - int nCol; - int ii; - Fts3Expr *pExpr; - char *zBuf = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - if( argc<3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 - ); - return; - } - - rc = queryTestTokenizer(db, - (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - }else if( !pModule ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1); - goto exprtest_out; - } - - rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - } - pTokenizer->pModule = pModule; - - zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - nCol = argc-2; - azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); - if( !azCol ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - } - for(ii=0; iixDestroy(pTokenizer); - } - sqlite3_free(azCol); -} - -/* -** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() -** with database connection db. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ - int rc = sqlite3_create_function( - db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", - -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 - ); - } - return rc; -} - -#endif -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - -/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. -** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table -** implementation for the full-text indexing module. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - - -/* -** Malloc and Free functions -*/ -static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ - void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} -static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the -** fields of the Hash structure. -** -** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass -** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is -** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and -** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - pNew->keyClass = keyClass; - pNew->copyKey = copyKey; - pNew->first = 0; - pNew->count = 0; - pNew->htsize = 0; - pNew->ht = 0; -} - -/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. -** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table -** to the empty state. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ - Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - elem = pH->first; - pH->first = 0; - fts3HashFree(pH->ht); - pH->ht = 0; - pH->htsize = 0; - while( elem ){ - Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); - } - fts3HashFree(elem); - elem = next_elem; - } - pH->count = 0; -} - -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING -*/ -static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - unsigned h = 0; - if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); - while( nKey > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; - nKey--; - } - return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff); -} -static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY -*/ -static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h = 0; - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - while( nKey-- > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some -** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: -** -** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a -** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() -** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value -** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters -** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". -*/ -static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ - if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ - return &fts3StrHash; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - return &fts3BinHash; - } -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, -** see the header comment on the previous function. -*/ -static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ - if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ - return &fts3StrCompare; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - return &fts3BinCompare; - } -} - -/* Link an element into the hash table -*/ -static void fts3HashInsertElement( - Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ - Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ -){ - Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ - pHead = pEntry->chain; - if( pHead ){ - pNew->next = pHead; - pNew->prev = pHead->prev; - if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } - else { pH->first = pNew; } - pHead->prev = pNew; - }else{ - pNew->next = pH->first; - if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } - pNew->prev = 0; - pH->first = pNew; - } - pEntry->count++; - pEntry->chain = pNew; -} - - -/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail -** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. -** -** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. -*/ -static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ - struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ - Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); - new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); - if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; - fts3HashFree(pH->ht); - pH->ht = new_ht; - pH->htsize = new_size; - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ - int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); - next_elem = elem->next; - fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); - } - return 0; -} - -/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an -** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has -** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. -*/ -static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( - const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ - int nKey, - int h /* The hash for this key. */ -){ - Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ - int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ - - if( pH->ht ){ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - elem = pEntry->chain; - count = pEntry->count; - xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); - while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ - return elem; - } - elem = elem->next; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that -** element and a hash on the element's key. -*/ -static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( - Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ - Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ - int h /* Hash value for the element */ -){ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry; - if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; - }else{ - pH->first = elem->next; - } - if( elem->next ){ - elem->next->prev = elem->prev; - } - pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ - pEntry->chain = elem->next; - } - pEntry->count--; - if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ - pEntry->chain = 0; - } - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); - } - fts3HashFree( elem ); - pH->count--; - if( pH->count<=0 ){ - assert( pH->first==0 ); - assert( pH->count==0 ); - fts3HashClear(pH); - } -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( - const Fts3Hash *pH, - const void *pKey, - int nKey -){ - int h; /* A hash on key */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); -} - -/* -** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is -** found, or NULL if there is no match. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ - - pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); - return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; -} - -/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey -** and the data is "data". -** -** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new -** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey -** flag is set. NULL is returned. -** -** If another element already exists with the same key, then the -** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. -** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then -** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. -** -** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the -** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( - Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ - const void *pKey, /* The key */ - int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ - void *data /* The data */ -){ - int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ - int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ - Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); - if( elem ){ - void *old_data = elem->data; - if( data==0 ){ - fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); - }else{ - elem->data = data; - } - return old_data; - } - if( data==0 ) return 0; - if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) - || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) - ){ - pH->count = 0; - return data; - } - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); - if( new_elem==0 ) return data; - if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ - new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); - if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ - fts3HashFree(new_elem); - return data; - } - memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); - }else{ - new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; - } - new_elem->nKey = nKey; - pH->count++; - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); - new_elem->data = data; - return 0; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - -/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ -/* -** 2006 September 30 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements -** a Porter stemmer. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - - -/* -** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer -*/ -typedef struct porter_tokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ -} porter_tokenizer; - -/* -** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor -*/ -typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ - int nInput; /* size of the input */ - int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ - int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ - char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ - int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ -} porter_tokenizer_cursor; - - -/* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. -*/ -static int porterCreate( - int argc, const char * const *argv, - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer -){ - porter_tokenizer *t; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - - t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); - if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); - *ppTokenizer = &t->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy a tokenizer -*/ -static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int porterOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ -){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); - - c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); - if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - c->zInput = zInput; - if( zInput==0 ){ - c->nInput = 0; - }else if( nInput<0 ){ - c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); - }else{ - c->nInput = nInput; - } - c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ - c->iToken = 0; - c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ - c->nAllocated = 0; - - *ppCursor = &c->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to -** porterOpen() above. -*/ -static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - sqlite3_free(c->zToken); - sqlite3_free(c); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -/* -** Vowel or consonant -*/ -static const char cType[] = { - 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, - 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 -}; - -/* -** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in -** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according -** to Porter ruls. -** -** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. -** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, -** in which case it is a vowel. -** -** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule -** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another -** consonent. -*/ -static int isVowel(const char*); -static int isConsonant(const char *z){ - int j; - char x = *z; - if( x==0 ) return 0; - assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); - j = cType[x-'a']; - if( j<2 ) return j; - return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); -} -static int isVowel(const char *z){ - int j; - char x = *z; - if( x==0 ) return 0; - assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); - j = cType[x-'a']; - if( j<2 ) return 1-j; - return isConsonant(z + 1); -} - -/* -** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let -** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be -** represented as: -** -** [C] (VC){m} [V] -** -** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or -** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the -** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value -** of m for the first i bytes of a word. -** -** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, -** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed -** by a consonant. -** -** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking -** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel. -*/ -static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} - -/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is -** exactly 1 -*/ -static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 1; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z==0; -} - -/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead -** or m>0 -*/ -static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] -*/ -static int hasVowel(const char *z){ - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. -** -** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at -** the first two characters of z[]. -*/ -static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ - return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which -** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant -** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. -** -** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the -** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. -*/ -static int star_oh(const char *z){ - return - isConsonant(z) && - z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && - isVowel(z+1) && - isConsonant(z+2); -} - -/* -** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem -** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the -** ending to zTo. -** -** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo -** is in normal order. -** -** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not -** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and -** no substitution occurs. -*/ -static int stem( - char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ - const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ - const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ - int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ -){ - char *z = *pz; - while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } - if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; - if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; - while( *zTo ){ - *(--z) = *(zTo++); - } - *pz = z; - return 1; -} - -/* -** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is -** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with -** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more -** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if -** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes -** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. -*/ -static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ - int i, mx, j; - int hasDigit = 0; - for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ - zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; - }else{ - if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; - zOut[i] = c; - } - } - mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; - if( nIn>mx*2 ){ - for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ - /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. - ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ - copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); - return; - } - for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ - zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; - }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ - zReverse[j] = c; - }else{ - /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback - ** to the copy stemmer */ - copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); - return; - } - } - memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); - z = &zReverse[j+1]; - - - /* Step 1a */ - if( z[0]=='s' ){ - if( - !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && - !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && - !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) - ){ - z++; - } - } - - /* Step 1b */ - z2 = z; - if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ - /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( - (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) - && z!=z2 - ){ - if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || - stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || - stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ - /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ - z++; - }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ - *(--z) = 'e'; - } - } - - /* Step 1c */ - if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ - z[0] = 'i'; - } - - /* Step 2 */ - switch( z[1] ){ - case 'a': - if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){ - stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); - } - break; - case 'c': - if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){ - stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); - } - break; - case 'e': - stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'g': - stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'l': - if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) - ){ - stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); - } - break; - case 'o': - if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) - ){ - stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); - } - break; - case 's': - if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) - ){ - stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); - } - break; - case 't': - if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) - ){ - stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); - } - break; - } - - /* Step 3 */ - switch( z[0] ){ - case 'e': - if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) - && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) - ){ - stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); - } - break; - case 'i': - stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'l': - if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){ - stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); - } - break; - case 's': - stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); - break; - } - - /* Step 4 */ - switch( z[1] ){ - case 'a': - if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'c': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ - z += 4; - } - break; - case 'e': - if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'i': - if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'l': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ - z += 4; - } - break; - case 'n': - if( z[0]=='t' ){ - if( z[2]=='a' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ - if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) - && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) - ){ - stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); - } - } - } - break; - case 'o': - if( z[0]=='u' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ - stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); - } - break; - case 's': - if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - case 't': - if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){ - stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); - } - break; - case 'u': - if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - case 'v': - case 'z': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - } - - /* Step 5a */ - if( z[0]=='e' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ - z++; - }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ - z++; - } - } - - /* Step 5b */ - if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ - z++; - } - - /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back - ** around into forward order and return. - */ - *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z); - zOut[i] = 0; - while( *z ){ - zOut[--i] = *(z++); - } -} - -/* -** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character -** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be -** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have -** values of 0x7f or lower. -*/ -static const char porterIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ -}; -#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) - -/* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must -** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). -*/ -static int porterNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ - const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ - int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ -){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - const char *z = c->zInput; - - while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ - int iStartOffset, ch; - - /* Scan past delimiter characters */ - while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ - iStartOffset = c->iOffset; - while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ - int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; - if( n>c->nAllocated ){ - char *pNew; - c->nAllocated = n+20; - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); - if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - c->zToken = pNew; - } - porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); - *pzToken = c->zToken; - *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; - *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; - *piPosition = c->iToken++; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_DONE; -} - -/* -** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { - 0, - porterCreate, - porterDestroy, - porterOpen, - porterClose, - porterNext, - 0 -}; - -/* -** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new -** tokenizer in *ppModule -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule -){ - *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - -/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ -/* -** 2007 June 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. -** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -/* -** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying -** hash table. This function may be called as follows: -** -** SELECT (); -** SELECT (, ); -** -** where is the name passed as the second argument -** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). -** -** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value -** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding -** to the string . If is not specified, then -** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, -** an error is returned. -** -** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned -** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding -** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). -*/ -static void scalarFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - Fts3Hash *pHash; - void *pPtr = 0; - const unsigned char *zName; - int nName; - - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - - pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - - zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; - - if( argc==2 ){ - void *pOld; - int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); - return; - } - pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); - pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); - if( pOld==pPtr ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); - return; - } - }else{ - pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); - if( !pPtr ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; - } - } - - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ - static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ - }; - return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ - const char *z1; - const char *z2 = 0; - - /* Find the start of the next token. */ - z1 = zStr; - while( z2==0 ){ - char c = *z1; - switch( c ){ - case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */ - case '\'': - case '"': - case '`': { - z2 = z1; - while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) ); - break; - } - case '[': - z2 = &z1[1]; - while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++; - if( *z2 ) z2++; - break; - - default: - if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ - z2 = &z1[1]; - while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; - }else{ - z1++; - } - } - } - - *pn = (int)(z2-z1); - return z1; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( - Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ - const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ -){ - int rc; - char *z = (char *)zArg; - int n = 0; - char *zCopy; - char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; - - zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); - if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; - - z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); - z[n] = '\0'; - sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); - - m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); - if( !m ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - char const **aArg = 0; - int iArg = 0; - z = &z[n+1]; - while( zxCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer"); - }else{ - (*ppTok)->pModule = m; - } - sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); - } - - sqlite3_free(zCopy); - return rc; -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - -#include -/* #include */ - -/* -** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers -** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This -** function must be called with two or more arguments: -** -** SELECT (, ..., ); -** -** where is the name passed as the second argument -** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') -** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). -** -** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl -** list. For each token in the , three elements are -** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the -** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the -** substring of associated with the token. For example, -** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: -** -** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); -** -** will return the string: -** -** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" -** -*/ -static void testFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - Fts3Hash *pHash; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; - - const char *zErr = 0; - - const char *zName; - int nName; - const char *zInput; - int nInput; - - const char *azArg[64]; - - const char *zToken; - int nToken = 0; - int iStart = 0; - int iEnd = 0; - int iPos = 0; - int i; - - Tcl_Obj *pRet; - - if( argc<2 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1); - return; - } - - nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); - zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); - - pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); - - if( !p ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; - } - - pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); - Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); - - for(i=1; ixCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){ - zErr = "error in xCreate()"; - goto finish; - } - pTokenizer->pModule = p; - if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ - zErr = "error in xOpen()"; - goto finish; - } - - while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); - zToken = &zInput[iStart]; - nToken = iEnd-iStart; - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); - } - - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ - zErr = "error in xClose()"; - goto finish; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ - zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; - goto finish; - } - -finish: - if( zErr ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); -} - -static -int registerTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; - - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -static -int queryTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; - - *pp = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); - } - } - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); - -/* -** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). -** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the -** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. -** -** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function -** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and -** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated -** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to -** test them. -** -** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar -** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is -** detected. i.e.: -** -** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); -** -*/ -static void intTestFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int rc; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - - /* Test the query function */ - sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p1==p2 ); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); - assert( p2==0 ); - assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); - - /* Test the storage function */ - rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p2==p1 ); - - sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -#endif - -/* -** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of -** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must -** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy -** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: -** -** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); -** -** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above -** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is -** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header -** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both -** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. -** -** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name -** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( - sqlite3 *db, - Fts3Hash *pHash, - const char *zName -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - void *p = (void *)pHash; - const int any = SQLITE_ANY; - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - char *zTest = 0; - char *zTest2 = 0; - void *pdb = (void *)db; - zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); - zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); - if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); - } - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); - } - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_free(zTest); - sqlite3_free(zTest2); -#endif - - return rc; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - -/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ -/* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - - -typedef struct simple_tokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; - char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ -} simple_tokenizer; - -typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ - int nBytes; /* size of the input */ - int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ - int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ - char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ - int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ -} simple_tokenizer_cursor; - - -static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ - return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; -} -static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ - return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); -} - -/* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. -*/ -static int simpleCreate( - int argc, const char * const *argv, - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer -){ - simple_tokenizer *t; - - t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); - if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); - - /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, - ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to - ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this - ** information on the initial create. - */ - if( argc>1 ){ - int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); - for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ - sqlite3_free(t); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - t->delim[ch] = 1; - } - } else { - /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ - int i; - for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ - t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; - } - } - - *ppTokenizer = &t->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy a tokenizer -*/ -static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int simpleOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ -){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); - - c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); - if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - c->pInput = pInput; - if( pInput==0 ){ - c->nBytes = 0; - }else if( nBytes<0 ){ - c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); - }else{ - c->nBytes = nBytes; - } - c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ - c->iToken = 0; - c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ - c->nTokenAllocated = 0; - - *ppCursor = &c->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to -** simpleOpen() above. -*/ -static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - sqlite3_free(c->pToken); - sqlite3_free(c); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must -** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). -*/ -static int simpleNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ - const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ - int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ -){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; - unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; - - while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ - int iStartOffset; - - /* Scan past delimiter characters */ - while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ - iStartOffset = c->iOffset; - while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ - int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; - if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ - char *pNew; - c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); - if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - c->pToken = pNew; - } - for(i=0; ipToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); - } - *ppToken = c->pToken; - *pnBytes = n; - *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; - *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; - *piPosition = c->iToken++; - - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_DONE; -} - -/* -** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { - 0, - simpleCreate, - simpleDestroy, - simpleOpen, - simpleClose, - simpleNext, - 0, -}; - -/* -** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new -** tokenizer in *ppModule -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule -){ - *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - -/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/ -/* -** 2013 Apr 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module. -** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows: -** -** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE USING fts3tokenize( -** , , ... -** ); -** -** The table created has the following schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE (input, token, start, end, position) -** -** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type: -** -** input = -** -** The virtual table module tokenizes this , using the FTS3 -** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE -** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With -** fields set as follows: -** -** input: Always set to a copy of -** token: A token from the input. -** start: Byte offset of the token within the input . -** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the -** token within the input string. -** pos: Token offset of token within input. -** -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable; -typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor; - -/* -** Virtual table structure. -*/ -struct Fts3tokTable { - sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok; -}; - -/* -** Virtual table cursor structure. -*/ -struct Fts3tokCursor { - sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - char *zInput; /* Input string */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */ - int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */ - const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */ - int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */ - int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */ - int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */ - int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */ -}; - -/* -** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName. -*/ -static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( - Fts3Hash *pHash, - const char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp, - char **pzErr -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; - int nName = (int)strlen(zName); - - p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); - if( !p ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - *pp = p; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated -** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a -** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear -** to be quoted. -** -** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the -** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is -** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array -** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. -** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case. -*/ -static int fts3tokDequoteArray( - int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */ - const char * const *argv, /* Input array */ - char ***pazDequote /* Output array */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - if( argc==0 ){ - *pazDequote = 0; - }else{ - int i; - int nByte = 0; - char **azDequote; - - for(i=0; ixCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); - if( pTab==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); - pTab->pMod = pMod; - pTab->pTok = pTok; - *ppVtab = &pTab->base; - }else{ - if( pTok ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pTok); - } - } - - sqlite3_free(azDequote); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. -** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect -** and xDestroy are identical operations. -*/ -static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab; - - pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok); - sqlite3_free(pTab); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. -*/ -static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, - sqlite3_index_info *pInfo -){ - int i; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable - && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 - && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ - ){ - pInfo->idxNum = 1; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; - pInfo->estimatedCost = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - pInfo->idxNum = 0; - assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 ); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xOpen - Open a cursor. -*/ -static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ - Fts3tokCursor *pCsr; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - - pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); - if( pCsr==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); - - *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had -** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod(). -*/ -static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){ - if( pCsr->pCsr ){ - Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab); - pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr); - pCsr->pCsr = 0; - } - sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput); - pCsr->zInput = 0; - pCsr->zToken = 0; - pCsr->nToken = 0; - pCsr->iStart = 0; - pCsr->iEnd = 0; - pCsr->iPos = 0; - pCsr->iRowid = 0; -} - -/* -** xClose - Close a cursor. -*/ -static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - - fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. -*/ -static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); - int rc; /* Return code */ - - pCsr->iRowid++; - rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr, - &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken, - &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos - ); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. -*/ -static int fts3tokFilterMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ - int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ - const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ - int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); - - fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); - if( idxNum==1 ){ - const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); - int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); - pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); - if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); - pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0; - rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok; - } - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor); -} - -/* -** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. -*/ -static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - return (pCsr->zToken==0); -} - -/* -** xColumn - Return a column value. -*/ -static int fts3tokColumnMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ - int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ -){ - Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - - /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */ - switch( iCol ){ - case 0: - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - break; - case 1: - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - break; - case 2: - sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart); - break; - case 3: - sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd); - break; - default: - assert( iCol==4 ); - sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos); - break; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. -*/ -static int fts3tokRowidMethod( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ - sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ -){ - Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; - *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK -** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ - static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = { - 0, /* iVersion */ - fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ - fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ - fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ - fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ - fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ - fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ - fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */ - fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ - fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */ - fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */ - fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ - fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ - 0, /* xUpdate */ - 0, /* xBegin */ - 0, /* xSync */ - 0, /* xCommit */ - 0, /* xRollback */ - 0, /* xFindFunction */ - 0, /* xRename */ - 0, /* xSavepoint */ - 0, /* xRelease */ - 0 /* xRollbackTo */ - }; - int rc; /* Return code */ - - rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ - -/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2009 Oct 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, -** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 -** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some -** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query -** code in fts3.c. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - - -#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16 - -/* -** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they -** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end -** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer -** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. -** -** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, -** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an -** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. -*/ -#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) - -/* -** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into -** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance -** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext() -** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, -** if a query has a LIMIT clause). -** -** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD -** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. -** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values -** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful -** for testing purposes. -** -** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may -** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains -** a Tcl interface to read and write the values. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024); -int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; -# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize -# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold -#else -# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) -# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) -#endif - -/* -** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in -** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT. -*/ -#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL 0 -#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1 -#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2 - -/* -** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic -** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for -** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production -** systems. -*/ -#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES -static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel); -} -#else -#define fts3LogMerge(x, y) -#endif - - -typedef struct PendingList PendingList; -typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; -typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; - -/* -** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists -** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. -*/ -struct PendingList { - int nData; - char *aData; - int nSpace; - sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; - sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; - sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; -}; - - -/* -** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. -*/ -struct Fts3DeferredToken { - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ - int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ - Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ - PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on -** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of -** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles -** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through -** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: -** -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() -** -** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: -** -** fts3SegReaderNext() -** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() -** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() -*/ -struct Fts3SegReader { - int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ - u8 bLookup; /* True for a lookup only */ - u8 rootOnly; /* True for a root-only reader */ - - sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ - sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ - - char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ - int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ - int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ - sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ - - Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; - - /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly - ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns - ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK - ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). - */ - int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ - char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ - int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ - char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ - int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ - - /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate - ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). - */ - char *pOffsetList; - int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; -}; - -#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) -#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0) - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the -** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the -** following functions: -** -** fts3SegWriterAdd() -** fts3SegWriterFlush() -** fts3SegWriterFree() -*/ -struct SegmentWriter { - SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ - sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ - sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ - char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ - int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ - int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ - char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ - int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ - int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ - char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ - i64 nLeafData; /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */ -}; - -/* -** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create -** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except -** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code -** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. -** -** fts3NodeAddTerm() -** fts3NodeWrite() -** fts3NodeFree() -** -** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge -** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the -** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of -** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have -** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually -** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively -** little memory. -*/ -struct SegmentNode { - SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ - SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ - SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ - int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ - char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ - int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ - int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ - char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ - int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ - char *aData; /* Node data */ -}; - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). -*/ -#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 -#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6 -#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7 -#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8 -#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9 -#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 -#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 -#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 -#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13 -#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 -#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15 -#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16 -#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 -#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 -#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 -#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 -#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 -#define SQL_SELECT_STAT 22 -#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT 23 - -#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24 -#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25 -#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26 -#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID 27 -#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL 28 -#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE 29 -#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY 30 -#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY 31 -#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR 32 -#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR 33 -#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE 34 -#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES 35 -#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL 36 - -#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2 37 -#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX 38 -#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL 39 - -/* -** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle -** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful, -** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned. -** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. -** -** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with -** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound -** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before -** returning. -*/ -static int fts3SqlStmt( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */ - sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */ -){ - const char *azSql[] = { -/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", -/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", -/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", -/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", -/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", -/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", -/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", -/* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?", -/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", -/* 9 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", -/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", -/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", - - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ -/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " - "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", -/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " - "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" - "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", - -/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", -/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", - -/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", -/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", -/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", -/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", -/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", -/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", -/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?", -/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)", -/* 24 */ "", -/* 25 */ "", - -/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", -/* 27 */ "SELECT DISTINCT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", - -/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from -** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number -** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or, -** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement -** returns zero rows. */ -/* 28 */ "SELECT level FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' GROUP BY level HAVING count(*)>=?" - " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1", - -/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment -** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See -** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ -/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " - " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", - -/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY -** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */ -/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", - -/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY -** Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2 -** to :1. */ -/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", - -/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR -** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute -** level :1 with index value :2. */ -/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " - "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", - -/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR -** Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir -** entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4. */ -/* 33 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?" - "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", - -/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE -** Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or -** no rows otherwise. */ -/* 34 */ "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL", - -/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES -** Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ? */ -/* 35 */ "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC", - -/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL -** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ -/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", - - /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ -/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " - "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " - "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", - - /* Update statements used while promoting segments */ -/* 38 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? " - "WHERE level=? AND idx=?", -/* 39 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1" - - }; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - - assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); - assert( eStmt=0 ); - - pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; - if( !pStmt ){ - char *zSql; - if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); - }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist); - }else{ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); - } - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; - } - } - if( apVal ){ - int i; - int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inPendingData==0 ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). -** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the -** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS -** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative -** levels"). -** -** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the -** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored -** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three -** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that -** can be used to query the %_segdir table. -** -** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 -** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index -** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index -** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. -** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. -** -** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of -** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index -** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). -*/ -static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - int iLangid, /* Language id */ - int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] */ - int iLevel /* Level of segments */ -){ - sqlite3_int64 iBase; /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */ - assert( iLangid>=0 ); - assert( p->nIndex>0 ); - assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - - iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; - return iBase + iLevel; -} - -/* -** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through -** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, -** return an SQLite error code. -** -** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for -** each FTS3 table. -** -** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: -** -** 0: idx -** 1: start_block -** 2: leaves_end_block -** 3: end_block -** 4: root -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */ - int iLangid, /* Language being queried */ - int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */ - int iLevel, /* Level to select (relative level) */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - - assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); - assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - - if( iLevel<0 ){ - /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, - getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) - ); - } - }else{ - /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel)); - } - } - *ppStmt = pStmt; - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned -** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. -** -** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself. -** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two -** varints: -** -** PendingList *p = 0; -** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1); -** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2); -*/ -static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint( - PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */ - sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */ -){ - PendingList *p = *pp; - - /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */ - if( !p ){ - p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->nSpace = 100; - p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; - p->nData = 0; - } - else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ - int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; - p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3_free(*pp); - *pp = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->nSpace = nNew; - p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; - } - - /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ - p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); - p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; - *pp = p; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero -** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding -** the entry. Otherwise, zero. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. -** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, -** it is set to SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int fts3PendingListAppend( - PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ - sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ - sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ - int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ -){ - PendingList *p = *pp; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); - - if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ - sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); - if( p ){ - assert( p->nDatanSpace ); - assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); - p->nData++; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ - goto pendinglistappend_out; - } - p->iLastCol = -1; - p->iLastPos = 0; - p->iLastDocid = iDocid; - } - if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) - ){ - goto pendinglistappend_out; - } - p->iLastCol = iCol; - p->iLastPos = 0; - } - if( iCol>=0 ){ - assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); - rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->iLastPos = iPos; - } - } - - pendinglistappend_out: - *pRc = rc; - if( p!=*pp ){ - *pp = p; - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). -*/ -static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ - sqlite3_free(pList); -} - -/* -** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. -*/ -static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( - Fts3Table *p, - int iCol, - int iPos, - Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ - const char *zToken, - int nToken -){ - PendingList *pList; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); - if( pList ){ - p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); - } - if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ - if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ - /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only - ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. - */ - assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); - sqlite3_free(pList); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the -** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in -** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( - Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ - int iLangid, /* Language id to use */ - const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ - int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ - u32 *pnWord /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */ -){ - int rc; - int iStart = 0; - int iEnd = 0; - int iPos = 0; - int nWord = 0; - - char const *zToken; - int nToken = 0; - - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; - int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, - const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); - - assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); - - /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with - ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and - ** return early. */ - if( zText==0 ){ - *pnWord = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - xNext = pModule->xNext; - while( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) - ){ - int i; - if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; - - /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. - ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. - */ - if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - - /* Add the term to the terms index */ - rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( - p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken - ); - - /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too - ** short for. */ - for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ - struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; - if( nTokennPrefix ) continue; - rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( - p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix - ); - } - } - - pModule->xClose(pCsr); - *pnWord += nWord; - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); -} - -/* -** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to -** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the -** contents of the document with docid iDocid. -*/ -static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( - Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table handle */ - int iLangid, /* Language id of row being written */ - sqlite_int64 iDocid /* Docid of row being written */ -){ - assert( iLangid>=0 ); - - /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on - ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if - ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the - ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms - ** generate longer doclists. - */ - if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid - || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid - || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData - ){ - int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; - p->iPrevLangid = iLangid; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ - int i; - for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ - Fts3HashElem *pElem; - Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; - for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ - PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); - fts3PendingListDelete(pList); - } - fts3HashClear(pHash); - } - p->nPendingData = 0; -} - -/* -** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT -** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the -** pendingTerms hash table. -** -** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to -** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. -*/ -static int fts3InsertTerms( - Fts3Table *p, - int iLangid, - sqlite3_value **apVal, - u32 *aSz -){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - for(i=2; inColumn+2; i++){ - int iCol = i-2; - if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); - int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. -** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by -** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: -** -** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. -** apVal[1] rowid -** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column -** ... -** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column -** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table -** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) -** apVal[p->nColumn+4] Hidden languageid column -*/ -static int fts3InsertData( - Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ - sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ - - if( p->zContentTbl ){ - sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3]; - if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ - pRowid = apVal[1]; - } - if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - } - *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content - ** table. The SQL for this statement is: - ** - ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) - ** - ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user - ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. - */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_int( - pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, - sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) - ); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified - ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. - ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the - ** same value. For example: - ** - ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); - ** - ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values - ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. - */ - if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) - && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) - ){ - /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the - ** new docid value. - */ - sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); - - *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); - return rc; -} - - - -/* -** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing -** pending terms. -*/ -static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - - /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as - ** is if bContent is false. */ - assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 ); - if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); - } - if( p->bHasStat ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** -*/ -static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ - int iLangid = 0; - if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1); - return iLangid; -} - -/* -** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid -** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the -** full-text index. -*/ -static void fts3DeleteTerms( - int *pRC, /* Result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ - sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ - u32 *aSz, /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ - int *pbFound /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; - - assert( *pbFound==0 ); - if( *pRC ) return; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ - int i; - int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect); - rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0)); - for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){ - int iCol = i-1; - if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); - rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]); - aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - *pbFound = 1; - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - }else{ - sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - } - *pRC = rc; -} - -/* -** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between -** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). -*/ -static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); - -/* -** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. -** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting -** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned -** by: -** -** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel -** -** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested -** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the -** allocated index is 0. -** -** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK -** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. -*/ -static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( - Fts3Table *p, - int iLangid, /* Language id */ - int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ - int iLevel, - int *piIdx -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ - int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ - - assert( iLangid>=0 ); - assert( p->nIndex>=1 ); - - /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64( - pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) - ); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ - iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already - ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 - ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, - ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. - */ - if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ - fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)); - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel); - *piIdx = 0; - }else{ - *piIdx = iNext; - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The %_segments table is declared as follows: -** -** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) -** -** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The -** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not -** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated -** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the -** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set -** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. -** -** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, -** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If -** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to -** eventually free the returned buffer. -** -** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the -** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls -** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the -** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy -** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed -** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held -** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table -** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function -** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ - char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ - int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ - int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ - assert( pnBlob ); - - if( p->pSegments ){ - rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); - }else{ - if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ - p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); - if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - rc = sqlite3_blob_open( - p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments - ); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); - *pnBlob = nByte; - if( paBlob ){ - char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); - if( !aByte ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ - nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; - *pnLoad = nByte; - } - rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); - memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(aByte); - aByte = 0; - } - } - *paBlob = aByte; - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above -** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ - sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); - p->pSegments = 0; -} - -static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); - rc = sqlite3_blob_read( - pReader->pBlob, - &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], - nRead, - pReader->nPopulate - ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pReader->nPopulate += nRead; - memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); - if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ - sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); - pReader->pBlob = 0; - pReader->nPopulate = 0; - } - } - return rc; -} - -static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( !pReader->pBlob - || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) - ); - while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK - && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate - ){ - rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF. -*/ -static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ - if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){ - sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode); - sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob); - pSeg->pBlob = 0; - } - pSeg->aNode = 0; -} - -/* -** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the -** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, -** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderNext( - Fts3Table *p, - Fts3SegReader *pReader, - int bIncr -){ - int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ - char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ - int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ - int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ - - if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ - pNext = pReader->aNode; - }else{ - pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; - } - - if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ - - if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ - Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); - if( pElem==0 ){ - pReader->aNode = 0; - }else{ - PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); - pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); - pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); - pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1; - pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData; - pReader->ppNextElem++; - assert( pReader->aNode ); - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); - - /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf - ** blocks have already been traversed. */ - assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); - if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( - p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, - (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); - if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulatenNode ){ - pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; - p->pSegments = 0; - } - pNext = pReader->aNode; - } - - assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); - - rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is - ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ - pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); - pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); - if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 - || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - ){ - return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - - if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ - int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pReader->zTerm = zNew; - pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; - } - - rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); - pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; - pNext += nSuffix; - pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); - pReader->aDoclist = pNext; - pReader->pOffsetList = 0; - - /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the - ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either - ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. - */ - if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] - || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) - ){ - return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated -** with the current term. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pReader->aDoclist ); - assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); - if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ - u8 bEof = 0; - pReader->iDocid = 0; - pReader->nOffsetList = 0; - sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, - pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, - &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof - ); - }else{ - rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); - pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist -** associated with the current term. -** -** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then -** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list -** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). -** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset -** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( - Fts3Table *pTab, - Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ - char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ - int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; - char c = 0; - - assert( p ); - - if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ - /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. - ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so - ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ - u8 bEof = 0; - if( ppOffsetList ){ - *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; - *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; - } - sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, - pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, - &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof - ); - if( bEof ){ - pReader->pOffsetList = 0; - }else{ - pReader->pOffsetList = p; - } - }else{ - char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; - - /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The - ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of - ** the same offset list. */ - while( 1 ){ - - /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is - ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired - ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk - ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past - ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. - */ - while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; - assert( *p==0 ); - - if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; - rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - p++; - - /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the - ** size of the previous offset-list. - */ - if( ppOffsetList ){ - *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; - *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); - } - - /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ - while( p=pEnd ){ - pReader->pOffsetList = 0; - }else{ - rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_int64 iDelta; - pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); - if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ - pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; - }else{ - pReader->iDocid += iDelta; - } - } - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, - Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, - int *pnOvfl -){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int nOvfl = 0; - int ii; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int pgsz = p->nPgsz; - - assert( p->bFts4 ); - assert( pgsz>0 ); - - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSegment; ii++){ - Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; - if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) - && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) - ){ - sqlite3_int64 jj; - for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ - int nBlob; - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ - nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; - } - } - } - } - *pnOvfl = nOvfl; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the -** second argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ - if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ - sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); - if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ - sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); - sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); - } - } - sqlite3_free(pReader); -} - -/* -** Allocate a new SegReader object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( - int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ - int bLookup, /* True for a lookup only */ - sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ - const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ - int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ - Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ -){ - Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ - int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ - - assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); - if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ - nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; - } - - pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); - if( !pReader ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); - pReader->iIdx = iAge; - pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0; - pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; - pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; - pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; - - if( nExtra ){ - /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ - pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; - pReader->rootOnly = 1; - pReader->nNode = nRoot; - memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); - memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); - }else{ - pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; - } - *ppReader = pReader; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting -** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing -** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. -*/ -static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){ - char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); - char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); - int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); - int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); - - int n = (n1aIndex */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ - int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ - int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ - Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ -){ - Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ - Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */ - Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ - int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - Fts3Hash *pHash; - - pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; - if( bPrefix ){ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ - - for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ - char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); - int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); - if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ - if( nElem==nAlloc ){ - Fts3HashElem **aElem2; - nAlloc += 16; - aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( - aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) - ); - if( !aElem2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - nElem = 0; - break; - } - aElem = aElem2; - } - - aElem[nElem++] = pE; - } - } - - /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem - ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison - ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. - */ - if( nElem>1 ){ - qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); - } - - }else{ - /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in - ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. - ** - ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer - ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid - ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block. - */ - pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm); - if( pE ){ - aElem = &pE; - nElem = 1; - } - } - - if( nElem>0 ){ - int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); - pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !pReader ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memset(pReader, 0, nByte); - pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; - pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; - memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); - } - } - - if( bPrefix ){ - sqlite3_free(aElem); - } - *ppReader = pReader; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. -** Comparison is as follows: -** -** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. -** -** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one -** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the -** larger. -** -** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ - int rc; - if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){ - int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; - if( rc2<0 ){ - rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); - }else{ - rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); - } - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = rc2; - } - }else{ - rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); - } - if( rc==0 ){ - rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; - } - assert( rc!=0 ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this -** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in -** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: -** -** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. -** -** 2) By current docid. -** -** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ - int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); - if( rc==0 ){ - if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ - rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; - }else{ - rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; - } - } - assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); - return rc; -} -static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ - int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); - if( rc==0 ){ - if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ - rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; - }else{ - rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; - } - } - assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument -** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. -** -** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return -** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are -** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. -*/ -static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( - Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ - int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ -){ - int res = 0; - if( pSeg->aNode ){ - if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ - res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - }else{ - res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); - } - if( res==0 ){ - res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; - } - } - return res; -} - -/* -** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that -** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order -** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles -** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. -*/ -static void fts3SegReaderSort( - Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ - int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ - int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ - int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ -){ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - - assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); - - if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; - for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ - int j; - for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ - Fts3SegReader *pTmp; - if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; - pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; - apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; - apSegment[j] = pTmp; - } - } - -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ - for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ - assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Insert a record into the %_segments table. -*/ -static int fts3WriteSegment( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ - char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ - int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ -){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set -** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, -** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ - int rc; - int mxLevel = 0; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - } - *pnMax = mxLevel; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. -*/ -static int fts3WriteSegdir( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */ - int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ - sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ - sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ - sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ - sqlite3_int64 nLeafData, /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */ - char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ - int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ -){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel); - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); - if( nLeafData==0 ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); - }else{ - char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData); - if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and -** zNext, in bytes. For example, -** -** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 -** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 -** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 -*/ -static int fts3PrefixCompress( - const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ - int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ - const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ - int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ -){ - int n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); - for(n=0; nnData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ - int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ - int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ - int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ - - nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - - nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; - if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ - - if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ - /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node - ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large - ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes - ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when - ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, - ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. - */ - assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); - pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); - if( !pTree->aData ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - if( pTree->zTerm ){ - /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); - } - - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); - memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); - pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; - pTree->nEntry++; - - if( isCopyTerm ){ - if( pTree->nMalloczMalloc, nTerm*2); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; - pTree->zMalloc = zNew; - } - pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; - memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - pTree->nTerm = nTerm; - }else{ - pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; - pTree->nTerm = nTerm; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the - ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). - ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. - ** - ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for - ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree - ** has no parent, one is created here. - */ - pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); - if( !pNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); - pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; - pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; - - if( pTree ){ - SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; - rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ - pTree->pParent = pParent; - } - pTree->pRight = pNew; - pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; - pNew->pParent = pParent; - pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; - pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; - pTree->zMalloc = 0; - }else{ - pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; - rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - } - - *ppTree = pNew; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). -*/ -static int fts3TreeFinishNode( - SegmentNode *pTree, - int iHeight, - sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild -){ - int nStart; - assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); - nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); - pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; - sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); - return nStart; -} - -/* -** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the -** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of -** pTree and its peers to the database. -** -** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, -** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is -** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no -** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is -** returned. -*/ -static int fts3NodeWrite( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ - int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ - sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ - sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ - sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ - char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ - int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !pTree->pParent ){ - /* Root node of the tree. */ - int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); - *piLast = iFree-1; - *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; - *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; - }else{ - SegmentNode *pIter; - sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; - sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; - for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ - int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); - int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; - - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); - iNextFree++; - iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); - rc = fts3NodeWrite( - p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot - ); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. -*/ -static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ - if( pTree ){ - SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; - fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); - while( p ){ - SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; - if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ - sqlite3_free(p->aData); - } - assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); - sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); - sqlite3_free(p); - p = pRight; - } - } -} - -/* -** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object -** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should -** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object -** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3SegWriterAdd( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ - int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ - const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ - int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ - const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ - int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ -){ - int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ - int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ - int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ - int nData; - SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; - - if( !pWriter ){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - - /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ - pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); - if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); - *ppWriter = pWriter; - - /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ - pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); - if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; - - /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); - pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - nData = pWriter->nData; - - nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; - - /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ - nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ - nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ - nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ - - if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ - int rc; - - /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - p->nLeafAdd++; - - /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to - ** the interior tree must: - ** - ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written - ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and - ** - ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new - ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). - ** - ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than - ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. - */ - assert( nPrefixpTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - nData = 0; - pWriter->nTerm = 0; - - nPrefix = 0; - nSuffix = nTerm; - nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ - nTerm + /* Term suffix */ - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ - nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ - } - - /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */ - pWriter->nLeafData += nReq; - - /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc - ** the buffer to make it large enough. - */ - if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ - char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); - if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pWriter->aData = aNew; - pWriter->nSize = nReq; - } - assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); - - /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); - memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); - nData += nSuffix; - nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); - memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); - pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; - - /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. - ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by - ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just - ** store a copy of the pointer. - */ - if( isCopyTerm ){ - if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; - pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; - pWriter->zTerm = zNew; - } - assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); - memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); - }else{ - pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; - } - pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the -** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added -** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is -** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3SegWriterFlush( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ - sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ - int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - if( pWriter->pTree ){ - sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ - sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ - char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ - int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ - - iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, - pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, - pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); - } - }else{ - /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, - 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); - } - p->nLeafAdd++; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the -** first argument. -*/ -static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ - if( pWriter ){ - sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); - sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); - fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); - sqlite3_free(pWriter); - } -} - -/* -** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. -** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that -** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid -** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. -** -** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for -** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an -** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. -*/ -static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - if( p->zContentTbl ){ - /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */ - *pisEmpty = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index -** iIndex. -** -** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. -*/ -static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( - Fts3Table *p, - int iLangid, - int iIndex, - sqlite3_int64 *pnMax -){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - - /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: - ** - ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? - ** - ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). - */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, - getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) - ); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); - } - return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); -} - -/* -** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within -** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number -** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if -** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK -** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the -** final value of *pbMax is undefined. -*/ -static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ - - /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: - ** - ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? - ** - ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). - */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, - ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - ); - - *pbMax = 0; - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL; - } - return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); -} - -/* -** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment -** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents -** of the %_segdir table. -*/ -static int fts3DeleteSegment( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ - Fts3SegReader *pSeg /* Segment to delete */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock); - sqlite3_step(pDelete); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large -** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, -** it: -** -** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with -** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third -** argument, and -** -** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir -** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3DeleteSegdir( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - int iLangid, /* Language id */ - int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ - int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ - Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ - int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ - - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); - if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, - getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) - ); - } - }else{ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64( - pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) - ); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_step(pDelete); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains -** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This -** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they -** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. -** -** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then -** *pnList is set to zero before returning. -** -** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following -** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning. -*/ -static void fts3ColumnFilter( - int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ - int bZero, /* Zero out anything following *ppList */ - char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ - int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ -){ - char *pList = *ppList; - int nList = *pnList; - char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; - int iCurrent = 0; - char *p = pList; - - assert( iCol>=0 ); - while( 1 ){ - char c = 0; - while( ppMsr->nBuffer ){ - char *pNew; - pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; - pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); - if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; - } - - memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ - sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ - char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ - int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ -){ - int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; - Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; - int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( - p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp - ); - - if( nMerge==0 ){ - *paPoslist = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - while( 1 ){ - Fts3SegReader *pSeg; - pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; - - if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ - *paPoslist = 0; - break; - }else{ - int rc; - char *pList; - int nList; - int j; - sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; - - rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); - j = 1; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK - && jpOffsetList - && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid - ){ - rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); - j++; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); - - if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ - rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); - pList = pMsr->aBuffer; - } - - if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ - fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList); - } - - if( nList>0 ){ - *paPoslist = pList; - *piDocid = iDocid; - *pnPoslist = nList; - break; - } - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int fts3SegReaderStart( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ - int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ -){ - int i; - int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; - - /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search - ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of - ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many - ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment - ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. - */ - for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && inSegment; i++){ - int res = 0; - Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; - do { - int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 ); - - if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){ - fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); - } - } - fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ - Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ -){ - pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; - return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ - int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ - int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ -){ - int i; - int rc; - int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; - int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( - p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp - ); - - assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); - assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); - - /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ - rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ - for(i=0; iapSegment[i]; - if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ - break; - } - } - pCsr->nAdvance = i; - - /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ - for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ - rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); - - assert( iCol<0 || iColnColumn ); - pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using -** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also -** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such -** a state that if the next two calls are: -** -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() -** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() -** -** then the entire doclist for the term is available in -** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ - int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ - - assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); - assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); - assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); - assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); - - pCsr->nAdvance = 0; - pCsr->bRestart = 1; - for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ - pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; - pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; - pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( - Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); - int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); - int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); - int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); - int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); - int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST); - - Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; - int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; - Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; - int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( - p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp - ); - - if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - do { - int nMerge; - int i; - - /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array - ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. - */ - for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ - Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; - if( pSeg->bLookup ){ - fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); - }else{ - rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); - pCsr->nAdvance = 0; - - /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; - - pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; - pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; - - /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points - ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all - ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. - ** - ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term - ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. - */ - if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ - if( pCsr->nTermnTerm - || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) - || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) - ){ - break; - } - } - - nMerge = 1; - while( nMergeaNode - && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm - && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) - ){ - nMerge++; - } - - assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); - if( nMerge==1 - && !isIgnoreEmpty - && !isFirst - && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) - ){ - pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; - if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ - rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); - pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; - }else{ - pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; - }else{ - int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ - sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ - - /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array - ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged - ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. - */ - for(i=0; ipOffsetList ){ - int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ - char *pList = 0; - int nList = 0; - int nByte; - sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; - fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); - j = 1; - while( jpOffsetList - && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid - ){ - fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); - j++; - } - - if( isColFilter ){ - fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList); - } - - if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ - - /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged - ** doclist. */ - sqlite3_int64 iDelta; - if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ - iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; - }else{ - iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; - } - assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) ); - assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); - - nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); - if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ - char *aNew; - pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); - if( !aNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; - } - - if( isFirst ){ - char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; - int nWrite; - - nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); - if( nWrite ){ - iPrev = iDocid; - nDoclist += nWrite; - } - }else{ - nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); - iPrev = iDocid; - if( isRequirePos ){ - memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); - nDoclist += nList; - pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; - } - } - } - - fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); - } - if( nDoclist>0 ){ - pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; - pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; - rc = SQLITE_ROW; - } - } - pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; - }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - return rc; -} - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ -){ - if( pCsr ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); - } - sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); - - pCsr->nSegment = 0; - pCsr->apSegment = 0; - pCsr->aBuffer = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT -** statement passed as the first argument. -** -** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field -** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated -** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock -** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, -** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. -*/ -static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, - int iCol, - i64 *piEndBlock, - i64 *pnByte -){ - const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); - if( zText ){ - int i; - int iMul = 1; - i64 iVal = 0; - for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ - iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); - } - *piEndBlock = iVal; - while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++; - iVal = 0; - if( zText[i]=='-' ){ - i++; - iMul = -1; - } - for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ - iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); - } - *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul); - } -} - - -/* -** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level -** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result. -*/ -static int fts3PromoteSegments( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level just updated */ - sqlite3_int64 nByte /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3_stmt *pRange; - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int bOk = 0; - i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; - i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; - - /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to - ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is - ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all - ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be - ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ - i64 nSize = 0, dummy; - fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); - if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ - /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not - ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an - ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine - ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not - ** take place. */ - bOk = 0; - break; - } - bOk = 1; - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); - - if( bOk ){ - int iIdx = 0; - sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1; - sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - - /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with - ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited, - ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the - ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on. - ** - ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1, - ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same - ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except - ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below. */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel); - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++); - sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0)); - sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1)); - sqlite3_step(pUpdate1); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_reset(pRange); - break; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); - } - - /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel); - sqlite3_step(pUpdate2); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2); - } - } - } - - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single -** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a -** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level -** currently present in the database. -** -** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one -** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. -** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, -** an SQLite error code is returned. -*/ -static int fts3SegmentMerge( - Fts3Table *p, - int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */ - int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */ - int iLevel /* Level to merge */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ - sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ - SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ - Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ - Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ - int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ - i64 iMaxLevel = 0; /* Max level number for this index/langid */ - - assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL - || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING - || iLevel>=0 - ); - assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; - - if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ - rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - } - - if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ - /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single - ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically - ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this - ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ - if( csr.nSegment==1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - goto finished; - } - iNewLevel = iMaxLevel; - bIgnoreEmpty = 1; - - }else{ - /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next - ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to - ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to - ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ - assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); - iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); - rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); - bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; - - assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); - assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); - assert( iNewLevelnLeafData); - } - } - } - - finished: - fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - - /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown. If enabled, - ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat - && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0 - ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - p->nAutoincrmerge = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. -*/ -static void fts3EncodeIntArray( - int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ - u32 *a, /* The integer values */ - char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ - int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ -){ - int i, j; - for(i=j=0; iiPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as -** a blob of varints. -*/ -static void fts3InsertDocsize( - int *pRC, /* Result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ - u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */ -){ - char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ - int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn ); - if( pBlob==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return; - } - fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(pBlob); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); -} - -/* -** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, -** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus -** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the -** varints are set as follows: -** -** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. -** -** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in -** the column for all rows of the table. -** -** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all -** columns of all rows of the table. -** -*/ -static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( - int *pRC, /* The result code */ - Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ - u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ - u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ - int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ -){ - char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ - int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ - u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - - const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; - - if( *pRC ) return; - a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); - if( a==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return; - } - pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(a); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); - if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, - sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), - sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); - }else{ - memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(a); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ - a[0] = 0; - }else{ - a[0] += nChng; - } - for(i=0; inColumn+1; i++){ - u32 x = a[i+1]; - if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ - x = 0; - }else{ - x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; - } - a[i+1] = x; - } - fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(a); - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - sqlite3_free(a); -} - -/* -** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each -** iIndex/iLangid combination. -*/ -static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ - int bSeenDone = 0; - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->nIndex); - while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - int i; - int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ - rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - bSeenDone = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); - sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); - - return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called when the user executes the following statement: -** -** INSERT INTO () VALUES('rebuild'); -** -** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one -** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on -** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based -** on the contents of the %_content table. -*/ -static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - - rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u32 *aSz = 0; - u32 *aSzIns = 0; - u32 *aSzDel = 0; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - int nEntry = 0; - - /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */ - char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3; - aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( aSz==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memset(aSz, 0, nByte); - aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1]; - aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; - } - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - int iCol; - int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); - rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)); - memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1)); - for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ - if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ - const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); - rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); - aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); - } - } - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - }else{ - nEntry++; - for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){ - aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol]; - } - } - } - if( p->bFts4 ){ - fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry); - } - sqlite3_free(aSz); - - if( pStmt ){ - int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an -** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan -** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute -** level iAbsLevel. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */ - int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ - int nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ - - /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr)); - nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg; - pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - - if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte); - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - int rc2; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel); - assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 ); - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && iapSegment[i] - ); - pCsr->nSegment++; - } - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - - return rc; -} - -typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter; -typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter; -typedef struct Blob Blob; -typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer -** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in. -** -** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation. -*/ -struct Blob { - char *a; /* Pointer to allocation */ - int n; /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */ - int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */ -}; - -/* -** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree -** nodes (blocks). -*/ -struct NodeWriter { - sqlite3_int64 iBlock; /* Current block id */ - Blob key; /* Last key written to the current block */ - Blob block; /* Current block image */ -}; - -/* -** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append -** to an appendable b-tree segment. -*/ -struct IncrmergeWriter { - int nLeafEst; /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */ - int nWork; /* Number of leaf pages flushed */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel; /* Absolute level of input segments */ - int iIdx; /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */ - sqlite3_int64 iStart; /* Block number of first allocated block */ - sqlite3_int64 iEnd; /* Block number of last allocated block */ - sqlite3_int64 nLeafData; /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */ - u8 bNoLeafData; /* If true, store 0 for segment size */ - NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT]; -}; - -/* -** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single -** FTS segment node. See the following functions: -** -** nodeReaderInit() -** nodeReaderNext() -** nodeReaderRelease() -*/ -struct NodeReader { - const char *aNode; - int nNode; - int iOff; /* Current offset within aNode[] */ - - /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */ - sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Pointer to child node */ - Blob term; /* Current term */ - const char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist */ - int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */ -}; - -/* -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin -** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a -** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc -** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer. -*/ -static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){ - int nAlloc = nMin; - char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc); - if( a ){ - pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc; - pBlob->a = a; - }else{ - *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to -** the next entry on the node. -** -** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). -** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node -** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to -** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output -** variables for the new entry. -*/ -static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ - int bFirst = (p->term.n==0); /* True for first term on the node */ - int nPrefix = 0; /* Bytes to copy from previous term */ - int nSuffix = 0; /* Bytes to append to the prefix */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( p->aNode ); - if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++; - if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){ - /* EOF */ - p->aNode = 0; - }else{ - if( bFirst==0 ){ - p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix); - } - p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix); - - blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix); - p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix; - p->iOff += nSuffix; - if( p->iChild==0 ){ - p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist); - p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff]; - p->iOff += p->nDoclist; - } - } - } - - assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode ); - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p. -*/ -static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ - sqlite3_free(p->term.a); -} - -/* -** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to -** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite -** error code is returned. -*/ -static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader)); - p->aNode = aNode; - p->nNode = nNode; - - /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */ - if( p->aNode[0] ){ - /* An internal node. */ - p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild); - }else{ - p->iOff = 1; - } - - return nodeReaderNext(p); -} - -/* -** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o -** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed -** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller -** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf -** node. -** -** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in -** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergePush( - Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ - IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ - const char *zTerm, /* Term to write to internal node */ - int nTerm /* Bytes at zTerm */ -){ - sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock; - int iLayer; - - assert( nTerm>0 ); - for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayeraNodeWriter[iLayer]; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nPrefix; - int nSuffix; - int nSpace; - - /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to - ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, - ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to - ** be added to. */ - nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); - nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; - nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); - nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; - - if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ - /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding - ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize - ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ - - Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; - if( pBlk->n==0 ){ - blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer; - pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr); - } - } - blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc); - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pNode->key.n ){ - pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix); - } - pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix); - memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); - pBlk->n += nSuffix; - - memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm); - pNode->key.n = nTerm; - } - }else{ - /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk. - ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written - ** into the parent of this node. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); - - assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize ); - pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer; - pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1); - - iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock; - pNode->iBlock++; - pNode->key.n = 0; - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc; - iPtr = iNextPtr; - } - - assert( 0 ); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently -** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the -** header must be written before this function is called. -** -** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint -** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. -** -** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a -** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal -** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. -** -** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first -** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the -** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a -** copy of zTerm/nTerm. -** -** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large -** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev -** is extended by this function if requrired. -** -** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is -** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int fts3AppendToNode( - Blob *pNode, /* Current node image to append to */ - Blob *pPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term written */ - const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ - int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ - int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ - int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ - int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ - - /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a - ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node. */ - assert( pNode->n>0 ); - assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) ); - - blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm); - nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; - memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm); - pPrev->n = nTerm; - - if( bFirst==0 ){ - pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix); - } - pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix); - memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); - pNode->n += nSuffix; - - if( aDoclist ){ - pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist); - memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist); - pNode->n += nDoclist; - } - - assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc ); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the -** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( - Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ - IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */ -){ - const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm; - int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm; - const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist; - int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int nSpace; /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */ - int nPrefix; /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */ - int nSuffix; /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */ - NodeWriter *pLeaf; /* Object used to write leaf nodes */ - - pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0]; - nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); - nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; - - nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); - nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; - nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; - - /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist - ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize - ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */ - if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); - pWriter->nWork++; - - /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the - ** parent must: - ** - ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written - ** to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and - ** - ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new - ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). - ** - ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than - ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1); - } - - /* Advance to the next output block */ - pLeaf->iBlock++; - pLeaf->key.n = 0; - pLeaf->block.n = 0; - - nSuffix = nTerm; - nSpace = 1; - nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; - nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; - } - - pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace; - blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){ - pLeaf->block.n = 1; - pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0'; - } - rc = fts3AppendToNode( - &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist - ); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the -** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush -** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk. -** -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt -** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only -** to release outstanding resources. -** -** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while -** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before -** returning. -*/ -static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Merge-writer object */ - int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ -){ - int i; /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */ - int iRoot; /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */ - NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ - int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ - - /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment - ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot - ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot - ** will be 1. And so on. */ - for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){ - NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; - if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break; - assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 ); - assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 ); - sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); - sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); - } - - /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */ - if( iRoot<0 ) return; - - /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means - ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir - ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that - ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the - ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. - ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle - ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. - ** - ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a - ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a - ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. - ** - ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments - ** table until we are sure it is needed. - */ - if( iRoot==0 ){ - Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block; - blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pBlock->a[0] = 0x01; - pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint( - &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock - ); - } - iRoot = 1; - } - pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; - - /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */ - for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i]; - if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); - } - sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); - sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); - } - - /* Write the %_segdir record. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, - pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ - pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ - pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ - pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock, /* leaves_end_block */ - pWriter->iEnd, /* end_block */ - (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0), /* end_block */ - pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n /* root */ - ); - } - sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a); - sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a); - - *pRc = rc; -} - -/* -** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in -** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of -** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other. -** -** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve -** if it is greater. -*/ -static int fts3TermCmp( - const char *zLhs, int nLhs, /* LHS of comparison */ - const char *zRhs, int nRhs /* RHS of comparison */ -){ - int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs); - int res; - - res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp); - if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs; - - return res; -} - - -/* -** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is -** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before -** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. -** -** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite -** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. -** -** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it -** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table -** with blockid %_segdir.end_block. -*/ -static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ - int bRes = 0; /* Result to set *pbRes to */ - sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0; /* Statement to query database with */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; - rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); - } - - *pbRes = bRes; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. -** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level -** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the -** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. -** -** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if: -** -** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required -** space pre-allocated), and -** -** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is -** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential -** output segment. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( - Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ - int iIdx, /* Index of candidate output segment */ - const char *zKey, /* First key to write */ - int nKey, /* Number of bytes in nKey */ - IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */ - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */ - sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */ - sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */ - const char *aRoot = 0; /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */ - int nRoot = 0; /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */ - int rc2; /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */ - int bAppendable = 0; /* Set to true if segment is appendable */ - - /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1); - sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx); - if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1); - iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2); - fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData); - if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){ - pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; - } - pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0); - nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4); - aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4); - }else{ - return sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - } - - /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */ - rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable); - - /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ - char *aLeaf = 0; - int nLeaf = 0; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - NodeReader reader; - for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf); - rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; - rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) - ){ - assert( reader.aNode ); - } - if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){ - bAppendable = 0; - } - nodeReaderRelease(&reader); - } - sqlite3_free(aLeaf); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ - /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter - ** object to do so. */ - int i; - int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0]; - NodeWriter *pNode; - - pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; - pWriter->iStart = iStart; - pWriter->iEnd = iEnd; - pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; - pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; - - for(i=nHeight+1; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; - } - - pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; - pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot); - pNode->block.n = nRoot; - } - - for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ - NodeReader reader; - pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i]; - - rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); - while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader); - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n); - pNode->key.n = reader.term.n; - if( i>0 ){ - char *aBlock = 0; - int nBlock = 0; - pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; - pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); - blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock); - pNode->block.n = nBlock; - } - sqlite3_free(aBlock); - } - } - nodeReaderRelease(&reader); - } - } - - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute -** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus -** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all -** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. -** -** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of -** *piIdx is undefined in this case. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ - int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0; /* SQL used to find output index */ - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1); - sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx); - *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 -** with idx value iIdx. -** -** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three -** columns: -** -** start_block -** leaves_end_block -** end_block -** -** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the -** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the -** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number -** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack -** variable nLeafEst. -** -** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment -** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous -** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array -** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block -** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. -** -** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the -** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( - Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ - int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor that data will be read from */ - IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - int nLeafEst = 0; /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */ - sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0; /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */ - sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0; /* SQL used to determine first block */ - - /* Calculate nLeafEst. */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){ - nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){ - pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0); - pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1; - pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries - ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify - ** appendable segments. */ - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; - pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst; - pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; - - /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */ - for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the -** following two statements: -** -** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx -** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx -** -** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE -** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated -** idx values. -*/ -static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to delete from */ - int iIdx /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* DELETE statement */ - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel); - sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx); - sqlite3_step(pDelete); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel. -** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that -** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0. -*/ -static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel /* Absolute level to repack */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int *aIdx = 0; /* Array of remaining idx values */ - int nIdx = 0; /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */ - int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* Select statement to read idx values */ - sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; /* Update statement to modify idx values */ - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel); - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ - if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){ - int *aNew; - nAlloc += 16; - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); - if( !aNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - break; - } - aIdx = aNew; - } - aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0); - } - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel); - } - - assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ); - p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibIgnoreSavepoint = 0; - - sqlite3_free(aIdx); - return rc; -} - -static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){ - pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight; - if( iChild ){ - assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) ); - pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild); - }else{ - assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 ); - pNode->n = 1; - } -} - -/* -** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree -** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node. -** -** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying -** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes) -** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode. -*/ -static int fts3TruncateNode( - const char *aNode, /* Current node image */ - int nNode, /* Size of aNode in bytes */ - Blob *pNew, /* OUT: Write new node image here */ - const char *zTerm, /* Omit all terms smaller than this */ - int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - sqlite3_int64 *piBlock /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */ -){ - NodeReader reader; /* Reader object */ - Blob prev = {0, 0, 0}; /* Previous term written to new node */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0'; /* True for a leaf node */ - - /* Allocate required output space */ - blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pNew->n = 0; - - /* Populate new node buffer */ - for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); - rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; - rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) - ){ - if( pNew->n==0 ){ - int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm); - if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue; - fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); - *piBlock = reader.iChild; - } - rc = fts3AppendToNode( - pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n, - reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - } - if( pNew->n==0 ){ - fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); - *piBlock = reader.iChild; - } - assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc ); - - nodeReaderRelease(&reader); - sqlite3_free(prev.a); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute -** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments -** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir -** tables. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an -** SQLite error code otherwise. -*/ -static int fts3TruncateSegment( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of segment to modify */ - int iIdx, /* Index within level of segment to modify */ - const char *zTerm, /* Remove terms smaller than this */ - int nTerm /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Blob root = {0,0,0}; /* New root page image */ - Blob block = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used for any other block */ - sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0; /* Block id */ - sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0; /* New value for iStartBlock */ - sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0; /* Old value for iStartBlock */ - sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0; /* Statement used to fetch segdir */ - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel); - sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){ - const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4); - int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4); - iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1); - rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); - } - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){ - char *aBlock = 0; - int nBlock = 0; - iNewStart = iBlock; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n); - } - sqlite3_free(aBlock); - } - - /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1); - sqlite3_step(pDel); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel); - sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx); - sqlite3_step(pChomp); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp); - } - } - - sqlite3_free(root.a); - sqlite3_free(block.a); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to -** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level -** iAbsLevel. -** -** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of -** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation) -** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that -** have been duplicated in the output segment. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeChomp( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level containing segments */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */ - int *pnRem /* Number of segments not deleted */ -){ - int i; - int nRem = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ - Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; - int j; - - /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding - ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ - for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSegment); j++){ - pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j]; - if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break; - } - assert( jnSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i ); - - if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){ - /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */ - rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx); - } - *pnRem = 0; - }else{ - /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this - ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place - ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ - const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; - int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; - rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); - nRem++; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){ - rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel); - } - - *pnRem = nRem; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Store an incr-merge hint in the database. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ - sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; - int rc; /* Return code */ - - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pReplace); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one -** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. -** -** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat -** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an -** SQLite error code. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ - sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; - int rc; - - pHint->n = 0; - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ - const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0); - int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0); - if( aHint ){ - blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint); - pHint->n = nHint; - } - } - } - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. -** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry -** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments -** and the number of input segments. -** -** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, -** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning. -*/ -static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( - Blob *pHint, /* Hint blob to append to */ - i64 iAbsLevel, /* First varint to store in hint */ - int nInput, /* Second varint to store in hint */ - int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ -){ - blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc); - if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel); - pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput); - } -} - -/* -** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint -** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and -** *pnInput before returning. -** -** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does -** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. -*/ -static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ - const int nHint = pHint->n; - int i; - - i = pHint->n-2; - while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; - while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; - - pHint->n = i; - i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel); - i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput); - if( i!=nHint ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. -** -** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments -** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest -** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains -** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to -** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */ - Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */ - Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */ - IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */ - int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */ - sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */ - Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */ - int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */ - - /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */ - const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter); - pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc); - if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1]; - pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1]; - - rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){ - const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex; - sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */ - int bUseHint = 0; /* True if attempting to append */ - int iIdx = 0; /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */ - - /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest - ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. - ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and - ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, - ** set nSeg to -1. - */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); - sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, nMin); - if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0); - nSeg = nMin; - }else{ - nSeg = -1; - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel); - - /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the - ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal - ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this - ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ - int nHint = hint.n; - sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0; /* Hint level */ - int nHintSeg = 0; /* Hint number of segments */ - - rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg); - if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ - iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; - nSeg = nHintSeg; - bUseHint = 1; - bDirtyHint = 1; - }else{ - /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry - ** is removed from the hint blob. */ - hint.n = nHint; - } - } - - /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least - ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do. - ** Exit early in this case. */ - if( nSeg<0 ) break; - - /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg - ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using - ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg - ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is - ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop - ** to start work on some other level. */ - memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); - pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx); - assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 ); - if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){ - int bIgnore = 0; - rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore); - if( bIgnore ){ - pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr); - } - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter)) - && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr)) - ){ - if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){ - const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm; - int nKey = pCsr->nTerm; - rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter); - }else{ - rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){ - fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel); - do { - rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr); - if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ); - - /* Update or delete the input segments */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork); - rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg); - if( nSeg!=0 ){ - bDirtyHint = 1; - fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc); - } - } - } - - if( nSeg!=0 ){ - pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; - } - fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc); - if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){ - fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData); - } - } - - sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr); - } - - /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */ - if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint); - } - - sqlite3_free(pWriter); - sqlite3_free(hint.a); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return -** its value. Advance *pz to point to the first character past -** the integer. -*/ -static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){ - const char *z = *pz; - int i = 0; - while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0'; - *pz = z; - return i; -} - -/* -** Process statements of the form: -** -** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B'); -** -** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages -** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level -** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively. -*/ -static int fts3DoIncrmerge( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */ -){ - int rc; - int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2); - int nMerge = 0; - const char *z = zParam; - - /* Read the first integer value */ - nMerge = fts3Getint(&z); - - /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',', read the second - ** integer value. */ - if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){ - z++; - nMin = fts3Getint(&z); - } - - if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !p->bHasStat ){ - assert( p->bFts4==0 ); - sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin); - } - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Process statements of the form: -** -** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X'); -** -** where X is an integer. X==0 means to turn automerge off. X!=0 means -** turn it on. The setting is persistent. -*/ -static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge( - Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ - const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam); - if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ - p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; - } - if( !p->bHasStat ){ - assert( p->bFts4==0 ); - sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); - sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the -** arguments to this function. -*/ -static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry( - const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ - int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ - int iLangid, /* Language id for current row */ - int iIndex, /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */ - i64 iDocid, /* Docid for current row. */ - int iCol, /* Column number */ - int iPos /* Position */ -){ - int i; - u64 ret = (u64)iDocid; - - ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid; - ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex; - ret += (ret<<3) + iCol; - ret += (ret<<3) + iPos; - for(i=0; inIndex-1) */ - int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ -){ - Fts3SegFilter filter; - Fts3MultiSegReader csr; - int rc; - u64 cksum = 0; - - assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); - - memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter)); - memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr)); - filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; - filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( - p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){ - char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist; - char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist]; - - i64 iDocid = 0; - i64 iCol = 0; - i64 iPos = 0; - - pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid); - while( pCsrnIndex); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); - int i; - for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ - cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc); - } - } - rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - - /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */ - rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - char *zSql; - - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); - int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); - int iCol; - - for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); - int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText, &pT); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ - int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ - int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ - int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ - - rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( - zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos - ); - for(i=1; inIndex; i++){ - if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){ - cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( - zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos - ); - } - } - } - } - if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - } - - *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of -** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the -** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. -** -** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite -** error code. -** -** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token -** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code -** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following: -** -** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix -** index etc.), -** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, -** + The language-id of the row it appears in, -** + The docid of the row it appears in, -** + The column it appears in, and -** + The tokens position within that column. -** -** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create -** a single checksum for the entire index. -** -** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: -** -** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and -** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. -** -** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have -** passed. -*/ -static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( - Fts3Table *p /* FTS3 table handle */ -){ - int rc; - int bOk = 0; - rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form: -** -** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES()" -** -** Argument pVal contains the result of . Currently the only -** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. -*/ -static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); - int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal); - - if( !zVal ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ - rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); - }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){ - rc = fts3DoRebuild(p); - }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){ - rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p); - }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){ - rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]); - }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){ - rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ - p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){ - p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){ - p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]); - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#endif - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED -/* -** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached -** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; - for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ - fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); - pDef->pList = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to -** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; - Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; - for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ - pNext = pDef->pNext; - fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); - sqlite3_free(pDef); - } - pCsr->pDeferred = 0; -} - -/* -** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list -** based on the row that pCsr currently points to. -** -** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information -** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the -** table, not for all rows. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ - int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ - sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ - Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ - - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; - - assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); - iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); - - for(i=0; inColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; - - rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ - int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ - int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ - int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ - - rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); - for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ - Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; - if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) - && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0) - && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->nz, pPT->n)) - ){ - fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); - } - } - } - if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ - if( pDef->pList ){ - rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( - Fts3DeferredToken *p, - char **ppData, - int *pnData -){ - char *pRet; - int nSkip; - sqlite3_int64 dummy; - - *ppData = 0; - *pnData = 0; - - if( p->pList==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); - if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); - *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; - *ppData = pRet; - - memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */ - Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */ - int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */ -){ - Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; - pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred)); - if( !pDeferred ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); - pDeferred->pToken = pToken; - pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; - pDeferred->iCol = iCol; - pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; - - assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); - pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be -** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents -** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. -*/ -static int fts3DeleteByRowid( - Fts3Table *p, - sqlite3_value *pRowid, - int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ - u32 *aSzDel -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int bFound = 0; /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */ - - fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound); - if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int isEmpty = 0; /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */ - rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( isEmpty ){ - /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case - ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any - ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ - rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1); - *pnChng = 0; - memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2); - }else{ - *pnChng = *pnChng - 1; - if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); - } - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); - } - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual -** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: -** -** CREATE TABLE
    ( -** , -**
    HIDDEN, -** docid HIDDEN, -** HIDDEN -** ); -** -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ - int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ - sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ - sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ -){ - Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */ - u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ - u32 *aSzDel = 0; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ - int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ - int bInsertDone = 0; - - /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. - ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ - assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); - - assert( p->pSegments==0 ); - assert( - nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ - || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ - ); - - /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: - ** - ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); - */ - if( nArg>1 - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL - && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL - ){ - rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); - goto update_out; - } - - if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - goto update_out; - } - - /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ - aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); - if( aSzDel==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto update_out; - } - aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1]; - memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); - - rc = fts3Writelock(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out; - - /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid - ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. - ** - ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row - ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, - ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must - ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to - ** modify the database file. - */ - if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ - /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ - sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; - if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ - pNewRowid = apVal[1]; - } - - if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( - sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL - || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) - )){ - /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be - ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and - ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the - ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any - ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. - ** - ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into - ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any - ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. - ** - ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot - ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual - ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this - ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is - ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have - ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). - */ - if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ - rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); - }else{ - rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); - bInsertDone = 1; - } - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto update_out; - } - - /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); - rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); - isRemove = 1; - } - - /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ - if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); - if( bInsertDone==0 ){ - rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); - if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ - rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){ - rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iLangid, *pRowid); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid ); - rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns); - } - if( p->bHasDocsize ){ - fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); - } - nChng++; - } - - if( p->bFts4 ){ - fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); - } - - update_out: - sqlite3_free(aSzDel); - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, -** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if -** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - }else{ - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); - } - } - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); - return rc; -} - -#endif - -/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/ -/* -** 2009 Oct 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -/* -** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). -*/ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */ - -/* -** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). -*/ -#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" - - -/* -** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to -** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. -*/ -typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx; -struct LoadDoclistCtx { - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */ - int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */ - int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */ -}; - -/* -** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the -** fts3BestSnippet() routine. -*/ -typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; -typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase; -typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment; - -struct SnippetIter { - Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */ - int iCol; /* Extract snippet from this column */ - int nSnippet; /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */ - int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ - SnippetPhrase *aPhrase; /* Array of size nPhrase */ - int iCurrent; /* First token of current snippet */ -}; - -struct SnippetPhrase { - int nToken; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ - char *pList; /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */ - int iHead; /* Next value in position list */ - char *pHead; /* Position list data following iHead */ - int iTail; /* Next value in trailing position list */ - char *pTail; /* Position list data following iTail */ -}; - -struct SnippetFragment { - int iCol; /* Column snippet is extracted from */ - int iPos; /* Index of first token in snippet */ - u64 covered; /* Mask of query phrases covered */ - u64 hlmask; /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */ -}; - -/* -** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while -** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. -*/ -typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; -struct MatchInfo { - Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ - int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ - sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */ - u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */ -}; - - - -/* -** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance -** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the -** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details. -*/ -typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer; -struct StrBuffer { - char *z; /* Pointer to buffer containing string */ - int n; /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */ - int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */ -}; - - -/* -** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position -** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each -** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value -** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus -** two. For example, to store the position-list: -** -** 4 9 113 -** -** the three varints: -** -** 6 7 106 -** -** are encoded. -** -** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of -** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list. -** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the -** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint. -*/ -static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){ - int iVal; - *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); - *piPos += (iVal-2); -} - -/* -** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below). -*/ -static int fts3ExprIterate2( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ - int *piPhrase, /* Pointer to phrase counter */ - int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ - void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int eType = pExpr->eType; /* Type of expression node pExpr */ - - if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); - rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ - rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx); - } - }else{ - rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx); - (*piPhrase)++; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that -** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. -** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. -** -** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, -** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. -** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for -** all eligible phrase nodes. -*/ -static int fts3ExprIterate( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ - int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ - void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ -){ - int iPhrase = 0; /* Variable used as the phrase counter */ - return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx); -} - -/* -** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists -** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also -** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). -*/ -static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); - - p->nPhrase++; - p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor -** pCsr. -** -** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable -** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or -** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If -** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all -** matchable phrases of the expression. -*/ -static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */ - int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */ - int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */ - sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; - rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx); - if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase; - if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken; - return rc; -} - -static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ - (*(int *)ctx)++; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ - int nPhrase = 0; - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase); - return nPhrase; -} - -/* -** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two -** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater -** than or equal to parameter iNext. -*/ -static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){ - char *pIter = *ppIter; - if( pIter ){ - int iIter = *piIter; - - while( iIteriCurrent<0 ){ - /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet - ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a - ** score of 0.0). - */ - pIter->iCurrent = 0; - - /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that - ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet). - */ - for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; - fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet); - } - }else{ - int iStart; - int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF; - - for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; - if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHeadiHead; - } - } - if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){ - return 1; - } - - pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1; - for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; - fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1); - fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart); - } - } - - return 0; -} - -/* -** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet -** iterator pIter. -*/ -static void fts3SnippetDetails( - SnippetIter *pIter, /* Snippet iterator */ - u64 mCovered, /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */ - int *piToken, /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */ - int *piScore, /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */ - u64 *pmCover, /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */ - u64 *pmHighlight /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */ -){ - int iStart = pIter->iCurrent; /* First token of snippet */ - int iScore = 0; /* Score of this snippet */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u64 mCover = 0; /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */ - u64 mHighlight = 0; /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */ - - for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; - if( pPhrase->pTail ){ - char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail; - int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail; - - while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){ - int j; - u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i; - u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart); - assert( iCsr>=iStart ); - if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){ - iScore++; - }else{ - iScore += 1000; - } - mCover |= mPhrase; - - for(j=0; jnToken; j++){ - mHighlight |= (mPos>>j); - } - - if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break; - fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr); - } - } - } - - /* Set the output variables before returning. */ - *piToken = iStart; - *piScore = iScore; - *pmCover = mCover; - *pmHighlight = mHighlight; -} - -/* -** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet(). -** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array. -*/ -static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ - SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx; - SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase]; - char *pCsr; - int rc; - - pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); - if( pCsr ){ - int iFirst = 0; - pPhrase->pList = pCsr; - fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst); - assert( iFirst>=0 ); - pPhrase->pHead = pCsr; - pPhrase->pTail = pCsr; - pPhrase->iHead = iFirst; - pPhrase->iTail = iFirst; - }else{ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( - pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 - )); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens -** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet -** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated -** by adding: -** -** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. -** -** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in -** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. -** -** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before -** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore -** before returning. -*/ -static int fts3BestSnippet( - int nSnippet, /* Desired snippet length */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to create snippet for */ - int iCol, /* Index of column to create snippet from */ - u64 mCovered, /* Mask of phrases already covered */ - u64 *pmSeen, /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */ - SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* OUT: Best snippet found */ - int *piScore /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nList; /* Number of phrases in expression */ - SnippetIter sIter; /* Iterates through snippet candidates */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */ - int iBestScore = -1; /* Best snippet score found so far */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); - - /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same - ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase. - */ - rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero - ** the required space using malloc(). - */ - nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList; - sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !sIter.aPhrase ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte); - - /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through - ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array. - */ - sIter.pCsr = pCsr; - sIter.iCol = iCol; - sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet; - sIter.nPhrase = nList; - sIter.iCurrent = -1; - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void *)&sIter); - - /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */ - for(i=0; iiCol = iCol; - while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){ - int iPos; - int iScore; - u64 mCover; - u64 mHighlight; - fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover, &mHighlight); - assert( iScore>=0 ); - if( iScore>iBestScore ){ - pFragment->iPos = iPos; - pFragment->hlmask = mHighlight; - pFragment->covered = mCover; - iBestScore = iScore; - } - } - - sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase); - *piScore = iBestScore; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument. -** -** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is -** determined using strlen(). -*/ -static int fts3StringAppend( - StrBuffer *pStr, /* Buffer to append to */ - const char *zAppend, /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */ - int nAppend /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */ -){ - if( nAppend<0 ){ - nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend); - } - - /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc() - ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the - ** appended data. - */ - if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){ - int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100; - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pStr->z = zNew; - pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc; - } - assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) ); - - /* Append the data to the string buffer. */ - memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend); - pStr->n += nAppend; - pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0'; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a -** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term -** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term -** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select: -** -** ........X.....X -** -** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the -** document so that there are approximately the same number of -** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there -** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: -** -** ....X.....X.... -** -** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting -** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there -** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document -** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. -*/ -static int fts3SnippetShift( - Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ - int iLangid, /* Language id to use in tokenizing */ - int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ - const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ - int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */ - int *piPos, /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */ - u64 *pHlmask /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */ -){ - u64 hlmask = *pHlmask; /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */ - - if( hlmask ){ - int nLeft; /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */ - int nRight; /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */ - int nDesired; /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */ - - for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++); - for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++); - nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2; - - /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the - ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually - ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and - ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the - ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens - ** available. - */ - if( nDesired>0 ){ - int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */ - int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; - pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; - - /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired) - ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc. - */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){ - const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0; - rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent); - } - pMod->xClose(pC); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; } - - nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet; - assert( nShift<=nDesired ); - if( nShift>0 ){ - *piPos += nShift; - *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and -** append it to string buffer pOut. -*/ -static int fts3SnippetText( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */ - SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */ - int iFragment, /* Fragment number */ - int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */ - int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */ - const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */ - const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */ - const char *zEllipsis, /* String inserted between snippets */ - StrBuffer *pOut /* Write output here */ -){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc; /* Return code */ - const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */ - int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */ - int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */ - int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */ - int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */ - int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */ - u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */ - int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ - - zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); - if( zDoc==0 ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); - - /* Open a token cursor on the document. */ - pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; - rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ - int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ - int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ - int iFin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ - int isHighlight = 0; /* True for highlighted terms */ - - /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere - ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to - ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily - ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application - ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for - ** snippet generation or for some other purpose. - ** - ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this - ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface. - ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this - ** convention might not be respected. */ - rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token - ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end - ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. - ** Then break out of the loop. */ - rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); - } - break; - } - if( iCurrentiLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask - ); - isShiftDone = 1; - - /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are - ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, - ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){ - rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent=(iPos+nSnippet) ){ - if( isLast ){ - rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); - } - break; - } - - /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */ - isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0; - - if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1); - - iEnd = iFin; - } - - pMod->xClose(pC); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a -** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single -** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the -** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that -** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). -** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after -** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end -** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of -** the next column in the position-list). -** -** The number of elements in the column-list is returned. -*/ -static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ - char *pEnd = *ppCollist; - char c = 0; - int nEntry = 0; - - /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */ - while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ - c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; - if( !c ) nEntry++; - } - - *ppCollist = pEnd; - return nEntry; -} - -/* -** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats -** for a single query. -** -** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a -** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements -** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the -** current query. -** -** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This -** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows: -** -** for(iCol=0; iColpCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] - ); -} - -/* -** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the -** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the -** array that are different for each row returned by the query. -*/ -static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ - int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ - void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; - int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; - int i; - - for(i=0; inCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ - char *pCsr; - rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr); - if( pCsr ){ - p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); - }else{ - p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; - } - } - - return rc; -} - -static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( - Fts3Table *pTab, - char cArg, - char **pzErr -){ - if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) - || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg); - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ - int nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */ - - switch( cArg ){ - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: - nVal = 1; - break; - - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: - nVal = pInfo->nCol; - break; - - default: - assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); - nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3; - break; - } - - return nVal; -} - -static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( - Fts3Table *pTab, - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, - sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc, - const char **paLen -){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char *a; - sqlite3_int64 nDoc; - - if( !*ppStmt ){ - int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - pStmt = *ppStmt; - assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 ); - - a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); - a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); - if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; - - if( paLen ) *paLen = a; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while -** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the -** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the -** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. -*/ -typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; -struct LcsIterator { - Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ - int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ - char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ - int iPos; /* Current position */ -}; - -/* -** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has -** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. -*/ -#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF; - -static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ - int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ - void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ -){ - LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx; - aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return -** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the -** position list for the next column. -*/ -static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ - char *pRead = pIter->pRead; - sqlite3_int64 iRead; - int rc = 0; - - pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); - if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ - pRead = 0; - rc = 1; - }else{ - pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); - } - - pIter->pRead = pRead; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. -** -** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each -** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] -** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. -** -** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the -** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is -** undefined. -*/ -static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ - LcsIterator *aIter; - int i; - int iCol; - int nToken = 0; - - /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array - ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query. - **/ - aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); - if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); - - for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; - nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; - } - - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ - int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ - - for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - int rc; - LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; - rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - if( pIt->pRead ){ - pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; - fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); - nLive++; - } - } - - while( nLive>0 ){ - LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ - int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ - - for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ - LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; - if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ - /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ - nThisLcs = 0; - }else{ - if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPosiPos ){ - pAdv = pIter; - } - if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){ - nThisLcs++; - }else{ - nThisLcs = 1; - } - if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs; - } - } - if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--; - } - - pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs; - } - - sqlite3_free(aIter); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to -** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the -** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the -** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format -** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array -** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output. -** -** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output. -** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between -** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) -** have already been populated. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error -** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the -** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. -*/ -static int fts3MatchinfoValues( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ - int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */ - MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */ - const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; - - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){ - - switch( zArg[i] ){ - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: - if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase; - break; - - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: - if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; - break; - - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: - if( bGlobal ){ - sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; - rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); - pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; - } - break; - - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: - if( bGlobal ){ - sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ - const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ - - rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iCol; - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - u32 iVal; - sqlite3_int64 nToken; - a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); - iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); - pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; - } - } - } - break; - - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: { - sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0; - rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iCol; - const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0); - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - sqlite3_int64 nToken; - a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); - pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken; - } - } - sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize); - break; - } - - case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: - rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo); - } - break; - - default: { - Fts3Expr *pExpr; - assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); - pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; - rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - if( bGlobal ){ - if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ - rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - } - rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - } - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); - break; - } - } - - pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]); - } - - sqlite3_reset(pSelect); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The -** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). -*/ -static int fts3GetMatchinfo( - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */ - const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */ -){ - MatchInfo sInfo; - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */ - - memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo)); - sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; - sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; - - /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the - ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard - ** the cached data. */ - if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ - assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo ); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo); - pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0; - pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0; - } - - /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the - ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case - ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and - ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. - */ - if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){ - int nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ - int nArg; /* Bytes in zArg */ - int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */ - - /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */ - pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); - sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; - - /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */ - for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ - nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]); - } - - /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */ - nArg = (int)strlen(zArg); - pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1); - if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo]; - pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo; - memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1); - memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo); - pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; - bGlobal = 1; - } - - sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo; - sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; - if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){ - rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg); - pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Implementation of snippet() function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ - const char *zStart, /* Snippet start text - "" */ - const char *zEnd, /* Snippet end text - "" */ - const char *zEllipsis, /* Snippet ellipsis text - "..." */ - int iCol, /* Extract snippet from this column */ - int nToken /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */ -){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; - - /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from - ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop - ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in - ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query - ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text - ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate - ** a pair of fragments, and so on. - */ - int nSnippet = 0; /* Number of fragments in this snippet */ - SnippetFragment aSnippet[4]; /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */ - int nFToken = -1; /* Number of tokens in each fragment */ - - if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); - return; - } - - for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){ - - int iSnip; /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */ - u64 mCovered = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */ - u64 mSeen = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */ - - if( nToken>=0 ){ - nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet; - }else{ - nFToken = -1 * nToken; - } - - for(iSnip=0; iSnipnColumn; iRead++){ - SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0}; - int iS; - if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue; - - /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */ - rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto snippet_out; - } - if( iS>iBestScore ){ - *pFragment = sF; - iBestScore = iS; - } - } - - mCovered |= pFragment->covered; - } - - /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least - ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop. - */ - assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered ); - if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break; - } - - assert( nFToken>0 ); - - for(i=0; ipCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList); - nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - if( pList ){ - fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); - assert( iPos>=0 ); - } - - for(iTerm=0; iTermaTerm[p->iTerm++]; - pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1; - pT->pList = pList; - pT->iPos = iPos; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Implementation of offsets() function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr /* Cursor object */ -){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */ - int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */ - StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* Result string */ - TermOffsetCtx sCtx; /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */ - - if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); - return; - } - - memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); - assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); - - /* Count the number of terms in the query */ - rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; - - /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */ - sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken); - if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto offsets_out; - } - sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; - sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; - - /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to - ** string-buffer res for each column. - */ - for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */ - const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ - int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ - int iStart = 0; - int iEnd = 0; - int iCurrent = 0; - const char *zDoc; - int nDoc; - - /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is - ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from - ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. - */ - sCtx.iCol = iCol; - sCtx.iTerm = 0; - (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx); - - /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored - ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. - ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite - ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** to the caller. - */ - zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); - nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); - if( zDoc==0 ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){ - continue; - } - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto offsets_out; - } - - /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, - zDoc, nDoc, &pC - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; - - rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; /* Used to loop through terms */ - int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF; /* Position of next token */ - TermOffset *pTerm = 0; /* TermOffset associated with next token */ - - for(i=0; ipList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)iPos-pT->iOff; - pTerm = pT; - } - } - - if( !pTerm ){ - /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos ); - if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){ - pTerm->pList = 0; - }else{ - fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos); - } - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrentxNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char aBuffer[64]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, - "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart - ); - rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){ - rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - pMod->xClose(pC); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; - } - - offsets_out: - sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); - sqlite3_free(res.z); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free); - } - return; -} - -/* -** Implementation of matchinfo() function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( - sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */ - Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */ - const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */ -){ - Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; - int rc; - int i; - const char *zFormat; - - if( zArg ){ - for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ - char *zErr = 0; - if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; - } - } - zFormat = zArg; - }else{ - zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT; - } - - if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ - sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); - return; - } - - /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */ - rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat); - sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); - }else{ - int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32); - sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -#endif - -/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/ -/* -** 2012 May 24 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer. -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - - -/* -** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied -** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part -** of the amalgamation, they are not required. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION - -static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, - 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, - 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, -}; - -#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ - c = *(zIn++); \ - if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ - c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ - while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ - c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ - } \ - if( c<0x80 \ - || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ - || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ - } - -#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ - if( c<0x00080 ){ \ - *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - } \ - else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ - *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - }else{ \ - *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ - *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ - } \ -} - -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - -typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer; -typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor; - -struct unicode_tokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; - int bRemoveDiacritic; - int nException; - int *aiException; -}; - -struct unicode_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */ - int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */ - int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */ - int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */ - char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ - int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */ -}; - - -/* -** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate(). -*/ -static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - if( pTokenizer ){ - unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer; - sqlite3_free(p->aiException); - sqlite3_free(p); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE -** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider -** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or -** token characters (if bAlnum==1). -** -** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the -** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. -** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the -** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, -** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all -** codepoints in the aiException[] array. -** -** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic() -** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored. -** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect -** to these codepoints. -*/ -static int unicodeAddExceptions( - unicode_tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */ - int bAlnum, /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */ - const char *zIn, /* Array of characters to make exceptions */ - int nIn /* Length of z in bytes */ -){ - const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; - const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn]; - int iCode; - int nEntry = 0; - - assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 ); - - while( zaiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int)); - if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - nNew = p->nException; - - z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; - while( zi; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1]; - aNew[i] = iCode; - nNew++; - } - } - p->aiException = aNew; - p->nException = nNew; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode. -*/ -static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ - if( p->nException>0 ){ - int *a = p->aiException; - int iLo = 0; - int iHi = p->nException-1; - - while( iHi>=iLo ){ - int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; - if( iCode==a[iTest] ){ - return 1; - }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){ - iLo = iTest+1; - }else{ - iHi = iTest-1; - } - } - } - - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is -** considered a token character (not a separator). -*/ -static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ - assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); - return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode); -} - -/* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. -*/ -static int unicodeCreate( - int nArg, /* Size of array argv[] */ - const char * const *azArg, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **pp /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */ -){ - unicode_tokenizer *pNew; /* New tokenizer object */ - int i; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); - if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); - pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1; - - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibRemoveDiacritic = 1; - } - else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){ - pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0; - } - else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){ - rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11); - } - else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){ - rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11); - } - else{ - /* Unrecognized argument */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew); - pNew = 0; - } - *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int unicodeOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *aInput, /* Input string */ - int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */ -){ - unicode_cursor *pCsr; - - pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor)); - if( pCsr==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor)); - - pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput; - if( aInput==0 ){ - pCsr->nInput = 0; - }else if( nInput<0 ){ - pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput); - }else{ - pCsr->nInput = nInput; - } - - *pp = &pCsr->base; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to -** simpleOpen() above. -*/ -static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor; - sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must -** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). -*/ -static int unicodeNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ - const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */ - int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */ - int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */ -){ - unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC; - unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer); - int iCode; - char *zOut; - const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff]; - const unsigned char *zStart = z; - const unsigned char *zEnd; - const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; - - /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. - ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of - ** the input. */ - while( z=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE; - - zOut = pCsr->zToken; - do { - int iOut; - - /* Grow the output buffer if required. */ - if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){ - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64); - if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken]; - pCsr->zToken = zNew; - pCsr->nAlloc += 64; - } - - /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */ - zEnd = z; - iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic); - if( iOut ){ - WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut); - } - - /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ - if( z>=zTerm ) break; - READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); - }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) - || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode) - ); - - /* Set the output variables and return. */ - pCsr->iOff = (z - pCsr->aInput); - *paToken = pCsr->zToken; - *pnToken = zOut - pCsr->zToken; - *piStart = (zStart - pCsr->aInput); - *piEnd = (zEnd - pCsr->aInput); - *piPos = pCsr->iToken++; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module -** structure for the unicode tokenizer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ - static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = { - 0, - unicodeCreate, - unicodeDestroy, - unicodeOpen, - unicodeClose, - unicodeNext, - 0, - }; - *ppModule = &module; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61 */ - -/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/ -/* -** 2012 May 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -*/ - -/* -** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE. -*/ - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) - -/* #include */ - -/* -** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint -** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false. -** -** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function -** is less than zero. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ - /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous - ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. - ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). - ** - ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first - ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store - ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value - ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint - ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints - ** using this format. - */ - const static unsigned int aEntry[] = { - 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07, - 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01, - 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401, - 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01, - 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01, - 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802, - 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F, - 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401, - 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804, - 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403, - 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812, - 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001, - 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802, - 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805, - 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401, - 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03, - 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807, - 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001, - 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01, - 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804, - 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001, - 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802, - 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01, - 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06, - 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007, - 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006, - 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417, - 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14, - 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07, - 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01, - 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001, - 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802, - 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F, - 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002, - 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802, - 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006, - 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D, - 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802, - 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027, - 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403, - 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805, - 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04, - 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401, - 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005, - 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B, - 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A, - 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001, - 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59, - 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807, - 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01, - 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E, - 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100, - 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10, - 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402, - 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804, - 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012, - 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004, - 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002, - 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803, - 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07, - 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02, - 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802, - 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013, - 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06, - 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003, - 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01, - 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403, - 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009, - 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003, - 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003, - 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E, - 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046, - 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401, - 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401, - 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F, - 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C, - 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002, - 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025, - 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6, - 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46, - 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060, - 0x380400F0, - }; - static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = { - 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001, - }; - - if( c<128 ){ - return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 ); - }else if( c<(1<<22) ){ - unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF; - int iRes; - int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; - int iLo = 0; - while( iHi>=iLo ){ - int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; - if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){ - iRes = iTest; - iLo = iTest+1; - }else{ - iHi = iTest-1; - } - } - assert( aEntry[0]=aEntry[iRes] ); - return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF))); - } - return 1; -} - - -/* -** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter -** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint -** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN -** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER -** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an -** uppercase letter are undefined. -*/ -static int remove_diacritic(int c){ - unsigned short aDia[] = { - 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, - 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, - 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, - 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, - 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928, - 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, - 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504, - 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, - 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, - 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, - 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, - 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, - 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, - }; - char aChar[] = { - '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', - 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', - 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', - 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', - 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', - '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', - 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't', - 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a', - 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y', - }; - - unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; - int iRes = 0; - int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1; - int iLo = 0; - while( iHi>=iLo ){ - int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; - if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){ - iRes = iTest; - iLo = iTest+1; - }else{ - iHi = iTest-1; - } - } - assert( key>=aDia[iRes] ); - return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]); -}; - - -/* -** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint -** is a diacritical modifier character. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){ - unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF; - unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8; - if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0; - return (c < 768+32) ? - (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) : - (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32))); -} - - -/* -** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint -** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent, -** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version. -** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument. -** -** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function -** is less than zero. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){ - /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range - ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange - ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode. - ** - ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies - ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and - ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to - ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C. - ** - ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[] - ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower - ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF). - ** - ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt - ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See - ** http://www.unicode.org for details. - */ - static const struct TableEntry { - unsigned short iCode; - unsigned char flags; - unsigned char nRange; - } aEntry[] = { - {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23}, - {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6}, - {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1}, - {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1}, - {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1}, - {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1}, - {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1}, - {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1}, - {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1}, - {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6}, - {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1}, - {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1}, - {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1}, - {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1}, - {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1}, - {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18}, - {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1}, - {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1}, - {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1}, - {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1}, - {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1}, - {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4}, - {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3}, - {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17}, - {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1}, - {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1}, - {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1}, - {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1}, - {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1}, - {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32}, - {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1}, - {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38}, - {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1}, - {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1}, - {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6}, - {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6}, - {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8}, - {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2}, - {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1}, - {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2}, - {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2}, - {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2}, - {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1}, - {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16}, - {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47}, - {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1}, - {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1}, - {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1}, - {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2}, - {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1}, - {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14}, - {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, - {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, - {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, - {65313, 14, 26}, - }; - static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { - 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, - 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, - 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, - 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, - 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, - 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, - 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, - 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, - 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, - 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, - }; - - int ret = c; - - assert( c>=0 ); - assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 ); - - if( c<128 ){ - if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A'); - }else if( c<65536 ){ - int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; - int iLo = 0; - int iRes = -1; - - while( iHi>=iLo ){ - int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; - int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode); - if( cmp>=0 ){ - iRes = iTest; - iLo = iTest+1; - }else{ - iHi = iTest-1; - } - } - assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode ); - - if( iRes>=0 ){ - const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes]; - if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){ - ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF; - assert( ret>0 ); - } - } - - if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret); - } - - else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ - ret = c + 40; - } - - return ret; -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */ -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4_UNICODE61) */ - -/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/ -/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree -** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module. -*/ - -/* -** Database Format of R-Tree Tables -** -------------------------------- -** -** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three -** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character -** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree -** table. -** -** CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB) -** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) -** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER) -** -** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node -** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is -** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent. -** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid -** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it -** is stored on. -** -** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is -** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the -** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node -** is formatted as follows: -** -** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes -** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. -** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. -** -** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently -** stored in the node. -** -** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry -** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number -** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid -** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a -** child page. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#else -#endif - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -#include "sqlite3rtree.h" -typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; -typedef unsigned char u8; -typedef unsigned short u16; -typedef unsigned int u32; -#endif - -/* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. -*/ -#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER -# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) -#endif - -typedef struct Rtree Rtree; -typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor; -typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode; -typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell; -typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; -typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; -typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; -typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; -typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; - -/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ -#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 - -/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to -** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is -** used. -*/ -#define HASHSIZE 97 - -/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of -** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of -** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the -** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). -** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use -** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. -*/ -#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 -#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 - -/* -** An rtree virtual-table object. -*/ -struct Rtree { - sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */ - int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */ - u8 nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ - u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */ - u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ - int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ - char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ - char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ - int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ - i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ - - /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is - ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - - ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree - ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). - */ - RtreeNode *pDeleted; - int iReinsertHeight; /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */ - - /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */ - sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode; - sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode; - sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode; - - /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */ - sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid; - sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid; - sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid; - - /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */ - sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent; - sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent; - sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent; - - RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ -}; - -/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ -#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0 -#define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 - -/* -** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will -** only deal with integer coordinates. No floating point operations -** will be done. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ - typedef int RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ -# define RTREE_ZERO 0 -#else - typedef double RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ - typedef float RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ -# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0 -#endif - -/* -** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure -** record intermediate results from the tree walk. -** -** The id is always a node-id. For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of -** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents. When iLevel==0, however, -** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint -** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node. -*/ -struct RtreeSearchPoint { - RtreeDValue rScore; /* The score for this node. Smallest goes first. */ - sqlite3_int64 id; /* Node ID */ - u8 iLevel; /* 0=entries. 1=leaf node. 2+ for higher */ - u8 eWithin; /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */ - u8 iCell; /* Cell index within the node */ -}; - -/* -** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the -** maximum. In Gutman's notation: -** -** m = M/3 -** -** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of -** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree. -*/ -#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3) -#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p) -#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51 - -/* -** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest -** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). -** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since -** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of -** 40 or less. -*/ -#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 - - -/* -** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is -** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining -** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue. -*/ -#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 - -/* -** An rtree cursor object. -*/ -struct RtreeCursor { - sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ - u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */ - u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */ - int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ - RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */ - int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */ - int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */ - int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */ - RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */ - RtreeSearchPoint sPoint; /* Cached next search point */ - RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */ - u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1]; /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */ -}; - -/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */ -#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X) ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab)) - -/* -** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer. All -** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time. -*/ -union RtreeCoord { - RtreeValue f; /* Floating point value */ - int i; /* Integer value */ - u32 u; /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */ -}; - -/* -** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord -** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local -** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the -** RtreeCoord. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY -# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i) -#else -# define DCOORD(coord) ( \ - (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ - ((double)coord.f) : \ - ((double)coord.i) \ - ) -#endif - -/* -** A search constraint. -*/ -struct RtreeConstraint { - int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ - int op; /* Constraining operation */ - union { - RtreeDValue rValue; /* Constraint value. */ - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*); - int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); - } u; - sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */ -}; - -/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ -#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 /* A */ -#define RTREE_LE 0x42 /* B */ -#define RTREE_LT 0x43 /* C */ -#define RTREE_GE 0x44 /* D */ -#define RTREE_GT 0x45 /* E */ -#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */ -#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */ - - -/* -** An rtree structure node. -*/ -struct RtreeNode { - RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ - i64 iNode; /* The node number */ - int nRef; /* Number of references to this node */ - int isDirty; /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */ - u8 *zData; /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */ - RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash collision chain */ -}; - -/* Return the number of cells in a node */ -#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) - -/* -** A single cell from a node, deserialized -*/ -struct RtreeCell { - i64 iRowid; /* Node or entry ID */ - RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Bounding box coordinates */ -}; - - -/* -** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions -** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and -** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH -** operators in order to constrain a search. -** -** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of -** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the -** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or -** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). -** -** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in -** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). -*/ -struct RtreeGeomCallback { - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*); - int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); - void (*xDestructor)(void*); - void *pContext; -}; - - -/* -** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH -** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this -** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault). -*/ -#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB - -/* -** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by -** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and -** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand -** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree. -*/ -struct RtreeMatchArg { - u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */ - RtreeGeomCallback cb; /* Info about the callback functions */ - int nParam; /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */ - RtreeDValue aParam[1]; /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */ -}; - -#ifndef MAX -# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x)) -#endif -#ifndef MIN -# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x)) -#endif - -/* -** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and -** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned. -*/ -static int readInt16(u8 *p){ - return (p[0]<<8) + p[1]; -} -static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ - u32 i = ( - (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + - (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + - (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + - (((u32)p[3]) << 0) - ); - *(u32 *)pCoord = i; -} -static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ - return ( - (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + - (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + - (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + - (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + - (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + - (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + - (((i64)p[6]) << 8) + - (((i64)p[7]) << 0) - ); -} - -/* -** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and -** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written -** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively). -*/ -static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){ - p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; - p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; - return 2; -} -static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ - u32 i; - assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - i = *(u32 *)pCoord; - p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF; - p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF; - p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; - p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; - return 4; -} -static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){ - p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF; - p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF; - p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF; - p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF; - p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF; - p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF; - p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; - p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; - return 8; -} - -/* -** Increment the reference count of node p. -*/ -static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){ - if( p ){ - p->nRef++; - } -} - -/* -** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00). -*/ -static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ - memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); - p->isDirty = 1; -} - -/* -** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use -** in the Rtree.aHash table. -*/ -static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ - return iNode % HASHSIZE; -} - -/* -** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer -** to it. Otherwise, return 0. -*/ -static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ - RtreeNode *p; - for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext); - return p; -} - -/* -** Add node pNode to the node hash table. -*/ -static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ - int iHash; - assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); - iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); - pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; - pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; -} - -/* -** Remove node pNode from the node hash table. -*/ -static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ - RtreeNode **pp; - if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){ - pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)]; - for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); } - *pp = pNode->pNext; - pNode->pNext = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0), -** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is -** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the -** node contents out to the database. -*/ -static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ - RtreeNode *pNode; - pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); - if( pNode ){ - memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); - pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; - pNode->nRef = 1; - pNode->pParent = pParent; - pNode->isDirty = 1; - nodeReference(pParent); - } - return pNode; -} - -/* -** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node. -*/ -static int nodeAcquire( - Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */ - i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */ - RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */ - RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */ -){ - int rc; - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; - RtreeNode *pNode; - - /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so, - ** increase its reference count and return it. - */ - if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){ - assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent ); - if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){ - nodeReference(pParent); - pNode->pParent = pParent; - } - pNode->nRef++; - *ppNode = pNode; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode); - rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0); - if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){ - pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize); - if( !pNode ){ - rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pNode->pParent = pParent; - pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; - pNode->nRef = 1; - pNode->iNode = iNode; - pNode->isDirty = 0; - pNode->pNext = 0; - memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize); - nodeReference(pParent); - } - } - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - - /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height - ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on - ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node - ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node - ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. - */ - if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ - pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); - if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - } - - /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" - ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to - ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. - */ - if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pNode!=0 ){ - nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - *ppNode = pNode; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pNode); - *ppNode = 0; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. -*/ -static void nodeOverwriteCell( - Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ - RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node into which the cell is to be written */ - RtreeCell *pCell, /* The cell to write */ - int iCell /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */ -){ - int ii; - u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; - p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid); - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){ - p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); - } - pNode->isDirty = 1; -} - -/* -** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode. -*/ -static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ - u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; - u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell]; - int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell; - memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte); - writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1); - pNode->isDirty = 1; -} - -/* -** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert -** is successful, return SQLITE_OK. -** -** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL. -*/ -static int nodeInsertCell( - Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ - RtreeNode *pNode, /* Write new cell into this node */ - RtreeCell *pCell /* The cell to be inserted */ -){ - int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ - int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ - - nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell; - nCell = NCELL(pNode); - - assert( nCell<=nMaxCell ); - if( nCellzData[2], nCell+1); - pNode->isDirty = 1; - } - - return (nCell==nMaxCell); -} - -/* -** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database. -*/ -static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pNode->isDirty ){ - sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode; - if( pNode->iNode ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode); - }else{ - sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1); - } - sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(p); - pNode->isDirty = 0; - rc = sqlite3_reset(p); - if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); - nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference -** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database. -*/ -static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pNode ){ - assert( pNode->nRef>0 ); - pNode->nRef--; - if( pNode->nRef==0 ){ - if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ - pRtree->iDepth = -1; - } - if( pNode->pParent ){ - rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode); - } - nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); - sqlite3_free(pNode); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of -** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is -** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. -*/ -static i64 nodeGetRowid( - Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ - RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract the ID */ - int iCell /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */ -){ - assert( iCellzData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]); -} - -/* -** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode. -*/ -static void nodeGetCoord( - Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ - RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */ - int iCell, /* The index of the cell within the node */ - int iCoord, /* Which coordinate to extract */ - RtreeCoord *pCoord /* OUT: Space to write result to */ -){ - readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord); -} - -/* -** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed -** to by pCell with the results. -*/ -static void nodeGetCell( - Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ - RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node containing the cell to be read */ - int iCell, /* Index of the cell within the node */ - RtreeCell *pCell /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */ -){ - u8 *pData; - u8 *pEnd; - RtreeCoord *pCoord; - pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell); - pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell); - pEnd = pData + pRtree->nDim*8; - pCoord = pCell->aCoord; - for(; pDatanBusy++; -} - -/* -** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches -** zero the structure is deleted. -*/ -static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ - pRtree->nBusy--; - if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){ - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent); - sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent); - sqlite3_free(pRtree); - } -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. -*/ -static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. -*/ -static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; - int rc; - char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( - "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" - "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" - "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", - pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, - pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, - pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName - ); - if( !zCreate ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zCreate); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rtreeRelease(pRtree); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. -*/ -static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - RtreeCursor *pCsr; - - pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor)); - if( pCsr ){ - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); - pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; - - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents. -*/ -static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ - if( pCsr->aConstraint ){ - int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ - for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ - sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo; - if( pInfo ){ - if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser); - sqlite3_free(pInfo); - } - } - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); - pCsr->aConstraint = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. -*/ -static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); - int ii; - RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; - freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); - for(ii=0; iiaNode[ii]); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. -** -** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid -** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. -*/ -static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ - RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; - return pCsr->atEOF; -} - -/* -** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value. -** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little- -** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if -** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is -** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded. -** Store the results in "r". -** -** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and -** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation. The endian- -** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the -** processor endianness is known at compile-time. The SQLITE_BYTEORDER -** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific -** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part -** of the amalgamation. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 -#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ - RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ - memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ - c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)| \ - ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8); \ - r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ -} -#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 -#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ - RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ - memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ - r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ -} -#else -#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ - RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ - c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16) \ - +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3]; \ - r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ -} -#endif - -/* -** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH -** constraint pConstraint. -*/ -static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( - RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ - int eInt, /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */ - u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content */ - RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch, /* Container of this cell */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore, /* OUT: score for the cell */ - int *peWithin /* OUT: visibility of the cell */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */ - int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord; /* No. of coordinates */ - int rc; /* Callback return code */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Decoded coordinates */ - - assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY ); - assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 ); - - if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){ - pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData); - } - pCellData += 8; - for(i=0; iop==RTREE_MATCH ){ - rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo, - nCoord, aCoord, &i); - if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; - *prScore = RTREE_ZERO; - }else{ - pInfo->aCoord = aCoord; - pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1; - pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore; - pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin; - rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo); - if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin; - if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScorerScore; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. -** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, -** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. -*/ -static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( - RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ - int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ - u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ - int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ -){ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl val; /* Coordinate value convert to a double */ - - /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate - ** in a coordinate pair. But make pCellData point to the lower bound. - */ - pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); - - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE - || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); - switch( p->op ){ - case RTREE_LE: - case RTREE_LT: - case RTREE_EQ: - RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); - /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */ - if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return; - if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break; /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */ - /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */ - - default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE, or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */ - pCellData += 4; - RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); - /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */ - if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return; - } - *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; -} - -/* -** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p. -** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. -** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged. -** -** The constraint is of the form: xN op $val -** -** The op is given by p->op. The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in -** pCellData. $val is given by p->u.rValue. -*/ -static void rtreeLeafConstraint( - RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ - int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ - u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ - int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ -){ - RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ - - assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE - || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); - pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; - RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN); - switch( p->op ){ - case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return; break; - case RTREE_LT: if( xN < p->u.rValue ) return; break; - case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return; break; - case RTREE_GT: if( xN > p->u.rValue ) return; break; - default: if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return; break; - } - *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; -} - -/* -** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit -** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. -*/ -static int nodeRowidIndex( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - i64 iRowid, - int *piIndex -){ - int ii; - int nCell = NCELL(pNode); - assert( nCell<200 ); - for(ii=0; iipParent; - if( pParent ){ - return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex); - } - *piIndex = -1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Compare two search points. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first -** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second. -** -** The rScore is the primary key. Smaller rScore values come first. -** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller -** iLevel values coming first. In this way, if rScore is the same for all -** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result -** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior. -*/ -static int rtreeSearchPointCompare( - const RtreeSearchPoint *pA, - const RtreeSearchPoint *pB -){ - if( pA->rScorerScore ) return -1; - if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1; - if( pA->iLeveliLevel ) return -1; - if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Interchange to search points in a cursor. -*/ -static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){ - RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i]; - assert( iaPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j]; - p->aPoint[j] = t; - i++; j++; - if( i=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ - nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); - p->aNode[i] = 0; - }else{ - RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i]; - p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j]; - p->aNode[j] = pTemp; - } - } -} - -/* -** Return the search point with the lowest current score. -*/ -static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){ - return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0; -} - -/* -** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score. -*/ -static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){ - sqlite3_int64 id; - int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint; - assert( ii==0 || ii==1 ); - assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint ); - if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){ - assert( pRC!=0 ); - id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id; - *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]); - } - return pCur->aNode[ii]; -} - -/* -** Push a new element onto the priority queue -*/ -static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue( - RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ - RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ - u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ -){ - int i, j; - RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; - if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){ - int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8; - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0])); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pCur->aPoint = pNew; - pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew; - } - i = pCur->nPoint++; - pNew = pCur->aPoint + i; - pNew->rScore = rScore; - pNew->iLevel = iLevel; - assert( iLevel>=0 && iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ); - while( i>0 ){ - RtreeSearchPoint *pParent; - j = (i-1)/2; - pParent = pCur->aPoint + j; - if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break; - rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i); - i = j; - pNew = pParent; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return -** NULL if malloc fails. -*/ -static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( - RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ - RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ - u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ -){ - RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst; - pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); - pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; - if( pFirst==0 - || pFirst->rScore>rScore - || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) - ){ - if( pCur->bPoint ){ - int ii; - pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1; - if( iiaNode[ii]==0 ); - pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0]; - }else{ - nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]); - } - pCur->aNode[0] = 0; - *pNew = pCur->sPoint; - } - pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore; - pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel; - pCur->bPoint = 1; - return &pCur->sPoint; - }else{ - return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); - } -} - -#if 0 -/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */ -static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){ - if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); } - printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d", - p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin - ); - idx++; - if( idxaNode[idx]); - }else{ - printf("\n"); - } -} -static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){ - int ii; - printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix); - if( pCur->bPoint ){ - tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur); - } - for(ii=0; iinPoint; ii++){ - if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf(" "); - tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur); - } -} -# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B) -#else -# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) /* no-op */ -#endif - -/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score. -*/ -static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){ - int i, j, k, n; - i = 1 - p->bPoint; - assert( i==0 || i==1 ); - if( p->aNode[i] ){ - nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); - p->aNode[i] = 0; - } - if( p->bPoint ){ - p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--; - p->bPoint = 0; - }else if( p->nPoint ){ - p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--; - n = --p->nPoint; - p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n]; - if( naNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1]; - p->aNode[n+1] = 0; - } - i = 0; - while( (j = i*2+1)aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){ - if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ - rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k); - i = k; - }else{ - break; - } - }else{ - if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ - rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j); - i = j; - }else{ - break; - } - } - } - } -} - - -/* -** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue -** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row, -** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the -** query has completed. -*/ -static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ - RtreeSearchPoint *p; - Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur); - RtreeNode *pNode; - int eWithin; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nCell; - int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint; - int ii; - int eInt; - RtreeSearchPoint x; - - eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32; - while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){ - pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - nCell = NCELL(pNode); - assert( nCell<200 ); - while( p->iCellzData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell); - eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN; - for(ii=0; iiaConstraint + ii; - if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ - rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p, - &rScore, &eWithin); - if( rc ) return rc; - }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){ - rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); - }else{ - rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); - } - if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break; - } - p->iCell++; - if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue; - x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1; - if( x.iLevel ){ - x.id = readInt64(pCellData); - x.iCell = 0; - }else{ - x.id = p->id; - x.iCell = p->iCell - 1; - } - if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ - RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:"); - rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); - } - if( rScoreeWithin = eWithin; - p->id = x.id; - p->iCell = x.iCell; - RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:"); - break; - } - if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ - RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:"); - rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); - } - } - pCur->atEOF = p==0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. -*/ -static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ - RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ - RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:"); - rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr); - rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. -*/ -static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; - RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){ - *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. -*/ -static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; - RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; - RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); - RtreeCoord c; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); - - if( rc ) return rc; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( i==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); - }else{ - if( rc ) return rc; - nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c); -#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ - sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f); - }else -#endif - { - assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 ); - sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i); - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with -** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and -** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set -** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf -** to zero and return an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int findLeafNode( - Rtree *pRtree, /* RTree to search */ - i64 iRowid, /* The rowid searching for */ - RtreeNode **ppLeaf, /* Write the node here */ - sqlite3_int64 *piNode /* Write the node-id here */ -){ - int rc; - *ppLeaf = 0; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid); - if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ - i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0); - if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode; - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf); - sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed -** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the -** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH -** operator. -*/ -static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ - RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; /* BLOB returned by geometry function */ - sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* Callback information */ - int nBlob; /* Size of the geometry function blob */ - int nExpected; /* Expected size of the BLOB */ - - /* Check that value is actually a blob. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - - /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */ - nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); - if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) - || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(RtreeDValue))!=0 - ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob ); - if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo)); - pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1]; - - memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob); - nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + - (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue)); - if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){ - sqlite3_free(pInfo); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext; - pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam; - pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam; - - if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){ - pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom; - }else{ - pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY; - pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc; - } - pCons->pInfo = pInfo; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. -*/ -static int rtreeFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, - int idxNum, const char *idxStr, - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv -){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; - RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; - RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; - int ii; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int iCell = 0; - - rtreeReference(pRtree); - - freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); - pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; - - if( idxNum==1 ){ - /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ - RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ - RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the the leaf */ - i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - i64 iNode = 0; - rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ - p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); - assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ - pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; - p->id = iNode; - p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; - rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); - p->iCell = iCell; - RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); - }else{ - pCsr->atEOF = 1; - } - }else{ - /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array - ** with the configured constraints. - */ - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ - pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); - pCsr->nConstraint = argc; - if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); - memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); - assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) - || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) ); - for(ii=0; iiaConstraint[ii]; - p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; - p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0'; - if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ - /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that - ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using - ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. - */ - rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - break; - } - p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2; - p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue; - p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1; - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]); -#else - p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); -#endif - } - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; - pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1); - if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->id = 1; - pNew->iCell = 0; - pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; - assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); - pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; - pRoot = 0; - RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); - rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); - } - } - - nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); - rtreeRelease(pRtree); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this -** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to -** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. -*/ -static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ -#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 - if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ - pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three -** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to -** least desirable): -** -** idxNum idxStr Strategy -** ------------------------------------------------ -** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid. -** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan. -** ------------------------------------------------ -** -** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy -** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each -** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to -** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with -** (argvIndex==1) etc. -** -** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint -** operator as follows: -** -** Operator Byte Value -** ---------------------- -** = 0x41 ('A') -** <= 0x42 ('B') -** < 0x43 ('C') -** >= 0x44 ('D') -** > 0x45 ('E') -** MATCH 0x46 ('F') -** ---------------------- -** -** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column -** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column -** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc. -*/ -static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int ii; - i64 nRow; /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */ - - int iIdx = 0; - char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; - memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); - - assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); - for(ii=0; iinConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; - - if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ - /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ - int jj; - for(jj=0; jjaConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0; - pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0; - } - pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; - pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1; - pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; - - /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures - ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be - ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which - ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return - ** a single row. - */ - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; - setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){ - u8 op; - switch( p->op ){ - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break; - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break; - case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break; - default: - assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); - op = RTREE_MATCH; - break; - } - zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; - zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0'; - pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); - pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; - } - } - - pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2; - pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1; - if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - nRow = pRtree->nRowEst / (iIdx + 1); - pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow; - setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow); - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p. -*/ -static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ - RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1; - int ii; - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]))); - } - return area; -} - -/* -** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum -** of the objects size in each dimension. -*/ -static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ - RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0; - int ii; - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); - } - return margin; -} - -/* -** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1. -*/ -static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ - int ii; - if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f); - p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f); - } - }else{ - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i); - p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i); - } - } -} - -/* -** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered -** by p1. False otherwise. -*/ -static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ - int ii; - int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32); - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; - RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; - if( (!isInt && (a2[0].fa1[1].f)) - || ( isInt && (a2[0].ia1[1].i)) - ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell. -*/ -static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ - RtreeDValue area; - RtreeCell cell; - memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell)); - area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); - cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); - return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area); -} - -static RtreeDValue cellOverlap( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeCell *p, - RtreeCell *aCell, - int nCell -){ - int ii; - RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO; - for(ii=0; iinDim*2); jj+=2){ - RtreeDValue x1, x2; - x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); - x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); - if( x2iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ - int iCell; - sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; - - RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO; - RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO; - - int nCell = NCELL(pNode); - RtreeCell cell; - RtreeNode *pChild; - - RtreeCell *aCell = 0; - - /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell - ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with - ** the smallest area. - */ - for(iCell=0; iCellpParent ){ - RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent; - RtreeCell cell; - int iCell; - - if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; - } - - nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell); - if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){ - cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); - nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); - } - - p = pParent; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the _rowid table. -*/ -static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); - return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); -} - -/* -** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the _parent table. -*/ -static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode); - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent); - return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent); -} - -static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); - - -/* -** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size -** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to -** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values -** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For -** example, assuming the inputs: -** -** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } -** aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 } -** -** this function sets the aIdx array to contain: -** -** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } -** -** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the -** sorting algorithm. -*/ -static void SortByDistance( - int *aIdx, - int nIdx, - RtreeDValue *aDistance, - int *aSpare -){ - if( nIdx>1 ){ - int iLeft = 0; - int iRight = 0; - - int nLeft = nIdx/2; - int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; - int *aLeft = aIdx; - int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; - - SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare); - SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare); - - memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); - aLeft = aSpare; - - while( iLeft1 ){ - - int iLeft = 0; - int iRight = 0; - - int nLeft = nIdx/2; - int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; - int *aLeft = aIdx; - int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; - - SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare); - SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare); - - memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); - aLeft = aSpare; - while( iLeftnDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); - - aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !aaSorted ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell]; - memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte); - for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){ - int jj; - aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell]; - for(jj=0; jjnDim; ii++){ - RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO; - RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO; - RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO; - int iBestLeft = 0; - int nLeft; - - for( - nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); - nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); - nLeft++ - ){ - RtreeCell left; - RtreeCell right; - int kk; - RtreeDValue overlap; - RtreeDValue area; - - memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); - memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); - for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){ - if( kk0 ){ - RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid); - if( pChild ){ - nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); - nodeReference(pNode); - pChild->pParent = pNode; - } - } - return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode); -} - -static int SplitNode( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell, - int iHeight -){ - int i; - int newCellIsRight = 0; - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nCell = NCELL(pNode); - RtreeCell *aCell; - int *aiUsed; - - RtreeNode *pLeft = 0; - RtreeNode *pRight = 0; - - RtreeCell leftbbox; - RtreeCell rightbbox; - - /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and - ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. - */ - aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); - if( !aCell ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto splitnode_out; - } - aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1]; - memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1)); - for(i=0; iiNode==1 ){ - pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); - pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); - pRtree->iDepth++; - pNode->isDirty = 1; - writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth); - }else{ - pLeft = pNode; - pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent); - nodeReference(pLeft); - } - - if( !pLeft || !pRight ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto splitnode_out; - } - - memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); - memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); - - rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, - &leftbbox, &rightbbox); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto splitnode_out; - } - - /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling - ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created - ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number. - ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite(). - */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)) - || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft))) - ){ - goto splitnode_out; - } - - rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode; - leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode; - - if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ - rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto splitnode_out; - } - }else{ - RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent; - int iCell; - rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); - rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto splitnode_out; - } - } - if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){ - goto splitnode_out; - } - - for(i=0; iiRowid ){ - newCellIsRight = 1; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto splitnode_out; - } - } - if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ - for(i=0; iiRowid, pLeft, iHeight); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); - pRight = 0; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); - pLeft = 0; - } - -splitnode_out: - nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); - nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); - sqlite3_free(aCell); - return rc; -} - -/* -** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is -** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate -** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. -** -** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update -** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the -** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which -** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this -** function is called to determine its ancestry. -*/ -static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode); - rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */ - i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */ - - /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a - ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't - ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete - ** the referenced counted node structures. - */ - iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); - for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent); - if( !pTest ){ - rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent); - } - } - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; - pChild = pChild->pParent; - } - return rc; -} - -static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); - -static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ - int rc; - int rc2; - RtreeNode *pParent = 0; - int iCell; - - assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); - - /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */ - rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParent = pNode->pParent; - pNode->pParent = 0; - rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1); - } - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode); - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent); - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into - ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. - */ - nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); - pNode->iNode = iHeight; - pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted; - pNode->nRef++; - pRtree->pDeleted = pNode; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ - RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pParent ){ - int ii; - int nCell = NCELL(pNode); - RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ - nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); - for(ii=1; iiiNode; - rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); - rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the -** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required. -*/ -static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ - RtreeNode *pParent; - int rc; - - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around - ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail. - */ - nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell); - - /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum - ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the - ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated - ** node. - */ - pParent = pNode->pParent; - assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 ); - if( pParent ){ - if( NCELL(pNode)nDim; iDim++){ - aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); - aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); - } - } - for(iDim=0; iDimnDim; iDim++){ - aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2)); - } - - for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ - RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - - DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); - aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); - } - } - - SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare); - nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); - - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){ - RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; - nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p); - if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ - if( iHeight==0 ){ - rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); - }else{ - rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); - } - for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains - ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. - */ - RtreeNode *pInsert; - RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; - rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight); - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - } - } - - sqlite3_free(aCell); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a -** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). -*/ -static int rtreeInsertCell( - Rtree *pRtree, - RtreeNode *pNode, - RtreeCell *pCell, - int iHeight -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( iHeight>0 ){ - RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid); - if( pChild ){ - nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); - nodeReference(pNode); - pChild->pParent = pNode; - } - } - if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){ - if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){ - rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); - }else{ - pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight; - rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); - } - }else{ - rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( iHeight==0 ){ - rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); - }else{ - rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ - int ii; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nCell = NCELL(pNode); - - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains - ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. - */ - rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record. -*/ -static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ - int rc; - sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1); - sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); - *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. -*/ -static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ - int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ - RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */ - - - /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); - - /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry - ** about to be deleted. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); - } - - /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); - } - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - } - - /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); - sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); - } - - /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove - ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and - ** reduce the tree height by one. - ** - ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into - ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform - ** in this scenario). - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ - int rc2; - RtreeNode *pChild; - i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); - rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); - } - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pRtree->iDepth--; - writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); - pRoot->isDirty = 1; - } - } - - /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ - for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); - } - pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pLeaf); - } - - /* Release the reference to the root node. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); - }else{ - nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rounding constants for float->double conversion. -*/ -#define RNDTOWARDS (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round towards zero */ -#define RNDAWAY (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round away from zero */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) -/* -** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float) -** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively. -*/ -static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){ - double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); - float f = (float)d; - if( f>d ){ - f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS)); - } - return f; -} -static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ - double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); - float f = (float)d; - if( f1 */ - int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ - - rtreeReference(pRtree); - assert(nData>=1); - - /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return - ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: - ** - ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or - ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. - ** - ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then - ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second - ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the - ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. - */ - if( nData>1 ){ - int ii; - - /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */ - assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) ); -#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]); - cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]); - if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){ - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - goto constraint; - } - } - }else -#endif - { - for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ - cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]); - cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]); - if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){ - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - goto constraint; - } - } - } - - /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in - ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]); - if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL - || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid - ){ - int steprc; - sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); - steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); - rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); - if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ - if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ - rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; - goto constraint; - } - } - } - bHaveRowid = 1; - } - } - - /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a - ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does - ** just that. - */ - if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])); - } - - /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements - ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into - ** the r-tree structure. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ - /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ - RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; - - /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ - if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ - rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); - } - *pRowid = cell.iRowid; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int rc2; - pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; - rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); - rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - } - } - -constraint: - rtreeRelease(pRtree); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables. -*/ -static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ - Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName - , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName - ); - if( zSql ){ - rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate -** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based -** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. -*/ -static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){ - const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'"; - char *zSql; - sqlite3_stmt *p; - int rc; - i64 nRow = 0; - - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); - if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0); - rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( nRow==0 ){ - pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; - }else{ - pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST); - } - } - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - - return rc; -} - -static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { - 0, /* iVersion */ - rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ - rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ - rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ - rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ - rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ - rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ - rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ - rtreeFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ - rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ - rtreeEof, /* xEof */ - rtreeColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ - rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ - rtreeUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */ - 0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ - 0, /* xSync - sync transaction */ - 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ - 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ - 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ - rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ - 0, /* xSavepoint */ - 0, /* xRelease */ - 0 /* xRollbackTo */ -}; - -static int rtreeSqlInit( - Rtree *pRtree, - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zDb, - const char *zPrefix, - int isCreate -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - #define N_STATEMENT 9 - static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = { - /* Read and write the xxx_node table */ - "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", - "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)", - "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", - - /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */ - "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", - "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)", - "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", - - /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */ - "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1", - "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)", - "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1" - }; - sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT]; - int i; - - pRtree->db = db; - - if( isCreate ){ - char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( -"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);" -"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);" -"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY," - " parentnode INTEGER);" -"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))", - zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize - ); - if( !zCreate ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zCreate); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - - appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode; - appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode; - appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode; - appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid; - appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid; - appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid; - appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent; - appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent; - appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent; - - rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree); - for(i=0; iiNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned. -** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. -** -** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree -** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting -** the root node of the tree. -** -** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. -** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the -** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries -** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. -*/ -static int getNodeSize( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */ - int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ - char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message, if any */ -){ - int rc; - char *zSql; - if( isCreate ){ - int iPageSize = 0; - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb); - rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64; - if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)iNodeSize ){ - pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS; - } - }else{ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } - }else{ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1", - pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName - ); - rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - } - } - - sqlite3_free(zSql); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate -** methods of the r-tree virtual table. -** -** argv[0] -> module name -** argv[1] -> database name -** argv[2] -> table name -** argv[...] -> column names... -*/ -static int rtreeInit( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ - int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ - char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ - int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Rtree *pRtree; - int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ - int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ - int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32); - - const char *aErrMsg[] = { - 0, /* 0 */ - "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table", /* 1 */ - "Too few columns for an rtree table", /* 2 */ - "Too many columns for an rtree table" /* 3 */ - }; - - int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2; - if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); - - /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ - nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]); - nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]); - pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); - if( !pRtree ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); - pRtree->nBusy = 1; - pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; - pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; - pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; - pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2; - pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2; - pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType; - memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); - memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); - - /* Figure out the node size to use. */ - rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); - - /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If - ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure - ** the r-tree table schema. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - }else{ - char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]); - char *zTmp; - int ii; - for(ii=4; zSql && iinBusy==1 ); - rtreeRelease(pRtree); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to -** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis. -** -** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions -** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing -** an r-tree node. For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to -** deserialize all nodes, a statement like: -** -** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node; -** -** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one -** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a -** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the -** *2 coordinates. -*/ -static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ - char *zText = 0; - RtreeNode node; - Rtree tree; - int ii; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); - memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode)); - memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)); - tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]); - tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim; - node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]); - - for(ii=0; iixDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or -** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite -** scalar function that is implemented by this routine. -** -** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that -** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of -** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object -** as a BLOB. -** -** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize -** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure -** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query. -*/ -static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ - RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); - RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; - int nBlob; - - nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue); - pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob); - if( !pBlob ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); - }else{ - int i; - pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC; - pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0]; - pBlob->nParam = nArg; - for(i=0; iaParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]); -#else - pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); -#endif - } - sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -/* -** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( - sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ - const char *zGeom, /* Name of the new SQL function */ - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */ - void *pContext /* Extra data associated with the callback */ -){ - RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ - - /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ - pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); - if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; - pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; - pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; - pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, - (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback - ); -} - -/* -** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the -** r-tree MATCH operator. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( - sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ - const char *zQueryFunc, /* Name of new SQL function */ - int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */ - void *pContext, /* Extra data passed into the callback */ - void (*xDestructor)(void*) /* Destructor for the extra data */ -){ - RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ - - /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ - pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); - if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0; - pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; - pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; - pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; - return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, - (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback - ); -} - -#if !SQLITE_CORE -#ifdef _WIN32 -__declspec(dllexport) -#endif -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, - const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi -){ - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) - return sqlite3RtreeInit(db); -} -#endif - -#endif - -/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ -** -** This file implements an integration between the ICU library -** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library -** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses -** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: -** -** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP -** operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs. -** -** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions -** for case mapping. -** -** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. -** -** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to -** provide case-independent matching. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) - -/* Include ICU headers */ -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* #include */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#else -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 -#endif - -/* -** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro. -*/ -static void xFree(void *p){ - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is -** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and -** false (0) if they are different. -*/ -static int icuLikeCompare( - const uint8_t *zPattern, /* LIKE pattern */ - const uint8_t *zString, /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */ - const UChar32 uEsc /* The escape character */ -){ - static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_'; - static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%'; - - int iPattern = 0; /* Current byte index in zPattern */ - int iString = 0; /* Current byte index in zString */ - - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was uEsc */ - - while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){ - - /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */ - UChar32 uPattern; - U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern); - assert(uPattern!=0); - - /* There are now 4 possibilities: - ** - ** 1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%", - ** 2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_", - ** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or - ** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character - */ - if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){ - /* Case 1. */ - uint8_t c; - - /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a - ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the - ** test string. - */ - while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ - if( c==MATCH_ONE ){ - if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0; - U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); - } - iPattern++; - } - - if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1; - - while( zString[iString] ){ - if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){ - return 1; - } - U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); - } - return 0; - - }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){ - /* Case 2. */ - if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0; - U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString); - - }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){ - /* Case 3. */ - prevEscape = 1; - - }else{ - /* Case 4. */ - UChar32 uString; - U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString); - uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); - uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); - if( uString!=uPattern ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; - } - } - - return zString[iString]==0; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: -** -** A LIKE B -** -** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, -** -** A LIKE B ESCAPE E -** -** is mapped to like(B, A, E). -*/ -static void icuLikeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - UChar32 uEsc = 0; - - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). - */ - if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; - } - - - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. - */ - int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - int i = 0; - if( zE==0 ) return; - U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); - if( i!=nE){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; - } - } - - if( zA && zB ){ - sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc)); - } -} - -/* -** This function is called when an ICU function called from within -** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. -** -** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is -** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. -*/ -static void icuFunctionError( - sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */ - const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */ - UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */ -){ - char zBuf[128]; - sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e)); - zBuf[127] = '\0'; - sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1); -} - -/* -** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as -** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata(). -*/ -static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ - URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p; - uregex_close(pExpr); -} - -/* -** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes -** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile -** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either -** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result -** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. -** -** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such -** that the following two are equivalent: -** -** zString REGEXP zPattern -** regexp(zPattern, zString) -** -** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs: -** -** uregex_open() -** uregex_matches() -** uregex_close() -*/ -static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ - UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; - URegularExpression *pExpr; - UBool res; - const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); - - (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ - - /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, - ** then the result is also NULL. - */ - if( !zString ){ - return; - } - - pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0); - if( !pExpr ){ - const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); - if( !zPattern ){ - return; - } - pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status); - - if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ - sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete); - }else{ - assert(!pExpr); - icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status); - return; - } - } - - /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */ - uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status); - if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ - icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status); - return; - } - - /* Attempt the match */ - res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status); - if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ - icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status); - return; - } - - /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL - ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than - ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid - ** pointer after this function returns. - */ - uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status); - - /* Return 1 or 0. */ - sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0); -} - -/* -** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and -** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). -** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). -** -** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and -** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences -** between the two. -** -** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar -** functions are invoked with one argument: -** -** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' -** lower('abc') -> 'ABC' -** -** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower() -** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name -** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value -** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version -** of upper() or lower(). -** -** lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i' -** lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i) -** -** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings -*/ -static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ - const UChar *zInput; - UChar *zOutput; - int nInput; - int nOutput; - - UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; - const char *zLocale = 0; - - assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2); - if( nArg==2 ){ - zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); - } - - zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); - if( !zInput ){ - return; - } - nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]); - - nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2; - zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput); - if( !zOutput ){ - return; - } - - if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){ - u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status); - }else{ - u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status); - } - - if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ - icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status); - return; - } - - sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree); -} - -/* -** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to -** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). -*/ -static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){ - UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; - ucol_close(p); -} - -/* -** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to -** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). -*/ -static int icuCollationColl( - void *pCtx, - int nLeft, - const void *zLeft, - int nRight, - const void *zRight -){ - UCollationResult res; - UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; - res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2); - switch( res ){ - case UCOL_LESS: return -1; - case UCOL_GREATER: return +1; - case UCOL_EQUAL: return 0; - } - assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()"); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). -** -** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation -** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called -** as follows: -** -** SELECT icu_load_collation(, ); -** -** Where is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e. -** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and is the name of the -** collation sequence to create. -*/ -static void icuLoadCollation( - sqlite3_context *p, - int nArg, - sqlite3_value **apArg -){ - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); - UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; - const char *zLocale; /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */ - const char *zName; /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */ - UCollator *pUCollator; /* ICU library collation object */ - int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */ - - assert(nArg==2); - zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); - - if( !zLocale || !zName ){ - return; - } - - pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status); - if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ - icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status); - return; - } - assert(p); - - rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, - icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - ucol_close(pUCollator); - sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1); - } -} - -/* -** Register the ICU extension functions with database db. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ - struct IcuScalar { - const char *zName; /* Function name */ - int nArg; /* Number of arguments */ - int enc; /* Optimal text encoding */ - void *pContext; /* sqlite3_user_data() context */ - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); - } scalars[] = { - {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 0, icuRegexpFunc}, - - {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, - {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, - {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, - {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, - - {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, - {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, - {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, - {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, - - {"like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, - {"like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, - - {"icu_load_collation", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation}, - }; - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ - struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; - rc = sqlite3_create_function( - db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0 - ); - } - - return rc; -} - -#if !SQLITE_CORE -#ifdef _WIN32 -__declspec(dllexport) -#endif -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, - const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi -){ - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) - return sqlite3IcuInit(db); -} -#endif - -#endif - -/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/ -/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/ -/* -** 2007 June 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - -/* #include */ -/* #include */ - -#include -/* #include */ -/* #include */ -#include - -typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; -typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; - -struct IcuTokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; - char *zLocale; -}; - -struct IcuCursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - - UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ - int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ - UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ - int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ - - int nBuffer; - char *zBuffer; - - int iToken; -}; - -/* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. -*/ -static int icuCreate( - int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ - const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ -){ - IcuTokenizer *p; - int n = 0; - - if( argc>0 ){ - n = strlen(argv[0])+1; - } - p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); - - if( n ){ - p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; - memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); - } - - *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy a tokenizer -*/ -static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int icuOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *zInput, /* Input string */ - int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ -){ - IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; - IcuCursor *pCsr; - - const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; - UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; - int nChar; - - UChar32 c; - int iInput = 0; - int iOut = 0; - - *ppCursor = 0; - - if( zInput==0 ){ - nInput = 0; - zInput = ""; - }else if( nInput<0 ){ - nInput = strlen(zInput); - } - nChar = nInput+1; - pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( - sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ - ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ - (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ - ); - if( !pCsr ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); - pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; - pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; - - pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; - U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); - while( c>0 ){ - int isError = 0; - c = u_foldCase(c, opt); - U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); - if( isError ){ - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; - - if( iInputpIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); - if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pCsr->nChar = iOut; - - ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); - *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). -*/ -static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; - ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. -*/ -static int icuNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ - const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ - int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ -){ - IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; - - int iStart = 0; - int iEnd = 0; - int nByte = 0; - - while( iStart==iEnd ){ - UChar32 c; - - iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); - iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); - if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); - if( u_isspace(c) ){ - iStart = iWhite; - }else{ - break; - } - } - assert(iStart<=iEnd); - } - - do { - UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; - if( nByte ){ - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; - pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; - } - - u_strToUTF8( - pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ - &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ - &status /* Output success/failure */ - ); - } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); - - *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; - *pnBytes = nByte; - *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; - *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; - *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { - 0, /* iVersion */ - icuCreate, /* xCreate */ - icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ - icuOpen, /* xOpen */ - icuClose, /* xClose */ - icuNext, /* xNext */ -}; - -/* -** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule -){ - *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; -} - -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ -/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/ diff --git a/sqlite3-binding.h b/sqlite3-binding.h index e86d83f..d011476 100644 --- a/sqlite3-binding.h +++ b/sqlite3-binding.h @@ -1,7478 +1,5 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library -** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, -** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is -** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without -** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. -** -** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as -** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new -** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes -** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes -** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. -** -** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived -** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source -** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. -** -** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". -** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting -** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as -** part of the build process. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ -#define _SQLITE3_H_ -#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ - -/* -** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. -*/ -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - -/* -** Add the ability to override 'extern' -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN -# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_API -# define SQLITE_API -#endif - - -/* -** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those -** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications -** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards -** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that -** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. -** -** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that -** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that -** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports -** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple -** noop macros. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED -#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL - -/* -** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION -# undef SQLITE_VERSION -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers -** -** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header -** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the -** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for -** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ -** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer -** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same -** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ -** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also -** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will -** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented -** and Z will be reset to zero. -** -** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the -** Fossil configuration management -** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to -** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite -** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID -** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 -** hash of the entire source tree. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], -** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], -** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.5" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008005 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2014-06-04 14:06:34 b1ed4f2a34ba66c29b130f8d13e9092758019212" - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid -** -** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros -** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious -** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to -** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in -** the header, and thus insure that the application is -** compiled with matching library and header files. -** -** 
    -** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
-**
    )^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] -** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the -** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() -** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have -** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The -** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns -** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the -** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. -** -** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[]; -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics -** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 -** indicating whether the specified option was defined at -** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the -** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). -** -** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating -** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by -** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, -** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ -** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by -** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). -** -** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() -** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the -** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. -** -** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and -** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe -** -** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if -** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. -** -** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes -** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, -** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe -** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. -** -** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. -** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable -** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. -** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. -** -** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the -** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with -** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. -** -** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting -** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with -** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but -** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] -** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], -** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the -** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of -** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by -** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() -** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ -** -** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle -** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} -** -** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of -** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 -** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and -** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] -** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other -** interfaces (such as -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and -** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an -** sqlite3 object. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types -** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 -** -** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types -** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. -** -** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. -** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards -** compatibility only. -** -** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values -** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values -** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE - typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) - typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#ifndef USE_LIBSQLITE3 +#include "code/sqlite3-binding.h" #else - typedef long long int sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#include #endif -typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; -typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; - -/* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlite3_int64 -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection -** -** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors -** for the [sqlite3] object. -** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return SQLITE_OK if -** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated -** resources are deallocated. -** -** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared -** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() -** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. -** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements -** and unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes -** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the -** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is -** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with -** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which -** destructors are called is arbitrary. -** -** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], -** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and -** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated -** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If -** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has -** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or -** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns SQLITE_OK but the deallocation -** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], -** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. -** -** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, -** the transaction is automatically rolled back. -** -** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] -** must be either a NULL -** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained -** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or -** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. -** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer -** argument is a harmless no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); - -/* -** The type for a callback function. -** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical -** compatibility and is not documented. -*/ -typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface -** -** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], -** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL -** without having to use a lot of C code. -** -** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, -** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, -** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st -** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to -** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row -** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to -** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each -** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() -** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are -** ignored. -** -** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into -** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and -** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() -** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained -** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. -** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] -** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of -** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. -** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors -** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to -** NULL before returning. -** -** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() -** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and -** without running any subsequent SQL statements. -** -** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the -** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() -** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from -** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a -** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the -** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the -** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each -** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained -** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. -** -** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer -** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or -** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database -** is not changed. -** -** Restrictions: -** -**
      -**
    • The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() -** is a valid and open [database connection]. -**
    • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by -** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. -**
    • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into -** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. -**
    -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3*, /* An open database */ - const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ - int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ - void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ - char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} -** -** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown -** here in order to indicate success or failure. -** -** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. -** -** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes], -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ -/* beginning-of-error-codes */ -#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ -#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ -#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ -#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ -#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ -#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ -#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ -#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ -#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ -#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ -#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ -#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ -#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ -#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ -#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ -#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ -#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ -#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ -#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ -#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ -#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ -#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ -#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ -/* end-of-error-codes */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} -** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of -** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as -** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to -** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include -** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled -** on a per database connection basis using the -** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. -** -** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. -** One may expect the number of extended result codes will increase -** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect -** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. -** -** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always -** be exactly zero. -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) -#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations -** -** These bit values are intended for use in the -** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. -*/ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ - -/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics -** -** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** object returns an integer which is a vector of these -** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage -** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** refers to. -** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that -** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a -** file that were written at the application level might have changed -** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are -** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN -** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The -** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on -** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with -** elevated privileges. -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels -** -** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second -** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods -** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. -*/ -#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags -** -** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an -** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of -** these integer values as the second argument. -** -** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the -** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode -** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag -** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. -** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means -** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). -** -** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags -** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL -** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the -** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. -** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how -** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and -** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. -** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction -** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the -** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX -** cares about the difference.) -*/ -#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle -** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the -** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface -** implementations will -** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields -** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing -** I/O operations on the open file. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; -struct sqlite3_file { - const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object -** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an -** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the -** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. -** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations -** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. -** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element -** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] -** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element -** to NULL. -** -** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or -** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). -** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] -** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file -** and not its inode needs to be synced. -** -** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or -**
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. -**
    -** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. -** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, -** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, -** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true -** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. -** -** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom -** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the -** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an -** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to -** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to -** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be -** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the -** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire -** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite -** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. -** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes -** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should -** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not -** recognize. -** -** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the -** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the -** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing -** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() -** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the -** underlying device: -** -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] -**
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] -**
    -** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). -** -** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill -** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that -** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, -** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to -** database corruption. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; -struct sqlite3_io_methods { - int iVersion; - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); - int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); - int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); - int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); - int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); - /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ - int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); - int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); - void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); - /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ - int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); - int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); - /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ - /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes -** -** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method -** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] -** interface. -** -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of -** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) -** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability -** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST -** is defined. -**
      -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS -** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the -** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it -** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database -** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database -** file run faster. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS -** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should -** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use -** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large -** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and -** improve performance on some systems. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer -** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database -** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for -** additional information. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] -** No longer in use. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and -** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a -** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked -** because the user has configured SQLite with -** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place -** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with -** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced -** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated -** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that -** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications -** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may -** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite -** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately -** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal -** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call -** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the -** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic -** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the -** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of -** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, -** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay -** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing -** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This -** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) -** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections -** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two -** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second -** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting -** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written -** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be -** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the -** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary -** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control -** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database -** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after -** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not -** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want -** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist -** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to -** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. -** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent -** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current -** WAL persistence setting. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the -** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting -** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the -** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to -** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. -** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage -** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current -** zero-damage mode setting. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening -** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current -** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of -** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable -** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. -** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with -** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually -** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL -** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control -** is intended for diagnostic use only. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding -** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument -** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of -** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array -** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the -** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element -** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] -** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or -** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal -** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the -** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op -** prepared statement. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns -** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means -** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the -** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so -** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] -** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle -** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access -** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) -** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points -** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections -** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in -** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation -** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the -** current operation. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] -** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control -** to have SQLite generate a -** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate -** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The -** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename -** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should -** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the -** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. -** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that -** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The -** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit -** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This -** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information -** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. -** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. -** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the -** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if -** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a -** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending -** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it -** was first opened. -** -**
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one -** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing -** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. -** -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 -#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 -#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 -#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle -** -** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an -** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks -** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only -** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. -** -** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object -** -** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between -** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See -** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. -** -** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in -** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this -** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure -** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between -** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not -** modified. -** -** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] -** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of -** a pathname in this VFS. -** -** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by -** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] -** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list -** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface -** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS -** implementation should use the pNext pointer. -** -** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs -** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access -** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. -** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs -** object once the object has been registered. -** -** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must -** be unique across all VFS modules. -** -** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] -** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen -** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained -** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. -** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will -** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than -** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. -** ^SQLite further guarantees that -** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is -** called. Because of the previous sentence, -** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the -** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. -** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the -** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the -** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. -** -** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in -** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] -** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. -** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to -** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. -** -** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() -** call, depending on the object being opened: -** -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] -**
    )^ -** -** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to -** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application -** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make -** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would -** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return -** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database -** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random -** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. -** -** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: -** -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -**
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] -**
    -** -** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient -** databases, and subjournals. -** -** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction -** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly -** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the -** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always -** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened -** for exclusive access. -** -** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite -** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third -** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to -** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that -** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either -** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do -** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods -** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success -** or failure of the xOpen call. -** -** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] -** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] -** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to -** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] -** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a -** directory. -** -** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the -** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer -** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer -** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is -** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor -** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. -** -** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() -** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are -** included in the VFS structure for completeness. -** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes -** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is -** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. -** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at -** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() -** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as -** a floating point value. -** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). -** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or -** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back -** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. -** -** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces -** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding -** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can -** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult -** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden -** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the -** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any -** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change -** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access -** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; -typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); -struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ - int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ - int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ - sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ - const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ - void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, - int flags, int *pOutFlags); - int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); - int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); - int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); - void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); - void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); - void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); - void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); - int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); - int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); - int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); - int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); - /* - ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object - ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later - */ - int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); - /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. - ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. - */ - int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); - sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); - const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); - /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. - ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. - */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method -** -** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to -** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine -** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method -** simply checks whether the file exists. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method -** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable -** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within -** the directory). -** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the -** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future -** release of SQLite. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is -** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of -** SQLite. -*/ -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method -** -** These integer constants define the various locking operations -** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The -** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the -** xShmLock method: -** -**
      -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED -**
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE -**
    -** -** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given no the corresponding lock. -** -** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or -** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED -** and EXCLUSIVE. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 -#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 -#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 -#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index -** -** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values -** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. -** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a -** lock outside of this range -*/ -#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library -** -** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the -** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine -** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). -** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and -** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using -** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. -** -** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is -** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of -** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked -** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call -** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls -** are harmless no-ops.)^ -** -** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first -** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only -** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. -** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ -** -** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() -** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a -** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all -** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking -** sqlite3_shutdown(). -** -** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke -** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() -** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). -** -** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. -** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize -** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such -** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. -** -** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other -** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to -** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] -** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically -** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized -** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] -** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() -** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly -** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, -** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() -** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases -** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited -** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the -** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. -** -** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific -** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() -** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks -** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation -** of static resources, initialization of global variables, -** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up -** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. -** -** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() -** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke -** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() -** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and -** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate -** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() -** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. -** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] -** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time -** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for -** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied -** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() -** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon -** failure. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library -** -** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration -** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of -** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most -** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is -** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. -** -** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application -** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other -** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() -** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using -** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before -** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. -** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the -** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. -** -** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer -** [configuration option] that determines -** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments -** vary depending on the [configuration option] -** in the first argument. -** -** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. -** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option -** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections -** -** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration -** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to -** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single -** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). -** -** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the -** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code -** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. -** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. -** -** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if -** the call is considered successful. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines -** -** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite -** and low-level memory allocation routines. -** -** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. -** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to -** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. -** By creating an instance of this object -** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) -** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative -** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its -** dynamic memory needs. -** -** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] -** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications -** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications -** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is -** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative -** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in -** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such -** conditions. -** -** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the -** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. -** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to -** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. -** -** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation -** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size -** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. -** -** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of -** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory -** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple -** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. -** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, -** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. -** -** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, -** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data -** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by -** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired -** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to -** xInit and xShutdown. -** -** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes -** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does -** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite -** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which -** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. -** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other -** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for -** serialization. -** -** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening -** call to xShutdown(). -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; -struct sqlite3_mem_methods { - void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ - void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ - void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ - int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ - int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ - int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ - void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ - void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options -** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} -** -** These constants are the available integer configuration options that -** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. -** -** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications -** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that -** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a -** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option -** is invoked. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    -**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables -** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used -** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return -** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD -** configuration option.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    -**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables -** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. -** The application is responsible for serializing access to -** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes -** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded -** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same -** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and -** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    -**
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables -** all mutexes including the recursive -** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. -** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access -** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the -** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the -** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. -** ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and -** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies -** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of -** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes -** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure -** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] -** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ -** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation -** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or -** tracks memory usage, for example.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    -**
    ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a -** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation -** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the -** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: -**
      -**
    • [sqlite3_memory_used()] -**
    • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] -**
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] -**
    • [sqlite3_status()] -**
    )^ -** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is -** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory -** allocation statistics are disabled by default. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be -** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), -** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz -** argument must be a multiple of 16. -** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer -** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So -** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads. -** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6 -** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional -** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then -** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for -** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation. -** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page -** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option. -** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned -** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). -** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page -** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each -** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on -** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, -** to make sz a little too large. The first -** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its -** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional -** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then -** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. -** The pointer in the first argument must -** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite -** will be undefined.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    -**
    ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use -** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided -** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. -** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, -** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. -** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts -** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), -** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the -** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory -** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. -** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte -** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. -** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values -** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies -** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place -** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to -** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The -** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] -** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ -** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation -** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance -** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default -** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each -** [database connection]. The first argument is the -** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of -** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the -** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] -** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside -** configuration on individual connections.)^
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to -** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies the interface -** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the -** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of the current -** page cache implementation into that object.)^
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    -**
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite -** global [error log]. -** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), -** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is -** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the -** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. -** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is -** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger -** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to -** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding -** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an -** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is -** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. -** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function -** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. -** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger -** function must be threadsafe.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI -**
    ^(This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then -** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling -** is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames -** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or -** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless -** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database -** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are -** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the -** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally -** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the -** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN -**
    ^This option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as -** a boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for -** full table scans in the query optimizer. ^The default setting is determined -** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" -** if that compile-time option is omitted. -** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans -** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction -** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to -** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work -** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE -**
    These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. -** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG -**
    This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should -** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). -** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library -** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the -** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection -** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument -** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the -** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter -** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then -** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The -** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this -** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in -** the canonical SQLite source tree.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE -**
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values -** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for -** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. -** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using -** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size -** cannot be changed at run-time. Nor may the maximum allowed mmap size -** exceed the compile-time maximum mmap size set by the -** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ -** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is -** changed to its compile-time default. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] -**
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE -**
    ^This option is only available if SQLite is compiled for Windows -** with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro defined. -** SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value -** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options -** -** These constants are the available integer configuration options that -** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. -** -** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications -** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that -** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a -** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option -** is invoked. -** -**
    -**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    -**
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the -** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. -** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a -** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. -** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb -** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the -** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the -** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of -** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than -** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer -** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to -** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally -** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory -** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that -** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words -** when the "current value" returned by -** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. -** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside -** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns -** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
    -** -**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    -**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of -** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. -** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, -** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement -** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which -** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on -** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in -** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    -** -**
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    -**
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. -** There should be two additional arguments. -** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, -** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. -** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which -** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled -** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in -** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    -** -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ -#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes -** -** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the -** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result -** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid -** -** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) -** has a unique 64-bit signed -** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available -** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those -** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If -** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column -** is another alias for the rowid. -** -** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the -** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] -** on database connection D. -** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. -** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables -** have ever occurred on the database connection D, -** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. -** -** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] -** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted -** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. -** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned -** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual -** table method began.)^ -** -** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a -** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this -** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, -** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this -** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE -** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The -** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused -** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change -** the return value of this interface.)^ -** -** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to -** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. -** -** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the -** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. -** -** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same -** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] -** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], -** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is -** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new -** last insert [rowid]. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified -** -** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed -** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement -** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. -** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], -** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by -** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the -** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes -** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. -** -** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] -** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. -** -** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table -** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that -** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, -** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other -** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^ -** -** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and -** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. -** Most SQL statements are -** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" -** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a -** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one -** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration. -** -** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does -** not create a new trigger context. -** -** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the -** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same -** trigger context. -** -** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the -** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger, -** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of -** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** statement within the body of the same trigger. -** However, the number returned does not include changes -** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^ -** -** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. -** -** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned -** is unpredictable and not meaningful. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified -** -** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], -** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. -** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes -** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by -** [foreign key actions]. However, -** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, -** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The -** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], -** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes -** are counted.)^ -** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as -** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle -** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]). -** -** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the -** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. -** -** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value -** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query -** -** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and -** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically -** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" -** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt -** immediately. -** -** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the -** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it -** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that -** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. -** -** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when -** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity -** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. -** -** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. -** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction -** will be rolled back automatically. -** -** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running -** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the -** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been -** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements -** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are -** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). -** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running -** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements -** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. -** -** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] -** is running then bad things will likely happen. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete -** -** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the -** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or -** if additional input is needed before sending the text into -** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string -** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be -** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a -** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within -** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not -** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are -** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace -** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. -** -** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a -** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. -** -** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus -** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. -** -** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior -** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked -** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, -** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero -** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ -** -** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated -** UTF-8 string. -** -** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated -** UTF-16 string in native byte order. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors -** -** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever -** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread -** or process has locked. -** -** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback -** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. -** -** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which -** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to -** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the -** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to -** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. -** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt -** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. -** -** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked -** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy -** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] -** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. -** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that -** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and -** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying -** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed -** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot -** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes -** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, -** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this -** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow -** the second process to proceed. -** -** ^The default busy callback is NULL. -** -** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the -** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will -** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs -** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache -** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent -** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory -** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error -** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to -** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion -** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** -** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why -** this is important. -** -** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each -** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any -** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] -** will also set or clear the busy handler. -** -** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the -** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions -** result in undefined behavior. -** -** A busy handler must not close the database connection -** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout -** -** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps -** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler -** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping -** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, -** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return -** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. -** -** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero -** turns off all busy handlers. -** -** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular -** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler -** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling -** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries -** -** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. -** Use of this interface is not recommended. -** -** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the -** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the -** complete query results from one or more queries. -** -** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But -** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These -** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows -** and M be the number of columns. -** -** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. -** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point -** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. -** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result -** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated -** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. -** -** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. -** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. -** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. -** -** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result -** is as follows: -** -** 
    -**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-**
    -** -** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the -** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored -** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: -** -** 
    -**        azResult[0] = "Name";
-**        azResult[1] = "Age";
-**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult[3] = "43";
-**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult[5] = "28";
-**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult[7] = "21";
-**
    )^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more -** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 -** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the -** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. -** -** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), -** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to -** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the -** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling -** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only -** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. -** -** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around -** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access -** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public -** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the -** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not -** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or -** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ - char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ - int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ - int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ - char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ -); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions -** -** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions -** from the standard C library. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their -** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. -** The strings returned by these two routines should be -** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a -** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough -** memory to hold the resulting string. -** -** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from -** the standard C library. The result is written into the -** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by -** the first parameter. Note that the order of the -** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an -** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking -** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() -** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of -** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that -** the number of characters written would be a more useful return -** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() -** now without breaking compatibility. -** -** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() -** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first -** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for -** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely -** written will be n-1 characters. -** -** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). -** -** These routines all implement some additional formatting -** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. -** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there -** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. -** -** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated -** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. -** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' -** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into -** the string. -** -** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: -** -** 
    -**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-**
    -** -** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: -** -** 
    -**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
    -** -** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText -** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: -** -** 
    -**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-**
    -** -** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL -** would have looked like this: -** -** 
    -**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-**
    -** -** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should -** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. -** -** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around -** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the -** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without -** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: -** -** 
    -**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
    -** -** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL -** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. -** -** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the -** addition that after the string has been read and copied into -** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); -SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem -** -** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own -** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence -** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The -** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. -** -** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block -** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. -** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free -** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to -** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns -** a NULL pointer. -** -** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned -** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so -** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is -** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer -** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory -** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed -** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. -** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error -** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that -** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). -** -** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a -** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the -** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first -** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc() -** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling -** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). -** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or -** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling -** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc(). -** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation -** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable. -** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes -** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned -** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed. -** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation -** is not freed. -** -** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc() -** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a -** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time -** option is used. -** -** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define -** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in -** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability -** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. -** -** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called -** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting -** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite -** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows -** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but -** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or -** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. -** -** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] -** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior -** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have -** not yet been released. -** -** The application must not read or write any part of -** a block of memory after it has been released using -** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics -** -** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status -** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] -** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes -** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). -** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum -** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark -** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and -** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead -** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], -** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library -** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. -** -** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of -** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to -** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned -** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark -** prior to the reset. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator -** -** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to -** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that -** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for -** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows -** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. -** -** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. -** ^If N is less than one, then P can be a NULL pointer. -** -** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous -** call had N less than one, then the PRNG is seeded using randomness -** obtained from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. -** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more then -** the pseudo-randomness is generated -** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness -** method. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks -** -** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular -** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. -** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled -** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], -** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various -** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created -** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to -** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should -** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the -** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be -** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be -** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns -** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] -** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered -** the authorizer will fail with an error message. -** -** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation -** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the -** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that -** access is denied. -** -** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third -** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter -** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies -** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters -** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional -** details about the action to be authorized. -** -** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] -** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the -** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute -** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have -** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] -** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual -** columns of a table. -** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns -** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the -** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. -** -** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] -** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements -** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not -** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For -** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary -** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does -** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the -** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the -** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that -** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. -** -** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources -** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] -** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] -** in addition to using an authorizer. -** -** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection -** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the -** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. -** The authorizer is disabled by default. -** -** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the -** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a -** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the -** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. -** -** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during -** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not -** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless -** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes -** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3*, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pUserData -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes -** -** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must -** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order -** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the -** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional -** information. -** -** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code] -** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ -#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes -** -** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function -** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The -** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies -** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that -** the authorizer callback may be passed. -** -** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be -** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization -** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these -** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the -** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", -** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback -** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for -** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from -** top-level SQL code. -*/ -/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ -#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ -#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ -#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ -#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ -#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ -#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ -#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ -#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ -#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ -#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ -#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions -** -** These routines register callback functions that can be used for -** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. -** -** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at -** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. -** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the -** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. -** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur -** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers -** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ -** -** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit -** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). -** -** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked -** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains -** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time -** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback -** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation -** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant -** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite -** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The -** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is -** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, - void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks -** -** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback -** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to -** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for -** database connection D. An example use for this -** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. -** -** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the -** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of -** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive -** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress -** handler is disabled. -** -** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per -** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the -** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. -** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less -** than 1. -** -** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is -** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a -** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. -** -** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection -** -** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the -** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte -** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually -** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that -** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, -** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] -** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then -** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The -** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain -** an English language description of the error following a failure of any -** of the sqlite3_open() routines. -** -** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if -** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and -** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used. -** -** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources -** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by -** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. -** -** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() -** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control -** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to -** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of -** the following three values, optionally combined with the -** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], -** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ -** -**
    -** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    -**
    The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not -** already exist, an error is returned.
    )^ -** -** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
    -**
    The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading -** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either -** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
    )^ -** -** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
    -**
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if -** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
    )^ -**
    -** -** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the -** combinations shown above optionally combined with other -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] -** then the behavior is undefined. -** -** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection -** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread -** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the -** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens -** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was -** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. -** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be -** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared -** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The -** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not -** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. -** -** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the -** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that -** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is -** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. -** -** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database -** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when -** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might -** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. -** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with -** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as -** "./" to avoid ambiguity. -** -** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary -** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be -** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. -** -** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    -** -** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument -** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI -** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is -** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has -** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the -** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. -** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off -** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename -** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional -** information. -** -** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an -** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string -** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an -** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if -** present, is ignored. -** -** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file -** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, -** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin -** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) -** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. -** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path -** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:"). -** -** [[core URI query parameters]] -** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted -** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. -** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters: -** -**
      -**
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of -** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should -** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to -** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown -** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is -** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over -** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). -** -**
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", -** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is -** an error)^. -** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only -** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the -** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to -** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) -** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had -** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both -** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is -** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads -** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for -** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by -** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). -** -**
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or -** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the -** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to -** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is -** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. -** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in -** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting -** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. -** -**
    • psow: ^The psow parameter may be "true" (or "on" or "yes" or -** "1") or "false" (or "off" or "no" or "0") to indicate that the -** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the -** storage media on which the database file resides. ^The psow query -** parameter only works for the built-in unix and Windows VFSes. -** -**
    • nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter -** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This -** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not -** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two -** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those -** processes uses nolock=1. -** -**
    • immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query -** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on -** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the -** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher -** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking -** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable -** property on a database file that does in fact change can result -** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. -** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. -** -**
    -** -** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an -** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query -** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for -** additional information. -** -** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    -** -**
    -**
    URI filenames Results -**
    file:data.db -** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. -**
    file:/home/fred/data.db
    -** file:///home/fred/data.db
    -** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
    		-** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". -**
    file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db -** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. -**
    -** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db -** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive -** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly -** necessary - space characters can be used literally -** in URI filenames. -**
    file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private -** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. -** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by -** default, use a private cache. -**
    file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile -** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" -** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. -**
    file:data.db?mode=readonly -** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. -**
    -** -** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and -** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a -** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits -** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a -** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all -** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the -** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, -** the results are undefined. -** -** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument -** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever -** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international -** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into -** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). -** -** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set -** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various -** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( - const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters -** -** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check -** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query -** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. -** -** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of -** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or -** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and -** P is the name of the query parameter, then -** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P -** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a -** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F -** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns -** a pointer to an empty string. -** -** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean -** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value -** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the -** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any -** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The -** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of -** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or -** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query -** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the -** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). -** -** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a -** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not -** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then -** zero is returned. -** -** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and -** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and -** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen -** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably -** undesirable. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages -** -** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or -** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call -** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed -** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from -** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() -** interface is the same except that it always returns the -** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are -** disabled. -** -** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language -** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. -** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. -** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. -** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by -** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text -** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. -** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally -** and must not be freed by the application)^. -** -** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the -** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between -** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. -** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these -** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid -** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D -** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning -** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after -** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. -** -** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface -** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the -** error code and message may or may not be set. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object -** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} -** -** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement. -** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a -** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". -** -** The life of a statement object goes something like this: -** -**
      -**
    1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related -** function. -**
    2. Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() -** interfaces. -**
    3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. -**
    4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back -** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. -**
    5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. -**
    -** -** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional -** information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits -** -** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited -** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the -** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The -** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a -** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the -** new limit for that construct.)^ -** -** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. -** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a -** [limits | hard upper bound] -** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called -** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. -** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ -** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are -** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. -** -** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the -** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. -** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, -** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. -** -** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage -** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled -** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a -** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and -** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded -** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the -** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can -** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service -** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] -** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database -** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the -** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. -** -** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories -** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} -** -** These constants define various performance limits -** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. -** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. -** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    -**
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the -** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index -** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    -**
    The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    -**
    The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    -**
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program -** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently -** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of -** SQLite.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    -**
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    -**
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
    -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    -**
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or -** [GLOB] operators.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    -**
    The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    -**
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^ -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement -** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} -** -** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code -** program using one of these routines. -** -** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a -** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or -** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. -** -** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded -** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() -** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() -** use UTF-16. -** -** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the -** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum -** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the -** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or -** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows -** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small -** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that -** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including -** the nul-terminator bytes as this saves SQLite from having to -** make a copy of the input string. -** -** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte -** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only -** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to -** what remains uncompiled. -** -** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be -** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set -** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty -** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. -** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled -** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. -** ppStmt may not be NULL. -** -** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; -** otherwise an [error code] is returned. -** -** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are -** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained -** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. -** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement -** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the -** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to -** behave differently in three ways: -** -**
      -**
    1. -** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it -** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL -** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] -** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. -**
      2. -** -**
    2. -** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed -** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that -** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code -** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] -** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare -** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. -**
      3. -** -**
    3. -** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the -** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, -** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been -** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change -** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. -** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the -** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] -** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column -** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. -**
      4. -**
    -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ - int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL -** -** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original -** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was -** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database -** -** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if -** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to -** the content of the database file. -** -** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or -** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. -** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that -** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would -** change the database file through side-effects: -** -** 
    -**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
-**
    -** -** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file -** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ -** -** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], -** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, -** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but -** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the -** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause -** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements -** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make -** changes to the content of the database files on disk. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset -** -** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the -** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using -** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not -** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) -** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a -** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] -** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. -** -** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] -** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database -** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, -** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared -** statements that are holding a transaction open. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object -** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} -** -** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values -** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing -** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects -** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. -** -** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". -** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces -** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. -** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies -** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. -** -** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not -** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected -** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected -** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded -** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) -** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] -** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected -** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, -** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications -** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected -** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. -** -** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the -** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. -** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by -** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. -** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with -** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. -** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of -** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. -*/ -typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object -** -** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an -** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object -** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. -** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this -** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], -** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], -** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], -** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements -** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} -** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} -** -** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, -** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following -** templates: -** -**
      -**
    • ? -**
    • ?NNN -**
    • :VVV -**
    • @VVV -**
    • $VVV -**
    -** -** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, -** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these -** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") -** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. -** -** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always -** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. -** -** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. -** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named -** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent -** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. -** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index -** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. -** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] -** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). -** -** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. -** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() -** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter -** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). -** -** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the -** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the -** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ -** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() -** is negative, then the length of the string is -** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. -** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then -** the behavior is undefined. -** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() -** or sqlite3_bind_text16() then that parameter must be the byte offset -** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL -** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than -** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will -** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings -** with embedded NULs is undefined. -** -** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and -** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or -** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called -** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(), -** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails. -** ^If the fifth argument is -** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the -** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. -** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then -** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before -** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. -** -** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that -** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory -** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. -** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose -** content is later written using -** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. -** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. -** -** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer -** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which -** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], -** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() -** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the -** result is undefined and probably harmful. -** -** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. -** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. -** -** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an -** [error code] if anything goes wrong. -** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter -** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters -** -** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] -** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the -** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as -** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] -** to the parameters at a later time. -** -** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) -** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the -** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, -** there may be gaps in the list.)^ -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter -** -** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns -** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. -** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" -** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" -** respectively. -** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" -** is included as part of the name.)^ -** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name -** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". -** -** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. -** -** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is -** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is -** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was -** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or -** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name -** -** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The -** index value returned is suitable for use as the second -** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero -** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter -** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement -** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and -** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement -** -** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset -** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. -** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set -** -** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the -** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL -** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). -** -** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set -** -** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column -** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() -** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string -** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated -** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] -** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the -** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. -** -** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] -** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically -** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run -** or until the next call to -** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. -** -** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine -** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a -** NULL pointer is returned. -** -** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for -** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause -** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from -** one release of SQLite to the next. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result -** -** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and -** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in -** [SELECT] statement. -** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as -** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return -** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and -** the origin_ routines return the column name. -** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed -** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically -** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run -** or until the same information is requested -** again in a different encoding. -** -** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the -** database, table, and column. -** -** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. -** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by -** the statement, where N is the second function argument. -** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. -** -** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or -** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return -** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error -** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, -** or column that query result column was extracted from. -** -** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return -** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. -** -** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. -** -** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same -** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are -** undefined. -** -** If two or more threads call one or more -** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] -** for the same [prepared statement] and result column -** at the same time then the results are undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result -** -** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. -** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the -** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an -** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table -** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an -** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. -** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. -** -** ^(For example, given the database schema: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); -** -** and the following statement to be compiled: -** -** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; -** -** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result -** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ -** -** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column -** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the -** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is -** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type -** is associated with individual values, not with the containers -** used to hold those values. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement -** -** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy -** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function -** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. -** -** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend -** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface -** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy -** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the -** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy -** interface will continue to be supported. -** -** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], -** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. -** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or -** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. -** -** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the -** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] -** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the -** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an -** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before -** continuing. -** -** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing -** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual -** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual -** machine back to its initial state. -** -** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] -** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the -** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. -** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. -** -** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint -** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on -** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. -** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, -** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) -** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the -** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, -** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). -** -** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. -** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has -** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had -** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could -** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or -** more threads at the same moment in time. -** -** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to -** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything -** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of -** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using -** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from -** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began -** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather -** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility -** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error -** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option -** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. -** -** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() -** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any -** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call -** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the -** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. -** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed -** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements -** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead -** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, -** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly -** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set -** -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the -** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. -** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return -** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of -** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. -** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to -** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) -** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned -** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] -** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step -** pragma returns 0 columns of data. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes -** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT -** -** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: -** -**
      -**
    • 64-bit signed integer -**
    • 64-bit IEEE floating point number -**
    • string -**
    • BLOB -**
    • NULL -**
    )^ -** -** These constants are codes for each of those types. -** -** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 -** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both -** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not -** SQLITE_TEXT. -*/ -#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 -#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 -#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 -#define SQLITE_NULL 5 -#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT -# undef SQLITE_TEXT -#else -# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 -#endif -#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query -** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} -** -** These routines form the "result set" interface. -** -** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current -** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer -** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] -** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) -** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information -** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. -** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using -** [sqlite3_column_count()]. -** -** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the -** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. -** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to -** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither -** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. -** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned -** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. -** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] -** are called from a different thread while any of these routines -** are pending, then the results are undefined. -** -** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the -** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type -** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], -** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value -** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type -** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, -** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future -** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() -** following a type conversion. -** -** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() -** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. -** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts -** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. -** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses -** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns -** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. -** -** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() -** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. -** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts -** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. -** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses -** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns -** the number of bytes in that string. -** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. -** -** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and -** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end -** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by -** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of -** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. -** -** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), -** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return -** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an -** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object -** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. -** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by -** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls -** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], -** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined. -** -** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For -** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result -** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the -** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions -** that are applied: -** -**
    -** -**
    Internal
    Type     		Requested
    Type     		Conversion -** -**
    NULL INTEGER Result is 0 -**
    NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 -**
    NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer -**
    NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer -**
    INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float -**
    INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer -**
    INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT -**
    FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER -**
    FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float -**
    FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB -**
    TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER -**
    TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL -**
    TEXT BLOB No change -**
    BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER -**
    BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL -**
    BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed -**
    -**
    )^ -** -** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() -** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its -** own equivalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are -** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most -** C programmers. -** -** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior -** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or -** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. -** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur -** in the following cases: -** -**
      -**
    • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or -** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might -** need to be added to the string.
      • -**
    • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or -** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted -** to UTF-16.
      • -**
    • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or -** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted -** to UTF-8.
      • -**
    -** -** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do -** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer -** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds -** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they -** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. -** -** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines -** in one of the following ways: -** -**
      -**
    • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • -**
    • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • -**
    • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
      • -**
    -** -** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), -** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result -** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or -** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls -** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to -** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() -** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). -** -** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as -** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings -** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned -** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into -** [sqlite3_free()]. -** -** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any -** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value -** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL -** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return -** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object -** -** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. -** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors -** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns -** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then -** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or -** [extended error code]. -** -** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during -** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: -** before statement S is ever evaluated, after -** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call -** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has -** completed execution. -** -** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. -** -** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid -** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use -** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared -** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and -** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object -** -** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] -** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. -** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using -** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. -** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S -** back to the beginning of its program. -** -** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the -** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], -** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, -** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. -** -** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the -** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then -** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values -** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions -** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} -** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} -** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} -** -** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") -** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior -** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between -** these routines are the text encoding expected for -** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) -** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for -** the application data pointer. -** -** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL -** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database -** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added -** to each database connection separately. -** -** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or -** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 -** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name -** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. -** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name -** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. -** -** ^The third parameter (nArg) -** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or -** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or -** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit -** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third -** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is -** undefined. -** -** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what -** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for -** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to -** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes -** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the -** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or -** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] -** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using -** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for -** each encoding. -** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite -** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. -** -** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] -** to signal that the function will always return the same result given -** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are -** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a -** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to -** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use -** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. -** -** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the -** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ -** -** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are -** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or -** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc -** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal -** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep -** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing -** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function -** callbacks. -** -** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, -** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. -** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being -** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ -** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to -** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. -** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it -** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data -** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). -** -** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same -** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of -** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use -** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the -** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative -** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with -** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding -** matches the database encoding is a better -** match than a function where the encoding is different. -** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be -** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is -** between UTF8 and UTF16. -** -** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. -** -** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other -** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not -** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared -** statement in which the function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *pApp, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), - void(*xDestroy)(void*) -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings -** -** These constant define integer codes that represent the various -** text encodings supported by SQLite. -*/ -#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 -#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 -#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 -#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ -#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Function Flags -** -** These constants may be ORed together with the -** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument -** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or -** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions -** DEPRECATED -** -** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain -** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue -** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid -** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid -** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), - void*,sqlite3_int64); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values -** -** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses -** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on -** the function or aggregate. -** -** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters -** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] -** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. -** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to -** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for -** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to -** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. -** -** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. -** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] -** object results in undefined behavior. -** -** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] -** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object -** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. -** -** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string -** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The -** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces -** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. -** -** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply -** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is -** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If -** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other -** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) -** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. -** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ -** -** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned -** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or -** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to -** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], -** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. -** -** These routines must be called from the same thread as -** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context -** -** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this -** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. -** -** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called -** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite -** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer -** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to -** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, -** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally -** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one -** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match -** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function -** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. -** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the -** first time from within xFinal().)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer -** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory -** allocate error occurs. -** -** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is -** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the -** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within -** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory -** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set -** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no -** pointless memory allocations occur. -** -** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by -** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. -** -** The first parameter must be a copy of the -** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter -** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate -** function. -** -** This routine must be called from the same thread in which -** the aggregate SQL function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions -** -** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of -** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) -** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] -** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally -** registered the application defined function. -** -** This routine must be called from the same thread in which -** the application-defined function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions -** -** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of -** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) -** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] -** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally -** registered the application defined function. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data -** -** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to -** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to -** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under -** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example -** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching -** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as -** metadata associated with the pattern string. -** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, -** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple -** invocations of the same function. -** -** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata -** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument -** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata -** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface -** returns a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th -** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent -** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent -** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or -** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. -** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, -** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly -** once, when the metadata is discarded. -** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
      -**
    • when the corresponding function parameter changes, or -**
    • when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the -** SQL statement, or -**
    • when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or -**
    • during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory -** allocation error occurs.
    )^ -** -** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in -** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the -** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() -** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the -** function implementation should not make any use of P after -** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. -** -** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for -** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal -** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ -** -** These routines must be called from the same thread in which -** the SQL function is running. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior -** -** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the -** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor -** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant -** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The -** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in -** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of -** the content before returning. -** -** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain -** C++ compilers. -*/ -typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); -#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) -#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function -** -** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that -** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See -** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] -** for additional information. -** -** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of -** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. -** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from -** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed -** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the -** third parameter. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of -** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero -** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from -** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified -** by its 2nd argument. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions -** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. -** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the -** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() -** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error -** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite -** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native -** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() -** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error -** message all text up through the first zero character. -** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or -** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many -** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. -** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() -** routines make a private copy of the error message text before -** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or -** modify the text after they return without harm. -** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code -** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, -** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() -** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an -** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an -** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value -** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer -** value given in the 2nd argument. -** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value -** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer -** value given in the 2nd argument. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value -** of the application-defined function to be NULL. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), -** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces -** set the return value of the application-defined function to be -** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, -** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. -** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from -** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. -** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter -** through the first zero character. -** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text -** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined -** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it -** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would -** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur -** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd -** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the -** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that -** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has -** finished using that result. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to -** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite -** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not -** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content -** when it has finished using that result. -** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces -** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT -** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from -** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. -** -** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of -** the application-defined function to be a copy the -** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The -** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] -** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or -** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. -** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an -** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either -** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. -** -** If these routines are called from within the different thread -** than the one containing the application-defined function that received -** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences -** -** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated -** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. -** -** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string -** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() -** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). -** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are -** considered to be the same name. -** -** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: -**
      -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF8], -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16], or -**
    • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. -**
    )^ -** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed -** to the collating function callback, xCallback. -** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep -** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. -** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin -** on an even byte address. -** -** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed -** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. -** -** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. -** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but -** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever -** function requires the least amount of data transformation. -** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is -** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, -** that collation is no longer usable. -** -** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg -** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified -** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an -** integer that is negative, zero, or positive -** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, -** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer -** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered -** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all -** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. -** The collating function must obey the following properties for all -** strings A, B, and C: -** -**
      -**
    1. If A==B then B==A. -**
    2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. -**
    3. If A<B THEN B>A. -**
    4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. -**
    -** -** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that -** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite -** is undefined. -** -** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() -** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when -** the collating function is deleted. -** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later -** calls to the collation creation functions or when the -** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. -** -** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke -** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should -** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer -** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. -** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency -** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards -** compatibility. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void *pArg, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3*, - const char *zName, - int eTextRep, - void *pArg, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDestroy)(void*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3*, - const void *zName, - int eTextRep, - void *pArg, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks -** -** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database -** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the -** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation -** sequence is required. -** -** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, -** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings -** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, -** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. -** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. -** -** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy -** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or -** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database -** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], -** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation -** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the -** required collation sequence.)^ -** -** The callback function should register the desired collation using -** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or -** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3*, - void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3*, - void*, - void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be -** called right after sqlite3_open(). -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ -); - -/* -** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not -** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the -** database is decrypted. -** -** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release -** of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ - const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ - const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ -); - -/* -** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless -** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( - const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ -); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD -/* -** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless -** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( - const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ -); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time -** -** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution -** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. -** -** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with -** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to -** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the operating system is returned. -** -** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() -** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method -** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at -** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description -** in the previous paragraphs. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files -** -** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is -** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files -** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] -** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable -** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate -** temporary file directory. -** -** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one -** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable -** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate -** thread. -** It is intended that this variable be set once -** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface -** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged -** thereafter. -** -** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause -** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, -** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory -** using [sqlite3_free]. -** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be -** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] -** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. -** -** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set -** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various -** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an -** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: -** -** 
    -** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
-**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
-** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
-** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
-** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
-**       NULL, NULL);
-** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
-**
    -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files -** -** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is -** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files -** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by -** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed -** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL -** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified -** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory -** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global -** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. -** -** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is -** open can result in a corrupt database. -** -** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one -** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable -** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate -** thread. -** It is intended that this variable be set once -** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface -** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged -** thereafter. -** -** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause -** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, -** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory -** using [sqlite3_free]. -** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be -** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] -** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode -** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} -** -** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or -** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, -** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. -** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. -** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. -** -** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement -** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], -** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the -** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to -** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after -** an error is to use this function. -** -** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database -** connection while this routine is running, then the return value -** is undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle -** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] -** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] -** that was the first argument -** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to -** create the statement in the first place. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename -** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file -** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database -** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then -** a NULL pointer is returned. -** -** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the -** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename -** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used -** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N -** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not -** the name of a database on connection D. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement -** -** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after -** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL -** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement -** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement -** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. -** -** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to -** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database -** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks -** -** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback -** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() -** for the same database connection is overridden. -** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback -** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() -** for the same database connection is overridden. -** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. -** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, -** then the commit is converted into a rollback. -** -** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions -** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function -** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for -** the first call for each function on D. -** -** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. -** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions -** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the -** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit -** or rollback hook in the first place. -** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, -** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify -** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. -** -** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] -** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook -** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. -** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit -** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. -** -** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been -** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or -** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. -** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is -** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. -** -** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks -** -** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function -** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument -** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in -** a rowid table. -** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function -** for the same database connection is overridden. -** -** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a -** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. -** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument -** to sqlite3_update_hook(). -** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], -** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback -** to be invoked. -** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the -** database and table name containing the affected row. -** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. -** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. -** -** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are -** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ -** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. -** -** ^In the current implementation, the update hook -** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an -** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook -** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. -** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future -** release of SQLite. -** -** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify -** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions -** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the -** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. -** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their -** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. -** -** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function -** returns the P argument from the previous call -** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for -** the first call on D. -** -** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] -** interfaces. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3*, - void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), - void* -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache -** -** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache -** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] -** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true -** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ -** -** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. -** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, -** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. -** -** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent -** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. -** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode -** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ -** -** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled -** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ -** -** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in -** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared -** cache setting should set it explicitly. -** -** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a -** 32-bit integer is atomic. -** -** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory -** -** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes -** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations -** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database -** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. -** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, -** which might be more or less than the amount requested. -** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero -** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap -** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the -** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even -** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is -** omitted. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size -** -** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the -** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. -** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap -** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache -** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. -** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay -** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate -** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit -** is advisory only. -** -** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of -** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an -** error. ^If the argument N is negative -** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current -** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking -** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. -** -** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. -** -** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation -** if one or more of following conditions are true: -** -**
      -**
    • The soft heap limit is set to zero. -**
    • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the -** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and -** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. -**
    • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using -** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). -**
    • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied -** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than -** from the heap. -**
    )^ -** -** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced -** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] -** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], -** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced -** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because -** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most -** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without -** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. -** -** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may -** changes in future releases of SQLite. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface -** DEPRECATED -** -** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] -** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility -** only. All new applications should use the -** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table -** -** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific -** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle -** passed as the first function argument. -** -** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to -** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database -** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified -** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched -** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to -** resolve unqualified table references. -** -** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column -** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters -** may be NULL. -** -** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th -** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be -** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. -** -** ^(
    -** -**
    Parameter Output
    Type     		Description -** -**
    5th const char* Data type -**
    6th const char* Name of default collation sequence -**
    7th int True if column has a NOT NULL constraint -**
    8th int True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY -**
    9th int True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] -**
    -**
    )^ -** -** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the -** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next -** call to any SQLite API function. -** -** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. -** -** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an -** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output -** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no -** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output -** parameters are set as follows: -** -** 
    -**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-**
    )^ -** -** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an -** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column -** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left -** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^ -** -** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension -** -** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. -** -** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an -** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If -** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load -** with various operating-system specific extensions added. -** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like -** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might -** be tried also. -** -** ^The entry point is zProc. -** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an -** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". -** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the -** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic -** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following -** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ -** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns -** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. -** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the -** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to -** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory -** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function -** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. -** -** ^Extension loading must be enabled using -** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API, -** otherwise an error will be returned. -** -** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading -** -** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are -** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling -** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API -** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. -** -** ^Extension loading is off by default. -** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 -** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn -** it back off again. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions -** -** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for -** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that -** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] -** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. -** -** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes -** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three -** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the -** entry point where as follows: -** -** 
    -**    int xEntryPoint(
-**      sqlite3 *db,
-**      const char **pzErrMsg,
-**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
-**    );
-**
    )^ -** -** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg -** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) -** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg -** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke -** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any -** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], -** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. -** -** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already -** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point -** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] -** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading -** -** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the -** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to -** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] -** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully -** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization -** routines. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading -** -** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously -** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); - -/* -** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered -** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. -** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. -** -** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the -** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -*/ - -/* -** Structures used by the virtual table interface -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; -typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; -typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; -typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} -** -** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", -** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. -** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. -** -** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent -** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance -** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. -** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different -** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content -** of this structure must not change while it is registered with -** any database connection. -*/ -struct sqlite3_module { - int iVersion; - int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); - int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); - int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); - int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); - int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); - int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); - int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); - int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); - int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, - void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void **ppArg); - int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); - /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those - ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ - int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); - int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); - int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info -** -** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part -** of the [virtual table] interface to -** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] -** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the -** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its -** results into the **Outputs** fields. -** -** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: -** -**
    column OP expr
    -** -** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is -** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the -** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ -** ^(The index of the column is stored in -** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the -** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint -** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ -** -** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" -** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to -** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. -** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are -** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. -** -** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. -** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. -** -** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information -** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then -** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated -** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit -** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the -** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ -** -** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the -** [xFilter] method. -** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if -** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. -** -** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in -** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate -** sorting step is required. -** -** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular -** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar -** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) -** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a -** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. -** -** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that -** will be returned by the strategy. -** -** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info -** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is -** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting -** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely -** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should -** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a -** value greater than or equal to 3008002. -*/ -struct sqlite3_index_info { - /* Inputs */ - int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint { - int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ - unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ - unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ - int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ - } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - struct sqlite3_index_orderby { - int iColumn; /* Column number */ - unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ - } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - /* Outputs */ - struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { - int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ - unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ - } *aConstraintUsage; - int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ - char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ - int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ - int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ - double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ - /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ - sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes -** -** These macros defined the allowed values for the -** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents -** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of -** a query that uses a [virtual table]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 -#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation -** -** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. -** ^Module names must be registered before -** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a -** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. -** -** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified -** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the -** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to -** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth -** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through -** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module -** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. -** -** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which -** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will -** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite -** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also -** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. -** ^The sqlite3_create_module() -** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL -** destructor. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( - sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ - void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ - const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ - void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ - void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab -** -** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass -** of this object to describe a particular instance -** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will -** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. -** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are -** common to all module implementations. -** -** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a -** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should -** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] -** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message -** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically -** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. -*/ -struct sqlite3_vtab { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ - int nRef; /* NO LONGER USED */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ - /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object -** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} -** -** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the -** following structure to describe cursors that point into the -** [virtual table] and are used -** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the -** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed -** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used -** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods -** of the module. Each module implementation will define -** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. -** -** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that -** are common to all implementations. -*/ -struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ - /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table -** -** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a -** [virtual table module] call this interface -** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of -** the virtual tables they implement. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table -** -** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions -** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. -** But global versions of those functions -** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ -** -** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular -** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists -** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation -** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So -** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only -** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded -** by a [virtual table]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); - -/* -** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up -** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered -** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. -** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. -** -** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the -** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. -*/ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB -** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} -** -** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which -** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. -** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] -** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. -** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces -** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. -** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O -** -** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located -** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; -** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: -** -** 
    -**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
-**
    )^ -** -** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read -** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access. -** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary -** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is -** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing. -** -** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains -** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that -** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH]. -** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main". -** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp". -** -** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written -** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set -** to be a null pointer.)^ -** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message -** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related -** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a -** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob -** regardless of the success or failure of this routine. -** -** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an -** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects -** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". -** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column -** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ -** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for -** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. -** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not -** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually -** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ -** -** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of -** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this -** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a -** blob. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface will fail for a [WITHOUT ROWID] -** table. Incremental BLOB I/O is not possible on [WITHOUT ROWID] tables. -** -** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces -** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired, -** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using -** this interface. -** -** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually -** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( - sqlite3*, - const char *zDb, - const char *zTable, - const char *zColumn, - sqlite3_int64 iRow, - int flags, - sqlite3_blob **ppBlob -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row -** -** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points -** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified -** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be -** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open -** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be -** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. -** -** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - -** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in -** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if -** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an -** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. -** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or -** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return -** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle -** always returns zero. -** -** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. -*/ -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle -** -** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle]. -** -** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit -** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the -** database connection is in [autocommit mode]. -** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache -** until the close operation if they will fit. -** -** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes -** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur -** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during -** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^ -** -** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns -** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^ -** -** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned -** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB -** -** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the -** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The -** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing -** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. -** -** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in -** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally -** -** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a -** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z -** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ -** -** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is -** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. -** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. -** -** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an -** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. -** -** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** -** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in -** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally -** -** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a -** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z -** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset. -** -** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for -** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), -** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. -** -** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is -** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. -** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, -** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is -** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. -** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) -** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. -** -** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an -** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred -** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the -** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might -** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle -** or by other independent statements. -** -** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ -** -** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created -** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not -** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in -** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects -** -** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object -** that SQLite uses to interact -** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a -** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. -** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. -** The following interfaces are provided. -** -** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. -** ^Names are case sensitive. -** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. -** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. -** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. -** -** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). -** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. -** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. -** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again -** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the -** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a -** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, -** then the behavior is undefined. -** -** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. -** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as -** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutexes -** -** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread -** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal -** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is -** permitted to use any of these routines. -** -** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations -** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation -** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following -** implementations are available in the SQLite core: -** -**
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -**
    )^ -** -** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines -** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix -** and Windows. -** -** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor -** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex -** implementation is included with the library. In this case the -** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function -** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ -** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
      -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 -**
    )^ -** -** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) -** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other -** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously -** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in -** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static -** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates -** a static mutex. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] -** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. -** In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other -** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined. -** SQLite will never exhibit -** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^ -** -** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation -** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() -** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the -** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will -** never do either.)^ -** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or -** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines -** behave as no-ops. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object -** -** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines -** used to allocate and use mutexes. -** -** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are -** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom -** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite -** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user -** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass -** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. -** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an -** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex -** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. -** -** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. -** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each -** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. -** -** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The -** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding -** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially -** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() -** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** -** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, -** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and -** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): -** -**
      -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
      • -**
    • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
      • -**
    )^ -** -** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated -** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead -** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined -** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results -** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined -** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if -** it is passed a NULL pointer). -** -** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to -** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without -** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to -** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. -** -** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] -** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory -** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite -** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. -** -** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is -** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. -** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself -** prior to returning. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; -struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { - int (*xMutexInit)(void); - int (*xMutexEnd)(void); - sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); - void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines -** -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines -** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core -** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications -** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only -** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled -** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations -** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is -** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. -** -** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument -** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. -** -** ^The implementation is not required to provide versions of these -** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working -** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always -** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. -** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then -** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since -** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But -** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not -** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the -** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is -** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() -** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types -** -** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument -** which is one of these integer constants. -** -** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the -** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be -** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection -** -** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that -** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument -** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. -** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this -** routine returns a NULL pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files -** -** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the -** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated -** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The -** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the -** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for -** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. -** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the -** main database file. -** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine -** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of -** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl -** method becomes the return value of this routine. -** -** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes -** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into -** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER -** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the -** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. -** -** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any -** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error -** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] -** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might -** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between -** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying -** xFileControl method. -** -** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface -** -** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal -** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing -** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines -** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. -** -** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely -** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending -** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. -** -** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters -** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. -** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to -** operate consistently from one release to the next. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes -** -** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used -** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. -** -** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change -** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. -** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the -** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. -*/ -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 -#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 22 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status -** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information -** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various -** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for -** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes -** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ -** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. -** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the -** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after -** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest -** value. For those parameters -** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ -** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current -** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a -** non-zero [error code] on failure. -** -** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be -** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite -** interfaces. However the values returned in *pCurrent and -** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time -** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter -** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters -** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} -** -** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters -** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    -**
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out -** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The -** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application -** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory -** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache -** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in -** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation -** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their -** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    -**
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations -** currently checked out.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The -** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The -** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they -** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because -** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the -** [scratch memory allocator] configured using -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not -** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation -** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads -** using scratch memory at the same time.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values -** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too -** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the -** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer -** slots were available. -**
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    -**
    This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only -** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ -**
    -** -** New status parameters may be added from time to time. -*/ -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status -** -** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information -** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the -** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument -** is an integer constant, taken from the set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that -** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of -** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely -** to grow in future releases of SQLite. -** -** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur -** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If -** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is -** reset back down to the current value. -** -** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a -** non-zero [error code] on failure. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections -** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} -** -** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as -** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. -** -** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs -** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from -** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. -** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code -** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently -** checked out.
    )^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were -** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have -** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of -** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. -** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] -** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    -**
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have -** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside -** memory already being in use. -** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap -** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap -** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ -** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the -** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to -** [shared cache mode] being enabled. -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    -**
    This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap -** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with -** the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT -** is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS -** is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
    -**
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have -** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the -** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the -** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of -** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. -** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect -** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The -** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. -**
    -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
    -**
    This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if -** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been -** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. -**
    -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status -** -** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various -** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number -** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can -** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared -** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds -** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate -** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than -** an index. -** -** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from -** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement -** object to be interrogated. The second argument -** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] -** to be interrogated.)^ -** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. -** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this -** interface call returns. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements -** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} -** -** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter -** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. -** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: -** -**
    -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    -**
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in -** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter -** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through -** careful use of indices.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    -**
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. -** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to -** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    -**
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that -** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. -** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to -** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not -** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    -** -** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
    -**
    ^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed -** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal -** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be -** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. -** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 -** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. -**
    -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 -#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** -** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by -** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of -** its size or internal structure and never deals with the -** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers -** to the object. -** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** -** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the -** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this -** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances -** of this object as parameters or as their return value. -** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; -struct sqlite3_pcache_page { - void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. -** KEYWORDS: {page cache} -** -** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by -** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a -** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for -** how long. -** -** The alternative page cache mechanism is an -** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. -** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. -** -** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an -** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence -** the application may discard the parameter after the call to -** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ -** -** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective -** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ -** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() -** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the -** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined -** page cache.)^ -** -** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] -** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up -** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. -** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. -** -** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, -** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does -** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe -** in multithreaded applications. -** -** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening -** call to xShutdown(). -** -** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] -** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. -** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, -** though this is not guaranteed. ^The -** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must -** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage -** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will -** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the -** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying -** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends -** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being -** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or -** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation -** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; -** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will -** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. -** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. -** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will -** never contain any unpinned pages. -** -** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] -** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the -** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache -** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using -** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable -** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this -** value; it is advisory only. -** -** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] -** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently -** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** -** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to -** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. -** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a -** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be -** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested -** for each entry in the page cache. -** -** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value -** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered -** to be "pinned". -** -** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache -** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content -** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the -** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag -** parameter to help it determined what action to take: -** -** -**
    createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache -**
    0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. -**
    1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. -** Otherwise return NULL. -**
    2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return -** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. -**
    -** -** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite -** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 -** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may -** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of -** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. -** -** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] -** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page -** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, -** then the page must be evicted from the cache. -** ^If the discard parameter is -** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of -** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation -** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. -** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls -** to xFetch(). -** -** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] -** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the -** page passed as the second argument. If the cache -** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be -** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not -** to be pinned. -** -** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all -** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal -** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any -** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that -** they can be safely discarded. -** -** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] -** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). -** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After -** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] -** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 -** functions. -** -** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] -** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to -** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation -** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should -** do their best. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; -struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { - int iVersion; - void *pArg; - int (*xInit)(void*); - void (*xShutdown)(void*); - sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); - void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); - int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); - sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); - void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, - unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); - void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); - void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); - void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); -}; - -/* -** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced -** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is -** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; -struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { - void *pArg; - int (*xInit)(void*); - void (*xShutdown)(void*); - sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); - void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); - int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); - void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); - void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); - void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); - void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); -}; - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object -** -** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing -** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by -** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to -** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. -** -** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. -** -** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. -** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or -** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. -** -** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] -** -** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file -** for the duration of the backup operation. -** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; -** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. -** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without -** preventing other database connections from -** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. -** -** ^(To perform a backup operation: -**
      -**
    1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the -** backup, -**
    2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer -** the data between the two databases, and finally -**
    3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources -** associated with the backup operation. -**
    )^ -** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each -** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). -** -** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() -** -** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the -** [database connection] associated with the destination database -** and the database name, respectively. -** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the -** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in -** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. -** ^The S and M arguments passed to -** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] -** and database name of the source database, respectively. -** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) -** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with -** an error. -** -** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is -** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the -** destination [database connection] D. -** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() -** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or -** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. -** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_backup] object. -** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and -** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup -** operation. -** -** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() -** -** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between -** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. -** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there -** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages -** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. -** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), -** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and -** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], -** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an -** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. -** -** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if -**
      -**
    1. the destination database was opened read-only, or -**
    2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling -** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or -**
    3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the -** destination and source page sizes differ. -**
    )^ -** -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then -** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] -** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the -** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then -** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to -** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source -** [database connection] -** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() -** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this -** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If -** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or -** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then -** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These -** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept -** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle -** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. -** -** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock -** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either -** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete -** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to -** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that -** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. -** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to -** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way -** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an -** external process or via a database connection other than the one being -** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically -** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source -** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used -** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically -** updated at the same time. -** -** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() -** -** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the -** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application -** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). -** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all -** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. -** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any -** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. -** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid -** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). -** -** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no -** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not -** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. -** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior -** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then -** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. -** -** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() -** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of -** sqlite3_backup_finish(). -** -** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] -** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() -** -** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside -** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed -** up and the total number of pages in the source database file. -** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces -** retrieve these two values, respectively. -** -** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by -** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup -** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra -** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file -** changing. -** -** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles -** -** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other -** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. -** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database -** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently -** from within other threads. -** -** However, the application must guarantee that the destination -** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after -** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to -** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see -** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] -** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction -** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a -** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. -** -** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must -** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database -** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means -** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being -** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, -** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). -** -** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple -** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). -** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() -** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the -** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is -** possible that they return invalid values. -*/ -SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( - sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ - const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ - sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ - const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ -); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification -** -** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with -** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or -** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See -** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. -** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke -** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. -** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the -** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. -** -** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. -** -** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes -** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. -** -** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a -** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the -** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that -** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an -** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as -** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked -** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The -** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] -** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. -** -** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, -** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already -** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. -** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, -** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ -** -** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a -** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds -** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of -** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. -** -** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a -** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the -** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, -** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is -** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing -** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections -** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked -** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. -** -** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes -** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a -** crash or deadlock may be the result. -** -** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always -** returns SQLITE_OK. -** -** Callback Invocation Details -** -** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a -** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. -** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass -** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to -** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, -** and the second is the number of entries in the array. -** -** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be -** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify -** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the -** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function -** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers -** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. -** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions -** related to the set of unblocked database connections. -** -** Deadlock Detection -** -** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a -** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further -** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the -** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for -** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection -** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection -** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. -** -** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock -** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the -** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no -** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in -** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify -** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection -** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection -** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so -** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has -** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection -** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any -** number of levels of indirection are allowed. -** -** The "DROP TABLE" Exception -** -** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost -** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, -** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, -** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements -** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is -** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being -** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" -** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. -** -** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned -** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the -** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in -** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just -** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( - sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ - void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ - void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ -); - - -/* -** CAPI3REF: String Comparison -** -** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications -** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 -** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case -** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: String Globbing -* -** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if string X matches -** the glob pattern P, and it returns non-zero if string X does not match -** the glob pattern P. ^The definition of glob pattern matching used in -** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the -** SQL dialect used by SQLite. ^The sqlite3_strglob(P,X) function is case -** sensitive. -** -** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings -** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface -** -** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] -** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. -** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are -** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. -** -** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as -** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is -** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so -** is considered bad form. -** -** The zFormat string must not be NULL. -** -** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine -** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in -** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than -** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the -** buffer. -*/ -SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook -** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that -** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a -** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in -** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]). -** -** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and -** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation -** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. -** -** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked -** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when -** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. -** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - -** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter -** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, -** including those that were just committed. -** -** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error -** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the -** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback -** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the -** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value -** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results -** are undefined. -** -** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback -** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any -** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the -** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will -** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( - sqlite3*, - int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), - void* -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint -** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around -** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D -** to automatically [checkpoint] -** after committing a transaction if there are N or -** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or -** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic -** checkpoints entirely. -** -** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback -** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback -** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism -** configured by this function. -** -** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface -** from SQL. -** -** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint -** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] -** pages. The use of this interface -** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal -** for a particular application. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database -** -** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X -** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an -** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of -** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in -** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op. -** -** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface -** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the -** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be -** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database -** -** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database -** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the -** eMode parameter: -** -**
    -**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    -** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database -** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log -** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling -** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked. -** -**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    -** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no -** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database -** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the -** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. -** -**
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    -** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after -** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) -** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures -** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file -** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running, -** but not database readers. -**
    -** -** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in -** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to -** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already -** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be -** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK. -** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1 -** before returning to communicate this to the caller. -** -** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If -** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the -** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a -** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. -** -** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive -** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained -** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer -** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is -** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for -** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before -** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the -** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as -** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible -** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. -** -** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the -** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the -** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If -** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the -** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining -** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other -** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned -** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error -** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached -** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL -** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If -** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any -** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ - const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ - int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ -); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters -** -** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to -** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] -** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of -** each of these values. -*/ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration -** -** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method -** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure -** various facets of the virtual table interface. -** -** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or -** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. -** -** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using -** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options -** may be added in the future. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options -** -** These macros define the various options to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations -** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. -** -**
    -**
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT -**
    Calls of the form -** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, -** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose -** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not -** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if -** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire -** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been -** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual -** ON CONFLICT mode specified. -** -** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees -** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before -** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. -** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite -** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon -** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. -** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns -** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode -** had been ABORT. -** -** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE -** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the -** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON -** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should -** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and -** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT -** constraint handling. -**
    -*/ -#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy -** -** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method -** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The -** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], -** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode -** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the -** [virtual table]. -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes -** -** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to -** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode -** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. -** -** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential -** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that -** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 -/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ -#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 -/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ -#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 - - - -/* -** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for -** builds on processors without floating point support. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# undef double -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ -#endif -#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ - -/* -** 2010 August 30 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -*/ - -#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ -#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; -typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; - -/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the -** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY - typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; -#else - typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; -#endif - -/* -** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an -** R-Tree geometry query as follows: -** -** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zGeom, - int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), - void *pContext -); - - -/* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first -** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). -*/ -struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { - void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ - int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ - void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ - void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ -}; - -/* -** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be -** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: -** -** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) -*/ -SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zQueryFunc, - int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), - void *pContext, - void (*xDestructor)(void*) -); - - -/* -** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the -** argument to scored geometry callback registered using -** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). -** -** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to -** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of -** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. -*/ -struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { - void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ - int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ - void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ - void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ - unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ - int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ - int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ - int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ - sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ - int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ - int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ - sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. -*/ -#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ -#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ -#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ -#endif - -#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ - diff --git a/sqlite3_libsqlite3.go b/sqlite3_libsqlite3.go new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c4c557 --- /dev/null +++ b/sqlite3_libsqlite3.go @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +// Copyright (C) 2014 Yasuhiro Matsumoto . +// +// Use of this source code is governed by an MIT-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. +// +build libsqlite3 + +package sqlite3 + +/* +#cgo CFLAGS: -DUSE_LIBSQLITE3 +#cgo LDFLAGS: -lsqlite3 +*/ +import "C"